Indian Pakistan Yearbook 1948

ADVERTISEMENTS
HOW TO SPEAK
HINDUSTANI
IN A MONTH
A Vocabulary that will enable the
new arrival and the visitor to
understand the language of the
people. It is produced in the
convenient waist-coat pocket size.
Price Re. 1-8

Postage 4 Ans.
BENNETT, COLEMAN & CO., LTD.

BOMBAY, CALCUTTA & LONDON.
'
PIONEERS of SHORTHAND & TYPEWRITING

The Premier Karnatak S. D. Society's
Recognised and Registered Shorthand
and Typewriting Institute, since its
inception in 1920, has produced ex-
cellent results among both students
and business-men and has succeeded
in creating a liking for Typewriting
and Shorthand. The system of short-
hand employed is Sloan-Duployan,
which to-day is the recognised system
for all Government Examinations and
appointments.
The Institute has been visited by

many Gazetted officers and other
prominent persons and have been
impressed by the friendliness between
pupils and instructors. Late Mr. J oshi
himself had gained unbounded praise
and was considered one of the best
teachers in the district.Ever since
1926, hehad been unanimously elected
a Fellow of the Ramsgate Sloan-Dup-
Late Mr. G. H. Joshi, f.s.d.s., c.t. loyan Society & College and in 1929
s.d. (Eng.), m.i.s.d.m. (Paris). Win- topped the list in the International
ner of Col. Watkin's Cup, Inter- Shorthand Competition held at
national Shorthand Competition
/London, 1929). London.
His Institute received upto 1927, a Government grant of Rs. 1,225.
He held the advanced Typewriting Diploma in Typewriting with
Honours, marks 95 out of 100. And in Shorthand possessed High Speed
Diploma, 186 words per minute from Shorthand College, Ramsgate,
England, and 160 words per minute in Paris Diploma.
The Sloan-Duployan System is the only system
1. Of which His Majesty's Inspector has stated "Shorthand
shows remarkable success.'
2. Which written without any
is complicated rules and
exceptions, gramalogues, etc., and can be adapted to any language.
3. Which is used on the Official Parliamentary Reporting Staff.
Mr. W. J. Merridan, A. C. P., Master of Methods, Royal Norman
College (London) after 15 years' research, indicated Sloan-Duployan
,
as possessing the greatest merit in the three essentials of simplicity,

legibility and speed. Mr. John A. Fraser in his "Short History of
Shorthand" also reveals his preference for this system.
The late Mr. G. H. JOSHFS

Shorthand &
Typewriting Institute,
3576, Shanwar, Belgaum.
1,200 STUDENTS TRAINED BY THIS INSTITUTE.
ADVERTISEMENTS
Ill
-
3Hje tme of Snota
Handbook and Quide
TO
CALCUTTA
The City of Palaces
This Handbook, in addition to
interesting columns on the
historical points of interest in
Calcutta, contains a detailed map
of the City, the usefulness of which
to travellers cannot be over-
estimated.
Chapters are devoted to Cathe-
drals and Churches, to the Indian
types and Races indigenous t o
that locale, to Calcutta Industries
and to useful General Inform-
ation which includes addresses of
Hotels, Theatres, Cinemas,
Banks, Clubs, etc. In addition
there is a fund of detailed informa-
tion on those smaller items which
so often prove a vexatious stum-
bling block to the new-comer.
Profusely illustrated with fine
half tone reproductions, and
packed as it is with a collection
Of authentic fact and detail which
cover all fields, this Handbook to
Calcutta is a book which should
be on every bookshelf.
NOW ON SALE THROUGHOUT INDIA

PRICE Re. 1/- V.P.P. 1/7
BOOK
of The Indian
\e Principal
., LL.D.
TWENTY-SECOND YEAR OF ISSUE-
Published by
BENNETT, COLEMAN & Co., Ltd.,
"The Times of India" Offices, Bombay and Calcutta.
>ndon Agency: Salisbury Square House, Fleet Street, E.C 4.
Ill ADVERTISEMENTS
HAND]
NOW ON SALE THROUGHOUT INDIA

PRICE Re. 1/- V P P. 1/7
THE
[NDIAN YEAR BOOK
1935-36
VOLUME XXII
A and Historical Annual of The Indian

Statistical
Empire, with an Explanation of the Principal

Topics of the day.
EDITED BY
Sir Stanley Reed, Kt., K.B.E., LL.D.
AND
Francis Low.
TWENTY-SECOND YEAR OF ISSUE.
Published by
BENNETT, COLEMAN & Co., Ltd.,
"The Times of India" Offices, Bombay and Calcutta,
ôndon Agency: Salisbury Square House, Fleet Street, E.C 4.
ADVERTISEMENT.
QUALITY
PRINTING
AND
THE TIMES OF INDIA PRESS
BOMBAY
are synonymous
i
m PRINTED MATTER is at all times and in
j all circumstances your Silent Traveller and

- untiring representative. It is essential therefore
that you have the best obtainable. To obtain
* the best you must, employ Expert Typographers-
Printers who study the finer arts of printing
and printing appeal.
Whether it be a Magazine, Catalogue, Brochure,

Folder, Pamphlet, Letterheading, or any item of
Printing, Binding, or Blockmaking
THE TIMES OF INDIA PRESS

BOMBAY
Can supply your needs.
iB
Quality pays handsomely it is the best lever
to produce sound business and increase profits.
Suggestions & Estimates submitted ivilhout obligation.

CALENDAR FOR 1935,
JANUARY. JULY.
Sun. . . If 6 13 20 27 If Sun. . If 7 14 21 28
VI. .. 7 14 21 28 If M. .. 1 8 15 22 29
ru. .. 1 8 15 22 29 If Tu. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
*v. . 2 9 16 23 30 If W. . 3 10 17 24 31 If
rh. .. 3 10 17 24 31 If Th. .. 4 11 18 25 If
4 11 18 25 If If F. .. 5 12 19 26 If If
5. 5 12 19 26 If If S. .. 6 13 20 27
FEBRUARY. AUGUST.
Sun. . . If 3 10 17 24 # Sun. . . If 4 11 18 25 If
Ji. .. # 4 11 18 25 If M. .. If 5 12 19 26 If
ru. .. If 5 12 19 26 If Tu. .. If 6 13 20 27 If
N. . . 6 13 20 27 If W. . If 7 14 21 28 If
?h. .. * 7 14 21 28 If Th. .. 1 8 15 22 29 If
1 8 15 22 If F. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
ij . 2 9 16 23 If If S. .. 3 10 17 24 31
MARCH. SEPTEMBER.
>un. . . 3 10 17 24 31 Sun. . 1 8 15 22 29
.. * 4 11 18 25 If M. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
"u. . . If 5 12 19 26 If Tu. .. 3 10 17 24 # If
V. . . If 6 13 20 27 If W. .. 4 11 18 25 If If
Ti. . .
# 7 14 21 28 If Th. .. 5 12 19 26 If If
1 8 15 22 29 If F. . 6 13 20 27 If If
2 9 16 23 30 If S. .. 7 14 21 28 If If
APRIL. OGTOBE R.
un. . # 7 14 21 28 # Sun. . . If 6 13 20 27 If
I. 1 8 15 22 29 If M. .. * 7 14 21 28 If
'u. . . 2 9 16 23 30 # Tu. .. 1 8 15 22 29 If
V. . . 3 10 17 24 # If W. . 2 9 16 23 30 If
Ti. .. 4 11 18 25 If If Th. .. 3 10 17 24 31 If
5 12 19 26 # m F. .. 4 11 18 25 * If
6 13 20 27 If # S. .. 5 12 19 26 If If
MAY. NOVEMBER.
un. . 5 12 19 26 if Sun. . If 3 10 17 24 If
C. .. 6 13 20 27 if M. .. # 4 11 18 25 If
u. . 7 14 21 28 if Tu. .. If 5 12 19 26 If
/. . . 1 8 15 22 29 if W. . . If 6 13 20 27
h. .. 2 9 16 23 30 Th. 7
.. If 14 21 28
3 10 17 24 31 F. ... 1 8 15 22 29 If
4 11 18 25 If * S. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
JU NE. DECEMBE R.
un. . If 2 9 16 23 30 Sun. 8 15
. 1 22 29 If
[. . .
# 3 10 17 24 If M. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
u. . .
4 11 18 25 Tu.
If .. 3 10 17 24 31 If
/. . . 5 12 19 26 If W. . 4 11 18 25 If If
h. .. If 6 13 20 27 Th.
If .. 5 12 19 26 If If
# 7 14 21 28 If F. .. 6 13 20 27 If If
1 8 15 22 29 If S. . 7 14 21 28 If If
921124
Phases of the Moon JANUARY 31 Days.
# New Moon .
..5th, 10h. 50m. A.M. I O Full Moon .. .. 19th, 9h. 14m. p.m.
..12th, 2h. 25m. a.m. C Last Quarter . . ..28th, lh. 29m. A.M.
}> First Quarter I
Indian Standard Time.

Day of Day of Moon's
the the True Moon- Moon- Age at
Sunrise, Sunset. Noon.
Month. Year.
i
Noon. rise. set.

P.M. A.M. P.M.
H. M. H. M. H. M. D S.
12 6 12 0 42 3 4 26 25" 6 23
Tuesday 1 1 7
2 12 6 13 0 42 17 26*6 23
Wednesday 2 7
13 6 13 0 43 5 8 16 27*6 22
Thursday 3 3 7
14 u 12 5 21 28' 22
Friday 4 4 7 13 6
7 13 15 o 44 7 13 6 29 29'6 22
Saturday 5 0
13 6 15 0 44 8 8 7 37 1 *
1 22
Sunday .. 6 6 7
16 0 -45 8 58 g 42 2*1 22
Monday 7 7 7 14 6
17 0 45 9 43 9 45 3*1 22
Tuesday 8 8 7 14 6
17 0 46 10 46 10 44 4*1 22
Wednesday 9 9 7 14 6
18 0 46 11 5 11 42 5*1 22
Thursday 10 10 7 14 6
46 11 45 6'1 21
Friday 11 11 7 14 6 18 0
P.M.
0 39 i/ i 21
12 12 7 15 6 19 0 46 0 25 '
jl
Saturday
20 0 47 1 7 37 8*1 21
Sunday 13 13 7 15 6
53 2 34 9" 1 21
Monday 14 14 7 15 6 21 0 47 1
6 22 0 48 2 41 3 32 10'1 21
Tuesday 15 15 7 15
22 0 48 3 33 28 11 1 *
21
Wednesday 16 16 7 15 6
48 4 26 O 21 12" 1 20
Thursday 17 17 7 15 6 23 0
24 0 49 5 21 g 10 13'1 20
Friday 18 18 7 15 6
1 1 i 20
19 19 7 15 6 25 0 49 6 14 6 55
Saturday..
25 0 49 7 6 7 36 15*1 20
20 20 7 15 6
Sunday ..
9A A 50 7 55 8 13 16-1 20
Monday 21 21 7 15 6 0 0
27 0 50 8 14 8 47 17*1 19
Tuesday 22 22 7 15 6
50 9 32 9 20 18" 1 19
Wednesday 23 23 7 15 6 27 0
50 10 19 9 53 19* 1 19
Thursday 24 24 7 15 6 28 0
11 9 10 25 20- 19
25 25 7 15 6 29 0 51
Friday
11 59 10 59 21-1 18
Saturday 26 26 7 15 6 29 0 51
27 7 14 6 29 0 51 11 36 221 18
Sunday
27
A.M. P.M.
0 52 0 17 23- 18
28 28 7 14 6 30 0 51
Monday ..
52 1 49 1 4 24*1 18
Tuesday 29 29 7 14 6 30 0
52 2 50 1 58 25*1 1
Wednesday 30 30 7 14 6 31 0
52 3 52 58 26.1 17
Thursday 31 31 7 14 6 31 0
4
.. . ,.
Phases of the Moon FEBRUARY 28 Days.

# New Moon .. ..3rd, 9h. 57m. p.m. |
O Full Moon .. .. 18th, 4h. 47m. p.m.
J> First Quarter ..10th, 2h. 55m. p.m. | <J Last Quarter . . ..26th, 3h. 44ra. p.m.
Indian Standard Time. Sun's

Day of Day of Moon* s Declina-
|
Day of the Week the the

Sunrise
True Moon- Moon- Age at tion
Sunset.
Month Year. Noon. rise. set. Noon. at Mean
A.M. P.M.
P.M. A.M. P.M. Noon.
H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. D. s.
o f
Friday . 1 32 7 13 6 31 0 52 4 53 4 4 27* 1 17 20
Saturday.. 2 33 7 13 6 32 0 53 5 51 5 12 28 *
1 17 3
Sunday 3 34 7 13 6 32 0 53 6 44 6 19 29*1 16 46
Monday 4 35 7 12 6 33 0 53 7 32 7 25 0-6 16 28
ruesday 5 36 7 12 6 34 0 53 8 17 8 28 1-6 16 11
Wednesday 6 37 7 12 6 34 0 53 8 59 9 29 2-6 15 52
rhursday 7 38 7 11 6 35 0 53 9 41 10 28 3-6 15 34
Friday 8 39 7 11 6 35 0 53 10 22 11 4* 6
28 15 15
Saturday.. 9 40 7 10 6 36 0 53 11 5 5 6 " 14 56
A.M.
unday .. 10 41 7 10 6 36 0 53 11 50 0 27 6" 6
P.M.
fonday 11 42 7 i o 6 37 0 53 7*6
.
0 38 1 25 14 18
'uesday .. 12 43 7 9 6 37 0 58 1 30 8*6 13
2 23 58
Wednesday 13 44 7 9 6 38 0 53 2 22 9-6 13 38
3 17
'hursday . 14 45 7 8 6 38 0 53 3 16 10-6 13
4 7 18
'riday 15 46 7 7 6 39 0 53 4 9 11*6
4 54 12 58
aturday.. 16 47 7 7 6 39 0 53 5 1 12* 6 12
5 35 38
unday .. 17 48 7 6 6 40 0 53 5 51 6 13 13 6 * 19 17
ronday .. 18 49 7 5 6 40 0 53 6 40 14*6
6 49 11 56
uesday . 19 50 7 5 6 40 0 53 7 28 15*6
7 22 11 35
Wednesday 20 51 7 4 6 41 0 53 8 16 16*6
7 55 11 13
hursday . 21 52 7 4 6 41 0 53 9 4 17*6
8 27 10 52
riday 22 53 7 3 6 41 0 53 9 54 9 0 18*6 10 30
aturday.. 23 54 7 2 6 42 0 52 46 19*6
10 9 36 10 8
unday .. 24 55 7 2 6 42 0 52 11 41 10 15 20 6
*
9 47
[onday .. 25 56 7 1 6 42 0 52 10 59 21*6 9 25
A.M .
uesday 26 57 7 1 6 43 0 51 0 38 11 48 22*6 8 2
P.M.
Wednesday 27 58 7 0 6 43 0 51 1 37 0 44 23*6 8 40
hursday 28 59 6 59 6 43 0 51 2 37 1 45 24*6 8 17
.. ..............
Phases of the Moon MARCH 31 Days.
Q New Moon . .5th, 8h. 10m. A.M. O Full Moon ..20th, llh. lm. a.m.
.28th, 2h, 21m. A.M.
> First Quarter ..12th, 6h. 0m. A.M. C Last Quarter .
Sun's
Indian Standard Time. Moon's Declina-
Day of Day of
Age at tion
the the True Moon- Moon-
Day of the Week. Sunrise. Sunset. Noon. set. Noon. at Mean
Month Year.
P.M.
rise.
Noon.
A.M. P.M. A.M. P.M.
H. M. M. i. M. M. D.
44 51 3 35 49 25- 6
Friday .
1 60 6 58
45 51 4 28 56 26- 6
Saturday 2 61 6 58
45 51 5 18 1 27*6
3 62 6 57
Sunday ..
45 51 6 4 6 5 28*6
4 63 56
Monday .
46 51 6 48 7 8 29-6
5 64 56
Tuesday ..
50 7 31 8 10 1- 2
6 65 55 46
Wednesday 1
50 8 13 9 12 2- 2
7 66 54 47
Thursday
50 8 56 10 13 3'2
8 67 53 47
Friday .
43 11 14 4- 2
68 53 47 50 9
Saturday .
9
49 10 32 5- 2
10 69 52 48
Sunday .. A.M.
23 0 13 6- 2
11 70 51 48 49 11
Monday .
P.M.
49 0 16 10 7*2
12 71 50 48
Tuesday .
49 1 10 3 8*2
13 72 49 48
Wednesday
49 49 49 2 4 51 9/2
Thursday 14 73
48 49 49 2 57 34 10
Friday .
15 74
49 48 3 47 14 11-2
Saturday 16 75 47
.
48 4 37 50 12 2
17 76 46 49 "
Sunday .
48 5 25 23 13- 2
18 77 45 49
Monday .
47 6 12 56 14- 2
19 78 44 50
Tuesday .
0 6 29 15- 2
20 79 43 50 47 7
Wednesday
42 50 47 7 50 7 2 16.2
Thursday 21 80
50 46 8 42 7 37 17-2
22 81 41
Friday .
23 82 40 51 46 9 36 8 16 182
Saturday
39 51 46 10 33 8 58 19
Sunday .
24 S3
84 39 51 45 11 30 9 45 202
Monday .
25
45 10 88 21-2
Tuesday 26 85 38 51
.
A.M.
51 45 0 29 11 35 222
Wednesday 27 B6
P.M.
45 25 0 37 23*2
28 87 37 52 1
Thursday
88 52 44 2 18 1 40 242
Friday .
29
44 3 8 2 43 25*2
30 89 52
Saturday
44 3 55 3 46 26*2
31 90 52
Sunday ..
6
..
Phases of the Moon APRIL 30 Days.

# New Moon .. .. 3rd, 5h. 41m. p.m. I
O Full Moon . .19th, 2h. 40m. A.M
> First Quarter . .10th, llh. 12m. P.M. I <[ Last Quarter .. . .26th, 9h. 50m. a.m.

Day of Day oi
,
Moon's Declina-
Day of the Week. the the
Sunrise. Sunset
Month. Year. '
Noon. rise. set. Noon. at Mean
P.M. P.M.
"NT
IN .
h H M. e /
M. H. M. . M. H. H. M. D.
Monday 1 91 6 33 6 53 0 43 4 38 4 48 27-2 4 12
Tuesday .. 2 92 6 33 6 53 0 43 5 21 5 50 28-2 4 36
Wednesday 3 93 6 32 6 53 0 42 6 3 6 51 29*2 4 59
Thursday 4 94 6 31 6 53 0 42 6 45 7 53 0-8 5 22
Friday 5 95 6 30 o 54 0 42 7 32 8 55 1*8 5 45
Saturday a 2-8
6 96 6 29 D 54 0 42 8 20 9 57 6 8
Sunday .. 7 97 6 28 O KA
04 0 41 9 12 10 57 3-8 6 30
Monday a 4*8
8 98 6 28 O 54 0 41 10 6 11 53 6 53
ruesday 9 99 6 27 0 54. 0 41 11 2 5'8 7 15

A.M.
Wednesday 10 100 6 26 O KK
Oi> 0 40 11 57 0 44 6'8 7 38
P.M.
rhursday 11 101 6 25 6 55 0 40 0 50 1 30 7*8 8 0
Friday 12 102 6 24 6 55 0 40 1 42 2 11 8*8 8 22
Saturday 13 103 6 23 6 55 0 40 2 31 2 49 9'8 8 44
Sunday 14 104 6 22 6 56 0 39 3 20 3 23 10-8 9 6
Monday 15 105 6 21 6 56 0 39 4 8 3 56 11-8 9 27
Duesday 16 106 6 20 6 56 0 39 4 56 4 29 12-8 9 49
Wednesday 17 107 6 19 6 57 0 38 5 45 5 2 13*8 10 10
diursday 18 108 6 19 6 57 0 38 6 37 5 37 14-8 10 31
Friday 19 109 6 18 6 57 0 38 7 30 6 14 15-8 10 52
Saturday . 20 110 6 17 6 57 0 38 8 27 6 56 16'8 11 13
Sunday 21 111 6 16 6 57 0 38 9 25 7 43 17-8 11 34
Monday 22 112 6 15 6 58 0 37 10 23 8 34 18*8 11 54
ruesday 23 113 6 14 6 58 0 37 11 21 9 31 19*8 12 14
Wednesday 24 114 6 14 6 58 0 37 10 31 20-8 12 34

A.M.
Thursday 25 115 6 13 6 59 0 37 0 14 11 33 21? 8 12 54
P.M.
""riday 26 116 6 13 6 59 0 37 0 54 0 35 22*8 13 14
Saturday 27 117 6 13 G 59 0 36 1 51 1 36 23'8 13 33
Sunday .. 28 118 6 12 7 0 0 36 2 34 2 35 24*8 13 53
Monday .. 29 119 6 12 7 0 0 36 3 15 3 35 25-8 14 11
ruesday . 30 120 6 12 7 0 0 36 3 55 4 34 26*8 14 30
7
Phases of the Moon MAY 31 Days.
27m. P.M.
0 New Moon 3rd, 3h. 6m. a.m. I O Full Moon .... ..18th, 3h.
..25th, 3h. 14m. P.M.

...10th, 5h. 24m. P.M. | Last Quarter .
}> First Quarter

I Sun's
Day of Day of
Moon- Moon- Age at tion
True
Day of the Week. the the Sunrise. Sunset. Noon. rise. set. Noon, at Mean
Month Year. A.M. P.M. P.M. Noon.
P.M. A.M. |
M. H. M. 1 [. M. D. N.
I I. M. E[. M. P[. I
j
O 0
4 37 5 35 27*8 1 4 49
121 (> 11 7 1 C 36 1
Wednesday 1
6 37 Oft ft
L5 7
11 1 C) 36 5 20
Thursday 2 122 <> l
'
36 6 8 7 39 0*4 L5 25
123 5 10 r 1 ()
Friday . 3
41 1*4 1 K
ID 43
*o
10 2 ) 35 6 59 8
4 124 6 7
Saturday
7 52 9 39 2*4 16 0
6 9 7 2 0 35
Sunday .. 5 125
3*4 1 a
16 17
1f
2 0 35 8 49 10 33
6 126 6 9 7
Monday ..
Q 4.
9 45 11 22 4*4 iet
16
6 8 7 3 0 35
Tuesday .. 7 127
10 40 5*4 16 51
6 7 7 3 0 35
Wednesday 8 128 A.M.
6*4 17
17 7'
3 0 35 11 33 0 6
9 129 6 7 7
Thursday.. P.M.
45 7 *
4 17 94,
0 35 0 24 0
10 130 6 6 7
Friday .
*J
21 8'4 1 7 30 '
4 0 35 1 13 1
11 131 6 6 7
Saturday
9' 4 17
4 0 35 2 1 1 55
12 132 6 5 7
Sunday .
i q in
35 2 49 2 28 10*4 lo io
133 6 5 7 5 0
Monday .. 13
11 4 1 Q 94.
0 35 3 37 3 1 "
134 6 5 7 5
Tuesday .. 14
12*4 1 a 4.0
40
0 35 4 28 3 35 lo
135 6 4 7 6
Wednesday 15
13* 4 1Q
lo "il
>*
6 0 35 5 21 4 12
16 136 6 4 7
Thursday
14* 4 ia
19 A
o
6 0 35 6 17 4 52
17 137 6 4 7
Friday .
5 37 15*4 19 21
6 3 7 7 0 35 7 15
Saturday .
18 138
16*4 1 ft
19 3K
5D
7 0 35 8 15 6 28
19 139 6 3 7
Sunday ..
Aft
14 7 24 17* 4 ft
19
-i
48
6 3 7 7 0 35 9
Monday .
20 140
10 10 8 24 18*4 20 1
6 2 7 8 0 35
Tuesday .
21 141
35 11 2 9 26 19*4 20 13
142 6 2 7 8 0 I
Wednesday 22
10 29 20* 4 20 25
6 2 7 9 0 35 11 50
Thursday 23 143
11 30 21*4 20 36
6 2 7 9 0 35
Friday 24 144 P.M.
. A.M.
0 33 0 30 22-4 20 48
6 2 7 9 0 35
Saturday. 25 145
14 1 28 23*4 20 59
6 2 7 10 0 36 1
26 146
Sandfly 24*4 21 9;
10 0 36 1 53 2 26
27 147 6 2 7
Monday .
3 24 25*4 r 21 19i
7 11 0 86 2 34
28 148 6 i!
Tuesday ..
6 7 11 0 36 3 lfi 4 24 26*4 \ 21 n
Wednesday 29 149 1
5 25 27-4 21 38
7 11 0 36 t 4 1
30 150 6 1I
Thursday
0 36 4 4* 6 26 28 v [ 21
151 6 7 11> }
4j
Friday .
31 |
I
8
Phases of the Moon JUNE 30 Days.
New Moon .. ..1st, lh. 22m. p.m. I
O Full Moon .. .. 17th, lh. 50m. a.m.
}) First Quarter .. ..9th, Hh. 19m. A.m. |

<T Last Quarter .. .. 23rd, 7h. 51m. P.M.

Day of Day o
,
Moon's Declina-
>
Day of the Week. the the True Age al tion

Sunrise Sunset.
Month Year. Noon. Moonrise Moonset Noon. at Mean
A.M. P.M.
P.M. Noon.
N.
H M. H M. H M. A.M. P.M. D.
O f
Saturday.. 1 152 6 1 7 12 0 36 5 40 7 26 29-4 21 56
Sunday 2 153 6 1 7 12 0 36 6 36 8 22 l'O 22 4
Monday 3 154 6 1 7 13 0 37 7 33 9 13 2-0 22 12
Tuesday 4 155 6 1 7 13 0 37 8 29 9 59 3-0 22 20
Wednesday 5 156 6 1 7 14 0 37 9 23 io 42 4-0 22 27

Thursday 6 157 6 1 7 14 0 37 10 15 11 19 50 22 34
Friday 7 158 6 1 7 14 0 37 11 5 11 53 6-0 22 40
Saturday 8 159 6 1 7 15 0 37 11 53 7-0 22 46
P.M. A. M.
Sunday 9 160 6 1 7 15 0 38 0 41 0 26 8'0 22 52
Monday 10 161 6 1 7 15 0 38 1 29 0 59 9'0 22 57
Tuesday .. 11 162 6 1 7 16 0 38 2 18 1 32 lO'O 23 2
Wednesday 12 163 6 1 7 16 0 38 3 10 2 7 11-0 23 6
Thursday 13 164 6 1 7 16 0 38 4 4 2 45 12-0 23 10

Friday 14 165 6 1 7 17 0 39 5 1 3 28 130 23 13
Saturday.. 15 166 6 1 7 17 0 39 6 1 4 17 14'0 23 16
Sunday .. 16 167 6 1 7 17 0 39 7 2 5 11 15-0 23 19
Monday 17 168 6 1 7 17 0 39 8 0 6 11 16'0 23 22
Tuesday .. 18 169 6 2 7 18 0 39 8 55 7 14 17-0 23 23
Wednesday 19 170 6 2 7 18 0 40 9 46 8 19 18-0 23 25
Thursday 20 171 6 2 7 18 0 40 10 31 9 22 19-0 23 26
Friday 21 172 6 2 7 18 0 40 11 14 11 24 20-0 23 27
Saturday 22 173 6 3 7 19 0 40 11 54 11 23 21- 0 23 27
A.M. P.M.
Sunday 23 174 6 3 7 19 0 41 0 21 22- 0 23 27
Monday 24 175 6 3 7 19 0 41 0 34 1 19 23*0 23 26
Tuesday .. 25 176 6 3 7 19 0 41 1 15 2 18 24 0 23 25
Wednesday 26 177 6 3 7 19 0 41 1 57 3 17 25-0 23 24
Thursday 27 178 6 4 7 19 0 41 2 44 4 17 26 '0 23 22
Friday 28 179 6 4 7 20 0 42 27-0
3 34 5 16 23 20
Saturday 29 180 6 4 7 20 0 42 4 26 13 28-0 17
6 23
Sunday 30 181 6 4 7 20 0 42 5 22 7 6 29-0 23 14
9
Phases of the Moon-JULY 31 Days.
..16th, 10h. 30m. A.M.
lh. 15m. A.M. O Full Moon .
23rd, lh 12m. A.M.

New Moon . .1st,
C Last Quarter ..30th, 3h. 2m, P.M.
First Quarter .. ..9th, 3h. 58m. A.M. 0 New Moon .
5
.
Phases of the MoonAUGUST 31 Days.

> First Quarter .. ..7th, Gh. 53m. p.m. i
C Last Quarter ..21st, 8h. 47m. a.m.
O Full Moon .. ..14th, 6h. 14m. p.m. | # New Moon . . ..29th, 6h. 30m. A.M.

Day of Day of Moon's Declina-
Sunrise. Sunset.
Month. Year.
A.M.
Noon. rise. set. Noon. at Mean
P.M.
H M. H . M. H M. H. M. H. M. D. N.
o /
Thursday 1 213 6 15 7 15 0 45 7 42 8 25 19 18 15
Friday 2 214 6 15 7 14 0 45 8 30 8 58 2*9 18 0
Saturday 3 215 6 16 7 14 0 45 9 17 9 31 3'9 17 44
Sunday .. 4 216 6 16 7 13 0 45 10 5 10 4 49 17 29
Monday 5 217 6 16 7 13 0 45 10 53 10 38 59 17 13
Tuesday 6 218 6 17 7 12 0 45 11 44 11 16 6*9 16 57

P.M.
Wednesday 7 219 6 17 7 12 0 44 0 36 11 58 7'9 16 40
Thursday 8 220 6 17 7 11 0 44 1 32 8'9 16 24

A.M.
Friday .. 9 221 6 18 7 11 0 44 2 29 0 45 9-9 16 7
Saturday 10 222 6 18 7 10 0 44 3 28 1 38 10-9 15 50
Sunday .. 11 223 6 18 7 9 0 44 4 26 2 37 11-9 15 32
Monday 12 224 6 19 7 9 0 44 5 20 3 40 12-9 15 14
Tuesday 13 225 6 19 7 8 0 44 6 12 4 46 139 14 57
Wednesday 14 226 6 19 7 8 0 43 6 59 5 51 14-9 14 38

Thursday 15 227 6 20 7 7 0 43 7 44 6 55 15-9 14 20
Friday 16 228 6 20 7 6 0 43 8 27 7 58 16'9 14 2
Saturday 17 229 6 20 7 6 0 43 9 9 9 0 17-9 13 44
Sunday .. 18 230 6 20 7 5 0 43 9 53 10 2 18-9 13 24
Monday . 19 231 6 21 7 4 0 42 10 40 11 4 19'9 13 4

Jf.JM.
Tuesday 20 232 6 21 7 4 0 42 11 27 0 4 209 12 45
Wednesday 21 233 6 21 7 3 0 42 1 5 21-9 12 25

A.M.
Thursday 22 234 6 21 7 2 0 42 0 19 2 3 22-9 12 5
Friday 23 235 6 21 7 1 0 42 1 12 2 58 23'9 11 45

Saturday 24 236 6 22 7 1 0 41 2 7 3 48 24*9 11 25
Sunday .. 25 237 6 22 7 o o 41 3 2 4 33 25'9 11 4
Monday .. 26 238 6 22 6 59 0 41 3 56 5 15 26-9 10 44
Tuesday 27 239 6 22 6 59 0 40 4 48 5 53 27*9 10 23
Wednesday 28 240 6 23 6 58 0 40 5 38 6 27 28*9 10 2
Thursday 29 241 6 23 6 57 0 40 6 26 7 0 0*3 9 41
Friday 30 242 6 23 6 56 0 39 7 14 7 33 13 9 19
Saturday 31 243 6 23 6 55 0 39 8 1 8 5 2-3 8 58
11
. 3
Phases of the Moon SEPTEMBER 30 Days.

> First Quarter .. 6th, 7h. 56m. a.m. I C Last Quarter .. .. 1
O Full Moon . . - . 13th, lh. 48m. a.m. |

# New Moon . . . .
2'
Sun's
Day of Day of
tion
Moon- Moon- A.ge at
Day Week. the the True
of the E unrise. g unset. j
set. Noon. at Mean

Month. Year. Noon. rise.
A.M. P.M. A.M. P.M. Noon.
P.M. 1
H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. D. IN
23 6 55 0 39 8 49 8 39 3*3 8 OD
Sunday 1 244 6
24 54 0 39 9 39 9 16 4*3 8 10
Monday 2 245 6 6
9 56 5*3 74 53
3 246 6 24 6 53 0 38 10 29
Tuesday ..
24 6 52 0 38 11 23 10 40 6*3 7
Wednesday 4 247 6
P.M
11 7*3 7 g
248 6 24 6 51 0 38 0 19 29
Thursday 5
25 6 50 0 37 1 16 8*3 g 46
Friday 6 249 6
A.M.
25 6 50 0 37 2 12 0 23 9*3 6 24
Saturday 7 250 6
49 0 37 3 6 1 23 10'3 6 2
8 251 6 25 6
Sunday ..
25 6 48 0 36 3 58 2 25 11*3 O 39
Monday 9 252 6
c
25 6 47 0 36 4 46 3 29 12-3 O 17
Tuesday .. 10 253 6
46 0 36 5 32 4 33 13*3 54
Wednesday 11 254 6 25 6
25 45 0 35 6 16 5 36 14*3 31
Thursday 12 255 6 6
44 0 35 7 0 6 40 15*3 g
Friday 13 256 6 26 6
43 35 7 44 7 43 16'3 3 45
14 257 6 26 6 0
Saturday
34 8 31 8 46 17*3 3 22
15 258 6 26 6 43 0
Sunday ..
o Dw
6 26 6 42 0 34 9 20 9 49 18 '3 Z
Monday 16 259
33 10 12 10 52 19*3 2 36
Tuesday 17 260 6 26 6 41 0
27 40 0 33 11 6 11 54 20'3 2 1
Wednesday 18 261 6 6
P. K.
33 0 52 21*3 1 49
Thursday 19 262 6 27 6 39 0
A. M.
22*3 1 26
Friday 20 263 6 27 6 M 0 32 0 2 1 44
32 0 58 2 32 23 '3 1
Saturday 21 264 6 2: 6 3; 0
2'' 32 52 3 14 24*3 U 40
22 265 6 6 3( \ 0 1
Sunday .
o 25-3 n
U 16
266 6 2'F 6 3< J 0 31 44 3 53
Monday .. 23 s
Ol 35 4 28 26 '3 0 7
Tuesday 24 267 6 2 1 6 3 > 0
31 4 23 5 2 27*3 0 30
Wednesday 25 268 6 243 6 3I 0
30 5 11 5 35 28*3 0 54
Thursday 26 269 6 21 3 6 33 0
6 32 0 30 5 58 6 7 29 '3 1 17
Friday 27 270 6 21 3
o8 31 0 30 6 46 6 41 0*6 1 41
Saturday 28 271 6 6
30 0 29 7 35 7 17 1-6 2 4
29 272 6 29 6
Sunday
o9 29 8 26 56 2-6 2 27
Monday 30 273 6 6 29 0
12
Phases of the Moon OCTOBER 31 Days.
}> First Quarter .. 5th, 7h. 10m. p.m. |
C Last Quarter ... .. .19th, llh. 6m. a.m.
O Full Moon ..12th, lOh. 9m. a.m. | # New Moon ..27th, 3h. 45m. p.m.
Indian Standard Time. Sun'r

Day of Day o
,
Moon's Declina-
Sunrise. Sunset.
Month Year. Noon. rise. set. Noon. at Mean
A.M. P.M.
h M. H. M. H . M. H. M. H. M. D. s.
o
Tuesday .. 1 274 6 29 6 29 0 29 9 18 8 38 3'6 2 50
Wednesday 2 275 6 29 6 28 0 29 10 13 9 25 4-6 3 14

Thursday 3 276 6 30 6 27 0 29 11 9 10 17 5'6 3 37
P.M.
Friday 4 277 6 30 6 26 0 28 0 4 11 14 6'6 4 0
Saturday 5 278 6 30 6 26 0 28 0 57 7'6 4 24'

A M.
Sunday 6 279 6 30 6 25 0 28 1 49 0 13 8*6 4 47
Monday 7 280 6 31 6 24 0 28 2 37 1 15 9-6 5 10'
Tuesday 8 281 6 31 6 23 0 27 3 22 2 16 10-6 5 33

Wednesday 9 282 6 31 6 22 0 27 4 6 3 18 11-6 6 56
Thursday 10 283 6 32 6 21 O 27 4 49 4 19 12-6 6 19
Friday 11 284 6 32 6 20 0 27 5 32 5 21 13*6 6 42
Saturday 12 285 6 32 6 19 0 27 6 18 6 24 14-6 7 4,
Sunday .. 13 286 6 33 6 18 0 26 7 7 7 29 15'6 7 27

Monday 14 287 6 33 6 17 0 26 59 8 33 16'6 7 49>
Tuesday 15 288 6 33 6 16 0 26 8 54 9 37 17*6 8 12'
Wednesday 16 289 6 33 6 15 0 26 9 51 10 39 18"6 8 34
Thursday 17 290 6 34 6 14 0 25 10 49 11 35 19-6 8 56

P.M.
Friday 18 291 6 34 6 13 0 25 11 45 0 26 20v6 9 18
Saturday 19 292 6 34 6 12 0 25 1 11 21-6 9 40
A.M.
Sunday 20 293 6 35 6 12 0 25 1 38 1 52 22-6 10 2
Monday 21 294 6 35 6 11 0 24 1 30 2 29 23-6 10 23
!
Tuesday 22 295 6 35 6 10 0 24 2 19 3 o 24-6 10 45:
Wodnesday 23 296 6 35 6 9 0 24 3 7 3 35 25v6 11 6
Thursday 24 297 6 36 6 8 0 24 3 55 4 8 26-6 11 27

Friday 25 298 6 36 6 8 0 24 4 42 4 42 27-6 11 48
Saturday.. 26 299 6 36 6 7 0 23 5 31 5 17 28'6 12 9
Sunday .. 27 300 6 37 6 7 0 23 6 22 5 55 29-6 12 29

Monday 28 301 6 37 6 7 0 23 7 14 6 37 0 9
" 12 50
Tuesday 29 302 6 37 6 6 0 23 8 8 7 24 i-9 13 10
Wednesday 30 303 6 37 6 6 0 23 9 4 8 14 2-9 13 30.
Thursday 31 304 6 38 6 6 0 23 10 0 9 9 3-9 13 50
18
. 9
Phases of the Moon NOVEMBER 30 Days.

4th, 4h. 42m. a.m. C Last Quarter . 18tt
3 First Quarter . . . .
I .
O Full Moon ..10th, 8h. 12m. P.M. | # New Moon . .

26tt
Sun's
Indian Standard rime.
Vloon's Declina-
] )ay of ] Day of
]
the the True Moon- Moon- Age at tion

Day of the Week. Sunrise. Sunset. Noon, Mean
Itlonth. Year. Noon. rise. set. i it
A.M. P.M. A.M. P.M. Noon.
P.M. L
H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. H. M. D. S.
38 6 6 0 22 10 53 10 7 4*9 14 9
Friday 1 305 6
39 6 6 0 22 11 45 11 7 5.9 14 28
Saturday 2 306 6
P.M
5 0 22 0 33 6-9 14 48
3 307 6 39 6
Sunday ..
A.M
0 22 1 17 0 6 7-9 15 7
Monday 4 308 6 40 6 5
4 0 22 2 0 1 6 8*9 15 25
Tuesday 5 309 6 40 6
6 4 0 22 2 42 2 5 9'9 15 44
Wednesday 6 310 6 41
41 6 4 0 22 3 23 3 10*9 16 2
Thursday 7 311 6
42 6 4 0 22 4 6 4 5 11-9 16 1
Friday 8 312 6
42 6 4 0 23 4 53 5 7 12*9 16 37
Saturday 9 313 6
43 6 3 0 23 5 44 6 11 13-9 16 54
Sunday 10 314 6
43 6 3 0 23 6 38 7 16 14'9 17 11
Monday .. 11 315 6
44 6 3 0 23 7 35 8 20 15-9 17 28
Tuesday .. 12 316 6
44 6 2 0 23 8 33 9 20 16-9 17 44
Wednesday 13 317 6
45 6 2 0 23 9 32 10 14 17*9 18 0
Thursday 14 318 6
45 6 1 0 23 10 29 11 3 18-9 18 16
Friday 15 319 6
46 6 1 0 23 11 22 11 47 19*9 18 31
Saturday 16 320 6
P.M.
17 321 6 46 6 1 0 23 0 26 209 18 47
Sunday A.
322 47 6 0 0 23 0 13 1 1 21*9 19 1
Monday 18 6
323 6 48 6 0 0 23 1 1 1 35 22-9 19 16
Tuesday .. 19
1
Wednesday 20 324 6 48 6 0 0 24 1 49 2 8 239 19 30
49 6 0 0 24 2 36 2 41 24*9 19 44
Thursday 21 325 6
0 0 24 3 24 3 15 25*9 19 57
Friday 22 326 6 49 6
327 50 6 0 0 24 4 16 3 52 26*9 20 10
Saturday 23 6
51 6 0 0 25 5 6 4 34 27-9 20 23
Sunday 24 328 6
51 0 0 25 6 0 5 19 28 9 20 35
Monday 25 329 6
330 52 6 0 0 25 6 57 6 8 29-9 20 47
Tuesday .. 26 6
53 6 0 0 25 7 54 7 3 1-2 20 58
Wednesday . 27 331 6
Thursday 28 332 6 53 * 0 0 26 8 49 8 1 22 21 10
Friday . 29 333 6 54 0 0 26 9 42 9 1 32 21 20
Satursday 30 334 6 54 6 0 0 27 10 30 10 1 42 21 31
14
.
Phases of the Moon DECEMBER 31 Days.

3 First Quarter .. 3rd, Oh. 58m. p.m. I
C Last Quarter ..18th, 3h. 27m. a.m.
O Full Moon ..10th, 8h. 40m. A.M. | f New Moon ..25th, llh. 19m. p.m.

Day of Day of Mx)on's Declina-
Day of the Week. the the True Moon- Moon- Age at tion
Sunrise. Sunset.
Month. Year. Noon. rise, set. Noon. at Mean
A.M. P.M.
H. M. H M. H. M. H. M. H. M. D, s.
f
Sunday 1 335 6 55 6 0 0 28 11 17 11 0 52 21 41
Monday 2 336 6 55 6 0 0 28 11 59 11 58 6'2 21 50

P. ML
Tuesday 3 337 6 56 6 0 0 28 0 40 72 21 59
A.M.
Wednesday 4 338 6 57 6 0 0 29 1 20 0 56 8*2 22 8
Thursday 5 339 6 58 6 0 0 29 2 2 1 54 9-2 22 16
Friday 6 340 6 59 6 1 0 30 2 44 2 54 10-2 22 24
Saturday * 7 341 6 59 6 1 0 30 3 32 3 56 11-2 22 31
Sunday 8 342 6 59 6 1 0 30 4 24 4 58 12-2 22 38
Monday 9 343 7 0 6 1 0 31 5 19 6 1 13-2 22 44
ruesday 10 344 7 0 6 2 0 31 6 16 7 3 14*2 22 50
Wednesday 11 345 7 1 6 2 0 32 7 16 8 1 15-2 22 56
rhursday 12 346 7 2 6 3 0 32 8 14 8 53 16-2 23 1
""riday 13 347 7 2 6 3 0 33 9 9 9 39 17*2 23 6
>aturday 14 348 7 3 6 3 0 33 10 2 10 21 18-2 23 10
unday 15 349 7 3 6 4 0 34 10 53 10 58 19-2 23 14
londay 16 350 7 4 6 4 0 35 11 41 11 33 20-2 23 17

P.l I.
"uesday 17 351 7 4 6 5 0 35 0 6 21-2 23 20
A.M.
Vednesday 18 352 7 5 6 5 0 36 0 29 0 39 22-2 23 22
Imrsday 19 353 7 5 6 6 0 36 1 17 1 13 23-2 23 24
'riday 20 354 7 6 6 6 0 37 2 5 1 48 242 23 25
aturday 21 355 7 7 6 7 0 37 2 57 2 27 25-2 23 26
unday 22 356 7 7 6 7 0 38 3 49 3 10 26-2 23 27
[onday 23 357 7 8 6 8 0 38 4 44 3 58 27-2 23 27
uesday 24 358 7 8 6 9 0 39 5 41 4 52 28-2 23 26
Wednesday 25 359 7 9 6 9 0 39 6 39 5 49 29-2 23 25
hursday 26 360 7 9 0 9 0 40 7 33 6 51 0-6 23 24

riday 27 361 7 10 6 10 0 40 8 25 7 53 1-6 23 22
aturday 28 362 7 10 (5 10 0 41 9 13 8 54 2-6 23 20
unday 29 363 7 11 6 10 0 41 9 57 9 54 3-6 23 17
onday 30 364 7 11 6 11 0 41 10 40 10 52 46 23 14
uesday 31 365 7 11 6 11 0 42 11 20 11 50 5-6 23 10

|
15
. . . . .. .
JLjJl AIR
>
FOR 1 L9:36
JULY.
JANUARY.
5 LZ 19 :
19 26 If Sun. . If
|
Sun. . 1
* 5 12
27 If
i\/r
JVL. If 6 13 20 27 If
6 13 20
| M. if
Tu. .. If 7 14 21
7 14 21 28 29
i
Tu. . . if
w. .. 1 8 15 22 If
22 29 If
lw. .. l 8 15
30 Th. .. 2 9 16 23 30 If
Th. 2 9 16 23 24 31 If
J
..
F. .. 3 10 17
3 10 17 24 31 If
F. ..
s. .. 4 11 18 25
J 4 11 18 25 1 If If
/UG1 LIST.
FE BRUARY. q 16 23 30
Sun. If Z
* 2 9 16 23 If .
24 31
Sun. . . 1 1
M. .. If 3 10 17
3 10 17 24 If
25 *
M. If
Tu. 4 11 18
Tu. .. 4 11 18 25 .. If
19 26 If
12 19 26 If w. .. # 5 12
w. .. 5
Th. .. # 6 13 20 27 If
6 13 20 27 If
28
Th. .. If
F. .. If 7 14 21 If
* 7 14 21 28 29
F. ..
s. .. 1 8 15 1
21 \ |
1 8 15 22 29
MARCH. SE PTEMBIR.
Sun. . If b 13 20
8 15 22 29 If .
21 28 If
Sun. .
I
M. .. If 7 14
16 23 30
M.
Tu.
..
..
M
3
9
10 17 24 31 If Tu.
w.
.. 1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
zy
30
TV
If
4 11 18 25 If * ..
10 17 24 If If
Th. .. 3
5 12 19 26 18 25 If
F. .. 4 11
13 20 27 If
*
If A 6
7 14 21 28 If s. . 5
OCTOBE
12 19
R.
ZD If
APRIL. 25 If
4 li 18
12 19 26 If Sun. . If
5 19 26 If
Sun. If 1
20 27 If M. .. # 5 12
M. .. * 6 13
Tu. .. If 6 13 20 27 If
7 14 21 28 21 28 If
Tu. .. If
W. .. If 7 14
8 15 22 29 If
29
w. .. 1
# Th. .. 1 8 15 22 If
2 9 16 23 30 23 30 If
Th. ..
2 9 16
F. 3 10 17 24 If * F. ..
10 17 OA
Z4 31 If
* * s. . 3 1
1
s. 4
1
11 18 25 i
1
NOVEMBER.
MAY. 29
Sun. 1 8 ia
3 10 17 24 31 30
Sun.
2 9 16 23

11 18
1
25 M. ..
M. .. 4 3 10 17 24 If
Tu. .. If 5 12 19 26 * Tu. ..
18 25 If
w. .. 4 11
13 20 27 If
*
W. .. 6
Th. 5 12 19 26
7 14 21 28 .
27 *
Th. . If
F. 6 13 20
1 15 22 29 .
28 If If
7 14 21
2 I 16 23 30 * s. .
1
DECEMBER.
JUNE.
* # I u 21 If
Sun. if 1 U 21 28 !
Sun.
M. *
i
141 21 28 1 If
I
M * 1 \ 15 22 : 29
1
* .
"Jf
15i 23 ! 2J ) If
ffi
-
22 30 * Tu. . 1 1
Tu. . 2 j 1 16 ; \
* w. 3\ > U > 2:\ 3( ) If

ffl
1 W -
. 21 1( ) f 24 L
21 > * * . Th.
.
. \
,
1() r r 2'I 31I H

*
Th . 1 I 11 L It I
* F. 41 1 1 lil 2!> *'
ffl
I F.
-
> 12 2 1! > 21 * . .
11) 215 *f K
.
s.
i
> 1 2
:\ i 1 3 i 21 ) |
2' 1 \ * * . .
j
PREFACE
THEpondents
Editors have to thank many corres-
who during the past year
have sent them suggestions for the
improvement of this book. The Indian Year
Book is intended above all to be a book of
reference, and its completeness and convenience
of arrangement must necessarily depend to a great
extent on the part taken in its editing by the
members of the public who most use it.
The help extended to the Editors by various

and more particularly by the Director of
officials,
Information and Labour Intelligence, Bombay,
and the Indian Commercial Intelligence Depart-
ment, has again been readily given and is most
gratefully acknowledged. Without such help it
would be impossible to produce the Year Book
with up-to-date statistics.
Suggestions for the improvement or correc-

tion of theYear Book may be sent to the Editors
at any time, but those which reach them before
January have a better chance of being adopted
than later suggestions which only reach them
after the work of revision has been partly
completed.
The Times of India, Bombay,

April, 1935.
,
An Indian Glossary.
corres-
Babu. (1) A gentleman in Bengal,Konkan ,
Abkari. Excise of liquors and drugs. ponding to Pant in the Deccan and
of a clerk or
Hence used by Anglo-Indians
Aohhut. Untouchable (Hindi)
Asuddiiar. (2)
younger son
paid accountant. Strictly a 5th or still
Contribution son y ^gerthan
Acreage contribution. Government. of a Raja but often used of any
into a term
by holders of land irrigated by the heir, whilst it has also grown one
over ôrd added to ofaddress=Esquire. There are, however,
APHIRAJ.-Supreme ruler, whose sons are known ^spectively
means paramount. or two Rajas
"Maharaja." Ac, it r ihakur
as 1st, Kunwar; 2nd, Diwan ; 3rd,
"officer" 1th, Lai ; 5th Babu.
AFSAR.-A corruption of the English

AHIMSA. Non- violence. Babul. A common thorny tree, Arabica.
Acacia

the bark
of which is used for tanning,
princely family
Ahluwalia. Name of a Bad mash. A bad character a rascal.
Ahlu, near Lahore.
:
resident at the village of

Terminalia Tomentosa. BAGR.Tiger or Panther.
AIN.-A timber tree |
(Buggalow),
devotee, one of RAGHLA.-(l) A native boat
Akali -Originally, a Sikh
The common pond heron or paddy
bird.
Singh (who died
hand founded by Gum Govind politico-religious (2)
l7ol): now a member of the "Rattadur
Lit. " brave" or "warrior'
Hindus and Mohammedans,
army (dal) of reforming Sikhs. titfe i?s ed by both
added to
by Government

A KHAR A. A Hindu school of
gymnastics. often bestowed
other titles, it increases their honour but
;
Akhundzada. Son of a Head Officer. alone it designates an inferior

ruler.
ALIJAH
Of exalted rank. BAIRAGI A Hindu religious mendicant.
A
a t tohol Literally a Mahomedan ratpa or Bajri. The bulrush millet,
circle.
for purposes of food-grain, Pennisetu*
typhoideom;
kind of athletic club formed common
self-defence. syn. cambu, Madras.
magistrate
Ali Raja. Sea King
(Laccadives). BAKHSBJ. A revenue officer or
Tip
AM. Mango Bakhshish. Cheri-meri (or Chiri-miri)
(Bund).
. VTTT a nqTT1P given in Sind to educated BAND. A dam or embankment
m ffir< trU'Ina community a Hindu
principally of bankers, clerks
caste consisting
|
BANDAR. Monkey.
fig-tree, Fiou
and minor officials. Banyan. A species of
'
(corruptly Emir>.-A
Mohammedan Bengalensis.
amir
personal name.
Chief, often also a BARA Sing.Swamp deer,
Mariamma, the rain
Amma.-A goddess, particularly
India. Barsat.-(I) A fall of rain, (2)
goddess of small-pox. South season.
river for
Anicut.-A dam or weir across a BARSATI. Farcy (horse's disease).
purposes, Southern India.
irrigation of huts
of Maho- Basti. (1) A village, or collection
ANJUMAN.-A communal gathering
medans. (2) A Jain temple, Kanara.
Batta. Lit. discount and hence
corruption of 4 allo\
*onq Believed to be a '
best variety of way of compensation.

Alphonse, toe IVme of the ances by
Bombay mango. Battak.Duck.
Written petition.
ARZ, Arzi, Arz-dasht. Bawarchi. Cook in India, Syn. Mistri,
A8AF. A minister. Bombay only.
Asprishya. Untouchable lined with shops, Ind
(Sanskrit).
Bazar (1) A street
crop, Bengal, syn proper (2) a covered market, Burma.
Aus ._The early rice ;
Ahu, Assam. Bfoum or Begam. The feminine

Bhopal as Naw
AVATAR. An incarnation of Vishnu. ''Nawab" combined in
of Medicine
Begum."
Ayurveda.Hindu science thorny shrub bearing a fruit
Mr. BER a like
Baba. Lit. " Father," a respectful '
I
small plum, Zizy phub Jujuba.
IUUI Honour."
Irish1 M Your xav/..v*.. ' 7~ .
l^ZI^nTtolie^
.
An Indian Glossary. 3
In Hindi
Besar. (also Gujarati Vcsar). Chabutra. A platform of mud
or plaster-
Woman's nose-ring. ed brick, used for social gatherings, Northern
India.
Bewar. Name in Central Provinces for
hifting cultivation in jungles and hill-sides ; Chadar. A sheet worn as a shawl by men
yn. taungya, Burma ;
jhum, North-Eastern and sometimes by women. (Chudder.)
[ndia.
Chaitya. An ancient Buddhist chapel.

Bhadoi. Early autumn crop, Northern India
Chambhar (OHAMAR)." Cobbler", "Shoe-
eaped in the month Bhadon.
maker." A caste whose trade is to tan
Bhagat or Bhakta.A devotee. leather.

Bhag-batai. System of payment of land
Champak. A tree with fragrant blossoms,
evenue in kind. viicheliaChampa oa.

Bhaiband. Relation or man of same caste Ch ana. Cr a m.
>r community.
Chand.Mcon
Bhaibandi.Nepotism. Chandj. (Pron. with soft d) Silver Chand i
Goddess Durga.
;
Sweeper, scavenger.
Bhangi. (with palatal and short a)
Bhang. The dried leaves of the hemp plant, Chapati. A cake of unleavened bread.
Cannabis sativa, a narcotic. Chaprasi. An oiderly or messenger, Nor-
Bhanwar. Light sandy syn. bhur. soil; thern India; syn. pattawala, Bombay; peon,
Madras.
Bhanwarlal. of heir apparent in some
Title
lajput States.
Charas. The resin of the hemp plant.
Bharal. A Himalayan wild sheep, Ovis Cannabis sativa, used for smoking.
AHURA.
Bharat.India.

Charkha. A spinning wheel.
Charpai (charpoy). A bedstead with four
Bharata-Varsha.India. legs, and tape stretched across the frame for a
Bhendi. A succulent vegetable (Hibiscus mattress.
SOULENTUS). Chaudhri. Under native rule, a subordi-
BnoNSLE. Name of
nate revenue official ; at present the term is
Maratha
dynasty applied to the headman
a
or representative of a
Bhup. Title of the ruler of Cooch Behar trade guild.
Bhugti. Name of a Baluch tribe. Chauk, Chowk. A place where four roads
meet.

Bhusa. Chaff, for fodder.
Bhut.The of departed persons.
spirit
Chaukidar. The
rural policeman.
village watchman and
Bidri. A class of ornamental metalwork Chauth. The fourth part of the land rev-
i which blackened pewter is inlaid with silver, enue, exacted by the Marathas in subject terri-
amed from the town of Bidar, Hyderabad. tories.
le

Bigha. A measure of land varying widely; Chavri (Choro
standard bigha is generally flve-eighths of quarters.
Gujarati).Village head-
a acre. " Vigha " in Gujarat and Kathiawar.
Bihishti.
Commonly pronounced " Bhishti."
Cheetah. Hunting leopard.
Pater-carrier (lit. " man of heaven "). Chela. A pupil, usually in connexion with
religious* teaching.
Bir (Bid).
A grassland North India,
rujarat and Kathiawar. Also " Vidi ." Chhaoni. A collection of thatched huts or
barracks; hence a cantonment.
Black cotton soil.- A dark-coloured soil
ery retentive of moisture, found in Central Chhatrapati. One of sufficient dignity
id Southern India. to have an umbrella carried over him.
Board op Revenue. The chief controlling Chhatri. (1) An umbrella, (2) domed
venue authority in Bengal, the United Pro- building such as a cenotaph.
inces and Madras. Chief Commissioner. The administrative
Bohra : A
sect of Ismaili Shia Musalmans, head of one of the lesser Provinces in British
slonging to Gujarat. India.
Bor. See Ber. Chikor. A kind of partridge, Caccabis

Brinjal. A vegetable,
ena syn. egg-plant.
Solanum Melon- OHUOAR.
;
Chiku. The Bombay name for the fruit

Bund. Embankment. of Achras Sapota, the Sapodilla plum of the
Bunder, or bandar. A harbour or West Indies.
port,
lso "Monkey."
Burj. A bastion in a line
Chinar. A plane tree, Platanus orien-
of battlements. tals.
Cad j an. Palm leaves used for thatch. Chinkara.The Indian gazelle, Gazella
Chabuk. A whip. bennetti, often called 'ravine deer/
An Indian Glossary.
DARBAR. (1) A ceremonial assembly, es-
axis.
Chital. The spotted deer, CERVUS pecially one presided over by the Ruler
of a State
business is to
(Thobdar Mace-bearer whose hence (2) the Government of a
Native State.
guests on state occasions
anSouTe'the arrival

of
Chol am N ame in Southern India
.
for the Dargah. A Mahomedan shrine or tomb of
Sorghum, syn. a saint.

large millet, Andropogon usually of
Dari, Dhurrie. A rug or carpet,
jowar. , _
worn by cotton, but sometimes of wool.

Choli. A kind of short bodice
Darkhast. A tender or application to
rent

women.
land.
Chowrie.Fly-whisk. of officials in various
Darogha.The title
Chunam, chuna.Lime plaster.
departments now especially applied to sub-
area in charge of (1) A
;
Circle. The Con-

or Deputy ordinate controlling Officers in the Police and
servator of Forests ; (2) A Postmaster
v
sKteSSing îl Departments.
pS^te^SSeraf; (3)
Engineer of the Public Works
Superintend
Department / g
Darshan. Lit. " Sight " To go to a temple
idol is to make darshan
in medical to get a sight of the
Civil Surgeon. The officer Also used in case of great or holy
personages.
charge of a District.
Cognizable. An offence for which the
cul- Darwan. A door-keeper.
prit can be arrested by the police
without a Darwaza. A gateway.
warrant. Dasturi. Customary perquisite.
of a
Collector.The administrative head byn. DAULA AND DAULAT. State.
Madras,
Deb. A Brahminical priestly title; taken
etc.
District in Bengal, Bombay,
Deputv Commissioner. from the name of a divinity.
charge
Commissioner.-(D The officer in Debottar. Land assigned for the upkeep
Districts; (2) the
of a Division or group of of Hindu worship,
Stamps, of temples or maintenance
head of various departments, such as or C. Cedsus Lebani
Excise, etc.
DEODAR. A cedar,
Compound. The garden and open lano DEODARA.

word
attached to a house. An Anglo-Indian Deputy Commissioner. -The Aînistrativj
Centra*
perhaps derived from kumpan, a hedge.
'
head of a District in the Punjab,
Conservator.The Supervising Officer in Provinces, etc. Syn. Collector.
--^c in the
x fe v, of a Circle Forest Departmeno.
magistrate AND COLLECTOR.~.A
charge *
DEPUTY MAGISTRATE
Deputy
Council BiLLS.-Bills or telegraphic
trans-
jub0rdinate of
subordinate t ht wuwwi,
oi in* " Y" &êxecutive
Collector, 1having ~"~-;
n powers
venue and ^ criminal) jowers
rq
fers drawn on the Indian Government by the and judicial
iudicial (revenue
(re|
Assistant Commissione
Secretary of State in Council. Equivalent to Extra
20's, non-regulation areas.
Count. Cotton yarns are described as a like in
30'b, etc., counts when not
more than Dera. Tent in N. India
pound
number of hanks of 840 yards go to the Derasar. Jain Temple.
Desai. A revenue official under
avoirdupois. nativj
}
WARDS. An establishment for

Court op disquali-
(Maratha) rule.
managing estates of minors and other
the plains a
Desh. (1) Native country; (2)j
fied persons. India (3) th
opposed to the hills, Northern .
karor. Ten millions. above the Ghats.

Crore, plateau of the Deccan
any
DAD A. Lit." grandfather " (paternal) hooli- Desh-bhakta. Patriot.
;
venerable person. In Bombay slang a Indigenous, opposed to bidesh

Deshi.
gan boss."
Daffadar. A non-commissioned native
^Deshmukh. A petty official under natH
officer in the army or police.
(Maratha) rule.
Daftar. records.
Office
Desh-Sevika. Servant (Fern.) of the
counter
D aft ari Record-keeper
.
Female Volunteer the Disobedienl in Civil
Dah or dao. A cutting instrument

I
with| vement.
m0
no point, used as a sword, and also as an axe, __ DEVA# A deity
Assam and Burma.
|
a' girl dedicated to temple

Devadasi.
Dak (dawk) A stage on a stage coach route.
bmigalo*
God.Murli in Maharashtra.
upke|
Dawk bungalow is the travellers'
days before rail- DEVASTHAN.-Land assigned for the
maintained at such stages in religious founda ion
of a temple or other
ways came. Minister
five or more Dew an ^ Vizier or other Firstor Mohammed;
Daraiti, Dacoity.Bobbery by an Indian Chief, either Hindu
" Sardar under wh|^ '
persons. ^nd equal in rank with is also used
dental d and short a) other equivalents. The term
DAL (Pron. with
body,
see
a Council of State.
e.g.,
"Army," hence any disciplined
with bi
Akali Dal, Seva Dal. Dha.k A
tree, Butea frondosa,
used for dyei
DAL. A term applied to various Ha t orange-scarlet cowers
generic syn palas, Ben
and also producing a gum ; K.
.
pulses. Chhiul, Central India;

one-fortieth of a and Bombay: Kathiawar.
am. An old copper coin, khro " in Gujarat and
I
rupee.
;
, ;
Dhamni.- A heavy shighram or tonga drawn ]

Farzandari or Fazandari.
tenure in Bombay City.
A kind of land
>y bullocks.
Dharala.Bhil,
arrying sharp weapons.
Koli, or other warlike castes
Fasli. Era (solar) started by Akbar, A.C.
minus 572-3.
Dharma. Religion (Hindu).
Fateh. " Victory."

Dharmsala. A charitable institution pro- Fateh Jang." Victorious in Battle " (a
ided as a resting-place for pilgrims or travellers, title of the Nizam).
rorthern India.
Dhatura. A stupefying drug, DATURA
Fatwa. Judicial decree or written opinion
of a doctor of Muslim law.
Faujdari. Relating to a
FSTUOSA.
Dhed. A large untouchable caste in Gujarat, criminal proceedings.
criminal court,
Mahar Faujdari. Under native

Qrresponding to in Maharashtra and
loleya in Karnatak. rule, the area under
a Faujdar or subordinate governor ; now used
Dhenkli. Name in Northern India for the generally of Magistrates * Criminal Courts.
sver used in raising water
Dhobi. A washerman.
; syn. picottah.

Financial Commissioner. The chief con-
trolling revenue authority in the Punjab, Burma
Dhoti. The loincloth worn
by men. and the Central Provinces.

Dm. Religion (Mahomedan). Fitton Gari. A photon, Bombay. Derived
District. The most important adminis- from the English.
ative unit of area. Gaddi, Gadi. The cushion or throne of
Division. (1) A group of districts for ad- (Hindu) royalty.
linistrative and revenue purposes, under a Gaekwar
ommissioner; (2) the area in charge of a with" Maharaja "
(sometimes Guicowar). Title
added of the ruler of Baroda.

eputy Conservator of Forests, usually corres- It was
once a caste name and means *' cow-
onding with a (revenue) District (3) the area
; herd," i.e., the protector of the sacred animal
rider a Superintendent of Post Offices; (4) a
but later on, in common with " Holkar" and
roup of (revenue) districts under an Executive '*
Sindhia," it came to be a dynastic appel-
ngineer of the Public Works Department. lation and consequently regarded as a title.
Diwan (Sikh).Communal Gathering. Thus, a Prince becomes " Gaekwar" on succeed-
Diwali. The lamp festival of Hindus. ing to the estate of Baroda; " Holkar," to that
of Indore and * Sindhia," to that of Gwalior.

Diwani. Civil, especially revenue, adminis-
ation; now used generally in Northern (All these are surnames of which Gaekwar and
idia of civil justice and Courts. Shinde are quite common among Marathas and

Doab. The tract between two espe-
even Mahars).
rivers,
that between the Ganges and Jumna.
ally Ganja. The unfertilised flowers of the
Dom. Untouchable caste in Northern India. cultivated female hemp plant, Cannabis sativa ,
used for smoking.

Drug A Mysore.
hill-fort,
Dry crop.A crop grown without artificial

Gaur. Wild commonly called bison
cattle,
Ration. Bos GAURUS.
Dry rate.The rate of revenue for unirri- Gayal. A species of wild Bos fron
cattle,
ited land. falis, domesticated on the North-East Fron
Dun. (Pron. "doon") A tier syn. mithan.
valley, Northern ;
pa.
Ghadr. Mutiny, Revolution.

Bkka. A small two-wheeled
awn by a pony, Northern India.
conveyance
Gharrie (Gari). A carriage, cart.

Elchi, Elachi. Cardamom.

Ghat, Ghaut. (1) A landing-place on a river
(2) the bathing steps on the bank of a tank
Elchi (Turk.)Ambassador. (3) a pass up a mountain; (4) in European
usage, a mountain range. In the last sense
Elaya Raja. Title given to the heir of the especially applied to the Eastern and Western
iharaja of Travancore or Cochin. Ghats.
Extra Assistant Commissioner.
ityMagistrate and Collector.
See De-
Ghatwal. A tenure-holder who originally
held his land on the condition of guarding the

Fakir. Properly an Islamic mendicant but neighbouring hill passes (ghats), Bengal.
ben loosely used of Hindu mendicants also.

Ghazi. One who engaged in " Ghazv," a holy
Famine Insurance Grant. An annual pro- War, i.e., against kaflrs.
Jion from revenue to meet direct famine
penditure, or the cost of certain classes of Ghi, Ghee. Clarified butter.
blic works, or to avoid debt. Gingelly. See Til.
Farm an. An
tat.
imperial (Mughal) order or Godown. A store room or warehouse. An
Anglo-Indian word derived from the Malay
" gadang.'
Farzand Lit. means "child" with the de-
rag words added such as "Farzand-e-dilband" Gopi. Cowherd girl. The dance of the
the case of several Indian Princes it means youthful Krishna with the Gopis is a favourite
loved, favourite, etc. subject of paintings.
,
6 An Indian Glossary.
iron pinnacle placed on a
pagoda
Hti. An
G0PURAM. A gateway, especially aPP"ed in Burma.
Southern India.
to the great temple gateways in
Hukka, Hookah.The Indian tobacco pipe.
Gosain, Goswami. A (Hindu) devotee ;
lit.
one who restrains his passions. Hukm. An order.

Gosha. Name in Southern India for corner
4
parda Hundi. A bill of exchange.
women lit. u the word " Gosha
:
'
" means Idgah. An enclosed place outside a town
one who sits in " is the meaning where Mahomedan services are held on festivals
or seclusion :
of the word
" Nashin " which is usuaUy added to known as the Id., etc.
Gosha " and " Parda " e.g., Goshanashm Ilakhe.A department. (Ilakha in Marath:
Pardanashin. and Gujarati Languages means Presidency.)

Gram. A kind of pea, Cicer arietinttm.
biflorus Imam. The layman who leads the congrega
In Southern India the pulse Dolichos tion in prayer. Mahomedan.
is known as horse gram.
Grantha-Saheb. Sikh holy book. I nam. Lit. 'reward.' Hence land hek
of revenue free oi
at a reduced rate, often subject
black eye
with a Devasthan, Saranjam, Watan<
'
Gunj. The red seed
creeper to service. See
'
Abrtjs Preoatorius, a common wild Inundation Canal. A channel taken ofl

weight for minute quantities i
used as the official high level

from a river at a comparatively
of opium 96th of a Tola. river is ie
which conveys water only when the
Gup, or Gup Shup.Tittle tattle. dood.
South-
Gur, Goor Crude sugar syn. jaggery,
tanyet, Burma.
;
Izzat. Prestige.
ern India ;
jack Fruit Fruit of Artooarpus Inte
Gural. A Himalayan goat antelope. Cema
grifolia, ver. PHANAS.
a oral.
Kaohch a.Unripe, mud-built, inferior.
GuRDWARA. A Sikh Shrine. Jaggery, jagri. Name in Southern
Indi
Guru. (1) A Hindu religious preceptor;
for crude sugar ; syn gur. .
(2) a schoolmaster, Bengal.

Habshi.Literally an Abyssinian. Now a revenue JAGIR. An assignment of land,
or of th

of land held by a Jagirdar.
term for anyone whose complexion is particularly
dark. A term denoting dignity, applied t J AH.
(commonly pronounced " Hadis ") highest class nobles in Hyderabad State.
Hadith.
Tradition of the Prophet. Jam (Sindhi or Baluch). Chief. Also th
Hafiz. Guardian, one who has Quran by Jam of Nawanagar.
heart.
Jamabandi. The annual settlement mad|
under the ryotwari system.
Haj Pilgrimage to Mecca.
Jamadar A native officer in the army
Hajam, Hajjam.A barbar.
!
police.
A Mahomedan
Haj I who has performed
!
Jangama. A Lingayat priest.

the haj. He entitled to dye his beard red.
is
Hakim. A native doctor practising the ;<
Distraint attachment
Japti. ; :
corrupt
of medicine.
Zabti."
Mahomedan system
Jatha. An association.
Hakim (with long a). Governor, ruler.
(from Islam point of view). Jatka. Pony-cart, South India.
Halal Lawful Island
Used of meat of animal ceremoniously slaughter- Jazirat-ul- ARAB. The Sacred
co
ed with a sawing motion of the knife,
cf. Arabia, including all the countries which
tain cities sacred to the Mahomedans Arab
" Jhatka

Halalkhor. A sweeper or scavenger; lit. Palestine and Mesopotamia.
Jhatka " Stroke used of meat of anirc
one to whom everything is lawful food.
slaughtered with a stroke as opposed
Hall Current. Applied to coin of Native "Halal". s. v.
States, especially Hyderabad.
Hamal (1) A porter or cooly, (2) a house

Jhil. A natural lake or swamp,
Northe
Assam.
India ; syn. toil, Eastern Bengal and
servant.
Jihad. A war undertaken by Mus
Haq. A right.
mans.
religious
j
Haruan Untouchables. The". term origi-
nally means " the people of God According to Jirga. A council of tribal elders, Norl
West frontier.
Mr. Gandhi the term was suggested by
certain
of the class themselves who did rot
care for the Jogi (Yogi). A Hindu ascetic.
description of " untouchable", and it was Josht.Village astrologer.

copied from the example of a poet of Gujarat. JOWAR.-The large millet, a very comm
Theera dating from the
Andropogon SuR^hum, or soi
food-grain,
HEJIRA (Hijrah) hum vulgare syn. cholam and jola, in sou*
Mahomed
flight of to Mecca, June 20th, 22 A.]>. ;
1 ern India.
Heera Lal. A Hindu name (' Hira is
j UDI __a revenue term in S. Division of
diamond and '
Lal * is ruby.)
Bombay Presidency.
Hilsa. A kind of fish, Clupea ilisha. exer
Judicial Commissioner. An officer
Hoondi, Hundi. A draft (banking.) ing the functions of a High Court in

the Cent
Provinces, Oudh, and Sind.
TTolk AR. See '
' Gaekwar."
.
An Indian Glossary.
Kachcha.Unripe, mud built, inferior.

Khalasi. A native fireman, artil-
Kaohbri, kachahri. An
sailor,
office or office build - leryman, or tent-pitcher.
lg, especially that of a Government official.
Khalsa. Lit. pure.' (1) Applied especi-
Kadab, karbi. The stalk of jowari (0. v.) ally to themselves by the Sikhs, the word Khalsa
valuable fodder. being equivalent to the Sikh community:
Kafir.Tnfldel, applied by Muslims to all (2) land directly under Government as
on-Muslims. opposed to land alienated to grantees, etc.,
Northern India, and Deccan.
Kaju, kashew. The nut of Anaoardium KHAN.Originally the ruler of a email
Ocidentale, largely grown in tlie Konkan. Mohammedan state, now a nearly empty title
Kakar. The barking deer, Cervulus munt- though prized. It Is very frequently used rather
as part of a name, especially by Afghans and
ko.
K akri. Cu cu mbcr. Pa than s.
Kalar, kallar. Barren land covered with Khandi, candy. A weight especially used for
cotton bales in
Bombay, equivalent to 20 mds.
lit or alkaline efflorescences, Northern India,
KALI-YUGA.-|
The Iron
Khansama. A butler.
ftge> (ghort a)>
Kharab . Also " Kharaba." In Bombay of
Kali. Popular goddess, consort 1 any portion of an assessed survey No. which
of Shiva. i (long a) being uncultivable is left unassessed.
Kali. Black soil.
The Mahomedan Confession of
Kalima.
J Khargosh. H are.
K am arb and, Cummerbund. A waistcioth, or

faith
Kharif. Any crops sown just before 01
Bit. during the main S. W. monsoon.
Kanat. The wall of a large tent. " Kanat "
n Persia) Underground Canal.
Khas. Special, in Government hands.
Khas tahasildar, the manager of a Govern-
Kangar. A kind of portable warming-pan, ment estate.
irried by persons in Kashmir to keep them-
warm.

Khasadar. Local levies of foot soldiers,
;lves Afghanistan or N. W. Frontier.

Kankar. Nodular limestone, used for metal- Khas-Khas, Kub-Kus. A grass with scented
ng roads, as building stones or for preparation roots, used for making screens which are
'
lime. placed in doorways and kept wet to cool a
Kans. A coarse grass which spreads and house by
rosus.
evaporation, Andropogon Sqtjar-
events cultivation especially in Bundelkhand
ICCHARTTM SPONTANEUM. Khedda, kheda. A stockade into which

Kanungo. A Kevenue Inspector.
wild elephants are
the operations for catching.
driven ; also applied to
Kapas. Cotton.
KmoHADi,kejjeree A dish
Karait. A very venomous snake, Bun-
LRUS CANDIDUS Or OAERULEUS.
of cooked rice and
other ingredients, and by Anglo-Indians specially
used of rice with fish.
Karbhari. A manager. Also Dewan in
Khilat. A robe of honour.
laller States in Maharashtra and Gujarat-
Khutba. The weekly prayer for Maho-
Karez. (Persian 'Kanat'.) Underground medans in general and for the reigning sov-
nnels near the skirts of hills, by which water ereign in particular.
gradually led to the surface for irrigation,
pecially in Baluchistan. Khwaja. A
sometimes a name.
Persian word for " master,"
Karkttn. A clerk or writer, Bombay. Kincob, kamkhwab. Silk textiles brocad-
Karma. The doctrine that existence is ed with gold or silver.
nditioned by the sum of the good and evil
tions in past existences.

Kirpan. A Sikh religious emblem; a sword.
Karnam. See Patwari.

Kisan. Agriculturist, used in North India
" Ryot "in Maharashtra, etc.
Kartoos.
A cartridge. Kodali Also " Kudali". The implement like
Kas. The five " Kas " which denote the Sikh a hoe or mattock in common use for digging
3 Kes, the uncut hair: Kachh, the short syn. mamuti, Southern India.
iwers ; Kara, the iron bangle
;el knife ; and Kangha,
;
the comb.
Kirpan, the Konkan.
tween the
The narrow strip of low land be-
Western ghats and the
Kasai. A butcher. Kos. A variable measure
distance
sea.
Kazi. Better written Qazi Under native usually estimated at about two of
miles. The
a
J?i? gLe adm 'Qistering Mahomedan law. distance between the kos-minars or milestones
ider British rule, the kazi registers
marriages on the Mughal Imperial roads averages a little
&ween Mahomedans and performs other
func- over 2 miles, 4 furlongs, 150 yards. Also means
ns, but has no powers conferred the leathern water-lift drawn by bullocks in
by law.
Kharita.Letter from an Indian Prince Gujarat and Kathiawar.
i Governor-General.
to

Kot. Battlements.
Ihabardar. Beware.
Kothi. A large house.
Kotwal. The head of the police in a town,
under native rule. The term is still used in
Hyderabad and other parts of India.
a .
in a Mahal. (1) Formerly a considerable tract
police station
Kotwali.The chief
of country ; (2) now a village
or Pa Jfa
headquarters town. village for which a separate
agreement is taken
Kucha bandi A barrier or gateway erected for the payment of land revenue; (3)
a de-
catch ele-
across a lane. partment of revenue, e.g., right to^
phants, or to take stone ; (4) in Bombay
a small
unbelief in the Quran and
Kufr. Infidelity, Taluka under a Mahalkari.
the Prophet.

KULE ARNI See PATWARI.
.
M
ah ant. The head of a Hindu
conventual
establishment.
Kumbhamela.The great fair at Hardwar rulers
every 12 year Maharaja. The highest of hereditarydistinc-
ao called because when It is held
Jupiter and Sun are In the sign
Kumbhas, am.ng the Hindus, or else a personal
bion conferred by
(Aquarius).
variations as under
'
Kaja with the addition of
'
Kumhar." Maharaj Kana: feminine is Maharani

Kumbhar. (M.) A potter. its
(MAHA=great).

Ktjnbi. An agriculturist (Kanbi
in Gujarat
Maharaj Kumar. Son of a Maharaja.
Kurmi in N. India.)
Kunwab or Kumar. The
heir of a Raja, Ai att atm flit.) A great soul;
applied to
Kathiawar) men IhcT have transcended the limitations of
(Every son of any chief in Gujarat and
he flesh and the world.

Kuran. A big grass land growing grass
fit
A Hindu title denoting
Mahamahopadhyaya.
for cutting. learned in Sanskritic lore.
Kushti (U)., Kusti (M). Wrestling. Mahsber, mahasir. A large carp. Barpus-
Kyarl tand embanked to hold water for
for (lit. * the big-headed
rice cultivation. latifolia, pro
MahuaA tree, Bassia dried)
A Buddhist
Kyaung. monastery,
Burma.
which ducing flowers used (when
and seeds
as,foo(f or
which furnish
always contains a school, f<S StotSu7| liquor,
Lakh, A hundred
lac. thousand.
Mahurat. The propitious moment fixed bj
of a Raja (strictly a undertaking.
Lal. A younger son astrologers for an important
but see under "Babu"). Marathi l
1th son, The word in Sanskrit and
Lambardar. The representative of the no- <ûhurtl" ; in Gujarati" Murrat" or'Mhurat.
Northern India,
sharers in a zamindari village, Maidan. An open space of level ground
Langur. A large monkey, Semnopitheous the park at Calcutta.
ENTBLLU8. Maina. A bird.
Lascar, correct lashkar . (1) an
army, (2) in whlcl
Major works.Irrigation works forrevenue
English usage an Indian sailor. separate accounts are kept of
capital,

Lat. A monumental pillar.
"
of '* Lord " e.g.,
Lat Hindus
Bara Lat
and interest.
tani corruption
" Jangi Lat "Commander-in-Chief, Majur. A labourer (in Bombay).
Viceroy, schoo
" Chhota Lat " Governor. Maktab. An elementary Mahomedan
The ten

Laterite. A vesicular material
formed
buildings and
Malguzar (revenue payer).<1) a^co-share
applied in the Central Provinces
to
:
of clisintegrated rock, used for

? probably valuable for the in a village held in
ordinary proprietary tenun
making roads ; also Chamba State.
production of' aluminium. Laterite produces (2) a cultivator in
the
a deep brichord soil.
Maeta. Licence, monopoly.
The phallic Shiva.
Lingam. emblem, worshipped MaKTADar. A licencee, monopolist.
as the representative of Mali A gardener.

Litchi A fruit tree grown in
North India Malie Master, proprietor.
** Mamledar."). Tr
(LlTCHI CHINBNSIS). Mamlatdar (Mar.
Lokamanya. Esteemed of the people
(Lit.) office -
in'charge of a taluka, Bombay, who*
executive and magisterial
A national hero. duties are* both
syn. tahasildar Mar. "Mamledar* ).
" Protector of the
Lokendra OR Lokindra. porch or
Mandap, or mandapam. A
pi
of the Chiefs of Dholpur and
World," title
temple.
Datia. lared hall, especially of a
Longyi. A waistcloth, Burma. M angostben. The fruit of Qarcinia Mangc

small brass water-pot.
TANA.
Lota. A Ma
(coloured dhoti) MARL A Baluch tribe. (Bhugtls and
Lungi, loongi-A cloth generally spoken of together.)
waist.
simply wound round the
Madrasa. A school especially one for the
Marehor. A wild goat In
North-Weste
India, CAPRA FALCONERI
higher instruction of Mahomedaus.
M ah a tan
a
The guild of Hindu or Jain mer-
Masjid. A mosque. Jama Masjid, 1
In a town, where worshlpp
principal mosque
chant fin 'city The head of the Mahajan Is |
collect on Fridays.
the Nagarsheth (q. v.).
An Indian Glossary.
Masnad. Seat of state or throne, Maho
Mujtahid. Lit. One who wages war against
edan ; syn. gaddi. infidels. Learned Mahomedan. Generic name
Math. A Hindu conventioual establish given to custodian of
in some parts.
Mahomedan sacred places
mt.
Maulana. A Mahomedan skilled in Arabic Mukadam. Chief, leader ; in Bombay, leader
d religious knowledge. of coolie gang ; also one employed by a merchant

Maulvi. A person learned in Muhammadan to superintend landing or shipment of goods.
Mtjkhtar (corruptly makhtiar). (i) A legal
practitioner who has not got a sanad and there-

Maund, ver. Man. A weight varying in fore cannot appear in court as of right (2) any
ferent localities. Ry. maund is 80 lbs.
The person holding a power of attorney on behalf of
;

Maya. Sanskrit term for " cosmic illusion " another person.
Vedanta philosophy.
Mukhtiarkar.The
Mehel or Mahal. A palace. taluka, Sind, whose duties are both executive
officer in charge of a
Mela. A
religious festival or fair. and magisterial; syn. tahasildar.
Mian. Title of the son of a Rajput Nawab Mttkti, 'release.' The perfect rest attained
embling the Scottish *' Master." by the last death and the final reabsorption of
VIihrab.
The niche in the centre of the the individual soul into the world soul, syn
NIRVANA, MOKSHA.
stern wall of a mosque.
Himbar. Steps in a mosque, used as a pulpit. Mumtaz-ud-daula. Distinguished In the
Mulk, in the country.
Minar. A pillar or tower.
State.
Mung, mug. A pulse, Phaseolits radia-
Hinor works. Irrigation
ular accounts are not kept, except, in
works for which tits : syn. mag. Gujarat.
some Munj. (1) A
es, of capital. tall grass (Saooharum munja)
A leader, an inferior title which, like theNorth India, from which mats are woven, and
in
Brahman sacred thread worn (2) In
.nan," has grown into a name, especially ;
" munj " means
d by descendants of the Chiefs of Sind. " Maharashtra
'
the thread
ceremony.
Iirza. If prefixed, " Mr." or M Esquire."
Iofussil. See Muffassal.
Munshi. A teacher of Hindustani or any
Perso-Arabian language. President or

presiding
a foreman, a cook.
Iistri. (1) (2) official. Also Secretary or writer.
[OHUR. A Gold coin no longer current,
Munsif.Judge of the lowest Court with
thabout Rs. 16. civil jurisdiction.
[OLESALAM. A of land holding

class Rajput Murli (Devadasi).A girl dedicated to a
salmans in Gujarat who have retained Hindu trod or temple.
&esand customs. Murum, moorum. Gravel and earth used
[ong, Moung, or Maung (Arakanese) for metalling roads.
der.
Musalman, Muslim, Momin (plural Momin in
[ora. Stool. The names by which Mahomedans describe
Fonsoon Lit. Season, and specifically themselves. "Momin" is also name of a
The S. W. Monsoon, which is a Northward particular caste of Muhamadans in Gujarat-
msion of the S. E. trades, which in the Nor- also called "Mumnas."
n Summer cross the equator and circulate
and around the low pressure area over
Myowun. " Mr. "
th India, caused by the excessive heating Nachani, Nagli See Ragi.
he land area, and (2) The N. E. Monsoon, Nagarkhana, Nakkarkhana.- A place where
sh is the current of coldwinds blowing down drums are beaten.
ng the Northern winter from the cold land
>s of Central Asia, giving rain
Nagarsheth. The head of the trading guild
in India only of Hindu
J. E. Madras and Ceylon and Jain merchants in a city.
through moisture
lired in crossing the Bay of Bengal, and
ing across the e quator into the low pressure
Naib. Assistant or Deputy.
s of the Australasian Southern summit. . ^ M]?;~"~A
in Southern
India; (2) a native oflBcer of the
leader hen ce (1) a local chieftain
Oplah (Mappila).A fanatical Mahomedan lowest rank (corporal) in the Indian armv
in Malabar. (In Bombay a head peon.)
luslim teacher.

ouLVi or Matjlvi. A learned Musalman
Nat. A demon or spirit, Burma.
udaliyar OR Mud-liar. A personal
Nawab. A title borne by Musalmans,
name, but implying steward of the corresponding roughly to that of Raja among
4
er *
s." Hindus. Originally a Viceroy under the

Moghal Government, now the regular leading
UEZZIN Person employed to sound the
title of a Mohammedan Prince, corresponding
omedan call to prayer. M
to Maharaja " of the Hindu.
offassal, mofussil. The outlying parts of
[strict, Province or Nawabzada.
Presidency, as distin-
Son of a Nawab.
led from the headquarters (Sadr).
Nazar, nazarana. A due paid on succession
or on certain ceremonial occasions.
JJAWAR. Custodian of Musalman sacred
especially Saint's tomb. Nazim. Superintendent or Manager.
xr^rr a writs (1) Io Northern India,

the Pakka, Pucca.Ripe, mature, complete.
gross produce of land taken Palas . See Dhak.
rent or share o"' the and Lower
Madras
In
A palanquin or
S the landlord ; (2)
Rnrma the difference Between
the assumed
crop and the estimate of its
of the
of production.
cost
bed-
Palki.
Pan. The betel vine, Pipe Betel.
Panohama. Low caste, Southern India.
litter.
NevVAR.Broad webbing woven

across
Panchayat.(1) A committee for manage
steads instead of iron slabs. ment of the affairs of a caste, village,
town
or ,
salted fish paste the panchayal

Nga.pi Pressed fish or (2) arbitrators. Theoretically
made and consumed in Burma. has five (panch) members.
largely
Nilgao. Blue Bull. A large antelope. Panda. A Hindu priest, especially at holy

Nim ueem. A tree, Melia dyeing.
Azadirachta the places.
Pandit. A
used in Hindu title, strictly speaking
berries of which are
applied to a person versed in the
Hindu scrip-
Nirvana. See Mukti. tures, but commonly used by
Brahmans. li
o
NIK ah.Muslim legal marriage. Assam applied to a grade of Inspectors
Nishan. Sign, Sacred Symbol carried in a primary schools.
Supak
procession. Pansupari Distribution of Pan and
hospitality.
of Hyderabad, v.) as a form of ceremonial
Nizam The title of the ruler
superior to Nawab.
{q.
Pawpaw
fruit
thfone Mohammedan Prince Papaiya.Fruit-tree or its
A sub-division of a Native State, Carica Papaiya.

NT/AMAT chiefly in
corresponding to a British District, P ARAB. A public place for the distributio
charity.
the Punjab and
Bhopal. of water, maintained by
Enhanced plal
Non-agricultural Assessment. assessed Parabadi. A platform with a smaller pi la
trft mWied when land already
i
form like a dovecot on a centre
pole or i
r"utlrTf diverted to use as a bunding built and endowed or

maintained by charity
animals an
industrial concerns.
site or for where grain is put every day for
non-ooonkabib. An offence for which the birds.
arrested by the police without Parda, purdah.(1) A veil or curtain
culprit cannot be
; (
|
the practice of keeping women secluded ;

sy
a warrant.
ruler of Spitta.
Nono (Thibetan).-The
Non-ocoupanoy tenants.
ith few statutory rights,
beyond the terms
[
vt^xt t>^nm ation

t ceSn iSvmcestolhow
Mexcept in Oudh,
leases or agreements.
A term formerly applied

that the regulations
A class of tenant, P ARD AN ASHIN.Women who observe
cially of Hindu servants,

Northern India.

syces, &c,
Pargana. Fiscal area or petty

purdah
Tardesi. Foreign. Used in Bombay 1

esp
sub-divisi(
S? hSM of legislation was

not in force in
of a tahsil in Northern
India,
gos
them.
ravine, watercourse, or Pashm.The fine wool of the Tibetan
Nullah, nala.-A hence Pashmina cloth.
drain. .
Pushto. Language of the Patha

Pashto,
Occupancy tenants. -A class of tenants
wlSi spetia" rights in Central Provinces, in Paso. A waistcJoth.

clay. Dese
United Provinces. Pat, put. A stretch of flrm.hard
Burmese tree
Padauk A well-known
of which Pat'el.
A village headman, Central Inda
rP^ROOARPUS sp.)from the behaviour Western India; syn. reddi,
outhrn
the arrival of the
monsoon is prognosticated. jzaonbura, Aasam ; padhan Northern a
(Patil in Ma..
U nhusked rice. Eastern India Mukhi, Guzarat.
Paddy.
of horses ashtra.)
PAGA.-(Persian Paigah) troop r
nmontt the Marathas.

Patidar. A co-sharer In a village, Gujar
strayed or stolen
PôL-A tracker of thieves of Pattawalla.- -See Chaprasi.
animals.
A mountain. Hyderabad State. Patwari. A village
kulkarni,
accountant; syn. k
Bombay Deccfi
Pahar (Lit nam Madras;
Kanara
paigah A
tenure in talat't, Gujarat shanbhog, Mysore,
;
"Paigah," i.e., mounted mandal, Assam tapedar, Sind.

Jagir lor maintaining Coorg ;
;
troops.)
Assam former- Peon See Chaprasi.
(2) in
P> ik
P d) A foot soldier free
;
male above sixteen

Pbshkar. One who brings forward, sum-
ly a^phed to every
papers, etc., personal clerk.
years.
PAIli.
A grain measure.
Wrestler.
Pesheash. A tribute or offering to a si
PHLWAN, PAHLWAN.-Professional rlor.

best variety and other
patree The name of the second PILAO (pulav).-A dish of rice
f Say v) by its pointed tip,
the
mango, distinguishable from the gredients and by Anglo-Indians specific
and by with rice and spices.
Iphus (q u\ed of chicken
Colour bdng less yeUow and more green and red
.
An
Phulkari. embroidered sheet ; lit, Raja. A Hindu Prince of exalted rank, but
ower-work. inferior to "Maharaja". The feminine is
Rani (Princess or Queen), and it has the varia-
Piob, paisa. A copper or bronze coir tions Raj, Rana, Rao, Rai, Rawal, Rawat,
orth one farthing ; also used as a generic term Raikwar, Raikbar and Raikat. The form Rai
>r money. is common in Bengal, Rao in S. AW.
India.
Pioottah. A raising water in a
lever for R aj Kumar Son of a Raja.
acket for Southern India; syn.
irrigation,
tienkul or dhenkuli, or dhikli, Northern India
Raj Rajeshwar. King of Kings.
PlPAL.^Sacred fig tree. Ficus Religiosa.
Ramoshi. A caste whose work is to watch
and ward in the village lands and hence used
Pir. A Mahomedan religious teacher or saint. for any chaukidar (g. v.) Actually a criminal tribe

Pleader. A class of legal practitioner. in Maharashtra.
Pongyi. A Buddhist monk or Burma priest, Rana. A title borne by some Rajput chiefs,
Postin, Posteen. A coat or rug of sheep-
equivalent to that of Raja.
:in tanned with the wool on, Afghanistan. Rani. The wife or widow of a Raja.
Prabhat Pheri. "Morning round,'

Lit. Rann or RunnFlat
land flooded in the
I parties going round early in the morning monsoon and incrusted with salt when dry, e.g.,
aging political songs. the Rann of Cutch.
Prant. An
administrative sub-division in Ranza.Mausoleum, shrine.
aratha States, corresponding to a British Dis-
ict (Baroda) or Division (Gwalior); also in
Rao. A title borne by Hindus, either equiva-
lent to, or ranking below, that of Raja.
athiawar.
Prant or Prant Saheb. Sub-Divisional Regar. Name for a black soil in Central
and Southern India, which is very retentive
fficer ( in Bombay Presidency ). of moisture, and suitable for growing cotton.
Presidency. A former Division
idia.
of British

Regulation. A term formerly applied to
certain provinces to show that the Regulations

Prince. Term used in English courtesy for or full code of legislation applied to them.
Shahzada," but specially conferred in the
se of
44
Prince of Arcot " (called also "Amain

Reh. Saline or
the surface of the
alkaline efflorescences on
soil, Northern India.
ircot ").
Protected.
Forests over which
Forests intended to be main-
Reserved.
tained permanently.
a consi-
Rickshaw. A one or two seat vehicle on
irabie degree of supervision is exercised, but
than in the case of 'reserved' forests.
two wheels drawn by used in the
coolies, hills.
Province. One of the large Divisions
Risaldar. Commander of a troop of horses.
of
:itish India.
Rom, Roz.Nilgai.
Puja.Worship, Hindu. Rohu. A kind of fish, Laêo rohita.
The priest attached to
Pujari. a temple.
Roti. Bread.
Pundit. See Pandit.
Roza.Muslim fast during Ramazan.
Purana.
Also
'old' Sanskrit
Lit. (1) applied to Mausoleum (corruption of " rauza.")
rtain Hindu religious books, (2) to a geologi-
1
4
group ' ; (3) also to 1
punch-marked ' Ryotwari.
land revenue
The system of tenure in
which
ins. is imposed on the actual occupants
of holdings.
Purna Swaraj. Complete independence. Sabha.Assembly, Meeting, Council, Cong-

Purohit A domestic chaplain or spiritual ress.
ide, Hindu.
Sadhu. A Hindu ascetic.
Pwe. An entertainment, Burma. Sadr, sudd er. Chief (adjective). Hence the
Pyalis Bands of revellers who accompany headquarters of a District; formerly applied
e Muharram processions. to the Appellate Courts.
Sapa JangA long-handled
Qilla. A Fort. by Jat Sikhs.
battleaxe carried
Rabi. Any crop sown after the main South-

Safflower. A thistle which yields a yellow
est monsoon. dye from its petals and oil from its seeds
Rag, Ragini.Mode in Indian music. (Carthamus tinctorius), ver. kardai, kushanti.
Ragi (Eleusine corocana). A small millet
Saheb. The native Hindu term used to or
ed as a food-grain in Western and Southern
of aEuropean (' Mr. Smith " would be mentioned
4
dia ; syn. mania, Nagli Nachni. as " Smith Saheb," and his wife 44 Smith
Mem-Saheb," but in addressing it would be
Rail-gari.Railway train. " Saheb," fem. 44 Saheba," without the name)
;
occasionally appended to a title in the same
Raiyat or Ryot. Farmer. way as 44 Bahadur," but inferior (=master.)
. A .
12
An Indian Glossary.
of a person of consequence.
Serow, sarau.
goat antelope, Nemor-
Sahibzada. Son HAEDTJS BUBALINTJS. P
Syud.
<Um Sayid, Saiyid, Sipi, Syed,
adopted by those who

Seth, Sheth. Merchant, banker,
Various forms for a title Mohammed s
clato direct male descent from
grandson Husain. local inquiry
Northern India, SôfSieSSf fiom land; (2) thecreated,
(3) the
SAL. A useful timber tree in made before Forest Reserves are
êwSigement between the Government
Shorea robusta. Governments.
India and Local

Sambar. A deer, Cervus
tjnioolor ;
syn. of
Shahid.A Musalman martyr.

sarau.
Samiti.Association, Union,
Assembly. Shahzada Son of a King.
Shaikh or Sheikh (Arabic) A
juncea. chief.
SAN.-Bombay hemp, Crotalaria
Shams-tjl-Ulama. A Mohammedan titl
or grant, giving its
Sanad (1) A charter 4
denoting' learned."
'*
Shamsher- Jang." Sword of Battle (
^^^^^^
SA.NQATHAN
Xov
. Literal
menf to unify the Hindu
against non-Hindu
counterpart of the
aggression.
Musalman
umty
,?%u
ly ^*^%zj
T ^?m
Tanzim q.v
m
title of the Maharaja of Travancore.)
Shanbhog See Patwari.
SHA8TEA.8.
HQ US.
Hindus
-The
Shegadi, seggaree,
religious
Shigri.
law-books of
A pan on 3
th(
fee
in the present with live charcoal in it.

Sangram SAMiTi.-War Council
Civil Disobedience movement. SHER;Tiger.
Sannyasi.
A Hindu mendicant. varyin
<*w ser geer A weight, or measurecountry
worn by women much ?n s?zeTdifferent%arts of the
SARI -A long piece of cloth
The Railway seer is about 2 lbs.
Jain merchant
Sheth, shethia.-A Hindu or An as th
Shias.Musalmans who accept prophet an.
quit rent in
reduced holder 8 ancestors
.
maintaining lawful Khalif and successor of the

taSSl tenure land lor the first three Khahfs.
originally deny the Khalifate of
troops.
tc S HIGH RAM. See TONGA

Sakdak (corrupted
Shisham or sissu.Blackwood. A
valuabl
V^rfTearra" the Punjab
TTtoU
even a wana vMic
"tie. d Diwan timber tree. Dalbergia Sissoo.
..
"
ceremony
Barons bear this ard Shraddha. Annual Hindu
are like in value
a "d e
0Vmmedans V
only propitiating the manes.
f SHRUTi.-Literally - heard Vedas reveale
a
"Mian," and "Khan. to inspired Rishis.
'Mim"
SAEKAK.-(1) The Gov
administration
= ut ; (2) a tract Shroff. Banker
SHUDDHL-Literally purification A
nt Parted in Raj pu tana and Northern
.
mov
ma
who, though Mahom
ofa Division he Malakanl Rajputs,
,
to Com- have retained mar

i/rTr^^trc riding territories.
dans for some generations,
Hindu practices.
rcissVoner of British M Said/' Generic na
SIDI _A variation of :
their Army.
on truth), Silladar. A native trooper who furnish
SATTAQKAHA.-(lit. Insistence
Ms own horse and equipment.
passive resistance. SiNDHiA.-See under" Gaekwar
Laws, as
SMRiTi.Unrevealed
Shruti, revealed Vedas.
valuable pi
S att A S peculation
. SOLA.-A water-plant with a
AESCHYNOMENE ASPERA.
S A.UD AG AR.
Merchant.
implying a slight SONI, SONAR. Goldsmith.
Sawai-A Hindu
iiSn tilt,
title
one-fourth better than o
hers)- Sowar. A mounted soldier or c
Shan Sowkar.Merchant.
Sawbwa. A borne by chiefs in the
title
States, Burma.
r
A 8e
S 2 "JTJilS
h a pods coSnin
P g 'a
preference against everything
par, toreign
^nt^^ noT bVbAS aLABiKIO.

;
An Indian Glossary. r.3
Ski or Sh iii. Lit. fortune, beauty, a Tal. Lake Musical time.

;
inskrit
person
term used by Hindus in speaking of
much respected (never addressed
Talak. Mahomedan term for divorce.
him; nearly =" Esquire ") : used also of
The two forms of spelling are
Tal Village accountant.
ati.
Talay, or talao. A lake or tank.

vinities.
casioned by the intermediate sound of the
y (that of * in the German Stadt). Taluk, taluka. The estate of a talukdar in
SltlJUT, Sriyut.Modern Hindu equivalent Oudh, Gujarat and Kathiawar. A revenue
M
" Mr." sub-division of a District, in Bombay,
it
Madras and Mysore syn. tashil.

STurA or tope. A Buddhist tumulus, usually Talukdar. A landholder
;
with peculiar
brick or stone, and more or less hemispheri-
containing relics.
tenures in
different parts of India. (1) An
.1,
official inthe Hyderabad State, corresponding
Subael (1) A province under Mahomedan to the Magistrate and Collector (First Taluk-
le: (2) the officer in charge of a large tract in dar ) or Deputy Magistrates and Collectors
le aroda, corresponding to the Collector of a (Second and Third Talukdars) ; (2) a land-
ritish District; (3) a group of Districts or holder with a peculiar form of tenure in Gujarat.
ivision, Hyderabad.
,j
Subahdar. (1) The governor of a province

Talpur.
The name of a dynasty in Sind.
ider Mahomedan rule; (2) a native infantry Tamakhu, Tambaku. Tobacco.

i
Beer in the Indian Army;
yderabad corresponding to the Commissioner
(3) an official in Tamasha.Entertainment, In sarcastic
gala.
sense, exhibition.
British territory.
Sub-division. A portion Tambu. Tent in the Bombay Presidency.
ei
of a District in
targe of a junior officer of the Indian Civil Tamtam, tumtum. A North Indian name for
jrvice or a Deputy Collector. a light trap or cart.
J Sultan. A King. Tank. In Southern, Western, and Central
y. Sunn at. Traditional law followed by Sunnis. India, a lake formed by damming up a valley,
in Northern India, an excavation holding

Sunnis. Musalmans who accept the first water.
ur Khalifs as lawful successors of the Prophet.
\
Supari The palm, Areca

Tanzim. Literally " organization." A move-
|j
fruit of the betel ment among the Mahomedans which aims at
kTECHU. securing better education and a closer approach
to unity among Mahomedans in India.
Superintendent. (1) The chief police officer
.1
Nation
|
a District (2) the official in charge of a hill

;
(3) the official, usually of the Indian

Tapedar. See Patwari.
;
edical Service, in charge of a Central Jail.

I
Tarai. A moist swampy tract ; the term
especially applied to the tract along the foot
| SURAj, Surya. Sun. ot the Himalayas.
1 Surti.
Native of Surat, specially used of Tari, toddy The sap of the date, palmyra,
prsons of the dhed caste who work as house
or cocoanut palm, used as a drink, either fresh
I
rvants of Europeans, and whose house speech or after fermentation. In Northern India the
Gujarati. Also called " Lala " or " Lalia." juice of the date is called Sendhi.
H Swami. A Hindu religious ascetic. Also

Tasar, tussore. Wild silkworms, antheraea
implied to Shankaracharyas, Mahants of Math,
paphia ; also applied to the cloth made from
b c.
their silk.
J
Syce, A groom.
sais.
Talti. Brush woodfence or hurdle.
Syed, Syud. More variations of " Said." Tazia. Lath and paper models of the tombs
n Tabligh. The Mahomedan conversion move- ofHasan and Husain, carried in procession at the
? ent. Muharram festival syn. tabut, Marathi, dola.
;
ii
Tabut. See Taziah.

Teak. A valuable timber tree in Southern
and Western India and Burma, Teotona
ie

Tahsil. A revenue sub-division of a District GRANDIS.
n. taluka, Bombay ; taluka, Madras and
ysore ; township, Burma. Telegraphic Transfers. See Council bills.
t

Tahsildar. The officer in charge of a tahsil Thagi, thuggee. Robbery after strangulation
n. Mamlatdar, Bombay; township officer, of the victim.
myo-ok, Burma ; Mukhtiarkar, Sind Vahi- ; Thakur. (1) The modern equivalent of the
ttdar, Baroda. His duties are both executive caste name Kshattriya in some parts of Northern
td magisterial. India ; (2) a title of respect applied to Brah-
, Takavi. Loans made
to agriculturists for mans ; (3) a petty chief ; (4) a hill tribe in the
Western Ghats.
ed, bullocks, or agricultural improvements;
n.
ombay.
tagai. Also " Tagavi " ( M. " Tagai '*).
Thamin. The brow-antlered deer, Burma
J
Cervus eldi
J
1
Takli. Small
-ought into fashion
distaff
by
for spinning yarn
Thana. Military or Police-Station hence the
Mr. Gandhi. circle attached to it.
A
14 An Indian Glossary,
Vaid or Baidya (is also a caste in Bengal).
TID or Tin. Locust. native doctor practising the Hindu system
of
Tika. (1) Ceremonial anointing on the fore- medicine.

head (2) vaccination.
;
Vakil.(1) A class of legal practitioners; (2)
Tika Saheb. Heir-apparent in several North an agent generally.
Indian States. Veda.Revealed sac ed books of Hindus.
pickaxe (of which
Tikam The English
Tikam Vedanta.The philosophy of the TJpanishads
" oikass " is the common corruption.
is derived in dictionaries from
Tikshna= Sharp). Vihara. A Buddhist monastery.
Til. An oilseed, Sesamum indioum also Village. Usually applied to a certain area
;
known as gingelly in Madras. demarcated by survey, corresponding roughly

to the English parish.
Tilak.(Short a) the caste mark the
forehead among Hindus. Village Union. An area in which local
administered by a small committee.
Tindal, tandel. A foreman, subordinate affairs are
a ship.
officer of
WAAZ. Mahomedan sermon.
Tipai, Teapoy A table with 3 legs,
and hence
W ADA or Wadi. (1) An enclosure with housei^
used of any small European style table. built round facing a centre yard (2) private ;
closed land near a village.

TlTAR. Partridge.

Wakp. A Muhammadan religious or charl
Tola. A weight equivalent to 180 grains
table endowment.
(troy).
vehicle with a
Wali. Like " Sardar." The Governor o
Tonga. A one ortwo horsed Khelat is so termed, whilst the Chiefs of Eabu
covered top ; syn. Shighram. are both " Wali " and *' Mir."

Tote. The word invariably used by South
It is
Wao. A step well.
Indian planters to describe their estates.
derived from the Kanarese thota and
similar
Watan. A word of many senses.
an Presidency used mostly of the land or casl
In Bomba
words in Tamil and Malayalam meaning
estate. allowance enjoyed by the person who perform
to some service useful for Government
or to th<

Tsine. Wild cattle found in Burma and
syn. hsaing village community.
the southward, BOS SONDAIOUS r
and banteng.
Wazir. The chief minister at a Mahomeda
court.
Ttjmandar A Persian word denoting some
Office. Wet rate. The rate of revenue for lan<
assured of irrigation.
Ulema, (Plural of Alim).Mahomedan learned
men. Writer. South Indian equivalent babu. of

Umara. Term implying the Nobles collec- Yama. Hindu god of death.
tivelv. Plural of " Amir." Yoga. A system of Hindu said philosoph
to gr
Umbar A wild fig (Ficus glomerata). Practice cf breath control, etc.,
U med war.A hopeful person ; one who supernatural powers.

gaming a
works, without pay in the hope of
situation; candidate.

Yogi. A Hindu ascetic who follows the Yet,.
system, a cardinal part of which is that it confe

Unit. A term in famine administration complete control over bodily functions.
denoting one person relieved for one day. Yunani. Lit. Greek ; the system of medicir
practised by Mahomedans.
Urdu.Hindustani language as spoken and
Zabardast. Lit. M Upper hand," hen
written by Musalraans opposed to Hindi, spoken
strong, oppressive.
and written by Hindus.
Zabardasti. Oppression.

Urial. A wild sheep In North- Western
Zamindar. A landholder.
Inlia, Ovis vignei.
Urid, A pulse, * black grain * (Pha
Udid Zamindari. (1) An estate; (2) the righ
seolus mungo). of a landholder, zamindar; (3) the system

URUS. Mahomedan fete held in connexion tenure in which land revenue is imposed on ~
individual or community occupying the positi*
with celebration at the tomb of a saint.

Usar. Soil made barren by sa'ine efflores- of
a landlord.
Zanana. Of women. Women's apartmer
cence, Northern India.
Ustad.Master, teacher, one skilled in any harem.
art or science.
Ziarat. Pilgrimage. Ziarat-gah, any shri
Uthamna.- Among Hindus, consolation visit or tomb to which
people go in pilgrimage.
paid on second or third day after the death of a Zikr. Commemorative prayer said at t
person. Among Parsis, a religious ceremony tomb of the prophet or a Mahomedan saint.
held on the third day after the death of a Zila. A District.
person.
Zor-talabt. Tribute paid to Junag
Vahjvatdar. Officer In charge of a revenue Darbar by numerous Kathiawar States.
sub-division, with both executive and magis-
I
terial functions, Baroda; syn. tahsildar.

Zulm, Zulum. Tyranny, Oppression.
'

15
Manners and Customs.

Next to the complexion of the people, which he must work for long hours in water, he would
varies from fair to black, the tourist's atten- not cover his legs, but suspend only a coloured
tion in India is drawn by their dress and per- kerchief from his waist in front. The Pathan
sonal decoration. In its simplest form a Hindu's of the cold north-west affects loose baggy
iress consists of a piece of cloth round the trousers, a tall head-dress befitting his stature
loins. Many an ascetic, who regards dress and covers his ears with its folds as if to keep
13 a luxury, wears nothing more, and he would off cold. The poorer people in Bengal and
lispense with even so much if the police al- Madras do not cover their heads, except when
lowed him to. The Mahomedan always covers they work in the sun or must appear respect-
lis generally with trousers, sometimes
legs, able. Many well-to-do Indians wear European
a piece of cloth tied round the waist and
ffith dress at the present day, or a compromise
eaching to the ankles. Hill men and women, between the Indian and European costumes;
who at one time wore a few leaves before and notably the Indian Christians and Pars is. Most
behind and were totally innocent of clothing, Parsis however have retained their own head-
i
lo not appear to-day within the precincts of dress, and many have not borrowed the Euro-
sivilisation and will not meet the tourist's pean collar and cuffs. The majority of the
;ye. Children, either absolutely nude or with people do not use shoes : those who can afford
I piece of metal hanging from the waist in them wear sandals, slippers and shoes, and a few
ront, may be seen in the streets in the most cover their feet with stockings and boots after
idvanced cities, and in the homes of the rich, the European fashion in public.
jfhe child Krishna, with all the jewels on his
)erson, is nude in his pictures and images.
Women's Costumes. The usual dress of a
woman consists of a long piece of cloth tied
i
Dress.
The next stage in the evolution round the waist, with folds in front, and one
end brought over the shoulder or the head.
>f the Hindu dress brings the loincloth nearly
lown to the On
the Malabar coast, as
feet.
The folds are sometimes drawn in and tucked
In Burma, the ends are In
left loose in front.
up behind. In the greater part of India women
jhe greater part ot India, they are tucked up wear a bodice on the Malabar coast many do
:

behind a fashion which is supposed to befit not, but merely throw a piece of cloth over the
breast. In some communities petticoats, or
[he warrior, or one end is gathered up in folds
kfore and the other tucked up behind. The drawers, or both are worn. Many Mussalman
(implest dress for the trunk is a scarf thrown
ladies wear gowns and scarfs over them. The
|>ver the left shoulder, or round both the shoul-
vast majority of Mahomedan women are gosha
jlers like a Roman toga. Under this garment and their dress and persons are hidden by a
13 often worn a coat or a shirt. When an veilwhen they appear in public : a few converts
ndian appears in his full indigenous dress, he from Hinduism have not borrowed the custom.
! pears a long robe, reaching at least down to In Northern India Hindu women have generally
he calves the sleeves may be wide, or long
:
adopted the Mussalman practice of seclusion.
nd sometimes puckered from the wrist to the In the Dekhan and in Southern India they
llbow. Before Europeans introduced buttons, have not.
1 coat was fastened by ribbons, and the fashion As a rule the hair is daily oiled, combed,
I not obsolete. The Mahomedan prefers to parted in the middle of the head, plaited and
utton his coat to the left, the Hindu to the rolled into a chignon, by most women. Among
ight. A
shawl is tied round the waist over high caste Hindu widows sometimes shave
he long coat, and serves as a belt, in which their heads in imitation of certain ascetics, or
ne may carry money or a weapon, if allowed. monk? and nuns. Hindu men do not, as a
!he greatest variety is shown in the head- rule, completely shave their heads, Mahomedans
ress. More than seventy shapes of caps, in most cases do. The former generally remove
ats, and turbans, may be seen in the city of the hair from a part of the head in front, over
tombay. In the Punjab and the United the temples, and near the npck, and grow it in
rovinces, in Bengal, in Burma and in Madras the centre, the quantity grown depending
Cones and cylinders,
ther varieties prevail. upon the fancy of the individual. Nowadays
omes and truncated pyramids, high and low, many keep the hair cropped in the European
rtth sides at different angles : folded brims, fashion, which is also followed by Parsis and
rojecting brims long strips of cloth wound
: Indian Christians. Most Mussalmans grow
ound the head or the cap in ail possible ways, beards, most Hindus do not, except in Bengal
lgenuity culminating perhaps in the " parrot's and elsewhere where the Mahomedan influence

eak " of the Maratha turban all these fashions was paramount in the past. Parsis and Chris-
ave been evolved by different communities tians follow their individual inclinations. Hindu
nd in different places, so that a trained eye ascetics, known as Sadhus or Bairagis as dis-
an tell from the head-covering whether the tinguished from Sanyasis, do not clip their
earer is a Hindu, Mahomedan or parsi, and
r
hair, and generally coil the uncombed hair of
'hether he hails from Poona or Dharwar, the head into a crest, in imitation of the god
Jimedabad or Bhavnagar. Shiva.

Fashion Variations. Fashions often vary Hindu women wear more ornaments than
ithclimate and occupation. The Bombay others of the corresponding grade in society,
sherman may wear a short coat and a cap, Ornaments bedeck the head, the ears, the nose,
jnd may carry a watch in his pocket ; yet, as the neck, the arms, wrists, fingers the waist
i6 Manners and Customs.
source. Round his neck and about his ears
motherhood is attained, and by some
until
and limbs are serpents, and he also wears a
even later and the toes. Children wear several
peculiar necklace of skulls. In his hands are
anklets. Each community affects its and a
weapons, especially a trident, a bow,
ornaments, though imitation is not uncommon. thunderbolt, and also a drum which he sounds
Serpents with several heads, and flowers, like while dancing for he is_very fond of^this exer-
the lotus, the rose, and the champaka, are
amon g vehicle
cise. sits on a tiger's skin, and his
He
the most popular object of representation
is
is awhite bull. His wife Parvati and his son
gold or silver. Ganesha sit on his thighs. esoteric mean-
An
physieai
a ing is attached to every part of his
Caste Marks Caste marks constitute
personality. The three eyes denote an
insight
mode of personal decoration peculiar to Hindus, the moon,
especially of the higher castes. The
simplest into the past, present and future :
months,
mark is a round spot on the forehead It the serpents, and the skulls denote
a personification
represents prosperity or joy, and is omitted
in vears and cycles, for Shiva is
of time, the great destroyer. He is
also wor-
mourning and on fast-days. It may be red, represents
or yellowish as when it is made with
ground shipped as a Linga or phallus which
sandalwood paste. The worshippers of Vishnu creative energy.
draw a vertical line across the spot, and as Ganesh or Ganpati, the con-
Lakshmi is the goddess of prosperity, it is said Ganpati
troller of all powers of evil subject to Shiva, is
to represent her. A more elaborate
mark on India.
forehead has the shape of U or V, generally
worshipped by all sects throughout
the to
with the central line, sometimes without it,
Every undertaking is begun with a prayer
him. He has the head of an elephant, a large
and represents Vishnu's foot. The worship-
abdomen, serpents about his waist and wrists,
pers of Shiva adopt horizontal lines, made
with
piece of ms
several weapons in his hands, and a
sandalwood paste or ashes. Some Vaishnayas broken
tusk in one hand. He is said to have
stamp their temples, near the corners of the attack the moon for
it off when he wanted to
eyes with figures of Vishnu's conch and
disc.
his body
ridiculing him. The different parts of
Other parts of the body are also similarly
are also esoterically explained. His
vehicle is
The material used is a kind of yel-
marked.
lowish clay. To smear the arms and the chest a rat.
a favourite kind of energy of
with sandalwood paste is
Beads of
Parvati Parvati, the female names and
toilet, especially in the hot season. Shiva, is worshipped under various
sacred Basil, and berries of Rudraksna head of female super-
Tulsi or
worn forms. She is at the all
elceocarpus ganUrus, strung together are natural powers, many of whom are her
own
round their necks by Vaishnavas and Shaivas, manifestations. Some are benign and
beau-
respectively. The Lingayats, a Shaiva sect, Kali, the tute-
tiful, others terrible and ugly.
suspend from their necks a metallic casket lary deity of Kalighat or Calcutta, is one of her
their god.
containing the Linga or phallus of fierce manifestations. In this form she is
Bairagis, ascetics, besides wearing Rudraksha black: a tongue smeared with blood projects
rosaries round their necks and matted hair, weapons,
from her gaping mouth : besides her
smear their bodies with ashes. Religious she carries corpses in her hands, and
round ner
mendicants suspend from their necks figures neck are skulls, Bombay also takes its name
of the gods in whose name they
beg. Strings
from a goddess, Mumbadevi. Gouri, to annual
whom
their necks.
of cowries may also be seen round offerings are made in Indian homes at an
Muslim dervishes sometimes carry peacock's festival, is benign. On the other hand the
small-
feathers. epidemic diseases like the plague and
goddesses or
Hindu women mark their foreheads with a pox are caused by certain
widows " mothers."
red spot or horizontal line. High caste
Hindu
are forbidden to exhibit this sign of
happiness,
Vishnu, the second member of the
as also to deck themselves with
flowers or trinity, is the most popular deity next to Shiva.
ornaments. Flowers are worn in the chignon He is worshipped through his several incarna- Hia
Hindu women smear their faces, arms, and feet tions as well as his original personality.
sometimes with a paste of turmeric, so that
reclines
home is the ocean of milk, where he serpent.
they may shine like gold. The choice of the on the coils of a huge, many-headed
colour for different purposes cannot At his feet sits Lakshmi, shampooing his
legs.
same
always be explained in the same way.
The From his navel issues a lotus, on which is seated
averted member the trinity, in
red liquid with which the evil eye is Brahma, the third of
blows on the
may be a substitute for the blood of the animal his hands are the conch, which he
slaughtered for the purpose in former times. battlefield, and the disc, with which the headl
In many other cases this colour has no
such
of his enemies are severed.
Round his neck arc
The Muslim dervish affects green garlands of leaves and flowers, and
on hi!
associations.
represents
the Sikh Akall is fond of blue, the
Sanyasi breast are shining jewels. As Shiva
can ana
adopts orange for his robe, and no reason destruction, Vishnu represents protection,
carry on the
be assigned with any degree of
certainty. his son is the god of love. To
frorx
mos- work of protection, he incarnates himself
Shiva India is a land of temples, every time to time, and more temples are
dedicatee
ques and shrines, and the Hindu finds
at
appeased. nowadays to his most popular incarnation!
turn some supernatural power to be Rama and Krishna, than to his original per
Shiva has the largest number of
worshippers.
Rama is a human figure with 83i
He has three eyes, one in his forehead, a moon s sonality.
top of bow in one of his hands. He is always
orescent in his matted hair, and at the companied by his wife Site, often by his
brcthe
the riyer
the coil a woman's face representing Lakshmana, and at his feet, or standing befor
in the
Ganges. His abode is the Mount Kailas him with joined hands, is Hanuman, the monke.
Hlmalavas, from which the river takes
its
Indian Names.
lieftain, who assisted him in his expedition treats her as his mother. So did the Rishi of
gainst Havana, the abductor of his wife. old, who often subsisted on milk and fruits and
Irishna is also a human figure, generally re- roots. To the agriculturist cattle are indis-
resented as playing on a flute, with which he pensable. The snake excites fear. Stones, on
larmcd the damsels of his city, esoterically which the image of a serpent is carved, may be
cplained to mean his devotees. seen under many trees by the roadside. The
principal trees and plants worshipped are the
Brahma Is seldom worshipped : only a
Sacred Fig or Pipal, the Banyan, the Sacred
Juple of temples dedicated to him have yet Basil, the Bilva or Wood Apple, the Asoka, and
sen discovered in all India.
the Acacia. They are in one way or another
Minor Deities
The minor gods and god- associated with some deity. The sun, the
3sses and the deified heroes and heroines who moon, and certain planets are among the hea-
II the Hindu pantheon, and to whom shrines venly bodies venerated. The ocean and certain
:e erected and worship is offered, constitute a great rivers are held sacred. Certain moun-
gion. Many of them enjoy a local reputa- tains, perhaps because they are the abodes of
on, are unknown to sacred literature, and are gods and Rishig, are holy. Pebbles from the
orshipped chiefly by the lower classes. Some Gandaki and the Narmada, which have curious
!
them, though not mentioned in ancient lite- lines upon them, are worshipped in many house-
iture, are celebrated in the works of modern holds and temples.
ints.
Worship. Without going into a temple, one
The Jains in their temples, adore the can get a fair idea of image worship by seeing
cred personages who founded and developed how a serpent-stone is treated under a tree.
leir sect, and venerate some of the deities It is washed, smeared with sandal, decorated
>mmon to Hinduism. But their view of with flowers : food in a vessel is placed before
ivinity is different from the Hindu concep- it, lamps are waved, and the worshipper goes
3n, and in the opinion of Hindu theologians round it, and bows down his head, or pros-
ley are atheists. So also the Buddhists of trates himself before the image. In a temple
urraa pay almost the same veneration to larger bells are used than the small ones that
rince Siddhartha as if he was a god, and are brought to such a place : jewels are placed
deed elevate him above the Hindu gods, but on the idol : and the offerings are on a larger
om the Hindu standpoint they are also scale. Idols are carried in public procession in
heists. palanquins or cars. The lower classes sacri-
Images Besides invisible
powers and dei-
ficeanimals before their gods and goddesses.
;d
limals,
persons, the
trees and
Hindus
venerate certain
inanimate objects. This

Domestic Life. Of the daily domestic life
of the people a tourist cannot see much.
meration must have originated in gratitude,
He
may see a marriage or funeral procession. In
ar, wonder, and belief in spirits as the cause the former he may notice how a bridegroom or
all good or harm. Some of the animals are bride is decorated the latter may shock him
.hides of certain gods and goddesses
gle of Vishnu : the swan of Brahma : the
the for a
:
Hindu dead body is generally carried on

a few pieces of bamboo lashed together a thin :
acock of Saraswati Hanuraan, the monkey
: cloth is thrown over it and the body is tied to
Eama : one serpent upholds the earth, an- the frame. The Mahomedan bier is more
il er makes Vishnu's bed : elephants support decent, and resembles the Christian coffin.
e ends of the universe, besides one such Some Hindus, however, carry the dead to the
imal being Indra's vehicle : the goddess burial ground in a palanquin with great pomp.
irga or Kali rides on a tiger : one of Vishnu's The higher castes cremate the dead : others
carnations was partly man and partly lion, bury them. Burial is also the custom of the
le cow is a useful animal : to the Brahman Muslims, and the Parsis expose the dead in
getarian her milk is indispensable, and he Towers of Silence.
Indian Names.
The personal name of most Hindus denotes a stone : small or tall, weak or strong : a lion,
material object, colour, or quality, an animal, a snake, a parrot, or a dog : and to name a
relationship, or a deity. The uneducated woman after a flower or a creeper. Thus, to
a-n, who cannot correctly pronounce long take a few names from the epios, Pandu means
nskrit words, is content to call his child, white, and so does Arjuna Krishna black:
:
kher, brother, uncle, or mother, or sister, Bhima terrible : Nakula a mongoose Shunaka :
the case may be. This practice survives a dog Shuka a parrot Shringa a horn. Among
: :
)ong the higher classes as well. Appa Saheb, the names prevalent at the present day Hira
ma Rao, Babaji, Bapu Lai, Bhai Shankar, is a diamond Ratna or Ratan a jewel Sonu
: :
ttacharya, Jijibhai, are names of this de- or Chinna gold Velli or Belli, in the Dra vidian
:
iption, with honorific titles added. It is languages, means white metal or silver. Men
ssible that in early society the belief in the are often called after the davs of the week on
birth of departed kinsmen lent popularity to which they were born, and hence they bear
is practice. Nothing could be more natural the names of the seven heavenly bodies con-
an to call a man white, black, or red : gold cerned. When they begin to assume the
silver : gem, diamond, suby, pearl, or merely names of the Hindu deities, they practically
i8 Indian Names.
Acharya, Bhat, Bhattacharya, Upadhyaya,
enter upon a new stage of civilisation. It changed in Bengal into
Mukhopadhyaya,
is doubtful whether the Animists ever venture the titles indicative of the
Mukerji, are among
to assume the names of the dreaded
spirits
Brahmanical profession of studying and teach-
worshipped by them. To pronounce the name Among warlike classes,
to invite him to do harm. If the ing the sacred books.
of a devil is
human like the Rajputs and Sikhs, the title Singh
spirits sometimes bear the names of popular than the ancient
were (lion) has become mere
beings the reason seems to be that they
human. Varma. The Sindti Mai, as in Gidumal,
Driginally and has the same force. Raja
means brave
High-caste practices. The high caste changed into Raya, Rao and Rai was a poli-
Hindu on the other hand, believes that the more tical title, and is not confined to any casts.
the
otten the name of a deity is on his lips The Bengali family names, like Bose and Ghose,
more merit he earns. Therefore he delibe- Dutt and Mitra, Sen and Guha, enable one
rately names his children after his gods and
to identify the caste of their bearers, because
goddesses, so that he may have the oppor- the caste of a family or clan cannot be changed.
tunity of pronouncing the holy names as fre- Shet, chief of a guild or a town, becomes Cbetty,
quently as possible. These are also sonorous a Vaishya title, in Southern India. Mudaliyar
and picturesque. Shiva is happy Vishnu is
:
Krishna and Nayudu, meaning leaders, are titles which

a pervader Govinda is the cowherd were assumed by castes of political importance
:
:
Keshava has fine hair : Rama is a delighter :

under native rulers. Nayar and Menon are
Lakshmana is lucky: Naiayana produced the the titles of important castes in Malabar. Ram,
first living being on the primeval waters: Lai, Nand, Chand, are among the additions
Ganesha is the Lord of Shiva's hosts Dinakara :
made to personal names in Northern India.
is the luminary that makes the
day: Subrah- Suffixes like Ji, as in Ramji or Jamshedji, the
manya is a brother of Ganesha. Sita is a Kanarese Appa, the Telugu Garu. the feminine
ray Tara a star
a of light
Bai or Devi, are honorific. Prefixes like Babu,
:
furrow Savitri
:
:
Radha prosperity : Rukmini is she of golden Baba, Lala, Sodhi, Pandit, Raja, and the
ornaments: Bhama ot the giowing heart. Burmese Maung are also honorific.
thou-
Shiva and Vishnu has each got at least a
sand names, and they may be freely
drawn
Professional names. Family names some-
upon and paraphrased in naming one s children ;
times denote a profession in some cases they
:
and the whole Hindu pantheon is as crowded might have been conferred by the old rulers.
as it is large. When a mother loses several Mehta, Kulkarni, Deshpande, Chitnavis, Mahal-
children, she begins to suspect
that some evil
navis are the names of offices held in former
spirit has conspired against
her and in order
times. One family name may mean a flour
unattractive to the a
to make her orf-spring seller, another a cane-seiler, and a third
names,
powers of darkness, she gives them ugly liquor-seller. To insert the father's name
dunghill or
such as Kure, rubbish, or Ukirda, between one's personal and the family name ig
Martoba, the mortal. Women are named after

a common practice in Western India. It is
as Sarasvati, Ganga, Bhagirathi,
Goda- When a family comes from a
rivers, rare elsewhere
vari or Kaveri, just as
men are sometimes certain place, the sumx
'
k\r* or 'wallah* is
called after mountains.
Manu counsels young added to the name of the place and it makes a
with such a name,
men not to choose a wife
family surname in Western India. Thus we
perhaps because a river is an emblem of
devi-
as a hill is an emblem
may have Chiplunkars and Suratwallahs, or
ousness and inconstancy, without these affixes we may have Bhavnagris,
of stability. But the names of rivers have Malabaris and Bilimorias, as among Parsis.
The Bunnans have a
not been discarded.
Monday,
'
Thus Vasudev Pandurang Chiplunkar would be

if a child is born on a
rurious custom : i
a Hindu, whose personal name is Vasudev, his
name must begin with a guttural on Tues- family name
its father's nume n.nduraug, and
a labial,
day with a palatal, on Thursday with derived from the village of Chiplun, is Chip-
on Saturday with a dental. lunkar. In Southern India the village name
precedes the personal name. The ovolution
Family names. When a person name a
rises in
of Musalman names follows the same lines
importance, he adds to his personal
was once the rule as Hindu names. But Muslims have no god
family or caste name. It goddesses, and their names are derived
be aJded to a or
that the title Sharma might from their religious and secular history. These
Brahman's name, Varma to a Kshatnyas,
Shudra s. names and titles are often as long and pic-
Gunta to a Vaishvas, and Dasa to a turesque as Hindu appellations. The agno-
in the case of
This rule is fairlv well observed mens Baksh, Din, Ghulam, Khwaje, Fakir,
two titles, but the meaning of the
the Kazi, Munshi, Sheikh, Syed, Begum, Bibi and
first
other two has changed. Dasa means a slave Khan
Brahman cannot others as well as honorific additions like
or servant, and the proudest have meanings which throw light on Muslim
himself the servant of some
disdain to call customs and institutions. The Parsis also
Thus, although Kalidas, the famous
trod
the famous have no gods and goddesses, and their personal
poet was a Shudra, Ramadas, names are generally borrowed from their sacred
guru of Shivaji, was a Brahmin.
The Vaish-
made this fashion of calling one- and secular history. Their surnames fre-
mivas have quently indicate a profession or a place, ai
self a servant ot some
god exceedingly popular,
Hindus of Hindus in Western India. Batli-
in the case of
and in Western India high caste wallah,Readymoney, Contractor, Saklatwallah,
this sect very commonly
add Das to their
Brahmans of Southern India add Adenwallah and others like them are tell-tale
names The names.
Shastn,
Aiyar'or Aiyangar to their names.
.
19
Indian Art.
In India there has never been so marked a sion of the thirteenth century. At old Delhi are
separation between what are now known as fine examples in the Kutub Mosque and Minar.
the Fine Arts, and those applied to industry The characteristics of the style are severity
as was the case in Europe during the nineteenth of outline, which is sometimes combined with
century. As, however, Industrial art forms elaborate decoration due, it is stated, to the
the subject of a special article in this book, employment of Hindu craftsmen. The mosques
the term Indian Art will here be confined to and tombs at Ahmedabad already show Hindu
Architecture, Sculpture and Painting. influence but purer examples are to be found

Historical. The degree of proficiency at- at
;
Jaunpore and Mandu. Indo- Saracenic

tained in art by Indians prior to B. C. 250, can Architecture reached the climax of its develop-
only be conjectured by their advancement ment during the reigns of the Moghul Emperors,
in literature ; and by the indirect evidences Akbar, Jehangir and Shah Jahan. It eclipsed
of indebtedness shown by the works of the in richness of material and refinement of taste
historic period, to those which preceded them ; the building efforts of previous periods, its
or direct records of artistic work of an earlier crowning example being the Taj Mahal at Agra.
date than B.C. 250 do not exist. The chief The buildings erected during the Adil Shahi
historic schools of architecture are as follows: dynasty at Bijapur at a slightly later date,
Name. Dates. Locality of the best exhibit a certain Turkish influence, especially
Examples. in the great tomb of Mahmoud. Though less
Buddhist ..B.C.250 Ellora, Ajanta,Kali, refined and lacking the attraction of precious
A.D.750. Sanchi. materials in their decoration, these splendid
Jaina . ..A.D.1000 Ellora, Mount Abu, edifices are held in higher esteem by some
1300. Palitana. critics than those of the Moghals, on account
Brahminical . . AD
. . 5 DO to Ellora, Elephanta, of their simplicity, grandeur and fine proportions.
the present Orissa, Bhuvanes- The era of great civil architecture in India was
day. war, Dharwar. revived by the Mahomedan powers. Splendid
Chalukyan ..A.D.1000 Umber, Somnathpur, palaces and fortresses were built at Madras,
1200. Ballur. Delhi, Agra. Fattehpore-Sikri and Bijapur, and
Dravidian ..A.D.1350 Ellora, Tan j ore, Ma- the example thus set was copied by the Hindu
1750. dura, Tinnevelly. princes at Jaipur, Udaipur and elsewhere in
Pathan ..A.D.1200 Delhi, Mandu, Jaun- India. The application of great architectural
1550. pore. treatment, unequalled in extent elsewhere, is
Jndo- Saracenic A.D.I 520 Lahore. Delhi. Agra, to be seen in the Ghauts or steps enclosing lakes
1760. Amber, Bijapur. and on the banks of rivers. The most notable
Buddhist Architecture is mainly exemplified constructional contribution of the Mahomedans
by the rock- cut temples and monasteries found to Indian architecture was the introduction
in Western India and in the Topes or sacred of the true arch and dome.
mounds. The interior decorations, and exter-
nal facades of the former, and the rails and Sculpture.The use of sculpture and paint-
ing in isolated works of art was practically
gates surrounding the latter point unmistak-
ably to their being derived from wooden struc- non-existent in India until modern times. One
tures of an earlier period. The characteristic or two reliefs and certain gigantic figures may
features of these temples are horse-shoe open- be quoted as exceptions, but taken generally
it may be stated that these arts were employed
ings in the facades to admit light, and collo-
nades of pillars with richly ornamented caps in as the decorative adjuncts of architecture.
the interior halls. Jaina Architecture is found No civil statuary, such as is now understood
in its most highly developed form in the Dilwara
by the term, was executed ; for no contempo-
temples at Mount Abu. The rary portrait figures, or busts in marble, or
ground plan bronze, have come down to us from the ruins
consists of a shrine for the god or saint a ;
porch, and an arcaded courtyard with niches of ancient India, as they have from those of
for images. The characteristic of the style Egypt, Greece and Rome. Sculpture has been
is grace and lightness, with decorative
used exclusively as the handmaid of religion
carvin^ and to this fact may be attributed the stereo-
covering the whole interior, executed with
great elaboration and detail. typed forms to which it became bound. The
Constructional lavish use of sculpture on Indian temples often
methods suggest that original types in wood
have been copied in marble. exceeds good taste, and mars the symmetry
and dignity of their mass and outline ; but for
Brahminical, Chalukyan and Dravidian exuberance of imagination, industrious elabo-
styles differ little in essential plan, all having
a ration and vivid expression of movement
shrine for the god, preceded by pillared
por- Indian sculpture is pernaps without its equal
ches. The outer forms vary. The northern elsewhere in the world. The most impressive
Brahminical temples have a curved pyramidal specimens are the earliest, found in the Buddhist
roof to the shrines, which in the southern or and Brahminical cave temples of Ellora, Aianta
Dravidian 3tyle are crowned by a horizontal and Rlephanta.
system of storied towers, and each story, de-
The great Trimurthi in
the last named of these temples ranks for
creasing in size, is ornamental with a central
mystery and expressive grandeur with the
cell and figures in high relief. The Chalukyan greatest masterpieces of art. The outstanding
style is affected by its northern and
southern characteristics of Hindu sculpture are the
neighbours, takine features from each
without power displayed In suggesting movement;
losing its own special characteristics of wtilch
the fine sense of decorative arrangements of
the star-shaped plan of the shrine, with the five-
line and mass ; and an overpowering ingenuity
fold bands of external ornament, is the
prin- In intricate design. Mahomedan
cipal feature. Pathan sculpture
Architecture was in India, though not exclusively confined
Introduced into India by the Mahomedan inva-
to geometric forms as is that the
0f
Indian Art.
20
branches
is very ^thTMahiunedans. The pictures of both
Arabian school, highly decorative
more severe
that ol tne oTthe Moghul school, although '
restrained as compared with

j
were not intended for exftiDi-

in character,
are often used in the to
Findus Floral motifs
rarely in to upon the walls of rooms according
ornaments to tombs and palaces, but Western practice, and, when not
used as^lus-
Their geometric ornament manuscript books,
t^sf of mosques.
9
Îtonând trations or decorations to
hows greTtmgenuity and I
wre preserved in portfolios. It is very siîi-

wonderful decorative use is
Arabic and Urdu lettering in
ad V
panels, and their
human or
of
St P
that up to the best period
minting the reign of Jehangir,
of Moghul
European ideas
extensively
representation
The P"nts were
borders
met with Sculp- Fn arrpSuresf and
aSimal figires is rarely to be patronised by the Emperor. This
broad eclec-
a rule, kept
SiSd and modelled relief is, asto the decora ticism of the Moghuls is in
marked contrast to
schoo of
verflow ; and is mainly confinedlintels, or the the opinions of Mr. Havell and his
Hon of mouldings, architraves, criticised the facilities
relieve large exterior itic? who have severely
bands omamint which
of of advanced training
in Indian art schools
^nsoaces Buildings of purely Mahometan particular has adopted with
greater restraint which Bombay in
desigfand^workmanship show workmen have marked success.
fhan tSose upon which Hindu but reign of Shah
been emnloved and are more satisfactory ;
MndPrn Painting.As the
artistic develop-
celebrated windows are JahanExhibit**the high tide of
arAhm?daLd the two combination of the his successor
striking examples of a happy ment hi^ India7 so the reign of rapid decline.
is a magnificent
two styles and[Fattehpore Sikri Aurangzel.marks the period of its
style of Akbar. of this are attributable
to the ab-
example of the mixed ThP causes
this Emperor ; to
sence of^ encouragement by
Painting.Much of the carved stonework of absence from the court at
was as in ancient Ms long periods ^continuous wars
upoS ancient Indian buildings with colour, but Delhi or Agra, entailed by of the
ttreece and then decorated efforts to bring the whole
the modern accepta- he wiged in his partly to the
^he onlv Paintings, in were Peninsula under his rule ; and
tion of th term, ' now existing, which
>
fact ofthe school of Moghul painting becoming
Moghul period, are those Foreign designer
executed prior to the at Ajanta, stereotyped in its practice. 1
oeen
noon the walls of the cave temples
remarkable works nainters and craftsmen who had
works
Bagh, and\n Ceylon. These Attracted to India by the great
during the first 600
were produced at intervals carried out by Akbar, Jehangir and Shah
o 'the Christian era. They exhibit all the were
years Jahan the country, and the r places
left
finer characteristic of
the best Indian sculpture, successors. The indigenous ar^sts
of expression due Jaken by no ôf small
bSt with an added freedom left to themselves in
the isolated courts
vehicle employed. The schools in remote
to the more tractable
in the Deccan Indian princes, or collected in upon
Ajanta Caves remained hidden >
employed themselves mainly
Sets
jungles for nearly twelve
hundred yea , until works of a previous age, instead
iney are repeating thV treatment.
discovered in 1816. motifs for artistic
anoidentallv
when first of seeSng new
oSnted in a species of tempora ; and but they At the time when the British Eastguild of
India
bought to light were well preserved owing to the well Pnmnanv ceased to be only a
have greatly deteriorated and became a great administrative
.
copyists and the merehants in

meant but misguided action of Nizam^ Govern- nower ^n 1757, very little vitality survived the
neglect of the authorities.
The country. During
the Indent art of the
,
years done a great deal to history between

ment have in recent administrative
preservation and study of these
mural centurT of its Mutiny,
Plassey and the Indian
Sleo
;
wards the P the '
of Indian pamtmg occupied in

Xtings The second period fSe - Companv'' was too
fully
Persian
existence, extending its borders
introduction of
Swed its origin to the
I
Akbar- and the n^htingS its ever
agists by the Moghul Emperor and setting g the internal economy of
Moghul to be able to give much
school
establishment of the indigenous
and toMl mfreasing territom
was due to the encouragement
care of his successors,
Jehangir and Shah Jahar
Ajanta Painters which
attention^ conserving
r,rortiPP which had
any
"^^"^S?
survived. Without any
Unfike the works of the Introducing western art
scale, the Pictures SelfbeSto tatotton of derivative style
were designed upon a large miniatures. They fnto the country. Greek and its
Moghul school were were adopted for public and
of the of architeSe
were executed in a species
of opaque water- Calcutta, Bombay and
to nrivato buildings In
upon paper or vellum, resembling produced
missals
some extent the illuminated
the middle ages.
by the monks in Europe during specimens in
Some of the finest of the earlier this phase,of
are of a religion, c haracter ;
inula to the art
allied
development being closely
of the caltgraphlst. As
of
Its range extended^ a
portrait painters arose tradittoSal ornament and ~"^
in
or sympathy. As there
remarkable school accurate thev had no knowledge
notame for restrained but extremely sculptors in India capable of modelling
harmonious were no
drawing keen insicht into character, r
Irving civil sculpture, the
monuments to
Sn
Sacv
decorative feeling, and extraordinary
and finish in the painting of detail.
i
SlstSsh public servants were all

imported
of this move-
The artists of a Hindu off-shoot were less
ment known as the Rajput school,and purely
technical
Kuv endowed with thewere the Moghul pain-
aesthctk"qualities than
?e1s ; biitthey Sought
to their work poetry and
are not to be found in
that of
sent ment which
Art. 21
ologists, no official interest was taken in artistic nical standard of the artists who produced the
best works of the Moghul or Rajput schools,
I
education until the Government of India was

transferred to the British Crown in 1859. In and, as time has passed, their outlook appears
England itself, the first fifty years of the nine- to have shifted, and, while stemming the flood
teenth century was a period of gross commer- of western influence, they appear to have drift-
cialism and artistic degradation ; but with the ed into a backwater of Japanese conventions.
advent of the International Exhibition of 1851 The Indian public has failed to give the school
the eyes of the nation were opened to the value the support it was hoped they would afford and
of art as applied to industry. the movement has had to depend for encourage-
The Schools of Art then instituted ment mainly upon Europeans in England and
India.
throughout England were imitated in a timid
and tentative manner in India; and were attach- Bombay School of Art.The attitude to-
ed to the educational system, which had been wards the development of art in modern India
previously modelled upon a definitely European taken by its successive Principals Messrs. Lock-
basis. The work of the Schools of Art in wood Kipling, Griffiths, Greenwood, and Cecil
regard to industrial art is referred to else- Burns, was on wider lines than that favoured by
where; and as several of them have confined Mr. Havell. In general the view this School of
their activities almost exclusively to this Art has taken is that with European literature
branch of the subject it is sufficient to dominating the system under which the edu-
mention only the work of the Schools at Cal- cated classes in India are trained and with
cutta and Bombay in the present article. The European ideas, and science permeating the
Calcutta school, except for occasional experi- professional commercial, industrial, and political
ments in the application of the graphic arts to life of the country, it is not possible for modern
lithography, engraving and stained glass, has artists in India to work on purely archaic
become a school of painting and drawing. That models; and that to copy these would be as
at Bombay covers a wider field for in addition
; unprofitable as it would be for the artists of
to classes for modelling, painting and design it Europe to harness themselves to the conven-
possesses a special school of architecture and a ; tions of the Greek and Roman sculptors or to
range of technical workshops, in which instruc- those of the mediaeval painters that with Euro-
;
tion is given in the applied arts. It is pean pictures, often of inferior quality illustrat-
in the principles underlying the instruction in ing every educational text book, and sold in the
painting that the schools at Calcutta and Bom- shops of every large city, it is essential for the
bay have taken almost diametrically opposite proper education of art students that they should
roads to reach the end they both have in view, have before them the masterpieces of European
namely, the revival of the art of painting in art and that, with the wide adoption of Euro-
;
India by means of an indigenous school of Indian pean styles of architecture in India, it is neces-
painters. Mr. Havell, who several years sary for a school of art to possess the best
ago was the Principal of the Calcutta School, examples of ornament applicable to the great
(he left India in 1907) banished from historic styles, for the purpose of study and refe-
within its walls every vestige of European rence. There are certain basic principles eom-
art; and claimed that the traditional art mon to the technique of all great art, such as
of India, in its old forms, is not dead, but fine and accurate drawing in its widest sense,
merely sleeping or smothered by the blanket composition and design, and the science ot
of European culture laid upon it for the last colour harmony.
150 years, and needed but to be released from
this incubus to regain its pristine vigour. Well Among the developments during Mr. Burns,
administration were the founding of the Archi-
equipped with literary ability; backed by in-
tectural School, the extension of drawing classes
tense enthusiasm for the views he held, he
in the Government Schools, and the appointment
imposed upon his students an exclusive and
of an Inspector of Drawing to inspect and report
severe study of the Moghul and Rajput schools
of painting. He was fortunate in finding
on the drawing classes in the schools. A
Pottery Department was also started and
a willing and equally enthusiastic friend
in Mr. Abinandranath Tagore, an artist of
was abolished in 1926. Mr. Burns retired in
imagination and fancy, combined with a serious
1918 and was succeeded in 1919 by the
present Director, Mr. W. E. Gladstone Solomon.
devotion to his art. He with other Bengal
K.I.H., R.B.C.
painters, inspired by Mr. Havell's precepts
founded, about thirty years ago, what has since Mr. Solomon entirely reorganised the courses
become known as the Calcutta School of paint- of study. The Life Classes which were organised
ing. In their early work the painters of this at the end of 1919 have been pronounced by
school closely adhered to the conventions of competent judges as well up to the level of the
Mosrhul and Rajput artists, whom they took Life Classes of the European Schools of Art.
as their models ; and these early examples made But proficiency in technique forms only one side
a great impression upon all European critics of the present system of training ; for even in
who saw them. They were welcomed as the Europe, too much of the study from Life is quite
first sign of a genuine revival of Indian painting, capable of negativing its own object. In India,
based upon traditional lines, and it was con- where the decorative instinct is inherent, and
fidently hoped that the movement would meet where the possibilities of freehand drawing are
with the support it merited from Indians of all still understood, the danger of overdoing the
classes. Interesting as many individual works Life Class is even more palpable. So side by
of the school undoubtedly are the anticipations side with these realistic aids to study, and at
which greeted its inception have scarcely been the same period, a class of Indian Decorative
fulfilled by the Calcutta school. The painters Painting was inaugurated in the Bombay
themselves have never reached the high tech- School of Art on a basis of scholarships
22 Indian Art.
under the patronage of the Governor of inability to take part was not brought to the
Bombay (Lord Lloyd). As this class specialises notice of the Committee, and that therefore the
in Mural Painting it has long been popularly result of the competition could not be repre-
The four
known as the Class of Mural Painting. Thi? sentative of all the Indian Provinces.
class has executed the decorations for many elected artists finished the decorative work
had been engaged to execute at India
public and private buildings, and painted the which they
ceiling and panels of a specially constructed House and
returned to India in 1932. But in
two them were re-engaged to decorate
Indian Room which was exhibited at Wembley 1933 of
in 1924, aHd found a purchaser in England. the
entrance hall of the building; in con-
this considerable controversy has
A great deal of controversy, which has sequence of the whole subject of the India House
been characterised by its academic rather arisen on
mural paintings and their claim to be repre-
than its practical note, has centred round these
a whole. This episode has
new movements in art training in India ; but sentative of India as relief the differences on the
the thrown into stronger
the Bombay School of Art has retained
in India between the Western and
patronage and support of the public and the subject of art
(who Eastern districts of the country a noticeable
increase in the number of its students
;
of the exclusionists' art propaganda,

now number about 600 in all sections of the diminution tendency towards aligning art in Bengal
School) has been continuous since it took its and a
present line. It is significant that the wide- with
the position which Bombay has occupied in
in Art in West- this matter for the L-st two generations, is one
spread revival of public interest
of the salient svmptoms of the present situation
ern India has synchronised with these activities.
Another cause of public controversy,
The School of Art has of late years enjoyed the (1935).was more local in character, had occurred
patronage of successive Governors of Bombay
which
Sir Leslie Wil- near the end of 1932, when the Bombay Reor-
and, largely due to the efforts of
a ganisation Committee which had been appointed
son, the Government of India inaugurated Government for purposes of
competition of Indian Artists in 1927 for the by the Bombay
the new retrenchment, advocated the closing
dow n of the
r
decoration of wall spaces in

The the Bombay School of Art, the abolition of its
buildings at New Delhi. result of
the compound of
buildings and the utilisation of
Competition whs notified in October 1928,
school for a hospital. The Architectural
when five artists of Bombay, and the the School was to be moved elsewhere. These
Bombay and Lahore Schools of Art were com- draconian recommendations created a great
missioned to paint Mural Decorations in the
deal of public dissatisfaction, which expressed
new Secretariat buildings. The Bombay School itself in public agitation, processions and a
undertook the decoration of Committee Room meeting of protest. After full exami-
crowded
"A" (in the North Block) and the paintings, nation of this vexed question, the Governor of
which were executed in oils on canvas^ were Bombay, Sir Frederick Sykes, who had taken keen
finished, and successfully placed in
position on
interest during his administration, in the welfare
the dome and walls by the middle of Sepcember
of the School, personally announced in a speech
1929. These decorations were original compo- delivered at the School of Art on November 24,
sitions of life size figures, svmt'Olising
the mam
branches 1933, that the institution was to be maintained
periods of Indian Art, and the different
of the Fine and Applied Arts. In April 1929. upon its present basis. Since the satisfactory
the Government of Bombay converted
the settlement of the question an important event
to be recorded. The India Society of
Bombav School into a Department independent deserves organised an Exhibition of Modern
of the 'Director of Public Instruction, tne London
Principal (Mr. W. E. Gladstone Solomon)
being Indian Art in London, which was opened by
the latter H H the Duchess of York at the New Burlington
made Director. In October 1930 1934. The most
organised an exhibition of the work of
all Galleries on December 10,
of Art m India instructive feature of this Exhibition was that
Departments of this School was secured by means
House, London. The Exhibition was very
we the representation of India
well of Regional Committees which collected pictures
patronised by the public and extremely own districts Thui
received by the art critics and the Press.
Her and sculptures from their
sections of the Exhibition devoted
Majesty the Queen Empress graciously patro- the respective were compared, and the
of the to Bombay and Bengal
nised the exhibition and selected several
paintings displayed. work from Western India received a most
favourable welcome from most of the prominent
While the Bombay School was engaged upon art critics and journals in England. The
the work of mural decoration at New
Delhi in
a public Regional Committee of
Bombay under the
which is referred to above,
1928-1929,
Indian patronage of Lord Brabourne, the Governor,
competition for the selection of four Chairmanship of Sir Phiroze Sethna.and
artists to proceed to England was
announced by and the
as its Hon. Secretary,
successful with Mr. Kanaiyalal Vakil
the Government of India. The a varied and fairly representative
K<>> W had selected
candidates were to study for a year at the collection of paintings, sculpture, and
architec-
after which
College of Art, South Kensington ;
tural drawing's. At the request of this
Committee,
decor-
they were to be employed on the mural the Government of Bombay deputed Mr.
Glad-
ation of the interior of India HouRe, Aldwych.
stone Solomon to supervise, arrange, and
cata-
The Bombav School was unable to compete, logue t he Bombay exhibits in London. The whole
owing to 6s preoccupation with the êw
Delhi the
enterprise was a successful demonstration of
decorations and four artists from Bengal were ideals of the Bombay School of Paint,
J
Committee appointed by the aims and
selected bv a the long-standing
ing, and since this Exhibition
Government of India, which, though it included controversy as to the Bombay methods of
art
from Bombay (who were
two representatives training has completely collapsed
though it is
ground
not artists) has been criticised on the hardly to be expected that it will not occasionally
were
that several of the Bengal representatives reassert itself in sporadic outbursts
hereafter.
professional artists, that the Bombay School s

23
Indian Architecture.
The architecture of India has proceeded on Other Hindu Styles.
own, and its monuments are unique
lines of its The Dravidian style is the generic title
among those of the nations of the world. An usually applied to the characteristic work of
ancient civilization, a natural bent on the part the Madras Presidency and the South of India.
of the people towards religious fervour of the It is seen in many rock-cut temples as at Ellora,
contemplative rather than of the fanatical where the remarkable " Kylas is an instance
sort, combined with the richness of the country of a temple cut out of the solid rock, complete,
in the sterner building materials
these are not only with respect to its interior (as in the
a few of the factors that contributed to making case of mere caves) but also as to its exterior.
it what it was, while a stirring history gave it It is, as it were, a life-size model of a complete
both variety and glamour. Indian architec- building or group of buildings, several hundred
ture is a subject which at the best has been feet in length, not built, but sculptured in solid
studied only imperfectly, and a really com- stone, an undertaking of vast and, to our
prehensive treatise on it has yet to be written. modern ideas, unprofitable industry. The
The subject is a vast and varied one, and it Pagoda of Tanjore, the temples at Srirangam,
may be such a treatise never will be written in Chidambaram, Vellore, Vijayanagar, &c, and
the form of one work at any rate. The spirit of the palaces at Madura and Tanjore are among
Indian art is foreign to the European and few the best known examples of the style.
can eDtirely understand it, while art criticism and
analysis is a branch ot study that the Indian
The writer finds some difficulty in following
Fergusson's two next divisions of classification,
has not as yet developed to its full extent.
the V Chalukyan " of South-central India,
Hitherto the best authority on the subject
has been Fergusson, whose compendious work
and the " Northern or In dt>- Aryan style."
is that which will find most ready acceptance
The differences and the similarities are appa-
rently so intermixed and confusing that he is
by the general reader. But Fergusson attempt-
fain to fall back on the broad generic title of
ed the nearly impossible task of covering the
ground in one volume of moderate dimensions,
" Hindu " however unscientific he may there-
and it is sometimes held that he was a man by stand confessed. Amongst a vast number
of Hindu temples the following may be men-
of too purely European a culture, albeit wide
and eclectic, to admit of sufficient depth of
tioned as particularly worthy of study : Those
Fergus- at Mukteswara and Bhuvaneswar in Orissa,
insight in this particular direction.
at Khajuraho, Bindrabun, Udaipur, Benares,
son's classification by races and religions is,
Gwalior, &c. The palace of the Hindu Raja
however, the one that has been generally ac-
cepted hitherto. He asserts that there is no
Man Singh at Gwalior is among the most beauti-
btone architecture in India of an earlier date ful architectural examples in India. So also
are the palaces of Amber, Datiya, Urcha, Dig
than two and a half centuries before the Christ-
ian era, and that " India owes the introduc- and Udaipur.
tion of the use of stone for architectural pur- Indo-Saraccnic.
poses, as she does that of Buddhism as a state
Among all the periods and styles in India
religion, to the great Asoka, who reigned B.C.
the characteristics of none are more easily
272 to 238." recognizable than those of what is generally
Buddhist Work. called the " Indo-Saracenic " which deve-
Fergusson's first architectural period is loped after the Mahomedan conquest.
Under
then the Buddhist, of which the great tope the new influences now brought to bear on it
at Sanchi with its famous Northern gateway the architeccure of India took on a fresh lease
is perhaps the most noted example. Then of activity and underwent remarkable modifi-
we have the Gandharan topes and monas- cations. The dome, not entirely an unknown
teries. Perhaps the examples of Buddhist feature hitherto, became a special object of
architecture of greatest interest and most ready development, while the arch, at no time a
access to the general student are to be found favourite constructional form of the Hindu
1
in the Chaitya halls or rock-cut caves of Karli, builders, was now forced on their attention by
Ajanta, Nasik, Ellora, and Kanheri. A point the predilections of the ruling class. The
with relation to the Gandhara work may be minaret also became a distinctive feature.
alluded to in passing. This is the strong The requirements of the new religion, the
European tendency, variously recognized as mosque with its wide spaces to meet the needs

Roman, Byzantine but most frequently as of organized congregational acts of worship
Greek, to be observed in the details. The gave opportunities for broad and spacious
foliage seen in the capitals of columns bears treatments that had hitherto been to some
strong resemblance to the Greek acanthus, extent denied. The Moslem hatred of idolatry
while the sculptures have a distinct trace of set a tabu on the use of sculptured represent-
j
Greek influence, particularly in the treatment ations of animate objects in the adornment
of drapery, but also of hair and facial expression. of the buildings, and led to the development
From this it has been a fairly common assump- of other decorative forms. Great ingenuity
tion amongst some authorities that Indian art came to be displayed in the use of pattern and
owed much of its best to European influence, an of geometrical and foliated ornament. This
assumption that is strenuously combated by Moslem trait further turned the attention of
others as will be pointed out later. fche builders to a greater extent than before
The architecture of the Jains comes next in to proportion, scale and mass as means of giving
order. Of this rich and beautiful style the beauty, mere richness of sculptured surface
most noted examples are perhaps the Dilwara and the aesthetic and symbolic interest of
temples near Mount Abu, and the unique detail being no longer to be depended on to the
11
Tower of Victory " at Chittore. same degree.
24 A rchitecture.
Foreign Influence. variations from the influences brought to bear
There would appear to be a conflict between upon it and from the varied purposes to which
archaeologists as to the extent of the effect on it was applied.
Indian art produced by foreign influence under Agra and Delhi.

the Mahomedans. The extreme view on the one Agra and Delhi may be regarded as th8
hand is to regard all the best of the art as having principal centres of the Indo-Saracenic style
Taj Mahal, for
been due to foreign importation. The Gan- the former for the renowned
tendency, Akbar's deserted capital of Fatehpur Sikri,
dharan sculptures with their Greek
the development of new forms and modes of his tomb at
Secundra, the Moti Musjid and
treatment to which allusion has been made, palace buildings at the
Agra fort. At Delhi
great Jumma Musjid, the Fort,
the similarities to be found between the Maho- we have the
North the tombs of Humayon, Sufdar Jung, &c,
medan buildings of India and those of
Minar. Two other great
Africa and Europe, the introduction of the and the unique Qutb
evidences centres may be mentioned, because in each
minaret and, above all, the historical
certain strongly marked indi-
that exist of the presence in India of Europeans there appeared varieties
support of vidualities that differentiated the
during Mogul times, are cited in
there found from the variety seen
the theory. On the other hand those of the of the style
foregoing view to be at Delhi and Agra, as well as that of one from
opposite school hold the
These are Ahmedabad in
due to the prevailing European preconception that to the other.
Bijapur on the Dekhan, both in
that all light and leading must come by way Gujarat and
of Europe, and the best things in art by way the Bombay
Presidency.
of Greece. To them the Gandharan sculp- Ahmedabad.
ture, instead of being the best, is the worst At Ahmedabad with its neighbours Sirkhej
in India even because of its Greek tincture. and Champanir there seems to be less of a depar-
forms, a tendency to
They find in the truly indigenous work beau- ture from the older Hindu
not be seen in the adhere to the lintel and bracket rather than to
ties and significances to
to the arch, while the dome
Greco-Bactrian sculptures, and point to those have recourse
employed, was there never
of Borobuder in Java, the work of Buddhist though constantly
extent as elsewhere, or
coif mists from India, wonderfully preserved developed to its full
conclusion. The
by reason of an immunity from destructive carried to its logical structuralmost famous
work probably
influences given by the insular position, as Ahmedabad
is Jor
the best examples of the art extant. the extraordinary beauty of its stone "jali"
showing the palm tree
pierced lattice- work, as in
It is probable that a just estimate of the merits or
of the controversy, with respect to sculpture windows of
the Sidi Sayyid Musjid.
at any rate, cannot be formed tiJl time has
Bijapur.
obliterated some of the differences of taste The characteristics of the Bijapur variety
of the style are equally striking. They are
that exist between East and West.
distinctively Mahomedan than
To the adherents of the newer school the perhaps more in that
undisputed similarities between Indo-Maho- those of the Ahmedabad buildings
to a remarkable
medan and Hindu buildings outweigh those here the dome is developed tomb of Mahmud the
and Western MahomedaD degree, indeed the
between Indian " Gol Gumbaz "is cited as shew-
work, especially in the light of the dis-simi- well-known in any building
They admit the ing the greatest space of floor
larities between the latter.
a single dome, not even
changes produced by the advent of Islam, in the world roofed by
Pantheon. The lintel also was
but contend that the art; though modified, excepting the
practically discarded in favour of the arch.
yet remained in its essence what it had always here
been, indigenous Indian. The minaret, the The
Bijapur stvle shews a bold masculine
largeness of structural concep-
dome, the arch, they contended, though deve- quality and a unequalled elsewhere in India
tion that is
loped under the Moslem influence, were yet,
in richness and delicacy it does not
so far as their detailed treatment and crafts- though
the work of the further North.
manship are concerned, rendered in a mannei attempt to rival influences
distinctively Indian. Fergusson is usually In kbls we recognize among other
that of the prevailing material, the hard un-
regarded as the leader of the former school In a similar
while the latter and comparatively recent compromising Dekhan basalt.
.
school has at present found an eager champion manner

the characteristics of the Ahmedabad
work with its greater richness of ornamenta-
in Mr. E. B. Havell, whose works, on the subject
bound up with the nature of the Gujarat
|
are recommended for study side by side with tion are

while at Delhi and Agra the freer
those of the former writer. Mr. Havell prac- freestone, red
racial method of choice of materials available the local
tically discards Fergusson's .
classification into styles in favour of a chrono- and

1
whtie sandstones, combined with access

greater to marble and other more costly materials-
logical review of what he regards to a
extent than did his famous precursor as being was no
doubt largely responsible for the many
recognizable characteristics of the archi-
one continuous homogeneous Indian mode of easily
architectural expression, though subject to tecture of these centre*.
II. MODERN.
The modern architect uial work of India Western ideas and methods have most strongly
divides itself sharply into two classes. There
spread their influence, chiefly, in the case of
Master- architecture, through the medium of the De-
is first that of the indigenous Indian
'
builder " to be found chiefly in the Native

partment of Public Works. The work of that
Rajputana. department has been much animadverted
States; particularly those in
Second there is that of British India, or of upon as being all that building should not be,
but, considering it has been produced
by men
all those parts of the peninsula wherever
,
Architecture. 25
of whom itwas admittedly not the metier; and of the principal buildings in the new Capital
who were necessarily contending with lack of was accordingly entrusted jointly to two
expert training on the one hand and with de- famous British architects, neither of whom
partmental methods on the other, it must be can be unduly influenced by either past
conceded that it can shew many notable build- or recent architectural practice so far as
ings. Of recent years there has been a tend- India is concerned. The building of .New
ency on the part of professional architects Delhi is perhaps too recent an event for
to turn their attention to India, and a number of the passing of a definite
verdict. The work
these has even been drafted into the service of Sir Edwin Lutyens and Sir Herbert Baker
of Government as the result of a policy ini- abides the judgment of
posterity. If that
tiated in Lord Curzon's Viceroyalty. In time, work has had its severe
critics, it has also
therefore, and with the growth of the influence received the commendation
of many. Trie
of these men, such of the reproach against cream domes set on tall
bases, rise from
the building of the Eritish in India as was just the centre of the Secretariat
buildings, and
and was not merely thoughtlessly maintained surmounted by cupolas have reminded
as a corollary to the popular jape against every- Bramarte's work in
some of
Rome, or the Pantheon, or
thing official, may gradually be removed. If Wren's dome of St. Paul's.
Below there are the
this is so as to Government work progress should semi-circular entrances
resembling Moghul door-
be even more assured in the freer atmosphere ways the rows of comparatively
; small windows,
outside of official life. Already in certain of some filled with pierced
sandstone screens
the greater cities, where the trained modern somewhat distract the
eye, and seem to mar the
architect has established himself, in private effect of sturdin ess prevailing
throughout. The
practice, there are signs that his influence is Secretariats were meant
no doubt to usher the
beginning to be felt. He still complains, how- visitor to New Delhi to the "
piece de resistance"
ever, that the general public of India needs of the architectural
composition, the Viceroy's
much educating up to a recognition of his House. Standing where it does, this building is
value, both in a pecuniary sense and other- intended to dominate
and necessarily arrests
wise. the gaze of the visitor, while its massive end bays,
with stepped entablature capped by saucered*
To the work of the indigenous * master- fountains are said to give the architectural
eye a
builder " public attention has of recent years feeling of safety against
spreading. This feeling
been drawn with some insistence, and the sug- of security continues as
the spectator's gaze
gestion has been pressed that efforts should be travels down the unusual design
of the metalled
directed towards devising means for the pre- dome to the solid
projecting bays that contain
servation of what is pointed outand now the statues of King George
V and Queen Mary,
universally acknowledged
to be a remarkable which complete the composition. Some think
survival almost the only one left in the \torld that the colour scheme avoids the "glaring
of "living art," but which is threatened with disunity" in Moghul
buildings when the white
gradual extinction by reason of the spread of luminous marble was used
with similar red
Western ideals and fashions. The matter sandstone for here, the two sandstones,
; red and
assumed some years ago the form of a mild cream are blended and co-ordinated.
With
controversy centring round the question of the regard to the interior decorations
of New Delhi,
then much discussed project of the Government strenuous efforts were made
by those who
of India's new capital at Delhi. It was urged believed in the enterprise
as a point of focus
that this project should be utilised to give the for the revival of Indian art
to obtain for the
required impetus to Indian art rather than Indian art schools and artists
commissions to
that it should be made a means of fostering carry out the Mural paintings
required in the
European art which needed no such encourage- new buildings. After a great deal of public
ment at India's expense. The advocates of agitation on this subject in Bombay some com-
this view appear for the most part to have been missions of this
kind were given by the
adherents of the "indigenous Indian" school Government of India, based on the results
of a
of archaeologists already mentioned, and to public competition.
But in spite of the indubi-
have based their ideas on their own reading of table success of many of the paintings,
and the
the past. They still muster a considerable proof furnished
thereby of the Indian artist's
following not only amongst the artistic public rapacities for this kind of work,
nothing further
of England and India, but even within the has been
accomplished in the matter since the
Government services. Their opponents, holding end of 1929.
what appears to be the more official view both
as to archaeology and art, have pointed to the The controversy of East and West, however
I death " of all the arts of the past in other vital to the interests of the country's archi-
countries as an indication of a natural law, and tecture, is too purely technical for its meriti
deprecate as waste of energy all efforts to resist to be estimated by the general reader or dis-
this law, or to institute what they have termed cussed here. Its chief claim on our attention
" another futile revival" 1 The British in India lies in the fact that it affords an added interest
they contend, should do as did the ancient to the tourist, who may see the fruits of both
Romans in every country on which they planted schools of thought in the modern build-
their conquering foot. As those were wont to ings of British India as well as examples of the
replace indigenous art with that of Rome, so " master builders " work in nearly every native
should we set our seal of conquest permanently town and bazaar. The town of Lashkar in
on India by the erection of examples of the best Gwalior State may be cited as peculiarly rich
of British art. This is the view which, as we have in instances of picturesque modern Indian
indicated, appears to have obtained for the street architecture, while at Jaipur, Udaipur,
moment the more influential hearing, and the Benares, etc., this class of work may be studied
task of designing and directing the construction in many different forms both civil and religious.
26
Industrial Arts.
Stone Work.Carved stone work is the

The ancient industrial arts of India formed
principal form of decoration employed in
two distinct groups. The first included those
architecture , tne Hindu temples. In variety and scope it range ,
allied to, and dependent upon,
devoted from the massive figures in the Buddhist ana
second comprise those applied to articles Brahminical Cave Temples, and the detached
weapons and
to religious ritual ; military sculpture of the temples of Southern India,
trappings, domestic accessories : and to personal
to the delicately incised reliefs and elaborately
ftd m intended fretted ornament of the Jain temples at
Mount
The articlea of the first group were Abu. A curious fact in relation to Hindu work
position, and the
for some fixed and definite have no rela-
character of their is that priority of date appears to
style of their design and the possible
were dictated by that of the tion to artistic development. It is not
workmanship
to trace, as in the case of Greek, Roman
and
incorporated
building with which they were progressive
and Mediaeval craftwork, the regular
Those of the second group were movable, steps from art in its primitive state to its
cul-
less constricted
the range of their design was minating point and its subsequent decay. Styles
and their workmanship was more varied.
in India seem to spring into
existence fully
Examples of work in both groups are so numer- developed ; the earlier examples often exhibiting
diversity ot
ous and the arts comprise such a finer craftsmanship than those of a later
date.
application, that only a cursory survey
can be
review There can be little doubt that stone carving in
attempted within the limits of a short wood
in India was simply the application of the
Although the design and treatment differ carvers* art to another material. The treat-
groups, the materials used were often
the two
a very wide ment of stone by the Hindu craftsmen, even in
the same. These materials cover buildings,
reference to the constructive principles of their
range but space only permits of bears a closer resemblance to the practice of
the
which
work applied to the four materials upon most wood- worker than to that of the stone mason.
Indian craftsman's skill has been
the
extensively displayed. These are stone, wood, The earlier wooden examples from which the
were
stone buildings and their decorations
metal and textiles.
derived have long since disappeared, but
their
each of these
Before dealing separately with apparent. The keynote of Hindu
a few words upon the principal Indian
influence is
materials symmetrical;
distinctive styles design is rhythmic rather than
stvles are necessary. The two than
former may that of their eraftsmanship, vigour rather
are Hindu and Mahomedan. The human
does from refinement. In the carving of the
be termed indigenous, dating as it and of animals great power of expressing
of figure
remote antiquity the latter was a variation
;
shown, and this spontaneous feeling
which was brought action is
the great Arabian style, preserved despite the greatest elaboration
Into India in the fourteenth
century, and has is
amazing
Indian in and detail. The industry displayed is
since developed features essentially labour appears to have daunted
character. The art of both Hindus and
Maho- no amount of
out their
and the require- the Hindu craftsmen in carrying
medans is based upon religion
expres- huge and intricate schemes of decoration.
ments of religious ritual. The obvious stone carving on Mahomedan buildings
of this is shown in the different
motifs The
sion allowed
all na- except where Hindu carvers have been
used for their ornament. In Hindu art than that
and employed for deco a free hand, is much more restrained
tural forms are accepted temples. The fact that geometrical
rative purposes ; but in that of
the Mahome on Hindu
dictated
natural forms are rejected and forms were almost exclusively used,
dans, nearly all in the carv-
lower relief and greater refinement
forbidden. The basis of Mahomedan
decora-
of the designers
is therefore mainly geometrical. In each ing while the innate good taste

tion ornament
characteristics are strikingly prompted them to concentrate the
of them, racial where its
exhibited. The keynote of Hindu work is upon certain prominent features
was heightened by the simplicity of the
that ot
exuberance, imagination and poetry ; effect
The invention displayed
intellect and good taste. rest of the building.
Mahomedan, reticence, Patterns for
Hindus are lavish, and often undiscnminat- in working out geometrical
The ornamental
ing in their employment of ornament
the ; work screens, inlay, and other while won-
Mahomedans use more restraint. In fact the details appears to be inexhaustible ; .
derful decorative use has been

made of Arabic
maybe compared, without straining
;
two styles their fram-

the analogy, to the Gothic and classic
styles in and Persian lettering in panels and Hindus re led
To obtain a rich effect the
Europe. In both styles the fecundity of ideas ing
upon broken
marvellous, and upon
P the play of light and shade
and invention in design are the same
craftsmanship often reaches a very high su rfSces, the Mahomedans to attain
the
subjected end used precious materials veneering the sur-
-
standard. Hindu art had been polished marb e

their buildings with
throughout the ages to many foreign influences, faces of of mosaic
have which they decorated with patterns
but the artistic instincts of the people agate, onyx and other costly
composed of jade,
proved bo conservative that, whether
alien Ideas came from the east or the
these
west, they SsAUhough the art of inlaying and work-
hard stones was of Italian origin, It proved
have often been absorbed, and are now stamped ?M in to the genius of the
Recognition to be one eminently suited
with a definite Indian character. wonderful exam-
fact should relieve the anxiety Indian craftsman; and many
of this of book rest*i, tab-
penetration ples of their skill in the form
of those critics who fear that the footstools, vases and sword handles
into India at the lea, thrones,
o< Western art and culture proficiency
art of arVextant to show the height of
present time will eventually rob Indian pree.oui
attained. The treatment of
V
its national character.
Industrial Ans. 37
stones by IndiaD jewellers may here be referred
to. Sir George Bird wood states that " the In- ing, the

Metal Work. With the exception of weav-
metal working industry employed
dian jeweller thinks of producing the sumptu- and still employs the greatest number of
artis-
ous, imposing effect of dazzling variety of rich tic craftsmen in India. Copper and brass have
and brilliant colours and nothing of the purity always been the two metals most widely used
of his gems." This is true in a general sense for domestic purposes by Mahomedans
and
and "full many a gem of purest ray serene" Hindus. The shapes of many of these humble
was utterly ruined by crude cutting and pierc- vessels are among the most beautiful to be
found
ing. But although as early as the sixteenth in the country. They exhibit that sense of
and seventeenth centuries diamonds and pre- variety and touch of personality which are only
cious stones from the Indian mines were taken given by the work of the human
hand ; and the
to Europe to be cut, many of the finest jewels shapes are those which
grow naturally from the
found their way back to the treasure houses of working of the material with the
simplest
Indian princes. Sir G. Watt has divided Indian implements. In the technical treatment of
stone work into three great stages or types, viz. brass and copper Indian craftsmen
have shown
(1) from the excavation of Cave Temples and a taste and skill unsurpassed by those of
other
the construction of Buddhist topes; (2) the nations, except in the department
of fine cast-
building of Hindu Chalakyanand Jain Temples ing. ;
In this, and in the working of gold and
(3) the Pathan and Moghul Mosques, tombs silver, a higher standard of
technical and con-
and palaces. It is interesting to note that the structive exactness has been reached
by the
Schools of Art in India have given attention to metal workers of Europe and
Japan. It may
this industry. For instance the Bombay SchooJ be taken as an axiom that the more beautiful
of Art has to its credit a number of public the shape of an article
is, and this especially
buildings adorned by means of its student applies to metal work, the less need
stone-cutters. exists for the decoration of its surface.

Wood Work. With a fine range of tim- equally true that the highest test of craftsman- It is
bers suitable for the purpose, wood has played a ship is the production
of a perfect article with-
great part in the construction and decoration out any decoration.
The reason being that the
of Indian buildings. Unfortunately, much of slightest technical fault is apparent on a plain
the ancient wood work has been destroyed by surface, but can be
hidden or disguised of
the action of the climate and the teeming insec- one which is covered
with ornament. The
tivorous life of India ; and that which escaped goldsmiths and
silversmiths of India were
these enemies was wiped out by lire and the extremely skilful
and industrious, but judged
sword. It is therefore only possible to con- by this test their works
often exhibit a lack of
jecture the height of artistic development these care and exactness
in the structural portion
buildings and their decorations displayed by and a completely
satisfactory example of per-
the copies in stone which have been preserved. fectly plain work from
the hands the gold and
Few if any examples of a date earlier than the silversmiths of India is rarely toofbe
sixteenth century are to be found.
met with.
Many of Much of the excessive and often inappropriate
these, and specimens of a later date to be seen ornamentation of
the articles that they produc-
in towns and cities throughout the country, ed owed its
application as much to the necessity
are masterpieces of design and craftsmanship. of hiding defective
construction
The carved timber fronts and inner courtyards any purely decorative purpose. as it did to
For many
of houses in Ahmedabad, Nasik, and other generations,
ornaments of gold and silver were
parts of Western India are notable for their regarded in the
light of portable wealth, a
picture3queness and beauty the structural practice which naturally made for massiveness.
beams, the overhanging balconies, with their These solid ornaments
are most effective and
screens and supporting brackets, being carved picturesque and,
; despite an enormous output
in a manner which unites richness of effect with of elaborate
and delicate work from their
good taste and propriety. Of furniture, as the hands, the most valuable
contribution of the
term is now understood, few examples were Indian metal workers to
the sum tota of man's
in use in India before Europeans introduced artistic
use of the precious metals will probably
their own fashions. These were confined to be found to lie in a certain barbaric note which
small tables aod stools, book rests, clothes distinguishes these
piecesa note not present
chests and screens, the designs of which con- m
the craft work f other countries. In the
formed somewhat closely to the architec- design of Hindu
gold and silver ornaments,
tural style of the period. Many of these were religious symbols have been extensively used
decorated with inlays of coloured woods, ivory The ornaments which
bedeck the early sculp-
and metal while in some cases the wooden tured figures, and those
;
depicted in the paintings
basis was entirely plated with copper, brass at the
Cave Temples of Ajanta are precisely
or silver. In Southern India, where close grained the same in
design and use as similar articles
sandalwood is grown, jewel cases and boxes are made at the present time,
thus affording a
enriched with carving executed with the atten- striking evidence
of the inherent conservatism
tion to detail and the finish generally associated of the Hindu
people and its effect upon an in-
with the carving of ivory. Coloured lac was dustrial art that
freely used to decorate many articles of fur-
makes a closer personal appeal
than any other.
niture, especially those turned on the lathe
Textiles.-The textile industry is the widest
and rich colour effects were obtained in this,' in extent in India
and is that in which her
perhaps the most distinctive and typically craftsmen have
shown their highest achieve-
Indian development of decoration as applied ments. Other countries, east and west of
to wood work. Teak, shisham, deodhar, sandal- India have
produced work equal at least
wood, ebony, walnut, jun, nim and Madras red in stone, wood, and
wood are among the chief woods used in India matched that of hermetal ; but none has ever
weavers in cotton and
for ornamental work. wool, or excelled them in the weaving of silken
Industrial Arts.
28
world and
been extended to serve the whole
fabricsTsome of the prod 0'
g^. Î^
nf ttenffal are marvels of technical
SlrfpJf teste while the plum bloom
0
skiu ana
quality
^
the skilled handicraftsman
has
measure, become a machine-minder.
in a great
I* took
gradual change
bout one hundred years of
men^ which places them in a class

Weaving being
riniT was the first
applied, ano^ modern
artistic ach eve-
ofth old Cash^re shawls is an by themselves.
essentially a process of
to which machinery
repeti-
for the craftsmen of
Europe fully
nemselves to these altered
was during the greater portion of
science has brought power
protected by the difficulties
that
to
Period
adjust
India
Fifty years
immemorial
~f^SS
practice.
^
state of perfection that tinned its
?oom weaving to such a ago this protective barrier
wa s removed by the
even than those the craftsmen
filamente of a substance finer ooening of the Suez Canal, and
our ancestors, are to
o Dacca, which astonished âncash re India have since been
struggling
now produced in the mills of But of
avoid the same fate which
overtook those *
and variety of texture
,
less time
for beauty of surface îironn half a century before. With
fabrics have everêqualled
no machine-made A nd ld - f^vttiêsZt^ changed conditions
n\n finest
Manfofthe most
haadwork
^^^^ ^^
of the weavers
textile work have disappeared,

netition of the power loom.
of
killed by the com

In other brancues
0
.
the Indian craftsmen have,

competition of European
pouinned with
before this period of Intense
Ev^n
new and
nva
had to meet the
U already fnl

unknown toois.
competition
India does not hold craftwork had
Sf art as applied to textiles observers interested in Indian
so nre^minent a position
as in that of weaving deterioration. The
of the ^venteenth noticed evidences of its wwtananBhip
The printed silks and calicoes deservedly he falling da
off? both in design and
practice
and eighteenth centuries Western xiations, was attributed to the conservative
Mgh place in the estimation of to the
valuable leasons TthetrafTsmen : of internal d
whose craftsmen learnt many taste they markets, and to the long period
from the technical skill, and
artistic
tapestries order which had deprived them of botn tne
Hiqnlav Nothing approaching the an earlier age and the
rulers of
ages has been natronaee of the
made in Europe in the middle nearest approach srimulatin^
contact with foreign
craftsmen
producede
introduced
in India.
from
The
Persia; but Indian

the finest
^"
who had previouslv
same period, an even
P
been
?o?hes e isTn carpets. and rugs. .TJ^craftsmen Splendid^ courtlat Delhi and Agra.
attracted
greater
to the
degradation
the
in
I**
equalling craftwork of Europe
have never succeeded in in colour or de^n had overtaken the
work of their instructors either
Swas
due to entirely different ^ses
I
namely
Attention
design. *o the introduction of machinery.
speedy prodnc-
had been so concentrated upon
mechaSLl accuracy and.commercial
rion,
characteristics has been possible. A volume made to hrrag

w^SlSTreSSiied to give a detailed description nf 1 851 that efforts were at once
more. Schools
of sav one of them, and
would leave many other lit and industry together once
of Art and"nrns were
fonnded throughout
All these branches
minor arts to be considered.
into existence, were develop- England and the same system
was copied m a
of art came
social and eco-
ed and flourished in India when differen from
nomic conditions were vastty -
those of the present day. Like mUar art istic

crafts carried on in Europe
up to the end of the
executed by and whose pro-
eighteenth century, they were were commercially successful,
involved had not
hand labour The processes
been discovered by^scientifl^ but were tne
is now understood by the
phrase ;
built up expe-
outcome of generations of slowly
them
rience
the
now come to the effect upon .vol
We
changed conditions which have re o-
iftffi?
7
tWhem^taof custom Mifv
of for an instant
tionised industrial art in
Europe during the county nw'asney supposed an
industry,
last century.
tw a School of Art could lead
as completely mis-
rn India theh- function was
The invention steam engine, and the
of the
and scientiflc
application of mechanical power
^search to industry in Europe, mark the^djvid-
modern ndu s trial *ere
and revive those which
i
inc line between ancient this were living, but to

Not only on its technical side been to
is
art
changes has
so but the effect of these
work itself and the
alter the character of the
Commlssk)n need for some State-aided
the
craftsmen. In place and commercial or-
an rit which animated the and system of industrial
of the ancient ideal of variety to design
;
industrial arts w, h an x-
R anisation of the
>
.
treatment, which meant a limited ojtpnt, and artistic instnic

uniformity and unlimited landed scheme of technical ^.\recoêd If
the modern one of tion for the craftsmen
has
output has been substituted. The capitalist are given by tne
craftsman : the OK* assiitance and encouragement
has displaced the master to the inaian
Tmnerial ano \ocal Governments
,
small workshop specia sa- i

will quickly
nfsed factory, the ;
labour have taken the place

cXmon ^strial art in India
which has
ri on and division of eJoud of depression,
among the artisans ; the emerge from the
past into the
of general proficiency it fora century
been separated hung over
tenction of the designer has snnliffht of prosperity.
markets have
?om that of the craftsman ; local
,
29
Archaeology.
The ancient monuments of India are as varied That they possessed a well developed system
as they are numerous. Until a few years ago, of writingis evidenced by the discovery of over
the earliest known were the brick and stone a thousand tablets engraved with well-executed
erections of the Maurya period, a group of mounds animal devices and pictographic legends in an
at Lauriya Nandangarh, illustrative of the Vedic unknown
script. The method of disposal of
funeral customs and assignable roughly to the the dead at Moheajo-daro is uncertain but at
7th or 8th century B.C., and some rough stone Harappa two types of burial have been met
walls at the ancient city of Rajagriha of about with, namely, complete burials along with
the same period. The absence of structures of funerary pottery, and " pot burials." Only
an earlier period was then supposed to be due 27 of the latter have been examined and these
I
to the fact that all previous architecture had were found to contain skulls and human bones
been of wood and had completely perished. The and are seemingly fractional burials.
I
recent excavations, however, at Mohenjo-daro, This Indus Valley culture has now been traced
I
in Sind and at Harappa in the Punjab, have as far as Rupar in the Ambala District, relatively
I
completely revolutionised ideas on this subject close to the

! watershed of the Sutlej
and proved that as far back as the 3rd or 4th and Jumna and it is therefore highly improbable
millennium B.C. and probably much earlier still,
I
that this civilization was confined to the

India was in possession of a highly developed Indus Valley and there can hardly be any
civilization with large and populous cities, reasonable doubt that future researches will
well built houses, temples and public buildings trace it into the valley of the Ganges. Of the
of brick and many other amenities enjoyed at long period of more than 2,000 years that
that period by the peoples of Mesopotamia and separates the pre-historic monuments
Egypt. Both at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa referred to above from the historic period
there are the remains of some 5 or 6 cities super- of India, little or nothing is yet known but
imposed one upon the ruins of another. there is every hope that this gap in our know-
ledge may be filled in by further excavations.
The structures that have so far been exposed Prom the time of the Mauryas, i.e., 3rd century
at Mohenjo-daro belong to the three latest cities B.C., the history of architecture and the forma-
on the site. Those of the third or earliest are tive arts of India is clear and can be traced with
the best in style those of the first the poorest. relative precision.
; The financial stringency
Most of the structures are dwelling houses or caused by the world economic depression caused
shops, but there are others which appear to almost the suspension of excavation in these

have been temples and one of particularly areas.

massive proportions is a large bath, surrounded Monumental Pillars. The monuments
by fenestrated galleries and halls. All were which have come down to us from the Maurya
built of well burnt brick and most of them were period, include, besides the caves to be referred
of two or more storeys with staircases giving to below, the wooden palisade (4th century B.C.)
access to the upper rooms. In and around the which surrounded the ancient city of Patali-
ruins have been found many minor antiquities putra (modern Patna), and of which a large
including gold and silver jewellery, engraved section has been exposed, the rock and pillar
seals of stone and ivory and paste copper im- edicts of Asoka (Circa 250 B.C.), the remains
plements and vessels, terracotta figurines and of a large pillared hall constructed by the same
toys, shell ornaments and potteries both painted emperor at Pataliputra, a number of brick
and plain. stupas and a monolithic rail which originally
surmounted an Asoka stupa at Sarnath near
These discoveries establish the existence in Benares. Altogether thirteen pillars of Asoka
Sind and the Punjab during the 4th and 3rd are known besides the Elephant capital
millennia B.C. of a highly developed city life of a 14th at Sankisa and a fragment of a 15th
;
and the presence, in many of the houses, of wells at Benares Ten of them bear his inscriptions.
.
and bathrooms as well as an elaborate drainage Of these the Lauriya-Nandangarh column in

By stem betoken a social condition of the citizens the Champaran District, Tirhut, is practically
at least equal to that found in Sumer and supe- uninjured. The capital of each column, like
rior to that prevailing in contemporary Baby- the shaft, was monolithic, and comprised three
lonia and Egypt. The inhabitants of these members, viz., a Persepoutan bell, abacus,
cities lived largely no doubt by agriculture and and crowning sculpture in the round. By far
It is a point of interest that the specimens of the best capital of Asoka's time was that ex-
wheat found at Mohenjo-daro resemble the humed at Sarnath near Benaue^. The four
common variety grown in the Punjab to-day. lions standing back to back on the abacus are
Besides bread, their food appears to have carved with extraordinary precision and ac-
Included beef, mutton, and pork, the flesh of curacy, and originally supported a wheel sym-
tortoises, turtles and gharial, fresh fish from the bolizing the law of piety preached by the
Indus and dried fish from the sea coast. Among Buddha. Several pieces of this wheel were found
their domesticated animals were the humped and are now preserved in the Archaeological
Indian bull, the buffalo, a short horned bull, Museum at Sarnath. Of the post-Asotan period
the sheep, pig, dog and elephant. Besides one pillar (B.C. 150) stands to the no*th-east of
a;old and silver they used copper, tin, Besnagar in the Gwalior State, another in front
bronze and lead they were familiar with the of the cave of Karli (A.D. 70), and a third at
;
arts of spinning and weaving and with the culti- Eran in Central Provinces belonging fo the 5th
vation of cotton and had attained a high degree Century A.D. All these are of stone, but there
of proficiency in the jeweller's and potter's arts. is one of iron also. It is near the $atb Minar
Archceology.
30
Sir John Marshall's recent explorations have ,
at Delhi, and an inscription on it speak* of its conclusively shown, its outer casing of
stone,
having been erected by a king called
Chandra 150
(A.D. d7o the railing and the gateways were at least
identified with Chandragupta II-. respectively. Other famous
dynasty. It wonderful and 200 years later,
413) of the Gupta is
Buddhist stupas that have been found are those
a bar
to find the Bindus at that age forging
44
of Sarnath, Bharhut between AUahabad
of iron larger than any that have
been forged
and not and Jubbulpore, Amravati m
the Madras
even in Europe to a very late date, Presidency, and Piprahwa on the Nepalese
frequently even now." Pillars of later style
m the frontier. The tope proper at Bharhut has
are found all over the country, especially entirely disappeared, having been utilised
Madras Presidency. No less than twenty exist for building villages, and what remained
of the
in the South Kanara District.
A Particularly removed to the Calcutta Museum.
at Muda- rail has been
elegant example faces a Jain a temple The bas-reliefs on this rail which contain short
bldri, not far from Mangalore. An interesting
Iron inscriptions and thus enable one to identify
discovery was lately made concerning the t he scenes sculptured with the
Jatakas or Birth
Pillar at Dhar, Central India.
The Pillar is value.
large sized Stories of the Buddha give it a unjqiie
like that at New Delhi, one of those
which The stupa at Amravati also no longer exists,
products of ancient Indian metal workers and portions of its rail, which is unsurpassed
have excited the admiration of metal- modem merit, are
m three in point of elaboration and artistic
The Pillar is now broken
lurgists.
now in the British and Madras Museums The
pieces, measuring together more than 43 feet
stupa at Piprahwa was opened by Mr. W.
C.
in length, and there is reason to
believe that a
the Peppe in 1898, and a steatite or soap-stone re-
fourth piece 7 feet long has disappeared. unearthed.
were uncertain liquary with an inscription on it was
date and purpose of the Pillar
The inscription, according to many scholars,
_
until a recent discovery which is of an

inscription
Bhoja of Dhar, speaks of the relics being of the Buddha himself
of the time of the Paramara King
were found and enshrined by his kinsmen, the Sakyas. It
A D 1018-60, fragments of which the site of a this interpretation is correct, we have here
in a Dhar mosque which occupies
school established by that King. Ihis one of the stupas that were erected over the ashes
grammar of Buddha immediately after his demise.
is held tofix the period when the pillar was
made. ninth monastery lately brought to
A
light at Nalanda the site of one of the ancient
Caves. Of the rock excavations which are
universities, contained 75 bronze or copper
and one of the wonders of India, nine-tenths belong
Buddha and Brahma- to Western India. The most important
groups
stone images representing
Karli,
nical gods and goddesses. Bronze statues pre- of caves are situated in Bhaja, Bedsa,
viously found at Nalanda had been
secured Kanheri, Junnar, and Nasik in the Bombay
of Presidencv, Ellora and Ajanta in Nizam s
from a Pala king at Bengal at the request
Balaputra of the Sailendra dynasty of Siivarn- Dominions, Barabar and Nagarjuni 16 miles
that north of Gaya, and Udayagiri and Khandagir
nadvipa (Sumatra), and it was surmised
those statues were either made at Nalanda
by 20 miles from Cuttack in Orissa. The caves
Javanese artists or brought from Java. The belong to the three principal sects into which
discovery of the new lot of bronze statues a m ancient India was divided,viz., the Buddhists,
Monastery which has nothing to do with the Hindus and Jainas. The earliest caves so far dis :
Sumatran king is held finally to disprove this covered are those of Barabar and Nagarjuni
conclusion and to show that all the bronze which were excavated by Asoka and his grand-
images discovered at Nalanda were the work son Dasaratha, and dedicated to Ajivika3, a
of local metal-casters. naked sect founded by Mankhali putta Gosala.
The next earliest caves are those of Bhaja,
Pitalkhora and cave No. 9 at Ajanta and
Topes Stupas, known as dagabas in Ceylon No. 39 at Nasik. They have been assigned
and commonly called Topes in North India,
to 200 B.C. by Fergusson and Dr. Burgess.
were constructed either for the safe custody
of relics hidden in a chamber often near
the But there is good reason to suppose from
Sir John Marshall's recent researches and
base or to mark the scene of notable events
in
Buddhist or Jain a legends. Though we know from epigraphic considerations that they are
specimen considerably more modern. The Buddhist cavea
that the ancient Jainas built stupas, no
extant. A notable are oi two types the chaiiyas or chapel caves
o/ Jaina stupas is now
structure of this kind which existed until recent and viharas or monasteries for the residence of
times, was the Jaina stupa which stood on the monks. The first are with vaulted roofs and
Kankali Tila site at Muttra and yielded a largo horse-shoe shaped windows over the entrance
number of Jaina sculptures now deposited in and have interiors consisting of a nave and side
aisles with a small stupa at the inner circular
end'
the Provincial Museum at Lucknow. Of those I
belonging to the Buddhists, the great Tope of They are thus remarkably similar to Christian
The second class consist of a hal
Sanchi in Bhopal is the most intact and entire basilicas.
of its class. It consists of a low circular drum I
surrounded by a number of cells. In the late*
there was a sanctum in the centre oi tb
supporting a hemispherical dome of lessdiameter. 1
viharas !
Round the drum an open passage for circum-

is back wall containing a large image of Buddhaj
Hardly a rhaitvn is found without one or morr
I
ambulaUon aua th? whole is enclosed oy a mas-

viharas adjoining it. Of the Hindu cave tem-
,
sive stoue railing with lofty gates facing the

ples tnat at Elephanta near Bombay is
perhapi
cardinal points. The gates are essentially Sivj
wooden ia character, and are carved, inside and the most frequented. It is dedicated to
out, witi elaborate sculptures. The original and is not eariier than the 7th century A.D,
stupa, wlich was of brick and not more than But by far the most renowned cave-temple m
half the present dimensions, was apparently the Hindus is that known as Kailasa at Ellord
of a complete structura
erected b> Asoka at the same time as his lion- It is on the model It also l
rock.
crowned pillar near the south gate, but as temple but carved out of solid
Archaology 3J
dedicated to Siva and was excavated by the i
temples at Aihole in Bijapur, the latter of which
Rashtrakuta king, Krishna I, (A. D. 768), cannot be later than the eighth century A.D.
who may be seen in the paintings in the
still The only common characteristic is flat roof3
ceilings of the upper porch of the main shrine. without spires of any kind. In other respects
Of the Jaina oaves the earliest are at Khanda- they are entirely different and already here we
giri and Udayagiri ; those of the mediaeval type, mark the beginning of the two styles, Indo-
in India Sabha at Ellora ;and those of the latest Aryan and Dravidian, whose differences become
period, at Ankai in Nasik. The ceilings of many more and more pronounced from the 7th cen-
of these caves were once adorned with fresco tury onwards.
In the Indo- Aryan style, the
paintiDgs. Perhaps, the best preserved among most prominent ones tend to the perpendicular,
these are those at- Ajanta, which were exe- and in the Dravidian to the horizontal. The
cuted at various periods between 350-650 A.D. salient feature of the former again is the cur-
and have elicited high praise as works of art vilinear ttf eple. and of the latter, the pyramidal
Copies were first made by Major Gill, but most tower. The most notable examples of the first
of them perished by fire at the Crystal Palace kind are to be found among the temples of Bhu-
In 1866. The lost ones were again copied, by baneswar in Orissa, Khajuraho in Bundelkhand,
John Griffiths of the Arts School, Bombay, half Osia in Jodhpur, and Dilwara on Mount Abu.
of whose work was similarly destroyed by a fire One of the best known groups in the Dravidian
at South Kensington. They were last copied style is that of theMamallapuram Baths, or
by Lady Herringham during 1909-11. Her Seven Pagodas,' on the seashore to the south
'
pictures, which are in full scale, are at present They are each hewn out of a block
of Madras.
exhibited at the Indian Section of the Victoria and are rather models of temples
of granite,
and Albert Museum, South Kensington, and than raths. They are the earliest examples of
have been reproduced in a volume brought out typical Dravidian architecture, and belong to
by the India Society. Another group of caves the 7th century. To the same age has to be
where equally interesting though less well pre- assigned the temple of Kailasanath at Conjee-
served paintings exist is found at Bagh in veram, and to the following century some of the
|
Gwalior State. These caves form the subject temples at Aihole and Pattadkal of the Bijapur
of a monograph issued by the India Society. District, Bombay Presidency, and the mono-
temple of Kailasa at Ellora, referred to

Gandhara Monuments. On the north-west above.
frontier of India, anciently known as Gandhara,
lithic
Of the later Dravidian Btyle the great
temple at Tanjore and the Srirangam temple
are found a class of remains, ruined monasteries
near Trichinopoly are the best examples.
and buried stupas, among which we notice for
the first time representations of Buddha and the
Buddhist pantheon. The free use of Corinthian Intermediate between two
main styles
thfcse
comes the architecture of the Deccan, called
capitals, friezes of nude Erotes bearing a long
garland, winged Atlantes without number, and Chain kyan by Fergusson. In this style the
a host of individual motifs clearly establish the plan becomes polygonal and star-shaped instead
influence of Hellenistic art. The mound at of quadrangular and the high-storeyed spire
;
Peshawar, locally known as Sbah-h-ki-Dheri, is converted into a low pyramid in which

which was explored in the horizontal treatment of the Dravidian is
1909, brought to
light several interesting sculptures of this combined with the perpendicular of the Indo-
school together with a reliquary casket, the 4ryan. Some fine examples of this type exist
: most remarkable bronze object of the Gandhara at Dambal, Rattihali, Tilliwalli and Hangal in
period. The inscription on the casket left no Dharwar, Bombay Presidency, and at Ittagi
douht a to the mound being the stupa raised and Warangal in Nizam's Dominions. But
over a portion of the body relics of Buddha by the it is in Mysore among the temples at Hallebid
Indo Scythian king Belur, and Somnathpur that the style is found
Kanishka. They were
presented by Lord Minto's Government to the in its full perfection.
Buddhists of Burma and are now enshrined at
Inscriptions. We
Mandalay. To about the same age belong the tions, of which numbers now come te inscrip-
have been brought to
stupas at Mamkyala in the Punjab opened by light
in India. They have been engraved on
Ranjit Singh's French Generals, Ventura and varieties
of materials, but principally on sUne
Court, In 1830. Some of them contained f*oms> and copper.
!
The earliest of these are found

|
of Kanishka. There was brought to light at incised in two distinct kinds of alphabet, known
Taxila during the winter of 1932-33 what proved as Brahmi
and Kharoshthi, the latter being con-
to be the largest monastery so tar unearthed
in fined to the north-west of India. The Brahmi
north-west India. In it there was an inscription was read from
left to right, and from it have been
dated in the year 134 of an unspecified era and
evolved all the modern vernacular scripts of
roughly corresponding with the year 76 A D India. The Kharoshthi was written from right
The record is regarded as important because of to left,
the assistance it gives in dating Gandhara
and was a modified form of the ancient
Aramaic alphabet introduced into the Punjab
sculptures in various parts.
during the period of the Persian domination
in the 5th century B.C. It was prevalent up to
Structural Temples. Of this class the the 4th
earliest examples are
century A.D., and was supplanted by
the Varaha temple at the Brahmi. The earliest
Deogarh District Jhansi, another temple at dateable inscriptions
are the celebrated edicts of Asoka tc which a
Sanchi the brick temples at Bhitargaon in
the reference has been made above. Ore group of
aistrict of Cawnpore. and the temples
at Tigowa these has been engraved on rocks, and
JJachna, Eran and Bhumara all of which belong an-
to other on pillars. They have been 'ound from
the Gupta period and a later one
at Tigowa in Shahbazgarhi 40 miles north-cast cf Peshawar
the Central Provinces. In South India
two -mrp Pvnmnioo viz. Lad
.nore examples t i7L
we .have
T
w
vu to mmiva
Nigliva in the
rne Nepal
JNepal Tarai, iron Girnar
larai, fron Uirnar in
n
i
Khan and Durga Kathia war to Dhauli in Orissa, from Kalsi in the
I
Archceology.
3?
Mysore show- Saracenic architecture assumed,"
which the
LowerHimalaâTto Siddapur in
heio says Fergusson, " that of Ahmedabad mavf
ine bv the the vast extent of territory
way probably be considered to be the most elegant.
Rock Edicts to
by him. The reference in his Princes, Antio- It is notable for its carved stone work ;
and the
the five contemporary Greek and worK of the perforated stone windows in Sidi
Philadelphus
chus IL of Syria, Ptolemy Sayyid's mosque, the carved niches of the
interesting and fixe
so forth is exceedingly me minars of any other mosques, the sculptured
date of his coronation,
j> r* 9fiQ as the Mihrabt and domed and panelled roofs is so
ed in Nepal Tarai, now settles,
.^^S*
luroSdeT pillar inscription beyond all douDt, exquisite that it will rival anything of the sort
which was for long executed elsewhere at any period. No other
?he birth-place of Buddha style is so essentially Hindu. In complete
con-
^
record is the
disputed. Another noteworthy of architecture
pillar. The pillar trast with this was the formdynaity of Bija-
inscription of the Besnagar by tbe Adil Sbahi
but Sir John employed
had been known for a Ions time, There is here relatively little trace of
the mscriptmn pur
M^rshall was the first to notice
M Hindu forms or details. The principal buildings

>
erection of this column

on it. It records the are the Jami Masnd,
honour of the now left at Bijapur Mahal, Ibrahim Kauza
which was a Garuda pillar, in Gagan Mahal, Mihtar
oneVliodoros, son of
g^rvludeva by
Kmg Antial and mosque and the Gol Gumbaz. Like their
who is described as an envoy is of
herein called predecessors, the
Pathans of Delhi, the Moghuls
kidas of Taxila. Heliodoros great building race. Their style, first
that though a Greek were a during the reign of Akbar
I thagavata, which shows presumably a began to evolve itself
he had become a Hindu and in a combination of Hindu and
Muhammadan
Vaishnava Another inscription worth noticing features.. Noteworthy among the emperor s
connection is that of and the
and especially in this tomb of Humayun,
this cave, buildings are the
rave No 10 at Nasik. The donor of and was palaces at Fatehpur Sikri and Agra. 01
Saka
S
Usravad^rwho calls himself
an Indo-Scytlxian, is therein
having granted three hundred
a
spoken of as Jehangir's time his
thousand kine tomb of Itimad-ud-daula
Brahmans structures. "The force and
i
mosque at Lahore and
are the most typical
originality of
the
the
??S sixteen villages to gods and thou- style gave way under Shah
Jahan to a delicate
annually fed one hundred And it
and as having elegance and refinement of detail.
another instance o
sand Brahmans. Here is Thus lor was during his reign that the mostat Agra, the
,
splendid of
having embraced Hinduism. Mahal
farpiffner Moghul tombs, the Taj
economical and religious the
the^ToUtical soci
the different periods the
tomb of his wife Mumtaz Mahal, was con-
structed. The Moti Masjid in Agra
Fort is
history y of'India at records and are the
in c?[p tions are invaluable pure and elegant monu-
which we are forlorn ana another surpassingly
only light but for ment of his time
Archajological Department. -As the
blind.* . arch-
This begins in
-
Saracenic Architecture. after the per- aeological monuments of India must attract
India with the
inline occupation w^re
ThPir first mosques
13th
of ^
century
Mtoinato
constructed
the attention of all intelligent
oi liic would naturally feel desirous
visitors,
to know something
Department. The
they
work
temples and some- of the Archaeological primarily two-fold, con-
materials of Hindu and Jaina this Department is
slight alterations The of exploration. None
Umes with comparatively
* Arhai-din-ka-jhompra at Ajmer servation, and research and
mSsaue called efforts appear to have been
made
near the Qutb Minar are instances of but spasmodic directions till 1870 when
a^d that architecture by Government in these
fws kind The Muhammadan and under thev established the Archaeological Survey of
TlJl varied at different periods
and local, ine India and entrusted
it to General (afterwards
rh various dynasties, imperial Alexander Cunningham, who ^ as also the
of Delhi waB massive
Sir)
earlv Pathan architecture Director-General , of Archaeology. The
characterised by first
andat th. same time was of the local Sur
The Mutb next advance was the Initiationthree years after,
richness of ornamentation.
elaborate Ala-ud-din vevs in Bombay and Madras
Car and tombs of Altamsh and The work of these Surveys, however, was res-
Of the knaj-qi
Khilil are tvpical examples. antiquarian research and descrip-
in Jaunpur with tricted to
sty* we have three mosques State, a tion of monuments, and the
task of conserving
*êral tombs. At Mandu in the Dhar fitful efforts of the
sprang up, old buildings was left to the
Surd form of Saracenic architecture Hoslmn. s local Governments, often without expert iiid.
and we have here the Jami Masjid, ;M ftal ance or control. It was only in 1 878
that^the
Lb, Jahaz Mahal and Hindola of India under Lord Lytton
awok<
the secular and Government
the most- notable instances of to this deplorable condition, and sanctioned
Pathan, fh
ecclesiastical styles of the Ma wa then sum of 3! lakhs to the repair of monuments ic
a
Muhammadans ol Bengal again developed Gaur teem United Provinces, and soon
after appointed a
own style, and Paadua, Malda, and type, the conservator, Major Cole, who did useful work fo,
this set in, and ni.
with the ruins of the buildings of Masjid of three vears Then a reaction
important of which are the Adina \adam
I
and that of the Director-General
wen
Sikandar Shak, the Eklakhi mosque ,
abolished. The first systematic step towards re
Rasul Masjid, and bo forth. The Bahman I
conservator
JogiSg official responsibility in
dynasty Gulbarga and Bidar were also great matters was taker by Lord Curzon's Government
of
builders, aid adorned their capitals
with impor- the eight Archaaolopica
of these is ^hoelLbm^ seven of placed them on a perma
tant buildings. The most striking Circles that now obtain,
which differs
the great mosque of Gulbarga,
the whole Sen footing
and united them together unde
from all masques in India in having provision hem
>
of a Director-General, i
central area covered over so that

what in others the control ,
^vemments ou
also made for subsidising local
would be an open courtM is here roofed by sixty- of imperial funds, when necessary. Tbe Ancier
three small domes. Of the various forms
-
33
lonuments Preservation Act was passed for the archaeological section of the Indian Museum
he protection of historic monuments and relics at Calcutta, small museums at the Taj, and at
specially in private possession and also for State the Forts at Agra, Delhi and Lahore, the Central
ontrol over the excavation of ancient sites and Asian Antiquities Museum at New Delhi and
raffle in antiquities. Under the direction of Sir has erected local museums at the excavated
onn Marshall, Kt., O.I.E., late Director-General sites of Taxila, Sarnath, Nalanda, Mohanjo-daro
)t Archaeology, a comprehensive and systematic and Harappa with the object of keeping the
ampaign of repair and excavation has been small movable antiquities recovered at these
rosecuted, and the result of it is manifest in sites in close association with the structural
he present altered conditions of many old and remains to which they belong, so that they
istoric buildings and in the scientific excava- may be studied amid their natural surroundings
ion of buried sites such as Taxila, PataJi- and not lose focus and meaning by being
utra, Sanchi in the Bhopal State, Sarnath near transported to some distant place.
tenares, Nalanda in Bihar, Pharapur in Bengal The epigraphical material dealt with by the
nd Nagarjunikonda in Madras and in the Indus Archaeological Survey has enabled
the history
r
alley at Harappa in the Punjab and Mohenjo- and chronology
of the various dynasties of India
aro in Sind. Of all these works those of most to be established on a firmer
basis and in greater
eneral interest are the Mohenjo-daro excavations, detail. The
"Epigraphia Indica" is now in the
here the Archaeological Department have 21st volume, a revised
edition of the Asoka
nearthed remains of prehistoric cities dating inscriptions has been recently published while the
ack to 3000 B.C. and further. The Archaeologi- companion volume of post Asokan Brahmi
al Survey has devoted considerable attention to
tie organization and development of museums
inscriptions is under preparation. A
volume
as of non-Asokan Kharoshthi inscriptions was
entres of research and education. It maintains published two years ago.
Indian Time.
For many
years Indian time was in a state of "Now if India were connected with Europe
laotic confusion. What was called Madras or by a continuous series of civilised nations with
,ail way time was kept on all the railways: and their continuous railway systems all of which had
ich great centre of population kept its own local adopted the European hour-zone system, it would
me, which was not based on any common be imperative upon India to conform and to adopt
;ientitic principle and was divorced from the the second suggestion.
But as she is not, and
andards of all other countries. It was with as she is as much isolated by
uncivilised States
view to remedying this confusion that the as Cape Colony is by the ocean,
it is open to
overnment of India took the matter up in her to follow the example of that and
some
)04, and addressed to the Local Governments, other similarly situated
colonies and to adopt
id through them to all. local bodies, a long the first suggestion.
tter which reviewed the situation and made
iggestions for the future. The essential points "It is believed that this will be the better
this letter are indicated below :
solution. There are obvious objections to
"In India we have already a standard time, drawing an arbitrary line right across the
hich is very generally, though by no means richest and most populous portions of India, and
so as to bisect all the main lines of communi-
liversally, recognised. It is the Madras local
me, which is kept on all railway and telegraph cation, and keeping times differing by an hour
aes throughout India and which is 5h. 21m.
on opposite sides of that line. India has be-
)s. in advance of Greenwich. Similarly, come accustomed to a uniform standard in the
angoon local time is used upon the railways Madras time of the railways and the substitu-
tion for it of a double standard would appear
id telegraphs of Burma, and is 6h. 24m. 47s. to be a retrograde step ; while it would, in all
lead of Greenwich. But neither of these
andards bears a simple and easily remembered probability, be strongly opposed by the railway
lation to Greenwich time. authorities. Moreover, it is very desirable
that whatever system is adopted should be
"The Government of India have several times followed by all Europeans and Indians alike; and
Jen addressed by Scientific Societies, both in it is certain that the .double standard would
idia and in England, and urged to fall into line puzzle the latter greatly ; while by emphasising
ith the rest of the civilised world. And now the fact that railway differed from local time,
Royal Society has once more returned to the
e
it might postpone or even altogether prevent
tack. The Committee of that Society which the acceptance of the former instead of the
Ivises the Government of India upon matters
nnected with its observatories, writes: ' The
latter by people generally over a large part of
India. The one great advantage which the second
)mmittee think that a change from Madras time possesses over the first alternative is, tnat under
> that corresponding to a longitude exactly 5 the former, the difference between local and
>urs east of Greenwich would be an improve
standard time can never exceed half an hour:
ent upon the existing arrangements ; but that
whereas under the latter it will even exceed an
r international scientific purposes
the hourly hour in the extreme cases of Karachi and Quetta.
ne system, making the time 5 hours in advance But this inconvenience is believed to be smaller
Greenwich in the west, and 6 hours in advance than that of keeping two different times on the
the east of India would be preferable.'
Indian system of railways and telegraphs.
Indian Time.
34
"Standard time will thus have been fixed for rail-
,
" It is proposed, therefore, to put on ail the the Indian

railway and telegraph clocks in India by
8m. ways and telegraphs for the whole of purposes,
Empire. Its general adoption for all
50s. They would then represent a time 5 i a matter which
which while eminently advisable, is
hours faster than that of Greenwich, each
would be known as Indian Standard Time,
must be left to the local community in
and the difference between standard and case."
local
would be
time at the places mentioned below It i3 difficult to recall,
without a sense of
approximately as follows, the figures represent- bewilderment, the reception of this Proposal
that the
ing minutes, and F. and S. meaning bv various local bodies. To read no* the fears
standard time is in advance of or behmd
local
if Standard Time was
38 that were entertained
time respectively: Dibrugarh 51 S -Shillong adopted is a study in the possibles .of.human
S., Calcutta 24 S., Allahabad 2
F. Madras 9 F., local
error The Government scheme left would
Lahore 33 F., Bombay 39 F., Peshawar 44 bodies to decide whether or not they
Karachi 62 F., Quetta 62 F. Calcutta decided to retain its own
" This standard time would be as much as 0 4 adopt it. time njstoU
at Mandalay locaftime, and to-day Calcutta
and 55 minutes behind local time
railway twenty-four minutes m advance of Standard
and Rangoon, respectively; and since the Time. In Bombay the first reception
of the
that oi
system of Burma is not connected witir own, proposal was hostile; but on
reconsideration the
of
India, and already keeps a time
its
Chamber of Commerce decided in favour of it
suggested
namely, Rangoon local time, it is not n s did the Municipality
Subsequently the
be adopted L
that Indian Standard Time should opposing element in the Municipality

fought
proposed, however, that inwhich the Municipal clocks
in Burma. It is by
stead fusing Rangoon Standard
Time as at h?a side resolution, time which is thirty-nine
in advance of were put at Bombay
present, which is 6h. 24m. 47s minutes behind Standard Time
On the 1st
should be
Greenwich, a Burma Standard Time the railway and telegraph
on the Burmese railways and tele- January 1906 all put at Indian Standard
adopted all
in advance clocks in India were
graphs, which would be cue hour
hours ahead of Time; in
Burma the Burma Standard Time
Time, or 6^ former
of Indian Standard
with Sine universal. Calcutta retains its
Greenwich time, and would correspond bring Calcutta time ; but in Bombay local time is
9^7 30' E longitude. The change would which are nwntamed
both with reSed only in
the clocks
Burma time into simple relation and would hv the Municipality
and in the establishments
Enseal and with Indian time, .telegraphic com- JfsSSSewSSoxmndnB. Elsewhere Standard
(anions other things) simplify Time is universal.
munication with other countries.
TIDAL CONSTANTS.
given as below :

B M.
add 1 35
mb Rangoon River Entrance
^ 39
<
Gibraltar sub 1
Penan g
ftf14^
Malta .... i
'3
26
Singapore
Karachi f 4 27
Hongkong
Bombay " 0 34
Shanghai
99 3 e
Gca Yokohama
au,d
add 40
Point de Guile sub. 4
- m sub, Valparaiso
Madras add 4 0
Buenos A yres
Calcutta " >>
0
add 41 I
Monte Video
ngoon Town]
=
35
Coinage, Weights and Measures.

As the currency of India is based upon the The scale used generally throughout Northern
rupee, statements with regard to money are India, and less commonly in Madras
generally expressed in rupees, nor has it been
and
Bombay, may be thus expressed one maund
found possible m
all cases to add a conversion |
40 seers, one seer==16 chittaks or 80 tolas
into sterling. Down to about 1873 the gold , The actual weight of a seer varies greatly from
ralue of the rupee (containing 165 grams of district to district, and even from village
to
pure silver) was approximately equal to 2s
)r one-tenth of a , and for that period it is'
village, but m
the standard system the tola is
180 grains Troy (the exact weight of the rupee)
;asy to convert rupees into sterling by striking and the seer thus weighs 2-057 lb., and the
>ff the final cipher (Us. 1,000=100), But maund 82-28 lb. The standard is used in
ifter 1873. owing to the depreciation of silver official reports.
is compared with gold throughout the world, Retail. For calculating retail prices, the
here came a serious and progressive fall in the universal custom in India i3 to express them in
xchange, until at one time the gold value of terms of seeis to the rupee. Thus, when prices
he rupee dropped as low as Is. In order to change what varies is not the amount cf money
ircvide a remedy for the heavy loss caused oO be paid for the same quantity, but
the quanti-
o the Government of India in respect of its ty to be obtained for the same amount of money.
old payments to be made in England, and In other words, prices in India are quantity
lso to relieve foreign trade and finance from prices, not money prices. When the figure of
tie inconvenience due to constant and un- quantity goes up, this of course means that the
oreseen fluctuations in exchange, it was re- price has gone down, which is at first sight
olved in 1893 to close the mints to the free perplexing to an English reader. It
may
oinage of silver, and thus force up the value however, be mentioned that quantity prices
f the rupee by restricting the circulation, are not altogether unknown in
England, espe-
'he intention was to raise the exchange value cially at small shops, where pennyworths of
f the runee to Is. 4d.. and then introduce a many groceries cau be bought. Eggs, likewise
oid standard at the rate of Us. 15=1. From are commonly sold at a varying number for the'
899 onwards the value of the rupee was shilling. If it be desired to convert quantity
laintained, with insignificant fluctuations, prices from Indian into English denominations
t the proposed rate of Is. 4d. until without having recourse to money prices
(which
'ebruary 1920 when the recommendation of would often be misleading), the following
scale
fie Committee appointed in the previous year may be adopted based upon the assumption
lat the rupee should be linked with gold and that a seer is exactly 2 lb., and that the
value
ot with sterling at 2s. instead of Is. 4d. was of the rupee remains constant at Is. 4d. 1
seer }
iopted. This was followed by great fluctua- per rupee=(about) 3 lb. for 2s., 2 seers per
ons. (See article on Currency System). rupee=(about) 6 lb. for 2s., and so on.

Notation. Another matter in connection
The name of the unit for square measure-
ith the expression of money statements ment in India generally is the bigha, which
i terms of rupees requires to be explained, varies greatly in different parts of the country.
he method of numerical notation in India But areas have been expressed in this work
[tiers from that which prevails throughout either in square miles or in acres.
urope. Large numbers are not punctuated Proposed Reforms. Indian weights and
i hundreds of thousands and millions, but in measures have never been settled upon an
khs and crores. A lakh is one hundred organised basis suitable for commerce and
lousand (written out as 1,00,000), and a crore trade characteristic of the modern age. They
one hundred lakhs or ten millions (written vary from town to town and village to village
it a3 1,00,00,000). Consequently, according in a way that could only work satisfactory
i
the exchange value of the rupee, a lakh of so long as the dealings of towns and villages
ipees (Us. 1.00,000) may be read as the equi- were se5f-contained and before roads and rail-
dent of 10,000 before 1873, and as the equi- ways opened up trade between one and the
Uent of (about) 6,667 after 1899, while a other. It is pointed out that in England a
ore of rupees (Us. 1,00,00,000) may similarly hogshead of wine contains 63 gallons and a
t read as the equivalent of 1,000,000 before hogshead of beer only 54 gallons ; that a bushel
173, and as the equivalent of (about) 666,667 of corn weighs 46 lbs. in Sunderland and 240 lbs.
ter 1899. With the rupee at Is. 6d. a lakh in Cornwall; that the English stone weight
equivalent to 7,500 and a crore is equiva- represents 14 lbs. in popular estimation, but
nt to 750,000. only 5 lbs., if we are weighing glass, and eight
for
Coinage. Finally, it should be mentioned instances
meat, but 6 lbs. for cheese.
are multiplied in India by at least
Simijar
at the rupee is divided into 16 annas, a frac-
as many times as India is bigger than Eng-
ra commonly used for many purposes by land. If we take, for
>th rndians and Europeans. The anna was i "f instance, the maund
rmerly reckoned as lid., Hr may now be ??? mm at [ Q co mon
,
T V
5
lg lt over
a 8h a
JnA u l .
asidered as exactly corresponding to Id. J?f

,
tha n Ven Clty
e a !y as? ifnS ny m
mau n ds
,
a *\(?
there are J
articles
TV i
,
le anna is again sub-divided into 12 pies. , iJ
* v ? !
to weigh. If
. .
we consider the maund as be-
, . .
A M ,
Weights.The various systems of weights tween district and district the state of affairs
ed in India combine uniformity of scale is worse. Thus in the
United Provinces alone,
immense variations in the weight of units, the maund of sugar weighs 48* seers ii
36 Coinage, Weights and Measures.
,40 in Committee of 1913. The whole problem
Cawnpore, 40 in Muttra, 72* in Gorakhpu was again brought under special consideration
Saharanpur,
Agra, 50 in Moradabad, 43i in by the Government of India in October, 191 6,
50 in Bareilly, 46 in Fyzabad, 48
m Shah;
when the following committee was appointed
r
iehaiinnr. 51 in Gosbanaunae. The maund

from the Bengal to inquire into the entire subject anew
wfiThroughont all India
Mr. C. A. Siiberrard (Pretident).
the Factory
or railway m*und of 82-2/7 lbs. to Mr. A. Y. G. Campbell.
10 oz. 11 drs., the Bombay
maund of 74 lbs. Mr. Rustomji Fardoonji.
maundof 28 lbs., which apparently answers This Committee reported, in August
19l&
to the Forest Department maund m use at the
weights to ne
v
maund, which in favour of a uniform system of

Fuel Depot, and the Madras adopted in India based on the 180 gram tola.
some authorities estimate at 25 lbs. and
others
there
The report says: Of all such systems
at 24 lbs. and so on. widespread and best
.-These are merely is no doubt that the most
Committees of Inquiry known is that known as the Bengal or of thu
Indian
multiplied indefi-
typical instances which are v detail Railway weights. The introduction
nitely. There are variations ol every system invokes a more or less
considerable
part oi India
of weights and measures in every !
change of system in parts of the

United Pro-
contoion
The losses to trade arising rom the of thmgb vfnces (Gorlkhpur, Bareilly and
neighbourm
and the trouble which this state
causes are heavy. Municipal and com^
the problem of the Punjab
areas), practically the whole
of Madras
(rural portions of Arnntsar an
part
bodies are continually returning to

with a view to devising a practical
of reform.
erninentT
The Supreme and Provincial Gov-
S have made various
attempts during North-West Frontier
^&
scheme neichbouring districts), of Bombay (boutl
SSmbay city'and Gujarat), and thj
Province Burma ha
system of its own which tr
of universal at present a separate
To years past to solve the problem be Permitted t
units of weights and measures

and commerce committee think it should .
systems recommended are
and trade agitated about the question retain. The
have
for the past century. The ?dian rwlwaya For India.
and Government departments adopted _a 8 khaskhas = i chawal
standard tola (180 grains), seer ( 80^

tolas) and
8 chawals = 1 ratti
maund (40 seers) and it was hoped that

this
8 rattis =

l masha
which 1 tola
would act as a successful "lead through- 12 mashes or 4 tanks l chatak
would gradually be followed by trade has not 5 tolas
out the empire, but the expectation 16 chataks
= 1 seer
been realised. 40 seers _
= i maund
India considered the For Burma
The Government of
-s 1 large ywe
Question in consultation with
the pro- 2 small ywes
whole q
in 1890-1894 and various 4 large ywes
= 1 pe
wmdai GêSSmentB
different times been 2 pes
_ 1 mu
special steps have at
The Gov- pesor2 mu8 _ 1 mat
taken in different parts of India. conmnttee 5
= l ngamu
ernment of Bombay appointed a 1 mat = [vis
1 tikal
for the 2 ngamus
In 1911 to make proposals for reform = 1 peiktha
Bombay Presidency.Their final report has
of 180 grains"/ equal
not been published,but they presented m ^Thftola is the tott
which has been the rupee weight, The viss has recently bee
1012 an interim report
brief, it points Oxed at 3* 60 lbs. or 140 tolas.
issued for public discussion. In
impossibility of Proceeding Government
out the practical
the whole Government Action.-The
by compulsory^ measures afiecting
tions of trade and sociaUife

would
n
about the desired reform so buccjws- d
v Ji
^!r^^^gt liquid measu,
tmi
in bringing
g
fully as a
" lead supplied by local legislation ^vls^bletos^
based on practical experience
of coherence, avoir faire, or the
The
means
want of capaci >
ôf co t ie y
large pointed maia sta
,
aIldardi9edryM4
len h
provinC e S
.
a#
decided
^
Similar
n nofc tQ adopt a
^
operation among the people at As re < tB tney
to this conclusion. The
Committee pom tea sUndard mentioned unc
out that a good example of the results that
Weights",
*
near the comnien-
will follow a good lead
apparent m
the l ast Wie
oi i
*
arti le this having
mem
been reco ,
where a
Khandesh District of the Presidency,
a Dy ma jority of the Weights
the District Officer, Mr.
during the course of three
Simcox,
years,
peopll to adopt throughout the
rorm weights and measures
Wûaliy,
.
induce*! the
distnet un -
the^^^
r es Corami ttee
^
^^
and
support of the
At ?^ same time they
fco asglst
having
Local
Yimous
recch
Gove
provjjioM
provincial ..legist
being a tola of 180 grains, dui stated that u suo
In this case a n riardlaaUon
fj> and
recommending
the committee abstained from
In
oîilSn develops strongly
quent > op
measures should SuetSv lanlisatl011 0 f weights
:
that the same weights and

be adopted over the whole
f erring that a new
Presidency
system parted in any
c
; area u<cr
the
^ !
^
e t of India will be
take * no legi9lat ion, but
prepare to un
at present they c
n 8tep WQU d be prematt
possible similar to
should be as nearly as
i
aider tmv* j
b.e<t eyetem already prevailing there.
37
The Peoples of India.
It is essential to bear In mind, when dealing
lower by the Chamar. Probably the result of the
with the people of India, that it is a continent i
intermixture, in varying proportions, of the Indo-

rather than a country. Nowhere is the complex [
Aryan and ravidian types. The head-form is

character of Indians more clearly exemplified
long with a tendency to medium the complexion
than m
the physical type of its inhabitants. ;
varies from lightish brown to black ; the nose

No one would confuse the main types, such as ranges from medium to broad, being always
Gurkhas, Pathans, Sikhs, Rajputs, Burmans,
broader than among the Indo- Aryans ; the
Nagas, Tamils, etc., nor does it take long to carry
stature is lower than in the latter group and
the differentiation much farther. The typical
usually below the average according to the scale.
Inhabitants of India the Dra vidians differ al-
The higher representatives of this type approach
together from those of Northern Asia, and more
the Indo- Aryans, while the lower members are
nearly resemble the tribes of Malaya, Sumatra
in many respects not very far removed from
Mid Madagascar. Whatever may be their the Dravidians. The type is essentially a
ttigm, it is certain that they have settled in the
mixed one, yet its characteristics are readily
jountry for countless ages and that their present
definable, and no one would take even an
physical characteristics have been evolved upper class Hindustani for a pure Indo- Aryan
ocally. They have been displaced in the Nortb-
or a Chamar for a genuine Dravidian. The
sv est by successive hordes
of invaders, including distinctive feature of the type, the character
Iryans, Scythians, Pathans and Moghals, and in
which gives the real clue to its origin and stamps
he North- East by Mongoloid tribes allied to
the Aryo Dravidian as racially different from
hose of Burma, which is India only in a modern
the Indo- Aryan is to be found in the proportions
lohtical sense. Between these foreign elements of the nose.
,nd the pure Dravidians is borderland
where The Mongolo-Dra vidian, or Bengali type
he contiguous races have intermingled.
of Lower Bengal and Orissa, comprising the
The people of the Indian Empire are divided
Bengal Brahmins and Kayasthas, the Maho-
>y Sir Henry Risley (Caste, Tribe and Race,
ndian Census Report, 1901 ; the Gazetteer
medans of Eastern Bengal, and other groups
of peculiar to this part of India. Probably a blend
ndia, Ethnology and Caste, Volume I,
Chapter of Dravidian and Mongoloid elements, with a
) into seven main physical types. There would strain of Indo- Aryan blood in the higher groups.
e eight if the Andaman ese were included,
but The head is broad complexion dark hair on
tiis tiny group of Negritos
may be disregarded. face usually plentiful; ;
stature
;
medium; nose
The Turko-Iranian, represented by the medium, with a tendency to broad. This is one
laloch, Brahui and Afghans of Baluchistan of the most distinctive types in India, and its
and
ie North- West Frontier Province. members may be recognised at a glance through-
Probably
>rmed by a fusion of Turkiand Persian elements, out the wide area where their remarkable apti-
iwhich the former predominate. Stature above tude for clerical pursuits has procured them
lean; complexion fair; eyes mostly dark employment. Within its own habitat the type
but
jcasionally grey hair on face plentiful extends to the Himalayas on the north and to
; head
;
road, nose moderately narrow, Assam on the east, and probably includes the
prominent,
ad very long. The feature in these bulk of the population of Orissa the western
people ;
lat strikes one most prominently limit coincides approximately
is the porten- with the hilly
ds length of their noses, and it is probably country of Chota Nagpur and Western Bengal.
ns peculiarity that has given rise to
the tradi-
Dn of the Jewish origin of the Afghans The Mongoloid type of the Himalayas,
Nepal, Assam, and Burma, represented bv the
The Indo- Aryan occupying the Punjab, Rai- Kanets of Lahul and Kulu ; the Lepchas of
itana, and Kashmir, and having as Darjeeling and Sikkim the Limbus, Murmis and
its charac-
" stlc members tne Rajputs, Xhattris, and Gurungs of Nepal ; the Bodo of Assam ; and the
its. This type, which is readily distinguish- Burmese. The head is broad ; complexion dark,
e fr
,? ^
m
he T urko-Iranian, approaches most with a yellow tinge ; hair on face scanty ; stature
)sely to that ascribed to the traditional short or below average ; nose fine to broad, face
Aryan
lonists of India. The stature is mostly tall characteristically flat; eyelids often oblique.
mplexion fair ; eyes dark ; hair on face plenti-
i, head long; nose narrow, and prominent The Dravidian type extending from Ceylou
to the valley of the Ganges, and pervading
it not specially long.
Madras, Hyderabad, the Central Provinces, most
The Scytho-Dra vidian, comprising the Mar- of Central
na Rrahmans, the Kunbis, and the India and Chota Nagpur. Its most
Coorgs
Western India. Probably formed by a mix- characteiistic representatives are the Paniy^ns
of Malabar and the Santals of Chota Nagpur.
re of Scythian and Diavidian
elements. This Probably the original type of the
pe is clearly distinguished from the population
Turko- of India, now modified to a varying extent by
mian by a lower stature, a greater length
of the admixture of Aryan, Scythian, and Mongo-
ad, a higher nasal index, a shorter
nose, and a loid elements. In typical specimens
verorbito- nasal index. All of these the stature
characters is short or belovt mean the complexion very
sept perhaps the last, may be due ;
to a varying dark, approaching black hair
?ree of intermixture with the ; plentiful, with an
Dravidians. In occasional tendency to curl; eyes dark; head
j higher groups the amount of crossing
seems long nose very broad, sometimes depressed at
have been slight; in the lower :
Dravidian the root, but not so as to make the face appear

ments are more pronounced.
rhe flat. This race, the most primitive of the India n
Aryo-Dra vidian or Hindustani types, occupies
.
the oldest geological formation in
md in the. United Provinces, in parts of Rah India, the medley of forest> clad ranges, terraced
tana, and in Bihar and represented
in its un- plateau, and undulating plains
' strata by the Hindustani Brahman which stretch
and in its roughly speaking, from the Vindhyas to
I
Cai e
38 Town and Country.
these
deposit which is here treated as Dravidian

of the
Oomorin. On the east and the west
1
Dravidian is typical characteristics tend to thin and disap-

peninsular area the domain of the pear, but even among them traces of the
original
further north
conterminous with the Ghats, while stock survive in varying degrees.
it reaches on one side to
the Aravalhs, and on
Where the The areas occupied by these various types do
the other to the Rajmahal Hills. not admit of being defined as sharply as
they
have been unchanged by
original characteristics
people, must be shown on an ethnographic map. 1 hey
contact with Indo-Aryan or Mongoloid melt into each other insensibly and although :
the type remarkably uniform and distinctive. one ethnic

at the close of a day's journey from
is
pure Dravidian
Labour is the birthright of the tract to another, an observer whose
attention
T)uars oi
whether hoeing tea in Assam, the the subject would realise
of Eastern had been directed to
Cevlon, cutting rice in the swamps physical characteristics
Bengal or doing scavenger's work m the streets clearly enough that the
undergone an appreciable
Singapore, he is of the people had
of Calcutta, Kangoon and
I
unable to say at
recognizable at a glance by his black
skm, his change, he would certainly be
proportion of what particular stage in his progress the trans-
squat figure, and the negro-like had taken place.
his nose. strata of the vast social formation
In the upper I
TOWN AND COUNTRY.

Ireland 50.8 per cent, in Canada 53.7 per
cent,
India if m
The progress of urbanisation in has been in the U. S. A. 56.2 per cent, and
England
there has been any progress at
all-
years, the and Wales 80 per cent.
v-rv slow during the past thirty
than one per
whole increase being a little more population
i
The greatest degree of growth has been in the

rent The percentage of the urban number of towns with a population of whichfrom.
to the total is only 11, which
howevei shows an
20 000 to 50,000, the total population of
:
increase of 0.8 per cent, since

the last'Census, to
of the pre- is now nearly double that of towns of 50,000
due partly to the natural increase 100 000. All classes of towns have
increased
partly to migra-
existing urban population and population, except those with populations
The percentage of urban in
tion from rural areas.
of between 5,000 and 10,000
and those having
population ranges from 3.4 in Assam
to 22 6 industrial and
the most urbanised of the under 5,000. Thus the large
in Bombay which is
semi-industrial towns have benefitted
at the
the nrban
major provinces. Compared to this,
!
^SlnTranceT^ pernt. ;
in Northern [
expense of the smaller towns.
AC G T
DISTRIBUTION O, POTATION
Percentage of .total
1931. 1921. Population.
Class of Places. '31 '21 '11 '01 '91

Population. Places. Population.
Places.
100 100 L0!

699,406 352,837,778) 687,981 318,942,480 100 100
Total Population 685,665 286,467,204 89 59.8 90.6 90.1 90.
Rural Areas 696,831 313,852,351 11 10.2 9.4 9.9 9.
38,985,427 2,316 32,475,276
Urban Areas
Towns having 100,000 35 8,211,704 2.71 2.6 2.2 2.2 2
38 9,674,032
and over
Towns having 50,000 to 3,517,749 1.3 1.1 .9 1.2 1 .
65 4,572,113 54
100,000
Towns having 20,000 to 5,968,794 2.3 1.9 1.8 1.7 1
268 8,091,288 200
50,000
Towns having 10,000 to 6,220,889 2.1 1.9 2 2.2 1.
543 7,449,402 451
20,000
Towns having 5,000 to 88E 6,223,011 2 2 1.9 2 2.
98" 6,992,832
10,000
Towns having under 691 2,333,121 .6 I . < .61 .(
6741 2.205,760
5,000 .
[ndian fms 268,870, Trinidad and lonago

Migration. Of the population of the British Guiana 130,540, Fiji
75,117 and nine
as born
Empin only 730,546 were enumerated 595,078 smaller numbers in Tanganyika, Jamaic
Of these There a
in other parts of the world. Zanzibar, Uaanda and Hong Kong.
European birth
about 11.001. Indians scattered ^
are of Asiatic birth, 118,089 of nuinbers
from Indm
and 17 379 others. The emigration balance of under 2.000 in various other parts of
th< nti
approximately 2.5 million, the 9.0(H) in the Brit.
is!
npire and probably about
migration being against India. \aX The total number of Indians in t
Outside t
Nearly all of these migrants are
resident K .pire outside fndiais 2,300 000. 25,0
of the British Empire.
There are KmU mv there are about 100,00035 Indians,
000 in Dn
other parts ; V/uteh Hast Indies,
!
1
the Union of South and sina ler nn
about ! 65,50() Indians in
'"luinmi, 7.500 in Madagascar
Africa of whom 142,979 are
found in Natal. Kast Africa, the U. b,
other overseas her< in Portuguese
There are 20.759 in Kenya: the
of si?;c are Maun- LVrsia, Iraq and other countries,
Indian communities in order
40
RELIGIONS.
gion) or Sikh added to a number of affrays
and
The subject of religion is severely contro-
coloured by at least to one homicide. Speaking broadly,
versial in India, where often it is Empire
of every hundred persons in the Indian
and racialism. As the Year Book
68 are Hindus, 22 Mahomedans, 3 Buddhists,
politics
aims at being impartial, all disputed inferences 3 follow the religion of their tribes, one is a Chris-
Dr. Hutton,
are excluded. As a matter of fact,
Of the remaining 2 one is
refers tian and one a Sikh.
the Commissioner for the latest census, Christian,
parties equally likely to be a Buddhist or a
to an excess of zeal on the part of al a Jain, much less
to register as many adherents as possible
m
view and the other most probably
possibly either a
based probably a Parsi and just as
of the possibility of a communal franchise
Jew, a Brahmo, or a holder of indefinite behels.
on the census returns. " So high did feeling The enumerated totals of the Indian religious
run over the return of religion in the Punjab ,
a man are set out in the following table

:
he says, " that disputes as to whether

was Adi Dharmi (Adherent of the original reh-
Actual Proportion Variation
number per per cent,
in 1921. 10,000 of (Increase +
Religion.
(OOO's population in Decrease ).
1911-1921.

omitted .) 1921.
239, 195 6,824 + 10*4

Hindu
468 15 + 92-
Arya 4 ,336 124 + 33-9
Sikh '
1. 25-2 36 + 6-2
Jain 12 ,787 365 + 10*ft
Buddhist
Iranian [Zoroastrian (Parsi)j
Musalman
110
,678
,297
3
2,216
179
+ I'M
+
+ 32-5
M
Christian 24 1 + 10*9
Jew ,280 236 15-3
571 16 -f-
3,072-
MYweUan^ and religions not returned)
and
the large Burma, Madras, Rajputana, Central India
A feature of the above table is easily Hyderabad also returned a considerable nurabe
increase in the number of those
returned as
under this head. More than ^lf. Sout
of
"miscellaneous". This is explained by
the
reside in
grouped all those total number of Christians
fact that the latest census JJw
India including the Hyderabad
State.
who returned their religion as Adi-Hmdu, continent
under " miscellaneous remainder are scattered over the
Adi-Dravida, etc., the Fun; at
the larger numbers being returned in
the centre Bihar and Orissc
The Hindus largely predominate in Presidency the United Provinces, Bengal, an
and south of India, and in the Madras Burma, Bombay and Assam. The Parsis rn
Jews are chiefly residents of the Bombay
of the popula-
tnev are no less than 88 per cent,
tion. Hindus are in the majority in Assam. sidency.
Provinces, the
and Orissa, the United nj
Bihar
Bombay- Christians. The Chrfcttan community
Central India tracts, Rajputana and 6* millions of persons
in indi
Muhammadans monopolize the North-\V est numTr7ji2t population. in
Kashmir or 1 79 per cent, ot the
Frontier Province, Baluchistan and constitutes an increase of 32. 5 per
cent, o ver t
excess in the Punjab
and are considerably in about last census of which 20 per cent is ascribed
and Eastern Bengal and Sind. They form per conversions during the decade
1021-.il N ai
32 per cent, of the population of Assam, 15cent 60 per cent, of Christians are
returned from tl
cent, in the United Provinces
and 10 per States, and the col
Buddhists are almost entirely Madras Presidency and its
in Hyderabad. The munity can claim 35 persons in every
l.OWJ
confined to Burma where they are 84
per cent,
Sikhs are localized
dlatriots
32 population Ot the British as 2< per eonol \WM
of the population. The :uul as large a proportion
in the Punjab and the
Jains in Rajputana, Lis
Cochin and 31 .5 per cent, in Iravaneorc m
Aimer-Merwara and the neighbouring States
'
t
were classed as following Tribal where the Christians are s. altered
Those who Provinces and
larger States of India, the lunj
Religions are chiefly found in Bihar
and Orissa,
but Bengal and Bihar and Orissa.
the Central Provinces and Assam,
MAIN STATISTICS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE.

two censuses and in the last 50 years :-
The Census of India was taken on the night I last
Burma and on that of 2oth 1921 1911 1881
of February 24th in
in India. The total population of Mia as thus
|
to to to
Bdttft^Terri-
,
ascertained la 352,887,778, viz 1931. 1921. 1931

81,310,845
tory 271,526,933 and Indian States
British + 39
rdvmg an increase of 21,070,742 in Whole India + 10.6 + 1.2
Territory and 9,224,556 In Indian
States.
Provinces
.
+ 10.0 + 1.3 + 36
The following table shows the Percentage
States + 12.8 +1.0 + 46
population at the
of variation in the country's
rHCM co os co
CM CD
rH OS th is" th
O
rH
ls> cm co cm OS
o
5 ++- ++ +++ + + + + ++
CO
++
"H H< o -h o CM iO IS> rH

cm' co O CD 00 CM CM >o CO
++ ++ + + ++
1 I i
+ 1
CD O rH 00 CD CM CO CO rH IS
O t>
oo co' 00* u0
rH
oVo o is" rH CD*
rH
+++ ++ +++ + + + + 1 ++
00 Is- GO
Hi OrH
CO CO rH
00 OS
I> CO
cTof ic
rH O
j CM ClOO CM CO 00
tain
go rH I> OS
rH CO 00
OS rH rH 00 IS.
CO CO
00 CO
rH
CO CM
lONH rH rH <*> 00 iOCM OS

O O CO OS rH O uo rH
00 CO CM
N
,761 ,045
lO CO rH CO O OS t>
ocTm~rH cs no cocm"co" rH
O OS CO 00 OS 00 OS 176, O CO
O CO
CO iO CM o HOCO CO
os
is-
t> CO
rH rH~00
CM rH

rH
i>
CO CO rH CO
CM iC 00
C5iOO ,702 ,206 ,004 ,698
138 O o 00 u0 IS.
rH OS W OS GO
OS rH
CD
rH O
OS CO 00 iO rH OS oo o o
OS t-
rH CO
O rH rH
H< OS
l>- 535, 490, cnTlo
W0 CM O 1^- GO HH
00 rH
rH co"co
CM rH cM"nT
rH CM
00 CM CO CO 1^ CO
IS OS CM
CM CM rH CM CO
iO CO
t^CO CM oo i>
i> co*"
CO CM CD
CO~rH l>
CO rH
l> C0~CD
O oo
00 m i& rH rH CO O CD CO
CO
i I
rH CM
l> rH
rH rH ICS
CM rH rH
CCHH*
CMCM iO O
O 00
(MOO -H
CM CM
GO CO CM
OO
GO
OS OS CO
OS o
oy 1
K5 c
fl o . o
<3
5? 3 w , -J3 "H
03 r- f/J
i il ^
5<S
pq OOP
Census of India 1931.
42
OÔ <MOO >DCO C&fc-N HPj ONH vfj 1>
+ + + +- 4-4-4- .
++ +++ +++ 4-4-4-
0 01 00 CD O^ 1.3 6.8 5.1 6.6 2.2 3.0 1.0 5.5 6.5 7.1 4.6 0.5
HOO oid OWN 13.5 16.8 74.2
+ + 4-4- 4- ++ + 11 +
+ +I 4-4-4- + 1 i |
|
1 1
43
cu
CM CM rH ^t os co CM t+i CO co os rfi
<J
5 73 crt
_H CO os ocs GO* CO >0 CO GO HH GO O
t> tO tQ CM m 30 os >h cs t> to
CM
GO to
,O fl CO rH rH CM
M ^ o
C O -
+++ + + + + + + +++ +++
r-

1
.2 cS
O to rH to O CM CO to to CO GO
F- cm j- h^" os
HH to rH rH CM
"ShJ
*0
c3
,rH
as (M + + + +++ +++ +++
. CU CU GO
4^,3
CO O CO 8
+3 <N 43 rH 19.0 4.6 4.9
30.7 23.2 16.6 26.4 25.3 0.0
23.9 21.2
GO CM .
42
f&SHJ ++-f + + +++

I
1 ++ +++
1
1.8
11.0 26.2 12.0 24.9 1.6 6.0
11.6 16.6 19.1 5.3 1.4
CM* 30.2 12.0
1> rH
Population of Principal Towns
OOM tÔrH rÔO GO 3" ^ N < <*P*> 00 t-

>
?THi
H'a gg g^g
0 .
43
AGE AND SEX.

The table below show distribution of 10,000 males arid females of the Indian
population by 10-ycarly oups at the last two censuses :
1931. 1921. 1931. 1921.

i.ge-group. Age-group.
Males.
Fe- Fe- Fe-
males. Males. Males. Fe-
males. Males.
males. males
01 2,802 2,889 2,673 2,810 4050 968 891 1,013 967

1020 2,086 2,062 2,087 1,896 5060 561 545 619 606
2030 1,768 1,856 1,640 1,766 6070 269
3040 281 347 377
1,431 1,351 1,461 1,398 70 and over. 115 125 160 180
Mean age . 23.2 22.8 24.8 24.7
The mean age in India is only 23.02, as be made for the heavy mortality of the influenza
igainst 30.6 in England and Wales. The rate years. It is in the towns that the highest
)f infant mortality in India in the decade infantile mortality is found.
L921-31 shows an appreciable reduction on the
The table below
shows the rates from 1925 to 1930 for presidency
:ate of the previous decade, even if allowance
towns and certain provincial capitals.
INFANTILE MORTALITY RATES PEE, 1,000 LIVE-BIRTHS DURING.
City. 1925. 1926. 1927. 1928. 1929. 1930.
Bombay 357 255 316 314 301 298

Calcutta 326 372 340 276 259 268
Madras 279 282 240 289 259 246
Llangoon 352 320 294 341 321 278
[iUcknow 260 287 256 301 269 329
Lahore 222 241 201 204 214 187
tfagpur 258 302 254 299 291 270
Delhi 183 238, 201 210 259 199
Special causes contribute to the high mortality has been going on since the beginning of this
>f infants in India.
century. This shortage of females is charac-
r ns c of he PP ulation of India as compared
Owing to the custom of early marriage, co- to +that of most European countries.
.
labitation and child-birth commonly take place The

female infant is definitely better equipped by
)efore the woman physically mature and this,
is nature for survival than the male, but in India
ombined with the primitive and insanitary the advantage she has at birth is probably
Qethods of midwifery, seriously affects the
neutralised in infancy by comparative neglect
lealth and vitality of the mother and through
and in adolescence by the strain of bearing
ler of the child. If the child survives the pre- children too early and too often. A good deal
latal and natal chances of congenital
debility "t recent work on sex ratios has
tended to the
tfid the risks of child-birth, it
is exposed to the view that an increase in masculinity is an indi-
Rogers of death in the early months of life cation Of declining population, but this is not
ftp diarrhoea or dysentery. According to the the case in
M eul ivo Health OJIicer of Bombay
city, by ratio
India, as a, whole. The all-India
901 females per L,000 males for Muslims
is
ar the greater number of infantile deaths
m arc
bo infantile debility and malformation,
nchiding
and 95 females per 1,000 males for Hindus.
1
The only provinces in which there is actually

premature birth, respiratory diseases an excess of women over men are Madras and
Mng next, then convulsions, then diarrhoea
Bihar and Orissa, though the Central Provinces
<nd enteritis.
can be added if Berar be excluded. Where
females ate in excess, the excess is still most
Sex Ratio.- The figures of the population marked m
the lower castes and does not always
t India by sexes,
as recorded by the latest extend to the higher.
ensus show a further continuation of the steady Among the aboriginal
tribes, however, the numbers of the two
ah in the proportion of females to males sexca
that are approximately equal.
Social and Economic Conditions,
46
polygamy has Hindus who place an effective ban on widow J
Marriage. The subject of
Both remarriage, and in both these communities
been discussed fully in the report of 1911. widows
the total ratio of widows has fallen Jain
Hindus and Muhammadans are allowed more
;
Muhammadans being nominally in 1931 were 253 per 1,000 females, but
1931 m
wives than one,
practice poly- only 221, and the 1921 figure of 191 widows I m
restricted to four. As a matter of to 169 in
domestic every 1,000 Hindu females has fallen
gamy is comparatively rare owing toeffect on 1931 Onthe other hand, there has already been
and economic reasons and has little a very remarkable increase in child
widows
The custom of polyandry is
can
particularly under the age of 5 years, which
the statistics.
recognized as a regular institution among
some anticipa-
marriages
of the tribes of the Himalayas
and m
parts he attributed to the rush of
Act, a
among many tory to the Child Marriage Ilestraint
of south India. It is also practised contribute
tribes, its rush which it is to be fearcu will
of the lower castes and aboriginal the figures
of a few small large numbers of young widows to
effect is reflected in the statistics there before then
as the Buddhists of Kashmir of the 1941 census unless is
communities such towards 9
a very pronounced change of attitude
where the proportion of married women
to
widow remarriage in Hindu society generaUSM
married men is exceptionally low, but otherwise
In every thousand Hindu women there
arc stiUj
than of
the custom is of sociological rather 169 widowed, 22 of whom arc under
thirty years
statistical interest. under zo.
of age and over a quarter of those
for popularise*
The table below shows the percentage In spite of reformist movements to
each sex of married persons who are
under the widow remarriages, they are still uncommon
attention in Indian papers^
age of 15 years enough to attract
under whenever they take place.
Number per 1,000 of total married who are
15 years. 1,00M
Proportion of widows in the population per
of all religions.
Provinces, etc. Males. Females.
Age. 1931. 1921.

65.7 157.3
India
1.8 6.7
Burma .
161.8 155 175

India Proper 68.0 All ages
73.1 164.1
Hindus .
1
59.4 174.3 05
Muslims
32.5 108.3
Jains 5
49.6 93.3 5 X0
Tribal ..
26.9 74.6
Sikhs .
10 17
15.4 43.3 1015
Christians
34 41
marnage 1520
Widows and Remarriagte.-Tnfant
widowhood, a feature 78 92
naturallv involves infant 2030
of no significance where
remarriage is allowed,
it is not. 212
but of serious importance where just under 3040 212
Widows among Hindus numbered ratio of 494
two millions in 1931 ; but the gener^ 4060 507
with 1921
widows has decreased as compared widows 814
In the 1921 census there were 175
60 and over
802
in everv 1 000 females, a figure
which had fallen
155. It is, however, Jains and
in 1931 to
SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS.

spite Of
in population and in m
1 itpracv The number of persons in India ve ry he-li ratio, ha*
been able todo mole rh than
able to write a
Literate in the sense of being
,
keep pace with that growth.

letter and read the reply. in towns than
Literacy is nuich more prevalent i
to write a in the country, as both the need or ami the

Literacy, in the sense of ability gu hi An
has grown acquiring it a c
letter and to read the answer
to it, opportunities of, .
although it analvsis of the population of t he tiis s how

enormously in the past fifty years,
(
comparison With males and 1 40 out oi I IHW

high in U t':USont f |,000
is at present not very
,
1;l
countries in the west. Ninety-live

out of every f males are literate, while the cones poi din*
now iterate, as figures for literacy in Bngltsh in tow n> an 1,4/
.
1,000 of the population are

.
than 40 hall males and 434 females.

against 82 ton years ago and less
provinces in
i century ago. Burma leads the
' female literacy
The country taken as a whole, proper exec-
literacy for In that province
the matter of ;
absent in India
high order, is a is comparatively
literacy, even if not of a very
in Kerala. Cochin State has more than on
and all classes,
habit traditional in both sexes
both DOVS and girls bring tan-id in
the monas- Irate female to ..very two literateMalabar
every Ihirman vdlage Travancore
only a little less while
^ males
a Uttie ML
ha ^
terie* of which almost nearly one to every three, Coorg
Cochin, Travancore and feig
has at least one. three, Baroda a little
literacy. than one to every
Baroda follow Burma in the order of growth and Mvsore one to every live. Besides th<
Cochin State, in spite of a very rapid

47
difficulty, still very strongly in most pro-
felt [hundred and twelve out of every 10,000 males
vinces, of getting good wonu-n teachers, one of and 28 out of every 10,000 females are literate
(he most serious obstacles to the spread of in English, and both sexes taken together 12:5
female education is the early age of marriage, out of 10,000. Viewed in relation to the various
which causes girls to he taken from school !
religions and communities, the figures are as
hei'i we they have reached even the standard of
the primary school leaving certificate.
Treated in communal or religious groups, the Number
ureal est progress has been made by Sikhs, per 10,000
Jains, Muslims and Hindus, in that order, but aged 5
the leading literate communities arc the Par sis, lleligion. and overs
Jews, Burmans, Jains and Christians. The who are
following table analyses the position of the literate in
Indian communities in respect of literacy : English.
Number All religions (India) 123 -
per 1,000 Hindus 113

Religion. Sikhs
who are 151
literate. Jains 306
Buddhists 119
Zoroastrians (Parsis) 5,041
All religions (India) 95 Muslims 92
Hindus 84 Christians 919
Sikhs 91 Jews 2,636
Jains 353 Tribal 4
Buddhists 90 Others 28
Zoroastrians (Parsis) 791
Muslims 64 Territorially, Cochin State le^ds in literacy
Christians 279 in English with 307 per 10,000 Coorg follows
;
Jews 416 with 238, Bengal (211) and Travancore (158)

Tribal 7 coming next.
Others 19
Languages. In the whole Indian Empire
English Language. Literacy
English 225 languages were returned at the census,
in
language is still less in India and is confined dialects, as has been previously explained,
mostly to the town-dwelling population. Two not having been separately considered.
The principal languages are given in the following statement:
Totalnumber of speakers Number per 10,000,

(000's omitted.) of total population.
Language. 1931 1921.
Males. Females.
Males. Females. Males. Females.
37,743 33,804 50,210 46,504 2,090 1,990

27,517 25,952 25,239 24,055 1,523 1,527
13,291 13,083 11,874 11,727 736 770

10,573 10,317 9,296 9,095 585 607
10,073 10,339 9,284 9,490 558 00 s

8,799 7,040 8,961 487 414
7,271 6,627 0,0:10 0,025 403 390

5,690 5,510 5,253 5,12] 315
5,485 5,709 4,952 5,192 304 336

5,610 5,240 4,967 4,585 311 308
Burmese 4,332 4,522 4,135 4,288 240 266
Malayulam 4,533 4,605 3,736 3,762 257 271
Lahnda (or Western
Punjabi) 4,603 3,963 3,050 2,602 255 2 3
48
of a considerable amount of dMCUSSion ana central

^deana a g conscious change in their speech,
suggestion during the last intelligible toone another, and this
of * mutually
ffljmaBKSS82liah*9 San*."-.
exceed in number the strength of any
other
Tj; n n-nA if wa add
nnn to Infirmities These are classes under four
individual language in India, and if we
,. , ., ,
Rajasthani, main heads insanity, deaf-mutism, blindness

these two languages Bihari and shows
and leprosy. The appended statement each
which so resemble Hindi as to be frequently re- the number of persons suffering from
turned under that name in the census schedules infirmitv at each of the last six censuses and the
we get well over 100 millions of speakers of
tongues wmcn nave some wusiuw-v
which have considerable affinities- proportion
- -
tion.
per hundred thousand of the popula-
and cover a very large area of northern and
j^^7^^5^Fratio per hundred thousand
OP THE POPULATION.
Innrmity. 1911. 1901. 1891. 1881.
I
1921.
66,205 74,279 81,132
120,304 88 305 ~Tll006~ 35
Insane ;
28 26 23 27
34 197,215
199,891 153,168 196,861
230,895 189,644 86
Deaf-mutes 64 52 75
66 60
443,653 3*4,104 458,868 526,748
601,370 479,637 229
Blind 152 142 121 167
172 131,968
109,094 97,340 128,244
T 147,911 102,513
Lepers 35 33 46
42 32
833,644 670.817 856,252 937,063

Total 860,099 407
272 267 '229 315
Between the man who cultivates [land and

the
in the
There had been a continuous decline
]
often a-,
of man who nominally owns it there are interests
total number as well as in the proportion- number of intermediate holders of some
persons recorded as afflicted up to 1901.
ltiis
land If a coni-
partly to a progressive or other in the produce of the
Fall has been ascribed land under
of the diagnosis parison is made between the area of
improvement in the accuracy number of agriculturists actually
in the pre- crops and the
and partly to an actual decrease cultivation in British India, it is
owing to the improve- engaged in
valence of the infirmities, agriculturist there are 2.9 acres
the people that for each
ment in the material condition of in .
the case of cropped land of

which 0.65 of an acre is
better sanitation and (especially of special crops
to
of blindness) to the increasing
number of cures irrigated The cultivation cent, of the populations
medical and occupies under two per
with the aid of modern agriculture, the greater
effected concerned in pasture and
surgical science. In the decade ending 1901 whom are engaged in the production of
relatively high mortality of the afflicted part of fewer than special
the Forestry employs
in the two severe
famines must have been a tea.
shown at that cultivation.
considerable factor in the decline In recent years there has been an increase
in
compilation adopted
census, but the method of of people living on the production
in 1901 and in the previous
census was defective, the number of physical force, that is,
of the persons and
transmission
and certainly in 1901, many light, electricity, motive power etc.
Silk
notice in ê course heat,
afflicted must have escaped manufacture of chemical
Compared with the year 1891, spinning and weaving,
of tabulation. products, and the manufacture of tobacco have
there was a slight decrease in
the total number
afflicted in 1911, the pro-
proved more popular than before. Transport
o persons recorded as attracted more men, while the use
persons falline by road has
portion per hundred thousand internal transport has decreased,
ratio as well of water for
from 315 to 267. The increase in to harbours being used more freely for external
as in numbers since
then is attributed
transport by sea. About five million persons
increased accuracy of enumeration. are enuaued' in organised industry.
It is noteworthy that less
than one million
that the
Occupation. It isa well known fact on agricul- people, who man, the army, the Navy,
the
majority of the people in India live ,,,,.. the police, the services, etc., manage
the number
.,
latest census puts down ir

country; in
ture administration of this vast
exploitation of animals the ruled by one
of those engaged in the
" :;:<> odd millions are
vegetation at l():j.:H),0()0, while those ..lb. r words,
Ml J ims
million servants of the state.
engaged in industry number 15,400,000.workers Tin re has of late boon increasing
unemploy-
ihout 67 per cent, of
the country's
especially among the educated
classes.
former and 10 per cent, ment,
. "mploveil in the attempt to include these in the last census
the latter. This docs not however mean \n
but significant
in ha- nol met with success, it is
are ~}vnt f'.
that all the 1 03 millions
1
join the.
compheat ed and nohed | i\ that graduates of Madras University
in land in India are po ir0 department on Ks. 10 per
mensem and
to persons familiar only |
to a degree, incredible are held fortunate in getting even that.

western Europe.
with the simpler tenures of
The History of India in Outline.
No history of India can be proportionate Alexander the Great.
md the briefest summary must suffer from the That great soldier had crossed the Hindu Kush
lame defect. Even a wholesale acceptance as in the previous year and had captured Aornos,
listory of mythology, tradition, and folklore on
the Upper Indus. In the spring of 326 he
vill not make good, though it makes pic- crossed the river at Ohind, received the sub-
uresque, the many gaps that exist in the early mission of the King of Taxila, and marched
listory of India : and, though the labours of against Porus who ruled the fertile country
Qodern geographers and archaeologists have been between the rivers Hydaspes (Jhelum) and
.mazingly fruitful, it cannot be expected that Akesines (Che nab). The Macedonian carried
hese gaps will ever be filled to any appreciable all before him, defeating Porus at the battle of
xtent. Approximate accuracy in chronology the Hydaspes, and crossing the Chenab and
nd an outline of dynastic facts are all that Ravi. But at the River Hyphasis (Bias) his
he student can look for up to the time of weary
troops mutinied, and Alexander was
Jexander, though the briefest excursion into forced to turn back and retire to the Jhelum
he by-ways of history will reveal to him many
where a fleet to sail down the rivers to the sea
lluring and mysterious fields for speculation,
was nearly ready. The wonderful story of
here are, for example, to this day castes that Alexander's
march through Mekran and Persia
elieve they sprang originally from the loins of
to Babylon, and of the voyage of Nearcbus
being who landed " from an impossible boat up the
Persian Gulf is the climax to the narrative
a the shores of a highly improbable sea and of the invasion but is not part of the history
le great epic poems contain plentiful state
of India. Alexander had stayed nineteen
Lents equally difficult of reconciliation with
months in India and left behind him officers
todern notions of history as a science. But
carry on the Government of the kingdoms
om the Jataka stories and the Puranas, to he had conquered : but his death at Babylon,
mch valuable information is to be obtained, in 323, destroyed the fruits of what has to be
id, for the benefit of those unable to go to
regarded as nothing but a brilliant raid, and
lese and other original sources, it has been
within two years his successors were obliged
stilled by a number of writers.
to leave the Indian provinces, heavily scarred
The orthodox Hindu begins the political by war but not hellenized.
story of India more than 3,000 years before
irist, with the war waged on the banks of the The leader of the revolt against Alexanders
imna between the sons of Kuril and the generals was a young Hindu, Chandragupta,
ns of Pandu. Recent excavations by the who was an illegitimate member of the Royal
rchaeological Department in the Indus Valley Family of Magadha. He dethroned the ruler
Harappa in the Punjab, but more particularly of that kingdom, and became so powerful
Mohenjo Daro in Sind, carry us back even that he is said to have been able to place
rther. They have uncovered sites of cities 600,000 troops in the field against Seleucus,
aring the marks and containing the relics of a to whom Babylon had passed on the death of
gh civilisation stated by the Department to be Alexander. This was too formidable an oppo-
imerian. The excavations are proceeding sition to be faced, and a treaty of peace was
ider special direction and have excited the concluded between the Syrian and Indian
eate3t interest in scientific circles throughout monarchs which left the latter the first para-
e world, but the general critic omits several of mount Sovereign of India (321 B.C.) with his
ose remote centuries and takes 600 B.C., or capital at Pataliputra, the modern Patna and
ereabouts as his starting point. At that time Bankipore. Of Chandragupta's court and ad-
ich of the country was covered with forest, but ministration a very full account is preserved
e Aryan races, who had entered India from the in the fragments that remain of the history
rth, had established in parts a form of civiliza- compiled by Megasthenes, the ambassador
n far superior to that of the aboriginal savages sent to India by Seleucus. His memorable
d to this day there survive cities, like Benares, reign ended in 297 B.C. when he was suc-
mded by those invaders. In like manner ceeded by his son Bindusara, who in his turn
5 Dravidian
invaders from an unknown land, was succeeded by Asoka (269 231 B.C.) who
to overran the Deccan and the Southern recorded the events of hia reign in numerous
rt of the Peninsula, crushed the aborigines, inscriptions. This king, in an unusually
3 at a much later period, were themselves bloody war, added to his dominions the king-
;dued by the Aryans. Of these two civiliz- dom of Kalinga (the Northern Circars) and then
; forces, the Aryan is the better known, and becoming a convert to Buddhism, resolved
the Aryan kingdoms the first of which there for the future to abstain from conquest by
mthentic record is that of Magadha, or Bihar, force of arms The consequences of the con-
the Ganges., It was in, or near, this power- version of Asoka were amazing. He was not
kingdom that Jainism and Buddhism had intolerant of other religions, and did not en-
sir origin, and the fifth King of Magadha, deavour to force his creed on his " children ",
nbisara by name, was the friend and patron But he initiated measures for the propagation
Gautama Buddha. The King mentioned of his doctrine with the result that 44 Buddhism"
8 a contemporary of Darius, autocrat of wlu -.h had hitherto been a merely local sect in
sia (521 to 485 B.C.) who annexed the the valley of the Ganges, was transformed into
lus valley and formed from his conquest one of the greatest religions of the world
Indian satrapy which paid as tribute the greatest, probably, it measured by the number
the
dvalent of about one million sterling. De- of adherents. This is Asoka's claim to be re-
ed history; however, does not become pos- membered ; this it is which makes his reign
e until the invasion of Alexander in 32B B.C. an epoch, not only in the history of India, but
50 The History of India.
in that of the world." The wording of his death in 648 his throne was usurped by a 1
edicts reveal him as a great king as wen as a Minister, whose

treacherous conduct towards ;
great missionary, and it is to be hoped that the an embassy from China

was quickly avenged;,
excavations now being carried on in the ruins and the kingdom so laboriously established ^
into a state of internecine strife which

of his palace may throw yet more light on his lapsed |
character and times. On his death the Maurya lasted for a century and a half.
kingdom fell to pieces. Even during his
reign there had been signs of new forces at work The Andhras and Rajputs.
on the borderland of India; where the inde-
pendent kingdoms of Bactria and Parthia had In the meantime in Southern. India tb>
been formed, and subsequent to it there were Andhras had attained to great prosperity and
frequent Greek raids into India. The Greeks carried on a considerable trade with Greece*
in Bactria, however, could not withstand the Egypt and Rome, as well as with the East.l
overwhelming force of the westward migration Their domination ended in the fifth century
of the Yueh-chi horde, which, in the first cen- A.D. and a number of new dynasties, of which
tury A.D., also ousted the Indo-Parthian kings the Pallavas were the most important, began;
from Afghanistan and North- Western India. to appear. The Pallavas made way in turn
for the Chalukyas, who for two centuries re-
The first of these Yueh-chi kings to annex a mained the most important Deccan dynasty,
part of India was Kadphises II (A.D. 85125), one branch uniting with the Cholas. Bui
who had been defeated in a war with China, the fortunes of the Southern dynasties are so
but crossed the Indus and consolidated his involved, and in many cases so little knownjj
power eastward as far as Benares. His son that to recount them briefly is impossibly
Kanishka (whose date is much disputed) left Few names of note stand out from the record
a name which to Buddhists stands second only except those of Vikramaditya (11th century)
to that of Asoka. He greatly extended the and a few of the later Hindu rulers who made
boundaries of his empire in the North, and a stand against the growirig power of Island
made Peshawar his capita). Under him the of the rise of which an account is given below,
power of the Kushan clan of the Yueh-chi In fact the history of mediseval India is singii;
reached its zenith and did not begin to decay larly devoid of unity. Northern India was m
until the end of the second century, concurrently a state of chaos from about 650 to 950 A.D*
with the rise in middle India of the Andhra dy- not unlike that which prevailed in Europe ol
nasty which constructed the Amaravati stupa, that time, and materials for the history oi
" one of the most elaborate and precious monu- these centuries are very scanty. In the absenci
ments of piety ever raised by man." of any powerful rulers the jungle began tC
gain back what had been wrested from it:
The Gupta Dynasty. ancient capitals fell into ruins from which k
Early in the fourth century there arose, at some cases they have not even yet been dis-
Pataliputra, the Gupta dynasty which proved turbed, and the aborigines and various foreigi
of great importance. Its founder was a local tribes began to assert themselves so success
chief, his son Samudragupta, who ruled for fully that the Aryan
element was chiefly con'
some fifty years from A.D. 326, was a king of fined to the Doab and the Eastern Punjab
political a
tne greatest distinction. His aim of subduing It is not therefore so much for the
all India was not indeed fulfilled but he
was for the religious and social history of this anar
able to exact tribute from the kingdoms of chical period that one must look. Aud tb<

the South and even from Ceylon, and, in addi- greatest event if a slow process may
be cal^
tion to being a warrior, he was a patron of the ed an event of the middle ages was the trail
arts and of Sanskrit literature. The rule of sition from tribe to caste, the final disappeai
his son, Chandragupta, was equally distin- ance of the old four-fold division of Brahmans
guished and is commemorated in an inscription Kshattriyas, Vaisyas, and Sudras, and th
pure and im
on the famous iron pillar near Delhi, as well as formation of the new division of
In the writings of the Chinese ]>i!grim Fa-hien pure largely
resting upon a classification a
who pays a great tribute to the equitable occupations, but this social change was onl
administration of the country. It was not a part of the development of th6 Hindu reU
until the middle of the fifth century that the gion into a form which would include in it
fortunes of the Gupta dynasty began to wane embrace __ the many barbarians and foreignei
in face of the onset of the White Huns from in the country wno were outside it. The g
Central Asia and by 480 the dynasty had dis- political event of the period was
the rise of
appeared The following century all over Rajputs as warriors in the place of the Ksha
India was one of great confusion, apparently zvas. Their origin is obscure but theyappoan
marked only by the rise and fall of petty king- the 8th century and spread, from their tm
1 '
Oudh, int
doms, until a monarch arose, in A. D. 606, original homes in llajputana and
Central Himi
capable of consolidating an Empire. This was the Punjab, Kashmir, and the
the Emperor Harsha who, from Thanasar near layas, assimilating a
number of fighting clar
Ambala, conquered Northern India and ex- and binding them together with a
commo
tended his territory South to the Ncrbudda., code. At this
Emperor dom

which
, time Kashmir was a small kinj
exercised an influence on Ind
Imitating Asoka in many ways, this
vet
H felt no embarrassment in paying adoration wholly disproportionate to its size. The on]
in turn to Siva, the Sun, and Buddha at a
great other kiimdom of importance was that
public ceremonial." Of his times a graphic Kanaui in the Doab
and Southern Oudri-
picture has been handed down in the work of which still retained some of the power- to whk
" Master of the Law," Hinen Tsiang It had reached in the days of Harsha, and <
a Chinese
to China ar
by name, Harsha was the last native para - which the renown extended
1
mount sovereign of Northern India ; on his! Arabia.

The Mughal Empire. 51
With the end of the period of anarchy, the 1
fn the reign of his successor, Mahmud (1398-
political history of India centres round the 1413), the kingdom of Delhi went to pieces and
I
Kajputs. One elan founded the kingdom of India was for seven months at the mercy of the
Glujarat, another held Ma'wa, another (the I
Turkish conqueror Taimur. It was the end of

Shauhans) founded a kingdom of which Ajmer the fifteenth century before tbe kingdom, under
was the capital, and so on. Kanauj fell into Sikandar Lodi, began to recover. His son,
;he hands of the Rathors (circ 1040 A.D.) and Ibrahim, still further extended the kingdom
;he dynasty then founded by that branch of that had been recreated, but was defeated by
he Gaharwars of Benares became one of the Babar, King of Kabul, at Panipat, near Delhi,
nost famous in India. Later in tbe same in 1526, and there was then established in
entury the Chauhans were united, and by India the Mughal dynasty.
lti3 one of them could boast that he had con-
quered all the country from the Vindhyas to the
limalayas, including Delhi already a fortress
The Mahomedan dynasties that had ruled
in capital other than Delhi up to this date
1 hundred years old. The sen of this con-
were of comparative unimportance, though
[ueror was Prithwi Raj, the champion of the
linclus against the Mahomedans.
some great men appeared among them. In
With his Gujarat, for example, Ahmad Shah, the founder
leath in battle (1192) ends the golden age of
of Ahmtdabad, showed himself a good ruler
he new civilization that had been evolved out and builder as well as a good soldier, though
f chaos ; and of the greatness of that age
here is a splendid memorial in the temples
his grandson, Mahmud Shah Begara, was a
greater ruleracquiring fame at sea as well
nd forts of the Rajput states and in the two as on land. In the South various kings of the
reat philosophical systems of Sankaracharya
ninth century) and Ramanuja (twelfth cen-
Bahmani dynasty made names foi themselves
especially in the long wars they waged on the
ury). The triumph of Hinduism had been new Hindu kingdom
chieved, it must be added, at the expense of that had arisen which had
its capital at Vijayanagar. Of importance
buddhism, which survived only in Magadha at
also was Adil Khan, a Turk, who founded (1490)
be time of the Mahomedan conquest and
the Bijapur dynasty of Adil Shahis. It was
peedily disappeared there before the new faitb.
one of his successors who crushed the Vijaya-
nagar dynasty, and built the great mosque for
Mahomedan India. which Bijapur is famous.
The wave of Mahomedan
invaders that The Mughal Empire.
ventualjy swept over the country first touched
idia, in Sind, less tnan a hundred years after As one draws near to modern times it be-
ie death of the Prophet in 632. But the comes impossible to present anything like a
rst real contact was in the tenth century coherent and consecutive account of the growth
hen a Turkish slave of a Persian ruler found- of India as a whole. Detached threads in the
1 a kingdom at Ghazni, between Kabul and story have to be picked up one by one and fol-
jtndahar. A descendant of his, Mahmud lowed to their ending, and although the sixteenth
(67-1030) made repeated raids into the heart century saw the first European settlements in
India, capturing places so far apart as
j
India, it will be convenient here to continue
jiltan, Kanauj, Gwalior, and Somnath in the narrative of Mahomedan India almost to
athiawar, but permanently occupying only the end of the Mughal Empire. How Babar
j
part of the Punjab. Enduring Mahomedan gained Delhi has already been told. His son
lie was not established until the end of the Humayun, greatly extended his kingdom, but
velfth century, by which time, from the little was eventually defeated (1540) and driven
rritory of Ghor, there had arisen one Mahomed into exile by Sher Khan, an Afghan of great
hori capable of carving out a kingdom stretch- capabilities, whose short reign ended in 1545
g from Peshawar to the Bay of Bengal, The Sur dynasty thus founded by Sher Khan
rithwi Raj, the Chauhan ruler of Delhi and lasted another ten years
when Humayun having
jmer, made a brave stand against, and once snatched Kabul from one of his brothers, was
Seated, one of the armies of this ruler, but strong enough to win back part of his old king-
as himself defeated in the following year, dom. When Humayun died (1556) his eldest
ahomed Ghori was murdered at Lahore son, Akbar, was only 13 years old and was con-
206) and his vast kingdom, which had been fronted by many rivals. Nor was Akbar well
>verned by satraps, was split up into what served, but his career of conquest was almost
ere practically independent sovereignties. uninterrupted and by 1594 the whole of India
|f these satraps, Qutb-ud-din, the slave ruler North of the Nerbudda had bowed to his
j!
Delhi and Lahore, was the most famous, authority and he subsequently entered the
id is remembered by the great mosque he Deccan and captured Ahmednagar. This
lilt near the modern Delhi. Between his great ruler, who was as remarkable for hia
le and that of the Mughals, which began in religious tolerance as for his military prowess,
26, only a few of the many Kings who gov- died in 1605, leaving behind him a record that
oed and fought and built beautiful build- has been surpassed by few. His son, Jehangir
gs, stand out with distinction. One of these who married the Persian lady Nur Jahan*
s Ala-ud-din (1296-1310), whose many ex- ruled until 1627, bequeathing to an admiring
ertions to the south much weakened the
indu Kings, and who proved himself to be a
poster ity some notable buildings
the tomb of
his father at Sikandra, part of the palace of
pablc administrator. Another was Firoz Agra, and the palace and fortress of Lahore,
iah, of the house of Tughlaq, whose adminis- [lis son, Shahjahan, was for many years
itiou was in many respects admirable, but
occu-
pied with wars in the Deccan, but found time
aich ended, on his abdication, in confusion. to make his court of incredible magnificence
wars between 1795 and 1811 England took all

and to build the most famous and beautiful of
Holland's Eastern possessions, and the Dutch
tombs, the Taj Mahal, as well as the fort,
have left in India but few traces of their civU
all
palace and Juma Masjid at Delhi, lhe
lisation and of the once powerful East India
quarrels of his sons led to the deposition of
Shahjahan bv one of them, Aurangzeb, m 1658. Company of the Netherlands.
This Emperor's rule was one of constant
The first English attempts to reach India
intrigue and fighting in every direction, the
date from 1496 when Cabot tried to find the
most important of his wars being a twenty-five
North-West passage, and these attempts were'i
years' struggle against the Marathas of the
repeated all through the sixteenth century.'
Deccan wno, under the leadership of Shivaji,
became a very powerful faction in Indian The first Englishman to land in India is said
bigoted attitude towards to have been one Thomas Stephens (1579) who
politics. His
was followed by a number of merchant adven-
Hinduism made Aurangzeb all the more
turers, but trade between the two countries
j
to establish his Empire on a firm basia

anxious
hold his really dates from 1600 when Elizabeth incor-
in the south, but he was unable to
porated the East India Company which had
many conquests, and on his death (1707) the been formed in London. Factories in India
Empire, for which bis three sons were fighting
were founded only after Portuguese and Dutch
could not be held together. Internal disorder position had bên overcome, notablv in the
and Maratha encroachments continued during sea fight oflf Swally (Suvali) in 1612. The
the reigns of his successors, and in 1739 a fresh
first factory, at Surat, was for many years
danger appeared in the person of Nadir Shah,
the most important English foothold in the
the Persian conqueror, who carried all before East; Its establishment was followed by
him. On his withdrawal, leaving Mahomed others, including Fort St. George, Madras;
Shah on the throne, the old intrigues recom- (1640) and Hughli (1651). In the history
menced and the Marathas began to make the of these early years of British enterprise in
most of the opportunity offered to them by India the cession of Bombay (1661) as part of.
puppet rulers at Delhi and by almost uni- the dower of Catherine of Braganza stands out
versal discord throughout what had been
the
as a land-mark it also illustrates the weak-
Mughal Empire. There is little to add to the
:
ness of the Portuguese at that date, since in

history of Mahomedan India. Emperors continu-
return the King of England undertook to pro-
ed to reign in name at Delhi up to the midale of tect the Portuguese in India against their
the 19th century, but their territory and
power
foeg the Marathas and the Dutch. CromweUj
had long since disappeared, being swallowed up by his treaty of 1651, had already obtained
either by the Marathas or by the British.
from the Portuguese an acknowledgment of
England's right to trade in the East; and
European Settlements. that right was now threatened, not by the
Portuguese, but by Sivaji and by the general
Accordingly, io
The voyage of Vasco da Gama to India in disorder prevalent in India. its attention tc
1498 was what turned the thoughts of the 1686, the Company
turned
power, and announced
Portuguese to the formation of a great Empire acquiring territorial policy of civi
In the East. That idea was soon realized, for its intention to establish such a
from 1500 onwards, constant expeditions were and military power,
and -create and secun
sent to India and the first two Viceroys in such a large revenue as may be the foun-
sure Englisl
India Almeida and Albuquerque laid the dation of a large, well-grounded, time to come. JNol
foundations of a great Empire and of a great dominion in India for all
of this announcement for son*
trade monopoly. Goa, taken in 1510, became much came
be made in Benga
J
Portuguese India and remains time, and no stand could

the capital of I
.depredations of Aurangzeb. Tn<

to this day in the hands of its captors, and the against the
I
of Calcutta (1690) could not b:

countless ruins of churches and forts on the foundations !
Charnock until after a humiliat

|
shores of Western Iudia, as also farther East laid by Job j
at Malacca, testify to the zeal with which the ing peace

I had been concluded with tha
to the difficulties in whicl
Portuguese endeavoured to propagate their Emperor, and, owing
defend the Company found itself in England, ther
\
religion and to the care they took to

There were great soldiers was little chance of any immediate change fo
their settlements.
i
union of the old East Indi

and great missionaries among them Al- the better. The
1
new one which had bee:

buquerquc, da Cunha, da Castro in the former Company with
I
the
But formed in rivalry to it took place in 1708, an
|
class, St. Francis Xavier in the latter. fodowed

somp vears peaceful development
the glory of Empire loses something of its for !
lustre when it has to be paid for, and the con- though

Bombay was always exposed by sea t
from the pirates, who had man
stant drain of men and money from Portugal, attacks
1
necessitated by the attacks made on their strongholds

within easy reach of that pon
to attacks from the Marathai
possessions in India and Malaya, was found and on land 1
Calcutta
most intolerable. The junction of Portugal The latter danger was fell also in
dangers were numerous and sti
with Spain, which lasted from 1580 to 1640, Internal
also tended to the downfall of the Eastern Em- more
to be feared. More than one mutln
plate among the troops sent out froi
pire and when Portugal became independent took
again, it was unequal to the task of competing England,
and rebellions like that led b
in the East with the Dutch and
English. The lveigwin in Bombay threatened to stifle tt
The public health, vrt
Dutch had little difficulty in wresting the infant settlements. of mortality was at turn
greater part of their territory from the Portu- bad and
the rate
guese, but the seventeenth century naval wars appalling.
To cope with such conditio!
were needed, and the Compar
with England forced them to relax their hold strong men
respect peculiarly fortunate; tl
upon the coast of India, and during the French was in this
a
The French Wars. 53

ong list of its. eervants, from Oxenden aDd |
threatened by that ruler who demanded they
Vungier to Hastings and Raffles, contains should surrender a refugee and should cease
nany names of men who proved them- building fortifications. They refused and
elves good rnlers and far-sigbted statesmen, he marched against them with a large army.
he finest Empire-builders the world has I
Some of the English took to their ships and
mown. j
made oft down the river, the rest surrendered
and were cast into the jail known as the
Attempts to compete with the English were " Black Hole." From this small and stifling
nade of coarse. Bat the schemes of the room 23 persons, out of 146, came out alive
Emperor Charles VI to secure a share of the the next day. Clive who was at Madras,
ndian trade were not much more successful immediately sailed for Calcutta with Admirial
han those made by Scotland, Denmark, Watson's squadron, recaptured the town
iweden, and Russia. By the French, who (1757), an 3, as war with the French had been
ounded Pondicherry and Chandernagore to- j
proclaimed, proceeded to take Chanderna-
rards the end of the 17th century, much more |
gore. The Nawab Siraj-ud-Daula then took
fas achieved, as will be seen from the the side of the French, and Clive, putting
oilowing outline of the development of i forward Mir Jafar as candidate for the Nawab's
3ritish rule. throne; marched out with an army consisting
of 900 Europeans. 2,000 sepoys and S pieces
The French Wars. of artillery against the Nawab's host of over
50,000. The remit was the historic battle of
When war broke out between England and Pla?sey (June 23) in which Clive, after hesi-
France in 1744, the French had acquired a j
tating on the coarse to te pursued; routed

trong position in Southern India, which had !
the Nawab. Mir Jafar was put on the throne
[ecome independent of Delhi and was divided at Mursbidabad, and the price of this honour

nto three large States Hyderabad, Tanjore, was put at 2,340,000 in addition to the grant

nd Mysore and a number of petty states :
to tne Company of the land round Calcutta
mder local chieftains. In the affairs of these now known as the District of the twenty-tour
Itates Dupleix, when Governor of Pondicher- Parganas. In the year after Plassey, Clive
y, had intervened with success, and when was appointed Governor of Bengal and in
iadras was captured by a French squadron, that capacity sent troops against the French
uider La Bourdonnais (1746) Dupleix wished
j
in Madras and in person led a force against

o hand it over to the Nawab of Arcot the Oudh army that was threatening Mir
leputy of the Nizam's who ruled in the Car- Jafar, in each case with success. From 1760
latic. The French, however, kept Madras, to 1765 Clive was in England. During his
spelling an attack by the disappointed Nawab absence the Council at Calcutta deposed Mir
s well as the British attempts to recapture it. Jafar and, for a price, put Mir Kasim in bis
.Tie treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle restored Madras
place. This ruler moved his capital to
o the English. The fighting had shown the Monghyr, organized an army, and began to
ndian powers the value of European troops, intrigue with the Nawab Wazir of Oudh. He
nd this was again shown in the next French soon found, in a dispute over customs dues,
far (1750-54) when Clive achieved enduring an opportunity of quarrelling with the English
ame by his capture and subsequent defence and the first shots tired by his followers were
f Arcot. This war arose from Dupleix sup- the signal for a general rising in Bengal.
orting candidates for the disputed succes- About 200 Englishmen and a number of sepoys
ions at Arcot and Hyderabad while the were massacred, but his trained regiments
tnglish at Madras put forward their own nomi- were defeated at Gheria and Oodeynullah, and
ices. One of Dupleix's officers, the Marquis Mir Kasim sought protection from the Nawab
(e Bussy, persuaded the Nizam to take into
j
of Oudh. But in 1764, after quelling a sepoy

Is pay the army which had established his mutiny in his own camp by blowing 24 ring-
ower, aud in return the Northern Circars, leaders from the guns, Major (Sir Hector)
etween Orissa and Madras, was granted to the i Munro defeated the joint iorces of Shah A lam,
French. This territory, however, was cap- the Mughal Emperor, and the Nawab of Oudb
ered by the English in the seven years' war
i
in the battle of Buxar. In 1765 Clive (now

1756-63). Dupleix had by then been re- Baron Clive of Plassey) returned as Governor;
ailed to France. Lally, who had been sent "Two landmarks stand out in his pclicy. First,
j
o drive the English out of India, captured he sought the substance, although * not the
p ort St. David and invested Madras. But name, of territorial power, under the fiction
he victory which Colonel (Sir Eyre) Coote
of a grant from the Mughal Emperor. Se-
ron at Wandiwash (1760) and the surrender
cond, he desired to purify the Company's
f Pondicherry and Gingee put an end
to the service, by prohibiting illicit gains, and by
'rench ambitions of Empire in Southern India, guaranteeing a reasonable pay from honest
'ondicherry passed more than once from the sources. In neither respect were his plans
ne nation to the other before settling down
carried out by his immediate successors. But
o its present existence as a French colony in our efforts towards a sound administration
oiniature. date from this second Governorship of Clive
as our military supremacy dates from his vie-
Battle of Plassey. tory at Plassey." Before Clive left India,
I
in 1767, he had readjusted the divisions of

While the English were fighting the third Northern India and had set up a system of
Tench war in the South thev became involved
Government in Bengal by which the" English
o grave difficulties in Bengal, where Siraj-ud-
received the revenues and maintained the
I
>aula had acceded to power. The head- army while the crimiraJ jurisdiction was vested
iuarters of the English at Calcutta wore in the Nawab. The performance of bis se
j
" merchants" of the Company into an ad-
cond task, the purification of the Company's and
ministrative Civil Service. This system was
service, was hotly opposed but carried oat.
He died in 1774 by his own hand, the House subsequently extended to Madras and Bombay, .
is better known for his intro-

of Commons having in the previous year cen- Lord Cornwallis
orders trom England, of the Per-
sured him, though admitting that he did render duetion, on
" great and meritorious services to his country." manent Settlement in Bengal. (See article,
on Land Revenue). A third Mysore war was
Warren Hastings. waged during his tenure of office which endedJ
The dual system of government that Clive in the submission of Tipu Sultan. Sir John j
had set up proved a failure and Warren Hastings Shore (Lord Teignmouth), an experienced
was appointed Governor, in 1772, to carry out Civil Servant, succeeded L.ord Cornwallis, and/
the reforms settled by the Court of Directors in 1798, was followed by Lord Wellesley, the,
which were to give them the entire care friend of Pitt, whose projects were to change,
and administration of the revenues. Thus the map of India.
Hastings had to undertake the administrative
Lord Wellesley's Policy.
organization of India, and, in spite of the fac-
tious attitude of Philip Francis, with whom he The French in general, and "the Corsican"
fought a duel and of other members of his Coun- in particular, were the enemy most to be
cil, he reorganized the civil service,
reformed dreaded for a few years before Lord Wellesley
the system of revenue collection, greatly im- took up his duties in India, and he formed the
proved the financial position of the Company, scheme of definitively ending French schemes
and created courts of justice and some sem- in Asia by placing himself at the head of a
blance of a police force. From 1772 to 1774 ht great Indian confederacy. He started by ob-
was Governor of Bengal, and from 1774 to 1775 taining from the Nawab of Oudh the cession o
he was the first Governor-General, nominated large tracts of territory in lieu of payment
uader an Act of Parliament passed in the overdue as subsidies for British troops, he then
previous year. His financial reforms, and the won over the Nizam to the British side, and,
forceii contributions he enacted from the after exposing the intrigues of Tipu Sultan
rebellious Chet Singh and the Begam of with the French, embarked on the fourth
Oudh, were interpreted in England as acts Mysore war which ended (1799) in the fall ol
of oppression and formed, together with his ac- Seringapatam and the gallant death of
Tipu,
tion in the trial of Nuncomar for forgery, the Part of Mysore, the Carnatic, and Tanjorc
basis of his seven years' trial before the House roughly constituting the Madras Presidencj
of Lords which ended in a verdict of not guilty of to-day then passed to British rule.
The
on all the charges. But there is much more five Maratha powers the Peshwa of Poonaj
for which his administration is justly famous. the Gaekwar of Baroda, Sindhia of Gwalior,;
The recovery of the Marathas from their defeat Holkar of Indore and the Raja of Nagpur
at Panipat was the cardinal factor that in- had still to be brought into the
British
fluenced his policy towards the native states. net. The Peshwa, after being defeated by
One frontier was closed against Maratha inva- Holkar, fled to British territory and signed
sion by the loan of a British brigade to the the Treaty of Bassein which led to the
Nawab Wazir of Oudh, for his war against the third Maratha war (1802-04) as it was re-
Rohillas, who were intriguing with the garded by Sindhia and the Raja of Nagpur at
Marathas. In Western India he found himself a betrayal of Maratha independence. In this
committed to the two Maratha wars (1775-82) the most successful of British campaigns in
owing to the ambition of the Bombay Govern- India, Sir Arthur Wellesley (the Duke of
ment to place its own nominee on the throne of Wellington) and General (Lord) Lake carries
the Peshwa at Poona, and the Bengal troops all before them, the one by his victories of
Aligad;
that he sent over made amends, by the con- Assaye and Argaum and the other at
as Colo-I
quest of Gujrat and the capture of Gwalior, for and Laswari. Later operations, such
!
the disgrace of Wadgaon where the Marathas uel Monson's retreat through Central India,]
overpowered a Bombay army. In the South- were less fortunate. The great acquisitions]
where interference from Madras had already of territory made under Lord Wellesley proved
led (1769) to what is known as the first Mysore I
so expensive that the Court of Directors, beH
war a disastrous campaign against Hyder Ali coming impatient, sent out Lord Cornwallis ai
and the Nizam he found the Madras Govern- |
second time to make peace at any price. Hej
ment again in conllict with those two poten- ]
however, died soon after his arrival in India,')
tates. The Nizam he won over by diplomacy, j

and Sir George Barlow carried on the goveruj
but against Hyder Ali he bad to despatch a ment (1805-7) until the arrival of a stronger
Bengal army under Sir Eyre Coote. Hyder I
ruler, Lord Minto. He managed to keep thd
Ali died in 1782 and two years later a treaty peace in India for six years, and to add to Brlj
was made with his son Tipu. It was in these tish dominions by the conquest of Java and
acts of intervention in distant provinces that Mauritius. His foreign policy was marked by
Hastings showed to best advantage as a great another new departure, inasmuch as he opened
and courageous man, cautious, but swift in relations with the Punjab, Persia, and Afgh
action when required. He was succeeded nlstan, and concluded, a treaty with Ranjit
after an interregnum, by Lord Corn wall is Singh, at Lahore, which made that Sikh ruiex
(1786-93) who built on the foundations of civil the loyal ally of the British for life.
%
administration laid by Hastings, by entrusting
criminal jurisdiction to Europeans and es- The successor of Lord Minto was Lord Mcira
who found himself obliged almost at once tc
tablishing an Appellate Court of Criminal
Judicature at Calcutta. In the Civil Service declare war on the Gurkhas of Nepal, who had
he separated the functions of the District Col- been encroaching on British territory. Aftei
" initial reverses, the English, under General
lector and Judge and organized the " writers
Afghan Wars. 55
Ochterlony, were successful and the Treaty of as the legislation of the country, was placed
Sagauli (1816) was drawn up which defines in the bands of the Governor- General in
British relations with Nepal to the present day. Council, and authority was given to create a
j
For this success Lord Moira was made Marquis Presidency of Agra. Before his retirement Ben-
j
of Hastings. In the same year he made prepa- tinck assumed the statutory title of Governor-
rations for the last Maratha war (1817-18) General of India (1834), thus marking the pro-
;
which was made necessary by the lawless congress of consolidation since Warren Hastings in
duct of the Pindaris, gangs of Pathan or Rohilla 1774 became the first Governor-General of Fort
origin, whose chief patrons were the rulers of William. Sir Charles Metcalfe, being senior
Native States. The large number of 120,000 that member of Council, succeeded Lord William
he collected for this purpose destroyed the Pin- Bentinck, and during his short tenure of
daris, annexed the dominions of the rebellious office carried into execution his predecessor's
|Peshwa of Poona, protected the Rajput States; measures for giving entire liberty to
made Sindhia enter upon a new treaty, and
I
the press.
compelled Holkar to give up part of his terri-
tory. Thus Lord Hastings established the Afghan Wars.
British power more firmly than ever, and when
he resigned, in 1823, all the Native States out-
With the appointment of Lord Auckland as
side the Punjab had become parts of the poli- Governor-General (1836-42) there began a new
system and British interests were per- era of war and conquest. Before leaving
tical
manently secured from the Persian Gulf to London he announced that he looked with ex-
Singapore. Lord Amherst ultation to the prospect of " promoting educa-
followed Lord
tion and knowledge, and of extending the bless-
Hastings, and his five years' rule (1823-28)
ings of good Government and happiness to
are memorable for the first Burmese war and
the capture of Bharatpur, The former opera- millions in India ; " but his administration was
tion was undertaken owing to the insolent de-
almost exclusively comprised in a fatal expedi-
tion to Afghanistan, which dragged in its train
mands and raids of the Burmese, and resulted
the annexation of Sind, the Sikh wars, and the
in the Burmese ceding Assam, Aracan, and the
inclusion of Baluchistan in the protectorate
coast of Martaban and their claims to the lower
of India. The first Afghan war was under-
provinces. The capture of Bharatpur by
taken partly to counter the Russian advance
Lord Combermere (1826) wiped out the in Central Asia and partly to place on the
repulse which General Lake had received
throne at Kabul the dethroned ruler Shah
there twenty yeai s earlier. A disputed success-
Shuja in place of Dost Mahomed. The latter
ion on this occasion led to the British inter-
object was easily attained (1839) and for two
vention.
years Afghanistan remained in the military
occupation of the British. In 1841 Sir
Social Reform. Alexander Burnes was assassinated in Kabul
and Sir William Macnaghten suffered the same
A
former Governor of Madras, Lord William fate in an interview with the son of Dost Ma-
Bentinck, was the next Governor-General. homed. The British Commander in Kabul,
His epitaph by Macaulay, says " He abo-
:
Gen. Elphinstone, was old and feeble, and
lished cruel rites ; he effaced humiliating after two months' delay he led his army of
distinctions ; he gave liberty to the expression 4,500 and 12,000 camp followers back towards
of public opinion his
; constant study was India in the depth of winter. Between Kabul
to elevate the intellectual and moral and Jallalabad the whole force perished, either
character of the nations committed to his at the hands of the Afghans or from cold, and
charge." Dr. Brydon was the only survivor who reached
the latter city. Lord Ellen borough succeeded
Some of his financial reforms, forced on him Lord Auckland and was persuaded to send an
from England, and his widening of the gates army of retribution to relieve Jallalabad.
by which educated Indians could enter the One force under Gen. Pollock relieved Jallala-
service of the Company, were most unpopular bad and marched on Kabul, while Gen. Nott,
at the time, but were eclipsed by the acts he advancing from Kandahar, captured Ghazni
took for the abolition of Sati, or widow-burn- and joined Pollock at Kabul (1842). The
ing, and the suppression
with the help of bazaar at Kabul was blown up, the pri-
Captain Sleeman of the professional here- soners rescued, and the army returned to India
ditary assassins known as Thags. In 1832 he leaving Dost Mahomed to take undisputed
annexed Cachar, and, two years later, Coorg. possession of his throne. The drama ended
The incompetence of the ruler of Mysore forced with a bombastic proclamation from Lord
him to take that State also under British ad- Ellenborough and the parade through ths
ministrationwhere it remained until 1881. Punjab of the (spurious) gates of Somnath
His rule waa marked in other ways by the des- taken from the tomb of Mahmud of
patch of the first steamship that made the pas- Ghazni.
sage from Bombay to Suez, and by his settle-
ment of the long educational controversy in Sikh Wars.
favour of the advocates of instruction in English
and the vernaculars. Lord William Bentinck
left India (18415) with his programme of reforms
Lord Ellen borough's other wars the con-
quest of Sind by Sir Charles Napier and the
unfinished. The new Charter Act of 1833 had
brought to a close the commercial business of
suppression of an outbreak in Gwalior were
followed by his recall, and the appointment
the Company and emphasized their position as of Sir Henry (1st Lord) Hardinge to be Gover-
rulers of an Indian Empire in trust for the nor-General. A soldier Governor-General was
Crown. By it the whole administration, as well not unacceptable for it was felt that a tria
56 The History of Indian
of streDgth wasimminent between the British of a department of public instruction and4>
and the remaining Hindu power in India, the initiated more practical measures than thosei
Sikhs. Ranjit Singh, the founder of the Sikb devised by his predecessors. It was his mis-
Kingdom, had died in 1839, loyal to the end to fortune that the mutiny, which so swiftly"
the treaty he had made with Metcalfe thirty followed his resignation, was by many critics;
years earlier. He left no son capable of ruling, in England attributed to his passion for
and the khalsa, or central council of the Sikh change.
army, was burning to measure its strength
with the British sepoys. The intrigues of two Sepoy Mutiny.
men, Lai Singh and Fej Singh, to obtain the
supreme power led to their crossing the Sutlej Dalhousie was succeeded by Lord Canning
and invading British territory. Sir Hugh in 1856, and in the following year the sepoys j
Gough, the Commander-in-Chief, and the Gov- of the Bengal army mutinied and all the ]
ernor-General hurried to the frontier, and valley of the Ganges from Delhi to Patna rose
within three Weeks four pitched battles were in rebellion. The causes of this convulsion^

fought at Mudki, Ferozeshah, Aliwal and are difficult to estimate, but are probably to^
be found in the unrest which followed the pro-
Sobraon. The Sikhs were driven across the
Sutlej and Lahore surrendered to the British, gress of English civilisation ; in the spreading,
but the province was not annexed. By the of false rumours that the whole of India was;
to be subdued in the confidence the sepoy
terms of peace the infant Dhuleep Singh was ;
recognized as Rajah ; Major Henry Lawrence troops had acquired in themselves under Bri*
was appointed Resident, to assist the Sikh tish leadership; and in the ambition of the
Council of Regency, at Lahore ; the Jullun- educated classes to take a greater shade in the
dur Doab was added to British territory; the government of the country. Added to this,
Sikh army was limited ; and a British force there was in the deposed King of Delhi, Baha-
dur Shah, a centre of growing disaffection..
wp.s sent to garrison the Punjab on behalf of
the child Rajah. Lord Hardinge returned to Finally there was the story not devoid of
England (1S48) and was succeeded by
truth that the cartridges for the new Enfield
of Indian rifle were greased with fat that rendered them
Lord Dalhousie, the greatest
proconsuls. unclean for both Hindus and Mahomedans,,
And when the mutiny did break out it found
Dalhousie had only been in India a few the Army without many of its best officers
months when the second Sikh war broke out. who were employed in civil work, and the
In the attack on the Sikh position at Chillan- British troops reduced; in spite of Lord
wala th British lost 2.400 officers and men Dalhousie's warnirgs, bel( w the number he
besides four guns and the colours of three regi- considered essential for safety. On May lflfl
ments : but before reinforcements could arrive the sepoys at Meerut rose in mutiny, cut down
from England, bringing Sir Charles Napier as a few Europeans, and, unchecked by the large
Commander-in-Chief, Lord Gough had re- European garrison, went off to Delhi where
stored his reputation by the victory of Gujrat next morning the Mahomedans rose. From
which absolutely destroyed the Sikh army. that centre the mutiny spread through the
As a consequence the Punjab was annexed and North-Western Provinces and Oudh into Lower
became a British province (1849), its pacifica- Bengal. Risings in the Punjab were put down
tion being so well carried out, under the two by Sir John Lawrence and his subordinates
Lawrences that on the outbreak of the Mutiny who armed the Sikhs, and with their help re-
eight years later it remained not only quiet but duced the sepoys, and Lawrence was subse-
loyal/ In 1852 Lord Dalhousie had again to em- quently able to send a strong body of Sikhs to
bark on war, this time in Burma, owing to the aid in the siege of Delhi. The native armies
ill-treatment of British merchants in Rangoon. of Madras and Bombay remained for the most
The lower valley of the Irawaddy was occupied part true to their colours. In Central India,
from Rangoon to Prome and annexed, under the the contingents of some of the great chiefs
name of Pegu, to those provinces that had joined the rebels, but Hyderabad was kepr,
been acquired in the first Burmese war. Bri- loyal by the influence of its minister, Sir Salar
tish territories were enlarged in many other Jung.
directions during Lord Dalhousie's tenure of
office. His " doctrine of lapse" by which The interest of the war centres round Dilhl,
British rule was substituted for Indian in Cawnpore and Lucknow,
though in other places
States where continued misrule on the failure massacres and fighting occurred.
The siege of
began on June 8 when Sir Henry Barnard
of a dynasty made this change possible, came Delhi
Into practice in the cases of Satara, Jhansi, and occupied the Ridge
outside the town. Barnard
Nagpur (which last-named State became the died of cholera early in July, and Thomas Reed,
Central Provinces) where the rulers died with- who took his place, was obliged
through illness
out leaving male heirs. Oudh was annexed to hand over the command to
Archdale Wilson.
with a reinforce-
on account of its misrule. Dalhousie left In August Nicholson arrived
the meantime the
many other marks on India. He reformed ment from the Punjab. In added to
the administration from top to bottom, found- rebel force in Delhi was
constantly
ed the Public Works Department, initiated by the arrival of new bodies of mutineers,
and the losses heavy :
the railways, telegraphs and postal system, and attacks were frequent
victims
completed the great Ganges canal. He also cholera and sunstroke carried off mr.ny
detached the Government of Bengal from the on the Ridge : and when the final assault was
charge of the Governor-General, and summoned made in September the Delhi army
could only
representatives of the local Governments to parade 4,720 infantry, of whom 1,960 were
siege guns made
the deliberations of the Government of India. Europeans. The arrival of
batteries on Septem-
Finally, in education he laid down the lines it possible to advance the
.
The Sepoy Mutiny. 57

er 8, and by the 13th a breach was made, perity will be our strength, in their content-
|
>n the following day three columns were led ment our security, and in their gratitude our
o the assault, a fourth being held in reserve, best reward." Peace was proclaimed in July
iver the ruins of the Kashmir Gate, blown in by 1859, and in the cold weather Lord Canning
tome and Salkeld, Col. Campbell led his men and went on tour in the northern provinces, to
richolson formed up his troops within the walls, receive the homage of loyal chiefs and to assure
iy nightfall the British, with a loss of nearly them that the ** policy of lapse " was at an end.
,200 killed and wounded, had only secured a A number of other important reforms marked
)otbold in the city. Six days' street fighting the closing years of Canning's Viceroyalty.
flowed and Delhi was won ; but the gallant The India Councils Act (1861) augmented the
icholson was killed at the head of a Governor-General's Council, and the Councils
torming party. Bahadur Shah was taken of Madras and Bombay by adding non-official
risoner, and his two sons were shot by Captain members, European and Indian, for legislative
Fudson. purposes only. By another Act of the same
year, High Courts of Judicature were consti-
Massacre at Cawnpore. tuted. To deal with the increased debt of
At Cawnpore the stpoys mutinied on June 27 India Mr. James Wilson was sent from England
nd found in Nana Sahib, the heir of the last to be Financial Member of Council, and to
'eshwa, a willing leader in spite of his former him are due the customs system, income tax,
rofessions of loyalty. There a European l'icense duty, and State paper currency. The
>rce ot 240 with six guns had to protect 870 cares of office had broken down the Viceroy's
on-combatants, and held out for 22 days, sur- health. His successor, Lord Elgin, lived only
sndering only on the guarantee of the Nana a few months after his arrival in India,
hat they should have a safe conduct as far as and was succeeded by Sir John (after-
Jlahabad. They were embarking on the wards Lord) Lawrence, the *" saviour of the
oats on the Ganges when fire was opened on Punjab,"
hem, the men being shot or hacked to pieces
efore the eyes of ttieir wives and children and Sir John Lawrence.
be women being mutilated and murdered in
lawnpore to which place they were taken back. The chief task that fell to Sir John Lawrence
!heir bodies were thrown down a well just
was that of reorganising the Indian military
efore Havelock, having defeated the Nana's sy3tem, and of reconstructing the Indian army.
i>rces, arrived to the relief. In Lucknow a
The latter task was carried out on the prin-
mall garrison held out in the Residency from ciple that in the Bengal army the proportion
uly 2 to September 25 against tremendous of Eurcpeans to Indians in the infantry and
dds and enduring the most fearful hardship? cavalry should be one to two, and in the
?be relieving force, under Havelock and Out- Madras and Bombay armies one to three the :
am, was itself invested, and the garrison was

artillery was to be almost wholly Europeans.
ot Anally delivered until Sir Colm Campbell Tha re-organ is at ion was carried out in spite of
rrived in November. Fighting continued for financial difficulties and tne saddling of Indian
8 months in Oudh, which Sir Colin Campbell revenues with the cost of a war in Abyssinia
nally reduced, and in Central India, where with which India had no direct concern but ;
>ir Hugh Rose waged a brilliant campaign operations in Bhutan were all the drain made
gainst the disinherited Rani of Jhansi who on the army in India while the re-organising

Jed at the head of her troops and Tantia process was being carried on. Two severe

famines in Orissa (1866) and Bundelkhahd
'opi.
Transfer to the Crown.

and Upper Hindustan (1868-9) occurred, while
Sir John Lawrence was Viceroy, and ho laid
down the principle for the first time in Indian
With the end of the mutiny there began a history, that the officer of the Government
5
*
lew era in India, strikingly marked at the out-
would be held personally responsible for taking
et by the Act for the Better Government of every possible means
to avert death by starva-
ndia (1858) which transferred the entire ad- tion. He also created the Irrigation Depart-
oinistration from the Company to the Crown.
ment under Col. (Sir Richard) Strachey. Two
3y that Act India was to be governed by, and commercial crises of the time have to be noted.
a the name of, the Sovereign through a Secre- One seriously threatened the tea industry in
ary of State, assisted by a Council of fifteen Bengal. The other was the consequence of
nembers. At the same time the Governor- the wild gambling in shares of every descrip-
Jeneral received the title of Viceroy. The tion that took place in Bombay during the
Suropean troops of the Company, numbering years of prosperity for the Indian cotton in-
ibout 24,000 officers and men were greatly dustry caused by the American Civil War.

Renting the transfer amalgamated with the
Royal service, and the Indian Navy was abo-
The Share Mania/' however, did no perma
nent harm to the trade of Bombay, but was;
ished. On November 1, 1858, the Viceroy on the other hand, largely responsible for the
announced in Durbar at Allahabad that Queen series of splendid buildings begun in that city
/ictoria had assumed the Government of India,
during the Governorship of Sir Bartle Frere.
md proclaimed a policy of justice and religious j
Sir John Lawrence retired in 1800, having

deration. A principle already enunciated passed through every grade of the service, from
n the Charter Act of 1833 was reinforced, and an Assistant Magistracy to the Viceroyalty,
til of every race or creed, were
to be admitted Lord Mayo, who succeeded him, created an
is far as possible to those offices in
the Queen'e Agricultural Department and introduced the
service for which they might be
qualified. system of Provincial Finance, thus fostering
Lhe aim of the Government was to be the bene- the impulse to local self-government.
Ho also
at of all her subjects in India"
In their pros* laid the foundation for the reform of the salt
administration is memorable for the freedom
duties, thereby enabling his successors to abo-
given to the Press by the repeal of the Ver-
lish the inter-provincial customs lines. Un-
nacular Press Act, for his scheme of local self-
happily his vast schemes for the development
government ^hich developed municipal insti-
of the country by extending communications
tutions, and for the attempt to extend the
of every kind were not carried out to the full
jurisdiction of the criminal courts in the Dis-
by him, for he was murdered in the convict tricts over European British subjects, inde-
settlement of the Andaman Islands, in 1872
pendently of the race or nationality of the
Lord Northbrook (Viceroy 1872-6) had to exer- This attempt, which created^
]
chiefly in the province of presiding judge.

cise his abilities
a feeling among Europeans in India of great
finance. A severe famine which threatened hostility to the Viceroy, ended in a compromise
Lower Bengal in 1874 was successfully warded
olf by the organization of State relief
and the in 1884. Other reforms were the re-establish- .
ment of the Department of Revenue and Agri-J

importation of rice from Burma. The follow-
culture, the appointment of an Education Com-
ing year was notable for the deposition of the with a view to the spread of popular
and mission
Gaikwar of Baroda foi mis-government,
for the tour through India of the
Wales (the late King Edward VII).
of the Duke of Edinburgh to India when
Prince of instruction on a broader basis, and the
The visit tion
Lord Baring, now
by the Finance
Lord Cromer) of a number
toms duties. Lord Dufferin, who succeeded!
Mayo was Viceroy had given great pleasure tc Lord Ripon in 1884, had to give his attention I

aboli-x
Minister (Sir Evelyn-
of
those with whom he had come in touch, and more to external than internal affairs : one oM
had established a kind of personal link between
his first acts was to hold a durbar at Rawalpindi
India and the Crown. The Prince of Wales for the reception of the Amir of Afghanistan]
tour aroused unprecedented enthusiasm for and
which resulted in the strengthening of British!
loyalty to the British Raj, and further en- relations with that ruler. In 1885 a third*
couragement was given to the growth of this Burmese war became necessary owing to the*
spirit when, in a durbar of great
magnificence
truculent attitude of King Thibaw and his in-
held on January 1st, 1877, on the famous Ridge trigues with foreign Powers. The expedition^
at Delhi, Queen Victoria was proclaimed Em- under General Prendergast, occupied Mandalay*|
press of India. The Viceroy of that time, without difficulty and King Thibaw was;;
Lord Lytton, had, however, to deal with a exiled to Ratnagiri, where he died on 16thl
situation of unusual difficulty. Two successive His dominions of Upper;
December 1916.
years of drought produced, in 1877-78, the Burma were annexed to British India on thda
worst famine India had known. The most 1st of January, 1886.
strenuous exertions were made to mitigate its
effects, and eight crores of rupees were spent The Russian Menace.
in importing grain ; but the loss of life \*as Of greater importance at the time were the.
estimated at 5i millions. At this time meet a possible, and as iti
also Afghan affairs once more became measures taken to probable, attack on India by-
then appeared a
prominent. Russia. These preparations, which cost,
over two million sterling, were hurried on
Second Afghan War. because of a collision which occurred be.*
tween Russian and Afghan troops at Penjdeb,
The Amir, Sher Ali, was found to be intriguing during the delimitation of the Afghan frontier
with Russia and that fact, coupled with his towards Central Asia, and which seemed likely
repulse of a British mission led to the second
to lead to a declaration of war by Great Britain.
Afghan War. The British forces advanced by War was averted, bat the Penjdeh incident,
three routes the Khyber, the Kurram, and
had called attention to a menace that was to

the Bolan and gained all the important van- be felt for nearly a generation more ; it had
tage points of Eastern Afghanistan. Sher All also served to elicit from the Princes of India
fled and a treaty was made with his son Yakut)
an unanimous offer of troops and money in case
Khan, which was promptly broken by the of need. That offer bore fruit under the next
murder of Sir Louis Cavagnari, who had been Viceroy, Lord Lansdowne, when the present
sent as English envoy to Kabul. Further oper-
Service Troops was orga-
ations were thus necessary, and Sir P. (now system of Imperial Lansdowne's rule also the
nised. Under Lord
Lord) Roberts advanced on the capital and defences of the North- Western Frontier were,
defeated the Afghans at Charasia. A rising of strengthened, on the advice of Sir Fredenclr,
the tribes followed, in spite of Sir D. Stewart s (now Earl) Roberts, who was then Comman-
victory at Ahmed Kheyl and his advance from der-in-Chief in India. Another form of pre-
Kabul to Kandahar. A pretender, Sirdar cautionary measure against the continued
Ayub Khan, from Herat prevented the estab- aggression of Russia was taken by raising the
lishment of peace, defeated Gen. Burrows' annual subsidy paid by the Indian Govern-
brigade at Maiwand, and invested Kandahar.
ment to the Amir from eight to twelve
He was routed in turn by Sir P. Roberta who lakhs.
made a brilliant march from Kabul to Kanda-
har. After the British withdrawal fight lug On the North- Eastern Frontier there occurred
continued between Ayub Khan and Abdur (1891) in the small State of Manipur a revolu-
Rahman, but the latter was left undisputed tion against iho Raja that necessitated an
Amir of Afghanistan until his death in
inquiry on the spot by Mr. Quinton, the Chief
1901. Commissioner of Assam. Mr. Quinton, the
commander of his escort, and others, were
In the meantime Lord Lytton had resigned
treacherously murdered in a conference and
(1880) and Lord Ripon was appointed Viceroy retreated. This dis-
by the new Liberal Government. Lord Ripon'a the escort iguominiously
Lord Curzon's Viceroyalty. 59
race to British arms led to several attacks od (he arms and work on strategic railways
traffic
rontier outposts which were brilliantly de- Fas pushed forward. The fact that in seven
sated. Manipur was occupied by British years he only spent a quarter of a million upon
roops and the government of the State was repressive measures and only found it necessary
ôrganised under a Political Agent. Lord to institute one blockade (against the Mahsud
.ansdowne's term of office was distinguished Waziris) is the justification of this policy of
y several other events such as the passing of compromise between the Lawrence and For-
he Parliamentary Act (Lord Cross's Act, ward schools of thought. In J 901 the trans-
892), which increased the size of the Legisla- Indus districts of the Punjab were separated
te Councils as well as the number of non- from that Province, and together with the po-
fficials in them : legislation aimed at social litical charges of the Malakand, the Khyber,
nd domestic reform among the Hindus :and Kurram, Tochi and Wana were formed into
y
tie closing of the Indian Mints to the free coin- the new North-West Frontier Province, under
ge of silver (1893). a Chief Commissioner directly responsible to
the Government of India. 'That year also
Frontier Campaigns. witnessed the death of Abdur Rahman, the
Lord Elgin, who succeeded Lord Lansdowne Amir of Afghanistan, and the establishment
l 1894, was confronted at the outset with a of an understanding with his successor Habib-
eficit of Rs. 2i crores, due to the fall in es- ullah. In 1904 the attitude of the Dalai Lama
trange. (In 1895 the rupee fell as low as of Tibet being pro-Russian and anti-British,
#. Id.) To meet this the old five per cent, im it became necessary to send an expedition to
ort duties were reimposed on a number of Lhasa under Colonel (Sir Francis) Younghus-
ommodities, but not on cotton goods : and band. The Dalai Lama abdicated and a treaty
ithin the year the duty was extended to was concluded with his successor.
iece-goods, but not to yarn. The re-organisa-
ion of the Army, which involved the abolition In his first year of office Lord Curzon passed
f the old system of Presidency Armies, had
the Act which, in accordance with the recom-
ardly been carried out when a number of risings mendations of the Fowler Commission, prac-
ccurred along the North-West Frontier, In tically fixed the value of the rupee at 1*. M. t

895 the British Agent in Chitral which had and in 1900 a Gold Reserve fund was created.
me under British influence two years pre- The educational reforms that marked this
iously when Sir H. M. Durand had demarca- Viceroyalty are dealt with elsewhere : chief
;d the southern and eastern boundaries of
among them was the Act of 1904 reorganising

fghanistan was besieged and had to be res- the governing bodies of Indian Universities.
lied by an expeditionary force. Two years Under the head of agrarian reform must be
Eter the Wazirs, Swatis, and Mohmands at- mentioned the Punjab Land Alienation Act,
icked the British positions in Malakand, and designed to free the cultivators of the soil from
le Afridis closed the Khyber Pass. Peace the clutches of money-lenders, and the insti-
us only established after a prolonged cam- tution of Agricultural banks. The efficiency
aign (the Tirah campaign) in which 40,000 of the Army was increased (Lord Kitchener
oops were employed, and over 1,000 officers was Commander-in-Chief) by the re-armament
ad men had been lost. This was in itself a of the Indian Army, the strengthening of the
eavy burden on the finances of India, which artillery, and the reorganisation of the trans-
r
as increased by the serious and widespread port service. In bis relations with the Feuda-
imine of 1896-97 and by the appearance in tory Chiefs, Lord Curzon emphasized their
idia of bubonic plague. The methods taken position as partners in administration, and he
3 prevent the spread of that disease led, in founded the Imperial Cadet Corps to give a
ombay, to rioting, and elsewhere to the military education to the sons of ruling and
ppearance in the vernacular aristocratic families. In 1902 the British
press of
iditious articles which made it necessary Government obtained from the Nizam a per-
) make more stringent the law dealing with petual lease of the Assigned Districts of Berar
ich writings. in return for an annual payment of 25 lakhs.
The accession of King Edward VII was pro-
Lord Curzon's Viceroyalty. claimed in a splendid Durbar on January 1,
1903. In 1904 Lord Curzon returned to
With famine and plague Lord Curzon also; England for a few months but was re-appoint-
r
ho succeeded Lord Elgin in 1899, had to deal, ed to a second term of office, Lord Ampthill,
a 1901 the cycle of bad harvests came to an Governor of Madras, having
acted as Viceroy
ad ; but plague increased, and in 1904 deaths during his absence. The chief act of this second
om it were returned at over one million. Of term was the partition of Bengal and the crea-
he many problems to which Lord Curzon tion of a new Province of
Eastern Bengal and
irected his attention, only a few can be men- Assam
oned here :
a reform, designed to remove the
some indeed claim that his great- systematic neglect of the trans-Gangetic areas
8t work in India was not to be found in any of Bengal, which evoked bitter and Diolongetf
ne department but was in fact the general criticism. In 1905 Lord Curzon "resigned,
caring up of the administration which he being unable to accept
the proposals of Lord
chieved by his unceasing energy and personal Kitchener for the re-adjustment
of relations
sample of strenuous work. He had at once between the Army headquarters and the Mili-
) turn his attention to the North-West Fron- tary Department of the Government, and
ier. The British garrisons beyond our boun- being unable to obtain the support of the ITome
ary were gradually withdrawn and replaced Government. Lord Curzon was
succeeded by
y tribal levies, and British forces were con- Lord Minto, the grandson of a former Gover-
centrated in British territory behind them as nor-General.
It was a stormy heritage to which
support. An attempt was made to check Lord Miijto succeeded, for the unrest whicj)
6o The History of India.
had Ions been noticed developed in one Still more serious trouble occurred in Septem--
open sedition. ber, 1914, when a riot at Budge-Budge among a
direction into
number of Sikh emigrants returned from Canada^
Outside Bengal attempts to quell the disaffec-
gave a foretaste of the revolutionary plans en-
tertained by those men. The sequel, revealed j
tion by the ordinary law were fairly successful.
But scarcely any province was free from dis- in two conspiracy trials at Lahore, showed that!
" Ghadr" conspiracy was widespread and
order of some kind and, though recourse was
the
had been consistently encouraged by Germany;
had to the deportation of persons without reason
assigned under an Act of 1818, special Acts India after the War.
had to be passed to meet the situation, viz
:
an Explosives Act, a Prevention of Seditious Post-war India has a strange and baffling
Meetings Act, and a Criminal Law Amendment
history. In 1919 Englishmen troubled little
Act which provides for a magisterial inquiry about affairs in the East : they were engrossed by
in private and a trial before three judges
of the
the settlement of peace and the refusal of the
High Court without a jury. Concurrently with United States either to ratify the Treaty of
these legislative measures steps were taken to
Versailles or to join the League of Nations.
extend representative institutions. In 1907 however, the eyes not only of the
to In 1930,
a Hindu and a Mahomedan were appointed Empire but of the entire world were set
the Secretary of State's Council, and m1909 British
upon India, when Mr. Gandhi and his followers
a Hindu was appointed for the first time to the for the second time attempted to make the
Vicerov's Council. The Indian Councils Act non-co-operation movement effective.
of 1909 carried this policy farther by
reconsti-
tuting the legislative councils and conferring Ideas rule the world. India had participated
upon them wider powers of discussion. The in the " war to end war". It was a war waged
executive councils of Madras and Bombay in defence of Belgium and it ended in a peace
were enlarged by the addition of an Indian ostensibly proclaiming the sanctity of national
member. aspirations throughout the world. For the sake
of nationalism the structure of Europe had beew
As regards foreign policy, Lord Minto 'a broken into fragments. What then was to \M
Viceroyalcy was distinguished by the conclu- India's share in the spoils of peace ? The
sion (1907) between Great Britain and
Russia
disturb Montagu-Chelmsford
Eeforms did not satisfy
of an agreement on questions likely to extremist opinion. They were the result of an
the friendly relations of the two countries id agreed policy at home, and an agreed policy
Asia generally, and in Persia, Afghanistan
and
meant concessions to reactionary opinion.
Tibet in particular. Two expeditions had to
be undertaken on the North-West Frontier, The Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms worked,
against the Zakka Khels and the Mohmands
and in some Provinces they worked well. Ben
and ships of the East Indies Squadron were cause they worked well, it was never possible
frequentlv engaged off Mas Vat and in the to withhold reforms. Because experience rej
Persian Gulf in operations designed to check the vealed their shortcomings, it was imperative
traffic in arms through Persia and
Mekran to
that greater reforms should be made. Lord
the frontier of India. Morley and Lord Minto expressly denied that
their reforms allowed Parliamentary institutions^
Visit of the King and Queen. Yet the logical conclusion of these reforms waa
Sir Charles (Lord) Hardinge was
appointed to the Montagu-Chelmsford Report, which definitely
in established Parliamentary institutions, and
that
succeed Lord Minto in 1910. His first year
report prepared the way to Dominion Statue]
India was marked by the visit to India of the the war we find the Viceroy and
Emperor and the Queen, who arrived at Ten years after
Kin<* by methods
Bombay on December 2, 1911. From there Mr. Gandhi working different foi
the same end.

they proceeded to Delhi where, in the most
magnificent durbar ever held in India, the coro-
Yet to one living through those fevered yeari
nation was proclaimed and various boons, in-
the issues were not always clear. Mahomedai
cluding an annual grant of 50 lakhs for popular
and Hindu aspirations did not always coincide
education, were announced. At the same cere-
The evil mischances that persuaded Turkey U
mony His Majesty announced the transfer of the associate with the Central Powers in th(
capital of India from Calcutta to Delhi ; the
European War sorely tried Mahomedan loyalty
reunion of the two Bengals under a Governor-
The Khilafatist movement assumed great propor
in-Council: the formation of a new Lieutenant-
tions and the consequence was war for Kin*
Governorship for Behar, Chota Nagpur and
; ;
Amanullah, who had just ascended the throne a

Orissa and the restoration of Assam to the
Afghanistan, believed that India was in opei
charge of a Chief Commisaioner. revolt. He decided, therefore, to invade tin
In August, 1913, the demolition of a lavatory country. The Afghan War was unfortunatel;
attached to a mosque in Cawnpore was made the a prolonged campaign, and increased the sena
occasion of an agitation among Indian Mahome- of post-war exhaustion in this country. A fe\
dans and a riot in Cawnpore led to heavy loss years later King Amanullah visited India on ai
His country had entered th<
of life. Of those present at the rict, 106 were errand of peace.
put on trial but subsequently released by the comity of nations, and he would tour Europe asai
enlightened monarch. In 1928 he returned to
Viceroy before the case reached the Sessions,
and His Excellency was able to settle the his country, which, however, he was destine*
soon to The pace of his reforms had beei
mosque difficulty by a compromise that leave.
was acceptable to the local and other too rapid for his country. He abdicated li
^labomeflans, favour of his brother Inayatullah, who abdicate*
The Round Table Conference.
himself a few hours later. It was not until was Dominion Status, but invited representatives
General Nadir Khan was elected King in the of India to a Round Table Conference in London :
summer of 1929 that peace came to the unhappy he stood where the moderates and half the
land but the keenness with which India followed
;
Congress had stood two years before. Mean-
the progress of the revolution showed how while, Congress became still more extremist.
closely were the fortunes of the two countries In January 1929, Mr. Gandhi announced that
associated. if India was not given Dominion Status within
a year, he would lead the campaign for Indepen-
The appointment of Lord Reading to be dence. He kept his word, and the Lahore
Viceroy in 1921 was a landmark in Indian Congress of December 1929, under the guidance
history. Throughout his tenure of office there of Pandit Jawharlal Nehru rather than Mr.
was opposition and disorder. The Duke of Gandhi, voted in favour of Independence.
Connaught came to open the new council and ;
the Swarajists did their utmost to boycott the The new struggle began in earnest in March,
visit. The Prince of Wales came a year later 1930. Mr. Gandhi first decided to break the Salt
on a non-political visit ; but his arrival in Laws. He made an imposing march from
Bombay was the signal for severe rioting. Ahmedabad to the coast, where he ceremoniously
Mr. Gandhi's weapons of attack were boycott manufactured salt that could not be taxed.
and the wearing of Khaddar. Khaddar, as Non-co-operation was in full swing. For a
an Indian cloth, weakened the importation of short time Bombay was virtually a Congress
foreign cloth. The boycott was directed not City. There were numerous arrests.
only against British goods, but against the entire The Statutory Commission meanwhile pub-
machinery of Government. In 1923 Lord lished its report, but it met with violent
Reading's certification doubled the Salt-Tax, criticism in India. A
new scheme to consult
thus showing that the Legislative Assembly had Indian opinion on constitutional reforms was
no real control over finance. The responsibili- evolved in the shape of a Round Table Con-
ties of the Assembly were few. Since the ference to which representatives of British India,
Government could override its decisions, its the Indian States and the British parties were
lecisions became irresponsible. In the Pro- invited. The Princes, at first, assumed the
duces, however, there was less irresponsibility, lead. They stood for a Federal Government
ind consequently the members of the Legislative in which the States and British India should
Councils were often the alMes of Government. be partners. At once the extremists, who had
But it took time for Indian opinion to realise intended to ignore the Conference, showed the
ihat the Legislative Councils, however imperfect, keenest concern. The Conference, despite all
;vere the instruments of order and good govern- evil prognostications, represented the voice of
nent. Some years later, the boycott broke India.
iown. Mr. C. II. Das, one of Mr. Gandhi's chief
ieutenants, decided to associate with theLegisla- In February 1931 the Round Table Conference
ure ostensibly to destroy the reforms, but delegates returned to India on the understand-
ing that there was to be a second Round Table
ictually because he and many others had grown
ired of a policy of mere negation. The downfall Conference in London, but that meanwhile
>f non-co-operation was further signalled by certain problems, such as that of separate com-
he election of a great Swarajist, Mr. V. J. Patel, munal electorates, were to be worked out among

0 be President of the Legislative Assembly an themselves in India. The first thing they did
on their return was to attempt to persuade
ffice which he held until the summer of 1930.
Congress to call off the Civil Disobedience
When Lord Irwin succeeded Lord Reading Movement and participate in the Conference.
1 1926, the prospects of peace improved. It Congress, however, were in bitter mood many
/as ordained by Statute that a Commission ;
local committees even did their best to prevent

tiould examine the Indian Reforms within ten the decennial census in February from being an
ears of the inception of the Government of accurate index to the state of the population.
ndia Act. In 1927 both the British Government There were a number of feverish conferences
nd the Government of India agreed that the between Lord Irwin, Mr. Gandhi, and Sir Tej
ommission should be appointed as early as Bahadur Sapru. Mr. Gandhi and other pro-
ossible. Accordingly, in the autumn, it was minent Congress leaders were released from
nnounced that Sir John Simon and other mem- prison specially to confer with Government
ers of Parliament should be members of a officials and the conferences were conducted in
ew Statutory Commission. Their appoint- a friendly and informal fashion. The upshot
lent was the occasion of a new outburst, was the signing of the Irwin-Gandhi Pact at
either Mr. Gandhi's followers nor the moderates Delhi in March which provided on the one hand
'ould support the Commission. It was to be for Congress to call off the civil disobedience
oycotted from the start. The chief complaint movement, the no-tax campaign, the boycott of
as that all the members of the Commission British goods, and other cognate activities, and
ere Europeans. The Congress party, and even on the other hand for Government to extend an
le moderate*, demanded in its place a Round
amnesty to political prisoners, to permit the
able Conference and the promise, if not the
manufacture of salt on the coast, and make a
amediate offer, of Dominion Status. The number of similar concessions.
Dycott, however, was not very effective. One
f one the Provincial Councils decided to co- When in April Lord Willingdon arrived in
)erate with the Simon Commission the Legisla-
: India to take up his duties as Viceroy and
te Assembly, almost alone among the Legisla- Governor-General, Lord Irwin left the country
res, stood consistently for boycott. Yet it is amid many tributes to his statesmanship. Lord
?nificant that before the Simon Commission Willingdon's first few months were spent in
id published its report, the Viceroy not only preparing the way for the second Bound Table
uiounced that the goal of Government in India l Conference, the opening of whjch was f}j?ed! foj
November. At first Congress refused to partici- and subsequently at Ottawa the Indian delega-
Government had broken the tion to the Conference headed by Sir AtuJ
pate, alleging that
Irwin-Ga*ndhi agreement, but after much waver- Chatterjee were given the freest possible handj
ing Mr. Gandhi set sail for England at the end
of and the agreement which they concluded embo^
August. The Conference almost broken down dies only such
measures as are in the bes|
prolonged discussiol
over the communal problem. Mr. Gandhi was interests of India. After
frankly dissatisfied and landed in India on it was endorsed by the Central Legislature.
December 28 hinting at a renewal of the civil
Discussions relating to the future constitution
disobedience campaign. Early in January 1932 of India were in progress throughout the yeara
the struggle began again. Mr. Gandhi and the The publication of what is known as CommunM
Congress leaders were imprisoned. Award marked a new stage in the task dm
devising a suitable machinery for the governana
The Viceroy soon made it clear that there of India. The award settled the proportion
could be no compromise with those who were of representation in the country's legislature
determined to persist in a fresh campaign of for various communities and special interests
civil disobedience and proclaimed his determina-
In November the third Round Table ConferenM
tion to use to the full the resources of the State
met in London, the session lasting till the end.
in fighting and defeating a movement which
of the year.
would otherwise remain a perpetual menace
to orderly Government and individual liberty. The year 1933 saw the publication of the Whiti
His Excellency's policy quickly met with success. Paper embodying the proposals of His MajestyJ
The arrest of the principal leaders of the campaign Government or constitutional advance in
f
was followed up. with the imprisonment after India (See Round Table Conference Chapter
trial of over 30,000 followers of the
Congress. It served to thrust India into the forefro*
The special Ordinances devised to deal with the of British politics. At no other period perhaj
menace were renewed for another six months, in recent times has India figured so largely in
being replaced at the end of the year by more Britain, which was flooded by die-hail
permanent legislation which the Legislative propaganda against "the danger of forcM
Assembly and the Council of State endorsed, democracy down the throats of the dumb million
the former by a surprisingly good majority. All of India."
the Provincial Councils passed complemen-
With the complete stultification of the Congr el
tary legislation embodying Ordinance regula- anj
tions to suit local conditions. Thus by the end following the collapse of civil disobedience,
inances had ceased to exist, the shifting of interest to London where *W
of the year the Ord Committee was in sessiaj
Joint Parliamentary
their place being taken by legislation for a activifl
limited period. Nothing showed the rally of examining the White Paper, political
in the country was at a standstill. To make xfl
the country against, civil disobedience better the
for this there was a great upheaval in socii
than these measures.
sphere. The plight of the depressed classes
The economic position of the country continued (called Harijans by Mr. Gandhi)
attracted mud
aggressive measure
to be abnormal throughout the year and attention, thanks to the
Government refused to contemplate any relaxa- adopted by Mr. Gandhi, his two fasts, releai
tion of that stern policy of rigorous economy from jail and whirlwind
tour of the countrl
in public expenditure outlined in 1931.
The Although there was much orthodox opposition
policy was reflected in the to the admission of untouchables into cas?
success of that
aspects
budget of 1933-34, though public opinion in temples and other demonstrational
with the absence movement, the upper
J
classes' cog
the country was disappointed the uplift
of any relief from taxation, particularly in
view science was roused to activity and directed M
salaries wards the amelioration of the general conditi^
of the partial restoration of the cut in the
of the Services. An outstanding feature
of of the untouchables.
the year was the rapid improvement in India s
credit notwithstanding the economic
stress. For the first time in history, Mount Ever
from the air. An aeroplaa
Government floated three loans, one in sterling was conquered financed by Lady Houston achievi
and two in rupees, of the total amount of Rs. 58 expedition
crores. The last of these was oversubscribed this
marvel which, apart from its spectacuW
valrt
in about four hours though it gave a
return nature, is believed to be of great scientific
succeeded A climbing expedition which followed,
noweve
of only 5 J percent. Government also attempt owing to unkin
floating debt. had to abandon the
in substantially reducing their
weather. j
An event of great importance during the India's increasing status among the
nations i
year was the tariff agreement between India by the privile*
the world was exemplified
and Great Britain at the Ottawa Conference- accorded to her of negotiating direct with
In the entirely new circumstances created by Foreign Power (Japan) for a commercial treat;
the departure of the British Government from from .la pa:
the old policy of universal free trade and by
To meet the stifling competition vourj
India decided to cancel the most-fa
I
the substitution for it of a tariff coupled with

I
nation treatment to Japan, whereupon the latt

the grant of preference to countries, the Govern- retaliated bv placing a boycott on Indian cotto
I
mcnt of India were invited to send a delegation The tug-of-war ended as the result of a serf
'
to the Imperial Conference primarily to consider conversations at Simla and Delhi betwe<
and discuss with representatives of Great Britain of representatives of the Indian and
Japane
the question whether it would be in the interests Governments. Equally important was the xlt
of both countries to enter into a tarilf agreement J
delegation from Lancashire, why

involving the reciprocal grant of preferences naid by a
agreement wi
also was productive of an
to each other's products. In the negotiations,
and discussions which took place first in London [
Bombay millowners for the regulation of tra
The History of India. 63
id
avoidance of cut-throat competition an Mr. Gandhi announced his decision to leave
;reement which was later ratified by the Indian that body, with a view partly to enable it
gislature. to function independently and unobsessed
by his personality and partly to devoting his
The good will engendered by this (Lees-Mody) time and energy to an intensive rural uplift
!<-!was followed ud and an Indo-British trade programme. This has been described as a
xeement was concluded in 1 934. The operation subtle move on the part of Mr. Gandhi to
this and the Ottawa Agreements helped consolidate his position among the masses.
dian commerce and industry by facilitating Not to be outdone by Mr. Gandhi, the Govern-
Of exchange of commodities and' merchandise ment of India sanctioned one crore of rupees
tween India and Britain a-nd other parts of to ameliorate the condition of the agricultural
e Empire. A policy of economic nationalism population.
gan to be adopted by almost all European
igitries which imposed exchange and quota The year witnessed a keen and bitter con-
fictions on foreign imports/ As a result troversy over the Communal Award, Hindu
this Indian exports to Italy, Germany protesting it was unjust and Muslims insisting
mmania and Turkey suffered a great deal. on retaining it. Between the two, the Congress
chose to remain neutral. This attitude
Nevertheless India turned the corner and displeased both, and a section of Hindu Congress-
the time of writing seems within sight of men formed a separate party and ceaselessly
momic revival, if not prosperity. The budget strove to upset the Award.
J U:>4-:i5 actually showed a surplus all-

owing for the full restoration of salary cuts Another outstanding feature was the publi-
a a slight reduction cation of the report of the Joint Parliamentary
in the income-tax
res. Committee which examined British and Indian
witnesses (officials and non-officials) on the
Government's proposals contained in the White
Politically, 1934-35
was a year of peace. Paper. The report differed
. Gandhi yielded to the insistent demands White little from the
peace followers and formally called off civil
Paper and formed the basis of the India
Bill which, at the time of writing, is being
obedience which had been dead for months,
discussed by the House of Commons in Com-
e elimination of this negative policy mittee. Both the Committee's
to a constructive programmed report and the
Right Wing Bill raised a storm of protest in India
lgressmen revived the old Swaraj Partv. They , where the
proposed reforms were regarded by most people,
(tested the- elections to the Assembly and
including the Liberals, as inadequate, but a small
red signal success, winning 45 seats. Their
imph is all the more striking because of section of opinion was in favour of working
the scheme to get the best out of it and to
rivalry between them and another wing of
pave the way for a further instalment of
Congress which had quarrelled with the
political reform.
fmt body on the Communal Award. Various
ses have been suggested for their success,
most important, of which was the wave of The Indian Princes created some surprise by
refusing to accept the proposals as they stood
pnental loyalty to an institution which had
and demanding a number of chanses. A* section
m up its barren programme and following of public opinion regarded

removal of the Government ban resumed their decisions as a
aormal functions. withdrawal from the proposed federation, but
the Princes repudiated this interpretation and
protested that they only asked for changes
'he Indian National Congress met in October which would safeguard
their status, privileges
1 after threeand a half years of naction. and treaty rights.
64
The Government of India.

to India and it became a political
and administrative^
The impulse which drove thejBritisb Government body holding its territories in the directiog
i
trust for th
was not conquest but trade. The con- Crown. The same Act vested
evolution from .
of Indiarepresents the slow and military administration

wiairemcnts. of the entire civil
ditions established to meet trading of legislation in the Governorj
years before-.the and sole power
On September 24, 1599 a few Akbar, the mer- General-in-Council, and
defined more clearltf
deaths of Queen Elizabeth and extent of the control to be exd
association for the nature and
chants of London formed an over the subordinate governments
direct trade with tended
the purpose of establishing
charter of incorpo- After the
Mutiny, there was passed, in 1858, an
the East and were granted a Act transferring the Government of India frojj
The Government of this Company
in
This Act madj
ration
with a Gene the Company to the Crown.
England was vested in a Governor change in the administration m
ral Court of Proprietors and a
Court of Direc- no important Governor-General, as represent)
The factors and affairs of the
Company India, but the known as the V<cetoy
Eors
India, and in ing the Crown, became
on the East and West Coasts of of tne The Governor-General
is the sole represent*
Bengal, were administered at each India ; be is assisted by i
settlements of Madras (Port bt. tive of the Crown in officials, each o
principal of high
(Fort William), Council, composed
George), Bombay and Calcutta for a special departmenj
or Governor and a Council con- whom is responsible
by a President administration.
sisting of the senior servants
of the Company. of the
independent
The three "Presidencies" were to tne Functions of Government.
only
of each other and subordinate Indji
in England. The functions of the Government in
Directors of any grew
are perhaps the most extensive
Territorial Responsibility Assumed. a shag
administration in the world. It claims
in India conse- in the produce of the
land and in the Punjaj
The collapse of government the alienattaj
power and the and Bombay it has restricted non-agncuituj
quent on the decay of Moghul
Coast forced of land from agriculturists to
Sues of the French on the East
assume terri- It undertakes the management of landtt
the officers of the Company
to ists.
spite of their own de- estates where
the proprietor is disqualiflej
torial responsibility in relief woti
In times of famine it undertakes
Sand the insistent orders of the Rectors
step the Company became first the and other remedial measures on a great
and
B|
Step by property is
dominant, then the paramount
power in India, It manages a vast forest and opiuij
system of principal manufacturer of salt
tathese changed circumstances the and un- ?t owns the bulk of the railways o the count*
!
government by mutually independent ~

,
at the Presi- and directly manages a c n d bl

^Sj
wieldy councils of the merchants of them; it has constructed
? and maintan
to grave abuses. Par
dencvy towns gave rise under the Regulatmg most of the important irrigation works ; l
Uame nt intervened, and and four ownfl and manages the post
and telegrap
Act of 1773, a Governor-General administer the systems; it has the
monopoly of. the
councilors were appointed to mint 8 in motq
Presidency of Fort William (Bengal),
and the Se, and it alone can set the
rural board
Madras and It lends money to municipalities
supremacy of that Presidency over established. and agriculturists and occasionally to owna
Bombay was for the first time were forbidden of historic estates. It
controls the sal 1
Th? subordinate Presidencies intoxicating arugs and has
due
treaties without the pre- liquor and
,
to wage war or make of responsibilities in respect to-.police, educatto

Governor-General
vious consent of the operations and ordina
of imminent medical and sanitary
Bengal in Council, except in cases establish- nubhc works of the most
intimate charact
Pitt's Act of 1784, which wit
Government has also close relations cov
ed S
necessity
Board of Control in England,
administration of each of the three^
vested the The
Presiden- the Indian States which
of the
col ectively
whde-area
'
o! Ind
councillors includ- more than one-third
cies in a Governor and.three one-fifth of its pop
of the Fresi- and comprise more than
ing the Commander-in-Chief these great fur
of the Governor- fation. The distribution of
dency Army. The control of India and t
extended, t ons between the Government fluctuated a
General-in-Council was somewhat administrations has
by the Charter Act of 1793. provincial
as it was again
definitely regulated by the
Reform Act
Under the Charter Act of 1833 the bus.ness 1919.
Company Cs
to close its commercial
was compelled
1
THE REFORMS OF 1919.

system of (Lord Chelmsford), the res _j
Great changes were made in tne embodied in their Report on
Indian Conl
in British India by the Govern-
government
together with tutional Reform issued in the springofM
ment of India Act, 1919, which, important
report were sum
The recommendations In this Committees
the rules framed under it almost as mented by those of two
wb
came into
in their provisions as the Act
itself 1918-1lJ, i
The Act toured in India in the winter of
general operation in January 1921. which issued their Reports in the
spring of 19
inquiry conducted in
was the outcome of an A Committee was appointed during
third
India in the winter of 1917-18 by
the Secre- for
and the Viceroy latter year to make recommendations
tary of State (Mr. Montagu)
65
liflcation of the system of administration for a statutory demarcation of the functions
[ndian affairs in the United Kingdom, and to be exercised by the Government
ed their Report while the Government of of India
and the Provincial Governments respectively
iaBill was under examination by a Joint
in their administrative capacity.
>et Committee of both Houses of Parlia- was made
No attempt
in this connection to limit the
it. The Joint Select Committee in their flew open to the Indian Legislature, which
1 issued an exhaustive Report on the Bill
stiu retains a concurrent
ch was passed in a form practically identi (though not an
overriding) power of legislation for the
with that recommended by the Joint Com-
;ee,and received the Royal Assent on the ?* tj18 provinces in general and
of individual provinces ; but the
1 December 1919. rules under
the Act provide specifically for
he Divisions.British India the
for admi exercise of this right in certain specified
rative purposes is divided into 15 pro provincial matters, and the theory
each with its separate Local Govern - upon
ses, which the Act proceeds assumes that
it or administration. In ten of the a convention will be established and
zuices the three Presidencies of Madras, rigorously observed
abay and Bengal, the United Provinces
which will confine
intervention by the Indian Legislature
Agra and Oudh, the Punjab, Bihar and in provincial affairs to matters so
sa. the Central Provinces, Burma, Assam specified.
the North West Frontier Province the
a! Government consists of a Governor, an Finance. The "revenues of India"
cutive Council of not more than or, rather, their sources are
four definitely divided
ibers, and two or more Ministers. between the Central and Provincial Govern-
Burma, ments; the Provincial Governments have
;h was excluded from the original scheme,
brought into line with it in 1922. An now almost complete control over the
of Parliament was passed, constituting administration of their " allocated M
ma a Governor's Province, revenues, they have power to sup-
with a plement
ernor, an Executive Council and Ministers them by raising loans on the
a Legislative Council elected on security of these revenues, and their
a right, subject
'
democratic franchise, which gave the in certain cases to the
!to women. The remaining provinces were Governor-General's sanction, to initiate new
I inclusive of the N. W. Frontier Province, taxation measures is formally recognised.
3tly administered by Chief Commissioners, It was found impossible to devise any
are technically mere agents of the Central scheme of allocation of revenues between
ernment of India. No change was made C entraI a fld
>he Act of 1919 in the system of adminis- T 3
.
which
Provincial Governments
did not leave the former with a
ion in these six minor provinces but the deficit. This deficit is to be mefr in part
itier Province was, after the Burma by an annual contribution from seven of
edent, made a Major Province in 1932. the eight Governors' provinces, the province
yarchy.
In ten nine provinces the exe- of Bihar and Orissa, owing to the compara-
tive exiguousness and inelasticity of its
/e Government is a dual organism which own
i itsunity to the Governor. One half revenues, having been exempted from this contri-
ie organism consists of the Governor and bution. The aggregate sum thus due from the
xecutive Council, all of whom are appointed provinced to the Government of India at the
he King. This body is responsible for the outset was Rs. 983 lakhs, of which Madras
Inistration of those subjects which are contributed Rs. 348 lakhs, the United
erved." The other half of the executive Provinces Rs. 240 lakhs, the Punjab Rs.
Dism is the Governor acting with the ad- 175 lakhs, and the other four provinces
of Ministers who are appointed by him, sums ranging from Rs. 15 lakhs to Rs.
office during his pleasure, and must 64 lakhs. The annual contribution was in
be no case to be subject
ed members of the Provincial Legislative to increase in
icil. To the Governor acting with Mi- the future, and if reduction of the aggre-
rs is entrusted the administration gate were found possible by the Government
of
.nsferred " subjects. of India, reductions were to be made in
fixed proportions from the quota of the
ie Object.The framers of the Act several provinces. The Provincialcontributions
919 had a twofold object in view. Their were gradually foregone and finally extinguished
ary object was to devise a plan which by the Government of India in the years of its
d render possible the introduction by successive annual prosperity Budgets before the
jssive stages of a system of responsible
commencement of the world wide economic
rnment in British India in modification depression in 1929.
e previous system under which the Govern-
in India both central and provincial,
Responsibility. The first steps towards
ved their mandates from the British responsibility were to transform the Provincial
ament acting through the Secretary of Legislative Council into a body of sufficient size
3 'or India, the Cabinet Minister
responsi-
and with a sufficiently large elected majority
bo Parliament for the administration (which the Act fixes at 70 per cent, as a
of
m affairs. minimum) to represent adequately public
opinion in the
province, and to create an
ie Provinces. Starting from the pre- electorate. The
first franchise rules gave
tnat it was in the provinces that the
first the vote to about 5,000,000 of the adult male
jantial steps must be taken towards
the population, and have enabled the Legislative
lopment of a system of responsible govern-
Council of any "Governor's province" to
i the framers of the Act of 1919 provided
extend to the franchise women.
66 The Government of India.
and eomposition of each ol the Pr0vincia lôupeils|

The following table shows the strength
Madras
Bo mbay
B engal
United Provinces
Punjab
Bihar and Orissa
Central Provinces
Aesam
Burma
North- West "Frontier Province
of Indian and British members
exeffl
number
The figures for officials in this tahle are maxima Bihar and Orissa where two of the tn#
in every case, and where less than
the maximum in
M
members are British officials.
number of officials is nominated to any Flprtorates.The electorates m each p$
Council, m
the number of nominated non-officials must be part on a bag

are only vince are arranged for the most
increased in proportion ; e.g., if there which is designed to give separate
represent!
officials (nominated and ex-ojficio)
on tne communities, M
16 tion "to the various races,
be seven
United Provinces Council, there must special interests into which the diverse elemef
The official members naturally range the*
nominated non-officials. of the Indian population
of the
who have seats ex-officio are the memberstorn -in selves. Although there are minor variatij
Executive Council, who are at present Madras, from province to province, a
table showfi
number, the statutory maximum in their character in one province
(Bengal) w
three in Bihar and Orissa
Bombay, and Bengal, provinces give a sufficiently clear idea
of the geDef
and two in each of the remaining position.
an eqiâl
These Executive Councils contain
No. of No. of Memoes

Electorates of returnable bji
this Class. Electorates of
Class of Electorate. this Class. 1
42 46
Non-Muhammadan "
34 39
Muhammadan . . * * 3
P
Anglo Tndian (in 'the technical* VW 'ot persons of mixed 1
European and Asiatic descent).

Landholders
University
Commerce and Industry
Total
special int
all but which are designed to represent
Of the 94 constituencies in Bengal,
University and ests such as Landholders,
Universes, R
nine (those representing the
Commerce and Industry) e arranged on a terri-
consists of a
ters or Commerce being
h
constituencies, and those which
^} ^^K^T^
are based oj L
torial oasis, i.e., each constituency racial distinction Muhammadan,

Europej
prescribed qualifi- "
group of electors, having the Sikh, ete.-being known generi
as
vote in a consti-
cations which entitle them to a
constituencies. .
a particular
tuency of that class, who inhabit" Muhammadan Qualifications.-The qualifl
The normal area for a Voters'
area consequently for caj
constituency is a tion ? for electors (and
or 'non-Muhammadan" province tc provto
large and popu- date') vary in detail from ,
district (or where districts are of variations in the laws l

case of rural constitu- chiellv on account
lous half district) in the of assessm
encies and, in the case of urban
constituencies, Sapiens which form the basis Generally spe
towns. Some property values.
of income or
a group of adjacent municipal by them- ina both in rural and urban
areas the francl
urban constituencies as measo
larie towns form eight "b'a^ca on a property qualification
Belves,
madan
of
and
eeparate constituencies,
course, being
A
M and two " Muhammadan ^
the City of Calcutta jrovideB
coterminous
iWkfSSS
the latter,
,
with the
revenue or of its equivalent,
or of municipal taxes, but
in all
minimum
bv the payment of a prescribed of income t
or
provinces
of I
retli
and men of
.
nensioned or discharged oliicers

former. ar army are entitled to
the vote, irrosp.
runs a re
Throughout the electoral rules there ive of the amount of their income
various .kinds of
general classification of the property.
categories, those
constTtuencics into two broad

The Government of India. 67
POWERS OF PROVINCIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS.

In origin the legislative authority in British enacting, legislation. It is true that the non-
idia was a meeting of the Governor- official element in the Provincial
3neral (or, in the case of the Presidencies Councils as
constituted by Lord Morley's Act of 1909 had
Madras and Bombay, of the Governor) with acquired a considerable measure of control over
3 Executive Council, " for the purpose of legislation, in view of the fact that in most
delation." When met for this purpose there pro-
vinces that Act and the rules framed under
it
lie added to the Executive Council certain placed the non-official members in a slight
additional members," at first very few in majority over their official colleagues ; but for
mber, and those few all nominated by the various reasons this control, even in the sphere
>vernor-General or the Governor, as the case of legislation, can hardly be described as
ght be. A Council so constituted had origin- definite
popular control, and over matters outside the
y no powers or duties beyond those immedi- legislative sphere the Councils had no control-
jly arising out of the discussion of the parti- ling voice at all.
lar legislative measure which at the time was
sraging its attention, and its functions were The Changes.The most important changes
lfined strictly to the discussion and enactment made by the Act of 1919 in the powers of the
legislative^ measures. In course of time the Provincial Councils were
mber of " additional " members, and the Yi) the power to vote (and consequently
)portion of these who were non-official In- to
withhold) supplies;
ns, were steadily increased, the principle of
stion was gradually substituted for nomina-
(ii) a greatly enhanced freedom of initiation
Q as the means of selecting non-official mem-
m the matter of legislation ; and
s, and the functions of the Councils (in) power to frame their own rules of
were proce-
ended so as to include the right of interpella- dure in matters of detail, subject to the
Gover-
1, of the discussion of matters of general nor s concurrence.
)lic interest, and of criticising and discussing
buderet proposals of the Executive Govern-
Afurther right which the Councils will acquire
after four years from the time of their
Qt. This extension of the powers of the commence,
merit is the right to elect their own
mcils was in the main the result of the M Mor- President
ftlinto Act
M At the outset the President is nominated by the
of 1909. The Indian Councils Governor, but from the start every Council
of 1892 had given power to discuss the has
an elected Deputy President, 'ihe Governor
Iget but not to divide the Council upon it.
d Morley's Act went further ana" provided
(who formerly was ex-offico President of his
Legislative Council) no longer has any
t notwithstanding the terms of the
Indian direct
ncils Act of 1861 which had restricted the
connection with its proceedings. The
first-
rers of all Councils to the discussion of lagis-
named of these newly acquired powers is of
sufficient importance to require a
ve measures, the Local Government might detailed ex-
planation of its scope, which can best be
te rules authorising the discussion of the given
ual financial statement, of any matter of
m the terms of the Act itself (section 72d).
jral public interest, and the asking of ques- 72d.(1) The provisions contained in' this
s under such conditions and restrictions as section shall have effect with respect to
business
ht be imposed by the rules, and these rules and procedure in governors' legislative councils.
gnised the right of the Councils to vote on (2) The estimated annual expenditure and
ions thus submitted for their discussion revenue of the province shall be laid in the form
other results of the Act of 1909 were of a statement before the council in
each year
litely to recognise the principle of election and the proposals of the local government for
he means of selecting non-official members the appropriation of provincial revenues
and
ill Councils (although the method adonted other moneys in any year shall be submitted
to
mainly that of indirect election), a consider- the vote of the council in the form of demands
increase in the number of both non-official for grants. The council may assent, or refuse
official members, and the setting up in every its assent, to a demand, or may reduce the
'ince of a non-official (though not, save in
one amount therein referred to either by a reduction
ince, an elected) majority. A further import- ot the whole grant or by the omission
or reduc-
though indirect, result of the Morley-Minto tion of any of the items of expenditure
of which
was the appointment of an Indian member the grant is composed :
he Executive Council of the Governor-
Provided that
3ral and to such Provincial Executive
icils as were then in existence and (a) the localgovernment shall have power, in
subse-
itly created. relation to any such demand, to act as if it had
been assented to, notwithstanding the
Id System. But although the Legislative with-
holding of such asseni or the reduction of
icils (which, originally created in two pro- the
amount therein referred to, if the demand relates
39only in addition to the Governor-General's
to a reserved subject, and the governor
Native Council, existed in 1919 in nine certifies
that the expenditure provided for by the
mces) had steadily acquired a more and de-
mand is essential to the discharge of his res-
representative character and a large share
ponsibility for the subject ; and
e normal functions of a legislative assembly
(6) the governor shall have power in cases of
merally understood, they still remained in
emergency to authorise such expenditure as
T up to the passing of the Act of 1919 mere may be 111 his opinion necessary for the safety
jtions to the Executive Government
of the or tranquillity of the province,
inces for he purpose of advising on, or for the carrying
and on of any department ; and
68
the official
of any constant endeavour on the part of
for the appropriation
no proposal accommodate its
(c)
for any purpose half of the Government to
such revenues or other moneys pol cy to the wishes of its
ministerial colleagues
shall be made except on
the recommendat on of and to
to the council. and of the majority of the legislature, tc the
the governor communicated avoid situations which involve
resort ; .
shall in the face of popular

(3) Nothing in the foregoing sub-section enforcement of its decisions
the res-
require proposlls to he submitted
to the council
.- opposS, are not intended totheobscure last resort of
expenditure possibility to Parliament in
Sating to the following heads of
admmifation
Contributions payable by the local
govern- fie Governor in Council for-the nia
the right ot
i
m of reserved subjects and

(i)
Council and
ment to the Governor-General ,
Majesty's Government, and of the

Secretary of
(w) Interest and sinking
furd charges on ay down and|
loans and
(Hi)
;
Expenditure of which the amount

is
State as a member thereof,
require the observance of any
they regard as having the support
and in the last resort of the
to
British
P/^
e w
of Parl^ment
f.
electorate.
^
prescribed by or under any law and ;
to trans-
regard
Salaries and pensions of persons
appoint- Transfer of Control. "With
<it>) very different.
His Majesty or ferled subTects the position is
ed by or with the approval of of contro
Council and Here there has been an actual transfer
^
of State in
by the Secretary British Parlia-
court of the from the British elector and the
Salaries of judges of the high ^gtaatêConnal
(v) ment to the elector and the
l ^^
general.
province and of the advocate- in the Indian province. The PJop ncia s
r
If any question arises
whether any proposed of administration are grouped
into
not relate member the Executive
appropriation of moneys does or does each of
and iust as
consistmg o
expenditure,- the decision Coinffi has charge of a portfolio
to the above heads of subjects or a*
of the governor shall be final. a specified list of "reserved" directly r*
In the light partments," so each Minister is
F*pcutive and Legislature.explain those par^
possible to more ponsible for the administration of
of ttoe facts ft to now provincial cular transferred "departments aw
which
between the reaponsihJg
exactly the relationship The included in his portfolio But
legislature.
pxpcutive and the provincial
lies, not, as in the case
of a member of the Ex*
has already-been
dualIharacWr of tlfe former .
^cation cutlve Council, to the Government o Indto E
mentioned, and the corresponding and the Secretary of State and

Parliament bu,
of provincial subjects
into "reserved Council of whicl
" transferred " categories. The rules under the the Provincial Legislative
to
which he h
he is an elected member and from
act IvSe a list of 20 subjects which are trans-
Governor selected by the Governor as
commanding a
fenedto the administration of the likely to command the
support of the majority
acting with Ministers, the
more important of
Medical Ad- of that body. He holds office during the Govej ; >
wh ch are Local Self-Government, Education (with nor's pleasure, but his retention of office
ministration, Public Health, contingent on his ability to retain the
conhdene
certain reservations), Public
Works Agricul-
Development .of {ndustries.
ture Excise, and
" comprise all those in
The " reserved subjects " (as distinct from " cen-
" provincial oyer transfers
theflist of of "the Legislative Council
") subjects which are not
transferred.
supplies and leg si
tral subjects, both as regards
Machinery.No change was made by the
and methods tion, is almost entirely free
from the restnetio
Act of 1919 in the machiaery necessarily qualify it, co
just noticed which
Of administration by
the Governor in Council " reserved " subjects It is tin
trol over the
>
Council Board, as Council 1

decisions are taken at the ,
within the power of the Provincial

before, by a majority vote,
and the Governor of o*
insist on the pursuit of a
policy
to overrule such a vote in tranîerrc
is entitled, as before, phoire in the administration of
circumstances if he disagrees from
certain specified
P the Governor m }
subjects by withdrawing its confidence >u
w[th it. For such decisions
responsible to the Minister who departs from that policy-
Council remains, as before, bestowing it only on a successor who will folic

State and Parliament;.and on ques- Slate this power Is dependent
<
I
Secretary of its and ;
tions of legislationand supply he has the power tne^rSvincial elector in virtue of

hw freedc
of enforcing them despite
opposition by a.major- the composition of the L^lat
to control
itv of the Legislative Council. But, the whole '
Council bv the use whir-h he makes of h.s voj

existence of a large some qua
spirit of the Act and the Vo doubt this statement requires
every Provincial accepted as litera
non official elected majority, in flcation before it can be
Legislative Council is an
determining the policy to be
important factor in
pursued by Hie Se
SStoi
for technically, the
authority cnarg
administration of transferred
half of the Government in
its adminis-
iect is "the Governor acting with M} n
A further and not not the Minist
tration of reserved subjects.
in the appointed under this Act,"
less important factor is the existence aSting on tbeir own initiative, and, further <
Executive course subject
Government, side by side with the Governor, who is not, of
appointed from Legislative Conn
Counc of two or more Ministers
,
who removal from office by the
members of the legislature with responsibility
the elected with, and fs charged persona'ly
though they are not charged by law responsi- the peacVand tranquillity of his proviD
in fact are legally absolved from,
any and indeed bound,entitled,
the trans- and would be
bility for decf.ions on
matters outside of a department fr
recommend the removal
ferrcd sphere, will necessarily
be able, and in fact
transferred list if he found the legisiat
by the
their opinions felt its admin- str at
are expected, to make bent on P^suing a policy in
Council. But
their colleagues in the Executive
lead to .which !fi This judgment, was incompati
doubtless
ESese factors, while they will

The Government of India. 69

rith the maintenance of peace and tranquillity;
that the rules 8 vern tag the al-
r
et the powers of control vested in the Legis-
itive Council over the transferred sphere are
SfoH^TO
location of these revenues and
balances should
be framed so as to make the
ndoubtedly great, and it was the opinion at existence of such
friction impossible. They advise that, if the
11 events of the Joint Select Committee that Governor, in the course of preparing
>gislature and Ministers should be allowed either
or an
r> exercise them with the greatest possible ?w .
T
18 llkeI
subsequent budget, find
,
t0 be a serious or pro-
eedom. " If after hearing all the arguments," irLfT
tracted difference of ? .
opinion between the Ex-

bserved the Committee, "Ministers should ecutive Council and his Ministers
decide not to adopt his advice, then in the on this sub-
ject he should be empowered at
opinion of the Committee the Governor should once to make
an allocation of revenue and balances
ordinarily allow Ministers to have their way the reserved and transferred
between
fixing the responsibility upon them, even subjects which
if should continue for at least the whole
it may subsequently be necessary for life of
him to the existing Legislative Council.
The Com-
vote anv particular piece of legislation It mittee do not endorse the suggestion
is not possible but that in India, as in all that cer-
other tain sources of revenue should
be allocated to
countries, mistakes will be made by Minister*
and certain sources to transferred
acting with the approval of a majority of the
subjects, but they recommend that
Legislative Council, but there is no way of the Gov-
ernor should allocate a definite
learning except through experience proportion
and ênne* say, by way of illustration,
the realisation of responsibility." ?L
two-thirds to reserved and one-third
to trans-
Provision of Funds The terms of the ferred subjects, and similarly
a proportion,
3t leave the apportionment of the
provincial though not necessarily the same fraction
venues between the two halves of the execu- of
the balances If the Governor desires assist-
te for the financing of reserved and
transferred ance m making the allocation, he should be
bjects respectively to be settled by rules allowed at his discretion to refer the
Jrely providing that rules may be made "
question
for to be decided to such authority as
the Gover-
;he allocation of revenues or moneys nor-General shall
for the appoint. Further,
urpose of such administration i.e
'
the Committee are of opinion that it should the
idministration of transferred subjects by the
,
be
n T0 the first that until an agreement
xovernor acting with Ministers Probably
ii?
whichi^ J ^ >
both sides of the Government will equallv
} best description available of the method support has been reached, or until an
allocation
opted by the rules for the settlement of this has been made by the Governor,
-tter is the recommendation of the
the total
Joint
ect Committee whose proposals have been fn^T*, ! ^
e differenfc expenditure heads
u
in the budget of the province for
the preceding
owed with one modification only to enable financial year shall hold good.
f Governor to revoue at any
time, at the
ire of his Council and Ministers an ' e Committee desire that the relation
order h. 1 of
illocation" or to modify it in accordance
the two sides of the Government in
this matter
h their joint wishes. The passage is as in all others, should be or such
mutual sym-
ows :
pathy that each will be able to assist and
in-
fl
The Committee have given much attention other, nf nce. for fche common good the work of the
but not to exercise control over it. The
the difficult question of the principle
on budget should not be capable of being used
eh the provincial revenues and balances a means a*
for enabling Ministers or a majority
uld be distributed between the two sides
of the Legislative Councii to direct the
the provincial governments. They policv
are of reserved subjects; but on the other
dent that the problem can readily be solved hand
the Executive Council should be helpful
the simple process of common sense # to
and Ministers in their desire to develop the de-
onable give-and-take, but they are aware
partments entrusted to their care. On the
this question might, in certair
8
circum- Governor personally will devolve the task
tces, become the cause of much fric- of holding the balance between the
in the provincial government, and legitimate
they needs of both sets of his advisers."
THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT.
he structural changes made by
the Act of ture. it has already been
government outside body was, in origin, like allobserved that this
I
) in the system of
Governors' provinces " are of compara- bodies other legislative
in India, the Governor-General's
y minor scope, though the spirit of the cutive Council with the Exe-
requires, as has already been shown, addition of certain
additional members" appointed to assist
iderable modification of the relationship the Executive Council in
Jrto subsisting the formulation of
between the Provincial legislation. Despite its steady
Jrnments on the one hand and the Govern- and growth in size
influence, and despite the introduction
b of India and the
Secretary of State in
IP.l rr f hex i-wf knn
I rriv,
1 1 ,
L^ U ( h m0re
; torn,
independent t ^
la ged representative
/u
of the central legisla-
a legislature with all the inherent nower, P
ordinarily attributed to euch a body eaveTueb
specifically withheld by the terms

of] Burma
as arc Delhi
the Act. It consists of two Chambers.
The
" Council of State " contains 60 members, of 34
whom 34 are elected (including one member
to represent Berar, who, though
technically Since the area which returns perhaps 80;,
nominated, is nominated as the resuL ot members to a Provincial Council is the same,I
nominated, of as the area which returns perhaps 12
members^
elections held in Berar) and 26
to the Legislative Assemblynamely,
the-
whom not more than 20 may be officials The that
"Legislative Assembly" consists of 144 entire province in each case it follows
on the direct election system this area must
members, of whom 105 are elected (including
in the case of the Council of State, one Berar be split into constituencies which are mucfc
larger than the constituencies for the
local-
member who, though actually elected, as tech-
generally correct tor
nically nominee). Of the 40 nominated
a Councils, and just as it is
say that the normal area unit for those
rural:
members, not fewer than one third are
required to be non-officials. The members constituencies for the latter which are arranged
Executive Council on a territorial basis is the district, it may ba
of the Governor-General's case oi the
are not ex-officio members of either said that the normal area unit in the
Legislative Assembly the Division (the technK
Chamber, but each of them has to be appointed
is
cal term for the administrative group
and can of district!
a member of one or other Chamber,
vote only in the Chamber of which he is a
mem- controlled by a Divisional Commissioner). .
^
member the Executive Council Franchise. The general result of thj
ber. Any of The
may, however, speak in either Chamber. first .franchise arrangements
under the Act
body of
The President of the Upper Chamber is a thus that there is in each province a,
electors qualified to vote for, and stand
for eley.
nominee of the Governor-General, as also, for the
and that a select-,
first four years after the constitution of the tion to, the Provincial Council,
qualified to vote
Chamber, was the President of the Legislative ed number of these voters are
m tjj
Assembly. But after that period the Lower stand election to those seats
for and for
to tn*
Chamber elected its own President, and it
Legislative Assembly which are assigned
candidatulf
elected its own Deputy-President from the outset. province. The qualifications for
the same uij
The normal lifetime of each Council of State is for the Legislative Assembly are as for cana*l
five years, and of each Legislative
Assembly each province, mutatis mutandis,
simul- except thai
three years but either Chamber, or both
; dature for the Provincial Council,
taneously, may be dissolved at any time by
the in all provinces, so long as the candidate can
within the pr#
G overnor-General show that he resides somewhere
particular
Election. The method of election for vince, no closer connection with his
is insisted upon.
both Chambers is direct, and although the constituency
number of electors is considerably smaller than The franchise for the Council of State differ
great in character from that for the Provincial Cound
for the Provincial Councils, it is a Assembly. The concern *
advance on the very restricted and for the most and the Legislative Act and rules was to secur
of the
part indirect franchise established under the the framers
unicameral central legis- for the membership of this body a character a
Act of 1909 for the Senat
lature which no longer exists. Generally
speak- closely as possible approximating to a
Chamber Elder Statesmen " and thus to constitute
ing, the electoral scheme for the Lower of
of
performing the function
is on the same model as that for
the Pro- body capable of
revising Chamber. With this objei
vincial Councils already described except that, true alternative to a hi
for voters in addition and as an
firstly, the property qualification
qualification adopted as a rough a
(and consequently for candidates) is higher property enfranchising only persons
in order to obtain manageable
constituencies, readv method of
the country the rules admit as qui
and past service with the colours is not per se a stake in certain personal attributes wnicn t
a qualification for the franchise, and

secondhj, fications
to connote the possession of some
pa
that the constituencies necessarily cover a likely experience or a high standard
considerably larger area than constituencies administrative the
attainment. Examples of
for the Provincial Council. The distribution
intellectual
of eith
qualifications are past membership
of seats in both Chambers, and the arrangement Legislature as now constitute
are on a provincial basis; Chamber of the
of constituencies, or of the Provincial Counc
predecessor,
that is a fixed number of the elective seats in or of
its
of high office in local bodies (distr!
each Chamber is assigned to representatives the holding and corporations), ma
representatives boards, municipalities
of each province, and these Universiti
as- bership of the governing bodies of
are elected by constituencies covering an m recogniti
signed area of the province. _ j

and the holding of titles conferred
learning and literature.
The following table shows the allotment of of Indian classical of
the elective seats: Power*. The powers and duties
Indian legislature differ but little in charac
M central " sphere from those of 1
within the
provincial Councils within their proyinc
Madras same right
Bombay sphere, and it has acquired the
voting supplies for the Central Governmt
Bengal made
United Provinces But as no direct attempt has yet been
at the ceni
Punjab Introduce responsible government
been avowe
Bihar and Orissa the step in that direction having
consequer
Central Provinces confined to the provinces and as
of India rem*
Assam
/vsaniu the Executive Government

Ulv responsible as a whole for the proper fti
Forth- West Frontier Provinccl
; w
71
merit of its charge to the Secretary of State
and ln
relationship with the Indian
1]S
Parliament, it follows that the powers rf^fl
conferred
on provincial Governors to disregard an adverse
than m
restricte <* ICSS
their operation
the provinces ; that is to
. ^
vote of the Legislative Council on legislation say, thev
or cover the whole field and are
supplies are, as conferred on the not confined in
Governor- their application to categories
of subjects.
THE INDIA OFFICE.
C mak s no structura! changes
tT
In the part. played ! . < ed K:mgdoni
and with the assistance of
by the India Office in t55iY VtUden
the administration
alterations have
of Indian affairs.
been effected in the
^
Slight this change, it! is now

S in England.
Sr
Concurrently with
possible to defray from
.
???hf
3f
F aD(
*
the Secretary
teDUr
? o
0f offlce of the members
\
of State's Council, and some fnn f
S
orfr
en
d ff
S the Salaries of the
H* f
^ ,. ^f. Secretary of
e Pa/uamentary Under-Secretary, ^
relaxations have been made in the the C0St f sa,aries of In dia
and that
^h
'ormerly
tZf of the Office inbound
statutory Offi ci
their procedure Xtr?hi,twa
?
and S eneral maintenance which is
to the e ercise 01 its administrative
,
general. But provi- as distinct

ions now exist which will undoubtedly from purely ^ agency S S?*
functions
as tin e
e n Ve a a terial effect on the activities WilL'S? m? 1 ?! 6 Jihe apportionment to British
;? *l2 n? ^
)i tne Office as it is
.
now constituted. A Hteh ft th C08 0f the India 0ffice as

commissioner for India has been appointed
J/il^
it exists after ^
the transfer J
of functions to the
for High Commissioner has
he purpose of taking over, as the been completely effect-
'L^
e
ndia n
Ve nm nt of India that PortioS
Office J ?
functions
direct agent ed
of
which is of the nature of Fnlt^
gency, as distinct from administrative
then the salaries of the High
8 '
11 be the only
. ^^
Commissioner
expenses in the
J.?d Kingdom chargeable to Indian revenue*.
man super- tt
d control. The process of separation ?
1 staff and functions for the purpose
at t3I e arrives, however,
was the only ?basis for settlement, an estimate L
and for five
,
MS
ransfer will necessarily be somewhat
substantial beginning has been made
of this
slow, but Pa fro S
1920-21, the cost of the India Office
J7
Bntfeh revenues has been fixed at
lS?/ which includes
by hand- 136,500/.,
i
ig over to the direct control the salaries of the
of the High Com-
lissioner the large departments r 0f State and of the Parliamentary
.rned with the ordering and supply
which are con- UndfA ,
r -Secretary, and a contribution of 40,000*.,L
of stores wnich has for
Qd stationery in England for some years been made bv the
Government Ur y rdS lDdia ex P*iditure, as the
X,S members
Jtired
\
with the payment of pensions to
of Indian services resident in
resuTt n f reccmmenda Er ^
tions of the Welby
111 Commission
^"Uiuiission. mr^ZZZ^l
The Governor-General
PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURE.
and the " Executive ferred to the Viceroy.
l}i8 Council are appointed by the The Members of Coun-
own No limit time is specified for
of If 66 T0dl
*
^ 1Ce a^y
a * a Cabinet-ordinarify
-"
r? k to discuss Questions
I
fc
flU^S
nf Y%1UDCl1 '
VK
-,
Th
ffiCe but custcm nas toed it

'
are seven Executive Mem-

heSe Members hold respec-
SwhiPh?L
J
v- er
tbe Vlc y desires to Put before them, or
wh.cb a member who has been 1
over-ruled by the
pIv
rcly thS ;, ?
the portfolios Viceroy has asked to be referred
of Education, to Council
jnd Home Finance Commerce & Health
;
and
Railways ;
If there is a difference of
opinion in the Council
dustnes and Labour Law. The Viceroy f the majorit ordinarily
h* own member in charge of Foreign affairs. acts ;
hnr tTv* V y prevails

n J*
considers tythec matter
that
over-rule a majority if he
is of such grave im-
l
y StCred by a Chief C0mi^ : 1
nPrw
ner if h
with portance as to Justify such a step.
the assistance of a Eailway
Board Each depart*
a
.administrative purposes grouped
;
of J L? e 18 iD the ^fcordinate chlrge

1 a Secretary, whose position corresponds
~
er of the Railways Department
e Commander-in-Chief may also be and
.
UCh 01 a Permanent Zder'
practice always is,
8eE*f S'eSl**-
f St m tne United kingdom;
an "Ordinary" mem- hS with
but iE?f2 ?-S
of the Council. these differences that the Secretarv
He holds charge of the is present though does not speak, at Cou?5
Xj e
ShS?,?f*i ^
B raI,?
e Pernors of Madras
become "extraordinary"
meetings at which cases under
his cognisance
S Th r
^
h
India which the Governor-General

UU Cl1 meet8
Within tbeir *"*J-
Council may assemble at any
appoints
.
place all
ail mlit
matters
Department
a W( e k and di9CUSSCS mth
of, importance arising in his
'
- ' ^
practice it meets only in
iJtm
istmas,
a etm
Delhi and Simla
T
7 two in Calcutta after
when the Viceroy is usually in
dencein the Bengal Capital. y
& m
g
lK ; that he has the right of
Vicero
n which be considers
concurrence should be obtained
that the Vicerov's
bring.
y? 8 P cciai notice any case
to action
the Departmental Membef
of
e ai that hls tenure of o fflc e is usually
1 t Wn each Mem- e a rtment
at ^nL u 1S ?a ? P
rf?Cly
(
limited Vto three
l?
years. The Secretaries hnvp
nnister
Itoister
e
SfI t
of State, *S
and
e P09iti0n of
has the final
^ Secretaries, together with the
in ordinary ordinary clerical
departmental matters establishments.
y 8t 0n of special Importance,' The Secretaries and Under
ft mo?r
tte r !
whlch lt is Proposed to
ln
Secretaries are often, though by no means
o n
8
fT
h Vte delusively, members of the Indian
f - a LocaJ Government, Civil
i
:
nr,iir ii
ordinarily ir
be referred
matter originating in one
to the Viceroys
department
WaJkS?
S rjl- VlC6
of the Provincial i
?ôwn
. f
Dment
1 5
of India ton
as distinct from that
a B ther must Governments, and officers
le lattPr andn^ ? referred serving under the Government
the event of the Depart- of India III
?? not*?'i
bs ft
being able borrowed from the Provinces, or. in
to agree, the case is re- the case of
Specialist recruited direct by contract.


72
THE DIVISION OF FUNCTIONS.

19. Control of production, supply and
is effective pro-
The keynote of the scheme distribution of any articles in respect of
which
and the establishment oi
autonomy declared by
vincial
immediate measure of responsibility m the control by a central authority is
in Council
tne status rule made by the Governor-General
provinces all of which are raised to or by or under legislation by the Indian
This demanded a
of Governors in Council. in the public I
and no legislature to be essential
sharp division between Imperial interest.
subjects are
functions. The following
vinrial
reserved to tl'e Government of
India, witn tne
20 Development ol industries, m cases
Provincial authority
SSSlS tiiat all others vest in the where such development by a central
order of the Go vernor - General
,
Governments: is declared by
in Council, made after
consultation with the
1. Defence of India, and all matters
(a) Governments con-
connected with His Majesty's Naval,
Mihtary, local Government or local
and Ah Forces in India, or with His
Majesty s ' cerned expedient in the public interest.
or with any other force
Indian Marine Service
and armed Control of cultivation and manufacture
21.
raised in India, other than military opium, and sale of opium for export.
Governments. of
ponce wholly maintained by local imported
22. Stores and stationery, both
(b) Naval and military works cantonments. and indigenous, required for Imperial
Depart-
naturalisa-
2 Exte nal relations, including ments.
India.
tion and U.ens, and pilgrimages beyond 23. Control of petroleum and
explosives.
3. Relations with States in India. 24. Geological survey.

25. Control of mineral development, m
4. Political charges.
to the Governor-
Communications to the extent described so far as such control is reserved
5.
General in Council under rules
made or
:
under the following heads, namely sanctioned by the Secretary of State, and regul*
tramways
(a) railway and extra-municipal tion of mines.
classified as provincial
in so far as they are not 26. Botanical Survey.
of this
subjects under entry 6 (d) of Part 11 27. Inventions and designs.
Schedule; 28. Copyright.
(b) aircraft and all matters connected there-
Emigration from, and immigration
into
99
with and and inter-provincial migration.
be British India,
inland waterways, to an extent to
(c) criminal pro
declared by rule made by the Governor-General 30. Criminal law, including
in Council or by or under legislation by the cedure.
Indian legislature. 31. Central police organisation.
ammunition.
6. Shipping and navigation, including 32. Control of arms and
navigation on inland water-
shipping and
subject 33. Central agencies and institutions
ways in so far as declared to be a central and
research (including observatories), promoi
in accordance with entry 5 (c). professional or technical training
or
Light-houses (including their approaches) of special studies.

7.
beacons, lightships and buoys. inclul
Ecclesiastical administration
34.
Port quarantine and marine hospitals.
8. European cemeteries.
35. Survey of India.
Ports declared to be major ports by
rule
9 Archaeology.
Council oi 36.
made by the Governor-General in legislature. 37. Zoological Survey.
by or under legislation by the Indian
38. Meteorology.
in-
10. Posts, telegraph and telephones, 39. Census and statistics.
cluding wireless installations. 40. AU-Iudia services.
duties, income- to any provinci
11. Customs, cotton excise 41. Legislation in regard
all-India revenues. in Pi
tax, salt, and other sources of subject in so far as such subject is
stated to be subject
12. Currency and coinage. II of this Schedule and a
Indian legislature,
eais at on by the
13. Public debt of India. nmvors relating to such subject
reserved
Savings Banks. Governor-General in Coun_
14. fogW^n to the
15 The Indian Audit Department and ex-
cluded Audit Departments as
defined in rules V Territorial changes, other
provincial, and
than rot
declaration of law in connect
Act.
framed under section 90-D (1) of the therewith.
law, lucluding laws regard irg ord<
16. Civil
and liabilities, 43 Regulation of ceremonial, titles,
status, property, civil rights
precedence, and civil uniform. f
and civil procedure. acquired by
Commerce, including banking and 44. Immovable property
17.
at the cost of, the
Governor-Gen
insurance.
maintained
assocla In Council.
18. Trading companies and other 45. The Public Service Commission.
tions.
73
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA.
VICEROY AND GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF INDIA.
His
Earl of Willingdon, E., g.m.s.t.
PERSONAL STAFF OF THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.

Private Secretary.^.
C.M.G.
C. Mieville, cs.l.
v^
v.D
Ut
"?^ 0nel (
The Bengal ^ ^
ny Co1 -) A Duncan, -
Nagpur Rly. Battalion (A.F I )

-
Asst. Private Secretary. C. B. Duke, i.c.S.

Lt.-Col. (Hony.G. L.
Commandant, 2nd Battalion, M.
Col.) Peters, VD
& S M Rlv
Military Secretary.
Colonel A. H. H. Muir Railway Rifles (A.F.I.). '
*
y '
).B.E., 2/llth Sikh Regiment. Honorary Indian

Aides-de- Camp. Lieut.-
Colonel Thakur Amar Singh,
Personal Assistant. W. H. P. de la Hey Commandant,
' S 0l0nel Snamb haji Rao Bhonsle
5? ^
l.B.E. * 1
O.B.E., Adjutant- General, Gwalior Army Briga-
dier Rahmatulla Khan, Thakur,

Surgeon. Lieut.-Colonel W. Ross Stewart, General Staff
I.B., C.H.B., F.R.CS. (Edin.), I. M.S.
Officer, Jammu
and Kashmir State Forces-
Lieut.-Colonel Mirza Kadar Beg, Sardar
Bahadur
Assistant to Surgeon.
.M.D.
J. A. Rogers, M.R.C.S.,
r
Commanding
1st Hyderabad Imperial Service
Sardar-Major (Hony. Captain) Mit
Jwf V
Singh Sardar Bahadur, i.o.M., late 53rd
Sikhs-
Comptroller of the Household. Major J. Risaldar-Major Karam Singh, Bahadur, i.d
s m
Britain Jones, The Black Watch (Royal ate 15th (D.C 0 .) Lancers Risaldar- Major ;
lighlanders). n Ca P tam ) Mohi-ud-din Khan, Sardar
(
l' ^Z

Aides-de-Camp. Captain J. K. Beattie,
Bahadur, c.i.E., i.d.s.m.,
loyal Artillery; Captain R. G. Daubenv, i.p.; Lancers Subedar-Major (Hony. Captain) Dalpat
;
late 31st (D C O )
'light Lt. Singh, Sardar Bahadur, i.o.M., late 9th Jat

J. C. E. A. Johnson; Captain
r. B. Still, 5 /12th Frontier Force Regiment;
Regiment; Subedar-Major (Hony. Captain)
'aptain R. B. Freeman-Thomas, King's Own Gulab Shah, Sardar Bahadur, 3/10th Baluch
r
orkshire Light Infantry. Regiment; Risaldar- Major (Hony. Captain)
Jaffar Hussam, H. E. the
Indian
Sony.
Aides-de- Camp.
Risaldar-M a j o r
Governor-General's
Lieut.) Mehtab Singh, Governor- Sheikh Jaizuddm i.d.s.m., 9th Royal Deccan
general's Body Guard Risaldar Major (Hony. Horse Subedar Major (Hony. Capt.)
;
aptain), Muhammad Zaman Probyn's Horse. Smgh, Sardar Bahadur,

;
Bhikham
m.c, i.d.s.m.
Honorary
Aides-de-Camp. Lieut.-Colonel Honorary Surg eons. Col. H. C. Winckworth
Sony. Colonel) L. B. Grant, t.d., The Simla R.a.m.c; Col. W. T. McCowen, mb c s i m
s
Rifles (A.F.I.) ;
Captain A. G. Maundrell, R.i.m., Colonel D. Ahem, D s.o., late r.a.m.c ;" Colonel
ieut.-Colonel (Hony. Colonel) F. C. Temple, E. W. C. Bradfield, c.i.e., o.b.e m b m s
.I.E., v.D., The Chota Nagpur Regiment f.r.cs., i.m.s. Colonel A. H. Proctor ;
Vso
l.F.I.) ; Lt.-Col. (Hony. Colonel) W. H. m.d f.r.cs. e., i.m.s. Colonel J. P. Cameron,'
;
tioobert, The Nagpur Regiment' (A.F.I)- cs.i c.i.e., e.r.cs., i.m.s.;

Major W. L
ieut.-Colonel (Hony. Colonel) D. R,. C. Hartley' L. iretz, M.B., r.a.m.c; Colonel G. A D*
.S.o., The (Bombay) Field Artillery Harvey, C.M.G., late r.a.m.c Lt -Col A
(A.F.I.)
G Tf' ;
ieut.-Colonel (Hony. Col.) R. S. Weir, v.D., Russell, c.B.E., m.d., i.m.s; Lt -Col
ommanding,
A H*
The Allahabad Contingent. Dick, O.B.E., M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), F.R.C.S., IMS*
ieut.-Colonel (Hony. Colonel) A. M. Robert- Honorary Assistant Surgeons. G a n a
>n, m.c, v.D., Commanding 1st Battalion Prasad Rawat (United
engal Nagpur Railway Regiment (A.F.I.) R. By. Rao Bahadur A.

Provinces)- M
ieut.-Colonel (Hony. Colonel) W. T. C. Huffam^ Mudahyar Lakshamanswami
Avergal, b.a., m.d. (Madras
b.e., m.c, V.D., Commanding, The Bombay M
D. R. David, m.b., cm. (Mad)
fbtV
attalion (A.F.I.) ; Lieut.-Colonel (Hony. Edin.), (Burma); Rai Bahadur t)r. Mathra
)lonel) A. B. Beddow, v.D., Commanding, (Punjab) Dr.
Da?
Dabiruddin Ahmad
;
o bp
irma Valley Light Horse; Lieut.-Colonel (Bengal) G. R. Goverdhan,
lony. Colonel) T. Lamb, v.D., The Bengal Provinces); Khan
; i, m.
Bahadur i>. J. Asana
ffftiS
'tillery (A.F.I.) Lieut.-Colonel (Hony. Colo- & s., F.G.P.S., (Bombay),
m .!
;
1). E. K. Glazebrook, The Rangoon

Major J. M. x-weira,
Pereira'
Battalion I. M. d. (B. <fe O.) .
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
18Excellency General Sir Philip Walhousc The Hon'ble Chaudhuri
Chetwode, Bart., g.cb., k.cm.g., d.s.o., Muhammad Zafrulla
Khan Hallways and
( Commerce),
A.d.c, Commander-in-Chief in India.
le Hon'ble Sir James Grigg, k.c.b. (Finance). The Hon'ble Sir Henry Craik, k.cs.i.,
le Hon'ble Sir Nripendra Nath Sircar, Kt.,
( ffome ).
( Law ).
ie Hon'ble Kunwar Jagdish Prasad, C.S.I., The Hon'blo Sir Frank
Noyce, Kt. C.S.l.,c.B.E.
CLE., (Education, Health and lands). I.C.S. ( Industries and
Labour ).
74
SECRETARIES.
Department of Education Health and Assistant Financial Advisers, W. E. Morton, 1
Lands. <on leave) P. N. Hardcastle, Rai Sahib Amar J
l.C.E. Nath, Rai Sahib Gaya Prasad, f.r.e.s., Rai j .
Secretary, G. S. Bajpai, c.i.e., C.B.E., .
Sahib Hakumat Rai, and H. D. Banerjee,,. 1

Joint Secretary, Ram Chandra, C.i.e.,
m.b.e.,
M.A., (Offg.)
Deputy Secretary, M. S. A. Hydari, CLE.,

i.c.S. Superintendents, Rao Sahib M. Gopalan, S. 0.-t S
Roy, M.A., A. C. Mukherjee, b.sc, Bishambar J
Addl. By. Secy., R. H. Hutchings, I.C.S. Das. and S. R. Rane, (Offg.)

Government
Educational Commissioner with the
of India, Sir George
Anderson, Kt., c.s.L, Home Department.
CLE., M.A. Secretary, Hon'ble Mr. M. G. Hallett, CS.l.H
Asst. Secretary, H. H. Lincoln,
M.B.E. CLE., I.C.S.
B. Hughes, Dlianpat Rai
Superintendents, E.
Ab, Joint Secretary, T. Sloan, CLE.,
I.CS.
C P Singer, Khan Sahib Sheikh Tahir B.A., Deputy Secretary, C. M. Trivedi, o.b.e., I.CS. I
B.'sc, and Harichand and J.
A. Limaye,
(Hons.). Addl. Dy. Secy., Mr. G. W. McElhinny, I.CS.
j
Under-Secretary, D. H. Elwin, i.c.s.
Finance Department.
I
k.c.i.e., i.c.S. (on Assistant Secretary, W. D'Almeida, m.b.e. (941

Secretary, Sir Alan Parsons, leave).
oM*iretary.--Bon'b\e Mr. P. C. Tallants, Offg. Assistant Secretary, N. Banerjee.

C. S.L, CLE., I.CS. Superintendents, F. H. T. Ward, E. S. Keymerjj
Secretary, W. Christie, M.c, I.C.S. E. H. Forst, and Khan Sahib Agha SikandajM
Deputy
K. Sanjiva Row, M.A. (offg.), Rai Sahib R. B. Das, Harbans Lal*|
Budget Officer,
B. B. Shearer, I.C.S. Director, Public Information.
WÛ^Secrem^
TT wrier- Secretary,
S. Stephenson,
M. Stephens, M.A. Director, I.
Ahmed, if. A;, and

Imperial Council of Agricultural ResearcÎ
Secretaries, S. M.
Chairman, The Hon. Kunwar Jagdish PrasaM
Assistant
G K. S. Sarma, B.A.
Superintendents, 3. Grice, Rao Sahib R
Mangesh C.S.L, CLE., Kt.
'''m
'
Rao BA AT. Chatterjee, F. M. Callaway, Vice-Chairman and Principal Administratimm

Singh, B.A., and N. Sundaresan (Offg.) Officer, Dewan Bahadur Sir T. VijayaraghavM
Attar
Controller of the Currency, J W.
Kelly. . .
charya, k.b.e.
Auditor-General, Sir Ernest Burdon,
k.c.i.e., Agricultural Expert, B. C. Burt, CLE., m.b.B^|
B. SC, I.A.S.
Badenoch,
Depuhj' Auditor-General in India, A. C. Animal Husbandry Expert, Col. A. Olver, cb.,
CLE., I.C.S. C. M.G., F.R.C.V.S.
Central Board of Revenue. Secretary, Rai Bahadur Malik Charan Das.

Members, Central Board of Revenue, A. H. c.i.b.
Lloyd, Superintendent, Rai Sahib Tej Bhan Bahl, BMM
liaray, (On leave.)
c.s.L, CLE., i.c.S. and G. S.
;
i.c.s. (on leave). Superintendent (Offg.), Bazlul Karim.

Offg. Member,
Central Board of Revenue, A. J Statistician, M. Vaidyanathan, M.A., L.T., ^ sSj
Raisman, c.i.e., i.c.s.
Chief Economist, Ramji Das Kapur, M.A., B.fljj
Army Department. Sugar Technologist Can-npore, R. C. Srivasta^B
,
G. R. F. Tottenham, CLE.,
M.L.A., B. SC,
Secretary, _
;
I
Locust Res. Karachi., Rao Sahfflj

Entomologist,
Indian Soldiers'
.
B-lputy Secretary, and Secretary, Ramachandra Rao Garu, M.A., f.e.s.
CLE.,
Board, Lt. Col. A. F. R. Lummly, OFFICE OF THE AGRICULTURAL MARKETlNcH
and Cantonments, ADVISER TO THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA.
Diredw of Military Lands
Colonel H. F. W. Paterson.
Regulations and Forms, H. 1.
Agricultural Marketing Adviser, Major A.
Livingstone, M.c, m.a., b.s.c.

Director,
Macdonald, o.b.e. FOREIGN AND POLITICAL DEPARTMENT, >
tfnder Secretary, P. Mason, I.C.S.

and Joint Secretary, Secretary, Political, The Hon'ble Sir Bertrad
Assistant Secretary
W. B. Gardner, Glancy, k.cs.i., c.i.e.
Indian Soldiers' Board, J.
Secretary, Foreign, H. A. F. Metcalfe, C.S|
Personal Assistant to Secretary, Rai Bahadur C. I.E., M.V.O.
Joint Secretary, R. E. L. Win-ate. C.I.E.
Se^W^Principal Supply Officers' Committee C.I.M
LO A.c Deputy Secretary. Foreign, O. K. a roe, (
(India). Captain T. I. Bate,

Superintendents, Rai Bahadur 8. S. Ghosh,
(on Deputy Secretary,. Political. Major C. (J. Prld
/rave) A. P. West, (on leave) R. W.
Simpson, Additional Deputy Secretary, V. Xarahari Raj
Mukherjee.
M J. A. Staggs, (otfg.), P. N. M.A.
Under Secretary, H. Trevelyan, i.c.s.
I
(Offg.)
Assistant Secretary. A. F. Emmer. I.S.4
Military Finance Branch. (On leave), Rai BahadJ
It. A. K. Hill,
Financial Adviser, A. Maeleod, CLE I.c.s. <:e ,
S. C. Biswas (Olf-.:.).
C. lironun;
JJrpMfV Financial Adeisrx, .1. Militant \dvker-in-Chicf, Indian Slates ForW
m.b!e., A. H. Wilson, b.a., P. E. Barker,
J. B. Hope. Brigadier H. Campbell, C.B., D.S.o., M.V.O.
V. Natesan, M.A., (Junior),
. l

.-' 75
>tvjj Officer to the Military Adviser-in-Chief,
'
I
Deputy Director Traffic 7r*.*>* \
( 2ra Portation),
Jn.l.an States Forces, Major H. C. James, m.c. Sahib Z H Khan Khan
at^ ^
|
'
Superintendents, E. Leicester, i.s.o. (on leave) Rai
Bahadur Ramji l)as Dhamejah, k.p., (on
!5
'
(Fimnce) K ^ Bahadur
&Z
>
deputation) Dewar (on deputation), Rai Sahib Ve

A. K. Kaul, Rao Sahib B. 11. Subramaniam,
t0r> Mech Engineering, T. G.
G. A. Heron I. S. Gonsalves, M. O. Dover,
Supervisor of Railway
(on leave) Sardar Sahib Sundar Singh Chhabra,
A.J. Courtney, (on deputation), (olfg.), S. N
Labour, K.
Assistant Secretary, H.
Hassan M
Chatterjee, M.A., (offg.) J. M. Mathews, (olfg
W. C. C Smith
), Timber Advisory Officer,
T. A. Coates, (offg.), U. N. Biswas, m.a., C. W. Scott, i p
s '
Officer on Special Duty, '
Mfg.), A. N. B. Nisar, m.a., (olfg.), and L M. E. Bartley
'
H. Spinks, (olfg.). ChW Controller of Standards, J. M. D.

Wrench,
Department of Commerce.
Deputy Chief Controller of Standards,
ecretary, The Hon'ble T. A. Stewart, i.c.s. Assistant Chief Controller
L Swain H
of Standard^ [ S.'
oint Secretary, H. Dow, CLE., I.C.S.
deputy Secretary, H. Chief Mechanical Draftsman,
S. Malik, i.c.s. T T Tamho
Chief Struc. Draftsman J.
ecretaryIndian Accountancy
Tannan, i.e.s., Bar-at-Law.
Bd., M L Superintendents, J. s
v. S. Edwards
s P nn,% n /m
Secretary, Rai Sahib Ladli Pershad
B.A. (on leave), Rai Sahib A. JNT Puri
B.A., LL.B. (Olfg.).
ssistant Secretary, G. Corley Smith, Assistant-in-charge,

M.b.e. Diwanchand
EJ ineer
l
Lighthouse Department
> and
Chief Inspector of Lighthouses in British Legislative Department
India, J. Oswald, M. inst. c.e. Laneel0t Graham
autical Advisers to the Government of India
*BrSLa^. K.OxV,i;o.,, -
Capt. E. V. Whish, o.b.e., r.i.m., (Retd.).

Uef Surveyor with the Government of India
Engr. Capt. J. S. Page, r.i.m. feretory, G. H. Spence,
c.l.E i c s
igineer,
Lighthouse Department and Inspector
WJtyhthouseS in British India, A. N. Seal,
Assistant Secretary, A.
W. Chick
iuary to the Government of India, N. Superintendents, L. E. James,
Mukerii '
A. K. Gupta, b.a
M.A., B.L., A.I.A.
Solicitors Branch
fcer on Special Duty. --Snail C. Sen Solicitor, A. Kirke Smith.
M.Sc, b.l., Attorney-at-Law.
2nd Solicitor, S. Webb-Johnson,
'
'
o.b.e. .
Post and Telegraph Department. Asst. Solicitor, S. If. Mushran, Bar-at Law'.
rector-General, G. V. Bewoor, c.i.e., i.c.s. Survey oe India.
LtAILWAY Col. H. J. Couchman, d.s.o., m.c.
DEPARTMENT (RAILWAY
BOARD.) Geological Survey of India.
Headquarters (Simla & Delhi.) Director L Leigh Eernior, o.b.e., a.r
(London), p.g.s., p.a.s.b., m. s m d s r
ief Commissioner, Sir Guthrie Russell.
Inst. mImV* s
tancial Commissioner, P.
S
'
R. Rau.
mber, A. E. Tylden-Pattenson.
(>inn.), M.i.
G. Clegg, b. sc. (Manch.)
'Mill e7egs '
nd KL
'ectorof Mechanical Engineering

French, c.i.e.
y ".
'
J M n
D '
'
Assistant Superintendents, H.
B A.i (Dub.) Crookslnnfc
Ullk t< a
E. J. Bradshaw i^
Dub.) m.sc.
;
B î-
'ector of Traffic, E. D'Souza. California); A 1 Cortit*
J>.sc. (Melb.),
eclor of Establishment, R. B. M BSC.
d.i.c, e.g.s., D k
Matha Das. A., (Bom.),'E. G s
.
'e!rgs
.
i^lim, D. SC. (Melb.), D.I.C., EGS
'ector of Finance, T. S. Sankara Aiyar. (V t*
Larber m.sc. (Birm), e. 0
s
E. R. Gee, m.a. (Cantab.),.,
. M ; gj^ *
*
'fetor (Civil
Voodhmisc, M.c, r.e.
Engineering), Lt.-Col H L
West y a s W lV
retary, L. H. Kirkness, Madras)
m.a. ,(Cantab),
a.r.c.s., d.'i.c.
M.
Ph.
S. Sn,n J '
d.s.o.,o.b.e.,v.d.,m.a. d. ( ; ;f i fm f:
wty Director (Establishment), T. W.
C. Ilolt.
mty Director, Traffic (Commercial), H.
it Jagtiani.
; ; 1
,

Offg. Assistant Director, Central Research Insti-
Botanical Survey of India. W. Webster, M.C., m.d.j
tute, Kasauli, Major J.
F.L.S.
Director C C. Calder, B.sc, B.sc. (Agr.), W. B.u
Botanic Director-General of Observatories, Poona, C.
F R H.S" also Superintendent, Royal
Cinchona Normand, M.A., D.sc
Garden, Sipur, and Superintendent,
Bengal; Curator, Industrial
Cultivation, Kodailcanal and Madras Observatories
Section, Indian Museum., S.
N Bal, M.S.c, Director,
Thorns Royds, d.sc.
.
,
Systematic Assistant, V. Narayana-

PH c Cinchona
,; am m.a. Superintendent,
; Meteorologist, Bombay Observatory, Dr. S. C.
leave)
Cultivation in Burma, P. T. Russell, (on Roy, D.sc
Offg. Supdt. G. H. Fothargill.
Librarian, Imperial Library Calcutta, K. M.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY; Asadullah, b.a., f.l.a.
Director, Zoological Survey of India, Indian

Director General of Archeology
, J. F. Boston;
Bahadur Museum, Dr. Baini Prashad, D.sc.
Devuty Director General, Khan Supermten-
Maulvi Zafar Hasan, b.a., Printing, Nasik Road, Major/^
Museum Master, Security Fitzmaurice.
denTAreôlogical Section Indian D. Fitz John
N. D kblnt,
and in charge Eastern Circle, K. Survey
M A Superintendent, Archaeological AJJ.A Director, Intelligence Bureau, Sir Horace William-
Burma Circle, G. C Chandra, son; Jit., CLE.
Director-General of Commercial Intelligence and.

Western Circle,
ArcZological Survey, Statistics, D. B. Meek.
Archcm
M Vatl, m.a.; SujMsrtomfa*,
S
Southern Circle, Hasan Hayat Deputy Director- General of Commercial Intelli^
loaical Survey,
Superintendent, Archwo- gence and Statistics, Rai Bahadur S. N|
Khan A B I B A.
Circle, Mohammad
;
Banerji, b.a.
foqical Survey, Northern
Superm-
Hamid Kuraishi, b.a. ; Officiating Frontier Controller of Patents and Designs, K. Rama Pai,
purvey.
teM, Archmological
Nazim, M.A., Ph.D. LA.
Dr. Mohd.
Circle
fcanteb ) Archaeological Chemist

India, m
(
Khan Bahadur Mohd. Sana Uriah, M.sc GOVERNORS-GENERAL OF FORT
Epigraplmt for India,
Government
I
p SC
Chakravarti, M.A., Ph.]).; WILLIAM IN BENGAL.

I)r N. T.
Assumed charge
Name. of office.
Warren Hastings .20 Oct. 1774

G. Mammdar M.A.
.
Indian Museum, N.
Superintendent, Archaeological Sir John MacphersoD, Bart. 8 Feb. 1785
A?Xant . .
\
Survey Central India and Rajputanu, ..12 Sep. 1786

Assistant Superin- Earl Cornwallis, K.G. (a)
H L Srivastava, M.A. ;
West Sir John Shore, Bart, (b) ..28 Oct. 1793

tendent, Jrcho^gM
Survey,
Su,rey (a) Created Marquess Cornwallis, 15 Aug. 1792

^pXmdent, Ideological \
Asistam Baron Teignmout

f'pZiral Circle, \acant; (b) Afterwards (by creation)
Archaeological Stnrey
Suimintendent, Sir Alfred
Vacant; Curator Central Lieut.-General the Hon.
teave Reserve, ..17 Mar. 1798 i
Asian Antiquities Mêum
Dr. M. A. Clarke, K.C.B. (offg.)
Assistant
TT-nnid Ph D., M.SC, P.SiO. The Earl of Mornington, P.C. (c) 18 May 1798 I
,
The Marquess' Cornwallis, E.G. (2nd

Litt. D., E.S.A. time) 30 July 1805 :
K.t., C.I.E.,
Captain L. A. P. Anderson, Sir George
MISCELLANEOUS APPOINTMENTS. H. Barlow, Bart 10 Oct. 1805
Lord Minto, P.C. (d) .. ..31 July 1807.

Indian Medical Service
THrfctor-GcneraL 1813
The Earl of Moira, E.G., P.C (e) 4 Oct. I
(U.K., I.M.S. Adam ..13 Jan. 1823

John (offg.)
Lord Amherst, P.O. (/) .. 1 Aug. 1823

William Butterworth Bayley (offg.)l3 Mar.1828.
I.M.S.
William Cavendish Bentinck,
Indian Medical Ser- Lord
DewutV Director-General, G.C.U., P.0 4 July 1828
tSVcol.G.G. Jolly, CI.K.
O.C.B.,
Indian Medical Created Marquess Wellesley, 2 Dec. 1799

Director-General, (c)
A
yi*sisi<mt
Sweet, d.s.o., I.M.S. 24 Feb. 1813
Tcr^Lieut.-Col.R, (d) Created Earl of Minto . .
Dec. 1816
Direct, C^^^f**
Taylor,
J.
J^î D.b.o., m.d., d.p.h.,
(e) Created Marquess of Hastings. 2
2 Dec 1826
Lt.-Col.
(/) Created Earl Amherst . .
I.M.S.
,
The (lovernniehl of India* n

GOVERNORS-GENERAL OF INDIA. Lord Napier of Merchustoun, kt. (e)
Assumed charge (offg.) 23 Feb. 1872

Name -
of office. Lord Northbrook, P.c. ( /) .. 3 May 1872
)rd William Cavendish Bentinck, Lord Lytton, G.c.B. (g) . . . . 12 Apl. 1876
G.C.B., G.C.H., P.c 14 Nov. 1834 The Marquess of Ripon, K.G., p.c. 8 June 1880
r Charles Metcalfe, Bart, (a) The Earl of Duflerin, K.P., G.C.B.
(offg.) 20 Mar. 1835 G.C.M.G., P.C. (h) . . . .13 Dec. 1884
)rd Auckland, G.C.B., p.c.(6) . . 4 Mar. 1836 The Marquess of Lansdowne, G.c.
>rd Ellenborough, P.c. (c) ..28 Feb. 1842 M.G 10 Dec. 1888
illiam Wilberforce Bird (offg.) 15 June 1844 The Earl of Elgin and Kincardine,
le Right Hon. Sir Henry Hardinge, P.C 27 Jan. 1894
G.CB (d) 23 July 1844 Baron Curzon of Kedleston, P.c. 6 Jan. 1899
le Earl of Dalhousie, P.c. (e) . . 12 Jan. 1848 Baron Ampthill (offg.) . . . . 30 Apl. 1904
scount Canning, p.c. (/) . . 29 Feb. 1856 Baron Curzon of Kedleston, P.c. (i) 13 Dec. 1904
) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Metcalfe. The Earl of Minto, K. G., p.c, G.c.
) Created Earl of Auckland, 21 Dec. 1839. M.G 18 Nov. 1905
IAfterwards (by creation) Earl of Ellen- Baron Hardinge of Penshurst, P.c,
borough.
G.C.B., G.CM.G., G.C.V.O., I.S.O. (j)
) Created Viscount Hardinge, 2 May 1846
Coated Marquess of Dalhousie, 25 Aug. 1849 23 Nov. 1910
) Afterwards (by creation) Earl Canning. Lord Chelmsford Apl. 1916
Note. The Governor- General

Marquess of Reading .
ceased
Apl.
to
. . . 1921
: the direct HeadBengal Government Baron Irwin
of the Apl. 1926
Dm the 1st May, 1854, when the first Lieute- The Earl of Willingdon . . Apl. 1931 . .
,nt- Governor assumed office. On 1st April (a) Created Earl Canning, 21 May 1859.
12, Bengal was placed under a separate (b) Afterwards
(by creation) Baron Napier of
rvernor and the appointment of Lieutenant-
Magdala.
)vernor was abolished.
(c) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Lawrence.
VICEROYS AND GOVERNORS- (d) Afterwards Sir John Strachey, G.C.S.I., CLE.
GENERAL OF INDIA.
(e) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Napier of
Name Assumed charge Ettrick.
of office.
scount Canning, (/) Afterwards (by creation) Earl of North-
p.c. (a) . . 1 Nov. 1858
brook.
lie Earl of Elgin and Kincardine,
(g) Created Earl of Lytton, 28 April 1880.
KT., G.C.B., p.c 12 March 1862
(h) Created Marquis of Dufferin and Ava.
a-jor-General Sir Robert Napier,
K.C.B. (b) (offg.)
12 Nov. 1888.
. . 21 Nov. 1863
. .
(i) Created an Earl .. .. June 1911.

>lonel Sir William T. Denison,
k.c.b. (offg.) 2 Dec. 1863 (j) During tenure of office, the Viceroy is Grand
le Right Hon. Sir John Lawrence, Master and First and Principal Knight of
Bart, G.C.B., K.C.S.I. (c) the two Indian Orders (g.m.s.i. and g.m.i.e.)
.12 Jan. . 1864
On quitting office, he becomes G.cs.l. and
le Earl of Mayo, k.p 12 Jan. 1869 G.ai.E. with the date of his assumption
;
>hn Strachey (d) (offg.) .. 9 Feb. 1872 of the Viceroyaltv^

.
78
The Imperial Legislature.

of speech in both chambers of the Indian legis*!
The gradual evolution of the Indian con-
stitution is fully traced in the article on
" The lature. No
person shall be liable to arryj
Government of India," which precedes this so ;
proceeding in any court by reason of his speec&l
the great changes made by the Reform or vote in either chamber, or by reason of any?
also are
Act of 1919. For the purposes of easy reference thing contained in any official report of the
proceedings of either chamber.
the powers of the Legislatures, as well as the
special powers reserved to the Governor-Gene-
ral for the discharge of his responsibilities,
25. Indian Budget (l) The :

estimated |
annual expenditure and revenue of the

which are fully set out in the Act, are repro- be laid in
Governor-General in Council shall
duced below :
the form of a statement before both chambers]

continue of the Indian legislature in each year.
21. (1) Every Council of State shall
for five years, and every Legislative Assembly No proposal for the appropriation of anyj
(2.)
for three years, from its first meeting.
revenue or moneys for any purpose shall be
Provided that made except on the recommendation of the
Governor-General
(a) either chamber of the legislature may
be sooner dissolved by the Governor- General and The proposals of the Governor-General
(3)
(b) any such period may be extended by the in Council for the appropriation of revenue
Go /ernor-General if in special circumstances, or moneysrelating to the following heads of
lie so thinks fit ; and
expenditure shall not be submitted to the vote
of the legislative assembly, nor shall they be
(c) after the dissolution of either chamber
the
appoint a date not open to discussion by either chamber at the
Governor-General shall time when the annual stateineut is under con-
more than six months, or with the sanction sideration, unless the Governor-General other-
of the Secretary of State, not more than nine
wise directs
months, after the date of dissolution for the
next session of that chamber. (i) interest and sinking fund charges on loans
and
22. (1) An official shall not be qualified
for election as a member of either chamber of (u) expenditure of which the amount &
the Indian legislature, and, if any non-official prescribed by or under any law ; and
member of either chamber accepts office in the
service of the Crown in India his seat in that (Hi) salaries and pensions of persons ap-
chamber shall become vacant. pointed by or with the approval of His Majestj
or by the Secretary of State in Council ; and
(4) Every member of the Governor-General's
Executive Council shall be nominated as a (iv) salaries of chief commissioners and
member of one chamber of the Indian legislature, judicial commissioners ; and
and shall have the right of attending in and
addressing the other chamber, but shall not be (v) expenditure classified by the order of trfc
a member of both chambers. Governor-General in Council as
24. (3) If any Bill which has been passed (a) ecclesiastical;
by one chamber is not, within six months after
(b) political;
the passage of the Bill by that chamber, passed
by the other chamber either without amend- (c) defence.
ments or with such amendments as may be
agreed to by the two chambers, the Governor- any question arises whettiei anj
If
(4)
General may in his discretion refer the matter
proposed appropriation of revenue of money
for decision to a joint sitting of both chambers,
docs or does not relate to the a hove headi
Provided that standing orders made under
the decision of the Governor-General on tlx
(hissection may provide formeetings of members
I
question shall be final.

of both chambers appointed for the purpose,
I
in order to discuss any difference of opinion

(5)The proposals of the Governor-Genera
which has arisen between the two chambers. in Council for the appropriation of rcveniH
or monevs relating to heads or expenditur*
(4) Without prejudice to the powers of the
*
not specified in the above heads shall be sub

'
Governor-General under section sixty-eight of

mftted to the vote of the legislative asseinbl]
the principal Act, the Governor-General may
!
in the form of demands for grants.

where a Bill has been passed by botli chambers I
of the Indian legislature, return the Bill for assembly may assen
reconsideration by either chambers. I (6) The legislative
or refuse its assent to any demand or ma:
demani
I
Subject to the rules and standing orders reduce the amount referred to in any
(7) I
alfecting the chamber, there shall be freedom by a reduction of the whole grant.
. 1 : ;
The Imperial Legislatures. 79
(7) The demands as voted by the legislative i assent, and shall not be presented for His
isembly shall be submitted to the Governor- Majesty's assent until copies thereof have
enerafin Council, who shall, if he declares been laid before each House of Parliament for
lat he is satisfied that any demand which has not less than eight days on which that House
j
sen refused by the legislative assembly i3 has sat; and unon the signification of such
sential to the discharge of his responsibilities, assent by His Majesty in Council and the noti-
2t as if it had been assented to, notwithstand- fication thereof by the Governor-General, the
ig the withholding of such assent or the Act shall have the same force and effect as an
iduction of the amount therein referred to, by Act passed by the Indian legislature and duly
ne legislative assembly. assented to
(8)Notwithstanding anything in this section Provided that, where in the opinion of the
Se Governor-General shall have power, in cases
Governor-General a state of emergency exists
f emergency, to authorise such expenditure as which justifies such action, the Governor-
lay, in his opinion, be necessary for the safety General may direct that any such Act shall
r tranquillity of British India or any part thereof
come into operation forthwith, and thereupon
the Act shall have such force and effect as
26. Emergency Powers : (1) Where either aforesaid, subject, however, to disallowance by

hamber of the Indian legislature refuses leave His Majesty in Council.
0 introduce or fails to pass in a form recom-
lended by the Governor-General any Bill, 27. Supplemental provisions: (1) In ad-
he Governor-General may certify that the dition to the msasures referred to in sub-section
assage of the Bill is essential for the safety, (2) of section sixty-seven of the principal Act,
ranquillity or interests of British India or as requiring the previous sanction of the
ny part thereof, and thereupon Governor-General it shall not be lawful without
such previous sanction to introduce at any
if the Bill has already been passed
(a) by the meeting of either chamber of the Indian legisla-
chamber, the Bill shall, on signature ture any measure
ther
>y Governor-General, notwithstanding
the
hat it has not been consented to by both (a) regulating any provincial subject, or
hambers, forthwith become an Act of the any part of a provincial subject, which has not
ndian legislature in the form of the Bill as been declared by rules under the principal Act to
triginally introduced or proposed to be intro- be subject to legislation by the Indian legislature;
lnced in the Indian legislature, or (as thpcase
nay be) in the form recommended by the Gover- (6) repealing or amending any Act of a
or-General : and local legislature
(c) repealing or amending any Act or ordin-

(b) if the Bill has not already been so passed, ance made by the Governor-General.
be Bill shall be laid before the other chamber,
.nd, if consented to by that chamber in the form (2) Where in either chamber of the Indian
ecommended by the Governor-General, shall legislature any Bill has been introduced or is
>ecome an Act as aforesaid on the signification proposed to be introduced, or any amendment
>f the Governor-General's assent, or, if not so to a Bill is moved, or proposed to be moved,
onsentedto shall, on signature by the Governor- the Governor-General may certify that the Bill
xeneral, become an Act as aforesaid. or any clause of it, or the amendment affects
the safety or tranquillity of British India, or
Every such Act shall be expressed to any part thereof, and may direct that no proceed*
(2)
be made by the Governor-General and shall, ings, or that no further proceedings, shall be
is soon as practicable after being made, be laid taken by the chamber in relation to the Bill,
before both Houses of Parliament, and shall clause, or amendment and effect shall be gives .
lothave effect until it has received His Majesty's to such direction.

: . .
8o The Legislative Assembly.
THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.

President:-The Hon. Sir Abdur Rahim, k.c.S.i.
Deputy President Mr. Abdul Matin Chaudhury.

A. Elected Members (105).
Constituency. Name.
Madras City (Non-Muhammadan Urban) Mr. S. Satyamurthi.
Ganjam cum Vizagapatam (Non-Muhammadan Mr. V rt V. Giri.

Rural).
Godavari cum Kistna (Non-Muhammadan Mr. K. Nageswara Rao.
Rural).
Guntur cum Nellore (Non-Muhammadan Mr. N. G. Ranga Ayyangar.
Rural).
Madras ceded districts and Chittoor (Non- Mr. M. Ananthasayanam.
Muhammadan Rural).
Salem and Coimbatore cum North Arcot (Non- Mr. T. S. Avinashilingam Chettiar.
Muhammadan Rural).
South Arcot cum Chingteput (Non-Muham- Mr. C. N. Muthuranga Mudaliar.
madan Rural).
Tanjore cum Trichinopoly (Non-Muhammadan Dr. T. S. S. Rajan.
Rural).
Madura and Ramnad cum Tinnevelly (Non- Mr. P. S. Kumaraswami Raju.
Muhammadan Rural).
West Coast and Nilgiris (Non-Muhammadan Mr. Samuel Aaron.
Rural).
North Madras (Muhammadan) Mr. Umralisha.
South Madras (Muhammadan) Moulvi Sayyid Murtuza Saheb Bahadur.
West Coast and Nilgiris (Muhammadan) Haji Abdul Sathar H. E,sak Sait.
Madras (European) Mr. F. E. James.
Madras Landholders . . .... Raja Sir Vasudeva Rajah of Kallengode, K
c.i.e. s
Madras Indian Commerce M. R. Ry. Sami Vencatachelam Chetty GarU.

Bombay City (Non-Muhammadan Urban) Dr. G. V. Deshmukh.
Ditto. Sir Cowasji Jehanjir, k.cj.e., O.b.e.
Sind (Non-Muhammadan Rural) Diwan Lalchand Navalraf.
Bombay Northern Division (Non-Muhammadan Mr. Bhulabhai Jivanji Desai.

Rural).
Bombay Central Division (Muhammadan Mr. Ahmed Ebrahim Haroon JafTer.
Rural).
Bombay Central Division (Non-Muhammadan Mr. Keshavrao Marutirao Jedhe.
Rural).
Ditto. Mr. N. V. Gadgil.
Bombay Southern Division (Non-Muhammadan Mr. S. K. Hosmani.

Rural).
Bombay City (Muhammadan Urban) .
Mr. M. A. Jinnah.
Sind(Muhammadan Rural) Seth Haji Abdulla Haroon.

Mr. Nabi Baksh Illahi Bakhsh Bhutto.
Ditto. . .
Bombay (European) Mr. W. B. Hossack.
Ditto. Sir Leslie Hudson, Kt.
TJio Indian Merchants' Chamber and Bureau

Mr. Mathuradas Vissapji.
(Indian Commerce).
Sir Ghulam Hussain Hidayatullah.
Sind Jagirdars and Zamindars (Landholders) .
.. .
..
The Legislative Assembly.
Constituency. Name.
Bombay Millowners Association (Indian Mr. Hormusji Peeroshaw Mody.

Commerce). **
|
Calcutta (Non-Muhammadan Urban) Mr. Sarat Chandra Bose.

Calcutta Suburbs (Non-Muhammadan Urban) . Dr. P. N. Banerjea.
Burdwan Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) .
Presidency Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural). Pandit Lakshmi Kanta Maitra.

Dacca Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) . Mr. Suryya Kumar Som.
Chittagong and Rajshaji Divisions (Non-Muh- Mr. Akhil Chandra Datta.
ammadan Rural).
Calcutta and Suburbs (Muhammadan Urban) . Sir Abdur Rahim, K.c.S.l., Kt,
Burdwan and Presidency Divisions (Muhamma-
dan Rural).
Dacca cum Mymensingh (Muhammadan Rural). Mr. A. H. Ghuznavi.
Bakargunj cum Faridpur (Muhammadan Rural) Mr. A. K. Fuzlul Huq.
Chittagong Division (Muhammadan Rural) Mr. Md. Anwarul Azim.
Rajshahi Division (Muhammadan Rural) Mr. M. A. Baqui.
Bengal (European) Sir Darcy Lindsay, Kt., c.b.e.
Do. Mr. J. A. Milligan.
Do. Mr. G. Morgan, c.l.E.
Bengal Landholders Mr. Dhirendra Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury.
Marwari Association, (Indian Commerce) Babu Baijnath Bajoria.
Cities of the United Provinces (Non-Muham- Dr. Bhagavan Das.
madan Urban).
Meerut Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) . Choudhri Raghubir Narain Singh.
Agra Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) Pundit Sri Krishna Dutta Paliwal.
Rohilkund and Kumaon Division (Non-Muh- Pundit Govind Ballabh Pant.
ammadan Rural).
Allahabad and Jhansi Divisions (Non-Muham- Mr. Sri Prakasa.
madan Rural).
Benares and Gorakhpur Divisions (Non-Muh- Munshi Iswar Saran.
ammadan Rural).
Lucknow Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) . Shri Mohan Lai Saxena.
Fyzabad Division (Non-Muhammadan Rural) . Sirdar Jogendra Singh.
Cities ofthe United Provinces (Muhammadan Maulana Shaukat Ali.
Urban).
Meerut Division (Muhamamdan Rural) Qazi Mohammad Ahmad Kazrmi.
Agra Division (Muhammadan Rural) Mr. T. A. K. Sherwani.
Rohilkund and Kumaon Divisions (Muham- Maulvi Sir Muhammad Yakub, Kt.
madan Rural).
United Provinces Southern Division (Muham- Dr. Zia-ud-Din Ahmed, c.i.e.
madan Rural).
Lucknow and Fyzabad Divisions (Muhammadan Mr. ftTohamed Azhat All;
Rural).
United Provinces (European) Mr. ,T. R. Scott.
United Provinces Landholders
Mr. Vijaya Ananda Gajapatiraj,
\mbala Division (Non-Muhammadan) .. Bhaj Parma aand,
met Punjab (Non-Muhammadan) . . , [ Lala Sham Lai.
|rullundur Division (Non-Muhammadan) Lala Faqlr Chand.
** Entitled to representation in rotation,

... . .

82
Name.
Constituency.
Syed Ghulam Bhik Nairang.

East Punjab (Muhammadan)
Mr. K. L. Gauba.
East Central Punjab (Muhammadan)
.
Mr. H. M. Abdullah.
West Central Punjab (Muhammadan) .
Nawab Sahibzada Sayad Sir Mohammad Mehr

North Punjab (Muhammadan) Shah, Kt. _
Khan Saheb Shaik Fazal-i-Haq Piracha.
North-West Punjab (Muhammadan) .
Khan Bahadur Makhdum Sayad Rajan BakfcjH

South-West Punjab (Muhammadan) Shah.
Sirdar Mangal Singh.

East Punjab (Sikh)
Sardar Sant Singh.
West Punjab (Sikh)
Mr. M. Ghiasuddin.
Punjab Landholders
Mr. Satya Narain Singh.
DarbhangacwmSaran (Non-Muhammadan)
.
Champaran(Non-Muhammadan) Mr. Bepin Bihari Varma.

Muzaffarpur cum
(Non-Muhammadan) .
Pandit Nilakantha Das.
Orissa Division
do. Mr. Bhubananda Das.
Do.
(Non-Muhammadan) Mr. Anugrah Narayan Sinha.
Patna cum Shahabad
(Non-Muhammadan) Mr. Shri Krishna Sinha.
Gaya cum Monghyr
Santhal Parganas Mr. Deep Narayan Sing.
Bhagalpur, Purnea and the
(Non-Muhammadan).
(Non-Muhammadan) . Babu Ham Narayan Singh.
Chota Nagpur Division
cum Orissa (Muham- Mr. Muhammad Nauman.
Patna and Chota Nagpur
madan).
Moulvi Badi-uz-Zaman.
Bhagalpur Division (Muhammadan) Shafee Daoodi.
(Muhammadan) Moulvi Muhammad
Tirhut Division Narayan Singh.
Mr. Raja Harihar Prasad
Bihar and Orissa Landholders
Dr. Khare.
Nagpur Division (Non-Muhammadan)
Provinces Hindi Divisions (Non- Seth Govind Das.
Central
Muhammadan).
Mr. Ghanshiam Singh Gupta.
Do. d0
Khan Saheb Nawab Siddique All Khan.
Central Provinces
(Muhammadan)
Seth Sheodass Daga.
Central Provinces
Landholders
Bardaloi.
Mr. Srijut Nabin Chandra
Assam Valley (Non-Muhammadan)
(Non-Muhammadan) Mr. Basanta Kumar Das.
Surma Valley cum Shillong
Mr. Abdul Matin Chaudlmry.
Assam (Muhammadan) . .
W. Hockenhull.
Mr. F.
Assam (European) Thein Maung,
Tj.
Burma (Non-European)
Dr. Thein Maung,
Do.
U. Ba Si.
Do. '> '
y^y;-.?*' .'
y Mr. W. J. 0. Richards.
Burma (European) Mr. Asaf Ali.
Delhi (General) Son*.
Rai Bahadur Seth Bhagchand
Ajmer-Merwara (General)
Provjnc^(êncral)__^ L Dr. Khan Saheb.
North-West Frontier
. . . .

3
Province or body represented.

Name.
Nominated Membersexcluding the

President (41)
(a) Official Members (26)
Government of India
The Hon. Chaudhuri
Muhamad ZafruIIa Khan.
Bo. The Hon. Sir Frank Noyce, Kt
Do. The Hon. csi r,p '
Sir Nripendra^ Nath
rear, "
Sire Kt.
Do.
ie on> Sir James Grigg,
Do. ^l fJ
The Hon. Sir Henry CraiÊ
kcb
c s i.
Do. Mr. P. U. Ran.
Do. Sir Lancelot Graham,
Do. ^vir. G. S. Bajpai,
k.c.i.e
c.i.e., c.b e
Do.
Do.
Do.
Mr. A. G. Clow.
Do.
Mr. T. Sloan, c.i.e.
Do.
Mr. A. J. Kaisman, c.i.e.
Do.
Mr. H. Dow, c.i.e.
Do.
Mr. C. Govindan Nanyar.
Hadras
ftao Bahadur A. A.
3ombay Venkatarama Ayyar
Mr. J. Monteath.
Do. Mr. H. K. Kirpalani.
bengal
Mr. J. M. Chatterjee.
Do. Mr. N. U. Mukharji.
'he Punjab Khan Bahadur Mian Abdul
Aziz, c.b e
'he Central Provinces Mr. D. H. C. Drake, c.i.e.
ssam
Mr. W. L. Scott, c.i.e.
nited Provinces .
Mr. L, Owen.
ihar & Orissa Mr. P. P. Sinha.
urma
Mr. B. W. Swithinbank.
(b) Berar representative Mr. M.

(1) S. Aney.
(c) Non-OFFiciAL Members (14).
ombay Dr. K. D. Dalai.
3lhi
Mr. Asaf AH.
>nga!
R B hadUr Satya Charan Mu kherjee,
C.B E Kt.,
ic Punjab
Sardaj sir Jawahar Singh, Kt,,
c.i.e.
Do.
Oapt. J&rdar Sh'er Mohammad Khan, c.i.e.,
Do.
Hony.Capt. Rao Bahadur
Do. DalChand/o b e
Nawab Malik Allah Baksh Khan
llwaxia, m.b.e.
riar and Orissa .
Mr. ltamaswami Srinivasa
rth West Frontier Province Sarma c I E
.
jociated Chambers of Commerce Mr. L. C. Buss.

lian Christian I
Dr. P. X. DeSouza,
e Depressed Classes
Rao Bahadur Mylai Chinnathambi
glo-Indian Community. Itajah
Lt.-Col. Sir H. A. J. Gidncy, Kt.
)our Interests
N. M. Joshi.
.
84 The Council of State.
THE COUNCIL OF STATE.

Maneckji Byramji Dadabhoy, K.C.I.E., Kt., Bar-at-Law.
President The Hon'ble Sir
A. Elected Members (33).
Constituency.
Name.
Diwan Bahadur Sir S. M. Annamalai Chettiyar,

Madras (Non-Muhammadan)
Kt. .
Mr. Yarlagadda Ranganayakalu Naidu.

Do.
Mr. V. C. Vellingiri Gounder.
Do.
Diwan Bahadur G. Narayanaswami Chetti, CLE.
Do.
Syed Muhammad Padshah Saheb Bahadur.
Madras (Muhammadan) ..
Sardar Shri Jagannath Maharaj Pandit.
Bombay (Non-Muhammadan)
Mr. Shantidas Askuran.
Do.
Sir Phiroze C. Sethna, Kt., O.b.e.
Do. .... Cassum Haji Mitha,
Sirdar Saheb Sir Suleman
Bombay Presidency (Muhammadan) .
Kt., CLE.
Sind (Muhammadan) Mr. Ali Baksh Muhammad Hussain.

Mr. E.Miller.
Bombay Chamber of Commerce
Babu Jagadish Chandra Banerjee.
East Bengal (Non-Muhammadan)
do.
Kumar Nripandra Narayan Sinha.
West do.
Mr. Satyandra Chandra Ghose Maulik.
West do. do.
Mr. Mahmood Suhrawardy.
West Bengal (Muhammadan)
do.
Khan Bhadur Syed Abdul Hafeez.
East do.
Mr. S. D. Gladstone.
Bengal Chamber of Commerce ..
Rai Bahadur Lala Mathura Prasad Mchrotra.
United Provinces Central (Non-Muhammadan)
Rai Bahadur Lala Jagdish Prasad.
United Provinces Northern (Non-Muhammadan)
Pandit P. N. Sapru.
United Provinces Southern (Non-Muhammadan)
Khan Bahadur Hafiz Muhammad Halim.
United Provinces West (Muhammadan)
Shaikh Mushir Hosain Kidwai.
United Provinces East (Muhammadan)
Rai Bahadur Lala Bam Saran Das, c.l.E.
Punjab (Non-Muhammadan)
Sardar Buta Singh.
Punjab (Sikh)
Khan Bahadur Chandri Muliammad Din.
East Punjab (Muhammadan)
Raja Ghazaniar Ali Khan.
West Punjab (Muhammadan)
Rai Bahadur Radha Krishna Jalan.
Bihar and Orissa (Non -Muhammadan)
Raja Raghunandan Prasad Singh.
Do.
(Muhammadan) Mr. Abu Abdullah Syed Hussain Imam.
Bihar and Orissa
Mr. V. V. Kalikar.
Central Provinces (General)
Sjt. H. P. Barua.
Assam (Non-Muhammadan)
Burma (General)
Mr. P. C D. Chari. .
Mr. J. B. Glass.
Burma Chamber of Commerce .

The Council of State. 85
Constituency. Name.
B. Nominated Membersexcluding the President,
(a) Official Members (13 excluding President.)
Jovernment of India His Excellency Genera! Sir Philip Walhouse

Chetwode, Bt., g.c.b., k.c.m.g., d.s.o
Do. Kunwar J agdish Prasad, c.s.i., c.i.e.
Do. Mr. M. G. Hallett, c.i.e.
Do. Mr. D. G. Mitchell, C.S.I., c.i.e.
Do. Sir Bertrand Glaney, c.s.i., c.i.e.
Do. Mr. P. C. Tallents, c.s.i., c.i.e.
Do^ Mr. T. A. Stewart.
Do. Sir Guthrie Russell, Kt,

Do. Mr. J. N. G. Johnson, C.i.e.
Do. Mr. G. H. Spence, c.i.e.
tadras Mr. F. W. Stewart, c.i.e.
ihar and Orissa Mr. C. L. Phillip, c.i.e.
{b) Berar Representative.
erar Representative Mr, Ganesh Srikrishna Khaparde.

j
(c) Non-Official Members,
adras Sir David Dcvadoss, Kt.

Do D. Bi Sir K. R. Mcnon.
ombay Khan Bahadur Dr. Sir N. Choksy, Kt., C.I.E.

engal Mr. Jyotsnanath Ghosal, c.s.i., c.i.e.
Do Mr. Bijay Kumar Basu.

Do Nawab Khwaja Btabibullah,
antral Provinces Sir Maneckii Byramji badabhoy, k.c.i.e , Kt. 1
(President.)
he United Provinces Mr. Vamin Khan,
Do. Pundit Gokaran Nafrh Ug*a.
tie Punjab Raja Charanjit Singh.
Do. Nawab Malik M'd Hayat Khan Noon, C.S.I.
orth- West Frontier Provinces

Major Nawab Sir Mahomed Akbar Khan, K h.e.,
ihar
c.l.E. , Khan oi lloti.
MaharajadhJyaj Sir Kamcshwar Singh, k.ci e.,
of Darbhanga.
86
The Bombay Presidency.

The Bombay Presidency stretches along the black soil, which produces cotton, wheat, grarn^
and millet, and in certain tracts rich crops 6t
west coast of India, from Sind in the North
:
to Kanara in the South. It has an area of sugarcane. The Konkan is a rice land, grown
123,623 square miles and a population of under the abundant rains of the submontane
Geographically included in the regions, and in the south the Dharwar cotton r
23,040,506. There 1
vies with Broach aa the best in India.
Presidency but under the Government of India
Native State of Baroda, with are no great perennial rivers suitable for irrig
is the first class
gation, and the harvest is largely dependent;
an area of 8,164 square miles and a population
of 2,443,007. There are no States in politi- upon the seasonal rainfall, supplemented by-
cal relations with the Government of Bom-
well irrigation. A chain of irrigation works*
as they are all now under the Govern- consisting of canals fed from great reservoirs id
bay,
ment of India. the region of unfailing rainfall in the Ghats, vfc\
gradually being completed, and this will ulti-
The Presidency embraces a wide diversity mately make the Deccan immune to serious
o i soil, climate and people. In the Presidency drought. More than any other part of Indir
Proper are the rich plains of Gujarat, watered the Presidency has been scourged by famm*
by the Nerbudda and the Tapti, whose fertility and plague. The evils have not been unmixed,,
is so marked that it has long been known
as the for tribulation has made the people more selM
Garden of India. South of Bombay City the reliant, and the rise in the values of all produce;
province is divided into two sections by thesynchronising with a certain development oj
Western Ghats, a range of hills running parallel industry, has induced a considerable rise in the
to the coast. Above Ghats are the Deccan standard of living. The land is held on what
that is to say,
Districts, south of these come the Karnatic is known as the ryotwari tenure,
districts. On the sea side of the Ghats is the each cultivator holds his land direct from Govern-
Konkan, a rice- growing tract, intercepted by ment under a moderate assessment, and as long \
creeks which make communication difficult. as he pays this assessment he cannot be dis-
Then in the far north is Sind, totally different
from the Presidency Proper, a land of wide and
monotonous desert except where irrigation from Manufactures.
the Indus has brought abounding fertility. It
is proposed to constitute Sind into a
separate Whilst agriculture is the principal industry;
others have no inconsiderable place. The
province with the coming reforms.
mineral wealth of the Presidency is small
and is confined to building stone, salt ex-
The People. tracted from the sea, and a little manga-
The population varies as markedly as soil and nese. But the handicrafts are widely distri-
climate. In Sind Mahomedans predominate. buted. The handloom weavers produce bright-
coloured saris, and to a diminishing extent the
Gujarat has remained true to Hinduism although and Surat.
exquisite kincobs of Ahmedabad
1
long under the dominion of powerful Mahome-

Bombay silverware has a place of its own, as
dan kings. Here there is an amplitude of caste
well as the brass work of Poona and
Nasik.
divisions and a people, who although softened
by prosperity, are amongst the keenest trading But the tendency is to submerge the indigenous
handicrafts beneath industry organised on
races in the world. The Deccan peasant has
been seasoned by adversity; the saying goes modern lines. Bombay is the great centre in
India of the textile trade. This chiefly found
that the Deccan expects a famine one year m is
Bombay.
every three, and gets it the population is much
;
in the headquarter city,
more homogeneous than in Gujarat, and thirty Number of Looms in Bombay Island. 73,2M
per cent, are Mahrattas. The Karnatic is the
land of the Lingayets, a Hindu reforming sect Number of Spindles in Bombay Island. 33,00,68*
of the twelfth century, and in the Konkan there Number of hands employed in the
is a large proportion of Christians. Four main
Textile Industry in Bombay Island. 1,19,941
languages are spoken, Sindi, Gujarati, Marathi
and Kanarese, with Urdu a rough lingua franca (daily average.)
where English has not penetrated. The main Consumption of Cotton by the Mills in
castes and tribes number five hundred. Bombay Island .. 3,98^
(in candies of 784 lbs.)
Industries. Number of Spindles in Ahmedabad. 10,7S,31-
The principal industry is agriculture, which Number of Looms in Ahmedabad .. 47,22
Number of Spindles in Sbolapore Dist. 3,19,62

supports sixty- four per cent, of the popu-
6,06
lation. In Sind the soils are wholly alluvial, Number of Looms In Sbolapore ,,
and under the influence of irrigation pro- Number of Spindles in the Bombay
duce yearly increasing crops of wheat and Bonmay
Presidency (excluding
cotton. In Gujarat they are of two classes, the
31,08,10
black cotton soil, which yields the famous Island)
Broach cottons, the finest in India, and alluvial, .Number of Looms in the Bombay
which under careful cultivation in Ahmedabad (excluding Bombay
Presidency
and Kaira makes splendid garden land. The ^ 32
dominant soil characteristic of the Deccan is island)
;; -
The Bombay Presidency. *7

Great impetus has been given to Bombay bead of the village both for revenue and police
Qdustries by the provision of electric power purpose ;the talati or kulkarni, clerk and
enerated fifty miles away on the Ghats, and accountant the messenger and the watchman.
;
he year 1919 witnessed a phenomenal flota- Over each Taluka or group of villages is the
ion of new industrial companies of almost every mamlatdar, who is also a subordinate magis-
ascription. trate. The charge of the Assistant or Deputy
Collector contains three or four talukas. "the
The situation of Bombay on the western Collector and Magistrate is over the whole
ea-board in touch at once with the principal District. The Commissioners exercise general
oarkets of India and the markets of the West control over the Districts in their Divisions.
las given Bombay an immense sea-borne
rade. The older ports, Surat, Broach, Cambay
Justice.
nd Mandvie, were famous in the ancient
ays; and their bold and hardy mariners The administration of justice is entrusted
arried Indian commerce to the Persian Gulf to the High Court sitting in Bombay, and
nd the coasts of Africa. But the opening comprising a Chief Justice, who is a bar-
f the Suez Canal and the increasing size rister,and nine puisne judges, either Civilians,
f ocean steamers have tended to concen- Barristers, or Indian lawyers. In Sind the
:afre it in modern ports with deep water anchor
Court of the Judicial Commissioner (The Judi*
ges, and the sea-borne trade of the Presidency cial Commissioner and three Additional
i now concentrated at Bombay and Karachi, Judicial Commissioners) is the highest court
Ithough attempts are being made to develop of civil and criminal appeal. The growing
iormugao in Portuguese territory into an outlet importance of Karachi and Sind has, however,
or the trade of the Southern Mahratta Country, necessitated the raising of the status of the
nd Port Okha as a port of considerable impor- Judicial Commissioner's Court and the passing
mce for Kathiawar and Gujarat. of the Sind Courts Act in August 1926, which
contemplates the creation of a Chief Court
Administration. for Sind with a Chief Judge and three or more
Puisne Judges. The Act, however, has not yet
The Presidency is administered by a Gover- been put into owing to financial difficulties.
effect
or and an Executive Council of two members, Of the lower courts the court of the first
civil
ith the assistance of two Ministers. The instance is that of the Subordinate Judge
sact change made in the functions of the recruited from the ranks of the local lawyers.
xovincial Governments is indicated in the The Court of first appeal is that of the District
jpction on the Provincial Governments (q. v.) or Assistant Judge, or of a first class subordinate
['here a description is given of the division judge with special powers. District and
II the administration into two branches, the Assistant Judges are Indian Civilians,or members
Reserved Subjects, administered by the Gover- of the Provincial Service or the Bar. In cases
nor and his Council and the Transferred Sub- exceeding Rs. 5,000 in value an appeal from the
lets, administered by the Governor and his decision of the Subordinate or Assistant Judge
kiiinisters, the whole Government commonly and from the decision of the District Judge in
|ieeting and acting as one. In another part all original suits lies to the High Court. Dis-
that section the division between Reserved
C trict and Assistant Judges exercise criminal
Rod Transferred subjects is shown. This new jurisdiction throughout the Presidency but
J>rm of administration under the Reform Act original criminal work is chiefly disposed of by
Ef 1919 came into operation in January the Executive District Officers and Resident
1921.
I II papers relating to public service business and City Magistrates. Capital sentences are
reach
government through the Secretariat, divided subject to confirmation by the High Court.
Pito seven main departments, each under a Secre- In some of the principal cities Special
riry (a) Finance : (b) Revenue ; (c) Home and Magistrates exercise summary jurisdiction
Icclesiastical (d) Political and reforms; (e) Gene- (Bombay has six Presidency Magistrates, as
il and Educational ; (/) Legal; (g) Public Works. well as Honorary Magistrates exercising the
Ihe senior of the Civilian Secretaries is entitled functions of English Justices of the Peace) and
lie Chief Secretary. The Government is in a Court of Small Causes, corresponding to
|
ombay from November to the end of May the English County Courts.
Dnd in Poona from June to November;
lut the Secretariat is always in Bombay. Un- Local Government.
ler the Governor-in-Council the Presidency
is
liministered by four
Commissioners. The Local control over certain branches of the
jommissioner in Sind has considerable inde- administration is secured by the constitution of
lendent powers. In the Presidency Proper local boards and municipalities, the former
liere are Commissioners for the Northern exercising authority over a District or a Taluka,
livision, with headquarters at Ahmedabad and the latter over a city or town. These
lie Central Division at Poona; and the
Sou- bodies are composed of members either
liern Division at Belgaum. Each district is nominated by Government or elected by the
[rider a Collector, usually a Covenanted
Civi- people, who are empowered to expend the funds
in, who has under him one or more Civilians
at their disposal on education, sanitation, the
}Assistant Collectors, and one or more Deputy construction of roads and tanks, and general
ollectors. A collectorate contains on an improvements. Their funds are derived from
rerage from eight to ten talukas, each cesses on the land revenue, the toll, ferry funds
msisting of from one to two hundred villages and local taxes. The tendency of recent years has
hose whole revenues belong to the State, been to increase the elective and reduce the nomi-
he village officers are the patel, who is the nated element, to allow these bodies to elect their
88 The Bombay Presidency.
cent. more,
been cubic feet. It cost also nearly 50 per
own chairmen, whilst larger grants havesupply than the Lloyd Dam. An idea of the
magnitute
made from the general revenues for water of the Lloyd Dam can be gathered from the
and drainage. fact that if a wall 6 feet high
v and 15 inches
from the masonry in;
The Bombay Municipal Boroughs Act o f 1925 thick were constructed
of 520
works further advance in the matter of local êll- the Dam it would stretch a distance
from Bombay, to Nagpur These
Government in the Presidency. The Act provides miles, say
most liable
more adequate basis for Municipal Adminis- projects will irrigate certain tracts
tration in the larger cities Bombay
of the to famine.
Presidency. The larger municipalities are
now Police.
styled as Municipal Boroughs which are
now 30
The Police Force is divided into 3 categories,
In number. The executivesof these Borough and the
powers vi* District Police, Railway Police
Municipalities are invested with larger
exercised. Another important
Bombay City Police. The District and Railway
than hitherto for the
Police in the Presidency proper are
change introduced by the Act was the extension purpose of control under the Inspector-General
of municipal franchise to occupiers of dwellings Deputy
12 of Police who is assisted by three
or buildings with annual rental values of Rs.
#
Inspectors-General, of whom two are in charge

|
or with capital value of not less than Us. 200. charge of the Crimi.
of Ranges and the third is in
nal Investigation Department
and the imgei
Public Works. District and Railway Police in
Print Bureau.
The Public Works Department is under the Sind are under the Deputy Inspector-General
oj
control of the
control of two Chief Engineers who Police for Sind, subject to the
act as
Secretaries to the Government one for Roads,
; Commissioner-in-Sind. The executive manage-
Irriga- of the Police in each district
and or
Buildings, Railways, etc.,and the other for ment
well as
tion. Under them are Superintending
Engineers Railways in the Residency; proper as
of Polic
in charge of Circles and Executive
Engineers in Sind is vested in a Superintendent
Architect direction of the Magistrate o
in charge of divisions, the Consulting under the general
case ot th<
and the Electrical Engineer. The chief irriga- the District concerned except in the
of a chain Eor the purposes of effectiv
tion works are in Sind and consist Railway Police.
prevents
by the annual inundations from
of canals fed supervision over the investigation and
districts are divide*
the Indus. The Lloyds Barrage and canals of crime, some of the larger
was inaugurated in 1923 is each under
into one or more sub-divisions
i
project which
the -greatest Irrigation Scheme m
the world Sub-Divisional Officer who is either an
Assistan
Superintendent of Police, or an Inspector
areas ot c
and is designed to ensure the vast constant Superintendent of Police
fertile land in Sind a regular
and Police, a Deputy
supply of water. It will enable about 6 million Sub-Inspectors' are the officers m charge c
responsibl
acres of crops to be irrigated annually,
i.e., about Police Stations and are primarily
of offence
as much area irrigated in Egypt. The scheme is
under the law, for the investigation Officei
not only vital to the future of Sind
but of
.
reported at their Police Stations
of Assist*!
indirect benefit to the whole of
India. Ihe appointed directly to the posts
estimated to cost over Superintendents of Police, deputy
Supen
whole scheme is Sub-Inspecto
15 million sterling or 20 crores of rupees. tendents of Police, Inspectors and
Central Poll
The Barrage was formally opened by
the undergo a course of training at the
being posted t
Viceroy and Governor General of India
on Training School at Nasik before
proper executive duty. The Bomb;
13th January 1932. In the Presidency Districts for
a chain of protective irrigation Citv Police is a separate force under tl
there is
works, originating in reservoirs mthe Gnat Commissioner of Police who is directly respoi
regions. The principal works are the Nira sible toGovernment.

Canals fed by Lake Whiting impounded by Education.
Canals
the Lloyd Dam at Bhatgar, the Pra vara
Wilson imparted partly through dire
fed by Lake Arthur Hill, impounded by Education is
Dam at Bhandardara, the Mutha Canals fed
Government agency, and partly tnrough
tl
Godavan of grants-in-aid. Government

mamta
by Lake Eife at Khadakvasla, the medium
Nandur Madhmesh- Andheri, Pood
Canals fed by Lake Beale at Arts Collegia at Bombay,
war and the Gokak Canal. The Mutha Canals AhmXbSd andDharwar; the Grant Medic
and the Gokak Canal were completed in 1896-97, cXgtthePoona College of Engineering tl
the College, Schc
the Nira Left Bank Canal in 1905-06, Agricultural College, Veterinary
Godavari Canals in 1915-16 and the Pravara of Art, La* College and a College of Commerc
Canals in 1926-27. The Nira Right Bank Canal schools are
Most of the secondary
which has been under construction since 1912 schools are mai
private hands. The primary
is nearing completion. The Wilson Dam at tained by Local Authorities,
with a grant-in-a
Bhandardara the second highest yet constructed The Bombay Municipality is responsible f
by Engineers the world over was opened by His primary education in Bombay City {q.
Excellency the Governor on 10th December 1926. Education).
The Lloyd Dam at Bhatgar which is 5,333 feet Public Instri
in length, 190 feet in height and 124
feet m The Quinquennial Report on for the ye
width was opened by H. E.Sir Leslie Wilson tion in the Bombay Presidency regard;
1928. It cost Rs. 172 lakhs. 1927-1932 reveals much information
on 27th October recent years. I
It is remarkable as being the largest
Dam in the proaress of education in Educat;
mssing in 1923, of the Primary
volume hitherto constructed and contains 21$ important eve
million cubic feet of masonry. The Assuan
Dam Act was perhaps the most Education m
in the history of Primaryf
l
in Egypt is popularly supposed to be the largest or

Bombay Presidency during the last 30
Dam in existence but that contains 19 million
- .
The Bombay Presidency. 89

ears whereby the control of Primary Education The total number of institutions increased
/as transferred from the Department to the
during the quinquennium from 16,211 to 17,159.
jocal Authorities. Most of the Boards have
Recognised institutions increased by 1,145 to
>repared schemes for the expansion of education,
15,929 while unrecognised institutions decreased
ome of them on a compulsory basis, and many
by 197 to 1,230. Of the recognised institutions.
16 are Arts and 11 Professional Colleges and 686
oards have levied additional taxation but the
inances of Government have not permitted Secondary Schools, 14,694 Primary Schools and
hem to perform to the full the part contem- 349 Special Schools.
plated by the Act. The fact, however, must The total number of recognised and un-
lot be lost sight of that during the quinquen-
recognised educational institutions during the
kium the assignments of Government to Primary year 1932-33, was 16,871 and the number of
Education fell from Us. 1,21,59,848 to pupils 1,332,087.
Lis. 1,18,17,308 the decrease was mainly due to
jetrenchment in Government grants during Out of a total of 26,848 towns and villages
.931-32. 10,763 possessed schools, the average area
served by each town or village with a school
" Reports on Public instruction in this presi-
being 11.5 square miles. The percentage of
len y during the last five or six years however pupils in recognised institutions to the total
>oint to the fact that there has been considerable population of the Presidency was 5.95, in 1932-33.
lecline in the efficiency of Primary Education Of the total number of 1,332,087 pupils under
ince the transfer of control" says the Director instruction, 1,033,521 were boys and 298,566
|)f Public Instruction. " It will be seen from
weregirls.
[.hese reports that the factor which has militated
wnore than any other against efficiency has been Hindu pupils in recognised institutions num-
Ijioinmunalism.** The composition of the various bered 966,230, Muhammadans 234,146, Indian
^District Local Boards has had its effect on the Christians 39,070, Parsis 17,903, Europeans
I'vorking of the Primary Education Act. The and Anglo-Indians 5,489. The rest comprised
[majority of School Boards which came into 35,354.
Existence developed communal tendencies and The total expenditure on education in 1932-33
E;his attitude influenced the selection of the was Its. 381| lakhs, of which 44.4 per cent,
ifsupervising and teaching staff and their tranf ers was met from Government funds, 18.9 per cent,
|;'ind promotions."
from Board funds, 22.2 per cent, from fees, and
I The quinquennium has been noticeable for 14.7 per cent, from other sources. Primary
ihhe greater recognition given to the Educational schools absorbed over Rs. 205 lakhs, exclusive
L'leeds of the backward classes especially in of expenditure on inspection, construction, and
f Primary Education and a very liberal system repairs.
or these classes has been introduced by Govern-
l
Inent since 1924. The Educational Department is administered

Lack of funds has cramped the activities by a Director, with an Inspector in each Divi-
mi Government in the field of Primary and sion and a Deputy or Assistant Inspector in
pecondary Education. Economy has been each district.
[Lhe dominating note of the Educational policy Higher education in the Presidency is con-
throughout the quinquennium. In view of the trolled by the Bombay University which was
present financial stringency which precludes established in 1857. The constitution of the
rSovernment from providing additional funds for University has recently undergone, however,
[Secondary Education there would appear to considerable changes in virtue of a new enact-
be some grounds for raising the fees in Govern ment known as the Bombay University Act of
luent Schools; but Government have decided 1928. This Act altered the whole constitution
pot to take any action in this direction at of the University so as to make it adequately
^resent. In the case of Primary Education representative with a view to bringing into,
[
Government were compelled to apply a cut of closer association with the public the industrial
w5 per cent, to the grants payable to local authori- commercial and civic life of the people of the
ties in 1931-32. Since then it has become Presidency to enable it to provide greater facili-
"tiecessary to increase the cut to 20 per cent, ties for higher education in all branches of
llpo far from it being possible to provide the learning including Technology and to undertake
funds required for the expansion of Secondary on a larger scale than heretofore post-graduate
ind Higher Education, it has been necessary teaching and research, while continuing to
I so exercise retrenchment, and that too in direc- exercise due control over the teaching given
I :ions in which it could not be applied without by colleges affiliated to it from time to time.
nducational loss. As one instance only, the The new University Department of Chemical
I Director of Public Instruction mentions the Technology was formally inaugurated by His
lliscontinuance of the scheme of Medical Inspec- Excellency the Governor of Bombay on 15th
tion after it had been in existence for a year. November 1933. The authorities of the Univer-
Unong the chief purposes for which additional sity, as now constituted, are chiefly the Chan-
funds are required, perhaps the most important cellor, Vicc-Chancellor, the Syndicate, the
Bis that for additional provision for Technical Academic Council and the Senate. The Senate
lind Industrial Kducation, including the expan- consisting pf fellows is the supreme governing
sion of the College of Engineering and the body of the University. The number of fellows
jpstablishment of a Technological institution is 144 of whom 40 are nominated by the Chan-
of an advanced nature. The total expenditure cellor and 11 are ex -officio. The Academic
km Education increased from Its. 3,8 ,49,449 Council consisting of educational experts deals
1
Ifn 1926-27 to lis. 3,99,27,898 in 1931-32 or an with all purely academical questions. This
[(increase of 4.7 per cent, against 29.6 per cent. body works in collaboration with the Syndicate
luring the last quinquennium.
.
which is the principal executive of the University
90 The Bombay Presidency.
The principal educational institutions are: Private Professional Colleges

Seth G. S. Medical College, Bombay, Dean
Government Arts Colleges . . Dr. Jivraj N. Mehta. m
Elphiustone College. Bombay, Principal, N E.D. Civil Engineering College, KaracM;

Mr. G. B. Jathar (Offg.). Principal, Mr. G. W. Gokhale.

Ismail College, Andheri (Bombay). Principal, Law College, Poona, Principal, Mr. J. B
Dr. M. B. Behman, M.A. (Punjab), ph. Gharpure. M\
d. (Cambridge). Sir Lallubhai Shah Law College, Ahmedaba
Gujayat College, Ahmedabad, Principal, Principal, Mr. D. S. Setna. Ml
G. Findlay Shirras, M.A., F.S.S. (Offg.) Sind Collegiate Board's Law College, Karachi
Karnatak College, Dharwar, Principal, Mr. Principal, Mr. C. Lobo. jH
A. C. Farran. . . Law College, Kolhapur, Principal, S. Tm\
Boyal Institute of Science, Bombay. Principal, Kelavkar.
Dr. Thomas S.Wheeler, r.i.c, p1i.d.,f.k.c.s.i. Medical.
Private Arts Colleges >
The Medical Department is in the charge
St. Xavier's, Bombay (Society of
Jesus). member of th&
of the Surgeon-General who is a
Principal, Rev. G. Palacios, S.J.
I. M. S., and Public Health in that of the
Wilson College, Bombay (Scottish Mission). Director of Public Health, who is usually a no*
Principal, Rev. J. Mackenzie, m.a. I.M.S. Officer. Civil Surgeon? stationed at each
Fergusson College, Poona (Deccan Educa- district headquarters are responsible for the
tional Society), Principal, G. S. Mahajam, medical work of the district whilst sanitation is :
M.A., B.sc. . ,
entrusted to one of the Assistant Directors of
.
Baroda College, Baroda (Baroda btate;. Public Health. Four large hospitals are maintain*
Principal, S. G. Burrow, B.sc. ed by the Government in Bombay, and the
Samaldas College, Bhavnagar (Bhavnagar accommodation in them has been recenttf-
State). Principal, Mr. T. K. Shahani, m.a. increased by 300 beds in one hospital and 180
Bahauddin College, Junagadh State, Principal beds in another hospital. number of beds in the A
Mr. Charles Saldanha. Bombay City had to be closed during 1931-33
Sir Parashurambhau College, Principal, R. D. owing to shortage of funds. Well-equipped hot*
Karmarkar, Poona. pitals exist in all important up-country station*
M T.B. Arts College,Surat,Prmcipal,N.M.Shah. Over 3,734,974 persons including 104,534 in-
D. J. Sind College, Karachi, Principal, S. B. the year 1932. Qn| patients were treated during
Presidency contains 6 Lunatic Asylums and If
Sind National College, Hyderabad, Principal, institutions for the treatment of Xêpers.
B. R. Kumar. Vaccination is carried out by a staff under the
Gokhale Education Society's H.P.T., Arts direction of the Director of Public Health.
College, Nasik, Principal, T. A. Kulkarm. Sanitary work has received an immense stimulus
Willingdon College, Kupwad (Sangli), Princi- from the large grants made by the Government
pal, P. M. Limaye. from time to time.
Private Art Colleges
'
.
_ Finance.
Rajaram College, Kolhapur, Principal, Dr.
Under the Eeform Scheme of 1919 Provincial
Balkrishna. phase. Before the
. .
Finance entered on a new
Nowrosjee Wadia College, Poona, Principal, passing of this Act Provincial finance was incor-
'
K. M.Khadye. porated in Imperial Finance. The Provinces

. .
The Lingaraj College, Belgaum, Principal, had certain heads of revenue of their own and
Dr. N. C. Nandimath. they divided with the Govern-
Principal, other heads which
.
C. and S. College, Shikarpur Sind, ment of India. By the new constitution t

G. P. Hazari, M.A., a.i.ii.o. comparative! v clean cut was made between tut
Special Colleges _ finances of the Government of India and
those
revenues as they enjoy
Grant Medical College, Bombay (Govern- of the Provinces. Such
return they
ment), Dean, Major S. L. Bhatia, i.m.s. the Provinces enjoy in full, and in
College of Engineering, Poona (Government), make cash contributions to the
Government of
India, fixed for a term of years. The
generfl
Principal, Mr. C. Graham Smith, o.b.e.
(Government), settlement is that
Agricultural College, Poona principle underlying this
disappear.
Principal, V. G. Gokhale. '
, .
, those contributions shall gradually

Chiefs' College, Rajkot, Principal, Mr. A. These contributions have now been remitted.
C. Miller, o.b.e. ,/<'<;
'
The Finance Member, introducing the budgjt

Law College, Bombay. Principal, Mr. A. A. estimates for 1934-35, in the Bombay LegHb
A. Fyzee, m.a., (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law. lative Council spoke as follows
:" Sir, Govern*
College of Commerce. Bombay, ment have re-organised their finances on
Principal,
J
Mr. M. J. Antra. {Offg.). . basis of solvencv.
. , ^
But they realise as well ftj
Veterinary College, Bombay, Principal, Mr. do members of this House that this is a budge*
of attenuation and that much has
V. R. Phadke, g.b.V.c, J.P. yet to be
Halfkine Institute, Bombay, Director, Lt. done to place their finances on a fully sounfl
Col. Sahib Singh Sokhey, I.M.S. basis The continuance of economic depres-
Sir J. <f. School of Art, Bombay
I
(Govern- sion throughout the presidency is a matter

. .

ment), Director, Mr. W. E. G. Solomon. most serious concern to government ana J^H
Victoria Technical Institute, Bombay, Princi-
arc rv. mining in concert with other
govern-
pal, G. W. Burley, D.sc. ments in India what measures are necessary for
the alleviation of the distress of the agricultural!
Special Colleges .
to-day engaging*
Training College Bombay, class. This is a problem which is
Secondary world.
the attention of all governments in the
:
Principal, H. V. Hampton.
.. . .
.
The Bombay Presidency. 91
Estimated Revenue for 1934-35.
Principal Heads of Revenue.

Rs.
Rs.
V Land Revenue 4,77,98,000 Civil Works.
VI Excise 3,52,71,000
VII Stamps 1,56,00,000
XXX Civil Works 41,72,000
VIII Forests . 48,30,000 XXXI Bombay Development
IX Registration 16,20,000 Scheme 7,60,000
IXA Scheduled Taxes 18,50,000
Total . 49,32,000
Total 10,69,69,000
Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment, &c. Miscellaneous.

XIII Works for which Capital 2LXXII Transfers from Famine
Accounts are kept 41,25,000 Relief Fund 11,90,000
XI V Work for which no Capi-
tal Accounts are kept
XXXIII Receipts in aid of
15,63,000
Superannuation 10,19,000
Total 56,88,000
XXXIV Stationery and Printing 2,60,000
XXXV Miscellaneous 30,90,000
Debt Service
XVI Interest 1,39,83,000 Total 55,59,000
Civil Administration.
XL Extraordinary Receipts 41,70,000
v VII Administration of Total Revenue . . 15,12,32,000
Justice 19,78,000
VIII and Convict
Jails Settle-
ments ,40,000
Police
Debt heads :
,38,000
Education ,16,000 Deposits and advances ;
Medical 94,000 Loans and advances by

Public Health .. ,08,000 provincial Government

Agriculture ,65,000 Advances from provincial
Industries 10,000 Loans Fund, etc. 2,90,32,000
Miscellaneous Depart- Add:
ments 14,82,000 Opening Balance 96,54,000
Total 99,31,000 Grand Total 18,99,19,000
Estimated Expenditure for 1934 35.
Direct Demands on tite revenue. Debt Services
Rs. Rs.
Land Revenue Interest on Ordinary Debt 2,07,51,000
,90,000 .
Excise Interest on other obligations 2,27,000

,45,000
Stamps Reduction or avoidance of
,30,000
Forest .. debt 4,34,000
,71,000
A. Forest Capital outlay 59,000
. Registration . ,28,000 Total .. 2,14,12,000
A. Scheduled Taxes 28,000
Total 1,52,51.000
General Administration . . 2,06,24,000
Administration oi Justice . . 68,28,000
Irrigation, Embankment, Jkc, Revenue Account. Jails and Convict Settlements 20,94,000
4. Interest on works for which Police 1,76,02,000
Capital Accounts are kept . Ports and Pilotase . . . . 7,000
. 1,03,01 ,000
Departments
Scientific . . 92,000
Other Revenue Expenditure
financed Education 1,80,32,000
from Ordinary
Revenue Medical 46,50,000
11,24,000 Public Health 25,92,000
(1) Other Revenue Expendi- Agriculture
ture financed from famine 25,80,000
Industries 4,08,000
Relief fund 10,89,000 Miscellaneous Departments.. 5,47,000
Total 1,25,14,000 Total .. 7,60,56,000
92
Civil Works. Capital Account not charged to Revenue.
Its. Bs.
41. Civil Works 90,43,000 Construction of Irrigation
55.
42. Bombay Development Scheme. 3,66,900 Works 1,65,91,000
56 A. Capital outlay on Public
Total 94,09,900 31,000
Health
59 . Bombay Development f1
Scheme 2,87, 0(^
Miscellaneous.
60. Capital outlay for Civil
45 & 45A. Superannuation Works (P. W.) .. .. 13 00a
>
Allowances and Pensions . . 97,04,000

60 A. Other Provincial Works not
Stationery and Printing 12,64,000
46. changed to Revenue . . 49,000
Miscellaneous 26,27,000 Payments commuted
47 . 60B. of
value of Pensions .. .. 13,31,000
Total 1,35,95,000
Debts, Denosits and Advances
(Total of debt heads) .. 1,22,61,000
52 Extraordinary Charges .. 1,15,000
Total Disbursement .. 18, 27,31, 9J0
Expenditure in England . . 38,62^000
Closing balance. . 71,87,100
Total Expenditure charged to
15,22,14,900 Grand Total 18,99,19,000
revenue
The Hon. Sir Shah Nawaz Khan Ghulam Murtaze

Governor and President-in-Council. Khan Bhutto, Kt., c.i.e., o.b.e. (Local SeM|
Govt.) and The Hon. Diwan Bahadur S. T.*
Capt.TheHon.MiehaelHerbcrt Knatchbull, M.C, Kambli, B.A., ll.b., J.P., (Education).
5th Baron Brabourne.
The Local Self -Government portfolio include^'
among other subjects, Medical Administration,
Personal Staff.
Public Health, Sanitation, Forests, and Publi*
I.C.S.
Works (transferred). The Minister of (Educa-
Private Secy.C.TL. Bristow, B.A. tion) also deals with the Civil Veterinary
partment, Excise, Co-operative Societies and
Toogood.
Mily. Secretary^]ov C. G. Agriculture.
Surgeon Major P. A. Opie, M.B., r.a.m.C. Secretaries to government.

Chief Secretary, Political and Reforms Depart
merit.G. W. A. Turner, CLE., I.C.S. J.S
^des-de-Cam^.-J.G.to the Cold- Mr. J. H. Garrett, (OjQfe.)
Indian Police: Lt. M. A. Milbank
it ream Guards Lieut .). H. Alms The Home and Ecclesiastical Department- -Ti. Mj
I. D. Elliot.. Ko>al
set Light Infantry; Lieut. Maxwell, c.s.i., c.i. E. s i.c.s., j.p.
Navy. (Retd.)
Revenue Department. J. A. Madan, Ci.H|
Hon Aides-de-camp Engineer Captain

W W. i.c.s.
General and Educational Department*-H.

F.
Butler, Esq
Collins, M.I.N.A., r.i.m; H. E.
Police, Bombay Oity C*pt. Knight, i.c.s.
Dy. Comr. of
Bombay
;
F W Brett, Light Motor Petrol, o.b.e., v.d., Finance

Department C. G. Freke, I.c.s., jM
Bn. A.F.I. Major 11. S. Moberley ,
Kegt. A. E I., Legal Department and Remembrancer of Legal

;
1st Battalion G. I. P.
Bhai-
Capt. Sardar Bhimajirao Nagojirao Affairs. G. Davis, Bar-at-Law,
after* i.c.s.
saheb Patankar. M. Lane, i.S.fl

Public Works Department. C.
Commandant, H. E. the Governor's Bodyguard

j.p.
Major G. K Portal. 2nd Lancers (Gardner's MISCELLANEOUS APPOINTMENTS.

Horse.) Commissioner of Income Tax. Khan Bahadur
J. B. Vachha, CLE.
Indian Aide-de-Camp Risaldar Hony. Lt.
Farbrothdj
Director of Veterinary Services. E. S.
Nat ha Singh, I.D.S.M. M.R.V. C.V.S., I.V.S. ,
Advocate-General Kenneth McL Kemp.

Members of Council and Ministers.
Police E. E. Turner.
Inspector-General of
The Hon. Khan Bahadur, D. B. Cooper J. P.,
(Offg.)
Finance and Revenue The Hon'ble Mr. K.
J).
;
Director of Publi*. Instructwn-W .Griere, M.a m

Bell c IE ICS., J.P., Home
and General,
B.sq,
(on 'leave);" Mr. C, W. A, Turner, (Offg,)
. .

93
lurgeon-General Vacant. Boddam
ttawson Hart
Translator Abdul Kadir M. Hussein,
1785
btiental Andrew Ramsay (Officiating) .. 1788
J.p. Major-General William Medows . .
Conservator of Forests 1788
. .
7hief E. L. Gilbert. C. Major-Gen eral Sir Robert Abercromby.
Valuk&ari Settlement
(Cantab).
A. H. Dracup, Officer B.A. k.c.b. (a).
1790
George Dick
nspector- General of Registration
(Officiating) 1792
P. Brander J. John Griffith (Officiating)
i.c.s. 1795
Jonathan Duncan
Hrector of Agriculture B. 1795
.. .. , .
Patel. S.
Died. 11th August 1811.
legistrarof Co-operative
i.c.s.
K. L. Punjabi, Societies George Brown (Officiating) . . 1811
Sir Evan Nepean, Bart
lunicipal Commissioner, Bombay H. Taun- I.
1812
ton, (on leave);
i.c.s., B. B. Clee, (Offg.) C.
The Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone .. 1819
Bombay University V. N. Major-General Sir John Malcolm,
7
ice-Chancellor, Q.c.B. 1827
Chandavarkar, Bar-at-Law. Lieut.-General Sir Thomas Sidney Beck- 1830
with, K.C.B.
Bombay University S.R. Dongerkery,
eqistrar,
LL.B.
B.A., Died, 15th January 1831,
ommissioner of Police, Bombay W. R. G. John Romer (Officiating)
Smith. 1831
The Earl of Clare
Hrector
Dabholkar,
of Public Health Major A. Y. Sir Robert Grant, Q.c.H 1831
J835
r.M.S., (Officiating.) Died, 9th July 1838.
ccountant-Oeneral P. Mohan Rao, m.a. James Farish (Officiating) .. 1838
ispector -General of Prisons Lt. - Col. E. E. Sir J. Rivett-Carnac, Bart. 1839
Doyle, D.S.O., I.M.S. Sir William Hay Macnaghten; Bart, (b) .
ostmaster-General-^Q. D. Rae.
George William Anderson (Officiating)
ollector of Customs M. Slade, I.c.s. George Arthur, Bart., k.c.h
1841 ..
ollector of Salt Revenue Maneklal Lallubhai
Sir
Lestock Robert Reid (Officiating)
1842
1846
(Offg.) . .
Excise
George Russell Clerk 1847
ommissioner of J. P. Brander, M.A.,
i.c.s.
Viscount Falkland 1848
msulting Surveyor to Government T. H. G.
Lord Elphinstone, G.C.H., p.o 1853
Sir George Russell Clerk, k.c.b. (2nd time) 1860
Stamper, r. s. I.
igistrar Companies H. C. B. Mitchell.
of Sir Henry Bartle Edward Frere. k.c.b.
The Righo Hon. William Robert Seymour 1867
1862
mmissioner of IMbour and Director of Infor-
mation
J. F. Gennings, c.b.e., Bar-at-Law.
: Vesey FitzGerald.
Sir Philip Edmond Wodehouse, k.c.b.
heriffSii Shapoorjee Billimoria, Kt. . . 1872
Sir Richard Temple, Bart., K.c.S.l. . . 1877
GOVERNORS OF BOMBAY. Lionel Robert Ashburner, C.S.i. (Acting). . 1880
The Right Hon. Sir James Fergusson, 1880
r Abraham Shipman 1362 Bart., k.c.m.G.
Died on the island of Anjediva in Oct, 1664
James Braithwaite Peile, C.S.i. (Acting). . 1885
umfrey Cooke 1665 Baron Reay
r Gervase Lucas
1885
1666 Baron Harris
May 1667.
1890
Died, 21st
,ptainHenry Garey (Officiating) 1667 Herbert Mills Birdwood; C.S.I. (Acting) . . 1895
rGeorge Oxenden 1668 Baron Sandhurst 1895
Died in Surat, 14th July 1669. Baron Northcote, c.B i960
Tald Aungier 1669 Sir James Mnteath, K.c.S.l. Acting) . . T903
Died in Surat, 30th June 1677. Baron Lamington. O.O.M.G.; G.c.l.E. . . 1903
somas Rolt 1677 J. W. P. Muir-Mackenzie; c.s.i. {Acting). 1907
*
John Child Bart , 1681 Sir George Sydenham Clarke G.c.M.G., 1907
rtholomew Harris 1690 G.c.l.E. (c).
Died in Surat, 10th May 1694. Baron Willingdon, G.G.I.B. .. .. 1913
Sir George Ambrose Lôyd; G.<?.I.E.; D.s.0.(d)19!8
miel Annesley (Officiating) 1694
Sir Leslie Orme Wilson, P.O., G.c.l.E., 1926
'
John Gayer 1694 C.M.G., D.S.O.
'
Nicholas Waite. 1704 Sir Frederick Hugh Sykes, P.O., G.c.l.E., 1928
tlliam Aislabie .. 1708 G.B.E., K.C.B., C.M.G.
iphen Strutt (Officiating) 1715
arles Boone 1715
The Rt. Hon. Michael Herbert Rudolf
lliam Phippj Knatchbull, Lord Brabourne, G.c.l.E., m.C. 1933
1722
bert Cowan Sir Ernest Hotson, K.c.s.i., o.b.e., i.c.s. Acted
1729 months for Sir F. H. Sykes.
Dismissed, for six
(a) Proceeded to Madras on duty in Aug. 1793
in Home 1734 and then joined the Council of the Gover-
sphen Law 1739 nor-General as Commander-in-Chief in
an Geekie (Officiating) . 1742 India on the 28th Oct. 1793.
lliam Wake 1742 (b) Was appointed Governor of Bombay by
;hard Bourchier.. 1750 the Honourable the Court of Directors on
Crommelin
irles 1760 the 4th Aug. 1841, but, before he could take
omas Hodges 1767 charge of his appointment, he was assassi*
Died, 23rd February 1771 nated In Cabul cn the 23rd Dec. 1841.
lliam Hornby 1771 (c) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Sydenham
wson Hart Boddam 1784 (d) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Lloyd,
94
THE BOMBAY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

The Hon. Sir Ali Mahomed Khan Dehlavi, Kt., President.
Mr. Namdeo Eknath Navle, Deputy President.

Elected Members.
Name of Member.
Name and class of Constituency.
(Non-Muhammadan) Rao Bahadur R. S. Asavale.

Bombay City (North).
Urban. Mr. A. N. Surve.
Dr. M. D. D. Gilder.
Dr. Joseph Alban D'Souza.
J. A. Collaco.
(Non-Muhammadan) Dr.
Bombay City (South).
1
Urban. Mr. B. P. Wadke.
,
Karachi City. (Non-Muhammadan) Urban. Mr. Gover Rora.
Ahmedabad City. (Non-Muhammadan) Urban. Mr. Pestonshah N. Vakil.
Surat City. (Non-Muhammadan) Urban. Sirdar Davar Temuras Kasji Modi.
Sholapur City. (Non-Muhammadan) Urban. Mr. Vishnu Ganesh Vaishavampayan.
Poona City. (Non-Muhammadan) Urban. Mr. Laxman Raghunath Gokhale.
Ahmedabad District. (Non-Muhammadan) Mr. Bhailal Sarabhai Patel.
Rural. Sahebsinhji Juvansinhji.
Broach District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Madhavsang Jorbhai.

Rao Saheb Bhagwandas Girdhardas Desai.
Kaira District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural.
Mr. Chaturbhai Narshibhai Patel.
Mr. Manilal Harilal Mehta.
Panch Mahals District. (Non-Muhammadan) ^
Dr. M. K. Dixit, L. M. & s. ,L J^H
Sardar Rao Bahadur Bhimbhai RanchhodM
Surat District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural
Naik.
Daulatrao Jayaramrao Zunzarrao.
Thana and Bombay Suburban Districts. (Non- Mr.
Manchershaw M. Karbhari.
Muhammadan) Rural.
Ahmednagar (Non-Muhammadan) Rao
District. Bahadur Namdev Eknath Navle.
Rao Bahadur Ganesh Krishna Chitale.
Bahadur Dongarsing Ramji Patil.
East Khandesh District. (Non-Muhammadan) Diwan
Rural. Rao Saheb Vaman Sampat Patil.
Mr. Vithal Nathu Patil.
Nasik District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Rao Bahadur Gopalrao Vaman Pradhan. |
Rao Saheb Ramchandra Vithalrao Vandekar. J
Poona District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Gangajirao Mukundrao 0
'--^!
Kulkarnle.
K^ 3
Rao Saheb Pandurang Dnyaneshwar
SataraDistrict. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Atmaram Bhimaji Achrekar.
Mr. R. G. Soman.
Mr. Ramchandrarao Bapurao Shmde.
Belgaum District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Rao Bahadur S.N. Angadi.
Mr. P. R. Chikodi.
Desai.
Bijapur District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural Mr. Shankarappa Basalingappa
Diwan Bahadur Siddappa Totappa

Kambli. S
Dharwar District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural.
Mr. Vishwanatharao Narayan Jog.
Kanara District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr Ganpati Subrao Gangoli. Parulekar.
Bahadur Laxman Vishnu
Ratnagiri District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural Rao
Mr. Vyankat Anandrav Surve.
Mr. Dalumal Lilaram.
Eastern Sind. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural.
Mr. Satramdas Sakhawatrai Tolani.
Western Sind. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Jayawant Ghanashyam More.
Sholapur District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr.
Kolaba District. (Non-Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Naravan Nagoo Patil.
Namdeorao Budhajirao.
West Khandesh District. (Non-Muhammadan) Mr.
Rural.
(Muhammad an) Urban. Mr. Husenali Mahomed Rahimtulla.
Bombay City. Matcheswaila.
Mr Gulamhussen IbrahimGazder.
Citv. (Muhammadan) Urban. Mir Muhammad Hashim I
Karachi Abdulrehman Khan Kanm Khan

Resaldarj
Ahmedabad and Surat Cities. (Muhammadan') Mr.
Urban. Bahadur
, .
Abdul Latif
.
Haji Hajrat Kharj
Pooua and Sholapur Cities. (Muhammadan) Khan Pathan.
Urban. #
. ,
The Bombay Legislative Council. 95
Name and class of Constituency. Name of Member.
he Northern Division (Muhammadan) Rural, Khan Bahadur Alibhai Esabhai Patel.

Sir Ali Mahomed Khan Dehlavi.
Khan Bahadur Wali Baksh Adambhai Patel.
he Central Division (Muhammadan) Rural, Moulvi Sir Rafiuddin Ahmad, Kt.
Khan Bahadur S. Meherbaksh.
Mr. Shaikh Abdul Aziz Abdul Latif
tie Southern Division (Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Abdul Kadir Jamaluddin Bangi.
Mr. Haji Ibrahim Jitekar.
Sardar Mahaboobalikhan Mahamad Akbarkhan
Biradar.
yderabad District (Muhammadan) Rural. Mr. Bandehali Khan Mir Muhammad Hassan
Khan Talpur.
Sayed Miran Muhammad Shah.
arachi District (Muhammadan) Rural, Shaikh Abul Majid Lilaram.
Ghulam Hyder Shah Sahibdino Shah.
irkana District (Muhammadan) Rural Sir Shah Nawaz Bhutto.
Khan Bahadur Ghulam Mahomed Abdulla
Khan Isran.
kkur District (Muhammadan) Rural. Khan Bahadur Jan Mahomed Khan Walad
Khan Bahadur Shah Passand Khan.
Khan Bahadur Allahbaksh Khan Saheb Haji
Mohomed Umar.
ar and Parkar (Muhammadan) Rural, Ghulam Nabi Shah Moujali Shah, Khan Bahadur
Sardar Bahadur Haji Mir Allahabad Khan
Mir Imam Baksh Khan.
wabshah District (Muhammadan) Rural. Sardar Bahadur Jam Jan Mahomed Walad Ma-
homed Sharif.
per Sind Frontier District (Muhammadan) Khan Bahadur Sher Muhammad Khan Karam
lural. Khan Bijarani.
mbay City (European), Lt.-Col. H. C. Smith.
ssidency (European). Mr. A. C. Owen.
Jean Sardars and Inamdars. (Landholders), Mr. Hanmantrao Ramrao Desai.
iarat Sardars and Inamdars. (Landholders) Sardar Bhasaheb alias Dulabava Raisingji,
Thakor of Kerwada.
irdars and Zamindars (Sind). (Landholders.) Mr. Sayed Muhammad Kamlshah Qabul Muharn*
mad Shah.
nbay University. (University). Rao Bahadur Ravji Ramehandra Kale.
nbay Chamber of Commerce and Industry. Mr. J. B. Greaves.
nbay Chamber of Commerce, Commerce and Mr. G. L. Winterbotham.
idustry.
achi Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Mr. John Hamphrey, O.b.e.
abay Trades' Association, Commerce and Mr. A. Greville Bullocke,
idustry.
ibay Millowners' Association, Commerce Mr. S. D. Saklatvala.
id Industry.
aedabad Commerce and Industry, Mill- Mr. Sakarlal Balabhai.
iners' Association.
Nominated. Officials.
Non-Officials.
Mr. H. Prater.
S.
Mr. Saiyid Aminuddin, i.c.s.
C. G. Freke, I.O.S.
The Rev. R. S. Modak.
,, H. F. Knight, i.c.s.
Mr. Sitaram Keshav Bole. A. W. W. Mackie, c. I.E., "i.c.s.
,,
Syed Munawar, b.a. ,, C. B. B. Clee, i.c.s.
R. R. Bakhale. ., J. A. Madan, c.i.e., i.c.s.
Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, Bar-at-Law. H. B. Clayton, c.i.e., i.c.s.
Purshottam Solanki, L. M. & s. F. O. J. Roose, m.i. Mcch. E.
Major W. Ellis Jones. M.I.E.B., K.C.S.
Mr. B. S. Kamat. ,, CM. Lane.
m R. M. Maxwell, CLE.,
Mr.Mohamed Suleman Cassam Mitha. C.s.i., i.c.s.
Mawab Shah Rookh Shah Yar Jung Khan Bahadur Azinkhan lnayatali-
Bahadur. knan.
A. E. Servai, i.s.o. Mr. W. W. Smart, i.c.s.
,, C. W. A. Turner, c.s.i. OJ.E., I.c.s.
96
The Madras Presidency.

differs,
Madras administration
the^hole forred Subjects. that
The Madras Presidency occupiesand exclud however in some important respects from
Pemn major provinces. There is no
snla, inter
southern portion of the
which have now of other1 local authority between the Collector
ing the Indian States, all of
come under the direct control ot
the mediateQo^
S the District and the authorities at head-
U2îO^^
ment of India, has an area otthe Bay oltfen nnarters. Commissioners of Divisionspeculiar
Deim,
miles. It has on the east, on in Madras. Another f eature
miles on the unknown the mannM of
âl a coastline of about 1,250
line of about L
the Southern Pre sidency
is
Following the practice
i
South on the Arabian Sea, a coast coast, choice of the

ministers.
4 miles In all this extent of harbour of the Mother of Parliaments, Madras Gavemon ,
natural the -Reforms,

'however "here is not a single have ever since the inception of
ports, with the excep party to
of any importance; the
fcion of Madras, and
perhaps of Cochin are Sled
varying
C upon the leader of the dominant
f orm a ministry,
giving
me?ely open roadsteads. A Pêau 1,000 to his colleagues on the ministry. Consequently
in height above sea-level
from about
^.^^^
status of Chief Minister-unf
northwards he enjo/s the m
about 3,000 feet and stretching the central known in other provinces India.
from the Nilgiri Hills, occupy
uie
arM Presidency; on either side are
0 f the Industries.
Agriculture and
Eastern and the Western Ghats,
which meet m
The height of th e we^rB ram
maun The principal occupation of the cent 0.
province is
KtfriT on the per
tain-chain has an important effect
Where the chain is high, the
mterceptea
agriculture engaging about 69
,
The principal food crops are
>
nce^ J
fall
am^clouds'give a heavy
inches on the seaward side,
V^KTiSSS-
but compara
Sm
ilation
ragi and ifamW.
are cotton, sugarcane and
T^dnutf
groundnuts. xr
to 150
tively little rain falls on
the landward side
>
low, ram
tgiculturai education is rapid
of the Agricur
j%g%m
nfthe ranê. Where the chain is westward thp Presidencv. The activities
educaUonalogo*
clouds a?e not checked in
their u ?al%epartnTentin matters at LoimDatore
iirse In the central table
^SthSralSaU is small andwhich
iripr excessive The rivers,
land on the easi
the heat in sum-
flow from

in thp running of a
^^SS^yerBlty
labourers' schools
college
numerous
~
of Madras
g
demonstration*

êe
Zlt to caT?n tLir earlier'course
drah
than irrigate the country hut are Pjoducta^
'the Godavari, Kistnaand Cauvery
,
hex
the deltas 01
arms Is it was found that the
middle school education
ryots, the only school
of the
^^^k^^
pre
maintained
,
Dyw
fair croos in time of
even drought anu
east coast^where
are^ne only Portions of the
agriculture is not dependent on a rainfall
and apt ti
rarely exceeding 40 inches hue paoay
Coimbatore have been sanctioned. ^
untimely. population occu
which is the staple food of the and sugar
population. mes the largest cultivable area, cotton
crops of tfei
of the Presidency was returned cane are by no means inconsiderable
The population close attention at th
Province and are receiving ^ntob
aut
hands of the local a.gricultural fj
and îrrigate
area under cotton irrigated
estimated at 1,949,6(54 ac res
and as 11 the tag
efforts are being made
to 1 roauc.
to an increase in
Y has risen.
JfinStv
the
population the P'resiaencsy
Hindus account for 88 per
population, Muhammadans
Eras
of paddy,
better
zation
strains
localities by means
of cotton suited to
of
^fS*^!^
Side by side with an
area under cotton, from
1
increase in
existing good
haveêen
stag
m
cent o f The improved varieties jggjf
Christians 3.8 per cent. areas,
7 per cent, and
'
V 1 v.^;^ ^+1ipv nnmmunities
is
tselves as a registereu
uuu,
At fiM
Sout
Tulu follow 11
of "The United Planters' Association of
Oriya, Kanarese, Hindustani. India" on which are represented
coff e, t
above 1.
that o'rder with percentages nbber andT' wôtheV
minor planting
seaborne tr
Government. ducts The aggregate value of
of the Presidency
which was Rs. ^0,0L,
governed on the
The Madras Presidency is
system generally similar to that obtaining
y are assocêd
B omTayand Bengal. Theremembers of the Lxe_
with the Governor four
of the Kestrv te feuo
cutive Council in charge
in charge of the Trans
forests.
jects and three Ministers
j

97
Twenty-nine spinning and weaving mills wore Rajahmundry; the Agricultural College,
ht work during the year and they employed Coimbatore the Medical Colleges at Madras and
;
41,083 operatives. The number of jute mills at Vizagapatam and the Engineering College at
vvork was three. At the close of the year 1933 Madras (Guindy).
he number of the other factories in the Presi-
lency was 1,471. These consisted of oil mills,
ope works, tie works, etc. Tanning is one of Cochin Harbour Scheme.
he principal industries of the Presidency and The importance of this project lies in the fact
here is considerable export trade in skins and that a good
harbour
lides. The manufacturing activities which are development of a at Cochin would lead to the
mder the direction of the Department of Indus- provide a ready outletvaluable hinterland and
for agricultural and other
tries are mainly confined to the production of produce
from an area which is at present not
lioap. There are a number of indigenous match adequately served
actories run on cottage lines.
by a convenient or well-
It is expected equipped harbour. The
^hat the levy of the excise duty on matches will cutting
scheme involves
a passage through the bar which
Irive off the market products of inferior quality
hitherto blocked the entrance from the sea to
jid it is probable that only the very efficient an extensive backwater and by
pits of the cottage industry will be able to dredging and
reclamation, forming a sheltered harbour
ontinue the manufacture of matches once the accessible and giving full protection and faci-
ull force of the excise duty is felt upon the
lities at all seasons of the year. An agreement
industry. It is slowly becoming recognised has been reached between the Government of
hat the Madras Presidency is one of the Madras and the Darbars of Travancore and
'aost suitable parts of India for sugarcane Cochin States indicating how the work is to be
jultivation and that the several deep-rooted carried out and outlining the financial arrange-
arieties of cane which have been evolved at
|!oimbatore and require very little water are
ments necessary. A
trial cut was made in 1923
and the effects of the monsoon thereon were
^specially suited for the conditions which obtain
observed. The results recorded were examined
i several areas of the Presidency where they
by a Committee of Harbour Engineers in England
(row better than in the north. The depart- who reported favourably on the prospects of
ments of Industries and Agriculture assist the scheme.
he development of the sugar industry by
jemonstration of the methods of manufacture The first cut through the bar 400 feet wide by
f white sugar by centrifugals by getting trained
32 feet deep was completed on 30th March
Wgar technologists, by the award of scholar- 1928. The channel through the outer bar is
jaips and by investigating schemes for starting
now 3 miles long by 450 feet wide and its average
[agar factories.
depth after the maintenance dredging in January
4, 1934, was 40.2 ft. at low water in the section
The question of finding foreign markets for west of the crest
j
of the bar and 37.4 ft. at
he products of Madras cottage industries was low water
in the Section East of the Crest.
jnder the consideration of the government for
The dredging of the mooring area has been
bmetime and they have passed orders during completed.
Since March 1930 the Harbour has
le year sanctioning an annual subsidy of been in
constant and regular use by all ships.
pS. 3,000 to the Victoria Technical Institute, Details
of the berthing accommodation inside
itadras, for three years to enable them to appoint
the harbour at the end of 1933-34 were:
in agent in London for the sale of products of
Cadras cottage industries in European markets.
Draft ft. Length ft.
Education. Mooring Buoy No. 1 ..31.0 500

The Presidency's record in the sphere of 2 .. 29.3 4501
lucation has been one of continuous progress, )>700
here are at present about 51,000 public insti- 3 . . 24.3 250
itions, ranging from village primary schools
arts and professional colleges, their total

4 . . 28.0 475
rength being about 2,865,000. Special efforts 5 . . 30.0 475
-e being made to provide education for boys
6 . . 26.8 475
lilonging to the Depressed Classes. The
buncil passed a resolution in the year 1929 at 7 . . 27.3 475
lie instance of a nominated member that poor
rls reading in any educational institution in
8 . . 37.8 500
e province Government, local fund, Munici- 9 .. 38.3 500
l\ or aided should be exempted from School Fore and aft.
3S in any Standard up to III Form. The total
penditure of the province on Education is in berths A. .. 30.0 300
e neighbourhood of Us. 539 lakhs. The Fore and aft.
Jincipal educational institutions in the province
ethe Madras, Andhra and Annamalai Uni-
berths B 31.0 280
rsities, the Presidency College, the Christian Proposals have been formulated for the next
I
>llege, the Loyola College, the Pachaiyappa's? stage of the works which include the construction
liege, the Law College, and the Queen of deep water jetties with railway connections,
|ary\s College for Women, Madras ; the St. construction of godowns and transit sheds,
iseph's College, Trichinopoly ; the American the installation of rapid handling cranes and
liege, Madura ; the Government College, other transport facilities. These improve-
jumbakonam ; the Government College, ments are to be made on the new reclamation
/
o8
Owing to the neces-
ên formed nected distributary system.
which about 300 acres have surplus arrangements
of harbour. It is sity for providing adequate
alreadv bv dredging from the mamland to dispose of floods similar
to the phenomenal
infendldVo connlc^this to the by . and to other causes the est mate
floods of 1924
estimate
had to be revised and the revised
stands at about 5| millions
A saving
Another import-
nearly * million is anticipated.
iurtherwork ^Se
Port ha, beeu held
over
connected
^ project is the Periyar project
tended not only for irrigation
which is in-
purposes but also
peeing Slement of certain question for ^nMatang dec-

The Shoianm for providing water power
with the harbour administrate _
Taking its rise in the Western h hats, .
has been convertea noiu tricitv.

Sea through
iiVniViilam line
tor traffic the river flows into the Arabian
metaeto broad-gauge and opened Travancore State territory. After
prolonged
consent-
negotiations, the Travancore Durbar
and stored in the
euhfncelhfutTuty of the portito *Pmg ed t the v>ater being caught
Travancore being diverted towards the
hills for
Some three thousand feet above sea-
East.
level a concrete and masonry
dam has been
been l^ted, ana ^low the crest-
night, the channels have proviae constructed and nearly 50 f eet
a hostel is under construction
to
dam a channel through the summit
passengers calling level of the
the?e accomnâation for into theêastern
of the range carries the waters .
into the river

at the port. water-shed where they are led , >
water impound-
Vaigai. The total quantity of By
Local Self-Government. ed to crest level is 15,660 million
cubic f.eet
by Isature to now.
Presidency are this work, a river ordained
Local bodies in the Madras into the Arabian Sea has been led across the
Acts irrigating on its
administered under the following Peninsula into the Bay of Bengal lhe
land,
The Madras City Municipal
Act, 1919; way well over 100,000 acres ot Periyai system
Municipalities Act, 1920,
hrigaM? area commanded by the :
The Madras District acres, while the supply from the lake
is 143,000
and To make
as amended by Madras Act X of 1930; was sufficient only for 130,000 acres increasing the
Act, 1920, as up for this deficit, a scheme for lowering the
The Madras Local Boards effective capacity of the lake by
amended by the Madras Act XI
of 1930.
water-shed cutting is m progress The area
Acts of 1930, which came into already under irrigation mthe Madra * re **
,
The amending about 7.5 million acres. 01 this

force on tT
26th August 1930 provide,
tnfer
system of nomina-
dency total
over 3 million acres are served by petty irrigation
:
for the abolition of the

inclusion.of visage works numbering about 36,000.
tor local bodies, for the
the scope of the Madras
mnchavats within Electric Schemes.
T ocal Boards Act with
a view to making the
for
The first stage of the Pykara Hydro- by the
Electric
vSe the unit of local self-government,
boards, for the crea- construction
d rect elections to district project which was under
and local boards service for Madras has now been completed
UoTof a municipal Government of
the removal of the and is in operation from 1st April 1933 It
the Presidency of Madras, for
SsqSSSSSoS of womencouncils as such m respect of
consists in utilising a fall of
over 3 00C ft in I
and for the the Nilgins

Stions to municipal President or Chairman the Pvkara river as it descends energy
cessaUon of office of the Hateau fo'tne generation of electrica
being passed to tbe neighbour-
on a motion of non-confidence majority. The and its transmission for supply
SLn
asainsr hrm by a prescribed
Talu^Boardfha?e been abolished with

effect
ing districts,
undergone subsequent amendments Salem and Trichinopoly. The Glen
viz., the
scheme started in 1928 with the

Nilgiris, Coimbatore,
construction
Morgan
object ot
works
luppTying power to the main
from the 1st April 1934.
T oral bodies are now enabled
under the o" Pykara project has now been merged
Entertainments Tax with it. In its present
completed form the
Madras^ Loca Authorities main power house at
to levy a tax on entertainments given project consists of the capacity of
Act 1926, Singara with an installed plant
within their jurisdiction. 33 000 B.H.P. and the
transformer station,
Coimbatore, 7 other
Irrigation. the receiving
r g station at
58 mile
s^-st ations, 49 miles of 66 K.V .
line ,
of State sane-
of 22 K..V. Tower line
and 143 miles ot
In M
n March 1925, the Secretary
Beservoir Project . the esti- K.V. pole line. The booked cost upto,81*
tiol ed theCauver'y
about i, 4 March 1934 against an original estimate, ol
mated cost of which amounted to two the revised
mniions The project has been framed with Rs l 33,36,640 is Bs. 1,09,88,000 and
to improve
main objects in view. The
first is
water supplies for the
the existing fluctuating
over a million
Cauverv Delta irrigation of
the second is to extend rrigation to a
acre!
which will, it is from the Pykara Projed
new area of 301,000 acres, of rice to the food places recede supply
Smated add 150,000 tons at present
*
The scheme which Methupa

supply of the country. provides for a The towns of Ootacamund, Coonoor, Avanasfc
was completed in 1934 Tiruppur
to laivam Karamadai, Pollachi,
Tar" e dam at Metur on the Cauyery
Ifcf? 93 500 million cubic feet
of water and B&t Erode, Salem and Palghat, besides th
estates of Devershola, Prospect,
Parksidc
?or a cinal nearly 88
miles long with a con- tea
The Madras Presidency. 99
bex and Nonsuch, Bhavani and Glendale in endowments came into force early in 1925.
|
he Nilgiris District and Kallayar, Akkamalais, It provides for the appropriation of the surplus
varimalai, Vellamalia, and Pachmalains in the funds of the endowments to religious, educa-
|
Uiamalais. j
tional and charitable purposes not inconsistent
It is expected that supply to Trichinopoly, with the objects of the institutions to which
[
Ciruvarur, Negapatam, and Tanjore will be they are attached. The Act has been work-
j
ixtended by the end of 1935. ing satisfactorily. Doubts having been raised
j
to the validity of the Act it was and

The Government of Madras have also a passed into law as Act No. II re-enacted
>roposal under consideration to start a Hydro- new Act came into
of 1927. The
force on 8th February 1927.
electric Scheme at Mettur about which they Another
ire awaiting sanction
I

piece of legislation a non-official
from the Secretary of Bill which has raised a heated controversy is
>tate.
I
the Malabar Tenancy Bill, which aims to confer,
Co-operation. subject to certain conditions, occupancy rights
on " kanom " tenants and actual cultivators of
I
On account of the continued general economic the soil. As there was a sharp difference of
llepressions, overdues in Societies increased still opinion on the very principles of the Bill, the
iurther during the year 1933-34. There was a Governor withheld his assent and a committee
jurther contraction in the loan transactions of was appointed to go into the matter thoroughly
Central Banks. The surplus in Central Banks and its findings were submitted and the
jrtiich amounted to more than a crore of rupees same were published with a view to receive
|,t the end of the year 1932-33 was reduced to objections and suggestions. " The recommenda-
4 lakhs at the end of the year 1933-34, as a tions of the Committee were placed before a
jesult of the measures adopted by the banks at Round'
Table Conference consisting of the
he instance of Government. The attention of representatives of the Jenmies, Tenants and of
Jhe department was paid for the last few years the Government. The objections and sugges-
lnore to the consolidation of existing societies tions made by the representatives at the
han to the expansion of the movement. Only Conference were carefully considered bv the
40 societies were registered during the year as Government and the Government re-drafted
(gainst 107, 127 and 320 in the previous three the Bill and introduced it in the Council on
rears. The registration of 462 societies was 6th August 1929. The Bill was passed bv the
lancelled during the year 1933-34 as against 691 Council on 15th October 1929. His Excellency
h 1932-33. Under the scheme of subvention to the Governor was of opinion that changes were
entral Banks for carrying on rectification and expedient in respect of certain clauses of the
jonsolidation work, the Provincial Bank paid Bill passed by the Council and accordinglv
]ls. 17,130 to 22 Central Banks which
in their returned parts of the Bill to the Legislative
urn spent Rs. 131.728 on the work. In spite Council, under Section 81-A (1) of the Govern-
If the large sums of money spent on rectification ment of India Act, for reconsideration." The
rork in the last few years by the Provincial and Bill was finally passed by the Legislative
Council
Antral Banks, the progress in rectification is on the 1st March 1930, and received the assent
tow as complete rectification is aimed at and of His Excellency the Governor on the 28th
joUection work has become very difficult. The March 1930. The assent of His Excellencv the
Registrar has also suggested a plan of rectifica- Governor- General was given on the " 18th
mn according to which Central Banks are November 1930. and the Act came into force
fnabled to take stock of the position and set on on the 1st December 1930. Noteworthy
pot schemes of rectification of societies to amongst other efforts at legislation for
fecure their investments. According to the social reform was the non-official resolution
icheme steps have to be taken to recover loans passed by the Council recommending to Govern-
n inadequate security in respect of which there ment to undertake legislation or to recommend
\
no chance of securing additional security. The the Government of India to do so to put a
outh India Co-operative Insurance Society stop to the practice of dedicating young
parted in March 1932 continued to do satisfactory women and girls to Hindu temples which has
york during the year. The Central Land generally resulted in exposing them to im-
iLortgage Bank which was started in 1929 moral purposes under the pretext of caste.
pr the purpose of financing primary land Mrs. Muthulakshmi Reddi, Ex-Deputv Presi-
fiortgage Banks by floating debentures has now dent of the Legislative Council, introduced a bill
Jeen firmly established and was able to declare in the Legislative Council on 5th September
I profit of Rs. 41,111 for the year. The value 1928 so as to enfranchise or free the lands held
tf debentures issued by the
Banks in circulation by mam-holding Devadasis on condition of
t the end of the year was
Us. 34.56 lakhs and service in Hindu temples from such condition.
lp to the end of the year loans to the
extent of The bill was passed into law on 1st February
p. 33.82 lakhs have been granted by it to 1929. The Act received the assent of the
rimary banks. The Government have gua- Governor on 12th April 1929 and of the Gover-
bnteed both the principal of and the interest nor-General on 13th May 1929. Rules have
p the debentures issued by the Bank satisfying been framed to give effect to the provisions
fertain conditions and debentures so
guaranteed of the Act and the enfranchisement of Devadasi
jave become trustee securities according
to a inams is now in progress. On 24tl January
Ocent amendment of the Indian Trusts Act. 1930 Mrs. Muthulakshmi Reddi introduced
another bill in the Legislative Council with the
Social Legislation. object of putting an end to the dedication of
The Hindu young women and girls not only among inam-
i
Religious Endowments Act holding Devadasis but among Devadasis as a
hich has for its object the better administration
id governance of certain Hindu whole. The bill was discussed in the Coun cil and
religious circulated to elicit opinion. As in the
meantime
. ,
100 The Madras Presidency.
Mrs Muthulakshmi Reddi resigned

B a
her member- Board
Temperance
P Publicity Committee and
the District Propaganda
discontinued from August 1931.
The vwiom
Ûe^^
ol nf the Mussalman
Wakf, Act, 19Z3 U nQ } a
îhe biinaVd- A bill ^.npjrejwjm in thto
0^923) werebroughtinto forceI his AC*
brothels and of traffic m
women and girts was XLII
introduced in the OwW Venkata Presidency

de on 1st January 1932.
maTe s p?ovision for the
The Mussalman Wakf
Properties and for ensuring ^^^S
law'* ^January 1930. bllcôn of proper
SSriES the assent o the Governor on 24th the maintenance and P^properties.
respect of such
5^t received accounts in
itrnary 1930 and of the G*-*^
nowevei uc
9+h Mnreh 1930. It could not and Order. Law
and Crimina
The Superior Court for Civil
JuTlidal^ Chief Justin am
at Madras, which consists of a
3rd ueccinuei law provide
thP msent of the Governor on nuisne j udges The existing
thirteen P .
Fo
on 25th High Court Judges
1931 and of the Governor-General jrt enab es tor a^ ma x1mum of 20 there ar
;
The amending criminal Justice

December 1931 .
tne Act " the administration of

^ Mufassal,. (includin
Srce in MS
flip Trira.1 (iovemment to bring
a reaa ami to extendtt
grudna% 29 Sessions Judges in the
fo? agency tracts)
Additional am
to S
tn otlior areas as circumstances
h to force such oi its
be ^ticable to any
permit ami also
Provisions
partnnla,
as may
A. .
three
Assistant Sessions
f t
there are"he D
nate Magistrates and
Judges being Prided t
W
rmirts in which the work is heavy.
The
Magistrates, the Snborft
Honorary Magistrate!
^nedo
âdministration of civil justice
ôrdinal
S&S of ten rnlks
tn.-nthefunrts". .< Crty
by 26 District Judges,
and 41
tM |^Si
Bezwada,
ri
CaUcul . CoCanada, Rajahmui i y
department is under a
oersons The Police
propaganda y Police a as Commissioner of

erintendent is stationed
S
at each d.tr
Police.
sanctioned a scheme ot
and intoxicat- *^f ^p the permaue,
the use of alcoholic liquors stringency, The
sanctioned strength ot
owing to financial
\w drinks But Propaganda police force is about 28,220.
the Central
ttS "carried' on by
FINANCE DEPARTMENT.
Budget
Budget Estimat(
Estimates, HEADS OF ACCOUNTS. 1934-35.
HEADS OF ACCOUNTS. 1934-35.
j
Rs.
PvS.
EXPENDITURE.
REVENUE.
5. Land Revenue 19,54,8<
II, Taxes on Income .
6. Excise 34,39,3<
III. Salt .. 7. Stamps 6,21,41
V. Land Revenue
7,25,13,200 8. Forest 36,42,81
aa Forest Capital outlay

2,77,7
Excise 4,31,67,800 charged to Revenue
VI.
2,29,77,800
9. Registration 29,77,0
VII. Stamps 15.Irrigation O t her

Revenue Expendi-
VIII.Forest 42,84,800
ture financed from
47,01,1
Ordinary Revenues
IX. Registration
31,20,600
. .
. .
. . .. .
The Madras Presidency. 101
Budget Budget
Heads op Accounts. Estimates, Heads of Accounts. Estimates,
1934-35. 1934-35.
Revenue contd. Rs. Expenditure contd. Rs.
J ; XIII. Irrigation, Navigation XIII. Irrigation, Navigation

Embankment and Embankment, and
Drainage Works tor Drainage works for
which Capital Ac- which Capital Ac-
counts are kept counts are kept
Gross Receipts 5,9(5,000 Working Expenses. 49,52,900
XIV. Irrigation, Navigation 16. Construction of Irri-
Embankment and gation, Navigation,
Drainage Works for Embankment and
which no Capital Drainage Works . 3,91,600
Account s arc kepi, 1,90,500 19.- -Interest on Ordinary
Debt. 69,51,700
XVI. Interest 27,12,600
20. Interest on other
XVII. Ad ministration Obligations 9,800
of Justice 16,99,500 21. Appropriation for Re-
duction or Avoid
XV l IT. Jails and Convict ance of Debt 27,29,000
Settlements 5,39,600 22 General Administration, 2,76,71,500
XIX.Police 5*49,700 24 Administration of Justice 97,59,800
25 Jails and Convict Settle
XX.Ports and Pilotage . .
ments 22,07,800
XXI. Education 26Police .... 1,65,07,500
8,31,500 27 Ports and Pilotage 13,600
XXII.Medical 8,98,000 30 Scientific Department . 91,900
XXIII.Public Health XXXAHydro-Electric Schemes

1,54,900 Working Expenses . 4,74,800
XXIV. Agriculture .. 3,81,800
31 Education 2,51,40,100
32 Medical 93,73,800
XXV.Industries 13,64,700 33Public Health 26,28,600
34 Agriculture
XX VI.Miscellaneous De-
35Industries
39,37,300
partments 43,62,700 24,67,300
37Miscellaneous Depart-
I XXX. Civil Works .
17,75,900 ments 52,58,600
41 Civil Works 1,43,01,000
X X XI.Hydro-Electric Sche-

mes Gros Receipts 6,22,100
41 B Capital Expenditure on
Hydro -Electric Sche-
XXIII. Receipts in aid of
43Famine
mes met from Revenues
Superannuation . 2,54,400 1,00,000
45 Superannuation Allo-
XXIV. Stationery and Print- wances and Pensions . 79,41,200
ing
45A Commuted value of Pen-
3,92,500
IXXV. Miscellaneous 9,72,500

sions financed
Ordinary Revenues
from
. 10,97,200
HI'
Total Revenue
46 Stationery and Printing 18,21,300
16,43,63,100 47 Miscellaneous . 4,74,100
Receipts.
Irenue .
16 43,63,100

Total Expenditure
charged to Revenue. 16,39,16,500
fcess of Revenue over Expendi-
ture Disbursements. Rs.
4,46,500
Expenditure 16,39,16,500
Excess of Expenditure over Re-
jns and Advances by Provincial venue
overnment 35,99,100 |52A Capital outlay on Forests .
. , . . .
102 The Madras Presidency

Budget
Budget Estimates,
Heads of Accounts. Estimates, Heads of accounts.
1934-35.
1934-35.
Revenue contd. Rs. Expend iture contd .

Rs.
55__Construction of Irrigation,
Advances from the Provincial Navigation, Embank-
Loans Fund Government of ment and Drainage works. 30,31,100
India . .
on Industrial
56C Capital outlay 88,300
Suspense . .
18,53,200 Development ,
58 Capital Outlay on Hydro -

Subventions from Central Road ElectricSchemes 46,97,400
Development Account 6,00,000 60 Civil Works Not charged
to Revenue
1,36,000
Civil Deposits gOBPayment of commuted value
1,99,800 of Pensions
Depreciation Funds
Total
Miscellaneous Government Ac-
counts
Loans and Advances by Provincial
.
Famine Relief Fund 1,94,500 Government _ . .
Advances from Provincial Loans

Appropriation for Reduction or Fund, Government of India
Avoidance, of Debt 27,29,000 Suspense _. . .

Subventions from Central Road

Development Account .
Civil Deposits
Total Receipts 17,36,74,700 Depreciation Funds
Miscellaneous Government Ac-
counts
Famine Relief Fund
Famine Fund 59,85,074
Opening f Relief
Total Disbursements 18,29,47,50
2,94,72,071
Balance t General Balances Closing Famine Relief Fund . 61,79,57
j
General Balances 2,00,04,77
Balance |
20,91,31,8^
Grand Total 20,91,31,845 Grand Total ^
Governor.
SECRETARIES TO GOVERNMENT.
G. T. H. Bracken, C.S.I., C.I
His Excellency the Lord Erskine, G.c.i.e. Chief Secretary
i.c.s.
Personal Staff.
Secretary, Finance Department, C.
E. Jones, m
Private Secretary, A. D. Crombie, i.o.s. Local Self-Government Departm
Secretary,
Military Secy., Capt. T. F. H. Kelly, o.b.e.
Surgeon, Major D. P. Johnstone, C.I.E., O.B.E. T. B. Russell, I.C.S.
r.a.m.c. (Retd.) Government Dep
Joint Secretary, Local Self
Aides-de-camp, Capt. R. S. Wright, Lieut Rao Bahadur R. Subhayya Nayudu.
R. W. Madoc, Lieut. A. R. C. Southby and
Lieut. P. Goodeve-Docker. Labour Departm
Secretary, Public Works and
Indian Aide-de-camp, Risaldar Major Sher Diwan Bahadur N. Gopalaswami Ayyai
Bahadur Khan. C.
Secretary, Development Department,
Commandant, H. E.the Governor's Body Guard, Henderson, i.c.s.
Capt., R. F. Ruttledge, M.C.
Secretary, Revenue Department, H. R. TJz
Members of Council. C.I.E., I.C.S
The Hon. Sir Kurma Venkatareddi Nayudu, Kt. Depart?

Law and Education
The Hon. Mr. A. T. Pannirselvam. Secretary,
The Hon. Mr. C. A. Souter. G. T. Boag, c.i.e., i.c.s.
Ministers.
MISCELLANEOUS APPOINTMENTS.
The Hon. the Raja of Bobbili (Local Self -Govern- Chan
ment, Medical, Public Health, Religious and Director of Public Instruction, H.
Charitable Endowments). - /-~~ n
M.A. (Oflg.).

The Hon. Mr. P. T. (Rajan, Agriculture Police, Sir Charles

Co-operative Societies, Public Works and Inspector-General of
Registration.) Cunningham, Kt., c.s.i.
The Hon. Diwan Bahadur S. Kumaraswami Surgeon-General, Major General, Sir I
Reddiar (Education, Fisheries, Industries and
Connor, Kt., D.s.o., K.h.s., i.m.s
Excise.)
The Madras Presidency, 103
Hrector of Public Health, Lieut.-Col. A. J. H.
Russell, C.B.E., M.A., M.D., D.P.H., I.M.S.
Governors of Madras.
(on other duty), Lieut.-Col. J. R. I). Webb,
,
o.b.e., i.m.s. (Officiating). Lord Macartney, k.b. .. .. 1785
Alexander Davidson (Acting) .. 1785
ccountant-General, L. B. Ward.
ispector-General of Prisons, Lt.-Colonel M. M Major-General Sir Archibald Campbell, K.B. 1786
Khan, I.M.S. John Hollond (Acting)
;
1789
ostmaster-General, G. B. Power, CLE. Edward J. Hollond (Acting) .. 1790
Ulector ofCustoms, C. R. Watkins, C.i.e.
Major-General William Medows . . . . 1790
immissioner of Excise, E. F. Thomas, C.i.e..
i.c.s. Sir Charles Oakeley, Bart. . . . . 1792
.spector-General of Registration, Diwan Bahadur Lord Hobart 1794
B. V. Sri Hari Rao Nayudu. Major-General George Harris (Acting)., 1798
Kodaikanal and Madras Observatories,
[rector, Lord Clive 1799
T. Royds, D. Sc. A. L. Narayan, m.a., d. sc.
;
Lord William Cavendish Bentinck . . 1803

Govt. Central Museum, and Principal
,pdt. f
Librarian, Connemara Public Library, Dr. F. William Petrie (Acting) 1807
H. Gravely. Sir George Hilaro Barlow, Bart., K.B. . . 1807
rector of Agriculture, S. V. Ramamurti, i.c.s. Lieut.-General the Hon. John Aber- 1813
.rector of Industries, V. Ramakrishna, I.C.S. cromby.
rector of Fisheries, Dr. B. Sundara Raj. The Right Hon. Hugh Elliot . . . . 1814
\ ief Conservator of Forests.A, Wimbush, i.F.s- Major-General Sir Thomas Munro, Bart., J820
K.c.B. Died 6 July, 1827.
rector of Veterinary Services, P. T. Saunders,
D.B.E., M.R.C.V.S., J.V.S. Henry Sullivan Grceme (Acting) .. 1827
Stephen Rumbold Lushington 1822
lesidents and Governors of Fort . . . .
St. George in Madras. Lieut.-General Sir Frederick Adam, K.c.B. 1832

George Edward Russejl (Acting) . . . . 1837
'lliam Gyfford 1684 Lord Elphinstone, Q.C.H., p.c 1837
Yale 1687 Lieut.-General the Marquess of Tweed- 1842
'toaniel Higginson 1692 dale, kt., c.B.
bmas Pitt 1698 Henry Dickinson (Acting) . . . . 1848
iston Addison .. 1709 Major-General the
## Right Hon. Sir 1848
Died at Madras, 17 Oct., 1709, Henry Pottinger, Bart., Q.C.B.
haund Montague (Acting) Daniel Eliott (Acting) 1854
. . 1709
'liam Fraser (Acting) Lord Harris 1854
1709
ârd Harrison 1711
Sir CharlesEdward Trevelyan, K.c.B. 1859
uph Collet .
. #4 1716 William Ambrose Morehead (Acting) 1860
acis Hastings ( Acting)
1720 Sir Henry George Ward, g.cm.g.
.. 1860
baniel Elwick Died at Madras, 2 August, 1860.
172i
es Macrae William Ambrose Morehead (Acting) 1860
s
1725
rge Morton Pitt Sir William Thomas Denison, k.c.b.
.. >% 1730 1861
(Acting Viceroy and Govern or- General
tard Benyon 1735 1863 to 1864.)
- olas Morse .. 1744
1 Hinde
Edward Maltby (Acting) ] 863
Lord Napier of Merchistoun, Kt. (a) 1866
lea Floyer 17 4 7 (Acting Viceroy and Governor-General"
nas Saunders 1872.)
1750
g ePi got 1755 Alexander John Arbuthnot, k.c.s.i., c.i.e 1872
>rt Palk (Acting)
,1763
ies Bourchier !! 1767 Lord Hobart 1872
8 DuPre Died at Madras, 27 April, 18*7*5.
1770
meter Wynch Sir William Rose Robinson, k.c.s.i. 1875
Pigot (Suspended) cting).
\\ \\ \\ 1775
j?e Stratton * T he Duke of Buckingham and Chandos, 1875
1776 G.C.S.I., C.I.E.
Whitehill (Acting) \\ \\ 1777
jtiomas Rumbord, Bart. The Right Hon. W. P. Adam, P.C, c.i.e . 1880
.] 177^ Died at Ootacamund, 24 May, 181.
.
j Whitehill(Acting) .. \\ 1780 William Hudleston, c.s.i. (Acting)

es Smith (Acting) .. 1881
## 1780 The Right Hon. M. E. Grant Duff, G.C.S.I.,
'Macartney, k.b 1881
| 1781 C.I.E.
j
The Madras Legislative Council.

104
188e Right Hon. Baron Pentland, P.O., G.c.s.l., 1912
The Right Hon. Robert Bourke, P.c. . .
G.C,I.E.
Lord Connemara, 12 May, 1887 (by Willingdon G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., 1918
Baron j
creation;)
G.C.I.E., G.B.E. (c)
1890
John Henry Garstin, O.S.I. (Acting) ..
Sir Alexander Cardew, K.C.S.I. (Acting).. 1919 j
1891
Baron Wenlock, G.C.S.L, g.c.i.e., k.C.b. .
Sir Charles Todhunter, k.c.s.i. (Acting)
. .
1924
g.c.m.g. 1896
Sir Arthur Elibank HavelocK,
. .
Lord Goschen, p.c, g.c.s.l, g.c.i.e., c.b.e. 1924

Ampthill, G.c.s.l., g.c.i.e., k.c.b. 190(
Baron (Acting Viceroy and Governor- General 1929.)
. .
j
Acting Viceroy and Governor-General, Sir Norman Marjoribanks, K.C.S.I. ,

K.c.l.E.
19C4. 1929
(Acting)
k.o.S.I. (Acting) 1904
James Thomson; . .
Lieut -Col. the Right Hon'ble Sir George

Sir 1929
1906
Sir Gabriel Stokes, K.O.S.I. (Acting) Frederick Stanley, P.c, g.c.i.e., c.m.g.
Arthur Lawley, G.C.S.L, g.c.i.e., 1906
Hon. Sir Lord Erskine, g.c.i.e. (1934).
K.C.M.G. (a) Afterwards (by creation)
Baron Napier
Gibson-Carmichael, 1911
Thomas David
J
Sir of Ettrick.
Bart., G.C.S.I., G.C.I.E., K.C.M.G. (b)
(b) Afterwards (by creation) Baron Carnal
Became Governor of Bengal, 1 April 19U
chael of Skirling.
Sir Murray Hammick, k.c.s.i., CLE. 1915
Afterwards Earl of Willingdon.
(c)
(Acting).
THE MADRAS LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

President :
The Hon. Mr. B. Ramachandra Reddi.

Deputy president:
Rao Bahadur G. Jagannadha Raju.
I.Members of the Executive Council.
Ex-Officio.
Pannirse
The Hon. Rao Bahadur A. T.
vam.
The Hon. Sir Venkata Kurma Reddi, Kt. The Hon. Mr. C. A. Souter, C.s.L, LCS,
II, Elected Members.

(a) Ministers.
Kumaraswai
The Hon. Diwan Bahadur S.
The Hon. The Raja of Bobbili.
I
Reddiyar.
The Hon. Mr. P. T. Rajan.
(b) Elected M embers.

J. Kuppuswami Choudari.
Abdul Hameed Khan Sahib Bahadur.
Mustapha I. Iswaram Pillai.
C.
Moulvi Hafeez Anumanthakudi
Ahmed Meeian Sahib Bahadur. P. V. Krishnayya Choudari.
R. Madanagopal Nayudu.
Rao Sahib A. S. Alagaiman Chetti. Govm
Sir
Lieut.-Colonel Sri RajaVelugoti
S.A. A. Annamalai Chettiyar. Bahadji;
Krishna Yachendru Varu
H. B. Ari Gowder. Venkatagiri.
K.C.i.E. Maharaja of
Diwan Bahadur A. Appadurai Pillai. ,
|j {
Basheer Ahmed Sayeed Sahib Bahadur. Mahboob Ali Baig Sahib Bahadur. Ijj
P.Bayappa Reddi. Khan Bahadur Mahmud Schamnad Sa| fi
S.M. K. Beyabani Sahib Bahadur. Bahadur.

Frank Birley. M. A. Manikkavelu Nayakar.
J.A. Davis, m.b.e. J. K. Metherell.
K. M. Duraiswami Reddiyar. W. H. Millar. ID
Nayudij
Diwan Bahadur B. Muniswami
^
Diwan Bahadur S. Ellappa Chettiyar.
Diwan Bahadur M. Gopalaswami Mudaliyar Rao Sahib C. Jayaram Nayudu.
Nayudu.
A. Harischandrudu Nayudu. K. Kesava Ramamurthi
Si
C. Indraiah. Khan Bahadur P. Khalif-ul-lah
Kumarakrishna
Raja Velugoti Sarvagnya Raja
Bahadur.
Yachendra Bahadur Varu Kumara, Rai Sahib C. Kolanda Reddi.
of Venkatagiri.
The Madras Legislative Council.
Elected Members (contd.)

K. Koti Reddi. V. M. Ramaswami Mudaliyar.
W. K. M. Langley. A. Ranganatha Mudaliyar.
Khan Bahadur T. M. Moidoo Sahib Bahadur G. Ranganatha Mudaliyar.
P. C. Moses.
M. D. T. Ranganatha Mudaliyar.
K. P. V. S. Muhammad Meera Ravutta- M. B. Rangaswami Reddi.
Bahadur. Diwan Bahadur C. S. Ratnasabapathi
Diwan Bahadur A. M. M. Murugappa Mudaliyar.
Chettiyar.
M. A. Muthiah Chettiyar. Rameswara Rao.
G.
I.Sandana Gounder.
Rao Bahadur P. h. Muthu Chettiyar.
K. A. Nachiyappa Gounder.
Rao Bahadur B. P. Sesha Reddi.
A. Pi. N. V. Nadimuthu Pillai. A. B. Shetty.

T. Narasa Reddi. Gade, Simhachalam Garu.
Rao Sahib D. V. Narasimhaswami. K. S. Sivasubrahmanya Ayyar.
V. P. Narayanan Nambiyar. J. M. Smith.
Rao Bahadur T. M. Narayanaswami
M. S. Sreshta.
Pillai.
Rao Bahadur T. C. Srinivasa Ayyangar.
C. Natesa Mudaliyar.
R. M. Palat. Dr. P. Subbarayan.
C.R. Parthasarathi Ayyangar. U. C. Subrahmania Bhatt.
Sriman M. G. Patnaik Mahasayo. T. Sundara Rao Nayudu.
Rao Bahadur Sir A. P. Patro, Kt. Khan Sahib, Syed Tajudin Sahib Bahadur.
K. Pattabhiramayya. Thomas Daniel.
B. Pocker Sahib Bahadur. M. Vedachala Mudaliyar.
Pattagar Of Palayakottai. K. R. Venkatarama Ayyar.
P. Reddi Raju. Rao Bahadur R. K. Venugopal Nayudu.
P. Ratnavelu Thevar. Khan Bahadur Yahya Ali Sahib Bahadur.
Raja Sri Ramachandra Marda Raja Deo Yakub Hasan Sahib Bahadur.
Garu, Raja of Kallikote. T. V. K. Kama Raja Pandia Nayakar,
Sri SriKrishna Chandra Gajapathi
Sri Zamindar of Bodinayakanur.
v
Narayana Deo, Raja of Parlakimedi Shri Vyricherla Narayana Gajapati Raju,
P. K. Ramachandra Padayachi. Zamindar of Chemudu.
A. Ramakrishna Reddi. K. C. M. Venkatachala Reddiyar, Zamindar
of Minampalli.
Diwan Bahadur T. A. Ramalingam Chettiyar
K. P.Raman Menon. Mirzapuram Rajagaru alias Venkataramay-
ya Appa Rao Bahadur Garu, Zamindar
T. S. Ramaswami Ayyar. of Mirzapuram.
Nominated Members.
Mrs. K. Alamelumanga Thayarammal. Rao Sahib V. I. Muniswami Pillai.
V. T. Arasu.
Dewan Bahadur N. Gopalaswami Ayyangar
C. Basu Dev.
Subadar-Major S. A. Nanjappa Bahadur.
A. V. Bhanoji Rao.
G. R. Premayya.
G. T. Boog, C.I.E., i.o.s.
P. V. Rajagopala Pillai.
M. Devadason.
Rao Sahib V. Dharmalingam Rao Sahib Pandit Ganala Ramamurti.
Pillai.
R. Foulkes.
Rao Sahib N. Siva Raj.
T. B. Russell, I.O.S.
H. M.Hood, i.c.s.
H. M. Jagannatham. W. P. A. Soundara Pandian.
D. E. Jones, i.o.s. Rao Bahadur R. Srinivasan.
Rao Bahadur D. Krishnamurthi. G. Sriramulu.
3. Krishnan. Rao Sahib P. Subrahmaniam Chetti.
Diwan Bahadur Sir Alladi Krishnaswami A. S. Swami Sahajanandham.
Ayyar, Kt.
J. A. Thorne, c.i.e., i.c.s.
P. Madhusoodhanan Thangal. V. G. Vasudeva Pillai.
Special Members.
fcao Bahadur Khan Bahadur Javad Hussain W. Erlam Smith, M.A., I.E.S.
l>. H. Boulton, i.c.s. Rao Bahadur K. V. Krishnaswami Ayyar.
io6
The Bengal Presidency.

grown for local consumption n
cmJWjJ on and tobacco is
The Presidency of Bengal, as
L^t
Xch were formerly admimstered by the & ^Tffir?:il5 ttmWan^l
Darjeelmg), the coa
ncluding the Dooars and
mming fndnWy and
jute mills in and around
the^sugar ta
Calcutta.and to
of Hwrah ^n(
triparian tracts of the districts manutacturro
[J
m
Hooghly constitute the principal
UUSLl^ Ul
industry unv, Presidency.
of the j-x^^x -
ThPrp was some improvement in the ]Ut

trS SaUwhicl?
due
began
the vear 1928-29) to a rise the price (
to de.cline
m
sin,
policy of votantg
raw Yute, as a result of the by tl undertaken
restriction of jute crop,
Government of Bengal.
world-wide economic depre

fiMieral
en The
sion cou?led with the
foreign exchange continued
course of the trade of
instabmt^ of
this
to affect the norui
province during t
^
total va ne of pnv
year 1933-34, and the
was the lowest for the Jtost hir
merchandise
Exports were hampered by
tne i
vears
and^ agncultn
Ses offered for raw materials
which have be
produce, and by tariff barriers
111 many
1SCU in
raised xi.xvui.xj countries.
~
total trade of
The aggregate value of the with forei
province (excluding treasure) ,
Indian ports declined

of Bengal. other
Suntries and
Us. 1,22.99 crores m 1932-33 to ^Bs.^
The People. rrorps during year 1933-34.
uc
rll
,
dueminry fo \he r ^^^ t

receded from Us. 35.83
1933-34 * ore1 x
ex
Rs. 33.28 crores in
showed some ^vemwit mz., ^
*

P .
Sffi? BuddMsts and Animists comhmed,

number
1,043,049. the imports decline t
Bengali spoken by n^nety-two per

is
cent.^f
general failing off
Its. 18.90 crores
to
exports from Bs. 11 82
;
Bs. 14 .15
crores to Bs. 8 83 crc
^> .
the rr a en y
the population of %
h riya . speak ing
imnnru -The
.
imports of liquors of
dSta dected |om X 509^7X8 gal
valued at Bs. 63.72 ^ns TO x,
Industries. ton
imported^ amounting to 9 9^0
as^
at Bs. 30 71 lakhs g
x
valued at Bs. 1,22 lakns C onside
salt during 1933-34
of 422,392 tons v.
last year, being
agriculture
and 2,718,^
tors,
^ ôf these

in 1933

>
tural labourers
is
{ es timated at
less
nt
than
Bs 1 04.47 lakhs as
j-vw. 1,21.53
at Bs.
lUCtl av
v ahied
against 528.802
lakhs.
The area under jut tobacco imp
The total quantity of
siigm, e
factored tobacco and to a
107
There was a further fall in the import of
i
he total quantity of Mineral oils, ^no ^ 53 687 cwts - vaIued at Rs. 1,42.06 lakhs
from to 508.283 cwts. valued at Rs. 1,41.60 lakhs
104,693,789 gallons valued at Us. 5,62.05 In this trade United Kingdom
akhs in 1932-33 to 89,478,036 gallons valued tained a has main-
leading position as supplier of
\t Rs. 3,86.48 lakhs .in 1933-34. Java and aluminium, artification
i
loumania have come in a large suppliers of Considerable metal and brass
quantities of copper have been
l:erosene oil, largely at the expense of Russia imported,
from U.S.A. and from Portuguese
rid United States, while the importation from
Last Africa.
iurma has decreased apparently due to in-
jreased production of kerosene on the main-
md of India. Petrol from Burma has increased /.n^?S rts ? f paper showed an increase from
jrom 4,470,958 gallons 601,943 cwts. valued at Rs. 68.36 to 613,782
valued at Rs. 43.80
cwts. valued at Rs. 70.38 lakhs. The quantity
fikhs to 5,711,724 valued at Rs. 32.24 lakhs,
t is also noteworthy that while the quantity
and value of pasteboard, millboard, etc.
increased, decreased from 129,975 cwts. valued at
[as the value has decreased,
Rs.
orts of petrol from foreign sources was Rs. 12.48 crores to 118,420 crores valued at
',egligible. 11.01 lakhs. The imports of wood pulp
show a considerable increase over 1932-33
For the first time since 1929-30, the motor viz from
lehicles trade showed an
283,181 cwts. valued at Rs. 19.75
improvement, the lakhs to
)tal number of motor vehicles increasing lakhs. 365,693, cwts. valued at Rs. 24 05
lorn 2,007 valued at Rs. 37.35 lakhs in 1932-33
I) 2,989 valued at Rs. 51.09 in 1933-34. Of
Jie 2,354 motor cars imported, the United The total value of cotton piecegoods imported
ingdom supplied 1,560 Canada, 452 and showed a decline from Rs. 5,44.68 lakhs to
nited States 263. Motor Cycles and scooters Rs. 3,19.22 lakhs in 1933-34, and the quantity
(lowed a decrease from 202 in 1932-33 to 195 from 351,191,868 lbs. to 204,904,098 lbs in
1933-34. The quantity and value of cotton
| 1933-34 while there was a remarkable in- twist and
case in the import of motor omnibuses, vans yarn also showed a decrease from
!id lorries from 187 in 1932-33 to 440 in 1933-34. 16,018,061 lbs. at Rs. 1,10.63 lakhs to 15,351,012
yres and tubes increased in quantity from lbs at Rs. 1,04.49 lakhs during the period
1)0,531 to 109,590, but decreased in value under review. The total value of all classes
om Rs. 23.88 lakhs in 1932-33 to Rs. 21 51 of cotton goods showed a great decline from
khs in 1933-34. Rs 7,12.55 lakhs in 1932-33 to Rs. 4,86 17
During the year under
lakhs
report, imports tered
m 1933.34. The only item that regis-
I drugs, medicines and chemicals continued
an increase is other cotton fabrics from
show some improvement from Rs. 1,67,13 Rs. 57.24 lakhs to Rs. 62.46 lakhs, while
i
khs in 1932-33 to Rs. 1,76.87 lakhs in 1933-34.

piecegoods and cotton manufactures fell
heavily from Rs. 5,44.68 lakhs and Rs. 6 01
!fie total value of glassware and earthenware 92
lakhs to Rs. 3,19.22 lakhs and Rs. 3 81*68
iports registered a decrease from Rs. 47.27
lakhs respectively. China an Japan were
khs in last year to Rs. 44.45 in the current
iiriod.
the chief suppliers of cotton twist and yarn
while United Kingdom came next in order'
I There was a substantial increase in the import Japan
was the chief supplier of every variety
machinery and millwork to the extent of of cotton piecegoods
f
except grey-bordered
5. 4,95.69 lakhs as against Rs. 3,81.02 lakhs and white dhuties which came chiefly
1932-33.
I Of this imports from the United the United Kingdom. from
ilingdom, Germany and other countries
utributed largely to the increase in import
ure, while those from United States and During year under report silk and artificial
Igium marked a decline. Owing to the silk of the total value of Rs. 26.53 lakhs
were
titinued development of the indigenous imported as against Rs. 50.05 lakhs in 1932-33
fear industry, sugar machinery to the value There was a general decrease in all kinds of
I Rs. 2,13.95 lakhs were imported as silK. In all these varieties Japan was the
Uinst Rs. 1,31.53 lakhs in 1932-33. Paper principal supplier. Italy came next in the
jll machinery, cotton machinery and boilers supply of artificial silk, and United Kingdom
Ide notable increases, while jute and tea figured third. The respective figures for silk
Jchineries showed some decline, mixed-silk, and artificial silk piecegoods are
irhe quantity of imports of iron and
total Rs. 3.56, Rs. 4.13 and Rs. 26.53 lakhs.
jel increased from 102,291 tons valued at
1,61.95 lakhs in 1932-33 to 105.968 tons The total value of woollen goods imported
ued at Rs. 1,79.75 lakhs in 1933-34 with during the year under report remained practi-
exception of a few items there was a general cally the same viz., Rs. 46.33 lakhs as against
J
Urease in the value of articles of iron and steel. Rs. 46.75 lakhs in 1932-33. Italy's share of
w> United Kingdom continues to have the import, however, diminished, while that of
west shares of the iron and steel trade, which United Kingdom increased. The figures for
Hj responsible for increasing the value of the the year were braids 2,360 lbs. valued at Rs.
ited Kingdom trades by about 16 per cent, .05 lakhs; carpets, rugs and blankets 2,092 827
the other hand the trade with Belgium, lbs. valued at Rs. 15.550 lakhs, hosiery 106
many and the United States of America 667
lbs. valued at Rs. 3.95 lakhs, piecegoods
reased. The figures for protected and non- 20,84,709 lbs. valued at Rs. 2,129 lakhs, shawls
tected goods are 56,896 tons valued at 34,706 lbs. valued at Rs. 1 .24 lakhs yarn and
;
94.72 lakhs and 49,072 tons valued at knitting wool 294,676 lbs. valued at Rs. 3 95
85.03 lakhs respectively. Metals and ores lakhs ; and other sorts 74,380 lbs. valued at
?r than iron and steel recorded some
decrease Rs. .75 lakhs.
I aa
108
showed a slight tall om ^s.

but the
1932-33 to Rs. 1,58.60 in 1933-34,
a consi-
total quantity exported registered
to 644 254
derableT increase from 483,094 tons
tons. In Manganese ore trade, although *
to 134 643 is
slight decline from 137,224 tons
recorded, the reduction in prices
marked a
good reduction from Rs. 37.29 lakhs Japan
24 80 lakhs. The United Kingdom and
to
shipment*
^
have increased their takings while
to France and Belgium,
usually two of tht
consi-
principal purchasers of this ore
fell
considerable mcreas*
derably^ There was a
alone taking
in the export of pig iron, Japan
m
n 71,371 tons 1932-33

gran. puis eând 183 832 tons as against m
fewellejyby Bs 28 lakhs; but there was no proportionate increase
value
b l7
The export trade in mica also showed
Si a gooc
SSS /sSaila fs
3 increase from 34,354 cwts.
valued at Rs. 26.0
to 55,697 cwts. valued at
Rs do. ;
lakhs
her share I
akhs. While United Kingdom
trade, demand, from the
United State
SSSS^ f'WiX*
Rs. 65.63 lakhs to
Bs. 60.8b laiois.
fel1 from the
in
America greatly increased
1932-33 to 26,529 cwts.
from 7,881 cwfc
m
1933-34, bu
failed to keep pace with
th
-The Foreign Export Trade of prices, however, trade. Unite
FxDorts increase in the volume of
United Kingdom contribute
States and
of the volume (
revival lu world trade
dunng tc more than three-fourths
>
due to a fenerti review. the export trade.

the -neriod under vegetable Oi
The total value of oil-seeds, the year w<
and oil-cakes exported .during 1,07.80 law
Rs 2 39.36 lakhs as against Rs.
has been a sinking mcrea
T^! ^ 800 tons and Rs. 1,17 ,77 in 1932-33. There to the Umt
lakhsm n1932-33 to 131 ship ment price S
the export trade in linseed
lakhS and wheat flour Kingdom,*;*., 124,811 tons valued at Rs 1,3
+ of llsked rice, wheat
lakhs in 1933-34 as against 13,950 toi
in the precedii
valued at Rs. 15.80 lakhs
to the Impen
vear This must be due largely
Ranted by the United Kmgdo
&ence Cast
Agreement.
as a result of the Ottawa
aua Ceyton coming
The total quantity of
n&to
15,83
1
ib?
;!fhle for an improvement

k
off next successively.
Tea exported to
in the prices
feed, Tea seeds and other
decrease while
383,832
4s
e
Shipments of raw cotton
increase from 3,749 tons
lakhs to 8,548 tons valued at
^

gallons to 463,928 tons.
>0,O0^ gc*ixv*^
the period. United States

seeds marked
>
showed a go
valued at R
and
21
Rs. 40.68 laK
Jap
.
f
T to most countries during

f?T^l
of tea, ana
reauoeu shipments
reduced bij. y restriction scheme contributed
Sdefly to this tncrew e tii^
being 3,011 tons
resp
tive quantities and values Rs 14

tons and
bI 15.10 lakhs and 3,038
and Rs. 5 27
lakhs as against 849 tons
Rs. 1.95 lakhs 19^2-33 m |
and 407 tons and
The exports of hemp incre^
cwts valued at Rs. 22.69
24.07
d f
akhs to 297,
lakhs during
^
cwtl: valued at Rs.
period under review.
in 1932-33.
during 1933
the exportof coîo The total shipments of juteat us. si,4 .
T ere was a decUne in was 1 372,987 tons valued

valued
or eign J^khs to 372 698 tons ^khs
lakhs as against
a a 1,220,984 tons
^ m
This increase
_
VaU 10 lakhs in 1933-34 This

rt at Is 37
prevailing in to a general increase
attributable
to the depression frade is
7s dSefly due demand and to a considerable of Bengal
extent
the Bengal Coal Trade. .
efforts made by the

Government
of acreage im
the direction of restriction
Excepting gunny-bags which
S
lute croi
from 397 504 tons to 380,618
all other it
ute and jute manufactures

regist
,
^ tsss^ ays rtuid

The Bengal Presidency. log
it Rs. 9,34.70 lakhs to 701.842 tons valued at between the local officers and the Government.
[IEUl 10,16.58. Germany taking the largest In certain revenue matters they are, in their
quantity and United Kingdom, France and turn, subject to the Board of Revenue in Cal-
taly coming off next. cutta ; in other matters they are under the
direct control of Government.
total export of myrobalam, myrobalam
The
xtracts and other sorts also showed an increase, Justice.
12., 541,466 cwts. as against 499,190 cwts. in
932-33 but the value fell from Us. 29.57 lakhs
;
The administration of justice is entrusted to
the High Court of Calcutta which consists of
0 Rs. 24.64 lakhs in 1933-34. This rise in
[uantity is due mainly to greater off take the Chief Justice who is a Barrister andl5 Puisne
rom United Kingdom, France, Germany and Judges including one additional judge who are
J.S.A.
Barristers, Civilians or Vakils. Below the
High Court are the District and Additional
Of the other items, opium has recorded a J udges, the Small Causes Court and Subordinate
from Us. 11.24 lakhs to Us. 72.64
irge increase Judges and Munsifs. Of these officers, the
which was principally due to shipments
ikhs District and Additional Judges and a certain
p Siam, while exports of parrin wax fell by number of Subordinate Judges are also endowed
Is. 25.64 lakhs owing to diminished demand with the powers of a Criminal Court while the
:om Portuguese East Africa. Shipments of remainder have jurisdiction in Civil matters
aw wool and woollen manufactures, Indian only. Criminal Justice is administered by
>ather, exports of manures, saltpetre and the High Court, the Courts of Session and the
pparel increased while spices, provisions and Courts of the various classes of Magistrates.
jilman's stores decreased. On its appellate side, the High Court disposes

Trade of Chittagong. Chittagong is the
of appeals from the order of a Court of Session,
and it also confirms, modifies or annuls sentences
nly other foreign trade port of Bengal. The
of death passed by Sessions Courts. Calcutta
j)tal value of the import into this port from
has six Stipendiary Presidency Magistrates,
>reign countries amounted to Us. 70.12 lakhs
including one temporary Additional Magistrate
1 1933-34 as against Us. 72.46 lakhs in the
,st year. This decline is due to a general fall
in charge of the Traffic Court. One of the Presi-
dency Magistrates is in charge of the Children's
x imports excepting Building and Engineering
Court, is helped by Hony. Women Magis-
taterials and a few other items.
trates. It has also two Municipal Magistrates
1Coasting Trade of Bengal. The trade of and it possesses a Court of Small Causes with
alcutta with other Indian ports, British and Judges who dispose of cases of the class that
on-British, declined in value from Rs. 30*72 are usually heard in County Courts in England
lores in 1932-33 to Us. 22.99 crores in 1933-34. In addition a number of Union Benches and
he respective import and export trade figures Courts have been established in selected rural
re Rs. 14.03 crores and Rs. 8.83 crores in areas for the disposal by honorary agency of
033-34 as against Rs. 18.78 crores and Rs. petty criminal cases and civil disputes.
.82 crores in 1932-33.
I-
Local Self-Government.
Administration.
By Bengal ActIII of 1884, and its subsequent
The present form of administration in Bengal, amendments, which hitherto regulated municipal
iites from January 1921. In 1912 the Govern- bodiesin theinterior the powers of Commissioner
,
lent of the Province underwent an important of municipalities were increased and the elective
ange, when, in accordance with the Proclama- franchise was extended. Bengal Act III of
bn of His Majesty the King-Emperor at Delhi, 1884 was repealed by Act XV of 1932 by which
e Province was raised from the status of a material changes have been introduced, e.g.,
eutenant- Governor to that of a Governor-in- the franchise of the electors have been further
uncil, thus bringing it into line with the widened, women have been enfranchised, the
residencies of Madras and Bombay. In 1921, proportion of elected commissioners has been
ader the Reform Scheme, the Local Government increased and the term of office of the Com-
reconstituted, certain of the departments
is missioner has been extended from three to four
ing placed under the control of Ministers years. Municipal expenditure now comprises
pointed from among elected members of the a large number of objects, including veterinary
igislative Council. Thare are normally four institutions, employment of health officers,
]3ihbers of the Executive Council who are in vaccinators and sanitary inspectors, the training
large of the "reserved subjects", and three and employment of female medical practitioners,
(maters, who are in charge of the " transferred the provision of model dwelling houses for the
ejects." workingclasses, the holding of industrial, sanita-
ry and health exhibitions and the improvement
Bengal is administered by five Commissioners, of breed of cattle. The Commissioners also
divisions being those of the Presidency,
3
have large powers in regard to the water supply
lirdwan, Rajshahi, Dacca and Chittagong.
and the regulation of buildings.
ie unit of administration is the District Magis-
ite and Collector. As Collector he supervises The Municipal Government of Calcutta is
3 ingathering of the revenue and is the head
governed by Act III of 1923. This Act, which
all the Departments connected with it, while replaces Act III of
1899, makes the Corporation
District Magistrate he is, responsible for the paramount
in matters relating to municipal
ministration of criminal justice in the district, administration.
The Act provides for the
.e immediate superior of the District
Magis- appointment of a Mayor, who replaces the
rte is the Divisional Commissioner. Commis-
chairman of the old Act, a Deputy Mayor, and
ners are the channels of communication Executive Officer,
and Deputy Executive officers,
i

110
Police.
all elected by the Corporation. The appoint-
bu bject
ment rftheW Executive Officer
Government.
is
The
.
total
Police force comprises.the Military
The Bengal
Rai way Police,
to the approval of Police, the District Police, the
the enactment of Poiceare
number of ^councillors, after
A^dment ana the River Police. The Bengal General of
the Calcutta Municipal (Second under the control of the Inspector-
with 5 Aldermen elected by the Inspector- General being a
Act 1932 is 91 Police, the present
Of the 91 seats, 81 are
elected, Under
Councillors
Mohajnm^B member of the Imperial Police Service. for the
reserved for Inspectors- General
o wffi! 21 are
by êm- him are Deputy fteadencg
Ten of the councillors are nominatedgeneral or special
DTcca"RangcWRajshahi range the Baka^rganj
ment and the rest elected by the improve the insani- range, the Burdwan range and
the
General
constituencies. In order to range and also one Deputy Inspector-
city, the Calcutta /ntehigence
Sry and congested areas of the
with 5 Charge of the C.I.D, and the
m
Improvement Trust has been created Branch. Each districts charge of a Superin-
mofussil, district and important districts
extensive powers. In the
powers, with tendent, and some of the more
endents
l^caTboarSs exercise considerable
and medical
.
have one or more Additional Supermt distinct

regard to public works, education The Railway Police is divided into.three
The
>
relief. charges, each under a

Superintendent
Superintendent.
River Police is also under a
Superintendents,
The cadre comprises Assistant buD-
Superintendents, Inspectors,
Deputy
P
Ins pecLrs, Sergeants, Assistant Sub-Inspector^
There is also
head constables and constables.
a composed of daffadars ana
Villase Police,
the union
The new authority, called
village
g chowSrs who 'receive a monthly salary which
chaukidan villages or unions by the
board?rIplIces gradually the old is collected from the
and deals
panchayats and the union committees a training
Panchayat or Union Board. There is district
in the ol
with the village police, *^f> colleVe and school at Sardah
schools and dispen
Rajshlhiwhê newly appointed officers and The
rnen
supply, sanitation, primary Government
saries The Act also empowers of the Bengal Police learn their duties.
of the union boards force nwntained
to c eate out of the members Calcutta CityPolice is a separate
for the trial of petty who Is
village benches and courts
rtêun ion by Government under a Commissioner The Com-
criminal and civil cases arising responsible direct to Government.
The Act has been emended to all districts in^the moner has under him Deputy Commissioneig,
Presidency except Midnapore
and up to Marcn Commissioners, Inspectors, Sub-
were actually Assistant Sergeants, Assistant S^toBpectog
1933 over 4,701 Union Boards Inspectors, >
school for
constituted. head constables and constables. A^
Calcutta Police
the training of recruits for the The
Public Works. force has been established
at Calcutta
of the Police is over 277
consists of annual cost
The Public Works Department
i
and
is lakhs.
Public Works and Railway Departments
Jtov^ment
undei%arge of Secretary to
The head of the Medical department
is the
of Agriculture and Industries. of Bengal
in the Department Surgeon General with the Governmentresponsiblei
Surgeons are
deals with In the districts the Civil
The Public Works Department of public for medical work.
There are 44 hospitals and dfc
questionsRegarding the construction
^ *M
supported!
nensariesin Calcutta, 11 of which are were;
buildings and roads. oy the'Government and 860,540 persons
these institntions of
deals withquestions treated at ^
The Railway Department required by^ the were in-patients.
In the Mofussil district,
regarding acquisition of lands hospitals and dispensaries th*
of new lines of there are 1,200
several Railways, the alignment number of patients treated in them as well
Railways, and with Tramway
projects. ancf
1! several huts fairs, melas, subsidised
the principal SmpoTary dispensaries and in various medica
There is a Chief Engineer who is centres was 9,083,248.
professional adviser of Government.
Education.
Marine.
education
In the Presidency of Bengal
i;
questions
The Marine Department deals with
of the port of through Government agenc
connêcted with the administration, imparted partly
P assisted t|
including the through private bodies,
Calcutta and inland navigation and Ppartly
Government some extent by Government gra
of
control and administration
launches except the police
launches,
Government Dockyard, Narayanganj.
and the Government
in
mainta ins
Calcutta (of which one is a
llp e
college
Ufl
J5
icy ^//^ ^
onettU
for Mahomedans and
women,'one is ,
c^nciVrit, College), one at Hugnli, one to

Irrigation.
three, including the Islamic IntJ
Department deals with irrigation, Irhhnagar, Bajshahi and onej
The Irrigation one at
navigation, flood protection by
means of em- College? at Dacca, two trainmi
rh ttaaons It also maintains
Sments and drainage, the latter including colleges one at Calcutta and one at Dacca ffl
1
reSKni congestion of drainage by regulating throe*

who teach in secondary schools school
to suit the re- teachers
the available supplies of water the the of English, and 5 normal
m im
combined with training of teache;
ouircment of agriculture inêach division, for the
supply of water for irrigation
in cases in which one
secondary schools who teach
through U
m
a supply is available.
The Bengal Presidency. ill
tedium of the vernacular also an engineering

: Recognised Institutions for Females.
allege at Sibpur and an engineering school at
Arts Colleges 6 508
acca, two medical colleges, a veterinary
Professional Colleges 3 53
Dllege, a school of art and a commercial school
High Schools 64 16,285
i Calcutta, and a weaving school at Serampore.
Middle Schools . 71 8,882
b also provides at the headquarters of all districts
Primary Schools 18,076 466,745
xcept Burdwan and Midnapore, and also at
Special Schools . 44 2,162
3rtain other mofussil centres, English high
;hools for the education of boys, while to some Unrecognised Schools.
overnment Arts Colleges high schools are
btached. In Calcutta there are five Government Males 1,243 54,327
igh schools for boys, two of which are attached Females 311 1L,377
) the Presidency College and one to the Sanskrit
ollege. Government high schools for girls The Department is by a

administered
sist only in the headquarters stations of Cal- Director of Public Instruction, assisted by an
itta, Dacca, Mymensingh, Comilla and Chit- Assistant Director, a special officer appointed
igong. The other secondary schools, with the temporarily, an Assistant Director for Muham-
sception of a few middle schools managed either madan Education and a Director of Physical
y Government or by municipal and district Education. Each division is in charge of a
oards, are under private control. The adminis- Divisional Inspector assisted by a certain
ration of primary education in all areas, which number of Additional or Second Inspector and
re not under municipalities, rests with the Assistant Inspectors for Mahommedan Educa-
istrict boards, grants being given from provin- tion according to the requirements
of the several
ial revenues to the boards, which contribute divisions. Similarly the administrative charge
Qly slightly from their own funds. Only in of the primary education of each district is in
ackward localities are such schools either the hands of a District Inspector assisted by
atirely managed, or directly aided, by Govern- Sub-Divisional Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors of
ment. Apart from the institutions referred to Schools, the latter class of officers being in some
bove, 80 institutions called Guru Training instances helped by officers of humbler status
chools are maintained by the Department for called Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Inspecting
tie training of primary school teachers. For Pandits and Maul vis. High education is control-
tie education of Mahomedans, there are senior led by the Universities of Calcutta and Daeca
tadrasas at Calcutta, Dacca, Chittagong, Hughli established in 1857 and
1921, respectively
nd Rajshahi which are managed by Government, administered by the Chancellor (the Governor
'here are also certain Government institutions of Bengal), the Vice-Chancellor (appointed
by
)r technical and industrial education. All Government) and a number of ex-officio, elected
istitutions for technical and industrial education and nominated fellows. The University of
except B. E. College, the Ahsanullah School of Calcutta maintains a Law College, called Uni-
Jngineering, Dacca, the Government Commercial versity Law College, Calcutta. Dacca University
nstitute and the Government School of Art, also has a Law Department attached to it.
Jalcutta) are now under the control of the Calcutta University is mainly an examining
)irector of Industries. A large proportion of body, but it has now made itself responsible for
ducational work of every grade is under the advanced teaching for which purpose it employs
ontrol of various missionary bodies, which are an agency which is mainly distinct
from the
ssisted by Government grants-in-aid. staffs of the affiliated Colleges.
The municipalities are required to expend a The percentage of scholars to the total
ertain proportion of their ordinary income on populations :
ducation. They are mainly responsible for Recognised All

>rimary education within their jurisdiction, but Schools. Schools.
ichools in these areas are eligible also for grants
rom Government. These bodies maintain a high Males 8.46 8.66
ichool at Burdwan, a high school at Santipur,
high school at Kushtia and a high school Females 2.46 2.52
I at
Chittagong.
Total 5.58
In 1932-33 there were in the Presidency
Recognised Institutions for Males. The University at Dacca is of the residential

type. There is a Board for Secondary and
Institu- Scholars Intermediate Education at Dacca. It conducts
tions.
the Matriculation and Intermediate Examina-
tions for the students of Institutions at Dacca
Universities 2 1,857 and also the Islamic Matriculations and Inter-
irts Colleges 45 mediate Examinations.
20,867
Professional Colleges 15 5,040 The Education of Europeans is mainly con-
Eigh Schools ducted by private agency, assisted by Govern-
1,122 269,309
ment grants. Government however maintain
Middle Schools . 1,864 161,599 a special Inspector, and also a school for boys,
Primary Schools 44,633
a school for girls (both residential ) at Kurseong,
1,620,101
and attached to the latter a Training Colloge
Special Schools . 2,818 119,103 (for women only).
. . . . .
112 The Bengal Presidency.
THE FINANCES OF BENGAL.

Estimated Revenue for 1934-35. Estimated Revenue for 1934-35 contd.
Thousands of Us. The figures are in Thousands of Rs.

The figures are in
Sanctioned Sanctioned
Heads of Revenue. Sanctioned Sanctioned
Estimate Estimate Heads of Renvenue. Estimate Estimate
1933-34. 1934-35. 1933-34. 1934-35.
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
Salt 5,50 2,00 Miscellaneous Adjust-

Land Revenue . . 3,12,38 3,15,46 ments between Central
Excise . 1,39,00 1,42,00 and Provincial Govern-
Stamps . 3,00,00 2,94,00 ments 1,44
15,50 15,26 Extraordinary receipts . 1,09 1,00
19,00 19,00 1 3
Registration Receipts in England
Scheduled Taxes 11,00 12,50
Total Revenue receipts 9,27,73 9 19,47
Subsidised Companies . 30 35
Irrigation, Navigation,
Transfer from Famine
Embankment and 60
Relief Fund
Drainage Works for
84
Famine Relief Fund 57
which Capital Accounts
1,86 6,49 Deposit Account
are kept
Imperial Council of
Irrigation, Navigation,
Agricultural Research 49 61
Embankment and Dra-
which Depreciation Fund for
inage Works for
Government presses . 1,00 Nil
no Capital Accounts are
1,79 2,60 Advances from Pro-
kept
4,31 3,98 vincial Loans Fund, j- 22,53 25,66
12,54 Government of India. . \1,95,07 1,94,18

Administration of Justice. 13,91
Appropriation for Re-
Jails and Convict Settle-
7,90 6,81 duction or Avoidance of
ments
Debt 9,30 Nil
10,93 11,15
91 77 Subvention from Central
Ports and Pilotage
13,52 13,69 Road Development
Education
Account 13,70 13,70
10,25 9,97
5,30 5,50
1,38 1,37
Public Health
6,21 5,46 Recoveries of loans and
Agriculture
8,03 7,98 advances by the
Industries
Government of Bengal. 15,92 9,67
Miscellaneous Depart-
16,06 13,04 Total Receipts on Capital
14,38 18,82 Account 2,63,88 2,50,76
Civil Works
Transfer from Famine
11,91,61 11,70,23
Funds 56 56
Relief
Total Opening balance 12,78 12,86

Receipts in aid of Super- .
1,28 1,39
annuation
12,04,39 11,83,09
and Printing 5,25 4,50 Grand Total .
Stationery
Miscellaneous 9,14 8,29 J
The Bengal Presidency. "3
ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE FOR 1934-35.
\ The figures are in Thousands of Rs. 1

The Thousands of Rs.
figures are in
Sanctioned Sanctioned Sanctioned Sanctioned
Heals of Expenditure. Estimate Estimate
1933-34 1934-35
Heads of Expenditure. Estimate Estimate
1933-34. 1934-35.
Rs. Rs.
Rs. Rs.
nd Revenue 40,73 38,97
be \ . 17,77 17.24
Forest capital outlay not
charged to Revenue
imps 4,82 4.95 I
rest
In England
15,84 14,48
rest Construction of ( In India 13,24 6,93
capital outlay
Irrigation,
iharged to Revenue 48 29
I
gistration Navigation,
18,32 17,21 |
Embankment
I
leduled taxes 5 I
merest on works for which

and Drainage-;
capital acccunts are kept works not
18,81 24,28 |
igation Oiier Revenue charged

Revenue
to [
[ In England 20 12
sxpenditure financed I . .
rom ordinary revenues. 14,68 10,05 Civil works fin India 1,80 33
igation.
Other Revenue not charged <j
xpenditure financed from 1
to Revenue [ In England .
famine Relief Grants

istruction of Irrigation,
.
Commuted value of pension
Navigation, Embankment (not charged to revenue) 6,50 o, t-
nd Drainage works 1 36 Famine Relief Fund . . 56

erest on ordinary debt. 12,15 14,07 \60
erest on other obligations 3 5 ;
Deposit Account Imperial
Council

luction or Avoidance of Agricultural
f Debt 9,30 Research . . . . . . 49 61
teral Administration . 1,22,49 1,23,08 Depreciation Fund for
ninistration of Justice. 98,14 95,48 Government presses .. 1.41 23
& and Convict
Settlements 50.01 44,89 Repayments to the
ice 2.27.37 2,24,65 Government of India of
ts and Pilotage 4.78 5,68 Advances from Pro-
intific Departments . 30 29 vincial Loans Fund . . 9,30
f Reserved 12,54 12,31 Subvention from Central
icatiou <(
Road Development
L Transferred 1.15.75 1,16,71 Account . . . . . . 8 64
5 12,38
Lical 50,71 49,41 Suspense . . . . . . 5 20
} 5,60
lie Health 39,77 36,98 Loans and Advances by the
iculture 24,83 23,80 Government of Bengal .. 12,02
BBtries 12,05 12,21
Total expenditure on Capi _
Jellaneous Departments. 2,01 2.22
1 Works 81,3, 94,03 tal account 59,36
. . . .
41,86
line Relief 56 56
erannuation Allowances Total expenditure .11,91,60
I
11,70,55
id Pensions 53,60 58,45
limitation of pensions
Closing balance in Famine
lanced from ordinary ;
Relief Fund 12,79 12,54

venues Nil
ionery and Printing 20,52 18,95
. .
Other closing balances .
:ellaneous .. .. 21,29 23,49

enditure in England Total closing balance
d expenditure from
..
41,20 41,00 . 12,79 12,54
dinary revenue ..11,32,24 1 1,28,6 Grand Total 12,04,39 11,83,09
Administration.
Governor and President Honorary Physicians : Lt.-Col. J. D. Sande*
in Council.
Excellency The Right Hon. Sir John Ander- I.M.S., Civil burgeon of Darjeeling.
n, p.c, O.C.B., o.c.i.e. Assistant Surgeon, Dr. B. A. Irvine.
Personal Staff. Aides-de-C'amp, Capt. L. H. Methuan. o.B.E. H c
The Argyle and Sutherland Highlanders!
ate Secretary, X. V. H. Symons,
i.c.S. Lieut. A. P. Sykes, The King's Roval
tary Secretary Colonel R. B. Rifle
Butler Corps. Lieut. E. W. H. Worrall, The Somerset
B.E., M.c.
Light Infantry.
.
114 The Bengal Presidency.
ADMINISTRATION contd. t
Aides-de-camp Surgeon-General, Lt.-Col. T.C.Boyd, F.R. J.S.I,
Bony. etc. ( Offg,).
Sardar Bashadur S. W. Laden La, OB.E.
Lieut.-Col. A. H. l. Bishop, irxu. V.D.,
jiisiiup, Mc.
Com- Collector of Customs, Calcutta,
. J Ward b.a. W . .
Battalion.
ma
manding The Calcutta Presidency
Command-
Comm i ss i oner 0 f Excise and Salt, S. K.
flaldar,
Li,ieut.-Col. J. A. Polwhele, V.D., I 0 g
ATT-+V>orr
ing Northern TU>ncrnl
Bengal Mounted
Mountea Rifles
RifieS. . .
Nixon, I.C.S., O.l.E.

R.I.M., Accountant-General, J. C.
Captain L. W. R. T. Turbelt, O.B.E Lt.-Cd. R. B.
Inspector-General of Prisons,
Principal Officer, Mercantile Mai me Dept.
Commanding Flowerdew, i.m.s.
Lient.-Col. W. R. Elliot, M.C.,
rosimaster-General, Rai BahadurP. JT. Mukerji
the Calcatta Scottish.
Singlr C.B.E.
Indian Aide-de-Camp, Risaldar Ishar Inspector-General of Registration, Oan Bahadu:
Hudson's Horse.
Honorary Lieut Shamsuddin Ahmad, b.l. :
Bony, Indian Aide-de-Camp,

Director of Agriculture, K. Mclean, ( Offg.)
Gobordhan Gurung, Subedar Major, Late oi I
2-10th Gurkha Rifles. _ Director of Industries, A. T. Veston, M.SC

, ,
Commandant, H. E. The
Body
Governor s
m.i.C.e., etc.
GW.-Captain T. M. Lunham, Poona Horse Rural Development Commissioner, H.P.\
(17th Queen Victoria's Own Cavalry). Townend, l,c.s.
Estates :
Superintendent, H. E. Governor's Protector of Emigrants, Lt.-Col. Arthur Denhai
E. F. Watson. White, i.m.s., m.d.
Members of Council. Superintendent, Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta
C. C. Calder.
The Hon'ble Sir B. L. Mitter, Kt., K.C.SJ. Labour Commissioner, R. L. Walker, I.C.S.
The Hon'ble Khwaja Sir Nazimuddin,
k.c.i.E.,
Reforms Commissioner, R. N. Gilchrist, C.I.I
a
TrS Hon.
L
R. N. Rdd, C.S.I., C i.e I CS.
The Hon. Sir J. A. Woodhead, CLE.,
I.C.S
I.E.S.
,
Curator of Herbarium, Royal Botanic Garde*

I
|
Kalipada Biswas.
Ministers.
Lieutenant-Governors of Bengal.
Haque
The Hon'ble Khan Bahadur M. Azizul Frederick J. Halliday
d 0n
Mohiuddin John P. Grant
The Hon! Nawab Kazi Ghulam Works and Cecil Beadon
Faroqui, Khan Bahadur (Public William Grey
Industries).
Roy, Kt.
'
George Campbell
.
The Hon. Sir Bijoy Prasad Singh Sir Richard Temple, Bart., K.C.S.i.
(LOCAL SELF-GOVERNMENT). The Hon. Ashley Eden, c.s.i.
BENGAL LEGISLATIVE
Bengal -
legislative COUNCIL.
Sir Manmatha Nath Ray
-
cnau-
Sir Steuart C. Bayley, K.C.S.I. (Offig.)
a. River? T hompson, c.s.i., cle:
The Hon Raja
>
(President).
H A CockereU, C.S.I. (Officiating)
huri, Kt., of Santosh sir
Oli-uvvuwiu ^ ^<*J'"J)
steua rt C. Bayley, K.C.S.I.,1 c.i.e.

r> Rahman
Mr Razur -Rohman Khan, B.L. (Dy. President),
TCban. b.l. President). . nvôriac Alfred
Sir Charles Aifrpri Elliott, k.o.s.i.
TClliott. K.C.S.I.
W.Mckay, I.S.O., (Secretary). Sir A. P. MacDonnell, K.C.S.I. (Offig.)

j.
Secretariat. Sir Alexander Mackenzie, k.c.s.i.
Retired 6th April 1898.
E. N. Blandy
Chief Secretary to Government, Charles Cecil Stevens, c.s.i. (Offig.)
Officer, B. R. Sen Sir John Woodburn, K.C.S.I.

Deput/'Secretary and Press Died, 21st November 1902.
J. A. Bourdillon, C.S.I. (Officii
Secretary, Revenue
Department, O. M. Martin
Sir A. H. Leith Fraser, k.c.s.i. .
Hare, c.s.i., c.i.e. (Offig.)

Secretary, Finance, Commerce
and Marine Depart- Lancelot
F. A. Slacke (Officiating) . .
ments, D. Gladding, I.C.S.

Sir E. N. Baker, K.C.S.I. .
Department, A. de C.
Secretary, Legislative Retired 21st September 1911.
Williams, i.c.s. T D. v
J. v. F. W. Duke, C.s.i. (Officiating) .
and Industries,
Secretary, Agriculture The Office of Lieutenant-Governor of Ben
was abolished on April 1st, 1912, when B
was raised to a Governorship.
GOVERNORS OF THE PRESIDENCY OF
S^^^^'D^poftm^, J.M. Bottom- William in Bengal.
ley, B. A. ( Oxon ),
i.e.s.
The Rt. Hon. Baron Carmichael of
I
Miscellaneous Appointments. Skirling, G.C.I.E., k.C.m.g.

F. A. Sachse, c.i.e., The Rt.
Hon. Earl of Ronaldashay,
Member, Board of Revenue g.c.i.e. " "
The Rt. Hon. Lord Lytton .
Instruction, A. K. Chanda
.
of Public Stanley Jackson, P.O.,

Director The Rt. Hon. Sir
Dr. R B Khambata. G E
Dir?ctof of Public Health, âig. Th eRt 'Hon. Sir* John Anderson, P.C. :
fZpttor-Oeneral of Police, T. J. A.
G.C.B., G.O.I.E. .
Commissioner, Calcutta Police, L. H. Colson.

Bengal Legislative Council. 115
BENGAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

\ The Hun'ble Raja Sir Manmatha Nath Ray Chaudhuri, Kt., of Santosh, President.
\ Razur Rahman Khan, B.L., Deputy President.
\Secretary : Mr. J. W. McKay, i.s.o. Mr. K. Ali Afzal, Bar-at-Law
Asst. Secretary :
Members op the Executive Council.

2xoficio
The Hon'ble cSirJohn Woodhead, K.c.s.l., CLE., I.O.S.
\ ,, Mr. R. N. Reid, O.s.L, CLE., I.CS.
,, Sir Brojendra Lai Mitter, k.c.s.i.
\ ,, Khwaja Sir Nazimuddin, k.cle.
\ Ministers.
Elected
The Hon'ble Nawab K. G. M. Faroqui, Khan Bahadur.
\, Sir Bijoy Prasad Singh Roy, Kt.
A Khan Bahadur M. Azizul Haque.
Official Nominated Members Nominated Non-Officials -
Mr. E. W. Blandy, CLE. Rev. B. A. Nag.
Mr. G. S. Dutt.
Mr. D. Gladding. Rai Sahib Rebati Mohan Sarkar.
Mr. N. G. A. Edgley.
Mr. H. P. V. Townend. K. C. Ray Chaudhuri.
Mr. J. D. V. Hodge, CLE. Maulvi Latafat Hussain.
Mr. 0. M. Martin.
Mr. H. R. Wilkinson, CLE. D. J. Cohen.
Mr. A. DeC. Williams. Khan Bahadur Maulvi Haflzar Rahman
Mr. B. R. Sen. Chaudhuri.
Mr. R. N. Gilchrist, CLE.
Rai Mohendra Nath Gupta Bahadur. P. N. Guha.
Mr. J. M. Bottomley. Mukunda Behary Mullick.
Mr. S. C. Mitter.
Elected Members.
Name of Members. Name of Constituency.
Calcutta North (Non-Muhammadan).

Calcutta East (Non-Muhammadan).
Calcutta West (Non-Muhammadan).
Calcutta Central (Non-Muhammadan).
ir Hari Sankar Paul, Kt. Calcutta South Central (Non-Muhammadan).
r. Sir Nilratan Sircar, Kt., m.d. Calcutta South (Non-Muhammadan).
[unindra Deb, Rai Mahasai Hooghly Municipal (Non-Muhammadan).
Howrah Municipal (Non-Muhammadan).
abu Profulla Kumar Guha 24-Parganas Municipal, North (Non-Muham-
madan).
,ai Jogesh Chandra Sen Bahadur 24-Parganas Municipal, South (Non-Muham-
madan).
ai S. K. Das Bahadur Dacca City (Non-Muhammadan).
[r. Saileswar Singh Roy Burdwan North (Non-Muhammadan).
abu Jitendralal Banner jee Birbhum (Non-Muhammadan).
r. J. N. Gupta, CLE., m.b.e Bankura West (Non-Muhammadan).
ai Satya Kinkar Sahana Bahadur Bankura East (Non-Muhammadan).
abu Hoseni Rout Midnapore North (Non-Muhammadan).
J. R. Maiti, Bar-at-Law Midnapore South (Non-Muhammadan).
ai Sahib Sarat Chandra Mukhopadhaya Midnapore South-East (Non-Muhammadan).
ai SatishChandra Mukharji Bahadur Hooghly Rural (Non-Muhammadan).
abu Haribansa Roy Howrah Rural (Non-Muhammadan).
abu Sarat Chandra Mittra 24-Parganas Rural Central (Non-Muhammadan).
J. P. Banerji 24-Parganas Rural South (Non-Muhammadan).
ai Debendra Nath Ballabh Bahadur 24-Parganas Rural North (Non-Muhammadan).
\
. . ..
n6 Bengal Legislative Council.
Members.
Name of Constituency.
Name of
Nadia (Non-Muhammadan).
Mr. Narendra Kumar Basu
Murshidabad (Non-Muhammadan).
Srijut Taj Bahadur Singh
Jessore South (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Amulyadhan Roy
Jessore North (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Jitendra Nath Hoy
Khulna (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Suk Lai Nag
Dacca Rural (Non-Muhammadan).
Rai Keshab Chandra Banarji Bahadur
.
Mymensingh West (Non-Muhammadan).

Dr. Naresh Chandra Sen Gupta
B.L. Mymensingh East (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Satish Chandra Ray Chowdhuri,
Faridpur North (Non-Muhammadan).
Rai Sahib Akshoy Kumar Sen .
Faridpur South (Non-Muhammadan).

Rai Sahib Sarat Chandra Bal
Bakarganj North (Non-Muhammadan).
Mr. B. C. Chatterjee, Bar-at-Law
Bakarganj South (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Lalit Kumar Bal
m.b.e. Chittagong (Non-Muhammadan).
Rai Kamini Kumar Das Bahadur,
Tippera (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Khetter Mohan Ray
Noakhali (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Hem Chandra Roy Choudhuri .
Rajshahi (Non-Muhammadan).
Babu Kishori Mohan Chaudhuri
Dinajpur (Non-Muhammadan)
Babu Prem HariiBarma
Rangpur West (Non-Muhammadan).
Rai Sahib Panchanan Barma, m.b.e.
.
Rangpur East (Non-Muhammadan).

Babu Nagendra Narayan Ray, b.l.
Bogra cum Pabna (Non-Muhammadan).
Dr. Jogendra Chandra Chaudhuri
Malda (Non-Muhammadan).
Mr. Shanti Shekhareswar Roy
Jalpaiguri (Non-Muhammadan).
Prosanna Deb Raikat .
Calcutta North (Muhammadan).

A. Raheem, CLE
H S. Suhrawardy, M.A.
(Oxon and Cal.) Calcutta South (Muhammadan).
"b.SC, b.C.l. (Oxon), Barrister-at-Law.
Hooghly cum Howrah Municipal (Muhammadau).
Maulvi Shaik Rahim Baksh
Barrackpore Municipal (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Muhammad Solaiman
24-Parganas Municipal (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Muhammad Sadatullah
Khan Dacca City (Muhammadan).
Nawabzada Khwaja Muhammad Afzul,
Bahadur. (Muhammadan).
Burdwan Division North
Maulvi Abul Kasem
Burdwan Division South (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Abdul Karim
24-Parganas Rural (Muhammadan).
Khan Bahadur A. F. M. Abdur Rahman
Azizul Hague Nadia (Muhammadan).
The Hon'ble Khan Bahadur Maulvi
Murshidabad (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Abdus Samad
Jessore North (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Syed Majid Baksh
Jessore South (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Syed Nausher Ali
Khulna (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Abul Quasem, M.A., b.l
B.L Dacca West Rural (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Abdul Ghani Chowdhury,
MymensinghNorth-West(Muhammadan).
Maulvi Azizur Rahman
Mymensingh South-West (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Nur Rahman Khan Eusuf
ji
Mymensingh East (Muhammadan).

Maulvi Abdul Hamid Shah
Mymensingh Central (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Abdul Hakim
Chaudhuri Faridpur North (Muhammadan).

Khan Bahadur Maulvi Alimuzzaman
Faridpur South (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Tamizuddin Khan
Bakarganj North (Muhammadan).
Maulvi Muhammad Hossain
Khan Bakarganj West (Muhammadan). _
Mr. Hashem Ali

Bengal Legislative Council. 117
Name of Members. Name of Constituency.
[aulviNural Absar Choudhury . Chittagong North (Muhammadan).

"aji Badi Ahmed Choudhury Chittagong South (Muhammadan).
:aulvi Syed Osman Haidar Chaudhury. Tippera North (Muhammadan).
Muhammad Abdul Momin, CI
han Bahadur Noakhali East (Muhammadan).
:aulvi Muhammad Fazlullah . . . Noakhali West (Muhammadan).
[aulvi Mohammed Basiruddin Rajshahi North (Muhammadan).
han Bahadur Maulvi Emaduddin Ahmed Rajshahi South (Muhammadan).
aulvi Hassan Ali Din aj pur (Muhammadan).
r. A. F. Rahman Rangpur West (Muhammadan).
azi Emdadul Hoque . . . Rangpur East (Muhammadan).
r. Altaf Ali Bogra (Muhammadan).
han Bahadur Maulvi Muazzam Ali Khan Pabna (Muhammadan).
awab Musharruf Hosain, Khan Bahadur Malda cum Jalpaiguri (Muhammadan).
r. C. G. Ashworth
Presidency and Burdwan (European).
, W. L. Armstrong Do.
I A. R. E. Lockhart Do.
, J. W. R. Steven Dacca and Chittagong ( European).
, R. H. Ferguson Rajshahi (European).
, L. T. Maguire
Anglo-Indian.
, E. T. McCluskie Do.
aja Bhupendra Narayan Sinha Bahadur, of Burdwan Landholders.
Mashipur.
r. Sarat Kumar Roy Presidency Landholders.
Arun Chandra Singha Chittagong Landholders.
I
umar Sahib Shekhareswar Ray Rajshahi Landholders.

r. Syamaprosad Mookerjee, Bar-at-Law
Calcutta University.
ai Shashanka Kumar Ghosh Bahadur, C.i.e. Dacca University.
r. H. H. Burn Bengal Cham ber of Commerce.
, W. H. Thompson Do.
I F. T. Homan . . ..#'.. Do.
,
H. Birkmyre .
Do.
C. C. Miller
,
Do.
, G. A. Mason Indian Jute Mills Association.
, C. G. Cooper .
Do.
|
C. K. Nicholl Indian Tea Association.
, J. B Ross Indian Mining Association.
H.R.Norton Calcutta Trades Association.
Surendra Nath Law Bengal National Chamber of Commerce.
tharaja Sris Chandra Nandy, of Kasimbazar.
'
Do.
li Badridas Goenka Bahadur, C.i.e Bengal Marwari Association.
U Ananda Mohnn Poddar Bengal Mahajan Sabha.
Babu Mohini Nath Basu :
Expert Bengal Court Fees (Amendment) Bill,
1U33.
li Giris Chandra Sen Bahadur Do. All L. S. G. Department Bills.
.-Col. T. C. Boyd, i.m.s. Do. Bengal Medical (Amendment) Bill, 1933.
.
n8
The United Provinces.

The United Provinces of Agra and Oudh lie physical types are Dravidian, Aryan
the centre of Upper India. They
in practically Mongoloid, the latter being confined to the .
are bounded on the north by Tibet, on

the Himalayan and sub-Himalayan districts and
north-east by Nepal, on the east and south- the former to South Mirzapur and Bundelkhand, I
east by Bihar, on the south by two of the Chota whilst the high-caste Aryans frequent the I
Nagpur States of the Central India Agency and Western districts of the Provinces. Most of
the Saugor the Central Provinces,
district of the people, however, show a mixed Arya'
and on the west by the States of Gwalior, Dhol- Dravidian origin. Two languages are spoken
pur, Bharatpur, Sirmoor, and Jubbal, and by the by the majority of people in the plains, j
Punjab. Their total area amounts to 106,248 Urdu, and Hindi. Urdu being more common
square miles, to which may be added the area in the urban areas and because of its close
of the three Indian States of Rampur, Tehri- relationship with Persian and Arabic on the |
Garhwal and Benares with an area of 5,943 one hand aud Hindi on the other, forming the,
square miles, giving a total of 112,191 square lingua franca of the Province.
miles.
*
The total population is 49,614,833.
Industries.
The Provinces, originally termed the North-
western Provinces and so amalgamated in 1877, The chief industry is agriculture, which
in-
receiving their present designation in 1902, source of livelihood of 71 .1 pet
clude four distinct tracts of country portions is the principal subsidiary source
:
cent, of the population and a
the Himalayas, including the Kumaon
of of income to a further 8.2 per cent. The
division which consists of three hill districts, soils of the Provinces fall into three groups:
two of which are entirely in the hills and one the valley soils of the Himalayas, the main
is half in the submontane belt, the
sub-Hima-
alluvium and the Central Indian alluvium the ;
layan tract; the great Gangetic plain, and chief characteristic soil or the Central Indian
portions of the hill systems of Central India alluvium is the black soil, with a lighter variant,
including Bundelkhand. The Gangetic plain though here also there are light loams and gravel.
is protected by an extensive Canal system, The Himalayan soils are of local origin and vary
somewhat to run short of
with the nature of the rock from which they have
which though liable
water in extremely dry years, is of great benefit been formed, whilst the main alluvium soils
years and years of limited naturally
in all ordinary are sand, clay and loam, the loam being
drought. The first two of these tracts are infer- the most productive. The soil generally yields
tile and support a very sparse population and millet, maize, linseed,
excellent crop of rice,
equal-
I
the Central Indian plateau is almost cotton, wheat, sugarcane, pulses, and barley,
though better populated. The soil low-lying, heavy
ly infertile, rice being grown mostly in
of the Gangetic plain, however,
possesses an The greater part of the Provinces!
clays
extreme fertility and here the density of popu- the rainfall varies from SOj
highly cultivated,
mile is
lation varies from 542 persons per square to 60 inches in the Hills, to 40 inches in
the Bena-
west to 555 in the centre and 753 in the Divisions, whilst the Agra;
in the and Gorakhpur
east, which gives the Provinces as a
whole a res
Division receives only about 25 to 30 inches
greater population pressure on the soil than annually. Drought seriously affected Bundel-
any other Province in India save Delhi and
khand and the Agra Divisions, in the past;
Bengal. In the south there are low rocky hills,
drainage, and irrigation facilities
improved '
broken spurs of the Vindhyan mountains, have effected considerable improvements. Xjj
covered with stunted trees and jungle, and in the latter area, however, shortage of water in
the north the lower slopes of the Himalayas, the canals and the general lowering of the wateil
clothed with dense forest, affording excellent table still continue to react against full agricul
big and small game shooting, and rising
beyond Steps are being taken to increase
tural returns.
higher and
in a tangled mass of ridges, ever
eternal the
amount of water passing down the canals
higher, until is reached the line of the prices showed a definite decline!
Commodity
snows, but the greater part of the provinces throughout the year 1934. Though m some;
consists of level plain, teeming with
highly- ruled highei,
cases the prices in January of 1934
cultivated fields and watered by three nvers- than those of 1933, by December all commodity
the Ganges, Jumna, and Gogra. prices were at a lower level than at
the corres]
ponding date of the previous year. In general
The People. the harvested crop of 1934 was poorer than thai
of 1933 It cannot be said that those soleM
The population is mainly Hindu, 84. 4 per cent produce are in anl
15 dependent on agricultural
ranking as uch whilst Mahomedans number better off than in the previous year
Lan<
percent., the total of all other religions way ryotwari tenure in Bundefl
Christians is held mostly on the
being 0-6 per cent, composed of khand and Kumaon, on zemindari tenure Ifl
(Europeans and Indians), Jains, Sikhs, Parsis, \gra and taluqdari tenure in Oudh. The prin
Buddhists and Jews. Included among
the
are the Taluqdare
of cipal landowners in Oudh
Hindus are the Arya Samajists, followers some of whom own very large estates. The cent
are.
which obtains widely
the Arya Samaj sect,
held in taluqdari tenure amounts to 54 per
its influence
in the Punjab and has extended Oudh,
to the United Provinces. The three
mam of the total area in
The United Provinces. 119
Manufactures. raised to the status of a Govprnor-in-Council>
the Governor being assisted by two members
The provinces are not rich in minerals. Iron of the Executive Council in charge of the
id copper are found in the Himalayan dis- Reserved Subjects and two Ministers from Jan.
icts, and there were mines of importance there 12, 1926, in charge of the Transferred Subjects.
irmerly, but owing to high cost of production The medium for the transaction of public busi-
id inaccessibility, most of them have been ness is the Secretariat, the Staff of which con-
osed. Gold is found in minute quantities by sists of 7 Secretaries (including Chief Secretary)
ashing the sands in some of the rivers in and 6 Deputy Secretaries including the Director
le hills. Limestone is found in the Himalayas of Public Instruction and the Deputy Legal
id in the Etawah district, and stone is Remembrancer who are ex-Officio Deputy Secre-
rgely quarried in the Mirzapur district, taries in the Education and Judicial Depart-
otton is ginned and spun throughout the ments respectively. The Chief Secretary is
Western districts of the provinces as a home in charge of Appointment, General Adminis-
idustry and weaving by means of handlooms,
;
tration, Executive, Political, Newspaper and
carried on in most districts. Cawnpore is Police Departments; the Finance Secretary deals
le chief centre for cotton spinning and weaving
,
mainly with the Finance Department ; the

tills. According to the census of 1931, 45,128 Revenue Secretary is in charge of the Revenue
ersons were employed on cotton ginning, Scarcity, Ecclesiastical and Forest Departments
eaning and pressing and 408,033 on spinning and also the Buildings and Roads branch of the
ad weaving. Silk weaving used to be confined Public Works Department ; the Education
) Benares (where the famous '
Kimkhab Secretary looks to the Education, Industries,
rocade is made) but considerable work is now Agriculture and Excise Departments ; the
Dne at Shahjahanpur and Mau and some at L. S. G. Secretary to the local Self- Government,
gra as well. Embroidery work is done at Municipal, Medical and Public Health Depart-
ucknow, where the noted Chikan work of
' '
ments and the Judicial Secretary is in charge
itton on muslins is produced, and in Benares, of the Judicial and Legislative Departments.
here gold and silver work on silk, velvet, The seventh Secretary belongs to the Public
repe and sarsenet obtains. Benares uses local Works Department (Irrigation Branch) and is
old thread for embroidery work and Kamkhab'
'
also Chief Engineer for the Irrigation Branch
eaving. The glass industry is important at of the P. W.D. Government spends the cold
irozabad, Bahjoi, Balawali and Naini (Allaha- weather, October to April, in Lucknow and
ad). Moradabad is noted for its lacquered Allahabad, mostly in Lucknow, though the
rass-work, Benares for brassware-engraving Secretariat remains throughout the year at
ad repousse. Farrukhabad for its calico Lucknow. The Governor and the Secretaries
rints and Agra for its carpets and marble and spend the hot weather in Naini Tal, but during
labaster articles ;
glazed pottery is made at the monsoon the Governor tours the plains,
hunar and Khurja and clay figures of men as he does also in the cold weather. The
nd fruits at Lucknow. Board of Revenue is the highest court of
The making of brass utensils at Mirzapur, appeal in revenue and rent cases, being the chief
'arrukhabad and Oel (District Kheri) ; the revenue authority in the province. There are
arving and inlay work of Nagina and Saha- forty-eight British districts, thirty-six in Agra
anpur, the art silk industry of Mau, the lock and twelve in Oudh, average area 2,200 square
nd brass fittings industry of Aligarh, the miles and average population a million.
opper utensil industry of Almora, the durries Each district is in charge of a District
f Agra and Bareilly, the pottery of Nizamabad Officer, termed a Collector and Magistrate in
District Azamgarh) and the ivory work of Luck- Agra and a Deputy Commissioner in Oudb and
ow also deserve mention. Kumaon. The districts are grouped together
in divisions. Each division is under a Commis-
Cawnpore is the chief industrial centre. It sioner, except the Kumanu division, the charge
as tanneries, soap factories, oil mills, cotton, of which is held by the Deputy Commissioner,
woollen and other mills. The woollen mill is Naini Tal, in addition to his duties. There are
he largest in India. Lucknow possesses an ten divisions, having an average area of uearly
mportant paper-mill. There are cotton ginning
10,600 square miles and an average population of
-nd pressing factories at Aligarh, Meerut and
nearly 5 millions. The districts are sub-divided
iareilly and cotton mills at Agra, Hathras,
into tahsih, with an average area of 500 square
jucknow, Benares and Moradabad. Many miles and an average population of 236,000. Each
ugar mills have been recently started, mainly
lahsil is in charge of a Tahsildar, who is res-
n the Gorakhpur and Rohilkhand divisions. ponsible for the collection of revenue, and also
Sxcellent furniture is made at Bareilly mostly
exercises judicial powers. TahsiU are divided
>n cottage lines.
into parganas which are units of importance
The largest tiade centres are Cawnpore, in the settlement of land revenue. Sub-
Ulahabad, Mirzapur, Benares, Lucknow, Meerut, ordinate to the Tahsildars are naib tahsildars
Uigarh, Hathras, Muttra, Agra, Farrukhabad, and kanungos. Ordinarily there are three
Moradabad, Chandausi, Bareilly, Saharanpur, kanungos and one naib tahsildar to a tahsil.
Huzaffarnagar, Ghaziabad, Khurja, Gorakhpur, The Kanungos supervise the work of the
3rhazipur, Pilibhit and Shahjahanpur. patwaris, or village accountants, check their
papers and form a link direct between the vil-
Administration. lagers and Government. For judicial purposes
The Province was until the close of 1920 (revenue and criminal), the District Officer as-
idministered by a Lieutenant-Governor, chosen signs a sub-division, consisting of one or more
from the ranks of the Indian Civil Service. tah8il8, as the case may be to each of his subordi-
Under the Reform scheme the Province was nates, who may be covenanted civilians (Joint
120 The United Provinces.
selves are directly responsible for most of
and Assistant Magistrates and Collectors) or The district boards obtain
the administration.
members of the Provincial Service (Deputy of their income from Government
grants.
Collectors and Magistrates). The Commissioners
41%
Agent for The other chief sources of income is the local
of the Rohilkhand Division is Political
rate levied from the landowners. Some of
the
the Indian States of Rampur and Tehri-Garhvva
Commissioner of Benares is the Political boards have recently imposed a tax on circum-
and the stance and property. The chief source of
Agent for Benares State. municipal income is the octroi or terminal tax
Justice. and toll which is an octroi in modified form. Local
as opposed
Justice is administered by the High Court ol opinion is strongly in favour of indirect
Judicature at Allahabad in the province of
Agra to direct taxation for municipal purposes.
and by the Chief Court of Oudh sitting at Public Works Department-
Lucknow which are the final appellate author- The Buildings and Roads branch is ad- \
lhe
ities in both criminal and civil cases.
ministered by a Civilian Secretary and the
former consists of a Chief Justice and
eight administrative officer is a Chief
principal
permanent and three temporary puisne judges The Province is divided into circles
Engineer
Justice are Each circle is in charge of a
five of whom including the Chief and divisions.
a Chief
Indians, and the latter consists of Chief Engineer or a Superintending
Judge and four judges four of whom Deputy
Engineer, and each division is in charge of an
are Indians. There are thirty-two posts Executive Engineer. All metalled roads main-
(twenty-four in Agra including two posts tained from Provincial funds and construction
temporarily held in abeyance and eight m of all buildings costing more than Rs.
Oudh) of district and sessions judges of which are in charge of the Buildings and
Roads
are held by Indians not belonging to the 20,000
nine
to branch.
Indian Civil Service as they have been listed The Irrigation branch is administered by--
have
the provincial service and the bar. They a Secretary and for the present, two
both original and appellate jurisdiction m civil
Joint.-,
Engineers.*
Secretaries, all of whom are also Chief
and criminal cases and occasional appellate The third Chief Engineership is a temporary I
iurisdiction in rent cases. District Officers and
preside m post to further the organisation of development
their assistants including tahsildars, The province is divided into circles
collectors schemes.
criminal courts as magistrates and as
and divisions.
and assistant collectors, in rent and revenue
courts and dispose of a good deal of the
work. 2 The Irrigation branch administers the
Civil juris- various irrigation works, the Ganges Canal
Kumaun has been brought under the April
diction of the High Court from 1st 1926. Hydro-electric Grid, the tube-well scheme, and
exercise other development works, such as the Dauraia
The deputy and assistant commissioners
inferior civil powers in this division which has Sugarcane tramway. The hydro -electric works,
the tube-wells and development schemes are in
no separate civil courts. In the rest of
provinces there are subordinate judges, judges charge of the Chief Engineer (Development),
of small cause courts and munsifs
who dispose of the Sarda Canal and the Bundelkhand Canals
In Agra the in charge of the Chief Engineer (East), and the;.
a large number of civil suits,
to all Ganges' the Eastern Jumna and the Agra
jurisdiction of a subordinate judge extends
pecuniary limit and a Canals are in that of the Chief Engineer
original suits without
not (West).
munsif can hear cases ordinarily of a value
exceeding Rs. 2,000, and if specially empowered 3. The Sarda Canala work of the
up to Rs7 5,000. In Oudh the ordinary
jurisdic-
first magnitude was opened m 1928 ;or
extends to suits valu-
introducing irrigation into most of the
districts.:
tion of a subordinate judge
ing not more than Rs. 20,000 and
jurisdiction of a munsif to
value, provided that in special
suits
the'Ordinary
of Rs.
cases the limit
2,000
of Oudh.
4 The Ganges Canal Hydro-electric
at cheap rates for domestic^
removed alto- supplies power agricultural purposes to ten-

of pecuniary jurisdiction can be industrial and
gether in the case of a subordinate
judge and It has.
5,000. districts in
the west of the provinces
that of the munsif raised up to Rs. completed its second stage of develop-.,
district just
Anneals from munsif always lie to the capital outlay up-to-date beinft
judges ment, the total
iudge while those from the subordinate At present it has a generating,
except Rs. 170 lakhs.
go to the High Court or the Chief Court Kilowatts, hut when fully
which are capacity of 8,900output will be 28,000 kilo-
in cases of a value of Rs. 5,000 or less total
court developed its
heard by the district judge. Small cause supplying some 88 towns, wita
There watts. Besides
judges try suits to the value of Rs 500. populations of 5,000 or over with cheap
power ioj
to Rs. 200
are also honorary munsifs limited fans and minor industries, it provides
jurisdiction is light,
suits, and village munsifs whose energy for irrigation pumping from
rivers ana-
open
fixed at Rs. 20. low level canals as well as from tube and
Local Self -Government. wells. Out of the ultimate output of ~8,0UU
12,000 kilowatts have been reserved
the kilowatts,
The main units of local self -government are the for operating 1.500 state tube-wells which are
district and municipal boards which,
with
Moradabad, Bijnorv
non- being sunk in the districts of
exception of three municipal boards, have Meerut, Bulandshahr and BU-
official Chairmen. Most of the municipal boards Muzaifarnagar, have already been completed*
over daun. 300 wells
having an annual income of Rs. 50,000 or March 1936 and
adminis- another 400 will be ready by
have executive officers to whom certain remainder by the end of 1937. The total
trative powers are reserved The administrative the approximate-
boards cost of the tube-well scheme wiU be
.
functions of the municipal and district ly Rs. 75 lakhs, giving an ultimate return oi
Executive
are performed by the Chairman and commands an area 01
Officer or the secretary, but the
boards them- 10 per cent. Each well
^proximately 2 square miles, with a discharge t College, Mussoorie, the Philander-Smith College,
I 33,000 gallons per hour, and is intended to Naini Tal, the St. Joseph's College, Naini Tal,
rigate on the average 150 acres of sugarcane and the Martiniere College, Lucknow, are the
ad 250 acres of wheat annually. Water is well-known institutions for European and Anglo-
Id on a volumetric basis to individual cultiva- Indian children in the province which teach
irs thus greatly conserving water by the upto the intermediate stage. Besides these,
evention of waste. there are many excellent educational'institutions
for European boys and girls both in the hills and
5. Another development in hand is the
plains which are attended by students from all
instruction of the Daurala sugarcane tramway
over India. Government maintain Training
r tapping an area of 14,000 acres of canal
Colleges for teachers in Lucknow, Allahabad
rigated sugarcane in the Meerut district,
xteen miles of this are already working and
and Agra, and a training department is attached
to Christian Intermediate College, Lucknow.
further twelve will be ready by June 1935.
There are training departments attached to
hen finished this tramway will be in a position
the Aligarh. Muslim University and the Be-
> carry 105,000 tons of cane from remote
eas to the rail-head on the North-Western
nares Hindu University. There is a Gov-
ailway at pie per maund per mile. ernment Engineering College atBoorkee (Thoma-
son College), a School of Art and Crafts in Luck-
Police. now and an Agricultural College, and a Techno-
logical Institute at Cawnpore there is also a non-
;
The Police Force is administered by an Government Agricultural Institute at Naini,
ispector-General, with three Deputies and two Allahabad. Education in law is given at the
ssistants, forty-six Superintendents, forty-four four residential universities and at the Agra
ssistant Superintendents and sixty-three and Meerut colleges, and at the Dayanand
eputy Superintendents including three tem- Anglo-Vedic and Sanatan Dharma Colleges
uary officers. There is a Police Training at Cawnpore and at the Bareilly College. Instruc-
shool at Moradabad under a Superintendent tion in commerce for the B. Com. degree of the
Police as Principal. There is a C. I. D. form- Agra University is given in the Sanatan Dharma
g a separate department, under a Deputy and the D. A. V. Colleges at Cawnpore and in the
.spector-General with three Assistants. The St. John's College at Agra ; a commerce depart-
med police of the three police ranges have ment for B. Com. degree is also attached to
cently been rearmed with the '410 musket, the Allahabad
and Lucknow Universities. The
76 musket and the Martini Henri rifle having King George's Medical College,
Lucknow, now
rrned their late armament. The administration merged
in the Lucknow University, prepares
the Jail Department is in charge of an candidates for the M.B.B.S. degree of
the Luck-
spector-General of Prisons, who is a member now University. Besides this
there are two
the Indian Medical Service medical schools a^t Agra for males and females
Education. and also a College of Ayurveda and Tibbiya
is attached to the Benares Hindu and the
Education is maintained in part by the State Aligarh Muslim Universities respectively.
id partly by means of grants-in-aid. There Public schools for secondary and primary verna-
e five universities, the four residential univer- cular education are almost entirely maintained
ses of Allahabad, Lucknow, Aligarh (Muslim) or aided by district and municipal boards and
id Benares (Hindu) and the affiliating Univer- vernacular education is almost entirely in their
;y of Agra. The last named was established hands.
1927 and consists, besides six affiliated
Medical.
lieges situated outside the United Pro-
nces, of the eight colleges, formerly
The Medical Department Is in charge of
sociated with Allahabad University on its an Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals,
ternal side, viz., the Agra and St. John's who
is assisted by a lady Superintendent for
)Ueges at Agra, the Christ Church, D.A. V. and
Medical aid to women in the administration
natan Dharma Colleges at Cawnpore, the Meerut of the Dufferin fund affairs. A post of Personal
)llege, Meerut, the
Assistant to the I. G. Civil Hospitals has also
Bareilly College, Bareilly
id St. Andrew's College, Gorakhpur.
been created from December 8, 1934 to relieve
There
e Intermediate Colleges which the I. G. of the routine duties in connexion
prepare
ys for the high school and intermediate with the control of his office. A Civil Surgeon
animations conducted by the Board of High is in charge and is responsible for the
hool and Intermediate Education, which medical work of each district and in
ntrols high school and intermediate edu- a few of the larger stations he has an
tion. The Isabella Thoburn College at assistant. In two stations (Ranikhet and
lcknow and the Crosthwaite Girls' College Roorkee) Medical Officers in military employ
Allahabad impart university education to hold collateral civil charge. There are 102
dian girls and the Theosophical National Girls' Provincial Medical service officers iu charge
hool and Women's College at Benares, ttie of important Moffusil dispensaries and on
uslim Girls' Intermediate College at Aligarh. the reserve list and a large number of
ahila Yidyalaya Intermediate College at Luck- Provincial subordinate medical service officers.
tw teach up to the intermediate stage. Jn
Lady doctors and women pub-assistant
Idition to these there are A. V. High surgeons visit pardanashin women in their
hools. English Middle and vernacluir Lower ovn homes and much good work is done in
iddle schools and primary schools throughout this manner.
e province for the education of Indian Girls; The best equipped hospitals for Indian pa-
ey are controlled by Chief Inspectress of Girls, tients are the Thomason Hospital at Agra,
hools under instructions from the Education King George's Hospital and the Balrampur
epartment. The St. George's Intermediate Hospital at Lucknow, the Prince of Wales
A . .

in the hills. The King Edward VII Sanatorium
Hospital, Cawnpore, King Edward VII Hospi-
Hospital at Allahabad at Bhowali in the district of Naini Tal is an up-flB
tal, Benares, the Civil institution for the treat-
and Indians living date and well-equipped
(for Europeans, Anglo-Indians
in European style) and Saint Mary's
Hospital, Mussoorie. The Ramsay
Cottage ment of European and Indian
Hospital for An anti-tuberculosis
course of construction and
consumptives.
hospital at Lucknow is
will soon provider
H
Europeans at Naini Tal is a first class institu- thelong felt want of the preovince. It is als(K
tion and there are also the Lady Dufferm
Hos- a
down the five centres for tne^
pitals. King George's Medical College,
Lucknow, proposed to close
treatment of tubercular patients at presents
is one of the best equipped colleges in the Agra. Allahabad, Benares, Cawmn-|
working at
countrv, with a staff of highly efficient pro-
it is the pore and Lucknow, and to start a better class
fessors* and the hospital attached to Allahabad, complete witM
first in the Province. The Queen Mary's Hos- tubercular clinic at
completed m 194 X-Ray, as an experiment. A tubercular sanaj
pital for women and children, Sarnath near Benares, is doing goo^j
is also attached to the King George's
Medical torium at
for Indiar^
College and provides clinical material for
the work. tThere are mental hospitals
and non-criminal lunatics at Agra and Bareilly and,
instruction of students in midwifery Arrange-
also male and for criminal lunatics at Benares.
gynaecology. There are
female medical schools at Agra. As the X-Ray
ments for the treatment of active cases of
Leprosy have been made at most of the head-
at Dehra Dun has been closed,
Institute The MacLaren Leper Hos^
quarters hospitals.
proposed to institute classes of instruction
pital, Dehra Dun, Srimati Bhagwan
it is Dei Lepet?
in X-ray diagnosis and therapy at
the King
Home, Cawnpore, Mission Leper Hospital,;
George's Medical College, Lucknow, where every
forthcoming. Almora, and the Leper Hospital at Naini (Alia-:
facility for such work would be
habad) provide special facilities for the treaty
The scheme is, however, held up owing to lack ment of leprosy and are doing good work.
soldiers
of funds. There are sanatoria for British
THE FINANCES OF THE UNITED PROVINCES.

of India uM
As explained in the chapters on the new institution
greater
As the finances of the Provinces thus become
of
effect from the year 1928-29.
following pages :
importance, the position is set out in some d etail in the
ESTIMAEED REVENUE FOR 1934-35.

Debt Services,
Rs.
Taxes on Salt 3,000 Interest
Taxes on Income * *
LandRevenue 5 85 52 078 Total 14,05,500
Stimos " 1,71,80,000

Forests \\ - 43 30,000 Civil Administration.
RegTstration 13,02,400
Administration of Justice 13,14,000
Sc leduled Taxes . . . .
4,38,200
Jails and Convict Settlements .
Total .. 9,43,31,778 Police ..

2,47,500
E lucation 11,40,000
Railways. 2,95,900
Medical
Sub Companies 1,72,085.
idised . . - .
__h Public Health
5,60,100
Agriculture
Irrigation. 1,71,200
Industries
Works for which capital accounts are kept Miscellaneous Departments
79,558
(1) Productive Works 44.18,543

Total
Net receipts . . . . 1,23,02,315
(2) Unproductive Works- Buildings, Roads and Miscella-

Net receipts 62,700 neous Public Improvements
3,44,700
Total, net receipts 1,22,39,615 Civil Works (a) ordinary
{b) Transfer from Central Road
Works for which no capital 5,10,184
13,000 Development Account
accounts are kept
8,54,884
Total Irrigition 1,22,52,615
Miscellaneous. Railway Revenue Account.
ransfers from Famine Relief Rs.
Fund 34,785 State Railways Interest on debt 8,214
eceipts in aid of superannuation. 2,02,000 Subsidised companies
tationery and Printing 6,49,480
iscellaneous .. 7,49,500 Total 8,214
Total 16,35,765
Irrigation Revenue Account.
xtraordinary receipts
iscellaneous adjustments between Works for which capital accounts
the Central and Provincial are kept
Governments . ,
Total Revenue Interest on Irrigation Works .. 1,09,48,148

.. 11,49,99,085
Other revenue irrigation expen-
>ebt, deposits and advances : Rs. diture financed from ordinary
(a) Government Press Depre- revenues 74,000
ciation Fund 50,000
(b) Famine Relief Funds 1,65,000 Total 1,08,74,148
(c) Loans and advances by
Provincial Governments 36,82,000
Irrigation Capital Account
(d) Advances from Provincial
Loans Funds 52,54,000 {charged to revenue).
(e) Appropriation for reduc-
Construction of Irrigation Works
tion or avoidance of
Debt-Sinking Fund 14,00,000 A..Financed from ordinary revenues 2,35,000
(J) Transfer from Famine Relief
Fund for repayment of
advances from the Pro-
vincial Loans Fund Debt Services.
1,50,000
(9) Subventions from Central Interest on ordinary debt 28,62,559
Road Development .
Account .
6,00,000 Fund
Sinking , 14,00,000
(h) Subventions from the Im- Payment to the Provincial loans
perial Council Agricultural
Research and Indian Cen- fund
tral Cotton Committee . 1,13,211
Total 42,62,559
Total .. 1,14,14,211
Total receipts ..12,64,13,296

Opening Balance .. 60,38,793
General Administration 1,31,28,947
Grand Total .. 12,03,74,503
Administration of Justice . . . . 71,83,271
Jails and Convicts' Settlements .. 32,08,892
Estimated Expenditure for 1934-35.
Police 1,62,79,898
Direct demands on the Revenues.
Scientific Departments . . . . 24,803
ixes on Income
Education 1,99,39,904
ind Revenue 75,03,776 Medical 33,28,702
seise 11,87,264
. .
Public Health .. .. c . 19,84,785
amps 3,13,356 Agriculture 29,65,730
>rests 27,76,484 Industries , 10,68,566
)rest Capital outlay charged to
Miscellaneous Departments .. 93,320
revenue 16,300
Exchange . . . , .
igistration 4,56,980
Total 1,22,54,160 Total . . 6,92,06,818

. . .. 1
J

M
mcellaneous Debt, and Deposits Advances Rs. 1
Buildings, Roads and
tublic Improvements. (a) Famine Fund
Relief
Civil Works (a) Provincial ex- Rs. (b) Civil Contingencies Fund ..
penditure 49,82,038 (c) Loans and Advances by

Improvement and communica- Local Governments 18,88,000
{b)
tionsfrom Central Road Deve- Sinking Fund Investment
5,10,184 (d)
lopment Account 14,00,066
Account .
Total 54,92,222
(e) Government Press Deprecia-
tion Fund 26,000
Miscellaneous. (/) Repayment ofAdvances

Rs. from Provincial Loans
Famine Relief and Insurance 19,19,8571
Fund

A Famine Relief 7,785
60-B, Payment of Commuted
B Transfers to Famine In- Value of Pensions 15,1
9,780
surance Fund
and *0 Civil Works
Superannuation Allowances
Pensions
65,226
6 J- A. Other Provincial Works
Stationery and Printing
,90,094 not charged to revenue.
Miscellaneous
,10,071 61. Payments to Retrenched
Personnel 6,000
76,000
Extraordinary Charges .
Transfer from Famine Relief Fund

Total 89,49,176
for repayment of advances from
the Provincial Local Fund 1,50, 00M
Expenditure in England-
.
Secretary of State Subventions from Central Road

5,10,1841
High Commissioner Development Account
Famine Relief FundTransfer to
expenditure revenue 34,78&j
Irrigation and other capital
not charged to revenue.
Charges against grants from the
Construction of irrigation Imperial Council and Agriculture
(a)
works *,03,300 Research Indian Central Cotton
(c) Hydro-electric scheme :} i,u,8xn
Committee
(d) Outlay on Improvement of
Total 67,69,48$'
public health .
(e) Outlay on Agricultural im-

Total Disbursements 2,43,57,2(1
provement . . 1
Closins Balance 39,82,697

(b) Forest outlay
Grand Total 12,03,74.503

Total 21,03,300
Administration.
Graham Ministers.
Governor.ma Excellency Sir Harry
Haig, M.A., K.C.S.I., C.I.E., i.C.s. The Hon'ble Nawab Sir Muhammad Yiuj
A. Brett, M.6. Kt., Bar-at-Law.
Private Secretary.--Major D.
Jawala P. Srivastava, M.sc
E. Macmiillan The Hon'ble Sir
Aides-de-Camp.-Cwt. M. N.
A.M.S.T.
and G. E. Whitchouse, I.P.
Secretariat.
Executive Council.
Chief Secretary to Government, Vacant.
M. Clay, c.s.l., C.I.E., O.B.B.,
The Hon'ble Mr. J.
/'induce Secretary, J. L. Sathe, LCS.
I.C.S.
Revenue and P. W. D. (B. & R.) Secretary
The Hon'ble Kunwar Sir Maharaj Singh, Kt..

Government, A. A. Waughy, i.cs.
M.A., CLE.
-al Self-Government and Public Health Secre- E. Money, In charge 1863
iry, P. Mason, i.c.s.
The Hon. Edmund Drummond . . . . 1863
licial Secretary, L. S. White, i.c.s. Sir William Muir, K.C.S.1 1868
lustries and Education Secretary, P. M. Sir John Strachey, K.c.s.i. . . . . 1874

Lharegat, i.c.s.. Sir George Couper, Bart., c.b 1876
retary to Government, Irrigation Branch,
Lieutenant-Governors of the North-
'. Anderson, CLE., i.s.E. (Offg.). western Provinces and Chief Commis-
sioners of Oudb.
Miscellaneous Appointments.
um Agent, Ghazipur, G. S. V. Paterson. Sir George Couper, Bart., c.b., K.c.s.i. . . 1877
ef Conservator of Forests, F. Canning, i.F.s. Sir Alfred Comyns Lyall, K.CB. . . 1882
9
ctor of Public Instruction, H. B. Harrop, m.a. Sir Auckland Colvin, k.c.m.g., ci.e. . . 1887
)xon.).
Sir Chas. H. T. Crosthwaite, K.c.s.i. . . 1892
nector -General of Police, S. T. Hollins, CLE. Alan Gadell (Officiating) . . . . . . 1895
vector -General of Civil Hospitals, Col. A. H. Sir Antony P. MacDonnell, k.c.s.i. (a) . . 1895
rector, d.s.o., v.h.s., m.d., M.S., f.r.c.s.e.
Sir J. J. D. LaTouche, K.C.S.I 1901
ictor of Public Health, Kishori Lai Chaudhri, (a) Afterwards (by creation) Baron MacDonnell.
B.E., m.b.b.S. (Punjab), d.p.h. (Lond.), Bai
ahadur. Lieutenant-Governors of the United
missioner of Excise and Inspector-General Provinces of Agra and Oudh.
'
Registration, B. T. Shivdasani, i.c.s.
Sir J. J. D. La Touche, K.c.s.i 1902
wcfoi -General of Prisons, Major H. M. Sala-
at XJHah, M.C, M.B., D.T.M., M.R.CP.L, F.R.F. Sir J. P. Hewett, k.cs.l, ci.e 1907
S., I.M.S. L. A. S. Porter, C.S.I. (Officiating) . . 1912
etor of Agriculture, B. G. Allan, m.a. Sir J. S. Meston, k.c.s.i 1912
JTENANT-GOVERNORS OP THE SOUTH- Sir Harcourt Butler, K.cs.L, CLE. . . 1918

WESTERN Provinces.
X T. Metcalfe, Bart., g.C.b 1836 Governors of the United Provinces.
Eight Hon. the Governor-General 1838 Sir Harcourt Butler, K.cs.L, CLE. .. 1920
the North-Western Provinces (Lord
Sir William Marris, k.c.i.e. .. .. 1921
ackland).
Sir Samuel Perry O'Donnell, K.CLE.,
. Eobertson 1840
Cg. I. (Officiating) 1926
Eight Hon. Governor-General
the 1842
Sir Alexander Muddiman, K.CS.L, CLE. 1928
the North- Western Provinces (Lord
Died at Naini Tal.
lenborough).
Capt.Nawab Muhammad Ahmad Said 1928
x. E. Clerk, k.cb 1843
Khan of Chhatari, CLE., m.b.e.,
es Thomson. Died at Bareilly . . 1843 In-charge.
J. Begbie, In charge . . . . . . 1853 Sir Malcolm Hailey, g.c.s.l, g.C.I.E. . . 1928
. Colvin. Died at Agra . . . . 1853 Sir George Bancroft, K.cs.l 1930
. Reade, In charge . . . . . . 1857 Sir Malcom Hailey, g.c.s.l, G.c.i.e. . . 1931
nel H. Fraser, C.B., Chief Commis- 1857 Captain Nawab Sir Muhammad Ahmad 1933
ner, N.-W. Provinces. Said Khan of Chhatari, k.cs.l, k.ci.i:.,
Eight Hon'ble the Governor-General M.B.E., LL.D.
1858
ministering the N.-W. Provinces Sir Malcolm Hailey, G.C.S.L, G.C.I.E. . . 1933
iscount Canning).
Sir Harry Graham Haig, K.CS.L, CLE., 1934
\. F. Edmonstone 1859 afternoon Dec. 6.
Council.
126 United Provinces Legislative
COUNCIL.
UNITED PROVINCES LEGISLATIVE
President. /
Sir Sit a Ram, Kt., M.A., ll.b.

The Hon'ble
DEPUTY PRESIDENT,
m.a. (Oxon), Bar-at-Law.
Nawabzada Muhd. Liaquat AliKhan,
Elected Members.
Name.
Body, Association or Constituency
represented.
Sir Muhammad-Yusuf
,Kt.,Bar.-j
Mirzapur Districts The Hon.Nawab
Allahabad, Jaunpur and at-Law, Minister of Local
Self-Government.
(Muhammadan Rural). Minister of!
Commerce The Hon'ble Sir Jwala P. Srivastava,
Upper India Chamber of Education.
Urban) Mr. Perma.
Agra City (non-Muhammadan
.

Urban) Rai Bahadur Babu Awadh Behari Lai.

Cawnpore City (non-Muhammadan Kakkar
Urban) Rai Bahadur Babu Kamta Prasad
Allahabad City (non-Muhammadan B.A., LL.B.
Urban) ChaudhriRam Dayal.

Lucknow City (non-Muhammadan
Urban) Chaudhri Jagarnath.
Benares City (non-Muhammadan ll.b. >
Bareilly City (non-Muhammadan

Urban) The Hon'ble Sir Sita Ram, Kt., M.A.,
Urban) Chaudhri Baldeva.
Meerut-cum-Aligarh (non-Muhammadan
(non-Muham Rai Sahib Sahu Jwala Saran Kothiwala.
Moradabad-cMW-Shahjahanpur
madan Urban).
Rural). Mr. Tappu Ram.
Dehra Dun District (non-Muhammadan Pandit Moti Lai Bhargava.
Rural).
Saharanour District (non-Muhammadan M. A., LL.B.
Raja Bahadur Kushalpal Singh,
Mn/affarnaaar (non-Muhammadan Rural) Chaudhri Ram Chandra.
M^ct (North) (non-Muhammadan
(non-Muhammadan Chaudhri Ghasita.
MeS^ District (South)
Singh.
(non-Muhammadan Rai Bahadur Chaudhri Raghuraj
BuSshahr District (East)
Chaudhri Arjuna Singh.
BuSLhr District (West) (non-Muhammadan
U District (East) (non-Muhammadan Rao Bahadur Thakur Pratap Bhan
Singh.
Al*aS
Rao Sahib Thakur Shiva Dhyan Singh.
AShDistrict(West)(non-MuhammadanRural)
Rural) Rai Bahadur Kunwar Girwar Singh.
Muttra District (non-Muhammadan M.A., ll.b.
Rural) Pandit Joti Prasad Upadhyaya,
Agra District (non-Muhammadan
Rural) Chaudhri Dhirya Singh, m.b.e.
Mainpuri District (non-Muhammadan
.
(non-Muhammadan Rural) Rao Krishna Pal Singh.

Etah District
Rai Bahadur Kunwar Dhakan
Lai.
Bareilly District(non-Muhammadan Rural) .
Rural) Thakur Balwant Singh Gahlot.

Bijnor District (non-Muhammadan m.b.e.
Rural) Rai Bahadur Brij Lai Badhwar,
Budaun District (non-Muhammadan
.
Rural) Rao Bahadur Kunwar Sardar Singh.

Moradabad District (non-Muhammadan
.
Rai Bahadur Baba Manmohan

Sahai.
District (non-Muhammadan
Shahjahanpur
Rural).
(non-Muhammadan Rural) .
Babu Ram Bahadur Saksena.
i>Uibhit District
Rural) Lala Shyam Lai.
Jhansi District (non-Muhammadan
Rai Sahib Babu Kamta Nath Saksena,
B.A., 1
Rural)
Jalaun District (non-Muhammadan
Rural) Kunwar Jagbhan Singh, B.A., ll.b.
District (non-Muhammadan
.
Hamirpur M.sc, LL.B

Rural) Thakur Keshava Chandra Singh,
Banda District (non-Muhammadan
United Provinces Legislative Council. 127

represented. Name.
-ukhabad District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Mr. Brijnandan Lai, Bar.-at-Law.

wan (non-Muhammadan Rural)
District Rao Narsingh Rao.
npore District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Rai Sahib Ram Adhin.
mpur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Mr. Bhondu Ram.
habad District (non-Muhammadan Rural) .
Maharao RajaBahadur Ram Singh Rao Bahadur.
ares District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Chaudhri Bharos.
;apur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Pandit Shri Sadayatan Pande.
ipur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Raja Sri Krishna Dutt Dube.
zipur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Rai Bahadur Babu Jagadeva Roy.
ia District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Mr. Dahari.
ikhpur District (West) (non-Muhammadan Rai Sahib Rai Rajeshwari Prasad, M.A., ll.b.
iral).
ikhpur District (East) (non-Muhammadan Babu Adya Prasad, B.A., ll.b.
aral).
i (non-Muhammadan Rural)
District Raja Shiva Pati Singh.
Qgarh District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Thakur Giriraj Singh, B.A., ll.b.
i Tal District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Pandit Prem Ballabh Belwal.
)ra District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Thakur Jang Bahadur Singh Bisht, B.A., ll.b.
wal District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Sardar Bahadur Thakur Narayan Singh Negi.
now District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Pandit Brahma Dutt alias Bhaiya Sahib.
) District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Rai Bahadur Thakur Hanuman Singh.
Bareli District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Rai Bahadur Lai Sheo Pratap Singh.
>ur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Kunwar Diwakar Prakash Singh.
oi District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Thakur Muneshwar Bakhsh Singh, B.A., ll.b.
i District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Thakur Jaindra Bahadur Singh.
bad District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Raja Jagdambika Pratap Narayan Singh.
a District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Raja Ambikeshwar Pratap Singh.
lich District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Raja Birendra Bikram Singh.
npur District (non-Muhammadan Rural) . Rai Bahadur Kunwar Surendra Pratap Sahi.
ibgarh District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Mr. C. Y. Chintamani.
Banki District (non-Muhammadan Rural) Rai Rajeshwar Bali, O.B.E., B.A.
abad-cwm-Benares (Muhammadan Urban). Mr. Zahur Ahmad, Bar.-at-Law.
now-cwm-Cawnpore (Muhammadan Urban) Syed Ali Zaheer, Bar.-at-Law.
and Meerut-cwm-Aligarh (Muhammadan Muhammad Rashid Uddin.
rban).
Uy and Shahjahanpur-cwm-Moradabad, Syed Yusuf Ali, B.A., ll.b.
Cuhammadan Urban).
1 Dun District (Muhammadan Rural
Khan Bahadur Muhammad Maqsud Ali Khan.
anpur District (Muhammadan Rural) Khan Bahadur Shah Nazar Husain.
Captain Nawab Muhammad Jamshed Ali Khan,
it District (Muhammadan Rural) m.b.e.
Nawabzada Muhammad Liaquat Ali Khan, m.a.
larnagar District (Muhammadan Rural) . (Oxon), Bar.-at-Law.
Hafiz Muhammad Ibrahim, B.A., ll.b.
t (Muhammadan Rural)
District
dshahr District
(Muhammadan Rural) Mr.Muhammad Rahmat Khan.
.
Khan Bahadur ilaji Muhammad Obaidur
h,Muttra and Agra Districts (Muhamma- Rahman Khan.
Rural). Khan Bahadur Muhammad Hadiyar Khan.
>uri, Etah and Farrukhabad Districts
hammadan Rural). Khan Bahadur Hafiz Hidayat Husain, c.i.e.,
ih, Cawnpore and Fatehpur Districts b.a.,Bar.-at-Law.
hammadan Rural). Khan Bahadur Maulvi Saiyid Habibullah,
iDivision (Muhammadan Rural) Bar.-at-Law.
128

Name.
represented.
Azamgarh Haji M. Nisarullah, B.A.

Benares, Ghazipur, Ballia and
(Muhammadan Rural).
Districts Khan Bahadur Saiyid Zahid Ali Sabzposh.
Rural)
Gorakhpur District (Muhammadan
(Muhammadan Rural) Khan Bahadur Shaikh Ghulam Husain.
Basti District
Khan Bahadur Hafiz Ghazanfarullah.
Moradabad (North) (Muhammadan Rural) Khan Bahadur Saiyid ***'*^-*
mlM
Moradabad (South) (Muhammadan Rural) Khan Sahib Shaikh Afzal-ud-din Hyder.
(Muhammadan Rural)
Muhammad Fazui
Budaun District
Rural) Khan Bahadur Maulvi
Shahjahanpur District (Muhammadan
kSW^
.
Shakird*
(Muhammadan Rural)
Bareilly District
Imtiaz Ahmad.
Kumaun Division-cum-Pilibhit (Muhammadan KhaiTsahib Muhammad
al Muhammad Sa'adat Ali Khan.
Districts (Muhammadan Raja Saiyid
Gonda and Bahraich
Habibullah, o.b.e.
KtoPand Sitapur Districts (Muhammadan Shaikh Muhammad
Saiyid Ahmad Ali Khan Alvi, m.b.e.
HaS^Lucknow and Unao Districts (Muham- Raja
Muhammad Ejaz Rasul Khan, K
FywbS^Bara Banki Districts (Muham- Raja Sir
Bareli Districts Raja Saiyid Muhammad Mehdi.

sXn?ifpSbibgarhid Rae
(Muhammadan Rural).
Mr. L. M. Medley.
European Rai Bahadur Lala Anand Sarup.

Agra Landholders (North) Rai Bahadur Lala Bihari Lai.

Agra Landholders (South)
Chaudhri Muhammad Ali.
Thakur Rampal Singh.
B.SC, F.C.S.
Taluqdais Raja Bisheshwar Dayal Seth,
Raja Jagannath Bakhsh Singh.
Mr. T. F. Gavin Jones.
Upper India Chamber of Commerce b A ll.b., M.I
Rai Bahadur Vikramajit Singh, LL.B.
United Provinces Chamber of Commerce Munshi Gajadhar Prasad, M.A.,
Allahabad University
Ex-Opjfioio Members
CLE., o.b.e., i.c.S.
The Hon'ble Mr. J. M. Clay, C.S.I.,
Singh, Kt., M.A., O.I.E.

The Hon'ble Kunwar SirMaharaj
Nominated Members.
Mr. R. P. Mudie, o.b.e., i.c.s.
Mr. J. L. Sathe, i.c.S.
Mr. S. T. Hollins, CLE., i.P.s.
Mr. P. Mason, I.C.S. Mr. D. L. Drake-Brockman,
C.S.L, CLE., U
Mr. P. M. Kharegat, I.C.S.
Lady Kailash Srivastava.
Mr. A. A. Waugh, I.C.S. Khan Bahadur Maulvi Fasik-ud-dm.
Mr. L. S. White, I.C.S. Captain K. O. Carleton, M.A., Bar.-at-.
(Anglo-Indian Community).
Mr. H. R. Earrop, i.E.S. (In
Bajpai,B.Sc, LL.B. Mr. E.Ahmad Shah, M.A., D. Litt.
Rai Bahadur Pandit Suraj Din
Mogha, B.A., LL.B. Christian Community).
Rai Bahadur P. C.
Charana, B.A.,
Rai Sahib Babu Rama
1
Bahadur Saiyid Ain-ud-din, B.A.

Khan
Rai Bahadur Ram Babu Saksena,
Rai Bahadur Pandit Brij Chand
M.A., ll.b.
Sharma, M.A. Lala Mohan WflÛ^^
(Depressed Classes).
B
Khan Bahadur Munshi Muhammad
Mushtaq Mr. Radhey Shyam
Rastogi,
^JJJ iina1
Ah Khan, b.a.
Council.
SecretA ry to the Legislative
Mr G S K Hydrie, B.A., LL.B., Bar.-at-Law.
Legislative Couneil Department.
U, Lga Charan Sinha, Superintendent,
129
The Punjab.
Punjab or land of the five rivers, is so
He in the rainfall involves distress, if not actual
lid from the five rivers by which it is en- famine. Within the eastern plains lie the large
l.id, namely, the Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, cities of Lahore and Amritsar, and the popula-
;n and Sutlej. Together with the North- tion in comparison with the western Punjab
Vt Frontier Province and the Indian State is largely urban. The western plains cover
famniu and Kashmir which lie to the north, an area of 59.000 square miles, with a popu-
3 Punjab occupies the extreme north-west- lation of a little over six millions. The rain-
rcorner of the Indian Empire, and with the fall in this area, heaviest in the north and
iption of the above-mentioned province east and decreasing towards the west and south
jprises all of British India north of S'nd is everywhere so scanty that cultivation is only
I Rajputana and west of the river Jumna, possible with the aid of artificial irrigation or
ilous to October 1912, the Punjab with upon the low-lying river-banks left moist by
sfeudatories embraced an area of 136,330 the retreating floods. In this very circum-
Ire miles and a population at the Census stance, these tracts find their security against
nil of 24,187,750 (inclusive of 28,587 trans- famine, for there cultivation is almost inde-
ibier Baluchis), that is to say, about one- pendent of rain, a failure of which means
icenth of the area and population of the nothing worse than a scarcity of grass. So
uan Empire. But the formation of a sepa- little rain is sufficient, and absolute drought
1 province of Delhi reduced the area and occurs so seldom that the crops may be said
citation of the Punjab by about 450 square never to fail from this cause. The western
h and 380,000 souls, respectively. The total plains embrace the great colony areas on
dilation of the Province in 1931, including the Chenab and Jhelum Canals which now
iBaloch tribes on the border of the Dehra challenge the title of the eastern plains as
|!i Khan District, was 28,490,857 of whom the most fertile, wealthy and populous por-
,
0,005 were in the Indian States. tions of the province. Multan and Lyallpur
are the largest towns in the western area.
Physical Features.
Owing to its geographical position, its scanty
rainfall and cloudless skies, and perhaps to its
legreater part of the Punjab consists of
wide expanse of untilled plains, the climate
of the Punjab presents greater extremes of
U vast alluvial plain, stretching from the
ma in the east to the Suleman Range in both heat and cold than any other portion of
1 west. The north-east is occupied by a India. The summer, from April to Septem-
!on of the Himalayas and the Salt Pvange
ber, is scorchingly hot, and in the winter,
Is its north-western angle. A few small sharp frosts are common. But the bright
h of the Aravalli mountain system traverse sun and invigorating air make the climate
rextreme south-east and terminate in the of the Punjab in the cold weather almost ideal.
ie at Delhi. The Punjab may be divided
I five natural divisions. The Himalayan States.
'<
includes an area of 22,000 square miles,
i a scanty population living scattered in
The Indian States of the Punjab were formerly
in the Political charge of the Punjab Govern-
i mountain hamlets. The Salt Range
' includes the districts of Attock, Rawal-
ment. In 1921, however, the thirteen most
II and Jhelum and part of Shahpur district.
important States, including Patiala, Bahawalpur,
Physical configuration is broken and con- Jind and Nabha, were formed into a separate
" Punjab States Agency " under th? control
i;l and the mountainous tracts of Murree
of the Agent to the Governor- General, Punjab
lKahuta approximate closely in character-
States. The only States remaining in the charge
ti to the Himalayan tract. Except in the
1 the rainfall leaves little margin
of the Punjab Government are the Simla
for protec-
ts
against distress in unfavourable seasons Hill States, for which the Deputy Commissioner
irrigation is almost unknown.
of Simla is Political Officer, and three small
1 Skirting
|'ase of the hills and including the low range
States in the Ambala Division, Kalsia, Pataudi
ie Siwaliks, runs the narrow sub-montane and Dujana, which are supervised by the
a. This tract, secure in an ample rainfall, Commissioner of Ambala.
1 traversed by streams from the hills, corn-
is some of the most fertile and thickly popu- The People.
t portions of the province. Its popula- Of the population roughly one-half is Maho-
> of over four millions is almost medan. three-eighths Hindu and one-eighth
mltural and pastoral but it includes one Sikh. Socially the landed classes stand high,
r> town in Sialkot. Of the plains of the and of these the Jats, numbering nearly five
Ub, the eastern portion covers an area of millions, are the most important. Roughly
H 36,000 square miles with a population speaking, one-half the Jats are Mahomedan;
I
) millions. East of Lahore, the rainfall one-third Sikh and one-sixth Hindu. In dis-
erywhere so far sufficient that cultivation tribution they are ubiquitous and are equally
^ssible without irrigation in fairly favour-
divided between the five divisions of the province.
seasons, but over the greater part of the
Next in importance come the Rajputs, who
ithe margin is so slight that, except where
number over a million and a half. The ma-
Ition is employed, any material reduction
jority of them are Mahomedans by religion,
130 The Punjab.
about a fourth are Hindus and a very few of irrigation has led to a great expansion o:
Sikhs. They are widely distributed over the the wheat area. Next in importance to whea 1
province. Both Jats and Rajputs of the Pun- is gram. Other important staples are barley
jab provide many of the best recruits for the rice, millets, maize, oilseeds (rape, toria anc
Indian Army. In fact all the agricultural sesamum), cotton and sugarcane. In the cana
classes of the Punjab, except in the south- colonies large areas of American cotton an
#
western districts, made a magnificent response grown but in the cotton-growing districts th<
to the appeal for recruits in the great war and short staple indigenous varieties are predominant
the province's contribution of upwards of The country being preponderantly agricultural
400,000 men to the man power of the Empire a considerable proportion of the wealth of th
speaks for itself. The Gujars are an important people lies in live-stock. Large profits ar

agricultural and pastoral tribe, chiefly found derived from the cattle and dairy trades am
in the eastern half of the province and in the wool is a staple product in Kulu and Kangn
extreme north-west. In organisation they and throughout the plains generally. Th
closely resemble the Jats and are often absorbed production of hides and skins is also an importan
into that tribe. There are many minor agri- industry.
cultural tribes, priestly and religious castes
Industries.
(Brahmans, Sayads and Kureshis), most of
whom are landholders, the trading castes of The mineral wealth of the Punjab is smal
the Hindus (Khatris, Aroras and Banias), the rock salt, saltpetre and limestone for roa
trading castes of the Mahomedans (Khojas, building being the most important product
Parachas and Khakhas), and the numerous There are some small coal mines in the Jhelun
artisan and menial castes. There are also Shahpur and Mianwali districts. Gold washiri
vagrant and criminal tribes, and foreign ele- is carried on in most of the rivers not withoi
ments in the population are represented by the remunerative results. Iron and copper ores ai
Baluchis of Dera Ghazi Khan and neighbouring plentiful but the difficulty of carriage and tl
districts in the west, who number about absence of fuel have hitherto prevented smeltir
half a million and maintain their tribal on a large scale. The Punjab is not a larj
system; and the Pathans of the Attock and manufacturing province, the total number i
Mianwali districts. Pathans are also found factories being only 712 the majority of whi(
scattered all over the province engaged in horse- are cotton ginning and pressing factoric
dealing, labour and trade. A small Tibetan Blankets and woollen rugs are produced in cons
element is found in the Himalayan districts. derable quantities and the carpets of Amrits
are famous. Silk weaving is also carried on ar
Languages. the workers in gold, silver, brass, copper ai
earthenware are fairly numerous. Ivoi
The main language of the province is Pun- carving is carried on extensively at Amrits
jabi, which is spoken by more than half the the Patiala
and Leiah and also in Stal
population. Western Punjabi may be classed
language, sometimes called Mineral oil is being extracted and refined in tl
as a separate
Attock and Rawalpindi Districts and a ceme
Lahndi, and is spoken in the north and west.
factory is established at Wah near Hassanabdi
The next most important languages are West- There is also a match factory at Shahdara ai
ern Hindi, which includes Hindustani and
a factory for the hydrogenation and refining
Urdu (the polished language of the towns) oils at Lyallpur.
Western Pahari, which is spoken in the hill
tracts; and Rajasthani, the language of
Administration.
Rajputana. Baluchi, Pushto, Sindhi and
Tibeto-Burman languages are used by small Prior to the amendment of the Governme
sections of the population. of India Act in 1919 the head of the administi
tion was a Lieutenant-Governor, drawn frc
Agriculture. the ranks of the Indian Civil Service. Und
the amended Act the province was rais
Agriculture is the staple industry of the
to the status of a Governorship, with
province affording the main means of sub-
Executive Council and Ministers, the Govern<
sistence to 60-5 per cent, of the population. It being in charge of the Reserv
proprietors. in- Council
is essentially a country of peasant
m
British Subjects and the Governor with his Ministers
About one-sixth of the total area
Government property, the remain- the Transferred Subjects. The general syst(
districts is
of provincial administration under this
schei
ing five-sixths belonging to private owners, "Provincial Goyei
is sketched in the section
and a large part of the Government land is ments" (?. v.) where is also given a list of t
bo situated that it cannot be brought under
'
without extensive irrigation. Reserved and Transferred Subjects. Associat

cultivation
with the Governor and the Council and
Mimsti
Thus the Lower Chenab Canal irrigates an enlarged Legislative Council, with wi
1 939,000 acres of what was formerly waste is
given
4,18,000 powers, whose scope and authority are
land, the Lower Jhelum Canal,
the section * Legislative Councils
1 (q.v.), t
'
and the Lower Bari Doab Canal, provinc

acres,
acres to this total. On system being common to all the major
adds 1,005,000
Valley The business of Government is carried
account of the opening of the Sutlej through the usual Secretariat which
cons)
canals an area of about 1,244,000 acres
more
four Secretaries, designated (1) un
brought under cultivation. Large of
has been Finance, and (4) Transfer:
(2) Home,
the hills and elsewhere which
(3)
areas in
preserved as Departments, one Deputy Secretary, two Und
are unsuited to cultivation are Secretaries, and one Assistant Secretary,
in l
is about
forest lands, the total extent of which five Sec
miles. Of the crops grown, wheat Public Works Department, there are
6 000 square (Chief Engineers), one in the Buildings a
taries
is the most important and the development
The Punjab.
ds Brauch, one in the Hydro-Electric Branch traditional village community organisation, the
three in the Irrigation Branch, while elected committee or Panchayat possessing
Legal Remembrancer is also the Secretary certain powers in respect of taxation, local
overnment in the Legislative Department, option, civil and criminal justice, the abate-
head of the Police Department is Joint ment of nuisances and other matters. Most of
etary and of Education Department an the members of practically all local bodies are
er Secretary to Government. The Govern- now elected and elections are as a rule keenly
t winter in Lahore and the summer (from the contested.
lie of May to the middle of October) in
a. Under the Governor, the province is Police.
inistered by five Commissioners (for Am-
Jullunder,
The Police force is divided into District Police,
,
Lahore, Rawalpindi and Railway
an) who exercise general control over the Police and Criminal Investigation
Department. The combined force is under
ity Commissioners 29 in number
n in charge of a district.
is
each of the control of the Inspector- General, who is a
member of the gazetted force and has under
le principal heads of Department in him three Deputy Inspectors-General in charge
province are the two Financial Ccm- of ranges comprising several districts and a
ioners (who are the highest Court of fourth Deputy Inspector- General in charge oi
;nue jurisdiction, and heads of the the Criminal Investigation Department and of
rtments of Land and Separate Revenue the Finger Print Bureau at Phiilaur. There is
of Agriculture and the Court of Wards), a Police Training School at Phiilaur controlled
five Chief Engineers, the Inspector-General by a Principal of the rank of
Superintendent of
'olice, the Director of Public Instruction, Police. The Railway Police are under an
[nspector-General of Prisons, the Inspector- Assistant Inspector- General. The District
ial of Civil Hospitals, the Director of Public Police are controlled by Superintendents, each
th, the Chief Conservator of Forests, the of whom is in charge of a district and has
under
itors of Agriculture and Industries, the him one or more Assistant Superintendents
Jctor-General of Registration, the Registrar or Deputy Superintendents.
-operative Credit Societies and Joint Stock
>anies and the Legal Remembrancer. Education.
Justice.
The strides which have been made in the past
decade especially in the concluding years
e administration of justice is entrusted of the period, have brought the Punjab into
High Court, which is the final appellate line with the older and more forward provinces.
)rity to civil and criminal cases, and has The advance has not been confined to any one
rs of originalcriminal jurisdiction in cases form of education but is spread over all grades
e European British subjects are charged and varieties. In addition to institutions main-
serious offences and original civil juris- tained in all parts of the province by private
>n in special cases. The Court sits at enterprise, Government itself maintains fifteen
re and is composed of a Chief Justice and arts colleges (including one for Europeans and
Puisne Judges (either civilians or bar- two for women), three normal schools for
s), and seven temporary Additional Judges, males, fourteen training classes, and combined
ding the Inspecting Judge sanctioned each institutions for females,
one hundred and
'
for six months. Subordinate twenty secondary schools for boys and
the High Court are the District and girls and fifty centres for vocational training.
)ns Judges (25 in number) each of whom Apart from
these institutions for general
be civil and criminal jurisdiction in a civil education, Government maintains
six higher
session division comprising one or more grade professional institutions, viz., the Xing
lets. In districts in which the Frontier Edward Medical College and Veterinary
College
is Regulation is in force the Deputy at Lahore, the Agricultural College at Lyallpur,
nissioner on the finding of a Council of the Engineering College
at Moghalpura, the
s (Jirga) may pass sentence up to seven Central Training College. Lahore and the
imprisonment. Chelmsford Training College at Ghoragali, and
two schools, viz., the Medical School at Amritsar
Local Self -Government. and the Engineering School at Rasul. In
addition there are thirty -two technical and
:al Self-Government is secured in certain
industrial schools (thirty for males and two
hesofthe administration by the constitu-
for females) scattered over the province.
f District Boards, each exercising
authority
a district; of Municipal, Small Town, The Department of Education is in charge
rotified Area Committees each exercising of the Minister for Education who is assisted in
>rity over an urban area, and of Pancha- the work of administration by the Director
each exercising authority over ft revenue of Public Instruction.
! or a compact group of revenue estates,
unds of District Boards are derived from Medical.
on the land revenue of the district supple- The Medical Department iscontrolled by the
5d by Government grants, profession Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals, who is
and miscellaneous fees, and those of an o nicer of the Indian Medical Service holding
apal, Small Town, and Notified Area the rank of Colonel. He is assisted by an officer
littees from octroi or terminal tax and designated the Assistant Inspector-General of
forms of taxation from Government grants Civil Hospitals, who is at present an officer of
rom rents and miscellaneous fees. The the Indian Medical Department of the rank of a
layat syatem is an attempt to revive the i
Civil Surgeon.
..
132 The Punjab,

It-
Education Bureau, to which is

(3) An
Public Health.
attached a photographer and a draftsman.
Health controlled J|
of a f ullj.
Public A Chemical Laboratory in charge
is
The Department of (4)
chemist whose duties comprise
work-
by the Director of Public Health who has, trained
ing under him, three Assistant Rectors of
chemical analysis of water samples and toot]
Officers of
Public Health, 34 District Medical stuffs.
Sanitary
Health, and twenty-eight District
Inspectors. In addition there is a
temporary (5) A Public Health Equipment Depoj
Institutions, log
Officers And which supplies Government
staff of 10 Sub- Assistant Health vac*
15 Sanitary Inspectors for assistance
com- bodies, etc., m
with reliable disinfectants,
sera, etc.
bating epidemic diseases. The ancillary services
comprise (6) A Public Health School, the staff of wig
is responsible for the training
of health yisitoM
Vaccine Institute which is in charge
A The Principal, who is also Inspectress X\
(1)
of the Assistant Director of Public Health,
Health Centres, supervises the maternity
Punjab (Technical) Vaccination, assisted by a child welfare work throughout the province^

Superintendent and which prepares sufficient
vaccine lymph to meet the needs not
only In matters connected with sanitary
workM
of the Punjab, but of the Army
m
Northern Director of Public Health works close toms m
Superintending Engineer PuWi
India and of several provinces and Indian States with the tecn
in and beyond the confines of India. Health Circle, Punjab, who acts as
adviser of the Public Health Department
An epidemiological bureau, which is in engineering matters. This officer and L

Government Director of Public Health are also the tecniM
(2)
charge of the Epidemiologist to Sanitary Board whose duty J
bacteriological advisers of the
where, in addition to routine
examination, research work in matters bearing is to
examine and report upon sanitary scneiW
carried out. put forward by local bodies.
upon public health problems is
Budget
Heads of account. Estimate, Heads of account.
1934-35.
(In thoui
revenue Receipts. (In thousands J
ofRu
of Rupees.)
I
Principal Heads of Revenue,

XIVIrrigationWorks for j
which no capital ac-

1 1Taxes on Income(gross) counts are kept.
j
V Land Revenue .
Total ..I
Deduct Revenue credit-
ed to Irrigation. Debt Services.
Total Land Revenue .
XVIInterest
VI Excise Civil Administration.
VII Stamps XVIIAdministration of Justice

VIIIForests XVIIIJails and Convict Settle-
ments.
IXRegistration XIX Police
Total
XXVI Miscellaneous
.
Depart-:
ments.
Irrigation.
Total
XIIIIrrigationWorks for
which capital accounts
Beneficent Departments.
are kept
Direct Receipts 4,3-1,49 XXI Education
Indirect credits (Land 1,82,57 XXIIMedical ..
Revenue due to Irriga-

tion).
X XIII Public Health
Gross amount .. 0,17,06 XXIV Agriculture

-1.83,77
DeductWorking Expenses. XXV Industries
Net Xin Irrigation) 4,33,:
Total
Receipts.
The Punjab. 133
Budget Budget
Heads of account. Estimate, Heads of Account. Estimate,
1934-35. 1934-35.
Buildings and Roads (In thousand* 5 (In thousands

of Rupees. ) of Rupees).
Depreciation Reserve Fund fo
XX Civil Works 15,32 Government Presses 54
X-A Hydro Electric 12,09 Bevehue Reserve Fund .
Deduct Working Expenses. -

6,99 Central Road Fund 5,50
Set XX X-A Hydro Electric 5,10 Miscellaneous Government

scheme. 2 64
Research Fund 1,54
Total . 20,42
Total 23,09
Miscellaneous .
Total Provincial receipts. 12,16,74
XII Transfers from Insu-
Opening Balance
rance Fund. 90,99
Grand Total . 13,07,73
XIII Receipts in aid of Su- 1,18
perannuation. Expenditure Charged to
Revenue.
XIVStationery and Printing 2,62 Direct demands on the Revenue.
fXVMiscellaneous 18,80 5 Land Revenue 37,29
Total .. 22,64 10,59
fibutions and Assignments 1,97

Central and Provincial
vernments. 8 Forests . * 22,67
CIX-A Miscellaneous adjust- 9 Registration

\(T '*79
ments between the Cen- )
tral and Provincial Gov-
ernments. Total 73,31
L Transfers from the Rev- Irrigation Revenue Account,

le Reserve Fund
14 Works for which capital 1,37,70
Total Revenue Receipts 10,66,38 accounts are kept (Interest
on debt.)
Extraordinary Items.
15-Miscellaneous Irrigation Ex- 9,26
-Extraordinary Receipts .. 25,02 penditure.
Total Revenue 10,91,40 Total . 1,46,96
nee from Provl. Loans Fund. 75,00 Debt Services.
s and Advances by Provin- 19 Interest on Ordinary Debt 32,63

cial Governments.
2 1~~ Reduction or Avoidance of 11,00
series of loans and advances. 27,25 Debt.
>eposits and Advances. Total 20,75

le Relief Fund 1 00 Civil Adwiinistration
jpriations
idance of
for
debt
reduction or 22 General Administration (Re- 1,05,25
:
served);
sing
oans
Fund for Provincial 22 General Admin i s t r a t io d 1,89
2 67 (Transferred)
er appropriations 9,20 24 Administration of Justice . 51,40

. .
The Punjab.
Budget Budget
Estimate, Heads of Account. Estimate
Heads of Account. 1934-35.
9
1934-35.
<j In thousandt
n thousands
of Rupees.)
of icupees.) -
ZDJ 9.118 nDQ vODVltlOCltlcuicuvk,' 30,45 31 - A Miscellaneous Central

adjustments
and
between the
1,22,70 Provincial Governments.
Departments 1,58 Total

37Miscellaneous
(Reserved).
Extraordinary Items.
37 Miscellaneous
(Transferred).
uepdi tmcuio 24
52Extraordinary charges
Total 3,13,51 62-1Transfers to Revenue Re-
Beneficent Departments.
Total Revenue Expenditure 10,15/6:
Departments 23 charged to Revenue.

30 Scientific
31 Education (Reserved) 5,85 Capital expenditure
Charged to Revenue
1,52,24
31Education (Transferred) 8 -A Forests
8
32Medical 44,91 16 Irrigation Works
11,18 3 5- AIndustrial Development
46,73 41- A Civil Works 8,2
Scheme ....
12,82 41-BHydro Electric .
2,74,04 45-A Commutation of Pensions.

Total
Total Capital Expenditure 9,6
Buildings and Roads.
charged to Revenue.
Reserved 1,21
U Civil 7_i
.
Works
-i j
{ Trans ferred 94,23 Total Expenditure
to Revenue.
charged 10,25, 4
31,02
4 1 .C_Civil Works, Hydro Electric Capital Expenditure not charged
SchemeInterest on Capital to Revenue.
Outlay. ,
1
Total 1,26,46
52-AForest Capital Expenditure
Miscellaneous. 28,
55 Construction of Irrigation
2,00 Navigation Embankment
and Drainage Works.
56- CIndustrial Development
45 Superannuation Allowances 65,03
Capital Expenditure.
and Pensions.
9,39 58 Hydro
Electric Scheme 5 84,
46Stationery and Printing (Re-
Capital Expenditure.
served).
60 _Civil Works Capital Expen
66 diture.
46 Stationery and Printing Commuter 1 9,
(Transferred).
60 B -Payment of
value of Pensions Capita 1
47 Miscellaneous (Reserved) 7,27 Expenditure.
1,22
17,74 Total Capital Expenditur e
47 Miscellaneous (Transferred). not charged to Revenue.
Total 1,02,08
Loans raised in the Market :
.
51- per cent. Punjab Bonds,193

7
Contributions and Assignments 194 8
4 ,
51 Contribution to the Centreil Total
Government.
The Punjab. 135
Budget Budget
j
Heads of Account. Estimate, Heads of account. Estimate,
1934-35. .
1934-35.
(In thousands (In thousands

of Rupees.) of Rupees.)
ances
>ans
from Provincial
Funds (Repayments).
9,20 Appropriation for reduction
avoidance of Debts :
or
Sinking Fund for Provincial 2,69

is and Advances by Provin- Loans.
il Governments : Suspense
Depreciation Reserve Fund for 73
>ans and Advances (Reserved). 7,96 Govt. Presses.
Revenue Reserve Fund
(Transferred) 3,07 Central Road Fund 6,23
Government Accounts*.
Research Fund 1,54
Total 11,19
Total 11,03
Total Provincial Disbursements 11,82,04
Closing Balance 1,25,69

Dsits and Advances :
*i,mine Relief Fund Grand Total 13,07,73
Administration. Miscellaneous Departments.

irnor, H. E. Sir Herbert William Emerson, Director of Agriculture, H. R. Stewart, I.A.S.
!CS.I., C.I.E., C.B.E., i.c.s. Director of Land Records and Inspector General of
Personal Staff. Registration, K. S. Malik Abdul Haq, B. A.
Director of Public Instruction, R. Sanderson,
iate Secretary, Major R, T. Lawrence, M.C., M.A.
,|3dson's Horse.
Police, J. M. Ewart, CLE.
ts-de-Camp: Lieut. the Hon'ble
Inspector General
W. Chief Conservatorofof Forests, R. N. Parker,
wards, 15th Kings Hussars Lieut. L. P. Le-
il ;
I.F.S.
larchand, 5th Royal Ghurkha Bifles (f.f.)
Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals, Colonel
ran Aides-de-Camp:
Hony. Lieut. Sansar C. H. Reinhold, m.c, f.r.c.s.e., i.m.s.
land, Bahadur, i.D.s.M. late 12th F. F. Director of Public Health, Khan Bahadur, Dr.
3giment; Subedar Sirajuddin, late 12th F. F. K. A. Rahman, o.b.e.
bgiment Hony. Captain Sardar Bahadur Inspector -General
;
of Prisons, Lt.-Col. F. A.
jianda Sing, i.o.M.
Barker, o.b.e., i.m.s.
Members of Council. Accountant-General, J. G. Bhandari, M.A.
I
Hon'ble Captain Khan Bahadur Sardar Postmaster-General, Major A. Angelo, o.b.e.
f
Sikander Hyat-Khan, k.b.e. (Revenue), Lieutenant-Governors of the Punjab.
t Hon'ble Mr. D. J. Boyd, CLE., i.c.s. Sir John Lawrence, Bart., 1856
g.c.b..
linance).
Sir Robert Montgomery, k.c.b . . . . 1859
Ministers. Donald Friell McLeod, C.b 1865
Hon'ble Sardar Sir Jogendra Singh,
I
Major- General Sir Henry
Durand, 1870
inister for Agriculture.
K.C.S.I., C.B., died at Tonk, January
t Hon'ble
Dr. Gokul Chand Narang, m.a.,
1871.
Minister for Local Self-Government.
D.,
R. H. Davies, C.S.I. 1871
Hon'ble Malik Sir Firoz Khan Noon, 1877
R. E. Egerton, C.S.I
!
inister for Education.

Sir Charles U. Aitchison, k.c.s.i., C.i.e.. . 1882
j
Civil Secretariat. James Broadwood Lyal . 1887
. . . . .
.'/ Secretary, C. C. Garbett, C.M.G., C.I.E.,
Sir Dennis Fitzpatrick, k.c.s.i 1892
io.s., I.C.S.
William Macworth Yound, C.S.I 1897
\e Secretary, J. W. Hearn, i.c.s.
Sir C. M. Rivaz, k.c.s.i 1902
Uncial Secretary, C. M. G. Ogilvie c.b.e. Sir D. C. J. Ibbetson, K.C.S.I., resigned 1907
22nd January 1908.
tary, Transferred Departments, P. Marsden, T. G. Walker, C.S.I. (Offg.) . . . . 1907
.S.
Sir Louis W. Dane, K.C.I. E., o.S-i 1908
Public Works Department. James McCrone Douie, (Offg.) . . . . 1911
Irrigation Branch, Sir M. F. O'Dwycr, K.C.S.I. . . . . 1913
rtary, (Southern Canals), F. J. Waller. Sir Edward Maclagan, K.C.I.E., c.S.l. . . 1919
itary, (Northern Canals), A. Murphy, o.B.e. Governors of the Punjab.
etary, (Construction), J. D. H. Bedford. Sir Edward Maclagan, k. CLE,, c.S.l. .. 1920
Buildings and Roads Branch, Sir Malcolm Hailey, k.c.s.i., c.i.e. . . 1924
ztary, D. Macfarlane. Sir Geoffrey de Montmorency, G.C.I.E., 1928
mcial Commissioners, A. Latifi, C.I.E., K.C.S.I., K.C.V.G,, C.B.E.
b.e., i.c.s. (Revenue), J. A. Ferguson, o.b.e., Sir Herbert William Emerson, K.c.s.i., 1933
\S. (Development,) C I.E., C.B.E. r I.C.S.
J - .
Punjub Legislative Council.
PUNJAB LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

Shahab-ud-Din, Kt., K.B., Kangra-cam-Gurdaspur (Muhammadan
The Hon'ble Chaudhri, Sir
Rural.- President.
members and Ministers.
Fx-Offleio.
Revenue Member to Governmeu
The Kon'ble Captain Sirdar Sir Sikander Hyat Khan, k.b.e.,
Finance Member to Government, Punjab

Th^WnVhleMr D T Bovd c I e., I.C.S.,
for Local Self-Governme

Dr^r" Chand Narang, Kt.,
Non-Muhammadan), Urban.
1
M.A., Ph. D Minister
(North- West Towns
Nominated.
Officials.
Secretary to Government, Legislative I
Anderson, Mr. J. D., I A, Legal Remembrancer and
Fereus^Mr J. A., o.b.e., i.O.B.., Financial Commissioner,
IfzS Habi, Khan Saheb Shaikh, Directorto Government.
TTp.irn Alv T W tcs
Kftp Home Secretary
i OS.
t
B
Transferred
Secretary to Government,
^J^ ^ Development.
Departments.
rS Mr A
StmnMrT c I E o B E. i.o.s Financial
ma
,
Commissioner, Revenue.
Hi rector of Public.Instruction.
Ghani, Mr. M. A. .. -~
,
Sardar,

Representaive of Labouring 9 lj} sse
Representative of the Punjab Officer.,
^
.Tanmeja Singh, Captain, Sardar Bahadur Soldiers of His Majesty's Indian
Forces.-
O.B.I. , Representative of General Interests.
Labh Chand Mehra, Lala
Maya Das, Mr. Ernest, b.a.
Mushtaq Ahmad, Gurmani, Khan
nnf1
Banadur,
*'
<

^ Representative of Indian Christians.
Representative of General Interests.
Mian. Representative of General Interests.
K.C.I.E.
Rahim Bakhsh Maulvi Sir
, , ,
Representative of the European and Ai
Roberts, Prof W.C.I. E.
.
Indian Communities.
Representative of tbe European and Ai
Shave, Dr. (Mrs.) M. C. . .
Indian Communities.
Bahadur Sardar Representative of General Interests.
Sheo Narain Singh, Sardar
ci.e. Elected.
Constituency.
Name of Member.
West Punjab Towns (Muhammadan), Urb

Abdul Ghani Shaikh ..

(Muhammadan) Landholders
Ahmad Yar Khan, Daultana, Khan Bahadui
,
Mian. Ferozepore (Muhammadan), Rural.

Akbar Ali, Pir, b.a., ll.b. Ambala Division, North-East
piuhamma
Allah Dad Khan, Chaudhri, B.A.
Ho^liiarpur and Kangra (Sikh)
b.a., ll.b. .. Rura
Arjan Singh, Sardar, Dera Ghazi Khan (Muhammadan),
Rural
Bahadur Khan, Sardar, m.b.e. ..
Gurgaon (Non-Muhammadan),
. .
Captain, Rao, o.b.e.

Balbir Singh, Rao Bahadur Lahore City (Non-Muhammadan), Urban.
Bansi Lai, Chaudhri Jullundur-cum-Ludhiana (Non-Muhamm*
Bhagat Ram, Lala

Sia^kct-^m-Gurdaspur (Sggjj^^vJ
(Sikh),
Bishan Singh, Sardar .,
B.A., ll.b Multan Divisipn aud Sheikhupura

-
Buta Singh, Sardar Bahadur Sardar, West Punjab Towns (Non-Muhamn*

Chetan Anand, Lala, B.A., ll.b
South-East Rohtak (Non-Mnhammi
Chaudhri, B.A.
Chbotu Ram, Rao Bahadur
Hbsar^Non-Muhammadan), Rural.
*
LL.B.
Chowdhrv, Mr. Sajan Kumar _
Amritsar (Muhammadan), Rural

Urban.
Gujrat East (Muhammada n),
Punjab Legislative Council. 137
Name of Member. Constituency.
pal Das, ttai Sahib Lala Lahore and Ferozepore-cwm-Sheikhupura (Non-

Muhammadan), Rural.
irbachan Singh, Sardar Sahib Sardar. Jullundur (Sikh), Rural.
bib bllali, Khan Bahadur, Sardar .
1
Lahore (Muhammadan), Rural.
ibat Khan Daha, Khan Multan East (Muhammadan), Rural.
zal Haq, Chaudhri H PUr * C%m " L u d h 1 a n a (Muhammadan)
Rural
.ylev Khan Kharal, Rai Lyallpur North (Muhammadan), Rural.
.i<want Singh, Guru Eerozepore (Sikh), Rural.
.wahar Singh Dhillon, Sardar, B.Sc. (Agri.) Lahore (Sikh), Rural.
Wales), M.S.P. (London),
hti Prasad, Lala, b.a., ll.b. South-East Towns (Non-Muhammadan), Urban.
:sar Singh, Rai Sahib Chaudhri Amritsar-cwm-Gurdaspur (Non-Muhammadan)
Jvurab
;bh Singh, Mr., M.A., ll.b. (Cantab.) .. Rawalpindi Division and Lahore Division North,
(Non-Muhammad an), Rural.
jlak, Mr. Muhammad Din Lahore City (Muhammadan), Urban.
]mraj Singh Chohan, Kan war, b.a., ll.b. Am hula-cum- Simla (Non-Muhammadan) Rural.
jnohar Lai, Mr., m.a. Punjab University.
/her Ali Azhar, Maulvi, b.a., ll.b., East & West Central Towns (Muhammadan),
Urban.
khvati, Shrinathi North-East Towns (Non-Muhammadan), Urban.
]ban Singh, Sardar Bahadur Sardar . . . ndl I)ivision and Gujranwala (Sikh),
Rurai
Ihindar Singh, Sardar Ludhiana (Sikh), Rural.
harak Ali Shah, Sayad . . . . . . Jhang (Muhammadan), Rural.
Ihammad Abdul Rahman Khan, Chaudhri*. Jullundur (Muhammadan), Rural.
Ihammad Amin Khan, Khan Bahadur, Malik, Attock (Muhammadan), Rural.
'.B.E.
Ihammad Eusoof, Khwaja South-East Town (Muhammadan), Urban.
3,hammad Hayat, Qureshi, Khan Bahadur Shahpur West (Muhammadan), Rural.
Jawab Mian, c.i.e.
Miammad Hasan, Khan Sahib, Makhdum, Muzaffargarh (Muhammadan), Rural.
haikh.
Jhammad Jamal Khan Leghari, Khan Baha- Baluch Tumandars (Landholders).
ur, Nawab. *
tammad Raza Shall Gilani, Makhdumzada Multan West (Muhammadan), Rural.

I kammad Sadiq, Shaikh Amritsar City (Muhammadan), Urban.
'
lammad Sarfaraz Ali Khan, Raja . . Jhelum (Muhammadan), Rural.
mmmad Yasin Khan, Chaudhri, b.a., ll.b. Gurgaon-c?m-Hissar (Muhammadan), Rural.
^<and Lai Puri, Mr., m.a. Punjab Industries.
Icerji, Rai Bahadur Mr. P. , .
*
Punjab Chamber of Commerce and Trades
Association Commerce.
âffar Khan, Khan Bahadur Captain Malik Mianwali (Muhammadan), Rural.
>endra Nath, Diwan Bahadur Raja, M A ' Punjab Landholders (General).
hwa Singh, Chaudhri .. .. Karnal (Non-Muhammadan), Rural.
lal Chand Aggarwal, Lala East and West Central Towns (Non-Muham-
madan), Urban.
Vr Ahmed Khan, Khan Sahib Mian Montgomary (Muhammadan), Rural.
Khan, Khan Sahib, Risaldar Bahadur Rawalpindi (Muhammadan), Rural.
Mian, n. (Join. (London), r 11 e s
Dill, Lyallpur South (Muhammadan), Rural.
Icham Chand, Thakur . .
Kanma (Non-Muhammadan), Rural.
Idit, Mr. Nanak Chand, M.A. . Hoshiarpur (Non-Muhammadan), Rural.
M Singh, Honorary Lieutenant SardaY, Amritsar (Sikh), Rural.
tyji Das, Lala Amritsar City (Non-Muhammadan), Urban.
Marup, Chaudhri North- West Rohtak (Non-Mulmmifladab), Rural.
[|l Blngh, 2nd-Lieut-Sardar Sahib Sardar !
'.
Ambala Division (Sikh), Rural.

a1 Ali. Khan Sahib Chaudhri, h.a., ll 1; Gujranwala (Muhammadan). Rural.
puran Sirmh, Sardar . .
Lyallpur (Sikh), Rural.
Jtk Ram, Rai Bahadur, Lala
Multan Division (Non-Muhanimadan), Rural.
dl Singh, Sardar, Sahib Sardar,
m.a. Sikh (Urban).
Haj at, Chaudhuri
1
Gujiat West (Muhanunadan), Rural.

Khan, Chaudhri, b.a., ll.b.
ilia
Sialkot (Muhammadan), Rural.
ipnMehdi. Khan Bahadur Malik m.a Sheikhupura (Muhammadan), Rural.
Singh, Sardar Bahadur Sirdar, Bar-at-Law, Secretary, Legislative Council, Mcleod Road,
Almn .i Shujaa, Khan Sahib, b.a., Assistant Secretary, Legislative Council,
HI 3, Qutab Road,
.
I3
Burma.
In appearance the Burman is usual}
of Burmabetween Assam
lies somewhat short and thick set with Mongolia
The Province
on the North-
on the North-West and China Bengal on the
a*
features. His dress is most distinctive
East and between the Bay of exceedingly comfortable. It consists of a siJ
on the South- handkerchief bound round his forehead, a
West and South-West and Siam
loos
PaQt Tts area is approximately Zbi,uuu jacket on his body and a long skirt or longyi
tie
square miL^f which 192,000 are under round his waist, reaching to his ankles.
11
are unad most pleasing
direct BSi sh Administration, 7,000 Burmese women, perhaps the ty]
S Native States.
f eature of the country
The
semi-mdepen-
ministered and 62,000 belong to geographical
main
is the series of rivers
and
to Sonth Wlt h
of womanhood in the East, lead a
life, playing a large part in
free
nomy and in petty trading. Their dress

and
the household ec
somewhat similar to the men's minus the si

op<
mils runningfan-likefrom North and tuck

valleys in-between widening kerchief on the head, and the longyi is
fertile
flattening out as they
approach the De tta in at the side instead of being
tied frontm -
rainfall Produce well dressed and well groomed

Burmese la
Differences of elevation and
great^ variations in climate.
The coastal tracts would, for grace and neatness, challenge m
of Arakan and Tenasserim
have a ramf al of pari son with any woman in the
world.
than half that
about 200 inches, the Deltaless mon-
amount. The hot season is short and the tern- Communications. .
soon breaks early. The

maximum shade
a less extent
The Irrawaddy, and to 1
nerature is about 96, the

minimum about 60 .
rapidly Chindwin, afford great natural thorougnfa

North of the Delta the rainfall decreases At all seasons of the y
inches in the central dry zone.which hes to the country.
are
fo 30 these rivers, especially the Irrawaddy,
i
has a climate resembl-

in a "rain shadow" and temperature of sailing and steam craft. In
the Delta
2 that of Bihar. The maximum net-work or waterways is indeed Poetics
f twenty degrees higher than in the
compensated by gracing
wet zone,
cold season. the only means of communication,
fleet
irje ii
but thisis
the dry zone lie the waddyFlotilla Company, with a fine
To the north and east of The aver maiJ, cargo and ferry boats, gives the
s 5
Irrawaj
Kachin hills and the Shan plateau. and creeks a splendid n
is 3,000 teet and the Delta rivers
age elevation of this tableland Consequently it service.
with peaks rising to 9,000.
with a rainfall of The Burma Railways has a .length 1
enioys a temperate climate Its area is 2,055-61 miles open line.
about 70 inches on the average.
The principal
There is no other re-
are from Rangoon to Mandalay
from Mand,
over 50 000 sauare miles. ;
of'sTmilar area in the Indian Empire* bonjrel to Myitkyina, the most northern point m
gion mag and
colonization. The system; the Ran goon -Prome line;
Idapted for European
nificent rivers, the number of
hilly ranges (Jo Pegu-Martaban line, which serves Mouli
forests, all combine on the further bank of the Salween River.
mas-fand the abundance of
of Burma exceedingly
To make the scenery
Industry.
varied and picturesque.
of the
Agriculture is the chief industry
The People. fourths of
vince and supports nearly three-
census population. The nect total cropped
The total population ol Burma at the which nearly $ mi
of ^ 931 was 14;667,U6.
There were 9,092,211 is 16* million acres of
1,367 ',673 Karens acres are cropped more than once
BurmanZ 1,037,406 Shans, Chins, 534,985 gation works supply water to nearly 1 dm
153 34* Kach ins, 348,994
and teres. India is very largely depended
Arakanese and Yanbye, 336,728 Talaingsalien Burma for her supplies ot kerosene, be
also a large
138,7 4? Palaungs. There to ,
to rice in
and 1,017,8-5 and petrol which rank second exported in
-
romilat,ion of 193,594 Chinese

Anglo-Indian of importance. Teakwood is
Indfans while the European and
Indo-Burmans, quantities from Burma to India.
population numbered 30,441, and
Forests play an important P art in
tfa
182,166. forest re
dustriallife of the Province. .The
the popu- while unci
The Burmans, who form the bulk of and their cover some 34,722 square miles 1,^,854 s
group are estimated at about
lation belong to the Tibetan
to the Tibeto-Chinese family
They forests Government extracts some oO,7Z.
to^ge people, 80 per
miles.
firms, of who*
are essentially an agricultural of teak annually, private
the country being in Bombay Burma Trading Corporation and
cemt of the agriculture of
The Burmese and most of the
Brothers are the chief extract over 3, 20,m
fcheir hands.
,
hill tribTs also, profess

Buddhism, but Ani- Other timber extracted by licensees air
nature spirits, is almost firewood 9,83,132 torn
mism, or the worship of to 2,44,443 tons and
universal. The interest taken
by the Bur-
war,
_
their response Tin and wolfram are found chiefly i

mese in the course of the Districts. Wolfram ai
To the call for recruits
and their generous Tavoy and Mergui most mining ai
charitable funds are found together in
contributions to war loans and
I
the Tavoy, the proportion varying from
towards
seem to show that their apathy to an pure tin to almost pure wolfram. The
government of the country is giving way been an improvementi n the price of
tin.
rule.
intelligent loyalty to British
Burma. 139
was a fairly large improvement
'here figures. The artists have gone back to nature
;
the output of tin and wolfram during for their models, breaking away from the con-
year 1933, (2,943*62 tons) as compared ventionalized forms into which their silver
h the output of 1932 (2,511'58) Silver lead work had crystallized and the new figures
, zinc ore are extracted by the Burma Cor- display a vigour and life that make them by
ation at Bawdwin in the Northern Shan far the finest examples of art the province can
Ites. Copper in small quantities is also found produce.
re. There are small deposits of Molybdenite
Tavoy and Mergui and of plantinum in Administration.
ttkyina. Mining for precious stones in the Burma, which was at that time administered
;ok stone tract of the Katha District con- as a Lieutenant-Governorship, was deliberately
ied to be carried out by native miners excluded from the operation of the Reform Act
king under licenses. The output of rubbies of 1919. It was felt that the Province differed
iing 1933 was 1,106 carats as compared so markedly from the other Provinces in the
h 74.66 carats during 1931, there being no Indian Empire that its requirements should be
ghts recorded in the year 1932. The output separately considered. After repeated discus-
amber in 1933 was .675 cwt. The output sions the question was referred to a special
Burmese Jadeite during 1933 compared Burma Reforms Committee, which in 1922 re-
h that of the previous year showed a decrease commended that all the essential provisions
.855 cwts. The and largest oil field in
oldest Reform Act should be applied to the Pro-
of the
I
province is at Yenangyaung in the Magwe vince. This recommendation was accepted and
trict where the Burma Oil Company has its its became law. Under this Act
proposals
^f wells. were increases in the output
There Burma became a Governor's Province, with
the wells in the Yenangyaung Oilfield
II an executive council and ministers, and
in the Pakokku District due to increased conforms to the provinces recreated under
ling operations in these operation in these the Act of 1919 (q.v.). The main difference
us. There were decreases in the output in the is in the size of the electorate. Under the fran-
Jink Oilfield and in the Minbu and Thayetmyo chise accepted, the rural electorate is estimated
jtricts due to the natural decline in the pro- at 1,979,450 and the urban electorate has been
tion of oil from existing wells. There was also put as high as 99,882, The Legislative Council
ecreaseinthe output in the Chindwin District consists of 103 members, of which 80 are elected
! to the curtailment of the activities of and the balance nominated. Owing to the spe-
>srs. The Indo -Burma Petroleum Company, cial status of women in Burma, female franchise
The output of petroleum during
lited. was adopted from the beginning.
exceeded that of 1932 by 1,430,603 gallons
3 Burma is divided administratively into Upper
increase being mainly from wells in the Burma (including the Shan States, the Kachin
tokku District and the Yenangyaung Oil- and Chin Hills) and Lower Burma. The
i of the Magwe District. The Burma Shan States are administered by the Chiefs
Company take their oil to the refineries at of the States, subject to the supervision of the
igoon by pipe line from the Yenangyaung Commissioner, Federated Shan States, who is
Singu Oilfields. Other companies take it
1 also Superintendent for the Southern Shan
Ira by river flats. The area under rubber is States, and the Superintendent of the Northern
I| ,490 acres. Shan States. The Northern and Southern Shan
States were formed into a Federation on the
Manufactures, 1st October 1922, and are designated the F. S.
j'here are 1,010 factories, more than half States. The other Shan States in Burma are
ejvhich are engaged in milling rice and nearly subject to the supervision of the Commis-
a -seventh are sawmills. The remainder are, sioner, Sagaing Division. The Civil, Crimi-
Epfly engineering works, cotton ginning mills,
nal and Revenue administration is vested
[jmills for the extraction of oil from groundnuts,
in the Chief of the Scate, subject to the re-
Citing presses, ice and aerated water factories, strictions contained in the sanad. The law ad-
I oil refineries connected with the petroleum ministered is the customary law of the State.
tjustry. The total number of persons em- Under the Governor are eight Commissioners
Dyed in establishments under the Indian of divisions, three in Upper, four in Lower
J:tories Act in 1933 was 86,433. Perennial Burma, and one in the Federated Shan States.
fltories employed 39,938 and seasonal factories
3*95. At the Census of 1931, 1,850,176 or Justice.
ij79 per cent, of the total population were The administration of Civil and Criminal
f(;aged outside agriculture and production. Justice is under the control of the High Court
Hds is the case in other parts of the Indian of .Judicature at Rangoon, which consists of a
lipire, the imported and factory made article Chief Justice and ten other permanent Judges.
(rapidly ousting the home-made and indigen- The Superior Judicial Service consists of District
li. But at Amarapura in the Mandalay and Sessions Judges there are also separate
;
Strict a revival has taken place of hand silk- Provincial and Subordinate Judicial Services.
fcivlng. Burmese wood-carving is still famous All village headmen have limited magisterial
^1 many artists in silver still remain, the finish powers and a considerable number are also in-
Cwhose work is sometimes very fine. Bassein vested with civil jurisdiction to a limited extent.
1 Mandalay parasols are well known and In pursuance of the policy of decentraliza-
eh admired in Burma. But perhaps the tion steps were taken in 1917 to restore to the
st famous of all hand-made and indigenous village headmen the power and influence which
ustries is the lacquer work of Pagan with its they possessed in Burmese times before the
icate patterns in black, green, and yellow centralizing tendencies of British rule made them
ced on a ground-work of red lacquer over practically subordinate officers of the administra-
nboo. A new art is the making of bronze tion.
140
Burma.
Karens and Chins. The experiment of recruit
Public Works. Burmese on a small scale has been successful
ing
The PWD. comprises two Branches, viz., The organisation is military, the force beinf.
the B. & R. Branch and the Irrigation Branch. divided into battalions. The object of the forc<
The B & R. Branch of this Department which to supplement the regular troops in
Burma
administered work
isunder 'the Ministry of Forests is Their duties, apart from their military
a Personal are to provide escorts for specie, prisoners, etc,
by one Chief Engineer. There is also
There are four and guards for Treasuries, Jails and Court*
Assistant to the Chief Engineer..
permanent Superintending Engineers m
charge
stationed at Rangoon
Education. .
of Circles, two of which are Superin- Under the Minister for Education there is tni
and two' at Maymyo. One post ofto be m Director of Public Instruction with an Assistan
tending Engineer has contmued These Director, both belonging to
the Indian Educa
abeyance for reasons of retrenchment. tional Service. There are eight Inspectors fl
rank.
are officers of the administrative drawn from the Indian Educational Sei
Executive Schools
Those of the executive rank are the Engineers vice, and the Burma Educational Service (class ]
Engineers and Assistant Executive while the Burma Educational Service (class II
including 1 he
whS number 25 (twenty five)
provides seven Assistant Inspectors, ihere
1
Engineer, on the Iraimm

Personal Assistant to the Chief Engineers. one Asstt. Inspector of School Physical
cadre of the Indian Service of
appointed on a Temporary basis. There is ate
Besides this there is also the Burma

Engineering There is a Chh
for
one Inspectress ot Schools.
constituted
Service (Class I) which has been Education Officer for the Federated Shan State
the Indian residential Un
the purpose of gradually replacing A centralized, teaching and
Service of Engineers in the B. & B, Branch so ;
versity for Burma, has been established
m Rai
been made to the
far 18 appointments have service
goon It now provides courses in Arts, Scienc
latter service. There are 16 officers in
Law, Education, Economics, Engmeera
at officers
and Medicine. , . L'
Eu?ther: there are the following
who are English and A. V. Schools are controlled by %t
belonging to the specialist services Education Dept. A remarkaDle feature of ed
stationed at Rangoon cation in Burma is the system of
,
eleinenta
by gem
(1) One Superintending Engineer, Public education evolved, generations ago, the
has a mo
Health Circle. of the people. Nearly every village
Two Sanitary Engineers. asterv (hpoongyi-kyaung); every monastery it
(2)
One Electrical Inspector. village school and every Burman
boy must,
(3)
attend that scho<
(4) Two Electrical Engineers. accordance with his religion,
shaving his head and for the time wearing
t
(5) One Consulting Architect.
the bo
(6) One Superintendent of Stores veilow robe. At the hpoongyi-kyaungs
of Stores. an elem;
(7) One Assistant Superintendent are taught reading and writing and
The Irrigation Branch of the P. W D which
tarv native system of arithmetic. The
result
is under the control of the Hon

ble Finance
that there are very few boys in
Burma w
Member; is administered by the Chief Engineer, are not able to read and write. Vernacu
P WD Burma Irrigation Branch, who is assist-
two perma-
education is in the hands of Local
Edueatioi
ed by aPersonal Asstt. There are aU eS
nent Superintending Engineers m
charge of
Among special institutions, the Governn*
circles, one of whom is
stationed at Rangoon Technical Institute, Insein, provides
com
and the other at Maymyo. These
are officers
in Mechanical, Civil and Electrical Engineer
Mandalay, com
of the Administrative rank. and the Agricultural College,
Those of the Executive rank are the Executive in Agriculture. The Mary Chapman Train
Engineers, who College for Teachers and School for the D
Engineers and Asst. Executive
in Rangoon and schools for the
Indian Service of blind,
number 18 on the cadre of the exists
the Burma Moulmein and Rangoon.
Engineers. Besides this there is also provi
Engineering service, which is a Provincial Service. liberal scheme of State Scholarships
A scholars to Eur
Expert. for the despatch of 6 to 12
Further, there is a River Training
due to the each
On account of reduction of works temporary
year. ,
Medical.
financial stringency the number of
Engineers recruited to augment the
perma- The control of the Medical Departmentt
Civil
vested in an Inspector-General of
nent staff has been reduced to one. Under him are 37 ivil Surge,
pitals.
Health,
Police. ^here are also a Director of Public
Civil, Assistant Directors of Public Health
the sen*
The Police Force is divided into:
Military and Rangoon Town
Police. The whom is also Director, Public Health Instit
Analyst (wJ
first two are under the control of the at which there is now a Public
purp
post is at present held in abeyance
Police the latter is f or
Inspector-General of
is also attache
under the orders of the Commissioner of of economy) and to which
There are also an Inspec
Police, Rangoon, an officer of the rank of Malaria Bureau.
Deputy Inspector-General. There are five the
other General of Prisons, three whole-time bup<
Deouty Inspectors-General, one each for tendents of Prisons, a Chemical Examiner
Northern, Southern and Western Ranges one Bacteriologist and a Superintendent ot
for the Railway and Criminal Investigation Mental Hospital. There is. also a post
Department, and one for the Military Police. Hygiene Publicity Officer, which for the pre
Burma the Military is held in abeyance.
A special feature of
are
is
deputed from the The Pasteur Institute was opened Kan m
Police. Its officers a member 01
The rank and are recruited in July 1915. The Director is
Indian Army. file
Kachins, Indian Medical Service.
from natives ot India with a few
Burma. 141
THE FINANCES OF BURMA.

the other Provinces of India, the financial arrangements between the
Gov-
I In common with consequence of the
nment of India and the Government of Burma underwent a remodelling in Province obtained
Witution of t he Province on the lines of the other Indian Provinces. The
The present position is set out in the following statement:
*
bstantial financial independence.
|eSTIMATED RECEIPTS FOR 1934-35. ESTIMATED DISBURSEMENTS EOR

I REVENUE RECEIPTS ORDINARY.
EX 8 N D ITU R S 7/ R GED
)
1
1 ( I
Us. (4) j.
TO REVENUE. Rs.
Ixes on Income 53,04,000
2,25,000 Land Revenue
lit .. 18,31,000
4,57,49,000 Excise
nid Revenue 1,09,000
79,57,000 Stamps
kcise 60.82,000
48,09,000 Forest
lamps 5,000
74,99,000 (a) Forest Capital Outlay
hrest 1,71,000
3,99,000 Registration
registration 1,000
10,61,000 Scheduled Taxes
Lheduled Taxes 27,09,000
with Ca Int. on wks. with cap Accounts.
[rtgation, etc., Works 2,45,000
35,55,000 Other Revenue Expenditure
Ital Accounts 3,80,000
Interest on Ordinary Debt
[rigation, etc., Wort (No
1,29,000 Interest on other Obligations
I tal Accounts)
4,98,000 Appropriation for reduction (
literest
7,68,000 avoidance of debt
Ldministration of Justice 1,01,44,000
7,99,000 General Administration
liils and Convict Settlements 58,65,000
9,82,000 Administration of Justice
lolice 27,99,000
2,38,000 Jails and Convict Setts.
lorts and Pilotage 1,54,69,000
5,63,000 Police
ducation 4,41,000
5,54,000 Ports and Pilotage
Medical 51,000
1,43,000 Scientific Departments
ublic Health 79,39,000
griculture 1,14,000 Education
10,000 Medical 40,63,000
idustries 9,21,000
[iscellaneous Departments 5,11,000 Public Health
10,70,000 Agriculture 16,85,000
ivil Works .
2,12,000
Superannuat 78,000 Industries
,eceipts in aid of
1,44,000 Miscellaneous Departments 3,19,000
tationery and Printing 86,46,000
[iscellaneous 18,05,000 CivilWorks
Famine 20,000
Total (a) 7,96,60,000 Suprn. Allwncs & Pensions 69,48,000
Commutation of Pension, etc.
Stationery and Printing 8,82,000
Miscellaneous 12,25,000
(b) REVENUE RECEIPTS. Extraordinary Charges . . .
._
EXTRAORDINARY. Total (a) . . 8,45,56,000
!
Extraordinary Receipts . . 5,000

(b) EXPENDITURE NOT
CHARGED TO REVENUE.
Tota (a) & (b) . . 7,96,65,000
Capital Outlay on Forests
Construction of Irrgn., etc., Works 31,66,000
(c) DEBT HEADS. Civil Works
Other Provincial Works
Appropriation for reduction or (b) Payment of Commuted value
of Pensions 2,31,000
i avoiding of debt
Depreciation Fund Govern- Payments to Retrenched Personnel 1,37,000
4 ment Presses 91,000 35,34,000
^Depreciation Fund Commer- Total (b)
Concerns
cial Total (a) & (b) 8,80,90,000
Loans and Advances by Provin-
>j cial Government 25,66,000 (c) DEBT HEADS.
IjCivil Deposits
iAdvances from Provincial Loans
8,40,000
Depr. Fund Commcl. concern .
I Fund 65,10,000 Depr. Fund Govt. Presses 34,700

Loans and Advances 14,67,600
Civil Deposits 39,700
Total (e) . 1,00,07,000
Total (a) (6) & (c) . 8,96,72,000 Fund
Total (c) . 15,42,00 0
Opening Balance . 65,000 Total (a) (b) & (c) 8,96,32,000
('losing Balance 1,05,000
Grand Total-.. 8,97,37,000
Grand Total 8,97,37.000
142
Administration.
Governor, H. E. Sir Hugh Lansdown Director of Public Health, Major E. Cotter, m.b.,
Stephenson, K.c.s.i., k.c.i.e. (on leave); d.p.h., s.m.s.
The Hon'ble Mr. Thomas Couper, (Offg.) Inspector-General of Prisons, Lt.-Col. J. Eindlay,
Private Secretary, Major Frederick William M.A., M.B., Ch.B., I.M.S.
Springett Watkins, The Scinde Horse. Commissioner of Excise, A. Williamson, i.c.s.
Aides-de-Camp, Lieutenant D. C. S. Sinclair, Financial Commissioner (Reserved Subjects),
2nd Battn. The Royal Berkshire Regiment I. G. Lloyd, i.c.s.
Lieutenant A. M. Hicks, 1st Battalion, The Postmaster-General, J. Fairley, B.sc.
Prince of Wales' Volunteers (South Lanca-
Chief Commissioners of Burma.
shire).
Honorary Aides-de-Camp, Lieutenant -Colon el Lieut.-Colonel A. P. Phayre, C.B. . . 1862
A. Lethbridge, c.b.e., la. Captain H. W. B. Colonel A. Fytche, C.S.l 1867
;
Livesay, o.b.e., r.i.n., Lieut.-Colonel R. D. Ardagh .. .. 1870

Indian Aides-de-Camp, Subadar-Major Lasang The Hon. Ashley Eden, c.s.i 1871
Gam, late of the 3-20th Burma Rifles ; Naib A. R.Thompson, c.s.i 1875
Commandant Atta Mohamed Khan, Khan C. U. Aitchison, c.s.i. .. .. ..1878
Bahadur, Reserve Battn., Burma Military C. E. Bernard, c.s.i. 1880
Police. C. H.T. Crosthwaite 1886
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. Sir C. E. Bernard, K.C.S.I. . . . . 188C
Vacant. C. H.T. Crosthwaite, c.s.i 1887
The Hon'ble Sir Maung Ba, K.S.M. A. P MacDonnell,
. c.s.i. (a) . . . . 1889
Alexander Mackenzie, C.S.I. .. .. 1390
Ministers.
The Hon. U Ba Pe. D. M. Smeaton 1892
The Hon. Dr. Ba Maw, Bar-at-Law. Sir F. W. R. Fryer, k.c.s.l - . . . . 1895
(a) Afterwards ( by creation ) Baron
Miscellaneous Appointments.
Director of Agriculture, A. McKerral, c.i.e., m.A.,
MacDonnell.
b.sc. Lieutenant-Governors of Burma.
Commissioner, Federated Shan States, Taunggyi Sir F. W. R. Fryer, k.c.s.i 1897
Southern Shan States, J. Clague, c.i.e., i.c.s.
Sir H. S. Barnes, K.C.S.L, k.C.V.o. . . 1903
Superintendent, Northern Shan States, F. S.
Sir H. T. White, k.c.i.e 1905
Grose.
Sir Harvey Adamson, Kt., K.C.S.L, ll.d. 1910
Director of Public Instruction, J. M. Symns, M.A.,
Sir Harcourt Butler, k.c.s.l, n.LE. .. 1915
I.E.S.
Inspector-General Police, Lt.-Col. C. de Sir Reginald Craddock, k.c.s.i. .. 1917
of
M. Wellborne, o.b.e., la. Governors of Burma.
Chief Conservator of Forests, S.F. Hopwood, M.c. Sir Harcourt Butler, G.c.i.E., k.c.s.i. .. 1922
Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals, Col. Sir Charles Innes, k.c.s.l, k.c.i.e., i.c.s. 1927
C. A. Gill, K.H.S., M.R.C.P.
(Eng.), d.t.m. &
(Lon.),
h. (Lon.), i.m.s.
D.p.H. Sir Hugh Lansdown Stephenson, K.C.S.L,
K.c.i.e
j
193f
SECRETARIES, DEPUTY SECRETARIES, UNDER-SECRETARIES, Etc.,

TO GOVERNMENT.
W. Booth-Gravely, c.i.e., i.c.s. Chief Secretary, Home and Political Department.
C. F. B. Pearce, i.c.s. Secretary, Finance Department.
R. M. MacDougall, I.C.S. Secretary, Education Department.
A. J. S. White, o.b.e., i.c.s. . Secretary, Revenue Department.
R. G. McDowan, c.i.e., i.c.s. Secretary, Reforms Office.
G. N. Martin, I.C.S. Secretary, Forest Department.
U. Saw Hla Pru (2), a.t.m. . Secretary, Judicial Department.
H. F. Oxbury, i.c.s Deputy Secretary, Finance Department.
P. G. E. Nash, i.c.s Under-Secretary, Home and Political Department.
G. E. E. Webster, I.C.S. Under-Secretary, Finance Department.
U Aung Than (1) Under-Secretary, Forest Department.
Rai Sahib S. B. Ghosh. Under-Secretary, Revenue Department.
U Aung Myiut Under-Secretary, Judicial Department.
U Tin (1), i.c.s. Under-Secretary, Education Department.
C. S. Sastri Assistant Secretary, Finance Department.
H. W. Boyne Assistant Secretary, Home and Political Department.
U Ba Tun Registrar, Home and Political and Judicial Departments,
X. Francis Registrar, Education Department.
IT Thin Registrar, Finance and Revenue Pepartment.
W. A. Curties Registrar, Forest Department,
FINANCIAL COMMISSIONER.
I.G. Lloyd, c.s.i., i.c.s. . , Financial Commissioner.
D. B. Petch, M.c, i.c.s. . . Secretary to Financial Commissioner.
B K. Biswas, B.sc. Registrar.
Burma Legislative Council. H3
BURMA LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL
President. L Choon Foung.
U Tun Aung.
Khao Hock Chuan.
e Hon'ble U. Chit Hlaing. R. K. Ghose.
B. N. Das.
Deputy President. Ganga Singh.
M. M. Rafi, Bar-at-Law.
w Pe Tha, Bar-at-Law. S. A. S. Tyabji.
Vacant.
Secretary. TillaMohamed Khan.
A. M. A.Kareem Ganni.
Ba Dun, Bar-at-Law. TJTun Baw.
Sra Shwe Ba, t.p.s.
Assistant Secretary. U Shwe Nyim.
Saw Pe Tha, Bar-at-Law.
. M. Elliot. Vacant.
TJ Ba Thein
Ex-Officio Members. U Shway Tha
TJ Pho Khine.
Officials. U Po Mya.
TJ So JSTyun, Bar-at-Law.
he Hon'ble Mr. Thomas Couper, C.6.I., i.e.! Ramri TJ Maung Maung.
TJ Thin Maung.
he Hon'ble U Ba k.s.m., b.a. 3
TJ Saw
Ministers.
TJ Kyaw Din, Bar-at-Law
Dr. Ba Yin.
he Hon. U Ba Pe. U Paw TJ.
he Hon. Dr. Ba Maw. TJ Sein Ba.

U Ba Tin.
Nominated Members. TJ Nyun.
TJ Kyaw Dun.
Officials. U Ba Saw.
TJ Tun Min.
TJPe Maung.
[arry Tomkinson, C.I.E., c.b.e., i.c.s. U Ba Thaung.
Walter Booth- Gravely, CLE., I.C.S. U Mya.
'hilip Christopher Eogarty, i.c.s.
The Hon'ble Maung Gyi, kr.
Sir J. A.
acant. Bar-at-Law.
'ajcant.
U Pu.
taibeart Maclntyre MacDougall, I.C.S.
U Tha Gyaw.
U Thi.
Hugh Payton,
Vilfrid I.C.S.
TJ Ni, Bar-at-Law.
Tugh Graham Wilkie, I.C.S.
TJ Ba Chaw
V. Miekerrat c.i.e.
TJ Po Thein.
Lionel Clifford Aliehin Gill, K.H.S., i.M.S.
TJ Kyi Myint, k.s.m.
it, R. Momi, i.c.s.
TJ Kya Gaing, Bar-at-Law.
I. C. Morris.
TJ Mya Tha Dun.
TJ Maung Gyee, Bar-at-Law.
Non-Officials. TJ Lu Pe.
TJSein Win.
\rthur Eggar, Bar-at-Law. Vacant.
John Arnold Cherry, CLE., Bar-at-Law. TJ Min Oh.
Lin, t.p.s., Land-owner.
U Po Khoo Lock Chwan.
Dr. N. N. Parakh, l.f.p. & l.m.s. (Glas.), L.s.A. TJ Maung Gyi (Letpadan)
(Lond.), Medical Practitioner. C. P. Khin Maung.
A. M. M. Vellayan Chettiar. TJ On Maung.
U Po Yin, k.s.m., Merchant. CJSan Lu.
B. P. Pillai. U Ba Tin.
B r jlowism. if Ba
J Ba Thaw.
I
Elected Members, Dr. Ba Maw, Bar-at-Law.

C. H. Campagnac, M.B.E., a r -a I -Law.
Sir Oscar de Glanvilc, Kt., .i.e., o.b.k., Bar-at*
0 San Shwe Bu.
TJ Kun, Bar-at-Law. %
Law.
K, T. Stoneham.
U Po Yin, A.T.M. (!. S. Wodehouse.
m Ba Shwe.
U Ba Glay.
U Maung Maung Gyi.
Chan Chor Khine.
V Ba Than. \v. Penn.
U Chit Hlaing, Bar-at-Law.
( !.
1
I >aw Hnin Ma. 0 Tun Pe.

U Ba Than. Khan Bahadur Ahnicd Chandoc
144
Bihar and Orissa.

Bihar arid Orissa ilea between 19-02" and Industries.*
27-30' N. latitude and between 82-31' and
88-26' E. longitude and includes the three pro- The principal industry is agriculture, Binary
vinces of Bihar, Orissa and Chota Nagpur, and more especially North Bihar, being the " Garde#
is bounded on the north by Nepal and the of India." Rice is the staple crop but tm'
Darjeeling district of Bengal : on the east by spring crops, wheat, barley, and the like are of
Bengal and the Bay of Bengal ; on the south by considerable importance. It is estimated thai]
the Bay of Bengal and Madras ; and on the west the normal area cultivated with rice is 15,094,00*1
by the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh and acres or about 48 per cent, of the cropped,
the Central Provinces. area of the Province. Wheat is grown on
1,221,800 acres, barley on 1,307,400 acrefl
The area of the territories which constitute maize or Indian-corn on 1,697,300 the;
the Governorship of Bihar and Orissa is 83,054 latter being an autumn crop. Oil-seeds affl
square miles inclusive of the area of large rivers. an important crop, the cultivation having beew
The States in Orissa and Chota Nagpur which estimated by the demand for them in Europfa
were included in the Province of Bihar & Orissa It is estimated that 1,820,800 acres of lan
have since the 1st April 1933 been transferred to are annually cropped with oil-seeds in the
the control of the Agent to the Governor-General, Province. There is irrigation in Shahabaoj
Eastern States and no longerform part of the Pro- Gaya, Patna and Champaran districts in Bihar
vince. Two of the provinces of the Governorship and in Balasore and Cuttack in Orissa. The;
of Bihar and Orissa, im'z., Bihar and Orissa, con- Indigo industry is steadily on the decline, the-
sist of great river valleys, the third, Chota total area sown having decreased from 342,0000
Nagpur, is a mountainous region which separates acres in 1896^ to 500 acres in 1933. The;
them from the Central Indian Plateau. Orissa principal cause of this was the discovery of the
embraces the rich deltas of the Mahanadi and possibilities of manufacturing synthetic or
the neighbouring rivers and is bounded by the chemically prepared indigo on a commercial';
Bay of Bengal on the south-east and walled in scale. Its place as a crop manufactured for,
on the north-west by the hilly country of the export has been largely taken by sugarcane, the
Tributary States. Bihar lies on the north of the cultivation of which has been considerable
Province and comprises the valley of the Ganges extended owing to the high prices given bjl
from the spot where it issues from the sugar factories. In the district of Purnea
territories of the Governor of the United Pro- and in Orissa, and parts of the Tirhut
vinces of Agra and Oudh till it enters Bengal Division jute is grown, but the acreage varied
near Rajmahal. Between Bihar and Orissa lies according to the price of jute. The last;
Chota Nagpur. Following the main geogra- serious famine was in 1895-96, but there^
phical lines there are five Civil Divisions with was a serious shortage of foodstuffs in the-
headquarters at Patna, Muzaffarpur (for south of the Province in 1919. In an?'
Tirhut), Bhagalpur, Cuttack (for Orissa) and year in which monsoon currents from
Ranchi (for Chota Nagpur). The headquarters either the Bay of Bengal or the Arabian/
of Government are at Patna. The new capital Sea are unduly late in their arrival oi
which lies between the Military Cantonment cease abruptly before the middle of September
of Dinapore and the old civil station of Ban- the agricultural situation is very grave. It may
kipore is known as "Patna," the old town being be said that for Bihar the most important
called "Patna City." rainfall is that known as the hatia, due
towards the end of September or up. to
middle of October. Rain at this time not only
The People. contributes materially to an increased outturn
of the rice crop, but also provides the moisture
necessary for starting the spring or rabi crops.
The Province has a population of 42,329,583
persons. Even so with 451 persons per square Manufactures.
mile, Bihar aud Orissa is more thickly populated
than Germany. There are only four towns, Opium was formerly, with indigo, the chief
which can be classed as cities, namely, Patna, manufactured product of Bihar, but in conse-
Gaya, Jamshedpur and Bhagalpur. During one quence of the agreement with the Chinese
last ten years the population of Patna has Government the Patna Factory has been closed.
been steadily increasing. Hindus form an over- At Monghyr the Peninsular Tobacco Company I
whelming majority of the population. Though have erected one of the largest cigarette fac-
the Muhamnmdans form about one-tenth of tories in the world and as a result tobacco is
the total population they constitute more tiiau being grown much more extensively. The
one-fifth <f urban population of the province. Tata Iron and Steel Work? at Jamshedpur In
Animists account for 5*9 per cent. These are Singhbhum district are also one of the largest
inhabitants of the Chota Nagpur plateau in the world and numerous subsidiary industries
and the Santal Parganas, the latter district are springing up in their vicinity. The most
being a continuation of the plateau in a north- important of these are the Tinplate Company
easterly direction. of India, Agricultural Implements, Ltd.,Enfleid
The figures given in this paragraph relate to British territory only.

Bihar and Orissa.
145
able Company of India, Enamelled Ironware though the limit
united, and Indian Steel Wire Products
may be extended tc Rs. 4,000.
The n h e C imm
l
PU Jan s h?dpur is rapidly approach-
nZ? ] rJ
appeals ^
/
fromi ?i
8i e the Sessions Judge
^
Magistrates
hears
g 100,000 and it consumes
us of coal annually. This part of the
millionH ****** strict
exercising first class
Magistrate is the
province appellate authority for
is also some of the richest Magistrates exercising
and most extensive
mmines in the world and supplies the iron second and third class powers. The District
Magistrate can also be, though in point
id steel works in both of fact
Bengal and Bihar and be very rarely
'issa with raw materials, is, a court of first
coal is still the most

but the raisins S
? Deputy
m ^St di? tricts for a J ointinstance.
n!lS- Magistrate
It is
Magistrate or
important of a
e m 1 neral mdu stries in the to receive complaints and
province. The
i J
alfields
,
in the Manbhum District have being referred

dergone an extraordinary development
&
re P rfc cases of difficulty or importance
^ to
the District Magistrate who is
in the responsible for the peace
st twenty years, while valuable new of the district. In the
mg developed at Ramgarh, Bokaro andfields are non-regulation districts
Karan- sioner and his subordinates
the Deputy Commis-
;ra in Hazaribagh. This same district is the and hear exercise civil powera
ost important mica mining rent suits.
centre in the world
th on account of the quality as Land Tenures.
well as the size
its output. Manbhum, Palamau, Ranchi, the in
utal Parganas and Gaya are
itres for the production of
also the chief nr^ffu * hree P?
e
F TOvince
kinds
of Blhar and Orissa
namely, those permanently
lac and the inanu- Jff+ioS
.cure of shellac, the latter of
which is exported Patna, Tirhut and
m India to the value of ten crores annually
Bhagalpur divisions those
P0T
tZ J^y Settled as in Chota Nagpur and
parts of Orissa, and ,-
estates held direct by Gov-

Administration. n Proprietor or managed by the Court
af w^V*
?he Province on first constitution
ustered by a Lieutenant-Governor-in-Counc^
was ad- ahTvttt' /^P
asS ngofthe Ben Sal Tenancy
U f ^ 885 ) safJeguarded the rights of the
s being unique in i{ll
India as the only Lieu- ailtivators under the Permanent Settlement Act,
ant Governorship with a Council. Under further, the Settlement Department under the
Reform Act of 1919 it was raised to supervision of the Director of Land
the Records
US makes
^ Governorship, with an Executive tions periodical survey and settlement opera-
'
-.
ncil and Ministers. The principles of the m
the various districts both permanently
vincjal administration are fully I1 teI 0rarily settled lD the fo rmer, the
explained ? if of?i\ . -
;he section. The Provincial rights
i
the undertenants
Governorships are recorded and at-
re the division of the tested while in the latter there
administration into' is the re-settle-
erved Subjects, in charge of the
Governor ment of rents. In the re-settlement proceedin
gs
his Executive Council, and rents are fixed not only for the
Transferred landlords but also
jects, mcharge of the Governor and Mini- tor all the tenants. A settlement can be ordered
is chosen from the Legislative
Council, is Gove
L mm
ent on application made by land-
iout m
detail. In all these respects
Bihar
lords or tenants.
.
Orissa is on the same plane as he t 1111168 of Orissa are somewhat

the other
winces in India. rr ^ different.
Under the zamindars, that is, the
proprietors
who took settlement from Government and pav
Public Works.
revenue to Government direct, is a class
Public Works Department in of sub-
the Pro- ordinate proprietors or proprietary tenure
e of Bihar and Orissa
consists of two holders, who were originally village headmen
rate branches viz.: {I) the Buildings dealing more or less direct with the revenue
Roads which includes Railways and authorities They have a variety of names,
(2) Irri-
which includes the Public Health
En- such as mukadam, padhan, maurusi, tarbarakar
'li.
sriug Branch. Each has a Chief Engineer, pursethi, khariddar and shikmi zamindar
is also Secretary to the
Local Government Ihese sub-proprietors or proprietary tenure
an Engineer Officer as Under-Secretary holders pay their revenue through
:
in the zamin-
iuildmgs and Roads branch and a
non-Dro- dars of the estates within which their lands
|>nal Assistant Secretary and a Deputy he. Id Chota Nagpur and the Santal Par-
Engineer in the Irrigation branch
under ganas, the rights of village headmen have been
Ihe Electrical work of the
Province recognised. The headman collects the rents
.rned out by an Electric Inspector and and is responsible for them minus a deduction
ncal Engineer and a staff of as remuneration for his trouble.
subordinates.
Both Orissa and Chota Nagpur have their
Justice. own
* dmJ^stration of
justice Is eon- p C
Parganas,
A S In thc dktrfct of the Santal
o land
7c the , , *
tenures are governed bv

L11
y tJ
T
tt-
Ju
Court of Judicature
a(lmin ifcration of civil justice
w?
Regulations III of 1872 and II of 1886
the district of Sambalpur by the
and id
Central Pro-
the High Court are the District Judges as vinces Land Revenue Act, 1881 and
A PP ea tn Subordinate Judges and the the Central
.
,
Provinces Tenancy Act, 1898.
iffs. Ihe jurisdiction of a District Judge
^dinate Judge extends to
or
all original suits Police.
6b y th< Clvil Court8
L docs not, " h )e i )artm()n t s ot Police, Prisons
pr
rit include the powers of a Small
i , ,
unless these be specially conferred

'
Cause Registration
S ! n^ and
are each under the general direction
.
Thr Of Government
try jurisdiction of a
Munsif extends to all by an Inspector- supervised and inspected
n which the amount or value of General with a staff of assis-
the subject tants. Ihe Commissioner of Excise and Salt
in dispute does not
exceed lis, 1,000 is also
Inspector-Guueralof Registration.
I
..
Bihar and Orissa.

146
are Medical.
^^Tthe Inspector-General of Police
is under the control
The Medical Department
of the Inspector-General of Civil
Hospitals who
is a Member of the Indian Medical Service.
Under him there are 21 Civil Surgeons who are
responsible for the medical work of the
dis-
tricts at the headquarters of

which they are
60 Dispensaries are maintained by
stationed.
retetaS to pro.es Government in addition to 626 Dispensaries
attribution of information trioes ^no Railways, private
sional criminals and cnmma] maintained by Local bodies,
7,089,290 patients including
persons, etc.
"0 909 in-patients were treated m
all the dispen-
may oe
b. iuvumu. sar ies
saries in 1933. The w
i"c total income of
v
the
maintained by Government and Loc$
dispen-
-r 'î
which its assistance i
action of
There are three companies
A large mental hospital for Europeans has

patient*
been opened at Ranchi which receives
and perform no ordinary
civil duties.
from Northern India. A similar institution for
Indians has been opened at Ranch 1
since
Education. September 1925 for the treatment of patients

from Bihar and Orissa and Bengal. A sanitorium
at Itki in the district of Ranchi
has also bett
tuberculosis,
ine v*
2 A\ n a/>Vinnl* Bet^roin established for the treatment of
set out in es
with the numbers attending the
schools is
rad}um treatment has ^ 0 bee,
^
|
the section Education ând ês a f

at patna> c t for anti-rate
ine
National 'status" of the

in
thereto (9. v.) showing administration, n ,S treatment have been started at Patna
Cuttack
and
at Pat
A medicai college has been opened existent
and the Medical School which was in
atPatna has been transferred to Darbhanga,
versities. (..)
THE FINANCES OF BIHAR AND ORISSA.

(In thousands of Rupees.)
(In thousands of Rupees.) Budget
Budget Estimate. Revenues and Receipts.
Revenues and Receipts,
1934-35.
1,25
XXXII.Transfers from Famine

H. Taxes on Income 1,50
XXXIII.
Relief Fund
Receipts in aid of Super-
..
III. Salt

V. Land Revenue
1,80,13 annuation
XXXIV. Stationery and Printing
VI. Excise
1,27,00 .
VII. Stamps
1,11,50
XXXV. Miscellaneous ..
VIII. Forest
6,90
13,50
XXXIXA.Miscellaneous adjust- the
Registration between
ments
XX Central and Provincial
yttt Irrigation, Navigation,
Embankment and Dra- Governments ..
XL.Extraordinary receipts
inage Works for which
accounts are
capital
26,28 TOTAL REVENUE 5,22
kept .. v
Navigation, Loans and Advances by the
Provin-
XIV.Irrigation, cial Government (Recoveries) ,
Embankment and Dra- the Grant made by
inage Works for which Deposit Account of
Agricultural
ro capital accounts are the Imperial Council of
97
kept
AcivrnceTfrom 'the Provincial Loans
XVI. Interest ..
4,72
5,03
XVII.Administration of Justice, Transfers from" Famine Relief
Fund.
yvTjj, Jails and Convict Settle- 3,83 Fund
ments .. Famine Relief . .
1,70 Subvention from Central Road De-

a IX.Police .. -r
3 velopment Account
XX. Ports and Pilotage 7,29 Appropriation for Reduction or

XXI.Medical
Education
Avoidance of Debt
XXII. 2,04
XXIII.Agriculture
Public Health
2,23 S ispense
XXIV.
2,31
Total Receipts 5, <
XXV.Industries
2,15 (c) 4
30 Opening
p 6 Balance
XXVI. Miscellaneous Departmci Grand Total 6, (
9,42
XXX.Civil Works '.
TôTvnnrt 509 for~Road Subventions and 1

out of the |
Bihar and Orissa.
147
THE FINANCES OF BIHAR AND OHl8SAcontd.
(In thousands of Rupees.)
(In thousands of
Rupees.)
Expenditure, Budget Estimate. Expenditure.
Budget Estimate.
1934-35.
Land Revenue
.
15,63 Stationery and Printing 1934-35.
.Excise 17,02
46.
47. Miscellaneous 7,53

1,98 1,33
.Forests 7,21
51. Contributions to Central
A. Forest Capital outlay charged Governments by the Provincial
to Revenue. Government
17
.Registration 6,53 51A._Miscelianeous adjustm e n t s
Interest on Irrigation Works for
,
between the Central and Provin-
which capital accounts are cial Governments
kept
20,40 52. Extraordinary payments
Irrigation Revenue Account
20
Other Revenue Expenditare fi- Total expenditure charged

to Revenue" 5,37,00
nanced from ordinary Revenue. 2,8 5
(1). Other Revenue Expenditure-
Commuted value of pensions
2,81
Financed from Famine Insu- Payments to Retrenched Personnel.
rance Grants 2
Deposit Account of the Grant
.Irrigation Capital Account
made
by the Imperial Council
Construction of
of Irrigation, Agricultural Research
Embankment and Loans and Advances by the 14,01
Drainage
Provin-
Works 46 Government
cial
Interest on Ordinary Debt 1,01
. 47 Repayments of Advances from the
Interest on other obligations Provincial Loans Fund
84
Appropriation for reduction or 71
Transfers from Famine Relief
avoidance of debt Fund
71 (Repayments.)
General Administration 6,26
75,78 Famine Relief Fund
Administration of Justice 16,76
40,16 Subvention from Central
Jails and Convict Settlements Road
. 18,97 Development Account
Police 3,10
85,43 Suspense
Ports and Pilotage 1,39
2
flScientific Departments
32 Total expenditure not
81 Education charged to
81,58
3-Medicar.. revenue
26,51 46,07
^Public Health
11,56 Reserve for unforeseen
B,-Agriculture
14,18
&(Industries
8,44 Total expenditure
jJj-Miscellaneous ..
Departments 5,83,07
67 Closing balance
ICivil Works (b) 24,20
51,12
1') Famine
43
* -Superannuation Allowances and Grand Total 6,07,27
M Pensions
'
39,42
^.Commutations of Pensions Surplus
Financed from ordinary Provincial
,,1
Revenue
I Deficit 22,96
Jm
jade
Council.
148 Bihar and Orissa Legislative
ADMINISTRATION.
Secretary to Government,
Finance Department,
Governor. H. C. Prior, i.C.s.
Sifton, k.c.s.i.,
His Excellency Sir James David Secretary to Government, Revenue
Department
k.ci.e., i.cs.
J. W.
Houlton, I.C.S.
Judicial DepartmenW
j
Personal Staff. Secretary to Government,

Private Secretary, Captain P T
'
r -^k%rockman \
H. R. Meredith, i.c.s.
^^^^
|
e Irrigating
Secretary to Government
(P. W. D.),
Branch, F. A. Betterton. 4
Henderson,
cip^TkaS&
Major
Risaldar Hony. Lt.
Buildinqs and Roads Branch,
Secretaro to Gouernwent,
J. G. Po well
Education and Develop}
.
meDepartments, B. K. Gokhale, I.C.S.

Muhammad Reza Khan, Bahadur.
Executive Council. Local-self Government
DepartmentM
Secretary,
an Singh
The Hon'ble Babu Nirsu Naray W. Q. Lac<y, I.CS.
Hon'ble Mr. J. A. Hubhack, CSX,
i.c.s.
The Miscellaneous Appointments.
Ministers
'
Director of Public Instruction,

G. E. Eawcus, 4 A
+ y
(Local
The Hon'ble Sir
fc
Ganesh Dutta Singh, Kt. ,
CLE. M
Lt.-Col. A. E. J.'iJ
Bar-at-Law Inspector-General of Police,
ThôW^siVld Abdul Aziz, McDowell.
(Education.) Owden.
Secretariat. Conservator of Forests, J. S.
Cftie/ Secretary to Gover n?, PMual and
CI.E Inspector-General of Civil Hospital,
UM
Appointment Departments P. C. Tallents, India J. A. S. Phillips.
Govt, of ^ t Mif '
ios on Deputation to (Offg.) 7

Directof of Public Health,
Ma.]ovS.L. Mitia.
rfl
R.E. Russell, CLE., i.c.s. Lt. Col. 0. 3

Inspector-General of Prisons,
Secretary to Government
ment & Relief Committee
^^^Z^fi
W .
t L. Brett, CLE.,
j
pSfcm%' Agriculture, Daulat Earn Sethi.
I
I.CS.
GOVERNORS OF BIHAR AND ORISSA.
Lansdown Stephenson, |
Sir Hugh 13
of Raipur, P.O., K.o 1920 K.c.s.i., k.ci.e. ..
Lord Sinha
H E Sir James David Sifton, j
1921 A*
Sir Henry Wheeler K.C.I.E., C.S.I., I.C.S
Bihar and Orissa Legislative Council Bar-at-Law,^^

Sinha
Rajandhari Mr. S. Anwar Yusoof,
The Hon'ble Babu
M.A., b.l. (President.)
Rai Bahadur Lakshmidhar Mahanti.

(Deputy President).
Babu Raghu Nath Prasad, M.A., b.l.
J
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
The Hon'ble Mr. J. A. Hubback,
C.S.I,
The Hon'ble Babu Nirsu Narayan
Sinha. |
MINISTERS. -
MEMBERS.
Nominated Officials.
Mr. A. C. Davies
Mr. R, E. Russell, CLE. F. A. Betterton.
H. C. Prior. " G. E. Eawcus, CLE.
W. G. Lacey. Y. A. Godhole.
B. K. Gokhale. Lt -Col. A. E. J. C. McDowell.
J. W. Houlton.
'
Col. H. C. Buckley.
J. G. Powell.
Nominated non-Officials.
Babu Bimalal Charan Singh.
Mr. J. Thomas, European.
I
Rai Sahib Ballabh Das.

Sri
Mr. W. H. Meyrick, Bihar Planters.
Association. Babu Ram Narayan (Depressed classes
Mr. Ian A. Clerk, Indian Mining (Indu
Rai Bahadur Ram Ranvijaya Singh Mrnil
Vacant. interest other than Planting and
Bahadur Harcndra Nath Banerji (Labo
Patna Division Land-holders. Rai
Community).
Mr. A. E. D'Silva, (Anglo-Indian Bahadur Birendra Nath Chakra
classes). Rai
Rev! Brajananda Das, (Depressed (Domiciled Bengali Community).
Rai Bahadur Kedar Nath, Nominated. (Aborigines
Community) Mr. Sagram Hembrome, M.b.e.
Mr. R. Chandra, (Indian Christian
Mr, Garbett Captain Manki
(Aborigines).
Khan Bahadur Shah Muhammad Yahya,
CLE I
Bihar and Orissa Legislative Council. 149
ELECTED.
Name. Constituencies.
âhanth Manmohan Das.. North-East Darbhanga (Non-Muhammadan

Rural).
acant .. .. .. .. .. ..,
West Patna (Non-Muhammadan Rural)
aulavi Saiyid Muhammad Hafeez
Patna University.
ai Bahadur Dalip Narayan Singh Bhagalpur Division Landholders.
abu Chandreshvar Prashad Narayan Sinha, Tirhut Division Landholders.
CLE.
abu Maheshvari Prashad Narayan Deo
Chota Nagpur Division Landholders.
jabu Jagadeva Prashad Singh
North Saran (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
labu Sardananda Kumar South-East Darbhanga (Non-Muhammadan
Rural).
abu Ramasray Prashad Chaudhuri Samastipur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
abu Harekrishna Chaudhuri North-West Darbhanga (Non-Muhammadan
Rural).
ai Bahadur Sri Narayan Mahtha East Muzaffarpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
bau Rameshvar Prashad Singh, m.b.e East Gaya (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
r. Muhammad Athar Hussain
Saiyid Shahabad (Muhammadan Rural).
r.Muhammad Yunus West Patna (Muhammadan Rural).
nan Bahadur Abdul Wahab Khan Bhagalpur Division (Muhammadan Urban).
r Saiyid Moin-ud-din Mirza Kishanganj (Muhammadan Rural).
ban Bahadur Haji Muhammad Bux Chaudhuri. Purnea (Muhammadan Rural).
aulavi Abdul Aziz Khan Santal Parganas (Muhammadan Rural).
abu Kalyan Singh ' Hazaribagh (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
aiBahadur Haldhar Prashad Singh North Bhagalpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
haiya Rudra Pratap Deo Palamau (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
abu Shyam Narayan Singh Sharma Patna (Non-Muhammadan Urban)
ai Bahadur Sarat Chandra Ray Ranch* (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
ai Bahadur Lakshmidhar Mahanti North Cuttack (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
abu Harihar Das Orissa Division(Non-Muhammadan Urban).
aiBahadur Loknath Misra South (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
Puri
abu Brajamohan Panda Sambalpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
; abu Birabar Narayan Chandra Dhir Narendra Orissa Division Landholders.
: abu Shib Chandra Singha .'
Santal Parganas (North) (Non-Muhammadan
Rural.)
abu Devendra Nath Samantas . Singhbhum (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
I abu Rameshwar Pratap Sahi North Muzaffarpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural)
I abu Badri Narayan Singh West Muzaffarpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).
1
abu Rudra Pratap Singh Central Bhagalpur (Non-Muhammadan Rural).

abu Bishundeo Narayan Singh
[ North- West Monghyr (Non-Muhammadan K m a!).
I aulavi Khalilir Rahman Gaya (Muhammadan Rural).
Ifaulavi Muhammad Abdul Ghani Tirhut Division (Muhammadan Urban).
\ aulavi Shaikh Muhammad Shaft Darbhanga (Muhammadan Rural).
t'han Bahadur Habibur Rahman
Chota Nagpur Division (Muhammadan Rural).
aulavi Abdul Wadood Champaran (Muhammadan Rural).
aulavi Muhammad Hasan Jan Muzaffarpur (Muhammadan Rural).
. . .
Council
i5o Bihar and Orissa Legislative
ELECTED concld.
Constituencies.
Name,
East Patna (Muhammadan Bural ).

Mr. H. Cassim
S. (Muhammadan Bural).
Saran
Khan Bahadur Saghir-ul Haq .
Monghyr (Muhammadan Bural).

Mr. Saiyid Muhammad
Mehdi
Orissa Division (Muhammadan
.
Bural).
Maulavi Shaikh AbdulJalil
West Gaya (Non-Muhammadan Bural).
Bahu Bamanugrah Narayan Singh Central Gaya (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Babu Bhagwati Saran Singh Patna Division (Muhammadan

Urban).
Mr. Saiyid Abdul Aziz North Puri (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Babu Godavaris Misra South Manbhum (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Sinha
Bai Bahadur Satis Chandra South Bhagalpur (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Mr. Kamaldhari Ball East Monghyr (Non-Muhammadan

Bural).
Sinha
Bai Bahadur Lachhmi Prashad South Balasore (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Babu Jagannath Das North Balasore (Non-Muhammadan

Bural).
Babu Badharanjan Das South Cuttack (Non-Muhammadan

Bural).
Babu Nikunja Kishore Das Patna Division (Non-Muhammadan

Urban).
Babu Suruj Kamas Prashad Sinha South Saran (Non-Muhammadan
Bural).
Babu Madho Prashad Sinha Bhagalpur (Muhammadan Bural).

Chaudhuri Muhammad Nazirul Hasan
Arrah (Non-Muhammadan Bural).
Babu Badha Mohan Sinha Parganas (South) (Non-Muhammadan
Santal
Babu Bamjiwan Him at Singka .
Bural).
(Non-Muhammadan Bural).
Mr. Sachchidananda Sinha Central Shahabad
Baja Prithwi Chand Ball Chowdry Purnea (Non-Muhammadan Bural).
Bai Bahadur Dwarka Nath Tirhut Division (Non-Muhammadan Urban).
|
Bai Bahadur* Shyamnandan Sahay
Bural).
Hajipur (Non-Muhammadan
Bura|
Babu Srikrishna Prashad i
South-West Monghyr (Non-Muhammadan
Babu Jogendra Mohan Sinha I
Bhagalpur (Non-Muhammadan Urban).
Bural).
Babu Badha Prasad Sinha South Shahabad (Non-Muhammadan
Division (Non-Muhammad I
Mr. Nanda Kumar Ghosh Chota Nagpur
Urban).
North Champaran (Non-Muhammadan
Mahtha Bural).-
Bai Bahadur Krishnadeva Narayan
Bural).
Babu Lalita Prashad Chaudhuri .
South Champaran (Non-Muhammadan
Babu Kunja Bihari Chandra Indian Mining Eederation.
Bural).
Babu Manindra Nath Mukharji. North Manbhum (Non-Muhammadan
Dr. Sir Saiyid Sultan Ahmzad Nominated (E xpert).
i5i
The Central Provinces and Berar.

[
The Central Provinces and Berar compose a 56 per cent, of the population and is the lingua
country midway between Bom- franca. Marathi by 31 per cent, and Gondi by
tfeat triangle of
pay and
Bengal. Their area is 133,069 sq. 7 per cent. The effects of invasion are curiously
niles, of which 82,149 are British territory illustrated in Berar, where numbers of Moslems
nroper, 17,808 (viz. Berar) held on perpetual have Hindu names, being descendants of for-
ease from H.E.H. the Nizam and the remainder mer Hindu officials who on the Mahomedan
jield by Feudatory Chiefs. The population(193 invasion adopted Islam rather than lose their
1)
s 15,507,723 in C. P. British Districts and Berar. positions. The last census shows that a gradual
Various parts of the Central Provinces passed Brahmanismg of the aboriginal tribes is going
inder British control at different times in the wars on. The tribes are not regarded as impure by
md tumult in the first half of the 19th century the Hindus and the process of absorption is more
md the several parts were amalgamated after the or less civilising.
Mutiny, in 1861, into the Chief Commissioner-
hip of the Central Provinces. Berar was, in
Industries.
1.853, assigned to the East India Company as
When Sir Richard Temple became first Chief
part of a financial arrangement with H.E.H. the Commissioner of the C. P. the province was land-
îzam for the maintenance of the Hyderabad locked. The only road was that leading in from
pontingent, and was leased in perpetuity to
Jubbulpore to Nagpur. The British adminis-
tration has made roads in all directions, the two
.he Central Provinces in 1903, as the result of a
trunk railways between Bombay and Calcutta
resh agreement with H.E.H. the Nizam.
run across the province and in the last few years
The Country. a great impe us nas been given to the construc-
The Central Provinces may roughly be divi- tion of subsidiary lines. These developments
ded into three tracts of upland, with two inter- have caused a steady growth of traae and have
vening ones of plain country. In the north- aroused vigorous progress in every department
west, the Vindhyan plateau is broken country, of life. The prime industry is, of course,
jsovered with poor and stunted forest. Below agriculture, which is assisted by one of the most
H precipitous southern slopes stretches the admirable agricultural departments in India
ich wheat growing country of the Nerbudda and is now receiving additional strength by a
galley. Then comes the high Satpura plateau, phenomenal growth of the co-operative credit
;haracterised by forest- covered hills and deep movement. The land tenure is chiefly on the
vater-cut ravines. Its hills decline into the malguzari, or landlord system, ranging
tfagpur plain, whose broad stretches of" deep " with numerous variations, from the great Feu-
?)Iack cotton soil make it one of the
more datory chief ships, which are on this basis,
Important cotton tracts of India and the weal- to holdings of small dimensions. A system
hiest part of the C. P. proper. The Eastern of land legislation has gradually been built
jialf of the plain lies in the valley of the
Waingan- up to protect the individual cultivator.
;a and is mainly a rice growing
country. Its Berar is settled on the Bombav raiyatwari
mmerous irrigation tanks have given it the system. 16,073 square miles of the C. P. is
tame of the "lake country" of Nagpur. Fur- Government Reserved forest ; in Berar
ther east is the far-reaching rice country of the forest area is about 3,339 square miles,
jJhattisgarh, in the Mahanadi basin. The soutn- the total forest area being one-sixth of the
last of the C. P. is again mountainous,
contain- whole Province. The rugged nature of the grea-
ng 24,000 square miles of forest and preci pi- ter part of the country makes forest conserva-
ous ravines, and mostly inhabited by jungle tion difficult and costly. Excluding forest
|nbea. The Feudatory States of Bastar and and waste 67 per cent, of the total land
ankar lie in this region. Berar lies to the is occupied for cultivation for the two most
;
iouth-west of the C. P. and its chief characteris- advanced districts in the Central Provinces,
ic is its rich black cotton-soil plains. the proportion averages 83 per cent., while the
average figure for the Berar Districts is as high
The People.
The population of the province is a compa- as 93 per cent. The cultivated area has extend-
i
atively new community. Before the advent ed almost continuously except for the tempor-
W the Aryans, the whole of it was peopled by ary checks caused by bad seasons. Bice is the
j*onds and other primitive tribes and these most extensive single crop of the Central Pro-
l.borginal inhabitants fared better from the
vinces, covering nearly 30 per cent, of the cropped
Aryans than their like in most parts of India area. Wheat comes next with over 15 per cent.,
|>ecause of the rugged nature of their then pulses and other cereals used for food
home, and oil-seeds with nearly 50 per cent., and cotton
jiut successive waves of immigration flowed
into with over 7 per cent. In
^jhe province from all sides. The early inhabi- 46 per cent. Next comes Berar cotton occupies
ftnts were driven into the inaccessible juar and then pulses
forests and other cereals and oil seeds
hll s where the of the cropped
l
lL ! ! ', y f 01111 nearly a quarter area, jowar covers 31 per cent., then wheat
the whole population of the Central Provinces
>eing found in large numbers in all parts and oilseeds. In agriculture more than half
of the the working population is female.
province, particularly in the South-east.
The
nam divisions of the newcomers are indicated Commerce and Manufactures.
*>y the language divisions of the province.
Hindi Industrial life is only in its earliest develop-
fought in by the Hindustani-speaking n* 0 ples ment except in one or two centres,
if the North, prevails in
where the
the North and East introduction of modern enterprise along the
larathi in Berar and the West and
Centre of railway routes has laid the foundations for great
he Central Provinces. Hindi is spoken
by future developments of the natural wealth of
152 The Central Provinces and Berar.
the Legal Remembrancer, the Director
the province. Nagpur is the chief centre of a tries,
and a Chief
Veterinary Services
busy cotton spinning and weaving industry. of
Mills, owned by Parsi manu- Engineer, Public Works Department, Buildings
The Empress
were opened there in 1877 and the and Roads and Irrigation Branches. The
facturers,
prosperity of the cotton trade has led Deputy Commissioners of districts are th
general
chief revenue authorities and District Magis-
to the addition of many mills here and in other
province. The total amount of spun trates and they exercise the usual powe rs and
parts of the
functions of a district officer. The district
yarn exported from the Province during the
31st March 1933 was 1,34,96/ forests are managed by a forest officer, o\ec
year ending
maunds, valued at lis. 40,49,010. whom the Deputy Commissioner has certain
the powers of supervision, particularly in matters
The largest numbers engaged in any of affecting the welfare of the people. En eh
modern industrial concerns are employed in district has a Civil Surgeon, (except Mandla,
manganese mining which in 1932 employed Drug and Balasjhat where there are Assistant
2,971 persons and raised 77,186
tons. Then
Surgeons) who is generally also Superintendent
follow coal mining with an output of 1,049,-38 of the District Jail except at Central Jails at
tons and 8,932 persons employed, the Jubbul-
Naupore and .Jubbulpore and District .lads
pore marble quarries and allied works, the lime- at Rajpur, Narsinghpur. Amraoti and A kola
stone quarries and the mines for pottery clay, where there are whole time Superintendents
soapstone. etc. and whose work is also in various respeclM
The total number of factories of all kind supervised by the Deputy Commissioner. The
legally so described was 956 in 1933, the latest Deputy Commissioner is also Marriage Registrar
the and manages the estates of his district which are
period for which returns are available and
number of people employed in them 61, /81. under the Court of Wards. In his revenue
The same economic influences which are ope- and criminal work the Deputy Commission^
rative in every progressive country during it3 is assisted by (a) one or more Assista*
transition stage are at work in the C. P.
and Commissioners, or members of the Indian Civm
Berar, gradually sapping the strength of the old Service ; (b) one or more Extra Assistant
village industries, as communications
improve, Commissioners, or members of the Provinciajg
and concentrating industries in the towns. While Civil Service, including a few Angtor
the village industries are fading away, a large Indians and (c) by Tahsildars and Nailfe
development of trade has taken place. The last Tahsildars, or members of the Subordinate
pre-war reports showed an increase in volume service. The district is divided for administrative
by one-third in eight years. purposes into tahsils, the average area of which is
Administration. 1,500 square miles. In each village a lambardag
or representative of the proprietary body is
The administration of the Central Provinces
and Berar is conducted by a Governor-m- executive headman.
Justice.
Council, who is appointed by the Crown. He
is assisted by seven Secretaries and
four under- The Court of the Judicial Commissioner l||
secretaries. Underthe reform scheme the
admi- the highest court of appeal in civil cases, am
conducted by a Governor with also the highest court of criminal appeal
arm
nistration is
Central Provinces and Berag
an Executive Council of two members, one revision for the
of whom is a and two Ministers, including proceedings against European Brinajf
non-official
the latter being in charge of the transferred subjects and persons jointly charged with WM
subjects. ropean British subjects.
The local legislature consists of 73 members The Court sits at Nagpur and consists of a
Judi-
distributed as follows: 38 elected from the Judicial Commissioner and 4 Additional
least must
CP. ; 17 elected from Berar ; 2 members of the cial Commissioners of whom one at
the Court or a Barrister of
Executive Council; 8 nominated non-officials; be an advocate of
8 nominated officials. The Governor (who is pleader of not less than 10 years' standing.
the Judicial Commissioner B
not a member of the Council) has the right of Subordinate to
nominating two additional members with Court are the District and Sessions Judges
regarding number) each of whom exercises civil and
special knowledge on any subject ( 9 in
criminal jurisdiction in a Civil and

Session*,
which legislation is before the Council. The C. P. Revenue dis-
are divided for administrative purposes into district comprising one or more
staff below the District
three divisions and Berar constitutes a tricts. The civil
division. Each of these is controlled by a Com- and Sessions Judge consists of Subordinate
missioner. The divisions are sub-divided into Judges of the first and second class.
each of which is controlled by a Deputy
districts, Local Self -Government.
Commissioner, immediately subordinate to the
Commissioner. The principal heads of Pro- Municipal administration was first introduced
Muni-
vincial departments are the Commissioner of under the Punjab Municipal Acts and the
Several
SettlemeLts and Director of Land Records, the cipality of Nagpur dates from 1864.
revising Acts extend its scope and
the r. U
Chief Conservator of Forests, the Inspector- end
Municioalities Act passed towards the
General of Civil Hospitals, the Director of increased
Public Health, the Inspector General of Police, of the year 1922 has considerably
Committees
the Inspector-General of Prisons, the Director the power of the Municipal
of Public Instruction, the Excise Commissioner
The C P Municipalities Act has gen- also
been extended to Berar. Viewed

and Superintendent of Stamps and Inspector considered
erally, municipal self-government is
General of Registration, and Registrar- General The larger
of Births, Deaths and Marriages, the to have taken root successfully.
sucn
Director of Agriculture, the Registrar of towns have municipalities, there being <*
Co-operative Societies, the Director of Indus- bodies in
the Province.
l
The Central Provinces and Berar. 153

Under the Central Provinces Local Self-Gov- ferred to the unproductive list. The conditions
nmont Act passed In 1920 as amended in ID:: in tho province are such that irrigation works
lore Is a local Board lor each fcahsil and w cannot be expected to be productive and their
strict council for each district excepting construction is justified only on account of their
Oshangabad, Chhindwara and Sangor districts valuo as a protection against famine. The
ich of which has two district councils. The local normal area of annual irrigation is at present
>ard consist s ol elected representatives of circle about 352,000 acres, mainly rico and the income
id nominated members other than Government from these works is somewhat more than the
not exceeding in numbers one-fourth of
flciats expenditure incurred on their maintenance and
le board, and the constitution of the district management.
mncil is a certain proportion of elected Police.
prescntatives of local boards, of members The police force was constituted on its present
looted by those representatives and of mem- basis on the formation of the Province, the
>rs, other than Government servants, nomi- whole of which including the Cantonments and
itcd by Government. the Municipalities, is under one force. The
The district councils in the Central Provinces strength is equal to cne man per nine square
ive power of taxation within certain miles of area. The superior officers comprise an
and local boards derive their funds in
nits Inspector-General, whose jurisdiction extends
lotments from the District Councils, The over Berar, three Deputy Tnspectors-General, for
;w Central Provinces Local Self-Government assistance in the administrative control and
ct has also been applied to Berar. The Office supervision of the Police force, including the
oarers of all the district councils and with few Criminal investigation Department, and the
iceptions of local boards also are n on -official,-'. usual cadre of District Superintendents of
Rural education, sanitation, medical relief and Police, Assistant and Deputy Superintendents
ral communications are among the primary and subordinate officers. On railways special
Meets to which these bodies direct their attcn- Railway Police are employed under the
pn, while expenditure on famine relief is also a control of two Superintendents of Railway
gitimate charge upon the District Councilfunds. Police with headquarters at Raipur and
The Central Provinces Village Panchayat Act Hoshangabad. A Special Armed Force of 870
as passed in the year 1920. So far 861, Pan- men is distributed over the headquarters of
|iayats have been established. As the result eight districts, for use in dealing with armed
a recommendation of a Committee appointed disturbers of the peace in whatever quarter
Panchayats, they may appear. There is a small force of
1925 to look into the question of
I Panchayat Officer was appointed Mounted Police. The Central Provinces has
Village
i
guide the developments of the Panchayat no rural police as the term is understood in
stem. This post was kept vacant on account other parts of India. The village watchman is
I
financial stringency for more then two years. the subordinate of the village headman and not
has now been filed in with effect from the a police official and it is considered very desir-
[th May 1933.
I
able to maintain his position in this respect.

Public Works. Education.
The Public Works Department, which corn- The Education Department of the Centra
rises Buildings and Roads and Irrigation Provinces and Berar is administered by a Direc-
iranches, is under the control of the Chief Engineer tor of Public Instruction, a Registrar, Education
iio is also Secretary to the Government. There Department and Secretary, High School Edu-
k two Superintending Engineers who between cation Board, four Inspectors and two Inspec-
em supervise the work of both branches, tresses who in their turn are assisted by nine
lie Province is well served by a net-work of Assistant Inspectors and four Assistant Inspec-
ads, but in a number of cases they are not fully tresses. Schools are divided into (a) schools for
fidged and are therefore impassable to traffic general education and (b) schools for special
times during the rains. During the last education. The latter are schools in which
years Government has been pursuing a policy
i
Instruction is given in a special branch of techni-

transfer of certain State roads of local import- cal or professional education. The main divi-
and buildings situated thereon to the
ice
<
sion of schools for general education is into Pri-
strict Councils for maintenance and up to mary and Secondary. In the Primary Schools
te 1,106 miles of metalled and 795 miles of the teaching is conducted wholly in the verna-
limetalled roads have been transferred. cular and these schools are known as Vernacular
State irrigation was introduced early in the Schools. The Secondary Schools are divided
esent century mainly as a result of the re- into Middle and High Schools. The former may
mmendations of the Irrigation Commission be either Vernacular Middle Schools in wdiich
)01-03). The Irrigation Branch of the depart- instruction is given (a) wholly in the vernacular
was separated from the Roads and Buildings
3nt or (b) mainly in the vernacular with an option
anch in 1920.
During the last thirty-four to take English as an additional language, or
sum of Rs. 7 .3 crores has been expended
ars a Anglo-Vernacular Middle Schools in which in-
the construction of irrigation works, of which struction is given both in English and the Verna-
,e more important are the Wainganga,
Tandula, cular. In the High School classes instruction
ahanadi, Kharung and Maniari canals. until recently was given in English but the verna-
Three works, viz., the Mahanadi and Wainganga cular was adopted as the medium of instruction
nals and the Asola Mendha tank, were sanc- at the beginning of the school year 1922-23.
i'ned originally as productive works and the For the convenience of pupils whose mother
_
jnainder were all sanctioned as unproductive tongue is not a recognised vernacular of

j>rks. The three works sanctioned as pro- the locality a few English medium classes
jctive have all failed to justify their classifica- are still maintained. For administrative
n in that category and have now been trans- purposes schools are further divided according
.
154 The Central Provinces and Berar.

children and containing together
accommoda-
(under public
to their management into schools tion for 250 in-patients. Two important
mânageiTent and schools controlled
by private opened
(a) schools con-
hospitals for women have been recently
The former consist of
at Chhlndwara and Khandwa, and at
bodies) all dis-
schools controlled
y Government and (b)
trolled by
latter consist trictheadquarters where no separate women s
by Locai Bodies or Boards The grant from hospitals exist,sections of the Mam Hospitals
of (a) Schools which are
aided by women
have been opened for the treatment of
Government or f romLocal Funds and Mumcipa The Mayo Hospital, Nagpur was
unaided schools. All schools
by women.
Funds and (b) provincialised in 1923, the Main Hospital at
aided schools
under public management, all Amraoti in 1925, the Victoria Hospital at
schools conform
and all unaided recognized the standards Jubbulpore in 1926, and the Main Hospital at
study to
to their courses of
Department or by Paipur in 1928. In accordance with recent
Prescribed bv the Education nolicv 124 out of 184 local fund
dispensaries
Board. They are
the Higl School Education have been transferred to the administrative
subject to inspection *7 the
Dej^
schools oi this^ type
and executive control of local bodies.
The
the general rules governing .Nagpur.
Department
!
Province has one Mental Hospital at

They are "recognised" by the candid atesfor Vaccination is compulsory in nearly all
munici-
anftheir pupils may appear as which they

pal towns in the Province. The Central

Pro-
any prescribed examination for vinces Vaccine Institute at Nagpur was
opened
Unrecognized schools throughout the
^re otherwise eligible.
g in 1913, which supplies lymph
^noSw'the Departoent,
province. Besides this apprentice and
r ules of the private
subject to inspection by the Depart- trained there in the technique
are they vaccinators are
schools which Government
ment They are mostly indigenoushave acquired of vaccination. In 1913, the
have been too recently opened to sanctioned 13 epidemic dispensaries for affording
may not appear as
medical relief to the rural population, and
" recognition." Their pupils also
candTdltes at any of the for carrying our preventive measures
m connec-
the Department. since been
without the previous sanction of tion with plague. This number has
duties
increased to 35 and the scope of their
the control of
Primary Education is under Committees has heen extended to other epidemic
diseases
DistrictCouncils and Municipal such as cholera and small-pox, embrace sani-
Act empowers local sanitary
The Primary Education and this is tation (water supply, conservance, etc.),
autloriSS to introduce compulsion propaganda medical inspection of schools,
statistics,,
in force in several areas. supervision over vaccinations, vital
etc.
health workers
A Health School for trainingand
Higher Education is under the control of has been started at Nagpur 54 Infant
m
Na-our University of which the following are Welfare Centres and 9 village creches have
so far
SSuent college^ :-at Nag^r Moms College been established. The public Health Institute
the Science, Hislop College, Lity
College of at Nagpur has come into existence
since 1928
the University and
Colleae the Agriculture College, with the intention of undertaking chemical
Col fee' of Law at Jubbulpore, Robertson
;
Bacteriological examination of tooostuns,
materials. In the year
water and pathological
medical relief
1929, a start was made to afford
Specialist and 1st
to the lepers. One Leprosy
assistant medical officers were
appointed tor
Institute at Amraoti. This work is chiefly confined to the
at Nagpur Ind a Technical this work.
Chhattisgarh Division, where 20 leper treatment
Secondary
8 Education is under the control of centres have been established.
OB wh <
the Board of High. School EductionHie cugn

University is represented.
thp
Board qualifies Finances.
Schoolfcertmcate awarded by
the
to the Univeristy. A combination of adverse circumstances
for entrance the
has led to a substantial contraction of
last four
Medical. resources of the province during the
years In spite of drastic retrenchment all
services of the year
The medical and sanitary round and the emergency cut in pay, the
with an unproductive debt of Rs 44
opened
in H)31 : 3- to
lakhs, representing loans taken
Directo? o Public Health.
The medical depart- m the face of these circum-
E
since the year rover deficits,

ment has made some progress been maac in stances the budget presented
this year >,\as
has mark time and practically has
1911. A striking advance and the intended to
urban sanitation which retrenchment
with
a a, he,l the stage beyond
*
recent years Nagpur in

at
onenin- of a Medical School The is not possible. To replace partially the fallof
^supplied a long-felt need principally from Excise a bill to im-
Hospital ,rvr,ui. 1
medical institutions are the Mayo pm' li. ense fees on the vend of
tobacco was
opened 1874 with accommo- refused to
St Nagpur in
Snted to the Council. It first
Committee, but sub-
, (T the bill to a Select
i
the motion to circulate it

Unentlv agreed to

ing"opinion thereon. It is clear that
I,,,,,, (lovernment
will. have to explore addi-
Wrvmital at Nagpur and the Lady
EIgm able to
, ,
tional sources of revenue in order to be
Children's Hospital at
SS and ti c Crump
these last four being for
women and resume measures of development.
SubUpore,
. . . .
The Central Provinces and BenIT

*55
FINANCES OF THE CENTRAL PROVINCES.
Estimated Revenue for 1934-35.

Debt Heads. Rs.
Rs. Deposits and Advances
Taxes on Income Famine Relief Fund 3,93,000
Salt Transfers from Famine Relief
Land Revenue 2,55,78,000 Fund
Excise 3,00,000
59,82,000 Appropriations for Reduction
or
58,38,000 Avoidance of Debt
Forest 6,30,000
44,48,000
Registration Sinking Fund for loans granted to
5,30,000
Local Bodies
Total 4,23,76,000 Depreciation
I
Fund for Forest
Tramway 29,000
Depreciation Fund for Govern-
Irrigation. ment Presses
32,000
Irrigation,
Navigation, Embank- Subventions from Central
ment and Drainage Works for
Road
Development Account 6,39,000
which Capital Accounts are Civil Deposits
kept 1,54,000 43,000
Irrigation,Navigation, Embank- Loans and Advances by Provincial
ment and Drainage Works for Governments
30,27,000
which no Capital Accounts are
kept
,21,000 Fund and Government of India
14,64,000
Total 2,75,000 Total Debt Heads .. 65,57,000
Total Revenue and Receipts

Debt Services, . 5,38,74,000
Ordinary
Opening balance*}f Famine Relief
.
Interest
5,69,000
I Fund 45,50,000
Civil Administia ion, Grand Total 5,84,24,000
Administration of Justice
4,93,000
Jails and Convict Settlements
1,41,000
Police Estimated Expenditure for 1934-35.
80,000
Education .. 7,01,000
Medical
71,000 Direct Demands on the
Public Health Revenue.
69,000
Agriculture .
2,65,000 Land Revenue
Industries 18j 72,000
8,000 Excise
Miscellaneous Departments/
4,23,000 9,21,000
Stamps
Total 1,44,000
22,51,000 Forest
35,69,000
Registration
1,89,000
Civil Works.
Total 66,95,000
Civil Works
10,95,000
Miscellaneous. Irrigation.
Transfers from Famine Relief Fund Revenue Account of

13,000 Irrigation,
Receipts in aid of Superannuation Navigation, Embankment
Stationery and Printing 52,000 and
Miscellaneous 48,000 Drainage Works-
,
6,23,000
Interest on Works for which
Total .
7,36,000 Capital Accounts are kept .
31,14,000
Other Revenue expenditure
Extraordinary items.
financed from Ordinary Re-
Ex traordinary receipts
15,000 1,22,000
Total Provincial Revenue
4,73,17,000 Total 32,36,000

. . . . . .
.
156 The Central Provinces and Berar,
1934-;35 contd
ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE FOR Miscellaneous. Rs.
Famine .13,000
RS. and
Superannuation Allowances
Irrigation contd Pensions .. 40,13,000
Capital Account of Irrigation, Stationery and Printing

Navigation, Embankment and Reserved .. 8,07,000
Drainage Works charged to Transferred 15,000
Revenue. Miscellaneous
Reserved 83,000
Construction of Irrigation, Naviga- Transferred
tion, Embankment and Drainage
Total 49,31,000
Works.
A. Financed from Famine For rounding
Insurance Grants
4,64,71,000
B. -Financed from Ordinary Total Provincial Expenditure ..
13,000
Revenue .
Reuenue heads
Principal
13,000 Forest and other Capital outlay
not charged to Revenue
Total .
Forest Capital outlay .. .. 1>000

Debt Services. Capital account of Irrigation,
Navigation, Embankments,
Interest on Ordinary Debt . . . . 2, 67,000 Drainage and other Works not
30,000 charged to Revenue-
Interest on other obligations . .
Construction of Irrigation Works 1,58,000

Reduction or Avoidance of Debt . . 6,30,000
charged to
CivilWorks not
Total . . 3,93,000 Revenue . . _
MiscellaneousCapita] outlay not

charged to Revenue
Civil Administration, Commuted Value of Pensions . . 4,36,000
General Administration Reserved 67,75,000 Total . 5,95,000

Do. Transferred 59,000
Administration of Justice 26,94,000 Debt Heads.
Jailsand Convict Settlements 8,31,000
Deposits and Advances
60,05,000 3,13,000
Police Famine Relief Fund
Departments 14,000
Scientific Transfers from Famine Relief
Fund 2,12,000
. Education
1,14,000 Depreciation Fund for Govern-
Reserved ment Presses 28,000
Transferred . .
49,20,000

Depreciation Fund for Forest
Medical .
13,60,000
.
3,37,000
Tramway
Public Health Subventions from Central Road
15,16,000 5,42,000
Agriculture Development Account
Civil Deposits
43,000
Industries
Loans and Advances by Provin-
23,000 17,35,000
Reserved cial Government
Transferred 2;12;000
Fund and Government of
Miscellaneous Departments India
Reserved 1,61,000 Total Debt Heads

Total 2,50,21,000
.
Total Expenditure and Disburse-
ments
Civil Works. f Ordinary
Closing balance <{ Famine Relief
Civil Works- L Fund
Reserved 65,000
61,17,000
Grand Total .
Transferred
Total .. 61,82,000 Revenue Surplus .

. . !
The Central Provinces and Berar.

-57
Goy K K N < > I ;
II M orris,
. c. i.i. (Officiating)
His Excellency Sir Hyde $awan, 1807
b.a. (Oxon) Cam pbel]
K.C.S.I., C.I.E., V.D., I.C.S.
Mol 186?
1 1 l is, C.I
.
t. (Officiating) . . 1808
Members of the Executive Council.
The Hon'ble
Confirmed ti7tli May 1870.
Mr. E. 'Jtaghavendra llao, golonel ft. II
Bar-at-Law. . Keatimrc, v S.i. (Offg.) 1870
J. H. Morris, c.s.l.
The Hon'ble Mr. Eyre Gordon, b.a. (Oxon) IS 72
0. grant (Officiating)
C. I.E., i.c.s. (On leave). 1879
The Jion'ble Mr. N. J. Houghton, b.a. J. H. Morris, c.s.l.
(Oxon) W. 1879
B. Jones, c.s.l.
c.i.e., i.c.s., Temporary
Member. 1883
C. H. T. Crosthwaite (Officiating)
'
'.
[ 1884
Ministers.
Confirmed 27th January 1885.
The Hon'ble B. G. Khaparde, b.a. il.b. I). Pitzpatric (Officiating)
The Hon'ble llai Bahadur K. S. 1885
Nayudu, B.A.,
'
W. Neil {(iffiriuling) '
..'
IL.B, A. Mackenzie, c.. 1887
E. J Crosthwaite
.
1887
Secretariat. . (Officiating) , ] 1889
cMef Secretary, C. F. Waterfall, i.c.s. Until 7th October 1889.

[
I
Fancial Secretary, C. D. Deshmukh, to s J. W. Neill (Officiating)
Revenue Secretary, R. N. Banerjee, i.c.s A. P. MacDonell,
.
1890
c.s.l. .
1891
I
Settlement Secretary, T. C.
S. Jayaratnam, i.c S
J. Woodburn, c.s.l. (Officiating) \\ 1893
Ra Bahadur . H. Gokhale, o- T p
onfirmed 1st December 1893.
Tl^TT^' oir C. J. Lyall, c.s.l., k.c.i e
The Hon'ble Mr. D. C. J. Ibetson/c.s.i.! 1895
I P$f^^^^ E - A. Macnee, m.a. (Cantab.),
Sir A. H. L. Eraser, K.c.s.i.
1898
Se (Officiating)
'
Z' fa
Zff^c&
r 1 Works Department, (Buildings 1899
I * Irrigation Branch),
H. A. Hyde, Confirmed Oth March 1902.
The Hon'ble Mr. J. p. Hewett, c S.I
Heads of Departments. CLE. (Officiating)
1902
fcComwiwiem^ 0/ Settlements, Director of Land Confirmed 2nd November 1903.
êcord^ Registrar-General
j
of Births," Deaths The Hon'ble Mr. E. S. P. Lelv, csi
Q d Ins Ct0r
hi tînnW^
l ration, I. C. S. r
Gmeral f
Jayaratnam, i.c.s r ,
K.c.l.E. (Officiating)
Confirmed 23rd December
..
'
1904
thief Conservator of Forests, J. 1904.'
;
Whitehead, I f s The Hon'ble Mr. J. O. Miller, c s.i
^LfTTlT
I
an * Superintendent of> 1905

S. Ismay, c.s.l, (Officiating)
stamps, 1. C. S. Jayaratnam, i.c s 1906
COmC TUX Ea * ahadur **. Until 21st October 1900.
T.U 1aierVr '
F. A. T. Phillips, i.c.s. (Officiating)
Postmaster General,' S. B. Sinha 1907
ma
|*
Accountant General, A. J. Currie.
Commissioner, F. L. Grille, Bar-at-Law,
Inspector General of Prisons,

Lieutenant-Colonel
'
'
Ihe ?P
rm
Hon'ble
Until 24th March
th Ma^ to 21st
Sir
Mr.
R. H. Craddock,
I.C.S.
H. A.
1907.
November 1909
. .
Crump,
.
Also
k.c.s.i.,
.
from
c.V.i.,
1907
N. S Jatar, d.s.o., m.r.c.s.
(Loud.), i.m. & s. (Bom.),
(Eng.), lTcv I-C.S
1912
i.m.b Sub. pro tern from 26th January 1912
/nspector General of Police, C.
C. Chitham c I E to 16th February.
Director of Public Instruction,
E. A. macnee,
Macnee" The Hon'ble Mr. M. W. Fox-Strangways
m.a. (Cantab.), v.d., i.e '
s o.s.i., i.c.s. (Sub pro tern) 1912
^foS. ThC Kight Reverend A
Inspector
lex. Wood, The Hon'ble
c.i.e., i.c.s.
Sir B. Robertson, k.c.s.i'
. .
'
1912
General of Civil Hospital, Col
K M The Hon'ble Mr. H. A. ' Crump,' csi'
I.c.s. (Officiating)
_d.t m. & h. (Lond.), o.b.e., i.m.s. 1914
Sir B. Robertson, k.c.s.i.
0/ Hmlth Major S N Ma ^d,
"
i.c.s.
> '
1914
Sir Frank George Slv
Director o/ ^fcttftare, J. H . Ritchie, ma b sc k.c.s.i., i.c.s. 1919
F Services Ma * r
g%.R fvt^ > Governors.
IT. E. Sir Frank Sly, K.c.s.r., i.c.s.
1920
li. E, Sir Montagu Butler, K.c's'l cb'
C.I.E., C.V.O., C.B.E., I C S
Chief c SjSSTONERS. J 925
II. E. Mr. J. T. Marten, csi' ics"
Bone] Elliot R. K .
lf> P ,
(Officiating)
'
. . . .
.
1927
aeut-Colonel J. K. Spence
'(Officiating)
H. E. Sir Montagu But ler, k.c s.i C b
.'
[ 1862 '
I. Temple (Officiating) o A9
C.I.E., O.V.O., C.B.E., I.c.s. '
11)27
olonel E. K. Elliot
. .
" -,
H. E. Sir A. E. Nelson, K.c.l.E*. * o.b.e
'
.. [[
S Campbell (Officiating)' I.C.S. (Officiating)
.
L864
.. 1932
f. Temple H. E. Sir Mont;.-,, Butletj K.C.S.I
CB*
'
1804 C.I.E., C.V.O., C.B.E., I.C.S.
Campbell (Officiating) ! . . 1932
Temple 1805 H. E. Sir Hyde Gowan,
.
. . . . , K.c.s.i.', c.i.e'
1805 V.D., I.C.S.
1933
The Central Provinces Legislative Council.
i5
CENTRAL PROVINCES LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

President.
The Hon'ble Mr. S. W. A. Bizvi, B.A., LL.B.
Ex-officio Members.
Member of the Executive Council.
The Hon'ble Mr. E. Haghavendra Rao, Barrister-at-Law,
Member of the Executive Council.
The Hon'ble Mr. Noel James Houghton, CLE., I.C.S.,
Ministers.
The Hon. Rai Bahadur K. S. Nayudu, B.A., ll.b.
The Hon. Mr. B. G. Khaparde, b.a., ll.b.
Nominated Members.
Officials.
the Central
Chief Secretary to the Government of
Mr. Charle; Francis Waterfall, l.c.s., J.P.,
Provinces.
Settlement and Land Records
Secretary in the
Mr. Thomas Cook Samnel Jayaratnam, l.c.s.,
Department, Central Provinces.

the Central
Revenue Secretary to the Government
of
Mr. Rabindra Nath Banerjee, I.C.S.,
Provinces.
Financial Secretary to the Government of the
Mr.ChintamanDwarkanathDeshmukh, l.c.s.,
Central Provinces.
Secretary to the
Remembrancer, Legal and Judicial
Mr. Clarence Reid Hemeon, l.c.s., Legal
the Council).
Government of the Central Provinces (Secretary to
Societies and Director of
Registrar, Co-operative
Mr. Goverdhan Shankerlal Bhalja, ,.0.8.,
Industries, Central Provinces.

Public Works Department.
Mr. Henry Armriod Hyde, M.C., Secretary to.Government,
Non-officials.
Mr. UU.aau Singh, Za.nindar of Matin, P. 0. Pasan, district

Bilaspur (inhabitants of U^n
and Jagirdari estates).
Jubbulpore (European an* Anglo-
The Rev. G. C. Rogers, M.A., Head-Master, Christ Church School,
Indian Communities).
Amraoti.
Mr. G. A. Gavai, Mai Tekdi Road,
Mr. T. C. Sakhare, Gaddigudam, Nagpur. i

Depressed
Chokhamela Hostel, Amraoti.

Mr. G. Naik, Superintendent of the
S.
Eaipur,
Bardi, P. O. Kharora, Tahsil
Guru Gosain, Agamdass Malguzar of Mauza J
district Kaipur (T. 0. Neora).
Factory Labourers).
Road, Nagpur City (VrOan
Bao Sahib R. W. Fulay, M.A., LL.B., Walker
Mrs. Ramabai Tambe, B.A., near Maharajbag Club, -Nagpur.
. .. . . . ' '
The^Central Provinces Legislative

Council. 159
EtEOTED Members.
A.Members elected from the Central Provinces.
Name.
Constituency.
Mr. Balraj Jaiswara

Mr. Daduram .
Jubbulpore City, Non-Muhammadan (Urban))#
Rai Sahib Badri Prasad Pujari
'
Jubbulpore Division (Urban). {
Mr. Chunnu Chhattisgarh Division (Urban).

Mr. Parakh
C. B. .' Nerbudda Division (Urban)
Rai Sahib Lala Jainarain Nagpur City-cum-Kamptee.
Mr. T. J. Kedar Do. do.
..
Mr. Sheoprasad Pandey Nagpur Division (Urban).
0 6 DiSfcriCt
Pandit Kashi Prasad Pande (Rural)! ^
outh )ôn.Muhammadan
Mr. Jhuninlal Verma Jubbulpore District (North)

Mr. Dulichand .
Damoh District.
Rai Bahadur Dadu Dwarkanath Saugor District.
Singh Seoni District.
Choudhan Malthulal
Mr. Waman Yado Deshmukh Mandla District.
Mr. Anjore Rao Kirdutt Raipur District (North).
Rai Sahib Pandit Ramsanehi Raipur District (South)
Gaurha Bilaspur District.
Khan Bahadur F. P. Tarapore
Rai Bahadur Gajadhar Prasad
.
Drug District.
Jaiswal \ \
Hoshangabad District.
Mr. Gopalrao Rambhau
Mr. Arjunlal
Joshi
.
.... Nimar District.
Seth Sheolal Narsinghpur District.
.
Mr. Chandan Lai Chhindwara District
ft
.
Betul District.
fL Hon Ranker Rao Deshmiikh' Nagpur
The b]e Ra iBahadur K .S. Nayudu District (West).
Wardha District.
Mr. sXbr^ SuItan Prasad Tiwari
R
Mr. Vinayak
Wardha Tahsil.
Chanda District.
Damodar Koite
Khan Bahadur M. M. Mullna Bhandara District.
Mr. Iftikhar Ali Balaghat District.
Ju Division
(rST
(Rural)
'
Muhammada "
Chhattisgarh Division (Rural)
to?, ?abadur S êd Hifazat Ali
ttr. Mahomed Yusuf Nerbudda Division (Rural)
Shareef
Beohar Gulab Sing.
Nagpur Division (Rural).
& S'f ^
Jn NerbUdda
Landhold
oSSSnSi fecial
toakur Manmohan Singh .
Jr.D. T. Mangalmoorti Landholders.

It.L. H. Bartlett, o.b.e.
. '
S3
cth Thakurdas Goverdhandas nd Berar Minin S Association,
CenS
central Provinces n
Commerce and Industry.
B. Members from Berar

nominated after election.
!r. Vithal Bandhuji Chaobal
Ea ar (Municipal) N on-Muhammadan
r.R. A. Kanitkar (Urba^T >
r. Panjabrao Shamrao Deshmukh West Berar (Municipal).

r. Motirao Bajirao
ao Sahib
Tidake
Uttamrao Sitaramji Patil
Sndhar Govind Sapkal
' lS!(K
Amraoti (West).
al) Non Muha "^n
-
(Rural).
r.
^ Sahib
ao a Tl8
M Nara insingh Thakur
Naik Dinkarrao Dharrao Raiurkar
r. Yadav Madhav
Kale
Akola (East).
Akola (North- West).
Akola (South).
r. Tukaram
Shanker Patil Buldana (Central).
P. Mahadeo Paikaji Buldana (Malkapur and Jalgaon)
Kolhe h
P. Ganpat
Sitaram Malvi Yeotmal (East).
Syed Mobinur Rahman Yeotmal (West).
ian Sahib MuzaflFar Berar (Municipal) Muhammadan (Urbane
Husain (Deputy President
resiac )
an Bahadur Mirza Raham
Beg
Ba,k rishna ânesh Khaparde
S0
5
Bahadur .
Gajanan Ramchandra Kothare Berar Landholders Special

Constituencies.
Berar Commerce and Industry.
u
i6o
North- West Frontier Province.

as its 1813. The Frontier Territory was annexed
The North-West Frontier Province,
north-west j
by the British in 1849 and placed under
the
name denotes, is situated on the is in to control of the Punjab Government. Frequent
frontier of the Indian Empire.
It
warfare occurred with the border tribes.
Ihe
north by
an irregular strip of country
east and south by west and
described as the tract of
lying
may genera ly be
country
Baluchistan, lying between the
nor t
Indus and
w i
most serious phases of these disturbances were

the war provoked by the aggression of Afghanis-
tan in 1919 and the protracted punitive operations
against the Waziris in 1919-1920. These
have
with Afgtajistan.
the Durand boundary line resulted in the establishment at Razmak,
a posi-
mountains of
To the north it extends to the range a long tion dominating the Mahsud Vvaziri
country,
the Hindu Kush. From this troops drawn
due south of a permanent garrison of 10,000
brokfn line of mountains runs almost ,
mostly from stations lying in the Plains

imme-
Afghanistan, until
dividing the province from below the hills. A circular road from
closes the diately
the Sulaiman Range eventua
ly
Jandoia
Province from Baluch"ten.
Ihe Bannu, through Bazmak to Sararogha,
south of the and back to the Derajat provides eommimica-
greatest length of the province
tions transport with this force and
facilitates its
miles and its J!}
total
its greatest breadth 279 has been
miles. The tern mobility. The effect of this measure
area about 36,356 square dm- a marked improvement in the internal
peace of
main geographical
tory falls into three the Tribal area.
Hazara; the
sSns: the Cis-Indus district of Hills,
,
Indus and the

narrow strip between the Kohat, The division of the Frontier Province from
mntaming the Districts of Peshawar, the Punjab has frequently been discussed,
wit
Xnnu and Dera Ismail Khan, and the rugged these
the double ooiect, in the earlier stages of.
.
and west
mountainous regions on the north debates, of securing closer and more imme-
border hue of
between those districts and the Q diate control and supervision of
thelrontier
Afghanistan. Hazara and the *f J? by the Supreme Government and oi making
in the second divis on such alterations in the personnel and
du.ies
miles. The mountain
regions, north and west, to the esta-
only to the po- of frontier officials as would tend
Se occupied by tribes subject m blishment of improved relations between
the
î
Utical Srol
of the H. E. the Governor
Agent to the
from
his
22,828 square
The area of this tract is roughly north to south,
local British representatives and
dent tribesmen. The province was
the indepen-
removed from the control of the Punjab ad-

eventually
the
miles and in it are situated,
known as theMala- ministration in 1901. To it was added
severally Chitral, the
the political agencies
Wazinstan and political charge of Dir, Swat and
kZFc\ -Khybtv Kurram, North Political Agent of which had never
been suo-
ordinate to the Punjab. The new
Province
Commissioners of the five administered districts Commissioner
political was constituted under a Chief
responsible for the management
of with head-
is and Agent to the Governor-General,
of the
Sns with certain tribes or sections
A few hundred quarters at Peshawar, in direct communi-
India the m
tribes across the frontier.
SVe ZT
miles of the trans-border
but
fl dm nistered
of the
Territory
trans-border
are
by the Political Agents,
mter-
population
internal interference, so long
cation with the
1932 the Province

Province
Government
was
ot
Foreign and Political Department.
constituted a
In April
Governor
In political questions there is
Governor and
s
?s free from any no intermediary between the

as offences are not
committed and so long as ;
officer; an arrangement de-

the local
the trfbes observe the conditions on which to secure both prompt disposal
of them.
signed
allowances are paid to many tnan of references and the utilisation
of the
ThP area of the Province is a little moreAden) expert knowledge of frontier conditions
(excluding Sind and
hJf thtt of Bombay three-fifths of the for which the head of the
administration is
and amounts to more than selected. advisability of re-unitmg the
The
The density
of England without Wales. Province with the Punjab was much discussed
of populaS throughout mile,
qq oersons to a square
the Prov
but ^ equals
in the more
Population
in certain Indian political circles
of the views expressed upon
and as a result
the matter in the
favoS portions the pressure of Legislative Assembly the G.?7 em en *
n
J ^5
ifmuch greater. In thesquare Hazara District there
in 1922 appointed a Committee of
7
officials ana
persons to a mile and in the The Committee,
are 208 unofficial* to investigate it.
the number is 156 Bray, M. L.A.,
trans Indus plains tract presided over by Mr. D. de S
5,179 peisons
Densitv for the 5 rented Districts
r
the Frontier
history of the people Joint Foreign Secretary, toured
Sor s mile The key to the numerous
Province and the Punjab and êard
of the^ -W F P. lies in the recognition of the
always witnesses. Its members were Messrs
Baza
fipt that the valley of Peshawar
was Shaha-
with Eastern Ali MOS., T. Banaacharia, Chaudbri Bahim
more close y'conSed politically
buddin, N. M. Samarth and B.KAbdur
San than with India, though in pre-Maho- Assenioly, E.
population was mamlyta Khan, members of the Legislative and A. m
meSan toes its
the Iranians N Bolton,
0 i.c.s. (Foreign Dept.)
hv race Early history finds Parke r,?.0.S. (Punjab) (members).
Tê inquiry
valley. Then beUeen
dominating the whole Indus developed practically into a contest
under Alexander hne^
caC the Greek invasion invasions of Mahomedans and Hindus on communal then
?h? Great, in B.C. 327 then the The Hindus, allied in with
sympathy
the Sakas and of the
White Huns and later ;
the Pun jab demanded th

Muhammadan invasion, co-religionists in
the
the two great waves of in
1
reunion of the administered districts of

lit came the Sikhs invasion beginning
North-West Frontier Province.
161
Vrovmce wltn the Punjab that were not
or,
attainable then t,he niacins of the judicial
if do inant language of the Province Is
p.Th? the Population contains several
administration of the Province under tne Punjab
High Court at Lahore. The Mahomed ans on
Wnti
lingual 5??*
strata. The most important sections
e latl n h th ncally and by
the other hand claimed the right of their Province
soci^ r,LT are Z
'
8lfcl0n the Path ans. They own
to a statu? corresponding with
other Provinces of India and to
that enjoved bv T
a very large proportion of
the
land in the ad-
'
immediate re- ministered districts and are the

forms initiating and providing for progress along ruling race
that line. The Hindus argued that
a separate
~1 ^
0 Rajpilt and other tribal
Pathan Province on the Frontier would cause
a dangerous sentimental division
iilw a S ',^"?'
have recently BetUpd in the
from the rest of Prov nee Mahomedan
Jndia, with leanings towards tribes
the allied racial almlS th
:e 1^1
whoIe Population,
constitute
Hindus amounting
elements outside British India. The answer v ,
to 0 CGnt
that was that a contented Pathan Province n f f thG t0tal alld SikhS tS -
would be a valuable buttress against hostile ndS heoccu Pîonal cleavage of

feeling across the Border. The
fhPnîT
the ?
population confuses ethnical divisions.
-
Committee's de-
liberations ended in disagreement, the
two Hindu the NoIth -West
members writing each a separate report favour- Tnw^
a .
rUStlCe
Frontier Province
able to the Hindu viewpoint already
explained, aovTr n qu stl0ns

1901), custom
regarding successions,
? e g ulation of
and the majority of the Committee, comprised bPtrnfho/ ?
betrothal, marriage, divorce, the senarote
If all its other members, recommending
advance property of women,' dower, vWlls P
on a Provincial basis. Their principal gifts? parU-
recom- tions family relations such
mendations were for as adoption and
guardianship and religious usages
and intti-
Retention of the Settled Districts and pr0V1 ed that the custom be
Tribal not con-
Tracts as a separate unit in charge Ir.lTl U 51C
administration under the Government
of a minor
of India ;
\TtlJ^J f
l
In these matters the Mohammad ^ \^}
or S od conscience.
an Law where
Par eS flre hammadans, and Hindu
Law,
fhfîT^ 0 ?.^ a relative Council for
the Settled District and appointment of Mem-
wh. *il
where +
the parties are Hindus, is applied in
ber of Council aDd Minister; a that laW
anoilL /h a ny eglslati ve
S not been alt êd
enactment and is
.H .
S
Appointment of a second Judicial Commis- not nniL to
So? opposed + + i provisions .
sioner which has sine* the of the Reeula-

been sanctioned and 8 moreover not been
reform of the judicial modified by
various
administration in anycStom!
directions, including interchange
of officers with the Punjab, so that
the mem- Climate, Flora and Fauna.
bers of the Service in the smaller
Province
Ve advant age of experience in the The climatic conditions of the 1ST - W
larger >ne ( which is mainly the mountainous FP
J**
Jt
/.?
nationality
onc llu
.
is allowed
^
the Majority) the Pathan
self-determination and
t^tf'f^
6 P es awar Valley and
T 5
tracts of the Indus in Dera
region,' but
the riverine
Ismail Khan Dis-
sriven ucope for that self-development
the Indian Empire under the Reforms
within V-
1
? extrem ely diversified. The latter
'
.
are
Scheme one of the hottest areas of the
district is
after which it is now striving we
Indian
ire assured continent, while on the mountain
MS with a contented Frontier Population weather is temperate in summer
ranges the
and intensely
Tndia ^n face with calm resolution
the future
cold m
The air is generally dry ana
winter.
that the Irontier has in store for her.'* hence the annual ranges of
temperature are
frequently very large. The Province has
The People. two wet seasons, one the S.-W. Monsoon
The total population of the N.-W season,
F P a 0 01 when moisture is brought up from
is 4,684.364, made up as follows.-
Fazara
'
T '
^
'
Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal*
other in winter, when storms from
the
the
669 636 Mesopo-
Trans-Tndus Districts .. .. 1,755*440 tamia, Persia and the Caspian Districts
bring
Trans-Border Area .. '.2,259 288 widespread rain and snowfall. Both
. sources
This last figure is estimated. There are L8uppthe
either
Iy ar ? P
recar i 01 is and not infrequently
S
areas
y *\% fp mal
f
femal
7T)er 1,000 males in the towns,
es per 1,000 males in rural
winter or the summer rainfall
almost entirely The following description
of the Daman, the high ground above
fails
the hidns
stretching across Dera Ismail
This disproportion of the sexes cannot
at mountains on the west,
Khan to the
present be explained in the N.-W.
F P anv written some years ago occurs in an account
by Captain Crosth-
more than in other parts of Northern
India waite: Men drink once a day and the cattle
Jhere it also appears. The discrepancy is greater
every
here than m
any other Province of Tndia. There luxury.second day Washing is an impossible
It is possible in
18 no ground for believing that the ho*
the neglect of weather to ride
girls in infancy has any effect thirty miles and neither hear
in causing the
ark nor
phenomenon On the other hand, the fn
ma lp &r!lu
g 8eo
With the exception of the l
the 8rnok* of a single fire'."
which are Pazara, which flows into Kunhar lliver in
population has to face manv trials
unknown to men. The evils of unskilled the .Thehim, the
mid- whole territory drains into
y an. earIy marriaee a the Indus. The
o * .u
both the birth and death-rates of the

among them flora of the Province varies
from the shrubby
Province jungle of the south-eastern
ire abnormally low. The birth rate in the hills, pine forests plains to barren
administered districts, according and fertile mountain valleys.
to the last igers used to abound in the
ivaHab,, official reports, I
U 25'S and the dcS forests but are

now quite extinct; leopards, hyenas, wolves
jackals and foxes are the chief
carnivora. Bears
; 1
l62 North-West Frontier Province.
monkeys are found a great variety of people for education has been judiciously '
deer and ;
of fish is caught in the Indus. and sympathetically fostered, though in this
The mountain scenery is often magnificent. respect there is com plaint

againit the limitations
notable imposed by financial embarrassments. In the
The frontier ranges contain many
districts; the total per-
peaks of which the following are the principal: British administered
Range, in Dera centage of male Scholars to the total male
Takht-i-Sulaiman, Sulaiman
Ismail Khan, 11,292 feet. population 55-9 and that of female Scholars
female population is 1'32
Pre Ghal, Sulaiman Range, in Mahsud vva- to the total
ziristan, 11,583 feet.
for the year 1933-34. per cent, males and 7
Kurram per cent, females of the total population
Sika Ram, in the Safed Koh, in the
Agency, 15,621 feet. are returned as literates. The figures for
diffusion of edu-
Kagan Peaks of the Himalayas, in the Ha- males denote a very narrow Those for females are
zara District, 10,000 to 16,700 feet. cation even for India.
Istragh Peak (18,900 ft.), Kachin Peak (22,641 not notably low, but they are largely affected
Hindu by the high literacy amongst Sikh women, of
ft.), Tirich Mir (25,426 ft.), all in the
Kush, on the northern border of Chitral Agency whom 13*3 per cent, are returned as literate.
The inauguration of a system of light railways
Trade and Occupations. throughout the Province, apart from all con-
materially im-
The population derives its subsistence almost siderations of strategy, must
wholly from agriculture. The Province is prove the condition of the people and also by
the hold of the admi-
practically without manufactures. There is that means strengthen
The great engineering
no considerable surplus of commercial pro- nistration over them. Canal, which
ducts for export. Any commercial importance project of the Upper
Swat River
which the province possesses it owes to the was completed in 1914, and the lesser work
of the Paharpur Canal, also completed a few
fact that it lies across the great trade routes
and prosperity to
which connect the trans-border tribal terri- years ago, will bring ease
tories and the marts of Afghanistan and Cen- a number of peasant homes.
tral Asia with India, but the influence of rail- Administration.
ways is diminishing the importance of these The administration of the North-West
trading interests. Special mention may be made Province is conducted by H. E. the
Frontier
of the railway comparatively recently opened
Governor in Council and Agent to the Governor-
linking Baluchistan, in the south-west of the N.- His staff consist of
General.
W. F. P., via Nushki with south-east Persia.
The line connects with the north-west railway (1) The Hon'ble Member of the Executive
system of India and extends 343 miles to Duz- Council. , _
dap, within the Persian border. Two weekly (2) The Hon'ble Minister Transferred De-
trains run each way and the freight carried large-
partments. .
ly consists of carpets, wool and dates, from Per- (3) The Hon'ble the President, Legisla-
tive Council.
sia and of tea, sugar and piece-goods from the
Though the railway is primarily (4) Officers of the Political Department of
Indian side.
strategic in purpose its commercial and political
the Government of India. I ,
effects will be considerable. The travelling traders (5) Members of the Provincial Civil Service-
Members of the Subordinate Civil Service.
(or Powin dahs) from the trans-frontier area have (6)
Superintendents and Assistant Super-
always pursued their wanderings into India (7)
intendents of Police.
and now, instead of doing their trading in of
Officers recruited for the service
towns near the border, carry it by train to the (8)
requiring special
departments
large cities in India $ The Railway line from Engineering,
Pir to Lankitshina which is complete and knowledge Militia,
Education, Medicine and Forestry.
open to public traffic now will similarly, ^
in course of time, develop both the The cadre posts reserved for officers coming
manner and amount of transport communi- under the fourth head above are : and
cations and trade. The new roads in Waziristan f H. E. the Governor
Agent to the
are already largely utilised by the Tribal inhabi-
Governor- General
tants for motor traffic. Prices of agricultural
produce have in recent years been high, but the The Hon'ble Member of
agriculturists, owing to the poverty of the the Executive Council
means of communication, have to some extent Chief Secretary
markets and Secretary, Transferred
been deprived of access to Indian
have therefore been unable to profit by the rates Departments
prevailing. On the other hand, high prices are a Administration. Under-Secretary J
hardship to the non-agricultural classes. The Resident in Waziristan... 1 .
effects of recent extensions of irrigation have Dy. Commissioners 5

been important. Land tenures are generally Political Agents . 5 >12
.
the same in the British administered districts Senior Sub- Judges . 2J.
as in the Punjab. The cultivated area of the Asst. Commissioners "]

and amounts to 25 per cent, and uncultivated and Asst. Political H3
to 75 per cent. Agents. J
The work of civilisation is now making steady L
CommisO
Judicial
progress, both by the improvement of communi- f
cations and otherwise. Relations with the tribes Judicial Commr.'s sioner. - I
have improved trade has advanced,. free medical Court & Dis-j Two District and ^ d
admi- trict Judges. Sessions Judges.
relief has been vastly extended, police I
I One Additional
ditto. J
nistration has been reformed and the desire
North-West Frontier Province.
163
The districts under the Deputy
sioners are divided into from
Commis- The
tw/toflve sub- Administration.
collectorates in charge of tahsildars,
W1 Cdminal and
who are
AÛ^te:^ * ê present
o
or>
S
V?? a^T\*
f
iZll\J?a n ly cnminal and
Jixtra Assistant
-
T
Z
-
^
civil and revenue
a ? si ted
by naib-tahsildars,
?
revenue powers
in har ^ e of Assistant
,
B G
Omelat
k o Jt
K.c.s.1.,
T ^
or an
f
c.i.E.
êntto the Governor-
"7?; E '/ eut -- Co1 Sir Ral Ph Griffith,
.
(Assumed charge 18th April

Commissioners. The vil-
lage community characteristic Private 'Secretary-Ca t i
of some parts V a n L M. Barlow, m. . c.
18 ^digenoua among the Pathans. Aide-de-CampLieut. R. Richards,
?m nioS R. A.
hv Ft fA*
^kin
narv
nary
A^? ^
Modern
r
a s 1 1 u nit is to some extent taken
?? J
8
.
ld t0gGther by the ties

ancient ancestry, real or imagi-
municipal local government
.
Mv
BO b
Resident,
r Cunningham,
Mr. br. n
M
* mh * r
f the Executive Council-
c.s.i.,c.i.e.,
WaziristanJ Aeut. -Col.
^-^.A.
o.b.e., i.c.s
E B
^.15.
has been introduced in the Parsons, c.b.e. d.s.o.
also district boards.
towns. The^SS Judicial Commissioner--L.

The district is the unit Middleton 1 c

h s.
IvltZ ^
diCal and edu ational admin* -
0Zk the ordinary staff
trationand
trict Superintendent of
-
includes a Dis-
sawb
Police, a Civil Surgeon
the Superintendent of Jai DiviHonal Comwissioner-J.
and a Distdct ^ThomsoT S.
Inspector of Schools.
a single educational circle
The Province f or ^ CW Secretary
NWFP
rw'T'oftifn ;
0f Ha7arr The
D of tne Province carries
connected with both Irrigation
out duties
^
and only possess
and Buildings
3 S A. J. Hopkinson,
to Government,
i.o.s
Koads. It is organised in two &

circles (in all
.seven Divisions;
who
under a Chief Engineer P
a so ex-officio Secretary to
is
D W
m E the H F S? ar to Government, N.W.F.P.-
Governor Council. The administration of
civil police force of the
the %T{
Kai Bahadur T ?
Lala
cret
Chuni Lai
districts is vested in
an Inspector-General. There
force of Frontier Constabulary.
is a special
Of the Agencies
only Kurram and Tochi
Valley P av ?and
eevenue to the British
Government The
STstrfr ^ S
1 8 0
S contr olle
^?
,^d a11 fiâdminl^
by the Revenue ^han^S^^
lUian Sahib Haji
E ' the Governor-
Si?l
Inri , n
Gulam Naqshband Khan.
K
.
Commissioner. For the administ- PU

Hn? ni f ri inal ^Vartment-E. H.
ate two riJn
1 an
* S
and
justice there
<?
ss
"?tt, C %:
s
districts, each
esi(W nilt
v e r >,
b a ^ iP
district and Sessions
w T ^. cla
h ftW . orisons. Col. C.I. Bnerley,
fflnii^ ?î1 Commissioners
are the c.i. E ., i.M.s.
controlling
of the administration,
.
authority in the Judicial branch
and their Courts are the
In
^^ GmôfPoiiee^j. H Adam -
> e i
*N
Pmvincf The
Province.
im aIand a PP e11
n {?
tribunals in this
improvements needed to brin*
^ Commandant, Frontier Constabulary-^.
LilJie,
JU C1 adm ini ation ^-to-date, in acco?d
^h /hp tl .
trtth the growth of f f
tne business of administra-
Director of Public Instruction-
T. C. Orgill, m.a.,
r de th the
iport lS,t reference
eport to which !?
Commtttee's
was made above.
A Governor's Province. In January 1932
t was announced that the Province
instituted as a Governor's
would be
Province, and the
^plication to the Province of the
provisions of ana tiazaraM. Mahomed
he Government of India Act Ablsar Khan
was gazetted
ubject to the following modifications i.azetted ' Capt. Abdur Bahim Khan
; (Derajat.)
(a) that the number of members Political Agents.
of the
legislative Council shall be
forty L D BCSt
(b) that the maximum 'cZirS:
'
'
' B - E" M '" Dir S wat and
annual'salary of the
Governor sha 1 be Rs. 66,000, Major C. S.
and of a memb Searle, M. 0., Khyber.
f the Executive Council
Us. 42,000 and Cri ton North Waziristan.
$
"
;
(c) that Section 58 of

the said Act shall cea<* P Cant tr" p p 0SS HlI rsfc
have effect in its application to C^nt
âpt. W S o ' Kurram.
? the Evince
If. A. Barnes, South Waziristan.
âva^T sh Ve effect from neb Deputy Commissioners.
Capt. Iskandor Mirza,
Hazara
A. i). Dundas, i.o.s., Peshawar
^
Electoral rules were notified in
February 1932.
In order to meet the

vol the income of the
FINANCES.
excess in expenditure
S GadÛ S S n
B
former CAi>/ Commissioners
aw .
Provinces a si b venture The Hon'blc

lis. one crore per Lieutenant-Colonel Sir
E
annum is given bv the Deane, k.c.s.i., from 9th Harold
overnment of India out of Central iVovembrr in
Revenues 3rd June 1908. Died 7th July j <)
J?J0 8
l64 North-West Frontier Province.
George Abdur Rahaman Khan, Arbab,
Doaba-cum-
Hon. Lieutenant-Colonel Sir
ie
Roos-Keppel, g.c.i.e., K.c.S.i., from 4th June
Daud zai (Muhammadan), Gari Gulla, Post
Office. Nahaqui, Peshawar District.
1908 to 9th September 1919. Kundi, B. A., LL.B.
E.C.S.L, Khan Abdul Hamid Khan,
ie Hon'ble Sir Alfred Hamilton Grant, (Land-
September 1919 to 7th (Alig ), North- West Frontier Province
k.c.i.e., from 10th Ismail Khan
Gullmam, Dera
holders), Pleader,
March 1921. District.
he Hon'ble Sir John Loader Maffey, K.C.v.o., Khan, Khan Bahadur Nawab,
C.S.I., I.C.S., from 8th March 1921 to 6th July Baz Muhammad (Muhammadan), Ten, Kohat
Kohat East
1923.
District.
he Hon'ble Sir Horatio Norman Bolton,
Ghulam Haider Khan, Khan Bahadur, Bannu
K.C.I.E., c.s.l., i.c.s., from 7th July 1923 to North (Muhammadan), Bazar Ahamad Khan,
30th April 1930. Bannu District.
'he Hon'ble Sir Steuart Pears, K.C.I.E., C.S.I., Ghulam Hassan Ali Shah alias Hassan Gul Pir,
I.C.S., from 10th May 1930 to 9th
September
Kohat West (Muhammadan), Naryab, Kohat
1931. District.
N. W. F. PROVINCE LEGISLATIVE Khan Hidayatullah Khan, Peshawar District
(Landholders), Umarzai, Tashil Charsadda,
COUNCIL.
Peshawar District.
Khan Abdul Ghafur Khan,
'he Hon'ble K. B.
Khan Habibullah Khan, B. A., ll.b. (Alig.), Bannu
Khan of Zaida {President). South (Muhammadan), Pleader; Lakki, Bannik
L. B. Abdul Rahim Khan,
M.B.E., Bar-at-Law District.
{Deputy President).
Hamidullah Khan, Khan Bahadur Nawab,
iheekh" Abdul Hamid, b.a., ll.b. {Secretary). Razzar-cum-Amazai (Muhammadan), Toru,
Peshawar District.
Ex-Officio Members and Ministers.
CLE-,
Hazara Isher Das, Rai Bahadur Lala, m.a., ll.b.,
Phe Hon'ble Mr. G. Cunningham, C.S.I., (Non-Muhammadan), Nawanshahr, Hazara
o.b.e., Executive Councillor, District,
Abdul Qayum
rhe Hon'ble K. B. Nawab Sir
Karam Chand, Rai Bahadur, O.B.E., Mardan
Khan, k.c.i.e., Minister to the Government; (Non-Muhammadan), Peshawar Canto nment.
N.W.F.P. Khuda Baksh Khan, Malik, B.A., ll.b., Other
Officials Nominated Members Towns (Muhammadan), Pleader, Dera Ismail
Khan.
Thompson, Mr. J. S., i.c.s., Revenue and Division
Commissioner, 10, The Mall, Peshawar Ladha Ram, Lala, B.A., ll.b., Kohat-eum-Bannu
Cantonment. (Non-Muhammadan), Pleader, Bannu City.
Govern Muhammad Zaman Khan, Khan Sahib, Hazara
Macann, Capt., A. E. H., Secretary to Hazara
ment, Transferred Departments, Peshawar Central (Muhammadan), Khalabat,
Cantonment. District.
Inspector- Khan Muhammad Abbas Khan, Inner Mansehra
Adam, Mr. J. H., CO., o.b.e., (Muhammadan), Mansehra, Hazara District.
General of Police, Commissioner Road,
Peshawar Cantonment. Muhammad Sharif Khan, Arbab, b.a., Khalisa-
to cum-Bara (Muhammadan), Land Yarghajo,
Rai Bahadur Chuni Lai, Financial Secretary Peshawar District.
Government, Peshawar Cantonment. Khan, Mr., Mardan Kamalzai-
Cavalry Lane, Muhammad Ayub
S. Raja Singh, m. A.., ll.b., 1, cum-Baizai (Muhammadan), Khandi Khan
Legal Remembrancer to Government, Pesha Khelan, Hoti, Peshawar District.
war Cantonment.
Mehar Chand Khanna, Rai Sahib Lala, b.a.,
Non-Officials Nominated Members. Peshawar City (Non-Muhammadan), baddar
Representative Bazar, Peshawar Cantonment.
Allah Nawaz Khan, Nawabzada,
of general interests, Dera Ismail
Khan. Nur Bakhsii, Maulvi, B.A., ll.b., Deja Ismail
Khan East (Muhammadan), Pleader, Dera
(Alig.),
Khan Ghulam Rabbani Khan, B.A., ll.b.
Ismail Khan.
Representative of general interests, Mansehra, Peshawar
Hazara District. Pir Bakhsh, Mr., m.a., ll.b. (Alig.),
City (Muhammadan,) Pleader, Kissa
Khani
Hassan Ali Khan, Sultan Khan Sahib, of Boi,
,
Peshawar City. .
Representative of general interest, Boi,

; ,
Jagat Singh, Sardar, Warag Banker and

Mansehra Tahsil, Hazara District. Merchant, North-West Frontier Province
Khan Malik-kur Rahaman Khan, Kayani, M.A.,
(Sikh), Advocate, Peshawar Cantonment.
Representative of general interests, Sahpur,
Rochi Ram, Rai Sahib Lala, Dera Ismail Khan
Kohat District.
(Non-Muhammadan), Contractor, Dera Ismai-
Narinian Singh Bedi, Baba, B.A., Representative 11
of general interests, Ganj Street,
Peshawar Muhammad Khan, Khan Bahadur
Sultan '
Citv Hazara South (Muhammadan ), Bir, Hazara

Elected Members.
Hazara East (Muhamma
Khan Abdul Ghafur Khan, Hashtnagar (Muham- Samundar Khan, Mr.,
madan), Bar-at-Law, Peshawar. dan) Banda Pir Khan, Hazara District
Muhammad Khan, Khan Bahadur, o b.e.
Abdul Qayum Khan. Mr., B.A., LL.B. (Alig.), TajNowshera (Muhammadan ), Badrashi, ]Sow
Outer Mansehra (Muhammadan), Mansehra
shera.
Hazara District.
165
Assam.
The Province of Assam, omitting the partly Surma. This belt is traceable over
immistered and unadministered tracts on its a distance
of some 800 miles from N.
jrthern and eastern borders, comprises an area E. Assam through
Cachar and Chittagong to the
some 67,334 square miles. It includes the Arakan
* raKan coast
f
where it has a S.S.E. trend. '
ssam Valley Division, the Surma Valley and

ill Division and the State of Manipur. It
res its importance to its situation on the
Manufactures and Trade.
>rth-east frontier of India. It is surrounded Silk ismanufactured in the Assam Valley,
7 mountainous ranges on three sides while on
e fourth (the west) lies the Province of Bengal
8
Cotton'êaVmg
bein g

18
d0ne
also
^ the
lar ^ el y
nien
Practised
1 to the plains of which debouch the two bv ?t
by theZwomen, ,
and almost every house ,
Jleys of the Brahmaputra and the Surma contains a loom; the cloth is bein"
iich form the plains of Assam. These two
Jleys are separated from each other by
the
JSo^,
texture and colour. Tea
by im P rted goods of finer
jsam Range, which projects westward from the most important industry of the province.
gra-
manufacture is the
u Boat
Us on the eastern border.
Population.
ni te bras s an d ^tel and earthenware^,
af ne b "
r
T .
g are the other industries

The total population of the Province in 1931 about
JSfrl m agncu lture whi <* itself employs
?h^f 89 Q per cent, .
>
of the population. Assam

is 9,247,857, of whom 445,606 were in parries on a considerable
inipur. Of the population trade with the a
in 1931, nearly 5i joining foreign tribes and
ilhons were Hindus, over countries.
2f millions were
wlims, a million belonged to tribal religions
d a quarter of a million were Christians,
per cent, of the population speak Bengali, 21
r cent,
3ken m
speak Assamese: other languages
the province are
.f
Hindi, Uriya, llnZ'
u "
J
Communications.
the * rade of Assa is carried by
hG e eIlence .of its water communica-
Jf
the P ro lnce leg s dependent
7 upon
m
mdari, Nepali and a great variety of languages roadsSSSL ?u than over parts of India. A large fleet
ssified under the general heading of the of steamers maintained by the India
)eto-Lhmese languages. Owing to the great Navigation Company and General
the Rivers S?eam
(as ot waste and rivers the
density of the Navigation Company plies on the rivers in both
>yince is only 137, which
it of most
compared with
other parts of India is low. wT 8
?"
alternate day service of passenger-
boats runs between Goalundo and
In recent years the road system has
Dibru4rh
Agricultural Products, developed'
he n u nmetalled trunk road through
[t has agricultural
uld be difficult to
advantages for which it length7 H
1S
of^lthe Assam Valley and excellent
the
metalled
find a oarallel in any part roads
from Shillong to Gauhati and to
India, climate, soil, rainfall and river
sys-
Cherrapun-
0hetweeT ima Pur, on the Assam
is all being alike
se is
favourable to cultivation
the staple food crop, nearly 47 21
%LZ%n i ?
973 the Mampur State. A motor road, connecting
es being devoted on this crop. Except
in the Shillong with the Surma
nalayan Terai irrigation is unnecessary. Valley has been
Tea completed and opened to traffic/ The
I jute are the most important crops
grown for between Jaintiapur and Sylhet is portion
ort. The area under tea consists of 4 30 967 meta ed being
The
andtob acco are also grown and recently launchedGovernment of Assam have
I qI^SS*
tit 35,485 acres are devoted
to sugarcane.
into a large programme of
road improvements but has to be
postponed on
Meteorological Conditions. account of financial depression.
About 735
Lainfall is everywhere abundant, miles are to be bridged throughout
and ranges surtace improved and the
B 23.39 to 24176 .inches. The maximum by metalling and gravelling
is where possible.
Jied at Cherrapunji in the Khasi Kutcha roads will be maintained
Hills, which by means
e of mechanical plant which has
P laces in the worI <*> having successful in maintaining, throughout proved
5 P 11 ff Ton^
I from
jes f ^
0 '? 9
59 at c.l
nche8
-
The temperature a surface fit for
Sibsagar in January to 84-8
the year,
motor vehicles. Motor traffic has
uly Earthquakes of considerable" severitv increased on all sides and the demands for better
s taken place, by far
roads has been insistent. The open mileage
the worst being that way has also of rail-
A. occurred in 1897. shown a steady improvement and
several branch lines to the Assam
Bengal Railway
Mines and Minerals. system have been added in recent years
lie only minerals in Assam worked main Assam Bengal Railway line runs The
on from
wnmercial scale are coal, limestone g n P rfc in nga1 fchrou gh the North
Oleum oil. The most extensive coal nil
and Cachar r T^ to
Hills /n. ??
? Tinsukia, '
a station on the Dibru-

mea-
B are in the
Naga Hills and the Lakhimpur Sadiya Railway and connects the Surma and
Jets, where about 191,800 tons were raised
933. Limestone is quarried in the
^X" tr* Va Iey 8
from Badarpur lto Silchar
Khasi of the Surma Valley
o :, ,
A branch of the ne runs
at the Eastern end
Jaintia Hills, Petroleum is worked and another runs through
onlv in
limpur and Cachar.
1 whcr effects a Junction with
l account of the petroleum occurrences p V* the
Eastern Bengal Railway. The Eastern Bengal
If ,
was recently
oirs of the Geological Survey
published in the Railway connects
of India. It system via the Valley of the
Assam with the Bengal
8 tnat the petroleum localities in this extension Brahmaputra An
mce are confined to a curved belt of towards Kangapora from Tan-la
countrv junction; along the North Bank
I the basins of the Brahmaputra of the Brahma-
and putra has been opened to traffic.
. . . . . . . .
i66 Assam;
THE FINANCES OF ASSAM.

Assam secured tatotW
In common with the other Provinces of India, ^Tef ouîTS
set out
position for 1934-35 is
under the Reform Act of 1919. The present financial
following table :
Trs. Ti
Principal Heads of Revenue-
Taxes on Income 2,05 Miscellaneous Railway expenditure.
Construction of Railways .*
..
Salt
Land Revenue 1,08,40 Navigation, Embankments, Drainage Works
Excise 30,96 interest on ordinary Debt
17,00 Appropriation for reduction or
Stamps
Forest 12,82 avoidance of debt :
Registration 1,51 General Administration

Administration of Justice
Jails and Convict Settlements .
State Railways Police (other than Assam Rifles)

Gross receipts Police (Assam Rifles)

Deduct Working expenses . . . . :
Ports and Pilotage
Net receipts Scientific Departments
Subsidised Companies . . : Education (European)
Total Medical .
Debt Services Miscellaneous Departments

Works
37
91 Civil
Interest
Famine Relief and Insurance

Civil Administration
. . .
Superannuation Allowances and

Administration of Justice 1
61 Pensions
Jails and Convict Settlements Stationery and Printing
1,63
Police Miscellaneous
Ports and Pilotage ' Extraordinary charges
3,13
Education Contributions to the Central Govern-

. .
1,74
Medical ment by the Provincial Government ,*
Public Health 1,40

Agriculture Total Reserved Subjects .
Industries
Miscellaneous Departments . . .
.
Transferred Subjects-
Roads and Miscellaneous Land Revenue

Buildings,
Public Improvements Excise
Works 8,04 Registration
Civil . . *
General Administration
Miscellaneous Scientific Departments
Receipts in aid of Superannuation Education (other than European) .
Stationery and Printing Medical

Miscellaneous Public Health
Contributions and Assignments to and from the Agriculture
Central Government Industries . . .
.

Miscellaneous Departments .
Miscellaneous adjustments between

Govern- Civil Works
the Central and Provincial
Stationery and Printing
ments . .
Miscellaneous
Revenue in England
Capital Revenue Total Transferred subjects . .
by
Recoveries of loans and advances
the Assam Government . . . . V4 Ca,pital Expenditure

Loan from the Provincial Loans Fund Forest capital outlay not charged
to
Appropriation for reduction or revenue . .
charged to revenue.
avoidance of debt Civil Works not
Government Press Payment of commuted value of pen-
Depreciation Fund . .

sions not charged to revenue .
Provincial Subvention from Central Payment of gratuities retrenched personne

1,64 Government Press Depreciation Fund
Road Development Account Func
Suspense il Advances from the Provincial Loans
Loans and advances by the
Assam
2,56,46
Total receipts Government . "
Opening Balance Subvention from Central
2,56,46 Provincial
Grand total Road Development Account
Reserved Subjects 71,60
Suspense .
Land Revenue Expenditure in England . .
43
Stamps
Forest
Forest
11,99 Total expenditure
33 Closing balance
State Railways
Grand Total
Subsidised Companies
Assam. 167
Administration. Under Secretary to Government, G. R. Kamat,
The province of Assam was originally i.c.s. (offg.)
M-med in 187,4 in order to relieve the

Under Secretary (Transferred Departments),
ieutenant-Governor of Bengal of part of the N. N. Phukan, b.l. '
iministration of the huge territory then under

im. In 1905, as the result of further delibe-
Secretary to Government (Legislative Department)
itions, it was decided to add to the small
rovince of Assam the eastern portion of its
and Secretary to the Assam Legislative Council,
awieldy neighbour and to consolidate those
M.H. B. Lethbridge, I.c.S. (offg.)
rritories under a Lieutenant-Governor. The Secretary to Government in the
rovince of Eastern Bengal and Assam as then P. W. D.,
E. P. Burke, i.s.e.
instituted was again broken up on the 1st of
pril, 1912: the Eastern Bengal Districts Superintending Engineer, B.
3re united with the Bengal Commissionerships
F. Taylor, i.s.e.
Burdwan and the Presidency to form the Under Secretary, P. W.D., Mr. K. E. L. Pennell
ssidency of Bengal under a Governor-in- I.S.E.
>uncil, Bihar, Chota-Nagpur and Orissa were
rmed into a separate province, while the old Assistant Secretary, Finance and Revenue Depart-
ovince of Assam was re -constituted under ments, A. V. Jones, i.s.o., v.d.
Chief Commissioner.
Registrar, Assam Secretariat (Civil), D. C. Das.
Under the Indian Reforms Act of 1919 the
oyinco was raised in status to that of adminis- Registrar, Assam Secretariat (P.W.D.), A. B.
,tion by a Governor-in-Council and was Dutt.
jreby ranked, with certain minor provinces,
suit its undeveloped character with the older
jor provinces of India, Heads of Departments.
rhe capital is Shillong, a town laid out with
at taste and judgment among the pine
ods on the scopes of the Shillona Range which
Director of Land Records Surveys, & J. G.
Registration, etc., S. P. Desai, i.c.s.
!S to a height of 6,450 feet above the sea.
was destroy-d in the earthquake of 1897 Director of Industries and Registrar
of Co-ope-
I has been rebuilt in a way more likely to rative Society &
Village Authorities, S. L.
hstand the shocks of earthquake. Mehta, i.c.s., (offg.)
Director of Agriculture, J. Chakrabarty,

Governor. JST. (offg.)
E. Sir Michael Keane, k.c.s.i., cie 1 Superintendent, Civil Veterinary

c s ' Department,
>n leave) The Hon. Mr. A. J. Laine, c.i E
:
(x. B. Sen (offg.)
fcS. (offg.)
Conservator of Forests, Assam, A. J. W.
Executive Council. Milroy.
i
Hon'ble Mr. A. J. Laine, C.I.E., i.c.S. Commissioner of Excise, Registrar of Joint
Stock
Companies, Assam, C. S. Mullan, i.c.s.
Hon'ble Rai Bahadur Promode Chandra
atta, O.I.E. Superintendent and Remembrancer of Legal
Ministers. Affairs
Lethbridge,
and Administrator- General.
i.c.s.
M H B
Hon'ble Maulavi Abdul Hamid, b.l.
Hon'ble Rai Bahadur Kanak Lai Barua, Inspector- General of Police,
b.l.
T. P. M.
O'Callaghan, c.i.e.
jonal Staff of His Excellency
the
Governor. Director of Public Instruction, G. A. Small.
tie Secretary,
Capt. R. C. Ciuddas, The Inspector- General of Civil Hospitals
ike ofCornwall's Light Infantry. and Prisons,
^01. j. p. Cameron, c.i.e., c.s.i.
^de-Camp, Capt. R. E, Peel, The Duke
of
rn wall's
Light Infantry. Director of Public Health, Lt.-Col.
T. D. Murison.
vary Aide-de-camp, Subadar-Major
Sardar Chief Engineer, E. P. Burke.
hadur Nainsmg Mall, i.d.s.m
mry Aide-de-Camp, Subadar Krishna
Lai
Governors.
hry-Aide-de-Camp, Lt.-Col. J. P. Moran, Si h0laS DOdd Beat80n Bell > Kc - - s - r -> k.c.i.e.,
192i
Secretaries, etc., to Government.
Sir William Sinclair Marris, K.c.s.i., k.c.I.e., 1922,
Secretary, J. A. Dawson, c.i.e., i.c.s. Sir John Henry Kerr, K.c.s.i., K.O.I.E., 1925.
V G n (Finmce and Avenue), Sir William James Reid, K.o.l.E., c.s.i.,
\L
JIf
18),
}>H
w
hd ?T
ernm int (Transferred
H. Q. Dennehy, i.c,S,
Depart-
S
"n ^2be
O.B.E.,
Sir Mjchael
^
auric Lucas Hammond
1927.
1925.
k.c.s.i,
Keane, K.c f S,i.; c.i.e., 1932.

. . ... ..
... . .. . .
i68 Assam Legislative Council.
ASSAM LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

.. {President).
The Hon'ble Maulavi Faiznur Ali . .
The Hon'ble Mr. A. J. Laine, CLE., I.C.S. .

Ex-officio).
The Hon'ble Rai Bahadur Promode Chandra Dutta, CLE.
Names. Constituency by which elected.
ELECTED MEMBERS.
Shillong (General Urban).
The Rev. J. J. M. Nichols-Boy
Silchar (Non-Muhammadan^ Rural)
Babu Sanat Kumar Das ditto,
Hailakandi
Babu Hirendra Chandra Chakrabarti .
ditto,
Sylhet Sadar
Babu Birendra Lai Das ditto,
Babu Kalicharan Muchi Sunamganj
Habiiganj (North) ditto,
Babu Gopendrolal Das Chaudhuri .
Habiiganj (South) ditto,

Babu Jitendra Kumar Pal Chaudhuri ditto,
South Sylhet
Babu Chiratan Mochi Karimganj ditto,
Mr. Sasanka Mohan Das ditto.'
Dhubri
Kumar Pramathesh Chandra Barua .
Gauhati ditto,
Srijut Rohini Kumar Chaudhuri ditto,
Goalpara
Srijut Bepin Chandra Ghose ditto,
Barpata
Rai Bahadur Rajani Kanta Chaudhuri ditto,
Tezpur
Rai Sahib Dalim Chandra Boar a Mangaldai ditto,
Kumar Bhupendra Narain Deb >
.
Nowgong ditto,
Srijut Brindaban Chandra Goswami .
ditto,
Sibsagar
Srijut Jogendra Nath Gohain. ditto,
Jorhat
Srijut Kasi Nath Saikia ditto
Golaghat
Srijut Mohendra Nath Gohain ditto,
Dibrugarh
Rai Bahadur Nilambar Datta u" -w
ditto.
JNOrill Lakhimpur
North Jjaivimuijui .
Srijut Sarveswar Barua (Muhammadan Rural

Sylhet Sadr (North)
The Eon'ble Maulavi Abdul Hamid .
Cachar ditt0 -
Haji Idris Ali Barlaskar

Svlhet Sadr (South) ditto.
Maulavi Abdur Rashid Chaudhuri Sunamaanj 0 '
Maulavi Munawar Ali ^H'

ditto.
Habiganj (North)
Maulavi Abdur Rahim Chaudhury Habisanj (South) ditto.
Maulavi Saivid Abdul Mannan South Sylhet ditto.
Maulavi Abdul Khalique Chaudhury .
Karimganj ditto.
Khan Sahib Maulavi Mahmud Ali Dhubri ditto.
Maulavi Abual Mazid Ziaoshshams . o ,
Goalpara cum South Sal- ditto.

Khan Sahib Maulavi Mizanar Rahman mara Thana.
ditto;
Kamrup and Darrang
Khan Bahadur Maulavi Nuruddin Ahmed cumNowgong.
Ali Sibsagar cum Lakhimpur ditto.
The Hon'ble Maulavi Faiznur Assam Valley Planting.
Vacant. Ditto.
Vacant. Ditto.
Mr. A. J. Richardson Surma Valley Planting.
Mr. H. Embleu .
Ditto.
Mr. F. J- Heathcote Commerce and Industry.
The Hon'ble. Rai Bahadu Kanak Lai Barua .
NOMINATED MEMBERS.
Officials.
I H. G. Dennehy.
J. A. Dawson, Ci.E. G. A. Small.
E. P. Burke.
Vacant.
Non-Officials.
the labc ^
Rev. Tanuram Saikia representing
Sreejukta Atul Krishna Bhattacharya. Tangbir
Sutdar'-kajor Sardar Bahadur
the mnao
Srijut Mahendrs. Lai Das. i.d.s.m., (representing
o.b.i. ,
Maulavi Muhammad Mashraf of Backward Tracts). T
Khan Sahib
Khap Bahadur Maulavi Keramat
Ali, Jl
Rai Sahib Pyari Mohan Das,

h
169
Baluchistan.
n oblong 3tretch of
fc^
"Wing
8 is
co n t"
tho extreme ?
|ô%f &*^S^
[
western corner of th'e in some
P 3 d iV ide d int0 three
Mons"
is110ns. m Rii
(1) British T, .
Baluchistan
,
main Population are
with an area on agriculture, dependent
y f
for W
ndi e
\liveiihous
Sq
ed to the
re
^'
e Bntish
eS C nSi9tin
h ?. 8 of ^sT of transport.
Government by treaty the Baluch,
?
care of anim*i
Thâ/oritv of
* od
r Vision
A
1870 as a rule ciiIHvJfo fi h e Af ^ han and
.
Ter" to s with heW
-
U 345
'e fromT
sZli^?
S'
an area The Brahnis
com P se < * tracts which pastoral
life.
dislike
Previous to fh Q
^L* T
6 d prefer a
Iands -
rtnerwTA^nhf
lme been ac(I u
^
^d by lease British, life
and prooertv J advent of the
the cultivator nSecure tha *
^ wI^toL/f? -fV
i of
Kalat and La * Beta with
0,410 square miIes
a
harvest. The
security h
e
M >
wSbliimpn^ >t
\^r^m^J
reaped his
Peace and
S
LoL
'6
rt n
a " ar ea f 134.638 square
0 h
7 fnha bitants.
enSUS
- The Province extension
miles and the increase in h!1
' 1931 ifc conta ^tivat^
of aSeSlf n? P
t 1
^
by a marked
f hlch ofaccounts for
the
0 l try whi<* is almost w"oUv

f
for the quantity aiid
the industry is constant qaamv
Jv *l *\
of lts S
e Pln
I f inouB
5 and
fish
^
or,< ^J
! ,
' moun- extensively grown in f 6P hl "li |- Fruit
v is
Sd WiS'S
na.
lia\w It thusTfforms
it J?
b
the ^,
0f ran S^ connecting export is
hl11 system of Southern
inSfng. nland s and the
irablan^f
Aranian .bea on nn ?,
a watershed the drain-
h IndUS n ^"SLrtSSd

the south while on the fcmct desire
/SZ for edueafimf
p lic schooIs of
flere ls a dis - S
68 HS ay t0 te inland enlightened headmen g tbe more
f whk* Tform^f ?'
round ?h ? S
bv
W? ffl' chasms
1,
,h
large a feature of Central other
r6D sun -humt mountains, the desire
'
centres but on the wif ^
;
of it has^madfIittTe
Ut
8 edu,
Quetta and
?
ation r
y high and n r no advance
and deserts and stony gorges, alternate the outlying districts Voli ?, in
/
.
c OT ' r of wh icb 15 a
So
ntains the and Hamafon SindînT^ ^ Sharigh
Kut
?his 1S redeemed, ,
Si! the Bolan Pass.
The cntS Railway and in
in places by level vallevs was of CoaI * 1929-30
16,959 ton"
Zhob District' 'near 18
ST,xtracted u he
ISA
rfall kinds to be raised.
1 01
1
* carried 011 and rich output
stone li
fell off owin^ t?nn"
qnarVl^f^Cj^^^
ag T,le chroie
^
fc
output of ohmmiia a ^"antities. 11

The
lte dmn ^
1929 '30 amounted

em
ent^wHh'
with Tri'? of the British
Baluchistan commenced
Gov-
from
to 17,906 to!? s
lutbreak of the First
ss traversed by
AMian Warln iS?o9 .
Administration.
the Armv f thi } 5
;
districts
8 o'f K
TêC
" eS
n L
com ""'nication *nKyf^
Chief Commissioner

is the
handS otr to 'the ^jftJ**?*
S
Revenue Commissioner meS the
who coutraU^ he revenue
administration and eveÎcf ?L ;
of a High Court the f n ctions
a" T^d52fflf5f .
the Province. The 0f

tion in Baluchisfnn of administra-
tribesmenâfts
Jirgas or Councils
Tof
Zvt^T*
7%w me '
i /
by the
lns of their
which SHOr ce of
the satisfact
is
the settlement of tit on of th. a ncv ed! and
,!)
^ -
the aggressor or k-"^ retaIiation on

the v ?'
IV
of a crime. The unish nient
? ? P
I Government and Ita ined
man's strenuous insistence ft Sir
Itealft
Industries.
" te 'de the monsoon
area
trusivebut ln^"S^ fSV^
Civil administration
and the investigation
I
carrying of the mails thl i

and other ffiWEo^
these district levies
thnZ
vt
district i P V
SW
i^SA^Sfft /
an " ob -
the
and Ward
nt also ln the
M&\tton to
'
irregular Corps in 0rdln arily three

the p r f?
InThi^
m,oro than 11* inches in ^
WilitiaTtlje MekranLfivtitl0Vi
tad2^teA*toa
e
j the ^ h ob
u" n^'M Z fe~e m^ f
a Levy Corps. Chagai
Andaman and Nicobar Islands^
170
Governor- General and Chip ^m- Ports Port Blair
and Camort .in
and Boningto in
Andamans and Car Nieobar

Agent to the
missioner in Baluchistan,
The Hon Die e>n
Timber and
ported
coconuts are expoi
Nicobars
coconuts and theii
*
from the Andamans, and

nS^T^f'cîoner, B. J-
products from the Nicobws a Chie
ThP Tslands are administered oy w
-
Cominiss" A penal Bettimegt a,s es-j
<m<Z CMe/ Commissioner, H. weignuud-u,

tablished at Port Blair m 1858.and is the largesi
lai
in India.
and most important .as
Chief Commissioner, J.
W. bmytn, c.i.a.,
COORG.
Province in Souther
Coorg is a small petty Its are
of Mysore.
India west of the State
square miles and its population 174,97j
s i 582 of
protection
Coorg came under the direct warîth Sr
.the
Britfsh Government during o
Tippu of Seiingapatam. In May 1834,
was annexed. -
to misgovernment it
the Gênimej
Provinc? is directly under the v^niei
:
of Tndia and administered by

Resident ln My:
mtaSSSrrf Coorg who is the ,
with his headquarters at

are combined all the
^ns^^-
the Assistant Beside
stykd
a
of Coorg.
lc"
ffnT Bangalore where
e
to. the Chief
In Coorg his chief
author ty
Comm.s.oi
is t
J.ssistont PoZtoZ Agent, Sibi, Captain ComSoner whose

^^\?L?*
S. Curtis, I.C.S. . _ rnlonelR G.Hinde.
pjSsa^* >
captain
A
JaJtfBBtfa-. **<*. * -
.
is exported to
France.
put
Surgeon ana CM ****** Officer,
Chief Commissioner,
Coorg, lhe
CLE.
Hon. Lt.
fâ ^
i.M.s. Plowden,
Lt.-Colonel F. Stevenson, 1 C. T. C.
CM Sr,eo Quetta, Major
Sibi, major
Ci Surgeon, horalax and AJMER-MERWARA.
M.C.I.M.S.
ÛAlUAli
TMs is a group o* i Chief Commissioner. The /.r
two small separate
districts
LL
A mpr
Aimer
.
of square*
Madras, and 3bU mu total area of 2,711
740 miles from Merwara, with a
i^rt^there 3
Rangoon, with wtach uoveinmeu and a population f ^^0 |cin d ia
t by a tr.
communication by
steamers.
earners. , .
f]I^fAtt
dated June
elded" the' district to
per
ôi
Qf
,
fche ^
Andaman British. Fifty nve
total area of the
The
2,508 square miles
Islands 635 square
square miles are
and that 01
nules
cleareu
Of t be

S
tor
^
dense arf
d r
.na^ uAurSey, eot?on
cultivation,
forest.
the
The population
enumera
'being
^
at the seeas
seeds and
auu wheat
Commissioner, The Hon.
n
Lt.-Col.
.
Sets
March 1932 was
[
X rmh
9 463 0 h
er of con viets
7,672.
on 81st CAfe/
Ogilvie, C.S.I., c.i.e.
e m
171
Aden.
Aden was the first new territory added to
Supply mains for distributing
he Empire after the accession of Queen Victoria,
connections to houses have been
water bv nin^
ts acquisition was the outcome of an outrage laid at Crate?
ommitted by local Arabs upon the passengers coLeZet?t the Pnvate houses have been
Ct d t0 t he mams .
nd crew of a British Indian buggalow wrecked a * .

The Question of laving
separate water main to Tawahi
has had /hf
-
I neighbourhood. Negotiations having prehm

to secure satisfactory reparation the
nary consideration of the
Committee of the Aden Settlement. Executive
tiled
oyernment of Bombay despatched a force Sage
ader Major Baillie which captured Aden on
muary 19th, 1839.
SSgKted?*
Tawahi and Crater
^^SS
Adenis an extinct volcano, five miles long
ttd three broad, jutting out to sea much as range being from 75 in January
ibraltar does, having a circumference of about to 98 in June
with variations up to 102. The
miles and connected with the mainland by lulls between thi
>
narrow isthmus of flat ground. The highest

k on the wall of precipitous hills that sur-
oT/essfve
oppressive. IfL^-
But Aden is usuallv free frnrn
infectious diseases and
unds the old Crater which constitutes Aden epidemics, and th5
ab.f nee of vegetation, the
feet above sea level. dryness of tht
A' Rugged spurs soil and the purity of the
drinking water consti
:th vaUeys .between, radiate from tute
the centre efficient safeguards against
the circumference of the crater. The penin- common to tropical countries maTy mfladi^
la of Little Aden, adjacent to
Aden proper, rainfa 1 varies from
The annual
is obtained by i inch to 8* inches with an
n
purchase in 1868 and the irregular average of 3 inches. 1
joining tract of Shaikh Othman, 39

square
les m extent, was subsequently purchased n ro c or te -~- The
len, m 1882, it was found necessary to make nf^f
of A/ ^ ! ?
the Aden hinterland
Principal Chiefs
are in protection treaty
ovision for an overflowing relations with the British
population,
tached to Aden is the island of Perim Government and
5 nd ^ndencies
oare miles in extent, in the Straits of
tndeb at the entrance to the Bed Sea
Bab-el- theVd^P??
a 1
?rate.
Protect .
+
In April
compose
1905
The Anglo-Turkish Boundary Commission
iria Muria islands, which were
acquired from a convention specifying a sLned
Sultan of Muscat in 1854, were attached demarcated^frontier
i
between the Aden Protectorate
the Aden Residency until 1931, when and theI (then)
thev Turkish Yemen, stretching from
re transferred to the control Shaikh Mura?
of the British opposite Perim, to the river Bana so Va m '
wdent in the Persian Gulf. north-east of Dhala', and

to the Great Desert (Bub'
thence no??h 5+
fhe whole extent of the certain modifications this
3 Kham W?th
Aden Settlement, frontier has been
uding Aden, Little Aden, Shaikh accepted by the Treaty of San'a
m> 1S approximately 80 square
Othman signed on nth
T^>\ miles February 1934 as the boundary
Aden Protectorate and the territoriel between the
1 showed Ad en, with Little
L
en qI f^VtlL
Shaikh Othman, and Perim to have Km g of the Yemen, who became
of tht
a ruler o?
julation of 48,338. The population of.Perim h f0rl er Turkish Possessions in S
L,700 largely dependent on the
Coal
A rohi
Arabia the conclusion
after of the Grnt wf;
w
mtamed there by a commercial firm. Depot The Aden Protectorate stretches
include the Hadhramaut and Lstw2rdf to
language of the Settlement is the
the Sultan of Qishn, bordering territories o?
'he
Arabic
several other Asiatic tongues are
spoken' and comprises in all about 24,000 upon Oman
> population is chiefly Arab. The square miles;
chief
lstnes are salt and cigarette
manufacture The Sultan of Qishn is also Sultan
dhow building. The crops of the
ltry adjoining are jowar,
tribal low 1
an island about 1,382 sauare mii PaofSokotra

* + 1
sesamum, a little lying off cape Guardafui^the
ad r b astard sa ffn and, a little Africln coasf
' ?
go.In the \hills, wheat madder,
? ' .
, Sokotra is included in the Aden
Protectorate
and a considerable quantity of waxfruit by firtue of a treaty between the Sultan and
H are obtained. The dMicult and the British Government in
1886 its population
J
water supply has recently been
problem is said to be about 12,000 mainly pastoral Steffi
:
'solved andflshing on the coast.

artesian supply of fresh water
ined at Sheikh Othman.
has been which is under
the
The Aden
Early in 1924 Commander-in-Chief,control of the Resident and
SSlhl
art was made with a deep Aden, on behalf of ?h2
bore and sweet Colonial
* was found at a depth of 1,545 foot, Office, is not directly
aînistered
Jian flow of water now
The and since the withdrawal of
rises from this bore
50 gallons per hour. A second Garrison from Dhala* in 1906 no
a
mSSary
sS m5S
bore was have been maintained in tribal posts
P
92 8 - 2 and

Kt
*th? fl *
P roved
productTve territory.
fl 8 FlV e mor bores nave
JS,
sunk, v since Administration. The
but two bores only are in operation administration
and are sufficient to meet the
esent
<s of the public
practically
require"
replaced condensed water

Aden was formerly directly under the
and shipping. Bore water ment of Bombay, but BflW
into operation in 1928. The
Govorn
of
Imperial C overt*
ment is now responsible for the
military
êKS and
The Home Government.
172
Rawdon Reilly, k.C.m.c

Sir Bernard
remains imder the
govern
division
financial settlement
of authority provides
he Paymen
for the /^Y
payment by India
\ three
G-rou
of ^5p,UU u a yeai iu
to Imperial Revenues
Secrefarj/, Lieutenant- Colonel M.

PoKMcaZ
Lake.
transt errea j V Alexander, M. Inst. c.e.

of Aden was 1
en Aden Hickinbotham.
r foC e e
ed into atpi
P
ate province under the C Secretary, Captain T.
Medical Officer, Po
Indm ^-7 Administrative
Sect control of the
Government
is vested
of
n a Chief
ClV
\ m ea Officer and McM B. Officer
Phipso
The administration Hospital Lieut.-Colonel
S.
Ocwiyta^^gg^^gSdS^ of the D.S.O., I.M.S.

Haslam, J.P.
ante Commandant of Police, R. H.
Gosemment 4jent, Perim, C Davey.
Colonial Serv!ce The D^nct 01 A

a ^ ^ 2oKs The island of Kamaran in
"north
the Red Sea aho
ggg^ U
provisions of th e MDiorna
ed by the
Chapter 27)
those in force in India
^^
s Pe aK1
are generally *| pom
poillts by special
on certain
supplemented The
to suit local
regulations ,
management of the port is Government U

The
of Tru e of India and the
of a Board it ^ fLp Trust
irus in recent cfovernment
th Port i
the Dutch Bast Indies.
principal business.of
(
>
years has been the

deepening
Administrator, Captain G.
V. WlcMu*
Civil
aS t0
^V^f otl^l for in
K
f t
tnl stLf
police, has been
reorganised.
of land, harbour and armed
The police
it
ri^ripr
S
n the new Federal constitution Indm.
proposed to separate Aden
from
The Home Government

The Secretary of State.
Home Government of India repre- Act of 1919 came into f
The Until the Reform
rrt.l ieioim~
sented lor wty
v
years the g
^ ^ the Secretary of
State had tne unqual ^ ^
of the 0 f the
tion
East India
company
^ m ^*
were ori au
h aflair3
a^" managed by
,
the
^d ?h r' U eneial Court
P
T^
including tne uuvciuy

tend, direct and

and to supe
control aU acta,
operat
, ,
to tn *
Court of. 'If*^ gi r H Sta ln eSt^rtabltohed.
p and concerns relating n t ^
of Proprietors.
a Board of
rity to control
In 17
C^ ^XêiStlon.
lie*
and& direct an y
d uth0
miHtary
and
revenues of India,
in . ei Governor G
concerns relating to the

government, a a ,rcvi.im * a reduced Select Committee that in pra
of the r
grees the number^
'
th Presid e n t,
iSltopwew^MW^y^^n
for
precursor
the lineal J
India. With
suien
ol
^ aiDC
Mutiuy followed
govern,
^ ,
of state
syste m
lasted until I808,
by the
by the
assumption of the
in the con-
mcnt ol India
^ o the wide powers and
duties still vest
,
Under the 01 1000 (merged
Act 0^1858
tSASt v
jjjj tll6 secre-
responsibility; others
can j
P
^
.
da of the
r" of slîs
bWtc iswie co nttitutional ad'nser
the û He
tary nf to India.
.
matters rei
Crown on all
all the powers d dutics
inherited general y
rly
;*rhich were forme
^rfheêcre F^^KWct
J^SdSS.
revenues of India.
the Directors
of the
ôvemmenr and
The Home Government
State with hi? Council, and he has fuller power of destitute lascars, sale of Government
than in the past to prescribe the manner in of
India publications, etc. The staff of the
which business is to be transacted. Though Stores Department is located at the Depot
in practics the Council meets weekly (save off the Thames in Belvedere Road,
in vacation periods) this has ceased to be a Lambeth<
The High Commissioner and the rest of
statutory requirement, the law now providing the staff, are at India House, Aldwych,
that there shall be a meeting at least once in W. C. 2
built to the designs of Sir Herbert Baker at
every month. a
cost for construction and equipment of 324,000.
There could be no question of adopting
The India Council. tinctly Oriental style for the exterior; but there
a dis-
The number of members of the Council was are enough Indian features of ornamentation
reduced by the Act to not less than eight and to
proclaim the Eastern association of the place.
not more than 12, the Secretary of State being Moreover the Exhibition Hall (typically Indian
tree to appoint within those limits. The period in design) has five windows on two sides
for
of office was reduced from 7 to 5 years, though display specimens of the arts, craft and com-
the Secretary of State may, for special reasons merce of India.
of public advantage to be communicated to
Parliament, re-appoint a member for another Parliament set up in 1920 a Joint Standing
ive years. Half the Council must be persons Committee consisting of
eleven members of each
vho have served or resided in India for at least House to keep Parliament in closer
touch with
en years, and who have not left India
more Indian affairs but the system has not flourished
han five years before their appointment. The in the last few years.
vet restored the old salary of 1,200, with an
dditional subsistence allowance of 600 for any INDIA OFFICE.
aember who was at the time of appointment
oraiciled in India. Lord Morley opened the Secretary of State.
oor of the Council to Indians, and since 1917
he number of Indian members has been three.
The Rt. Hon. Sir Samuel Hoare, Bt., G.C.B.,
G.C.S.I., C.M.G., M.P.
Associated with the Secretary of State and Permanent Under-Secretary of State.
he India Council is a Secretariat known as the
Qdia Office, housed at Whitehall. Appoint- Sir Findlater Stewart, k.c.b., K.c.i.e. C.s.i.,
lents to the establishment are made by ll.d.
the
ecretary of State in Council, and are subject to Parliamentary
ie ordinary Home Civil Service rules
Under-Secretary of State.
in
II respects. R. A. Butler, m. p.
In the past the whole cost of the India Office Deputy Under-Secretary of State.
is been borne by the revenues of India, ex- L. D. Wakely, c.b.
tpt that the Home Government made certain
ants and remissions in lieu of a direct contri- Assistant Under-Secretaries of State.
ition amounting to 50,000 a year. The Sir Cecil H. Kisch, k.c.i.e., c.b.
tal cost now is about 230,000. In conformity S. K. Brown, c.b., c.v.o.
ith the spirit of the 1919 Act, an
arrangement
is made whereby the salary of the
Secretary Council.
State is placed on the Home estimates and
ost of the outlay needed for the controlling Sir Campbell Rhodes,
and I c.b.e.
litical functions exercised in Whitehall is Sir Henry Wheeler, k.c.s.l, k.c.i.e.
st from British revenues, agency functions
I
mg still chargeable to Indian revenues Sir Denys deS. Bray, k.C.s I., k.c.i.e., c.b.e.
ie contribution from the
Treasury to India Sir Henry Strakosch, g.b.e.
nee administrative expenses is about 1
15,000. Sir Reginald I. R. Glancy, k.c.i.e., c.s.i.
Sir Charles A. Tegart, c.s.t., c.i.e., m.v.o.
The High Commissionership.
Sir Atul C. Chatterjee, g.c.i.e., k.o.s.i.
The financial readjustment was accom- Sir. A. A. L. Parsons, k.c.i.e.
lied by a highly important administrative Sir Abdul, Qadir.
inge provided for by the Act, in the creation
i High Commissioner for India in the Clerk of the Council S. K. : Brown, c.b., c.v.o.
United
igdom with necessary establishments. From Deputy Clerk of the Council : A. Dibdin.
tober 1st, 1920, the High Commissioner Private Secretary to the Secretary of
J State-
kover control of the purchase of Govern- W. D. Croft, c.l.E.
nt stores in England and the Indian Stu- Assistant Private Secretary: L. W. N. Horaan.
its Branch, together with the supervision of
work of the Tndian Trade Commissioner.
Parliamentary Private Secretary ; CM. Pati.'ck
M.P. *
5 further development of the functions
1 powers of the High Commissioner have Political A.-D.-C. to the Secretary of State-
nded such agency work as the pavment of Lieut.-Col. W. G. Neale, c.l.E.
ii leave allowances and pensions, the recruit- Asst, to ditto O. Gruzclier, M.v.o.
:
it of technical officers, supervision of I. C. S. Private Secretary to Permanent Under-Secretarv

Forest probationers after first appcint- y
of State: F. F. Turnbull.
it, the making of arrangements
for office rs Private Secretary to Parly. Under-Secretarv:
deputation or study leave, J
repatriation A. F. Morley.
: ) .
174 The Home Government.

Secretary, General Department: R. E.
Heads of Departments. Montgomery.
Secretaries. Indian Trade Commissioner: Dr. D. V. Meek,
c.i.e. , o.b.e.
Financial F. E. Grist.
:
G. H. Baxter, (Acting). Deputy ditto: Y. N. Sukthanker.

Acting). Secretary, Education Department T. Quayle,
Public and Judicial: R.T. Peel, M.C , ^
:
Military: Major-General Sir J. F. b. D.

Cole- D. litt. (Lond.)
ridge, K.C.B., O.M.G., D.S.O.
P.S.O. Store Department Depot at Belvedere
Personal Assistant Col. G.L. Pepys, C.B.,
:
Road, Lambeth, S. E. 1.
Joint Secretary J. A. Simpson, ( Acting ).
:
Staff Officer attached: Col. J. C. Macrae, D.s.o. Paddon.

Director-General: Lieut.-Col. Sir Stanley
Political: J. C. Walton, C.B., M.c., P.
C.I.E., O.I.M.E.
Patrick, CSX
Director of Purchase J. P. Forsyth.
Economic and Overseas E. J. Turner, C.b.e.
:
:
Services and General and Establishment

Officer,
Director of Inspection : F. E. Benest, m.i.e.E.
F. W. H. Smith, CLE.
Reforms (India).
:
Secretaries of State for India.
Sir Vernon Dawson, k.c.i.e.
Assumed
Sir Archibald Carter, K.C.I.E., C.B.
charge.
Reforms : (Burma).
C.V.O., O.B.E. 1358
D. T. Monteath, Lord Stanley (Earl of Derby) . . . .
b.e p.i. A.
Accountant-General, Sidney Turner, c Sir Charles Wood, Bart. (Viscount Halifax) 1859
also Director of Funds and Official
Agent to
Earl de Grey and Ripon (Marquess
of
Administrators-General in India.
180b
Record Department. Superintendent of Re- Ripon)
of Salisbury) 1866
cords : W. T. Ottewill, m.b.e. Viscount Cranborne (Marquess
Auditor E. L. Ball. Bart. (Earl of
Sir Stafford Northcote,
:
186
Miscellaneous Appointments. Iddesleigh) ?
18b8
Government Director of Indian Railway Com- Duke of Argyll
I 874
panies R. Mowbray.
: Marquess of Salisbury
W. Gauld, o.B.E. 1878
Asst. to ditto :
Viscount Cranbrook
Librarian (Vacant).
:
Marquis of Hartington ( Duke of Devon-
1880
Asit. Librarian H. N. Handle, d.ph., m.A.
: shire)
1882
Sub-Librarian J. W. Smallwood, M.A.
: Earl of Kimberly
Examination 1885
President of Medical Board for the Lord Randolph Churchill
Adviser
of Officers of the Indian Services and 3886
to the Secretary of State on Medical matters :
Earl of Kimberley
Maj.-Gen. Sir J. W. D. Megaw, K.C.I.E. 1886
Viscount Cross
Members of the Medical Board: Lt.-Col. G. Mc.T. Earl of Kimberley 1892
C. Smith, C.M.Q., Lt.-Col. H. R. Dutton, c.i.e.
Wolverhampton) 1894
Legal Adviser and Solicitor to Secretary of
State H. H. Fowler (Viscount :
1895
Sir Herbert G. Pearson. Lord George F. Hamilton
F. R. Marten, O.B.E. 1903
Asst. Solicitor :
St.John Brodrick (Viscount MidletoD).
Information Officer H. MacGregor. 1905
John Morley (Viscount Morley
:
Vines,
Ordnance Consulting Officer: Col. C. E. 1911
R.A. The Earl of Crewe (Marquess)
1915
Austen Chamberlain
HIGH COMMISSIONER'S OFFICE Montagu
1 Q17
W. C. 2. E. S.
India House, Aldwych, 192
Viscount Peel
The High Commissioner : Sir Bhupendra Nath 1924
Mitra, K.o.s.i., k.c.i.e., o.b.e. Lord Olivier
1924
Perscnal Assistant: V. J. G. Eayres. Lord Birkenhead
M.b.e. 1928
Private Secretary : W. M. Mather, Viscount Peel
B. Rama Ran 1929
Deputy High Commissioner :
W . Wedgwood Benn
1931
0.1.1.
A. J. C. Edward, f.i.a. Sir Samuel Hoare
Chief Aeeounting Officer
I
175
The Indian States.

The area enclosed within the boundaries
K
,
K 0
?
t^M^S^F*
of^
la
2 >837,778 of People nearly
of the human race.
miles > with a Popula-
one-fifth
But of this total a very
of
?
granted ^
ares the great taluqdar of Oudh,
,'.
ruling powers over his extensive
sesions. On many occasions the
was
pos-
Govern-
ment of India has had to intervene, to
Jarge part is not under British Administration, pre-
ilhe area covered in the Indian States
vent gross misgovernment, or to
is 675 267
carry on the
square miles with a population of administration during a long minority
81,310,845. always with the undeviating intention but
;
lhe Indian States embrace the of re-

widest storing the territories as soon
-variety of country and jurisdiction. They
as the necessity
vary in size from petty states like mt ervention passed. Almost all snates
Lawa, in I?*
possess the right of adoption in default
'Rajputana, with an area of 19 square miles, of
;and the Simla Hill States, which are heirs.
little more
than small holdings, to States like
Hyderabad
as large as Italy, with a population
of over Rights of Indian States.
fourteen millions. They include
the inhospi-
n rl f n ^
e r e ons f Western Rajputana,
part of the Garden of India, Mysore,
Baroda,
rich in
The rights and obligations of the Indian
States are thus described by
the Imperial
agricultural wealth, and Kashmir, Gazetteer. The Chiefs have, without
one of the excep-
most favoured spots on the face tion, gained protection against dangers from
oi the
globe. without and a guarantee that the
protector
will respect their rights as
Relations with the Paramount Power.
rulers. The Para-
mount Power acts for them in relation to foreign
Powers and other Indian States. The
S d verse are the conditions under which in^
fv, T i habitants of the Indian States are the
the Indian States were established and came subjects
of their rulers, and except in
into political relation with the case of personal
Government of jurisdiction over British subjects, these
India, that it is impossible even rulers
to summarise and their subjects are free from the control
m U b ad Jt may be said that as of the laws of British India.
fh!
tne ^ -? i
British iy
boundaries expanded, the states Criminals es-
caping to an Indian State must be handed
came under the influence of the Government to it by its authorities they cannot
over
and the rulers were confirmed in their ; be arrested
posses- by the police of British India without tne
sions To this general policy however there mission of the ruler of the State. The
per-
was, for a brief period, an important Indian
departure. -frinces have therefore a suzerain
power which
During the regime of Lord Dalhousie acts for them in all external affairs,
and at
the Government introduced what
was called the same time scrupulously respects their
annexation through lapse. That is in-
to say ternal authority. The suzerain also
when there was no direct heir, the Government intervenes
considered whether public interests
when the internal peace of their territories
would be is seriously threatened. Finally they parti-
secured by granting the right of adoption! cipate in all the benefits which the
through the application of this policy protecting
states
the power obtains by its diplomatic action, or by
of batara
and of Nagpur fell in to the its administration of its own
lLast India Company, and the kingdom dominions, and
of Oudh thus secure a share in the commerce, the rail-
was annexed because of the gross misgovern- ways, the ports, and the markets of British
e 0f
S rU er en came the Mutiny.
S w
Itwas f v
followed by ??
i K*
the transference of the
India. Except in rare cases, applied to
mari-
time states, they have freedom of trade with
dominions of the East India Company
to the British India although they levy their
Crown and a n irrevocable declaration own
of policy customs, and their subjects are admitted to
toward the Indian States. In the
historic most of the public offices of the British
Proclamation of Queen Victoria it was
out Government.
that We desire no extension of our set
present
territorial possessions; and while we will
permit no aggression on our dominions Obligations of Indian States.
or our
rights to be attempted with
impunit- we shall On the other hand, the Indian States are
allow no encroachments on
those of others. under an obligation not to enter into relations
a VGCt
o^ rights
G di * nit and honour
If tt he V?-
tl e Pnnces
' y with foreign nations or other states;
the
aL-
desire *?? they,
that i a8 our wn; and we
as well as our own subjects
authority of their rulers has no existence
out-
side their territories. Their subjects
advl ,
d " n30
advancement
tb at P^sperity and that
? which
;
can only be secured by
Si their dominions become for all intents
purposes British subjects. Where
outside
and
internal peace and good foreigr
government." Since interests are concerned, the Paramount
the issue of that proclamation Powei
there has been must act so that no just cause cf offence is
n r h m
nt n thG arca under ^dian
given by its subordinate allies. All India!)
2
mle by
rule hv fh
ar
J,-
the
d ir Ct n
S5nh v,had S i
p
. Government
of India. On the
tif? movement has been in the
In 1881 the State of Mysore,
'
be ei <0 ,lon
^ und ^ British
op-
admi-
States alike are under an obligation to refer
to the British every question of di* ute
other states. Inasmuch as the Indian Stales
with
have no use for a military establishment other
fi r?H
nistration ,T
that . lu
the traditions of Native
êre almost forgotten, was rule than for police, or display, or for co-operation
restored to the with the Imperial Government, their mil-rry
)ld Hindu ruling house.
I
In 1911 the Maharajah their

I
forces, equipment and armament are

176 The Indian States.
prescribed VtheParamount Power. Although noble families

1 The spread of higher educa-
tion bas^ placed at the disposal of .the Indian
old and unaltered treaties declare that the
States the products of the ^^rsitaes. In
British Government will have no n anner oi
Maharajah's dependents these ways there has been steady rise in the
concern with any of a ,
of the administration of the Indian

or servants, with respect to whom the Maha- character
approximating more closely^ to the
?ajah is absolute, logic and public ojinion have States .
endorsed the nrincinle which Lord Canning British ideal. Most of the Indian btates nave
set forth in Ws m nute of i860, that tht also come forward to bear
their share the m
" Imperial defence Foll^nôn
Government of IndS is not precluded from burden of
spontaneous offer of military assistance
m
W mi
stepping
Suejjpuig in to
tu set
nci right such serious
wv^vv.- abuses
-~ the
any when war with Russia appeared to be inevi- mevi-
in a Native Government
fi asmav
as may threaten anj ,
part of the country with anarchy or disturb table

over the Penjdeh incident in 1885, the
states have raised a portion of their forces
ance, nor from assuming temporaiy charge
of a Native State when there shall be sufficient
up to the standard of the troops in the Indian
Army. These were until recently termed TmperiaJ
reason to do so." Of this necessity the Gov-
Troops but are now designated
ernor-General in Council is the sole judge Service ; .
State Forces they belong to the States,

subiect to the control of Parliament.' Where Indian
,
:
jurisdiction they are officered by Indians but they are ;

the law of British India confers
a regular cadre of British officers
over British subjects or other specified persons inspected by direction of an Inspector-
in foreign territory, that power is exercised under the general
Their numbers are approximately
by the British courts which possess it. The General.
subjects of European Powers and the United 22 000
men their armament is the same as that
;
States are on the same footing. Where can. of

the Indian Army and they have done good
'
under their own Chiefs, on

tonments exist in an Indian State, jurisdic- service often China, in Somali! and
tion both over the cantonment and the civil the Frontier and in the m
and in the Great War. Secure
station is exercised by the suzerain power.
knowledge that the Paramount Power will
respect their rights and privileges, the Ruling
Political Officers.
Chiefs have lost the suspicion which was com-
The powers of the British Government are mon when their position was less assured, and
exercised through Political Officers who, as the
the visits of the Prince of Wales in 1875, of
a rule, reside in the states themselves. In the Prince and Princess of Wales in 1905-06, and
larger states the Government is represented of the King and Queen in 1911-12 have tended
by a Resident, in groups of states by an Agent to seal the devotion of the great feudatories
to the Governor- General, assisted by local The improvement in the
to the Crown
Llcsidents or Political Agents. These Officers standard of native rule has also permitted the
form the sole channel of communication be-
Government of India largely to reduce the
tween the Indian States and the Government atrairs
degree of interference in the internal
of India and its Foreign Department, with The new policy was
of the Indian States.
the officials of British India and with othei authoritatively laid down by Lord Minto, the

Indian States. They are expected to advise then Vicerow in a speech at Udaipur 1909, m
unci assist the Killing Chiefs in any adminis-
wneu h
1
id
trative or other matters on which they may
"Our policy is, with rare exceptions, one
of
be consulted. Political Agents are similarly
employed in the larger States under the Pro non-interference in the internal affairs of the
vinciai Governments but in the petty state*
statei
Native states.
States.
a
But in guaranteeing tneir
~ ; iinHortQi-intT
m
their in-
u-
their
scattered nvpr India the duties of the the
terna independence and in undertaking
_ .
British India
.
ooof>nrpri over Urit.ish i
-i
Agent are usually entrusted to the Collector protec 0 against external aggression it natu-
n
or Commissioner
All
in whose district they he. J ^ ti
follows that the Imperial Government
questions relating to the Indian States naS asSume d a certain degree of responsibility
the Su- their admimstra-
* re under the special supervision of for tne general soundness of
reproacn
preine Government, and in the personal charge tion and C0VL \^ n ct consent to incur the
vainer n
an indirect instrument of misrule.
misrule.
of the Governor- General. of being I
There are also certain matters in

which it M
ianuviQ. r .
\>iuac Partnership.
Closer the
cue uu '"
Government
u iv of India to
Q
necessary for
Events have tended gradually to draw the safeguard the
Paramount Power and the Indian States into a whole as
iui
well as th
'";'
interests of the
L.^fia a ^ ^"^^ <,
closer harmonv. Special care has been de- power, such as

railways, 11
"y ^
voted to the education of the sons of Ruling services of
of the feuprenfV. 00 ?^""^^
Chiefs, nrst bv the employment of tutors, and relationship ^
afterwards by the establishment of special the State is
one of
purpose. These are now es- tion stone of the whole s
the
colleges
hoie.
for
SfctfKd at Ajmere, Rajkot, Indore and La- tion of idcii tity
The Imperial Cadet Corps, whose head- Government and Y u the latter
rs
fj ^
of
'"^^^^XSm
.
1 1
in
1
their_
t
'
l
M
own
Dun, imparts
military interierence with of
quarters are at Bchra
^.raining to the scions of the ruling chiefs and \
affairs.
The Indian States Hyderabad. iff
HYDERABAD.
the Nizam exercises sovereignty within
full longest stable indigenous cotton in
lis dominions, grants and has the power
titles total area under cotton exceeds
India. The
)f life and death over his subjects.
3 million acres
Before 1919, Hyderabad possesses the most southerly
;he Government consisted of a Prime Minister of
the Indian coal mines and the whole
eaponsible to the Nizam, with Assistant Minister. of Southern
India is dependent on it for such
mt an Executive Council was established which coal as is
y r The c hief mine is situated
i<W consists of seven members. A Legislative S^SSE^
at Smgarem which is -
\
not. far from Bezwada
Mincil consisting of 20 members of whom 12 junction on the Calcutta-Madras line The
ne official, 6 non-official, and 2 extraordinary, chief manufacturing industry is based on
s (responsible for making laws. The adminis- cotton produced in the State.
the
-r&tion is carried on by a regular system of There are 4
large mills in existence and
lejpartments on lines similar to those followed
; others are likely
to be established, while about
a British India. The State is divided into two one-third of the
cloth worn in the Dominions is
livisions Telingana
listricts and 153 Talukas.
and Mahratwara 15 local hand-looms. There are about,391 ginning
produced on
Local Boards are pressing decorticating factories
instituted in each District and Taluka. in the cotton
The tracts and also a number of
tanneries and flour
State maintains its own currency which consists mills the total number of factories
(as denned
f gold and silver coins and a large note issue.
?he rupee, known as the Osmania Sicca, ex-
m the Hyderabad Factory Act) of
all kinds
in the State being 419. The ShahaLd Cemen?
hanges with, the British Indian rupee at an hlC h be n es ^bhshed at Shahabad
-verage ratio of 116-10-8 to 100. There is a S?: n f
the Great \^ ?,
Indian Peninsula
on
Railway line, not far
itate postal Service and stamps for internal from Wadi supplies the whole of
Southern In dia
(urposes. The Nizam maintains his
onsisting of 18,418 troops of all ranks of which
1,211 are Irregular, & 7,207 are Regular
own army
5 10~tonsf at PreSent an annual out
^
roops, which includes 2 battalions for Imperial
lervice 1,033 strong. Taxation.-Apart from the land revenue
which, as stated above, brings in
about 321
crores, the main sources of
Finance. Hyderabad State taxation
is by far the and customs. The receipts from are excise
wealthiest of the Indian States, having a revenue each a
estimated for the present year at
a its own currency of about 8J crores, which is and 103 lakhs respectively, ^ftef 170 lakhs
pproximately the same as that of the Central these come
interest on investments
Winces and Behar and Orissa and double (31 lakhs) railwav*
hat of any other State. (105 lakhs) and Berar rent (29 lakhs)
After many vicissi- m The
udes, its finances are at present in a prosperous
ondition and it enjoys a large annual surplus
dutv of
exports.
T
en
P
iS der V6d from an

Centi

lorem
n a11 im P rts and
-
1 revenue from which a reserve of 9 crores

as been built up. This is being used partly
s a Sinking Fund for the redemption Communications. One hundred
debt and and
thirty-
artly for the development of the resources seven miles of broad gauge line
from
i the State. The Budget estimates for the to Madras traverse the State also 33 Bombay
resent year show a revenue of 854.79 lakhs miles of
;
metre gauge line from Masulipatam to i
nder service heads and an expenditure of A Marmagoa

35 .85 lakhs, inclusive of large sums set aside
A^ ^ ac 011 tnis section the
broad gauge system
of the Nizam's State Eailway takes
>
3r development, famine insurance and debt

off
mug east through Hyderabad City and Warangal rum Ld
ademption. The capital expenditure pro- reaches the Calcutta-Madras line at
ramme provides for an expenditure of 46 88 total length of 352 miles.
Bezwada a
ikhs which includes 10.22 lakhs for
Prom Kazipet ne'a?
completion Warangal on this line, a new link to
f large irrigation projects and
Bellarshah
19.63 lakhs strikes north thus providing the
shortest route
yr open line works and road motor between Madras and Delhi.
transport
he year opened with a cash balance of 104
From Secunderabad
64 the metre gauge Godaveri Valley
ikhs which is expected to be about
railway runs
79 65 north-west for 386 miles to Manmad
ikhs by the end of the year. The Government main line of the Great Indian Peninsula on the
Kail way
>ana stand at 118/8 for long term
issues. to Calcutta. A
metre gauge line also runs south
Production and Industry.

The principal
to ^ ^^
^h/lborder
the
01111
and is
1
throu ^
Mahbubnagar
-
now linked up with

idustry of the State is agriculture; Xurnool on the Madras and Southern
which ailway Mahratta
laintains 57 per cent, of the population. Branch lines exist from Purna
The Hingoli, Parbhani to Purli-Vaijnath to
mn01 SyHtem of land tenure is ryotwari Jwaripalli to
u l 3r
ibout 55 percent, of the total area is Kothagudiip and Vikharabad to Bidar
directly was which
last extemled to Purli-Vaijnath. Thus,
dmimstered by the State. The rest consists W th
i private estates of His
Exalted Highness the
Uzam, which comprise about one-tenth
otal area of the State, and the
of the
estates of the
I
fffiSt l^ metre ^"ge

The Barsi Light Kailway owns a short
from Kurdwadi on the Bombay-Madras
State.
extension
in the
agirdars and Paigah nobles.

I
The total land line to

Latur in Osmanabad District.
evenue over 3 crores. The principal food crops
is The Nizam's
re
i
millet and rice

Guaranteed State Railway was worked
the staple money-crops
;
cotton which is grown extensively ompany until April, 1930, when it was by a
>
on the pin?
lack cotton soils, and oil seeds. (\hased by the Nizam's Government
Hyderabad is jad system The
is being rapidly
'ell known for its Gaorani cotton extended in
which is the dance with a well-considered programme accor-
178 The Indian States Mysore.
Education. The Osmania University at Executive Council llaj a Rajayan Raja Sir
Hyderabad which marks a new departure in Kishen Pershad Maharaja Bahadur, Yamin-us-
Saltanath, G.C.I.E., President Nawab Waliud
Indian education, imparts instruction in all the
;
faculties through the medium of Urdu,

English Dowlah Bahadur, Education, Medical and Mili-
It tary Departments Members Nawab Sir Akbar
being taught as a compulsory language.
; :
three first grade Colleges, a Medical Hydari, Finance and llailway Member T. J. ;
has
Training Tasker, i.c.s., Revenue and Police Member
College, an Engineering College and a
College for teachers. The Nizam's College
at Nawab Lutf-ud -Dowlah Bahadur, Judicial
Hyderabad (First Grade), is however, affiliated Member Nawab Aqueel, Jung Bahadur. Public
:
University. In 1932-33 the total Works Member Nawab Mahdi Yar Jung ;
to the Madras
Bahadur, Political Member.
number of educational Institutions were 4,510,
British Resident^ Hon'ble Mr. L>. G.
the number of Primary schools in particular
Mackenzie, CLE.
having been largely increased.
MYSORE.
the early age of 31, and was succeeded by the
The State of Mysore is surrounded onfall present ruler His Highness Sri Krishnarajendra
sides by the Madras Presidency
except on the
Wadiyar Bahadur, g.c.S.i., G.B.E., who was ins-
north and the north-west where it is bounded
Canara talled in 1902. In November 1913, the Instru-
by the districts of Dharwar and North by ment of Transfer was replaced by a Treaty
respectively and towards the south-west
with a which indicates more appropriately the relation
Coorg. It has two natural divisions each
ownthe hill country subsisting between the British Government and
distinct character of its
spreading the State of Mysore. In 1927, the Government
(or malnad) on the west and the wide
maidan) on the east. Ihe of India remitted in perpetuity Us. 10-|- lakhs
valleys and plains (the
includ- of the annual subsidy which till then had
State has an area of 29,483 square miles
stood at Rs. 35 lakhs.
ing that of the Civil and Military Station
of ^ .
Bangalore and a population of 6,5t>7,302 of Administration. The City of Mysore is the

Kannada Capital of the State, but Bangalore is th
whom over 92 per cent, are Hindus. Administrative headquarters. His Highnes
is the language of the State.
country the Maharaja is the ultimate authority in the
History The ancient history of the
Tradition connects State, and the administration is conducted
is varied and interesting.
many a legend under his control, by the Dewan anc
the tableland of Mysore with
enshrined in the great Indian epics, the Rama-
two Members of Council. The High Coun
Coming down to consisting of three Judges is the highes
yana and the Mahabharata. in the State. There ar
portion of Judicial tribunal
historical times, the north-eastern
the country formed part of Asoka's Empire m two constitutional Houses in the State
came the Representative Assembly and the Legisla
the third century B.C. Mysore then
tive Council. The Representative Assembly wa
under the rule of the Andhra dynasty. From order o
established in 1881 by an executive
about the third to the eleventh century A.L) ,
Mysore was ruled by three dynasties, the north- Government, and its powers and functions hav
been increased from time to time by simila
western portion by the Pallavas and the ~
Gangas orders of Government. Under the scheme
central and the southern portions by the developments announced _.
constitutional
In the eleventh century, Mysore formed part
of
driven out October 1923, the Representative Assembly ha
Chola dominion, but the Cholas were
in the twelfth century by the Hoysalas, been placed on a statutory basis and given
early
definite place in the constitution by the promu
an indigenous dynasty with its capital at
gation of the Representative Assembly Regula
Halebid. The Hoysala power came to an end
in
My- tion, XVIII of 1923. The franchise has bee
the earlv part of the fourteenth century.
next connected with the Vijayanagar extended and the disqualification of women o
sore was
the ground of sex, from exercising the right t
empire. At the end of the fourteenth century
Mvsore became associated with the present vote and standing as candidates for electio
domi- has been removed. The privilege for movm
ruling dynasty. At first tributary to the
resolutions on the general principles an
nant "empire of Vijayanagar, the dynasty attain-
!
Vija- policy underlying the budget and on matters c

ed its independence after the downfall of
public administration has been granted in add
vanagar in 1565. In the latter part of the eigh-
I
passed into tion to those already enjoyed of making repr<

teenth centurv,the real sovereignty
!
Tippu sentations about wants and grievances and <
the hands of Hyder Ali and then his son,

I
interpellating Government. The Assembly

Sultan. In 1799, on the fall of Seringapatam,
\
State also to be consulted on all proposals for the le\

the British Government restored the
!
of new taxes and on the general principles of a

comprised within its present limits, to the an- i
dynasty in the person of Maharaja Sri measures of legislation before their introductic
cient I
Besides the Bu<

into the Legislative Council.
Krishnaraja Wadayar Bahadur III. Owing to
!
insurrections that broke out in some parts 1
get Session (formerly Birthday Session) and tl

the
assumed by Dasara Session, provision has been made for
of the country, the management was of the Assembly to t
the special session
the British Government in 1831. In 1881,
State was restored to the dynasty in the
person summoned only for Government business. j
hi
I
The strength of the Legislative Council

Sri Chamarajendra Wadayar Bahadur
been raised from 30 to 50, of whom 20 are officii
of
j
under conditions and stipulations laid down m

Transfer. That ruler wita and 30 are non-official members. The Couml
an Instrument of I
K. Sesha-
'
which exercised the privileges of interpellatiol

the assistance of Mr. (afterwards Sir)
Mysore do discussion of the State Budget and the movnl
;
dri Iyer, K.O.S.I., as Dewan, brought

of resolutions on all matters of public
a|
a state of great prosperity. He died in 1894, at
-
The Indian States Mysore. 179
ministration is,under the reformed const itu contagious diseases. There are 63Veterinary Dis-
. tipn, granted the power of voting on the pensaries and Hospitals in the State under the
Mimands for grants. The Dewan is the control of the Civil Veterinary Department.
v0lpcioPresident of both the Representative
Âssembly and the Legislative Council. Industries

of Industries
and Commerce. A Department
and Commerce was organised in
R. [The Legislative Council has a Public Accounts 1913 with a view to the development of Indus-
^Committee which examines the audit and tries and Commerce in the State. Its main
Appropriation reports and brings to the notice functions are stimulating private enterprise by
of the Council all deviations from the wishes the offer of technical advice and other assistance
of the Council as expressed in its Budget grant. for starting new industries, undertaking experi-

Standing Committees. With a view to en mental work for pioneering industries and deve-
loping existing industries and serving as a general
;|rtrge the opportunities of non-official represen-
tatives of the people to influence the everyday bureau of information in industrial and commer-
'
j^dministration of the State, three Standing Com cial matters. The department has under its
/ifiittees consisting of members of the
control the following demonstration factories
Repre the Government Soap Factory,
'tentative Assembly and the Legislative Council, Government
have been formed, one in connection with Rail- Porcelain Factory and the Central Industrial
way, Electrical and P. W. Departments, the Workshop. The Department has a well-equipped
staff to undertake the drilling of boreholes for
second in connection with Local Self-Govern
inent and the Departments of Medicine, Sanita- meeting the requirements of drinking water
in the rural areas. Mysore is the largest pro-
tion and Public Health and-the third in connec-
ducer of silk in India, and the care and develop-
tion with Finance and Taxation.
ment of this industry is entrusted to a Depart-
I All the important branches of the administra- ment of Sericulture in charge of a Superintendent
tion are controlled by separate Heads of Depart- subject to the general control of the Director
of
ments. The combatant strength of the Military Industries and Commerce. Arrangements have
E'orce at the end of 1930-31 was 2,149 of which been made for the supply of disease-free seed
and
501 were in the Mysore Lancers, 132 in the a central and five taluk popular schools have
Mysore Horse, and the remaining 1,516 in the been doing good work. With a view to demons-
Jnifantry. Animal Transport Corps, was trate and impart instructions in the utilisation
'
replaced by the Mechanical Transport which of the high grade silk produced in the State,
insists of 2 lorries (six wheeler lorries) and 4 Government have recently established a silk
..commercial lorries with the necessary staff. Weaving Factory and Dyeing and Finishing
The total annual cost is about 17 lakhs of Works at Mysore. The Sandalwood Oil
rupees. The cost of the Police Administration Factory started on an experimental basis is
during 1930-31 was about 19 lakhs. now working on a commercial scale. A factory
I Agriculture.
Nearly three-fourths of the
is working at Mysore. A large plant at a
population are employed in agriculture, and the cost of more than 170 lakhs of rupees
general system of land tenure is ryotwari. has been constructed at Bhadravathi for pur-
Whe principal food crops are ragi, rice, jola, poses of manufacturing charcoal, pig-iron, dis-
tilling wood-alcohol, and developing subsidiary
millets, gram and sugarcane, and the chief
fibres are cotton and sun -hemp. Nearly fifty
industries. A new pipe foundry was opened
thousand acres are under mulberry, the silk there for the manufacture of pipes which
are in great demand in several towns in India.
Industry being the most profitable in Mysore
iiext to Gold Mining. The Department of Agri- A steel plant is also proposed to be installed
culture is popularising agriculture on scientific
shortly. The works are on the borders of an
lines by means of demonstrations, investigations
extensive forest area and practically at the foot
of the hills containing rich deposits of iron
and experiment. There are seven Government
Agricultural Farms at Hebbal, Babbur, Marthur
manganese and bauxite, and are not far from
tNagenahally, Hunsur, Manclya and the coffee ex- the Gersoppa Water Falls estimated to be capable
perimental Station at Balehbnnur. A live-stock of producing 100,000 horse-power of electric
section has been organised which has been taking
energy. A Trade Commissioner in London has
necessary steps for the improvement of live-stock.
been appointed to look after the interest of
A cattte breeding station has been established the trade and industry of the State.
it Parvatharayanakere, near Ajjampur in the
Finances.
The actual total receipts and
Kadur District, with a sub-station at Basur. A disbursements charged
to Revenue for the past
Berum Institute has been opened at Bangalore five years together
with the revised budget esti-
?or the manufacture of serum and virus for mate for 1933-34 and
budget for 1934-35 were
noculation against rinderpest and other as below :-
Year. Receipts. Disbursements. Surplus. Deficits.
Rs. Rs. Rs.

.928-29
\ Rs.
3,74,57,981 3,74,02,395 55,586
929- 30 3,75,40,314 3,t5,34,720 5,594
930- 31 3,32,35,293 3,94,29,342 61,94,049
931- 32 3,37,47,182 3,5^,03,763 18,56,581
932- 33 3,38,27,523 3,56,15,671 17,88,148
933- 34 (Revised) 3,44,37,000 3.65,92,000
934- 35 (Budget) 21,55,000
3,63,39,000 3,62,32,000 1,07', 666
i8o The Indian States Bar oda.
at
Works.-- Intermediate Colleges with headquarters
and Irrigation
Hydro-Electric
course through tne Mysore. The colleges are efficiently equipped
The river Cauverv in its
and organised and there is a training college for
ItatefpossessS"a Ltural fall of about 380
fee
and this tall men located at Mysore. The Maharani s
near the island of Sivasamudrarri, College at Mysore is a College for
Women.
the year 1902 for the develop-
was harnessed in about There are 36 High Schools of which 6 are
ior
ment of electric power, to the extent of to tne girls 326 Middle Schools of which 34 are lor
mainly
12 000 H. P. for supplying power girls Provision has been made for teaching,
Kolar Gold Mining Companies and
incidentally
schools
and Bangalore. several vocational subjects in general
for lighting the cities of Mysore with a view to giving a bias towards the vocations
for power
In course of time, the demand and in order to enable the pupils to take to such
increased and with a view to Pêctmg There
the genera- vocations after their High School life.
the existing supply and augmenting are 12 Training Institutions for training teachers
power to meet the growing
tion of additional of them are
" Krishnarajasagara Reservoir in Middle and Primary Schools 3 ;
demands, the
present Maharaja for women. The control over Primary Education
called after the name of the has been made over to the Local Bodies
under
the reser-
was constructed. The storage from the Elementary Educational Regulation
of 1930,
enabling the generation of electric making
voir besides
bring under and the Local Bodies are responsible for
Sower ud to 46,000 H. P. will also situated due provision for extension of Primary
Education
1,20,000 acres of land programme spread
Irrigation about in accordance with a definite
continuous
in an area subject to more
or less also schools for im-
were started over 10 years. There are
drought. The new Canal Works parting instruction in Agricultural,
Commercial,
is named the Irwin
in 1927, and the main canal Engineering and other Technical subjects. There
Lord Irwin the then Viceroy An
were altogether 7,737 schools on 31st March
Canal" after 1933
under this Canal
area of about 9 thousand acres cultivation with a strength of 3,11,371 pupils. This gives'
brought under sugarcane miles of the
has been capacity of one school to every 3.7 square
and a Sugar Factory with a crushingbeen Estab- area, and to every 830 persons
of the popula-
about 500 tons of cane per day has made tion. The total expenditure on
Education was
are being
lished near by. Arrangements Rs. 67,17,951 yielding an average of
Rs. 1-0-9
Factory to about
to increase the capacity of the a r>er head of population.
per day and also to establish
M00 tons Full advantage is being taken of the
Dewan. Amin-ul-Mulk Sir Mirza M. Ismail,-
Distillery.
aâiiaSJelectric power toisvM
toâw* 0,1[
Member so the Executive Council. Rajaman-
the electrification of towns
and 1^.^%,. Bahadur K. Matthan, B. A.,
University ior tranravina Diwan
F duration. A separate First Member of Council, Mr. S. P.
Rajagopal-
Mwe was established on the 1st July
1916.
residential type corn- achari, b.a., b.l., Second Member
of Council.
Ttte of the teaching and Resident in Mysore and Chief Commissioner of
Engineering Colleges
nosed of the Central and Maharaja's Coorg. The Hon. Lieut.-Col. C. T. C. Plowden,
a
at Bangalore and the Medical
paiiâxyj
a,i
a nd SSSSSh.
at lUTTonr^
Mysore, and three a^tbê^J
MÎ^^ ^
^Colleges
The State af^B-^^^P-^

0* Anand Rao
of Navsari near the ^J** who established the authority of at
and mostly surrounded by British ^rntory t of 1805 between the
central district north of
Naa a
(2)
which lies Baroda, the
^^f,
capital v (d) ?o'the
city trie ^ i
British
>llt,b Government and Baroda,
.
t th foreign policy
it was arranged
of the State
district of Mehsana
Sortb of Ahmedabad, the J^JJ conducted by
conouc^ the British, and that all
peninsula of Kathwwar should De y
and (4) to the west, in the *r
d h& similarl
the district of Amreli
formed Baroda was a staimch ally of the
land. The area of the State is >
^|
a^xngcd
gjgMg
the warg w h B aj Rao Peshwa,
2,443,007 of whom over * i ^
of
miles the population is
;
Rolkar> But f 1820
four-fifths are Hindus. ,
jnSti^fMw h n Rao II was Gaikwar,
^
1S41 Sayaii
,
+ e
of the Baroda State Governments
History.-The history
break-up of the Mughal " 1C ! "^ between the twoJames Carnac,
as such dates from the ttled b y Sir
EmpTre. f w
The first Joatathaînvasion <* iHUg SSvermJ o?Boml^,inl841. Ganpat Rao re-
took place in 1705 In later <*pefltion
as the lounacr
Gaekwar, who may be considered distinguished the
of the ruling family,
greatly
re t
^.^^-^
^^^gôSwMot.
in lg47> Du ring his rule
0 f Baroda was transfer-
His successor,
Songhad was the headquarters yWSto ascended the gadi in 1856,
till
himself.
tlS!^î^ter^Pilanregutolyleêd^te
in Guierat. His son
Damaji finally captured
^^îJ^tS^M
^trducea man> He stood by the
succeeded by
has always been in 1870. Malhar Rao was
Baroofin 1734, since then.it but ^gria
hands of the Gaikjars " notorious misconduct
in the >p0 s e d iin 1875 for
y
.
not end until the fall deposea

'
authority in Gujerat did ,
ernm but the suggestion

in 1753, afteir the attempt to poison
of Attme^bad and the l esm^ in.
^^Vt^Pesbwa that he had instigated
wasdivided between the Gaekwar th Kcsiden t, was not proved.
Pamaji was one of the CoL
7n spite of the fact that
Panipat b Ata f^^ff^
^31^1^0^,^^ boyy of 13 years of age, who
Maratha chiefs defeated at
^^^^ J^^^T^
Shah he continued to add to
tbe
nis er * 1, ~ 1 ;*
inTn \\v admted as heir of Khande Rao in
isTs'U'l.'tSS present .Maharaja. He w
invested with fuil powers m
1881.
The Indian States Baluchistan Agency. 181

Administration. An executive council
consisting of the principal officers of the State
concerns in the State registered under the State
Companies' Act. There are four Agricultural
carries on the ail ministration, subject to the Banks and 1,147 Co-operative Societies in tho
Cplltrpl of the Maharaja, who is assisted by a Baroda State.
Dcwan and other officers. A number of de-
partments have been formed, which are presided
Communications. The B. B. & C. I. Railwav
crosses part of the Navsari and Baroda prants
over by officials corresponding to those
and the Rajputana Malwa Railway passes
British India. The State is divided into five through the Mchsana prant. A system of branch
Prants each of which is sub-divided into Mahals
lines has been built by the Baroda Durbar in
and Peta Mahals of which there are in all 42
all the four prants in addition to which the
Attempts have for some years been made to res Tapti
tore village autonomy, Valley Railway and the Baroda- Godhra Chord
and village panchayats line ( B. B. & C. I. ) pass through the State.
have been formed which form part of a scheme for
local self-government. There is a Legislative De-
The Railways owned by the State are about
partment, under a Legal llemembrancer, which 707.67 miles in length. The total mileage of
is responsible for making laws.
metalled and fair weather roads in the State is
There is also
a Legislative Council, consisting of nominated 532 and 932 respectively.
and elected members. A High Court at Baroda Education. The Education Department
controls 2,510 institutions of different kinds in
possesses jurisdiction over the whole of the
State and hears all final appeals. From the 113 of which English is taught. The Baroda
decisions of the High Court appeals lie in certain College is affiliated to the Bombay University
cases, to the Maharaja who decides them on the There are a number of high schools, technical '
advice of the Huzur Nyaya Sabha. The State schools, and schools for special classes, such as
Army consists of 5,086 Regular forces and the jungle tribes and unclean castes. The
3,806 Irregular forces. State is " in a way pledged to the policy of free
Finance. In 1932-33, the total receipts of and compulsory primary education." It
the State were Rs. 2,70,10,000 and the disbur- maintains a system of rural and travelling
sements Us. 2,04,36,000. The principal Revenue libraries. Eighteen per cent, of the population
heads were : Land Revenue, Rs. 1,22,26,000 is returned in the census as literate. Total
;
Abkari, Rs. 26,07,000 Opium Rs. 3,79,000
;
expense on Education is Rs. 36.12 (lakhs).
;
Railway, Rs. 21,30,000 Interest Rs. 16,63,000
; Capital City. Baroda City with the canton-
;
Tribute from other States, Rs. 6,36,000. British ment has a population of 112,860. It contains
Currency was introduced in 1901. a public park, a number of fine public buildings,

Production and Industry. Agriculture and
pasture support 63 per cent, of the people.
palaces and offices and it is crowded with
;
Hindu temples. The Cantonment is to the

The principal crops are rice, wheat, gram, castor- north-west of the city and is garrisoned by an
oil, rapeseed, poppy, cotton, san-hemp, tobacco, infantry battalion of the Indian Army.
sugarcane, maize and garden crops. The Ruler. His Highness Farzandi-i-Khas-i-
greater part of the State is held on ryotwari Dowlat-i-Englishia, Maharaja Sir Sayaji Rao III
tenure. The State contains few minerals, Gaekwar, Sena Khas Khel, Samsher Bahadur,
except sandstone, which is quarried at Songir, g.c.i.e., ll.d., Maharaja of Baroda.
G.c.s.i.,
and a variety of other stones which are little Resident. Lieut.-Col. J. L. R. Weir, c.i.e.
worked. There are 98 industrial or commercial
Dewan. Sir V. T. Krishnamachari, kt., c.i.e.
BALUCHISTAN AGENCY.
In this Agency lies the State of Kalat with its The Khan is assisted in the administration
feudatory State of Las Bela. of the State by a Wazir-i-Azam, at present a
Kalat is bounded on the North by the Chagai European Officer of the Imperial service. The
district, on the East by Sindh and the Marri- Governor- General's Agent in Baluchistan con-
Bugti tribal territories, on the South by the ducts the relations between the Government
Arabian Sea and on the West by Persia. of India and the Khan, and exercises general
political supervision over the State. The revenue
The Kalat State, unlike the other Indian of the State is about Rs. 14 5 lakhs, out of which
.
States, is a confederacy of partially independent the Khan retains a civil list of Rs. 3,00,000 per
chiefs, whose head is the Khan of Kalat. The annum. The present Khan is His Highness
divisions of the State are Sarawan or the High- Beglar Begi Lieut. Mir Ahmad Yar Khan.
lands, Jhalawan or the Lowlands, Kachhi, He was born in 1903.
Mekran and Kharan. The inhabitants are, for Las Bela is a small State under the suzerainty
the most part Muhammadans of the Sunni of Kalat. The Hab river for the Southern part
sect. The area is 73,278 square miles and the of its course forms the Eastern boundary with
population 3,42,101. Sind, and the greater part of the State consists
of the valley and the delta of the Purali river.
The relations of Kalat with the British Govern- Area square miles; population 63,008,
ment are governed by the treaties of 1854 and chiefly7,132 Sunni Muhammadans. The estimated
1876, by the latter of which the independence average
revenue is about Rs. 3. 8 lakhs. The
of Kalat was recognized, while the Kh'an agreed
ruling chief of Las Bela, known as the Jam, is
to act in subordinate co-operation with the
Mir Ghulam Muhammad Khan, who was born in
British Government. There are also agreements
1895. The administrative control of the State
with Kalat in connection with the construction
is exercised by the Hon'ble the Agent to the
of the Indo-European telegraph line, the cession
Governor General and Chief Commissioner in
of jurisdiction on the railways and in the Bolan
Baluchistan through the Political Agent Kalat.
Pass, and the permanent leases of Quetta, The Jam also employs a Wazir to assist him in
Nushki and Nasirabad. the administration of the State.
182 The Indian StatesRajputana.
RAJPUT ANA AGENCY.

the name of a great territorial position as integral families of pure descent,
Rafputana is
square as a landed nobility, and as the kinsmen of
circle with a total area of about 133,886
one ruling chiefs, they are also the aristocracy of
miles, which includes 21 Indian States, prestige may be measured
district India and their social
chiefship, oneestate, and the small British
;
of Aimer-Merwara. It is bounded on the west by observing that there is hardly a tribe or clan
(as distinguished from a caste) in India
which
by Sind, on the north-west by the Punjab State *ular connec-
north-east by does not claim descent from, or irregular
of Bahawalpur, on the north and Rajput stocks,
Pro- tion with, one of these
the Punjab, on the east by the United
vinces and Gwalior, while the southern boun-
in The population and area of the States are as
dary runs across the central region of India :
an irregular zigzag line. Of the Indian States, follows
Chief ship and estate 19 are Rajput, 2 (Bharatpur Area in Population
and
and Dholpur) are Jat, and two (Palanpur square in
Tonk) are Mahomedan. The chief administrative Name of State.
district is vested ex-officio miles. 1931.
control of the British
in the political officer, who holds the post
of
Governor- General's Agent for the supervision of In direct political relations
the relations between the several Indian States with A.G.G.
India
of Rajputana and the Government of Bikaner 23,317 936,218
For administrative purposes they are divided Sirohi 1,958 216,528
into the following groups : Bikaner and
Sirohi
direct relations with the Agent to tne Mewar Residency and S. R
in
Governor- General. Eastern Rajputana Agency
Jhalawar,
S. Agency.
6 States (Bharatpur, Bundi, Dholpur, Udaipur 12,694 1,566,910
Karanliand Kotah); Jaipur Residency 4 States Banswara 1,606 225,106
Alwar, (Jaipur, Kishangarh, Tonk, Shahpura, Dungarpur 1,447 227,544
and Lawa Estate); Mewar Residency, and South- Partabgarh 886 66,539
ern Rajputana States Agency 4 States (Mewar, Kushalgarh (Chief 340 35,564
Dangarpur, Banswara and Pratabgarh and ship).
the Kushalaarh Chiefship); Western Rajputana
States Residency 4 States
;
(Jodhpur, Jaisalmer Jaipur Residency.
Palanpur and Danta. Alwar 3,158 749,751
Jaipur 15,579 2,631,775
The Aravalli intefsect the
Hills country 858 85,774
Kishangarh .
almost from end to end. The tract to the north- Tonk 2,553 317,360
west of the hills is, as a whole, sandy, ill-watered 405 54,233
Shahpura
and unproductive, but improves gradually from Lawa (Estate) 19 2,790
being a mere desert in the far west to compara-
tively fertile lands to the north-east. To
the
Western Rajputana States
south-east on the Aravalli Hills lie higher and Residency'.
m Dre fertile regions which contain extensive hill
35,016 2,125,982
Jodhpur
ranges and which are traversed by considerable Jaisalmer 16,062 76,255
rivers. Palanpur 1,769 264,179
Danta 347 26,172
Communications The total length of rail-
ways in Rajputana is 3,259 miles, of which about
1 000 are the property of the British Governmenl Eastern States Agency.
(Metre-gauge) (Government) Bundi 2,220 216,722
The B. B. &C.I. 486,954
1,978
runs from Ahmedabad to Bandikui and from Bharatpur .
254,986
to Agra and Delhi. Of tbe Dholpur 1,221
there branches 107,894
Jhalawar 810
Indian State railways the most important are 140,520
and Bikaner lines from Marwar Karauli 1,24^
the Jodhpur 685 805
Kotah 5,684
Junction to Bydrrabad (Sind) and to Bikaner
Anew Railway line from Manli (on the
Udaipur-Chitorgarh Railway) to Marwar Junc-
tion is under construction. Udaipur State (also called Kewar) was found-
ed in about 646 A.D. The capital city is Udaipur,
Inhabitants. Over 50 per cent, of the popu-
which is beautifully situated on the slope of a
lation are engaged in some form of agriculture
low ridge, the summit of which is crowned by
;
about 20 per cent, of the total population are

His Highness the Maharana's palaces, and to the
maintained by the preparation and supply or
north and west, houses extend to the banks of a
material substances; personal and domestic
beautiful piece of water known as the Pichola
service provides employment for about 5 per
cent, and commerce for 2* per cent, of the
popu- Lake in the middle of which stand two island
palaces. It is situated near the terminus of the
lation. The principal language is Baja^thani.
and the most numerous Udaipur-Chittorgarh Railway, 697 miles north
Among castes tribes,
of Bombay. His Highness Maharajadhiraj
are the Brahinans, Jats, Mahajans,
Chainars,
Malis and Maharana Sir Bhupal singhji Bahadur, G.C.s.l.,
Rajputs, Minas, Gujars, Bhils, father the late
Balais. The Rajputs are, of course, the
aris- KC.i.E., who succeeded his
the Maharana His Holiness Maharajadhiraj
tocracy of the country, and as such hold
Maharana Sir Fateh Singhji Bahadur, G.C.S.I.,
land to a very large extent, either as receivers of II ulmi
cultivators. By reason of their O C.I.B., G.O.V.O., in 1930, is the Premier
rent or as
The Indian States Rajputana. 183
Prince of Rajputana. The revenue and of Jalor, fled to Bagar and killed Chowrasimal,
\
i
expenditure of the State are now about Chief of Baroda, and founded the State of
806 lakhs. Its archaeological remains are Dungarpur. The present Chief is His Highness
numerous, and stone inscriptions dating from Rai Rayan Mahimahendra Maharajadhiraj
the third century have been found. Maharawal Shri Lakshman Singhji Bahadur born
on 7th March 1908, succeeded on 15th November
Banswara State is the southernmost State 1918 and assumed charge of the administration
of Rajputana within the Political Agency of the
on the 16th February 1928. No railway line
Southern Rajputana States. The area of the crosses the territory, the nearest railway station,
State is 1,946 square miles and the population Udaipur,
being 65 miles distant and Talad on
2,60,670 souls. It is thus in regard to size eleventh Ahmedabad side, being about 70 miles distant.
among the States of Rajputana. Banswara with Revenue about 8 lakhs.
Dungarpur originally formed a country known
as Bagar, which was, from the beginning of Partabgarh State, also called the
the thirteenth century until about the year Kanthal, was founded in the sixteenth century
1529, held by certain Rajput Rulers of by a descendant of Rana Mokal of Mewar. The
the Ghelot or Sishodiya clan, who claimed town of Partabgarh was founded in 1698 by
descent from an elder branch of the family Partab Singh. In the time of Jaswant Singh
now ruling in Udaipur. After the* death of (1775-1844), the country was overrun by the
Maha-Rawal Udai Singhji, the Ruler of Bagar, Marathas, and the Maharawat only saved his
about 1529, his territory was divided between State by agreeing to pay Holkar a tribute of
his two sons, Jagmal Singhji and Prithvi Rajji, Salim Shahi Rs. 72,700 (which then being
and the descendants of the two families are now coined in the State Mint was legal tender through-
the Rulers of Banswara and Dungarpur out the surrounding Native States), in lieu of
respectively. Where the town Rs. 15,000 formerly paid to Delhi. The first
of Banswara now
stands, there was a connexion of the State with the British Gov-
large Bhil pal or colony
under a powerful Bhil Chieftain, named Wasna, ernment was formed in 1804; but the treaty
who was defeated and slain by Maharawal then entered into was subsequently cancelled
Jagmal Singhji about 1530. The name of by Lord Cornwallis, and a fresh treaty by
Banswara is by tradition said to be a corruption which the State was taken under protection
of Wasnawara or the country of Wasna. Others was made in 1818. The tribute to Holkar is paid
assert that the word means the country (wara) through the British Government, and in 1904
of bamboos (bans). Nearly three centuries was converted to Rs. 36,350 British currency.
after its foundation by Maharawal Jagmal The present ruler is His Highness Maharawat
Singhji, Maharawal Bijai Singhji anxious to get Ram Singh Bahadur who was born in 1908 and
rid of the supremacy of the Mahrattas offered succeeded in 1929. The State is governed by
to become a tributary to the British Government. the Maharawat with the help of the Dewan,
In 1818, a definite treaty was made with his and, in judicial matters, of a Committee of
successor, Maharawal Umed Singhji. Banswara members styled the Raj Sabha or State Council.
has been described as the most beautiful portion Revenue about 5| lakhs expenditure nearly 5i
;
of Rajputana it looks at its best just after the lakhs. The financial administration is under
;
rains. The principal rivers are the Mahi, the the direct supervision of the State.
Anas, the Eran, the Chap and the Haran. Jodhpur State, is the largest in Rajputana
The present Ruler is His Highness Rayan Rai with an area of 36,021 square miles and a popula-
Maharaja Dhiraj Maharawalji Sahib Shree tion of 2.4 millions, of which 83 per cent, are
Sir Pirthi Singhji Bahadur, k.c.i.e., who was
Hindus, 8 per cent. Musalmans and the rest
born on July 15, 1888, and is the 21st in descent Jains and Animists. The greater part of the
from Maharawal Jagmal Singhji. His Highness country is an arid region. It improves gradually
was educated in the Mayo College and succeeded from a mere desert to comparatively fertile
his father in 1914. His Highness is entitled to land as it proceeds from the West to the East.
a salute of 15 guns. The State is ruled by His The rainfall is scanty and capricious. There
Highness the Maharawalji Sahib Bahadur with are no perennial rivers and the supply of sub-soil
the assistance of the Diwan and the Home water is very limited. The only important
Minister, and the Judicial and the Legislative river is Luni.
Council, of which the Diwan is the President and The Maharaja of Jodhpur is the head of the
the heir apparent, Maharaj Raj Kumar Sahib Rathor Clan of Rajputs and claims
descent from
Shri Chandra veer Singhji Sahib, is Senior Rama, the deified King of
Ayodhya. The
Member. The revenue of the State is about 7 earliest known King of the Clan named Abhi-
lakhs and the expenditure is about the same. manyu, lived in the fifth century, from which
Diwan. Mr. Nand Lai Banerjee (Actg.) time their history is increasingly clear. After
Home Minister. Mr. Nand Lai Banerjee. the breaking up of their Kingdom at Kanauj
they founded this State about 1212, and the
Dungarpur State, with Banswara, for- foundations of the Jodhpur City were laid by
merly comprised th country called the Bagar.

Rati Jodha in L439. He abolished the tax
It was invaded by the Mahrattas in 1818. levied by Hussain Shah of Jaunpur from Hindu
As in other States inhabited by hill tribes, it pilgrims at, Caya. His descendant was the
became necessary at an early period of famous Ka<> Maldeva, the most powerful ruler
British supremacy to employ a military force of this time having an army of 80,000 Rajputs;
fco coerce the Bhils. The State represents the the Emperor Humayun when expelled by Sher
Qadi of the eldest branch of the Sisodias Shah in 542 A.D. had sought refuge with him.
1
and dates its separate existence from about Raja Sur Singh, son of Raja Udai Singh, in
the close of the 12th Century. Samant Sincrh, recognition of his deeds of valour was created
King of Chitor, when driven away by Kirtipal a ** Sawai Raja" with a mansab of 5,000 Zat
i4 The Indian States Rajftutarid.
and 3.300 Sowars by the Emperor Akbar. opinion on matters affecting general customs
Maharaja Jaswant Singh I, was once a pillar and usage in the country.
of the Indian Empire and a great defender of The revenue of the State during the year
the Hindus and their temples. He was also a 1932-33 was Rs. 1,40,15,921 and the expenditure
patron of learning and wrote books on Us. 1,05,08,73.6. The.Jodhpur Railway extend-
Philosophy, Prosody and other profound subjects. ing from Hyderabad (Sind) to Luni Junction
After his demise in 167S A.D. Aurangzeb and Marwar 'Junction to Kuchaman Road with
confiscated Marwar, and Maharaja Jaswant its branches on all sides in the territories of
Singh's posthumous son and successor Maharaja the state is the principal railway, while the
Ajit Singh had to pass 8 years in hiding m B. B. & C. I. Railway runs across a portion of
mountains and the subsequent 29 years in the Soutn-eastern border. The famous marble
constant wars with Aurangzeb' s army with the quarries of Makrana as well as the Salt Lake
help of his nobles, chief of whom was the famous at Sambhar are situated in Jodhpur territory.
hero Durga Dass, before he ascended the throne
Jaisaimer State is one of the largest States
of Marwar. In the time of Maharaja Bijey
Singh, a later d^ndant of to j^ne^^ in Rajputana
"
e miles
and covers an area of 16,062
The Rulers of Jaisa i me r belong to
of the richest districts viz , Go^ww, was tinaliy
, .
;
g direct d d tg of
a^? d X0
in 1771 A.D.
l M^^?=/1J 5twv!
The State entered into a treaty
Sri Krishna. Jaisaimer City was founded in
Government in 1818. 1156, and the State entered into an alliance of
of alliance with the British perpetual friendship with the British Government
|
The present ruler Lieut. Colonel His Highness in 1818. In 1844 after the British conquest of
Raj Raieshwar Saramad Rajhai Hindusthan Sind the forts of Shahgarh, Garsia and Ghotarn
Maharaja Dhiraj Maharaja Sri Sir Umaid which had formerly belonged to Jaisaimer
Singhji Sahib Bahadur, G.C.I.E., K.C.S.I., were restored to the State. The population
K C.V.O., is the head of the Rathors, and is the according to the census of 1931 is 67,652. The
32nd ruler from Rao Sinhaji. His Highness present Ruling Prince is His Highness Maharaj a-
was born on 8th July 1903 and is now in the dhiraj Raj Rajeshwar Maharawalji Sir Jawahir
31st year of his age. He succeeded his elder Singhji Saheb Bahadur, Yadukul, Chandrabhal
brother on 3rd October, 1918. He was educated Rukan-ud-Dowla, Muzaffer Jang, Bijaimand,
at the Mayo College, Ajmer, and was invested K. C.S.I. Revenue about four Lakhs.
with full ruling powers on 27th January 1923. Sirohi State is much broken up by hills of
In October of the same year he was granted the which the main feature is Mount Abu, 5,650 feet.
rank of Honorary Captain in the British Army, The Chiefs of Sirohi are Deora Rajputs, a branch
made a Knight Commander of the Royal of the famous Chauhan clan which furnished the
Victorian
v.w* 1921, was elevated last
~- -in' March *
Order lei ll Hindu kings <-l
XI 1111 U JYUlga Delhi. The
of J^CllIl. -L11V3 present capital
ÎCCLUl Ô!""*'
1 AOO
'
to the rank of Honorary Major

T
m

June 19Z6
J.
Qf girohi wag built in 142 5. The city suffered

and Honorary Lieut-Colonel in August 1 J 66. [n the eighteenth cen tiiry from the wars with
.
He was created K.C.S.L, on 3rd June iy-o Jodhpur and Qe uredations of wild Mina
aIld the aepreda
and invested with G.C.I.E., on the 1st January tribes. Jodhpur claimed suzerainty over Sirohi
1930. His Highness was married in November but this was disallowed and British protect ion
1921, and has four sons and one daughter, the was granted in 1823. The present ruler is His
.
heir-apparent being Maharaj Kumar Sri Hanvant Highness Maharajadhiraj Maharao Shri Sir
Singhji Sahib born on 16th June 1923. His Sarup Ram Singh Bahadur, G.C.I.E., K.C.S.l.
Highness the Maharaja Sahib Bahadur has The State is ruled by the Maharao with the
one younger brother Maharaj Sri Ajit Singhji assistance of Ministers and other officials.
Sahib, and two sisters, the elder of whom is Revenue about 10 lakhs.
Maharani of Jaipur and the younger the Maharani
of Rewa.
Jaipur is the fourth largest State in llajpu-
ana. It consists for ihe most part of level and
His Highness is greatly interested in edu- open country. It was known to the ancients as
cational, athletic, and progressive institutions Matsya D e sh,and was the Kingdom of the
I
generally of modern times both in India and King Virata mentioned in the Mahabharata,
abroad, and has always exhibited his sympathy in wnose court, the five Pandava brothers during
with them by liberal donations. An example tnc i r i a9 t period of exile resided. Bhairat
of this is found in the donation of 3 lakhs made iu the Jaipur State has been identified,
by His Highness for founding the Irwin Chain Tne Maharaja of Jaipur is the head of the
of Agriculture at the Benares Hindu University, Kuchawa clan of Rajputs, which claims descent
i
He is a keen sportsman, Polo player and a first Kush.son of Rama, King of Ayodhya,
!
rate shot. Hi favourite pastime is pig-sticking. | ie famous hero of the famous epic poem, the
t
fishing, shooting, photography and air-piloting, Itamayana . This dynasty in Eastern Rajpu-
.
His Highness enjoys a salute of 19 guns within tana dates as far back as ninth century A.D.
his own territories and 17 guns elsewhere. Dulha Rai,one of its most early rulers, made
The administration is carried on with the Amber the capital of the State in 1037 A.D.
of the rulers
aid of a Stato Council composed of His Highness About the end of 12th century one
the Maharaja Sahib Bahadur as President. Pajun at the head of the army of
Prithvi Raj,
Rao Bahadur Thakur Chain Singhji. M.A., LL.Ji. Kmporor of Delhi, defeated Shahabuddin Ghori
Judicial Minister. Thakur Madho singhji, Home in the Khyber Pass and pursued
him as far
Minister, Mr. J. B. Jrwin, D.S.O., M.C., I.C.S., asGhazni. Prithvi Raj had given
his sister in
narriage to him. History of India records
Revenue Minister and Mr. S. G. Edgar, I.S.E.,
from
P.W. Minister. There is also an Advisor> jeveral distineuished rulers of Jaipur
Committee representing the great body of nnongst whom the following require particular
Sardars who hold as much as five sixths of the mention. Man Singh. 1500-1615. He
was a
total area, to aid the administration with victorious general intrepid commander and
The Indian States Rajputana.
tactful administrator, whose fame had spread Kishangarh State is in the centre of Raj-
throughout the country. During most putana and consists practically of two narrow
troublous times, he maintained Imperial autho- strips of land separated from each other, with
rity in Kabul and was the brilliant character an area of 858 square miles (population 85,744),
of Akbar's time. Maharaja Sawai Jai Singh II the northern mostly sandy, the southern generally

(1700 44) was the first town planner in India. flat and fertile. The Ruling Princes of Kishangarh
He removed the capital of the State to Jaipur, belong to the Rathor clan of Rajputs and are
so named afterhim. During his time, the State descended from Maharaja Kishan Singh (second
acquired great power and fame. He was a son of Maharaja Udai Singh of Jodhpur) who
great mathematician and scientist of his age, founded the town of Kishangarh in 1611. The
and is famous for his astronomical observa- present ruler is His Highness Umdae Rajhai
tories which he built at several important cen- Buland Makan Maharajah Dhiraj Dikshit Yag-
tres in Inaia. His court was visited by fore^n narain Singh Bahadur. He was born on the
astronomers. Maharaja Sawai Ham Singh, 26th January, 1896, and was educated at the
1835-1880. He was one of the most enlightened Mayo College, Ajmer, where he passed the Dip-
princes in India at that time. He encouraged loma Examination. He was married to the
art and learning. He embellished the city sister of Raja Bahadur Maksudangarh in May,
in various ways and improved the administra- 1915. He went to England and travelled on the
tion and material condition of the people. Continent with His Late Highness in 1921. On
Maharaja Sawai Madho Singh II, 1880-1922. the demise of His Late Highness on 25th Sep-
He was a very wise and intelligent ruler who tember 1926, he succeeded to the Gadi on the
followed in the footsteps of his father. He 24th November 1926. He administers the State
maintained and steadily improved all the with the help of a Council. Revenue about 9^
useful measures initiated by the late Maharaja. lakhs and expenditure 8 lakhs.
His administration was characterized by great
liberality, catholicity and a broad outlook Lawa State, or Chief of Rajputana is
on affairs. His deep religious devotion and a separate chiefship under the protection of the
piety and unrivalled generosity and genuine British Government and independent of any
and active sympathy are well known. His Native States. It formerly belonged to Jaipur
staunch loyalty and maintenance of the tradi- and then became part of the State of Tonk. In
tions of his house raised him in the estimation 1867, the Nawab of Tonk murdered the Thakur's
of the paramount power. He passed away after uncle and his followers, and Lawa was then
a long reign of 41 years. His late Highness* raised to its present State. The Thakurs of
donations and subscriptions to works of charity Lawa belonged to the Naruka sect of the Kach-
are enormous and too numerous to detail. waha Rajputs. The present Thakur, Bans-
His Highness the present Maharaja Sawai Man perdeep Singh, was born on September 24, 1923
Singh II Bahadur was born on 21st August and succeeded to the chiefship on 31st December
1911. He was adopted by His late Highness 1929. The chiefship is under minority Adminis-
on 24th March 1921. He is a scion of the tration. Revenue about Rs. 50,000.
Rajawat House of Isarda, and ascended the
gadi on the 7th September 1922, and was
married to the sister of the present Maharajah
Bundi State is a mountainous territory in
the south-east of Rajputana. The Ruler of
of Jodhpur on the 30th January 1924, from Bundi is the head of the Hara sect of the great
whom he has a daughter and a son and heir clan of Chauhan Rajputs and the country occu-
(b. 22nd October 1931). His second pied by this sect has for the last five or six cen-
marriage with the daughter of his late turies been known as Haraoti. The State was
Higlmess Maharaja Shri Sumer Singh ji Bahadur founded in the early part of the thirteenth cen-
of Jodhpur was celebrated on the 24th April 1932.
tury and constant feuds with Me war and Malwa
By this marriage he has a son born in England followed. It threw in its lot with the Maho-
on May 5, 1933. He studied at the Woolwich
Military Academy in England and promises to
medan emperors in the sixteenth century. In
later times it was constantly ravaged by the
be an ideal ruler having given abundant
evidence already of the keen and sympathetic Marathas and Pindaries and came under British
protection in 1818. The present ruler of the
interest he takes in all that concerns the welfare
State is His Highness Maharao Raja Shri Ishwari
of his people and mankind in general.
Singhji Saheb Bahadur. He was born on 8th
March 1893 and succeeded to the Gadi on 8th
His Highness the Maharaja Sahib Bahadur August 1927. His Highness is entitled to a
was invested with full powers on 14th March Salute of 17 guns Heir apparent Maharaj
1931. His Highness was appointed Honorary Kumar Shri Bagadur Singhji. Revenue about
Lieutenant in the Indian Army on the 25th 13 lakhs Hali and 3| lakhs Kaldar.
April, 1931, and was promoted to the rank of
Honorary Captain on the 1st January, 1934
hi 1 933, His Higlmess took his Polo Team to
Tonk State- Partly in Rajputana and
partly in Central India, consists of six Parganas
England, where it achieved exceptional success, separated from one another. The ruling family
setting up a record by winning all open tourna- belongs to the Salarzai clan of the Bunerwal
ments. A Chief Court of Judicature was Afghan tribe. The founder of the State was
established in 1921. The army consists of Nawab Muhammad Amir Khan Bahadur,
Cavalry, Infantry Transport and Artillery.. The General of Holkar's Army from 1798-1806.
normal revenue is about one crore and twentv Holkar bestowed grants of land on him in Raj-
J
lakhs. putana and Central India and the land so
granted to him was consolidated into the present
According to the Census of 1931 the State. The present Ruler of the State is His
population of the State is 26,31,775. In area Bighness Said-ud-Daula, Wazir-ul-Mulk Nawab
it is 16,682 sauafc rniles.
Muharnrnad Saadat Ali Khan Bajia4ur
Hafi2j Sir
The Indian States Rajputana.
Masnad Aeroplane Fleet Fund, Lord Kitcheners
Saulat-i-Jang, G.C.I.E., who ascended the
by Memorial Fund. St. John's Ambulance, Serbian
in 1930. The administration is conducted (5) public
four Relief Fund, and Red Cross, 2 lakhs
the Nawab in consultation with the Council of
;
subscriptions to various war funds lis. ^<>>uuu

(1) Major It. R. Burnett,
O.B.E.,
members, viz.,
subscriptions to war bonds
Principal Official and Adviser to His Hishness,
and (6. public
Council, and Finance R.s. 69,000. Immediately upon their return
Vice President, State Transport Corps
Bharatpur
Member (2) Khan Bahadur Sz. Mohammod from Europe the
Abdul Tawwab Khan, Home Member (3) Khan went to the North-West Frontier, and rem am ed
;
on active service there during the Afghan War.

Bahadur Sheikh Rahim Bakhsh, O.B.E., Judicial
Member; (4) Khan Saheb Mohammad Asad The Corps returned to Bharatpur at the con-
clusion of peace in February 1920. The present
Ullah Khan, Revenue Member. Brijendfa
22,25,852. Expenditure Ruler is His Highness Shri Maharaja
revenue
Revenue Rs.
Brijendra Singh Bahadur, Bahadur
. .
,
19,46,818. Sawai
Secretary
M. Hamid Husain, b.a. Jung who was born in 1918 and succeeded his
Sir Kishen Singh who died
:
father, Maharaja
family
Shahpura State. -The ruling
on the 27th of March 1929.
belongs to the Seesodia Clan of Rajputs. The
State came into existence about 1629 when Revenue Rs. 29,78,000.
the ruling
the Parganah of Phulia was granted by
the Dholpur State.-The family of
to Maharaj Chiefs of Dholpur belongs to the
Bamrohan
Mughal Emperor Shah-i-Jehan ancestors
Sujan Singh, son of Maharaj Surajmal, the #
Jats, the adopted home of one of their
about
second son of Maharana Amar Singh of Udaipur The family took the name of Bamroha
Gwalior,
Later on Raia Ran Singh ji received the para- the year 1367. They next migrated to
ganah of Kachhola from the Maharana of where they took the part of the Rajputs m their
Even-
Udaipur and was recognised as a great noble of struggles against the Emperor's Officers.
the.Mewar State. tualH the Bamrolia Jats settled near Gohad and
in 1505 Surjan Deo assumed the title of
Rana
The present Ruler is Rajadhiraj Sri Umaid of Gohad. After the overthrow of the
Mahrat-
Singhji Bahadur. The State enjoys perma- tas at Panipat, Rana Bhim Singh in 1761
^pos-
nent honour of nine guns salute. sessed himself of the fortress of Gwalior
but lost
In order to bar the encroach-
Bharatpur State. Consists largely of an it six years later.
ments of the Mahrattas, a treaty was made
immense alluvial plain, watered by the Ban-
with the Rana in 1779 by the British Govern-
ganga and other rivers.
ment under Warren Hastings, and the joint
Gwalior.
The present ruling family of Bharatpur forces of the contracting parties re-took
are Jats, of the Sinsinwar clan who trace their In the treaty of the 13th October 1781 between
the British Government and Scindia, it
was
pedigree to the eleventh century. The family
stipulated that so long as the Maharaj Rana
ob-
derives its name from its old village Smsim.
Scindia
Bharatpur was the first State in Rajputana that serves his treaty with the English,
ine
made alliance with the British Government should not interfere with his territories,
disputes
in 1803. It helped Lord Lake with 5,000 horse possession of Gohad however led to
in his conquest of Agra and battle of Laswari between the British and Scindia, and in 1805
Gwalior and
wherein the Maratha power was entirely the Governor- General transferred
broken and received 5 districts as reward for the Gohad to Scindia, and that of Dholpur, Ban,
In 1804, however, Bharatpur sided Baseri, Sepau and Rajakhera to Maharaj Rana
service.
died
with Jaswant Rao Holkar against the British Kirat Singh. Maharaj Rana Kirat Singh
in 1836 and was succeeded by his son
Maharaj
Government which resulted in a war. Peace was
re-established in 1805 under a treaty of alliance Rana Bhagwant Singh on whose death mJ-7(
and it continues in force. The Gadi being his grandson, the late Chief Maharaj
Rana Isehal
usurped by Darjan Sal in 1825, the British Sintfi, succeeded to the Gadi.
Major His
Sipahdar-ul-Mulk ba-
Gfovernment took up the cause of the rightful Highness Rais-ud-Daula
heir Maharaja Balwant Singh Shaib. Bharatpur ramad Rajhai Hind Maharajadhiraj Sri Swai
was besieged by Lord Combermere, and as the Maharaj Rana Sir Udai Bhan Singh Lokindra
faithful subjects of the State also made common Bahadur Diler Jang Jai Deo, K.C.S.I., gLW-
the present ruler, is the second son of
Maharaj
cause with the British Army the usurper was
quickly disposed of, and Maharaja Balwant Rana Nehal Singh and was born on the 12tn
his brother
Singh, the rightful heir to the Throne, came Februarv 1893. On the death of
into his own. Bharatpur also rendered valu- Maharaj Rana Ram Singh His Highness succeed-
He was educated
able service to the British Government during ed to the gadi on March 1911.
passed the
the Mutiny. During the great War the at the Mayo College, Ajmcr, where he
Bharatpur Durbar gave valuable help to the Diploma 'Examination and won several prizes.
Imperial
Imperial Government. The Bharatpur Imperial After a short course of training in the
went
Service Infantry served in East Africa and the Cadet Corps at Dehra Dun, His Highness
on a tour to Europe in 1912 and was
invested
Mule Transport Corps served in all theatres of
October 1913.
war except Africa. The following are among with full ruling powers on the 9th
the most important contributions made by the
State during the great war: (1) reinforcement
By clan and family the Maharaj Rana is con-
Jhind,
nected with the Jat Chiefs of Patiala,
sent to E. Africa for the Imperial Service
Infantry, 714 rank and file, and 64 followers;
Nabha and Bharatpur. Hia mother was the Singh
Imperial Service second sister of late Shahzada Basdeo
(2) reinforcements for the Ranjit
Transport Corps, 430 rank and file and 64 Sahib Bahadur of the family of Maharaj
His Highness is married to
followers; (3) State subscriptions to war loans
Singh of Lahore.
in the
the daughter of the Sardar of Badrukha
20 lakhs; (4) State subscriptions to Imperial
Indian Relief Funds, Soldiers' Comfort Fund, Jhind State.
The Indian States Rajputana, 187
Karauli State* A
State in Rajputana under was " one of Akbar's most distinguished Gene-
the Political control of the Political Agent, Eas- rals " and it was during his reign that the present
tern Rajputana States Agency, lying between Fort of Bikaner was built in 1593. The title
26 and 27 north latitude and 76 30'and 77 30 ' of Maharajah was conferred on Rajah Anup
east longitude. Area, 1,242 square miles. The Singhji by the Mughal Emperor in 1687 in re-
river Chambal forms the south-eastern boun- cognition of his distinguished services in the
dary of the State, dividing it from Gwalior capture of Golconda. The conspicuous ser-
(Scindhia's Territory), on the south-west it is vices ofMaharajah Sardar Singhji who in the
bounded by Jaipur and on the north-east
; Indian Mutiny of 1857 personally led his troops
by the States of Bharatpur, Jaipur andDholpur toci )-operate with the British forces in the field
The State pays no tribute to Government. on the outbreak of the Mutiny was acknowledged
Languages spoken Hindi and Urdu. by the Government of India by the transfer of
Ruler His
Highness Maharajadhiraj Maha-
the Sub-Tehsil of Tibi, consisting of 41 villages
frori the adjoining Sirsa Tehsil in the Punjab
raja Bhom Deo Bahadur, Yadukul Chandra
Pal,
to the Bikaner State.
Bhal, Heir-apparent, Maharaj Kumar Ganesh
Pal. Dewan: Rao Bahadur Pandit Shanker
Nath Sharma. The present Ruler, Lieutenant- General His
Highness Maharajadhiraj Raj Rajeshwar
Kotah State belongs to the Hara section of
Narendra
the clan of Chauhan Rajputs, and the early Shiromani Maharajah Sri Ganga
history of their house is, up to the 17th century, Singhji Bahadur, G.c.s.i., g.c.i.e., g.c v 0
identical with that of the Bundi family from G.B.E. ,
K.C.B., A.D.C., LL.D.., is the 21st
'
of
which they are an offshoot. Its existence as a a long line of distinguished rulers renowned -
for bravery and statesmanship. He

their
separate State dates from 1625. It came under
British protection in 1817. The present ruler was born on the 13th October 1880 and
H. H. Lieut.-Colonel Maharao assumed full ruling powers in December,
is Sir Umed 1898. He was awarded the first class Kaisar-
Singhji Bahadur, g.o.s.i., g.c.i.e., g.b.e., who was
born in 1873 and invested with full powers in i-Hind Medal for the active part he took in re-
lieving the famine of 1899-1900, and soon after
1896. In administration he is assisted by
two members, Rai Bahadur Pandit Bishwam- he went on active service to China in connec-
tion with the China War of 1900-1901 in com-
bhar Nath, m.a., and Major-General Onkarsingh,
CLE. The most important event of his mand of his famous Ganga Risala and was men-
tioned in despatches and received the China Me-
rule has been the restoration, on the deposition
dal and K.C.I.E. The State Forces consist of the
of the late Chief of the Jhalawar State, of 15
out of the 17 districts which had been ceded in Camel Corps, known as Ganga Risala,' whose
'
sanctioned strength is 465 strong, an Infantry

1838 to form that principality. Revenue 51
Battalion known as Sadul Light Infantry
lakhs Expenditure 47 lakhs.
;
619 strong, a Regiment of Cavalry known
Jhalawar State consists of two separate as Dungar Lancers 342 strong, including
tracts in the south-east of Rajputana with an His Highness' Body Guard, a Battery of
area of 813 square miles yielding a revenue of Artillery (4 guns 2*75), 236 strong, two
about 8 lakhs of rupees. The ruling family sections of Motor Machine Guns 100 strong and
belongs to the Jhala clan of Rajputs. The Camel Battery, 20 strong and State Band
present Ruler, Lieutenant His Highness 35 strong. At outbreak of the Great War in
Maharaj Rana Rajendra Singhji, succeeded to 1914, His Highness immediately placed the ser-
the Gadi on 13th April, 1929. He was born in vices of himself and his State forces and all the
1900 and educated at the Mayo College, Ajmer resources of the State at the disposal of His Im-
and Oxford University. The heir-apparent perial Majesty the King-Emperor, and the Ganga
Maharaj Kumar Virendra Singh was born in Risala reinforced by the Infantry Regiment
England on 27th September, 1921. Rai Balia- which became incorporated in the Camel Corp,
dur Dewan Pandit Manmohan Lai Ji Langar in the field, rendered very valuable services
in
is the Dewan of the State. Egypt and Palestine. An extra force was also
raised for internal security. His Highness per-
The Bikaner State in point of area is the sonally went on active service in August 1914
seventh largest of all the Indian States and the and enjoys the honour of having fought both in
Second largest in Rajputna. The population France and Egypt, and thus has the distinc-
of the State is 9,36,218 of whom 77 per cent, tion of having fought for the British Crown
are Hindus, 15 per cent. Mahomedans, 4 per cent on three Continents, viz., Asia, Europe and
Sikhs and 3 per cent. Jains. The capital city Africa. He was mentioned in despatches both
of Bikaner, with its population including the
in Egypt and France. His Highness also played
suburbs of 85,927, is the third city in Rajputana. a very conspicuous political part during the pe-
The northern portion of the State consists riod of the War when he went twice to Europe
of level loam land, whilst the remainder is for as the Representative of the Princes of India,
the most part sandy and undulating. The once in 1917 to attend the meetings of the Im-
average rainfall is about 12 inches. The water perial War Cabinet and Conference, and again
level over most of the State is from 150 feet to in 1918-19 to attend the Peace Conference
300 feet deep. where he was one of the signatories to the treaty
of Versailles. His Highness led the Indian
The Reigning Family of Bikaner is of the Delegation to the 11th Assembly of the League
Rati lore clan of Rajputs, and the State was found- of Nations at (;enevaand represented the Indian
ed in 1465 A.D. by Rao Bikaji, son of Rao States at the Imperial Conference in 1930. His
Jodhaji, Ruler of Marwar (Jodhpur), and after Highness also attended the Indian Round Table
him both the Capital and the State are named Conference and the Federal Structure Sub-
Rai Singhji, the first to receive the title of Rajah, committee both in 1930 and 1931.
i88 The Indian States Central India.
born in 1882, succeeded his father Maharaj Shri
His Highness enjoys a salute of 19 guns (per-
sonal) whilst the permanent local salute of theMangal Singhji Dev, G.c.s.i., in 1892 and
assumed the Ruling powers in 1903. He^
;
State is also 19. His Highness has also had -

the honour of being elected the first Chan- carries on the administration with the assistance
of 5 Ministers, Members of his Council, and
cellor of the Chamber of Princes, an office which
departmental Officers. Normal revenue is about
he filled most creditably for 5 years till 1925.
35 lakhs. His Highness- Shri Maharaj Mangal
His Highness is assisted in the administra- Singhi Dev was the first Prince in Rajputana
tion by a Prime Minister and an Executive
to offer help in the defence of the Empire in
Council. The post of Prime Minister is held 1888. Alwar State stood first in recruiting m
by Col. Maharaj Sri Ehairun Singhji Bahadur- Rajputana at the time of the Great War. His
K.O.s.i. A Legislative Assembly was inaugura- Highness enjoys a salute of 17 guns. The capital
ted in 1913, and consists of 45 Members, 20 Alwar is on the B. B. & C. I. Rly. 98 miles wesfcgj
out of whom are elected Members: it meets Delhi.of
twice a year.
crore
PalanpurPalanpur is a first class Stattfl
The revenues of the State are over a with an area of 1,768. square miles and aMf
of rupees and the State owns a large Rail-
population of 2,64,179. The net revenue of the
way system, the total mileage being 795 -85. State calculated on the average of the last fiv
The Government have also under contemplation years is about 11 lacs.
an extension of the Bikaner State Railway Him
from Sadulmir to Rewari and from Bikaner to 2. The State is under the rule of Major
the Highness Zubd-tul-Mulk Dewan Mahakhan
Sind Via Jaisalmer which will have
connecting Delhi with Sind. Nawab Shri Talay Muhomed Khan Bahadur*;
effect of
GC.I.E., K.C.V.O., Nawab Saheb of Palanpur.
Hitherto there was practically no irrigation His Highness is descended from the Usafzal
in the State, the crops depending only on the Lohani Pathan, an Afghan tribe who appeared in
scanty rainfall but the construction and open- Gujarat in the 14th Century. The connection
;
ing in 1927 of the Gang Canal taken out from of the British Government with the State dates
the Sutlej River has helped to protect about from 1809, in which year the Ruler was murder-
-
6,20,000 acres of land in the northern part ed by a body of Sindhi Jamadars. A consider-
of the State against famine from which it has able trade in cloth, wheat, ghee, wool, hides-,
suffered in the past. 3,37,668 bighas of the
castor and rape seeds, sugar and rice is carried
Canal land have already been sold and further on in the State. The capital city of Palanpur is
sale is going on. Even larger expectations are situated on the B.B.&C.I. Railway, and is tneig
held out from the Bhakra Dam Project from junction station of the Palanpur Deesa
which it is hoped that the remaining level lands Railway is owned by the Palanpur State,
in the north of the Stat e will be irrigated. Palanpur is a very old settlement of which menj
A coal mine is worked at Palana, 14 miles tion was made in the 8th century.
south from the Capital. Rajputana.
Alwar State is a hilly tract of land in the
Agent to Governor- General The Hon. Lt.-Col. Gj
East of Rajputana. The Alwar House is the D. Ogilvie, C.S.I., C.I.E.
head in India of the Naruka clan who are
descendants of 'Kush', the eldest son of Shn Udaipur.
Ram in the Solar dynasty. Raja Udai Karanji Resident Lt.-Col. W. A. M. Garstin, C.B.E. I
was the common ancestor of both the Alwar and
Jaipur Houses. Bar Singh, the eldest son of Jaipur.
Udai Karanji of Amber, renounced his right
of succession in favour of his younger brother Resident Major L. E. Barton.
Nar Singhji. Nar Singhji' s line founded Jaipur Eastern Rajputana States.
while in Bar Singhji' s line Maharaj Pratap
Singh established the Alwar State. Before his Political Agent Captain H. M. Poulton.
death in 1791 Maharaj Pratap Singh secured
possession of large territories. His successor
Western Rajputana States.
gent a force to co-operate with Lord Lake in the Resident Lt. Col. H. M. Wightwick.
War of 1803. An alliance of mutual friendship
was concluded with the British Government Southern Rajputana States.
in that year. The present Ruler Col. His High-
ness Shri Sewai Maharaj Raj Rishi Sir Jey Political Agent Lt.-Col. W. A M. Garstii^
Singhji Bahadur, G.c.s.i., g.c.i.e., who is sixth
C.B.E.
in succession from Maharaj Pratap Singhji was
CENTRAL INDIA AGENCY.

0
Central India Agency is the name given to Bundelkhand Agency between 22 -38' and'
26-19 / North and 78-10' and 830-0' East and
,
the country occupied by the Indian States and Malwa

grouped together under the supervision of the the Western consisting of the Bhopal
24-47' North
Political Officer who is designated the Agent to
Agencies between 21-22' and
and 74"-0' and 78-50' East. The British
the Governor- General in Central India with head- Gwalior
districts of Jhansi and Saugor and the
quarters at Indore. As constituted in 1921
State divide the Agency into two
sections.
that is, after the separation of the Gwalior square miles
Residency it is an irregularly formed tract The total area covered is 51,651 .11
and the population (1931) amounts to 6,635,737.
lying in two sections, the Eastern comprising
" . ; s
The Indian States Central India.
great majority of the people are Hindus. Rao Scindia Gwalior played an important part
,re are 28 Salute States of which the follow- in shaping the history of India. Despite the
10 have direct treaty engagements with partial reverse which Mahadji Scindia' s troops
British Government: Indore, Bhopal, suffered at the hands of the British in 1780,
reverses which led to the treaty of Salbai (1782),
a, Orchha, Datia, Dhar, Dewas Senior
ich, Dewas Junior Branch, Samthar and Scindia' s power remained unbroken. For the
'a. All of these are Hindu except Bhopal first time he was now recognized by the British
'a and Baoni which are Muhammadan. as an independent sovereign and not as a vassal
des these there are 61 Minor States and of the Peshwa.
ranteed Estates. Excluding the Indore and
In 1790 his power was firmly established in
'a States and the Hirapur and Lalgarh
Delhi. While he was indulging ambitious
t Estates are divided into following groups
administrative purposes: Bhopal Agency, hopes he fell a prey to fever which ended his
remarkable career on 12th February, 1794.
States and Estates (principal States Bhopal,
Himself a military genius, Mahadji Scindia'
-as Senior Branch, Dewas Junior Branch)
armies reached the zenith of their glory under
delkhand Agency, 33 States and Estates the disciplined training of the celebrated French
icipal States Orchha and Datia); Malwa
ncy, 40 States and Estates (principal States

adventurer De Boigne. Mahadji was suc-
ceeded by his grand nephew Daulat Rao in
,r, Jaora and Ratlam). The Agency whose service Perron, a Military Commander of
r
roughly be divided into two natural great renown, played a leading part. The
sions, Central India West comprising strength of Scindi'as Army was, however, con-
former Plateau division with such hilly siderably weakened by the reverses, sustained
1 as lies and Central ^dia.
on this side at Ahmednagar, Assaye, Asirgarh and Laswari.
}comprising the former low-lying area and Daulat Rao Scindia died in 1827. Till his
Eastern hilly tracts." The hilly tracts lie death he remained in undisputed possession of
g the ranges of the Vindhyas and Satpuras. almost all the territory which belonged to him
y consist of forest areas and agriculture is in 1805.
3 there, the inhabitants being
practised
tly members
of the wild tribes. The Daulat Rao was succeeded by Jankoji Rao
tories different States are much
of the who passed away in the prime of life. On his
rmingled and their political relations with demise in 1843 intrigue and party spirit were
Government of India and each other are rampant and the Army was in a state of mutiny
varied. with the result that it came into collision with
I
the British forces at Maharajpoore and Pannihar.
le following is the size, population and
nue of the ten treaty States mentioned Jankoji Rao was succeeded by Jiaji Rao
whose adherence to the British cause during
the dark days of Mutiny, when his own troops
Area in
deserted him, was unshakable. In 1861 he
Name. square Population. Revenue. was created a Knight Grand Commander of the
miles. Most Exalted Order of the Star of India and in
Lakhs 1877 was made a Councillor of the Empress.
Rs. Subsequently he received other titles and
entered into treaties of mutual exchange of
B
nre . 9,902
6,924
13,000
13,25,089
7,29,955
15,87,445
124i
80
60
territories with the British Government.
died on the 20th June 1886 and was succeeded
He
iha 2,080 3,14,661 10 by his son Lieutenant- General H. H. Maharaja
912 Sir Madho Rao Scindia, Alijah Bahadur,
as, Sonior

1,800
1,58,834
2,43,430 m
13|
G.C.V.O., G.C.S.I., G.B.E., A.D.C., to the King.
He succeeded in 1886 and obtained powers in
'anch 449 83,321 9,4 1894. In 1901 he went to China during the
tes, Junior war ; he held the rank of honorary Lieutenant-
anch 419 70,513 6 General of the British Army and the honorary
*ihar 178
602
33,307
1,00,106
n
13
degrees of LL.D., Cambridge, and D.C.L., Oxon.
He was also a Donat of the Order of St. John
of Jerusalem in England. He died in June
vnlior.
The house of Scindia traces its 1925 and was succeeded by his son H. H.
it to a family of which one branch held Jeewaji Rao Scindia/ During His Highness'
lereditary post of patel in a village near minority the administration of the State is
a. The head of the family received a being conducted by a Council of Regency.
t of rank from Aurangzebe. The founder
e Gwalior House was Ranoji Scindia who The Ruler of the State enjoys a salute of 21
a military rank under the Peshwa Baji guns, The State is in direct relations with the
In 1726 the Peshwa granted deeds to Government of India.
Holkar and Scindia, empowering them
i
vy "Chauth" and " Sardesmukhi " and The State has an area of 26.367 Sq. miles and
half the amount for payment to their
population 35,23,070 according to the Census
of 1931. Its average rainfall is from 25 to 36
in 1736 Eanoji Scindia accompanied
o to Delhi where he and Mulhar ltao inches. The average revenue is Its. 2,41,79,000
distinguished themselves in military
and average expenditure' Rs. 2,06,50,000.
. Ranoji fixed his headquarters at the The State has a I'olice force of 13,613 and
city of Ujjain, which for the time Indian State Forces Cavalry 1,560 Infantry
ae the capital of the Scindia dominions, and Artillery, besides Regular and Irregular
ig the time of Mahadji Scindia and Dowlat troops.
igo The Indian States Central India.
There is a well equipped State workshop in by the out-break of the Mutiny in 1857 in British;
J.1HO wave
India. This Wvt ui uiwuvuvw" did not ------
of disaffection leave
Lashkar, the capital of the State; there are XIlU.lt*.
some of the State troops untouched. Ine
t
electric Press, electric Power House, Leather

Factory, Tannery and Pottery Works. There
Maharaja with his adherents and the remaining
troops remained, however, staunch to the British
are some good cotton mills in Lashkar and
Ujiain. The State has its own Light Railway
and gave every possible assistance to the British
Mhow and other places
authorities at Indore,
and its own Postal system according to Postal
Convention. The G. I. P. Railway traverses which was recognised by the British Govern-^
through a major portion of the State territories. ment. The Maharaja died in 1886 after having,
effected various reforms in the administration
Indore The founder of the House of the and raised the position of the State to a high'
Holkar of Indore was Malhar Rao Holkar, degree of prosperity and honour. He was,
born in 1693. His soldierly qualities brought succeeded bv Shiva ji Rao who reigned for IS
him to the front under the Peshwa, who took years and will be specially remembered for hi*
him into his service and employed him for his beneficent measures in matters of education,
conquests. When the Maratha power was sanitation, medical relief and abolition of transit
weakened at the battle of Panipat in 1761, duties. Tukoji Rao III succeeded in 1903
Malhar Rao had acquired territories stretching while yet a minor. The Regency Administer
from the Deccan to the Ganges as a reward for continued till 1911 and it effected a
his career as a Military Commander. He was tion wasof reforms in all the branches of adminis
number
succeeded by his grandson. On his death tration. The policy of the Regency was main T
without issue his mother Ahilya Bai became the tained by the Maharaja. With his assumption
j
Ruler and her administration is still looked upon of powers the State advanced in education 1H|
with admiration and reverence as that of a general, including female education, commerce
model ruler. She was succeeded by Tukoji and industrial developments, municipal franchise
Holkar who had been associated with her to and other representative institutions. This
carry the Military Administration and had in prosperity was specially reflected in the Indore
course of it distinguished himself in various City, the population of which rose by 40 per
battles. Tukoji was succeeded by Kashirao, cent.
who was supplanted by Yeshwant Rao, his J
During the war of 1914 the State placed all
step-brother, a person of remarkable daring the disposal of the British
engage- its resources at
strategy as exhibited in a number of
Government. Its troops took part in the various
ments in which he had taken part. The brilliant theatres of war and the contribution of the
success he obtained at the battle of Poona m
State towards the war and- charitable funds
against the combined armies of Peshwa and
Scindia made him a dictator of Poona for some
money was 41 lakhs and its subscriptions to the
time and he declared in consequence the inde-
War Loans amounted to Rs. 82 lakhs, while
the contribution from the Indore people amoun-
pendence of Holkar State. During 1804-5 he
ted to over one crore. This assistance received
had a protracted war with the British, closed by the recognition of the British Government.
a Treaty which recognised the independence
f Holkar State with practically no diminution His Highness Maharaja Tukoji Rao III
of its territories and rights. Yeshwant Rao abdicated in favour of
his son. The present
was born on
showed signs of insanity from 1808 onwards Maharaja, Yeshwant Rao Holkar, education
and succumbed to that malady in 1811, when 6th September 1908. He received his
1920-23 and again at Christ
he was succeeded by his minor son Malhar Rao in England during return
During the Regency which followed, the Church College, Oxford, from 1926 till his
II.
of the J umor
power of the State was weakened by various in 1929. He married a daughter
Which was the Chief Kagal (Kolhapur) in February 1924.
causes, the most important of of
at Oxford in England
refractory conduct of the Military Commanders. His educational career India
English having come to an end, he returned to
On the outbreak of the war between the
November 1929,
and the Peshwa in 1817, some of these Comman- arriving at Indore on the 12th training with
ders, with a part of the army, rebelled
against and received administrative
the authority of the State and were disposed Mr. C. U. Wills, CLE.,
i.C.s. He assumed full
to befriend the Peshwa, while the regent mother Ruling Powers on the 9th
May 1930.
and her ministers were for friendship with the The area of the State is 9,902 square miles
British. There was a battle between the British with a revenue of about one crore and thirty-
Army and this refractory portion of the Holkar eight lakhs. According to the Census of 1931
Army which culminated in the latter *s defeat. the population of the State is about 1,325,000 :
Holkar had to come to terms and to cede exten- showing an increase of 14.5 per cent, over th^
sive territories and rights over the Pajput Census figures of 1921.
Princes to the British, but the internal
There are two first grade Colleges in the City
sovereignty remained unaffected. The Treaty
one is maintained by the State and teaches
of 1818 which embodied these provisions still
M.A. and LL.B., the other is establish ec
.
upto
regulates the relations between the British
by the Canadian Mission and teaches up tc
Government and the State. M.A. in Philosophy. The State has six Higl
Malhar Rao died a premature death in 1833. Schools, 1 Sanskrit College and 520 othel
Then followed the weak administration of Hari educational and 76 medical institutions. Ai
Rao and his son. In 1844 Tukoji Rao II ascen- Institute of Plant Industry for the improvemenl
ded the Throne but as he was a minor the of cotton is located at Indore. It has also
; \
administration was carried on by a Regency spinning and weaving mills.

under Sir Robert Hamilton, the Resident as
its Adviser. The prosperity of the State revived The strength of the State Army is about 3,000
the Holkar Stat*
a great deal during this administration and the The State is traversed by
progress was maintained after the Maharaja Railway, the principal station of
which is Indore
assumed powers in 18E2. It was interrupted the B. B. & C. I. Railway and the U. B. Sectioi

The Indian States Central India. I
9I
Kfche G. P. Railway. Besides the trunk
I. Ahmartabat,Motamad-us-Sultan,
girds, there arc 091 miles of roads constructed
Nasiru-
Mnlk. sir Sired Liak'at Ali, Kt m.a., i.lb
md maintained by the State. The reforms Member, Roubkari-Khas.
ntrodnced recently are the establishment of
[Ve Savings Banks, a scheme of Life Insurance A limartabat Lieut. -Colonel H. de N. Luca
,
if State oflieials, establishment of a Legislative

Member, Army Department.
Jommittee consisting of seven elected members Alimarlabat, Rafiul-Qadr. Ziaul-Uloom, Mufti
>n< of a t otal of nine members,
introduction of a Mohammad Anwarul Haq., m.a., H.f Member
eme of Compulsory Primary Education in 91 ate ( lonncil.
he City of Indore, measures for the expansion Secretary.--Muneltf Hasan Mohammad Hayat,
êducation J
in the mofussil, a scheme for 13. A. '
fife formation of the Holkar State Executive

grvicc, a scheme of water supply and main The
Political Department is under His High-
ness' direct control, the secretary being
fcamage in the Indore City, raising of the Mushirul-
rnageable age of boys and girls to 18 years Mulk, Ali-Qadr, KaziAli Haider Abbasi.
JW 14 years respectively, and the passing of The work of legislation with the right of
he Indore Nukta Act and the Marriage discussing the budget, moving resolutions and
fcpenses Controlling Act for controlling expen- Interpellations rests with a representative Legis-
lttire on lunerai ceremonies and lative
marriages. Council inaugurated in 1927. The
The Chief imports are cloth, machinery, rawatw&ri system in which the cultivator holds
agar salt and kerosene oil. The total imports his land direct from Government has lately
l 1932-33 amounted
to Rs. 1,55,33,293. been introduced. The State forests are exten-
^The chief exports are cotton, cloth, tobacco sive and valuable, and the arable area which
ftd cereals. The total exports in comprises more than two-thirds of the total
1932-33 amount- consists mostly of good soil producing cotton,
d to Rs. 56,84,969 exclusive of the exported
reduce of the Ginning and Pressing factories. wheat, other cereals, sugar-cane and tobacco.
I he State contains manv remains of
Cloth manufactured at the local mills is valded great
archaeological interest including the famous
t>oyer two crores and the local trade in wheat
Sanchi Topes, which date from the 2nd century
estimated at one crore.
B.C. and which were resorted under the direction
Cotton excise duty at 3J per cent. d valorem f o S ir John Marshall.
a Sanchi Station on the
is been abolished from 1st
May 1926 and an G.I.P. main line to Delhi adjoins the Topes.
dustrial tax is levied on the cotton
mills from Among
ie same date. other troops, the State maintains
one full
strength Infantry battalion. The
Bhopal. The principal Mohammadan State capital,Bhopal City, beautifully situated on the
Central India ranks next in importance to northern bank of an extensive lake, is the
yderabad among the Mohammadan States of junction for the
Bhopal-Ujjain Section of the
W" P e
. l
ulhlg iamil y was founded by Great Indian Peninsula Railway.
>rdar Dost Mohammad Khan,
rah Afghan, who, after having served
Diler-Jun<* a
with
Rewa
Is the largest State in Central India
stmction m the army of the Emperor 4.uran- Agency with an area of 1 3,000 square miles and a
b, obtained the paranga population of 1,587,445 (1931). The Rulers are
of Berasia in 1 709
tn the disintegration of the Moghal Bagnel Rajputs descended from the famous
lopal State developed into an
Empire bolanki clan which
independent ruled over Guirat from
ate In the early part of the 19th centurv the loth to 1 3th Century. During the mutiny
3 JNawab successfully withstood the inroads I'S n e urbar rendered meritorious services to
Scmdia and Bhonsla,and by the agreement oie Crown for which various parganas which
of been seized by had
17 Bhopal undertook to assist the
British Maharaja,
Marathas were resorted to the
th a contingent force and to
co-operate against
The present ruler is His Highness
Pmdjri bands. In 1818 a permanent treaty Bandhvesh Maharaja Sir Gulab Singhji Bahadur,
fi.c.i.E.. E.c.s.i., who
Jceeded the agreement of 181 7. was born in 1903. His
rhe present ruler of the State, His Highness was married in 1919 to the sister of the
Highness Maharaja of Jodhpur. Upon the death
lander Saulat Nawab Iftikharul-Mulk of his
mmad Hamidullah Khan, Bahadur gcsi Mo- tather, Lt.-Col. Sir Venkat Raman Singhji
Bahadur, G.C.S.T., on 30th October 1918, His
ife 0m B vi" succeeded his mother,' Highness Bandhvesh
r late w"-\ Maharaja Sir Gulab Singh
'
Highness JSTawab Sultan Jahan Beam' Bahadur succeeded
her abdication in May, 1920. He to the Ga'di on 31st October
had as a minor. During the period of minority, the
liv Jy,Paftcipated in the admis-
7^ Z ^
sion of the State for nearly
State was administered by Council of Regency
ten years as with His Highness
ef Secretary and afterwards Maharaja Col. Sajan Singh
as Member for Bahadur, K.c.s.1.,
ance and Law and Justice, k.c.v.o., a.d.c, of Rutlam as
Regent His Highness Maharaja Sir Gulab
lis Highnss is the head of the Government Singh Bahadur attained majority in 1922 and
.is assisted by an Executive
Council consisting was invested with full ruling powers by His
ive Members and one Secretarv,
whose names Excellency the Viceroy. The Maharaja exercises
given below :
full sovereignty within his State and the
limartabat, James Ferguson Dyer administration is now carried on by him with
President of the State Council and
oie t he help of a State
Member' Council of which His Highness
enuc and Public Works Departments, himself is president. His Highness
is very
limartabat, much interested
round progress of the in all
Motamad-us-Sultan Eai State. He takes a keeri interest in
mtn, Raja Oudh Narain Bisarya, b a administra-
tion and development! of agriculture
JUStiCe and E^îon, mineral resources. and
feents? He jhas opened extensive
tracts by construction pf roads and
bridges
192 The Indian States Central India.
throughout the State. A State Bank Bank of Sahib, Military Secretary (Military); Sahibzadi
Baghelkhand, has recently been instituted, Mir Nasiruddin Ahmed Sahib, Secretary
which has its branches all over the State. His Public Health Department Major P. F
;
Highness is a keen sportsman and the number of Norbury, D.s.o., i.a. (Private Secretary)
Mr. Serajur Reham Khan, Bar-at-Law, Judica;
j
tigers bagged by him totals about 500. His

Highness has got a son and heir named Sri Yuvraj Secretary and Judge: Chief Court (Law&Justice)
Maharaj Kumar Martand Singh Ji born on 15th Mirza Mohammad Aslam Beg, Revenue Secre
March 1925. tary Seth Govindramji (Finance).
;
A Chief Court with a Chief Justice and twt

His Highness' second marriage with the Puisne Judges has also been established.
daughter of H.H. the Maharaja of Kishengarh The soil of the State is among the richest ii
was performed on the 18th February 1925. Malwa being mainly of the best black variety

Dhar. This State, in the Agency for
bearing excellent crops of wheat, cotton, an<
poppy. The average annual revenue i
Southern States in Central India, takes its name
Rs. 12,00,000.
from tne old city of Dhar, long famous as the
of the Paimar Rajputs, who ruled
capital
over Malwa from ninth to the thirteenth
Rutlam Is the premier Rajput State in th
century and from whom the present Rulers of
Malwa Agency. It covers an area of 871 squar

Dhar Puar Marathas claim descent. In miles, including that of the Jagir of Khera in th
Kushalgarh Chiefship, which pays an annus
the middle of the 18th century the
was tribute to the Rutlam Darbar. The State wa
Ruler of Dhar, Anand Rao, one of the
founded by Raja Ratansinghji, a great grandso:
leading chiefs of Central Tndia. sharing with
of Raja Udai Singh of Jodhpur, in 1652. Th
Holkar and Scindia the rule of Malwa. The
Ruler of Rutlam is the religious head of th
State came into treaty relations with the British
Rajputs of Malwa, and important caste que*
Government in virtue of the treaty of 1819.
tions are referred to him for decision. Th
Lt.-Colonsl H. H. the Maharaja Sir Udaji Rao
Bahadur, K.c.v.o., State enjoys full and final civil and crimin*
Puar Sahib K.C.S.I.,
There are 13 powers. The present Ruler of Rutlam is Colon(
k.b.e., died on 30th July 1926.
whom His Highness Maharaja Sir Sajjan Singh, G.o.i.B
Feudatories and 9 Bhumias of 13 hold a
k.c.s.i., K.c.v.o., A.D.C. toH. It. H. the Princ
guarantee from the British Government. The
the latest of Wales, who was born in 1880, and educated s
population of the State according to
Census figure is 243,521 and the average Income
Daly College, Indore, received military trainiri
in Imperial Cadet Corps and invested with f u
and Expenditure are about 17 and 16 lakhs
powers in 1898. His Highness served i
respectively.
the war in France and Egypt from 1915 to 191
The present Ruler, His Highness the Maharaja was mentioned in despatches and receive
Anand Rao Puar Saheb Bahadur being minor, the Croix d'Omciers de Legion d'Honneu
the Government of State is carried on by a Salute 13 guns, local 15 guns.
:
Council. Dewan Bahadur K. Nadkar is Dewan Dewan. Rao Bahadur Devshanker J. Dav
and President of the Council of Administration. Advocate.
Mandul
The famous and
the
the ancient hill fort of
Datia State. The rulers of this State, in tl
capital of several ancient and medieval Bundelkhand Agency, are Bundela Rajputs <
Kingdoms, with its beautiful mausoleums, the Orchha house. The territory was grante
tombs and palaces and high liills and deep by the chief of Orchha to his son Bhagwan 58
dales is situated in the State at a distance of in 1626, this was extended by conquest an
24 miles from the city of Dhar. by grants from the Delhi emperors. The presei
Ruler Major His Highness Maharaja Lokerid

Jaora State. This State is the only Treaty Sir Govind Sinh Ju Deo Bahadur, g.c.i.e. (193S
State in the Malwa Political Agency covering who was bornin 1886and succeed*
K.C.S.I., 1 918,
an area of about 601 square miles with a total in 1907, married 1902, enjoys a salute of 15 gur
population of 100,204, and has its headquarters
at Jaora town. The Chiefs of Jaora claim
He placed all his resources and his person
services at the disposal of the Imperial Gover
decent from Abdul Majid Khan, an Afghan of
ment during the Great War and established
the Tajik Khel from Swat. The first Nawab
was Abdul Ghafoor khan who obtained the
War Hospital at Datia. He is a progress
Ruler and has created a Legislative Council ai
State about the year 1808, The present Chief
introduced many useful and important reforms
is Lieutenant-Colonel His Highness Fakhrud-
his State. He is a Vice-President of St. Jol
Daulah Nawab Sir Mohjtmmad Iftikhar Ali Ambulance Association, a patron of Red Cro
Khan Saheb Bahadur, Sjtulat-e-.Tang, k.C.I.e.,
Society and has recently offered to the Imperi
who was born in 1883. His Highness is an
the Indian City of Delhi the life size marble statue
Honorary Lieutenant -Colonel in
Lord Reading, the late Viceroy. He has bu
Army. a hospital in the city named after Mrs. Heale ai
In the administration of the State His to advance female education he has built
Highness is assisted by a Council constituted as girls' school named after Lady Willingdo
under. His Highness is a famous big game shot ai
has shot more than 156 tigers.

President: His Highness the ISawab Sahib

Orchha State. The rulers of this State a
Bahadur. Vice President & Chief Secretary
Khan Bahadur Sahibzada Mohammad Serfrazi Bundela Rajputs claiming to be descendants
Ali Khan, Secretary :
Mr. Nasrat Mohammad the Gaharwars of Benares. It was found

i
Khan, m.a., ll.b. (Alig). Members : Nawabzada as an independent State in 1048 A.D. It enter
Mohammad Nasir Ali Khan Sahib (Revenue); into relations with the British by t
Jfawabzada Mohammad Mumtaz Ali Khan treaty made in 1812. His Highness
Bhutan.
*93
?Q ?n
if-
ap
^
lng
d has t'
S" .
O.O.I.B., died in March
been succeeded by his grandson were
of its magnificent buildings of which
the finest
erected by Maharaja Bir Singh Dev I. the
His Highness Sawai Mahendra Maharaja Vir most
bmgh Dev Bahadur, the present ruler. The famous ruler of the State (1605-1627).
ruler of the State has the hereditary
titles of
ChiefMinisterMôr B. P. Pande b A ,
Mis Highness Saramad-i-Rajahai-Bundelkhand LL.B., E.R.E.S.
* Maharaja Mahendra Sawai Bahadur. The State GWALIOR.
nasa Population of about 315,000 and an area
ot 2,080 square miles. The capital is
Resident
E. C. Gibson, c. i. e.
Tikamgarh Bhopal.
36 miles from Lalitpur Station, on the G.T.P Political Agent Lt.-Col. H. W.
Railway. Orchha, the old capital, has fallen C. Robson.
into decay but is a place of interest on BUNDELKHAND.
account Political Agentlb. W. Jardine.
SIKKIM
Sikkim
is bounded on the north and north-east
by libet, on the south-east by Bhutan, on the ff ved
ine State
Rs. 12,000 annually in lieu of it.
was previously under the Government
south by the British district of Darjeeling, and
ot Bengal, but was brought under the
? ffi? west by Ne P al Th e population consists
-
direct
supervision of the Government of India in
of Bhutias, Lepchas, and Nepalese. 1906.
It forms 1 he State is thinly populated, the area being
the direct route to the Chumbi Valley in Tibet.
The main axis of the Himalayas, which runs 2 818 square miles, and the population
109,651,
chiefly Buddhists and Hindus.
east and west, forms the boundary between The most im-
Sikkim and Tibet. The Singalila and Chola portant crops are maize and rice. There
are
several trade routes through Sikkim from
ranges, which run southwards from the main
Darjeeling District into Tibet. In the
chain, separate Sikkim from Nepal on the conven-
tion oi 1890 provision was made for the
west, and from Tibet and Bhutan on the east. opening
of a trade mart but the results were
On the Singalila range rise the great snow disappoint-
ing, and the failure of the Tibetans
peaks of Kinchinjunga (28,146 feet), one of to fulfil their
obligations resulted in 1904 in the despatch
the highest mountains in the world. The Chola of a
range which is much loftier than that of Sin- mission to Lhasa, where a new convention
was
signed. Trade with the British has
galila, leaves the main chain at the Dongkya
La. increased in
recent years, and is now between 40
and 50
lakhs yearly. A number of good roads
Tradition says that the ancestors of the Rajas constructed in have been
recent years. The present ruler,
of Sikkim originally came from eastern
Tibet. His Highness Maharajah Sir Tashi
The State was twice invaded by the Gurkhas at Namgyal
1 was born in 1893 and succeeded in 1914
the end of the eighteenth century. On the out- ^p- ^;;
His Highness was invested with full ruling
break
~
0
. A the
of v
d anall
^ Nepal War
xôpai u ai in 1814,
ioi*, the British powers on wie
wie jsriusn the 5th April 1918
Ce With the Raja of Sikkim and a CJ E was conferred
The title*
1918. Th? f
title of
AT
i the close
at ,i ofi?K *
the war the
'
-
Raja was rewarded by the 1st January 1918 and

upon the
C.I B oflst Jann-
on
K
Sarat
a considerable cession of territory. In 1835 the ary 1923.
Raja granted the site of Darjeeling to the British
BHUTAN.
The average revenue is Rs 5 20 42?
Political Officer in Sikkim
I
Wiil&mson ^
Bhutan extends for a distance of approximately to its external relations, while
190 miles east and west along the the British
southern Government undertook to exercise no inter-
slopes of the central axis of the Himalayas, ference in the internal administration of
adjacent to the northern border of Eastern Bhutan
On the occasion of the Tibet J lueu Mission
mission
Bengal and Assam. Its area is 18,000 square rt # i onT i.u
pi T>T i" ,
-
1904, the Bhotias gave strong proof of their

miles and its population, consisting of Buddhists friendly attitude. Not only did they
and Hindus, has been estimated at 300,000. consent to
the survey of a road through their country
lhe country formerly belonged to a tribe called to
Chumbi, but their ruler, the Tongsa Penlop
lek-pa, but was wrested from them by some
accompanied the British troops to Lhasa, and
Tibetan soldiers about the middle of the seven- assisted in the negotiations with the
teenth century. British relations with Bhutan Tibetan
authorities. Eor these services he was
commenced in 1772 when the Bhotias invaded made
a-k.C.I.K, and he has since entertained the Bri-
the principality of Cooch Behar and British aid tish Agent hospitably at his capital The
was invoked by that State. After a number of ruler is now known as H.H. the Maharaja
raids by the Bhutanese into Assam, an envoy of
Bhutan, Sir Uggen Wangchuk, k.c.s.i., kcie
,the Hon. A. Eden) was sent to Bhutan, who
was
At the head of the Bhutan Government, there*
grossly insulted and compelled to sign a treaty
are
nominally two supreme authorities: the
surrendering the Duars to Bhutan. On his Dharma Raja, known as Shapting Renipoche the
return the treaty was disallowed and the Duars
spiritual head and the Deb or Depa Raja
mnexed. This was followed by the treaty of temporal ruler. ;
the '
L865 y by which the State's relations with the

The Dharma Raja is regarded as
a very high incarnation of Buddha, far higher
[government of India were satisfactorily regu- than the
ordinary incarnations in Tibet, of which
at ed. The State formerly received an allowance there are several hundreds. On the
death of
)f half a lakh a year from the British Govern-
Dharma Raja a year or two is allowed to elapsea
nent in consideration of the cession in 1865 and his
reincarnation then takes place, always in
)f some areas on the southern
borders. This the Choje, or royal family of Bhutan.
allowance was doubled by a new treaty con-
Cultivation is backward and the chief crop la
cluded in January 1910, by which the
Bhuta- maize. The military force consists of
local
lo.Vina Unrlnr f.Vir> nnnf.nl ~ f i-V. _ .1 ; ce , i .
he advice of the British Government in regard I They are of no military value.

194 The Indian States Madras.
NORTH-WEST FRONTIER STATES.
The Indian States of the North- West The valleys of which the State consist
Frontier Provinces are Amb, Dir, Swat are extremely fertile and continuously culti-
ind Chitral. The area of the latter three vated. The internal administration of the
is 3,000,1,800 and 4,000 square miles and popula- country is conducted by His Highness Sir
tion 250,000, 216,000 and 99,000 respectively. Shujaul-mulk, k.c.i.e., the Mehtar of Chitral

Amb. Is only a village on the western and the foreign policy is
Agent at Malakand.
regulated by the
bank Indus in Independent Tanawala.
of the Political

Chitral. Runs from Lowarai top to the south Dir. The territories of this State, about
of fche Hindu-Kush range in the north, and has an 3,000 square miles in area, include the country
area of about 4,000 square miles. The ruling drained by the Panjkora and its affluents down
dynasty has maintained itself for more than to the junction of the former river with the
three hundred years, during the greater part of Bajaur Rud. The Nawab of Dir is the overlord
which the State has constantly been at war with of the country, exacting allegiance from the
its neighbours. It was visited in 1885 by the petty chiefs of the clans. Dir is mainly held by
Lockhart Mission, and in 1889, on the establish- Yusufzai Pathans, the old non-Pathan inhabi-
ment of a political agency in Gilgit, the ruler tants being now confined to the upper por-
of Chitral received an annual subsidy from the tion of the Panjkora Valley known as the
British Government. That subsidy was increased Dir Kohistan. A motor roadhas been construc-
two years later on CDndition that the ruler, ted to Dir from Malakand.
Amen-ul-Mulk, accepted the advice of the Bri- Swat. The Ruler of the State, Miangul
tish Government in all matters connected with
Gulshahzada Sir Abdul Wadood, K.B.E., is a
foreign policy and frontier defence. His sudden
descendent of the famous Akhund Sahib of Swat.
death in 1892 was followed by a dispute as to the He consolidated his rule in Swat from 1917 to
1922, and was recognized by the Government
succession. The eldest son Nizam-ul-Mulk was
of India as Wali of Swat in 1926. The area
recognised by Government, but he was mur-
of the State is 1,800 square miles and population
dered in 1895. A war was declared by Umra-
216,000. The Headquarters of the State is at
khan of Jandul and Dir against the infidels and Saidu Sharif about 40 miles from Malakand and
the Agent at Gilgit, who had been sent to
connected with Malakand by motor road.
Chitral to report on the situation, was besieged
with his escort and a forcehad to be despatched 'Political Agent for Dir, Swat and Chitral
(April 1895) to their relief. L. W. H. D. Best, O.B.E., M.C., I.C.S.
STATES IN THE MADRAS PRESIDENCY.

Thn Madras Presidency includes 5 occupies the south-west portion of the Indian
-Indian States covering an area of 10,644 square Peninsula, forming an irregular triangle with its
miles Of these, the States of Travancore and apex at Cape Comorin. The early history of
Cochin represent ancient Hindu dynasties. Travancore is in great part traditional; but
Pudukottai is the inheritance of the chieftain there is little doubt that H. H. the Maharaja
called the Tondiman, Banganapalle and Sandur is the representative of the Chera dynasty,
two petty States, of which the first is ruled by a one of the three great Hindu dynasties which
Nawab, lie in the centre of two British districts. exercised sovereignty at one time in Southern
India. The petty chiefs, who had subsequently
Estimated set up as independent rulers within the State,
Area Gross were all subdued, and the whole country, in-
Name. sq. Popula- Revenue cluded within its present boundaries, was con-
in lakhs
miles. tion. solidated and brought under one rule, by Maha-
of rupees raja Marthanda Varma (1729-58). The English
first settled at Anjengo, a few miles to the north
Travancore . 7,625 5,095,973 232.92 of Trivandrum, and built a factory there in
1684. In the wars in which the East India
Cochin 1,417 1,205,016 92.08 Company were engaged in Madura and Tinne-
velly, in the middle of the 18th century, the
Pudukottai . 1,179 400,694 53.32 Travancore State gave assistance to the British
authorities. Travancore was reckoned as one
Banganapalle . 256 39,218 3.77 of the staunchest allies of the British Power and
was accordingly included in the Treaty made in
Sandur 167 13,583; 1 55
.
1784 between the East India Company and the
Sultan of Mysore. To protect the State from
possible inroads by Tippu, an arrangement was
These States were brought into direct relation come to in 1788 with the East India Company,
With the Government of India on October 1st and in 1795 a formal treaty was concluded, by
1923. which the Company agreed to protect Travan-

Travancore. This State, which has core from all foreign enemies. In 1805 the
was
area of 7,624 .84 square, miles and a population annual subsidy to be paid by Travancore
of 5,095,973 with a revenue of Rs. 232.93 lakhs fixed at 8 lakhs of rupees.
The Indian StatesMadras.
*95
H. he Maharaja (b. 7th November 1912)
ascended tnemasnad on the 1st September entered into friendly relations. About
a cen-
Dunns the minority the State was ruled by1924
Her
tury later, in 1759, when the Dutch
to decline, the Raja was attacked
power began
Highness Maharani Setn Lakshmi Bai, c.i. aunt by the Zamo-
rin of Calicut, who was
of the Maharaja, as Regent on his behalf.' expelled with che assis-
His tance of the Raja of Travancore.
Highness was invested with ruling powers on In 1776, the
ijtate was conquered by
the 6th November 1931. The work of legisla- Hyder Ali, to whom
it remained tributary
tion was entrusted to a Legislative
Council
and subordinate, and
subsequently to his son, Tippu Sultan.
established as early as 1888. The Legislature A treaty
was last re-constituted in January 1933, when a was concluded m
1791 between the Raja and the
bicameral body was instituted. The Company, by which His Highness
la
new oJ? J
agreed .
become tributary to the British
to
R> viz '> tlle Sri Mulam Assembly and
? bri Chitra Government for his territories which were then
the State Council have a predominant
elected non-official majority. Both poSsession of Ti PP u and to pay a
Chambers subsidy
possess the right to vote on the annual
Budget,
to move resolutions and ask questions. His Highness Sri Sir Rama Varmah,
Both
Chambers have also the right to initiate legisla- who ascended the thronein January 191 G.C.I.E.,
5 having
tion. The elections to the Assembly are
based demsed on 25th March 1932, His Highnesi
on a wide franchise. Differences 'of opinion bree Rama Varma who was
born on 30th
between the two Chambers will be settled by a December 1861 succeeded to the throne and was
Joint Committee consisting of an equal number duly installed as Maharaja on
1st June 1932
of members selected by each Chamber. The administration is conducted
are placed on a footing of complete
Women under the
equality control of the Maharaja whose
chief Minister
with men in the matter both of franchise and Executive officer is the Dewan, C.
and G Her-
membership in the Legislature. bert Esq., i.o,s The forests of Cochin form one
Local Self- Government of ts most valuable assets.
.
on a small scale They abound in
exists in the more important towns.
The 7 bIackw?d, and other valuable
State supports a military force of 1,471 f?* t?" ,
f
'
rms the sta P Ie of cultivation.
men Coennnô
Cocoanuts are ?largely raised in the sandy.
Education has advanced considerably in recent ,
tracts
years and the State takes a leading place and their products form the chief
in exports of the
that respect. In the matter of female Education State. Communications by road and back-
the State has a leading place amon Indian waters are good and the State owns
g States a line of
and the British Indian Provinces. The princi- om S>ranore to Ernakulam,
capital of/^
IflZtY G, the
pal food-grain grown is rice, but the main the State, and a Forest Steam Trarnwav
source of agricultural wealth is the cocoanut used in developing the forests.
The State
Other crops are pepper, areca-nut, jack-fruit supports a force of 111 officers and
552 men
' sugar-cane and tapioca. Govern or-General~-Ueut Col.
Rubber and tea are r
among other important products. Cotton weav- D.M^ Field
ing and the making of matting
^
coir are among the chief industries.
from the
The State
1 1
nnrth*
!
0
eSt
**^^^
8 tate is bounded on the
Tr ? in 0P0ly, on the south
.
a J andj* 7
is well provided with roads, and
with a natural bv a
by Ramnad on i?
the east by Tanjore In
system of back-waters, besides canals and rivers early times a part of the State
belonged to the
navigable for country crafts. One line
of
Chola Kings and the southern
part to the
railway about one hundred miles in length mgS
cuts across the State from east to west i?
English began J
adura ^ delations 'with the
during the Carnatic wars. Dur-
and
then runs along the Coast to the Capital.
Railway lines are in contemplation
More
The
17*9 A!v ge

Trichin opoly by the French in
Tondiman of ê time did good service
capital is Trivandrum. II the r
to Company's cause by sending them mo-
n alth Ugh his own untryg
D ^R/MF* Td
^6 Governor ' Generai Iiieut.-Col. ^?
rp n'. s 10n
-
r^d
as
was at *
Dewan Muhammad fidpmf fto the English. a Inconsequence
of his ndelity
K.C.I.E., LL.D.
Sir Habibullah. kost
' '
hiB tr pS to ass * sfc
1756 he
Sad
mad Yusuf tb n
the Company's
^ham-
Cochin This State on the south-west coast of dant, in settling the Madura
sepoy comman-
India isbounded by the Malabar District of the and Tinnevelly
Madras Presidency and the State of Travancor* countries. Subsequently he
was of much service
in the wars with Haidar
very little is known of its early history His services were
Ali.
Ac' rewarded by a grant of territory
cording to tradition, the Rajas of Cochin subjlct to the
hold conditions that the district should
the territory in right of descent from not be alie-
Cheraman nated (1806). Apart from that
Perumal, who governed the whole country thereTs no treaty
of or arrangement with the
Kerala, including Travancore and Malabar, Raja. His HigKs
as Sri Brihadamba Das Raja
Viceroy of the Chola Kings about the
beginning man Bahadur the present Rajagopaia Tondi!
f the nmtt
f , d , in elf L century, and afterwards estab-
as an ind ependent Ruler. In
ruler, is a
He was installed as Raja on lg-ll^S
The ad-
So
^
V?So
1502 *? l? i
the Portuguese ministration of the State is carried
were allowed to settle in an Administrator. The various
on by
what is now British Cochin and in the following departments
are constituted on the British
year they built a fort and established India model The
commer- principal food crop is rice.
cial relations in the State. In the earlier wars The forests which
with the Zamorin of Calicut, they coyer about one-seventh of
assisted the the State contain
Rajas of Cochin. The influence of the
Portu- Ine State is well provided with
guese on the west coast began to decline roads, but
about 18 0nl y municipal
e e part 0f the sev enteenth century,
,-r? -.iAo
th L W re usfced from tne townand State
town in the
rn^r?K ?? ?
Cochin by the Dutch with whom the
. of t0 Governor" Genera lM>-Col.
Raja mISi D.
xgt> The Indian States W estem India,
and his heirs in perpetuity
Banganapalle. This is a small State in two ras Government powers. In 1876 the title of
detached portions which in the eighteenth cen- with full on the Chief as a
tury passed from Hyderabad to Mysore and Raja was
conferred
The control over it hereditary distinction. The present ruler is
back again to Hyderabad. Yeshwantrao Hindurao Ghor-
was ceded to the Madras Government by the Raja Shrimant invested with full ruling powers
Nizam in 1800. The present ruler is Nawab pade who was
Meer Fazle Ali Khan Bahadur. The chief in February 1930.
food-grain is cholam. The Nawab pays no
tri- The Raja pays no tribute and maintains no
I he military force. The most important staple crop
bute and maintains no military force.
revenue of the State is over 3 lakhs. The Nawab is cholam. Teak and sandalwood are found in
enjoys a salute of 9 guns. small quantities in the forests.
Agent to the Governor-General ;Lt.-Col. D. The minerals of the State possess unusual
interest. The hematites found in it are pro-
M. Field. ore in India. An outcrop
Sandur. The State is almost surroundedthe by bably the richest boundary forms the crest of a
under near the southern
the District of Bellary. The State is ridge 150 feet in height, which apparently con-
political control of the Agent to the
Governor crystalline hema-
sists entirely of pure steel grey
destruction of intense hardness. Some
General, Madras States. After the tite (specular iron)
the fetate
of the Empire of Vijayanagar in 1565 of the softer ores used to be smelted,
but the
semi-independent chiefs under
came to beheld by industry has been killed by the cheaper English
of Bijapur
the nominal sovereignty of the Sultan iron. Manganese deposits have also been found
a Poligar of
in three places, and during 1911 to 1914 oyer
and in 1728 one of these chiefs,
of
Bedar tribe, was turned out by an ancestor 223,000 tons of manganese ore were transported
the present Raja named Siddoji Rao of the
by one company.
Bhosle familv of the famous Mahratta Chiel Governor-General :Lt.-Col.
" Sivaji. In Agent to the
Sivaii; they were Senapathies of
the Mad- D. M. Field.
Siva Rao's time the State came under
STATES OF WESTERN INDIA.
Judicial Commissioner in the States of

We
,0,
Owing to the large number of States concern- tern India
D. R. Norman, I.C.S.
:
with
ed and the interlacing of their territories
neighbouring British districts, the transfer
of
Kathiawar. Kathiawar is the peninsula in the
States under the Bombay Government to direct lying immediately to the north of Gujarat
political relations with the Government
of India Bombay Presidency. Its extreme length about
is
was advocated in the Montagu about 220 miles and its greatest breadth
(which square miles.
Re- 165 miles, the area being 23,445
Chelmsford Report on the Constitutional
forms) had been delayed. The first stage
of that There are nearly 200 separate States
Katnia- m
process, however, was carried out m
October, war which for purposes of administrativeAgen-
con-
subordinate
1924 when a new Residency was created
in venience is sub-divided into
Eastern Kathia-
direct relation with the Government
of India cies known as the Western and
Agency
comprising the whole of the compact area war Agencies. The Western Kathiawar while
making up the Kathiawar, Cutch and comprises the Halar and Sorath Prants,
Agency comprises the
Palanpur Agencies under the Government of the Eastern Kathiawar
but in
Bombay. Prants of Jhalawad and Gohelwad
of these two Agencies States
with
The remaining States in the Bombay whichever
m Whites of suns are situated, they are in direct
Presidency which continued to remain
poli-
the Agen
of Bombay po itical refations with the Hon'ble
tical relations with the Government history of the
direct control of the to the Governor-General. The
were transferred to the connection with Kathiawar commences
Government of India with effect from the 1st British
in
April 1933. The transfer necessitated re- from Colonel Walker's settlement of 1807.
1863 the States in Kathiawar were
classified
grouping not. only of the remaining
Bombay have sinci
classes
the States comprised into 7 classes, and although
States but also of some of
been abolished, the various jurisdictions
stil.
All the
in the Western India States Agency.
States and Estates hitherto included
m the remained graded, as fixed in 1863.
Mahi Kantha Agency except the Dan taAgency.
btate in October 1924
States
I rutch Before the creationAgency,the relation!
are now in the Western India '
of the Western India States

These and the States and Estates comprised of the Cutch Durbar with the
Bombay Govern
in the Banas Kantha Agency except
the Palan- Agen
ment were conducted through a Political Head
pur State under the Western India States of the Cutch Agency, with
Agency now form a combined Agency which is
The
in charge
quarters at Bhuj. The Cutch Agency and M
of the Political Agent have
sine
designated " Sabar Kantha Agency. aoDointment
P
been transferred to the Ra j Cutch is in direc
Danta State has
Palanpur State bL n abolished and the State ofthe Agent f
to th
putana Agency ; so also the relations with the Hon'ble
which was in the Western India States Agency Governor-General in the States of
Wester:
Agency.
has been transferred to the Rajputana India.
Resident of the First Class and Agent to the
Governor- General in the States of Western %ihar Kantha Agency As stated above
* States am
India : this J new group comprising theAgency am
Estates in the old Banas Kantha
The Honourable Mr. C. Latimer, C.S.I., c.i.e., States and Estates in the old Matu Kanth
i.C.s.
The Indian States Western India.
197
Agency except the Danta State. Before the
year markets and harbours of export for cotton in
1925, the Banas Kantha Agency was
known as the Palanpur Agency when it also Kathiawar. Bhavnagar supports 270 State
comprised the First Class States of Palanpur Lancers and 2 50 State Infantry.
and Radhanpur. Of these two States, Palanpur Population (in 1931) was 500,274 of whom
is now in direct political relationship with the 6 Per cent, were Hindus and 8 per cent.
Government of India through the Honourable Mahomedans. The average income for the last
the Agent to the Governor- General in
Rajputana five years was Rs. 1,50,08,857, and the average
ind Radhanpur, through the Honourable the expenditure Rs. 1,20,20,099.
Agent to the Governor- General in the States of
Western India. The First Class State of Idar Dhrangadhra State is a State of the First
vhich was included in the old Mahi Kantha Class in Kathiawar with a population of nearly
Agency is also in direct political relationship one lakh and an area of 1,167 square miles
vith the Government of India through exclusive of the Dhrangadhra portion of the
the
ionourable the Agent to the Governor- General Runn of Cutch. The ruler of Dhrangadhra is the
q the States of Western India so also the full head of the Jhala family of Rajputs, originally
;
lowered State of Vijayanagar. The group called the Makvanas. This Rajput clan is of
omprismg the remaining minor States, Estates great antiquity having migrated to Kathiawar
,nd Talukas which were included in from the North, establishing itself first at Patri
the old
>anas Kantha Agency under the Western m the Ahmedabad District, thence moving to
ndia States Agency and the old Mahi Kantha Halvad and finally settling in its present seat.
igency under the Government of Bombay has Being the guardians of the North-Eastern mar-
een named the Sabar Kantha Agency and is ches of Kathiawar they had to suffer repeatedly
1 charge of a Political Agent who is subordinate
from the successive inroads of the Mahomedans
I the Honourable the Agent to the Governor- into that Peninsula, but after suffering the vari-
general in the States of Western India. ous vicissitudes of war they were confirmed
in their possession of Halvad, its surrounding
territories and the salt-pans attached thereto
Bhavnagar. This State lies at the head and by an Imperial Firman issued by Emperor
est side of the Gulf of Cambay. The Gohel Aurangzeb. The States of Wankaner, Limbdi,
ajputs, to which tribe the Ruler of Bhavnagar Wadhwan, Chuda, Sayla and Than -Lakh tar are
ilongs, are said to have settled in the off shoots from Dhrangadhra. His Highness
country
)out the year 1260, under Sajakji from whose Maharaja Maharana Shri Sir Ghanshyamsinhji,
tree sons Ranoji, Sarangji and
Shahji are g.o.i.e., k.o.s.i., Maharaja Raj Saheb, is the
iscended respectively the rulers of Bhavnagar, ruler of the State and the titular head of all the
athi and Palitana. An intimate Jhalas. The administration is conducted under
connexion
as formed between the Bombay Government the Maharaja's directions by a Council of four
ia Bhavnagar in the eighteenth century members, Financial, Political, Revenue and
when
e ruler of that State took pains to destroy
the
Military. The soil being eminently fit for
rates which infested the neighbouring cotton cultivation, the principal crops are long
seas,
le State was split ap when Gujarat stapled cotton and cereals of various kinds.
and Ka-
lawar were divided between the Peshwa and Excellent building and ornamental stone
e Gaekwar; but the various claims over is quarried from the hills situated within
lavnagar were consolidated in the hands of the State. Wadagara Salt of an excellent
e British Government in 1807. quality with Magnesium Chloride and other bye-
The State
ys an annual tribute of Rs. 1,28,060 to the products of salt are also manufactured in the
itish Government, Rs. 3,581-8-0 as Peshkashi State Salt Works at Kuda which offer practically
Baroda, and Rs. 22,858 as Zortalbi to Juna- inexhaustible supplies for their manufacture.
dn. His Highness Maharaja Krishna Kumar- To utilize these valuable resources, the State
lhji succeeded to the gadi on the has recently built and put into operation a huge
death of his
;ner, Maharaja Sir Bhavsinhji, k.c.s.i., factory in Dhrangadhra, known as the Shri
on 17th Shakti Alkali Works, for the manufacture on a
ly 1919, and was invested with full
powers large scale of Soda Ash, Caustic Soda and Soda
.18th April 1931. The State Council
asists of Sir Prabhashankar D. Pattani Bicarb as bye-products of salt, and these have
lie as President. The other members found a ready market all over India. The *
the Council are Dewan Bahadur T capital town is Dhrangadhra, a fortified town,
ivedi and Khan Bahadur
K 75 miles west of Ahmedabad.
S. A. Goghawala'
L, LL.B., Bar-at-Law. One noteworthy feature Dhrangadhra State owns the Railway from
the administration is the complete separation Wadhwan Junction to Halvad, a distance of
judicial from executive functions and 40 miles, which is worked by the B. B. & C. I.
the
jentralisation of authority is another
The Railway. An extension of this line to Maliya
and powers of all the Heads of Depart-
tfiority is under contemplation. A railway siding has
nts have been clearly defined, and each within
own sphere is independent of the others
been laid fr*om Dhrangadhra to Kuda a dis-

tance of 11 miles to facilitate the salt traffic.
ng directly responsible to the Council.
Gondal State. The Ruling Prince of
Gondal La ;i Rajput of the Jadejastock with the
Hie chief products of the tate arc
grain title of H. H. Maharaja Thakore Saheb, the pre-
ton, sugar-cane and salt. The chief
manu- sent Ruler being H. H. Shri Bhagwat Sinhji,
tures arc oil, copper and brass vessels
and g.c.i.e. The early founder of the State Kum-
bh. The Bhavnagar State Railway is 307 miles bhoji I., had a modest estate of 20 villages.
ength. The capital of the State is the town Kumbhoji II., the most powerful Chief
port of Bhavnagar, which has a of the House, widened the territories
good to
L safe harbour for shipping and almost their present limits by conquest; but
carried
an extensive trade as one of tho principal itwas left to the present ruler to develop
ig8 The Indian States Western India.
1735 when the representatives of the Moghals
itsresources to the utmost, and in the words Gujarat, Sherkhan
hadlost his authority in
of Lord Reay, Governor of Bombay, by its
" importance and advanced administration Babi, the ancestor of the present Babi Ruler
expelled the Moghal Governor, and established
to get it recognised as a First Class State. The of Junagadh first
The State pays a tribute of Us. 1,10,721.
his own rule. ruler
entered into engagements with the British Gov-
The chief products are cotton, groundnuts ernment in 1807. The principal articles of
and grain and the chief manufactures
fabrics and gold production in the State are cotton, bajn, juwar,
are cotton and woollen
Gondal has always been pre- sesamum, wheat, rice, sugarcane, cereals, grass,
embroidery.
timber, stone, castor-seed, fish, country tobacco,
eminent amongst the States of its class for the groundnuts, cocoanuts, bamboos, etc., while
vigour with which public works have been
those of manufacture are ghee, molasses, sugar
prosecuted, and was one of the earliest pioneers dyed cloth,
Kathiawar, having candy, copper, and brassware,
of railway enterprise in
gold and silver embroidery, pottery, hardware,
initiated the Dhasa-Dhoraji line, it owns
the
leather, bamboo furniture, etc. The State pays
Dhasa-Jam Jodhpur section called the Gondal Para-
a tribute of Rs. 28,394 annually to the
Railway and manages it along with the mount Power and Peshkashi of Rs. 37,210 to
Jetalsar-Rajkot Railway it subsequently bunt
His Highness the Gaekwar; on the other hand,
;
partnership
the Jetalsar-Rajkot Railway in styled
the State of Junagadh receives a tribute
with other Native States in Kathiawar. There Zortalbi amounting to Rs. 92,421 from not less
being
are no export and import dues, the people Talukas, a of the day
Comparatively speak- than 134 States and relic
free from taxes and dues. State main-
mrespect of Mahomedan supremacy. The
in* Gondal stands first in Kathiawar of Lancers and the
oAhe spread of education. Compulsoryordered female tains State forces consisting
Mahabat Khanji Infantry, the sanctioned
education in the State has been strength of the former being 173 and of the
by His Highness. Rs. 25 lakhs have been spent latter 219 inclusive of Bag-pipe Band.
on irrigation tanks and canals, water supply and
electricity to the town of Gondal. The
capital is The Buler bears the title of Nawab. The pre
sent Nawab is His Highness Sir Mahabat
Khan
tfondal, a fortified town on the line between
Rajkot and Jetalsar. III G c i e., k.g.s.i., and is the ninth
m success
sion and seventh in descent from His
High n ess
Junagadh State. A first class State under the
Bahadurkhanji I, the founder ot the Babi-
the Western India States Agency and lies in
Family of Junagadh in 1735 A.D. His High,
South-Western portion of the Kathiawar Pen- ness the Nawab Saheb was born on 2nd August
insula between 24-44' and 21-53' North
lati-
t
1900 and succeeded to the gadi m 1911, visitec

tude ; 80 and 72 East longitude with the Halar England in 1913-14 received his education al
northern boundary
division of the province as its the^Mavo College, A jmer, and has been investeC
and Gohilwad Prant to its east. It is bounded with full powers since March 1920. His High
Arabian Sea. I he Pre
on the south and west by the the Nawab Saheb is the Ruler of the
ports ness amongst tin
State is divided into 12 Mahals. It has 16 mier State in Kathiawar, ranks first
of which the principal are Veraval and Mangrol. plenary power:
Chiefs of Kathiawar, exercising
The principal rivers in the State are the Bhadar, and enjoys a salute of 15 guns personal |
Uben Ozat, Hiran, Saraswati, Machhundn, Sin- permanent and 15 local within the temtona
gaoda, Meghal, Vrajmi, Raval and Sabli. The Emits of the Junagadh State. Language
of the
principal town of Junagadh, which is one spoken : Gujarati and Urdu.
most picturesque towns in India, is situated on Khanj
the slope of the Girnar and the Datar
Hills Ruler:-His Highness Sir Mahabat
while in antiquity and historical interest
it Rasulkhanji, g.C.i.e., K.C.S.i.
citadel
yields to none. The Upperkote or old
Heir- Apparent Shahzada M a horn e
contains interesting Buddhist caves and
the
Dilawarkhanji, 2nd Shahzada Mahome
whole of the ditch and neighbourhood is honey- Himatkhanji. 3rd Shahzada Mahma
combed with caves of their remains. There are Sadavat Khanji, 4th Shahzada Mahome
in the
a number of fine modern buildings Gulam Mahomed Khanji.
town. The famous Asoka inscription of the
Buddhist time carved out on a big bolster of President of the Council J. Monteath
stone housed at the foot of the
black granite is
Jams the NavanaSar State, on the southern shor
Girnar Hill, which is sacred to the of 3,791 squai
Shivaites, the Vaishnavites and other
Hindus. of the Guff of Cutcl hts an area
ex- miles. The Maharaja of
Navanagar is a Jade]
To the south-east of the Girnar Hill lies the square Raiput by caste, and belongs to the sam|
tensive forest of the Gir comprising 494 of Cutch. TheiJadejs
tim- family as the Rao
miles 823 acres and 10 gunthas. It supplies entered Kathiawar from Cutch an
residents or ginally
ber and other natural products to the dispossessed the ancient family of
Jethwas the
districts and
of the State and the neighbouring Ghumli. The town of Jamnag*
of the Indian established at
is unique as the sole stronghold
waffounded in 1540. The present Jam
^Saht
lion The area of the State is 3,337 square Maharaja Jam Sh
to is Captain His Highness
miles and the average revenue amounts Digvijayasinhji who succeeded m April 193
about Rs. 84,00,000. The total .population The principal products are gram, cotton,ai
according to the census of 1931 is 54o,lo2. oil-seeds, shipped from the ports of the Sta
Until 1472 when it was conquered by
pearl fishery lies off the coast.
I,
Sultan Mahomed Begra of Ahmedabad A small pei annu
Junagadh was a Rajput State ruled by State pa>5 a tribute of Rs. 1,20,093the Gaekw <
the British Government,

the jointly to
Chiefs of the Chuda Sama tribe. During the Nawab of Jun
became a de of Baroda and Zortalbi to
reign of the Emperor Akbar it sadh The State maintains two
squadrons
pendency of Delhi under the immediate auttm jfawanagar State Lancers and 1J compai
Gujarat, About
rity of the Moghal Viceroy of
The Indian States Western India. 199
of the State Infantry. The capital is Jamnagar, according to the Census of 1931. The
I flourishing place, nearly 4 miles in circuit, capital of the State is Por bander, a flourish-
mmated 5 miles east of the port of Bedi. ing port having trade connections with Java,
Population 4,09,192. Revenue nearly Burma, Persian Gulf, Africa and the important
Rs. 94 lakhs. Continental Ports. The State has its own
Railway. The well-known Porbandar stone is
mpewan : Khan Bahadur Merwanji Pestonji, quarried in the Barda Hills near Adityana and is
B.A., L.L.B. largely exported to important places in as well
^Revenue Secretary Gokulbhai B. Desai, as outside India. Porbandar Ghee (butter)
has also a reputation of its own and is largely
Bar- at- Law.
exported to Africa. The Indian Cement Factory
Military Secretary and Home Member Lt.- of Messrs. Tata & Sons was established at
Col. R. K. Himmatsinhji. Porbandar in 1912. It manufactures Ganapati
Brand Portland cement which has stood keen

Cutch. The State is bounded on the north competition. Among more recent industries
ind north-west by Sind, on the east by the may be mentioned the establishment of the
Palan pur Agency, on the south by the Peninsula Nadir Salt Works and Distemper and Paints
)f Kathiawar and the Gulf of Cutch and the manufacture. The State maintains a Military
louth-west by the Indian Ocean. Its area, Force.
exclusive of the great salt marsh called the
llann of Cutch, is 8,249 square miles. The His Highness Maharaja Rana Saheb Shri Sir
;apital is Bhuj, where the ruling Chief (the Natwarsinhji Bahadur, k.c.s.i., is the present
Haharao) His Highness Maha Rao Sri Khengarji Ruler of the State. Born on the 30th June 1901,
>avai Bahadur, G.C.S.I., G.c.i.E., resides. From His Highness the Maharaja was educated at the
ts isolated position, the special characteristic of Rajkumar College, Rajkot, where he distinguished
ts people, their peculiar dialect, and their himself both in studies and sports. His Highness
itrong feeling of personal loyalty to their ascended the gadi on the 26th January 1920
uler, the peninsula of Cutch has more and was married next month to Kunvari Shri
>f the elements of a distinct nationality Rupaliba Saheb, m.b.e., of Limbdi. His High-
han any other of the dependencies of ness belongs to the ancient Rajput clan of the
Bombay. The earliest historic notices of the Jethwas, the earliest settlers in Western India
Itate occur in the Greek writers. Its modern and enjoys a salute of 13 guns. His Highness
dstory dates from its conquest by the Sind led the All-India Cricket Team to England in
ribe of Samma Rajputs in the fourteenth cen- 1932. The Porbandar State ranks fourth among
ury. The section of the Sammas forming the the States of Western India.
uling family in Cutch were known as the
adejas or 'children of Jada\ The British made Radhanpur is a first class State, with an area
. treaty with the State in 1815. There of 1,150 square miles, which is held by a branch
5 a fair proportion of good arable soil in Cutch, of the illustrious Babi family, who since the
nd wheat, barley and cotton are cultivated, reign of Humayun have always been prominent
toth iron and coal are found but are not worked, in the annals of Gujarat. The present Ruler is
lutch is noted for its beautiful embroidery and His Highness Nawab Jalal-ud-inkhanji
lverwork and its manufactures of silk and Bismillahkhanji Babi, Nawab Saheb of
3tton are of some importance. Trade is Radhanpur. The State maintains a Police
iiiefly carried by sea. The ruling chief is the force of 209. The principal products are cotton,
lpreme authority. A
few of the Bhayats are wheat and grain. The capital is Radhanpur
1vested with jurisdictional powers in varying town, a considerable trade centre for Northern
egrees in their own estates and over their own Gujarat and Cutch. Sami has a cotton press
/ots. A notable fact in connection with the and 3 ginning factories. There is one ginning
Iministration of the Cutch State is the number factory at Munjpur, one at Lolada and one at
id position of the Bhayat. These are Rajput Sankeshwar which is a great centre of Jain
Dbles forming the brothernood of the Rao. pilgrimage all the year round. Gotarka, Dev
hey were granted a share in the territories of and Trakod Loti are also the principal places of
le ruling chief as provision for their maintenance
pilgrimage for Mahommedans, Taishnavas and
id are bound to furnish troops on an Brahmins, respectively.
nergency. The number of these chiefs is 137,
There are several ancient monuments in the
id the total number of the Jadeja tribe in
State, viz., Fatehkote at Radhanpur, Jhalore's
itch is about 16,000. The British military
Teba at Subapure, Loteshvara Mahadev at Loti,
having been withdrawn from Bhuj, the
rce
Sankheshvara temple at Sankheshvara, Waghel
tatenow pays Rs. 82,257 annually as an tank at Waghel, Varanatha place at Waghel,
Qjar equivalent to the British Government.
Tatleshwar Mahadev at Fatehpur, Rajaypura
ie military force consists of about Bhotava, Old Masjid at Munjpur, Place of Ashan
000 in addition to which, there are some
at Gotarka, Mahabali Pir's Dargah at Gotarka
egular infantry, and the Bhayats could arid Nilkantha Mahadev at Kunwar.
rnish on requisition a mixed force of four
ousand. The State is in direct political rela- There is also an Anath Ashram for the poor
ms with the Government of India through the known as "The Husseinbakhte Saheba
9n'ble the Agent to the Governor-General in Mohobat Vilas."
e States of Western India since October 1924.
His Highness the Nawab Saheb Bahadur has
Porbandar. The Porbandar State on the
estern Coast of the province of Kathiawar
established a Bank named " Vadhiar Bank"
to lend money to cultivators
and others on easy
naprises an area of 642 square miles terms, and thus save them from the clutches of
d has a population of 1,15,741 souls the money-lenders.
200 The Indian States Gujarat States.
Idar
Idar is a First Class State with an the Bhoomias are included all subordinate
area of 1,669 square miles and an average Feudatories who were in possession of their
revenue of about 20 lakhs. The present Pattas prior to the advent of the present Marwar
Ruler of Idar H. H. Maharaja Himatsinghji dynasty. The pattas they hold were acquired
is a Rajput of the Rathod clan. He was by their ancestors by grant from the former Rao
born in 1899 A.D. and ascended the gadi in Rulers of the State. The Maharaja receives
1931 on the demise of His late Highness Rs. 52,427 annually on account of Khichdi and
Maharaja Sir Dowlatsinghji. His Highness other Raj Haksfrom his subordinate Sardars
accompanied His late Highness Lt.-Col. Sir the tributary talukas of the Mahi Kantha
Dowlatsanghji to Europe when the latter went Agency and others and pays Rs. 30,340 as
to attend the Coronation of His Majesty the Ghasdana to Gaekwar of Baroda through the
King-Emperor in London and acted asPage to his British Government.
Imperial Majesty at the Coronation Darbar held
at Delhi in 1911. The subordinate Feudatory Vijaynagar.
The State has an area of
Jagirdars are divided into three classes. The 135 square miles with a population of 5,858 and
Jagirdars comprised in the class of Bhayats are an annual revenue of about Rs. 57,630. The
cadets of the Ruling House to whom grants Ruler is Rathod Rajput. His ancestors were
the Rulers of Idar but on being driven from
have been made in maintenance or as a Jiwarak.
Those known as Sardar Pattawats are descen- that place established their rule in Polo. The
dants of the military leaders who accompanied present Chief is Rao Shri Hamnirsinhji Hm-
Anandsingh and Rai Singh, the founder of tne dusinhji. He was born on 3rd January 1904
present Marwar dynasty when they took posses- and succeeded to the gadi in 1916. The Ruler
sion of the State in the first quarter of the has no salute but on account of the historic
eighteenth century and to whom grants of land importance of the family he enjoyed rank
were made by Maharaja Anandsingh in 1741 A.D. above the Ruler of the salute State of Danta
on condition of military service. In the case of in the old Mahi Kantha Agency.
GUJARAT STATES AGENCY AND BARODA RESIDENCY.

The Headquarters of the Agency are at
Consequent upon the establishment of direct
between the Government of India and
relations Baroda and consist of :
.
the Bombay States since April 1933 many States Agent to the Governor-General, Gujarat SkttM
and Estates which were previously included in and Resident at baroda.Lieutenant-Colonel
the various Political Agencies of the Bombay J. L. R. Weir, CLE.
Government have now been included in a newly Secretary to the Agent to the Governor-General
formed Political Agency of the Government of Gujarat States and Resident at Baroda . Capt
India designated the Gujarat States Agency. G. A. Falconer.
The charge of this new Agency has been added Indian Assistant to the Agent to the GovernM
to the charge of the Resident at Baroda, who General, Gujarat States and Resident at Baroda
is now known as the A.G.G. for the Gujarat
Mr. A. W. De
Cruz.
Stages and Resident at Baroda. The Political Balasinor. This State has an area of 181
Agencies thus amalgamated were the Rewa square miles, a population of 52,525, and
annual revenue of about Rs. 2} lakhs. Th<
Kantha Agency, the Kaira Agency, the Surat
Agency, the Nasik Agency and the Thana Ruling Prince belongs to the Babi family. In<
State "pays a tribute of Rs. 9,766-9-8 to th
Agency.
British Government and Rs. 3,0/7-11-1 to tn
The following are the full-powered j-salute name the presen
Baroda Government. The of
now in direct political relations with the
States
Ruler is Babi Shri .Jamiatkhanji Manvai
Government of India through the Agent to
khanji, Nawab of Balasinor. He was bora o
the Governor-General for the Gujarat States and the 10th November 1894 and succeeded to th
Resident at Baroda :
in
**adi 1899. The Ruler of the Stat
succes
(1) Balasinor (Old Rcwa Kantha Agency). received in 1890 a Sauad guaranteeing
. .
sion according to Muhammadan

Law in th
event of failure of direct heirs. The Nawa
(2) Bansda . . (Old Surat Agency).
(3) Baria . . (Old Rewa Kantha Agency), is a member of the Chamber of Princes
enjoys a dynastic salute of 9 guns.
j
(4) Baroda . .

Bansda This Stat has an area of 215squaj
annj
(5) Cambay . . (Old Kaira Agency). miles a population o! 48,807 and an
C h h o t a revenue of about Rs. 7* lakhs. The Ruler <
'
(6) ,
Bansda are Solanki Rajputs of the Lunar Ra<
Udepur (Old Rewa Kantha Agency).
and descendants of the Great Sidhraj Jaysnj
. .
(7) Dharampur. . (Old Surat Agency). The present Ruler Maharaval Shri Indrasinh
Jawhar (Old Thana Agency). was born on 10th February 1888, and succeed*
(8) . .
to the gadi in September 1911.

The Ruler
guaranteeu
(9) Lunawada . . (Old Rewa Kantha Agency). the State has received a Sauad
succession to an adopted heir in the event
(10) Rajpipla . . (Old Rewa Kantha Agency). He is a member of tl
failure of direct heirs.
(11) Sachiu . . (Old Surat Agency). Chamber of Princes and enjoys a dynastic salu
(Old Rewa Kantha Agency). of 9 guns.
(12) Sant
I
. .
The Indian StatesGujarat States. 201
ThlS
?%T
miles with a population w? e has an area of 813 square
of 159,429 and is situated 'rw5 a bul1 wouId cover. The
Koli
m the heart of the Panchmahals Chief cut a ??, -
hide into strips, and thus
District The the territory of the State. enclosed
capital Devgad Baria is reached The present Chip?,
by the Baria
State Railway from Piplod Station
on the B. B
EajaPatangsha
is a minor and
alias Ye8hw^ntWtoS
& C. 1. Hallway at a distance of 10 miles. The the State
minority administration.
is at present under
average revenue of the State is about is entMedThe Baja
12 lakhs to become a member
1 he Ruler, Major His Highness Maharaol Shri of the Chamber of Princes
and. enjoys a dynastic
11
^ 81 1 1 K C s 1
^ - is the direct descendant
salute of 9 guns
^
-
^ff??
of the Great ? House '
-
of Khichi Chowhan Rajputs
'^Sf?f J
capital at fl
eT Gujarat for 244 ears with
Champaner, enjoying ythe proud title
their
a
square milpl
a The
T haS an area of 388
miles, a population of
annual revenue of about 95,162 and an
a S T he State P a ^ s no tri ^te either Rs. 5* lakhs The
tn ?hI ??-J ^
ri lsh overnment
Rulers of Lunawada belong
to the historic
t^-
Indian S. !
State. S or t0 any other
His Highness served in France f.n
an
^ lan of Ra uts claiming
jP their descent
n Jay8inS of AnwS
fn ?h? Af
18 1 the Great Eu ropean War and
Ifihan ?,r r 1919 He is a member of
GâratV^
gujarat). Besides having fine patches of mnH
0d
r^ l f7% d
> "
tate "ontaiJs a consê r
t^L^Ta Pr nces and en jy s a dynastic
i
a Die toS
al ar
iorest area ?
yielding
'
gUnS a P ersonal salute of eleven rich timber tvia

present Raja, Maharana Shri
guns V rbhadrasinh^
Cambay.This State has an area of 350 square Princc^L 18 a men\be r of the Chamber of
mi es, a population of Princes and enjoys a dynastic
87,761 and an annual salute of 9 guns.
revenue of about Rs.
10J lakhs. The founder of
g ai ly was Mirza Jafar Najamud- T împortant State Ues to the
T?oio ?L
Daulah JSominkhan I, the last but one soi?tw^&V
south of the tfarbada. It has an area
of 1,517*
of the square miles,
Muhammadan Governors of Gujarat. The
a population of 206 114 and
an
v^V?
EST " Q!f
Uler
c ?
an Sane
is Hi g h ness Mirza Hussain
?
r
He was bor n on the 16th The lands are richZr nUal r VenUe 0f a bout Rs
-
l and very fertile and 24Hakh
excent
J'
11, succeeded t0 the gadi on the
January 1915 and was invested ZnJZJ^t^
21st available for
with ruling the south-east
W11S are ui?able and
'
cultivation in large quantities in
powers on the 13th December
S talukas. The family of the f
1930 His
Highness is a member of the Chamber a J f E pla Major H H
of Princes 1P Maharana"
md enjoys a dynastic salute of 11 guns. sfr VlVi?a '
/ J a ysmhji, k.c.s.i., is said to derive its

' '
origin from a Rajput of the

Gohel clan. Cotton
is the most important
Chhota Udepur. This State has an area of crop in the State. In the
*90 square miles, a population of hills there are valuable teak
in annual revenue of
1,44,640 and capital forests The
The A nkleshwar Rajpipla which is connected with
is
about Rs. 14* lakhs
mily el n.%* t0 tne Knicni Chavan by railway built by the State His
KS ^
iajput clan and } claims
?
descent from the last
Highness is a member of the
Chamber of Princes
atai Raja of Pawagadh or and enjoys a dynastic salute of 13
Champaner, the guns
tate being founded shortly after
the fall of
fep^f^S m 14 The name of th Present
%. Sachin. This State has an area of 49 square
miles, a population of
ûler is Maharawal Shri 22,125 and an annual
Natwarsinhii He was
orn on the 16th November 1906 and
) the gadi on the 29th August 1923
on the death
SeT^h^
succeeded the Nawab ?-
of Sachin
8 4 lakhV
'
The ancestors^
were the Rulers of Janjira
t his father.
t
He is a member of the Chamber
Princes and enjoys a dynastic salute
of 9 M
ivanm
U d
Karim Yakut
y ai
f
^ SacMn fami1 ^ was Abdul
V ^n, Khan commonly called
17 4 on tne death of his
'
Bam
i
Abdul
7 ,V^
Kanm, (Nawab of Janjira), the ChiefshS father
Dharampur. This State has an area of 704 was seized by Sidi Jawhar and Balu Miyan
uare miles, a population of
1,12,051 and an na Where e sou ^ ht the protection fled
inual revenue of about Rs. 12
lakhs
^n^?, urnavis wh0 ? managed of
uiers of Dharampur trace their
The ? trJ ^ ' to secure for him
descent from ar Sumt t hen esti âted
amchandraji of Hindu Mythology view 7?nnn to
Thev yield Rs / 5,000 a year. Balu Miyan wasr
'long to the Solar Sisodia
Rajputs' dynasty granted the hereditary title of Kawab by Yhe
Present Raja, His Highness Maharana
I Shri Emperor of Delhi. The present Ruler is Nawab
ijaydevji Mohandevji, was
born on the 3rd Mohamed Hyder Khan who was born on the
84 and ^êded to the gadi
Tf^
a 26th ^? March 1921. His Highness is a
1
on 11th September 1909 and succeeded to the gaSi
m -Hovembra L930. He is a member of
the
;mber of the Chamber of Princes and haiuber of Princes and enjoys a
enjoys dynastic salute
dynastic salute of 9- guns and
a personal
'Me of 11 guns.
Jawhaiv This State is situated to the North miles, Sent.This State has an area of 394 square
the Ihana District of the Bombay a population of 88,538 and an
Presidency revenue of about Rs. annual
a plateau above the Konkan 5 J lakhs. The Ruling
plain. It has family belongs to the Mahipavat branch
area of 310 square miles, a of the
population of Iuvar or Pannar Jiajputs. The
an Rulers used
S+u ^ anakhs
H
a Verage annual revenue of to pay a tribute
Up t0 the
of 5,384-9-10 to Scindia
This
t Mahomedan \ : P erf od of the tribute is now paid by the State to the British
invasion of the Deocan Government. The present Ruler
Maharana
a
rti??l
Koh C1 le obtaine <l hla footing in 24th March
i
by a , evice simi,ar to tna t of
f fS: llji ''tatapsinhji was born on
1881 and succeeded to the gadi in
J L
n he asked
i A for and received as much
Dido 1896. He 13 a member of the Chamber
land Princes and enjoys a dynastic salute of 9
of
guns
The Indian States Deccan
States.
202
situated on the borders of
SurganaIs
the Nasik District.
Dangs.
Surgana State and the of country
Political Agency The Dangs consist of a tract St D Mtagi
*a subordinate
This Agency is It
between the Sahyadris and tn ? petty Chiefs,
comprised
Aaencv. is
which is parcelled out among
14 5 :
Kokani.
Of these 13 are Bhils and 1 a
headquarters of the Agency, which
is
The m
,
Ss known as the Dangs, previously

in the
situated at tie Baroda Residency
fact that the Secretary to
the
Jiew *
Agent to tne $
=
;
Surat Agency. Gujarat States and Resident

the district^ province rnvpmor-General, Agent of thu
Rewa Kantha
situated on the banks
a a
ot n
eraofam ong the Hindus

a\ Soda
^ is also k-offlcio Political
fa Agency, consist of :
especially in Political Agent. Captain G.
A. Falconer.
SXv- Mehta.
the Bombay Presidency. Deputy Political Agent.-Mx. M. B.
the Dangs.-Ux
Assistant Political Agent for
E.G. Sampson, i.r.S.
are small aw
Many of the States and Estates
jurisdictional powers
onlv a few enjoy restricted Surgam
watered both by Chiefs of Kadana, Bhaderwa,
comprises- territories, The four larger and mor
te^cy and iambi ghoda are however, being include
the Rewa and Mahi Rivers.
hnnortant, the first three named
P electorates for representatxv
in the list of
members of the Chamber of Princes.
BhUs, bhankas, Kolis
and Naikdas.
KOLHAPUR RESIDENCY.
DECCAN STATES AGENCY AND
hapur in 1765, again in 1792, whe
and
formed in consequence compensate
This Agency which was the Raja to
agreed give
British merchants ha
for the losses which
permit the est;
sustained since 1785, and to
includes the following
States : - Kolhapu
bUshment of factories at Malvan and neighbou
with
Miraj (Senior). Internal dissensions and wars power;
Kolhapur. weakened the
ing States gradually
Miraj (Junior). 1812 a treaty was conclude
Janjira. Kolhapur. In
Kurandwad (Senior).
with the British Government,
by which
Savantvadi. certain ports t
Mudhol.
Kurandwad (Junior). 7etura for the cession of against t
Komapu? Raja was guaranteed
Ramdurg. while on ins pa
Sangli. attacks of foreign powers
Aundh. from hostilities wi
Bhor. he engaged to abstain
Akalkot all dûtes to t
Jamkhandi. other Stltes, and to refe, r
Savanur. arbitration of the British

Government. 1
Phaltan.
articles of production are rice, joow
Wadi Estate. orincioa
Jath. manufactures are coai
rnrsugar-cane and the
political relations and woollen cloths, pottery and hai
The above States are in India through the cotton The State pays no tribute, and suppo
i? ?hc anvernment of ware
The nine feudatc
a militaryY force of 692. by their holde
estates ar e administered
the case of two. whosefolders <
headquarters are at Kolhapur. except in

divided into sev
minors. Kolhapur proper is
m
for the Deccan three mahals and is
Aaent to the Governor-General .-Lieutenant- pethas or talukas and powers of
a'ed by the Maharaja, who
Kolhapur has full
States and Resident at
Colonel J. C. Tate.
Secretary to the Agent to the Governor-
Russell, M.C.
General :-Major A .A.
Under-Secretary to the Agent to vVilcock.
governor-
General (Ex-officio)
:-Captain L. T.
with an He has a dynastic salute of 19 guns.
.-Kolhapur is a State
Kolhapur
nrpo of 3 217 square miles and population ThisState is situated to the Soutl
Koinapur are in;;ra
Subordinate to Bombay. Presider
of 9 57 137
the following thl Kolabaiistrict of the descended fr
lnp feudatories, of which TtaTulinB family is said to be
Jt î^nt'%\^\gRTh Bayda, Kagal service of one of the Nu
an Vbyssinian in the
t
torn
The ruling house
:
at the end of
(seni?r), a^d Ichalkaranji.
a younger son of
Shahi Kings of Ahmednagar
traces its descent from fifteenth century. The
most noticeable p<
Shfvaii founder of the
Maratha power The history is the successful resistance t
Kolhapur ii its
WenSTSf Western In
Piracy from
Malvan compelled
the
the .-ôoioav t alone T
of all the States of
attacks of
Sort of
against Kol- made against the determined
Government to send expeditions
.
The Indian States beccan Stales. 203

Marathas. The
British, on succeeding the Badadur Shrimant Khcm Sawant M, Saheb
Marathas as masters of the Konkan, refrained Bhonsle, Itaja of Savantwadi. He was invested
from interfering in the internal administration with the powers of his State on 29th October
of the State. The chief is a Sunni Mahomedan 1924. Rice is the principal crop of the State, and
;
by race a Sidi or Abyssinian, with a title of it is rich in valuable teak.
His Highness the Nawab. The sturdy Marathas
He has a sanad of the State are favourite troops for the
guaranteeing Indian
succession according to Mahome- Army and supply much of the immigrant labour
dan law and pays no tribute. 1868 the
Till in the adjacent British districts. The Capital
State enjoyed singular independence, there is Sawantwadi, also called Sundar Wadi, or
being no Political Agent, and no interfer- simply Wadi. The Raja enjoys a dynastic
ence whatever in its internal affairs. About salute of 9 guns
that year the maladministration of the chief,
and a permanent local salute
of 11 guns.
especially in matters of police and criminal
justice, became flagrant; those branches of admi-

Mudhol. The State has an area of 368 square
miles, a population of 62,860 and an annual
nistration were in consequence taken out of his revenue of about lis. 5,61,000. The present
hands and vested temporarily in a Political Agent.Ruler is Lieutenant Raja
The last ruler, H. H. Nawab Sidi Sir Ahmed trao alias Nana Saheb Sir Malojirao Venka-
Khan, G.C.I.E., died on 2nd May 1922, and was He was born in 1884 Ghorpade, k.c i h
and succeeded to the"
succeeded by his son Itis Highness Sidi Muham- gadi in 1900 when
he was a minor. He was
mad Khan, born on the 7th March 1914. The state invested with Ruling
was under a minority administration until 9th enjoys a dynastic salutepowers in 1904. He
November 1933 when His Highness the Nawab Member of the Chamber of of 9 guns and' is a
Princes.
was invested with ruling powers. The area
of the State is 379 square miles, and the popula- Sangli.
The State has an area of 1,136
square miles, a population of 2,58,442 and an
tion 1,10,366. The average revenue is 8 lakhs,
annual revenue of Us. 15,37,000. The
including that derived from a small depen-
founder of the family was Harbhut who rose
dency named Jafferabad in the south of Kathia-
to distinction during the rule of the Peshwas
war under the Western India States Agency.
The present Ruler Lieutenant (Honorary) His
The State maintains an irregular military force
Highness Raja Sir Chintamanrav Dhundirao
of 243. The capital is Murudon the main land,
alias Appasaheb Patwardhan, k.c.i.e., was
the name of Janjira being retained by the born on the 14th February 1890 and succeeded
island fort opposite. The Nawab is entitled to a
to the gadi in 1901 on the death of his adoptive
dynastic salute of 11 guns. In recognition of father Dhundiraj Chintamanrav Patwardhan
services rendered in connection with the war
the last ruler's salute was raised on the 1st
He was invested with ruling powers on 2nd
June 1910 on attaining his majority. His
January 1918 to 13 guns personal and 13 Highness has been granted the hereditary
guns local on the 1st January 1921. title of Raja. He enjoys a dynastic salute of

Sawantwadi. This State has an area of 9 guns and a personal salute of 11 guns.
,
930 square miles and population of 230,589. Bhor. The State lies in the Western Ghats
The average revenue is Rs. 6,33,000. It lies to in wild and mountainous country. It has an
;he north of the Portuguese territory of Goa, area of 925 square miles, a population of 1,41,540
ihe general aspect of the country being ex- and an annual revenue of about Rs. 6| lakhs
tremely picturesque. Early inscriptions take The present Chief Shrimant Raghunathrao
;>he history of the State back to the sixth cen- Shankarrao alias Babasaheb Pant
tury. So late as the nineteenth century the Sachiv, was born on 20th September 1878.
)orts on this coast swarmed with pirates and He succeeded to the gadi in 1922. The honour
he country was very much disturbed. The of receiving a dynastic salute of 9 guns was
Jresent Ruler is Major His Highness Raje conferred on him in 1927.
Tribute
State. Name of Chief. Area. Population. Revenue. to British
Government.
Rs. Rs.
Lkalkot . Shrimant Meherban Vijay- 498 92,630 7,13,000 14,592
sinhrao Fatesinhrao Raje
Bhonsle Raje Saheb of.
tundh Meherban Bhavanrao Shrini- 501 76,507 4,15,000 No tribute.

yasrao alias Balasaheb
Pant Pratinidhi.
amkhandi . Meherban Shankarrao Parshu- 524 1,14,282 8,27,000 20,841

ramrao alias Appasaheb
Patwardhan.
ath Shrimant Vijayasinh Raomrao 980 91,102 3,42,000 11,247
alias Babasaheb J)afle.
s
204 The Indian States Bengal.
The following are the particulars of the remaining States grouped in this Agency :contd.
Tribute
Area. Population. Revenue. to British
State. Name of Chief.
Covernment.
Us. Rs.
182 44,251 2,26,000 9,619

Kurundwad Meherban Chintaman r a o
(Senior). Bhalchandrarao alias
Balasaheb Patvardhan.
Kurundwad (1) Meherban Ganpat r a o

(Junior). Madhavrao alias
Bapusaheb Patwar-
dhan.
Meherban Uanpatrao 116 30,587 1,94,000 No tribute.

(2)
Trimbakrao alias Tatya
Saheb Patwardhan.
342 93,957 5,27,000 12,558
Miraj (Senior) Meherban Sir Gangadharrao
Ganesh alias Balasaheb
Patwardhan, k.C.i.e.
196 40,686 3,23,000 6,413
Miraj Meherban Madhavrao Hari-
(Junior). har alias Babasaheb Pat-
wardhan.
397 58,761 4,51,000 9,600
Phaltan Captain Meherban Malojirao
Mudhojirao Naik Nimbal-
kar.
169 35,401 36,000 No tribute.

Ramdurg .
Meherban Ramrao Venkat
rao alias Raosaheb Bhave
20,320 2,35,000 Do.
Savanur Major Meherban Nawab Ab 70
dul Majidkhan Sahe
Dilair Jung Bahadur.
12 1,704 8,000 Do.

Wadi Estate . Meherban Ganpatrao Ganga
dharrao Dajisahe b
alias
Patwardhan Jahagirdar.
UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

administration of the State is conductod by afl
Cooch Behar. This State, which at one time Council of Regency composed ot Her
Highnesan
comprised almost the whole of Northern Bengal, Brett J
the Regent, President, Lt.-Col. J. A.
Assam and a part of Bhutan known as the Duars 0 K Vice-President, with (vacant) Revenue
and formed part of the famous kingdom
of I
Dutt, B.L. Civil ntuU

a low-lying plain in North Bengal.
Omcer, Sj. Uinanath
Kamrup, is
Sessions Judge, and Sj. Dineshananda
Chakra-|
It has an area of l,318squarc
miles and a popula-
vcrty, Civil Surgeon, as members.
tion of 5,90,866. On the demise of the late
Ruler His Highness Maharaja Sir Jitendra
K.c.s.l. in December The capital is Cooch Behar, which is reached]
Narayan Bhup Bahadur, by the Cooch Behar Railway, linked to tn
1<r>2 inEngland, his eldest son His Highness
Eastern Bengal Railway System.
Jagaddipendra Narayan Bhup Bahadur (born
the
on December 15, 1915) succeeded to the
Tripura This State lies to the east ofof hilM
thJ
nadi at the age of 7. His Highness
to the district of Tippera and consists largely
Maharaja Bhup Bahadur belongs
jungles. It has an are!
His covered with dense
Kshatriya Varna of Kshatriya origin. of 4,116 square miles and a population
of 382,45M
Bhup Bahadur has three
Highness the Maharaja The revenue from the State is about 20 lakhs and
M.t.M-s Maharajkuma.is lla Devi,
(iavatn iVvi
British India is aboOP
from the Zemindarics in
and Menaka Devi and one brother Maharaj- 1
13 lakhs. The State enjoys a Salute, of V

kumar Indrajitendra Narayan. Her Hiffhness the The present Ruler is His Higlmei
Maharaui Saheba Is Regent of the State and the guns.
:
The Indian States- hastefti States Agency. 205
Maharaja Manikya Bir Bikram Kishore Deb inhabitants to serious disorders and attacks
Barman Bahadur, who is a Kshatriya by caste from the Kukis, who were always called in as
and comes of the Lunar race. He was born on auxiliaries by one or other of the contending
19th August 1908 and he is entitled to a parties. The* principles which govern succes-
salute of 13 guns. He succeeded the late sion to the State have recently, however, been
Maharaja Manikya Birendra Kishore Deb embodied in a sanad which was drawn up in
Barman Bahadur on 13th August 1923. The 1904. The chief products of the State are rice,
Military prestige of Tripura dates back to the cotton, til, jute, tea and forest produce of
fifteenth century and a mythical account of various kinds, the traffic being carried chiefly
tfie State takes the history to an even earlier by water. The Maharaja received full adminis-
late. Both as regards its constitution and its trative powers on 19th August 1927. His
relations with the British Government, the Highness married the sixth daughter of the
State differs alike from the large Native late Maharaja Sir Bhagabati Prasad Singh ji
States of India, and from those which are Saheb Bahadur, k.o.i.e., k.b.e., of Balarampur
classed as tributary. Besides being the Ruler (Oudh; on the 16th January 1929 but on her
Df Tripura, the Maharaja also holds a large death in November, 1930, married the eldest
anded property situated in the plains of the daughter of H. H. Maharaja Mahendra Sir
Districts of Tippera, Noakhali and Sylhet. This Yadvendra Singh Bahadur, k.c.i.e., Maharaja
estate covers an area of 600 square miles, and is of Panna. The State courts are authorised to
leld to form with the State an indivisible Raj. capital punishment.
inflict The capital is
Disputes as to the right of succession have Agartala.
Dccurred on the occasion of almost every vacancy
in the gadi producing in times gone by distur- Political Agent:-Magistrate and Collector of
bances and domestic wars, and exposing the Tippera (Ex-officio.)
EASTERN STATES AGENCY.

From the 1st April 1933 the States in Bihar Nayagarh, Nilgiri, Pal-Lahara, Patna, E-airakho,
and Orissa and in the Central Provinces (with Ranpur, Sonpur, Talcher, and Tigiria have no
the exception of Makrai) were comprised in the connected or authentic history. They were
newly created Eastern States Agency and placed first inhabited by aboriginal races who were
in the political charge of an Agent to the Governor divided into innumerable communal or tribal
General. groups each under its own Chief or headman.
The names of the States are : Athgarh, These carried on incessant warfare with their*
Athmallik, Banna, Baramba, Bastar, Baud, neighbours on the one hand and with the wild
Bonai, Changbhakar, Chhuikhadan, Daspalla, beasts of the forests on the other. In course
Dhenkanal, Gangpur, Hindol, Jashpurr, of time their hill retreats were penetrated by
Kalahandi, "Ranker, Kawardha, Keonjha, Aryan adventurers who gradually overthrew
Khairagarh, Khandpara, Kharsawan, Korea, the tribal Chiefs and established themselves
Mayurbhaj. Nandgaon, Narsinshpur, Nayagarh, in their place. Tradition relates how these
Nilgiri, Pal-Lahara, Patna, Raigarh, Rairakhol daring interlopers, most of whom were Rajputs
Ranpur, Sakti, Sarangarh, Seraikela, Sonpur, from the north, came to Puri on a pilgrimage
Surguja, Talcher, Tigiria, and Udaipur. and remained behind to found kingdoms and
The total area is 59,680 square miles and dynasties. It was thus that Jai Singh became
the total population 71,08,736. The annual ruler of Mayurbhanj over 1,300 years ago, and
ncome is Us. 1,47,67,529. These States pay a was succeeded by his eldest son, while his
tribute amounting to Rs. 3,35,549 to Govern- second son seized Keonjhar. The Chiefs of
ment. Baud and Daspalla are said to be descended from
the same stock and a Rajput origin is also
Kharsawan and Seraikela. The inhabi-
;
claimed by the Rajas of Athmallik, Narsinghpur,

tants are mostly hill-men of Kolarian or
Dra vidian origin. The Chief of Kharsawan Pal-Lahara, Talcher and Tigiria. Nayagarh,
it is allegged, was founded by a Rajput from
belongs to a junior branch of the Porahat Raja's
family. The State first came under the notice Rewah, and a scion of the same family was the
3f the British in 1793, when in consequence
ancestor of the present house of Khandpara.
Df disturbances on the frontier of the old Jungle
On the other hand, the Chiefs of a few States
Mahals the Thakur of Kharsawan and the such as Athgarh, Baramba, and Dhenkanal
Kunwar of Seraikela were compelled to enter owe their origin to favourites or distinguished
into certain agreements relating to the treatment servants of the Ruling sovereigns of Orissa.
Df fugitive rebels. The Chief is bound, when The State of Ranpur is believed to be the most
sailed upon, to render service to the British ancient, the list of its Chiefs covering a period
Government, but he has never had to pay tribute, of over 3,600 years. It is noteworthy that this
rhe Bengal Nagpur Railway runs through a family is of Khono origin and furnishes the
part of the State. The adjoining State of only known instance in which, amid many
Seraikela is held by the elder branch of the vicissitudes, the supremacy of the original
Porahat Raja's family. settlers has remained in tact. The States
acknowledged the suzerainty of the
The States of Athgarh, Athmallik, Bamra, power and were under an implied paramount obligation
Baramba, Baud, Bonai, Daspalla, Dhenkanal to render assistance in
resisting invaders
Gangpur, Hindol, Kalakhandi, Keonjharr, but in other respect neither the ancient kings
;
Khandpara, Mayurbhauj, Narsinghpur, of Orissa nor their successors, the Moghuls and
206 The Indian States Eastern States Agency,
Marat has, ever interfered with their internal on the ground of long possession, on condition
administration. All the States have annals of payment by Jeypore of Es. 3,000 tribnte,
of the dynasties that have ruled over them ; but two -thirds of which was remitted from the
they are made up for the most part of legend tribute payable by Bastar. The present tribute
and fiction and long genealogical tables of paid by Bastar is Us. 18,000 a year.
doubtful accuracy, and contain very few
features of general interest. The British
On the formation of the Central Provinces
Bastar was recognised as a Feudatory State.
conquest of Orissa from the Marathas which took
Since then the state has made steady, if slow,
place in 1803, was immediately followed by the
progress, hampered by the innate convervatism
submission of ten of the tributary States the
of its aboriginal population, which has from
Chiefs of which were the first to enter into
time to time rebelled. The last rebellion in 1910
treaty engagements.
was due to oppression by minor State official
The States have formed the subject of and dislike of the rigorous forest policy then
frequent legislation of a special character. under introduction. After the rebellion the
They were taken over from the Marathas in Raja had his powers reduced and a series of
1803 with the rest of Orissa but, as they Diwans were appointed by the Central Provinces
;
had always been tributary States Administration. The State has since his death
rather than regular districts of the native continued to be under Government management
Governments, they were exempted from the owing to the minority of Maharani Profulla
operation of the general regulation system. Kumari Devi.
This was on the ground of expediency only and Nearly 11,000 square miles are covered by
it was held that there was nothing in the nature forest of which about 3,000 square miles are
of British relations with the proprietors that reserves. Cultivation is therefore sparse. Bice
would preclude their being brought under the and mustard are the chief crops. There is a
ordinary jurisdiction of the British Courts, large export of grain, timber and minor forest
if that should ever be found advisable. In produce, particularly myrabolams. Most of
1882 it was held that the States did not form the sal forest is leased for sleeper manufacture.
part of British India and this was afterward There are more than 600 miles of gravel motorable
accepted by the Secretary of State. road in the State. The capital, Jagdalpur,
on the Indrawati river is 184 miles, by motorable
The staple crop in these States is rice. The road, from Ilaipur in the Central Provinces.
forests in them were at one time among the
best timber producing tracts in India, but until
Surguja. Until 1905 this was included in
lately forest conservancy was practically the Chotanagpur States of Bengal. The most
unknown. The States have formed the subject important feature is the Mainpat, a magnificent
of frequent legislation of a special character. table land forming the southern barrier of the
State. The early history of Surguja is obscure ;
The States of Bastar, Changbhakar, Chhuikha- but according to a local tradition in Palamau
dan, Jaspur, Kanker, Kawardha, Khairagarh, the present Ruling family is said to be descended
Korea, Nandgaon, Raigarh, Sakti, Sarangarh, from an Arksei Raja of Palamau. In 1758 a
Surguja and Udaipur are scattered round the Maratha army overran the State and compelled
Chhattisgarh Division in the Central Provinces its Chief to acknowledge himself a tributary of
to the different districts of which the majority the Bhonsla Raja. At the end of the eighteenth
of them were formerly attached. century in consequence of the Chief having
aided a rebellion in Palamau against the British

Bastar- This State is situated in the south- an expedition entered Surguja and though order
east corner of the Central Provinces. In area was temporarily restored, disputes again broke
(13,602 square miles) it is the twelfth largest out between the Chief and his relations, necessita-
Slate in India and is very scattered and back- ting British interference. Until 1818 the State
ward. A point of interest is that Bastar is the continued to be the scene of constant lawlessness
only State in India of which the Chief is a Hindu but in that year it was ceded to the British
lady. She is the last descendant of an ancient Government under the provisional agreement
family of Lunar Rajputs, which ruled over concluded with Mudhoji Bhonsla of Nagpur,
Warangal until the Mahommedan conquest and order was soon established. The
of the Deccan in the 14th century A.D. when principal crops are rice and other cereals.
the brother of the last Raja of Warangal fled
into Bastar and established a kingdom there. Agent to the Governor-General : Lt. Col. A. S.
From then till" the days of the Marathas the Meek, Q.M.GK
State was virtually independent, its inaccessibi- Secretary, Rancid: Mr. L. G. Wallis, i.c.S.
lity securing it from all but occasional raids of Assistant Secretary, Ranchi: Rai Bahadur
Mahommedan freebooters. The Bhonslas of Ramji Das.
Nagpur imposed a small tribute on Bastar in Secretary, Eastern States Agency and Political
the 18th century, and at various times for delay Agent, Sambalpur : Mr. J. Bowstcad, M.c,
in payment deprived it of the Sihawa tract in I.C.S.
the Raipur district, and allowed the Raja of
Forest.
Jeypore in the adjacent Vizagapatam Agency
of Madras to retain possession of the Kotapad Agency Forest Officer Eastern States Agency t
tract, originally pledged to Jeypore by a Bastar (Sambalpur) : Mr. F. A. A. Hart, I.F.S.
Kaja for assistance during family dissensions. Education :
The dispute between Bastar and Jeypore over Agency Inspector of Schools, (Raipur) : Rai
this land led to constant border disturbances,
Sahib P. H. Kataria.
and was not finally settled till 1863, when the
Government of India, while recognising Bastar's Agencu Inspector of ScJicols, {Sambalpur):
claim, finally made the tract over to Jeypore Mr. H. Misra.

207
UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF ASSAM.

Manipur. The importance, conferred on him. He is entitled to a salute
only State of
under the Government of Assam, is Manipur of 11 guns.
which has an area of 8,620 square miles and The administration of the State is now con-
a population of 4,45,606 (1931 Census), of which ducted by H. H. the Maharaja, assisted by a
about 58 percent, are Hindus and 35 per cent, Durbar, which consists of a President, who is
animistic hill tribes. Manipur consists of a usually a member of the Indian Civil Service,
great tract of mountainous country, and a valley his services being lent to the State by the
about 50 miles long and 20 miles wide, which Assam Government three ordinary and three
is shut in on every side. The State adopted additional members, who are all Manipuris. The
Hinduism in the early eighteenth century, in staple crop of the country is rice. Forests of
the reign of Pamheiba or Gharib Nawaz, who various kinds cover the great part of the
subsequently made several invasions into mountain ranges.
Burma. On the Burmese retaliating, Manipur Khasi States. These petty chiefships,
negotiated a treaty of alliance with the British 25 in number, with a total area of about

in 1762. The Burmese again invaded Manipur 3,600 square miles and a population of
during the first Burmese war, and on % the con- 1,80,000, are included under the Government
clusion of peace in 1826 Manipur was declared of Assam. Most of the States have treaties
independent. The chief event in its subsequent or engagement with the British Government.
history was the intervention of the British in The two largest are Khyrim and Mylliem and
1891 to establish the claim of Kula Chandra the smallest is Nongliwai, which has a popula-
Singh as Maharaja, followed by the treacherous tion of only 213. Most of them are ruled by -
murder of the Chief Commissioner, Mr. Quinton, a Chief or Siem. The Siemship usually
and the officers with him, and the withdrawal of remains in one family. The succession was
the escort which accompanied him. From 18Q1 originally controlled by a small electoral body
to 1907 the State was administered by the constituted from the heads of certain clans but
Political Agent, during the minority of H. H. in recent years there has been a tendency to
Chura Chand Singh. The Raja was invested broaden the elective basis. The constitution of
with ruling powers in 1907 and formally installed a Khasi State has always been of a very demo-
on the gadi in 1908. For his services during cratic character, a Siem exercising but little
the War the hereditary title of Maharaja was control over his people.
UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED PROVINCES.

Three States: Bam pur, Tehri and Benares f Bohilkhand had now passed into the hands of
are included under this Government :
the East India Company. Nawab Sayed
Faizulla Khan Bahadur was most loyal and
true to the British Government to whom he
Be venue always looked up for help during those unsettled
State.
Area Popu- days and he gave tangible proof of his loyalty
in lakhs
Sq. Miles. lation. when during the war against France he offered
of Bupees.
all his cavalry 2,000 strong to the British Govern-
ment in 1878 and received the following message
Bam pur of thanks from the then Governor- General :
892 4,64,919 62
" That in his own name as well as that of the
Tehri (Garhwal) 4,502 4,70,109 19 Board, he returned him the warmest thanks for
this instance of his faithful attachment to the
Benares 875 3,91,165 29 Company and the English Nation."
1
Another opportunity arose for the ruler of
Rampur State- The State of Rampur Rampur
devotion
to evince his steadfast loyalty and
to the Imperial Cause on the outbreak
was founded by Nawab Sayed Ali Mohammad
Khan Bahadur in the middle of the 18th century of the Mutiny of 1857. His Highness Nawab
and Sir Sayed Yusuf Ali Khan Bahadur occupied
his dominions included a considerable
_
the Musnad of Bampur in those days. From the
portion of what is now known as Rohilkhand.
The founder belonged to the famous Sayeds very start till peace was re-established in the
of
the Bareha clans in the Muzaffarnagar district country, he was lavish in his expenditure of men
and was a statesman of remarkable ability. and money on the side of the British Government
He rendered invaluable services to the Moghal he fought their battles, saved the lives of many
Emperor who recognised him as Buler of Bohil- Europeans whom he provided with money and
khand. other means of comfort and had so much
established his reputation as a good administrator
Upon his death, his Kingdom underwent many that he was placed in charge of the Moradabad
vicissitudes and was considerably reduced in district. These signal services were recognised
size during the reign of his son Nawab Sayed by the Government by the grant of an lllaqa
Faizulla Khan Bahadur, The Province of besides ether marks of distinction.
2o8 The Indian States United Provinces.
The reign of His Late Highness Nawab Sir considerable export of timber. The Baja has full
Sayed Mohammad Hamid Ali Khan Bahadur powers within the State. The strength of the
stood out unique in many ways. Rampur State forces is 330. Tehri is the capital
made great strides in trade and commerce and but His Highness and the Secretarial Office are
in fact in every walk of life. He took keen at Narendranagar for the greater part of the
interest in Education and did not only contribute year. The summer capital being Pratapnagar,
handsome donations but made annual grants 8,000 feet above the sea-level.
to the various educational institutions. He was
no whit behind his. compatriot in his loyalty Agent to the Governor-General The Governor
:
to tlie British Government. The Great War of the U. P. of Agra and Oudh.
of 1914 found him foremost in offering his
personal services and all the resources of the
Benares. The kingdom of Benares under
its Hindu Rulers existed from time immemorial

State men, money and material to the British
and finds mention in Hindu and Buddhist litera-
Government. The 1st Ranipur Infantry was
sent to East Africa and returned home after
ture. In the 12th century it was conquered
nearly four years' service and won the f avourable
by Shahab-ud-din Ghori and formed a separate
province of the Mohammadan Empire. In the
remarks of high British Officers. Besides the
18th century when the powers of Moghal
expenditure involved in this His Highness also
participated in the Scheme of the Hospitalship
Emperors declined after the death of Aurangzeb,
" Loyalty " and contributed one lakh of rupees Raja Mansa Ram an enterprising zamindar of
towards the cost and upkeep of it. His other
Gangapur (Benares district) founded the State
of Benares and obtained a Sanad from the
contributions to the various funds amounted to
over half a lakh of rupees and he also subscribed
Emperor Mohammad Shah of Delhi in the name
of his son Raja Balwant Singh in 1738. Raja
Rs. 7,00,000 to the two War Loans. At the time
of the Afghan War 1919 the I. S. Lancers and
Mansa Ram died in 1740 and his son Balwant
Singh became the virtual ruler. During the
the Imperial Service Infantry were sent on
next 30 years attempts were unsuccessfully
garrison duty in British India.
made by Safdar Jang and after him by Shuja-ud-
The present Ruler Captain His Highness Nawab daula of Oudh to destroy the independence
Sayed Baza Ali Khan Bahadur succeeded his of the Raja and the Fort of Ramnagar was
father on 20th June 1930. His Highness was built on the bank of the Ganges opposite the
born on 17th November 1906 and was educated Benares City. Raja Balwant Singh died in
at the Rajkumar College, Bajkot. He is an 1770 and was succeeded by his son Chet Singh.
enlightened ruler and takes very keen interest He was expelled by Warren Hastings. Balwant
in the administration of the State. Singh's daughter's son Mahip Narain Singh was
Since his accession to the masnad, His Highness placed on the gadi. The latter proved an
has introduced reforms in Judicial, Police, imbecile and there was maladministration
Revenue and Army Departments and during which led to an agreement in 1794 by which
the short period that the reins of the State have the lands, held by the Raja in his own right
been in his hands he has overhauled and reor- which was granted to him by the British Govern-
ganised the whole administration. His Highness ment, were separated from the rest of the pro-
is also greatly interested in education, commerce vince. The direct control of the latter was
and industry and has taken practical steps to assumed by the Government and an annual
improve them. The welfare of his subjects income of one lakh of rupees was assured to
and their advancement in every walk of life the Raja while the former constituted the
is the cherished desire of His Highness. Domains. Within the Domains the Raja had
His Highness has two sons and two daughters. revenue powers similar to those of a Collector
The eldest son Sahebzada Sayed Murtaza Ali in a British district. There was thus constituted
Khan Bahadur is the Heir Apparent. what for over a century was known as the
Family Domains of the Maharaja of Benares.
The permanent salute of the State is 15 guns On the 1st of April, 1911, the major portion of
and the annual income over fifty lakhs of rupees. these Domains became a State consisting of the
Tehri State (or Tehri-Garhwal).--This perganas of Bhadohi and Chakia (or Kera
State lies entirely in the Himalayas and con- Mangraur). The town of Ramnagar and its
tains a tangled series of ridges and spurs ra- neighbouring villages were ceded by the British
diating from a lofty series of peaks on the Government to the Maharaja in 1918 and became
border of Tibet. The sources of the Ganges part of the State. The Maharaja's powers are
and the Jumna are in it. The early history those of a Ruling Chief, subject to certain condi-
to the State is that of Garhwal District, the tions, of which the most important are the
two tracts having formerly been ruled by the maintenance of all rights acquired under laws
same dynasty since 688 A. D. Pradyumna in force prior to the transfer, the reservation to
Shah, the last Raja of the whole territory, was Government of the control of the postal and
killed in battle fighting against the Gurkhas telegraph systems, of plenary criminal jurisdic-
but at the close of the Nepalese War in 1815, tion within the State over servants of the British
his son received from the British the present Government and European British subjects, and
State of Tenri. During the Mutiny the latter of a right of control in certain matters connected
rendered valuable assistance to Government. with Excise.
He died in 1859. The present Raja is Major The present ruler is Captain H. H. Maharaja
H. H. Sir Narendra Shah Bahadur, K.c.s.i., Sir Aditya Narain Singh Bahadur, k.c.s.i., who
who is 59th direct male lineal descendant from was born in 1874 and succeeded to the State in
the original founder of the dynasty, Baja Kanak 1931 and the heir apparent Maharaj Kumar
Pal. The principal products are rice and Bibhuti Narain Singh born on November 5, 1927,
wheat grown on terraces on the hill sides. The adopted by His Highness the Maharaja Bahadur
State forests are very valuable and there is as his son and successor on the 24th June, 1934.
. .
The Indian States Punjab. 209

PUNJAB STATES.
in ?;havearebeen
11921,
e 14 States of the Punjab which
in direct political
relation with
since the Agent to the Governor- General, Punjab
|he Government of India through the
States, who resides at Lahore.
Hon'ble The following are details :
Permanent
salute Approximate
Name. Area Population revenue
(Sq. miles.) (1921.) in lakhs of
guns.
rupees.
Patiala .
17 5,942
Bahawalpur 1.625,520 1,45.0
17 16,434
Khairpurt 984,612 45.5
15 6,050
Jind 227,143 15.0
13 1,299
Nabha* ..
13
324,676 24 .0
Kapurthala 947 287,574
13 2,55.5
Mandi 599 316,757
11 36.0
Sirmur, (Nahan)f 1,139 207,465
11 1,25.8
Bilaspur (Kahlur) 1,046 148,568
11 59.0
Mallerkotla 453 100,994
11 3.0
Faridkot* 165 83,072 85.0
11 638
Chamba 11
164,364 1,73.2
Suket 3,127 146,870
11 88.7
Loharu* .
392 58,408 22.5
226 23,338
Under administration. 13.7
t Personal saIut ^dlol^:
tical
Bahawalpur.
relationship
A Native State in direct poli- British and was rewarded by a
grant of territory
with the Government of India
through the Agent to the
and life pension. On his death his
Governor -Gene- heir being
ral,Punjab States Agency. Bahawalpur is situa- minor for a time the administration of
the State
ted between the Punjab and Rajputana, was in the hands of the British
Latitude authorities.
27 41' to 30 22' 15", Long. 70 47' to 74 1'
The Present ruler is Rukn-ud-Daula,
Nusrat-
and bounded on the North-East by the Jang, Mukhhs-ud-Daula, Hafiz-ul-Mulkh, His
District hn6 r Nawab Sir Sadi(
of Ferozepur ; on the East and South by the ?!?
Khan ?l?Iaj ?r
Abbasi
3 Muhammad
V, g.c.i.e., k.c.v.o., k.c.i.e
Rajputana States of Bikaner and Jaisalmere on who
the South-West by Sind, on the North-
:
was born in 1904 and succeeded in'l907
West by During his minority the State was managed
|he Indus and Sutlej rivers. Area, by a
15 000 Comicil of Kegency whicli ceased to
square miles. Ixist
This State is about 300 miles in length and March 1924 when His Highness the Nawab in
,
invested with full power. His Highness
was
about 50 miles wide, is divided lengthwise is now
three great strips. Of these, the first is
into
a part
assisted m
the administration of his State by
a
Of the Great Indian Desert; the central track Prime Minister, Izzat Nishan, Imad-ul-Mulk
Rai
Which is as barren as uplands of the Western Rais-ul-Wozra, Khan Bahadur, fcabiMr.
Punjab; has however been partly rendered Buksh Mahomed Husain, m.a., ll b cie
can- K c.a 0., bo.c s., a Public Works and Revenue
able of cultivation by the network
of Sutlei Minister, Mr. C. A. H. Townsend, c.i.E., a
Valley Canals constructed recently; Minis-
and the ter for Law and Justice, Rafi-us-Shan,
nird a fertile alluvial tract in the Iftikhar-
river valley
iscalled the Sind. The State is a partner in the ul-Mulk, Lt.-Col. Maqbool Hasan Kureishy
Sjeat Sutlej Valley Project which is now m.a., ll.b., c.A.o., c.H.o., a Home
nearin* Minister!
30mpletion. The scheme embodies four colossal Amm-ul-Mulk, TJmdat-ul-Umra, Sardar Mo-
weirs and a network of canals that are gra- hammad Amir Khan, C.H.O. an Army Minister
,
dually but surely converting the arid and bleak Major General Sahibzada Haji Mohammad
lesert of Cholistan into a valley of Dilawar Khan Abbasi, c.h.o., c.A.o., and a
smiling fields
ind rich gardens. It has been estimated that Minister for Commerce, Dewan Sukha Nand '
>ne perennial and non-perennial areas to m.a.o.
be The chief crops are wheat, rice
Jrought under cultivation by the Project
would and millet. The
Lahore-Karachi branch of the North Western
X2 r 14
'^ and v 5 82 lakh acres * land re spec-
'
State Railway passes through the State. The

ively The ruling family is descended from
he Abbasside Khalifas of Baghdad. The State supports an Imperial Service combined
tribe
mgmally came from Sind, and assumed inde- infantry, in addition to other troops.
The
pendence during the dismemberment
of the
capital is Bahawalpur, a walled town built in
Jurrani Empire in the Treaty of Lahore in
1809 Income from all sources over 70 lakhs. Lan-
Confined t0 the ri ' ht banl*
i ttaSutlef guages spoken Multani or Western Punjabi
The firsttreaty with Bahawalpur was negotiat- (Jatki),and Marwari.
a m
18o3, the year after the treaty with Ranjit Agent to the Governor -General, Punjab States
mgh for regulating traffic on the Indus.
It The Hon. Lt.-Col. H. Wilbeforcc, Bell, c 1 E "
5cured the independence of the
Nawab k.c.i.e., C.B.E., i.c.s. '
WQ ter/itories and opened up the within

If ?v T
Ind and
traffic Chamba.This State enclosed on the
is
Durin S
f*hn
lohan w the
War f^f A j'
SlltIe
Nawabu rendered assistance to the
the fi rst west and north by Kashmir, on the cast and
south by the British districts of Kangra and
210 The Indian States Punjab.
shut in on almost every principality. He was succeeded by Raja Bhag
Gurdaspur, and it is
by lofty hill ranges. The whole country Singh, who greatly assisted Lord Lake in 1805.
side
is mountainous and is a favourite resort of His grandson Raja Sangat Singh was succeeded
sportsmen. It possesses a remarkable series by the nearest male collateral Raja Sarup Singh
which in 1837. In the crisis of 1857 Raja Sarup Singh
ot copper plate inscriptions from
its
chronicle have been compiled. rendered valuable services to the British and
was rewarded with a grant of nearly 600 square
Founded probably in the sixth century by miles of land, known as Dadri territory. He
Marut, a Surajbansi Rajput, who built Brahma- was succeeded by his son Maharaja Raghbir
Singh, who gave help to the British Government,
pura, the modern Barmaur, Chamba was
ex-
tended by Meru Varma (680) and the town of on the occasion of Kuka outbreak (1872) and
Chamba built by Sahil Varma about 920. The the 2nd Afghan War (1878). The present
maintained its independence, until the ruler Maharaja Ranbir Singh was born in 1879,
State
succeeded in 1887, and invested with full powers,
Moghal conquest of India. exemplary
in 1899. The State rendered
Under the Moghals it became tributary to the services in the Great European War. It sup-
empire, but its internal administration was plied 8,673 men to the Indian Army and
not interfered with, and it escaped almost Impsrial Service Troops and doubled the strength
unscathed from Sikh aggression. The State of its Imperial Service Infantry. The total
first came under British influence in 1846. contribution amounted to nearly 35 lakhs, in
The part, west of the Ravi, was at first handed gifts of cash, materials, animals and loan.
over to Kashmir, but subsequently the boun-
daries of the State were fixed as they now
His Highness enjoys a salute of 15 guns.
btand, and it was declared independent
ot The capital is Sangrur, which is connected by a
State Railway with the North-Western Railway.
Kashmir. The present chief is H. H. Raja
Ram Singh, who was born in 1890, and The principal executive Officer of the State is
called Chief Minister.
succeeded in 1919. The principal crops are
rice maize and millets. There are some Ruler. Colonel His Highness Farzand-i-
valuable forests which were partly Dilband Rasikh-ul-Itikad Daulat-i-Inglishia
,
to Government in 1864 for a term of 99 years, Raja-i-Rajgan Maharaja Sir Ranbir Singh
but the management of them has now been Rajendra Bahadur, G.C.I.E., K.C.S.I., etc.
retroceded to the Chamba Durbar. The
mountain ranges are rich in minerals which Kapurthala.This State consists of three
detached pieces of territory in the great plain
are little worked. The principal road to Chamba
of of the Jullundur Doab. The ancestors of the
town is from Pathankot, the terminus
ruler of Kapurthala at one time held possessions
the Amritsar Pathankot branch of the North-
western Railway. Chamba town, on the right both in the Cis and Trans-Sutlej and also in the
Bari Doab. In the latter lies the village of Ahln
bank of the Ravi, contains a number of inter-
esting temples, of which that of Lakshmi whence the family springs, and from which it
Narayan, dating possibly from the tenth cen- takes the name of Ahluwalia. When the Jul-
is the most famous.
lundur Doab came under the dominion of the
tury,
British Government in 1846, the estates north
(

Faridkot The ruling family of this of the Sutlej were maintained in the independent
sandy level tract of land belongs to the Sidhu- possession of the Kapurthala Ruler, conditiona
Barar clan of the Jats, and is descended from on his paying a commutation in cash for military
the same stock as the Phulkian houses. Their service engagements by which he had previouslj
occupation of Faridkot and Kot Kapura dates been bound to Maharaja Ranjit Singh, oi
from the time of Akbar, though quarrels with Lahore. This annual tribute of Rs. 1,31,000 a
the surrounding Sikh States and internal dis- year was remitted by the Government of India ii
sensions have greatly reduced the patrimony. perpetuity in (1924) in recognition of the splendic
The present Ruling Prince, Farzand-i-Saadat war record and uniformly efficient administratioi
Nishan Hazarat-i-Kaisar-i-Hind Brar Bans Raja oi the State. The Bari Doab estates are hel<
Har Indar Singh Bahadur was born in 1915 and by the head of the House as a jaghir in perpe
succeeded his father in 1919. Under the orders tuity, the civil and police jurisdiction remaininj
of the Government of India the administration in the hands of the British authorities. Fo
of the State has been entrusted to a Council good services during the Mutiny, the presen
of Administration a President,
consisting of Maharaja's grandfather was rewarded with i
Sardar Bahadur Indar Singh, B.A.,

Sardar grant of other estates in Oudh, which yield i
and three members. The

State has an area of large annual income equal to those of Kapurthal
643 square miles with a population of 164,364 State. The present Ruler's titles are Col. H
souls and has an annual income of 18 lakhs. H. Farzand-I-Dilband Rasikhul-Itikad Daulat
I-Inglishia Raja-I-Rajagan Maharaja Jagatjl
The Ruler is entitled to a salute of 11 guns
and a visit and return visit fTom the Viceroy. Singh Bahadur Maharaja of Kapurthala, Q.C.S.]
The State Forces consist of State Sappers (1911), g.c.i.e. (1918), q.b.e. (1927) who wa
and Household Troops (Cavalry and Infantry). born on 24th November 1872 and succeeded hi
father Pis Highn< ss the late Raja-i-Rajga
Jind. Jind is one of the three Phulkian Kharak Singh ofKapurthala in 1877. He w*
States (the other two being Patiala and Nabha). granted the Maharaja as an hereditan
title of
Its area is 1,268 square miles, with a popula- distinction in 1911. His salute was raisq
tion of 324,676 souls and an income of 25 lakhs. to 15 guns and he was made Honorary Colon]
The history of Jind as a separate State dates of the 45th Rattrays Sikhs. The Mahara}
from 1763, when Raja Gajpat Singh, the maternal received the Grand Cross of the LegiQ
grandfather of Maharaja Ranjit Singh, and great d'Honneur from the French Government j
1924, and possesses also the Grand Cross of tl
grandson of the famous Phul. established his
*The Indian States Punjab. 2lt
)rdcr of Carlos
3rd, of Spain, Grand Cross of
he Order of the Star of Roumania, Grand
descent who came originally from the Province of
I
Sherwan " and settled in the town of "Sherwan"

Cross of the Order Menelek of Abyssinia, Grand
north of Persia, and after settling for a time in
Gordon of the Order of the Nile of Egypt, Grand
Afghanistan near Ghazni came to India and
(!ordon of the Order of Morocco, Grand Cordon
settled at Maler, the old capital of the
(f the Order of Tunis, Grand Cross of the Order
fetate in 1442. Originally they held positions
cf Chili, Grand Cross of the Order of the Sun of
of trust under the Lodhi and Moghal
Peru, Grand Cross of the Order of Cuba repre- Emperors.
; As the Moghal Empire began to sink into
sented Indian Princes and India on the League decay they gradually became independent. Thev
trf Nations in 1926, 1927 and 1929, celebrated were in constant feuds with the newly created
bhe Golden Jubilee of his reign in December
adjacent Sikh States. After the victory
1927 with great eclat, when Their Excellencies of Laswari, gained by the British over
the Viceroy and Lady Irwin, the Commander- Sindhia
in 1803 and the subjugation and
flight of Holkar
in-Chief in Indiaand Lady Birdwood, Governor
Df thePunjab and Lady Hailey, Their Highnesses S5 when the Nawab of Malerkotla joined
'
the British Army, the
-,heMahara jas of Jammu and Kashmir, Bikaner British Government
succeeded to the power of the Mahrattas in the
Patiala, Jamnagar, Alwar, Bharatpur, Rajpipla,
districts between the Sutlej and the
Mandi, the Nawabs of Palanpur, Malerkotla, Jumna,
ine btate entered into political relations with
Loharu and the Raja of Kalsja were present, the British Government in 1809. The
resides a very large and distinguished gathering present
Ruler is Lt.-Col. His Highness Nawab
)f European and Indian guests.
Ahmad Ali Khan, Bahadur, K.C.S.I., k.c I Sir E
who was born in 1881 and succeeded in 1908 He
The rulers of Kapurthala are Rajput Sikh, was created Hony. Major in the Indian Army
ind claim descent from Rana Kapur, a distin- hi June 191 6 and promoted to the
guished member of the Rajput rank of Lt -
House of Col. in December 1919.
raisalmer. Only a small proportion of the
>opulation however are Sikhs, the majority
The chief products are cotton, sugar, poppy,
>eing Mahomedans. The chief crops are wheat, aniseed, mustard, ajwain, methi,
;ram, maize, cotton and sugarcane. The town tobacco,
garlic, onions and all sorts of grains.
f Sultan pur in this State is
famous for hand-
irinted cloths. Phagwara is another important The State maintains Sappers, Infantry,
own in the State and is very prosperous on
Cavalry and Artillery. The capital is Maler-
ccount of its grain markets and factories for
aanufacture of agricultural implements, and
kotla. The population of the town is 30,000.
letallic utensils of household use. The situation
Annual revenue of the State is about 16 lakhs.
f this town on the main railway line and the
onsequent facilities of export and import make Mandi is an Indian State in the Punjab
Political Agency lying in the upper reaches
of
I importance still greater and this is the chief
ommercial town in the State. The main line
Bias river which drains nearly all its area.
Its area is 1,200 square miles and it lies
f the North- Western Railway passes
through between
31Q-23' North Lat.; and 76-22' East
art of the State and the Grand Trunk Road Long.:
and is bounded on the east by Kulu ; on the
ms parallel to it. A branch railway from south by Suket and on the north and west
ullundur City to Ferozepur passes through
by Kangra. It has an interesting history of
be capital. The Imperial Service and local considerable length which finally resulted in
roops of the State have been re-organized and
its entering into a treaty with the
re now designated as Kapurthala State British in
1846.
orces. The State Troops, the strength of
hich was raised during the Great War, to The present Ruler, Capt. His Highness Raja
early 2,000, served the Empire in that crisis Sir Jogindar Sen Bahadur, k.C.s.i., assumed
. East Africa, Mesopotamia and on the fullpowers in February 1925. His Highness
fghan Frontier. Primary education is free married the only daughter of His Highness the
iroughout the State, and it spends a large Maharaja of Kapurthala.
oportion of its revenues on its Education
epartment. The State also possesses a The Mandi Hydro -Electric Scheme was
sgislative Assembly which was created by the formally opened by His Excellency the Vicerov
esent Maharaja on the occasion of the Silver m March, 1932. The principal crops are rice,
ibilee of his reign in 1916. The capital is maize* wheat and millet. About three-fifths
apurthala which has been embellished by the of the State are occupied by forests
and
esent Maharaja with a Palace of remarkable grazing lands. It is rich in minerals. The
auty and grandeur and with various build- capital is Mandi, founded in 1527, which
gs of public utility. The town boasts modern contains several temples and places of interest
(lenities such as electric light, water-works. and is one of the chief marts for commerce
with Ladhakh and Yarkand,
Political The Hon'ble Agent to the
Officer :
Nabha. Nabha which became a separate
ivernor- General, Punjab States, Lahore. State in 1763 is one of the 3 Phulkian States
Malerkotla This State consists of a

Nabha,
Patiala and Jind and though second
in point of population and revenue of the
velsandy plain unbroken by a hill or stream, 3
sister States, it claims seniority being descended
unded by the district of Ludhiana on the from the eldest branch. It consists of two
rth, by Patiala territory on the east and
south distinct parts, the main portion comprising
d by, the Ludhiana District, Patiala and 12 separate pieces of territory scattered among
ibha territories on the west. The Rulers the other Punjab States and Districts, forms
awabs) of Malerkotla are of " Kurd " the City of Nabha and the Nizamats of Phul
212 The Indian States Punjab.*
and Amloh; the second portion forms the barley, wheat, sugar-cane, rapeseed, cotton and
Nizamat of Bawal in the extreme south-east tobacco. A great part of the State is irrigat-
of the Punjab on the border of Rajputana; ed by the Sirhind and Western Jumna Canal
this Nizamat of Bawal was subsequently added distributaries. It possesses valuable forests.
to its territory as a reward from the British The State is rich in antiquities, especially at
Government for the loyalty of the Rulers of Pinjaur, Sunam, Sirhind, Bhatinda, Narnaul,
Nabha. The State now covers an area of about etc. One hundred and thirty-eight miles of
broad-gauge railway line comprising two
1,000 square miles and has a population of
about 3 lakhs. The State maintains one batta- Sectionsfrom Rajpura to Bhatinda and from"
lion of Infantry known as the Nabha Akal
Sirhind to Rupar have been constructed by
Infantry under the Indian States Forces Scheme the State at its own cost. The North- Western
consisting of 482. For the preservation of the
Railway, the E. I. Railway, the B. B. & C. I.
peace there is also a Police force consisting of
Railway and the J. B. Railway traverse the
State. His Highness maintains a contingent of
about 400 men.
two regiments of Cavalry and four battalions of
The State is traversed by the main and 3
branch lines of the N. W. Railway and

Infantry one battery of Horse Artillery.
the B. B. & C. I. crosses the Nizamat of Bawat.

The State maintains a first grade college
irrigated by which imparts free education to state subjects.
A portion of the State is
Primary education is also free throughout the
the Sirhind Canal. The crops of the State are
bajra, sugarcane, cotton, wheat State. The Durbar sanctioned a scheme of
gram, pulses,
compulsory education in 1928.
and barley, to facilitate trade the Durbar has
opened grain markets and Banks near the Since the State entered into alliance with the'
principal railway station within the State British Government inl804 and 1809 A.D. ithas
territory. The chief industries of the State rendered help to the British Government on
consist of the manufacture of silver and gold all critical occasions such as the Gurkha War,
ornaments, brass utensils, and cotton carpets, of 1814-15, the Sikh War of 1845, the Mutiny
lace and gota, etc. There are some ginning of 1857, the Afghan War of 1878-79, and thft
Tirah and N. W. F. campaign of 1897.
factories and a cotton steam press in the State
which are working successfully. In 1923 an On the outbreak of the European War His
inquiry was held into certain matters in dispute Highness placed the entire resources of his
between the Patiala and the Nabha Durbars State at the disposal of His Majesty the King-
which showed that the Nabha Police had fabri- Emperor and offered his personal services. Tn^
cated cases against persons connected with the entire Imperial Service Contingent was on activj
Patiala State with the object of injuring them service throughout the period of the War ana
through the Patiala Durbar. As a result, the served on various fronts in Egypt, Galiipoli,
Maharaja Ripudaman Singh, who was born in Mesopotamia and Palestine, winning numeroui
distinctions. Two mule and one camel corjs
1883 and succeeded his father in 1911 entered
into an agreement with the Government
of were raised and placed at the service of tnf
India whereby he voluntarily separated himself British Government for the period of the War,
from the administration and the control of the and in addition to furnishing nearly 28,00(
recruits for the British Indian Army and main-
State was accordingly assumed by the Govern-
ment of India. In consequence of repeated taining the State Imperial Service Contmgeni
breaches of the agreement by the Maharaja, at full strength, contributed substantially n
he was in February 1928 deprived of the title money and material. Again in 1919 on ttu
of Maharaja, His Highness and of all rights
and outbreak of hostilities with Afghanistan Hi
Highness served personally on the Frontie:
privileges pertaining to the Ruler of the State,
and his eldest son, Partab Singh, was recognized on the Staff of the General Officer Commanding
as Maharaja in his stead.
and the Imperial Service Contingent saw activi
service towards Kohat and Quetta fronts. Fo:
Patiala This is the largest of the Phul- his services on the N. W. Frontier His Highnes
kian States, and the premier State in the Punjab. was mentioned in despatches.
Its territory is scattered and interspersed
with
His Highness was selected by His Excellent
small States and even single villages belonging the Viceroy to represent the Ruling Princes o
to other States and British districts. It also India at the Imperial War Conference an<
comprises a portion of the Simla Hills and Imperial War Cabinet in June 1918 and durmi
territory on the border of Jaipur and Alwai his stay in Europe His Highness paid visits
to al
Population
States. Area of 5,932 square miles. the different and principal fronts in Belgium
3 6 25 520. Gross income Rs. one crore and France, Italy and Egypt (Palestine) and receiv
as separate State
history ed the following decorations from the
forty lakhs. Its allie
begins in 1762. The present Ruler, Lieutenant- Sovereigns and Governments: (a) Grand Cordoi
General His Highness Farzand-i-Khas Daulati- Grand Cross 0
of the Order de Leopold, (b)
Iiiglishia Mansur-ul-Zaman Amir-ul-Umra Maha- the Legion of Honour, France, (c) Grand
Crofi
raja Dhiraj Raj Rajeshwar, SriMaharaja-i-Ra]an of the Order of the Crown of Italy, (d) Gran
SirBhupindra Sinsh Mohinder Bahadur, Yadu Cordon of the Order of the Nile, (e) Grand Crof
Vanshavatans Bhatti Kul Bhushan, G.O.S.I., of the Order of the Crown of
Roumania am
G.CI E., G.CV.O.,G.B.E.,A.D.O., Ll.D., was bom in ( ) Grand Cross of the
/ Order of St. Saviour o
1891, succeeded in 1900, and assumed the reins
of
Greece (1926).
government in 1909 on attaining majority. His
Highness the Maharaja Dhiraj enjoys at present His Highness represented the Indian Prind
at the League of Nations in 1925. In 1926,
personal salute of 19 guns and he and his Chamber
successors have been exempted from pre- was elected Chancellor of the <
Princes (Narendra Mandal). He was re-electj

senting Nazar to the Viceroy in Durbar in Chamber in 1027-28-29-4
gram, Chancellor of the
perpetuity. The principal crops arc
The Indian Stales Burma. 213
[nl930, His Highness led the Princes' delegation sea level. Rainfall is scarce, the last 13 years'
'io the Round Table Conference. He was again average being 3-59". The area of the State is
elected Chancellor of the Chamber of Princes in about 6,050 square miles. The population of the
1933. State according to the census of 1931 is 2,27,183
souls. The majority of them are cultivators.
Sirmur (Mian).- This is a hilly State Others are engaged in trade, State services
i
m the Himalayas under the Political control of and labour.

By religion they are mainly Suni
the Hon'ble the Agent to the Governor -General, Muslims,
but the Ruler and his family and some
Punjab States, Lahore. Its history is said others are Shias. Hindus form
the minority
to date from the 11th century. In the community. The State's revenue from ail
eighteenth century the State was able to sources calculated on the average of
the past
repulse the Gurkha invasion, but the Gurkhas five years
amounts to Rs. 19,31,957. The
were invited to aid in the suppression of an relations of the State with
the British Govern-
internal revolt in the State and they in turn ment are those
of subordinate alliance. The
had to be evicted by the British. In 1857 the State pays no tribute either to the British
Raja rendered valuable services to the British, Government or to any other State. The
and during the second Afghan War he sent language of the State is Sindhi. Urdu and
a contingent to the North- West Frontier. The English are also spoken. The chief product of
present Prince is H. H. Maharaja Rajendra Pra- the State is grain, which is cultivated
on irriga-
kash who was born in 1 91 3 and succeeded in 1 933. tion canals taking off from the Indus
river at
The main agricultural feature of the State is the Lloyd Barrage and to a small extent on
the recent development of the Kiarda Dun, wells. Oil-seeds, ghee, hides, tobacco,
Fuller's
a fertile level plain which produces wheat, earth (" met
"), carbonate of Soda (" Kharo
gram, rice, maize and other crops. The State chaniho "), cotton and wool are also produced.
forests are valuable and there is an iron foundry The manufactures comprise cotton,
silken and
at Nahan which was started in 1867 but, being woollen fabrics, lacquer work,
carpets and
unable to compete with the imported iron, pottery.
Is now used for the manufacture of sugar-
cane Crushing mills. The State supports a The Ruler's full name is His Highness Mir
Corps of Sappers and Miners which served Ali Nawaz Khan. He is a Muslim Talpur
in the Great War. It was captured with Baloch and belongs to the Shia sect. He
General Townshend's force at Kut-al-Amara ascended the gadi on the 25th June 1921.
but the Corps was reconstituted and sent to Previous to the accession of this familv on the
service. fall of the Kalhora dynasty of Sind in i 783, the
history of the State belongs to the general
Khairpur.The state of Khairpur lies in history of Sind. In that year Mir Fatehali
Upper Sind between 2010" and 27-46" North Khan Talpur established himself as Ruler of
Latitude and 68-20" and 70-14" East Lon- Sind and subsequently his nephew, Mir Sorhab
gitude. It is bounded on the East by Jodhpur Khan Talpur, founded the Khairpur
branch of
and Jessalmere territories and on the North, the Talpur family. In 1882 the individuality
West and South bv British Districts of Sind. of the Khairpur State was recognized by the
The climate is similar to the rest of Sind. The British Government. The Ruler is a first class
maximum temperature in summer is 117 in prince and is entitled to a permanent salute of
the shade and the minimum in winter 36. 15 guns outside and 17 guns inside
the State
The nearest hill station is Quetta,5,500 feet above limits.
UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF BURMA.

The States under this Government comprise Singaling Hkamti has an area of 983 square
the Shan States which are included in British miles and a population of
2,157 and lies on the
India though they do not form part of Burma 96th and 90th parallels of latitude
and longitude
proper and are not comprised in the regularly respectively.
administered area of the Province and the
Karenni States which are not part of British The Hkamti Long States have an area of
India and are not subject to any of the laws in 200 square miles with a population of 5,349 and
force in the Shan States or other parts of Burma. lie between the 27th and 28th parallels of
The Shan States comprise the two isolated latitude on the Upper Waters of the !N'Mai
States of Hsawnghsup and Singaling Hkamti in
branch of the Irrawaddy.
the Upper Chindwin District under the. super- The Northern Shan States (area 20,1 5G square
vision of the Commissioner, Sagaing Division, miles and population 636,107) and the Southern
the eight petty village communities under Shan States (area 36,157 square miles and
separate hereditary Chiefs known as Hkamti population 870,230), form with the unadmini-
Long in the Myitkyina District and the two stered Wa States (area about 2,000 square
main divisions of the Shan States known as the miles) and the Karenni States, a huge triangle
Northern and Southern Shan States numbering lying roughly between the 19th and 24th
six and thirty States respectively which are parallels of latitude and the 96th and 102nd
under the Commissioner, Federated Shan parallels of longitude with its base on the plains
States. of Burma and its apex on the Mehkong river.
Bsiwnghsup with an area of 529 square The population consists chiefly of Shans who
miles and a population of 7,239 lies between the belong to the Shan group of the Tai Chinese
24th and 25th parallels of latitude and on the family; the remainder belong chiefly to the
95th parallel of longitude between the Chindwin Wa-palaung and Mon Khmer groups of races
river and the State of Manipur. of the Austro- Asiatic brand of the Austria
The Indian States Burma.
family, or to theKaren family which Sir George in each State is the customary law of the State
Grievson now proposes to separate from the so far as it is in accordance with justice, equity
Tai Chinese family. There are also a number and good conscience and not opposed to the
of Kachins and others of the TibetoBurman law in force in the rest of British India. The
family. The Shans themselves shade off imper- customary law may be modified by the
ceptibly into a markedly Chinese race on the Governor who has also power to appoint
frontier. Buddhism and Animism are the officers totake part in the administration of
principal religions. any State and to regulate the powers and
proceedings of such officers. The Chiefs are
The climate over so large an area varies bound by their sanads to follow the advice of
greatly. In the narrow lowlying valleys the the Superintendents appointed but subject to
heat in summer is excessive. Elsewhere the certain modifications which have been made in
summer shade temperature is usually 80 to the customary law relating to criminal and
95 Fahr. In winter frost is severe on the civil justice have more or less maintained the
paddv plains and open downs but the tempera- semi-independent status which was found
ture on the hills is more equable. The rainfall existing at the annexation of Upper Burma.
varies from 50 to 100 inches in different
localities.
In 1920, Sir Reginald Craddock, Lieutenant-
Governor of Burma, proposed a scheme for the'
The agricultural products of the States are sanction of the Secretary of State under which
rice, pulses, .maize, buckwheat, cotton, sessa- the Chiefs of the Northern and Southern Shan
mum, groundnuts, oranges and pineapples. States have agreed to f ederalise the depart-
Land is held chiefly on communal tenure but ments of Government in which they had been
unoccupied land easily obtainable on lease
is previously largely dependent on contributions
from the Chiefs in accordance with special rules from the Provincial Funds. Under this scheme
for non-natives of the States. Great spaces of no interference is contemplated in the internal
the States are suitable for cattle, pony and management of the States and the Chiefs
mule breeding and in the Northern States continue to collect their taxes and be respon-
Chinese settlers appear to have found the law and order, maintain Courts for the
sible for
latter a very paying proposition. disposal of criminal and civil cases, appoint
their own officials and control their own
The mineral resources of the States are still subjects under the advice of the Superin-
unexplored. The Burma Corporation have a tendents. But the Federation is responsible
concession for silver, copper, lead and zinc in for the centralised Departments of Public
the Northern States which they claim to be the Works, Medical, Forests, Education, Agriculture
richest in the world. The Mawson area in the and to a small extent Police. In place of the
Southern States is also rich in lead. Lignite individual tribute formerly paid by them the
and iron ore of a low grade are found in many Chiefs contribute to the Federation a propor-
places. tion of their revenue which amounts roughly
Lashio, the headquarters of the Northern Shan to the expenditure hitherto incurred by them
States, is the terminus of the Myohaung- Lashio on the heads of administration now centralised
Branch of the Burma Railways (178 miles) and while the Provincial Government surrenders to
is also connected with Mandalay by a cart road the Federation all provincial revenue previously
The Burma Corporation's narrow-gauge derived from the States to enable*it to maintain
private railway track 44 .49 miles long connects its services at the same degree of efficiency
their Bawd win mine witn the Burma Railways formerly enjoyed. The Federation on the other
hand makes a payment of fixed proportion
system at Namyao.
of its revenue to the Provincial Treasury
The Southern Shan States are served by the
in place of the individual contributions of the
Burma Railways branch line Thazi to Heho
Chiefs. Under this scheme the Federation is a
(87 miles) whichhas been extended to sub-entity of the Burma Government, is self-
Shwenyaung, 98 miles from Thazi. contained and responsible for its own progress.
Taunggyi, the headquarters of the Southern The Chiefs express their views on Federal and
Shan States, is connected with Thazi by a well- general matters through a Council of Chiefs
graded motor road. The States vary much consisting of all Chiefs of the rank of Sawbwa
in size and importance. The largest State is and four elected representatives of the lesser
Kengtung with aq area of 12,400 square miles Chiefs. The Superintendents, Northern Shan
and population 225,894. States and the Commissioner of the Federated
square miles Shan States to whom the supervision of the
Hsipaw with an area of 4,400
Federation has been entrusted are ex-offich
and population 148,731 is the richest State
members of the Council. The scheme was
with a gross revenue of Rs. 10,62,418.
sanctioned and brought into force with effect
The Sawbwas of KengtUDg, Hsipaw, from October 1922. The first meeting of the
Yawngbwe and Mongnai have salutes of nine Council of Chiefs was formally opened by His
guns while the Mong Mit Sawbwa has a Excellency the Governor Sir Spencer Harcourt
personal salute of the same number. Butler, G.C.I.e.,k.C.s.i.,i.O.S., in March 1923.
Administration. Karenni.
Under the Burma Laws Act, 1898, the This district which formerly consisted of five
Civil, Criminal and Revenue administration of States now consists of three as two have been
every Shan State is vested in the Chief of the amalgamated with others. It has a total area
State subject to the restrictions specified in of 3,015 square miles and a population of 58,761.
the sanad of appointment granted to him and It lies on the south of the Southern Shan
under the same Act the law to be administered States between Siam and the British district of
The Indian States Jammu and Kashmir. 215
Toungoo. The largest State is Kantarawadi tions from Provincial revenues have been made
with an area of 3,000 square miles and a to the Karenni Chiefs for education and medical
population of 30,677 and a revenue of nearly service. The Chiefs are at present unwilling to
H lakhs of rupees. More than half of the
inhabitants are Red Karens. An Assistant
surrender their special rights and join the Shan
States Federation though very considerable
Political Officer is posted at Loikaw subject advantages might accrue from their doing so.
to the supervision of the Superintendent,
Southern Shan States, who exercises in practice The
principal wealth of the country used to
much the same control over the Chiefs as is be in teak timber and a large alien popula-
its
exercised in the Shan States though nominally tion was at one time supported by the timber
they are more independent than their Shan trade. This has largely declined in the last
neighbours. Mineral and forest rights however few years and unless the Chiefs are prepared to
in Karenni belong to the Chiefs and not to the deny themselves and close their forests they will
Government. In the past substantial contribu- soon disappear.
JAMMU AND KASHMIR STATE,

The territory known generally as the Jammu Sikhs, only appearing as mediator after the battle
and Kashmir State lies between 32 and 37 of Sobraon (1846), when the British made over
N. and 73 and 80 E. It is an almost entirely to him the valley of Kashmir and certain other
mountainous region with a strip of level land areas in return for his services in re-establishing
along the Punjab Border, and its mountains, peace. His son, His Highness Maharaja Ranbir
valleys and lakes comprise some of the grandest Singhji, g.c.s.i., g.c.i.e., a model Hindu and one
scenery in the world. The State may be divided of the staunchest allies of the British Govern-
physically into three areas the upper, com-
: ment, ruled from 1857 to 1885. He did much
prising the area drained by the River Indus and to consolidate his possessions and evolve order
its tributaries; the middle, drained by the in the frontier districts. He was succeeded
Jhelum and Kishenganga Rivers and the lower
; by his eldest son His Highness Maharaja Sir
area, consisting of the level strip along the Pratap Singhji, G.O.S.I., g.c.i.e., g.b.e., who
southern border, and adjacent ranges of hills.
its died on 23rd December 1925 and was succeeded
The dividing lines between the three areas are by His Highness the present Maharaja Shri
the snow-bound inner and outer Himalayan Harisinghji Bahadur.
ranges known as the Zojila and the Panchal. The most notable reform effected in the State
The area of the State is 84,258 square miles. during the reign of the late Maharaja was the
Beginning in the south where the great plain of Land Revenue Settlement originally carried out
the Punjab ends, it extends northwards to the under Lawrence and revised from time to time.
hish Karakoram mountains " Where three
Administration For some years after the
Empires Meet." accession to the gadi of the late Maharaja, the
Briefly described, the State comprises the administration of the State was conducted by
valleys of the three great rivers of Northern a Council over which the Maharaja presided.
India, viz., the upper reaches of the Chenab and In 1905 this Council was abolished and the.
the Jhelum, and the middle reaches of the Indus. administration of the State was thenceforward
The total population is 3,220,518 souls. carried on by His Highness the Maharaja with

History. Various historians and poets have the help of a Chief Minister and a number of
Ministers in charge of different portfolios.
left more or less trustworthy records of the
history of the Valley of Kashmir and the adjacent This system continued until the 24th January
regions. In 1586 it was annexed to the Moghul 1922 when an Executive Council was inaugurat-
Empire by Akbar. Srinagar, the Capital, ed. Very recently, certain modifications have
originally known as Pravarapura, had by then been introduced in the Constitution as a result
been long established though many of the fine of which the contact of His Highness with the
buildings said to have been erected by early administration of the State has become more
Hindu rulers had been destroyed by the Mu- direct and intimate.
hammadans who panetrated into the Valley
first The British Resident has his headquarters
in the fourteenth century. In the reign of at Srinagar and Sialkot and there is also a Poli-
Sikandar, who was a contemporary of Tamer- tical Agent at Gilgit. A British Officer is sta-
lane, a large number of Hindus was converted tioned at Leh to assist in the supervision of the
to Islam. Jehangir did much to beautify the Central Asian Trade with India which passes
Valley but after Aurangzeb there was a period through Kashmir.
of disorder and decay and by the middle of the In the Dogras the State has splendid material
eighteenth century the Suba or Governor of for the Army which consists of 7,798 troops.
Kashmir had become practically independent Besides this, thousands of Dogras serve in the
of Delhi. Thereafter the country experienced Indian Army.
the oppression of Afghan rule until it was res-
cued in 1819 by an army sent by Maharaja Finance. The financial position
of the State
Ranjit Singh. The Sikh rule was less oppressive is strong. The
total revenue including jagirs, is
about Rs. 2,70,00,000 ; the chief sources being
than that of the Afghans. The early history of
the State as at present constituted is that of land, forests, customs and excise and Sericulture.
Maharaja Shri Gulab Singhji, a scion of the old There is a big reserve and no debt.
Ruling Family of Jammu, who rose to eminence Production and Industry The population
in the service of Maharaja Ranjit Singh of Lahore is pre-eminently agricultural and pastoral.
and was, in recognition of his distinguished The principal food crops are rice, maize and
services, made Raja of Jammu in 1820. He held wheat. Oilseed is also an important crop, liar-
aloof from the war between the British and the ley, cotton, saffron, tobacco, beans, walnuts
2l6 The Chamber of Princes,
almonds and hops are also grown. Pears and country has made the extension of the line into
apples, the principal fruits of the Valley, are the heart of the State so far impracticable.
exported in large quantities. The State forests
Public Works In 1904 a flood spill channel
are extensive and valuable. The principal
above Srinagar was constructed to minimise
species of timber trees are deodar, blue pine and the constant danger of floods in the River
fir. The most valuable forests occur in Kisht- Jhelum and it was hoped that the danger would
war, Karnah and Kamraj Ilaqas. A survey of be still further reduced by the carrying out of a
the mineral resources of the State is being con- scheme for lowering a part of the bed of the
ducted under an expert. The most noteworthy River Jhelum by dredging, which has been taken
of the minerals are bauxite, coal, fuller's earth,
in hand. It is interesting to know that dredging
kaolino, slate, zinc, copper and talc. Gold is
operations were once before carried out in the
found in Baltistan and Gilgit, sapphires in reign of Avantivarman (A.D. 855-883) by his
Paddar, aquamarines in Skardu and lead in engineer Suyya near Sopore, with the same
Uri. The silk filature in Srinagar is the largest
of its kind in the world. Manufacture of silk
object. Good progress has been made with
irrigation but the most important scheme of
isa very ancient industry in Kashmir. Zain-ul- recent years has been the installation of a large
Abidin who ruled from 1421 to 1472 is said to
Electric Power Station on the Jhelum River at
have imported silk weavers from Khurasan and
Mahora which was completed in 1907.
settled them here. Woollen cloth, shawls,
papier-mache and wood carving of the State
Education. Of the total population of
are world-famous. The State participated in 3,259,527 excluding the frontier ilaqas where
the Empire Exhibition of 1924. The
British literacy is not recorded, there are 72,228 persons
Kashmir Court was styled " The Gem of The who are able to read and write, of whom 4,007
Smaller Courts" and attracted many visitors. only are females. In other words, 26 out of
every 1,000 persons aged five or more can read

Communications. Great efforts have been and write. Among males 46 in every 1,000 are
made and are being made towards the improve- literate. The number of educational institu-
ment of roads for wheeled traffic in the State. tions including two Arts Colleges and two tech-
The Jhelum Valley road (196 miles) which links nical institutes is 784 and is being steadily
the Kashmir Valley with the Punjab and the increased. In municipal areas education for
North- Western Frontier Province is considered boys has been made compulsory from 1929.
to be one of the finest motorable mountain roads Much progress has also been made in female
in the world. education and two new girls' schools have been
established during the year.
The Banihal Cart Road, 205 miles long, which
has recently been completed, joins Kashmir
Reforms. The most important reforms
connected with the present Maharaja's reign
with the North Western Railway system at
Jammu-Tawi and is also a fine motorable road. have been the establishment of an independent
High Court of Judicature modelled on British
Roads pack animals lead from Srinagar,
for High Courts and the annual summoning of
the summer Kashmir, to the frontier
capital of representatives from the provinces as a beginning
and Ladakh. Internal village
districts of Gilgit of popular institutions in the State. Important
communications have also been much improved. legislative measures passed by His Highness'
Government in recent years include the raising
The Jammu-Suchetgarh Railway, a section of of the age of consent to 14 for girls and IS for
the Wazirabad-Sialkot branch line of the North boys and the Agriculturists' Relief Regulation
Western Railway system, is the only Railway in meant to cope with the problem of rural
the State. The mountainous nature of the indebtedness.
THE CHAMBER OF PRINCES.

The Narendra Mandal, or Chamber of Princes The Chamber was formally inaugurated by
came into existence, with the earnest co-opera- H.R. H. the Duke of Connaught on 8th Februa-
tion of a number of leading Princes themselves ry 1921. It meets regularly once a year and
as one of the results of the Report on Indian the agenda of subjects for discussion is framed
constitutional reform presented to Parliament and proposed by the Chancellor of the Chamber
by Mr. Montagu, Secretary of State for India who at present is His Highness the Maharajah
and H. E. Lord Chelmsford, Viceroy and of Patiala. The Chamber selects by vote its
Governor-General of India, in 1919. The own officers, who are the Chancellor, a pro-
proposal was that the Chamber should exist as Chancellor to act for him in his absence out of
a permanent consultative body, with the Vice- India and a Standing Committee of the Chamber.
roy as President and the members composing This Committee considers before the annual
the Chamber consisting mainly of the Princes meetings the subjects to be discussed at
and Chiefs having salutes, or whose member- them.
ship might otherwise be considered desirable
by the Viceroy. Certain smaller Chiefs were Until 1929, the proceedings of the Chamber
grouped and were given the privilege of nomi- were considered as confidential and there was
nating a member to represent them from year no admittance of the general public to its meet-
to year. The Chamber is a recommendatory ings. At the annual session in February
body, which performs its functions under a 1929, the Princes passed a resolution by which
constitution approved by the Secretary of State all meetings were ordinarily made open to the
and it deals with questions submitted to it public. The Chamber contains very restricted
concerning the Princes and their rights and accommodation and admission has to be
privileges generally and their position in imperial regulated according to the number of seats
affairs. available.
. . . . .
217
9
Indian States Tribute.
ar5 in m amount according to the circumstances

S at 8 Pay tnb ute
M
^^n^^^^V^n
ff^ha ?f l n ofeach
'
qp frI ?
,
ThlS ltnbut s frequently
V
due to exchanges of territory or
nt^Ti/am ^ G
TnHion^? ?es ar
a mS betW n th
f
troops
,?
?
Th ? a fcual
vernm ts, butis chiefly in lieu of former obligations
^
na receipts in the f orm of tribute * nd contributions
'
l
to sup-
from
?
summarised in the following table. The relations of the States to one
S SL
l^XZ^^^T^'^.^
P-
S5? JE SHS?^
QCt 0f tnbute are complicated, and it would serve no useful
T4 ^ .
States paying tribute directly to the Government of India.

purpose to enter
the States of Kathia-
that Gwali r Claims ^ *>
Tribute from Jaipur

Kotah
Udaipur
Jodhpur .. .. .....
Bundi
Other States
Contribution of Jodhpur towards cost of Erinpura Irregular Force
of Kotah towards cost of Deohi Irregular Force .
of Bhopal towards cost of Bhopal Levy .
of Jaora towards cost of United Malwa Contingent

Contributions towards cost of Malwa Bhil Corps
Central Provinces and Berar.
Tribute from various States
Burma.
Tributes from Shan States
other States
Assam.
Tribute from Manipur
Rambrai
Bengal.
Tribute from Cooch Behar
United Provinces.
Tribute from Benares
Punjab.
Tribute from Mandi .
other States
Madras.
Tribute from Travancore
Peshkash and subsidy from Mysore
^ Cochin
Vf n Travancore .
Bombay.
Tribute from Kathiawar .
various petty States

Contribution from Baroda States .
Jagirdars, Southern Mahratta Country

Tribute from Cutch
I^XK^^ DUlbar f 1911 ** ~1<^ >. no

2l8
Foreign Possessions in India.

entrance
Avely on the Gujarat Coast, at the
Portugal and France both hold small
terri-
little island
Peninsula. to the Gulf of Cambay; and the
torial possessions in the Indian called Gogla and Simbor,
m India, an 01 of Diu, with two places
The Portuguese possessions on the southern extremity of the
Kathiawai
of Bombay
which are situated within the limits Peninsula. Allthese three territories constitute
Presidency, consist of the Province of
Goa on
of Dama* what is called the State of India.
the Arabian Sea Coast; the territory
with the small territory called Pragana-Nagar-
GOA.
the
sur- tion showed an increase of 9 per cent, since
Goa forms a compact block of territoryState census ten years previously. In the Velhas
rounded by British districts. Savantwadi Conquistas the majority of the population is
lies to the north of it, the Arabian
Sea on the Hindus
and the Christian. In the Novas Conquistas
west and North Kanara on the south, are more numerous than Christians The Mos-
Western m
eastern boundary is the range of the lems in the territory are numbered a few
from the British dis-
Ghats, which separates it
thousands. The Christians still very largely
tricts of Belgaum and North
Kanara. ine claiming to be
adhere to caste distinctions,
from north to south is 62 miles
extreme length
40 Brahmans, Chardos and low castes, which
and the greatest breadth from east to west do not intermarry. The Hindus who form about
of 1,3U1
miles. The territory has a total area one-half of the total population are largely
Conquis-
square miles and consists of the Velhas Maratha and do not differ from those of
tas, or Old Conquests, comprising
the island ot
the adjacent Konkan districts of Bombay.
Goa, acquired by the Portuguese in 1510, and
the
All classes of the people, with the exception
of
municipalities of Salsette, Jiaraez,
neighbouring Europeans, use the Konkani dialect of Marathi
and Mormugao acquired in 1543 and ot the
;
with some admixture of Portuguese words. The
Novas Conquistas, or New Conquests, comprising official language is Portuguese,
which is common-
the municipalities of Pernem, Sanquelim,
Ponda, principal towns
ly spoken in the capital and the
Quepem, Canacona, Satari and Sanguem ac- as well as by all educated people. Nearly
all the
century.
quired in the latter half of the 18th Christians profess the Roman Catholic religion
The small island of Angediva situated opposite and are spiritually subject to an archbishop
district ot
the port of Karwar, in the British who has the titles of Primate of the East and
North Kanara, forms administratively a portion Patriarch of the East Indies and exercises
ec-
of the Canacona municipality. This was
ac- portion
hilly, clesiastical jurisdiction also over a
quired in 1505. The whole country is of British India, and the provinces
of Macau
especially the eastern portion, the
predominating
which (China) and Timor (Oceania), with missions
physical feature being the Western Ghats, in foreign countries and Mocambique
(Portu-
north-
besides bounding the country along the guese East Africa). The Christians of
Daman
westward and spread
just
and Diu are subject under a new Tieaty signed
east and south-east, off
spurs and
across the country in a succession of in 1928 between Portugal and the
Holy See to
isolated
ridges. There are several conspicuous the Archbishop of Goa. There are
numerous
peaks, of which the highest, Sonsagar, is 3,827 churches in Goa, mostly built by the Jesuits
the
feet high. and Franciscans prior to the extinction of
religious orders in Portuguese
territory. lne
The country is intersected by numerous rivers m
Hindus
running westward from the Ghats, and the
prin- churches are in charge of secujar priests.
cipal eight, which are all navigable, are
msize and Mahomedans now enjoy perfect
freedom
their own places
of some importance. Goa possesses a
fine har- in religious matters and have
of Portuguese
bour, formed by the promontories
of Bardez of worship. In the early days
in public and
and Salsette. Half-way between these extre- rule the worship of Hindu gods
the Hindu usages were strictly
mities lies the cabo, or cape, which forms the observance of
extremity of the island of Goa. This
divides forbidden and rigorously suppressed.
the whole bay into two anchorages,
known as The Country.
Aguada and Mormugao. Both are capable ot A little over one-third of the entire territory
accommodating the largest shipping from Sep-
of Goa is stated to be under cultivation. The
tember to May, but Aguada is virtually closed fertility of the soil varies
considerably according
during the south-west monsoon, owing to the to quality, situation and
water-supply. The
high winds and sea and to the formation of sand Velhas Conquistas are as a rule better
and more
bars across the estuary of the Mandoyi
river,
intensively cultivated than êNovas Conquis-
which opens into Aguada. Mormugao is acces- tas In both these divisions a holding of fifteen
the harbour considered a good
sible at all times and is therefore or sixteen acres would be
terminus ot
of commercial importance. It is the sized farm but the majority of holdings are of
.he inland
the railway running to the coast from much smaller extent varying from half an acre
A breakwater and port produce of the
British system to five or <ux acres. The
of lines. staple
consider- two good
have been built there and the trade is country is rice, of which there are
able being chiefly transit trade from British produced is barely
harvests, but the quantity
territory. sufficient to meet the needs of
the
fovff^
rice, the culture
The People. two-thirds of the year. Next to
împortant
at oT cocoanut palms is deemed mosl
The total population of Goa was 531,952 of from the variety of uses to which
the products
density
the census of 1921. This gives a are applied. Hilly places and inferior
the square mile and the popula-
408 peSons to
Portuguese Possesstons.
soils are set apart for the cultivation of cereals trial progress of the country. If municipal
j
and several kinds of fruits and vegetables are and national taxes be added together, the
cultivated to an important extent. The condition country presents a very high incidence of taxa-
of the agricultural classes in the Velhas Con- tion, even higher than that of British India, the
quistas has improved during recent years, average coming to about Us. 8-8 per capita.
owing to the general rise in the prices of all There is no income-tax, except for government
classes of agricultural produce and partly to servants, but there is a special ten per cent tax
the current of emigration to British territory. on all incomes derived in the shape of interest
There is a great shortage of agricultural labour on loans. This tax is a powerful contributory
in the Velhas Conquistas. In the summer months cause to the flight of capital from Portuguese
bands of artisans and field labourers from the India. The chief sources of revenue are the
adjoining British territory make their way into land tax, Excise and the customs. There is a
Bardez where the demand for labour is always special tax on emigrants which yields to the
keen. Stately forests are found in the Novas State about Rs. 60,000 The country being
Conquistas. They cover an area of 116 square economically backward, the taxes give very
miles and are under conservation and yield some little indication of its productive capacity or of its
profit to the administration. Iron is found in annual wealth. The national wealth is a matter
parts of the territory ; but has not been seriously of pure conjecture for lack of statistics.
worked. Manganese also exists and some mines
The tariff schedule is based on the three-fold
are being worked at present, the ore being
principle, fiscal, protective and preferential.
exported to the Continent.
There a limited free list on which books and
is
paper figure prominently. The fiscal tariff
Commerce. ranges from 10 to 30 per cent, according to the
In the days of its glory, Goa was the chief nature of the commodities, but the duties in
entrepot of commerce between East and West several cases are specific, not ad valorem This.
and was specially famous for its trade in horses causes considerable hardship to trade, and
with the Persian Gulf. It lost its commercial specially to the poorer classes of consumers.
importance with the downfall of the Portuguese The preferential tariff applies to goods coming
Empire and its trade is now insignificant. from Lisbon and the Portuguese Colonies.
The present trade of Goa is not very large. Very recently the principle of protection has
Its imports amount to about Us. 160 lakhs been extended to the export of canned fruits
and exports to about Us. 40 lakhs. The dis- which are entitled to a bounty of 10 per cent on
crepancy is met from the money sent to Goa their basic price.
by the many emigrants who are to be found The Capital.
all over the world. Few manufacturing indus- Nova-Goa, the present capital of Portuguese
tries of any moment exist and most manufac- India, comprehends Panjim and Ribandar,
tured articles in use are imported. Exports Old Goa is some six miles distant from the new
chiefly consist of cocoanuts, betel nuts, mangoes
j
city. Panjim occupies a narrow strip of
land other fruits and raw produce. land leading up to the Cabo, the cape divid-
A line of railway connects Mormugao with ing the Aguada bay from that of Mormu-
the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway. gao, and mainly slopes down to the edge of
Its length from Mormugao to Castle Rock above the Aguada. It was selected as the residence
Lhe Ghats where it joins the British system, is of the Portuguese Viceroy in 1759, and in 1843
51 miles, of which 49 are in Portuguese territory. it was raised to
its present rank as the capital
The railway is under the management of the of Portuguese India. The appearance of the
Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway admi- city, with its row of public buildings and ele-
listration, and the bulk of the trade of Mormu- gant private residences, as seen from the water
gao port is what it brings down from and takes is very picturesque and this impression is not
jo the interior. The telegraphs in Portuguese belied by a closer inspection of its neat and
:erritories are worked as a separate system from spacious roads, bordered by decent, tidy houses.
;he British. The latter, however, had an office The most imposing public structures are the
it Nova-Goa maintained jointly by the two barracks, an immense quadrangular building
Governments but since 1925 the Nova-Goa the eastern wing of which accommodates the
Dffice has been handed over to the Portuguese Primary School, the Public Library and the Go-
Government which now maintains and works vernment Press. Other noticeable buildings are
ill the telegraphs in its territories. the Cathedral and various churches, the vice-
regal palace and the High Court. The
Taxes and Tariffs. square in the lower part of the town is adorned
The country wasin a state of chronic financial with a life-sized statue of Albuquerque stand-
jquilibrium for nearly sixty years with occasional ing under a canopy.
exceptions. The last war enhanced the deficits History.
;o alarming proportions and t*iese were met by Goa was captured for the Portuguese by
xesh taxes and new loans. Most of the new Alfonso de Albuquerque in 1510. Albuquer-
axes were the result of the initiative of the que promptly fortified the place and established
jovernor-General Jaime de Morais, who is po- Portuguese rule on a firm basis. From this
pularly known as the 'Governor of Taxes." time Goa rapidly rose in importance and be-
Only in 1927 the country experienced the joys came the metropolis of Portuguese power in
ii a balanced budget and the public
servants the East. There was constant fighting with
whose salaries had always remained in arrears the armies of the Bijapur kingdom, but the
ire now being paid regularly. There is an esti- Portuguese held their own and gained thp sur-
mated surplus of about a lakh and a half which rounding territory $qw known as the Velhas
been ear-marked for promoting the Jndus- Cqnquistas*
220 Portuguese Possessions.
of the town is one tugal, many of the sons of Goa

occupying high
The subsequent history
responsible positions in Portugal. Thus
of ostentation and decay. Goa reached its and of Public
summit of prosperity at the end of the six- Elvino de Britto who was Minister
was
teenth centurv. The accounts of travellers Works towards the end of the lastof century Dr. Betten-
presented a a native of Goa as was the father
show that the" Goa of those days Foreign Affairs
Bodrigues, Minister for
scene of military, ecclesiastical and commer- court
in General Carmonas dictatorial Government.
cial magnificence which has had no parallel
in the British capitals of India. Portugal,
Natives of Goa are also Dr. Almeida Arez, the
of the Supreme Court in Lisbon, Dr.
however, with its three millions of population, President
Gonsalves, Judge of the same Court
was .too small to defend itself against Spain Caeteno Xavier, Secretary- General of the
and maintain' at the same time its immence Em- and Mr. Alberto
pire in the four Continents. Albuquerque tried
Ministry of Finance.
to consolidate Portuguese rule in India by his Administration.
policy of attracting the conquered Indians and
granting them civil and religious liberties. His
The Lisbon Government by Decree No. 3266,
27th July 1917, enacted new rules re-
contemporaries, however, could not understand dated
garding the administration of Portuguese India
his far-seeing statesmanship and after his death
under an Organic Charter (Carta Organica) in
they undid all his work basing their dominion
Juiy 1919. This Charter,
on conquest by the sword and military force force since 1st and financial administration
and they laboured to consolidate it by a prosely- regarding
civil
the mission- of the colony, was modified by rules Nos. 1005
tising organisation which throws all
dated 7th and 20th August 1920,
ary efforts of every other European power in and 1022, 7008 and 7030. dated 9th
ruins and decrees Nos.
India into the shade. Old Goa, as the of
the old capital are called to-day, had a hundred
and 16th October. A new Organic Charter
modifying in certain parts the earlier one was
churches, many of them of magnificent propor-
tions, and the Inquisition which was a power in
granted by Decree No. 12499 of 4th October
subjection to Spain 1926 and is now in force.
the land. The sixty years'
in the 17th century completed the ruin of the
The territory of Portuguese India is ruled
Governor-General, residing in the
Portuguese Empire in the East and though the by one
the State, at Panjim alias Nova-Goa,
Marquis of Pombal in the 18th century tried Capital of districts : Goa, Daman
his subordinates in and is divided into three
to stave off its decadence,
far-off India either could not understand or
and Diu. The last two are each under a Lieute-
The district of Goa is under the
would not carry out his orders and even his nant-Governor.
direct superintendency of the Governor-General.
strong hand was unable to stop the decline. It
was in the 19th century that the colonials began Subordinate to the Governor-General the
to enjoy full Portuguese citizenship and sent following Secretariats are working: Home
their representatives to the Parliament in and Political, Finance, Customs, Education,
Lisbon. Military, Naval, Agriculture, Health and Public
Modern Times. Works. There are also three special and autono-
Departments, which do not constitute
There was frequently recurring fighting and mous
neighbourhood exclusive Secretariats, one of them being the
in 1741 the Marathas invaded the
Department of Posts and Telegraphs, the
of Goa and threatened the city itself. An army
second that of Survey and the third that of
of 12,000 men arrived from Portugal at the cri-
moment. The invaders were beaten the Fiscal of the W. I. P. Railway.
tical
As the principal organ of administration next
off, and the Novas Conquistas were added to
1844 the to the Governor- General
and in collaboration
the Portuguese possessions. In
from with him works a Governor's Council (Conselho
shelter given by Goa to fugitives justice
with Legislative and advisory
do Governo)
in British territory threatened to bring about
powers. The Council is constituted, in addition
a rupture with the British Government at
to the Governor-General, ex- officio President, of,
Bombay. In 1852 the Banes of Satari,in the No- four officials (Attorney- General, the Director
vas Conquistas, revolted. In 1871 the native
of Finances, the Director of Civil Administration
army in Goa mutinied and the King's own and the Director of Public Works), five elected
brother came from Lisbon to deal with the
members (three representing Velhas Conquistas,
trouble and having done so disbanded the
one the Novas Conquistas and one the Districts
native army, which has never been reconsti- Daman and Diu) and five members nominated
of
tuted. But another outbreak among the
by the Governor- General to represent the
troops took place in 1895 and the Banes joining miuorities, agricultural, commercial and other
them the trouble was again not quieted interests and the press.
until the arrival of another special expedition
In each province of Goa, Daman and Diu,
from Lisbon. The Banes again broke out in there is a District Council to supervise the Muni-
1901 and again in 1912, troops being again cipalities and other local institutions. The
imported to deal with the last outbreak, which District Council of Goa is composed of the Direc-
was onlv reported concluded in the summer of tor of Civil Administration, President, the Gov-
1913. There has been no outbreak after that ernment Prosecutor of the Nova-Goa Civil
date. Court ; the Deputy Chief Health Officer ; the
The people on the whole appear to be quite Engineer next to the Director of Public Works
with the Portuguese connection. There
satisfied the Deputy Director of Finances; the Chairman
isno agitation for further reforms as in British of the Municipal Corporation of the Islands one ;
India and not a sign of disaffection against Por- member elected by the Commercial and Indus-!
tuguese rule. This is chiefly due to the fact trial Associations of the district; one member
that under the present regime the natives of Goa elected by the 60 highest tax payers of Goa one ;
enjoy complete equality with the natives of Por- member elected by the Associations of Land?
Portuguese Possessions. 221
>wners and Farmers of the District ; and one oome up for decision and discussion the Director
nember advocates elected by the Legislative of Finances also sits on this Tribunal.
Council among the legally qualified. Under the presidency of the Governor- General
At Daman and Diu the corresponding body the following bodies are also working:
is composed of the local Governor, President, Technical Council of Public Works. Its mem-
,he Government Prosecutor, the Chief of the bers are all engineers on permanent duty in
?ublic Works Department, the Health Officer, the head office, a military officer of highest
he Financial Director of the district, the Chair- rank in the army
or navy, the Director of Fin-
nan of the Municipal Corporation, two members ances, the
Attorney-General, the Chief Health
lected by 40 highest tax payers of the District Officer and
a Secretary being a clerk of the
nd one member elected by the Merchants, Public Works Department appointed by the
ndustrialists and Farmers of the district. Director of Public Works.
Under the provisions of the above quoted
Council of Public Instruction. This Council
Decree is also officiating in the capital of Por- presided over by the Governor- General is com-
uguese India a administrative court posed of five officials: the Director of Civil Admi-
ribunal to take cognizance and decide all liti- nistration, the Director of the Medical College,
ious administrative matters, fiscal questions the Director of the Lyceum, the Director of the
,nd accounts. It is named Tribunal Adminis- Normal School and the Inspector of Primary
ativo Fiscal e de Contas and is composed of the Schools, and four nominated members.
Jhief Justice as President, four High Court There is one High Court in the State of India
tidges, one superior Government officer, who with five Judges and one Attorney-General; and
aust be a Bachelor of Laws, nominated by the Courts of Justice at Panjim, Margao, Mapucri,
Government and a citizen, who is not an official Biehclim, Quepem e Damao
lected by the
and Municipal
;
Governor-General's Council. Courts of Justice at Mormugao (Vasco da Gama),
Vhen matters regarding finances and accounts Ponda, Diu and Nagar-Aveii.
PORT OF MORMUGAO.
Mormugao situated towards the south of
is The Bombay Steam Navigation Company's
Lguada Bar, on the left Bar, on the left bank (Shepherd) steamers between Bombay and Man-
f Zuary River in Lat. 15 25 'N. and Long. galore call at Mormugao twice a week. The Bri-
3 47' E., about 225 miles south of Bombay
tish India Steam Navigation Company's steamers
nd miles south of Panjim, the Capital of between Bombay and Africa call at Mormugao
ortuguese India. The Port of Mormugao is at least once a month. The Ellerman Strick Line
le natural outlet to the sea for the whole area maintains a regular service from Liverpool
jrved by the M. & S. M. Ry. (metre-gauge), to Mormugao calling occasionally at Lisbon.
nd offers the shortest route both passenger This service offers every facility for shipment
nd goods traffic. The distance from Aden from the United Kingdom to stations on the
) Mormugao is about the same as from Aden
M. & S. M. Railway under the "Combined
) Bombay. The Port is provided with light- Sea and Rail Through Bills of Lading." There
ouses, buoys and all necessary marks and it are several stevedoring firms, the maximum
easily accessible all the year round and at rate for discharging or loading coal and general
ay hour of the day or night even without the cargo being fixed by Government at 6 annas
ssistance of a Pilot. Pilotage is not compul- per ton, deadweight. Goods for British India
>ry, but when usual pilot flag is hoisted, a pass through Goa without any charge being
ualified officer will board the vessel and render
collected by Portuguese Government. British
ich assistance. Customs duty payable at Castle-Rock can be
Mormugao Harbour is the terminal station paid by the Railway Company and collected
I the West of India Portuguese Railway which at destination. Goods from stations on the
controlled by the Madras and Southern M. & S. M. Ry. System to Mormugao or
aharatta Railway Company, with headquarters vice-versa are railed without transhipment
; Madras. Goods are shipped direct from Mor- thus avoiding a second handling. Steam tugs,
iugao to any Continental Ports, every facility barges, etc., for unloading in the stream can
5ing afforded for such direct shipments. Cargo be had at a very low charge.
m be unloaded from or loaded direct into With a view to promoting the economical,
ailway wagons, which run alongside steamers, commercial and industrial development of
lus reducing handling. Warehouses are Mormugao, a special Department under the
ailt on the quay and have railway sidings
ongside. Steamers of over 5,000 tons net
designation of the "Mormugao Improvement
Trust " with its head office at Vasco da Gama,
igister, from any Continental Torts can
be 2 miles from Mormugao Harbour, has been
ischarged or loaded rapidly and in complete
created and the Local Government have intro-
tfety, in a working day of 10 hours 650
tons duced various regulations granting every
on work or 800 tons bale or bag cargo can
facility to those intending to raise buildings
wily be loaded or discharged. The port is for residential and industrial purposes in the
rovided with steam cranes and all other appli-
whole area, comprising about 300 acres, near
lces for quick loading and discharging
of the Harbour. There are over 2,000 plots
issels, one of the cranes being of
30 tons each measuring between 1,000 and 2,000 square
opacity for discharging h3avy lifts. The metres .(each square yard 0'8361 square metre)
>nnage, quay dues and all other charges
are available for residential quarters, granted on
;ry low, special concessions being granted permanent lease on each payment of 2 annas
r steamers arriving from European or
American to Rs. 1-8 per square metre, according to their
wts touching Lisbon. Fresh water can be
situation, in addition to an annual payment
>tamed at a low cost).
of 4 pies per square metre as leasc-hojcj repc,
222 Portuguese Possessions.
free of import
Within about 60 days from the date of applica- of the Factories are permitted
tion for a plot, the same is made over to the duty, likewise export of the goods manufacture
should there ed within the " Free Zone."
applicant or to the highest bidder,
be more than one applicant for one and the same (II) For Establishment of Depots of Manu*
plot. The plan of buildings is in all cases factured or Unmanufactured Goods, Bonded
subject to the approval of the Chairman of the
Warehouses, etc., etc. All goods imported by
Improvement Trust, such plan being required the Concessionaire for the purpose of such
to be submitted within 60 days from the date depot are allowed to be exported to any Foreign,
the plot is made over to the lessee, and the territory, after being improved and repacked,
period within which building is to be completed if necessary, without payment of either import if
is 2 years. Importation of building materials or export duty.

is allowed free of Custom duties. In addition
to the above, there is an extensive area avail-
able and reserved only for Industrial and
(III) Exemption of Government Taxes.
In
addition to the above privileges, all Fac
Commercial Establishments, this area being tories, Commercial Establishments, buildingSj
known as "Tree Zone". Within this "Free etc., within the " Free Zone " are exempt from
Zone," in addition to plots, which are leased all Government taxes for a period of 20 years n
at a very low rate for building factories, bonded from May 1923. Applications for any of the
warehouses or for establishment of any kind above concessions have to be addressed to H.E,
of industrial or commercial concerns, in
the Governor- General of Portuguese India and
accordance with rules and regulations lately presented at the otnce of the Mormugac
issued by the local Government, special conces- Improvement Trust at Vasco da Gama, giving
sions and privileges are granted, such as therein full particulars of the area and plot*
(I) For Establishment of Factories or Indus- etc., required. Such applications are disposec
trial ConcernsAll machinery, building mate- of within as little time as possible. Full
rials, tools, raw materials, etc., required for information can be obtained from the Mormugac
construction, maintenance and regular working Improvement Trust, Vasco da Gama
DAMAN
The settlement of Daman lies at the en- ease of cultivation only one-twentieth part of th
trance to the Gulf of Cambay, about 100 miles territory is under tillage. The principal crop!
north of Bombay. It is composed of two por- are rice, wheat, the inferior cereals of Gujara
tions, namely, Daman proper, lying on the and tobacco. The settlement contains n<
coast, and the detached pargana of Nagar Aveli, minerals. There are stately forests in Naga
separated from it by a narrow strip of British Aveli, and about two-thirds of them consist o|pe
territory and bisected by the B. B. & C. I. Rail- teak, but the forests are not conserved and th
way. Daman proper contains an area of 22 extent of land covered by each kind o|, c
square miles and 26 villages and has a popu- timber has not been determined. Before th
lation (1921) of 17,566 of whom 1,480 are Chris- decline of Portuguese power in the East, Damai
tians. The number of houses is according to the carried on an extensive commerce especiall
same census 4,095. Nagar Aveli has an area with the east coast of Africa. In those day
it was noted for its dyeing and weaving.
of 60 square miles and a population (1921)
of 31,048, of whom only 271 are Christians. The territory forms for administrative pui
The number of houses is 6,069. The town of poses a single district and has a MunicipJ
Daman was sacked by the Portuguese in 1531 Chamber and Corporation. It is ruled by
rebuilt by the natives and retaken by the Portu- Governor invested with both civil and militar
guese in 1558, when they made it one of their functions, subordinate to the Governor- Genert
permanent establishments in India. They of Goa. The judicial department is adminii q
converted the mosque into a church and have tered by a judge, with an establishment con ie
since built eight other places of worship. The posed of a delegate of the Attorney-Generi , c
native Christians adopt the European cos- and two clerks. In Nagar Aveli the great*
tume, some of the women dressing themselves part of the soil is the property of the Goven
ment, from whom the cultivators hold the.
1
after the present European fashion, and others

following the old style of petticoat and mantle tenures direct. A tax is levied on all landi
once prevalent in Spain and Portugal. whether alienated or the property of the Stat
The soil of the settlement is moist and fer- The chief sources of revenue are land-ta:
tile, especially in Nagar Aveli, but despite the forests, excise and customs duties.
DIU.
an island lying off the southern ex- of it. This they gained, first by treaty
wii
Diu is 1
tremity of the Kathiawar Peninsula, from the Sultan of Gujarat and then
by force
famous
which it is separated by a narrow channel arms. Diu became opulent and
through a considerable swamp* It is composed its commerce. It has
,
now dwindled in
of three portions, namely, Diu proper (island), insignificance.
The extreme length of the islal|
the village of Gogla, on the Peninsula, separated is about
,
seven miles and its breadth troj
by the channel, and the fortress of Simbor, north to south, two miles. The
|
area is
the^town
about 5 miles west of the island. It has a small square miles.^ The^population of
its nam
|
but excellent harbour, where vessels can safely Diu, from which the island takes
fathoms water and said to have been 50,000 in the days of f|
ride at anchor in two of is
populat|
owing to the great advantages which its posi- commercial prosperity. The total
according to the r
tion offers for trade with Arabia and the Per- of the island,
sian Gulf, the Portuguese were fired at an of 1921, is 13,844, of whom 228
Christians.
earlv period with a (Jesire to obtain possession
French Possessions.
223
FRENCH POSSESSIONS.
The French possessions
in India comprise five by a Chief Justice and by several " Chefs de
ettlements, with certain dependent
S T ^yPopulation
lodges, or
aggregate 203 square miles, and rn
e
r
m d neT nt administrative depart-
}'*L } ?
i * , ments. In 1879 local councils and a council-
?oL on the 26th Feb. 1931 general were established, the members
f286,410. The
first French expedition into chosen by a sort of universal suffrage
being
idian waters, with a view to open within
al relations, was attempted in
up commer- rench territories. Seventeen Municipalities,the
1603. It was or
ndertaken by private merchants at Rouen, communal Boards, were erected in 1907, namely
but Ariancoupam,
tailed, as also did several
similar attempts Modeliarpeth
Wd Oulgaret,Villenour, Tiroubouvane, Bahour
0 n 1642 Cardinal Richelieu and
lJJ fS first
unded the l \
Campagnie d'Orient, but its
Nettapacam, for the establishment of Pondi-
cherry
torts met with no ;Karikal, Neravy, Nedouncadou, Tiru-
success. Colbert reconsti- nalar, Grande Aldee, Cotchery,
ited the Company on a larger basis in 1664, for the establish-
ment of Karikal, and also Chandernagore,
g Xen ptloIltrom taxes and a monopoly Mane*
rlof
T
I
^. l
?fdlan ,tr ade for fifty years. After having
m ted Wlth0ut success, to establish
^Jj ^
entitled
n U ' 0n munici Pal boards natives
to a proportion of the seats,
are
Civil
pff
>elf ^ Madagascar,
in M J '
Colbert's Company again

and criminal courts, courts of first
instance
and a court of appeal compose the
iV
h d
d its President, 2 V ?
f direct trade îth
India
Caron, founded in 1668 the
machinery. The
connected with the
army and establishments
judicial
Governor and his staff

mptoir or agency, at Surat. But
on find- *nd J cherr y and those of administrators
\^ IZ 1^^^
T
C
seized the l
n ted f r a head establishment
of? Trincomalee in Ceylon
t
frS
aêrnagore, Yanaon, Mahe and Karikal,
together with other
ft^ U Ch T e Dutch however, speedi-
?
-
retook Trincomalee;
6
S0r
?
mandel
-Thome, a Portuguese
'
and Caron, passing

coast ^ 1672, seized
>
'
f ily
the revenue. All
en S
!^? the ^
headquarters charges
a lar^ e Proportion of
state and dignity of
an independent Government, with
town adjoining Madras, four de-
pendent ones have to be maintained.
tW lve year8 been in the This
sion HnH 5 He
s?on of Holland. Tx
is effected by rigid economy, and the
was, however, corn- prestige of the French Government
led to restore it to the Dutch is worthily
m
"
in 1674. maintained the East. Pondicherry is also

Lhe rum of the Company
seemed impending
D n
9M
s Martin, lm
of ^s agents, the celebrated
Fran"
t.he scene of considerable religious
TXwl"^
pomp and
y &Cti ty ' Tt f ^ms the seat of an
r
ed out of th
suddenly restored
a handfU
the wreck l ofJ
it. Rallying
Sixty henchmen: wS Sh Jl
Wlth a body of priests for all
French TIndia; and of the Missions
Etrangeres,
^f le
p
a
de at Pondicherry, ^St
ich he purchased in 1683

-
the settlements at
Th me he took up his
then a small village,
from the
>
the successors of the Mission
by the Jesuits m
du Carnatic founded
1776. But the chief field of
this mission lies outside the
French Settlements
'gee He built fortifications, and aRaia of P r P r tion of its Christians are British
?{SS? and
an to spring up; but he was trade subjects many of the churches are in British
unable to hold territory The British rupee is the ordinary
town against the Dutch,
n him in 1693 and held it who wrested it tender within French territories.
A line of rail-
until it was res- way running via Villenour, from Pondicherry
e e Ch by the Peace of to
Q7 i */- u Ryswick, Villupuram on the South Indian Railway,
1697.
i
Pondicherry became in this year main-
tains communication with
has ever since remained, the Madras and the rest
most impor t- of British India, and Karikal
of the French Settlements is linked to
in India. Its same railway by the branch from Peralam. the
mation was contemporaneous with
that Chamber of Commerce consisting of fifteen A
alc tta Like Calcutta, its site was
? |;
-
pur- members, nine of them Europeans or
y a u IP e an Company from a native persons
ce, and ^ ? Job Charnock
what ^" P an descent, was reorganised by a decree
r e
was to Calcutta of 7th March, 1914. The
acois Martin proved capital, Pondicherry,
to PondicheiTy On is a very handsome town,
restitution to the French by and presents, especially
the Peace of trom the sea a striking appearance
Znnrr * nn * under
97
\
* Ttm w M
as appointed civilisation.
of French
his able management
SS?
iicherry u
'
became an entrepot of trad!

e n ag re, in L w r
Ben 8 a1 had been People and Trade.
ured by
ffrod h v th T,
the French S '
Company in 1688, by The

t from the Delhi Emperor; Settlements are represented in Par-
Mahe\ on the
ibar Coast, was obtained
t f M
in 1725-6, under
Lenoir Karikal/oS the
S-
deputy.
a
i^ aris
The Senator x
by one senator and one
is Mons. Lemoignic. The
SJSSTp
J M
*
.
e U y S
mandel Coast, under 1
that of M. Dumas!
'
?o
L 5
? nS Pierre
* ^P"*
rima ry schools and 3
There were in
1 * anaon, on the coast of the Northern
ta k en possession of in 1750,
?i -? .P
all maintained by the,
colleges*
Government, with 308
oL I to the
ally ceded French two years later
and teachers and 9,203 pupils. Local
revenue and
expenditure (Budget of 1932) Rs.
lhe principal crops are paddy, groundnut, 019
2,694
Administration. and
ragi. There are at Pondicherry
oSho^L r
l
C iraand and administration-in- 3 cotton mills,
ot the * rench possessions and at Chandernagore l jute mill.
in India are vested The
0 Wh 0SC
at/
esidence is at Pondi- and 71,744
v Xnffi
he ce spindles, employing 7,450 persons,
t>
3e Bourret Francois-
i
i3
present held by Monsieur ihere are also at work one oil factory
and a few
(
Adrien). He is assisted oil presses for
groundnuts, and one ice factory.
224 French Possessions.
The chief exports from Pondicherry are oil seeds. visited by French steamers, sailing monthly
At the ports of Pondicherry, Karikal, and Mabe\ between Colombo and Calcutta in connection'
In 1931 the imports amounted tofrs. 96,215,000 with the Messagerics Maritimes. The figures
and the exports to frs. 173,695,000. At these contained in this paragraph are the latest avail-
three ports in 1931, 271 vessels entered and able and are corrected up to December
cleared ; tonnage 84,333 T. Pondicherry is 1931.
PONDICHERRY.
Pondicherry is the chief of the French Settle- South Arcot is empowered to deal with
ments in India and its capital is the head- ordinary correspondence with the French
quarters of their Governor. It is situated on authorities on these and kindred matters, and
the Coromandel Coast, 105 miles from Madras in this capacity is styled the Special Agent.
by road and 122 by the Villupuram-Pondi- At Pondicherry itself is a British Consular
cherry branch of the South Indian Railway. Agent accredited to the French Government,
The area of the Settlement is 115 square miles who is usually an officer of the Indian Army*
and its population in the 26th Feb. 1931 was The town is compact, neat and clean, and is
183,555. It consists of the eight communes of divided by a canal into two parts, the Villa
Pondicherry. The Settlement was founded in blanche and the Ville noire. The Villi
1674 under Francois Martin. In 1693, blanche has a European appearance, the streets
it was captured by the Dutch but being laid at right angles to one another with
was restored in 1699. It was besieged four trees along their margins reminding the visls
times by the English. The first siege tor of continental boulevards, and the house!
under Admiral Boscawen in 1748 was unsuc- being constructed with courtyards and embeB
cessful. The second, under Eyre Coote in 1761, lished with green Venetians. All the crosf
resulted in the capture of the place, which was streets lead down to thp shore, where, a widl
restored in 1765. It was again besieged and promenade facing the sea is again different
captured in 1778 by Sir Hector Munro, and the from anything of its kind in British India,
fortifications were demolished in 1779. The In the middle is a screw-pile pier, which serves]
place was again restored in 1785 under the when ships touch at the port, as a point foj
Treaty of Versailles of 1783. It was captured the landing of cargo, and on holidays as a
a fourth time by Colonel Braithwaite in 1793, general promenade for the population. Thetj
and finally restored in 1816. is no real harbour at Pondicherry ships lit
;
at a distance of about a mile from the short,

The Settlement comprises a number of and communication with them is conducted
isolated pieces of territory which are cut off by the usual masula boats of this coast. Facial
from the main part and surrounded by the the shore end of the pier is a statue of the grejtf
British District of South Arcot, except where Dupleix, to whom the place and the Frencl
they border on the sea. The Collector of name owed so much.
CHANDERNAGORE.
Chandernagore is situated on the bank of the disappeared, and at present it is little mor
Hooghly, a short distance below Chinsura. than a quiet suburban town with little externa
Population (in the 26th Feb. 1931) 27,262. trade. The railway station on the East India)
The town was permanently occupied by the llailway is just outside French territory
French in 1688, though previously it had been miles from Calcutta (Howrah). The chie
temporarily occupied by them at a date given as administrative ofhcer is the Administrate
th
1672 or 1676. It did not, however, rise to any who is subordinate to the Governor of
importance till the time of Dupleix. It changed French Possessions. The chief public insti
hands between British and French various tution is the College Dupleix, formerly calle<
times during the Napoleonic wars and was St. Mary's institution, founded in 1882 an<
finally restored to the French in 1816. under the direct control of the Frenci
The former grandeur of Chandernagore has Government.
KARIKAL.
universal suffrage, but in the municipalit
Karikal lies on the Coromandel Coast between
the Tanjore District of Madras and the Bay Karikal half the number of seats are reserved fo
of Bengal. The settlement is divided into Europeans or their descendants. The country i
six communes, containing 110 villages in very being irrigated by seven branches c
fertile,
all, and covering an area of 53 square miles. the Cauvery, besides many smaller channels.
It is governed by an Administrator subordinate The capital of the settlement is situated o'
to the Governor at Pondicherry. The popu- the north bank of the river Arasalar, abou
lation has in recent years rapidly decreased. In l nilles from its mouth. It has a brisk trad
1883 it was 93,055; in 1S91, 75,526 in 1901,
;
in rice with Ceylon, and to a less extent witf
54,603 ; in 1923, 57,023; in 1924, 56,922; the Straits Settlements. It has no commercj
and in 1931, 57,914; but the density with France, and very little with other Frenc
is still very high, being 1,068 persons colonies. The port is merely an open roam
per square %mi\e. Kumbakonam is the only stead, provided with a light-house 142 fee
taluk in Tanjore District which has a higher high, the light in which has a range of fron

density. Each, of the six communes namely, 8 to 10 miles. In 1899 Karikal was connect*
with Peralem on the Tanjore District Boar
Karikal, La Grande Aldee, Nedungadu, Cot-
Karikal finally came into Frenc
and council.

chery,Neravy and Tirnoular possesses a mayor
The members are all elected by
llailway.
possession on the settlement after 1815.
225
The Frontiers.
By those who take a long view of politics in in 1919. But speaking broadly,
the wide sense of the term, it will be seen that Sandeman
brought peace to Baluchistan, and to the larg e
the Indian Frontier problem, which has loomed frontier area which is embraced in that
so large in the discussion of Indian questions, generic
term. So far ;is this section of the frontier
has always borne a two-fold character the local is
concerned it may be said that no frontier pro-
issue and the international issue. For almost blem exists, save the need for an economical
a century the international issue was the greater
and constructive policy.
ot the two, and the most serious question
which
the Indian Government, both directly and as the Towards Afghanistan Far otherwise has
executors of British Imperial policy, had to face. it until lately been with the section of the fron-
But the tendency of later times was for tier which stretches from Baluchistan to the con-
the international aspect to recede and for the fines of Kashmir. That has, for three quarters
local aspect to gro.v in importance, until 01 a century, been the scene of almost ceaseless
it wright be said, with as much military operations, which have constituted
truth as charac- a
terises all generalisations, that the local devastating drain on the Indian exchequer. For
issue
dominated, if it did not absorb the situation. years one sought for a definite policy guiding
the
actions of the Government of India. One
The Local Problem. The local problem, nation of their inconsistencies was found
expla-
may be briefly indicated
[n its broadest outlines, |
in the
existence of two schools of thought. Once
before proceeding to discuss it in detail. the
From frontier with Afghanistan had been delimited,
the
ihe Arabian Sea on the West to the
confines soldiers naturally pressed for the armed
of .Nepal is a wild and troublous
sea of some of
occupa-
tion of the whole country right up to
:he highest mountains in the world. the con-
The thin fines of Afghanistan, or at any rate,
for militarv
valleys in these immense raneres are poorly
popu- posts linked with good communications,
ated by hardy, brave, militant mountaineers which
would dominate the country. But those who
endered the fiercer and the more difficult by
pro- looked at policy not only from the military
essing the martial Moslem faith, accentuated
standpoint were fearful of two considerations.
>y the most bitter fanaticism. But sparse as the
They felt that occupation up to the Afghan fron-
)opulation is, it is in excess of the supporting
tier would only shift the frontier
)ower of the country. Like mountaineers in all problem farther
North. Instead of the differing tribes,
>arts oi the world, these brave and fearless
men we
should, they argued, have to meet the Afghan
lave sought to eke out their exiguous
agriculture
on
our border line. If Afghanistan were a strong
y raiding the rich plains of Hindustan.
iid a fairly close parallel to the
We may homogeneous State, that would be a matter of
situation in little account. But even under the iron rule
he position of the Highlands of Scotland
until of Abdurrahaman Khan, the Amir's writ
fter the rebellion of 1745 the English ran but
Govern- lightly in the southern confines of his
lent of the day sought a permanent kingdom.
remedy Under his successor, Habibuliah Khan,
y opening for the warlike Highlanders a military policy was generally whose
areer in the famous Highland regiments, wise and successful, it ran
and still less firmly. The Amir was unable to control
i rendering military operations easier by the
the organisation of the tribal gatherings which
instruction of Wade's road. The High- involved us in the Zakka Khel and
ind problem ha3 disappeared so
long from expeditions during the Indian
Mohmand
inghsh politics that its pregnant lessons secretaryship
are of that arch pacifist, Lord Morley.
ttle realised, but if the curious student will enable Nor did it
gain tnat brillia nt novel by Neil Munro
Habibuliah to deal effectively with a
nu x rising against his own Governor in Khbst.
Lhe New Road," he will appreciate what Wade's Afghan The
ork meant for the Highlands of Scotland, forces melted away under transport
and difficulties when they were moved against
hat lessons it teaches those who are
called the rebellious Khostwalis, and
pon to face, in its local aspect, the the Amir had to
Indian make peace with his troublous vassals.
ontier problem. So far as the area with There-
which fore, it was said, occupation up to what
e are dealing was concerned, two policies called the Durand is
ere tried. Line because it is the line
In Baluchistan, the genius of Sir
obert Sandeman devised the method of
demarcated by the Frontier Commission in
enter- which Sir Mortimer Durand was the
g into military occupation of the principal Plenipotentiary, British
mats, and thence controlling the would simply mean that in
country time of trouble we should have to deal
t the same time
close engagements were entered Afghanistan with
Co with the principal chiefs, through instead of a tribe or two, and
e tribesmen were kept in order.
whom with the irreconcilable tribesmen along
That policv our difficult line of communications.
is so successful that
whilst the administration was the further There
is expensive the consideration that financiers
Baluchistan frontier did not were of the fixed belief
nousiy embarrass the Government of that even if the For-
India ward Policy was wise from the military
>m the time when Sandeman set his mark
on standpoint, it would involve charges over an in-
e land. Not that the country was entirelv definite period
aceful. greater than the Indian finances
Occasional tribal raids or risings would bear. Moreover
cessitated occasional military operations
on this section of the
d the Gomal Pass was involved Frontier, the position was complicated by the
in the expansion of Russia in Central Asia.
aeral tribal disturbances which followed passes, and the passes down The easiest
3 wanton declaration of war
which for centuries
by Afghanistan from the time of Alexander the
Great invaders
8
226 The Frontiers,
have swept from Persia and Central Asia to constituted into a separate administrative
loot the fat plains of Hindustan, traverse this zone under the direct authority of the Govern-
region. Therefore it was deemed essential to ment of India, exercised through a Chief Commis-
control, if not to occupy them, in the interests sioner. Then Lord Curzon withdrew the advan-
of the Imperial situation. In this zone therefore ced military posts and concentrated the Regular
policy ebbed and flowed between the Forward troops in bases better linked with the main
School, which would have occupied, or dominat- military centres of India by roads and railways.
ed, the whole Frontier up to the Durand Line, The advanced posts, and especially important
that is to say up to the Afghan frontier: and the Passes like the Tochi, the Kurrara and the
Close Border School,which would have us remain Kbyber, were entrusted to the defence of local
out of the difficult mountainous zone and meet militia, recruited from the tribesmen them-
the tribesmen on the plains if they sallied forth. selves, and officered by British officers drawn
The extreme advocates of this school would from the ranks of the Indian Army. Later
even have had us return to the line of the Indus. it was supplemented by a fine development
policy. The construction of the Upper Swat
The Two Policies. The result of this conflict Canal, afterwards developed into the Swat
of opinion was a series of wavering compromises, Canal (q.v. Irrigation) led to such an increase
which like all compromises was profoundly un- in cultivation that the tribesmen were given
satisfactory. We pushed forward posts here and a means of livelihood and were invested with
there, which irritated the Tribesmen, and made the magic charm of valuable property. The
them fearful of their prized independence, irrigated part of the Frontier has since been one
without controlling them. These advanced of the most peaceful in the whole borderline.
posts were in many cases inadequately held and
rarely were they linked with their supporting Lord Curzon' s Success. Judged by every
posts by adequate means of communication. reasonable standard the Curzon policy was
We preserved between our administrative successful. It did not give us complete peace.
frontier and the Durand Line which demarcated There were occasional punitive expeditions
our frontier with Afghanistan an irregular belt of demanded, such as for instance the Zakka Khel
land called The Independent Territory, in which W
and Mohmand expeditions, and the aziris, and
neither we nor the Afghan Government exercised in particular the truculent Mahsud Waziris. never
jurisdiction. This was left entirely under the ceased raiding. But in comparison with what had
control of the tribes who peopled it. Now it was gone before, it gave relative peace. It endured,
often asked why we did not follow the precedent throughout the Great War, though the Waziria-
of Baluchistan and Sandemanise " the Inde- built up a heavy bill of offences, wnich awaited
pendent Territory. That was one of the peren- settlement when Government were free from
nial topics of Frontier discussions. But stress the immense preoccupations of the war. I1>?
was laid upon the essential differences between broke down under the strain of the wanton
this zone and Baluchistan. Sir Robert Sande- invasion of India by the Afghans in the hot
man found a strong tribal system existing in weather of 1919. On February 20th the Amir
Baluchistan, and he was able to enter into Habibullah Khan was assassinated in his sleep
direct engagements with the tribal Chiefs. There near Jelalabad. Although he does not figure so
is no such tribal organisation in the Independent prominently in frontier history as his iron
Territory. The tribal Chiefs, or maliks, exercise father Abdurrahaman Khan, he nevertheless has
a very precarious authority, and the instrument high claims on the favourable verdict of history.
for the collective expression of the tribal will is None anticipated that any successor to Abdui-
not the chief, but the jirgah, or tribal council, of rahaman Khan could hold in the leash of a single
the most democratic character, where the voice State the fractious, fanatical tribes who make
of the young men of the tribe often has the same up the population of the Afghan kingdom. Yet
influence, in time of excitement perhaps more this Habibullah did. On occasions his attitude
influence, than the voice of the wiser greybeard. seemed to be equivocal, as when armed gather-
The bitter fruit of this policy of compromise ings of the tribes called lashkars were permitted
was reaped in 1897, when following a minor to assemble in Afghan territory and to invade
outbreak in the Tochi Valley the general the Independent Territory, causing the Zakka
uneasiness flamed into a rising which involved Khel and Mohmand expeditions. But we must
the whole of the North-West Frontier, from the not judge a State like Afghanistan by European
Gomal to the borders of Nepal. A force over standards the Amir had often to bow before
;
thirty thousand strong had to be mobilised to the fanatical elements amongst his own people
deal with it. Even this large force, owing to until they had burnt their fingers by contact
the immense difficult^ s of transportation, was with the British troops. At the outset of the
unable effectively to deal with the situation, Great War he warned the Government that he
though peace was made. The emergency thus might often have to do things which seemed un-
created synchronised with the advent of Lord friendly, but they mus*. trust him. In truth, the
Curzon as Viceroy. He dealt with it in master- position of the Amir when Turkey entered on the
ful fashion. In the first place, he separated war, and called Moslems everywhere to arms on
the frontier zone from the Government of the the side of Germany was extraordinarily difficult;
Punjab, which had hitherto been responsible he received Turkish, German and Austrian
for its administration, and had organised for missions in Kabul, from which British represent-
the purpose a special force of Frontier soldiers, atives were still excluded. But he kept Afghani-
known as the Punjab Irregular Frontier Force. stan out of the war, and with the complete defeat
This was the revival of a scheme as old as the of the Central Powers and their satellites, his
Viceroyalty of Lord Lytton, though no other policy was justified up to the hilt. Indeed,
Viceroy had been able to carry it through in the his success was the cause of his assassination.
face of the strong opposition of successive Punjab The irreconcilable elements in the Kingdom saw
Governments. The area so separated was that the day of reckoning had come and strove
T
The Frontiers.
227
W
co avert the settlement of their
account by the in British foreign policy less
U er, WlM h e was done t0 d eath, his attractive to the
S
fteS;V m
. l5
brother, *r , T affftI,B
tfasrullah Khan, was proclaimed Amir by llussia was con!
. -
the assassins. But the conscience of n Cent aI Asia with Precisely the
Afghanistan f
conditions as those which same
revolted against the idea of Nasruilah, faced England in
the arch- liaw h e n the course of events
fanatic of the ruling House of converted the
Kabul, ascending Im
the throne over the blood-stained
Mother. A military movement in
corpse of his
Kabul itself
ation
Sf
V
nd,a Cornpany from a trading
?nînto a governing body.
7
corpor-
The decavinff
S lm aslde and installed khanates of Central Asia were
the son of impossibfe neTgh-
ct I5 u . hours Confronted with an inferior civ
Habibullah
i
A^tnanullah Khan, on the throne. Lat on
But Amanullah Khan soon found it and with neighbours who
was a thorny would not let her*
alone, Russia had to advance.
W c1 5? lay and encouraged by the True, the adven-
crime,
lng
^T
-
t
disorders in India
'
which followed the passing

asure t0 deal with anarchical
Primf set his troops in ?
motion on April 25 1919
C
turous spirits in her armies,
2"f
n ot Averse to
Border and the score against
and some of the
âtofi in the TsarLsT capfnal
paying off on the Indian
D
?ral-ff
eaC ng a e d P^mised his
traditional ^ ^ soldiery the
loot ofl Hindustan. The Indian Army
4.
folh?^'.* n
Great Britian for
V
0T what the Russians
K, 0DCe set in motion, and as has always

C aSe
SS?, k ea .teD *?
reguIar Af * han Arm
y was
thought was depriving them of the
costly victory over Turkey
result was a long and
fruits of their
in 1877-78 The
y
nH iroK T Were fre
D Cca was sei *ed, Jelalabad
'
/ enterprise between the hardiest
unsatisfactory guerilll
S- 5 ?i e1 n
entl y bomb ed from the d a 0mpanie
spirits on both
y P eriodic Panics in the
t?n f
m tiL?
K
b,
a S nothing

i' i
,
^
prevent our oc-
8 ve the knowledge gleaned
ana 1878, that it is one thing to overset

B itr;h P p
forward which
forward,
e
2^
2 ?
h induced
Russian occupation of Merv,
tin e the Asians moved
} .
the coining, after the
of the generic
a govern-
external *?0 S

Afghamstan out it is quite Another er U8neSS -''
it up
to set 5 aQ stable government >
in its stead. The

involved the p
h Government of India in the humi-
0 ' Ddi a WiseIy held hand!
^ttTif!*
and the Afghans l having sued for peace, a treaty tragic destruction of the retiring Indian force
-
was signed on the 8th August between Kabul and Jelalabad,

1919. slightly relieved
C de e ce of Jelalabad
t0 ard effect of this fiLnl f?
f Ge DeraI( PoIlock
and the
in refusing to with-
Fr .. er from the Gomal to the dl ?S?
Jf tn f^ 6 ^ ^ ant on war
^
.
* T y untiI ne had se t his

Kh vhSr o w1
S^;? ^^,
;he Inba
1
,?^
*]! 0ne or two exceptions,
Militia left without the support
mark
Bal. , m }e S
rt
!Z
hu by h e razing of the famous
.
Evolved us in the second

of Afiha^ w
J f/ 18 ? o%?
'ahf
m&L
reg lar t ro s who in
f
to ave
^
P the emergency
been hastened to thei>
nrohitm
&n
Me 0f no stabl
^ .
8 which left the baffling
J
e government in Afghanis-
mccour, could not stand the strain of WaS t
gIeam of Iight wh en Abdur-
m appeal from their fellow tribesmen, raham^n Khan,
rahaman
and either relieve
i^L \
whom we set up at Kabul to
nelted away or joined the rising. us of our perplexities, proved
This has often himself
g and C pabl ruler if one ruthless in his
Sv^whf^
policy which was K
aS the ail re of th T Curzon
based i on the tribal
militia.
mp^
0 , f
But
wl. on the
?l
Q the
'
earIv eighties the two

TO anoth er aspect to this issue, which States were ,i verge
of war over a squabble
as set out m
t? a series
of brilliant articles which P 10n fenjdeh, and then men
lr Arthur Moore, its be^r,
began tn Hfft a ?L
ontnbuted to The Times. Ke pointed
?rce
mi
jrce.
a
l?i
special correspondent
out that
SI
to think little more clearly.
fries of boundary delimitations and
t0 be ^îtary police agreements which clarified the situation,
Th efi lapse of time, and
forgetfulness W V r fl naIly S ttIing !t The old controversy
There
without
converted th m/ntte to kp n f n +l
St
-
its real purpose, had -
he rm when ^trlgues with a
^^
imitatl *. of the regular army
The Bunat^^nnS n
monk, Dorjieff, ,
MtiT
lhtia was meant to be a police. When the
duringg Lord Curzon's
gave ise t0 the grave suspicion
ar broke out its units were EStX"*'
treated as Covering that the scene had only t /shifted to Tibet An
rce behind which the
Regular Army mobilised expedition to Lhasa rent the veil
his is a role which it was which had
never intendedThey 0n
ou d serve exposed to a strain
;
ould never have been called
OTbktSK l
U T ifc
f
which they rfJ
^L^
./fl
0nceaIedthe mysterious city and dis-
upon to bear not until the conclusion

msm ^ ? this i^rigue. But it was
If on fche outbreak of agreement of 1907 that the
of the An^lo-Rnssian
two countriesArrived
t^ps had promptly hurried to their
*
e l0Dg sought bv those

^nnrf
P h have been well. Left hLL5
*K . who looked
ok after \% \ to h rD0S S T e actuaI others of the
affpr themselves,
A JrPpln rwere Lord
with no sign of support Agreement ? , Jf '
Grey, the Foreign Secre-

ej found themselves too
weak to holdffi aD d Har dinge, formerly British
sitions and militarily
their only course was a^k'. SS , rm ^ 0rPe
S trograd,
.
r 0m th Stm
thrSea i of r /? f theirt0WardS own kinsmen ^ ^
?^- but it had been desir-
ing Gir Predecessors, whose
efforts were
^w^nStK. them rendered
'
i nugatory by
the intransigent attitude
of the dominant forces in Petrograd.
It was not
U RU ia as chastened on the battlefields
Russia and the Frontier The
Cur? off M* vf \
nsteci
>fc7ed
Wa UP
by ^?
bv
the Hme 0f 1 "contSe
extraneous events. The ereate^
S Manchuria by Japan, and disappeared as a
sea power in the decisive battle
that an atmosphere was
of Tsushima,
created favourable
s the long struggle with to the conclusion of an
Russia. For nearlv embraced Agreement. This
^ quarters of a century a
veiled warfare many unsatisfactory
the whole frontier zone. There
were
P/edo m ?nance in Asia was waged features in the Agreement,
f
sat Britain and Russia. There are few
between especially m
regard to Persia, for which we
pag es nad to pay a considerable
j
price in the attitude

;
228 The Frontiers.
ranges by a series of tunnels, and laid the rails

of Persians in the War. But again taking long
views, the Agreement fully justified itself in
a on the other side of the mountains across the
Euphrates to Ras-al-Ain. Behind this rail-
broad definition of the interest of the two coun-
tries, which put an end to the period of excur- way activity stood a grandiose policy, which is
War. indicated in what became known in Germany
sions and alarms up to the outbreak of the
Russia then ceased to be a material factor m as
" B.B.B." Berlin, Byzantium, Baghdad.
the Indian Frontier Problem. With the Throughout the progress of these schemes,
establishment of the Soviet Oligarchy in Moscow which did not stop short of Baghdad, but were
geographical directed through a port in the Persian Gulf,
uneasiness has returned, for the
at India, the Germans were anxious to secure
and allied circumstances which influenced the
policy of the Tsarist regime exert precisely the the co-operation of Great Britain, if they could
same pressure upon its successor, and the Soviet do so on their own terms, that is to say without
affecting the enterprise as a dominant German
have a troublesome motive which the Tsars had
adventure. Shortly before the commencement
not : their aim to produce world revolution is
of the war the protracted negotiations with
avowed and Britain and the Constitutionalism m a
for which she stands are the greatest obstacles
London which had this end in view ended
definite agreement between the two Powers.
in their path. Gulf section of the
Under this agreement the
German Influence.As nature abhors line was to have been British, and the other
a vacuum, so in the case of States bordered by portion German . But this agreement which
higher civilisations, no sooner does one strong had not been signed became waste paper with
influence recede than some other takes its the outbreak of the war, and the German plans
place. Long before the signing of the Anglo- vanished in thin air with the complete defeat
Russian Agreement the shadow of the German of Turkey and Germany. Nevertheless the rail-
menace had begun to appear on the horizon. way did not stand still during the war. Germany
Imitative, not creative, in this, as in most other made immense efforts to complete the difficult
activities, the Germans adapted their methods tunnel sections and the work was substantially
from the penetration by railway which was so finished when the Armistice was signed.
marked a feature of Russian expansion m
Man-
The Significance of the Baghdad Railway
churia, brought to an end by the disastrous The real significance of the Baghdad Railway
issue of the war with Japan. The seeds of
the
was little appreciated in Great Britain. It was
German effort were sown when the Kaiser, constantly pictured as a great trunk line, which
extending the hand of Christian fellowship to would short-circuit the traditional British
the Sultan of Turkey, Abdul-Hamed, at a time dominance by sea, and absorb the passenger
when that sovereign was ostracised by Europe and goods traffic from the East. This idea could
for his direct complicity in the massacre
of
only be nourished by those completely ignorant
Armenians, or rather one of the massacres of of the conditions of the Indian passenger
Armenians, made German influence supreme
service and the essentials of a competitive route
at Constantinople. His theatrical tour through for the carriage of merchandise. The rush of
Palestine, which was generally treated in Europe
passenger traffic from India is from April to
as an exhibition of opera bouffe, soon bore
fruit weather
June, in order to escape the hot in
in the acquisition by German interests of the India and the return traffic is spread over the
principal railways in Anatolia. Later it fructi- period of from October to January. From April to
fied more effectively in the Baghdad
Railway
June the heat in Mesopotamia is appalling. To
concession, under which German interests secured imagine that the passenger traffic from India
the right of extending the Anatolian.lmes would turn from the easy and comfortable, as
Pasha, opposite
from the port of Haidar #
well as fairly expeditious sea route from Bombay
Constantinople, to a port in the Persian Gull. to Marseilles and thence by the easiest railway
Now successive British Statesmen of both parties
travelling outside the British Isles to Calais
had declared that the acquisition of a territorial and London, for such a land route was an amazing
foot-hold in the Persian Gulf by any power- chimera. The Baghdad route would have in-
Russia and the port of Bunder Abbas being then volved a sea voyage from Bombay or Karachi
in viewwould be regarded as an
unfriendly the
to Koweit or Basra, then a journey across
act. There followed a replica of the period of burning plains of Mesopotamia and Asia Minoi^
alarms and excursions which had disfigured to Haidar Pasha, then across the Straits to
our relations with Russia. Undaunted, even Constantinople, and finally right across Europe
when their endeavour to secure British co-opera- to a North Sea port. This would in any
circum-
tion in the enterprise failed, and when the stances have been a costly freak journey
m
Revolution in Turkey which set the Committee comparison with the sea route. Then as for
of Union and Progress in power
entailed a natural
the commercial aspect of the line, the
temporary interruption of their influence at port of the Middle East is Basra.
The sea
Germans pressed forward Basra
freight from England or Germany
Constantinople, the to
with their enterprise. They pushed the Anatolian was often less than half the freight from Basra
as Bourgulu, and constructed that merchan-
railways as far east to Baghdad. To imagine again
a line northwards from Baghdad to Samara. dise would desert this route for a
land and
They sent a mission to explore the potentialities sea route, which would have involved a,
Gulf, and
of the port of Koweit in the Persian double break of bulk at Constantinople and
set the Turks in motion to subordinate the
Sheikh
was again a chimera.
with Haidar Pasha,
of Koweit to direct Turkish sovereignty, oL
view to extending the Baghdad raih\ ay As a through route the primary purposewas
a nominal It
the Baghdad Railway was strategic.
from Basra to Koweit, or the vicinity of Koweit designed to make the Power seated at Constan-
at the deep water inlet behind Bubian Island. tinopleand that Power the Teutons were resolv-
They commenced the most difficult part of ed should be Germanycomplete master of Asiaj
the work in piercing the Amanus and Taurus
i
The Frontiers.
229
Minor and The Middle East, andthe
route-select- eluded a binding
ed, often criticised, was the best for the arrangement with the Sheikh of
rapid Koweit, and the position
movement of troops to the strategic centres of the Turks at Al-Katr
was always very
dL?^ h
ZZ t v\
C
l
T
mercial ,ine the îlway, if completed,
>
'
BeTY ed tl Tee z es/ The western J

e
precarious. On the outbreak of
war however the situation profoundly
changed. When the sound and carefully
area of Turkey in Asia * -
at Haidar Pasha. The expedition executed

rich lands of Anatolia at to Basra and its strategic hinterland
Alexandretta. The was developed
n Z & intc the insane enterprise to
Tnhl ,
understood, 5* T
attached
asra The Germans,
? immense importance it is
' capture Baghdad by coup de main, with very
to inadequate forces, and still
the subsequent engagements with more inadequate
which placed them in maritime command
Turkey transport, we found ourselves
involved in military
at operations of the most
Alexandretta. They began extensive and unprofitable
to inaugurate a character. These
commercial position in the Persian Gulf were completely successful
through with General Maude's occupation of
llshm ent of a subsidized line of steamers
ta Baghdad.
by ^
run ?f the great Hamburg-America
Alter the Russian debacle we
found ourselves
corporation. ed m a uew front, which stretched from
tne J
y V 0b aiD an actual f00tin S in the Ik
rn?f fl^
Gulf through V?K the ^German house of Wonkhaus.
i
Euphrates to the wildest part of Central
lhe Germans were probably never Asia, producing military exploits
of an almost
^W
serious epic character, but exercising
ir al,egec designs on little influence
i Koweit, which on the war. They were brought to an
116 b0rDe a more deflnit end by
rel^ln pressure not on extensive wings, but
Klf.w f A
th
f
comm erce of the Gulf than heart of Turkish Power in Palestine,
at the
flushing to Antwerp or Cuxhaven to Hamburg
where Lord
Allenby scattered the Turks like chaff.
n f he ed brings they drew But
fhpw ? l J
their trail to divert attention
across
from their real
tne aftermath of the war left us in
an indefinite
objective Basra, which is destined position in Mesopotamia, with indefinite
by virtue fron-
tiers. This enabled the Turks, if they were
ot an unchallengeable geographical
and natural so disposed, to be troublesome
6 the through guerilla
Sw
uast. ? .
These considerations
reat Port of The Middle
have no more
warfare m the Mosul Zone, and by stirring up
tnan an academic value now. Urd Who ar? the Ishmaelites of Asia
Germany 7 was Mf?
Minor. û
The conclusion of the Treaty of
ftL? ^ Iated
Anî were confronted with
Angora,
rk8 ên they emerged from
mill tary despotism
'
based on
Lausanne in 1923 brought temporary relief, but
it did not settle
the main issue, the frontier
'
the immense between Turkey and

EShS
deprived of the
*f
fl
e " buiId th
^ bankrupt State! it was provided that
most intelligent section of the not agree
Irak. Under the Treaty
if the two parties could
Tit
bv m
fa2 S!
P
fl
10
V hG
^
eeks and the Armenians! be left
and expulsion--were a very different tions
6 complet n
! fche thr ugh l
to a boundary line delimitation should
to The League of Nations. Negotia-
were promptly opened at Constantinople,
was but it was immediately found that
inSpfinif.w 5 Postponed.
J there could
But as the advantages be no mutual
th^f ! agreement the Turks demanded
of
L Ute ' 0T the Ptoses we have
an { reat tne ultimate construction
indicated, the whole of the Mosul
;
vilayet, and the British

S t?lm
>ricf
fhT?
so Jl n ;
n
1
^
has P Ia ed
teristics on record for the
->
these authoritative charac-

delegates declared that Mosul and its hinterland
? it on[ y a matte r of time, were necessary to the existence of Irak. The
u ^^re went to the League of Nations,
guidance of opinion mJ lhat!
body despatched a neutral commission to
36 the through route is reîved study
Ts iTmuTb > the position on the spot this commission
;
reported that the best settlement would

be for
*ûr ? ey ai
l? the Frontier.The position
the Mosul vilayet to be incorporated
in Irak, if
? E to
^ he Indian frontier was never of tne British Government were prepared
any considerable importance in itself,
. to
and never prolong its mandate over that State for a period
assumed any significance, save as
the avant of twenty-five years. When the report of this
e 0 G r y wnen she P asse d under the commission came before the League in 1925
fntPi
tutelage
fl L L ^ TS '
of that Power, and for a limited
period Britain gave the necessary guarantee, and the
the Wa r lth ugh so long estabKd Council of The League unanimously allotted
?n M? POtf m a i
-
*
the
il^ ^ ^ e
I
seated in that country, the
Turk ey was not very firmly Mosul vilayat to Irak. The Turkish delegates,
'
Arabs tolerated who at first recognised the decisive authority of

rather than accepted Turkish
rule so Ion- as the League, then declared that they would not
they were substantially left
alone, andthe be bound by its decisions. So the matter rested
administration, it is understood,
never paid at the end of the year, with Irak in occupation
For * brief P er iod Midhat pfsha of the disputed up to the temporary
rL.TJi,
raised the status of Mesopotamia, and as nown as The Brussels Line.
frontier,
Utl0n that fine s ,dier Nazim
after the 4. .T *i
Pasha at first breathing nothing but armed resistance
After
r
became
Qri a power in the land. But
speaking to acceptance of the award, the
broadly Turkey Turks after-
remained in Mesopotam"! ward assumed a more conciliatory note and
\^Tr
the TV ^ 0" 0
Arab to turn her out. When that
8 interest
Germany developed her "B.B.B." policy,however ed

even
' S alarmed, h may be, by the threat
a res on acce Pted the frontier
f by the
?i ^
of Italian
line demarcat-
Turkey League.
was used as a stalking horse. She
small force to the Peninsula of moved a France and the Frontier. If we touch
to frighten the Sheikh of
Al-KaVin order tor a few sentences on the position of France
Bahrein, and tried on the frontiers
to convert the nominal of India, it is not because they
intoTf
cIa med over the SheiH
d ,act0 / suzerainty,
>
suzerainty exercised
0^ have any present day significance, but
to complete this brief survey of
exercised by military waning of
in order
the waxing and
SJ
force. l
These external influences on Indian frontier
action or the British
efforts faded before the
vigorous
Government whSh con! behind the KM 1S d mcu lt to find any
J* efforts
* i sound policy
of France to obtain a coaling
-
230 The Frontiers.
station at Maskat in the Persian Gulf, and her communications, aerial operations and easy
long opposition to the steps necessary to extir- propaganda. Consequently, a great deal of
pate the slave trade, and hold in check the new attention is necessarily being directed to
immense traffic in arms which was equipping local aspects of the general problem. The
all the tribesmen on our North- West Frontier tribesman was always an opponent to be
with rifles of precision and a large supply of respected. Brave, hardy, fanatical, he has
ammunition. We can find no more definite always been a first-class fighting man. Know-
country to
purpose in it than a general pin-pricking policy, ing every inch of the inhospitable
a desire to play the part of Russia, and perhaps which punitive operations
must of necessity
our rearguards
a source of annoyance to Great Britain, which take place he has hung on Even
would form a useful lever for the exaction of and given them an infinite of trouble. every
considerable cessions in West Africa, particularly when armed with a jezail and when
in the neighbourhood of Gambia, as the price cartridge had to
be husbanded with jealous
of abstention. These embarrassments were care, the

tribesman was a respectable anta-
slowly removed one bv one after the contusion gonist. Now the
tribesmen are everywhere
of the Anglo-French Entente. Far otherwise armed with magazine rifles, either imported
was it in the East. The consolidation of French through the Persian Gulf
when gunrunning
stolen from British
authority in French Indo-China was the prelude was a thriving occupation,
secured from Russian and
to designs for the expansion of this authority magazines, or
at the expense of Siam and to find compensation Afghan
sources. They have an abundant
ammunition. Considerable numbers
there for the veiled British protectorate of Egypt. supply of
been trained in the
There had earlier been mutterings in Burma. of the fighting men have
We were established in Lower Burma in the ranksPathan of the Indian Army, either as Regulars in
the foolish and the regiments, or else in the tribal
thirties and in the eighties
tyrannical King Theebaw, in Upper Burma, militias. We found
this to our cost in the
became an impossible neighbour, and ambitious events following the Afghan
War of 1919. The
army was of little account. The
Frenchmen were not averse to fanning his Afghan regular
the British. However, if any tribesmen who rose at the call of the jihad,
opposition to account.
Waziristan, were of great
hopes were entertained of extending the Asiatic especially in
possessions of France in this direction, they were They gave
our troops the hardest fighting they
dissipated by the Second Burmese War and the have ever had
on the Frontier ; their marksmen-
British rule. Far other- ship and fire discipline were described by ex-
firm establishment of
soldiers as admirable. The tribal
wise was it on the confines of Siam. It was the perienced
fixed purpose of British policy to preserve militia,
the keystone of the Curzon system,
purposes disappeared.
Siam as a buffer state between Burma, then a had for all practical
regular Province of the Indian Empire, and What was to take its place ?
French Indo-China. This policy was definitely Immediately following the Afghan War, the
challenged by French encroachments on Siam. frontier positions were garrisoned by regular
Matters approached a crisis in 1894, and we troops, but this was only a temporary measure.
were within measurable distance of a situation It may be said that the crux of the situation
which might have ended in open war between was in Waziristan. This sector of the Frontier
the two States. But as in the case of Penjdeh, has always been the most difficult of the whole,
and later when Major Marchand marched because of the intractable character of the people,
across Africa to Fashoda, the imminence of and of their inveterate raiding activities.
hostilities made statesmen on both sides ask Besides, possessing a bolt hole into Afghanistan
themselves what they might be going to fight they had in the past evaded effective punishment.
about. They found there was nothing essential In view of the complete disappearance of the
and an agreement was negotiated between the external menace, and the consequent lapsing of
two Powers, which secured the independence and any necessity to preserve open lines of communi-
integrity of Siam. That agreement has been cation which would enable us to go to the
consolidated by wise and progressive rule in support of Afghanistan, now formally recognised
Siam itself, under its own independent sovereign, in the Treaty of 1921 as a completely independent
who is imbued with a strong friendship for State, there were many who urged the desirability
Great Britain, whilst at the same time main- of complete withdrawal, even to the line of the
taining good relations with French neighbours. Indus. This extreme school gained little
Quetta on the one side
The New Frontier ProblemThe whole support. Our position inother is fully consolida-
purpose of this brief sketch has been to show and Peshawar on the

that for three generations most assuredly since ted, and no good case could be made out lor
On the other hand,
the events leading to the Afghan War of 1838 withdrawing from it.
case made out for leaving
the Indian frontier problem has never been a there was a strong
It has been dominated by the tribesmen severely alone
from the Gonial
local problem.

external influences in the main the long struggle to the Kurram,
emerged
and dealing with them if they
from their fastnesses. The military
between Great Britain and Russia, for a brief
period the German ambition to build up a standpoint was that the Waziris are absolutely
intractable; that it was unfair to impose
on
dominant position in the East through the Punitive
revival of the land route, and to a much lesser troops the frequent necessity of
^^ ^
I
extent by the ambitions of France and Turkey, operations mmost arduous n a

that the only solution of the .^lon
JJ?
wasa the
The circumstances affecting the Frontier
from centres beyond it have greatly occupation of domjnant pomts în waziri
posts
changed. Old dangers have disappeared. as far north as Ladha, and linking these
with]
And, generally, conditions have become more with our military bases, and particularly
by-
like those normal to critical land frontiers any- the termini of the Indian frontier railways,
where in the world in this present time of swift good motor roads.
The FrontiersPersian Gulf. 231
This controversy lasted long. It resulted which they saw British
m a typically British compromise which
specially to their cousins
occupation to be bringing
northward of them.
arose from the changed conditions
in which
we found ourselves in 1922, when our troops
were in occupation of Waziristan as a result
r r
'^
P U hed 0rV ar
of t^P A f f}
0T 5
S rl
933 COntro1 over trâl territory
be y nd Razraa k towards
In
'
i
the operations forced upon us for the er
of* because of a rebellion on the 1
suppres- YSnVj???
Afghan side and the need to assist the King
sion of the tribal outbreak which
the Afghans of Kabul by preventing
stirred up in support of their
invasion of India Wazirs into His
excursions by bodies of
in 1919 The ensuing policy has been aptly I Majesty's disturbed territory.
described as the "half-forward " policy. he work of control and of civilization
is rapidly
It is progressing in the
m truth a repetition of the Sandeman whole territory.
particulars are given on 272 and
Of this
policy, adapted to local conditions. following pages.
There lat St fruitsi8 a re( uest b
has been no withdrawal in the ordinary i roads
rnli in their
.l * y the Afridis -
sense for country of Tirah, a beginning
.
of the term, but the limit of the North with * mum

Waziristan occupation was temporarily construction has been made.
fixed at
Ramzak, not at Ladha. A network of conse- The main Indian rail-head,
quential roads was
# pushed forward. Its years terminated which for manv
elaboration continues. In South at Jamrud, at the easterly
Waziristan,
Wana has been re-occupied, partly in
to a pressing invitation from the
because they wanted to share the
response of 1925 extended to
Wana Wazirs
benefits frontier between r ?
India
Landi Khana, at the
d f th e aSS and within a
f?oK^
and Afghanistan.
the ^
I -THE PERSIAN GULF.
more

thatXt^^^
S*^^
^
io?
n ler
i
ollcy 13
y dlsa PPeared-
mE powerfully influenced by this is
consideration
wiuma uisuussion 01 maian
No
e^?ZVLXs
that the external menace has
thafc
part of the frontier
'
^fS^^^Z^^
K L
alZt^
of l
T
ê
4^
P
rf
OWl gtbeRevolution
f0 * he
I 1
f > or a *
Then Turkey";
avant couJj
-
UD er w ose d ination she had

m ?h
in the n
Persian Gul *- Our first appearance . dLS tp^
e ?
t0 tir She threatened the
^
Gulf was in ,
connection with the long Shelth' of *%\
hheikh Bahrein l \u
U g
?np F rini
r
^J/r^^l*^
trading station
0
destruction of the ^gr'eat
great entrenot
Portuguese had established at Ormuz,the
^^.^?.^ S
wifch the ôrtugues^
established
ft*
the
super-
eX^t SS
T P enl
to Pnf. r
&?ffi3PL *?
tE* m
^T^vM <
her
Ia
th * P
9
by the armed occupation
f AI Katr and moved troops
"
r suzerainty over Koweit,
y*
the
Gulf and a possible
further
t
=adT
'
session of the land by the sea *? " 0nso.llda te her interests, or to stake out a
route, and the fli
m ny Seilt the heavily-subsidized
appearance of anarchy in the ,
interior the shTn? nf?hphe Hambu
i5 ^ .
importance of the Gulf declined. The {g- Alnericaiine to the Gulf,
Government remained there primarily to
Ind an whSl f^ co m P orted themselves as the
preserve , T in-
T f Im er aI polic
1S Work is quietI
tno^l ^ rat her than as
performed. ^
nprf^S y and efficiently
Piracy was stamped out, the
W oc !??Py the Pirate Coast, acS
SS
^ 1 f i
merchantmen.
h agG y f the flrra of onkhaus,
She also strove,
W
^ r

ia ie , to
wp?p <L? Uy n' u t $ , . -
hT0
t S Government,
int0 cIose relations
wfrh the
with n the vessels of the Royal
k P watc h and ward and our
S^7f S the
regulated i external
.
affairs of the
eonsuls >
Arab rulers
wSTtt activity - the
?w di *
a b Coa
Great Britain
6 Xl return f or these services
claimed? no selfish
-
f :
Counter Measures.
The waters of the Gulf were kept advantages. The first effective steps to
counter these
free to the
10 Ship& of a nations, and ken * UT thG vigorous vice!
ffn'S?
though !? Great 2
! 1
?
Britain could have made anv
ovaUvof
royalty TSSrCurzon, who
of Lord T* visited the Gulf
territorial acquisitions she
pleased she retained
possession of only the tiny station
Utt to herself Great Britain desired of Bassidu
S,
Sf work
tal
ls early travels
8 V y
p
its
nn Persia.
on
and incorporated a
ature8 in his monumen-
He appointed the ablest
policy, but for a quarter of a
no other' men he could find to the head of affairs,
century the Gulf esta-
S Veral DeW c oûlates,
S?cht
n 0,Ved
y
sought to acquire a coaling station >
Euro ân affairs. France
at Jissa
trurnont a f n mpr( Vlng the
wi/rthp n A
and was ns-
.
sea communications
-
near Maskat and obstructed the U P rt

i
The British Government
Che British Government to stamp
efforts of ao
a?J tnnl
took alarm. They were fortified
,
in their
^
out the slave stand
Q against foreign intrigue by the
trade and to check the immense opinion
traffic in arrnl Writ r 0
jvhich was equipping the
Amp\ ca n aval ^challenged authority. The
.rentier
yt
tribes on our land
with weapons of precision and
ammunition. AH causes of difference
quantities fe / n
placed on
;
r;t.er e Iate Admiral Mahan,

record his view that
' ^
M
were "Concession
rradually removed by agreements
following " 1 u "^ r r o wers) or by neglect of the
he Anglo-French Entente.
Russia sent' nnS I i^T^^
ffiSS^&FiSSSA
1
'
.
ifher finest cruisers to " show

he Gulf, and vestablished
U u,iocu uuusmar
he 4g " in po^
^^ritSl'îS 7 C - ro1
ow
wil1
underlie
imperiI
consular posts
êr"^
,
here were.no
i whore '
'.
were no interests of preserve.

preset She was
redited with the intention
of occupying I mercial interests in both, and the
nvrfn!?
fulf
mif, ^ e
ter port
Bunder
n
A
e
pl Abbas, ^
and
Particular with casting between
'
m - ... ..v.w.ûu
herself and nuowaiiwia,
st dreadful spot in the standpoint,
This menace aeclined State,
Imperial tie
A ustralasia." The
rne Im
imrperial
endorsed by both Parties in the
was set out by Lqrd Lansdowqe
iq
232
,
The Frontiers Persian Gulf. 233

words of great import "We (i.e.. His Majesty's
with such success that since 1820 no
Government) should regard the establishment of considerable
a naval base or of a fortified port in punitive measures have been necessary. The
P U P.?
!J
to British
^ the Persian rrucial Chiefs are bound to
other Power as a very grave menace a series
interests, wnich we should certainly ai
Great
of engagements, beginning with
d nd g with the er Petual treaty
P
Britain bv
of
1806
resist with all the means at our l l i?
disposal." The which - 1853 bv
negative measures following these declarations
they bound themselves to avoid all
at ea the Sequent treaty
w.? r followed by a constructive policy when the ofi^^Kby which
of 1873 Y? >
oil fields inthe Bakhtiari country, with a great they undertook to prohibit
a togather tne traffic in slaves.
refinery, were developed by the Anglo-Persian 1'ne relations
of the lrucial Chiefs are
Oil Company, in which the British controlled by the
Government British Resident at Bushire, who
has a large financial stake. But with the dis- visits the
Pirate Coast every year on a tour
appearance of these external forces on Gulf of inspection.
policy, as set out in the introduction
lhe commercial importance of the Pirate
to this Coast is increasing through the rise
section, the politics of the Persian Gulf
receded of Debai.
in importance, until they are now.
Formerly Lmgah was the entrepot for
more than this
trade, but the exactions of the
they were before these external influences deve- Belgian Cus-
loped, a local question, mainly a
toms officials in the employ of Persia
question of drove
this traffic from Lmgah to
policy. They are therefore set out Debai. The Trucial
more briefly Chiefs are Debai, Abu
and those who desire a complete narrative are Thabee, Shargah
A] man, Urn -al Ga wain and
rL, er
*
S
referred to the Indian Year Book
PP
en t(
1 83,
Y? 9
,
4n
1 *
for 1923,
interesting
de sion of the Persian
new feature
North of the Pirate Coast lies the little
instaI a Nay of their own in the
Bahrein,
Archi-
Ras-el-Kheyma.
E y* ^ i y pelagewhich fci'ms the chiefship

Gulf. The fleet? consisting of two sloops and four of Bahrein. of the Sheikh
launches, suitably armed, was built in Italy
all Of this group of islands only those
and duly arrived at its destination in 1932. 01 Bahrein and Maharak are of any
It their importance size, but
is at the outset officered by is out of all proportion
Italians. The im- their extent. to
mediate reason for the new fleet is that This is the great centre of the
an
increase m
the Persian Customs tariff for revenue
?p
rl
t*SSi half
be worth .2i#
ery> w lch ' in a g00d
y ear *y >
m
purposes led to extensive smuggling. The a million pounds sterling. The
fleet
is required to check it. anchorage is wretched, and at certain states
of
the tide ships have to lie four miles
from the
shore, which is not even approachable
Maskat. by boats,
and passengers, mails and cargo have to
be
kat is cached in about forty- handed on the
iJ?i '
? hichKarachi,
eight hours from famous.
donkeys for which Bahrein is
But this notwithstanding the trade
is outside the Persian
Gulf proper. It lies three hundred
miles south of the port is valued at over a million and a
of Cape Musandim, which is the
real entrance quarter sterling, and the customs revenue,
to the Gulf but its natural
strength and his- which amounts to some eighty thousand pounds,
torical prestige combine to
make it insepar- makes the Sheikh the richest ruler in the Gulf.
able from the politics of the Gulf, In the neighbourhood of Bahrein is the
with which it vast
has always been intimately associated. burying ground which has hitherto
baffled
Formerly Maskat was part of a domain
which
archaeologists.The generally accepted theory
embraced Zanzibar, and the Islands of is that it is a relic of the Phoenicians,
who
and Larak, with Bunder Abbas on the Kishm are known to have traded in these waters.
Persian
snore. Zanzibar was separated T/ie ritish Government recently announced
^
Ig rG
f Kr ^^
establishing
from it bv
nd the Persians succeeded in
their authority over the possessions
on the eastern shore.
that x?they proposed transferring the principal
Bri tish Naval station in the Gulf from
Heniam
on the Persian side of the water, to Bahrein '
h J,
h
V elat 0
mt??
between Britain and Maskat
i
m
l .?Pl for a century and more. Koweit.
mdeT nt1
ft^J
et
^
r?
-^ en ZaDzlba
3 ^spices that the separa-
.
r and Maskat was

In the north-west corner of the Gulf lies the
port which has made more stir than any place
c^
fl Sheikh
the effected
accepted a British subsidy in return of similar size in the world. The
tor the suppression of importance
the slave trade of Koweit lies solely in the fact that
and in 1892 sealed his dependence it is a
upon us by possible Gulf terminus of the Baghdad
n8
Sede anv ^V
re t
? l.
pl dgi g himse
! P.
territory
" not to
without our
Railway. This is no new discovery, for when
the Euphrates Valley Railway was under
dis-
consent cussion, General Chesney selected it under
the
alternative name of the Grane- *o called
from
The Pirate Coast. the resemblance of the formation of the Bay
to
a pair of horns as the sea terminus of
Turning Cape Musandim and entering the line.
Gulf Proper, we pass the Pirate Coast,
the Nowhere else would Koweit be called a good
controlled or a promising port. The Bay is 20
y miles deep
fp rril^
The i"-name of this and 5 miles broad, but so shallow that heavy ex-
ternary has now ceased to have any
meaning, pense would have to be incurred to render it
to tZ 55?
a
b Jtlt 2 f tt
1
?
T
ly lt had a ver
on d lt, ons .
-^ r(>aI relation
The pirates were the
l
-
suitable for modern ocean-going steamers.
is sheltered from all but the
westerly winds,
It
* hGlr kl ? d and th y (iid not hesitate
1
to ntA^ ' nd the clean thriving town is peopled by some

occasion and not always without
bSpppw the
success, th 20,000 inhabitants, chiefly dependent on the
Company's ships of war. Large sea, for the mariners of Koweit are noted
expeditions were fitted out to break for
their power their boldness and hardihood.
234
The Frontiers Irak.
that end, but a definite step was taken in 1923
Muhammerata. The Secretary of State for the Colonies announ-
ced this policy in a statement which is repro-
On the opposite side of the entrance to the duced textually, for the purpose of reference.
of Sbeuli Addressing the House of Lords on May 3rd he
Bhatt-el-Arab lie the territories
town, favour-
Kbazzal of Muhammerah. The said
ably situated near the mouth of the
m
lmportarjce Your Lordships will remember that the
Karun River, has grown matter for
route to Cabinet have been discussing this
since the opening of the Karun River have now been taken.
Mespra. Lyncn some time and decisions
trade through the enterprise of Percy Cox has accordingly been authorised
pas- Sir
Brothers. This route provides the shortest
end by His Majesty's Government to make
an
sage to Ispahan and the centrai tableland, announcement at Baghdad, the terma of which
already competes with the older route by
way This
read out to Your Lordships.
of Bushire and Shiraz. This importance has I propose to in consultation
ffrown since the Anglo-Persian Oil
Company announcement was drawn upGovernment, and
the with King Feisal and his
established refineries at Muhammerah for
It is being published
has their cordial assent.
fields which they
oil which tney win in the rich
Its importance will at
Baghdad to-day.
have tapped near Ahwaz.
opening of
be still further accentuated, by the
The announcement is as follows
:
the railway to Khorremabad by way of

Dizlul
which is now under construction. " It will be remembered that in the autumn
views,
of last year, after a lengthy exchange of
it was decided between the
Governments of
Basra.
In a sense Basra and Turkish
&bMan
Arabistan carcan
His Britannic Majesty and His Majesty King
Feisal that a Treaty ,
of Alliance should be
His Britanni Majesty
^^
scope of the
hardly be said to come within the
frontiers iuuj, yet they
of India,
[rentiers 01 are
associated with the politics of the
so
j
mdissolubly
5T#
Gulf *h*
that
.
anc ms Majes ty y
thej
King of Iraq. This Treaty,
^
which was signed on the 10th October,
i
0ctober> 1922
1922,
m
relation thereto. and the term of which was to be twenty years
they must be considered (subject to periodical revision at the
desire
of the
Basra is the present sea terminus of either party) provided for the
establishment
Baghdad Railway. It stands on the Shatt-el- of an independent Constitutional
Government
favourably
Arab, sixty miles from its mouth, in Iraq, enjoying a certain measure of adyice
receive the whole water-borm nature
situated to and assistance from Great Britain of the
trade of the Tigris8 and Euphrates Rivers. in the text of the Treaty
^ richness and extent indicated
iSe local traffic is valuable for thethe Shat- itself and of subsidiary Agreements
which were
side of
of the date groves on either to be made thereunder.
there is a considerable
tel-Arab is indescribable,
the port of Since then the Iraq Government has
made
entrepot traffic, whilst Basra is
with Persia, independence,
entry for Baghdad and for the trade great strides along the path of
Kerman- and stable existence and has been able
success-
which follows the caravan route via responsibility
shah and Hamadan. fully to assume administrative
Basra are at tlwt
The political destinies of and both parties being equally anxious
destinies of the the commitments and responsibilities
of His
present wrapped up with the should
Meso-
Sew Arab State which we have set up in Majesty's Government in respect of Iraq
poTamS under King Feisal. When the war be terminated as soon as possible, it is consider-
present
was over we found ourselves committed
to
ed that the period of the Treaty
in its
respoDsi- In order
immense, undefined and burdensome which
form can conveniently be shortened.
introducing
bilities in that land. The sound concepts to obviate the inconvenience of
dictated the original expedition
were ^located amendments into the body of * Treaty already
Baghdad; than the about the
in the foolish advance to signed, it has been decided to bring
enterprises necessitated by trie modifications by means of a protocol
great military necessary
our frontier north be subject
fall of Kut-al-Amara earned which, like the Treaty itself, will
Kurdistan, east Assembly.
to Mosul and the mountains of to ratification by the Constituent
to the con tines
to the Persian boundary, and west " Accordingly a protocol has now been signed
Amongst ardent Imperial-
of Trans-Jordania.
the hope that this by the parties in the following terms
ists, there' was undoubtedly
immense area would be in one way or pothercold an It is understood between the
High Contract-
The the provisions
integral part of the British Empire. ing Parties that, notwithstanding
was measured, and present Treaty is all terminate
fit followed when the cost of Article 18, the
that any member the League
the Arabs rose in a revolt which showed
tnat of
n Iraq beC oming
maintained by not later than four
suchi domination could only be 0 f NationB a nd in any case
and that
01 arms aim mo cost
i/n*u the would be prodi-
frora the ratifl cation of peace with Turkey,
force
gious
of
Tn t,h
In these
ftaft circumstances King Feisal *eisai | ^ fhinff , n tihls protocol shall prevent a
fresn
of the above p:
l I them beforethe expiration
unless King Feisal was to be a mere P u Ppet, |
noticed that under this protocol
o?in tour years, whichever ,ght be

ear.,er.
ST
Map of Mesopotamia,
235
236 The Frontiers Iraq.
League and this report was of the most damning
The position of Iraq as regards the His character. Great Britain having given the
was that when the Treaty was ratified Article necessary assurance, that she was prepared to
Britannic Majesty was bound under
the admission extend her mandate over Iraq for a further
6 to use his good offices to secure twenty-five years, thereupon the Council of
of Iraq to membership of the
League of Nations
Government the League allocated the whole of the area in
as soon as possible. His Majesty's dispute, right up to the temporary frontier
would be a position to take this step on the f ul-
in
essential conditions commonly called The Brussels Lineto Iraq.
filment of the two following The Turks refused to accept the award and
namely, the delimitation of the frontiers of
withdrew from Geneva threatening force.
Iraq, and the establishment of a stable govern- wiser counsels prevailed and in 1926
accordance with the Organic Law.
Later,
ment in Turkey accepted a frontier substantially as drawn
The Council of the League of Nations in by the League.
the Iraq
January, 1932, adopted the report of A New Treaty.A new Treaty regulating the
Commission recommending the termination ol of Iraq with Great Britain, the Man-
relation
admission of Iraq
the mandate subject to the datory Power, was negotiated in 1927, and
Iraq entering
to membership of the League and signed towards the end of the year. The full
with, regard to
into a number of undertakings, text is not available, but a semi-official announce-
and the administration
treatment of minorities ment on December 20th may be regarded as
of iustice This means the termination of the substantially authentic.
League
mandate when the next Assembly of the League The Treaty declares that there shall be peace
voted for the admission of Iraq to
and friendship between His Britannic Majesty
membership.
and His Majesty the King of Iraq. It states
in
Under the Treaty of Lausanne between that '* Provided the present rate of progress
Turkey and the Powers, which was signed
in Iraq is maintained and all goes well in the
1923 it was agreed that the frontier
between interval,His Britannic Majesty will support the
King Feisal's State and Turkey, the important candidature of Iraq for admission to the League
Mosul was in of Nations in 1932." It stipulated that sepa-
frontier because the future of March
dispute, should be settled by the
League of rate agreements superseding those of
financial and mili-
Nations, should Great Britain and Turkey
-be un-
; 25, 1924, shall regulate the
by direct negotiation. tary relations.
able to come to agreement
Cons-
These direct negotiations were opened at The King of Iraq undertook to secure the
tantinople, but no agreement was
reached so execution of all international obligations which
thp miescion was opened before the Council His Britannic Majesty had undertaken to see
Whilst the He also under-
orthe Leagued September 1924. was carried out in respect of Iraq.
matter was under discussion complaint took not to modify the existing provisions of
made by Great Britain that Turkey had violated
Iraq's organic law so as adversely to affect the
the provisional frontier drawn mthe Treaty
rights and interests of foreigners, and
to cons-
irregular hostilities before the
of Lausanne, and certain titute any difference in the rights
This
were carried on in the disputed zone. and a law among Iraquis on the grounds of differences
matter too was remitted to the League, of race, religion, or language.
which
further provisional boundary was drawn, There was provision for full consultation
was accepted by both parties. between the high contracting parties m
all.
matters of foreign policy which may affect

the autumn their
Here the matter remained until of Iraq under-
of 1925 In order to secure the material for common interests. The King
despatched a took so soon as local conditions permit to accede
a decision the League of Nations
commission to Mosul to investigate to all general international agreements already
neutral
produced a existing, or which might be concluded thereafter.,
the situation. This commission
long and involved report, but
one which led by with the approval of the League of Nations,
recommenda- traffic m drugs,
devious paths to a common sense in respect of the slave trade, the
tion. It was that the first
essential mthe arms and munitions, the traffic in women and
government. The transit navigation, aviation, and
Mosul vilayet is stable children,
incorporation communications, and also to execute the pro-
desires of the people were for of Nations,
therefore the British visions of the Covenant of the League
in the State of Iraq. If
the Anglo-French
Government was willing to extend its mandate the Treaty of Lausanne, San Remo Oil
of twenty-five Boundary Convention, and the
over Iraq for a further period
vears a guarantee of stable government- Agreement in so far as they
apply to Iraq.
then Mosul should be incorporated m Iraq ;
There was provision against discrimination
in
if Britain was not willing, then Mosul should matters concerning taxation, commerce, or navi-
came
return to Turkey. When
matter
against nationals or companies of any
the State
Great Britain gation
before the Council of the League a member of the League of Nations,
or
gave the necessary guarantee.
The lurKs which isState to which the King of Iraq had
of any
thereupon challenged the whole competence
of the same rights should
by Treaty that
the terms ot agreed
the Council to give an award under as if it were a member of the League.
the Treaty of Lausanne. The issue
was remit- be ensured the
Justice at Any difference that might arise between
ted to the Court of International to be referred to
the high contracting parties was
The Hague which decided in favour of time the Permanent Court of International Justice
competence of the Council. About this Article Fourteen of the Cove-
of a distin- provided for by
there was published the report Treaty was made
guished Esthonian General, General
Lamdoner, nant of the League. The
subjected to revision with the object of making
who had been despatched by the League to
Turks the modifications required by the
circums-
investigate allegations of brutality by the enters the League of Nations.
their own zone, tances when Iraq
in deporting Christians from
Map oj the Middle East. 237
Railway Position in the Middle East.

233 The Frontiers Seistan.
It is important to remember that there is a out trade is being diverted to Debai on the
considerable difference between the vilayet Pirate Coast* In the narrow channel which
of Basra and the other portions of King Feisal's f^rms the entrance to the Gulf from the Ara-
State. Basra has for long been in the closest bian Sea is Bunder Abbas. Here we are at the
commercial contact with India, and is in many key of the Gulf. Bunder Abbas is of some
respects a commercial appanage of Bombay. importance as the outlet for the trade of Kerman
Its people have not much in common with and Yezd. It is of still more importance as a
those of the North. They took no part in the Eossible naval base. To the west of the town
Arab rising which followed the war, and they etween the Island of Kishm and the mainland,
ask nothing better than to remain in close lie the Clarence Straits which narrow until they
touch with India and through India with the are less than three miles in width, and yet con-
British Government. If we are correct in the tain abundance of water. Here, according tc
supposition that Basra is destined to be the sound naval opinion, there is the possibility of
great port of the Middle East, then its future creating a naval base which would command the
under an Arab State, with no experience of Gulf. The great obstacle is the climate, which is
administration in such conditions, is one of the one of the worst in the world. On the opposite
greatest interest, which can hardly be regarded shore, under the shadow of Cape Musandim,
as settled by the policy underlying the declara- lies another sheltered deep-water anchorage,
tion which is set out above. Elphinstone's Inlet, where the climate con-
ditions are equally vile. But between these
The Persian Shore. two points there is the possibility of controlling
The Persian shore presents fewer points ot the Gulf just as Gibraltar controls the Medi-
permanent interest. The- importance ot Bu- terranean. For many years Bunder Abbas
shire is administrative rather than commercial. loomed large in public discussions as the pos-
It is the headquarters of Persian authority, the sible warm water port for which Russia was
residence of the British Resident, and the cen- seeking. There Is a British Naval station at
tre of many foreign consuls. It is also the main Hen jam, a small island close to Kism, where the
entrepot for the trade of Shiraz, and competes station was established under agreement with
for that of Ispahan. But the anchorage is the Persian authorities. Its evacuation by
wretched and dangerous, the road to Shiraz Great Britain in favour of Bahrein has lately
passes over the notorious kotals which preclude been decided upon. On the Mekran coast,
the idea of rail connection, and if ever a railway there is the cable station of Jask, and the possible
to the central tableland is opened, the commer- port of Chamber. An interesting development,
cial value of Bushire will dwindle to insigni- in the Gulf in the past two or three years has
ficance. Further south lies Lingah, reputed been the institution of a Persian Navy.
to be the prettiest port on the Persian coast,
II SEISTAN
Tbe concentration of public attention on the tating plague cordon, sought to estaDlish in**
Persian Gulf was allowed to obscure the frontier fluence, and to stifle the British trade which
imDortance of Seistan. Yet it was for many was gradually being built up by way of Nushki.
years a serious preoccupation with the Govern- These efforts died down before the presence
ment of India. Seistan lies midway north and of the McMahon mission, which, in pursuance
south between the point where the frontiers of Treaty rights, was demarcating the boun-
of Russia, Persia and Afghanistan meet at dary between Persia and Afghanistan, with
Zulflkar and that where the frontiers of Persia special reference to the distribution of
and of our Indian Empire meet on the open the waters of the Helmand. They finally
sea at Gwattur. It marches on its eastern ceased with the conclusion of the Anglo-Russian
border with Afghanistan and with Baluchistan Agreement. Since then the international import-
it commands the valley of the Helmand, and ance of Seistan has waned.
with it the road from Herat to Kandahar, and
Its immense resources as a wheat-producing The natural conditions which give to Seistan
region have been only partly developed under this strategic importance persist. Meantime,
Persian misrule. It offers to an aggressive British influence is being consolidated through
rival, an admirable strategic base for future the Seistan trade route. The distance from
military operations it is also midway athwart
; Quetta to the Seistan border at Killa Robat
the track of the shortest line which could be is 465 miles, most of it dead level, and it has
built to connect the Trans-Caspian Railway now been provided with fortified posts, dak
with the Indian Ocean, and if and when the bungalows, wells, and all facilities for caravan
line from Askabad to Meshed were built, the traffic. The railway was pushed out from
temptation to extend it through Seistan would Spezand, on the Bolan Railway, to Nushki,
be strong. Whilst the gaze of the British was so as to provide a better starting point for the
concentrated on the North-West Frontier, and caravans than Quetta. This line was extended
to possible lines of advance through Kandahar to Duzdap, 54 miles on the Persian side of the
to Quetta, and through Kabul to Peshawar, Tndo-Persian Frontier during the war as a
there can be little doubt that Russian atten- military measure, but the traffic after there-
tion was directed to a more leisurely movement establishment of peace supported only two
through Seistan, if the day came when she trains a week. There then arose trouble owing to
moved her armies against India. Persian insistence on the collection of Customs
Whether with this purpose or not, Russian duties on rations taken across their frontier for
intrigue was particularly active in Seistan in the railway staff. This led to the stoppage of
running on the Persian side of the Frontier.
the early years of the century. Having Russia train
fled Khorassan , her agents moved into Seistan Negotiations have now for years d ragged on to
about a reasonable settlement in jregard
and through the agency of the Belgian Customs bring
officials, scientific missions" and an irri- to the situation,
Map of the North-West Frontier. 239
Frontier (Durand Line )

British Administrative Border
240 The Frontiers Persia.
Ill PERSIA.
From causes which only need to be very Great Britain must take an active hand in Persia
briefly set out, the Persian question as affecting because she could not be a passive witness to
Indian frontier policy has receded until it is of chaos in that country. The view always taken
no account/ Reference is made in the intro- in the Indian Year Book was that the internal
duction to this section to the fact that the affairs of Persia were her own concern ; if she
conclusion of the Anglo-Russian Agreement left preferred chaos to order that was her own look-
us a bitter legacy in Persia. That Agreement out, but left alone she would hammer out some
divided Persia into two zones of influence, and fcrm of Government. That position has been
The Sirdar Sipah, or commander-in-
the Persians bitterly resented this apparent justified.
division of their kingdom between the two chief, a rough but energetic soldier, gradually
Powers, though no such end was in view. took charge of Persian affairs and established
German agents, working cleverly on this feeling, a thinly- veiled military dictatorship which made
established an influence which was not suspect- the Government feared and respected through-
ed, and when the war broke out they were able out the country for the first time since the assas-
to raise the tribes in opposition to Great Britain, sination of Shah Nasr-ed-din . A body of capable
in the South, and after the fall of Kut-al-Amara
Americans under Dr. Millspaugh restored order
to the chaotic finances. Thes3 two forces
when a Turkish Division penetrated Western
operating in unison gave Persia the best gov-
Persia, they exercised a strong influence in But
ernment she had known for a generation.
Teheran. With the defeat of Turkey and the
the Sirdar Sipah chafed under the irregularities
Central Powers this influence disappeared, but with a Shah spending his time
of his position,
at that time there was no authority in Persia
in Europe and wasting the resources of the
besides that of the British Government, which
country. He moved to have his position re-
had strong forces in the North- West and con-
gularised by the deposition of the absentee
trolled the southern provinces through a force
Shah and his own ascent of the throne. At
organised under British officers and called The
first he was defeated by the opposition of the
South Persian Rifles. It was one of the first
Mollahs, but in 1925 prevailed, and the Shah
tasks of the British Government to regularise
and for this purpose an agreement was formally deposed and the Sirdar Sipah
this position,
chosen monarch in his place. The change was
was reached with the then Persian Government, made without disturbance, and Persia entered
the main features of which were : on a period of peace and consolidation which
To respect Persian integrity has removed it from the disturbing forces in
To supply experts for Persian administra- the post-war world. Since then considerable
tion ; progress has been made with the reform
of the administration, and many projects
To supply officers and equipment for a are
Persian force for the maintenance of afoot for the improvement of communications,
order which is the greatest need of the land, such as
To provide a loan for these purposes an air service to Teheran and railway construc-
To co-operate with the Persian Government tion. The least reassuring episode was
in railway construction and other forms the departure of the American financial
of transport. mission, which had done admirable work in
Both Governments agreed to the appointment the restoration of the finances. When their
contract expired Dr. Millspaugh and his collea-
of a joint committee to examine and revise the
Customs tariff. gues were offered a renewal of it on terms which
they did not regard as satisfactory, especially
The second agreement defined the terms and in regard to the powers they were to exercise.
conditions on which the loan was to be made to They therefore withdrew from the country,
The loan was for 2,000,000 at 7 per cent,
Persia. and have been replaced by other foreign
redeemable in 20 years. It was secured on the advisers. The general situation was eravely
revenues and Customs' receipts assigned for disturbed in 1932 by the sudden termination by
the repayment of the 1911 loan and should the Persian Government of the Anglo-Persian
these be insufficient the Persian Government Oil Co's concession, a matter affecting one
of
was to make good the necessary sums from the biggest industrial undertakings in the
other sources. world and millions sterling of capital The
The Present Position
We have given intervention of the British Government led to
the reference of the trouble to the League
of
the main points in the Anglo-Persian agree-
ment, because few documents have been Nations and this paved the way for negotiations
more misunderstood. Those who desire to study between the Company and the Persian Govern-
it in greater detail will find it set out in ment. While these were being settled some
the
Indian Year Book for 1921, page 138 et seq.
progress was also made with general negotia-
It has been explained that most Persians
and Persian Govern-
tions between the British
const -ued it into a guarantee of protection against
all external enemies. When the Britishtroc.ps agreement covering all outstanding
ments for an
in the north-west retired before the Bo&heviks, points of difficulty between them.
the Persians had no use for the Agreement and Minister
Sir R. H. Clive, k.c.m.g., is British
It was finally
it soon became a dead instrument.
at Teheran.
rejected and the advisers who were to have assist-
ed Persia under it withdrew. H.B. M.'s Consul-General and Agent of the
India in KhorasanLt.-Col.
A remark frequently heard amongst soldiers Government CLE. of
and politicians in India after the War was that C. K. Daly,
The Present Frontier Problem, 241
IV. THE PRESENT FRONTIER PROBLEM.

There yet remains a small part of British tary of State for India, which prescribed for
India where the King's writ does not run. the Government the "limitation of your inter-
Under what is called the Durand Agreement ference with the tribes, so as to avoid the ex-
with the Amir of Afghanistan, the boundary tension of administrative control over tribal
between India and Afghanistan was settled, territory." It fell to Lord Curzon to give
and it was delimited in 1903 except for a small effect to this policy. The main foundations
section which was delimited after the Afghan of his action were to exercise
over the
War in 1919. But the Government of India the political influence requisite to securetribes our
have never occupied up to the border. Between imperial interests, to pay them subsidies
for
the administered territory and the Durand line the performance of specific duties, but
to re-
there lies a belt of territory of varying width spect their tribal in dependence and leave
them,
extending from the Gomal Pass in the south, as far as possible, free to govern themselves
to Kashmir in the north; this is generically according to their own traditions and to follow
known as the Tribal Territory. Its future their own inherited habits of life without let
is the keynote of the interminable discussions or hindrance.
of frontier policy for nearly half a century.
New Province.
This a country of deep valleys and secluded
is As a step Lord Curzon took the
first
glens, which nature has fenced in with almost control of the tribes under the direct
inaccessible mountains. It is peopled with supervision of the Government of India. Up
wild tribes of mysterious origin, in whom to this point they had been in charge of the
Afghan; Tartar, Turkoman, Persian, Indian, Government of the Punjab, a province whose
,Arab and Jewish intermingle. They had head is busied with many other concerns.
lived their own lives for centuries, with little Lord Curzon created in 1901 the North-West
intercourse even amongst themselves, and as Frontier Province, and placed it in charge
Sir Valentine Chirol truly said "the only bond
I of a Chief Commissioner, with an intimate
that ever could unite them in common action frontier experience, directly subordinate to
was the bond of Islam." It is impossible to the Government of India. This was a revival
understand the Frontier problem unless two of a scheme prepared by Lord Lytton in 1877,
facts are steadily borne in mind. The strong- and often considered afterwards, but which
est sentiment amongst these strange people had slipped for lack of driving power. Next,
is the desire to be left alone. They value ^heir Lord Curzon withdrew the regular troops so
Independence much more than their lives. far as possible from the advanced posts, and
The other factor is that the country does not placed these fortalices in charge of tribal levies,
suffice even in good years to maintain the popu- officered by a handful of British officers. The
lation. They must find the means of sub- most successful of these was the Khyber Rifles,
sistence outside, either in trade, by service in which steadfastly
kept the peace of that historic
the Indian Army or in the Khassadars, Pass until 1919. At the same time the regular
Dr else in the outlet which hill-men all the world troops were
cantoned in places whence they
3ver have utilised from time immemorial, the could quickly move
to any danger point, and
raiding of the wealthier and more peaceful these bases were
connected with the Indian
population of the Plains. railway system. In pursuance of this policy
frontier railways were run out to Dargai, and
Frontier Policy. a narrow-gauge line, since converted to the
The policy of the Government of India to- broad-gauge, was constructed from Kushal-
ward the Independent Territory has ebbed ga-rh to Kohat, at the entrance of the Kohat
ind flowed in a remarkable degree. It has Pass, and to Thai in the midst of the
luctuated between the Forward School, which Kurram Valley. These railways were completed
ffould occupy the frontier up to the confines
by lines to Tonk and Bannu. By this
)f Afghanistan, and the school of Masterly means the striking power of the regular
forces was greatly increased. Nor was the
Inactivity, which would leave the tribesmen
policy of economic development neglected.
entirely to thoir own resources, punishing
J;hem only when they raided British territory. The railways gave a powerful stimulus to trade
Behind both the policies lay the menace of a and the Lower Swat Canal converted frac-
tious tribesmen into successful agriculturists.
[Russian invasion, and that coloured our fron-
This policy of economic development is re-
tier policy until the Anglo-Russian Agreement.
IChis induced what was called Hit and Retire
ceiving a great development through the com-
ractics.
pletion of the Upper Swat Canal (g. v. Irri-
In the half century which ended in
IL897 there were nearly a score of punitive ex- gation). Now it is completed there are other
peditions, each one of which left behiad a works awaiting attention. For many years this
legacy of distrust, and which brought lo per- policy was completely justified by results.
manent improvement in its train. The fruit A New Policy.
|)f the suspicion thus engendered was seen in It saved us from serious complications for
11897. Then the whole Frontier, from the nearly twenty years, although the position
Malakand to the Gomal, was ablaze. The ex- could never be said to be entirely satis-
Tent of this rising and the magnitude of the factory, particularly in Waziristan, peopled
nilitary measures which were taken to meet by the most reckless raiders on the whole
t compelled a consideration of the whole border-line, with a bolt hole into Afghanistan
posi-
ion. The broad outlines of the new policy when pressed from the British side. It endured
vere laid down in a despatch from the Secre- through the Great War and did not break
242 The Present Frontier Problem.
down until the Amir of Afghanistan sought |
I
ing expenditure on Waziristan. This forced
refuge from his internal troubles in a jehad the Military, and allied with it the Frontier,
against India. In this insane enterprise the expenditure to the front. In actual prac-
Afghans placed less reliance in their regular tice the discussion was really focussed on
troops, which have never offered more than a Waziristan. In essentials it was the aged con-
contemptible resistance to the British forces
troversy shall we deal with this part of the
than in the armed tribesmen. In this they were Frontier on what is known as the Sandeman
Justified, for the Indian Military authorities system, namely, by occupying commanding
failed to give timely support to the advanced posts within the country itself, dominating the
militia posts, some of these posts were tribesmen but interfering little in their own
ordered to withdraw, the Militia collapsed affairs; or shall we revert to what was known
and the most serious fighting was with as the close border system, as modified by
the tribesmen. The tribal levies collapsed with Lord Curzon, of withdrawing our regular troops
almost universal swiftness. The Southern to strategic positions outside the tribal area,
Waziristan Militia broke and there was serious leaving the tribesmen, organised into militia, to
trouble throughout the Zhob district. The keep the passes open, and punishing the tribes-
Afridis, our most serious enemies in 1897, and men by expeditions when their raiding propen-
the most powerful of the tribes on the North- sities become unbearable.
west Frontier, remained fairly quiet throughout
the actual hostilities with Afghanistan, but

The Curzon Policy. The Curzon policy,
adopted in 1899, to clear up the aftermath or
later it was necessary to take measures against the serious and unsatisfactory Frontier rising
a leading malcontent and destroy his fort at in 1897, was a compromise between the "occupa-
Chora. But the Mahsuds and the Waziris tion " and the " close border" policies. It was
broke into open hostilities. Their country
based on the withdrawal of the regular troops so
lies within the belt bounded by the Durandfar as possible to cantonments in rear whilst the
Line and the Afghan frontier on the west, and frontier posts, such as those in the Tochi at
by the districts of Bannu and Dehra Ismail Wana and in the Khyber and Kurram were held
Khan on the east. Amongst them the by militia, recruited from amongst the tribes-
Afghan emissaries were particularly active and men themselves. The cantonments for regular
as they could put in the field some 30,000 troops were linked so far as possible with the
warriors, 75 per cent, armed with modernIndian railway system, so as to permit of rapid
weapons of precision.they constituted formidable reinforcement. But it must be remembered
adversaries. They refused to make peace
that like all Frontier students, Lord Curzon did
even when the Afghans craved in. They rejected not regard this as the final policy. He wrote
our terms and active measures were taken against in the Memorandum formulating his ideas:
them. The fighting was the most severe in the "It (s of course inevitable that in the passage
history of the Frontier. The Mahsuds fought with of time the whole Waziri country up to the
great tenacity. Their shooting was amazingly Durand line will come more and more under our
good ; their tactics were admirable, for amongst control. No policy in the world can resist or
their ranks were many men trained either greatly retard that consummation. My desire
in
the Militia or in the Indian Army ; and more is to bring it about by gradual d grees and
than once they came within measurable distance above all without the constant aid and presence
of considerable success. They were assisted
of British troops." The Curzon policy, though
by ths fact that the best trained troops in the it was not pursued with the steadfastness he
Indian Army were still overseas and younger would have followed if he had remained in cont-
soldiers were opposed to them. But theirrol, gave us moderate
or rather it should be
very tenacity and bravery were their own un-
said bearable frontier conditions until the
doing; their losses were the heaviest in the long
Afghan War. It then broke down, because .
history of the Borderland and when the Mahsuds the tribal militia, on which it was based, could
made their complete submission in September not, when left without the support of
1921 they were more severely chastened than at regular troops* in the day of need, with-
any time durine their career. stand the wave of fanaticism and other

A New Chapter. As the result of the conditions set up by the Afghan invasion
Afghan War of 1919, Indian frontier policy 1919. The Khyber militia faded away;
was again thrown into the melting pot. Waziri militia either mutinied, as at Wana,
There was much vague discussion of the position deserted. The pillar of the Curzon system fell
in the course of the months which followed the
The Policy. The policy first adumbrat
Afghan War and the troubles in Waziristan to meet these changed conditions was outlin
which succeeded it, but this discussion did not by Lord Chelmsford, the then Viceroy, in
really come to a head until February-March 1922. speech which he addressed to the Tndia
The Budget then presented to the country Legislature. He said it had been decided
revealed a serious financial position. It showed retain commanding posts in Waziristan ;
that despite serious increases in taxation, open up the country by roads ; to extend
the country had suffered a series ot deficits, main Indian railway system from its then te
which had been financed out of borrowings. minus, Jamrud, through the Khyber to
Further heavy taxation was proposed in this frontier of Afghanistan, and to take over t
Budget, but even then the equilibrium which duties of the Militia by regular troops T
the financial authorities regarded as of para- immediate policy was soon modified so
mount importance was not attained. When as the policing of these frontier lines
the accounts were examined, it was seen that regular troops was concerned. Such duties
the heaviest charges on the exchequer were immensely unpopular in the reguJararmy, wbic
those under Military Expenses, and that there is not organised and equipped for work of thi
was an indefinitely large, and seemingly unend- character. Irregulars have always existed
WAZIRISTAN.
244 The Frontiers Waziristan.
the frontier, and as they had disappeared with are asked. If they desert in the day of trouble,
the Militia, it was necessary to recreate them. they lose their pay but the Governmen t loses
The new form of irregular was what have been no rifles, nor does it risk mutiny or the loss of
called Khassadars and Scouts. The Khas- British and Indian officers. But the application
sadar ie an extremely irregular. He has of this policy produced an acute controversy.
no British officers and no uniform, except a dis- It was one thing to say that commanding posts
tinguishing kind oipagri. In contradistinction in Waziristan should be retained; it was
to the old Militia, he finds his own rifle. As another to decide what these posts should be.
one informed observer remarked, the beauty of We must therefore consider the special problem
the system is that so long as the Khassadars, of Waziristan. The Scouts are a mobile,
under their own headmen, secure the immunity mounted, irregular force not territorially
of the caravans and perform their other police recruited, officered by British officers.
duties, they draw their pay and no questions
V.-WAZIRISTAN.
We can now approach the real frontier ques Unlike other parts of India, however, these
tion of the day, the future of Waziristan. What wild people acknowledge little allegiance to
follows is drawn from an admirable article maliks or headmen. No one except perhaps
contributed some years ago to *'
The the Mulla Powindah till his death in 1913 could
Journal of the United Service Institution of speak of any portion of them as his following.
India," written by Lt.-Col. G. M. Routh, D.S.O.
Policy. The policy of the British was at first
Geographically Waziristan is a rough paral- one of non-interference with the tribes. Even
lelogram averaging 60 miles from East to West now only part of the country is administered.
and 160 from North to South. The western Gradually it was found that more and more
half consists of the Suleiman Range gradually supervision became necessary to control raiding
rising up to the ridge from five to ten thousand and this was attempted by expeditions to
feet high, which forms the watershed between portions of the country with Regulars, followed
the Indus and the Helmund Rivers and corres- by building posts and brick towers to be held
ponds with the Durand Line separating India by Militia. These posts were at first placed
from Afghanistan. This is the western boundary. at the points where raiders usually debouched.
On the east is the Indus. North is the water- The Political Officers, at first supported by
shed of the Kurram River running East and Regulars, built up from 1904 onwards a force
West about 30 miles north of Bannu separating of some 3,000 Militia with British Officers at
Waziristan from the Kohat District. South is their disposal, who were backed up by the
a zigzag political boundary from the Durand garrisons at Bannu and Dera Ismail Khan.
Line running between Wana and Fort Sande- In addition certain allowances were made to
man in Baluchistan with a turn southwards the tribes for good behaviour, prevention of
to the Indus. raids and surrender of offenders when required
The western half is a rugged and inhospitable also for tribal escorts as necessary. Gradually,
medley of ridges and ravines straggled and con- as occasion required, posts were occupied.
fused in hopeless disarray. The more inhabited Wana was occupied in 1895 at the request of
portions lie well up the slope at heights of four the Wana Wazirs. Similarly the Tochi in
to six thousand feet. Here are our outposts of 1896. In the comprehensive expedition of
Wana and Ladha some 15 and 20 miles respect- 1895-96 when this policy was put into effect,
ively from the Durand Line, in the centre of the the British arms were shown in every remote
grazing district, the latter within five miles of valley in the vain hope of taming the Mahsuds.
important villages of Kaniguram and Makin. It was hoped the various posts would prove
The submontane tracts from the hills to the a pacifying influence and a rallying ground for
Indus vary from the highly cultivated and Government supporters. From 1904 to 1919
irrigated land round Bannu to the sand desert they were held by Militia. Roads and communi-
in the Marwat above Pezu. cations were improved and tribal allowances
Where irrigation or river water is obtainable augmented by sales of produce to the troops
cultivation is attempted under conditions which on a liberal scale.
can hardly be encouraging. Other tracts like A Programme. Lt.-Col. Routh then out-
that between Pezu and Tank, usually pastoral, lined a possible policy for Waziristan. We
can only hope for an occasional crop after a give it textually, because we believe that when it
lucky rainfall. was written it reflected how military opinion in

Inhabitants. The inhabitants, unable to
India was developing :
" To the unprejudiced mind it appears more
support existence on their meagre soil,
make up the margin by armed robbery of practical to grasp the nettle firmly and dominate
their richer and more peaceful neighbours. the inhabited tracts. Why should not the road
The name originates according to tradition now being made to Ladha be continued 36 milesi
from one Wazir, two of whose grandsons were north to the Tochi road at Datta Khel and
the actual founders of the race. Of the four 29 miles south to Wana ? "Why should we not'
main tribes Darweshkhel, Mahsuds, Dawars occupy the healthier portions of WaziristanJ
and Batanni, only the first two are true Wazirs. rather than the foothills or Cis- Indus zones f
Their villages are separate though dotted about The B azrnak district pound Makin 6,000 feet upj
more or less indiscriminately, and inter-marriage is both healthy and fertile. The same applies!
is
the exception in fact all traditionally are in to the Shawal valley laying behind Pir Gul, the]
national peak near Ladha rising to a height ofl
open strife, a circumstance which, until some
bright political comet like the Afghan War of 11,556 feet above the sea. The Wana plainJ
1919 joined them together, as materially aided 5,000 feet up, 30 miles by 15, could with rail way j
our dealings with them. support an army corps there is no doubt tha*
;
i
The Frontiers- Waziristan. 245
forward railway policy will help to solve so now. The task is infinitely more difficult
he problem. A line has been surveyed from to-day, chiefly because the tribesmen are
'ank to Draband and thence up the valley to infinitely better armed ; their arms having
ort Sandeman, so connecting with the Zhob increased at least tenfold during the last 20
nd perhaps later to Wana. The Gumal Tangi years." Dealing with the Close Border pres-
:om Murtaza to Khajuri Kach is the apparently cription he showed that if one erected a Chinese
bvious route, but would be prohibitively wall of barbed-wire fence along the plain some
xpensive in construction and require much distance below the hills, "all the time the
jnnelling. Beyond Khajuri Kach via Tanai problem in front of us would be going from bad
Qd Rogha Kot to Wana, some 23 miles, offers to worse, with the inevitable increase of arms
0 difficulty. The old policy of the raiders in the trans-border and with that inevitable
orking westwards and our retributive expedi- increase in the economic stringency in this
ons stretching their very temporary tentacles mountainous tract, which would make the tribes-
jistwards seems to suggest better lateral com- men more and more desperate, more and more
munications. The broad gauge at Kohat thrown back on barbarism A rigid Close
light without undue cost be extended to Thai Border policy is really a policy of negation,
ad thence to Idak via Spinwam. From here and nothing more We might gain
11 further extension proved desirable, a motor for our districts a momentary respite from raids
>ad through Razmak, Makin and Dwatoi to but we would be leaving behind a legacy of
ak up with that now surveyed to Ladha sounds infinitely worse trouble for their descendants."
Dssible to the looker on. Eventually such The settled policy of Government in Waziris-
pmmunications, road, rail, or both, could tan, Sir Denys showed, was the control of
pntinue to Wana, Fort Sandeman and Quetta that country through a road system, of which
a Hindu Bagh, a strategic line offering great about 140 miles would lie in Waziristan itself
jfensive possibilities substituting Razmak, and one hundred miles along the border of
hich resembles Ootacamund, and healthy Derajat, and the maintenance of some 4,600
plands for the deadly fever spots now occupied, Khassadars and of some 5,000 irregulars, while
he very fact of employing the tribesmen on at Razmak, 7,000 feet high and overlooking
lese works with good pay and good engineers northern Waziristan, there would be an advanced
:nds to pacify the country as well as providing base occupied by a strong garrison of regular
palthy accessible hill stations in place of the troops. Razmak he showed to be further
pverbially comfortless cantonments which now from the Durand Line than the old-established
cist in this part of the Frontier. " posts in the Tochi. In the geographical sense,
A Compromise. A
therefore, the policy was, in one signal respect,
full statement of the a backward policy. None the less, it was a
Dlicy finally adopted by Government in view forward policy in a very real sense, for it was
1 the situation left upon their hands after the a policy of constructive progress and was a
iahsud rebellion was made by the Foreign big step forward on the long and laborious
3cretary, Sir (then Mr.) Denys Bray, in the road towards the pacification, through civili-
>urse of a Budget discussion in the Legislative
zation, of the most backward and inaccessible,
ssembly on 5th March 1923. He outlined and therefore the most truculent and aggressive
uther a Forward policy nor a Close Border tribes on the " Come what may,
border.
)licy. Both these terms had, in fact, ceased to civilization must be made to
appropriate. Circumstances had so changed penetrate these
| inaccessible mountains or we must admit
tat neither the one plan nor the other remained
that there is no solution to the Waziristan
iithin the bounds of reasonable argument.
problem, and we must fold our hands while
The Foreign Secretary explained that the it grows inevitably worse."
gradients of the Frontier problem at the The policy thus initiated has proceeded
resent day are essentially three, namely, the with results according with the highest reason-
rontier districts, the neighbouring friendly able expectations and exceeding the most
;ate of Afghanistan, and the so-called Inde- sanguine hopes of most people concerned in its
jjndent Territory, this last being the belt of formulation.
jisettled mountain country which lies between The roads are policed bv the Khassadars, who
le borders of British India and India. He have, in the main, proved faithful to their trust.
oceeded specially to show that this belt is, The open hostility of the Waziri tribesmen to
fact, within India " It is boundary pillars the presence of troops and other agents of
tat mark off Waziristan from Afghanistan Government in their midst, which at the out-
is boundary
pillars that include Waziristan set they showed by shooting up individuals
India. We
are apt to call Waziristan in- and small bodies of troops on every opportunity,
jpendent territory ; and it is only from the has faded away, and the people have shown an
)int of view of our British districts that these understanding of the rule of law, and, under the
ibes are trans-frontier tribes. From the control exercised, a readiness to conform to it.
)int of view of India, from the international In various small but significant ways, methods
)int of view that is, they are cis-frontier of civilization have caught the imagination of
ibesmen of India. If Waziristan and her the people and won their approval. Thus,
Ibes are India's scourge, they are also India's the safety of the roads has encouraged, and is'

sponsibility and India's alone. That is
i international fact that we must never forget."
buttressed by a considerable development
of motor-bus traffic. The roads, as the King's
Sir Denys next referred to the triumph of Highway, are officially held to be sacrosanct
le Sandeman policy in Baluchistan. He that is no shooting up or other pursuit of
)lnted out that some people long ago believed personal or tribal feuds is permitted upon them.
tat the same policy would prove effective in
This permits villagers to proceed to and from
'aziristan. " But what was a practical the plains towns In safety. Under the in-
roposition 20 or 30 years ago is not necessarily fluence of their women, the tribesmen applied
246 The Frontiers Waziristan.
that the ban against shooting upon the Indian National Congress in the interior ofl
highway would be extended to all the country India in pursuit of its efforts to bring political!
for three miles on either side of the highway. pressure to bear upon the Government of India J
Tentative efforts to introduce primary edu- and above them, His Majesty's Governments
cation proved possible and achieved as much The Congress at its annual session at Lahore
success as could be expected.. The hospitals in the week following Christmas, 1929, adopted
and dispensaries maintained for irregular a programme aiming at the separation of India
troops, called Scouts, employed about the from the British Empire and at the promotion
country, attend to the wants of the tribes- of revolution in India to secure this end. In*
people who come to them. So much has this particular, it avowedly set out "to make
arrangement been appreciated that the Government impossible." Revolutionary
Mahsuds formally applied for the establish- agitation, and especially a campaign to promote
ment of a hospital of their own. With grim disobedience of the civil law in order to brina
humour, they offered to provide such an insti- the administration to a stand-still, commence!
tution with the necessary surgical instruments, all over India immediately after the Congress'
saying that they had saved this from the time meetings. The settled districts of the N.wl
when the British formerly left the country. In F. P. were the scene of this, in common witjl
other words, they offered what they had the rest of the land. The agitation was ther#
captured or looted during the 1919 emeute. carried on by Congress agents organised in|
A remarkable illustration of the acceptance what are known as Khilaf at Committees. Fori
by the people of the new conditions was provided their purpose they made special use of
a year or two ago by the Wana Wazirs when misrepresentations of the Sarda Act, recently
they partitioned the Political Authorities for passed by the Indian Legislature by the official
the occupation of south Waziristan corres- and Hindu votes against the opposition of the
ponding with that already established in Muslim non-official members. This measure
northern Waziristan. A motor road had makes illegal and provides penalties for the
already been run out from Jhandola through marriage of boys and girls below stated mini-
Chagmali and the Shahur Tangi to Sarwekai. mum ages. The age at which marriage may i
A brigade of troops, hitherto stationed at take place is also in general terms laid down] *
Manzai, whereabouts the Tak-i-Zam, after for Mohammedans by their religious laws f
flowing down its deep valley from northern Hence, the Muslims in British India, while

Waziristan, debouches on to the Derajat, was acknowledging that the Sarda Act would not J
accordingly ordered up to Wana in the autumn in practice affect them, because its provisions ip
of 1929. It proceeded throughout the journey in no way over-rule their religious law, never-
thither without opposition and was warmly theless saw in the measure an act affecting tnis
welcomed by the tribes people at Wana, where domain of their religious law, and passed, inP
it established itself in a favourably sited camp spite of their dissent, in a Legislature in which!
not far from the fort which was the earlier Muslims are, by themselves, a hopeless minority X
centre of British occupation. There it happily They regarded its enactment as a grave iilusÎJ
remains. tration of their fears that under any scheme ofC
democratic self-government in India, Muslim!
The reoccupation of Wana and the circum- interests would not be safe against disregard]*,
stances in which it took place illustrate that a by the Hindu majority.
policy is a live thing. In other words, it is not
a programme which can reach fulfilment or Outbreak at Peshawar in 1930.
completion. It lives and always waits upon This Muslim apprehension, after the passing J
S
some new action to give it further expression. of the Act, strongly influenced the attitudai
In this respect the new policy, though it of the community towards all questions off
has only demonstrably been applied in Wazir- political reform, and the lever which mis-r
istan, must be regarded as that which governs representation of the Act provided for stirrinfP
the actions of the authorities in regard, at up anti-Government agitation in the almost
least to the whole Frontier region lying between wholly and fanatical Muslim province in thdr
Baluchistan and the Khyber Pass, except, north can easily be understood. Grossly untruw
possibly, the Kurram Valley. propaganda was carried on it was, for instances
;
alleged that under the Act all girls must b[

The area cultivated by the villagers of Wana medically examined
plain doubled by the end of 1931 and the people
before marriage. An 1
declared their readiness to surrender their
elaboration of this untruth was that theft
Government were recruiting a large body oft
firearms if their neighbours also gave up theirs
or were deprived of them. A road has been
Hindu inspectors to make the examinations. ,
built commencing Fort Sandeman via Gul-

And the agitation was deliberately pushed ;
outwards from the settled districts of the N. Wf|

kach, on the Gomal river, with Tanai, on the
Sarwekai- Wana road. A road, as yet roughly F. P. into the tribal areas. Waziristan waji
made, but suitable for motor transport has been amongst the first of them to be inundated with :
the propaganda. This was in March-April 1929.

constructed from Razmak through Kaniguram,
The poison spread outwards from Peshawar inttt
in the heart of the Mahsud country to Wana.
Tirah about the same time. The agitation wjK
It was completed in 1933 and the only disputes
sedulously carried on in the district northward
connected with its construction arose from the
of Peshawar city and from thence was pushed
rivalry of the tribesmen whose villages lie along
!
into Mohmand country. The first point JBg

the route and who sometimes fought one another
violent combustion was Peshawar city, wheflK
to secure road-making contracts.
the mob murderously broke out on 23rd Apatt
A startling new development upon the 1930. Within a short time, Afridi banflS
North West Frontier during 1930 was the descended the ravines and nullahs from TirjWh
spread thereto of agitation carried on by the to join in the fray. The Mohmands becaflK
The Frontiers Waziristan. 247
reatly excited and sent down bands to sit tribes, and must remain there so long as the
ear the border and watch for an opportunity
t policy is not extended over their highlands.
0 join in. The Upper Tochi's Wazirs simul-
aneously took to arms and shortly afterwards Mohmand Outbreak in 1933.
he Mahsud Wazirs, about Ladha, did the same. Disturbances in the Mohmand country during
it this stage, the development of the Air arm the summer of 1933 both illustrated the opera-
a India proved of incalculable value. Aero- tion of the modern Frontier policy and the need to
lanes patrolled the whole country and were keep it a live policy if it is to be of any use at
requently employed by the political authorities all. The Mohmands may for the purposes of
1 take preventive and punitive action by present description be divided into two categories
ombing. The road system, meanwhile, en- namely; the Upper Mohmands, who live in the
bled troops to be moved at will to positions of highlands of the Mohmand country, and the
d vantage for dealing with whatever serious Lower Mohmands, whose country stretches from
ribal aggression appeared likely. the lower altitudes of the same hills down to
the Peshawar Plain. Through the country of
In the result, the Mohmands, after being the Upper Mohmands passes the Durand line
ombed several times, found discretion the but the Afghan Government have never agreed
etter part of valour and made no descent in to its delimitation in part of this region and
orce. The Afridis twice endeavoured to raid consequently its place has long been taken over
'eshawar in force but by combined air and a considerable portion of the length of the
*nd action were both times driven back to Frontier by what is described as the Presumptive
heir hills with no achievement to report. The Frontier. The exact position of this latter has
Irakzais of southern Tirah threatened to never been settled between the two governments
escend by the Ublan Pass upon Kohat and and it is consequently sometimes difficult to
heir western clans attacked a post in the Upper say whether people from particular villages
Curram and endeavoured to attack Parachinar. belong to one side or to the other of it.
itelped by the machinations of Congress
gents, they succeeded in drawing two or three In 1932, during the revolutionary Red Shirt
lans of Afghan tribesmen across the border campaign, in connection with the IndianNational
lto the fray. Combined air and ground Congress, in the Peshawar Plain, the Upper
ction crushed these efforts. The Tochi Mohmands decided to join in the disturbances
Vazirs heavily attacked Batta Kbel, but were and raids in the administered territory
peeaily brought to order by force. The Mahsuds immediately northward of Peshawar. The
rere similarly repulsed ana punished when they Lower Mohmands are described as the Assured
ssauited Sorarogha, in the valley of the Tak-i- Tribes. The meaning of the description is that
am. the British Indian authorities assure them
protection against the attacks of the Upper
All outbreaks of revolt were suppressed in
Mohmands and they, on the other hand, are
tie same manner and the establishment of new
bound by promises of good behaviour. The
jrtifled posts on the Peshawar plain, imme-
Assured Tribes in 1932 interfered with the
iately opposite the main valleys leading out
programme of the Upper Mohmands for raiding
f Tirah, and the construction of roads for their
the plain and the Upper Mohmands in 1933,
3rvice, now indicate the application of the when
spring and early summer once more
ew frontier policy in that region. The Afridis facilitated their methods of campaigning,
>ng refused to assent to these, but being there-
commenced retributory raids upon the Hahmzai
y deprived of access to their normal winter and other Assured clans. The attacked clans
ra/ing grounds on the Khajuri and Aka Khul
appealed to the political authorities for help
lain, and prevented from visiting Peshawar,
and that help they were obliged to give.
heir marketing centre, they came in an accept-
d peace under the new conditions before the About the same time as this trouble was
penln of the winter of 1931-32. The Afridis germinating, there appeared in Bajaur,a country
ave later asked for roads into Tirah and are immediately to the north of that in which the
etting them. events just described developed, a Pretender
It will be seen that the events of the summer
to the Aghan throne. He was accompanied
f 1930 put the policy to a severe test,
by two companions and started a campaign
and in Bajaur
hat its successful operation in the emergency for a revolution or such other trouble
fas specially assisted by the Royal Air Force.
as might be possible in Afghanistan. This
!he resultant position appears, then, to be
compelled the British Indian authorities to take
lhat the control of the tribes, where the policy
measures in fulfilment of their obligations of
as already been expressed in road building good neighbourliness to Afghanistan.
I
nd in the establishment of suitable garrisons, Road construction from the Peshwar-Shab-

|
effective, that the political and military kadr road northwards through Ghalanai into
round organization with which the policy the Halimzai country and towards the passes
J supported brings about the introduction which lead from that country into the upper
!f the ameliorative influence of civilization, extremities of the Bajaur Valley was undertaken
ind that the rapidity and success with which and two brigades of troops, with other details,
'he Royal Air Force can operate over the hills, were sent forward up it to assist in dealing with
iends to diminish the amount of ground force the Upper Mohmands. At the same time,
necessary. On the other hand, the two des- aeroplanes bombarded the village of Kotkai in
ents of the Afridis upon the plain and their Upper Bajaur, which had given shelter to the
'eturn to their homes without great loss, Pretender, further aerial demonstrations were
espite all that the Royal Air Force and large made and the Bajauris were given an ultimatum
I
l-odiesof troops could do, indicate the capacity demanding the surrender of the Pretender by
lor mischief which lies in the hands of the Tirah a given date.
248 The Frontiers Afghanistan.
The Upper Mohmands continuing aggressive received in certain encounters with our troops
and the Bajauris obdurate, there was good and partly probably because of influence brough
prospect of a campaign over the same country to bear upon them from Kabul, retired to their
as that covered by the campaign of 1897. It hills and after negotiations entered into bonds 1
seemed likely that the Ghalanai Road would to keep the peace ; and the Bajauris, while
be continued into the upper extremity of Bajaur maintaining on grounds of tribal custom their
and that another road for troops would also refusal to surrender the Pretender, nevertheless
have to be constructed up the Bajaur valley expelled that person from their territory,
itself so that by the meeting of the two roads probably into Afghanistan. Here, then, the
in Upper Bajaur, there would become established trouble ceased. The nett result of it is the
a circular road through this part of the tribal construction of the road through Ghalanai and
territory, resembling that running through the rapid development of bus services and other
North Waziristan. activities of civilization which speedily took'
In the end, the Upper Mohmands, partly place along it.
doubtless because of punishment which they
VI..
The relations of Afghanistan with the Indian Khojak tunnel through the Khwaja Amran
Empire were for long dominated by one main con- Range, until leads out to the Afghan Border
it

sideration the relation of Afghanistan to a Rus- at New Chaman, where it opens on the route
to Kandahar. The material is stocked at New
sian invasion of India. All other considerations
were of secondary importance. For nearly Chaman which would enable the line to be
three-quarters of a century the attitude of carried to Kandahar in sixty days. In view
Great Britain toward successive Amirs has been of the same menace the whole of Baluchistan
dictated by this one factor. It was in order has been brought under British control. Quetta
to prevent Afghanistan from coming under is now one of the great strategical positions
the influence of Russia that the first Afghan of the world, and nothing has been left undene
War of 1838 was foughtthe most melancholy which modern military science can achieve to
episode in Indian frontier history. It was be- add to its natural strength. In the opinion
cause a Russian envoy was received at Kabul of many military authorities It firmly mioses
whilst the British representative was turned the western gate to India, either by way of
back at Ali Masjid that the Afghan War of Kandahar, or by the direct route through
1878 was waged. After that the whole end Seistan.
of British policy toward Afghanistan was
Further east, the Indian railway system was
to build up a strong independent State, friendly
carried to Jamrud and by the autumn of 1925
to Britain, which would act as a buffer against
Russia, and so to order our frontier policy that up
the Khyber Pass to Landi Kotal and down)
we should be in a position to move large forces the other side of the Pass to Landi Khana.
A
up, if necessary, to support the Afghans in
first class miUtary road sometimes double,
sometimes treble, also threads the Pass to;
resisting aggression.
our advanced post at Landi Kotal, and
then descends until it meets the Afghan
Gates to India.
Landi Khana. Later, a commence-
frontier at
A knowledge of the trans-frontier geography ment was made with the Loi ShilmaD Rail-;
of India brought home to her administrators
way, which, starting from Peshawar, was de-
signed to penetrate the Mullaôri country and
the conviction that there were only two main
Indiathrough Afghanistan, the provide an alternative advance to the Khyber
gates to
which successive for the movement of British troops for the
historic route to India, along
have poured, and by way of Seistan. defence of Kabul. For unexplained reasons;
invasions
tnis line was suddenly stopped and is now
It was the purpose of British policy to
close them, and of Russia to endeavour to keep
thrust in the air; In this wise the two Power*
them at any rate half open. To this end, having prepared for the great conflict which was toll
pushed her trans-Persian railway to Samar- be fought on the Kandahar-Ghazni-Kabul line, j
kand , Russia thrust a' military line from Merv

to the Kushklinsky Post, where railway material Relations with India.
is collected for its immediate prolongation
to Herat. Later, she connected the trans- Between the advanced posts on either sid|
Siberian railway with the tran -Caucasian stands the Kingdom of Afghanistan. The en<|[
system, by the Orenburg-Tashkent line, thus of British policy has been to make it stronil
bringing Central Asia into direct touch with and friendly, in the first particular it haft 1
her European magazines. Nor has Great early and largely succeeded. The second ain|
Britain been idle. A great military station may now also be said to have been attained]
has been created at Quetta. This is con- When the late Abdurrahaman was inviteJJ
nected with the Indian railway system by to ascend the throne, as the only meanlj
lines of railway which climb to the Quetta of escape from the tangle of 1879, nonil
Plateau by the Bolan Pass and through the realised his great qualities. Previously the <
Chapper Rift, lines which rank amongst the Amir of Afghanistan had been the chief
most picturesque and daring in the world. of a confederacy of clans. Abdurrahamaal
From Quetta the line has been carried by the made himself master in his own kingdom. By
The Frontiers Afghanistan. 249
S leans into which it is not well closely to enter they must trust him ; certainly his reception of
e beat down opposition until none dared lift Turkish, Austrian and German " missions " at
j
hand against him. Aided by a British sub- Kabul, at a time when British representatives
Sidy of twelve lakhs of rupees a year, increased were severely excluded, was open to grave
b eighteen by the Durand Agreement of 1893, misconstruction. But a fuller knowledge in-
fcnd subsequently to over 20 lakhs, he estab- duced the belief that the Amir was in a position
[shed a strong standing army and set of no little difficulty. He had to compromise
[p arsenals under foreign supervision to fur- with the fanatical and anti-British elements
lish it with arms and ammunition. Step by amongst his own people, inflamed by the Turkish
[tep his position was regularised. The Anglo- preaching of a jehad, or holy Islamic war. But
jlussian Boundary Commission,
which nearly he committed no act of hostility ; as soon as
[recipitated war over the Penjdeh episode it was safe to do so he turned the members
11 1885,
determined the northern boundaries, of these missions out of the kingdom. At
the end of the war his policy was completely
['he Pamirs Agreement delimited the borders
[mid those snowy heights. The Durand justified ; he had kept Afghanistan out of the
|Lgreement settled the border on the British war, he had adhered to the winning side ; his
[ide, except for a small section to the west of authority in the kingdom and In Central Asia
[he Khyber, which remained a fruitful source was at its zenith.
f trouble between Afghanistan and ourselves
[ntil 1919, when the Afghan claims and action Murder
of the Amir. It is believed thai
if he had lived Habibullah Khan would have
|.pon the undemarcated section led to war.
rhat section was finally surveyed and th6 used this authority for a progressive policy
after the con- in Afghanistan, by opening up communications
frontier determined shortly
clusion of peace with Afghanistan. Finally and extending his engagements with India.
[he McMahon award closed the old feud with
He was courted by the representatives of Persia
Persia over the distribution of the waters and the Central Asian States as the possible
If the Helmand in Seistan. It was rallying centre of a Central Asian Islamic
stimated by competent authorities that confederation. At this moment he was assassin-
[bout the time of Abdurrahaman's death, ated on the 20th February 1919. The circum-
Afghanistan was in a position to place in the stances surrounding his murder have never been
fully explained ; but there is strong ground for
I eld, in tne event of war, one hundred thousand
pell-armed regular and irregular troops, to- the belief that it was promoted by the
reactionaries who had harassed him all his
lether with two hundred thousand tribal levies,
reign. These realised that with his vindication
[nd to leave fifty thousand regulars and irre-
gulars and a hundred thousand levies to by the war their time of reckoning had come
liaintain order in Kabul and the provinces, they anticipated it by Suborning one of his
hut if Afghanistan were made strong, it was aides to murder him in his sleep. His brother,
lot made friendly. Abdurrahaman Khan Nasrullah Khan, the nominee of the fanatical
iistrusted Eritish policy up to the day of his element, was proclaimed Amir at Jelalabad in
his stead, but public opinion in Afghanistan
leath. All that can be said is that he dis-
revolted at the idea of the brother seizing power
trusted it less than he distrusted Russia, and
If the occasion had arisen for him to make over the corpse of the murdered man. His
sous, Hayat and Amanullah, were not disposed
I choice, he would have opposed a Russian
to waive their heritage. Amanullah was at
l.dvance with all the force at his disposal.
He closed his country absolutely against ail Kabul, controlling the treasury and the arsenal
foreigners, except those who were necessary tor
and supported by the Army. Nasrullah found it
impossible to make head against him and with-
Ihe supervision of his arsenals and factories,
lie refused to accept a British Resident, on the
drew. The new Amir, Amanullah, at once
[round that he could not protect him, and
communicated his accession to the Government
of India and proclaimed his desire to adhere to
British affairs were entrusted to an Indian
j
the traditional policy of friendship. But his
Igent, who was in a most equivocal position,
difficulties at once commenced he had to deal
lit the same time he repeatedly pressed for the
;
with the war party in Afghanistan ; he was

[ight to pass by the Government of India and
confronted with the dissatisfaction arising from
h establish his own representative at the Court
the manner in which the murderers of Habib-
If St. James.
ullah had been dealt with ; the fanatical element
I Afghanistan and the War. These re- was exasperated by the imprisonment 01 Nasrul-
litions were markedly improved during the lah ; and the Army was so incensed that it had
taign of His Majesty the Amir Habibullah to be removed from Kabul and given occupa-
Khan. It used to be one of the trite sayings of tion to divert its thoughts. A further element of
[he Frontier that the system which Abdurrah- complexity was introduced by the political
man Khan had built up would perish with him, situation in India. The agitation against the
for none was capable
of maintaining it. Habib- Rowlatt Act was at its height. The distur-
lllah Khan more than maintained it. He bances in the Punjab and Gujarat had taken
lisited India soon after his accession and ac- place. Afghan agents in India, of whom the
[uired a vivid knowledge of the power and most prominent was Ghulam Hyder Khan,
I sources of the Empire. He strengthened the Afghan postmaster at Peshawar, flooded
Ind consolidated his authority in Afghanistan Afghanistan with exaggerated accounts of
[iself. At the outset of the war he made a the Indian unrest. The result of all this was to
leclaration of his complete neutrality. It is convince the Amir that the real solution of
lelieved
a considerable reticence is preserved his difficulties was to unite all the disturbing
Iver our relations with Afghanistan that he elements in a war with India. On the 25th
rarned the Government of India that he might April his troops were set in motion and simul-
le forced into many equivocal actB, but that taneously a stream of anti-British propaganda
250 The Frontiers Afghanistan.
commenced to flow from Kabul and open in- the whole business gave a serious set-back
to!
trigue was started with the Frontier tribes, the reforms initiated by His Majesty he had:
on whom ;
the Afghans placed their chief reliance to withdraw almost the whole of his adminis-
trative code and to revert to the Mahomedan
Speedy Defeat The war caught the Law which was previously in force.
Army in India in the throes of demobilisation
and with a large proportion of the seasoned
troops on service abroad. Nevertheless the
Bolshevik Penetration,- Taking a long
view, a much more serious development of the
regular Afghan Army was rapidly dealt policies of Afghanistan, at the period to which
with. Strong British forces moved up the
the foregoing notes apply was the penetration of
Khyber and seized Dacca. Jelalabad was re- the Bolsheviks. These astute propagandists
Seatedly bombed from the air and also Kabul. have converted the former
Tothing but a shortage of mechanical transport Trans-Caspian
States of Tsarist Russia into Soviet Republics,
prevented the British forces from seizing Jelala- where the rule of the Bolsheviks is much more
bad. In ten days the Afghans were severely drastic and disruptive than was that of whal
defeated. On the 14th May they asked for an was called the despotism of the Romanoffs.
Armistice. With the usual Afghan spirit of The object of this policy is gradually to sweep
haggling, they tried to water down the condi- into the Soviet system the outlying provinces
tions of the armistice, but as they were met with
of Persia, of China and f Afghanistan. In
an uncompromising emphasis of the situation Persia this policy was foiled by the vigour
they despatched representatives to a conference of the Sipar Salah, Reza Khan, since declared
at Rawalpindi on the 26th July On the 8th Shah. In Chinese Turkestan it is pursued with
August a Treaty of Peace was signed which is qualified success. In Afghanistan it also made
set out in the Indian Year Book, 1923, pp.
*y certain progress. The first step of the!
196-197. Bolsheviks was to extend the Soviet Republics-
of Tajikistan, Uzbekia and Turkmanistan so ad
Post-War Relations It will be seen that to absorb all Northern Afghanistan. This wail
under this Treaty the way was paved for a fresh later, apparently, abandoned for the moment foS
engagement six months afterwards. During a more gentle penetration. Large subsidies,
the hot weather of 1920 there were prolonged mostly delivered in kind, were given to
discussions at Mussoorie between Afghan Re- Afghanistan. Telegraph lines were erected
presentatives and British officials under Sir all over the country ; roads were constructed,
Henry Dobbs. These were private, but it is large quantities of arms and ammunition were
believed that a complete agreement was reached. supplied, whilst an air force with Russian pilots
Certainly after an interchange of Notes which and mechanics was created and was largely
revealed no major point of difference it was developed. In return the Bolsheviks received
agreed that a British Mission should proceed important trading facilities. The whole purpose
to Kabul to arrange a definite treaty of peace. of this policy was ultimately to make it possible
This Mission crossed the Border in January 1921 to attack Great Britain in India through an
and entered Kabul where a peace treaty was absorbed Afghanistan.
signed
It is very doubtful if th6 Amir and his advisers
The main points of the Treaty are set out in were deceived by these practices, and whether
the Indian Year Book, 1923, pp. 197, 198-199. they did not pursue the simple plan of taking
all they could get without the slightest inten-
Afghanistan after the War. Since the tion of handing themselves over to the Bolsheviks.
War the relations between Afghanistan and But it is easier to let the Bolshevik in than to
Great Britain have been good and improving. get him out ; friends of the Afghan? were asking
There were painful episodes in 1923 when a mur- themselves whether the Amir was not nourish-
der gang from 'he tribal territory on the ing vipers in his bosom. Towards the end of?
British side of the Frontier committed raids in 1925 and in the early part of 1926 there was a]
British India, murdering English people and rude awakening. The Northern Frontier of the
kidnapping English women and then took refuge country has always been unsettled because of II
in Afghanistan. In course of time this gang was the shifting courses of the Oxus. In December !
broken up. His Majesty the King of Afghani- Bolshevik forces captured with violence thejj
stan had troubles within his own borders which Afghan post of Darkabad, killing one soldier.
have made him glad of British help. The
!
These events aroused great indignation at Kabul

main object of his government was to streng- and were denounced by the Amir coram publico.
then the resources of the country and to There is no little evidence to show thatfl
bring it into closer relation with modern though the form of government has changed
methods of administration. But Afghanistan in Russia the aims of Russian policy are the I
is an intensely conservative country and no same. It used to be said that the test of Russian
changes are popular ;
especially violent was good faith under the Anglo-Russian Agreement
the opposition to a secular form of would be the attitude of Petrograd towards tl^
administration and education. The direct result extension of the Orenberg-Tashkent railway to
was a formidable rebellion of Mangals and Termes. That line has been constructed by
Zadrans in the Southern Provinces, and serious the Bolsheviks. The Afghans have had theii
reverses to the regular troops sent against the eyes opened.
rebels. At one time the position was serious,
but the rebels were not sufficiently united to
develop their successes, and with the aid of
Russo-Afghan Treaty. Outwardly
relations between the two States are friendly
thi
aeroplanes and other assistance afforded by In December 1926 the Afghan papers publish
the Government of India the insurrection was the text of a new treaty concluded with Sovi
broken. Whilst this assistance was appreciated, Russia, which was signed on August 31st, b
The Frontiers Afghanistan. 251
provided that It way interfere a long tour to India and Europe. It is under
should in no
th the secret treaty signed in Moscow on stood that this was one of the cherished ambi-
)bruary 28th, 1921. The principal clauses of tions of his father, King Habibullah, who was
is treaty, as disclosed in the Afghan papers, assassinated in 1919. King Amanulla, whea
e as follows : he set out, was warmly welcomed in India
and received a great popular greeting in Bombay
Clause 1. In
the event of war or hostile both from his co-religionists and from members
tion between one of the contracting parties of other communities, who forgot the invasion of
id ft third power or powers the other con- India in 1919. He then took ship to Europe.
acting party will observe neutrality in res- He was the guest of His Majesty King George
et of the first contracting party. V in London, and visited the principal European
capitals. He made a State visit to Turkey, and
Clause2.
Both the contracting parties returned to Afghanistan by way of Soviet Russia
;ree to abstain from mutual aggression, the and Persia. A series of treaties with the govern-
le against the other. Within their own ments of the countries visited was announced and
>minlons also they will do nothing which may the King returned to Kabul in the late summer
use political or military harm to the other of 1928, the tour having been unclouded by
Lrty. The contracting parties particularly untoward incident. Afghanistan was peaceful
;ree not to make alliances or political and during his long absence.
illtary agreements with any one or more
her powers against each other. Each will Reforming Zeal. King Amanulla returned
30 abstain from joining any boycott or financial to his realm as of reforming zeal.
full He was
economic blockade organized against the much impressed by the political and social
her pary. Besides this in case the attitude institutions of the western lands he visited, and
a third power or powers is hostile towards in particular by the dramatic forcefulness with
le of the contracting parties, the other which Mustapha Kemal Pasha had driven
ntracting party will not help such hostile Turkey along the path of " reform," or perhaps
>licy, and, further, will prohibit the execution it would be more correct to say westernisation.
such policy and hostile actions and In this he was encouraged by the Queen, who
easures within its dominions. was desirous of seeing the women of Afghanistan
enjoy some of the freedom and opportunity won
Clause 3.The high contracting parties by and for the women of the West. Edict after
knowledge one another's Government as edict was issued, changing the whole structure of
;htful and independent. They agree to abstain Afghan society. New codes and taxes were
Dm all sorts of armed or unarmed interference imposed it was proposed that women should
:
one another's internal affairs. They will emerge from their seclusion and doff the veil ;
cidedly neither join nor help any one or more the co-education of boys and girls was pre-
her powers which interfere in or against one scribed in September Government officials were
;
the contracting Government. None of the forbidden to practise polygamy in October

;
ntracting parties will permit in its dominions European dress was ordered for the people of
ie formation or existence of societies and the Kabul. At the same time, the pay of the re-
:tivities of individuals whose object is to gather gular troops fell into arrear.
med force with a view to injuring the other's
dependence, or otherwise such activities will With every appreciation of the spirit and
p
checked. Similarly, neither of the con- direction of these changes, friends of His Majes-
acting parties will allow armed forces, arms, ty advised the King to moderate the pace.
nmunition, or other war material, meant They reminded him that in 1924 far less drastic
be used against the other contracting party changes had brought serious trouble in their
train. In May of that year the " Lame Mullah
"
I
pass through its dominions.
raised the standard of rebellion amongst the

Clause 6. This treaty will take effect from Gilzai and Mangal clansmen rf Khost. The
date of its ratification, which should take
ie Mullahs were openly active against the King
ace within three months of its signature. and His Majesty was equally frank in his
will be valid for three years. After this hostility to them. Possibly also well-wishers
;riod it will remain in force for another year suggested that what was possible in Turkey,
ovided neither of the parties has given notice after centuries of close contact with the
\t months before the date of its expiry that it West, and where the ground had been prepared
ould cease after that time. by missionary effort and a long struggle for
the emancipation of women, might be less easy
On March 23rd there was also signed in Berlin in Afghanistan, where there had been no contact
treaty between Germany and Afghanistan with the western world.
hich amounted to no more than the establish-
ment of diplomatic relations.
A change of Kings. Events moved rapidly
A
British Minister is established in Kabul 1929. A notorious north Afghan budmask,
in
1well as the representatives of other European Bacha-i-Saqqao, raised the standard of revolt
ates. The representatives of Afghanistan are and inflicted severe losses on the Afghan Regular
tablished in India and in London, and at some troops, discontented as they were by arrears
the European capitals. The various sub- of pay. Day by day the Afghan represent-
iiary agreements under the Treaty have been atives in various parts of the world issued
.rried into effect. messages asserting that the rebels had been
destroyed, and a rapid series of pronouncements

The King's Tour. In the closing months of declared the withdrawal of all the reforms and
>27 His Majesty King Amanulla, accompanied the establishment of a Council of Provincial
7 the Queen and a staff of officials, commenced Representatives. Communications with the
252 The Frontiers Tibet.
outer world were broken. King Amanulla provision of an interest free loan of 201
and his family fled from Kabul to Kandahar, to King Nadir and by the supply of rifles I
and then from Kandahar via Quetta to Bombay ammunition to him. He gave evidence off
where they took ship to Europe. King Amanulla friendliness towards Britain and India,
on his arrival at Home entered into possession co-operated effectively to prevent tribes on
of the Afghan Legation, where he remained. side of the Frontier joining those on!
Bacha-i-Saqqao declared himself King of British side against the Government of Indl
Afghanistan, and for a few months held his response to the Congress agitation in f
position in Kabul. Without money, summer of 1930. The trade routes j
administrative experience or a disciplined re-opened and the new King again tooH
following, his throne was a thorny one and he Amanullah's mantle of reform but in a stf
was harassed by constant attacks. The Royal manlike manner which carried the Mu"
Air Force in India meanwhile went to the rescue along with him.
of the British Nationals beleaguered in and
around Kabul and in a series of brilliant
Murder of Nadir Shah This ordered i
of progress was tragically interrupted
flights evacuated all without the slightest hitch.
murder of His Majesty Nadir Shah on the
The most formidable of the new king's adver- noon of 8 November 1933. His Majest]
saries were led by General Nadir Khan, a scion
attending a football tournament prize-
of the old ruling house, with a wide knowledge
when a young man among the gathering
of the world. Heavy fighting took place.
forward and fired several revolver shots i
Fortunes varied. Nadir Khan almost gave up
at close range, killing him instantly,
his chances as finally lost. But a band of
appeared that the assassin committed the i
Wazirs from the British side of the border
in revenge for the execution of a promf
attracted by prospects of loot, joined
Afghan who had been caught deeply inv|
Nadir and finally seized Kabul in his name and in treasonable activities after he had
interest. Nadir Khan thus became victor and mercifully treated for earlier behaviour
shortly afterwards, at the wish of the Afghans, was
was executed with other
same kind. The assassin's father str
Bacha-i-Saqqao have been this man's servant. The
rebels, and when the year closed Nadir was not followed by general or wide!
Khan was to all seeming in firm possession disorder. The members of Nadir Shah's J
of the Kingdom. He despatched members or
and his prominent officers of State stood 1
his family to the principal Afghan Legations

by his heir, his son, Muhammed ZahirJ
in Europe. A Shinwari rising near the exit latter was duly placed on his father's thro
from the Khyber Pass took place in February his accession was in due course ackno\*
1930, and was repressed with unexpected success and confirmed throughout the kingdom
and vigour. There followed a serious rebellion traditional manner. The new king sti
in Kohidaman, Bacha-i-Saqqao 's country.
reign with a high reputation for courai
This also was promptly quelled. And thereafter
steadiness. He early issued assurances 1
Nadir Shah ruled without challenge. He people that he would continue the policy |
devoted himself to the reorganisation of his father in affairs of State. No untoward |
Army. England was strictly neutral during have occurred in the months that hav
the successive stages of the revolution,
past.
but promised support to Afghanistan to help
her maintain internal peace when she had British Representative Lt.-Col. Frasdj
restored it and this promise was fulfilled by the CLE.
VII. TIBET.
Recent British policy in Tibet is really another Tibet was recognised, and to whosej
phase in the long-drawn-out duel between Great until the war with Japan, British staff
Britain and Russia in Central Asia. The were inclined to pay excessive deference J
earliest efforts to establish communication the position on the Tibetan frontier conl
with that country were not, of course, inspired to be most unsatisfactory. The Tif
by this apprehension. When in 1774 Warren were aggressive and obstructive, and
Hastings despatched Bogle on a mission to the view to putting an end to an intolerable

Tashi-Lama of Shigatse, the spiritual equal tion, a Convention was negotiated bl
if not superior, of the Dalai Lama of Lhasa Great Britain and China in 1890. Thj
his desire was to establish facilities for trade, down the boundary between Sikkim and!
to open up friendly relations with a Power it admitted a British protectorate over

which was giving us trouble on the frontier, and paved the way for arrangements
and gradually to pave the way to a good un- conduct of trade across the Sikkii
derstanding between the two countries. After frontiers. These supplementary arrang
Warren Hastings' departure from India the provided for the opening of a trade
subject slept, and the last Englishman to visit Yatung, on the Tibetan side of the
Lhasa, until the Younghusband Expedition to which British subjects should have th
of 1904, was the unofficial Manning. In 1885, of free access, and where there should J
under the inspiration of Colman Macaulay, of restrictions on trade. The agreement t
the Bengal Civil Service, a further attempt useless in practice, because the TibettM
was made to get into touch with the Tibetans, fused to recognise it, and despite their esljl
but it was abandoned in deference to the oppo- ed suzerainty, the Chinese Government
sition of the Cbinese, whose suzerainty over unable to secure respect for it.
The Frontiers Tibet. 253
Russian Intervention. the Home Government were unable to accept
the full terms of this agreement. The indem-
his was the position when in 1899 Lord nity was reduced from seventy-five lakhs of
zon, Viceroy of India, endeavoured to get rupees to twenty-five lakhs, to be paid off in
1 direct touch with the Tibetan authorities, three years, and the occupation of the Chumbi
ee letters which he addressed to the Dalai Valley was reduced to that period. The right
aa were returned unopened, at a time to despatch the British Trade Agent to Lhasa
in the Dalai Lama was in direct intercourse
was withdrawn. Two years later (June 1906)
ti His emissary was a
the Tsar of Russia. a Convention was concluded between Great
I jrian established a re-
Dorjieff, who had Britain and China regulating the position in
:!
-sable asoendancy
the counsels of the in Tibet. Under this Convention Great Britain
|ai Lama. After a few years' residence at agreed neither to annex Tibetan territory, nor
isa Dorjieff went to Russia on a confidential
to interfere in the internal administration of
:3ion in 1899. At the end of 1900 he re- Tibet. China undertook not to permit any
t led to Russia at the head of a Tibetan mis- other foreign State to interfere with the terri-
|i of which the head was officially described tory or internal administration of Tibet. Great
, Russia as " the senior Tsanite Khomba Britain was empowered to lay down telegraph
uched to the Dalai Lama of Tibet/' This lines tfo connect the trade stations with India,
sion arrived at Odessa in October 1900, and it wa3 provided that the provisions of the ,
1 was received in audience by the Tsar at Convention of 1890, and the Trade Regulations
adia. Dorjieff returned to Lhasa to report
of 1893, remained in force. The Chinese Gov-
stress, and in 1901 was at St. Petersburg ernment paid the indemnity in three years
h a Tibetan mission, where as bearers of an and the Chumbi Valley was evacuated. The
iagraph letter from the Dalai Lama they
only direct result of the Mission was the open-
e received by the Tsar at Peterhoff. They ing of the three trade marts and the establish-
e escorted home through Central Asia by
ment of a British Trade Agent at Gyantse.
force to which several Intelligence
lussian
were attached. At the time it was
cers Chinese Action.
that Dorjieff had, on behalf of the
loured
ai Lama, concluded a treaty with Russia, The sequel to the Anglo-Rusian Agreement
ch virtually placed Tibet under the pro- was dramatic, although it ought not to have
late of Russia. This rumour was after- been unexpected. On the approach of the
ds officially contradicted by the Russian Younghusband Mission the Dalai Lama fled
/ernment. to Urga, the sacred city of the Buddhists in
Mongolia. He left the internal government of
The Expedition of 1904. Tibet in confusion, and one of Sir Francis
a view of these conditions the Government Younghusband's great difficulties was to find
India, treating the idea of Chinese suze- Tibetan officials who would undertake the
ity over Tibet as a constitutional fiction, responsibility of signing the Treaty. Now the
posed in 1903, to despatch a mission, with suzerainty of China over Tibet had been ex-
armed escort, to Lhasa to discuss the out- plicitly reaffirmed. It was asserted that she
iding questions with the Tibetan autho- would be held responsible for the foreign rela-
rs on the spot. To this the Home Govern - tions of Tibet. In the past this suzerainty
it could not assent, but agreed, in conjunc- having been a " constitutional action," it was
with the Chinese Government, to a joint inevitable that China should take steps to see
1
ting at Khamba Jong, on the Tibetan side that she had the power to make her well res-
the frontier. Sir Francis Younghusband pected at Lhasa. To this end she proceeded
the British representative, but after months to convert Tibet from a vassal state into a
leiay it was ascertained that the Tibetans province of China. In 1908 Chao Erh-feng,
no intention of committing themselves. Acting Viceroy in the neighbouring province of
*as therefore agreed that the mission, with Szechuen, was appointed Resident in Tibet.
roog escort, should move to Gyantse.
'
On He proceeded gradually to establish his autho-

way the Tibetans developed marked hosti- rity, marching through eastern Tibet and
I
and there was fighting at Tuna, and several treating the people with great severity. Mean-
.
rp encounters in and around Gyantse. It time the Dalai Lama, finding his presence at
I
therefore decided that the mission should Uiga, the scat of another Buddhist Pontiff,
ance to Lhasa, and on August 3rd, 1904, irksome, had taken refuge in
1
Si-ning. Thence
-a was reached. There Sir Francis Young- he proceeded to Peking, where he arrived in
band negotiated a convention by which 1908, was received by the Court,
;
and despatched
Tibetans agreed to respect the Chinese to resume his duties at Lhasa. Moving by
vention of 1890 to open trade marts leisured stages, he arrived there at Christmas,
;
Gyantse, Gartok and Yatung: to pay an 1909.

'
But it was soon apparent that the ideas

'mnity of 500 000
1
(seventy-five lakhs of of the Dalai Lama and of the Chinese Govern-
;
1
the British to remain in occupation ment had little in common.
;
The Dalai Lama
ê Chumbi Valley until this indemnity expected to resume the temporal and spiritual
'
paid off at the rate of a lakh of rupees a despotism

which he had exercised prior to
' in a separate instrument the Tibetans 1904. The Chinese intended to deprive him
that the British Trade Agent at Gyantse of all temporal power and preserve
Ha have the right to proceed to Lhasa to
him as a
J
spiritual pope. The Tibetans had already
'
commercial questions, if necessary. been exasperated by the pressure oi the Chinese
soldiery. The report that a strong Chinese
Home Government intervenes. force was moving on Lhasa alarmed the
x reasons which were not appaient at the Dalai Lama that he fled from80Lhasa, and by
but which have since been made clearer, the irony of fate sought a refuge in India.
>
1
He
254 The North-Eastern Frontier,
was chased to the frontier by Chinese tioops, China and Mr. Long Chen Shatra, Prime
;
and took up his abode in Darjeeling, whilst Minister to the Dalai Lama, threshed out these
Chinese troops overran Tibet. issues. Whilst no official pronouncement has
been made on the subject, it is understood that
Later Stages. a Convention was initialled in June which re-
The British Government, acting on the re cognised the complete autonomy of Tibet
presentations of the Government of India; proper, with the right of China to maintain a
made strong protests to China against this Resident at Lhasa with a suitable guard. A
action. They pointed out that Great Britain, semi-autonomous zone was to be constituted in
while disclaiming any desire to interfere with Eastern Tibet, in which the Chinese position
the internal administration of Tibet, could not was to be relatively much stronger. But this
be indifferent to disturbances in the peace of a Convention, it is understood, has not been
country which was a neighbour, cn intimate ratified by the Chinese Government, owing to
terms with other neighbouring States on our the difficulty of defining Outer and Inner
frontier, especially with Nepal, and pressed Tibet, and in 1918 Tibet took the offensive
that an effective Tibetan Government be main- and threw off the last vestiges of Chinese
tained. The attitude of the Chinese Govern- suzeramtv. When the Chinese province of
ment was that no more troops had been sent to Szechuan went over to the South, the Central
Tibet than were necessary for the preservation Government at Pekin was unable to finance
of order, that China had no intention of con- the frontier forces or to withstand the Tibetan
verting Tibet into a province, but that being advance, which was directed from Lhasa and
responsible for the good conduct of Tibet, appeared to be ably managed. After the
she must be in a position to see that her wishes Tibetan army had occupied some towns on the
were respected by the Tibetans. Finally, the confines of the Szechuan marshes, hostilities
Chinese remarked that the Dalai Lama was were suspended and an armistice was concluded.
such an impossible person that they had been
From what has gone before, it will be seen that
compelled again to depose him. Here the the importance which formerly attached to the
matter might have rested, but for the revolu-
political condition of Tibet was much less a
tion in China. That revolution broke out in
local than an external question, and was in-
Szechuen, and one of the first victims was
flue need by our relations with Russia and
Chao Erh-feng. Cut off frcm all support from
China rather than with our relations with Tibet.
China, surrounded by a hostile and infuriated
Russia having relapsed into a state of consider-
populace, the Chinese troops in Tibet were
able confusion, and China having relapsed into
in a hopeless case ; they surrendered, and a state of absolute contusion, these external
sought escape not through China, but through
forces temporarily at any rate disappeared, and
India, by way of Darjeeling and Calcutta.
Tibet no longer loomed on the Indian political
The Dalai Lama returned to Lhasa, and in 1913,
horizon. The veil was drawn afresh over Lhasa,
In the House of Lords on Jury 28, .Lord Money
stated the policy of the British Government and affairs in that country pursued an isolated
course , with this considerable difference. The
in relation to these changes. He said the Dalai Lama was now on terms of the greatest
declaration of the President of the Chinese
cordiality with the Government of India. In
Republic saying that Tibet came within the
sphere of Chinese internal administration; 1920 he requested that a British officer should
and that Tibet was to be regarded as on an be sent to discuss with him the position in
squal footing with other provinces of China, Central Asia brought about by the Revolution
in Russia and the collapse of Government in
was met by a very vigorous protest from the
British Government. The Chinese Govern- China, and Mr. Bell, C.M.G., i.c.s., Political
Officer in Sikkim, was deputed for this purpose.
ment subsequently accepted the principle that
China is to have no right of active intervention In 1922 telephonic communication between
in the internal administration of Tibet, and
Lhasa and India was established. The Chinese
agreed to the constitution of a conference to have lately to increase their hold on Tibet but j
discuss the relation of the three countries. without persuading the Tibetans to accept
closer association.
This Convention met at Simla when Sir Henry
McMahon, Foreign Secretary to the Govern- British Trade Agent, Qyantte and Yatunu.
ment of India; Mr. Ivan Chen, representing Captain P. C. Hailey.
VIII. THE NORTH-EASTERN FRONTIER.

The position on the northern frontier has (q.v.y, it is almost the only important Nativ
been considered as if the British line were con- State in India with frontier responsibilities, an
tiguous with that of Tibet. This is not so. it worthily discharges them through the agenc
The real frontier States are Kashmir, Nepal, of its efficient Indian State troops fou
Sikkim and Bhutan. From Chitral to Gilgit, regiments of infantry and two Mountain Bat-

now the northernmost posts of the Indian teries, composed mainly of the Rajput Dogri
Government, to Assam, with the exception who mate excellent fighting material. One
of the small wedge between Kashmir and Nepal, of the most important trade routes with Tibet

where the British district of Kumaon is thrust passes through Kashmir that through Ladak.
right up to the confines of Tibet, for a distance Then we come to the long narrow strip of Nepal.
^
of nearly fifteen hundred miles there is a narrow This Gurkha State stands in special relation]
strip of native territory between British India wth the British Government. It is for all ]
anri the true frontier. The first of these fron- practical purposes independent, and the British
tier States is Kashmir. The characteristics of resident at Khatmandu exercises no influence on 1
this State are considered under Indian States the internal administration. The governing j
The North-Eastern Frontier. 255
machine in Nepal is also peculiar. The Maharaj 1911 to April 1912 in subduing the tribe. After
DhiraJ who comes from the Sesodia Rajput clan two or three small actions the murderers were
the bluest blood in India, takes no part in the delivered up. The cost of the expedition was
administration. All power vests in the Prime Rs. 21,60,000. At the same time friendly
Minister, who occupies a place equivalent to missions were sent to the Mishmi and Miri
that of the Mayors of the Palace, or the countries. Close contact with these forest-clad
Shoguns of Japan. The present Prime Minister and leech-infested hills has not encouraged any
3ir Chandra Shamsher, has visited England, desire to establish more intimate relations with
and has given conspicuous evidence of hi? them. The area occupied by the Nagasares
attachment to the British Government. runs northwards from Manipur. The Nagasares,
Nepal Is the main Indian outpost against Tibet a Tibeto-Burman people, devoted to the prac-
or against Chinese aggression through Tibet. Thf tice of head hunting, which is still vigorous-
friction between the Chinese and thj iNepalese ly prosecuted by the independent tribes. The
used to be frequent, and in the eighteenth cen- Chin Hills is a tract of mountainous country
tury the Chinese marcned an army to the con- to the south of Manipur. The corner of India
fines of Khatmandu- oDe of the mot rsman - from the Assam boundary to the northern
able military achievements in the history of boundary of the Shan States is for the most
Asia. Under the firm rule of the present Prime part included in the Myitkyina and Bhamo
Minister Nepal has been largely free from districts of Burma. Over the greater part oi
Internal disturbance, and has been raised to a this area, a labyrinth of hills in the north, no
strong bulwark of India. Nepal is the recruit- direct administrative control is at present
ing ground for the Gurkha Infantry, who exercised. It is peopled by the Shans and the
form such a splendid part of the fighting Kachins. Civilisation is said to be progress-
arm of the Indian Empire. Beyond Nepal ing and steps have been taken to prevent
are the smaller States of Bhutan and encroachments from the Chinese side.
Sikkim, whose rulers are Mongolian by ex- Negotiations between Britain and China on
traction and Buddhists by religion. In view of this subject are proceeding. There is a
Chinese aggression* in Tibet, the Government considerable trade with China through Bhamo.
E>f India in 1910 strengthened their relations On the Eastern frontier of Burma are
with Bhutan by increasing their subsidy from the Shan States, with an area of fifty thousand
Ifty thousand to a lakh of rupees a year, and square miles and a population of 1,300,000.
making a guarantee that Bhutan would be These States are still administered by the
?uided by them in its foreign relations. After- Sawbwas or hereditary chiefs, subject to the
wards China was officially notified that Great guidance of Supenntenaents and Assistant
Britain would protect the rights and interests Superintendents. The Northern Shan Rail-
)f these States. At the request of the Nepalese way to Lashio, opened in 1903, was meant to
Government a British railway expert was be a stage in the construction of a direct railway
leputed to visit the country and advise on the link with China, but this idea has been put
jest means of improving communications with aside, for it is seen that there can never be a
ndia. As the result of his report the Nepalese trade which would justify the heavy expen-
xovernment have decided to construct a light diture. The Southern Shan States are being
ail way from Bhichhakhori to Raxaul.
Great developed by railway connection. The five
uccess has attended the orders passed by the Karenni States lie on the frontier south of the
Nepalese Government abolishing slavery. Shan States. South of Karenni the frontier
Assam and Burma. runs between Siam and the Tenasserim Division
of Burma. The relations between the Indian
We then come to the Assam border tribes- Government and the progressive kingdom of
he Daflas. the Miris, the Abors and the Mishmis. Siam are excellent. A notable humanitarian
Sxcepting the Abors none of these tribes has development of recent years is the success
ecently given trouble The murder of Mr of the measures to abolish slavery in the
Villiamson and Dr. Gregorson by the Minyone Hukawng Valley. In this remote place in the
Lbors in 1911 made necessary an expedition
north-east of Burma a mild system of slavery
othe Dihang valley of the Abor country on the existed, but in response to the initiative and
I E. frontier. A force of 2.300 and about 400 pressure of British officers thev were all freed
Mlitary police was employed from October by April 1926.
256 Nepal.
NEPAL.
The small hilly independent Kingdom of dignified figure-head,whose position can best
Nepal is a narrow tract of country extending be likened to that of the Emperor of Japan
for about 520 miles along the southern slope during the Shogunate. The present King, His
of the central axis of the Himalayas. It has an Majesty Maharajadhiraja Tribhubana Bir
area of about 56,000 square miles, with a popu- Bikram Jung Bahadur Shah Bahadur Shum Shere
lation of about 5,580,000, chiefly Hindus. The Jung Deva, ascended the throne on the death
greater part of the country is mountainous, the of his father in 1911. The real ruler of the
lower slopes being cultivated. Above these is country is the Minister who, while enjoying
a rugged broken wall of rock leading up to the complete monopoly of power, couples with his
chain of snow-clad peaks which culminate in official rank the exalted title of Maharaja.
Mount Everest (29.002 feet) and others of Next to him comes the Commander-in-Chief,
slightly less altitude. The country before the who ordinarily succeeds to the office of Minister.
Gurkha occupation was split up into several The present Minister at the head of affairs
small kingdoms under Newar kings. of Nepal is Maharaja Bhim, Shum Shere Jung
The Gurkhas under Prithvi Narayan Shah Bahadur Rana, G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., K.c.v.o., Yit
overran and conquered the different kingdoms Tang-Paoting-Shun Chian, Lull Chuan-Shang-
of Patan, Kathmandu, and Bhatgaon, and Chiang (Chinese), Honorary Lieutenant-General
other places during the latter half of the British Army and Hon. Colonel, 4th Gurkhas,
18th century and since then have been rulers who succeeded the late Maharaja Chandra Shum
of the whole of Nepal. In 1846 the head of th^ Shere Jung Bahadur Rana as Prime Minister
Rana family Maharaja Jung Bahadur Rana, and Supreme Commander-in-Chief in November
obtained from the sovereign the perpetual right to 1929. Soon after this accession to power,
the office of Prime Minister of Nepal, and the with the consummate skill and political
right is still enjoyed by the descendants of the acumen of a born diplomat he averted
Rana family. In 1850 Jung Bahadur paid a a threatened breach of relations with
visit to England and was thus the first Hindu Tibet. A man of proved ability as the
Chief to leave India and to become acquainted Commander-in-Chief of Nepal he has inaugurated
with the power and resources of the British several urgent and important works of public
nation. The relations of Nepal with the Govern- utility. Already he has abolished certain un-.|
ment of India are regulated by the treaty of economical imposts such as those on salt, cotton,
1816 and subsequent agreements by which a re- etc., has tentatively suspended capital punish- '
presentative of the British Government is ment in the kingdom with a view to its final
received at Kathmandu. By virtue of the same abolition, constructed a second water-works,
Treaty either Government maintained a improved mintage and expanded general educa-
representative at the Court of the other and her tion. The reclamation on a large scale of
treaty relations with Tibet allow her to keep a forest areas both in the hills and the Tarai is
Resident at Lhasa of her own. Her relation now going on, to provide a hearth and home for
with China is of a friendly nature. Ever since Gurkhas retiring from British Service and part
the conclusion of the treaty of 1816 the friendly of the overflow population now migrating out-
relations with the British Government have side the country. In all his public utterances
steadily been maintained. During the rule of he has expressed an earnest desire to uphold and
the late Prime Minister it has been at its height augment the traditional friendship with the
as is evidenced by the valuable friendly help in British Government.
men and money which has been given and which Rice, wheat and maize form the chief crops
was appreciatively mentioned in both the in the lowlands. Mineral wealth is supposed to
Houses of Parliament and by Mr. Asquith in his be great, but, like other sources of revenue, has
Guildhall speech in 1915. The message from not been developed. Communications in the State
His Majesty the King-Emperor to the Nepalese are primitive, but since 1920 the Government
Prime Minister sent on the termination of has already undertaken the construction of a
hostilities and published at the time as also good and permanent road for vehicular traffic
Viceroy's valedictory address to the Nepalese
from Amlekhgunj to Bhimphedi the base of a
contingent on the eve of their return home after steep ridge in the main route to the capital of the
having laudably fulfilled their mission in India country from British India-and also has installed
eloquently and gratefully acknowledged the a ropeway to connect this base with the capital
valuable help rendered by Nepal during the four proper covering a distance of 14 miles. A light
and a half years of war. In recognition of this railway from Amlekhgunj covering a distance
help Nepal receives an unconditional annual of 25 miles in the route and connecting with
present of rupees ten lakhs from the British the B. & N. W. Ry. at Raxaul also has
Government to be paid in perpetuity. To been constructed and opened for traffic since
further strengthen and cement the bonds of March 1927. It has also put up a tele-
friendship that have subsisted so long between phone over this route connecting the capital
the two countries, a new Treaty of friendship with the frontier township of Birgunge near
was concluded between the Government of Raxaul. The revenue is about two crores
Nepal and Great Britain on the 21st December of rupees per annum. The standing army
1923. is estimated at 45,000 the highest posts
From the foregoing account of the history of in it being filled by relations of the minister;
Nepal it will be seen that the Government of The State is of considerable archaeological
the country has generally been in the hands of interest and many of the sites connected with
the Minister of the day. Since the time of Jung scenes of Buddha's life have been identified in
Bahadur this system of government has been it by the remains of inscribed pillars.
clearly laid down and defined. The sovereign, British Envoy Lieut. -Col. Sir Clendon 1
or Mabarajadhiraja, as he is called, is but a Dankes, CLE.

257
Railways to India.
The prospect of linking Europe and Asia by of Mosul. A line also runs westward from
I railway running eastwards through Asia Baghdad to Feluja,
on the Euphrates. When
Minor has fascinated men's minds for genera- the Turkish Nationalists
gained control of Ana-
tions. The plans suggested have, owing to tolia any quest'on of the
completion of the
the British connection with India, always through Baghdad line
Uin In the direction of lines approaching Tndia. delayed.
became indefinitely
More than 50 years ago a Select Committee
3f the House of Commons sat for two years to The Trans-Persian line to join the Russian
uonsider the question of a Euphrates Valley Caucasian system and the Tndian railways
railway. The Shah of Persia applied to the first assumed proportions of practical import-
British Foreign Office for the investment of ance In the winter of 1911. Both the Russian
British capital In Persian railway construction and the Indian railwav systems were by then
many years before the end of the nineteenth well developed up to the point likely to be the
ientury. A proposal was put forward in 1895 termini of a Trans-Persian line. The Russian
or a line of 1,000 miles from Cairo and Port system reached Julfa, on the Russo-Persian
3aid to Koweit, at the head of the Persian Gulf. frontier in the Caucasus. During the war
While these projects were in the air, German this line was carried thence southward
3nterprise stepped in and made a small begin- into the region east and south-east of Lake
ling by constructing the Anatolian railway Urumia. The Indian railway svstem, on the
jvstem. Its lines start from Scutari, on the borderland of India and Persia, was similarly
southern shore of the Bosphorus. opposite Con- much extended and improved during the war.
stantinople, and serve the extreme western A new agreement which Was negotiated between
3nd of Asia Minor. And upon this foundation England and Persia speciallv provided for
iras based the Turkish concession to Germans British assistance In the development of Persian
;o build the Baghdad Railway. natural resources and particularly for the
Meanwhile, Russia was pushing her railwavs extension and improvement of Persian roads
rom various directions into the Central Asian suitable for motor traffic, but the agreement
territory running along the northern frontiers came to naught.
>f Persia and Afghanistan to the borders of
Chinese Turkestan. The construction of a There remains the possibility of linking the
Trans-Persian railwav, connecting Tndia, across
Russian and Indian railway system bv way
Persia with the Russian lines between the
of Afghanistan. The suggestion has often
Black Sea and the Caspian Sea came to the been made in recent years that the Russian
line from Merv to Herat, on the northern frontier
forefront after the conclusion of the historic
of Afghanistan, should be linked to the Indian
Anglo- Russian agreement regarding Persia.
line which proceeds from Ouetta to
The Germans pushed forward their Baghdad border on Chaman. The distance the Afghan
between the
ailway project with a calculating shrewdness railway heads is about
250 miles. But there
irising from their estimate of the vame it have always for strategic reasons
been strong
would possess in their grand aim to over- military objections to the
railwav across Afghan-
throw the British Empire. The outbreak of istan and after tle death of the late
:he great war and the success of the Germans Amir ffabibullab the Afghan Government
n inveigling Turkey into it saw the final stages flatly opposed any suggestion
for eanving the
)f the construction of the railway pressed lodian or Russian railway system
within their
iorward with passionate energy. Thus, before borders. What th present
Afghan Government
;he overthrow of the Turks and Germans in think about the matter was not shown
Asia Minor and of the Germans in France the up to the time
this article was written, but the
railway was completed and in use from Scutari <trange situation in
Central Asia and beyond the
icross Anatolia, over the Taurus Mountains Indian North- West Frontier does not
suggest
X) Aleppo and thence eastward across the the early removal of the strategic
Euphrates to a point betwAen
difficulties The
Nisibin and completion of a broad-gauge line
Mosul. The Germans had also by that time
extending the
Indhn railway system through the Khyber Pass
jonstructed a line to Baghdad at the eastern to Land!
Khana, at its western extremity opens
Jnd of the route, northwards from Baghdad to
a prospect of further possible rail connections
i point a considerable distance beyond Samara.
with Afghanistan.
The war compelled the British to undertake
xmsiderable railway development northward Britain's special interests in regard to Per-
rom Basra, the port at the mouth of the sian communications have hitherto primarily
Shat-el-Arab. the broad stream in which the been associated with lines running inland
from
rigris and Euphrates, after their junction, flow the Persian Gulf, to
supersede^ the old mule
nto the head of the Persian Gulf. The system routes. Special importance has for
many years
consists of a metre-gauge line from Basra vtt been attached to the provision of
a railway from
Sasarieh, on the Euphrates, Whence north Mohammerah, at the opening of the Karun
vards to Baghdad, the line passing a consi- Vallev, where the Karun River
runs into the
lerable distance westward to Kut-l-Amara, Shat-el-Arab, just below Basra, northwards
it historic fame From Baghdad the line into the rich highland country of Western
unB eastward npnrox'mately to th- toot of the Persia, where the valuable
West Persian oil
)ass through which the Persian road crosses wells also lie. Britain has long established
he frontier of that country. A line branches special relations with the
|ff in the neighbourhood of
Kama Valley and
Kifri in the direction has a large trade there.
I
9
259
The Army.
The great sepoy army of India originated in
j
the Indians numbered some 67,000, the infantry
he small establishments of guards, known as being generally formed into 75 regiments of two
I eons, enrolled for the protection of the facto- battalions each. In Bengal, regiments were
iies of the East India Company; but sepoys formed by linking existing battalions of ten
jrere first enlisted and disciplined by the French, companies each with large establishments of
i'ho appeared in India in 1665. Before this English officers. The Madras and Bombay
[detachments of soldiers were sent from England armies were at the same time reorganised on
p Bombay, and as early as 1665 the first for- similar lines, and cavalry and artillery com-
ified position was occupied by the East India panies were raised.
ompany at Armagon, near Masulipatam.
Hfadras was acquired in 1640, but in 1654 the In 1798, the Marquis Wellesley arrived as
larrison of Fort St. George consisted of only
.
Governor- General, firmly imbued with the neces-

mm men. In 1661 Bombay was
occupied by sity of destroying the last vestiges of French
00 soldiers, and in 1668 the number was only influence. In pursuance of this policy
85 of whom 93 were English and the rest he
reduced Mysore, where Tipu was intriguing
rrench, Portuguese and Indians. with the French, and then turned his attention
After the declaration of war with France to the Mahratta States, in which Sindhia had
I established power over the Mughal Emperor
1744 the forces were considerably increased,
1
this did not prevent the French capturing

|ut at Delhi by means of a large regular army offi-
fl[adras in 1746. Following the French example, cered by Europeans under the French adventu-
tie English raised considerable sepoy forces rer Perron. In campaigns against Sindhia in
ijnd largely increased the military establish- Hindustan by a British Army under General
ments. In 1748 Major Stringer Lawrence Lake, and in the Deccan against that prince
ijinded at Fort St. David to command the forces and the Raja of Berar by an army under General
If the Company. The English foothold in Wellesley, afterwards Duke of Wellington,
mdia was then precarious and the French under the power of these Chiefs was broken in the
Ompleix were contemplating fresh attacks, battles of Laswari and Assaye. French influence
became necessary for the English Company was finally destroyed, and the Mughal Em-
0 form a larger military establishment. The peror was released from the domination of the
ew commandant at once set about the organi- Mahrattas. Subsequently Holkar also was
ition and discipline of his small force, and the reduced, and British power established on a
jarrison was given a company formation. This firm footing.
of the regular Indian Army
1 as the beginning
Ifwhich Lawrence subsequently became Com-

Mutiny at Vellore. The Indian Army
had been from time to time subject to incidents
In Madras the European
jiander-in-Chief.
of mutiny which were the precursors of the great
pmpanies were developed into the Madras cataclysm of 1857. The most serious of these
usiliers; similar companies in Bengal and outbreaks occurred at the fort of Vellore in 1806
pmbay became the 1st Bengal and 1st Bom- when the native troops suddenly broke out and
lay Fusiliers. The native infantry were simi- killed the majority of the European officers
/jirly organised by Lawrence and Clive. By
and soldiers quartered in the fort, while the
jegrees Royal Regiments were sent to India, striped flag of the Sultan of Mysore, whose
rie first being the 39th Foot, which arrived in
sons were confined there, was raised upon the
(754.
ramparts. The mutiny was suppressed by
me
Struggle with the French. From this
for a century or more the army in India
Colonel Gillespie, who galloped over from Arcct
;
at the head of the 19th Light Dragoons, blew
,, as engaged in constant war. After a prolonged in the gate of the fort, and destroyed the muti-
ar with the French, whom Dupleix had by neers. This retribution put a .stop to any
750 raised to the position of the leading power further outbreaks in the army.
1 India, the efforts of Stringer Lawrence, Clive,
/
.nd Eyre Coote completed the downfall of Overseas Expeditions.
Several import-
^leir rivals, and the power of England was ant overseas expeditions were undertaken
Jtablished by the battle of Plassey in Bengal; in the early part of the nineteenth century.
b
nd at Wandewash in Southern India, where Bourbon was taken from the French Ceylon:
le French were finally defeated in 1761. and the Spice Islands were wrested from the
number of independent States, owning Dutch, and Java was conquered in 1811 by a
ominal allegiance to the Emperor at Delhi, force largely composed of Bengal troops which
ad risen on the decline of the Mughal Empire, had volunteered for this service.
>me ruled by Mahratta Princes and others by
usalman adventurers such as Hyder Ali of In 1814, the Nepal War took place in which
ysore. A the brave Gillespie, who had distinguished
prolonged struggle ensued with
te latter and his son
himself in Java, was killed when leading the
and successor Tipu Sul-
vn, which ended only with the assault on the fort of Kalunga. The Gurkhas
defeat and
)ath of Tipu and the capture of Seringapatam were overcome in this war after olfering a
stout resistance.
In 1817, hostilities again broke out with the
Heorganisation of 1796 the 1796 In Mahrattas, who rose against the British during
>dlan armies,
been which
organised had the progress of operations against the Pindaris.
|
" 1 the Presidency system, were reorganised, Practically the whole army took the field and
be European troops were 13,000 strong and
all India was turned into a vast camp.
1
The
26o History of the Army.
Mahratta Chiefs of Poona.. Nagpur, and Indore n which the powder was enclosed in a paper I
rose in succession, and were beaten, respectively, cover, which had to be bitten off to expose the I
at Kirkee, Sitabaidi, and Mehidpur. This was powder to ignition. In 1857 a new cartridge
the last, war in Southern India. The tide of was introduced with paper of a glazed textuie J
J
war rolled to the north never to return. In which it was currently reported was greased I
the Punjab, to which our frontier now extended, with the fat of swine and oxen, and therefore I
our army came into touch with the great mili- unclean alike for Muhammadans and Hindus, I
tary community of the Sikhs. This was interpreted as an attempt to destroy I
In 1824, the armies were reorganised, the the caste and the religion of the sepoy p. Skil-
double-battalion regiments being separated, ful agitators exploited this grievance, which
and the battalions numbered according to the was not without foundation, and added reports
dates they were raised. The Bengal Army was that Hour was mixed with bone-dust and sugar
organised in three brigades of horse artillery, refined with the blood of oxen.
five battalions of foot artillery, two regiments of Disaffection culminated in mutiny at Ber-
European and 68 of Indian infantry, 5 regiments harapur and in an outbreak at Barrackpore
of regular and 8 of irregular cavalry. The where sepoy Mangai Pande attacked a European
Madras and Bombay armies were constituted officer. The next most serious manifestation
on similar lines, though of lesser strength. was the refusal of men of the 3rd Bengal Cavali
First Afghan War and Sikh Wars. at Meerut to take the obnoxious cartridge.
In 1839, a British Army advanced into Afgha- These men were tried and sentenced to long
nistan and occupied Cabul. There followed terms of imprisonment, their fetters being rivet
the murder of the British Envoys and the dis- ted on parade on the 9th May. Next day the
astrous retreat in which the army perished, troops in Meerut rose, and, aided by the mob,
This disaster was in some measure retrieved burned the houses of the Europeans and
by subsequent operations, but it had far- murdered many. The troops then went off
reaching effects on British prestige. The people to Delhi. Unfortunately there was in Meerut
of the Punjab had witnessed these unfortunate no senior officer capable of dealing with the
operations, they had seen the lost legions which situation. The European troops in the place
never returned, and although they saw also remained inactive, and the mutineers were
the avenging armies they no longer regarded allowed to depart unmolested to spread the
them with their former awe. Sikh aggression flames of rebellion.
led to hostilities in 1845-46, when a large por-
tion of the Bengal Army took the field under Delhi is the historic capital of India. On its
Sir Hugh Gough. The Sikhs were defeated time worn walls brood the prestige of a thou-
after stubborn fights at Mudki and Ferozeshahr, sand years of Empire. It contained a great
the opening battles, but did not surrender magazine of ammunition. Yet Delhi was
until they had been overthrown at the battles held only by a few Indian battalions, who join-
of Aliwal and Sobraon. Two years later an ed the mutineers. The Europeans who did
outbreak at Multan caused the Second Sikh War not succeed in escaping were massacred and
when, after an indecisive action at Chilianwala, the Delhi Emperor was proclaimed supreme
our brave enemies were finally overcome at in India. The capital constituted a nucleus
Gujerat, and the Punjab was annexed. Other to which the troops who mutinied m many
campaigns of this period were the conquest places flocked to the standard of the Mughal.
of Sind by Sir Charles Napier, and the Second An army was assembled for the recovery of
Burmese War, the first having taken place in Delhi but the city was not captured until the
1824. middle of September. In the meantime mutiny
had spread. The massacres of Cawnpore
The conquest of the Punjab extended over and Jhansi took place, and Lucknow was be-
the frontier to the country inhabited by those
sieged until its relief on the 27th September.
turbulent tribes which have given so much
The rebellion spread throughout Central India
trouble during the past sixty years while they
and the territory that now forms the Central
have furnished many soldiers to our army. Provinces, which were not recovered until Sir
To keep order on this border the Punjab Fron- Hugh Rose's operations in 1858 ended in the
tier Force was established, and was constantly
defeat of the Rani of Jhansi.
engaged in small expeditions which, while they
involved little bloodshed, kept the force em- Minor Campaigns. During the period
ployed and involved much arduous work. until 1879, when the Second Afghan War began,
The Indian Mutiny. On the eve of the there were manv minor campaigns including
mutiny in 1857 there were in the Bengal the China War of 1860, the Ambeyla Campaign,
Army 21,000 British and 137,000 Indian troops; and the Abyssinian War. Then followed the
in the Madras Army 8,000 British and 49,000 Afghan War in which the leading figure was
Indian troops: and in Bombay 9,000 British Lord Roberts. There were expeditions to
and 45,000 Indian troops. The proportion Egypt and China, and Frontier Campaigns of
of Indian to British was therefore too large for which the most important was the Tirah Cam-
safety. The causes of the mutiny were many paign of 1897. There were also the prolonged
and various. Among these were the annexa- operations which led up to or ensued upon the
tion policy of Lord Dalhousie, especially that annexation of Burma, several campaigns in
of Oudh from which the greater part of the Africa, and the expeditions to Lhasa. Lut
Bengal Army was drawn; interference with the until 1914, since the Afghan War, the army of
India, except that portion of the British gar-
privileges of the sepoy with respect to certain
allowances; and lack of power on the part of rison which was sent to South Africa in 1 899, had
commanding officers either to punish or reward. little severe fighdng, although engaged in many
The final spark which fired the revolt was the arduous enterprises.
introduction of a new cartridge. The muskets Reorganisation after the Mutiny.In
of those days were supplied with a cartridge 1857 the East India Company ceased to exist
Lord Kitchener's Army Reforms. 261
and their army was taken over by the Crown. is assisted by one first grade staff officer, selec-
At this time the army was organized into three ted from the Indian Army. In order that he
armies, viz :Bengal, Bombay and Madras, may keep in touch with the current Indian
the total strength being 65,000 British and affairs, the MilitarySecretary is expected to
140,000 Indian troops. visit India during thetenure of his office. In
Several minor re-organizations took place addition, by a practice which has obtained
during the following years, such as the linking of for many years, a retired Indian Army officer
three Regiments together and the raising of of high rank has a seat upon the Secretary of
Class Regiments and Companies. In 1895 the State's Council.
next large reorganization took place. This
was the abolition of the three Armies and the The superintendence, direction and control of
the civil and military government of India are
introduction of the command system. Four
vested in the Governor-General in Council,
Commands were formed, viz: Punjab, Bengal,
Madras and Bombay. who is required to pay due obedience to all such
orders as he may receive from the Secretary of
Lord Kitchener's Scheme.This system State. The Viceroy's Executive Council exercise
lasted until 1904 when under Lord Kitchener's in respect of Army administration the same
re-organization the Madras Command was
abolished and the Army divided into three Com- authority and functions as they exercise in
respect of other dej artments of the Government;
mandsthe Northern, Eastern and Western,
in the first phase of the representative institu-
corresponding to the Punjab, Bombay and
tions conferred upon India by the Montagu
Bengal Commands.
In 1907, Lord Kitchener considered that con- Chelmsford Reforms Scheme, Army expenditure
sequent on the delegation of administrative and the direction of military policy have been
powers to Divisional Commanders, retention of excluded from the control of the Indian Legisla-
ture.
such powers by Lieutenant -Generals of
Commands led to delay in the despatch of The Commander-in-Chief.The next
-business. The Command system was there- authority in the chain of administrative arrange-
fore abolished and India was divided into two ments is His Excellency the Commander-in-
Armies the Northern and Southern each Chief, who by custom is also the Army Member
under a General Officer who was responsible of the Viceroy's Executive Council. The ap-
for the command, inspection and training of pointment is held bv His Excellency Field-
the troops but was given no administrative Marshal Sir Philip W. Chetwode, Bart., G.C.B.,
responsibilities. G.C.SJ., K.C.M.G., D.S.O., British Service, who
Early in the War both Army Commanders succeeded Field-Marshal Sir William Birdwood.
took the field and were not replaced until 1916 He is also a member of the Council of State. All
and 1917 when both had practically the same the work connected with the administration of
functions as their predecessors. It was now the Army, the formulation and execution of the
realised that administration was being unduly military policy of the Government of India,
centralised at Army Headquarters and the the responsibility for maintaining every branch
machinery was becoming clogged with unneces- of the Army, combatant and non-combatant,
sary details. To secure efficiency at A. H. in a state of efficiency, and the supreme direction
Q.,
therefore, a certain measure of decentralisation of any military operations based upon India
was carried out in 1918. With the alteration
0/,y}e designation " Arm y " to "Command*"

are centred in one authority, the Commander-
in-Chief and Army Member. In addition, he
at this time, a considerable increase was
made in administers the Royal Indian Navy and the
the administrative staffs of the two
Commands Royal Air Force in India. The Commander-in-
and the General Officers Commanding were Chief is assisted in the executive 3ide of his
Siven powers to deal with all administrative administration by 4 Principal Staff Officers,
luestions other than those dealing with matters viz., the Chief of the General Staff, the Adjutant-
>f policy, new principles or war. General, the Quartermaster-General and the
The commands were increased to four in 1920 Master-General of Ordnance?
j under a General Officer Commanding-in-
is
The Army Department. The
administered by a Secretary who, like other
Department
Present System of Administration. Secretaries in the civil departm ents,is a Secretary
The essential features of the Armv, as con- to the Government of India as awhole, possessing
ducted on its present basis, will be found in the constitutional right of access to the Viceroy, he
'The Army in India and its Evolution," is also for the purposes of Sub-section
a 4, Section
lublication issued in 1924 with the authoritv
f the Government of India. 26 of the Regimental Debts Act, 1893 (56 Vict-
C. 5) and the Regulations made thereunder
The Secretary of State, as one of His Majesty's
Secretary to the Government of India in the
Unisters, has a special responsibility and
autho- Military Department, and for purposes of the
ty in regard to the military administration
1India.
Royal Indian Navy, Secretary to the Govern-
The Secretary of State's principal adviser ment of India in the Navy Department. He
also exercises the powers vested in the Army
a Indian military affairs is the
Secretary in Council by the Geneva Convention Act, 1911,
ie Military Department of the
India Office so far as that Act applies to India under the
he post is filled by a senior officer of
the Order in Council No. 1551 of 1916. He is
Jdian Army with recent Indian experience
he assisted by a Deputy Secretary (who i3 also
appointment is at present held bv Secretary of the Indian Soldiers' Board), an
leiitenant-General Sir John P. S. D. Coleridge
262 Military Territorial Areas,
The Army Department deals with all army ferred to the administrative control of His
servicesproper, and also the administration Majesty's Government from the 1st April 1927.
of theRoyal Indian Navy and the Royal The distribution of the troops allotted to the
Air Force in India, in so far as questions requir- commands and districts has been determined
ing the orders of the Government of India by the principle that the striking force must
are concerned. The Army Department Secre- be ready to function in war, commanded and
tariat has no direct relations with commanders constituted as it is in peace. With this end in
of troops or the staffs of formations subor- view, the Army in India is now regarded as
dinate to Army Headquarter : it has continuous comprising three categories of troops
and intimate relations with Army Headquarters (1) Covering Troops,
in all administration matters and is responsible (2) The Field Army,
for the administration of Cantonments, the (3) Internal Security Troops.
estates of deceased officers and the compilation The role of the Covering Force is to deal with
of the Indian Army List. The Army ad- minor frontier outbreaks and, in the event of
ministration is represented in the Legislature by major operations, to form a screen behind which
the Army Member in the Council of State, and by mobilisation can proceed undisturbed. The
the Army Secretary in the Legislative Assembly. force consists of approximately 12 infantry
The Military Council Is composed of brigades with a due proportion of other arms.
the Commander-in-Chief as President, and the The Field Army consists of 4 Divisions and 4
following members, namely: The Chief of Cavalry Brigades. The Field Army is India's
the General Staff, as Vice-President, the Adju- striking force in a major war.
tant-General, the Quartermaster-General, the Army Headquarters.
Master-General of Ordnance, the Air Officer Com- The organization of the Army Headquarters
manding Royal Air Force, the Secretary to the with the Commander-in-Chief as the head, is
Government of India in the Army Department founded upon four Principal Staff Officers
and the Financial Adviser, Military Finance, re- charged with the administration of
presenting the Finance Department of the Gov- (a) The General Staff Branch
ernment of India. The Under Secretary, Army (b) The Adjutant-Generai's Branch
department, acts as its Secretary. It is mainly an
(c ) The Quartermaster-General's Branch ;
advisory body, constituted for the purpose of (d) The Master-General of Ordnance Branch.
assisting the Commander-in-Chief in the per- General Staff Branch.
fecmance of his administrative duties. It has no C. a. S. Lt.-Genl. Sir William Bartholomew,
collective responsibility. It meets when convened k.c.b., C.M.G., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.
by the Commander-in-Chief for the consideration D. C. G. S.Maj.-Genl. B. R. Moberly, C.B.,
of cases of sufficient importance and
difficulty
D.S.o. , I.A.
to require examination in conference. The heads M. <?., Cav. & Tech. Adviser, R. T. CMaj.-
of the minor independent branches of Army Genl. E. D. Giles, c.b., c.m.g., d.s.o., i.a.
Headquarters and the directors of technical M.G., R. A.Maj-Genl. H. W. Newcome, C.B.,
services attend when required. c.m.g., D.s.o. , Brit. Ser.
S. O. in-CBrigr. C. J. S. LeCornu, O.b.e.,
Military Territorial Areas.
m.c, Brit. Ser.
Indian Territory is divided in four commands
This Branch deals with military policy, with
each udder a General Officer Commanding-in-
plans of operations for the defence of India,
Chief and the Independent District of Burma
Commander. The details of the with the organization and distribution of
under a
organisation are given in the table on the army for internal security and external war,
page and will be seen that the administration of the General Staff in
the next it
Commands comprise 13 districts: 4 Independent India the supervision of the training of the
military forces for war, their use in war, the
Brigade Areas and 30 Brigades and Brigade
organisation and administration of the general
Areas. The Northern Command, with its
in India ; the education of officers, the
headquarters at Murree, coincides roughly with staff
supervision of the education of warrant and non-
the Punjab and North-West Frontier Province
commissioned officers and men of the Army in
the Southern Command, with headquarters at
India, and inter-communication services.
Poona, coincides roughly with the Bombay
Adjutant-General Branch.
and Madras Presidencies and part of the Central
Provinces and Rajputana; the .Eastern A. G. Lt.-Genl. Sir Walter S. Leslie, K.C.B.,
K.B.E., C.M.G., D.S.O., I.A.
Command, with headquarters at Nairn Tal, Maj.-Genl. G. Thorpe, C.B., CM G.,
coincides roughly with the Bengal Presidency
D. A. G. '
D.s.o., Brit. Ser.

and the United Provinces; the Western D. M. S.Maj.-Genl. E. A. Walker, C.B.,
Command, whose headquarters are at Quetta, K
covers Sind and Baluchistan.
*This branch deals with all matters apper-
.
The General Officer Commanding-in-Chief to the raising, organising and

of each command is responsible for the
command, taining
maintenance of the military forces in officers
administration, training and general efficiency
"
and men, the peace distribution of the army, dis-

of the troops stationed within his area, and also
cipline pay and pensions, martial, military
for all internal security arrangements. medical and sanitary
from the four commands, the only and international law,
Apart matters affecting the Army in India, personal and
formation directly controlled by Army Head-
the Burma district which, mainly ceremonial questions, prisoners of war, recruiting,
quarters
mobilization and demobilization. The Judge
is
because of its geographical situation, cannot Advocate-General forms part of the Branch. The
be included in any of the four
Director of Medical Services in India, who
conveniently was
command areas. The Aden Independent
which was under the administrative independent before the war, is now included in
brigade
the Adjutant-General Branch.
control of the Government of India was
trans-
Chain of Command. 263
-Commander, Baluchistan
f Commander, 4th (Quetta) Infantry
Brigade.
District. (Brigr. C. N. F. Broad, D.S.O.,
(1st class.) Brit. Ser.).
(Maj.-Genl. H. Karslake, c.B.X
C.M.G., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.).
I
Commander, 5th (Quetta) Infantry

|
Brigade.
(Brigr. A. J. H. Chope, D.S.O.,
T.A.).
Commander, Zhob (Indepen*

dent) Brigade Area.
(Brigr. J. C. McKenna, D.s.o.,
I.A.).
Commander, Sind (Independent)
Brigade Area.
(Maj-Genl. C. Kirkpatrick, C.B.,
O.B.E., I.A.).
Commander, Razmak Brigade.

(Brigr. J. S. Marshall, d.s.o.,
Commander, Waziristan 0. B.E., I.A.).
District.
(2nd class.)
Commander, Bannu Brigade.
(Maj.-Genl. D. E. Robertson, (Brigr. F. H. Maynard, M.C,
1. A.).
C.B., d.s.o. , I.A.).
Commander, Wana Brigade.
(Brigr. T. Milne, d.s.o., la.).
r
Commander, 2nd (Sialkot) Cavalry
Brigade,
Gwatkin, D.s.o., m.c, la.).
(Brigr. F.
Commander, Ferozepur Brigade
Area.
Commander, Lahore District. (Brigr. H. M. Burrows, i.a.).
(1st class.) Commander, Jull under Brigade Area.
(Maj.-Genl. A. W.H.M.Moens, I
(Brigr. A. G. C. Hutchinson, C.B.,
C.B., O.M.G., D.S.O., I.A.). O.B.E., I.A.).
Commander, Lahore Brigade Area.
(Brigr. J. C. Gretton, i.a.).
Commander, Ambala Brigade Area.
I (Brigr. E. G. Hall, C.I.E., i.a.).
r
Commander, (Abbottabad)
1st
Infantry Brigade.
(Brigr. H. L. Haughton, C.I.E.,
C.B.E.)
-Commander,
District.
Rawalpindi Commander, (Rawalpindi) 2nd
Infantry Brigade.
(1st class.) (Brigr. A. L. Ransome, D.s 0.,
(Maj.-Genl. R. C. Wilson, C.B., M.c, Brit. Ser.).
D.s.o., m.c, I.A.). Commander, 3rd (Jhelum) Infan-
try Brigade.
(Brigr. C. W. Frizell, d.s.o.,
m.c, Brit. Ser.)
Commander, Kohat District. Commander, Kohat Brigade
/*r -
(2
?
(Maj.-Genl.
J?
d la Sl)
( Bri g r - H - L - Scott, C.B.,
D. I. Shuttleworth, m.c, i.a., a.d c.)
C.B., C.B.E., D.S.O., I.A.).
f Commander, 1st (Risalpur)

Cavalry Brigade.
(Brgr. D. K. McLeod, D.s.o.,
Commander, Peshawar Dis- I.A.).
trict. Commander Landikotal Brigade.
(1st class.) (Brigr. A. L. M. Molesworth,
(Maj.-Genl. S. F. Muspratt, cb., l A.).
C.S.I., C.T.E., D.S.O., I.A.). Commander. Peshawar Brigade.
f
(Brigr. C. J. E. Auchinleck, cb,,

d.s.o., o.b.e.,i.a.).
Commander Nowshera Brigade.
(Brigr. Hon. H. R. L. Q
Alexander, D.s.o., M.c,
Brit. Ser.).
264 Chain of Command.
Commander, Rangoon Brigade Area.

(Brigr. C. C. Foss, V.C., D.s.o., Brit.
Ser.).
s
II
Oft lN
ô
Commander, Madras District

(2nd class).
(Maj.-Genl. G. Fleming, C.B.,
c.b.e., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.).
Commander, Bombay District Commander, Mhow Brigade Area.
(2nd class). (Brigr. J. de L. Consy, i.a.)
(Maj.-Genl. H. Needham, c.B.,
C. M.G., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.).
Commander, Poona (Indepen-
dent) Brigade Area.

(Brigr. F. G. Spring, C.B., C.M.G.,
D. s.o., Brit. Ser.).
_2|Sg>3 -Commander, 4th (Secunderabad)

g fl o * Cavalry Brigade.
de la P. Beresford, M.C.,
(Brigr. G.
Miss I.A.).
Ills 5 Commander, 10th (Jubbulpore)
oh r Infantry Brigade.
9 r (Brigr. C. G. Ling, D.S.O., M.C.,
-< <u
(1st class).
}
Commander, 11th (Ahmednagar)

(Maj.-Genl. 0. H. L. Nicholson, Infantry Brigade.
C.B., C.M.G., D.S.O., Brit. (Brigr. L. S.H. Smithers, T.A.).
Ser.). -Commander, 12th (Secunderabad)
Infantry Brigade.
(Brigr. D. G. Johnson, V.c, D.s.o.,
M.c, Brit. Ser.).
-Commander Presidency and -Commander, 6th (Lucknow)

Assam District. Infantry Brigade.
(2nd class.) (Brigr. A. B. Haig, M.c, I.A.).
*2 (Maj.-Genl. H. J. Huddlcston,* -Commander, 9th (Jhansi) In-
C.B., C.M.G., D.S.O., m.c, Brit. fantry Brigade.
Ser.). (Brigr. E. P. Quinan, O.B.E., T.A.).
Commander, 7th (Dehra Dun) J

-Commander, Lucknow Infantry Brigade.
District. (Brigr. K. M. Laird, D.s.o., Brit.
(2nd class.) Ser.). 'M
Maj.-Genl. C. A. Milward, C.B., Commander, Allahabad Brigade
C.I.E., C.B.E. , D.S.O., I.A.).
5*2 ii (Brigr. D. G.
' Ridgeway, c.B.,
I D.S.O., I.A.).
<v g cs^ h 1
-Commander, Delhi (Indepen-

a .0 dent) Brigade Area.
(Brigr.M. Saunders, C.B., D.s.o.,
I.A., A.D.C.
-Commander, 3rd (Meerut) Cavalry,
-Commander, Meerut District [ Brigade.
(1st class.) (Brigr. E. M. Dorman, D.s.o.
(Maj.-Genl. R. J. Collins, c.B. M.c, Brit. Ser.). j
C.M.G., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.). -Commander, 8th (Bareilly)
Infantry Brigade.
(Brigr. N. M. R. Rad cliff e- Smith,
M.C, I. A.).
Regular British Forces in India.
265
Q. M.
Quarter-Master General's Branch.
G. Lt.-Genl. Sir W.
K.c.B., c.m.g., D.S.O., Brit. Ser.
Edmund Ironside, Jf h
Educational ?,
dut
of the In spector of the
e
Army
Corps, India and the Inspector
Physical Training are carried out of
by the Com-
D. Q M. G Maj.-Genl. E. F. Orton, C.B., i a
mandants of Army School of Education,
IndX
D. S. & T.~Maj.-Genl. E. M. Steward, Arm >' S <*ol of Physical'TS
C.B., O.B.E., I.A. toF^hfu
ing, Ambala, respectively.
This Branch Is concerned with the

cation, provision, inspection,
specifi- Regular British Forces in India.
maintenance
and issue of supplies, i.e., foodstuffs, T British
fuel, etc.,
forage,
and is responsible for the following Af
of the f^ army mc ^ vTIndia
alry and British infantry units
.
Services :Transportation, Movements,

tering, Supply and Transport,
Farms, Remounts, Veterinary, Garrison and
Quar-
Military
service. No
locked permanently in India.
Brit sh Army
are units
individual British service S
of the British
Units of the
is
are detailed for a tour of foreign

Regimental Institutes. Also for the purchase service, of which the major
of grains and of minor supplies not
part is as a rule
provided in spent in India. In the case of British infantry
bulk by the authority responsible for battalions the system is that one
production battalion of a
and provision. regiment lS normally on home service'
while the
Master General of the Ordnance Branch other is overseas. In the case of British
M. G. 0. cavalry the same arrangement cannot
Lt.-Genl. Sir Henry E.ap R. Prvce be applied '
K.C.B., C.M.G., D.S.O., I.A. as one unit only comprises the
regiment.
D M. G. O
Brigr. (Local Maj.-Genl.) W.
Paul, c.b.e., Brit. Ser.
R
In Great Britain, in peace-time,
are maintained at an establishment
units
I smaller
than that required for war. In India,
This Branch controls the ordnance and the peace
cloth h e ts e ce ed the war establishments
Ing factories and is concerned with the
inspection, maintenance and issue of
provision view f^ fact
ttt of! the l
? . that. reserves in
of British personnel
equipment do not exist and reinforcements must be
and ordnance stores, clothing, and necessaries and obtained
from Great Britain.
conducts all matter relating to contracts
in
respect of food-stuffs, <fcc, and supply British Cavalry.There are 5
in bulk British
of general stores and materials.
General is also responsible for the
The Master-
design
TfZu^ ment in In dia - The establishment
.
of a British cavalry regiment
is 27 officers and
inspection, and supply of guns, carriages, 5 o7 other ranks.
tanks
smallarms, machine guns, ammunition,
chemical ! h In
fa,l , The presenfc number of
warfare appliances, etc. He also deals
with RJSSJS ?infantry
British f * t 7;T
battalions in India is 45, each
questions regarding patents, royalties and with an establishment of 28 officers
inven and 865
tions. other ranks.
There are other branches of Army Head- In 1921, an important change was
quarters administered by officers who are not the composition of a British infantry
made in
classified as Principal Staff Officers, battalion-
but are not thein clu sion of a proportion of Indian
rdiliate t0 ny f thG f Ur Princi
* P al combatant1 ranks. Battalions
1
had
Staff Officers always
maintained a quota of Indian followers,
but up
These are to 1921 the combatant personnel was
entire] v
(1) Military Secretary's Branch
Mily. Secy.Maj.-Genl.
lfc sh
?/ L
Machine i n Corps,
Gun
*
1921 on th e abolition of the
eight machine guns were
-
W. L. 0. Twiss c B
included in the equipment of a British
C.B.E., M.C., I.A. infantrv
battalion. This number was increased
The Military Secretary deals with the appoint to twelve
ment, promotion and retirement of officers V9 7
? I nand
introduced,
1929 a change of organisation was
' >
the battalion now comprises

holding the King's Commission, of
officers Headquarters Wing I Machine Gun Company
ot the Indian Land Forces, the select-ion
of and 3 Rifle Companies. Each Rifle
Dmcers tor staff appointments,
and th*> has 4 Lewis guns. The Machine Gun
Companv
appointment of officers to the Army in
India (now called Support Company) is organised
Company
Reserve of Officers. He is also the
)f the Selection Board.
Secretary into :Headquarters and 3 Platoons (all on
pack) each of 2 Sections of 2 vickers guns
each
(2) Engtneer-in-Chief's Branch. The peace establishment of Indian combatant
B.-m-CMaj.-Genl. G. H. Addison, c B personnel is fixed at one Indian officer
J.M.G., D.s.o., Brit. Ser.
'
and
42 Indian other ranks. The Support Companv
The Enîneer-in-Chief is the head of the Corps platoon,
as it is called, is transferred en bloc
fRoyal Engineers in India. He is responsible another British battalion when the battalion
:o
or Engineer operations and Engineer to which it was originally attached
Services proceeds
unng war and peace, the preparedness for on relief out of India.
warof
he Engineering services. The supply of
tores during war and peace. The
Engneer Hoyal Artillery. Indians are employed
as drivers and artificers in the Royal

construction Horse
nd maintenance of all military works and the Artillery and in field and medium
onstructional efficiency, accuracy and batteries
economv as drivers, gunners and artificers
f all projects and designs. y in mountain
batteries, and as gunners in heavy
batteries
In addition to the above, the Army The peace organisation of the artillery at
Head-
uarters staff includes certain technical the present day is as follows
advisers
l
Wh the Major- General, Cavalry, the Major- Royal Horse Artillery. Comprises four in-
eneral, Royal Artillery, and
the Adviser and dependent batteries. Each battery is armed with
3cretary, Board of Examiners. six 13-pounder guns.
266 Engineer Services.
Brigades. (2) The preparedness for war of the engineer-
Field (Higher and Lower Establishment)
brigades on the higher establishment, ing services.
Five
each consisting of headquarters and four
batte- (3) The supply of engineer stores during war
ries Four brigades on the lower establishment, and peace.
each consisting of headquarters and four
batteries.
(4) The execution and maintenance of
all
consists
A brigade on the higher establishment
and 2 batteries
military works.
of 2 batteries of six 18 prs. each accuracy
4.5" Howitzers. A brigade on the lower (5) The constructional efficiency,
of six
establishment consists of 2 batteries of
four and economy of all projects and designs submit-
each and 2 batteries of four 4.5 ted by him.
18 prs.
Howitzers. The Organisation. The Engineer organisation
main branches,
mechanised of the Army consists of two
Field (Mechanised) Brigade.The viz., the Sappers and Miners and the
brigade consists of two batteries armed
witn
armed Military Engineer Services.
four 18-pounder guns, and two batteries
with four 4*5" howitzers. The composition of the Corps of Sappers
-The reinforce-
and Miners i3 as follows:
Field (Reinforcement) Brigade.
ment brigade consists of one battery armed Queen Victoria's Own Madras Sappers and
four Miners, with headquarters at Bangalore. King
with four 18-pounder guns, one battery of Sappers and Miners,
4*5" howitzers. George's Own Bengal
with headquarters at Roorkee- Royal Bombay
Brigades. Six brigades Sappers and Miners, with headquarters at
Indian Mountain
Britisn Kirkee.
each consisting of headquarters, one
light and three Indian mountain batteries,
moun- The personnel of the Corps consists of Royal
one unbrigaded mountain battery also one
one Survey Engineer officers, Indian Army
Officers from the
tain Artillery Section for Chitral and late Pioneer Corps, Indian officers holding the
Section. All batteries are armed
with four
certain number of
3 7" howitzers. The armaments of
the Frontier Viceroy's commission, a
Milward, British warrant and non-commissioned
officers,
posts at Kohat, Fort Lockhart, Fort and Indian
Fort Salop, Jhansi post, Arawali, Bannu,
Wana Indian non-commissioned officers
other ranks. Each Corps is commanded by a
Mir Ali, Wana Thai, Chaman,
Hmdubagh,
#
Lieut.-Colonel, who is assisted by a Superinten-
Malakand, Landi Kotal ; Shagai: Chakdara dent of Instruction, an Officer-in-Charge, Works-
and Fort Sandeman are also manned by
per-
R.A. shops, an Adjutant, three Quartermasters, three
sonnel of Indian Mountain Brigades, Subadar-Majors, a Jemadar Adjutant and a
Medium Brigades.-There are two such two bri- Jemadar Quartermaster.
each brigade,
gades Three batteries in Field Troops are mounted units, trained to
6'' howitzers,
of which are armed with six accompany ca\alry, and are equipped to carry
and one battery with four 60-pounder guns. out hasty bridging, demolition and watersupply
work. Field Companies are trained to accompany
Heavy Brigade. One battery at Bombay and infantry. Divisional Headquarters' Companies
one at Karachi. are small units containing highly qualified
Anti-AircraftHeadquarters One battery, "tradesmen" and are trained to carry out techni-
located at Bombay. The battery is armed with cal work in connection with field workshops.
eight 3 inch, 20 cwt. guns. Army Troops Companies are somewhat smaller
than field companies; they are required
Indian Regiment of Artillery The first units
to carry out work behind divisions, under
the
been raised as a
unit of this new corps has orders of Chief Engineers, heavy bridging
fieldartillery brigade and is designated A e.g.,
and
work, large water-supplies, electrical
Field Brigade, Indian Artillery. The establish- mechanical installation.
ment of this brigade consists of brigade head-
quarters, 2 batteries each of 18-pr. guns and 2 The Military Engineer Services control all
batteries each of four 4.5" howitzers. military works in India, and Burmr except
in the case of a few small outlying military
Artillery Training Centres. One centre at
stations, which are in charge of Public Works
Muttra, for Indian ranks of R. H. A. and of field Department. They control all works for the
medium and anti-air craft batteries and
Royal Air Force and all major works for the
another centre at Ambala for Indian ranks of Royal Indian Marine: and they are charged
Light, Mountain and Heavy Artillery. These with all civil works in the North-West Frontier,
centres were created for the recruitment and Province and Baluchistan under the orders,
training of Indian personnel. There is also a Governor
in each of these two areas, of the
R. A. Boys Depot at Bangalore. and Agent to the Governor-General, respectively.
They also control civil works in Bangalore, under
Engineer Services. the Mysore Government.
The Engineer-in-Chief. The head of the
The Engineer-in-Chief is assisted by a Deputy
Corps of Royal Engineers in India is directly Engineer-in-Chief (Works) and a Deputy
responsible to His Excellency the Commander- Engineer-in-Chief (Electrical and Mechanical).
The Engineer-in-Chief is not a
in-Chief. In "each Command there is a Chief Engineer,
Staff Officer, but the technical adviser of the while in the Northern Command a Deputy
Commander-in-Chief on all military engineering Chief Engineer administers Military and
Civil
matters and is responsible for works in the N. W. F. P. and is Secretary,,
P. W. D., to the Govt, of N. W. F.
Province.
Engineer operations and engineer services
The Chief Engineer, Western Command,
(1) is thflj
during war and peace.
Royal Air Force in India.
267
Secretary p. W . D to the Agent to the
Governor-General in Baluchistan
Both at Army Co-operation Squadron
S and in CommandsThe?e
Sta%ffi?^W
fhpL^?
0618 31 E
'. " and Technical Officers
-
a?e
At
at Peshawar.
d f
Tp
manto Tov a Engineers,
Slw'v/*!
district there is a Com-
assisted in certain
districts by A. Cs. S. R. E.
Officers of the Barrack
SSrs
1116
Ga
a a S
Garrison Vm
? l0yed as ^trictffi
rJL n Engineers a I^SLJI^^^^Pondlng to
S tvi^ ^
iXoi
ade
Snb
r
Sub-divisional
a âs and military
are in charge of
stations? their
ded int0 ^b-divisiSnUnto
Officers. The sub -divisions are
cTand'tt^^^ St0re/- There are sub-
overseers fS ?
0T uildlngs and Roads and the
t J I Department
Barrack
w JJ^ n ^ Station Commands.There ar P 2
subordinates chara
St reS are
m
kLpeT ^ted'byttorf.
Royal Air Force in India.
T yal M T TCe in Indi
bv ?h,> n l ? * is controlled Station Headquarters is 8 offlJeând nl '
116
t Tmceââil* 4, tot'alf
IS
%
f
% ^-"General in the A?mf 'The at Ambtla
t0 RlSalpur
'
and one is Rationed
sffiffi&vsz,
he A Marsh ai s *
K s S
he d
ad rte f Air * it coL nn?^nUy Pri mar
ff y air force unit, and
^h
gJfeAaSe
assocfated
Gêi lD la -
l T
?
he Air 0ffl er
* closely
Commanding ts
tLSXhti
fromfts
i > ?* %a Headquarters and
nt of aeroplanes.
Jil t ! ?
bUt not
soSf"*-
A flight can hZ6
P~ny
Se d
lhe T s aadS
hi
"L^bast
fe^^'SaHX/M t;f
co'ni!
Secretary's branches, the Guartermaifpr c7

i^frH^
whole
units
tr sVadrons
variefwKw f

'
"it
tL
d6S the w * S hops and
-
mOUrle3 and equipment
a
011 f the
opIan es in
,
4SJSSi
sto
a s 1adron
"as a
repair
blaDCh res P<*tively,

Army Headqn^te^ of
(0 MANI> comprising 2
C??
Wing Stations of two squadrons
each, on a station basil
(u) Wing Command comprising 2
squadrons not on a station
basis.
(tii)
Station Commands.
(iv) The
Aircraft Depot.
(v) The
Aircraft Park.
** eav y Tran sport
Squadron Establishment. The eqtflhiih
<?-\ Flight.
? J Head Q"arters, and
(vn) R.A. F. Hill Depot, e
Lower Topa ii ^ to
allotted flying
. fifteen officers
duties.
kno^^T^ ? 1 e
n
Gron P ^niand is
of one officer for each of
This allow reserve
the operative flights
and^s^lotated 'Sf'&SSS ^JT^ The establishment of other ranks
is 123
The Aircraft Depot. The Aircraft J>nnr
may be conveniently described
airmen
as the wholesale
store and provision
department of tlTe ltoval
Air Force. Technical stores
are received
U
held bTthis
neia
K
Dy this unit. It S
0m a ? d
f, is also
the
d ffrom
ta nce^ * K7n\
=!
the main work-
shop and renair shop of the
Force where all
engine, repairs, mechanical
No. 1 Wing Station,
No. 2 Wing Station,
R.A.F Kohat
R.iV., Rteai Ur .
Sed
Karachi*.
ouTrhe'SSS
m
POt 18 l0Cated ^
transport repairs
afc
e
Dri 8 h Hoad,
268 Regular Indian Forces.
lity upon flying efficiency and to apply in prac-
The Aircraft Park.Relatively to the tical form the results ascertained. The essen-
Aircraft Depot, the Aircraft Park may be
de-
inter- tial object in view is to save life by ensuring, so
scribed as a central retail establishment, who are physically
far as possible that those fly
mediate between the squadrons and the Air- to do so. The present
It receives stores from the depot
and psychologically fit
craft Depot.
The establishment of the Royal Air Force Medical
and distributes them to the squadron.
Service in India consists of 11 officers and 27
Stocks held in the Park are, however, usually con-
for airmen. The Medical Administration is
limited to items necessary at short notice Medical Officer of the
trolled by the Principal
operations, and the quantities held are kept
as
con- rank of Group Captain, on the staff of the Air
low as distance from the depot and local R. A. F. in India.
In war, an Aircraft Park Officer Commanding the
ditions will admit.
though the Indian Air Force. This force came into
is intended to be a mobile formation,
aircraft Park in India cannot be made
mobile existence on 8th October 1932, the date on
under ordinary conditions. In peace, the
Air- which the first batch of six Indian cadets, after
craft Park is located at Lahore. New aerop- receiving training at Cranwell*, obtained com-
lanes received from the United Kingdom
are mission as Pilot Officers. These officers will
erected there, but no major repairs are
under- form the first unit of the Indian Air Force.
taken. In addition to the above
functions, The training of cadets for the Indian Air Force
practically the whole of the motor
transport cannot at present be undertaken in India, and
bodies requred for R. A. F. vehicles are
built arrangements have been made to continue
or repaired at Aircraft Park. The Heavy Trans- their training at Cranwell.
port flight is administered by this unit. Regular Indian Forces.
Composition of Establishment*.-- The per- Indian Cavalry.The present number of
sonnel of the Royal Air Force m India consists Indian cavalry regiments is 21.
of officers, warrant
non-commissioned
officers,
The peace establishment of an Indian cavalry
officers and men in the ranks of
the R. A. X .
regiment comprises
of the United Kingdom, and Indian artificers,
14 British officers.
Mechanical Transport drivers and followers 19 Indian officers.
of the Indian Technical and
Followers Corps
employed 492 Indian non-commissioned offieers and
R A F. in India. The officers are men.
duties
on administration, flying and technical
but all with the exception of officers of the
store Indian InfantryThe establishment of
are required to be capable the Indian Infantry s constituted as follows:
and medical branches
of flying an aeroplane. A proportion of Battalions
as
airmen are also trained and employed 19 Infantry Regiments consisting of .. 98
pilots for a period of five years,
after which
3 Regiments of Sappers and Miners . . 7
period, they revert to their technical trades. 20
10 Gurkha regiments consisting of . .
Apart from these airmen all warrant officers,

non-commissioned officers and aircraftsmen 125
duties. The
32
are employed solely on technical
only other flying personnel who are not officers
The normal strength of an active battalion
or airmen pilots are air gunners
and a certain
si
percentage of wireless operators.
non-commissioned British Indian Indian
The warrant officers,
other ranks
employed at all Officers. Officers.
officers and aircraftsmen are
units The personnel of the Indian Technical Infantry . 12 20 703
and Followers Corps are employed as follows : Gurkhas . 13 22 898
(a) Technical Section ..Aircraft Depot. ne Streilgbll Ui. itU liu.tnil/lj' wammg uauTO.iv-
(artificers) Aircraft Park. depends upon the number of battalions forming
(b) M. T. Drivers Section .All Units. the regiment. The average is as follows :
Followers Section . .All Units.
(c) British Officers 10, Indian Officers 15, and
The total establishment of the Royal Indian other ranks 780.
Air Force in India is as follows
: In 1932 it was decided that the Pioneer 1
organization was no longer absolutely necessary]
260
Officers .. as the duties on which Pioneers were employed!
e g., road-making etc., were now generally
Airmen .. i>< per-]
Indian Officers, other ranks formed by labour. The whole organization!
and followers .. 945 therefore been disbanded, and the!
has
Civilians .. 530 opportunity has been taken to make a much!
Medical needed addition to the various Engineer units!
The Royal Air Force
Services In India, as in the United (Sappers and Miners). .
J
Reserves for the various units of the Indiana
Kingdom, the Air Force has a medical service of it s Army have to be sufficient to provide for an
which
own. Flying is carried out under conditions actual shortage on mobilisation as well as torn
differ widely from those on the
ground. With
therefore, it was the maintenance of the mobilised unit at fulj
the growth of aeronautics ,
strength for the first 8 months after mobilisation!

found necessary to create a separate depart-
whose functions Reserve,The conditions of the reservJ
ment
broadly
of medical science
stated are to study the effect ot
1
are as follows :
.
flving upon the human constitution both The Indian Army Reserve consists of pnvat|
effects soldiers or their equivalent. It is comprise*
mental and physical, to study also the
I
forms of illness and physical disabi- 1 of class ' C ' reservists for Indian CavalrJ
of different
Regular Indian Forces.
269
Artillery Sappers and Miners, Signals and In- The various types of field units and the num-
fantry and class 1 for Gurkha Rifles. The new ber maintained are :
class \ C ' reserve was introduced for Indian

Corps Signals Headquarters in-
Cavalry, Artillery, Sappers and Miners and
cluding Line and Wireless
Signals with effect from 1st October 1932 and
for Indian Infantry with effect from 1st May
Company . . . . . 2 .
Cavalry Brigade Signal Troops 4 .'

.'
1932. There still remain a number of classes

Divisional Signals . .
'A ' and ' B ' reservists which count against District Signals
.
'
*
4 .
the authorised establishment of the reserve . 3 . . .
but those Experimental Wireless Section ". 1

will be gradually eliminated.
Training for Indian Cavalry, Infantry and
Zhob Signal Section.
In addition, there is an Army Signal School
Gurkha Rifles reservists is carried out biennially.
which carries out the training of regimental
Reserve pay at certain specified rates is
signalling instructors.
admissible from the date of transfer to, or enrol-
ment in, the reserve. When called up for The formation of the District signals units was
service or training, reservists receive pay and effected in 1926 with the transfer of Communi-
allowances, in lieu of reserve pay, at regular cations on the North- West Frontier to the Posts
rates according to their arm of the service. and Telegraphs Department. This transfer of
communications also made feasible the raising
The establishment of reservists is fixed at
present as follows :
of the A and ' ' '
C
troops of Cavalry Brigade
Signals to include a Wireless Section each the
Cavalry .. .. .. 2 ,940 formation of two Corps Signal Headquarters,
Artillery 2,325 The District Signals are located at Peshawar,
Engineers 2,3r0 Waziristan and Kohat.
Indian Signal Corps '625 Royal Tank
. . . .
Corps. Six armoured
car
Infantry 22,120 companies India in 1921. Two
arrived in
Gurkhas 2,000 more companies arrived in 1925. Two Group
Railway Nucleus Reserve . . 654 Headquarters were sanctioned in 1925. They
Supplementary Reserve . . 246 were located as follows:the Northern Group at
Total . . 33,260 Rawalpindi, this Group Headquarters com-
manded companies in the Northern and Eastern
The Indian Signal CorpsThe Corps is Commands. The Southern Group at Poona.
organised on the same lines as a Sapper and
This Group Headquarters commanded companies
Miner Corps, with a headquarters for recruiting
in the Southern and Western Commands.
and training personnel, and detached field
These have been abolished and their duties are
units for the various army formations.
The head of the corps is the Signal
carried outby the Commandei, R. Tank Corps,
Northern Command, so far as that command is
Officer-in-Chief in the General Staff Branch
concerned and by the Commandant, R. T. C.
at Army Headquarters. He acts as a tech- School, Ahmednagar, in respect of the other
nical adviser on questions connected with three commands. There is a school at
signals, and is also responsible for the tech-
nical inspection of all signal units.
Ahmednagar for the training of R. T. C.
A chief personnel and the conduct of experiments.
signal officer with similar functions is attached
to the headquarters of each Army Command Organisations. 3 Light Tank Companies.
The British portion of the Corps has now been Each company consists of Headquarters and 3
amalgamated with the Royal Corps of Signals.
Sections and is armed with 25 Carden Lloyd
Light Tanks 4 for Company Headquarters and
The Signal Training Centre, India, is ;
7 per section.
located at Jubbulpore, and is commanded
,
by a Lieut.-Colonel, assisted by a staff, 5 Armoured Car Companies. Each company

consists of Headquarters and 3 Sections and is
British and Indian, organised on very much
the same lines as the headquarters of a Corps
armed with 16 armoured cars ; 1 for Company
Headquarters and 5 per section. The armoured
of Sappers and Miners.
cars at present in India are of various types,
The establishments of the Royal Tank Corps
formations are shown below:
fQO
Tank Corps School

5 48 16 9
Armoured Car Company
12 145 32 16 10
Medical Services. The military medical (c) The Indian Medical Department, con-
services in India are composed of the following listing of two benches, viz., (i) assistant surgeons
f per8onnel and subordinate organi-
ind (ii) sub-assistant surgeons.
Stfons"
(d) Queen Alexandra's Imperial Military
c r8 nd other ranks
aJ
Ar ?^dical
f ^Cor
i
P 8 SPrvin ^ India;
of Royal
y N"uring Servico.
/T7 Jfe * (e) The Queen Alexandra's Military Nurs-
fficers f tne Tndian Medical Service
-m
In military employ tnent.
ing Service for India.
(/) The Army Dental Corps.
270 Regular Indian Forces.
(g) The Indian Military Nursing Service. Mechanical Transport.

(/) The Indian Hospital Corps. Officers with King's commissions. 89
Of these categories, the officers and men of Indian officers 63
the Royal Army Medical Corps and the Army British other ranks 165
Dental Corps, the assistant surgeons of the Indian other ranks .. .. 2,835
Indian Medical Department and the Indian civilians .. .. .. 183
Queen Alexandra's Imperial Military Nursing Followers 1,344
Service and the Queen Alexandra's
Military Nursing Service for India are Total .. 4,679
primarily concerned with the medical care
of British troops; while the officers of the There are also 3,035 reservists.
Indian Medical Service, the sub-assistant sur- The mechanical transport establishment
geons of the Indian Medical Department and the consists of the following:
Indian Military Nursing Service are concerned, (a) Field units
primarily, with the medical care of Indian 11 M. T. Companies, consisting of 11
troops. The Indian Hospital Corps serves both headquarters, 32 service sections
organisations. (higher establishment), and 8 ser-
Civilians of miscellaneous classes employed by
vice sections (lower establishment).
the Army in Waziristan are given medical M. T. Companies for motor ambulance
5
treatment in military hospitals, and arrange- convoys consisting of 5 headquar-
ments have been made with the Headquarters ters, 1 section (higher establish-
of the Indian lied Cross Society for the medical
ment) and 11 sections (lower
treatment and care of cases amongst Indian establishment).
soldiers and followers of the Indian Army for
2 M. T. Companies (Mobile Repair
chronic diseases, such as tuberculosis, leprosy Units) consisting of 2 headquarters
and diabetes. and 4 sections.
Indian Army Service Corps. The In- (b) Maintenance units
dian Army Service Corps is the counterpart of 5 Heavy Repair shops.
the Royal Army Service Corps of the British Central M. T. Stores Depot.
Army. It has developed from the Commis- Vehicle Reserve Depot.
sariatDepartment of an earlier period, and its Chaklala Headquarters.
immediate predecessor was the Supply and Experimental Section.
Transport Corps, by which name the service
was known up to 1923. The Indian Army Apart from units and vehicles employed in
Service Corps which is under the control of the the conveyance of military stores, the mecha-
nical transport service also provides motor
Quarter master- General, is constituted in three
main branches, namely (a) Supply, (6) Animal
:
ambulance convoys for hospitals and field
transport, and (c) Mechanical Transport. The medical units, and vehicles for other miscel-
latter is constituted upon a special basis, which
laneous purposes. The total establishment now
is, generically, a sub-division of the Royal consists of 2,068 vehicles with 109 motor cycles.
Army Service Corps organisation. The mechanical transport was taken over
The strength of the establishment is shown by the Indian Army Service Corps in 1927. At
by categories in the following table : present the officers of the service are mainly
Supply. drawn from the Royal Army Service Corps
with King's commissions 128 since at present there are no facilities in India for
Officers
68 training officers in every branch of mechanical
Indian officers
280 transport duties. The establishment of officera
British other ranks
includes, however, a certain number of King's
Civilians 547
commissioned officers belonging to the Indian
Followers 1,401
Army. The British subordinates of the ser-
vice are drawn entirely from the Royal Army
Total .. 2,424
Service Corps.
Animal Transport. The Ordnance Services which are under the
Officers with King's commissions. 48 M.G.O. may be broadly described as the agency
Indian officers 129 whose duty it is to supply the army with
British other ranks 39 munitions of war, such as small arms, guns,
Civilians 97 ammunition and other equipment of a techni-
Indian other ranks . . . . 9,845 cal military character, and also, under an
Followers 1,403 arrangement introduced in recent years, with
clothing and general stores other than engi-
Total .. 11,561 neering stores. A
central disposal organisa-
tion is in operation under the control of the
There are also 1,576 driver reservists. Master General of Ordnance to dispose of the
Surplus Stores and waste materials of the
The total number of mules and camels main-
various services of the Army and the Royal
tained under the present organisation, including
the depots and the detachment in Kashmir, are
Air Force in India to the best advantage of the
State.
13,258 and 3,946 respectively. There are also
401 ponies and 12 bullocks. Wheeled Army Remount Department.The follow-
and pack transport are combined. The ing are among the most important duties
company on the lower establishment represent for the remount service :
The provision of ani-
the pre-war " cadre," other companies being mals for the Army in India. The enumeration
maintained in peace-time at full war establish- throughout India of all animals available
ment. [for transport in
I
war. The animal mobili.
The Auxiliary Force. 271
ration of all depart-
units, services and 7 years in army service and 8 years in the
ments of the army. generalA responsi reserve.
.blllty lor the efficiency of all the animals of the Gurkhas and
trans-frontier personnel of
army both in peace and war. The ad- infantry, 4 years' service In army.
ministration of the remount squadron formed Indian combatant personnel of British Infan-
in 1022 as a nucleus for expansion into three try 6 years in army.
squad rons on mobilization. Breeding ope- Indian Military establishments of the Indian
rations of a direct character. Army Ordnance Corps, 4 years* service in the
The department is organised on lines cor- army.
responding to the remount service in the United Animal transport' personnel of the Indian
Kingdom. Its composition is as follows Army Service Corps, drivers of mechanical
The Remount Directorate at Army Headquar- transport and all combatants of the Army
ters consisting of one Diractor and a Deputy Veterinary Corps, 6 years' service in army and
Assistant Director. 4 Remount officers, one 9 in the reserve.
attached to each Command Headquarters, 6
All combatants in the Works Corps, 2 years'
Superintendents of Remount Depots, 5 District
Remount officers of horse-breeding areas and army.
service in
the Ahmednagar stud, le Assistant Remount Bandsmen, musicians, trumpeters, drummers,
officers and 8 Veterinary officers.
and pipers, 10 years' service in
buglers, flfers
army.
Veterinary Services in India The Veteri-
nary services are responsible for the veterinary
Except in the case of those enrolled in the
Works and of those who are non-combatants,
care, in peace and war, of animals of British all school-masters, clerks, artificers, armourers,
troops, Indian cavalry and artillery, I. A. S. C. engine drivers, farriers, carpenters, tailors and
nits, the remount department (excluding horse- bootmakers, 10 years* service in army.
breeding operations), etc. The veterinary
rervices include The establishment of Royal
:
The period laid down for service in the army
Army Veterinary Corps officers, serving on a
is the minimum and may be extended.
tour of duty in India and those of the
Combatants may be enrolled direct into
xmtinuous service cadre. The establishment of the Reserve, in which case there is
warrant and non-commissioned officers, India no minimum period of service, but no one is
Unattached List, and veterinary assistant sur- allowed to serve in the reserve or in any class of
geons of the Indian Army Veterinary Corps. the reserve for a longer period than is permitted
The organisation consists of 20 veterinary by the regulations in force.
lospitals, Class I, 25 veterinary hospitals, Frontier Militia and Levy Corps.
31ass II, 25 branch veterinary hospitals, 10 These forces are " Civil " troops, i.e., they are
dek lines and 12 Indian Army Veterinary Corps administered and paid by the Civil authorities
Sections of personnel posted to veterinary and not by the Army. They are, however,
lospitals during peace and forming a cadre for officered.by Officers of the Regular Indian Army.
ixpansion on mobilisation to provide technical These forces were raised for duty on the North-
personnel for all veterinary units. west Frontier and at present consist of the
Military Farms DepartmentThis following r
Kurram Militia.Tochi Scouts, South
iepartment, which is under the control of the Waziristan Scouts, Chitral Scouts, Gilgit
Quartermaster-General consists of two branches*." Scouts, Zhob militia and the Mekran Levy Corps.
(i) The military grass farms, which The Auxiliary Force,
provide fodder for the army.
After the war, the question of universal
(ii) The military dairy farms, for the training for European British subjects came
)rovision of dairy produce for hospitals, troops
up for consideration, and it was decided that
ind families.
in India, as elsewhere in the Empire, the adop-
Educational Services. The education of tion of compulsory military service would be
he army is under the control of the Army
undesirable. It was recognised, however, that
Sducational Corps and of Indian officers borne
India needed some adequate auxiliary force,
upernumerary to the establishment of units of if only on a voluntary basis, that could be
he Indian Army. The establishment is as trained to a fairly definite standard of effi-
ollows including training schools :
icency ; and in the result, an Act to constitute
British Indian B. 0. I. O. an Auxiliary Force for service in India was
officers. officers. passed in 1920. Under this Act membership
61 50 164 64 is limited to European British subjects, and
446
the liability of members for training and service
Terms of service in the Indian army are is clearly defined. Military training is graduated
is follows :
according to age, the more extended training
Cavalry, 7 years' service in army and 8 years being carried out by the younger members,
n the reserve. the older members being obliged to fire a mus-
Artillery, 7 years' service in army and 8 in ketry course only. It was laid down that mili-
;he reserve for gunners and drivers (horse); tary service should be purely local. As the
irivers (mechanical transport) 6 years in army form of service that would be most suitable
md 9 years in the reserve ; and 4 years' service varies largely according to localities, the local
inarmy for Heavy Artillery personnel. military authorities, acting in consultation
S. & M. Corps, 7 years' service in army and with the advisory committee of the Auxiliary
5in the reserve. Force area, were given the power of adjusting
Indian Signal Corps, 7 years' service in army the form of training to suit local conditions.
md 8 in the reserve. The Auxiliary Force comprises all branches
Infantry (except Gurkhas and trans-frontier of the service, cavalry, artillery, engineers,
>ersonnel of the Infantry other than Orakzais),
infantry in which are included railway bat-
272 Indian State Forces.
talions,
machine gun companies, a Signal m^nt has not been completely filled in all cases,
Company, and the Medical and Veteri- the movement has already achieved a greater
nary Corps. Units of the Auxiliary Force degree of success than might have been antici-
are under the command of the local military pated at so early a stage. Although for the
authority, and the latter has the power of present the infantry arm only has been
calling them out for service locally in a case created with the addition of the I.T.F. Medical
of emergency. Their role is to assist in home Branch, the force by law may include every
defence. Training is carried on throughout other army service.
the year. Pay at a fixed rate is given for each Men enrol in the provincial battalions for a
day's training and, on completion of the sche- period of six years, the period being reduced
duled period of annual training, every enrolled to four years in certain cases. On the com-
member of the force is entitled to a certain pletion of the first period they can re-enrol
bonus. Men enrol in the Auxiliary Force for an voluntarily for further specified periods.
indefinite period.' An enrolled person is entitled During his first year, every man does preli-
to claim his discharge on the completion of four minary training for one calendar month and
years' service or on attaining the age of 45 during every year he receives one month's
years. Till then he can only be discharged periodical training. Members of urban units
on the recommendation of the advisory com- have only a provincial liability. 4 such units
mittee of the area. were constituted in 1928 in Bombay, Madras,
The duties connected with the Defence Light and the United Provinces, one of which
Sections at Calcutta, Bombay, Karachi and has since been disbanded. Members enrolled
Rangoon are performed by the Field Companies for a period of 6 years and train all the year
R. E. (A. F.I.) attnose stations, assisted by round. During his first year every man does
Indian ranks of Sapper and Miner Units. 32 days' preliminary training, and in every
Indian Territorial Force. subsequent year 16 days' periodical training.,
The Territorial Force is one of the several
aspects of the Indianisation of the military
The Indian State Forces.
services. The force is intended to cater, amongst The Indian StateForces, formerly designated.
other things, for the military aspirations of "Imperial Service Troops," consist of the miifl
those classes of the population to whom military forces raised and maintained by the Rulers
tary service has not hitherto been a hereditary of Indian States at their own expense and fotf
profession. It is intended, at the same time, State service. It has been the custom in
to be a second line to and a source of reinforce- emergency for State troops to be lent to thej
ment for the regular Indian army. Member- Government of India, and the Government of
ship of the force for this latter reason carries India have on many occasions received mili^
with it a liability for something more than tary assistance of great value from this source.
purely local service or home defence. It may, But the rendering of such aid is entirely at the
in certain circumstances, involve service over- discretion of the Ruling Princes and Chiefs.
seas. The force is the direct successor of the Government, on the other hand, provide per-
Indian section of the Indian Defence Force manently a staff of British officers, termed
created during the war. It has been modelled " Military Advisers and Assistant Military
on the old militia in England. The essence of Advisers," to assist and advise the Ruling
its scheme of organisation consists in training Princes in organising and training the troops
men by means of annual embodiment for a of their States.
short period in successive years. By this means
After the war had ended, the Indian States,
Indian Territorial Force units can be given
like the Government of India, undertook a
sufficient preliminary training in peace to enable
military reorganisation, which in a number of
them, after a comparatively short period of
cases, has already been carried out. The prin-.
intensive training, to take their place by the
cipal feature of the new arrangements, as adopt-'
sid^ of regular units in war.
ed more or less generally, is that in future the
The Indian Territorial Force consists at
Indian State Forces should be composed of three;
present of three main categories, provincial
battalions, urban units and the university training
categories of troops, namely
corps units. The last are recruited from the staff
Class A. Troops in this class are organised
and students of Indian universities. They are on the present-day Indian Army system and
trained all the year round by means of establishments, and, with some exceptions,
weekly drills during terms and a period are armed with the same weapons as correspond-
of 15 davs in camp and are equipped ing units of the regular Indian Army.
with a permanent staff of British instructors. Class B.
These troops consist of units which 1
On ceasing to belong to a university, a member are, in most cases, little inferior in training and
of the corps is discharged. In the case of the discipline to croops of Class A ; but they are-
university training corps units there is no liability not organised on present-day Indian Army]
to perform the liability to render actual military establishments. They have, as a rule, retained]
service. Their purpose is mainly educative, to the system of the pre-war formations. Their
inculcate discipline and form character. But, 1 standard of armament is pitched lower than]
incidentally, they are expected to be a source of that of Class A troops.
supply of both officers and men for the provincial
and urban units.

Class C. These troops consist in the main]
of militia formations, which are not perma-i
The members of the provincial battalions nently embodied. The standard of training,!
accept the full liability for service which has disciplineand armament, prescribed for this]
been mentioned. Seven puch battalions were class, is generally lower than the standard!
constituted in the first instance. The number is prescribed for Class B troops,
now eighteen and, though the unit establish- i
I The authorized and actual strength of the!
Education of Indian Officers. 273
Indian State Forces on the 1st October 1934, of suitable candidates for admission.
amounted to the selection of specially capable and
(2) Bv
deserving
I Authorized 1 Actual Lnd an officers or non-commissioned officers
of
strength. strength. Indian regiments promoted from the
I |
ranks
Artillery or those appointed direct as jemadar.
1,616 1,595 These
Cavalry receive their commisiions after training
9,366 8,844 at the
Infantry Royal Military College or Academy as Cadets
36,487 30,262 and qualifying in the usual way.
Camel Corps 466 462 (3) By the be-
Motor Machine Gun Sec- stowal of honorary King's commissions on
Tndian
tions 100
officers who have rendered distinguished service
Sappers but whose age and Jack of education
1,307 1,075 preclude
Transport Corps their being granted the full King's com-
1,538 1,741
mission. The first two avenues of selection
Grand total 50,880 44,064 men-
tioned afford full opportunity to the
Indian of
satisfying a military ambition and
Officers. of enjoying
a military career on terms of absolute
There are two main categories of officers in equality
with the British officer, who, as a
the Indian Army those holding the King's
; general rule
also enters the army by qualifying
Commission and those holding the Viceroy's at Sand-
hurst or Woolwich. Until 1931, ten
Commission. The latter are all Indians, apart vacancies at
from tho Gurkha officers of Gurkha battalions, Sandhurst and three at Woolwich were
reserved
annually for Indian cadets.
and have a limited status and power of com-
mand, both of which are regulated by the Tndian A further measure adopted by the Govern-
Army Act and the rules made thereunder. ment was the establishment of the Prince
of
Within recent years several Indians have Wales Royal Indian Military College at
Dehra
received King's Commissions, on entry into the
Dun, a Government institution for the
preli-
Indian Army through the minary education of Indians who desire
Royal Military quality for the King's commission in
to
College, Sandhurst and the Royal Military the armv
Academy, Woolwich. through the Royal Military College,
Sandhurst
or the Royal Military Academy,
King's Commissioned officers for the Indian Woolwich,
the arrangements so far made
Army are obtained from two main sources from :
maximum of 70 boys to be in residence enable a
among the cadets who pass through the Royal at the
college at any one time, and the
Military College, Sandhurst, and by the transfer normal course
of education is planned to occupy
to the Indian Army of officers belonging to six years.
In February 1923, it was decided
British units. The former is the principal that eMit
units of the Indian Army should be
channel of recruitment the latter being only
; completelv
Indianized The units selected for Indianization
resorted to when, owing to abnormal wastage
or for some other special reason, requirements th Llgnt Cavalr y; 16th Light Cavalry;
S \l J 2nd
Pioneers; 4 /19th Hyderabad Regi-
cannot be completed by means of ca lets from fj^l
nient;5th Royal Battalion 5th Mahratta
Sandhurst. A third source is from among Uni- 5 Light In-
1 /7 th Ra iP ut Regiment
versity candidates. When a cadet has qualified at {^ll (Q. V. O. L. I.)
1 /14th Punjab Regiment;2 /1st Punjab

Sandhurst and has received his commission, he Regiment

becomes, in the first instance, an officer of the In 1932 a considerable advance in the
Indiani-
Unattached List, and is posted for a period of zation of the Army was made by the announce-
one year to a British battalion or regiment in ,
ment that it was intended to Indianize a Divi-
India, where he receives a preliminary training sion of all Arms and a Cavalry Brigade
In
in his military duties.
order to implement this decision, the following
At the end of the year,
he is posted as a squadron or company officer units have been marked for Indianization,
to a regiment or battalion of the Indian Army. 3rd Cayalry, 5/2nd Punjab Regiment,
5/6th
Administrative services and departments of the
army draw their officers from combatant units,
?M ] ^ta a
5
Rines >' 5 / 8th Punjab Regiment,
i
5/1 0th Baluch Regiment, 5/llth Sikh Regi-
as has hitherto been regarded as essential that
it
ment, 4/1 2th Frontier Force Regiment, and 6th
every officer should, in the first instance, receive Royal Battalion 13th Frontier Force Rifles in
a thorough grounding in combatant duties, and addition to units of Indian Artillery, Engineers
etc., together with the usual complement
acquire at first hand an intimate knowledge of an-
cillary services, to make up a complete
of the requirements of the combatant arms. Division
The promotion in rank of King's commission- The Indian Regiment of Artillery has been
ed officers of the Indian Army is regulated by a fomied on the 15th January 1935 and the
first
unit oi this new corps has been
time-scale up to the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel raised as a
a ll r b " g ade
but is subject also to certain professional
examinations and tests being successfully passed.
5 ^ ^L - Tnis brigade is dessignat-
ad A Field Brigade, Indian Artillery.
.
The rank of Lieutenant-Colonel is in normal In order to train officers for the

Indian
course attained at 26 years' service
[ Army of the future, the Indian MilitaryAcademy
promotion
I
beyond this rank is determined by selection.

; at Dehra Dun was opened in October 1932 It
provide officers for all arms cavalry!
will
Indian Officers. One of the mcit 1
fantry, artillery and signals. The first

in-
momentous decisions of the Great War, so far as batch of
officers passing out of the Academy
the Indian Army is concerned, was that wrVch received
their commissions on the 1st February
rendered Indians eligible to hold the Kiig's 1935,
commission in the army. King's commis/ions Training Institutions
are obtainable by Indian gentlemen in /hree
f n in % .institutions exist in India
ways (1) By qualifying as a cadet throuw the
: fh J v? G Y fcrami
for
Royal Military College, Sandhurst or the/Royal ? /U! e 5 ucatl gC pflnsfc military personnel and
Militarv Acadeim Woolwich. Examinations Qf Q ?n ?, S J ctors for units :-
, Staff College, Quetta.
are held twice a year in India for the /election Senior Officers' School, Belgaum.
274 The Fighting Races.
School of Artillery, Kakul. The strength of the Reserve on the let
Equitation School, Saugor. January 1935 was 839.
Small Arms Schools (India), at Pachmarha The Fighting Races. The fighting classes
and Ahmednagar. that contribute to the

composition of the
Army School of Physical Training, Ambail. Indian Army have hitherto been drawn mainly
Army Signal School, Poona. from the north of India, but the experiences
Royal Tank Corps School, Ahmednagar. of the great war have caused some modifica.
Army School of Education, Belgaum. tions in the opinions previously held as to the
Army School of Cookery, Poona. relative value of these and other fighting men.
Army Veterinary Schools, Ambala and Poona. The numbers of the various castes and tribes
Indian Army Service Corps Training Esta- enlisted in the Army have since the war un-
blishment, Rawalpindi. dergone fluctuations, and it is not possible at
Indian Army Ordnance Corps School of present to give exact information as to their
Instruction, Kirkee. proportions. Previous to the war the Sikhs
The object of these Schools is to ensure to all contributed very large numbers both to the
the units throughout the army a constant supply cavalry and infantry, and the contribution of the
of officers, warrant officers, non-commissioned Gurkhas was also large. The Sikhs, who inhabit
officers and men, provided with a thorough up-to- the Punjab originated in a sect founded near
date knowledge of various technical subjects, Lahore by a peasant in the early part of the
and with the ability to pass on this knowledge. sixteenth century and in the course of a hund-
Following the procedure adopted at Home, the red years grew into a formidable militant power.
Small Arms and Machine Gun Schools were amal- Muhammadans of various races contribute a
gamated in February 1927. Instruction in the still larger proportion to both the cavalry and in-
rifie, light gun, etc., is carried out at Pachmarhi fantry. These are drawn both from the north and
and in the machine gun at Ahmednagar. the south of India, as well as from beyond the
The King George's Royal Indian Military Frontier. They are all excellent fighting men,
Srhools at Jhelum, Jullundurand Ajmere, and hardy and warlike, who have furnished soldiers
the Kitchener College, Nowgong, also exist for to all the great powers of India for manyhundreds
the education of the sons of Indian soldiers with of years. As cavalry the Muhammadans are
a view to their finding a career in the Indian perhaps unequalled by any other race in the East,
Army. The latter at present assists in the train- being good horsemen and expert men-at-arms.
ing of Indian N.C.Os. for promotion to Viceroy's Next in point of numbers are the Gurkhas
Commission. The Prince of Wales's Royal of Nepal, of whom there are twenty complete
Indian Military College at Dehra Dun exists battalions, which during the war were con-
for the preliminary education of Indians who siderably increased. As fighters in the hills
desire to qualify for the King's Commission in they are unsurpassed even by the Pathans in
the Army through the Indian Military Academy. the North-West Frontier, but the Garhwalis
Army in India Reserve of Officers- and Kumaonis are equally good mountaineers.
Previous to the Great War there existed what The professional military caste of India from
was called the Indian Army Reserve of Officers, time immemorial has been the Rajput, inhabit-
a body of trained officers available to replace ing not only Raj pu tana but the United Provin-
casualties in the Indian Army. The war proved ces and Oudh. Of fine physique and martial
that for many reasons this reserve did not bearing, these warriors of Hindustan formed the
fully meet requirements and in 1922 the Army backbone of the old Bengal Army, and have
in India Reserve of Officers was constituted. sustained the English flag in every campaign
The revised Regulations for the A. I. R. O. pub- in the East. Their high caste and consequent
lished in 1934 provide that the following gentlemen prejudices in no respect interfere with their mar-
may be granted commissions in the Reserve :
tial instincts and efficiency in war. They furnish
(1) Ex-Officers who,having held King'scommis- many battalions. The Garhwalis are Hill
sion in any Branch of His Majesty's British, Indian Rajputs, good and gallant soldiers, who have
or Dominion Forces, either naval,military(includ- proved themselves equal to any other troops
ing the Auxiliary Force(India)and Indian Territo- on the field of battle and have established an
rial Force) Marine or Air, have retired therefrom imperishable record in the war both in Europe
and are no longer liable for service therein, and and in the East. The two battalions which
who are resident in India, Burma or Ceylon. existed in 1914 have since been increased to four.
(2) Civil officials of gazetted status serving The Jats are a fine and warlike race of
,
under the Government of India or a local Hindus found in the Delhi and Rohtak dis-
Government, whose services can be spared in tricts and adjoining territory. It was these
the event of general mobilization being ordered. people who held out so bravely at Bharatpurand
(3) Private gentlemen who are resident repelled Lord Lake's army inl805. They have
in India, Burma or Ceylon. proved themselves good soldiers on the battlefields
Ceylon Government officials are not eligible for of Europe. Dogras are good and steady soldiers
appointment to the Army in India Reserve of bund in the hilly districts of the Punjab. They
Officers. fought well in Flanders and in Mesopotamia.
Applicants for Category-Medical (includes Among those who have rendered signal and
Dental) must possess a qualification registrable ga'lant service in the war are the Mahrattas of the
in Great Britain and Ireland under the Medical Demean and the Konkan, who have revived the re-
Acts in force at the time of their appointment. putation held by their race in the days of Shivaji,
Dental applicants must possess a qualification the bunder of the Mahratta Empire. It is probable
registrable in Great Britain and Ireland under the that L heir proved efficiency in war will lead to
Dentists Acts in force at the time of their their iecruitment in larger numbers in future*
appointment. In aldition to the castes that have been men-
Applicants for Category- Veterinary must be tioned, other caste men from the south and other
in possession of the diploma M.R.C.V.S. 'parts o, India have filled the ranks of the
Effectives, 1934. 275
Sappers and Miners, and done their duty well ed. His Excellency gives in it the following
in every campaign in which they have been figures showing the extent of India's contri-
engaged. bution in terms of men. On the outbreak on
During the war the Victoria Cross was war, the combatant strength of the Indian
awarded for conspicuous gallantry to 2 Indian Army, including reservists, was 194,000 Indian
officers, 4 non-commissioned officers and 6 ranks; enlistments during the war for all bran-
other ranks of the Indian Army. ches of the service amounted to 791,000, mak-
The Military Cross was awarded to 96 Indianing a total combatant contribution of 985,000.
Officers for distinguished service Of this number, 552,000 were sent overseas. As
rendered
during the Great War and to 3 Indian Officers regards non-combatants, the pre-war strength
for service in Waziristan. was 45,000; an additional 427,000 were enrolled
A large number of Indian Officers and men during the war and 391,000 were sent over-
were also granted Foreign decorations. seas. The total contribution of Indian per-
sonnel has thus been 1,457,000, of whom 943,000
Summary of India's Effort in the War. have served overseas. Casualties amounted
In a despatch by the Commander-in-Chief to 106,594, which include 36,696 deaths from
published in July, 1919, the whole operations all causes. The number of animals sent over-
of the Indian Army during the war are review- seas was 175,000.*
00
00
I- a fi M00
S g 1 4
U s .
M
O
t
is | Ogo and

m a o ans.
8
Com
British
Vice]
missi
civili
o
Officer* Indian Indian Indian
Clerks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I. Combatant Services (includes

Cavalry, Artillery Engineers,
Pioneers, Infantry, Signal
Service and Tank Corps) . 3,999 54,340 3,175 1,21,794 (a) 19,329 33,260
It Staff (inclusive of personnel of
Administrative Services) . 566 484 20 136 1,384 500
III. Training Establishments (in-
clusive of personnel of De-
partmental Corps) 106 135 11 87 64 490
IV. Educational Establishments . 61 164 50 e4 446 276
V. Indian Army Service Corps
(Numbers taken after deduct-
ing the numbers included
405 733 277 13,411 1,284 5,679 4,611
VI. Indian Army Ordnance Corps.
(Numbers taken after deduct-
ing the numbers included in
119 554 6 1,022 838 225 85
VII. Services (Numbers
Medical
taken after deducting the num-
bers included in item II) . 861 802 623 3,424 4,708 5,300
VIII. Veterinary Services (Numbers
taken after deducting the
numbers included in item
11) 44 4 112 555 46 90 77
IX. Remount Services (Numbers
taken after deducting the num-
bers included in item II) 26 16 8 145 273 2,618
X. Miscellaneous Establishments
(inclusive of Military
Accounts Department) 31* 125 140 585 5,424 2,090 169
XI. Auxiliary and Territorial
Forces (Permanent Estab-
lishments) 120 244
Total 6,621 57,6041 4,422 1,41,223 9,759 36,0051 43,502

(a) Included in column 7.
* For a record of the services of th* Indian Army in the War, see "The Indian Year
'
Of 1920, p. 152, tt seq.
276 Budget Expenditure on National Defence.
Budget Expenditure on National Defence.
A part of the Defence expenditure on the are being prepared at the standard rate of 1b
Indian Budget is incurred in England, the Qd. per rupee.
nature of such expenditure being indicated in a rule, the receipts collected by the va-
A.s
the detailed Tables of Army, Navy and Mili- rious departments are not set off against ex-
tary Engineer Services expenditure. This penditure as appropriations in aid, but are
expenditure is met by transfer of funds from shown separately on the receipts side of the
India. From the 1st April 1920 to the 31st budget. This is especially the case with the
March 1927, the accounts were prepared on receipts of the Military Departments, which
the basis of the rate of 2 per rupee for the con. amount to considerable sums.
version of English sterling transaction into The Provincial Governments incur no ex-
rupees. From the 1st April 1927 the accounts penditure for Military purposes.
Summary op Defence Expenditure (Gross.)
Table 1.
1932-33. 1933-34. 1934-35.

Closed Revised Budget
Accounts. Estimates. estimates
as passed.
Rupe es (000 's omitted
Defence Services Effective 41,63,38 40,95,94
.)
41,45,52
8,59,34 8,62,78 8,62.70
14,76 8,49 49,75
Total 50,37,48 49,67,21 49,58,47
Notes.
(1) This summary includes the All Expenditure for Military purposes.!
(2)
cost of the Royal Air Force, which is included incurred in the United Kingdom by the Indian 1
in the Army Estimates, and also the expen- Government, as also all contributions to thel
diture on non-effective services, but does not Imperial Government for these purposes, are!
include debt services. included in the above figures.
Analysis op Defence Expenditure.
1. The following table gives the main items of Army Expenditure, (gross) shown for India
and England separately :
Table 2.
1932-33. 1933-34. 1934-35.

Accounts. Estimates. Estimates.
India. Rupees (000's omitted).
A. Standing Army
(1) Effective Services
Fighting Services 14,04,27
Administrative services 6,21,09
Manufacturing establishments (including
stores 2,15,96
Army Headquarters, Staff of Com
mands, etc. 1,84,08
Purchase and sale of stores, equipment
and animals 3,44,81
Special Services
Transportation, Conservancy, anti-malarial
measures, hot weather establishments
and miscellaneous 1,97,01
Total Effective Services 29,67,22

(2) Non-effective Services:
Non-effective charges 3,65,26
Auxiliary and Territorial Forces :
Effective 68,72
Royal Air Force ;
Effective 1,01,53
Non-effective 26
Total : India :
Effective 32,36,32 31,63,23 31,37,47

Non-effective 3,53,03 3,51,60 3,65,52
Total 35,89,35 35,14,92 35,02,99

Budget Expenditure on National Defence. 277
Table 2contd.
1932-33. 1933-34. 1934-35.

England. (Rupees 000's omitted)
1, Standing Army,
(1) Effective Services :
Fighting Services 3,08,30
Administrative Services 42,41
Manufacturing establishments (including

23,74
Army Headquarters, Staff of Corn-

10,99
Purchase and sale of stores, equipment

58 86
Transportation, Conservancy, anti-mala-

rial measures, hot weather establish- 83,07
ments and miscellaneous
Total Effective Services 5,27,37
(2) Non-effective Services 4,84,01
B. Royal Air Force :
80,12
4,20
11,02,59 10,88,68 10,95,70
Total Army Expenditure i
38,48,40 37,57,64 37,44,96
8,43,54 8,45,96 8,53,73
Grand Total 46,91,94 46,03,63 45,98,69
The amounts expended in England on effec- Although a sum of Rs. 450 millions only
tive services consist of such charges as pay- has been allotted in the Budget for 1934-35 to
ments to the War Office and Air Ministry in meet the net expenditure on Military Services
London in respect of British Forces serving in Rs. 495*8 millions (including receipts) will be
India, the transport to India of these forces, available for expenditure under the heading
and payments on account of stores taken to "Military Services" made up of Rs.382-6 millions
India by British Forces, educational establish- for expenditure in India and Rs. 113*1 millions
ments in England for Indian Services, leave in England.
pay of Indian and British service Officers on
the Indian Establishments, purchase of im- The gross working expenses of military estab-
ported stores, etc. The expenditure on non- lishments, such as bakeries, pasture and dairy
effective services consists of payments to the farms, army clothing factories, and storage
War Office in London for retired pay to British depots, army ordnance factories and base me-
forces for services in India and to non-effective chanical transport workshops are included in
and retired officers of the Indian Service, and the Budget.
of various gratuities.
278 Cost of the Army.
The division of expenditure on Military Engineer Services between India and England is as
shown below :
1932-33. 1933-34. 1934-35.

(Rupees 000's omitted)

India 3,40,80 3,42,42 2,79,90
57,07 4,36 4,26
Total 3,46,50 3,46,78 2,84,16
t

Cost of the Army. A Tribunal was set up
in 1932 to investigate the amount of India's
a capitation rate of 10 on every British soldier
sent to India was fixed. This worked out at
contribution towards the recruiting and training an average annual sum of, roughly, 631,000.
expenses in England of the British troops and
airmen who serve for a part of their time in India. In 1870 objections were raised by both sides
The Tribunal has also examined India's counter- to the 10 rate, and until 1878 India made pay-
claim to a contribution towards the cost of her ments on account averaging 440,000 per annum.
defence expenditure. An Act of Parliament confirmed these amounts
as full payment, with the effect of writing off
The Tribunal was an advisory body which outstanding War Office claims. In 1890 the capi-
met in November with instructions to report tation rate was fixed at 7 10s. Meanwhile the
to the Prime Minister. The Chairman was British forces in India had been substantially
Sir Robert Garran, until recently Solicitor- increased, and the altered rate represented an
General in the Commonwealth annual expenditure of about 734,000
of
Lord Tomlin and Lord Dunedin were nominated
Australia. . A com-
mittee presided over by Lord Justice Romer
by His Majesty's Government, and Sir Shadi Lai, was appointed in 1907. It held that the capita-
Chief Justice of the Punjab High Court, and Sir tion charge was justified in principle. In the
Muhammad Sulaiman, the Senior Puisne Judge following year the Secretaries of State for
of the High Court of Allahabad, by the Govern- India and War (Lord Morley and Lord
ment of India. Haldane) agreed to a compromise whereby
The matters on which the Tribunal the rate was raised to 11 8s., the annual charge
will make on India being thereby increased by about
recommendations have been subjects of con-
troversy for many years, and, as was recognized SSOO.OOO. During the War India met this
liability as part of her normal military expendi-"
in the Report of the Simon Commission,
the ture, and all extraordinary costs arising from the
issue bears upon the great constitutional problem
now under consideration. One reason for the employment of Forces from India in the various)
connexion is the heavy burden of the cost of theatres of War were met by the British Ex-
defence upon India. Taking the Central and chequer, in accordance with decisions of
Provincial Governments together, it amounts to Parliament.
29 per cent, of the total expenditure ; and if the The great increases in rates of pay and cost!]
Central Government alone is considered it of equipment led to the capitation rate being
amounts to 54 per cent. These calculations take raised in 1920 to 28 10s. Since 1924 India
account of net receipts only from semi-commer- has
paid on account each year 1,400,000,1
cial undertakings such as railways, compared with War Office claims, backed by
posts, and *
telegraphs. elaborate details which amounted in 1926-28 to]
approximately 4,500,000 and would still exceed^
tit
Capitation
Mutiny,

paymentss. When, after the the provisional payments by about 300,0001
the troops of the East India Company
annually. The Government of India has disputed?
were amalgamated with those of the Crown
the bill. 1
279
The Strength of the Army.

BRITISH TROOPS.
The following table gives the average strength of British troops,and the main facts as
regards their health for the quinquennial periods 1910-14 and 1915-19 and for the years 1920
to 1929 :
Average
Period. Average Admissions. Deaths. Invalids constantly
strength. sent home. sick.
1910-14 average 69,440 39,389 303 488 2,094-57

1915-19 66,199 58,367 583 1,980 3,277-53
1920 57,332 61,429 385 2,314 3,488-08
1921 58,681 60,53 5 408 749 3,070-04
1922 60,166 37,836 284 714 1.902-32
1923 63,139 37,595 237 979 1,793 31
1924 58,614 38,569 246 879 1,857 95

1925 57,378 36,069 166 997 1,750-19
1926 56,798 36,893 171 910 1,758-60
1927 55,632 34,666 149 829 1,654-22
1928 56,327 33,034 166 556 1,635-99
1929 59,827 38,742 203 671 1,746-84
INDIAN TROOPS.
The average strength of Indian troops, including those on duty in China and Nepal and other
stations outside India in 1928 was 131,190.
The following table gives below the actuals and ratios of sickness, deaths, and invaliding for
the quinquennial periods 1910-14 and 1915-19 and for the years 1920 to 1929
Ratio per 1,000 of strength.

Aver-
age Aver-
Period Average Admis- Deaths. Invalids. cons- age
strength. sions. tantly Admis- Deaths. Invalids. cons-
sick. sions. tantly
sick.
1910-14
(average) 130,261 71,213 573 699 2,662 544-6 4*39 5-4 20*7
1915-19
(average) 204,298 161,028 3,435 4,829 7,792 788*2 16-81 23-6 38-1
1920 216,445 164,987 2,124 4,564 9,265 762-3 9-81 21-1 42-8
1921 175,384 119,215 1,782 3,638 6,031 679' 10-16 20-7 34*4
1922 147,840 77,468 1,014 2,659 3,639 524-0 6-86 18-0 24*6
1923 143,234 66,847 856 2,328 2,955 466-7 5-98 16-3 20 63
1924 134,742 57,014 772 1,731 2,432 423-1 573 12-8 18*05
1925 136,473 48,691 547 1,712 2,053 356 8 4-01 12-5 15-04
1926 135,146 62,517 507 1,569 2,082 388-6 3*75 11- 6 15*41
1927 133,200 47,054 442 1,842 1,972 358.6 3-37 12- 8 15*03
1928 131,190 48,739 372 1,251 2,034 371 2- 84 9-54
. 15- 51
1929 154,580 45,654 639 1,431 1,864 361-5 3- 42 16- 8
280 India and the War.
THE VICTORIA CROSS.

The announcement, made at the Delhi Durbar on going out to his Adjutant, and offered to
in 1911, that in future Indians would be eligible erawl back with him on his back at once. When
for the Victoria Cross, gave satisfaction which this was not permitted, he stripped off his own
was increased during the War and afterwards by clothing to keep the wounded officer warmer
the-#ward of that decoration to the following : and stayed with him till just before dark when
he returned to the shelter. After dark he carried
Subadar (then Sepoy) Khudadad Khan. the first wounded officer back to the main
129th Baluchis. On 31st October 1914, at trenches, and then, returning with a stretcher
Hollebeke, Belgium, the British Officer in carried back his Adjutant. He set a magni-
charge of the detachment having been wound- ficent example of courage and devotion to
ed, and the other gun put out of action by his officers.
a shell, Sepoy Khudadad, though himself
wounded, remained working his gun until all Sepoy Chatta Singh, 9th Bhopal Infantry.
the other five men of the gun detachment had For most conspicuous bravery and devotion to
been killed. duty in leaving cover to assist his Commanding
Officer who was lying wounded and helpless in
Naick Darwan Sing Negi, l-39th Garhwal the open. Sepoy Chatta Singh bound up th
Rifles For great gallantry on the night of officer's wound and then dug cover for him with
the 23rd-24th November 1914 near Festubert> his entrenching tool, being exposed all the time
France, when the Regiment was engaged in re- to very heavy rifle fire. For five hours until
taking and clearing the enemy out of our tren- nightfall he remained beside the wounded officer
ches and, although wounded in two places in shielding him with his own body on the exposed
the head, and also in the arm, being one of the side. He then under cover of darkness, went bacl
first to push round each successive traverse, in
for assistance and brought the officer into safety,
the face of severe fire from bombs and rifles at
the closest range. Naick Shahamad Khan, 89th Punjabis. For
most conspicuous bravery. He was in charge of a
Subadar ( then Jamadar ) Mir Dast, machine-gun section in an exposed popition in
55th Coke's Rifles. For most conspicuous
front of and covering a gap in our new line with-
bravery and great ability at Ypres on 26th yards of the enemy's entrenched posi-
A.pril 1915, when he led his platoon with in 150
tion. He beat off three counter-attacks , and
great gallantry during the attack, and after- worked his gun single-handed after all his men
wards collected various parties of the Regi-
except two belt- fillers, had become casualties
ment (when no British Officers were left) and For three hours he held the gap under vers
kept them under his command until the retire- heavy fire while it was being made secure,
ment was ordered. Jamadar Mir Dast subse- When his gun was knocked out by hostile
quently on this day displayed remarkable
fire he and his two belt-fillers held theii
courage in helping to carryeight British and
ground with rifles till ordered to withdraw.
Indian Officers into safety, whilst exposed to With three men sent to assist him he ther
very heavy fire. brought back his gun, ammunition, and one
Rifleman Kulbir Thapa, 23rd Gurkha Riflee.- severely wounded man unable to walk. Fin-
For most conspicuous bravery during operations ally, he himself returned and removed all re-
against the German trenches south of Mauquis- rnaining arms and equipment except two shovels
sart. When himself wounded, on the 25th Sept- Bat for his great gallantry and determination oui
ember 1915, he found a badly wounded soldier line must have been penetrated by the enemy.
of the 2nd Leicestershire Regiment behind the
first line German trench, and though urged by Lance-Dafedar Govind Singh, 28th Cavalry
the British soldier to save himself, he remained
For most conspicuous bravery and devotior
with him all day and night. In the early morn- to duty in thrice volunteering to carry messages
ing of the 26th September, in misty weather, he between the regiment and brigade head'
brought him out through the German wire, and, quarters, a distance of Umiles over open ground
leaving him in a place of comparative safety which was under the observation and heavy fin
returned and brougat in two wounded Gurkhas of the enemy. He succeeded each time in deli
one after the other. He then went back in vering his message although on each occasioi
broad daylight for the British soldier and brought his horse was shot, and he was compelled tc
him in also, carrying him most of the way finish the journey on foot.
and being at most points under the enemy's fire.
Rifleman Karan Bahadur Rana,23rdGurkhs
Havildar (then Lance-Naick) Lala, Rifles. Foiconspicuous bravery and resource
41st Dogras. Finding a British Officer of in actionunder adverse conditions, and utte'
another regiment lying close to the enemy ?ontempt of danger during an attack. He witt
he dragged him into a temporary shelter a few other men succeeded, under intense fire
which he himself had made, and in which in creeping forward with a Lewis gun in ordei
he had aiready bandaged four wounded to engage an enemy machine gun which hac
men. After bandaging his wounds he heard caused severe casualties to officers and othe:
calls from the Adjutant of his own Regiment who ranks who had attempted to put it out of action
was lying in the open severely wounded. The No. 1 ol the Lewis gun party op. ned fire and was
enemy were not more than one hundred yards shot immediately. Without a moment's hesi
distant, and it seemed certain death to go out tation Karan Bahadur pushed the dead mai
in that direction, but Lance-Haik Lala insisted orf the gun, and in spite of bombs thrown at hin
East Indies Squadron. 281
id heavy fire from both flanks, he opened fire machine guns and infantry had surrendered
d knocked out the enemy machine gun crew, to him before he died. His valour and initiative
len switching his fire on the enemy bombers were of the highest order.
d riflemen in front of him, he silenced their
3. He kept his gun in action, and showed the Rifleman Gobar Sing Negi, 2nd Battalion,
jatest coolness in removing defects which had
39th Garhwal Rifles. For most, conspicuous
ice prevented the gun from firing. He did bravery on 10th March 1915 at Neuve Chapelle.
ignificent work during the remainder of the During an attack on the German position he
,y and when a withdrawal was ordered was one of a bayonet party with bombs who
jisted with covering fire until the enemy was entered their main trench, and was the first
)se to him. He displayed throughout a very man to go round each traverse, driving back
gh standard of valour and devotion to duty. the enemy until they were eventually forced
to surrender.. He was killed during this en-
Ressaldar Badlu Singh, 14th Lancers, gagement.

bached 29th Lancers. For most conspicuous
avery and self-sacrifice on the morning of the Sepoy Ishaw Singh, 28th Punjabis. For
rd September 1918, when his squadron devotion and bravery "quite beyond all
arged a strong enemy position on the west praise " in Waziristan on 10th April, 1921. He
,nk of the River Jordan, between the river received a severe gunshot wound in the chest
id Kh. es Samariveh Village. On nearing while serving a Lewis gun, and when all the
position Ressaldar Badlu Singh realised havildars had been killed or disabled he strug-
at the squadron was suffering casualties gled to his feet, called to his assistance two men,
3m a small hill on the left front occupied by and charged and recovered the gun, restoring
achine guns and 200 infantry. Without it to action. He refused medical attention,
.e slightest hesitation he collected six other insisting first on pointing out where the other
nks and with the greatest dash and an entire wounded were and on carrying water to them.
sregard of danger charged and captured the While the medical man was attending to
>sition, thereby saving very heavy casualties these wounded he shielded him with his body
the squadron. He was mortally wounded and he submitted to medical attention himself
the very top of the hill when capturing one only after he was exhausted through three hours'
the machine guns single-handed, but all the continual effort and by loss of blood.
THE EAST INDIES SQUADRON.

Since 1903 a squadron of the Royal Navy, squadron had considerably improved. The
aown as the East Indies Squadron, has been battleship Swiftsure had taken the place of the
laintained in Indian waters. It has natu- second class cruiser which had been flagship,
illy varied in strength from time to time. and another, second class cruiser replaced the
1 1903 the squadron consisted of one second Perseus.
ass and three smaller cruisers and four sloops The present composition of the East
gunboats. In 1906, it consisted of two se- Indies Squadron (Fourth Cruiser Squadron)
Dnd class and two third ciass cruisers, and re- is as follows:
"
ted at this strength until 1910 when one
:
" Norfock " (Flag), Cruiser, 9,850 tons ;
d class cruiser was withdrawn and two "Emerald," Cruiser, 7,550 tons; "Enterprise
ler vessels suhstituted, and three cruisers Cruiser, 7,580 tons (temporarily replaced by
sre leDt from the Mediterranean to assist " Colombo," Cruiser, 4,200 tons) ; Sloops.
|i the suppression of the arms traffic in the " Shoreham," " Bideford," " Eowey," and
jfulf. By 1913 the position of the East Indies "Lupin."
India contributes 100,000 a year towards naval expenditure and approximately 3,000 a year
n account of indian Transport Service performed by the Admiralty, and also maintains the Royal
Indian Navy.
India's Naval Expenditure.
Since 1869 India has paid a contribution of varying amounts to the Imperial Government
B consideration of services performed by the Royal Navy. Under existing arrangements
Vhich date fro ru L39&-7 the subud y or 100,000 a year is paid towards the upkeep of certain
'Wps of th East India Squadron, which may not be employed beyond prescribed limit?, except
jrtth the consent of the Government of India. India's total naval expenditure is well under
lalf a million pounds.
The question of a new distribution of the burden of the cost of Imperial Naval defence was
<o

Ikcussed at the Imperial Conference in London in October November 1926. The matter appeared
be one on which the delegates could form no new decision without further consultations in
I'heir respective capitals and no resolution was passed.
The Royal Indian Navy consists of a Depot Ship, 4 Sloops, 2 Patrol vessels and a Survey vessel,
i fifth sloop has just been completed in England and will replace one of the Patrol vessels.
282 Royal Indian Navy.
ROYAL IND IAN NAVY.

The Royal Indian Navy (The Sea Service Ahwaz. 1856-57 War in China. 1857-59 <
under the Government of India) traces its The Indian Mutiny. 1859 Capture of the
origin so far back as 1612 when the East India Island of Beyt. 1860 China War, Canton,
Company stationed at Surat found that it was Taku Forts, Fatshan and Pekin 1871 Abys-
.
necessary to provide themselves with armed sinian War. 1882 Egyptian Campaign. 1885
vessels to protect their commerce and settle- Egyptian Campaign. 1885 Third Burma War.
ments from the Dutch or Portuguese and from 1889 Chin-Lshai Expedition. 1896 Suakir Exne-,
the pirates which infested the Indian coasts. dition. 1897 Expedition to Imtirbe, Mombassa,
The first two ships, the Dragon and Hoseander E. Africa. 1899-1902 S. African War. 1900-01
(or Osiander), were despatched from England Boxer Rebellion in China relief of Pekin,
in 16 L2 under a Captain Best, and since those 1902-04 Somaliland Expedition, Suppression of-
days under slightly varying titles and of various Arms Traffic operations, Persian Gulf, 1912-14.,>
strengths the Government in India have always
During the War 1914-1918 Royal Indian^
maintained a sea service.
Marine Officers *were employed on many and^
The periods and titles have been as follows: various duties. Royal Indian Marine Ships
Hon. E. I. Co.'s Marine . . 16121686 " DUFFERIN," " HARDINGE," V NORTHBROOK,"
"Lawrence," "Dalhotjsie " and "Minto"-!
Bombay 16861830
had their guns mounted and served as Auxi-
Indian Navy ,; . . 18301863 liary Cruisers. Officers also served in the Royal
Bombay Marine .. .. 18631877 Navy in the Grand Fleet, Mediterranean North
H. M. Indian Marine .. . . 18771892 Sea, North Red Sea and Caspian Sea Fleets.
Royal Indian Marine . . . .1892. In addition to transport duties in Indian ;
Royal Indian Navy .. .. 1934. Ports, Officers were sent to Marseilles, East]
Africa and Egypt for such duties, and on the
India's Naval Force has always been most
entry of Turkey into the War were employed^
closely connected with Bombay, and in 1668
duties towing and manning River Craft and'
when the E. India Co. took over Bombay, Captain on
Barges to and in Mesopotamia, and it was.
Young of the Marine was appointed Deputy necessary to enlist* a number of Temporary
Governor. From then until 1877 the Marine Officers, Warrant Officers and men to the uurn-'
was under the Government of Bombay, and bers of approximately 240, 60 and 2,000 te*
although from that date all the Marine Es- spectively for these and other duties.
tablishments were amalgamated into an Im-
perial Marine under the Government of India, When the War Office assumed full control
Bombay has continued to be the headquarters of Operations in Mesopotamia a large number
and the official residence of the Flag Officer of Regular and Temporary Officers and men
Commanding. were seconded to the Royal Engineers and
General Service respectively for duties in the
War Service of India's Naval Forces. Intend Water Transport which controlled all
1612-1717 Continuous wars against Dutch, River Transport work in that country, and
Portuguese and Pirates for supremacy of West these officers held many important executive
Coast of India. 1744 War with France, cap- appointments in that unit.
ture of Chandernagore, and French ship In-
dienne. In 1756 Capture of Castle of Gheria. The movements of all sea transports between
1774 Mahratta War, capture of Tannah. Lattei India and the various theatres of War were
part of the eighteenth century, war with controlled by
Marine Officers.
French and Dutch, Capture of Pondicherry, Trawlers were built in the Bombay and Cal-
Trincomalee, Jafnapatam, Colombo, etc. cutta Dockyards and mine sweeping operations
1801 Egyptian campaign under Sir Ralph were carried out with these and launches off
Abercrombie. 1803 War with France. 1810 Bombay and elsewhere, the trawlers were also
Taking of Mauritius and capture of French used for towing duties.
ship in Port Louis. Early part of the nine-
Retired Royal Indian Marine Officers were em-
teenth century suppression of Jowasmi Pi-
ployed on naval transport duties in England and
rites in the Persian Gulf. 1811 Conquest of
France, and also in very responsible positions
Tara. 1813 Expedition against Sultan of
Water Transport in France.
Sambar. 1817-18 Mahratta War, capture with the Inland
of Forts at Severndroog. 1819 Expedition Service in the War 1914-18.The Royal
to exterminate piracy in the Persian Gulf. Indian Marine, though a small Service comparedj
1820 Capture of Mocha. 1821 Expedition with the Army and Navy, played a verv
against the Beni-koo-Ali Arabs. 1824-26 First active and conspicuous part in the European
Burma War. 1827 Blockade of Berbera and War. These are set out in detail in thej
Somali Coast. 1835 Defeat of Beni Yas Pi- Indian Year Book for 1922 and earlier editions!
rater. 1838 Expedition to Afghanistan and (q. v. p. 202 et seq.).
capture of Karachi. 1838 Capture of Aden.
1840-42 War in China. 1843 Scinde War Reorganisation Schemes
After the War
Battle of Meanee, capture of Hyderabad. the Government of India asked Admiral of thej
1845-46 Maori war in New Zealand. 1848-49 Fleet Lord Jellicoe, who was visiting India,
War in Punjab, siege of Mooltan. 1852 Second to draw up a scheme for the reorganisation ol
Burma War, Capture of Rangoon, Martaban, the Service. His valuable suggestions wree
Bassein, Prome and Pegu. 1855 Persian unfortunately too ambitious for Indian finances
War, capture of Bushire, Muhammerah and and could not be accepted.
Royal Indian Navy. 283
Shortlyafterwards the Esher Committee Navy, with a strength in the first instance of
rrived in India to report on the Indian Army 4 armed sloops, 2 patrol vessels, 4 mine-sweep-
dd although the R.I.M. was not included in ing trawlers, 2 surveying ships and a depot
leir terms of reference, they strongly recom- ship, the Service in the first instance to be
lended that the R. I. M. should be reorganised commanded by a Rear-Admiral on the active
3 a combatant service. The Government of list the Royal Navy.
in The scheme was
idia in 1920 obtained from the Admiralty the accepted by the Indian and Home Govern-
srvices of Rear-Admiral Mawby
as Director, ments, and the necessary Act to permit India
.I.M., to draw up a scheme of reorganisation to maintain a Navy was passed through both
ithin limited lines. His scheme, however, Houses of Parliament.
as not adopted, and Admiral Mawby resigned
is appointment. Toeffect this change in the title, it was ne-
The R.I.M. then

cessary to draw up a new Indian Naval Discip-
upon hard times; money
fell
lineAct and this had to be passed through the
as scarce, the report of the Inchcape Com-
Assembly and Council of State in India.
ittee necessitated drastic retrenchments, and
le working of the Montagu-Chelmsford reforms In February 1928, the Bill was introduced
suited in the Local Governments having to but failed to pass in the Assembly by a
jfray the cost of the work of R. I. M. ships narrow margin of one vote. In February
1 their various stations, on lighthouse duties, 1934, the Bill was re-introduced to the As-
ansport work, carrying of officials, etc. The sembly with certain minor amendments but in
ocal Governments were naturally inclined to response to a plea for circulation, the Govern-
link that if they had to pay they would like ment circulated the Bill.
> have a say in the management, and that
Tn August, the Bill was re-introduced and
the work could be done cheaper locally, they
passed by the Assembly and Council of State.
lould arrange to carry out the duties them-
Further, the
On 2nd October 1934 the Royal Indian Navy
lves. Inchcape Committee was inaugurated, the historic ceremony taking
commended that the three large troopships
iould be scrapped and all trooping carried out
place in Bombay.
ader contract, which would have left the The Royal Indian Marine which had ren-
arine with only the Survey Department and dered sterling service to India and the Empire
le Bombay Dockyard. in peace and was then ceased to exist.
A Combatant
irvice,

Service. Happily for the
however, the Government of India in
The Royal Indian Navy which has been
evolved from the late Royal Indian Marine is
)25 appointed a Departmental Committee one of the Empire's Navai Forces and is under
ider the Chairmanship of General Lord Raw- the command of a Flag Officer of the Royal
ison, in his capacity of Minister of Defence Navy. Its work in addition to training its
id Member of Council in charge of the Marine personnel for war, e.g., minesweeping, gunnery,
ortfolio, to submit a scheme for the reorganisa- communications, etc., includes
fishery pro-
on of the Service as a combatant force. This tection in the Bay of Bengal and other Naval
ammittee recommended that the Service duties. A close liaison is maintained between
iould be reorganised as a purely combatant the Royal Indian Navy and the East Indies
aval Service with the title of Royal Indian Squadron.
Personnel, 1935.
Headquarters Staff.
lag Officer Commanding, Royal Indian
Navy and
P. S. T. O., East Indies . . . . Rear-Admiral A. E. F. Bedford, c,B.
aval Secretary . . . . Paymaster Commander M. H. Elliott, m.b.e., r.n.
lag Lieutenant . . . . Lieut. H. Morland, r. i. n.
hief of the Staff and Captain Superintendent

of Dockyard Captain A. G. Maundrell, r.i.n.
baff Officer (Operations) Commander P. A. Mare, r.i.n.
3mmander of the Dockyard Commander A. R. Rattray, r.i.n.
quadron Gunnery Officer Lieut. K. Durston, r.i.N.
quadron Signal Officer Lieut. M. H. St.-L. Nott, r.i.n.
ngineer Manager of the Dockyard Engineer Captain W. W. Collins, r.i.n. (on leave.
jt Assistant to the Engineer Manager of the Engineer Commander W. Richardson, r.i.m. (Offg.
Dockyard. Engineer Manager).
id Assistant to the Engineer Manager of the
Dockyard Engineer Lieut.-Comdr. G. W. Underdown, r.i.n.
aval Store Officer J. A. B. Hawes Esq. (Tempy.)
inancial Adviser The Hon'ble Tarrun Sinha, B.A. (Oxon).
hief Superintendent V. G. Rose, Esq.
284
MARINE TRANSPORT STAFF.

Divisional Sea Transport Officer, Bombay . . Commander C. H. Boykett, r.i.n.
Asst. Sea Transport Officer .. Lieut.-Comdr. C. L. Turbett, R.I.N
Sea Transport Officer, Karachi .. Lieut-Conidr. R. R. Caws, r.i.n.
CIVILIAN GAZETTED OFFICERS.

Constructor W. G. J. Francis, Esq.
Assistant Crnstructor .. .. E. J. Underhay, Esq.
Electrical Engineer N. T. Patterson, Esq.
Assistant Naval Store Officer . . E. Hearn, Esq. (Tempy.)
Officers.
Captains Engineer-Lieutenant-Commanders, Engi-
Commanders neer-Lieutenants and Engineer-Sub-
Lieutenant-Commanders, Lieutenants, Lieutenants 35
and Sub- Lieutenants .. .. ..44 Warrant Officers.

Engineer-Captain 1 Gunners and Boatswains .
Engineer-Commanders . . . . . . 13 Warrant Writers
Petty Officers and Men.

Who are recruited, in the main, from the Bombay Presidency and the Punjab, in almost
equal proportions.
Ships.
Sloop Minesweeping . . H. Clive . 2,050 tons 1,700 Horse Power.
Sloop Cornwallis . 1,290 ,, 2,500

Sloop Minesweeping .
Hindustan . 1,190 2,000 H. P.
S.
Lawrence 1,225 I, 900 Horse Power.
Sloop Minesweeping .
.
Indus
Investigator . 1,574 II, 376
Surveying Vessel .
Depot Ship .. Dalhousie . 1,960

Vessel Pathan 695 3,500 S. H. P.
Patrol
In addition to the above there are 11 vessels composed of
minesweeping and steam trawlers,
Calcutta, and Karachi.
service launshes, target towing tugs, distributed at Bombay,
Dockyards. Calcutta.
There were two Royal Indian Marine Dock- Principal Officer, Mercantile Marine Depart-
yards at Bombay and at Calcutta, the former ment, Calcutta District ; Nautical Surveyor,
being the more important. The one at Cal- Mercantile Marine Department, Calcutta District
cutta has been closed. There are 5 graving Principal Engineer and Ship Surveyor, 2nd, 3rd,
docks and a wet basin at Bombay, together with 4th and 5th Engineeis and Ship Surveyors.
factories. Madras.
Medical Staff.
Piincipal Officer, Mercantile Marine Depart-
Medical Major R.MeKinlay, R.a.m.C.
Officer,
ment, Madras District, and Engineer and Ship
Officer in Medical Charge, of Dispensary, Surveyor.
Captain J. B. D'Souza, M.B.E., i.m.d.
Burma.
R.I.N. Warrant Officers.
Principal Officer, Mercantile Marine Depart-
Officer-in-charge y Dockyard Police Force,
ment, Rangoon District, Nautical Surveyor, Mer-
Gunner P. O'Hara, R.l.N.
cantile Marine Department, Rangoon District,
Boatswain of the Dockyard, Boatswain A. H- and Engineer and Ship Surveyor, Rangoon.
Lovett, M.B.E., r.i.n.
Karachi.
Appointments. Depart-
Principal Officer, Mercantile Marine
In addition to the regular appointments in ment, Karachi District.
the ships of the Royal Indian Navy, and in
H. M. I. N. Dockyard, the following appoint- Aden.
ments under the Government of India, Principal Officer, Mercantile Marine Depart-
Commerce Department, are held by the officers ment, Aden District.
of the Royal Indian Navy :
Chittagong.
Bombay.
Nauti al Surveyor and Engineer and Ship
Principal Officer, Mercantile Marine Depart-
ment, Bombay District, Nautical Surveyor, Surveyor.
Mercantile Marine Department, Bombay District, Port Blair.
Principal Engineer and Ship Surveyor, 2nd
3rd and 4th Engineer and Ship Surveyors, Engineer and Harbour Master.
285
Agriculture.
As crops depend on the exiatem c of plant, are few soils in the world more
food ami moisture in the aoiJ, ao the character suited to inten-
sive agriculture so long as the water supply
of the agriculture of a ia
country depends largely assured The other soils are less tractable
on its soil and climate. It is true that geogra- and call for greater skill in management
phical situation, the character of tha people and are less adapted to small holdings
and
othsr considerations have their influence which of these the
rAnur soils are the most valuable. ;
ia not inconsiderable, but the limitations im-
icu,tu^ , CaPitA'and Equipment-
posed by the nature of the soil and above all TnHîs a country
India ?
of small holdings and the com-
by the climate tend to the establishing of a cer- monest type is that which can be
tain class of agriculture uuder a certain given cultivated with
one pair of bullocks under local
set of conditions. conditions Large
holdings are practically unknown,
and are mainly
The climate of India, while varying to some confined to the planting industries.
Farming ia
extent in degree, in most respects is remark- earned on with a minimum of capital,
there
ably similar in character throughout the coun- being practically no outlay on fencing, and
very
try. The main factors in common are the little on buildings or implements.
Many causes
monsoon, the drv wiuter and early summer militate against the accumulation
of capital
months, and the intense heat from March till and agricultural indebtedness is heavy and
the
June. These have the effect of dividing the interest on loans high. Great progress has been
year into two agricultural seasons, the Kharif jr made by the co-operative credit movement
Moruoon and the Rabi or W fnter Season, each " rn th ,ast twenty years. There are now
bearing its own distinctive crops. Between early !Jg
2 f--Prative Credit Societies in
ISSi J Tndia
June and October abundant rains fall over the with
4,282,884 members and a working capital
greater part of the continent while the winter of nearly 96 crores of rupees. Some 90 per cent,
months are generally dry, although North?West- oi these Societies are concerned
with the financir^
ern India benefit- from showers in December of agriculture. Not only have these societies
and January. The south of the Peninsula, and brought cheaper credit to the cultivator
but
especially the Madras Presidency, however, is they have striven to inculcate the lesson
that
more truly tropical especially in the south, and cheap credit is only valuable if applied
to pro-
depends mainly on the N.-E. monsoon here the ductive purposes and have encouraged
; thrift
two crop seasons can hardly be said to exist. Equipment. Practically all cultivation is
The distribution of the rainfall throughout done by bullocks and the capacity of these
as
the year, which is of considerable importance draught animals varies from district to district
as
to agriculture, is none too favourable, well as depending on the cultivator's
but individual
is not quite so bad as is often represent- circumstances. The best types in common
ed. The rainfall is greatest at what would use are capable of handling what would be
consi-
otherwise be the hottest time of the year, viz., dered as light single-horse implements in Europe.
mid-summer, and when it is most needed. It In those tracts where irrigation is from
wells
mould be remembered that in a hot country bullocks are also used for drawing water;
they
nterraittent showers are practically valueless also drive the sugarcane crusher and
tread out
as evaporation is very rapid. Heavy rainfall the gram at harvest and they are still
;
almost
3oncentrated in a limited period, though it the sole means of transport in rural
areas
nas its drawbacks and demands a special sys-
His implements being few, a cultivator's bullocks
:em of agriculture, has many advantages in hot form by far the most important item of
his
ountries. movable property.
Soils. Four main soil types can be recog-
Implements are made of wocd although
lised in India, viz., (1) the Red soils derived plough* are usually tipped with iron points, and
rom rocks of the Archaean system which eharac- there is a erreat 3imilaritv in their shape and
erise Madras, Mysore and the general design. Iron ploughs were being
South-East
>f Bombay and extend through
introduced in large numbers in the decade
the East of
iyderabad and the Central Provinces to following the war, but the fall in the prices of
Drissa, Chota Nagpur and the South of Bengal. agricultural commodities in recent years has
The black cotton or regur soils which lessened the demand for these implements.
2) The
>ver-lie the Deccan trap and cover the levelling beam is used throughout the
greater greater
>art of Bombay, Berar and the Western parts part of the country in preference to the harrow
the Central Provinces and
and roller and throughout Northern India the
>f
Hyderabad ;
plough and the levelling beam are the only im-

nth extensions into Central India and Bundel-
:hand. The Madras regur soils though plements possessed by the ordinary cultivator
less
ypical are also important. (3) The great allu- On black cotton soils the commonest im-
plement is the baJchar, a simple stirring imple-
vial plains, agriculturally the most important
jract in India as well as the most extensive,
ment with a broad blade, Seed drills and drill
ho are in use in parts of Bombay, Madras
nainly the Indo-Gangetic Plain embracing Sind, f
and the Central Provinces, but throughout the
liorthern Rajputana, most of the Punjab, the
Wains greater part of the country the seed is
of the United Provinces, most of either
;Mhar and Bengal and half of Assam. (4) The broadcasted or ploughed in. Hand implements
consist of various sizes of hoes, the best
jiteritesoils which form a belt round the known
Peninsula of which are t\e hodal or spade with a blade
and extend through East Bengal set
lto Assam and Burma. at an angle towards the labourer who
does
not use his feet in digging, and the kfiurpi
The great alluvial plains are characterised by or small hand hoe.
;ase of cultivation and rapid response to irriga-
Of harvesting machinery
ttere is none ; grain is separated either by
'on and manuring; broadly speaking there tread-
1
ing out with oxen or beating out by hand,
and
286 Irrigation.
winnowing by the agency of the wind; cultivators largest in the world. In 1932-33 the total
have come to rceognize the efficiency of winnower length of the main and branch canals and
and simple reapers and these, like iron ploughs, distributaries amounted to some 75,000 miles
million acres, and the
are likely to become popular when conditions irrigating an area of 33
improve. Even motor tractor ploughs are now value of crops irrigated from Government
estimated to number hundreds and a few steam works was estimated at about 86 crores. It
ploughing sets are at work reclaiming land from has been calculated that when works under
deep-rooted grasses. construction are completed, and when the various
new canals are developed fully, the irrigated
Cultivation. Cultivation at its best is
area will probably reach 50 million acres. The
distinctly good but in the greater part of the protective effect of the canals in many areas is no
country there is plenty of room for improvement. less important than the enhanced yield. Protec-
As in any other country success in agriculture tive irrigation works have made agriculture stable
varies greatly with the character of the people, instead of precarious in many districts. The
depending largely as it does on thrift and
industry. In
Indian canals are of two types perennial and
most places considering the inundation and the trend of irrigation practice
large population cultivation is none too good. is to replace the latter by the former wherever
Agriculture suffers through lack of organiza- possible. The great perennial canals in the North
tion and equipment Two economic factors of India draw their supply from snow-fed rivers ;
tend fco keep down the standard of cultivation. the inundation canals run only when the rivers
Holdings are not only small but fragmented and rise with the melting of the snow in April-May
the Indian laws of inheritance both perpetuate and must close when supplies fall at the end
and intensify this evil. Very definite attempts of the monsoon. Other canals depend for their
are now being made in several provinces and supply during the dry part of the year on
states to amend matters and consolidate holdings water stored behind great dams thrown across
but the process is necessarily slow. Secondly, suitable gorges and are in consequence less
cultivators rarely live on or near to their hold- dependable than the larger snow-fed systems.
ings but congregate in villages. The need for Water rates are levied on the area of irrigated
mutual protection is less than formerly and crops matured so that Government bears part
though tradition dies hard sub-villages are of the risk of failure of crops. Different rates
now springing up in many places. are charged for different crops and vary some-
For Rabi crops which demand a fine what in different parts of India ; rates are also
seed-bed preparatory tillage consists mainly lower when the water has to be lifted than
of repeated treatments with the indigen- when flow irrigation is given.
ous plough (or on black soils the BaJchar) which The Madras and Bombay presidencies possess
.serves the purpose of plough, harrow and cultiva- some of the most spectacular irrigation schemes
tor, combined with applications of the
levelling
in the world. The CauveryMettur irrigation
beam. Crude as these implements are, they system inaugurated in 1934 is considered to
produce in Northern India a surface mulch and be the biggest in the British Empire and the
moist sub-soil which is the aim of all dry-farm- largest single block masonry reservoir in the
ing operations. For Kharif crops the prepara- world, with a storage capacity of 93,500 million
tion is much less thorough as it is essential to sow cubic feet. This project, together with the
without delay. Interculture is usually inadequate. Kanniambadi project in Mysore, is said to
Manure is generally applied to more valuable bring into productive use about 80 per cent,
crops like sugarcane, cotton, tobacco, etc. Seeding of the flow of the Cauvery river besides serving
is either done broadcast or by drilling
behind a as a great moderator of floods. The Wilson Dam
vfooden plough or drill. Thinning and spacing at Bhandardara, impounding 272 feet of water,
are not nearly so well done as they might be, and is far and away the highest dam in India, whilst
litercultivation is generally too superficial. the Sukkur Barrage in Sind across the Indus
Harvesting is done by sickle where the crops irrigates a desert whose area far exceeds that of
are cut whole, and there is little waste involved. any other scheme conceived by engineers.
At their best the ryot's methods are not Wells. About one
Irrigation from
ineffective but being uneconomical of both quarter of the total irrigation of the country
cattle and man-power, they are seldom carried
is got from lifting water from wells ranging in
out fully. The use of simple improved depth from a few feet to over fifty feet. Their
implements and of machines which lessen the numbers have greatly increased in recent years
strain on the bullocks, which the agricultural largely through Government advances for
department is steadily fostering, is an
their construction. The recurring cost of this
important factor in raising the general standard form of irrigation has, however, greatly increased
of agriculture. owing to the high price of draught cattle and

Irrigation. The concentration of the prin- the increasing cost of their maintenance.
year,
cipal rainfall in less than a third of the All agricultural departments are now giving
which is not the sowing period of the rabi crops, increased attention to the better utilisation of
places a very definite limit on the yield which underground water supplies, existing wells being
can be obtained from the principal cereal crops. improved by boring and tube wells of large
Some other crops, e.g., Sugarcane, can hardly capacity installed and equipped with pumping
be grown indeed without supplementary water- Efficient types of water lifts are
machinery.
ing. With adequate irrigation the yield frorn rapdily replacing the old-fashioned mhotea.
the principal grain crops in Northern India is
doubled even in areas where the monsoon is i Tank irrigation is common in Central and
India. Large quantities of rain
generous, whilst in the great canal colonies Southern
are stored in lakes (or tanks) and distri-
|
and in Sind barren desert has become fertile water

land. The Indian canal system is by far the buted I
during the drier seasons of the year.
The Chief Crops.
287
Often the indirect effect of the tank in main-
agricultural departments is now well
taining the sub-soil water level is as important over 2
million acres. A scheme for the
as the direct irrigation. intensification
of research on rice m
all the principal rice-^rowine
Manures.
mamtained
Although the number of cattle
provinces of India has been launched &
funds
out of
inIndia is very high and indeed provided by the Imperial Council
of
excessive, there is everywhere a shortage of farm- 1 Researcn and the Empire Marketing
yard manure. This is partly due to the small Board
use of bedding, for which straw can ill be spared,
eat -7"^ heat is ôwn widely throughout
and to the keeping of cattle in the open but nt ^?
Northern India as a winter crop, the
mainly to the use of dung as the principal source United
Provinces and the Punjab supplying
of village fuel. Hence the supply of organic about
two-thirds of the total area, and
matter to Indian soils is deficient. Unfortu- probably
nately the Indian cultivator does not possess three-quarters of the total outturn in
India!
the skill
The majority of the varieties grown belong
of the Chinaman in the making of to
the species Tnticium mlgare.
composts and much valuable manurial material \
Indian wheats
are generally white, red and
is wasted in every Indian village and to the amber coloured
and are mostly classed as soft from
detriment of sanitation. Green-manure crops a com
are spreading slowly and the use of oil-cakes, mercial point of view. As seen in local
markets
Indian wheats frequently contain
especially castor-cake, for the more valuable appreciable
crops like sugarcane and tobacco is increasing. quantities of other grains and even of
extraneous -
matter due to the method of threshing
The general trend of the results of expe- em-
# ployed. Wheat for export is well-cleaned
riments carried on by the various agricul- and
there has been great improvement in
tural departments is to show that a better this res-
pect of recent years. Most of the
supply of organic manures is everywhere im- Indian
wheats are soft weak wheats but there are
portant, nitrogen is the most common limiting some
well known Maccaroni wheats
factor for India as a whole, phosphatic manures amongst them.
Ine largest wheat acreage of recent years
are definitely advantageous in certain more was
that of 1934-35, namely, 36.06 million
limited tracts. Manuring for higher production acres,
but the yield did not come up to the record
is gradually spreading as
the result of village harvest of 1930 which exceeded
demonstrations at present prices of certain 10 million
; tons. Recent crops have averaged
artificial fertilisers, notably ammonium sul- 9 million
tons per annum which is only slightly, if
phate and the newer types of soluble phosphatic any
thing, above internal requirements.
manure are definitely profitable not only for Exports of
wheat amounted to 197,000 tons in 1930-31
tobacco, sugarcane and market garden crops
but have since been nominal, Indian wheat *
ome sta P le crops, but generally speaking
S? 611 'Quoted well above world
the fall m the prices of agricultural produce has iS-T^J^
With the development of irrigation from the
parity.
progress in the use of Purchased ferti- lo y.d . -Barrage Canal in Sind and
Hsers in the newer
Punjab Canal Colonies a further increase in wheat
Rice.-~A reference to the crop statistics production is practically certain and. although
snows that rice is the most extensively grown the internal consumption of wheat will increase
crop in India, although it preponderates in with the growth of population, there is likely
the
wetter parts of the country, viz., in Bengal, to be an exportable surplus in the not
Bihar and Orissa, Burma and Madras. The crop distant
future. The crop is generally grown after a
requires for its proper maturing a moist climate summer fallow and, except in irrigated tracts,
with well assured raiDfall. The cultivated depends largely on the conservation of the soil
varieties are numerous, differing greatly moisture from the previous monsoon. Rains
in qua-
lity and in suitability for various conditions of m January and February are generally beneficial
soil and climate, and the people possess an but an excess of rainfall in these months usually
intimate acquaintance with those grown in produces rust with a diminution of the yield.
their own The better qualities are*
localities. On irrigated land 2 to 4 waterings are generally
sown in seed beds and transplanted in the B lv,en. The crop is generally harvested in March
monsoon. Broadcasted rice is grown generally and April and the threshing and winnowing go
in lowlymg areas and is sown before on up till the end of May. The total area under
the mon-
0n a8 must make a g od start efore
lfc improved varieties of wheat now
^
? floods is 5 3 million
.
the arrive. Deep water rices grow quickly acres.
and to a great height and are generally able
to keep pace with the rise in water
level.

The Millets. These constitute one of the
most important groups of crops in the country
For transplanted rice the soil is generally supplying food for the poorer classes and fodder
prepared after the arrival of the monsoon and for the cattle. The varieties vary greatly
is worked in a puddle before in
the seedlings are quality, height and suitability to
transplanted. The land is laid out into small various
climatic and soil conditions. Perhaps the
areas with raised partitions to regulate
the two best known varieties are Jowar {Sorghum
distribution of the water supply. The
seed- mlgare) the great millet, and Bajra the
lings are planted either singly
or in small Bu rush millet {Pennisetum typhoideum). Gen-
bunches containing from 4 to 6 plants each
and are simply pushed into the mud at distances erally speaking the jowars require better
ot 6 to 12 inches apart.
land than the bajras and the distribution
Either by bunding of th t wo cr s follows the quality of the
n rainfa11 or by artificial irrigation,
the ^..
. .
1
soil. Neither for jowar nor bajra is manure
details varying with locality, the rice
fields usually applied though jowar responds hand-
are kept more or less under water
until the somely to high manuring and cultivation is not
crop shows signs of ripening. The area under so thorough as for wheat. The crop is gener-
improved varieties of rice distributed by the ally sown in the beginning of the monsoon
288 The Chief Crops.
and so it requires to be thoroughly weeded. %
Exports. The exports of raw cotton from
It often grown mixed with the summer pulses
is India by sea to foreign countries for the last
especially Arhar. (Cajanus indicus
pigeon pea) 5 fiscal years (ending March 31st) were as follows
and other crops and is commonly rotated with
,
in thousands of bales of 400 lbs. each) :
cotton. The subsidiary crops are harvested as
they ripen either before the millet is harvested 1929- 1930- 1931- 1932- 1933-
or afterwards. In some provinces rabi iuar Countries 1 I
30. 31. 32. 1 33. 1

34.
is also an important crop. The produce is United 270 281 166 167 342
consumed in the country. Kingdom
Other parts

Pulses. Pulses are commonly grown through- of the Bri-
7 6 6 7 3
out India in great variety and form at once tish Em-
the backbone of the agriculture, since even pire.
the present moderate degree of soil fertility Japan 1,640 1,686 1,080 1,085 1,022
could not be maintained without leguminous Italy 393 362 183 150 261
rotations, and a primary necessity in the food France . 53 232 81 124 163
of a vegetarian population. The yields on the China (ex- 556 606 436 134 337
whole are fairly good, mixed cropping is com- clusive of
mon. The principal pulses are Arhar (Cajanus Hong-
indicus), gram (Cicer arietinum), various species Kong,etc.)
of Phaseolus and Pimm. Belgium . 341 217 121 128 145
Spain 80 106 5 52 61

Cotton. Is one of the most important Germany . 344 309 166 152 247
commercial crops in India and despite the sharp
fall both in quantity and values due to the trade
Other 176 121 85 64 159
countries
depression raw cotton was second in th^ list of
exports for 1933-34. Normally the cotton crop Japan is the most important buyer. An
covers some 28 million acres with a yield of agreement came into operation in January,
some 5 to 6 million bales. Recently as a 1934, under which, for every million bales of
result of low prices the area has contracted to Indian raw cotton taken by Japan, India will
less than' 23 million acres in 1934-35 estimated import 325 million yards of Japanese piece
to produce 4 55 million bales in the third fore-
. goods. A strenuous and apparently successful
cast. Indian mills now consume annually about effort is being made to increase the United
2,300,000 bales of Indian cotton and at Kingdom's consumption of Indian raw cotton.
*
present some 300,000 bales per annum of
imported cotton (Egyptian Sudan and African)
than produced in

Sugarcane. India, until recently a large
of a staple longer is importer of sugar, is one of the most impor-
India. The principal export is of short tant sugarcane growing countries in the world,
staple cotton of f ' staple but there is also the area under the crop being 3 47 million
in normal years an export of Indian medium acres. The crop is mostly grown in the sub-
|* to 1^' staple cottons such as Punjab/ American montane tracts of Northern India, more than
and Karunganni. The area under improved half the area being in the United provinces.
varieties of cotton is now estimated to be The indigenous hard, thin, low-sucrose canes
approximately %\ million acres. There is no have now largely been replaced by seedling canes
Indian cotton belt ; Bombay, the Central Pro- of high quality mainly the productions of the
vinces, Hyderabad, Baroda, Madras, the Punjab Imperial Sugarcane Breeding Station, Coimbatore.
and the United Provinces all have important cot- The total area under improved varieties of cane in
ton tracts producing distinct types. Sowing and India in 1932-33 was estimated at 1.83 million
harvesting seasons are equally diverse, the former acres, representing 55 per cent, of the total.
extending from May to December in different In the United Provinces and Bihar and Orissa
parts of the country and the latter from October improved canes occupy more than 80 per cent,
to May and June. Yields vary greatly ; in the of the area. The effect of the better varieties is
best irrigated tracts the normal yield is about clear from the fact that, while the area under cane
200 lbs. of ginned cotton per acre and yields in India in 1934-35 (3. 47 million acres) represents
much above these have been recorded, whilst only an advance of 17 per cent, over 1931-32,
in the poorest unirrigated tracts 60 lbs per acre the yield (5.08 million tons expressed as gur)
is a good crop. Of recent years, as the result represents an increase of 54 per cent. The
of the work of the agricultural departments protection afforded by the Sugar Industry
and the Indian Central Cotton Committee, the Protection Act of 1932 has given a stimulus to
quality and yield of the staple cottons has the production of sugar by modern methods. By
improved and also the yield and cleanliness of the end of 1933-34 there were 123 sugar factories
the short-staple tracts. in India making sugar by modern methods
as against 31 factories prior to 1931-32.
The Cotton Transport Act, the Cotton Gin- The total production of sugar, including that
ning and Pressing Factories Act, the Bombay refined from gur, in 1933-34 was 554,000 tons
Cotton Markets Act, the C. P. Cotton Markets as against 228,120 tons in 1931-32, and 590,000
Act and the Madras ^commercial crops) Market tons are likely to be produced in 1934-35.
Act have all been passed at the instance of tlie Imports of sugar of all sorts in 1933-34 amounted
Committee and are doing much to check the to a little above 261,000 tons as against 370,000
abuse of adulteration and promote better market- tons in 1932-33 and 901,200 tons in 1930-31.
ing. Agricultural departments have continued It is expected that within a few years India
their campaign of cotton improvement apart will not only provide her own requirements of
from improvements in methods of cultivation. sugar but will have a surplus for export.
The Chief Crops, 289
Oilseeds The crops classified under the about three weeis submersion
heading are chiefly groundnuts, linseed, sesamum removed the fibre is
and the cruciferous oilseeds (rape, mustard, etc.) in 1934-35by washing and beating. The areas
Although oilseeds are subject to great fluctua- acres as
was estimated at 2,497,000 million
tion in price and the crops themselves are
compared to 2,51 7,000 millions in the
r
more or less precarious by nature, they cover nJ]n ?
e r;
t P rod uction in 1934-35 was
7,9b4,000 bales as against just over 8 millions
an immense area. m 1933-34. The total weight of raw and
\
Groundnut
though of modern introduction,
, manufactured jute exported during 1933-34
is already an important crop particularly amounted to 1,420,000 tons. This is a distinct
in
Madras, Bombay, Burma and Hyderabad. recovery over the exports of the two previous
The area in 1933-34 was 8.23 million acres years Although the present acreage is much
and, although in the current year it has dropped less than some years ago a vigorous
campaign
considerably it is still far above the pre-war is m progress to reduce it still further.
acreage. The yield in 1933-34 was 3. 33 million Tobacco is grown here and there all over
ton, of which 547,000 tons were exported as the country chiefly, however, in Bengal,
compared with a prewar average export of Bihar,
* Bombay, Madras and Burma. Of two varie-
212,000 tons. ties cultivated Nicotiana Tabacum
is by far the
Linseed requires a deep and moist soil and
'
most common. Maximum crops are obtained on
isgrown chiefly in the Central Provinces, Bihar leep and moist alluvium soils and a high
and Orissa and the United Provinces. stan
The dard of cultivation including liberal manuring
crops is grown for seed and not for fibre and the is necessary. The crop is only
suited to small
common varities are of a much shorter habit holdings where labour is plentiful as the atten-
of growth than those of Europe. The yield tirn necessary for its proper cultivation is very
varies greatly from practically nothing up to great. The seed is germinated in seed beds
500 to 600 lbs. of seed per acre. It is grown aud the young plants are transplanted when
largely for export. At the beginning of the a few inches high, great care being
century India supplied practically the whole of taken to
shield them from the sun. The crop is very
the world's demand for linseed, the area having carefully weeded and hoed. It is topped after
gone as high as 5 million acres with a yield of ittaiping a height of, say, 2 ft., and all suckers
630,000 tons. In recent years foreign com- are removed. The crop ripens from February
petition, mamJy from the Argentine, has con- onwards and is out just before the leaves
tracted the market for Indian linseed and with it
become brittle. The greater part of the tobacco
the area under the crop. Exports dwindled grown in India is intended for Hookah smoking
to 72,000 tons in 1932-33 as compared with and is coarse and heavy in flavour. Lighter
the prewar average of 379,000 tons. The kinds are also produced for cigar and cigarette
preference granted to Indian linseed in the manufacture. Of recent years there has been
unitedKingdom under the Ottawa Agreement, important development in the production, in
Jombmed with two successive short harvests commercial quantities, of better quality
n the Argentine, have helped India to regain cigarette tobacco both in Madras and in
ler pre-war position, In 1933-34 exports again Bihar. India exports about 29 million lbs. of
eached 379,000 tons of which the United unmanufactured tobacco
Kingdom took more than annually of which
half. about 35 per cent, goes to the United Kingdom.
Sesamum (Gingelly) is grown mostly in This trade though a small proportion of Indian
Peninsular Tndia a3 an autumr. or winter production (which is estimated at 600,000 tons
jrop. About 10 per cent, of the production is per annum from an area of 1.3 million acres)
ixported and the rest consumed locally. is worth a crore of Rupees annually
even at
The Cruciferous Oilseeds present prices.
form an
mportant group of crops in Northern India Livestock.The livestock population of
arnere they grow freely and attain a fair
state British India consists mainly of about 121
)f development. The area under rape and million cattle, 31 million buffaloes, 25 million
nustard, including an estimated figure for the sheep, 35 million goats and 3 million horses,
irea grown mixed with other crop
is about mules and donkeys, and in the 51 Indian States
>* to 7 million acres annually. Production in for which figures are available, there are 113
.933-34 was estimated at 9o2,000 tons, of which million cattle and buffaloes, 28 million
sheep
'3,000 tons were exported as compared
with and goats, 1 million horses, mules and donkeys
.15,000 tons in 1932-33. Several species are and half a million camels. For draught pur-
;rown and there are numerous local varieties.
arge portion of the crop is
A poses cattle are mainly used everywhere though
crushed local! male buffalo are important as draught animals in
or domestic consumption. the rice tracts and damper parts of the country.
Jute. Two varieties of the plant are culti- Horses and mules are practically never used for
agricultural purposes, For dairy purposes, the
vated as a crop, Capsularis and Olitorius. buffalo is important, the milk yield
lute growing is confined being high
almost entirely to and the percentage of butter
3engal, Assam, Bihar fat considerably
and Orissa. The above that in cow's milk. The best known
Top requires a rich moist soil. Owing
to breeds are the Murra buffaloes of the
iver inundation this part of India Punjab,
receives the Jafferabadi buffaloes of Kathiawar,
i considerable alluvial deposit every year Surti buffaloes of the Bombay
and the
nd the land is thus able to sustain Presidency. The
xnaustmg crop without manure. The crop cattle and buffalo population in India is abnor-
this
mally high amounting to over 60 per cent, of the
3 rather delicate when young,
but once estab- human population. The spread of
shed requires no attention, and cultivation
grows to a has diminished the grazing grounds, insufficient
;reat height (10 to 11 feet).
Before ripening fodder crops are raised and many of the
he crop is cut and retted in cattle
water. After are small, ill-fed and inefficient. Nevertheless
10
290 Agricultural Progress.
the best Indian breeds have many merits. Of the best known products are native butter
the draught types the best known breeds (ghee) and cheese (dahi). During recent
are the Hissar, Nellore, Amrit Mahal, Gujerat years a considerable trade in tinned butter
(Kankrej), Kangayam, Kherigarh and Malvi: has sprung up and there seems to be no reason
the Sahiwal (Punjab), Gir (Kathiawar), why an important industry should not be built
Scindi and Hansi are amongst the best milking up in other dairy products, such as milk-powder,
breeds. On the Government cattle-breeding condensed milk and casein. Pure ghee and
farms pedigree herds are beng built up and milk can usually be procured in the villages
from these selected bulls are issued, preference but in towns dairjr products can scarcely be
being given to special breeding areas, to bought unadulterated.
*
villages which undertake to exclude '
scrub The Government of India maintain an Institute
bulls and where serious efforts to maintain a good of Animal Husbandry and Dairying at Bangalore
strain of cow are made. Once established such where students are given 2 year courses for the
breeding areas rapidly produce a supply of Indian Dairy Diploma but little provision has
superior bulls for general distribution and in hitherto been made for the extensive industrial
this way the valuable bulls from Government research into the handling and processing of
herds are used to advantage. The premium milk and dairy products under Indian conditions,
bull system is also working well in some tracts. which is essential for the development of dairying
Cattle improvement is a slow process at the best as a village industry. This matter is now receiv-
and though a start on sound lines has been made ing the attention of the Imperial Council of
in all provinces, continued effort and persistent Agricultural Research.
endeavour are essential. There is no branch Reference is made, elsewhere to the principal
of agricultural improvement where the land- grants made by the Council for the promotion
owners of India could render greater service. of Veterinary Science and improvement of

Dairying. Though little noticed hitherto animal husbandry.
It is sufficient here to say that there is a
dairying forms a very important indigenous
industry throughout India. The annual cash growing recognition of the fact that as India's
value of dairy products has been esti- economic development proceeds a better balance
mated at over 800 crores of rupees and the between crop production and a .imal industry
importance of milk and dairy products to the is needed and that the raising of crops for the
health and development of the people cannot feeding of dairy stock, instead of for sale as
be over-estimated. Apart from liquid milk such, will be of increasing importance.
AGRICULTURAL PROGRESS.

Agricultural Progress. The historical aspect Curzon whose famous despatch of 1903 marked
the commencement of the reorganisation which
of agricultural development in India has
been fully dealt with in the report of the took placein 1905. That scheme provided for
Linlithgow Commission. The Famine Com- a central research institute at Pusa, completely
mission as long ago as 1866 made the first proposal staffed provincial departments of agriculture
for a separate Department of Agriculture but with agricultural colleges and provincial research
little resulted except the collection of agricul- institutes and an experimental farm in each
tural statistics and other data with the object important agricultural tract. To the establish-
of throwing light on famine problems. The ment of the Imperial Agricultural Research
Famine Commission of 1880 by their masterly Institute at Pusa. Lord Curzon devoted the
review of the possibilities of agricultural develop- greater part of a generous donation of 30,000
ment revived interest in the matter and their given by Mr. Henry Phipps of Chicago to be
proposal for a new Department for Agriculture applied to some object of public utility
and allied subjects in the Government of India preferably connected with scientific research.
and for provincial departments of agriculture The Indian Agricultural Service was constituted
bore fruit eventually. Dr. J. A. Voelker, in 1906. Since that date progress has been steady
Consulting Chemist to the Royal Agricultural and continuous. With the advent of the reforms
Society, was invited to visit India and his of 1919, agriculture became a provincial transfer-
book "Improvement of Indian Agriculture" is red subject but the Government of India retained
still a valuable reference book. In 1892 an responsibility for central research institutions
agricultural chemist to the Government of India and for certain matters connected with the
was appointed. Provincial Departments mainly diseases and pests of plants and animals. The
concerned themselves at first with agricultural addition of the Imperial Institute of Animal
statistics but experimental farms were opened Husbandry and Dairying (with a branch farm
at Saidapet in 1871, Poona in 1880, Cawnpore at Wellington), the Imperial Cattlebreeding
in 1881 and Nagpur in 1883 there were various
;
Farm at Karnal and the Anand Creamery enabled
sporadic attempts at agricultural improvement livestock work to be carried out on a scale not
but no real beginning was made until technical possible at Pusa. The Imperial Sugarcane-
agricultural officers were appointed. Of these breeding station at Coimbatore is yet another
the earliest were Mollison in Bombay branch of the Imperial Agricultural Research
(subsequently Inspector General of Agriculture), Institute. Provincial Governments have
Barber and Benson in Madras, Hayman in the steadily developed and strengthened their
United Provinces and Milligan in the Punjab. agricultural departments. The total nett ex-
In 1901, the first Inspector General of Agricul- penditure of provincial agricultural depart-
ture was appointed and in the same year an ments now exceeds 105 lakhs rupees annually
Imperial Mycologist was added followed by an the nett annual expenditure on the Imperial
Imperial Entomologist in 1903. The present Department of Agriculture is in the neighbour-
departments of agriculture, however, owe their hood of 11 lakhs.
existence to the foresight and energy of Lord
The Imperial Council of Agricultural Research.
291
Parallel developments took place in the
cultivation and manuring are steadily spreading
provision made for matters connected with
work is in progress on most of the major crops
animal health. The now world-famous Imperial
and each year brings new triumphs. The
Institute of Veterinary Research at Muktesar
present position has been authoritative
started in 1893 as a modest hill laboratory for reviewed
oy the Royal Commission on
research on rinderpest. It is now a fully equipped Agriculture
which reported in 1928. Recognising
research institute which also manufactures how
much has already been done in the 20 years since
protective sera and vaccines of which some 6
the agricultural departments were
million doses are issued annually. The Civil created, the
Commission also emphasised the enormous
Veterinary Department was formed in 1891 and held for future work to which all witnesses
until 1912 was under the control of the Inspector
had drawn their attention. The agricultural de-
General. The departments were completely
partments having shown that the application
provincialised in 1919, the Government of India of
science to Indian agriculture is
continuing to finance and control the Muktesar a practical
proposition and further that the individual
Research Institute and its branch station at
cultivator can be reached and his
Izatnagar (Bareilly). methods
improved, the problem is now to develop
and

Recent Progress. As now constituted, the
agricultural departments include a complete
intensify such work so that a
in agricultural practice will
general advance
result. At no time
organisation for bringing the results of the ap- has there been a greater need for
co-ordinated
plication of scienee to agriculture into the village. effort directed towards the
solution of agri-
At one end of the scale are the agricultural cultural problems. Only by increased
efficiency
colleges and research institutes at the can India meet the situation caused
other by low
thousands of village demonstration plots where prices for all agricultural commodities
and the
the effect of improved seed, methods, implements intense competition in world
markets arising
and manures is shown under the cultivators' from production in excess of effective demand.
own conditions. Intermediate links in the The Government of India have recently
chain are the experimental farms, where scientific
announced their intention to render further
research is translated into field practice, demons-
assistance to the agriculturists by providing
tration and seed farms and seed stores.
The better facilities for credit and for the
ascertained results of the work of the agricul- marketing
ot agricultural produce. A central marketing
tural department are striking enough.
More section has been established under
than 15 million acres are known to be under im- the Imperial
Council of Agricultural Research which
proved cropsthe further area due to natural will
spread is indeterminable. Improved methods of
work mcollaboration with the special marketing
staff appointed in the various
provinces
THE IMPERIAL COUNCIL OF AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH.

In Chapter III of their Report, the Royal
veterinary matters generally and would take
Commission on Agriculture stated that the
most important problem with which they had over the publication work at present carried out
S mnIm P eria l Agricultural Department,
t e
been confronted was that of devising some SI e C
method of infusing a different spirit into the "ssion proposed that the Council
u
should be entrusted with the administration of a
whole organisation of agricultural research
in India and of bringing about the
non-lapsing fund of Rs. 50 lakhs to which addi-
realisation tions should be made from time
on the part of research workers in this country to time as
financial conditions permit. Its Chairman
that they are working to an end which cannot should
be an experienced administrator
be reached unless they regard themselves with a know-
as ledge, if possible, of Indian conditions
partners in a common enterprise. They had and, in
addition, there should be two other whole-
found not only a lack of sufficiently close touch time
between the Pusa Research Institute and the members of the Council for agriculture and animal
provincial agricultural departments but also
husbandry respectively.
The Commission sug-
gested that the Council should consist of thirty-
between the provincial departments themselves.
members, in addition to the Chairman and
six
2f
r describin
, g the way in which similar the two whole-time members. Of these,
difficulties had been overcome in Canada,
the eight
United States and Australia and dismissing as would be nominated by the Government of
India, eighteen would represent the
Inadequate the constitution of crop committees provincial,
on the model of the Indian Central Cotton agricultural and veterinary departments,
three
Committee or the constitution of a quasi- would represent the Indian Universities, two
Independent governing body for Pusa on which would represent the Indian Central Cotton
the provincial agricultural departments and Committee and the planting community respec-
tively and five would be nominated by
aon-official interests would be represented, the the
Commission proposed the establishment of an Council for the approval of the Government of
India. The Council would largely work through
Imperial Council of Agricultural Research. a
Standing Finance Committee and sub-com-
The primary function of the Council would mittees. A provincial committee should be
be to promote, guide and co-ordinate agricul-
established in each major province to work in
tural, including veterinary, research
in India close co-operation with it. The advisory duties
ind to link it with agricultural research of the Agricultural Adviser to the
in Government
)ther parts of the British Empire and in foreign of India would be taken over by the Chairman
countries. It would make arrangements for and whole-time members of the Research
;he training of research workers, would
act as a Council, his administrative duties being taken
tearing house of information in regard not over by a whole-time Director of the Pusa
>nly to research but also to agricultural
and Institute.
292 The Imperial Council of Agricultural Research.
Constitution of the Council. In a Resolu- Rs. 2*25 lakhs to the cost of its staff anc
tion issued on May 23rd, 1929, the Government secretariat. The Council would have an entirelj
of India stated that whilst they were of opinion free hand in regard to the expenditure of the
that the proposals of the Royal Commission grants made to it for scientific purposes subjed
were, on the whole, admirably designed to to the condition that no liability in respect o
secure the objects for the attainment of which such matters as leave or pension contributions
the establishment of the organisation outlined after the research for which the grant had beer
above was recommended, they considered a given would be incurred. In regard to the
Council of thirty-nine members would be too grant to meet the cost of staff, establishment
large to be really effective and that it was not etc., the Council would be in the same positioi
desirable that the Legislative Assembly should as a Department of the Government of Indis
be deprived of its normal constitutional control Secretariat.
over an activity which affects the staple industry The Council has since been constituted 1
of India. They had, therefore decided that separate Department of the Government of Indis
the central organisation should be divided into for the purpose of administering this grant.
two parts, a Governing Body which would have The Government of India also stated then
the management of all the affairs and funds of decision that the Council should not be con
the Council subject to the limitation in regard sfcituted under an Act of the Imperial Legislature
to the control of funds which is mentioned as recommended by the Royal Commissioi
below and an Advisory Board the functions of but should be registered under the Registrator
which would be to examine all proposals in of Societies Act, XXI of 1860. In pursuance
connection with the scientific objects of the of this decision, a meeting of those who woulc
Council which might be submitted to the constitute the Society was held at Simla ir
Governing Body, to report on their feasibility June, 1929, to consider the terms of a memo-
and to advise on any other questions referred randum of association and the Rules anc
to it by the Governing Body. The Governing Regulations. At that meeting, it was announced
Body would consist of the Member of the that His Exalted Highness the Nizam's Govern
Governor- General's Council in charge of the ment had offered a donation of Rs. 2 lakhs tc
portfolio of Agriculture, who would be ex- the funds of the Council. This offer was
officio Chairman, the Principal Administrative gratefully accepted and the Revenue Membe
Officer of the Council, who would be ez-officio of the Nizam's Government has been added tc
Vice-Chairman, one representative of the Council the Governing Body, the Directors of Agriculture
of State, two representatives of the Legislative and of Veterinary Services becoming member*
Assembly, one representative of the European of the Advisory Board. Since then donations o
business community elected by the Associated one lakh each, payable in 20 equal annual instal
Chambers of Commerce of India and Ceylon, ments, have been made by the Mysore, Baroda
one representative of the Indian business Cochin and Travancore States and each nomi
community elected by the Federation of Indian nates one representative to the Governing Bodj
Chambers of Commerce and Industry, the of the Council and two technical members
Provincial Ministers of Agriculture, two to the Advisory Board. The Bhopal State has
representatives elected by the Advisory Board also been admitted as a constituent member o
and such other persons as the Governor- General the Council on payment of a donation o
in Council might from time to time appoint. Rs. 50,000 in 20 equal annual instalments and has
been allowed the same representation on the
The Advisory Board would consist of all
Council as has been granted to the States of Hy
those whose inclusion in the Council was
derabad, Mysore, Baroda and Cochin. The Nortl
recommended by the Royal Commission with West Frontier Province having been constitutes:
the exception of the representatives of the a Governor's province is now represented on the
Central Legislature and the representa-
Governing Body by the Minister in charge o
tives of the European and Indian commercial Agriculture and on the Advisory Board by the
communities, who, under the modified scheme, Agricultural Officer and the Superintendent
would be members of the Governing Body. 1
Civil Veterinary Department.

In view of their exclusion from the Advisory
Board, the university representation would be
Personnel. In addition to the 18 ex-ojficu
increased from three to four and the scientific members the Governing Body includes the
representation by the addition of the Director
|
following gentlemen :
The Hon'ble Diwan Bahadur G. Narayana

j
of the Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, a ]
representative of the Forest Research Institute, swamy Chetty, elected by the Council 0
Dehra Dun, and a representative elected by the State Pt. S'i Krishna Dutta Paliwal, M.L.A. ane
;
Indian Research Fund Association. A repre- Maulvi Mohd. Shafi Daoodi, M.L.A., elected b]
sentative of the Co-operative Movement would the Legislative Assembly ; Sir Joseph Kaj
also be added. The Principal Administrative and Mr. Walchand Hirachand representing th<
Officer to the Council would beec-officio Chairman business community; Messrs. Carpenter anc
of the Advisory Board. Kerr, elected by the Advisory Board, and thi
The Government of India further announced Hon'ble Sir Frank Noyce, additional membe
that for the lump grant of Rs. 50 lakhs recom appointed by the Governor- General in Council
mended by the Royal Commission, they had The Chairman of the Council is the Hon'bl
decided to substitute an initial lump grant of Member of the Council of His Excellency th<
Rs. 25 lakhs, of which Rs. 15 lakhs would be
Governor- General for the time being in charg'
supplemented by a fixed of the portfolio of Agriculture. The Hon
said in 1925-30,
minimum grant annually. The annual grant Kunwar Jagdish Prasad, C.S.I., CLE., C.B.E.
would be Rs. 7*25 lakhs, of which Rs. 5 lakhs The whole-time officers of the Council are
would be devoted to the furtherance of the The Vice-chairman Diwan
Bahadur Si
scientific objects of the Council and the remaining T. Vijayaraghavacharya, K.B.E. The Exper
The Imperial Council of Agricultural Research.
293
Advisers Mr. B. C. Burt, C.I.E., M.B.E.
:
or unofficial
I.A.S. Colonel A. Olver, C.B., C.M.G., F.R.C.
Though certain of its activities
;
are administered direct the
V.S.; Mr. A.M. Livingstone and the Secretary
1
Council has no
permanent research institute of its own and
Rai Bahadur Malik Charan Das, I.S.S. (on leave normal method of promoting agricultural its
preparatory to retirement). veterinary research is by means
and
of research
The Advisory Board consists of the Vice- grants to existing institutions Proposals for
Chairman, the Expert Advisers, the Heads research come up for consideration in two ways.
of the Agricultural Departments in the
Provinces, Under the first applications for grants to
the Heads of the Agriculural and/or Veterinary provincial institutions including the
Departments in the contributing States, the
Chief Agricultural Officer, Sind, the Directors, usually fll J
universities
a e by Local or State Governments!
f
on the advice of the Provincial Agricul-
Imperial Institute of Agricultural Research, tural Research Committees. The decision
Pusa, Imperial Institute of Veterinary Research, whether or not a particular scheme
with or
Muktesar, and Indian Institute of Science, without modification should receive
a grant
Bangalore, the Director of Veterinary Services depends largely on the extent to which it
is of
in India, and the Chief Publicity general importance and on the extent
Officer, Indian to which
.States Railways as ex-officio members the proposals can be co-ordinated with
together research
with the following nominated or elected work already progress. The second method m
members : is a natural corollary to the
one just described.
The Council through its Advisory and
Representatives of the Provincial Veterinary Special
Committees reviews the progress and position
Departments.Mr. P. T. Saunders, nominated of
work in agricultural and veterinary science '
y uth< Government of Madras; Mr. E. S and frames schemes

L
iarbrother, nominated by the Government for the filling of lacunae
of t bis process is continuous and is
Bombay; Mr P. J. Kerr, nominated by the by further assisted
the recommendations of the Board of
Government of Bengal Khan Bahadur Sheikh culture India and its Committees. Agri-
Niaz Muhammad Khan, nominated

At m
by the the following standing committees present
Government of the U.P. Mr. T. F Quirke Council are at work: of the
nominated by the Government of the Punjab
;
The Sugar Committee,
the Fertilisers Committee, the Locust

Mltchel Committee
J" f # Burma; ^ nominated by the Govern-
i
Major P. B. Riley, nominated Joint 5, Cru s
g Industry Committee, the m
Et i
by the Government of B. & O.
t
Committee

4-
of the Imperial Council of

Major R. F Agricultural Research and the Indian
.
;
Stirling, nominated by the
Government of C P Central
Cotton Committee, Animal Nutrition

Mr. Guru Prasanna Sen, nominated Committee,

by the Dairying Committee and the Cattle
Government, of Assam; Mr. S. I 4 Breeding
Shah Committee. Sub -Committees of the
nominated by the Government of N.W.F.P. Advisory
Board to deal with the detailed special proposals
Representatives of the Inter-University
Prof. C N
Board
Vakil, M. A., M. Sc. (Ec), Lond

are set up from time to time as
required.
A valuable feature of the Council's
University Prof, of Economics, Bombay
Ekambaram, Professor, Presidency Dr T sation is its elasticity and for that reason organi-

though
College* certain definite principles laid
Madras; Mr. C. T. Mudaliyar, Retired down by the
#
Principal,' Governing Body are followed
Agricultural College, Coimbatore in regard to
Dr. L ; K
expenditure on research rigid have been
1
(ildfa )
r PubliC '
SeiVice Comm ission avoided. Actually the schemesrules financed by the
Council fall into the following classes :
r en at e of the Indian
r Z
aJffftfL e s uth em India Tea Aviation
Planters' Association. ii(8fc P*
-
ial A1Mn d a schemes of research
Mr. P. i
i H. Carpenter. which call for a special! central but not
neces-
.
sarily permanent organisation and

Representative of the Indian Central which are
Committee. Rao Bahadur Bhimbhai R. Cotton administered direct by the Council, e.g., Sugar
Naik Technology and Locust Research, Agricultural
Representative of the Co-operative
Diwan Bahadur Movement
Marketing and Statistical aspect of Field Experi-
,
T. Raghaviah, C.S.I. ments and Animal Husbandry.

Representative of minor administrations (ii) Scheme of research requiring temporarv
the Government
under
of India.- Mr. A. M. iViUStal
Mustafa a,
expansion of the work of a central
Agricultural Officer, Baluchistan. research
institute, e.g., the two sub-stations
I at Karnal
V?hT
e aii
nl Z
Uehra Dun.Mr. C. t G.

f he Fo st R^rch
n Trevor,
for cane-breeding and economic
Institute, I Botany (under
IFS the
I
CLE. Imperial Sugarcane expert and the

Imperial
inspector- General of Forests. Economic Botanist respectively).
'
'
Representative of the Indian Research (Hi)

Fund^ several Co-ordinated schemes of research in
Wa^n.-Lt.-Col. A. J. H. Russell Public provinces where grants in aid are given
'
iealth Commissioner with the lor work to be carried out provincially as part
Govt, of India
Members appointed by the Governor-General ot a general scheme. Examples are found
SFâTÎ' oM Azhar Ali, M.L.A. Drin

^ '
h
M ?lad Sector
^
lf
n^ Matunga; of Technological Labora- (a) The Rice research scheme
Mr G.K. Devadhar, C.I.E. Bengal, U.P., Burmah, B. & O. andinAssam. Madras,
'
ory
NehrU and
?vinUne '
^. m! heu r a e * estin g station
/tt p
(
(U.P., 5 5?
Punjab J J!
B. &
-
O., Bombay, Bengal, Assam,

scheme
of the Council. It is an all collaborating with
nlnrf.^/K f U the Research Council's breeding station),
the Coimbatore cane
m7utn?L that/%
nstitution ?h it
.
stands in the same relation
all
(c) Fruit Research.
research institutions whether
central
provincial or State), and
whether farming Research (Bombay, Madras
official! ana Hyderabad).
294 The Imperial Council of Agricultural Research.
(it,) Research schemes carried out by Transport scheme the Madras Potato Breeding ;
arrangement in one province or State on a scheme'.

problem of all-India importance or affecting Grants to Universities to enable research
several provinces. workers on the University staff to expand
existing research of agricultural importance
As examples of this may be mentioned: or to develop the agricultural aspect of their
statement shows
The experimental and demonstration sugar own research. The following Universities or
factory and training scheme in sugar technology the schemes received
from
at the Harcourt Butler Technological Institute, Colleges in Tndia and approved by the Council
Cawnpore, U.P., the Bombay Fruit-Storage and up to the end of 1934 :
from the
Statements showing schemes of Agricultural and Veterinary Research received
Universities or Colleges in India and sanctioned by the Council up to
December 1932.
Amount
Name of University.
I
Schemes. sanctioned.
Dacca Research work on soils and the nutrition of the rice plants
(f) .

by Dr. J. C. Ghosh * * *,
Dacca Investigation of the organic constituents of Indian soils

by Prof. J. C. Ghosh .. .. .
Calcutta (f) Research into properties of colloid soil constituents by

Dr. J. N. Mukherjee ..

Calcutta
. .
For statistical investigation on experimental errors field m

.
trials by Prof. P. C. Mahalanobis

Investigation on the " wither-tip of citrus trees by
Punjab
Dr. H. C. Chaudhuri..
Punjab Investigation on the relation between Physico-chemical
properties and fertility of soils by Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar
Punjab Research on the standardisation of Physico-chemical single
value measurements most suitable for Indian soils by
Dr A. N. Puri . .
Punjab Research on the effect of ions on plant growth by Dr. S. S.

Bhatnagar . . . . ",
method of Hygrometry
i
by
Punjab Investigation of an electric
Prof. J. B. Seth for 2 years
Madras Research in the cytological study of Indian crop plants
Ravenshaw College, Research on water Hyacinth by Prof. Parija of Ravenshaw

Cuttck. College, Cuttack
Agra College (t) . . Research work on cereal rusts by Dr. Mehta of Agra
College
Agra College (f) Research work on investigation on Physiologic forms of

wheat rusts by Dr. Mehta of Agra College
Royal Institute of Science Research work on the Physiology of rice plant of Prof
Bombay. R. H. Dastur
Indian Institute of Science, Scheme for the preparation of cheap synthetic manure
Bangalore. from town refuse and waste materials
Scheme for the extension of sewage farm investigation

with special reference to Papaya and Plantain
cultivation
"
(Hi) Scheme for the extension of work on " quality
in crops
Vishwa Bharati* Institute Development of methodology in rural research

of Rural Reconstruction,
Srineketan.
medicinal plants and
School of Tropical Medi Research in systematic collection of
cine, Calcutta. study of food poisons in India by Col. Chopra . . .
Allahabad Agricultural Research on the composition of milk by Dr. Sam Higgin-

Institute. bottom
* Funds not yet allotted for these schemes,

(f) Since extended for a further term of years.
Agricultural Statistics.
295
II Statement showing schemes of Agricnltnral
and Veterinary Research received!^
OT 0UegeS hl lDdia
r^lS aPPr Ved ImPedal C UnCil f A
^ ôm^l Research
Name of University.
Scheme. Amount.
I Us.
Calcutta* Scheme for statistical studies relating to
in India by Prof. P. C. Mahalanobis
Agricultural work
for five years 40,000
Punjab* In
^fl
iga ti0
p ^v.
011
^ e^îons
S
of Physico-chemical factors
by Dr S S Bhatna ar for seven
month? " * * S
2,420
Punjab* Investigation of the wither-tip of citrus trees
Chaudhuri for 4 months
by Dr. H
7" C
./ 2,200
Lucknow* El U y 1}*? the Helminthiasis of cattle, sheep
f? V
J5 the
in
and goats
United Provinces by Prof. G. C. Thapaf
o years for
. , e
25,460
Indian Institute of Science. Study of the
composition and nutritive value of milk of the
Bangalore.* cow, buffalo and goat for three years
50,588
III Statement showing schemes of Agricultural

and Veterinary Research received from
Universities or Colleges in Indiaand approved by the I. C. A. R. during 1934
Name of University.
Scheme. Amount.
Us.
Jarcourt Butler Technolo Financial assistance to
gical Institute, Oil section* 30,000
Madras* Research on the development almorphology

and anatomy of
sugarcane-sorghum hybrids and of the Indian
and wild saccharums for three years by Prof. Sugardne
EkaXram 7,600
ialcutta* In th
nf JîSh
1
w ?
f
^tyty*gal
bionomics and development
f r 3 yearS by Dr '^' K>
Mookerjel
7,870
acca* 11 Bi?:PhOTiical and Physico- Chemical
^t^f^v *f J.
ties of rice at the Bio-Chemical laboratory for 5 years
proper-
. 21,600
* Funds not yet allotted for these schemes.
The principal whole time research

officers
aployed under the Council are :
than
Agricultural Statistician
(I.
Mr. M.
C.A.R. Headquarters).
Vaidvana-
Sugar TechnologistMr. It. C. Srivastava
Butler Technological Institute,'
iwn ore Chief Economist
A.R. Headquarters).
Mr. R. D. Kapoor (I. C.
Locust Research Entomologist Rao Sahib
Ramchandra Rao, Karachi.
Entomologist The following research schemes
have been
at Locust Sub- Station Dr. sanctioned by the
R. Karandikar, Pasni. Governing Body of the
Imperial Council of Agricultural Research
296 Agricultural Statistics.
Statement of research schemes sanctioned by the Imperial Council of Agricultural Research,

to which funds have been allotted
1 2 3 4 5
Budget
Total
Serial Name of Scheme. sanctioned
Estimates
Remarks.
No. for
grant.
1935-36.
Rs. Rs.
ENCOURAGEMENT OF SUGAR CULTI-
A P f \T
"\7" ATTV
r
AT TT TTT> A /^Tt
T \
VA11UJN A
AJND TIT A
MAJN Uxf
171
AC1 Uxtlii.
XT'
A. -I Schemes directly administered by

the Council.
1 Sugar Technologist
(a) Main Office 1,66,100 51,000
(b) Sugar Cable Service 40,900 8,900
(c) Indian Sugar Trade Information
Service 34,100 6,500
2 Construction and testing of improved Juice

boiling bel 3,400
3 Appointment of the Chief Economist and

Stalf in connection with the investigations
into the cost of production of crops in the
principal surgarcane and cotton tracts in
India .. 75,400 16,400* *Half the cost is
met by the
Indian Central
Cotton Com-
mittee.
A. "11. IjKAJN lb-llN - AID 1U L/JiJN lxvAli A.SS1J
Provincial Governments.
1 Bengal scheme of sugarcane crushing and

gur-boiling 5,700
2 Grant to the Harcourt Butler Technological

Institute 2,25,000 20,000
(a) Non-recurring (1,25,000).
(6) Recurring (20,000) per annum for
5 years.
3 Investigations into the cost of production of

crops in the principal sugarcane and
cotton tracts in India
Cost of meetings 6,500
(ii) (a) Madras 15,000
(b) Bombay . .
18,100
(c) Punjab 17,600
(<i) Bihar and Orissa . .
10,400
(e) Bengal 4,43,200 7,700
(/) United Provinces 15,000
(<7) Central Provinces and Berar .
15,200
(h) Hyderabad 4,700
(i) Mysore 4,700
( j) Baroda 4,700
(k) Sindh .. 4,600
(ui) Cost on account of remuneration for

checking the data 4,800
297
Serial Budget
Name Total
No. of Scheme. Estimates
sanctioned
for Remarks.
grant.
1935-36.
A.-IT. Grants-in-aid to Central

Provincial Governmentscow^.
and Rs. Rs.
Grant for research on Mosaic and

other cane
diseases at Pusa .
{a) Non-recurring (12,000) 65,000 19,400

(b) Recurring (53,000) for 3 years.
Establishment of Sugarcane station

in Bihar
a appointment of a Sugarcane
sêciahst
() Jfon-recurring (78,400)! 2,05,800 25,600
(b) Recurring (17,000) per annum for 5
years.
Establishment of a sub-station of the

tore Imperial Sugar Station at
Coimba-
Karnal 82,000
{a) Non-recurring (24,000) 10,000
(b) Recurring (11,600) per annum
for 5
years from 1931-32.
Grant to the Government of

Mysore for
Breeding of thick canes in Mysore
(a) Non-recurring (3,000) 21,000 3,700
years from 1933-34.
Lump sum grants of Rs. 8,000 each to

u. \, B & O. and Punjab
the
Governments
for experiments in the designing
of a satisl
factory small power suga?
caL crushing
29,000 2,100
Sugarcane seedling testing station
at Dacca
(a) Non-recurring (1,350).
(b) Recurring (2,340) per annum
for 5
years from 1931-32
13,100 2,300
SU C e ReSearch stati n in the
Sec can Bombay
(a) Non-recurring (67,900)
(6) Recurring (90,840) per annum for
5 years from 1931-32
5,22,000 63,200
11 Research on the genetics of sugarcane
at the
e breeding stati n Coimbatore
for 5 yeirs
37,000 5,900
Research on sugarcane in the Madras
Presi-
resi
dency for 5 years.
(6) Recurring (1,21,500) ..
1,50, J 00 34,100
13 Scheme for the establishment of a
sugarcane
for the Punjab for
KoTwgf ! y
Jfon-recurring (9,650). 1,33,000 31,100
(f)
(0) Recurring (1,23,350).
2 3 4 5
x 1
Budget
Total
Serial
Estimates Remarks.
Name of Scheme. sanctioned
for
No. grant. i no k oa
19d5-OD.
Grants-in-aid to Central and

A.-II.
Provincial Government contd.
Rs. Rs.
14 Investigations into various problems of sugar
industry in the United Provinces (5 years
from 1933-34) 1,11,900 16,000
(b) Recurring (94,950).
15 Establishment of Research and testing station

for the indigenous system of gur and sugar
manufacture by the Sugar Technologist to
the Council for 5 years 1,67,400 69,100
16 Extension of Sugarcane work at the Jorhat

Experimental Station, Assam for 5 years . 48,000 8,300
\b) Recurring (30,000).
17 Grant to the Government of Bihar and Orissa

for investigations into the possibilities of
manufacturing Khandsari Sugar by the
6,000 1,600
B.-I. ENCOURAGEMENT AND

METHODS OF
IMPROVEMENT IN
A fi-PTPTTT.TTT'RE
L yj u Jul uxv-dj.
jrx ijr Xv
Schemes directly administered by the

Council.
Locust control measures.
1 Cnoniol cfnfF frr rptspjirph work with VlPfld-

quarters at Karachi, from 1930-31 to
1934-35 3,60,200 86,300
B.-IL SCHEMES OF AGRICULTURAL

XvXJiO X!jxvXvv>J-L
1 Statistical Section of the Bureau of Agricul-

tural Intelligence 35,000 10,000
2 Indian Oil Seed Crushing Industry Committee 18,200 2,500
3 Award df a prize for a bone -crusher worked

(a) by animal power (b) by mechanical
power 7,000 1,000
1,00,000 Special Marketin
4 Marketing scheme at Headquarters
Office created.
5 Marketing scheme (Provincial portion) 10,00,000 2,33,000
B.-IIL GRANTS-IN-AID.
Central and Provincial Governments.
1
Botanical sub-station at Karnal
i
per annum for 5 years from 1930-31 1,33,900 12,400

Agricultural Statistics,
1 2 3 4 5
Seria 1 Total Budget

No. Name of Scheme. sanctioned Estimate
for Remarks.
grant.
1935-36.
Central and Provincial Governments Rs.

contd. Rs.
2 Agricultural Meteorology, Poona
per annum for 3 years from 1932-33 61,600 9,300
3 Grant to the Government of Punjab for locust
control measures
12,000 (not settled).
A
t Appointment of a Physical Assistant on; he
staff of the Agricultural Chemist,
Bengal 22,600 4,300
(a) Non-recurring (850).
per annum for 5 years from 1931-32. 1
5 Investigation of Rusts of Wheat and Barley.

54,600 44,100
(i) Co-ordinated scheme of rise research
Burma 2,41,700
(a) Non-recurring (35,000). 26,200
(p) Recurring (41,340).
per annum for 5 years.
(u) Central Provinces
1,08,800 17,200
Non-recurring (11,000).
(Hi) Bihar and Orissa
(a)
2,02,100 36,600
(iv) Assam
(a)
1,17,900 24,700
(v) Bengal
(a)
1,56,300 24,300
(vi) United Provinces-
1,68,500 24,700
fa) Non-recurring (39,900).
(vii) Madras
(a)
1,15,700 19,500
7 Deputation of Dr. B. N. Uppal to foreign

countries to study virus diseases of
plants. 6,700 ( completed).
8 Research work on potatoes in Madras for 5
years from 1933-34 .
20,000 4,000
9 Grant to Pusa Research Institute for
potato
breeding research in Northern India
10 Provincial schemes of Fruit. Research
(a) Bombay for 3 years
'
7,500
90,200 17,000
(i)Non-recurring (36,400).
(u) Recurring (53,800).
(b) Madras for 5 years
66,000 21,200
(i) Non-recurring (16,200).
(ii) Recurring (49,800).
Budget
Total
Estimates
Name of Scheme. sanctioned Remarks.
for
grant.
1935-36.
Rs. Rs.
Central Provincial Governmentcontd.
(c) Bengal for 5 years 56,900 7,600
(i)
Recurring (42,900).
(ii)
(d) United Provinces for 5 years 1,60',800 25,500
(ii) Recurring (1,41,600).
(e) Bihar and Orissa for 5 years 90,000 15,000
(/) Punjab for 2 years 11,100 5,200
Dry framing re search scheme for the Bombay

Deccan 2,40,000 34,100
Dry farming research scheme in the caded Dis-
tricts of Madras 1,39,500 24,000
Dry Farming Research Scheme for Hyderabad
-Deccan 59,400 10,100
(completed).
Cocoanut enquiry officer 7,000
H. E. H. the Nizam's Government Scheme for
the improvement of the caster crop in
India 61,100 10,600
Recurring . . 56,300. .
Non-recurrings 4,750. .
(From 1934-35 to 1939-40)

Total 61,050
Financial Assistance to the Oil Technological

Section of the Harcourt Butler Technolo-
gical Institute 30,000 30,000
Malting and Brewing Test of Improved
Barleys
(i) United Provinces 4*600 1,600
(ii) Punjab 6,000 500
(iii) Bihar and Orissa 6,000 2,400
B -IV. UNIVERSITIES AND PRIVATE

PERSONS.
Dacca University scheme of Agricultural
Research for 5 years from 1930-31 39,800 1,400
Prof. Mukerjee's scheme of research into
properties of colloid soil constitutents

years from 1931-32 14,100 1,000
Prof. Mahalanobis's scheme of Investigation

on experimental errors in field trials 51,500 7,100
Dr. Bhatnagar's scheme of effect of various
ions on plant growth from 1930-31 to
1934-35 .. .. 8,000 (completed).
Dr. Bhatnagar's scheme of investigation on

relations between the physico-chemical
properties and fertility of soils from 1931-32
10,700 (completed).
to 1934-35
Agricultural Statistics %
1 2 3 4 5
Total Budget
Serial Estimates
No. Name of Scheme. sanctioned Remarks.
for
grant.
1935-36.
B.-TV. Universities and Private Rs. Rs.

Personscontd.
Prof. Dastur's scheme of research on rice
physiology (3 years from 1931-32) 10,800 600
7 Prof. Chaudhuri's scheme of investigation of
the wither tip of citrus trees (3 years from
1931-32) 13,800
8 Investigation on the Organic Constituents of
Indian Soils by Prof. J. C. Ghoshs 11,200 1,800
9 Extension of work on " quality " in Crops by
the Indian Institute of Science (2 years) . 5,400 2,600
10 Prof. J". B. Seth's scheme for investigating an
electric method of Hygrometery, Punjab
(2 years) 3,600 1,800
11 Investigation for preparation of cheap synthe-
tic manure from town refuse and waste
materials by the Indian Institute of Science,
Bangalore ... 5,000 2,600
C.-^-RESEARCH SCHEMES CONNECTED
WITH ANIMAL HUSBANDRY AND
ANIMAL DISEASES.
\
Grants-in-aid.
Central and Provincial Governments.
1 In connection with the appointment of a

physiological chemist to study animal
nutrition problems at Dacca (5 years from
1931-32) 48,600 10,300
2 Dr. Slater's scheme of goat-breeding from
*
1931-32 to 1935-36.
\. 33 500 5 000
(b) Recurring (25,000) 3
3 Appointment of Veterinary Investigation

Officers in Provinces (5 years). >
(i) Hyderabad 10,400

(u) Bombay 10,300
(iii) Bengal 9,200
(iv) Punjab 9,400
(v) Bihar and Orissa > 5,00,000 9,800
(vi) Central Provinces 9,100
(vii) Madras 7,200
(viii) United Provinces 8,700
(ix) Assam . . . .
8,500
4 Appointment of a Statistician for the compila-

tion of certain statistics relating to feeding
scales, etc., in the Military Dairies. 7,800
5 Punjab Government scheme regarding investi-
gation into the most suitable and economic
methods of combating different type of
parasitic infection in ruminants in the field
for 3 years 20,100
6 Extension of work on animal nutrition in the
Madras Presidency 49,900 8,400
J
32 . Agricultural Statistics.
1 2 3 4 5
Total Budget
Serial
JSTo.
Name of Scheme. sanctioned Estimates
Remarks.
for
grant.
1935-36.
Grants-in-aid contd.
Rs. Rs.
7 Investigation of Jhone's Diseases among
cattle in Mysore 20,400 3,000
8 Dairy Legislation ;
. 2,400 200
9 All-India Animal Husbandry Bureau
(3 years) 15,000 4,000
10 Grant to the Central Provinces Government
of Rs. 42,700 for investigation for vaccina-
tion of cattle against rinderpest (3 years
from 1934-35) .. .. . ...
42,700 14,200
11 Investigation of India fish poisons and other
forest products for their insectidical pro-
perties in Mysore (2 years from 1934-35) 15,300
.
6,700
12 Grant for Dairy Research Institute .
6,00,000 4,16,000
DI. Deputation of Indian representatives
to International conferences concerned with
agricultural and animal husbandry
research.
1 Deputation of Locust Research Entomologist

to the Third International Locusts Confer-
ence, London 2,000 2,000
2 Participation of India in the 5th World
Poultry Congress, Rome . .
,
'
700
3 Participation of India in the ioth World
Dairy Congress, Rome 1,400
4 Participation of India in the Congress of
Royal Institute of Public Health, Norwich,
1934
DII. Contribution to the International

Bureaux of Agriculture and Veterinary
Research.
1 International Office of Epizooties, Paris,

(7,500 francs approximately. About
Rs. 1,200) per annum for 7 years from 1st
May 1931 8,400 1,200
2 Imperial Mycological Institute, London, 600
or about (Rs. 8,000) per annum for 6 years
upto 1934-35 48,000 8,000
3 International Institute of Agriculture, Rome,
for 3 years from 1935-36 at 16,000 gold
francs (about Rs. 1,30,000) per annum . 1,13,000 13,000
4 Imperial Agricultural Bureaux, London, for 3
years from 1935-36 at 2,187-10-0 (about
Rs. 29,170) per annum 2,63,100 29,200
5 Imperial Institute of Entomology for 3 years
from 1935-36 at 100 (about Rs. 1,333) per
annum 10,700 1,300
6 Contributions to the Tobacco Federation of
the British Empire at 10 (about Rs. 135)
per annum for 5 years from 1934-35 700 100
7 Contribution towards maintenance of the
laboratory for collecting, lending and
despatching beneficial parasites at Farnham
House and investigation into the control
of insects and moulds injurious to stored
products at Slough 14,500 9,300
Agricultural Statistics. 303
Statement showing cost op expired schemes.
Sugar Schemes. Animal Husbandry Schemes.

Rs. Rs.
1. Lump sum grant to Shahja-
hanpur Research Station 1. Testing of Drug Plasmoquine 523
for a detailed examination
2. All India Legislation for the
of new seedling cane 6,000 control of animal disease. 415
2. Deputation of a chemist to
Bhopal to test K. B. Hadis' Total Rs. . . 938
process of manufacturing
Sugar by open pan method. 1,080 (I)
Contributions, etc.
3. K. B. Hadis' Commercial
Test of Bilari under Lai 1. Contribution to Royal Veteri-
nary College, London 1,009
Har Sahal Gupta 12,920
. .
(II)
4. Deputation of the Sugar

Deputation of India's Represen-
Technologist to Europe tatives at International Con-
and America 12,666 ferences.
1. Deputation of Dr. K. C.
Mehta and others to the
Total 32,666 International Botanical
or Congress at Cambridge
32,700 in 1930 2,432
2. Expenditure on the Third

Entomological Conference
in London in 1930 . . 741
Agricultural Schemes.
3. Expenditure on the Interna-
1 . Grant to Dr. K. C. Mehta for :- tional Veterinary Confer-
ence in London in 1930 . . 525
(a) Investigation of rusts of
wheat and barley 41,432 4. Expenditure on the Con-
ference of workers interest-
(b) Investigation into the ed in problems of fruit
production within the
Physiologic forms of
Empire held in London in
wheat rusts 4,008 1930 193
(c) Giving some relief from 5. Indian Delegation to the
a part of his duties at International Institute of
college 4,182 Agriculture, Rome .. 5,159
2 . Hemp marketing officer 13,864 6. India's representation at the

Ninth International Dairy
Congress, Copenhagen,
3. Investigation into the vita- 1931 3,372
min contents of mangoes
7. Cost on India's representation
by Dr. Zilva 1,015 at the Preparatory Con-
ference to the Second
World Wheat Conference,
-
Water Hyacinth by fro- Rome 857
fessor Parija 9,646
8. Cost of India's representatives
at the Soil Workers' Con-
Standardisation of Physico- ference held in London in
chemical single value in 1930 163
measurements most suita-
ble for
Indian Soils by
Dr. A. N. Puri 5,250 Total Rs. 13,542
Statement showing cost op expired schemes

contd.
Agricultural Schemes contd.

Rs.
Us. (HI)
6. Grants to Provinces for col-
lecting data on manurial
General Schemes.
1. Honorarium to Dr. Agharkar.
experiments conducted in
2. Honorarium to Mr. Amar
the past 17,329 Nath
7. Distribution of Sodium Fluo-
silicate to Indian States Total
. 1,757
(IV)
8. Cost of exhibits in connection
Grand Total of (I), (II), (Hi)
with commercial samples
and (IV)
room of the High Com- Sugar Schemes
missioners' office .
516 Agricultural Schemes
Animal Husbandry and
General Schemes
or
90,900 Grand Total
RESOLUTION.
The reports of the Royal Commission on
Agriculture m India and the Central Banking nl Jn V111 a 8 ricu Itural produce in world markets
Enquiry Committee drew attention to the loss f.v! be* ^^hened, and greater advantage
which occurs through the ineffective marketing internal market for such
of agricultural produce and put forward produce
recom-
mendations for improvement. The marketing
of agricultural produce being mainly
a matter 3. Accordingly, Provincial Governments,
of provincial concern, it is for Provincial were consulted in July 1933, and, on
Govern- receipt
ments to consider what action, if any, they of their replies, the Government of India placed
should take on the majority of the recommen- the matter before the Advisory Board of
the
dations referred to but some are of all-India Imperial Council of Agricultural Research for
importance and an expression of opinion. In the light
application. The Central of the
Banking Enquiry Committee pointed out the replies received from Local Governments the
need for some central agency to advise and Board unanimously recommended action on the
assist in co-ordinating provincial following lines :
activities
particularly in the case of agricultural produce
intended for export and to give assistance to (a) The first step should be the appoint-
Provincial organisations by way of advice and ment for a limited period of a highlv qualified
research. It further .recommended that this and experienced Marketing Expert with practi-
task should be undertaken by the Imperial cal knowledge of the organisation of agricultural
Council of Agricultural Research.
i?-
6 m
^ g in other c untries of the Empire,
inis Officer and the necessary assistants
2. Although they had accepted in general be on the staff of the Imperial Council of should
the recommendations of the Royal Commission tural Research and should Agricul-
undertake
on Agriculture regarding market surveys and gation of marketing problems andthe investi- i
the appointment of expert marketing officers schemes for the improvement formulate \
thereof, make
in the Provincial Agricultural Departments
and recommendation as regards standard grades 1
had in several instances taken such action in for the various commodities and
advise local -
that direction as their finances permitted Governments and Provincial

Local Governments were in general deterred Agriculture generally in regard
Departments of i
to agricultural
by financial stringency from making substantial marketing.
progress. The Government of India, in view
of the importance of improved agricultural
.(b) Attention should be concentrated in 1
marketing as an aid to the general economic the first
instance on the principal commodities *
recovery of the country, came to the conclusion
and
that a stage had been reached where action
might usefully be taken to study in detail the (c) Local Governments should be invited
all-India aspects of the problem and that sub- to j
collaborate with the Marketing Expert

stantial expenditure would be justifiable even is J
appointed, by appointing provincial marketing

at a time of financial stringency if the position officers.
305
4. The Government of India accepted the in accordance with
view of the Advisory Board and decided that a by the a scheme of work prepared
Marketing Expert Adviser on the staf?
Marketing Expert should be appointed on the of the Imperial
staff of the Imperial Council of Agricultural
Council of Agricultural Research
This work which will be undertaken
Research for a period of three years. With central Staff by a
in conjunction with Provincial
the sanction of the Governing Body of the Marketing
Staffs, falls into three main
Imperial Council of Agricultural Research, divisions,
Mr. A. M. Livingstone, a senior official of the
Marketing Branch of the English Ministry of
Agriculture, was accordingly appointed as (i) Investigation work*;
Marketing Expert on the staff of the Council
and took up his duties on the 28th April 1934.
(ii) Development work and ;
(in) Work on grade standards.

5. The question of agricultural marketing
was also discussed at the Provincial Economic The work to be done under these
various
Conference held in April 1934 and there was neadmgs may be summarised as follows :
general agreement at the Conference that, of

all practicable measures for improving
economic
conditions, an intensive programme to develop Investigation work This will include a series
marketing facilities for agricultural products ot marketing surveys with immediate reference
(both Crops and Livestock products) offers Ie important com modities
grouped as
the best immediate prospects of substantial follows ^-
results. The Conference was of the opinion
that action to be taken to deal with the main p5 (a Cereals (wheat, barley and'
marketing problems should include propaganda *fJ\ ?I? '-T l
and the supply of information in external
6 01see d
. !.
n
K
(gûndnuts, rapeseed and
^
special cro P s (tobacco)
markets regarding Indian products the grading, fibres and fruft)
;
sorting and bulking of the main staple products
special market organisation for perishable II. Animal Husbandry Products.(a) Dairv
commodities; information to India's producers products,
etc. (milk and butter, eggs
5
of consumers requirements both in India and and poul-
LlYe 0C
;
of quality and demand

uJhS% meat
abroad the planning of production on the basis livestock, *t $
and fish). h
e c (hides skins and wool ' '
the establishment and

;
development of regulated markets the under-

taking of market surveys for the purpose of
;
Certain general questions are also
included
developing a common plan throughout India within the scope of the surveys, viz Regulated ,
and the establishment of properly organised Markets, Marketing Organisation, t& pfflSS
'futures' markets, commodity exchanges and ot transportation, storage and preservation of
warehouses. ^commodities dealt with > Standardisation
01 containers, etc.
6. As stated in paragraph 9 of their Resolu-
?SS
N E ^ 16 W^-/ 34 d ated the 5th May a ofT^f maJ k? t ??x, surveys when completed will
% '
1934, the Government of India decided to set out m

detail the present system of
marketing
proceed on the lines recommended at the Con- of the commodities concerned, not only in
each
ference which included the following initial of the provinces separately but in
respect of
steps inter-provincial, inter-state and
foreign trade
so as to provide an all-India
(1) The appointment of a Central Marketing conditions picture of existing
and a common basis for futur?
Officer and staff by the Government
progress.of The report on each survey will set
India. out, m
precise technical detail, definite
sugges-
r standa d S rades containers,
(2) The appointment of Provincial Marketing methods
mP?w? of packing, f handling >
contract conditions, etc

Officers. Without committing either the Central
1 P vm cia l Governments, theseGovern-

(3)
(4)
(5)
The inauguration of Marketing surveys will also
The appointment of special committees
for staple crops.
Work on grade standards.

o?
a
t?crbii
hich may appear to be n
~rL
The work connected with the execution
of
report
formulate proposals regarding anv
improvements in marketing organisation In
the

these surveys will be shared between
These recommendations broadly follow the Central
the and Provincial Marketing Staffs and the plan-
recommendations of the Royal Commission
on ning of the surveys, compilation of data and
Agriculture which were endorsed in
general Preparationof the reports will fall mainly on
by the Central Banking Enquiry Committee encraj staff. '
the
8 n W bG takGn t0 giVG effect to
them
Development
work. For each commodity the
programme of development work must obviously

Th uestion
L n .?,
crop committees
of establishing additional
is still under the consideration
aePend on the results of the marketing surveys
will usually include the
but
of Government. In the meantime
it has been
demonstration aany
decided however, that the other ^commendations made as a result of the surveys
recommenda- with the object of informing
tions should be given effect to both produced
immediately and traders of consumers' requirements and
3o6 Agricultural Statistics.
the population of the recommended standard 9. As regards finance, the Government of

grades, containers, etc. In some instances India have agreed subject to funds being voted
some small packing stations may be organised by the Legislative Assembly, to meet for a
{e.g., for eggs and fruits) to demonstrate the period of 5 years the expenditure on the Central
practicability of bulk sorting, grading and Staff as well as of certain staff in the Provinces.
packing and the commercial advantages of For this purpose, the necessary provision will
employing the new standards. be made for the Central Staff and Provincial
Staff separately under a new Head to be opened,
More generally, development work will aim viz.,
" 60-A Agricultural Marketing " in the
at securing the more extensive use of agreed Budget Estimates of the Central Government.
commodity standards, the elimination of waste The total grant for the Provincial Staff has
and the better organisation of producers for been fixed at Us. 2 lakhs per annum which
will be placed at the disposal of the Imperial
marketing purposes. This work will be done
in the provinces and will probably fall mainly Council of Agricultural Research in the same
on the Provincial Marketing Staffs. manner as other grants made by the Govern-
ment of India to the Council. Subject to a
limit which has been prescribed for each pro-

Grade Standards. This will be work of a vince, the necessary allotments to provinces
technical character relating to the chemical and from this grant will be made by the Council
physical characteristics of such products as oil in the same manner as grants for agricultural
seeds, grains, fruit, etc., and the testing of research schemes.
grading technique and equipment under practical
conditions. 10. The Central marketing staff will be con-
stituted as an Attached Office of the Imperial
Council of Agricultural Research Department
8. The Central Marketing Staff will consist with the Marketing
of the Agricultural Marketing Adviser, seven
Expert Adviser to the
Council as the Head of the Attached Office.
Senior Marketing Officers and Marketing Officers This
office will be called the office of the Agricul-
and ten Assistant Marketing Officers and these tural Marketing
Adviser to the Government of
officers will be allotted to commodities and
India and will be subject to the same financial
groups of commodities in the manner indicated and
administrative control as other Attached
above. The planning direction and interpre- Offices
of the Government of India. It will be
tation of marketing surveys will be the responsi-
established with effect from the 1st January
bility of the Central Marketing Staff; work
1935 and will be located permanently at Delhi.
will be carried out in close co-operation with the .
The Marketing Expert and the two Senior

provincial Marketing Officers. As regards Marketing Officers will move, however, between
Provincial Staff it is hoped that each Provincial
Delhi and Simla with the Imperial Council of
Government will endeavour to appoint a Market- Agricultural Research
ing Staff fully adequate to the needs of the
Department of the
Government of India. Other Marketing Officers
province. In view of the urgency of the matter
will be allowed to recess in Simla only for a
and so that the all-India marketing surveys, limited period.
may be as effective as possible, the Govern-
ment of India have agreed to make provision 11. The Government of India desire to
from Central funds for a period of 5 years for acknowledge the helpful co-operation in the
expenditure by local Governments on a nucleus improvement of agricultural marketing already
Provincial Marketing Staff consisting of a offered by the Indian States which, on their
limited number of marketing officers of a junior own initiative, are prepared to appoint local
grade. The several Provincial Governments officers to co-operate with the Central Marketing
have promised the Imperial Council of Agricul- Staff. This and the ready response received
tural Research that they will appoint their own from provincial Governments to their invitation
Senior Marketing Officer, who will be in charge to examine the all-India aspects of agricultural
of the marketing staff working in the Provinces marketing lead the Government of India to
and co-operate in the work with the Central hope that, by a great combined effort, results,
Marketing Staff or make other suitable arrange- of substantial benefit to Indian agriculturist
ments for the purpose. will be achieved.
307
area, Cultivated and Unouliiâted, in 1931-32 in each Province.
Net area.
Area Deduct
Provinces. according Indian
to survey.
According According
States.
to to Village
survey. Papers.
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.

Ajmer-Merwara 1,770,921
Assam 1,770,921 1,770,921
43,375,360 7,890,560 35,484,800 35,484,800
Bengal 52,044,314 3,477,760 48,566,554 48,566,554
Bihar and Orissa 71,507,695 18,334,720 53,172,975 53,172,975
Bombay 97,446,023 18,568,960
Burma 78,877,063 78,877,063
155,849,528 155,849,528 155,849,528
Central Provinces and Berar 85,190,400
.
21,207,680 63,982,720 64,060,237
Coorg 1,012,260 1,012,260 1,012,260
Delhi 369,904
Madras OI A 7 O AO A 369,904 369,904
North- West Frontier Province.' 91,073,424 91,158,469
8,578,296 140,800 8,437,496 8,576,829
Punjab 65,257,965 3,286,700 61,971,265 60,187,672
United Provinces
4,348,232 68,300,509 67,970,517
Total 746,124,831 77,255,412 668,869,419 667,057,729
Cultivated. Uncultivated.
Provinces.
Net area Forests.
Current Culturable Not avail-
actually fallows. waste other able for
sown. than fallow. cultivation.
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.

Ajmer-Merwara 357,930 151,613
Assam 303,462 861,134
5,752,043 1,811,270 96,782
19,527,781 4,571,030 3,822,676
Bengal 23,567,900 5,300,710 5,915,644 9,152,760
Bihar and Orissa 24,768,100 4,629,540
6,214,766 6,999,999 8,017,146 7,172,964
Bombay 32,239,045 10,737,504
Burma 7,108,016 19,695,944
17,470,599 4,245,204 9,096,554
59,896,313 52,036,821 22,200,591
Central Provinces & Berar. 25,257,361 3,536,041 14,077,297
Coorg 4,941,846 16,247,692
137,793 171,547 11,690 334,045 357,185
Delhi 218,950 7,124 63,093 80,737
Madras 33,495,798 10,666,863 13,042,033 20,463,298
North-West Frontier Pro- 13,333,775
vince 2,275,121 509,044 2,764,037 2,668,346 360,281
Punjab 27,549,514 3,221,166 14,716,694 12,721,012
United Provinces 35,745,770 1,979,28(>
2,468,775 10,573,860 9,913,535 9,268,577
Total 228,835,924 49,041,627 154,999,889 145,614,386 '
88,565,903
Note. Statistics for Manpur Pargana have been omitted as
State. it now forms part of In d ore
3o8 Agricultural Statistics.
Area under Irrigation in 1931-32 in each Protinoe.
Area Irrigated.
Provinces. By Canals.
By Other Total Area
Tanks. Wells. Sources. irrigated.
Govern* Private
ment.
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.
Ajmer-Merwara 39,350 100,531 139,881
Assam 145 324,940 1,331 33 294,469 620,918
Bengal 63,644 206,757 900,151 33,556 398,017 1,602,125
Bihar and Orissa . 844,356 928,099 1,602,083 564,310 1,241,508 5,180,356
Bombay- 3,161,732 89,234 133,458 646,348 202,564 4,233,336
Burma 613,195 247,907 192,918 19,086 335,512 1,408,618
Central Provinces &

Berar * 799,642 * 134,511 44,267 975,420
Coorg 2,212 1,379 3,591
Delhi 30,512 1,171 20,261 51,944
Madras 3,730,390 147,326 3; 449,6 43 1,340,612 536,092 9,204,063
North-West Fron-
tier Province 385,877 410,520 85,900 87,963 970,260
Punjab 9,929,217 407,039 33,229 3,766,667 130,904 14,267,056
United Provinces . 2,849,341 38,695 58,961 4,745,025 4,378,99 10,071,012
Total 21,610,621 3,600,159 6,413,674 11,456,840 5,647,286 48,728,580
* Included under "Private canals ".

309
Crops Irrigated. *
Provinces. Jowar Bajra

or or
Rice. Wheat. Barley. Cholum Cumbu
(great (spiked
millet). millet).
A j m er-Mer wara 43 17,770 41,903 157 292
Assam . . . . , 604,656
Bengal 1,519,614 16,169 5,436 10 80
Bihar and Orissa 3,488,584 254,437 130,838 3,040 1,486
Bombay 1,409,544 591,157 20,013 654,520 478,356
Burma 1,349,174 83 131
Central Provinces & Berar 811,522 53,455 1,784 335
3,591

.ueini .
30 22,905 2,445 636 210
Madras . . . 8,261,907 2,764 2 446,900 311,226
North-West Frontier Province 41,369 329,640

.
60,517 24,565 8,327
Punjab 651,477 4,916,800 196,858 211,074 335,500
United Provinces 453,372

.
3,751,494 1,902,993 45,697 3,328
Total . 18,594,883 9,956,674 2,362,789 1,387,065 1,138,805
* Includes area irrigated at both harvest!

3io Agricultural Statistics.
Crops Irrigated*.
Provinces.
Other Other Other
Maize. cereals Sugarcane food Cotton. non-food
and crops. crops.
pulses.
Ajmer-Merwara 28,951 26,714 57 11,226 22,838 4,101
Assam 34 7,670 8,558
Bengal.. 4,564 34,921 26,681 86,346 1.100 18,715
Bihar and Orissa 65,690 886,437 145,510 162,281 3,807 112,486
Bombay 36,869 442,261 67,973 205,498 287,138 409,935
Burma. 803 17,482 1,776 50,642 29 26,391
Central Provinces and

Berar 319 3,832 20,044 74,358 95 9,676
Coorg .
Delhi .. 783 3,826 3,198 5,662 3,454 8,795
Madras 2,825 1,083,369 112,481 345,176 190,868 426,741
North-West Frontier
Province 245,891 33,638 44,263 32,048 15,232 136,548 972,038
Punjab 427,193 1,629,543 403,825 254,192 2,014,609 3,504,496 14,545,567
United Provinces 215,250 2,122,530 1,165,049 341,493 371,331 330,488 10,703,025
Total 1,029,138 6,284,587 1,990,857 1,576,592 2,910,501 4,996,930 52,228,821
* Includes area irrigated at both harvests.

Agricultural Statistics. 3ii
AREA TINDER DIFFERENT CROPS CULTIVATED IN 1931-32 IN EACH PROVINCE.
Food Grains.
Provinces. Jowar Bajra

or or
Bice. Wheat. Barley. cholum cumbu
(great (spiked
millet.) millet.)
Ajmer-Merwara 586 30,696 64,767 104,984 35,238

Assam 4,699,630
Bengal 22,128,800 145,200 87,500 6,200 2,200

Bihar and Orissa 14,091,300 1,220,900 1,356,400 83,500 71,100
Bombay 3,159,208 2,314,405 35,161 7,893,837 5,228,780

12,543,154 40,519 651,870
Central Provinces & Berar 5,527,392 3,513,009 16,851 4,290,249 119,306

Coorg 83,128
Delhi 36 46,948 12,711 30,067 69,630

Madras . . . . . 11,537,733 17,361 2,911 4,830,678 2,877,161
Noith-West Frontier Pro-

vince 41,405 1,014,240 152,441 84,433 155,136
Punjab 799,028 9,079,613 629,480 1,013,634 3,232,886
United Provinces 6,676,506 7,897,212 4,137,004 2,619,023 2,150,162
Total . 81,287,906 25,320,103 6,495,226 21,608,475 13,941,599
Food Grains.
Provinces.
Ragi or Other food
marua Maize. Gram (pulse). grains and Total.
(millet.) pulses. Food Grains.
1
Ajmer-Merwara Ill 72,252 35,081 56,523 400,238

Assam * 213,083 4,912,713
'
Bengal 4,400 83,700 179,700 1,071,000 23,708,700
Bihar and Orissa 744,100 1,693,900 1,465,000 4,646,500 25,372,700

644,198 191,418 1,019,057 3,208,499 23,694,563
221,113 244,640 734,065 14,435,361
Central Provinces & Berar. 13,826 154,248 1,327,128 5,447,566 20,409,575

3,351 320 1,062 87,861
Delhi 15 2,069 99,020 7,502 267,998

2,200,674 110,184 105,112 6,948,542 28,630,356
North-West Frontier Pro-

vince 449,266 224,072 108,281 2,229,274
Punjab 14,954 1,004,431 5,546,685 1,495,388 22,816,099
United Provinces 246,292 2,125,045 5,685,928 6,511,350 38,048,522
Total . 3,870,753 6,108,794 15,931,743 30,449,361 205,013,960
* Included under " Other food grains and pulses.'

DIFFERENT CROPS CULTIVATED IN 1931-32

IN EACH
Oilseeds.
Provinces. Sesamun l Rape
Linseed Ground- Other 1 7
(til or and Cocoanul
nut. : Castor. Oil Total-
- jinjili.) mustard.
seeds.
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.

Ajmer-Mer- Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres,
wara 638 20,024 891
Assam 2,260 20,683 302,041
i
21,553
4,818
x>engal 126,300 161,300
.
770,300 300 12,800 100
Bihar and 30,900 1,102,000
Orissa . 654,100 200,400 638,700 1,200 28,500 54,000 299 900
Bombay 137,191 233,646 163,691 989,224
i,o/o,oUU
27,088 76,953 220,276 1,848,069
Burma 26 1,328,463 4,360 408,309
Central Pro- 10,439 14 7 532 1, 1 Oy,l 4:0
vinces and
Berar 937,224 504,924 69,821 164,333 38,263 340,960 2 055 525
ooorg 260 4 1
265
Delhi 4 23 7,744
Madras 5,804 747,053
263 8,034
"MYkH-Vi Woof
14,723 2,635,427 539,031 330,il4 153,518
xNoiui- w est 4 425 670
Frontier
Province . 285 3,592 106,927
Punjab 31,512 **47 25 110,829
162,440 1,149,860
United Pro- 1,2.06 1,345,065
vinces 321,256 329,660 277,820 27,214 10,188 33,507 999,645
Total 2,216,600 3,712,468 3,506,882 1,226,008 617,858 514,497 L,088,087 L5,882,400

J
Sugar. Fibres.
Condi-
Provinces. ments
and Sugar-
Others* Cotton. Jute.
Other Total
spices. cane.
fibres. fibres.
J
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.

Ajmer-Merwara 3,415 356 26,595 97 26,692
Assam 31,332 37,128 99,282 136,410
Bengal 136,100 233,400 54,900 58,500 1,596,700 63,900 1,719,100
Bihar and Orissa 65,000 281,600 68,500 147,500 26,300 242,300
Bombay 218,754 68,848 1,155 4,320,908 109,494 4,430,402
Burma.. 97,332 20,624 21,197 228,483 1,186 229,669
Berar 112,365 22,042 4,620,366 95,138 4,715,504
Coorg 3,676 19 443 443
Delhi 2,150 3,225 4,398 642 5,040
Madras 728,395 116,105 90', 796 2,204,506 149,245 2,353,751
North-West Frontier
Province 7,090 44,268 17,767 1,286 19,053
Punjab 62,820 474,655 2,159,722 54,964 2,214,686
United Provinces 156,888 1,576,280 739,640 1,734 183,544 924,918
Total 1,593,985 2,872,754 168,048 L4,486,513

|
1,845,216 686,239 ]L 7,01 7,968
1
* Area under sugar-yielding plants other than sugarcane

5
Area under different crops cultivated in 1931-32 in each province.
Dyes and Tan-
ning materials. Drugs and Narcotics.
Provinces. Other Fodder
Indigo. Others. Opium. Tea. Coffee. Tobacco. Drugs
and Nar-
cotics (a)
Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres. Acres.

Ajmer-Merwara 23 1,403
Assam 431,145 13,830
Bengal 199,100 292,800 3,800 100,100

Bihar and Orissa . 4,000 500 4,100 141,100 31,400
Bombay 182 520,034 24 4 153,423 29,773 2,449,716
Burma 405 55,393 17 91,922 67,249 235,416

Central Provinces
and Berar 3 34 15,871 2,349 441,073
Coorg '415 40*,533 7
Delhi 1 464 25,207

Madras 37,239 5,237 68,794 51*160 268,815 156,512 464,978
North- West Frontier
Province 23 13,444 55 126,115
Punjab 8,992 7,241 1,177 9,695 85,258 1,480 4,471,971
United Provinces . 2,631 630 40,916 6,455 68,303 2,470 1,277,283
Total .. 53,453 533,599 42,093 775,121 91,714 1,150,260 263,688 9,624,662
(a) Includes Cinchona and Indian hemp also.
Miscellaneous
Fruits and Crops. Deduct
Vegetables Total area Net
Provinces. including area sown area
root sown. more than sown.
Food. Non-food.
crops. once.

Ajmer-Merwara 1,467 7,719 2,542 465,408 107,478 357,930
Assam 413,638 (b) 155,981 6,424,851 672,808 5,752,043
Bengal 772,100 249,000 104,300 28,675,400 5,107,500 23,567,900
Bihar and Orissa 652,900 1,066,300 347,900 30,086,600 5,318,500 24,768,100
Bombay 255,855 3,148 8,622 33,687,572 1,448,527 32,239,045
Burma 1,098,195 21,375 246,496 18,379,794 (c) 909,195 17,470,599
Berar 120,989 4,491 985 27,900,806 2,643,445 25,257,361
Coorg 5,832 139,051 1,258 137,793
Delhi 6,130 494 890 319,633 100,683 218,950
Madras . . . 741,075 68,422 137,272 38,344,577 4,848,779 33,495,798
North-West Frontier
Province 21,931 61,693 3,003 2,636,778 361,657 2,275,121
Punjab 284,058 216,890 6,590 32,006,677 4,457,163 27,549,514
United Provinces 521,499 199,970 7,938 43,834,348 8,088,578 35,745,770
Total 4,895,669 1,899,502 1,022,519 262,901,495 34,065,571 228,835,924
(6) Included under Miscellaneous non-food crops,

(c) Includes an area of 1 acre for the second time owing to triple cropping during the year.
314 Agricultural Produce.
(N CO C<l CO
g< GO
o
H
=>
a
o
-
J "
r-> ^ Oi
<
X
H
as
Ho
<
co r>- O
2.
S

9}
SB
pq pq eq d
92 775
6,495 3,871 6,109 8,389 3,041
88,566 49,042 48,729 81,288 25,320 21,608 13,942
668,869 667,058 15,932 30,449
145,614 155,000 228,836 205,014
1931-32.
698 92 775
6,693 3,'973 6,458 8,241 2,869
87,962 49,618 49,697 80,632 24,797
669,345 146,810 154,017 22,808 13,644 30,033
229,115
202,736
13
19S0-31.
291 91 766
87,277 49,714 51,010 79,424 24,731
7,027 4^000 6,552 7,898 2.583
669,916 23,241 11,458 30,294
146,873 155,491 228,161
200,018
1929-30.
13
87 760
87,224 48,432 49,762
7,533 3^904 6,012 7,852 2,675
670,047
81,132 24,926 20,534 12,952 13,625 29,651
149,034 154,680 228,166
200,269
1928-29.
062 92 743
86,985 51,029 43,321 76,607 24,569
6,825 3^852 5,943 7,844 3,046
670,038 21,248 13,973 29,600
149,643 155,477 223,862 196,679
1927-28.
14
801
91 738
87*029 49,698
6,387 3*854 5,555 7,537 3,041
667,750
47,785 78,502 24,181 21,121 14,664 29,154
149,014 152,531 226,012 197,219
1926-27.
13
H
H
< 95
H 667,610
86,937
150,194 151,872
49,306
225,849
47,566 80,172 23,979
6,610
20,617
269
3^881 5,504
14,325 28,712
196,069
7,755 2,805
729
1925-26.
12
94
-J 86,514
6,970 3^980 5,348 7,671 2,655
716
47,179 45,299 79,306 24,848 22,470 11,966
667,646 150,971 152,894 16,552 28,888
226,980
200,328
1924-25.
2
.
.
in-
con-
papers
fallow. pulse
cultivation.
miscellaneous
than
and food-crops
survey
vegetables,
village Food-grains
for
other
&
to Food-crops
food-grains
other
professional
spices
available
waste
fruits,
Total
sown
according
land irrigated
under
under Wheat
Not Barley Jowar Bajra Maize Other Coffee
Rice Ragi Gram food-crops).
by Cultivable
area
cluding
diments, Tea
Fallow
Area Area Area Area Area Area
Net
3i6 Agricultural Statistics.
I> CO l> CO
>>tOCOCOC0tO rH T*| CO I> CO tOCOtOI>
(MN to T^GO OCOCOOOO^ rH CO I>
rH
rH CO GO O O OOO
l> TttOÔJH
!>. rH
OS rH
r-ToS r-T CO OS CO^**tiS
CO CO OS
r-T CnT CO
CO
. 03
to e3

00
l>
CO OS CO
CO to OOHOrjtHO H^S?3^Si5 ^ 00 CO O CO 00 rH
N I> "<*
rH CO pS 2 !n 22 3 l>00C0COC0rHC0tO
Hi CO rH OS* +s fi
Is
1> rt< CO
S !2 ^ ^ 00
2P. tO tO CO
OS lO ft S
CO CO Si
OS tO to CO
SSSSr^SISS r-! S CO
^^^l 00.^^ COT*COrH 1>
o 3
NlNNHOON
O CO tO 00 tO ^SS^^^*? CO tO tO CO tO OS o
tC O CO HH 1>-
OOOSCOIOOO
rHOI>rHI>OS NHDNHHOOT
CO ^ l> rH I> 00
CD fi
"w" rHÔs" goo^gô CO <*fcO
d o
(MHINCO r* -rf, CO
t ic (MI>-

1
tH t* 1> OS O OS rH CO lO
GO CO
tO SS^lSS^S 0 .
CO CO CO 00 rH I> CO
rH rH
(M t> 00 (M
Nom^cnoo
COHOOlOlflTX S?2^S??J^ cDTH^00t-^
CO rH CO CO CO CO 00 i I O OS
000gtOCO rH~ COCO*
~1
co
--fi H *
O OS CO ^HOHKiiON
CO rH 00 CO GO CO tH eo 00 CO CO
OOS
^JS^^^S
mgoohh oco O
Ol OS rH CO H< GO
t^HHcor-r- ^ to .2
^4-
i-HOS^CSrH

I> tH tO CO THOlTtNH W
"rj
COCO rHOo" Si
-< o fi
 tO GO CO
GO ^
CO CO rH tO
tO CO to CO
who
10
C0~ r-TcO
I"-"

o c o a
w o J
o o
_i -u> r' tn
w 3 >> a)
o 5 03 >>
pi ^
rt
ss i i
o
Br" -fi tj
H fi^ u
<u 73
$
cu <o
S a
c a fe
o u ol|
c d
-3
317
Irrigation.
The
chief characteristics of the Indian rainfall storage of one kind or another but,
are its unequal distribution over the country,
cases, this is provided by nature
in many
its irregular distribution throughout the sea- without man's
assistance. In Northern
sons and its liability to failure or serious defi- India, upon
the
Himalayan rivers, and in Madras, where
ciency. The normal annual rainfall varies from the
cold weather rains are even heavier than
460 inches at Cherrapunji in the Assam hills to those of the south-west monsoon, the
less than three inches in Upper principal
Sind. The non-storage systems are found.
greatest rainfall actually measured at any
station m
any one year was 905 inches, recorded
The expedient of storing water in the monsoon
at Cherrapunji in 1861, while at stations
in ior utilization during the
Upper Sind has been nil. There are thus
it subsequent dry weather
portions of the country which suffer as much has been practised in India from tune
morial. In their simplest form,
imme-
from excessive rainfall as others do from such storage
3 C an e "rthen embankment
drought. J , .5 slst of
constructed across a valley or depression,
behind
The second important characteristic of the which the water collects, and those under'
rainfall is its unequal distribution Government control range from small tanks
throughout irrigating only
the seasons. Except in the south-east of a few acres each to the huse
the
peninsula, where the heaviest precipitation reservoirs recently completed in the Deccan
is received from October wnicn are capable of storing over
to December, by far 20 000
the greater portion of the rainfalls during million cubic feet of water. By gradually
the
south-west monsoon, between June and October. escaping water from a work of the latter type
During the winter months the rainfall is com- a supply can be maintained long after the river
paratively small the normal amount varying on which the reservoir is situated would other-
from half an inch to two inches, while the wise be dry and useless.
hot
weather, from March to May or June, is prac-
tically rainless. Consequently it happens The Three Classes. Previously all irriga-
that in one season of the year the greater
part tion works were divided into three classes
of India is deluged with rain and Productive, Protective and Minor, but
is the scene
of the most wonderful and rapid during
growth of the tnenmum 1921-24 the method of deter-
vegetation ; in another period the same mining the source from which the funds for the
tract
becomes a dreary, sun-burnt waste. The construction of Government works was pro-
transition from the latter to the former
stage vided was changed, and now all works whe-
often occurs in a few days. From the
agricul- ther major or minor, for which capital accounts
tural point of view the most
unsatisfactory are kept, have been re-classified under two
feature of the Indian rainfall is its
liability to heads, Productive and Unproductive, with
failure or serious deficiency. The average third class embracing a
areas irrigated by non-
annual rainfall over the whole country is
about capital works. The main criterion to be satis-
45 inches and there is but little variation from fied before a work can
be classed as productive
this average from year to year,
the greatest is that it shall, within ten years of the com-
1
recorded being only about seven inches.

it separate tracts are
But pletion of construction, produce sufficient
considered, extraordinary revenue to cover its working expenses
variations are found. At many stations and the
annual interest charges on its capital cost. Most of
rainfalls of less than half the average
are not the largest irrigation systems in India belong
uncommon, while at some less than a quarter of to the productive class.
trie normal amount has been
The total capital
recorded in a *vear outlay direct and indirect on irrigation
of extreme drought. and
navigation works, including works under
construction, amounted at the end of the
Scarcity. Classing a year in which the 1931-32 to Rs. vear
y
deficiency is 25 per cent, as a dry year 142. 6 crores.
in which it is 40 per cent, as
and one
a year of severe
drought, the examination of past
Unproductive works are constructed primarily
statistics with
shows that, over the precarious area, one a view to the protection of precarious
year tracts and to
in five may be expected to be a dry guard against the necessity for
year and one
in ten a year of severe drought. periodical expenditure on the relief of the
It is largely popula-
in order to remove the menace tion in times of famine. They are financed
of these years
that the great irrigation systems of from the current revenues of India, generally
India have from
been constructed. the annual grant for famine relief
and
insurance, and are not directly
remunerative,
the construction of each such work being
Government Works.The Government rately justified by a comparison of the
sepa-
irrigation works of India may be
divided into each acre protected (based value of
two main classes, those provided with artificial upon such factors
storage, and those dependent
as the probable cost f famine relief, the popula-
throughout the tion of the tract, the area
ye r 01 fche natural supplies of the already protected
u- u
which L rivers from and the minimum area
they have their origin. In actual which must be protected
fact in order to tide over a period of
practically every irrigation work
depends upon with the cost of such protection. severe drought)
3i8 Irrigation Charges.
Nearly one-eighth of the whole area irrigated rately, the area actually irrigated is measured,
in India from Government works is effected and a rate is charged per acre according to the
by minor works for which no capital account crop grown. Lower rates are often levied in
is kept. cases where irrigation is by "lift", that is to
say where the land is too high for the water to

Growth of Irrigation. There has, during
the last fifty years, been a steady growth in the
flow on to it by gravity and consequently the
cultivator has to lift it on to his field.
area irrigated by Government irrigation works.
From 10 million acres in 1878-79 the area Various other methods of assessment have
annually irrigated rose to 19 million acres at been tried, such as by renting outlets for an
the beginning of the century and to 29.6 million annual sum, or by charging according to the
acres in 1931-32. This record was, however, volume of the water used, but these have never
surpassed in the year 1929-30. when the total been successful. The cultivator fully under-
area irrigated by all classes of works in India, stands the principle of "No crops, no charge"
excluding the Indian States, amounted to which is now followed as far as possible in canal
3H million acres. administration, but has no confidence in a
system under which his liability for water rate is
The main increase has been in the class of independent of the area and quality of his croj>.
productive works, which irrigated 4 million
acres in 1878-79 and rose to 20,756,209 acres in The rates charged vary considerably with the
1926-27. During the year 1930-31 the areas crop grown, and are different in each province
irrigated by productive and unproductive and often upon the several canals in a single
works amounted to 22,446,783 acres and province. Thus in the Punjab, they vary from
4,195,701 acres respectively. Rs. 7-8-0 to Us. 12 per acre for sugarcane, from
lis. 4 to Rs. 7-8-0 per acre for rice, from
The area irrigated in 1931-32 was largest in the Rs. 3-4-0 to Rs. 5-4-0 per acre for wheat, from
Punjab, in which province 10.96 million acres Rs. 3 to Rs. 4-4-0 per acre for cotton and from
were irrigated during the year. In addition Rs. 2 to Rs. 3-4-0 per acre for millets and pulses.
about 1 .39 million acres were irrigated from chan- Charge is made for additional water-
nels which although drawing their supplies from ings. Practically speaking, Government guaran-
British canals, lie wholly in the Indian States. tees sufficient water for the crop and gives it as
The Madras Presidency came next with an area available. If the crop fails to mature, or if its
of 7.4 million acres, followed by the U. P. and yield is much below normal, either the whole or
Sind with an area of 3 5 million acres each.
.
part of the irrigation assessment is remitted.
A somewhat different system, the long lease

Capital and Revenue The total capital
system, is in force in parts of Bengal and the
invested in the works has risen from Us. 42,36 Central Provinces, under which the cultivators
lakhs in 1900-01 to Its. 142.6 crores in 1931-32. pay a small rate for a term of years whether they
The gross revenue for the year was Us. 1,154 take water or not. In these provinces where
lakhs and the working expenses Us. 445 lakhs, the normal rainfall is fairly high, it is always a
the net return on capital being, therefore, 5 question whether irrigation will be necessary
per cent. In considering the latter figure, it at all, and if the cultivators have to pay the full
must be remembered that the capital invested rate, they are apt to hold off until water becomes
includes considerable expenditure on two large absolutely essential, and the sudden and universal
projects, the Lloyd (Sukkur) project, and the demand then usually exceeds the supply. By
Convery Mettur Project which were under paying a reduced rate every year for a term
construction and contributed little or nothing of years they become entitled to water when
in the way of revenue. required ; consequently there is no temptation
to wait till the last possible moment, and the
Charges for Water.The charges for demand is much more evenly distributed
water are levied in different ways in the various tliroughout the season.
provinces. In some, notably in Sind, the
ordinary land revenue assessment includes also Taken as a whole, irrfgation is offered on
the charge for water, 9/10ths of this assessment extremely easy terms, and the water rates
being regarded as due to the canals. In others, represent only a very small proportion of the
as in parts of Madras and Bombay, different extra profit which the cultivator secures owing
rates of land revenue are assessed according to the water he receives.
to whether the land is irrigated or not, and the
assessment upon irrigated land includes also Triennial Comparisons. The average area
the charge for water. These methods may irrigated in British India by Government works
however be regarded as exceptional. Over of all classes during the triennium 1927-30 was
the greater part of India water is paid for sepa- nearly 30 million acres.
Irrigation Productive Works. 319
The results obtained in each province are given in the table below:
Average area irrigateJ

Provinces. in tnennium Triennium
1925-28. 1927-30.
Madras
7,205,587 7,277,967
Bombay (Deccan) .. 440,536 406,748
Sind
3,385,379 3,579,592
Bengal
97,182 90.054
United Provinces
2,698,265 3,639,867
Punjab 10,442,730 11,200,550
Burma 1,939,029 1,994,321
Bihar and Orissa
930,112 937,067
Central Provinces
417,850 400,438
llajputana
24,820 31,984
Baluchistan ..
22,319 22,407
Total 27,973,152 29,954,059
S waste^ wm^Sn ?L?^

followm^Sbl^
6 UCtlve worksonl
at the a
nium was one-and-a-half milium acres more than T
5\ a biennial comparison is given in the
age area irri gated by such works during the trien-
.
in the previous period :
Average area irrigated Average area irrigated

Provinces. in previous triennium in triennium
1924-27. 1927-30.
Madras
3,732,271 3,821,815
Bombay-Deccan
2,699 2,637
Sind
2,894,468 2,661,519
United Provinces
2,462,061 3,372,506
Punjab
9,755,740 10,775,794
Burma
1,531,403 1,378,393
Central Provinces
153,942 21,889
North- West Frontier Province
200,413 207,750
Total 20,732,997 22,202,303
|
Taking the productive \sorks as a whole,

construction, which classes at present contri-
he capital invested in them was, at the
; end of bute little or nothing in the way of revenue
L9d0-31, Us. 92 crores. The net revenue for
he year was Rs. 627 lakhs giving
moreover only receipts from water rates and a
: a return share of the enhanced land revenue due to the
cent as com Pared with 9 per cent, in
mi ? rand
918-19
*
introduction of irrigation are credited to the
9} per cent, in 1919-20. In consi- canals, so that the returns include nothing on
lering these figures it must be
remembered that account of the large addition to the general
ne capital invested includes the
expenditure revenues of the country which follows "in the
ipon several works which have only
lately come wake of their construction.
Qto operation and others which
are under
320 Irrigation Non-capital Works.
Unproductive Works. Turning now to the unproductive works, the areas irrigated in the
various provinces during the triennium were as below :
Average area irrigated Average area irrigated

Provinces. in previous triennium in triennium
1924-27. 1 097. QO
271,455 266,849
277,709 239,278
527,737 831,722
73,381 67,802
207,312 252,643
243,613 424,756
268,110 539,253
889,733
230,280 333,482
23,272 31,984
Baluchistan .. 22,070 22,407
Total 3,191,583 4,109,793
Non-capital Works. The results obtained from the non-capital works are given below :
Average area
irrigated in pre-
Average area irri-
Provinces. gated in triennium
vious triennium
1924-27. 1927-30.
Madras 3,174,731 3,189,303
Bombay-Deccan . . . 157,025 164,833

Sind' 87,279 86,351
Bengal 22,135 22,252
United Provinces 8,006 14,717
Punjab 349,768 mi.
Burma 72,870 76,676
Bihar and Orissa 2,246 2,764
Central Provinces 45,689 45,067
Total 3,919,749
IrrigationIrrigated Acreage.
321

Irrigated Acreage. A comparison of the acreage^T^roosTmatiirpri
a r \^~7^
durm ^
means of Government' irrigation y"H8
systems witn
with tne
the total 1 under cultivation
fnfi area ? 1930-31 by
provinces is given below s in the several
Capital cost Estimated

Area irri- of Go vera value of
gated by Percentage 0 ment irriga-
Net area
I
crops raised
Govern- area irrigatec tion & Navi-
Provinces. cropped
l
on areas
to total gation works receiving
irrigation cropped area to end of State irriga-
works. 1930-31. tion.
In lakhs of In lakhs of
1 Acres. Acres. rupees. rupees.
IVEadras 39,193,000 7,573,000 19-3 17,63
Bombay-Deccan 26,264,000 22,33*
403,000 1-5 10,38 2,02
Sind 4,odO,000 3,716,000 85*7 21,90
Bengal 28,399,000 0*3 6,87
73,000 4,85 27
United Provinces 43,022,000 3,989,000 9'3
Punjab on oar; nAn 25,12 14,43
oU,ZOO,UUU 11,485,000 38*0 33,38 24,77
Burma 18,023,000 2,098,000 11-6
Bihar and Orissa 6,62 6,35
29 779 000 oyOjUUU 3*0 6,28 6,39
Central Provinces 20,650,000 423,000 2*1
North-West 6 63 1,40
Frontier Pro-
vinces 2,423,000 405,000 16-7 2,94 1,28
Rajputana 377,000 20,000 5-3 35 5
Baluchistan 457,000 22,000 4*8 36 3
Total 243,188,000 31,097,000 12*7 1,36,44 86,19
1
*Exclusive of the value of crops raised on some 3 îllioT^cres

irrigated by non-capital works
.

New Works. The major works of excep- off from the first three headworks, namely
tional importance are the Sukkur Barrage and Bikaner, the
Fordwah, Eastern Sadiqia, Bahawalpur

Canals
- in Sind, the Cauvery (Mettur)j _yivjcv>l/
v*i*v/i.j YÂv/uum project 111in and Qaimpur Canals were handed
Madras, and the Sutlej Valley Canals in the Pun- over to the
ate The remaini ng two Canals, namely
jab. The Sukkur Barrage, which was opened by : f;^
the Abbasia and
His Excellency the Viceroy early in 1932, is the from the Panjnad Panjnad Canals taking off
greatest work of its kind in the world, measuring over to the
Headworks, were also handed
Bahawalpur State during the year
4.725 feet between the faces of the regulators on The total
expenditure on the Project to the
either side. The year 1932-33 was devoted end of
1932-33 amounted to Bs. 21.12 crores
to the design and construction of the remaining which
include Bs. 11.63 crores contributed
minor channels, including watercourses, together by the States of
Bikaner and Bahawalpur
with the necessary regulators, falls, bridges and the co-partners
in the Project. The total area to
modules. The remodelling of the existing be irrigated
is 5,108,000 acres, or
channels was also taken up and several of these 8,000 square nearly
projects were under consideration. The Barrage are perennial
miles. Of this, 2,075,000 acres
and 3,033,000 acres non-perennial
canals, which were opened early in the year,
11 * 1 942 >0 acres are
were tested to their full supply levels, and the oo??^ in British territory,
2,825,000 acres in Bahawalpur and 341 000
result generally was satisfactory, though some acres '
in Bikaner.
of the banks showed considerable settlement
and these were strengthened as required. The The Cauvery-Mettur Project was inaugu-
general working of the canals during this first rated on August 21, 1934. The dam which has
year of their operation was very satisfactory, some of its features is the largest in the world
the total area irrigated being 25,00,067 acres, and took 9 years to complete. It is built across
of which 13,45,000 acres were in Kharif and the river Cauvery at a point 240 miles from its
11,55,067 acres in rabi ; the area of wheat
source m
Western Ghats. During the construc-
tion of the dam 206,000 tons of cement
amounting to 7,00,230 acres as compared and 55
with an average wheat area during the five million cubic feet of masonry were used.
years ending 1930-31 of only 1,83,043 acres
in the same tract.
, S
e 8Cneme is desi 8 n ed to irrigate
,-300,000 acres of rice fields 125 miles away
I
some
from
the dam in the Cauvery delta. The
The Sutlej Valley Works which reached lieservoir has an effective capacity Mettur
completion by the end of 1932-33 received million cubic feet of 93 500
whilst the dam has an over-all
the sanction of the Secretary of State for India length
of a little over a mile. Irrigation
in 1921-22. It falls into four natural groups be assisted by about will
centred on the Ferozepur,_ Suleimanke, Islam, 70 miles of main canals
together with no less than 600 miles of distribu-
and Panjnad Headworks. During the triennium tories!
The Cauverv-Mettur
hy^
I
ending 1932-33 all the State Canals taking aLs

provides for
I
'
11
Wells and Tanks.
WELLS AND TANKS.

So far we have dealt only with the great irri- encouraged well irrigation by advancing funds for
gation schemes. They are essentially exotic, the purpose and exempting well watered lands
the products of British rule; the real eastern from extra assessment due to improvement.
instrument is the well. The most recent figures These advances, termed takavi, are freely made
give thirty per cent, of the irrigated area in India to approved applicants, the general rate of
as being under wells. Moreover the well is an interest being 6} per cent. In Madras and
extremely efficient instrument of irrigation. Bombay ryots who construct wells, or other
When tLe cultivator has to raise every drop of works of agricultural improvement, are exempt
water which he uses from a varying depth, he from enhanced assessment on that account. In
is more careful in the use of it ; well water other provinces the exemption lasts for specific
exerts at least three times as much duty as periods, the term generally heing long enough
canal water. Again, owing to the cost of lifting, to recoup the owner the capital sunk.
it is generally used for high grade crops.
estimated that well-irrigated lands produce at
It is
Tanks. Next to the well, the indigenous
instrument of irrigation is the tank. The village
least one-third more than canal-watered lands.
or the roadside tank is one of the most conspicu-
Although the huge areas brought under cultiva-
ous features in the Indian scene. The Indian
tion by a single canal scheme tend to reduce the
tank may be any size. It may vary from a great
disproportion between the two systems, it must
work like Lakes Fife and Whiting in the
be remembered that the spread of canals in-
creases the possibilities of well irrigation by
Bombay Presidency or the Periyar Lake in
Travancore, holding up from four to seven
adding, through seepage, to the store of subsoil
billion cubic feet of water, and spreading their
water and raising the level.
Waters through great chains of canal, to the

Varieties of Wells. Wells in India are
little village tank irrigating ten acres. They
date back to a very early stage in Indian civili-
of every description. They may be just holes
in the ground, sunk to subsoil level, used to
sation. Some of these works in Madras are of
great size, holding from three to four billion
a year or two and then allowed to fall into
cubic feet, with water spreads of nine miles.
decay. These are temporary or kacha wells. Or
The inscriptions of two large tanks in the
they may be lined with timber, or with brick or
Chingleput district of Madras, which still irri-
stone. They vary from the kacha well costing a
gate from two to four thousand acres are said
few rupees to the masonry well, which will run
to be over 1,100 years old. TanK irrigation is
into thousands, or in the sandy wastes of Bikanir,
practically unknown in the Punjab and in Sind,
where the water level is three hundred feet
but it is found in some form or other in all other
below the surface, to still more. The means
of raising the water vary in equal degree. There
provinces, including Burma, and finds its highest
development in Madras.the ryotwari
In
is the picottah, or weighted lever, raising a
bucket at the end of a pivoted pole, just as is
tracts of Bombay and Madrasbut the small-
all
tanks are controlled by Government. In
est
done on the banks of the Nile. This is rarely
the zemindari tracts only the large tanks are
used for lifts beyond fifteen feet. For greater
State works. According to the latest figures
lifts bullock power is invariably used. This is
the area irrigated from tanks is about eight
generally harnessed to the mot, or leather bag,
million acres, but in many cases the supply is
which is passed over a pulley overhanging the
extremely precarious. So far from tanks being
well, then raised by bullocks who walk down a
ramp of a length approximating to the depth a refuge m
famine they are often quite useless
of the well. Sometimes the mot is just a leather
inasmuch as the rainfall does not suffice to fill
bag, more often it is a self-acting arrangement,
them and they remain dry throughout the
which discharges the water into a sump auto- season.
matically on reaching the surface. By this Bibliography.Annual Review of Irrigation
means from thirty to forty gallons of water are in India, 1931-1932, Delhi, Manager, Govern-
raised at a time, and in its simplicity, and the ment of India Publications. Price Rs. 1-2-0. Also
ease with which the apparatus can be construct- India in 1932-33 Delhi, Manager of Government
ed and repaired by village labour, the mot is Publications. Price Rs. 1-4-0. The annual
unsurpassed in efficiency. There is also the irrigation reports in India used to be as arid
Persian wheel, an endless chain of earthenware as the Sahara, consisting of a dull statis-
pots running round a wheel. Recently attempts tical record. They have been greatly improved
have been made, particularly in Madras, to of recent years and have now assumed a quite
substitute mechanical power, furnished by oil satisfactory form. The major review appears
engines, for the bullock. This has been found once every three years. The first of these triennial
economical where the water supply is sufficiently reviews was issued in 1922. Between the triennial
large, especially where two or three wells can reviews there is issued a briefer statement
be linked. Government have systematically recording the progress of each particular year.
323
Meteorology.
the Indian Ocean to the 8 Wled <*>

SSffirt a?e Inrtif"^ ? 'to
determining (actors in settling its
principal Petaw .3 Part ". March
1 *Pr 8,on ourin
,! 8 January,
meteorological features. When the
era Hemisphere is turned away from
in the northern winter, Central
an area of intense cold. The
North- a
the sui, ward
Asia becomes storm. vae

C
,

? i.
*
'
lt?'
aD l*"?
dy
is traversed by
8 from tBe west!
d cnara cter of these
,rom
.
y e
conditions of em P erate ne
f the *temperate
meteorological UndTn Jm7v^7n
s ?
etorms
Btuiuis at an are
ai a11
to year
arp recorded
rppnrHtiri
wh-2S
southward and ^ we
zone are pufhed nnJ? years,
pushed In normal
have over the northern pro- periods
5 ?
however, in Northern 7nS?a
vinces of India the westerly of fine weather alternate wTh pert ods
winds and east- of disturbed
mo g c y clonic sto "us of temperate weather
SL
regions while, \?!
when the Northern Hemisphere and passage of these storms) and
(occurrirg durfn^ tho>
light ?o^moderate
is turned towards the even heavy rain occurs. In
sun, Southern the cê of
comes a super-heated region drawing Asia be- Peshawar the total rainfall for the four months
n mense current of air which carries
towards D
m * e * to March, amounts to 5 75 inches
S, wu
iif 1
,^ enormous volume of water vapour while the total fall" for the four months, June
which it has picked up in the course
of its long rainfall
r JrlT.^ 19 4 6 5 iDches
.
lowing that th!
'
thC Wide expanse of the India of the winter is, absolutely, greater
OneaT^h ha f atf one 8eason of the year partfc
* hl
\^ gl0n than thafc of th e summer
* mon-
nfuHit i
ddU8e ,
with rain and at mother
soon These two periods of subsidiary " rains"
SUfcfi
persistent i
dry weather prevails. M\ in m ^
" re atest economic
importance. The6
Monsoons.-The all-important fact In the

,
-*"j^"A^^ôve.

M th
.
"u auuve, or
=>
of considerable
f Nortb
considerate
i \ amount -west India
fc
meteorology of India is the alternation thoSShZSSS nZ absolute

Sf
,
of the is of the
seasons known as the summer as on it largely
soons. Durmg the winter monsoon
anftfafe^ at crops of Northern India,
depend
the winds are
of continental origin and hence,
drv fine wpa. c Mon , s ,
ther, clear skies, low humidity
movement are the characteristic^ eXeslittle
and Sr Tnn?T!L -r^
d
^
arc^ to Ma ? and Irt of
r pid contious iScrea.e
of tb s o teZZt S?? i
^
d ^ Te& e of bar ometric
^ =
'
season. The summer rains cease P

in the pro- D ^S^ tS^?hn?? l
Ifh^T^^^ ^
Vln ees of the North- West 0 Tn
Frontier Province ^'
During this period
X the ? u ab
after which
n
h
inTmiddle
the
cool westerly and northerly^
hafc area and tbe weafcher
fc
o^Sep
<* eS
C 0C C U S &
S êmo e? SThe a r ea o f
winds maximum temperatures,
slightly exceeding
fresh a.T pleasant.
?rp a i and . .
These fine weather con-
becomes 100* occur m
the Deccan ; in April the
aref
ten 8,ow y east ward and southward ?< ma * imum temperature, between 100 and
t
so that !
?\ *lby the endi of October, lOo
they embrace vmces and
lies over the south of
,
the Central Pro-
P S f the C UDtry except Gujarat; in May maximum tern-
h If of
half oftthe h Peninsula,
T> .
, ê southern peratures, varying between 105 and 110
and by the end of the prevail
year have extended to the whole of over the greater part of the
the Interior"
land and sea area, the rains withdrawing Indian of the country while in June the highest mean
to the maximum temperatures,
Be hus the characteristics exceeding, 110 occur
of the cold weather R. ^from
October to February ratures
m the Indus Valley near Jacobabad
Tempe-
Ef
EL 2?
ft ^
over India are .Westerly winds
z
f2o north-east
the ii?
oyeT
i ^
of the tern- oyer a wide
e ex reme north of Ind i a
S i
ot, these the north-east winds ;
WIQI r m >n 00D or Perhaps more of It
properly rfrY hl
exceeding 120 have been
K iert0
area including Sind, Rainutana
tY^/^S Ufch Pun i ab and^he west

D te P 0VInc es, but the highest
i
/ reC0rded is 1270
recorded
3
tempe-
of
Trades and a gradually extend- T^h.K ? T registered at

ing area of fine weather which, Jacobabad on June 12th, 1919. During
as the season period this
progresses, finally embraces the of rising temperature and
diminishing
& D
l 8ea ar e a
J* ath r conditions
W , : .
Two
whole Indian barometric pressure,
exceptions to these p Iac n the air
great alterations take
movements over India, includ-
&o ^ ing J
exist during this period,
i?, D ^
Madra8 coa st and the north-west of
the disappearance of the north-east
wind*
India. In t of the winter monsoon, and the
the former region the north-east air circulation
WhlCh 8et iD over the Ba of over India and its adjacent seas,
y BengalTn local circulation, characterised becomes a
lSnhp coalesce with the
Dctober ,
.
by strong hot
damp winds of the 8 0Wn th6 riv er V lleyB of Northern India
letreating summer monsoon,
urves round over the Bay 'of
which current and 7n3 incieasing
? i -
land, and ? sea winds

i
Bengal, and regions. These in the coast

blowing directly on to the Madras land and sea winds, as they
j
coast gfves become stronger

o that region the wettest and
roost disturbed
and more extensive, initiate
8 8 ot temperature and
ainlX^ T^ ^'J
? humidity
e., the summer monsoon,
at the MadralTo in ^l' nl
fl â
re3 in
take
e
P\ Pth
roduction of violent local
forms of dusfc storm s
, S
ervatory amounts to ,5-46
^trtZ^Zlrâ^ f ;
324 Meteorology.
is inter-action between damp sea winds and dry half being the south-east trades and the north-
winds from the interior. These storms are ern half the south-west monsoon. The most
frequently accompanied with winds ot exces- important fact about it is that it is a continuous
sive force, heavy hail and torrential rain and horizontal air movement passing over an
pre on that acccant very destructive being extensive oceanic area where steady evapora-
know as " Nor'westers " in Bengal. tion is constantly in progress so that where
the current enters the Indian seas and flows
By the time the area of greatest heat has over the Indian land it is highly charged with
been established over North-west India, in the aqueous vapours.
last week of May or first of June, India has
become the seat of low barometric pressures The current enters the Indian seas quite
relatively to the adjacent seas and the whole at the commencement of June and in the course
character of the weather changes. During of the succeeding two weeks spreads over the
the hot weather period, discussed above, the Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal up to their
winds and weather are mainly determined extreme northern limits. It advances over
by local conditions. Between the Equator India from these two seas. The Arabian Sea
and Lat. 30 or 35 south the wind circulation current blows on to the west coast and sweep-
is that of the south-east trades, that is to say ing over the Western Ghats prevails more or
from about Lat. 30-35 south a wind from less exclusively over the Peninsula, Central
south-east blows over the surface of the sea India, Rajputana and north Bombay, The
up to about the equator. Here the air rises Bay of Bengal current blows directly up the
into the upper strata to flow back again at a Bay. One portion is directed towards Burma;
considerable elevation to the Southern Tropic East Bengal and Assam while another portion
or beyond. To the north of this circulation, curves to south at the head of the Bay and
i.e., between the Equator and Lat. 20 to 25 over Bengal, and then meeting with the barrier
North, there exists a light unsteady circula- of the Himalayas curves still further and blows
tion, the remains of the north-east trades, that as a south-easterly and easterly wind right
is to say about Lat. 20 North there is a north- up the Gangetic plain. The south-west mon-
east wind which blows southward till it reaches- soon continues for three and a half to four
the thermal equator where side by side with months, viz., from the beginning of June to
the south-east Trades mentioned above, the the middle or end of September. During its
air rises into the upper strata of the atmosphere. prevalence more or less general though far
Still further to the northward and in the im- from continuous rain prevails throughout
mediate neighbourhood of land there are the India, the principal features of the rainfall
circulations due to the land and sea breezes iistribution being as follows. The greater
which are attributable to the difference in the portion of the Arabian Sea current, the total
heating effect of the sun's rays over land and volume of which is probably three times as
sea. It is now necessary to trace the changes great as that of the Bengal current. Mows
which occur and lead up to the establishment directly on to the west coast districts.
of the south-west monsoon period. The sun Here it meets an almost continuous hill range, is
at this time is progressing slowly northward forced into ascent and gives heavy rain alike
towards the northern Tropic.^ Hence the to the coast districts and to the billy range,
thermal equator is also progressing northward the total averaging about 100 inches most
and with it the area of ascent of the south-east of which falls in four months. The current
trades circulation. Thus the south-east trade after parting with most of its moisture advances
winds cross the equator and advance further across the Peninsula giving occasional uncer-
and further northward, as the thermal equator tain rain to the Deccan and passes out into the
and area of ascent follows the sun in its north- Bay where it coalesces with the local current.
ern progress. At the same time the tempe- The northern portion of the current blowing
rature over India increases rapidly and baro- across the Gujarat, Kathiawar and Sind coasts
metric pressure diminishes, owing to the air gives a certain amount of rain to the coast
rising and being transferred to neighbouring districts and frequent showers to the Aravalli

cooler regions more especially the sea areas. Hill range but very little to Western Rajputana,
Thus we have the southern Trades circulation and passing onward gives moderate to heavy
extending northward and the local land and rain in the Eastern Punjab, Eastern Rajputana
ea circulation extending southward until and the North-west Himalayas. In this regioD
about the beginning of June the light unsteady the current meets and mixes with the monsoon
Interfering circulation over the Arabian Sea current from the Bay.
finally breaks up, the immense circulation
of the south-east Trades, with its cool, moisture The monsoon current over the southern
laden winds rushes forward, becomes linked half of the Bay of Bengal blows from south-
on to the local circulation proceeding between west and is thus directed towards the
the Indian land area and the adjacent seas Tenasserim hills and up the valley of the
and India is invaded by oceanic conditions Irrawadv to which it gives very heavy rain.
the south-west monsoon proper. This is the That portion of this current which advances
most important season of the year as upon sufficiently far northward to blow over Bengal
it depends the prosperity of at least five-sixths and Assam gives very heavy rain to the low-
of the people of India. lving districts ot East Bengal and immediately
thereafter coming under the influence of the
When this current is fully established a con- Assam Hills is forced upwards and gives ex-
tinuous air movement extends over the Indian cessive rain (perhaps the heaviest in the world)
Ocean, the Indian seas and the Indian land to the southern face of these hills. The re-
area from Lat. 30 S. to Lat. 30 N. the southern maining portion of the Bay current advances
Meteorology.
325
from the southward over Bengal, is then 8torms recorded during the period 1877 to
directed westward by the barrier of the ?L
Himalayas and gives general rain over the 1901 and shows the monthly distribution:
Gangetlc plain and fairly frequent rain over the
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apl. May June
lower ranges of the Himalayas from Sikhim to
Kashmir, Bay of Bengal .. 4 13 28..1
To the south July Aug. Sep.
Oct. Nov. Dec.
of this easterly wind of the
Bay current and to the north of the westerlyBay of Bengal 41 36 45 34 22 8
wind of the Arabian Sea current there exists
a debatable area running roughly from Hissar Jan, Feb. Mar. Apl. May June
in the Punjab through Agra, Allahabad
and Arabian Sea
part of Chota Nagpur to Orissa, where neither ,. 2 15 .
current of the monsoon prevails. In this area

the rainfall is uncertain and would probably July Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.
be light, but that the storms from the Bay
of Arabian Sea 2
Bengal exhibit a marked tendency to advance
along this track and to give it heavy falls of The preceding paragraphs give an account
occasional rain. of the normal procession of the seasons through-
out India during the year, but it must be re-
The Total rainfall of the monsoon period membered, that every year produces varia-
(June to September) is 100 inches over part tions from the normal, and that in some
years these variations
of the west coast, the amount diminishes east- more particularly the are very large. This is
case with the discontinuous
ward, is below 20 inches over a large part of element
rainfall. The most important va-
the centre and east of the Peninsula and is riations in this element which may
occur are :
only 5 inches in South Madras ; it is over 100
inches on the Tenasserim and South Burma (1) Delay in the commencement of the rains
coast and decreases to 20 inches in over a large part of the country, thia
Upper
Burma; it is over 10.0 in the north Assam being most frequent in North Bombay
Valley and diminishes steadily westward
and and North-west India.
is only 5 inches in the
Indus Valley.
(2) A prolonged break in July or August or
both.
The month to month distribution for tbe
whole of India is : (3) Early termination of the rains, which
may occur in any part of the country.
May ..3*1 inches.
(4) The determination throughout the mon-
June .. 7-9 soon period of more rain than usual
to one part and less than usual to an-
July ..11-2 other part of the country. Examples
of this occur every year.
August . ..10-3
About the middle of September fine and
fresh weather begins to appear in the extreme
September 7-0
oorth-west of India. This area of fine weather
and dry winds extends eastward and southward,
October . .. 3'3 the area of rainy weather at the same time con-

tracting till by the end of October the rainy
Cyclonic storms and cyclones are an area has retreated to Madras and the south
;
almost of the Peninsula and by the end of December

invariable feature of the monsoon
period In has disappeared from the Indian region; fine
the Arabian Sea they ordinarily
form at the clear weather prevailing throughout. Thia
commencement and end of the seasou, viz
May and November, but in tbe Bay they procession with the numerous variations and
a constantly recurring feature form modifications which are inseparable from
of the monsoon meteorological conditions repeats itself year
season. The following gives the total number
after year.
(For monsoon o/1934, see page 337).

I 326 India Meteorological Department.
INDIA METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT.
Functions of the Department.The India In addition to these meteorological duties

Meteorological Department was instituted in the India Meteorological Department was from
1875 to combine and extend the work of various time to time made responsible for or undertook
provincial meteorological services which had various other important duties, such as
sprung up before that date. The various duties
(n) Determination of time in India and the
which were imposed on the Department at the
issue of time-signals, also the determination of
time of its formation were from time to time
supplemented by new duties. The main exist- errors of chronometers for the Royal Indian
ing functions, more or less in the historical Navy.
order in which they were assumed, may be Co) Observations and researches on terres-
briefly summarised as follows : trial magnetism at Bombay and atmospheric
electricity at Bombay and Poona.
(a) The issue of warnings to ports and coastal
districts of the approach of cyclonic storms. (p) Regular study (mainly by spectroscopic
examination) of the sun at the Solar Physics
(b) The storm warnings by wireless Observatory at Kodaikanal.
issue of
to ships in the Indian seas, and the making of
arrangements for the collection of meteorological (q) Maintenance of seismological instruments
data from ships. at various centres.
The maintenance of systematic records Definitions of different types and classes of

(c)

of meteorological data and the publication of Observatories. Before proceeding to indicate
climatological statistics. These were originally the organisation of the Meteorological Depart-
undertaken in order to furnish data for the ment, it may be helpful to introduce here the
investigation of the relation between weather following definitions :
and disease.
Forecast Centre at which weather obser-
(d) The issue to the public of up-to-date vations are collected by telegrams from a number
weather reports and of rainfall forecasts. These of stations in order to form the basis of weather
duties were originally recommended by a Com- reports and forecasts issued therefrom. These
mittee of Enquiry into the causes of famine may be (a) Main Centres, serving a large area
in India. for general purposes, or (b) Regional Centres
serving more limited areas for special purposes.
(e) Meteorological researches of a general
character, but particularly regarding tropical undertaking
monsoon and Upper Air Observatory
storms and the forecasting of
observations of upper winds, and of upper air
winter rainfall. temperatures, humidities and pressures up to
(/) The issue of seasonal rainfall forecasts. heights of about 15-20 miles by means of sounding
balloons (i.e., balloons with self-recording instru-
(g) The issue of telegraphic warnings of ments attached).
heavy rainfall by special telegrams to district
officers on departmental warning lists (e.g.,
to which Royal Air
Air Observatory
canal and railway engineers), and by means of Force supply aeroplane data of temperatures and
the ordinary daily weather telegram to the humidities up to heights of 2 or 3 miles.
public in general.
Pilot Balloon Observatory at which,
(h) Supply of meteorological, astronomical
balloons without attached
and geophysical information in response to pilot balloons (i.e.,
enquiries from officials, commercial firms or instruments)
are released and observed through
private individuals. special theodolites for the determination of wind
directions and velocities at various heights in
(i) Technical supervision of rainfall registra the free atmosphere. The minimum staff is
tion carried out under the control of provincial two full-time observers for one balloon flight
Government authorities. per day and 3 full-time observers and a balloon
|
j
(j) The study of temperature and moisture maker for two balloon flights per day.
:
conditions in the upper air by means of instru- A mete0 rological or weather observatory!
ment-carrying balloons and of upper winds forthe observations of such elements as can io
by pilot balloons. recorded by an observer with the help of instruj
(k) The issue of weather reports and warnings ments on the ground (as distinct from upper af
to aircraft, civil and military, the latter being observations obtained by means of balloonf
in collaboration with the Royal Air Force. etc.). Observatories where the staff is provide
ri\ im. j. 11 * examination
4 4.- meteo- and paid for by other agencies, e.g., Indiai
m
(1) The training and st
* are call d non -departmental althougl
I
rology of candidates for air pilots licenses. instruments are supplied by the Meteorologies
(m) Study of meteorology in relation to Department. These surface observatories ai
agriculture, a subject on which the Royal classified according to the number of observj
Commission on Agriculture in India made tlons per day and the number and kind
recommendations. instruments to be read. Thus:
India Meteorological Department.
327
is burnished JS? the obse;Yatory (W*) which
^graphic
f
conSotlv ? instruments
for ORGANISATION.
CmS LL
numidity, i wind
n Pressure, temperature,
C
direction and velocity
ESSE? 7
and 8 t0 n te
rainfall in addition to instruments P * hat Poetical meteo-
rTad by roloU
y S Un dert ke * pecial observations
(la
(e.g., on^
rnl
on atmospheric ? .
electricity).
\
The staff
-
required varies from two

part-time observers
Ut
^SS^^^ ^
&th??
f Ur
.
,
fuU " time observers according
9 of computation world
o7 persons.
01 ner?on,
a 6r meteorological offices
6 c rPî X
T"S
In India
of the
peration of some hundreds
"fsome 400 observe
t^T^KÛ* take simultaneous observT
vation m
India are 8 hours. (Local leTkS deC0 e tnem and
them ^fjL.*
0 ** 616
^ 1118 * 8
'
wh0 t^nsmit
17 hours (Indian Standard Time)*
on ts. _55 per mensem

Time) and theT fn r^J
PS
the obs^r draw therefrom met 1l0
SfhlL
chart
^ ical ex Perts then
the conclusions L T
on which their
.
Third class weather observatory

Stbf/h^f
tories,
e
\ There areforotheroterva-
which take observations
climatoloeical
whprp purposes but do not telegraph them g
readings are taken daily
at 8 hour ; and sent
ffi SyStem ^graphic communica-
tiotVf wl?fLer rep /
in aS me.teorological r^
^ts 18 an essential feature
i
tKSM organisations. This is

International TCe-communica!
While
the above is true, in general
of all
applications of practical
meteorology? 'its ap-
SSSXVfa?^ bserver on pay plication to aviation involves the existence of a
specialised and particularly
IS r quire detailed
designedôrganisation
iTi +i
inforLtionâboS toe
the 7 ^sh to know winds at
Zl^V different
SS
and telegraphs rainfall.
,,
8
ce
^
D "on-instrumente obser-
level have
At some of these dust-storms, information about visibility7fogs
ng
etmente Ma.v
anTrîv^
and
thunderstorms, height of low clouds
f
any fT>f
^
StS f
f th se are locaI
rapidly changing phenomena.
short-lived
êffaffiSe
'
trum tal (W6 observatory at

iHn?f'
1
^ !?
atll nS
> which
f T e ? ther Phenomena are Definite
recorded This Thl classi
recommendations regarding the
includes the tvne of ohser- nature of information
to be supplied to aircraft
established
8d the current wmther
bS5?.v5 on or near an air winch
route for recording at
<S h ltl0n f
nH
r
^ ^mes T
wea êr
?^ meteorological information
a nd .the
C
?
C
T
ent
Y-
eather for airmen At such f nLtTn.
nisation of international
airways have been
orga-
JSz de .J' at S
Ioud > wind direction and
Certain flxed tim <* daily
0
force are Conv enHon n
ne
? S
m
nf^
Alr Navi g at ion. In accordance ^
International ^
ther hn ad "t w?th
gists
6C
5sts should be stationed
d atl ? S
, Sld
reasonable^ intervals along the airway
at? rm f
xpert meteorolo-
aerodromes at,
- '
to supply
to the aviation personnel
current information
0TeCa ts
rn,iJ up lto the next
routes
w eather conditions along the
aerodrome of the same
>nncipal magnetic elements. F CaS Cen * res should be established
at least at f each aiTW
t mam aerodrome
r^T 10 *"? 1 8tati on <S) equipped
r more continuously 1 1
with one
recording Seismographs shmild ^
a d fo r ecasts prepared at such
* t^smitted to the other aerodromes
along aerial
centres
fn IL
trjml^ w tor the information of pilots.
-
Other recom-
t
in-
mendations f refer to hours and kind of
observa-
Sfriatr stars and from tions and manner of codifying them.
n ^rope
Practically all observatories record
J*
^W
11 readi gs at least thrice daily,
fvhiiA'iT^
while ?
stations near air routes do so
everv three
eather reports from the d
pvl three
forecastinrcentres for every l*
ave^J^
m f America1Ldta
at l 8t twlc e daily at aU
observatories,
^mission and elucidation to
s own remarks or
i?
Ks hours
aTdin g a r routes and every
conclusions about the
.
S
at most observatories near
hour at observatories
eather situation if and 1 along air routes. In addition,
when necessary every aerodroml
receives by telewriter frequent
^t^tz't^t ^r tâî^ ^^
" " "
^
regular l]JVlVi3
repots
^
me: a a 2
s
328 India Meteorological Department.
from certain stations along the air routes a few ponsibility for scrutiny of records and for check-
of these at half -hourly and most at hourly- ing and computation of data
received from them
Calcutta
intervals in order that the aviators may be is divided between the offices at Poona,
supplied with current up-to-date information and Karachi. Forecasting for aviation is
of actual weather on the air route itself. In divided between these three offices and the
India*, the meteorological service for aviation offices at Peshawar and Quetta the last two
;
is for financial reasons, not able to attain the forecast for military flying and do not serve
shipping
minimum recommended in annexe G of the civil aviation. Storm- warning for Meteoro-
International Convention. The net-work of in the Bay of Bengal is carried on
by the
similar duties
observatories in India is much sparser than logical Officer at Calcutta, while
that in Europe and America and the frequency in respect of the Arabian Sea are
undertaken at
of observations taken at each of them much Poona. The Upper Air
Observatory, Agra,
smaller. The four- thousand-mile air route in administrative charge of all the pilot
is
between Bahrein and Victoria Point is served balloon observatories in India, Burma and the
by two forecasting centres at Karachi and Persian Gulf. The Bombay and Alibag Obser-
Calcutta, which prepare two synoptic charts a vatories specialise in the study of Geophysics,
day based on observations taken twice daily particularly terrestrial magnetism and seismology
at observatories reporting to them. The sole while the observatory at Kodaikanal specialises
forecasting centre in Southern India is at Poona in the study of the solar physics. The next
where facilities are available for the issue of one section describes in somewhat greater detail,
chain the general duties of the offices mentioned above.
forecast daily. The opening of a
wireless stations along the main trans-India
air route has enabled special meteorological
GENERAL DUTIES OF THE MAIN
facilities to be made available to airmen flying OBSERVATORIES AND OFFICES,
along that route. A system of exchange of
(a) Headquarters Offices, Poona (F.U.W .)
1
current weather reports at specified hours The general administration of the depart-
between stations on the route and of voluntary ment is carried on by the Headquarters Office
reports of warning of adverse weather has been in Poona. In addition, it is in immediate and
introduced with the co-operation of the Director complete charge of all second, third, fourth
of Wireless and the Director of Civil Aviation and fifth class weather observatories in Kashmir,
making it possible for each wireless station to Gujarat, Central India, the Central Provinces
have in a collected form the information regard- and the Peninsula and is responsible for the
ing actual weather at neighbouring stations on scrutiny of records and checking and computa-
the air-route, for supply to fliers. Stations taking tion of data received from them. It receives
part in the scheme are Karachi, Jodhpur. telegraphic reports of morning observations
Delhi, Allahabad, Calcutta, Chittagong, Akyab, collected at practically all pilot balloon and
Sandoway, Bassein, Rangoon and Victoria Point. first, second, third and fifth class observatories
Apart from routine observations at stated in India and issues daily a telegraphic summary
times, airmen can obtain information of current of general weather conditions with forecasts
local weather at any time by wireless, by special of probable changes in weather during the
requisition. Further the transmission, along the next 24 hours for the whole country. It
wireless chain, twice daily, of the latest weather undertakes the issue of heavy rainfall warnings
forecasts and upper wind and low cloud informa- for practically the whole country except north
tion for each part of the air route has been east India, and the issue of warnings for
arranged. This enables the latest weather storms in the Arabian Sea. Its duties on behalf
reports to be available to aircraft in flight as of aviation consist in the issue of weather
well as at the principal aerodromes on the route reports to airmen on routes in central and
where they are displayed suitably on weather southern India; for the Karachi-Madras air
notice boards. service, it issues forecasts for the major section
viz., Ahmedabad to Madras. This office
For the Karachi -Madras service, arrangements prepares and publishes the Daily, Weekly and
exist for communicating current weather in- Monthly Weather Reports, and an Annual
formation to aerodromes from a few observatories Volume entitled the " India Weather Review,
or the route to supplement the information and issues two annual volumes containing
available in the reports supplied by the fore- rainfall data of about 3,000 stations in India.
casting centres.
In collaboration with the Agra Observatory, it
In order to fulfil the various duties described also publishes an annual volume containing
above, the organisation of the department is all upper air data collected in India. It
is;
oi
made up of a central office, 7 sub-offices, 36 responsible for the preparation of normals alfl
328 weather rainfall, temperature, humidity, etc., for
pilot balloon observatories and
to distribute observatories, in India. It issues long-range]
observatories of various classes
country^
over a region stretching from Persia, Aden, seasonal rainfall forecasts for the
Zanzibar on the west to Burma on the east. It collects and examines weather logs
froi
supplies
The central office at Poona is the administrative ships in the Arabian Sea. It
observatories with instrumeni
headquarters of the department. The control weather
over weather observatories, including the res- and stores from the stock, which it
maintain
* Fuller details of the aviation organisation are contained in the departmental pamphlet
entitled " Meteorological Organisation for Airmen."
f Classified into various classes, the

number as it stood on 31st March 1934 would be distribute^
as follows :
W 1 *^, W 2 = 166, W3=86, W = 22, W$ = 24 and W=15.

India Meteorological Department.
3 29
_ aT
ments.
<~
On~~i7"**.
its transfer
mctcuiuiuîutti instru-
from Simla to Poona to Drlgh Road Civil
the Headquarters Office was equipped
as an are P^vided there. A^^^whenhSSS
Meanwhile, a first claS
upper air observatory and a first class weather
observatory. It also has facilities for
weather observatory and pilot
balloon^ station
research have been started at
in theoretical and practical Drigh Road.
meteorology It
is now one of the two main
centres for the 'con- le ai Chi
duct of upper air research in India
sounding twi 2 K ? cefift ad ministers
? all second,
wS n^V^-
;
balloon work directed from there class observatories in
largely responsible for our present
has been Persia and Ara *> la 5 ,
Baluchistan, the North-
..
extension of West Frontier
i, >
Province, the Punjab, Sind

knowledge of the free atmosphere over
the Rajputana and the west United
Peninsula. Provinces
research
Publications
m of meteorological
the Department are edited and
issued from Poona. This office also collects and cnarts
To
dil^
^
Weat er reports and ^recasts
-^
a rS lfc prepares two weather
As
charts daily, H
^
'
compiles, for the International drawn up mainly from obser-

Commission
the upper air data collected over
India, Ceylon S5 own c ontro1 To^l A dailI* observes under
? Ind0 - C *?na
Indies, Somahland j Malaya, the Dutch East
and British East Africa
iitn
measure
k . weather report is
mg publishecl yas a* experimental
'
>
A branch for agricultural meteorology has

d
S ^ a Mr r,u êrvatory,
been sanctioned temporarily and is P e
by the Imperial Council of Agricultural financed m W^
Research quarters of all
Agra
its statistical investigations pilot balloon work in India t*
include a critical
enquiry into the
area
available data
and yield of crops for the various
on the vision
visio^nfi^
of the
f r the
work
1
Î^nclaTlu^
of the pilot balloon obser-
presidencies and districts in vatories in India, Burma
India and! Gulf and and the Persian
after careful selection, the correlation supplies them with the
of some necessary equipment
Gm Wlt the acc umulated meteorological to carry on their daily
obse?vSs
n n }l e erlm ental
S;+
?
f
- ?P side, it aims to
y .^crocumatology, evolve suitable ins-
truments for such work, standardize
at 0ns
methods
nd in S eneral undertake a
these duties have necessitated
y 0
I
g
fwSo^ T*
co mp r ess it into tubes,
compress
e
of a workshop for the

as well as the -nm.
^^^^
the provision of a
2L^TI i of,
detailed study
the air layer near the ground. facture and repair of
design, manu
instruments princinallv
for upper air work. AH data from oilot
(b)Meteorological Office and Observatory baUoon observatories
Ahpore, are coUected checked
Calcutta (F. P. WL, S. T ) The and statistically
Ahpore Office serves as a regional summarised at Agra This
forecast observatory is also a principal centlfof'
centre and is responsible for uppe?
the publi- air research work in India. The sounding
cation of the Calcutta Daily
Weather Report baUoon work there (in the course
for stormwarmng in the Bay of
Bengal and for balloons have provided information
of ^Wch
heavy rainfall warning in north-east of cond7tkm s
India It up to as great a height as 90,000 feet)
issues weather reports to
airmen on routes been responsible for most of has
lying m
Burma, Assam, Bengal, Bihar and Wle
our present
Onssa and the east United Provinces
on over in!L
nd a T^^ the free
the
^b^tsr*^
-
;
trans-India route, its responsibility
the section Allahabad
extends over Xche d i0 station
to Victoria Point To
meet the needs of aviation, an
C ,a
chart is prepared in addSSS'
afternoon
k
M
to* thelonff (W* S T te^) TW AHbag._ Observatories
established morning chart,chart The
latter being extended to meet
It has charge of all second,
fifth class observatories, in
Burma and the Bay Islands, Assam,
the areaôf
area of the
the new needs
third, fourth and
Bengal
mthe%^
m gSSîS^nSE
the study*
^^ttSW ^
Svatorv The
the area comprising uoservatory Thl'
1
J
routine
*
lo ^> and Edition

a first class weatl*r
magnetic work at
Bihar and Onssa and the east United îs^J^f^ P ublica tionof the magLttc
Provinces aata, is arranged in accordance with
the re-
Tu^l f e Ch Cki
data therefrom. It ?. ^
and computatSn of commendations of the
also supplies time signals
International
T rreStrial Ma S ne tism. The Commission
by time ball to Fort William, by
shipping at sea and by
wirelefs to L
take ct
star or sun observations oLe^tories
for the deter
signa mmation
>
telegraphic of time; and the Colaba

0nt Observa-
^Zl
systems. if
It
e Indl n tele gph and
is ^- railway tory is responsible for the time-baS
also a first class weatheV the Bombay Harbour
and the rating ui
service at
meters belong in +k t_^, ch?ono
of cn rono-
(c) Karachi (F. Wi. P. A.).-This office elec

*d *"i^xwocisiiis
y , a^
lclt microseisms in relation to mninr
maS?
*as established primarily as a
Z a y iation
eports for airmen on
fwlcastine
I* now issues weathe?
'
routes lying along

u^&^r
ItL
weather-
^
P^nomena over the sea h a^? cTtL^J
he Persian Gulf and Mekran (/) Kodaikanal (Sp. W*. S ) - The nh

; coasts and in servatory at
and, Rajputana the Punjab, Kodaikanal specializes in thf
west United of the physics of study
Provinces and north. Gujarat. the sun and is sDeciallv
On the empire equipped for spectroscopic
n tl0nal air route acrss India observations and
a^^rf
pJL blllt extends
n the east
y
its research.
over the section between accordance
D the West and Allaha bad
The routine work is decided
with the recommendations
International Astronomical of the
Union which nre
vent any serious overlapping
of work in toe
330 India Meteorological Department.
comparatively few solar physics observatories of the International Convention on the Safety
in the world. This observatory also undertakes of Life at Sea, including the broadcasting of
the duties of a first class weather observatory synoptic data for the benefit of ships of the
and a seismological station. Mercantile Marine and the Navy.
(g) Quetta and Peshawar (F. W
1 . P. A
) (e) Further development of upper air research
Aviation on a regular basis was first started in in south India, which was one of the reasons for
this country by the Royal Air Force in north- the transfer of the headquarters office from Simla
west India, and the need to arrange for local to Poona.
forecasting was first experienced there. Two
Meteorological Office, Poona,Dr. C. W.
forecast centres were accordingly started in B.
Normand, M.A., d.s.c. (Edin.), Director-
1925 at Quetta and Peshawar, each under General of Observatories.
an R. A. F. Meteorologist who was entrusted
with the charge of issuing forecasts of weather
Meteorologists. Dr. S. K. Banerji, M.Sc,
over the Lahore-Peshawar-Quetta-Karachi air D.Sc. (Calcutta); Mr. V. \". Sohoni, B.A.,
routes for R.A.F. aeroplanes and detailed local M.Sc. (Bombay); Dr. B. N". Banerji, M.Sc.
forecasts and warnings each for his own (Allahabad), Ph.D. (Cantab.), (on leave)
'
immediate neighbourhood. Route forecast Dr. K. R. Ramanathan, M.A., D.Sc. (Madras);

for the Royal Air Force flying over the Dr. K. J. Kabraji, B.A. (Hons.), B.Sc. (Bombay),
Punjab, Waziristan, North-West Frontier M.Sc, and Ph.D. (Lond.) ; Mr. S. Basu, M.Sc.
Province, Baluchistan and Sind are issued by (Allahabad); Mr. J. M. Sil, B.A. (Calcutta),
these offices. The Meteorological Department B.sc. (Eng.), (Boston Tech.); and Dr. S. R.
has been exercising full technical control over Savor, m.a. (Madras), Ph.D. (London).
the work of the two offices, supplying instru-
ments, meeting the cost of the staff of clerks

Assistant Meteorologists. Mr. V. D. Iyer,
B.A. (Madras); Mr. Barkat Ali, B.A., M.Sc.
and observers at each centre and supplying data (Punjab); Mr. P. R. Krishna Rao, B.Sc. (My-
by telegram from its observatories. An officer sore) Mr. B. 1ST. Sreenivasaiah, M.Sc. (Calcutta)
;
seconded from the Indian Meteorological Service Dr. K. Das, M.Sc. (Punjab), Ph. D. (Lond.) and
but paid by the Royal Air Force is now holding
Mr. S. S. Lai, M.Sc. (Lucknow & Lond.), d.i.o.
;
the post of the Meteorologist at Quetta the

Br.
;
office at Peshawar is in charge of a Royal Air Agricultural Meteorologist. L. A. Ram-

Force officer who is under the technical, not das, m.a., Ph. d., (Calcutta).
administrative control of the Meteorological
Upper Air Observatory. Agra.-Mr.
G.Chatterji,
Department. M.Sc.
(Calcutta), Meteorologist-in-charge ; Dr.
7. The auxiliary centres are situated at N. K.
Sur, D.Sc. (Allahabad), Meteorologist;
Rangoon, Akyab, Dum Dum*, Allahabad, Mr. S. L. Malurkar, B.sc. (Mys.), M.Sc. (Cantab.),
Jodhpur and Drigh Road. The professional Assistant Meteorologist; Mr. S. P. Venkitesh-
or Meteorological Assistant stationed at these waran, B.A. (Hons.) (Madras) ; and Mr. S. K.
centres is authorised to add to the weather report Das, M. sc. (Dacca and Lond.), d.i.c. (Lond.),
received from the forecasting centres his own F. R. Met. Sec. (Lond.)Assistant Meteorologist.
conclusions about the local weather situation.
The latest information available regarding the Meteorological Office, Alipore, Calcutta. -
local surface conditions and upper winds can
Dr. S. N. Sen, M.Sc, (Cal. and Lond.), Ph.D.
(Lond.), Meteorologist; Dr. B. N. Desai, M.Sc.
also be obtained from him.
(Bombay), Ph.D. (Edin.), B.A., ll.b. (Bombay)
Some of the main lines, along which Assistant Meteorologist; Dr. A. K. Das, M.Sc.,
developments are to be desired as soon as (Cal.), D.Sc. (Paris), Asstt. Meteorologist;
financial conditions allow are indicated briefly and Mr. C. Ramaswamy, M.A. (Hons.)
below : (Madras), Asstt. Meteorologist.
(a) The Improvement of the skeleton weather Meteorological Office, Karachi. Dr. S. K.
services along all air-routes, up to the standards Pramanik, M.Sc. (Lucknow), Ph.D. (Lond.),
recommended by the International Air Con- d.i.c. Meteorologist; Mr. B. K. Roy, M.Sc.
vention, including reopening of Rangoon (Calcutta), Assistant Meteorologist; and Dr.
Meteorological Office and preparation of two S. Mai, M.Sc. (Benares), Ph.D. (Lond.), d.i.c.
weathercharts daily at Poona and the provis- Assistant Meteorologist.
ion of additional facilities at Madras and some
of the intermediate stations along the Karachi- Meteorological Office, Bombay. Dr. S. C.
Madras route. Roy, M.Sc. (Calcutta), D.Sc. (Lond.), Meteorolo-
gist.
(b) Exchange of synoptic weather data by
wireless with neighbouring countries, like Solar Physics Observatory, Kodaikanal.
Malaya, Indo-China, etc. Dr. T. Royds, D.Sc (London), Director, and
Dr. A. L. Narayan, m.a., D.Sc. (Madras), Mete-
(c) Broadcasting of a " Continental " bulletin orologist.
of synoptic weather data for the region, Persia
to Indo-China, to help towards completion of the Meteorological Office, R. A. F., Peshawar.
Fl. Lt. R. G. Veryard, B.Sc, Meteorological
series of " Continental " weather broadcasting
Moscow, Officer.
stations at Annapolis (U.S.A.), Rugby,
etc., in the northern hemisphere.
Meteorological Office, R. A. F., Quetta.-*
(d) Further development of marine meteo- Mr. A. K. Roy, B.sc. (Cal.), b.a. (Oxon.),
rology, in accordance with the recommendations Meteorologist (Tempy.).
* At present the functions of this centre are being carried on by the Meteorological Office a
Calcutta, for want of proper building accommodation at Dum Dum.
Meteorology 33i
OS CO NN rH 00 O rH CM 00 CO CM lO CM rH lO rH CO
os os o-^ co 10 co'ua
2Jhj
QO00
con
00 00 0000
CO OH
os as
OCO
as 00
OS
00
COr* 00 O CM 00 CO CM rH T*CM OS OS rH rH OS rH
C**00
2 2!
* 00 5S
0000
05
00 00
WW
00 00
CO OS
00t>
is"
00
CO CO OO 0 CO COW ON CM CO COCO CO CM COI> lO
CO rH*
CO CO i 9
0000 ^
00OS
O *C' H* lO lO CO O*
OOoo 0000 00 00 00
I> N to Tf o o > nh
CO
OSl 00 00 co
^ 00OS CO CM 00 NtO CO rH 00 00 CO rH
T** co* cm' co'
00 00 0000 0000 osos
OS tO I> 00 OS ^ lO CO OS CO CO lO O CM CO
lO CM
00 00
CO 00 OS 00 I>
O CO 00 CO tO lO
ph <M
CM CO*
^ OS OH OS OS I> t- co
COt> 00I> CO CO lO CO CM
0000 00 00
^ CM rHr* O Tf NH
CO CO CO t> NO rH CO
c/5
OCO rH 00 000 CM-* OS CM CMOS
a 00 00 lO lO rH
u
s CO to OS CO t>CM 00 OS \Qr# 00 00 N rH CO OS O
CO CM >0
co 00
Tfi HO hO I> 00*
1 t>t^ ]3 i
0000 00 00 OSOS
CM
OSOS
CO*
OS 00 OS
e
o 10 o
OCO o a*
00 OS 00 rH l> 00 O>00 O 00 OS
H
s OOrH CO 00 CM OS 00 tO rH rH GO CO CO CO
CO i>
co |> con r*.co
^ co co co
OS CM CM CM tO tO ^CO
st
O CM (M tH
a> a <d
<MO0
* N 05 CO CO
Neo 10 CO" rCrC
5 i
* 5
25 s s a
erj bo
JO S)p Act} J-/
o o
c 0
(so a
# a.
II II Is
O (4
332 Meteorology.
OOOHOi 00 CO 16 H I>u000 CO 00 t> CO hojo nmon to lO GO CO CO

OSCO 00l> OS O IV 00 0>H
HO0 ^HHI> OS CO CO GO CD CJO^ 'JONO I> lO 00 r
CO l> CO CD t> 00 t~ CO CO O "# H ^ 00 I> uO U0 00 >JO
GO O CO ^ tJ4iOi-I (O iC CO lAOSrHOO rH CO CO t- CO <# OH CO r-l
CO 00 t~ CO 00 OH hMQH -rti 0 OS t> tOiON CO I> CO OWMC

rH 00 CO MAOU3 CO CO CO O OS CO CSI CM OS >ONHO CO CO CO CO CO l>
CO CO CO X C0rHl> CO H "# t>OSCOc^ 00 00 O CO 00 l> t- 00 CO 00 O OS
OSt*-OCO rH tO CO CO rPCOrÔS COcOt>CO ^fCOrH I> rS OS CD CO ^ rH CO CO

00 l> 00 00 OS
o oo co co ONeoH t^t^coco H CO r- CO
1 CO t> CO O CO
CO OS iCh^'*'
os oo os oo os oo os
l>00l>CO I> OOliOiH OSCOrHO rH CO CO 00 CO I> lO tH rH t> rf
CO I> OOH00, iO00tOS I> CO OSI>CO CO GO O tTH r-l O CO iO CO
co i i tH 10 os r> co co t~os oooo^co go r-i ti>i-ieo
CO CO iO CO CO lO i.O iO -<f I>> 00 H H CO 00 CO lO GO O lOOH ^f OS CO t> CO i
<s< 10 to i> co ^ i>os iooscoco co cc COlfiifl'* CC iH
^4 ^ t> t> GO CO CO <M O 00 CO CO CO ^

C0I>O> CO CO CO CO CD CO CO 00 CO
OS CO CO
O CO CO
> <t> I o CO oo CS COCO
; a r-t CO COOt>t> t> r-( I> rH
HH NH
53 s ^ ?? ill II
CJ iJj O*
i3
Meteorology. 333
CO CO Ol HiO Ol O tOCOO
COO CO OS CO SO Ol CO tO tO r*l rH O OS lOO^

OS co
00 X> 1>tH tO 00- coo GO CO to CO CO l>

r-lGO
CO tO
CO il CO tO CO tO GO <M Ol OS I> GO
CO GO
l> OS CO CO OloO rH Ol tO tO JO l> rH tO GO OI to to O

co .co to n<
r> co coos i> tjh

r-l O OS lO O "tf K5N 1> OS GO
I> GO tO
co o 01 O O CO OSO HH to OS OI 1 GO
GO
CO tO
O tO 1> CO CO iO COCO oi oi io co tO Ol to rH tO
r-l i-l 001>
GO GO l>l>
00 CO rH CO OOrH CO t>CO C0l> to OI M<01 lOHN
CO ON OS CO Ol l>OS COCO tO tO CO r-l rH
00 CO TjlH Ol rH CO tO CO to CO O HO
Ol rH OS rf* |> Ol O to r-l OS 1> t> CO to
.22 & &
is
II il |i ill
II C O eij ST 9 5
4^ WM c ,3
334 Meteorology.
^COiOJ> ôo I>Ol>lO 05H O CO CO tH

^ oo
co co co co
00 00t- iOOCO HHNH CO 00 CO CO I> C OS CO rfl CO ^^

$333
00,000 tôoo ccc
^000^ THOIO^ OOCOÔ* <*C0^ CO^COt^ ô^CO * iM *

gggg ggg gg-g'g
N'lHNrH NOOH r-i CO rH 00 l> lO OJ CO CO r 00 oo oo os oscoooo co co oq
"
01 cq co t
00 OS 00 UO Or^COCO tO^COQO 00
^ i> co oo
COlOr-JrH J> XO O CO 00 OS CO OS
CO
t-l>I>l>
* t# OOOSOCO <M lO CO*
CO CO I> CO t CO l>
OSCOO,J> Oq'00I>00 OrH^,H N W00 H OS iH UO O CO O iflOON
CO COOOS
ÔOiO OrtMN C0CO-*
T.-COrHoO OS 00 GO I> CO 00 CO CO .ONNO CO00OS OOSOCO OSCOCOCM iHCSCS

i>t-t-j> 2?^^^
t-j>oooo
r-I^'dco'
oooooooo
onJ^rH icVo 00 00 OS 00 CM CO 00 CO CO iO
ooooooSo oooo l>l>t^J> l> I> 1> CO t CO t>
CO o CO CO <* l> 00 CO CO iO CM I>C0I><M CO rH CM OlOOOCO
co os oqi>
CSOSt*-(N OCMiO
i> i> oo oa
HOOHH
ooi>oooo
iHtHCOOO 0 05N
i>i>i>co oo co
ocooots. rncoô i>cmcooo co co os o ocoTt< t-oqt-co iO OS CO * CM
r-l (M
Z22ci HWN
cocococo cocococo coco^co ioSSco " >ooi>oo cm'cmosco O^fM
t*- cm co o 0*rHI> OoOCOCM HOifl r* CO <M no <N m CM CM rH
00
vo >
* O tH
r-I
iO
t-COLOCO OOSOSO Ot-OOS OHN CMCOCOiO GO CM tH 00 OS vo 00
8
lis! Lfj ggli e-l
iiii fjfi ifiis iili in
|V o js Sot JIJ> I
.8
Sib
as
5334 sl^s 33JS sH Www
Meteorology.
Year. 122.67 7.56 125.68 117.16

in. 83.92 63.57 59.85 25.87 60.76 55.56 62.18 18.80 70.63 99.98 54.98 50.74 41.59 44.96 99.03
o
CP 0.19 0.24 1.11 1.57 1.44 0.12 1.84 4.42 0.14 0.08 0.05 0.08 0.50 1.09 5.81 0.87 0.74 0.37
in.
Q 11.40
> 1.58 0.78 0.43 0.19 5.79 8.17 0.04 0.19 0.41 0.93
0.52 0.77 3.12 5.38 5.67 4.02 2.79
in.
1 17.72 14.25
6.80 4.54 1.08 1.50 1.09 0.99 8.17 9.68 0.01 0.65 2.16 3.72 7.53
i in. 10.22 10.48 11.72

8.10 8.02 6.91
i 6.20 6.61 1.60 8.96 6.17 7.25 0.42 2.31 7.73 3.77 4.99 6.20
7.51
in. 10.73 18.38 10.50 12.08 10.42 15.27
2.33 5.59 6.99 1.67 3.79 3.59 4.64 6.91 7.75

in. 14.36 26.12 17.33 14.88 22.31 13.80 19.74 22.54 15.58 19.87
>> .07
2.32 8.83 5.02 2.94 6.85 1.89 3.94 6.44 6.88
in. 14.48 32.31 16.88 11.84 24.26 32.98 37.11 30.24 21.42
21
7.13 3.86 1.48 5.22 6.55 4.06 0.86 4.47 1.30 1.89 4.51 5.82
June. in. 16.37 24,26 18.31 28.82 36.78 34.08 18.04
>*
07
8.70 2.87 2.87 2.27 1.06 6.64 6.02 0.07 0.31 0.84 1.36 6.20 8.53 1.61 1.34 1.97
in.
1 10.57
1 11.98
& in.
5.38 3.85 1.94 4.21 3.79 0.13 2.65 4.25 0.17 0.00 0.05
.08
1.28 3.28 0.57 0.53 0.62 0.79 1.63
*j 1.93 1.84 2.67 4.87 3.63 0.17 1.24 2.03 0.33 0.07 0.07 0.04 0.08 0.47 0.34 0.19 0.28 0.54 0.32
in.
&CD 1.20 1.10 3.13 4,14 2.73 0.28 0.58 1.41 0.39 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.06 0.16 0.63 0.32 0.42 0.69 0.22
in.
ft
2.8S
0.33 0.55 2.71 3.73 2.76 0.26 1.51 0.52 0.03 0.10 0.10 0.06 0.40 1.68 1.39 0.23 0.23 0.21
I in.
in
Eleva- feet.
spjuiiou amîsiadraeq. umraix'eui jo aas iCjpupi uo\%vaq\9 ioj
tion
Stations
stations.
i
1
GO
Hill
coast
336 Meteorology.
00 00
io-*Tjco
O OS 00 CD r-i CO Cl I> CO t> rH CD 00
cocgcoeg rH rH eg eg
O OS lO N
NON H "<t
-^THTJtCO
Ttl OS 60 rH
rH^rH
ooc oooo oooo oooo '* OOOO OOOO OOO
ogo mio h t-ti>?& ^ ec"ib~ QONhO
co oj
rHr-tfHrH
00 eg CO CO OOOO ONH o nj -* t-
OOOO OOOO OOOO OOO OOOO OOHH HNM
00 CD OCg
rH l> id CO (M oOO CM CO iO
co ^ co c -"
CO CM eg eg HOOO *** 0*0*0

eg co co 0 D CO
t^. -hh co
.2 eg 10 th as CO CO l> *D t co No'o'o*
"<*
> 0 t> CO 1> eD-*C>."^ t if)
. rHU5t>> StS.^S
eg LO ID I> o!2S2
<HH 2 oo oo eg
CO OS OS rH
J>rHos
<t>0
coco^co
^ CO CO I>
os<oi>b-
CO CO CO
ooo eg
CO CO CO
2^2^ ?5 S 0000 ^ ^HON
!^! IT!
'""! 1 CO* id' CO* CD CO rH CO J CO* <tf OS* CD D eg
r "êg osco eg do o o co
2!S*F2
kOON ^Tr
^! 1* ^hoio oo
i
. o
cd eg fr. rococo hoscm

eg 000^* Sh Sho)
J^^^rH rHrHrHrH ^ * ^ ' CM CO* rH* O&V CO* Tt* CO* Is! < CO* CO* rH
^^)S2
ID O CS
r-J
eg os co
CM H OS OS
10 co os
^COHD 00 eg o id
> M
mneo
^ CO CO
ts
00 ca cd
CO CO OS
h
O
eg on <*
00 l> CD rH
os r& 1^
CO 00
~ ^^^^ oao*^ ^cgco'cg rnooo h'h*'t(I vd i> ud os h! <* <*'
co <*' eg rH
Cg iD OS ID CO
^^^.W
I>- rH rH
O^CDVD
I>lDOO omô
Oifl eg co co rH Oo
COCO O <D
l>0OUSt* 1 t- -H* os eg o CO
co as
^ NiOOUS COrHOO HOOO **** o'o'o' ***rH* O* -i rH eg -H ->* rH

H2 t>w co coos hTTToTS eg co co
ori
i
co co co
rH th th eg cg co iDcgego eg oo
.2 rH*rH*VrH* oooo oooo OOO "**, OOOrH HHO
8333' S5SS 8333 8SS S8SS 28
4
OOI>rH rHOOO oooo ooo'o oo*o* 0*0*0*0" 0*0*0*0" o'o'o*
w aH ônn
-
ooooego
rH O rH rH
iflHcooo
OJ l> CO
. ~.

~~ coco
.7".
ocg
nhh eg
00 oscg oo
eg ao co co
i> co
rH o oo
10 oTTco
chh
oocgrH r-tooo oooo o" o'o'o* 00*0' o'
0*0*0'
o' o'o'o* o'oo*
OiOHt)(
o oo co CO CO - 50 r ^ 00
i>o<no
rji '
o ^
id eg co eg id eg os cd co men h< o
. eg co id co>* cooo
o-tegeg coco^cg eg h2 egw^
j
2 oooo 00050 oohh rnooo 000* o" o'o'o* ' ' o' o* 0*0*0*
3 *.B ...
siboijou ainîadraa; ranraixra jo 9\qv% aas Xipapi uoiqA9io joj
a
u
o
3 .g 55 rS 8
-Se1S| S 3- 2 O O <U "Sag*?
gl?~3
Illl II IS ill S li!
HI HI!
Monsoon of 337
MONSOON OF 1^34.
The S. W. Monsoon of the year was markedly- and causjed good rainfall all over the country
normal in its incidence and gave well-distributed except in northwest India. The current
rains all over the country throughout the remained active during the last week over the
season without any abnormally prolonged break. Peninsula and in upper Burma, and from Assam
Of the fifteen Divisions of the country, all were to the east and north Panjab. The total rainfall
well served except Mysore which returned a for the month was 11.89 inches practically
deficiency of 43 per cent, in its rainfall. normal.

June. Indications of the approach of the August During the first three weeks the
monsoon current over the South Arabian Sea monsoon continued to remain active practically
were evident early in the month. Its regular over the whole country except in the northwest,
incidence however on the Malabar Coast, occurred under the influence of four successive depressions

on the 8th June later than the usual date after
which the current steadily advanced northwards
the first of which appeared over east Central
Province on the 2nd August and moving
along the West Coast. A shallow depression northwards disappeared over the United Pro-
formed on the 10th June off the Karwar-Konkan vinces on the 6th the second which formed at
;
coast which moving northwards in front of the the head of the Bay on the 9th and filled up over
advancing monsoon, helped to carry vast voulmes the west Central Province on the 12th
of moist air inland well into the Deccan, Central
the;
third which rising off the Orissa-Ganjam 'coast

India, and parts of Northwest India, and provoke on the 14th and moving northwestwards broke
in these regions widespread local thunder showers. up in the Kumaon hills on the 20th and the ;
Though regular monsoon conditions were not fourth which formed at the head of the Bav
fully established there before the 3rd week of the on the 19th and traversing the country north-
month, this branch of the current gave good westwards filled up over north Rajputana

rains over its field of action normal in the
Peninsula and in excess of the normal in North-
on the 26th. Widespread and heavy rains were
gathered all along and in the neighbourhood of
west India and Central India. the tracks of these disturbances. Averaged
over the plains of India the total rainfall for
The Bay monsoon current advanced over the the month was 13.25 inches, 21 per cent, in
south of the Bay of Bengal about the last week excess of the normal.
of May and caused widespread rains in Lower
Burma. Though by the end of the second week
in June the current extended into Assam and

September. The Bay monsoon remained
active throughout the month. A depression
Bengal, it remained feeble on the whole over its rising off the Orissa-Circars coast on the
field of action right upto the end of the third
6th
September which moved northwestwards and
week. Two depressions which formed at the filled up over the east United Province on
head of the Bay in the last week invigorated the the
11th, was responsible for strong monsoon in
current, and extending the monsoon into Bihar Lower Burma, central parts of the country,
and Orissa, gave normal rainfall for the month in east Rajputana and east United Province.
Burma and Northeast India. The depressions The movement westwards of a low pressure
were also responsible for heavy rains in the Assam wave from Burma over the Bay resulted in the
Hills, which raised severe floods in the Brahma- formation of a shallow depression off the
putra River and caused damage to life and Chittagong-Arakan coast on the 17th. It
property in some of the riverside districts of developed later into a storm which traversed the
Assam and southeast Bengal Averaged over the country westnorthwestwards and filled up over
plains of India the total fall for the month was the west Central Province on the 23rd. Though
9.09 inches, 4 per cent, in excess. the Bay monsoon weakened thereafter, it gave
July.Under the influence of two Bay monthwidespreadfairly
over
rains right upto the end of the
own
depressions one which had formed at the end Peninsula
itsof action.
field
In the
the monsoon current remained
of the previous month, and moving northwest- markedly feeble during most days of the month
wards filled up over the central parts of the and withdrew from northwest India about the
country about the 4th July, and the other which middle of the month. Averaged over the plains
formed about the 7th July and disappeared of India the total
over Bihar and north Bengal on the 10th July
fall for the month
was 8.11 inches, 9 per cent, in excess of the
the monsoon maintained its activity during normal.
the period practically over the whole country
except in the south of the Peninsula. Thereafter
though the Bay current continued active in

October. The chief features of the month
were the early recession of the monsoon from
Burma, southeast Bengal, and in the hills and the Peninsula, northeast India, and Burma by
submontane regions from Assam to east Panjab, the 7th October, and occurrence all over the
the Arabian Sea current weakened over the country of thunder storms with heavy rains,
Peninsula and central and northwest India. which are usually associated with periods of
In the third week a low pressure wave which transitions of the S. W. and N. E. monsoons.
crossed over from Burma over the north of The total rainfall for the month averaged over
the Bay into Chota Nagpur and Orissa, streng- the plains of India was 3.53 inches, 2 per cent
thened, both the branches of the monsoon in excess.
338 Monsoon of 1934.

The total rainfall for the season June to September averaged over the plains of India
was 42.9 inches, 9 per cent, in excess of the normal. The following table gives detailed
information of the seasonal rainfall of the period.
Rainfall, June to September, 1934.
DIVISIONS.
Percentage
Departure Departure
Actual. Normal. from from
Normal. Normal.
Inches. Inches. Inches.
a
q 0
Burma 90.1 86 5 i
~r o . + 4
A1 n a
Assam . . . . . . . 61 7 1 i
+ 1
Bengal 57 2 60 6 6
JjkllaL <*llu. vilBSa .. . . . . . 42.8 45.1 2 3 o
Q
United [Provinces . . . . . . . 39.1 36 .
l ft
+ o
Q
Punjab 15 4 1
+ 9
Northwest Frontier Province A O

4 Q
.
zt Q u 0 . 12
7. 3 4.7 -f- OD
l&ajputana . 27. 5 18 .
-t-
i
q
*
4-
+ 52
Bombay 38.8 33.8 + 5.0 + 15
Central India 49.6 33.8 + 15.8 + 47
Central Provinces 54.6 40.8 + 13.8 + 34
Hyderabad 28.1 26.2 + 1.9 + 7
Mysore 8.8 15.5 6.7 43
Madras 22.2 26.0 3.8 15
42.9 39.5 + 3.4 + 9

339
Famine.
To the student of Indian administration lightened the pressure on the
nothing soil. The relation
in
is more remarkable than the manner
which great problems arise, produce a corres-
a
?Ll 'u
mL
t0 9* <l uesti on of Indian administra-
tion has therefore changed. In an
ponding outburst of official activity to meet exceptionally
bad year it may create administrative
them and then fall into the background. This dim.
cumes; it has ceased to be an
general truth is illustrated by a study of the administrative
and social problem.
history of famine in India. For nearly forty
years it was the bogey of the Indian administra-
tor. The forecasts of the rains were studied Famine under Native Rule.
with acute anxiety. The actual progress of a mi
the rains was followed with no less anxiety, a n^
and f ?^Terwhen
frightful l fre(* uen t
under Native rule,
came. "In 1630 "
they
and at the first signs of a bad or poor season yS Wil Iia
the famine relief machinery was furnished up and of ^
Brmsh T u Ia the History
WhJ
prepared for any emergency. The reason for ?io I ' \ calamity fell upon
lch enables us t0 valise the
this is clear if we examine for a brief space the
?~V^
-
ing of the word famine in India

economic condition of the Indian peasantry. under Native ,
ru e. Whole cities and districts
Nearly three-quarters of the people are directly were left bare of inhabitants."
In 1631 a
dependent on agriculture for their daily bread. merchant reported that only eleven of Dutch
Very much of chis agriculture is dependent on the 260
e at Wal y survived He
the seasonal rains for its existence. Immense llô l l Urati C ered . found the road
areas in the Bombay Presidency, Madras, the
United Provinces and Central India are in a
on ^/h. J J
the highway where they died,
with bodi *s decaying
there bein*
bU t em
region of erratic and uncertain rainfall. The
rainy season is short and if for any natural rea-
crowded * city, he Fi?
' mSurat, thU g^t and
could hardly see any living
bUt " tY e cor Pses at the corner
son there is a weakness, or absence, of the , of th!
streets he j
twenty l
together, nobody
rain-bearing currents, then there is either a poor them. Thirty thousand had perished burying
harvest or no harvest at all. In Western lands town alone. Pestilence followed famine."in the
everyone is acquainted with the difference Cher historical evidence was Fur-
between a good and a poor season, but western adduced by Sir
Theodore Morrison in his volume on the
countries offer no parallel to India, where in mic Transition of India. It has Econo-
an exceptionally bad year wide tracts of thickly come to be seen
^
s
that whilst railways have checked

populated land may not produce even a blade the oid-
PI 1Ce
of grass. In the old days there were no rail- tt?hPV
lages S? f *} 0Tin in the Ul-
they have made the reserves,
ways to distribute the surplus of one part of where
India to the districts where the crop had failed
There were often no roads. The irrigation
works were few and were themselves generally
S
they exist, available for the whole of
S
f *
a
e
fcbe re 18 now n such
;
H?
,
e co UIitry always produces
u
f0 the whole of the population;
thing
India
as a
enough
In
'food
dependent on the rainf al 1 for their reserves. The w hl /C S 18 a mo

famine
people lived from hand to mouth and had no of th.% o^
8 00
?! y famine and the task
6 ^* 0 P r o vi ding the means
store of food to fall back upon. Nor had they
any credit. In the old days then they died those^^V
for ?hn!p ,
affected ?^
by drought to earn enough
Commencing with the Orissa famine in 1865-67 d The machinerv whereby this is
done LnKbe examined
donp will -
-
after we have seen the

y? e Government of India assumed responsibi- experiences through which it was
f or the saving of human life in
such crises evolved.
II
.After the famine of 1899-1900 this
responsibi-
lity was also shouldered by the Indian History of Recent Famines.
States.
Stage by stage this responsibility was expressed
The Orissa famine of 1865-67 may be
in the evolution of a remarkable system
of fa- as the starting point because
taken
mine relief covering the whole field. But now that induced to
hrst great and organised effort
that machinery has reached a to combat dis-
remarkable tress through State agency. It
degree of perfection, it is rusting in the affected 180 000
official square miles and
armouries, because the conditions have changed 47,500,000 people. The Bengal
The whole of India is covered with a network (government was a little slow in appreciating
of need for action, but late food
the
railways, which distributes the produce was poured into
of the the district in prodigious
lOil to the centres where food is quantities. Thirtv-
required. The five million units
extension of irrigation has enormously were relieved (a unit is one
increased person supported for one
the product of the soil and rendered day)at a cost 95 lakhs
large areas The mortality was very
much less dependent on the monsoon rainfall heavy, and it is estimated
At the same time the scientific study of the
that a million people or one-third of the popu-
lems of Indian agriculture has raised
prob- d e<
*H i
the capacitv by the Madras
m
rlssa alone -
9famine Thi8 wa s followed
>f even the "dry" zones. of 1866, and the famine
The peasantry has in Western India of
iccumulated a certain reserve against the 1868-70. The latter famine
rain- introduced India to the
great migration from
^^11 iTom,
panied the period
Prosperity which accom- Marwar which
of high prices. The rapid
was such a distinguishing feature
ipread of the co-operative credit
jas mobilised and strengthened
1^. m fa
movement out of a ftotal i
ne of 1899-1900 ; it is estimated that
population of a million and a half
rural credit in Marwar, one
me spread of manufacturing enterprise paiUion emigrated. There was
has famine in Behar in 1873-74, then
came the great
340 Famine Policy.
South Indian Famine of 1876-78. This affected Provinces, Berar, Bombay, Ajmer, and the
Madras, Mysore, Hyderabad and Bombay for j
Hissar district of the Punjab famine was acute :
two years and in the second year extended to it was intense in Rajputana, Baroda, Central
parts of the Central and United Provinces and India, Hyderabad and Kathiawar. It was
|
to a small tract in the Punjab. The total area marked by several distinctive features. The
j
affected was 257,000 square miles and the popu- rainfall over the whole of India was in extreme
lation 58,500,000. Warned by the excessive defect, being eleven inches below the mean,
I
expenditure in Behar and actuated by the desire In several localities there was practically no
to secure economy the Government relief pro- rain, There was in consequence a great fodder
gramme was not entirely successful. The excess famine, with a terrible mortality amongst
mortality in this famine is said to have been the cattle. The water supply was deficient,
5,250,000 in British territory alone. Through- Qnrl brought
and n crop
hTVMirrVtf a îffi n U; nn S_ Si.- 4.
nrAn oft difficulties !_
in its train,
/->
out British India 700,000,000 units were relieved Then districts like Gujarat, where famine had
!
at a cost of Us. 8J crores. Charitable contri-j been unknown for so many years that the loca-
butions from Great Britain and the Colonies lity was thought to be famine immune, were
I
aggregated Rs. 84 lakhs. affected ; the people here being softened by

I
.
prosperity, clung to their villages, in the hope
The Famine Codes.
j
of saving their cattle, and came within the

I
The experiences of this famine showed the ! C0 P e of ,.tiie reAlief wor ks wnen it was too lat*
1
necessity of placingrelief on an organised basis, g> ve llfe

A very large area f the Indian -
,
m
.
The first great Famine Commission which sat ftates was affected, and the Marwans swept
j
under the presidency of Sir Richard Strachey, ? om their

!
impoverished land right through
elaborated the Famine Codes, which amended 5 enfc raJ. lndla like a horde of locusts, leaving .
i_ 1 1 i ... desolation J
n their
in ^ rrom
train. tp fnooo
For these reasons '
to meet later experience, form the basis of the
famine relief system to-day. They recommend- relief had to be given on an unprecedented
ed O) that employment should be given on the scale. At the end of July 4,500,000 persons
relief works to the able-bodied, at a wage suffi- were supported by the State, Bs. 10 crores
cient for support, on the condition of perform were spent on relief, and the total cost was
;
ing a suitable task; and (2) that gratuitous re- estimated at Rs. 15 crores. The famine was
j
lief should be given in their villages or in'poor SS?,.*!? by widespread acceptance by

^? t Ji
houses to those who are unable to work. They in< " n states of the duty hitherto shouldered
I
by government
I
recommended that the food supply should be tne

' of India alone the supreme
left to private agency, except where that was responsibility of saving
I
human life. Aided
unequal to the demands upon it. They advised ? y,,/ oan to the extent of Rs 3* crores the L
that the land-owning classes should be assisted Indian f ta ês did a great deal to bring their
m
I .
by loans, and by general suspensions of revenue admmist Fa tion mt o l * that in British

In proportion to the crop failure. In sending a IP
dla i
Although actual deaths from starva-

^
!
'
FamineCode to the provincial governments, u? n ;

re insignificant, the extensive outbreaks
the Government of India laid down as the of .Solera and the devastating epidemic of
cardinal feature of their policy that the famine maIar,a which followed the advent of the rains
wage " is the lowest amount sufficient to main- ûced a famine mortality of approximately
tain health under given circumstances. a milllo n. The experiences of this famine
Whilst
the duty of Government is to save life, it is not were collated by the Commission presided over
bound to maintain the labouring population b y Slr A.nt ? ny. MacDonnell. This Commis-
.
at its normal level of comfort." Provincial slon re te tha * takm 8 the famine period P? A
codes were drawn up, and were tested bv the as a whole the relief given was excessive, and
.
famine of 1896-97. In that 307,000 s 5 uare IaT o oown certain modified lines. The cardinal
miles were affected, with a population of'If 8 ?
69,500,000. The numbers relieved exceeded P401JLtlng out that if the people were assisted
!
.^
of * he ir P h y was moral strategy.
,
4.
4,000,000 at the time of greatest distress. The a#t t? e start they would help themselves, whilst .
cost of famine relief was Rs. 71 crores, revenue if

j
1
their condition were allowed to deteriorate
Proceeded on a declining scale, they placed
was remitted to the extent of Rs. Ucrore r
and loans given aggregating Rs. If crore. The n\ the forefront of their programme the neces-
charitable relief fund amounted to about Rs. 11 slt y of putting heart into the people." The
crore, of which Rs. 1* crore was subscribed machinery suggested for this purpose was the
j
in the United Kingdom. The actual famine Prompt and liberal distribution of taccavi loans,
e ea y suspension of revenue, and a policy
mortality in British India was estimated at ? ^
750,000. The experiences of this famine were \ P rude nt boldness, starting from the prepa-
examined by a Commission under Sir James rat
!
on of a large and expansive plan of relief
Lyall, which reported that the success attained an secured by liberal preparations, constant
l
in saving life and the relief of distress was vigilance, and a full enlistment of non-official
greater than had ever been recorded in famines. h elp ' Tne wa ^ e scale was revised
.
the mi- ;
comparable with it in severity, and that the nimum wage was abolished in the case of able-
expense was moderate. But before the Locai bodied workers; payments by results were
Governments had been given time to digest recommended; and proposals were made
the proposals of this Commission or the people for saving cattle,
to recover from the stock, the great famine
of 1899-1900 supervened. The modern system.
The Famine of 1899-1900. The Government of India are now In posses-
m. *
Thisn ,famine affected
,
.
nnn ., 8ion of complete machinery to combat the I
475,000 square miles with effects of drought. In ordinary times Govern-
a population of 59,500,000. In the Central ment is kept informed
of the meteorologlca I
Famine Reliej. 341
conditions and the state of the crops : pro- The Outlook.
grammes tf suitable relief works are kept up-
to-date, the country is mapped into relief Such in brief is the official programme
circles, reserves of tools and plant are stocked and organisation which has been built up
If the rains fail, policy is at once declared, out of the experience and practice of the
non-officials are enlisted, revenue suspended past. Yet everything goes to show that Govern-
and loans for agricultural purposes made. ment activity to save human life will never be
Test works are then opened, and if labour in wanted in the future on the colossal scale of for-
considerable quantities is attracted, they are mer times, even so recently as 1899-1900. Each
converted into relief works on Code principles. succeeding failure of the rains indicates that
Poor houses are opened and gratuitous relief there has been in silent progress an economic
given to the infirm. On the advent of the revolution in India. In the year 1918
rains the people are moved from the large the rains failed more seriously and over a
works to small works near their villages, liberal wider area than during any monsoon in the
advances are made to agriculturists for the recent history of India. The deficiency in the
purchase of plough, cattle and seed. When rainfall was more marked than in the great
the principal autumn crop is ripe, the few re- famine of 1899. Yet such was the increased
maining works are gradually closed and gratui- resisting power of the people that instead of a
tous relief ceases. All this time the medical demand for State relief from over five millions,
staff is kept in readiness to deal with cholera the maximum number at any time in receipt of
which so often accompanies famine, and ma- public assistance was never so large as six hun-
laria, which generally supervenes when the dred thousand. The shock to the social life of
rains break. the community was insignificant ; the effects of
the drought completely disappeared with the
Famine Protection. good rains of the following year.
Side by side with the perfection of the ma-
chinery for the relief of famine has gone the Increased Resisting Power.
development of famine protection. The Fa- The causes of this economic change in the con-
mine Commission of 1880 stated that the best, ditions of India, whose influence is widespread
and often the only means of securing protec- are many. We can only briefly indicate them
tion from the extreme effects of famine and here. There is a much greater mobility in Indian
drought, are railways and irrigation. These labour. Formerly when the rains f ailed the ryot
are of two classes, productive and protective. clung to his village until State relief in one form
Productive works being estimated to yield or another was brought almost to his doors.
profits which will pay interest and sinking Now at the first sign of the failure of the rains he
fund charges are met from loans ; protective girds up his loins and goes in search of employ-
works, which do not pay, directly from revenue. ment in one of the industrial centres, where
In order to guarantee that there should be the supply of labour is, when general economic
continuous progress with protective works, conditions are normal, rarely equal to the
the Famine Insurance Grant was instituted demand, or on the constructional works which
In 1876. It was decided to set apart from the ire always in progress either through State or
general revenues Rs. 1 crores annually or private agency in the country. Then the ryot
one million sterling. The first charge on this generally commands some store of value,
grant is famine relief, the second protective often mistermed a hoard. The balance of
works, the third the avoidance of debt. The exports in favour of India in normal times is
chain of protective railways is now practically approximately 50 millions a year. The gold
complete. Great progress is being made with and silver bullion in which this is largely liquid-
protective irrigation. Acting on the advice ated is distributed all over the country, in small
of the Irrigation Commission an elaborate pro- sums or in ornaments, which can be drawn upon
gramme of protective irrigation works has in an emergency. The prodigious coining of
been constructed, particularly in the Bombay rupees during the last two years of the war, and

Deccan the most famine-3usceptible district the continuous absorption of gold by India, re-
in India and in the Central Provinces. present small diffused savings, which take this
form owing to the absence of banking institutions
Under the Statutory Rules framed under and lack of confidence in the banking system.
the Government of India Act of 1919, There has been a large extension of irrigation.
Provincial Governments (except Burma and More than one-third of the land in the Punjab
Assam) are required to contribute from their is now under irrigation, and in other Provinces,
resources a fixed sum every year for expendi- particularly in the famine-susceptible tract*
ture on famine. These annual assignments of the Bombay Deccan, irrigation works have
can be expended on relief of famine only, been constructed, which break the shock of a
the sum not required for this purpose is utilised failure of the rains. The natural growth of the
In building up a Famine Relief Fund. The population was for some years reduced by plague
Fund provides, as its main and primary object, and famine diseases, followed by the great influ-
for expenditure on Famine Relief proper, the enza epidemic of 1918-19, which swept off five
word " Famine " being held to cover famine millions of people. This prevented the increase
due to drought or other natural calamities. of congestion, but brought some areas
The balance at the credit of the Fund is particularly in the Indian States, below their
regarded as invested with the Governor- former population-supporting capacity.
General In Council and is available for expen- (The 1931 census showed an increase of over
diture on famine, when necessary and, under 30 million in the population since 1921.)
certain restrictions, on protective and other The increase of railways distributes the
works for relief of famine. resources of the country with ease ; the spread
342 Famine Trust.
pi the co-operative
credit movement has S Auditor-General in India, is the
^S^J^Jdevelopment
considerable of
credit *
FinalI y> there is the becrefcaryif <fe
A'
manufacturing endowmennt of Rs.
Treasurer of the Trust. The
hlcl is generally short of labour and 32,59,600 above mentioned
wSEfF' t
? ^ is permanently invested and
ab rb the sur P lu s of a famine year. taken the principal never
Wtulst ?u
wlS? the ?P
for
Government is completely equipped utilised for expenditure. The income from it is
with a famine code, there is no reason relief work as necessary and unexpen-
to suppose ded balances are temporarily
S
m
th re
met*\
U
,V 1
W
can now be efficiently accumulated when expenditure is
by the liberal distribution of tagavi, the
invested, so as to
^ er recur such an emergsnc? as make available in years of trouble savings
/ Q n eFamine
not necessary,
lhe temporary investments in Government
suspension and remission of the land
revenue Securities at the end of 1934
demand, the relief of the aged and others stood at
Rs.
anno work > the Provision of cheap fodder same3,144-0-0 and the cash balance at the
,f L time was Rs. 14,615-6-2, so that the total
^
for the cattle, with possibly
^^
,
some assistance available for expenditure at

118 the commencement
iJnSf
11
!** 116 6 Population of the of 1935 was Rs. 17,759-6-2.
famine-affected tract to the industrial
centres
m a
mp.
reased resisting power of the The whole conditions to meet which the Trust
people
,
was founded have changed in recent years.
This
of 1920-21, which was due to the failure of is the result of the improved policy of
Govern-
m
i9lo
0
^*^
toward s
The dl tr ess which
ni ia*n >enBstf ed
, .
the end of the year
.
appeared in the end

ment
rence
in regard to famine relief and
m of the diffe-
the meaning of the word famine in con-
sequence of the improvement of transport com-
during the earJ y months of
?ooi d ^lar i
munications and other factors affected by
iJ? famine was declared in parts .
modern progress. An area stricken by failure

Sai^S^?'an# ^^y*.
Ca d 1 * tress P re vailed also in of seasonal rains now obtains supplies
SnSSS t from other
Bengal, Punjab andJ Central India. The largest regions in a manner impossible before
-
<
the deve-
number of persons on relief of all kinds lopment of railways and of modern marketing
not exceed 0-45 million which did
practice and Government help its
was consider- people by
a y 8 S ha f the total
loans given direct or through
Co-operative
i! o Q ? 53? ?
hp area population of
the ft
affected by the failure of the monsoon. bocieties to tide them over the period
of scarcity,
lhe experience of successive visitations
of
The Indian People's Famine Trust. scarcity in different parts of the
country also
proves that the general economic progress of
Outside the Government programme the
there people makes them able to meet temporary
is always sx>pe for private philanthropy, periods of stress in a manner formerly unima-
especially m
the provision of clothes, help for ginable. Famine in the old terrible
sense of the
the superior class poor who cannot term has in fact ceased to occur. This was
accept well
Government aid, and in assisting in the rehabi- lUustrated by the events of 1919, when
litation of the cultivators when the the land
rains suffered from a failure of the rains
At every great famine large sums havebreak. more general
throughout India and worse in degree than any
been
subscribed, particularly in the United previously recorded by the Meteorological
Kingdom, De-
for this purpose, and in 1899-1900 partment but the crisis was borne with a mini-
the people
ol the United States gave generous help.
With mum of suffering. The demands upon
the
the idea of providing a permanent Famine Trust have consequently so greatly
famine
fund, the Maharaja of Jaipur gave diminished in their original sense that hardly
in 1900 a
sum of Rs. 15 lakhs, in Government securities an,y mo êy is now distributed from it for
to be held in trust for the purposes the
of charit- relief of famine in the proper sense
of the word,
able relief m
seasons of general distress. resulting from rain failure and expenditure
has
T
Ea 2fiiom2

F d in a few years increased to mainly become grants of assistance to sufferers
from floods. The total expenditure upon real
n?^m
. .
193 Jt incre ased further

to 'iff 8 > ?q
'
2, 59,600
^ t
the invested famine in the old sense was only Rs.
t? ? *. balances of the 50,000
United Provinces Famine Orphans' fund being during the year 1929, while expenditure on
relief
transferred to the Trust. It is officially of distress caused by floods was Rs.
called 4,75,000
e nd lan People's Famine Trust, and was in the same year. The terms of the Trust
^.l .
fortunately, permit of management
constituted under the Charitable Endowment on lines
Act according with modern needs.
lhe income of the Trust is administered
it
Dy a . u
board of management consisting of 13
members appointed from different provinces In 1934 a grant of Rs. 8 lakhs was given
lor the relief and distress caused
and Indian States, Sir Ernest BurdonT by the great
k.c.i.e. Earthquakes in Bihar & Orissa.
Famine Trust. 343
ooo
o oo cooooocooo
cooooocooo
O i5 O iO to -ooootôo
>
. CO
.CO (M
COO
O 00 r-T
CO CM
O iO CM O
O^CM I
ift
H g P3 ^ I
r-T ' r-T
1
1"=
IP
2 0
0
2,25,000l
2
0 0

O *
\a
O ... .CM I I .]
r-T t-T
0
0
1,00,000
50,000 0 1,75,000|
CM
Rs.
o
o o
o 0
o o 0 rS
0 .2*
to
S : : : : :
: : 3 : : :
CM
CO
gig 38,593
3,305
21,480
50,000
*25,000 10,655
OS
d
'>
3,00,000
O
O
Rs. 'i,00,000
'
H>
(c) (c)
(c) (c)

0
0
40,000
::::
11} i\ \\ i il ;
1,00,000 8,25,000 10,15,000|
OS ^ <
O OOO
OMOOON Ol
O 00 o 00
o o CM
o r-T 10 o oTi-T
co
Ph ;h 1
COrrt A CM lOrrj OJp^

CM OJ S CM O
- ^
bo'
O g 2 dO g rHM
cd *h . c3 . .
CM t> rH vO ?o 00
10 co co ci
CO vO CO CO
H
O OS CM CM OS rH
CM 00 Ok iO
COCMCOOSCOiocO-t*
CO *J O CO H< CM l> CO
O^COCMcOr^COOO
^ CM CM
00 < 2^ o
1=1
l2 (=1
H CM CO Hi 10 CO
rH tH rH rH HH (MCMOJCOCOCOCOCO
HHHH !i
OS OS OS OS OS OS 5 OSOSOSOSOSOSOSOS
"" ,H -HrH
2
tH rH rH rH rH tH rH tH
344
Hydro-Electric Development.
India promises to be one of the leading coun- power, of which only some 285,000 h. p. is sup-
tries of the world in regard to the development plied by electricity from steam, oil or water
of hydro-electric power and great strides in this the water power so far actually in sight amounts
direction have already been made. India not to if million horse-power, but this excludes
only specially lends itself to projects Of the practically all the great rivers, which are at pre-
kind, but peremptorily demands them. Cheap sent uninvestigated. Thus the minimum flow of
motive power is one of the secrets of successful the seven great rivers eastward from the Indus
industrial development and the favourable is stated to be capable of
giving not less than
initial conditions caused by the war, the three million horse-power for every thousand
enthusiasm for industrial development which has feet of from the
fall Himalayas, while
seized nearly all classes of educated Indians, similar considerations apply to rivers in other
and the special attention which the circum- parts. Some doubt is expressed as to the
stances of the war have compelled Government estimate of seven million horse-power in the
to direct towards the scientific utilisation Irrawaddy and Chindwin rivers, given in the
of Indian natural resources all point to a rapid report of the London Conjoint Board of Scien-
growth of industrial enterprise in all parts of tific Studies.
India within the next few years. Indeed, the
process, for which sound foundations had been The Report points out that the Bombav
laid before the war, is now rapidly under way. Presidency holds a unique position owing to its
India is severely handicapped compared with great existing and projected schemes at
other lands as regards the generation of power Lonavla, the Andhra Valley, the Nila Mula and
by the consumption of fuel, coal or oil. These the Koyna Valley and has the still greater
commodities are all difficult to obtain, and advantage of possessing a firm ready to develop
costly in India except in a few favoured areas. its resources.
Coal supplies, for example, are chiefly centred
in Bengal and Chota Nagpur and the cost of Bombay Hydro-Electric Works.
transport is heavy. Water power and its The greatest Hydro- Electric undertakings in
transmission by electricity offer, on the other India are the three schemes developed and
hand, immense possibilities, both as regards brought into operation by Tata Sons, Ltd., and
the quantity available and the cheapness at continued under their management until 1929,
which the power can be rendered, in all parts when they were transferred to the management
of India. of the Tata Hydro Electric Agencies, Ltd., in
which Messrs. Tata Sons retained a substantial
Water power schemes, pure and simple, are interest. These undertakings are :
generally difficult in India, because the power (a) The Tata Hydro Elec-
needs to be continuous, while the rainfall is only tric Power Supply
during a small portion of the year. Perennial Company, Ltd. . Started in 1915.
.
rivers with sufficient water throughout the year
are practically non-existent in India. Water, (b) The Andhra Valley
therefore, must be stored for use during the dry Electric Power Sup-
season. Favourable sites for this exist in many ply Company, Ltd. ,, ,, 1922.
parts in the mountainous and hilly regions (c) The Tata Power Com-
where the heaviest rainfalls occur and the pany, Ltd. .. 1927.
progress already made in utilising such op- These Hydro Electric schemes have a com-
portunities by the electrical transmission of bined norma] capacity of 246,000 H.P. \
and I
power affords high encouragement for the provide electrical energy for the City of Bombay,
future. Further, hydro-electric schemes can Bombay suburbs, Thana, Kalyan j
and Greater
frequently be associated with important irriga- Poona. ]
tion projects, the water being first used to

drive the turbines at the generating stations Bombay, after London, is the second largest
and then distributed over the fields. City in the British Empire and is the largest
manufacturing centre in India. Its population in-
The Industrial Commission emphasized the cluding suburbs at the 1931 census was 1,326,313
necessity for a Hydrographic Survey of India. with a total population of approximately
On this recommendation the Government 1,600,000 in all of the areas served by these
of India in 1918 appointed the late Mr. G. T companies. Its cotton mills and other factories
Barlow, C.I.E., then Chief Engineer, Irrigation consume about 150,000 H.P., which until these
Branch, United Provinces, to undertake the Hydro Electric schemes came into operation, was
work, associating with him Mr. J. W. Meares, entirely produced by thermal stations using
M.I.C.E., Electrical Adviser to the Government fuel coming from great distances.
of India. Mr. Barlow died, but Mr. Meares The favourable position of the Western Ghats
issued a preliminary report in September, 1919, which rise to a height of more than 2,000 feet
summarising the state of knowledge of the above sea-level within a few miles of Bombay,
problem in India and outlining a programme City situated on the shores of the Arabian sea
of investigation to be undertaken in the course with their heavy rainfalls was taken full advan-
of the inquiry. Mr. Meares showed that industries tage of for providing Bombay City and vicinity
In India absorbed over a million horse with an adequate and economical power supply.
Hydro-Electric Development. 345
The hydraulic works of the Tata Hydro advantages Bombay has a great manufacturing,
Electric Power Supply Company are situated trading and shipping centre.
near Lonavla at the top of the Bhor Ghats.
The monsoon rainfall is stored in three lakes,
namely, Lonavla, Walwan and Shirawta, from Mysore Hydro Electric Works.
which it is conveyed in open masonry canals to The first Hydro Electric Scheme
of any magni-
the Forebay at Khandala and thence through tude undertaken in India or indeed in the East,
steel pipes to the Power House at Khopoli at was that on the Cauvery River in Mysore
the foot of the Ghats, where the head at turbine State, which with its generating station, trans-
nozzles is 1,750 feet or approximately 750 lbs. mission line and distributing system was in-
per sq. inch. The normal capacity of the Power augurated in 1902.
Station at Khopoli is 48,000KW or 64,800 H.P.
This scheme was formally opened by H.E. The The Cauvery River rises in the district of
Governor of Bombay on the 8th of February Coorg in the Western Ghats and flows across
Mysore State. The principal object of this
scheme was the supply of power to the
Investigations in 1917-18 led to the discovery Mining companies on the Colar Gold Field,
of a site on the Andhra River just to the North about 92 miles from Sivasamudram, the site of
of the Tata Hydro Electric Supply Company's the generating station. This transmission line
lakes, where an additional 48,000 KW (or was for a number of years the longest line in
64,300 H.P.) could be developed. These Asia. Since 1902 the supply of electrical
investigations resulted in the formation of energy from Sivasamudram has been provided
the Andhra Valley Power Supply Co. and for Bangalore and Mysore cities and about 200
the construction of the schemes, the principal other towns and villages in the South- Eastern
features of which consist* 1 of a reservoir Half of the State.
formed by a dam about 190 feet high, across
the Andhra River and a tunnel 8,700 feet The initial undertaking has constantly been
long driven through solid trap rock to the scarp expanded so that its total capacitv now stands at
of the Ghats, from which the water is taken in 46,000 E.H.P. This is the maximum obtainable
steel pipes 4,600 feet long to the turbines in the from the water available. This great increase
generating station at Bhivpuri. The head of has been made possible by the construction of
water at turbine nozzles is 1,750 feet or approxi- the Krishnarajasagar reservoir near Mvsore City,
mately 750 lbs. per sq. inch. The electrical which has a capacity of 44,000 million cubic feet
energy is transmitted to Bombay over a trans- of storage above the minimum draw off.
mission line 56 miles long for augmenting the
supply from Khopoli. The number of the consumers of all classes
continues to increase rapidly every year with
The Tata Power Company's scheme on the greatly increased demands. The Government
Kila-Mula River to the South- East of Bombay of Mysore have encouraged this growth in
was investigated and developed along lines the use of electrical energy and have made a
similar to the Andra Valley scheme and has a survey of Hydro Power resources of the State
normal installed capacity of 87,000 KW
or and prepared plans for the construction
117,000 HP. The power is transmitted to of a second generating station at the most
Bombay over a transmission line 76 miles long economical site.
and is used to augment the supply of the two
earlier companies to mills, factories and The more important sites where a Hydro
railways. Electric power station can be constructed are
Mekadatu, the Shimshaw Falls, the Krishnaraja-
The Tata Hydro Electric Power Supply Co., sagar and the Jog Falls (the Gersoppa Falls).
The Andhra Valley Power Supply Co. and the These power sites provide Mysore State with
Tata Power Company operating as a unit under ample hydro power resources to meet the re-
one management supply the whole of the quirements of the State for a long time to come.
electrical energy required by the Bombay
Electric Supply & Tramways Co. Ltd., the
majority of the mills and industries in Bombay Works in Madras.
City, the B. B. & C. I. Railway for their suburban
The PykaraHydro- Electric Scheme an
electrification the whole of the energy required
by the G. I. P. Railway in Bombay City and for undertaking of the Madras Government, was
their main line traction up to Kalyan, the whole
commenced at the end of 1929, the first
stage of the project being completed at the
of the electrical energy required by the Poona
end of 1932. The waters utilised for the deve-
Electric Supply Company and the distributing
licensees in Thana, Kalyan and the Bombay
lopment of the scheme are taken from the
suburbs.
Pykara river which drains from the Nilgiri
Plateau having a catchment area of nearly 42
These three schemes operating as a unit under
sq. miles. The average rainfall in the area is
one management provide an adequate and 110 in. per annum, the rainfall varying consider-
ably at various points.
economical power supply in the areas mentioned
above for all purposes. The rate for energy The natural head available exceeds 4,000 ft;,
delivered to the Mills, Factories and Railways which is higher than any other in the British
has, for several years,
shown a steady decrease Empire or America. A number of suitable
and now averages 0.567 of an anna per unit, reservoir sites are available with a total capacity
which downward trend will continue as industries of about 3,000,000,000 cubic ft., which will be
develop and individual consumptions increase. utilised as required by the loadgrowth.
This power supply greatly enhances the natural With full storage, 90,000 H.P. can be developed
346 Hydro-Electric Development.
in addition to the 30,000 H.P. from the tail The generators will operate at 11,000 volts, 50
water at a lower site where a further drop of cycles,having a normal rating of 12,500 K.V.A.
I, 000 ft. can be obtained. each. They will be specially designed for
transmitting power eventually to Madras.
The present head utilised is only 3,080 ft.,
developing a maximum of 22,000 H.P. A
large forebay of 58,000,000 cubic ft. capacity
Works in Kashmir.
and another reservoir of 26,000,000 cubic feet
provide the requisite storage. Water from the
A scheme of much importance from its
intake of the river is led by a flume to the
size, but more interesting because
forebay from whence it is led through a single
of the developments that may be expected
steel pipe to a surge pipe at the head of the
from it than for the part which its
penstock consisting of two pipes, each in three current supply already plays in the life of the
sections of 27 in., 24 in., and 21 in. in diameter countryside, is one installed a few years ago
and 9,100 ft. in length. by the Kashmir Durbar, utilising the River
Jhelum, near Baramulla, which lies thirty-
four miles north-west of Srinagar. The head
Three sets of direct coupled turbo-generators works of the Jhelum power installation are
of 10,900 H.P. each generate 3 phase, 50 cycles,
situated six and a half miles from the power
II, 000 volts, which is taken through 110/66/11
house and the main connection between the
K.V. 7,810 K.V.A. transformers and switchgear two is a great timber flume. These works and
in the yard of the generating station, and trans-
the forebay at the delivery end of the flume have
mitted to the receiving station at Coimbator a capacity for carrying water sufficient for the
50 miles away by a double circuit transmission generation of 20,000 electrical horse power.
lines.
Four pipes 600 feet long lead from the forebay
to the power house, and from forebay to water-
The engineering features of the Mettur wheel there is an effective head of 395 feet.
Hydro Electric Scheme provide an interesting There are four vertical waterwheels, each
contrast to the Pykara Hydro Electric Scheme coupled on the same shaft to a 1,000 k.w.,
now in operation. The Mettur (Stanley) Dam, 3-phase, 2,300 volt, 25-period generator running
one of the largest structures of its kind in the at 500 r.p.m., and each unit is capable of taking
world, is 176 feet high and can impound a total a 25 per cent, overload, which the generator
of 93,500 million cubic feet of water. This end is guaranteed to maintain with safety for
storage is primarily for irrigation purposes, but two hours. The power house is of sufficient
the water let down for irrigation is also to be capacity to allow of 15,000 k.w. generating
utilised to the best advantage for the generation plant being installed within it. Two trans-
of hydro- electric power. mission lines run side by side as far as Baramulla,
21 miles distant, at which point one terminates.
During the construction of the dam four pipes The other continues to Srinagar, a further 34
8 6 feet in diameter were built into the struc-
. miles. The installation at Baramulla was
ture and equipped with the necessary valves, originally utilised for three floating dredgers
gates, screens, and other fittings. The function and two floating derricks, for dredging the river
of these pipes was for surplussing from the and draining the swampy countryside and
reservoir during the latter part of the construc- rendering it available for cultivation. The
tion period, and for power generation afterwards. lighting of Baramulla has been taken
Each of these pipes represent about 15,000 in hand with satisfactory results and it is
horse-power awaiting development. Each pipe expected that the lighting demand will rapidly
is designed to discharge a maximum of 1,250 increase and that a small demand for power will
cusecs for power purposes. soon spring up. At Srinagar, the line terminates
at the State silk factory, where current is
The operating head will vary from 160 feet at supplied not only for driving machinery
full reservoir level to a normal minimum of 80 and for lighting, but for heating. The greater
feet. The average head will be 135 feet. Under part of Srinagar city is now electricically
such water conditions a minimum demand of lighted.
19,200 or 7,680 H.P. continuous may be met
without the assistance of other plants. Recent Progress.
It is proposed to install four double horizontal
Apart from the development of the projects
Francis turbo-generator sets of 15,000 horse- outlined above, the past few years have witnessed
power each, one of which will be spare. Only comparatively little progress in hydro- electric
two units are to be provided at first, the third works. The Mandi Project in the Punjab, which
will be added in the third, and the fourth in the
utilises the water of the Uhi river for the genera-
seventh year of operation, should load conditions tion of power with which a large number of towns
justify the additional generating capacity.
in that province will be electrified came into
operation in 1933. The scheme has been
The original scheme included four single formulated in three stages. The first is to
vertical units of 13,000 horse-power each but develop 48,000 horse-power from the ordi-
the Consulting Engineers to the Secretary of nary discharge of the river ; the second involves
State for India preferred the arrangement out- the formation of a storage reservoir by the
lined above and their recommendation was construction of a dam and would double the
adopted. The plant when completed will thus electrical output; whilst the third would
be capable of a maximum output of 60,000 utilize the same water several miles down-stream
horse-power. and provide an additional 64,000 horse-
Hydro-Electric Development,
power. Another interesting project is the financial considerations
it has now been inde-
hydro-electric grid scheme in the United Pro- finitely
shelved.
vinces which will carry electric power to a large
number of towns and villages and will, it is The fact that the Bombay Electric Supply
anticipated, assist greatly in the development of and Tramways Company has shut
down it's
rural areas. steam-driven generating plant and now takes
its supply in bulk from the various Tata
A small plant was completed and put Into companies is of note, and it is of more than pass-
operation at Naini Tal during 1923, and the ing interest
to note that the Poona Electric Supply
erection of another small plant was commenced Company
has recently adopted a similar course.
at Shillong, but otherwise there is nothing to This is
a phase of hydro- electric distribution
record. It is interesting to note, however, which
is quite in its infancy in India, but
that preliminary investigations are proceeding it is possible
to foresee the time when every
with a view to the erection of hydro-electric village within
a couple of hundred miles of
plants in various parts of India. In the tea a hydro-electric
power station will receive its
districts of Kalimpong and Kurseong, for supply of electric current in bulk, thus greatly
example, it is proposed to harness a promising reducing capital
and administrative charges
water-power site and to supply current to an and minimising the
price of current to the con-
important area in which are situated more thaD sumer. It is a
system which has become some-
two hundred tea factories. thing of a fine art in Califoruia, where current
is transmitted by overhead wires for many
The Sutlej Hydro-Electric Project, at one hundreds of
miles at a pressure of 200,000 volts
time appeared to be one of the most pro- or double
the pressure commonly employed in
mising propositions in the country, but owing to India for
overhead long-distance transmission
INTEREST TABLE.
From 5 to 12 per cent; on Rupees 100.
Calculated for 1 Year, 1 Month (Calendar), 1 Week, and 1 Day (365 Days to a Tear),
the Decimal Fraction of a Pie for the Day being shown for the Day.
Per cent, 1 Day. 1 Week. 1 Month. 1 Tear.
Its A. p. Rs. A. P. US. A. p. US. A. p.

5 0 0 2*630 0 1 6 0 6 8 5 0 0
6 0 0 3*156 0 1 10 0 8 0 6 0 0
7 0 0 3*682 0 2 1 0 9 4 7 0 0
8 0 0 4*208 0 2 5 0 10 8 8 0 0
9 0 0 4*734 0 2 9 0 12 0 9 0 0
10 0 0 5*260 0 3 0 0 13 4 10 0 0
11 0 0 6*786 0 3 4 0 14 8 11 0 0
12 0 0 6*312 0 3 8 1 0 0 12 0 0
348
A of the administration of India
field its incidence being distributed by the body of
profoundly affected by the Reforms of 1919 is superior proprietors, and a certain amount 0
that of local government. This is one of the collective responsibility still, as a rule, remains.
subjects transferred to Indian ministers, and The village site is owned by the proprietary body,
under their leadership considerable developments who allow residences to the tenantry, artisans,
have been essayed. On the whole, the progress traders and others. The waste land is allotted
of local government in India for the past quarter to the village, and, if wanted for cultivation, is
of a century has been disappointing. The greatest partitioned among the shareholders. The village
.successes have been won in the Presidency towns, government was originally by the punchayet or
and particularly by the Municipality of Bombay. group of heads of superior families. In later
The difficulties in the way of progress were times one or more headmen have been added to
manifest. Local government had to be a creation the organisation to represent the village in its
the devolution of authority from the Govern dealings with the local authorities ; but the arti-
ment to the local body, and that to a people who ficial character of this appointment, as compared
for centuries had been accustomed to autocratic with that which obtains in a raiyatwari village
administration. Again, the powers entrusted to is evidenced by the title of its holder,
which is
local bodies were insignificant and the financial generally lambardar, a vernacular derivative
support was small. There are however many from the English word number/ It 1 s thi s type
*
indications that the dry bones of the mofussil of village to which the well-known description
are stirring. in Sir H. Maine's Village Communities is alone
applicable, and here the co-proprietors are in
Throughout the greater part of India, the general a local oligarchy with the bulk of the
village constitutes the primary territorial unit village population as tenants of labourers under
of Government organisation, and from the them.
villages are built up the larger administrative
titles tahsils, sub-divisions, and districts. Village Autonomy.- The Indian villages
formerly possessed a large degree of local au-
"The typical Indian village has its central tonomy, since the native dynasties and their
residential site, with an open space for a pond local representatives did not, as a rule, concern
and a cattle stand. Stretching around this themselves with the individual cultivators, but
nucleus lie the village lands, consisting of a regarded the village as a whole, or some large
cultivated area and (very often) grounds for landholder as responsible for the payment of
grazing and wood-cutting The inhabitants of the Government revenues, and the maintenance
such a village pass their life in the midst of these of local order. This autonomy has now dis-
simple surroundings, welded together in a little appeared owing to the establishment of local,
community with its own organisation and govern- civil and criminal courts, the present revenue,
ment, which differ in character in the various and police organisation, the increase of com-
types of villages, its body of detailed customary munications, the growth of individualism, and
rules and its little staff of functionaries, artisans the operation of the individual raiyatwari system,
and traders. It should be noted, however, that which is extending even in the north of India.
in certain portions of India, e.g., in the greater Nevertheless, the village remains the first unit
part of Assam, in Eastern Bengal, and on the of administration ; the principal village func-
west coast of the Madras Presidency, the village
tionaries the headman, the accountant, and
as here described does not exist, the people living
in small collections of houses or in separate

the village watchman are largely utilised and
paid by Government, and there is still a certain
homesteads." (Gazetteer of India.) amount of common village feeling and i nterests.
The villages above described under two Punchayets. For some years there was
main classes, viz. fall
an active propaganda in favour of reviving the
village council- tribunal, or Punchayet and
Types of Villages." (1) The 'severalty ' or Decentralisation Commission of 1908 made the the
raiyatwari village which is the prevalent form following special
recommendations:
outside Northern India. Here the revenue is 1
assessed on individual cultivators. There While, therefore, we desire the development
no joint responsibility among the villagers, of a punchayet system, and consider that the
though some of the non-cultivated lands may objections urged thereto are far from insur-
be set apart for a common purpose, such as graz- mountable we recognise that such a system
ing, and waste land may be brought under the an only be gradually and tentatively applied,
plough only with the permission of the Revenue and that it is impossible to suggest anv uniform
authorities, and on payment of assessment. The and definite method of procedure. We think
village government vests in a hereditary head- that a commencement should be made by giving
man, known by an old vernacular name, such certain limited powers to Punchayets in those
as patel or reddi, who is responsible for law and villages in which circumstances are most favour-
order, and for the collection of the Government able by reason of homogeneity, natural intelli-
revenue. He represents the primitive headship gence, and freedom from internal feuds. These
of the tribe or clan by which the village was powers might be increased gradually as results
originally settled." warrant, and with success here, it will become
easier to apply the system in other villages.
" (2) The joint or landlord village, the type Such a
policy, which must be the work of many
prevalent in the United Provinces, the Punjab years, will require great
care and discretion,
and the Frontier Province. Here the revenue much patience, and judicious discrimination
was formerly assessed on the village as a whole, between the circumstances of different
villages:
349
and there a considerable consensus of opinion
is limits.Of these municipalities, roughly 710 have
that this new departure should be made under a population of less than 50,000 persons and the
the special guidance of sympathetic officers." remainder a population of 50,000 and over,
This is, however, still mainly a question of j
As compared with the total population of parti-
future possibilities, and for present purposes it ,
cular provinces, the proportion resident within
Is unnecessary to refer at greater length x
municipal limits is largest in Bombay, where it
to the subject of village self-government. amounts to 20 per cent., and is smallest in Assam
Various measures have been passed, but it \
where it amounts to only 2 per cent. In other
is too early to say what life they have. The
'
provinces it varies from 4 to 9 per cent, of the
Punjab Government has passed a Village \
total population. Turning to the composition
Punchayat Act, which enables Government to j
of the municipalities, considerably more than
establish in a village, a system of councillors ,
half of the total members are elected and there
to whom certain local matters, including judi- ,
isa steady tendency to increase this proportion.
cial power, both civil and criminal of a minor . Ex-ofncio members are only 7 per cent,
character, may be assigned. In Bihar a Village and nominated 25 per cent. Elected members
Administration Act has been passed for the are almost everywhere in a majority. Taking
administration of village affairs by villagers ,
all municipalities together, the non-officials
themselves, including minor civil and criminal outnumber the officials by nearly six to
cases. Other Governments are taking steps one. The functions of municipalities are classed
in the same direction. under the heads of Public Safety, Health,
Convenience and Instruction. For the dis-
had

Municipalities. The Presidency towns
some form of Municipal administration,
i
charge of these responsibilities, there is a munici-
pal income of Rs. 14*03 crores derived princi-
(
firstunder Royal Charters and later undei pally from taxation, just over one-third
statute, from comparatively early times, but ,
coming from municipal property, contribu-
outside of them there was practically no attempt ;
tions from provincial revenues and miscellaneous
at municipal legislation before 1842. An Act sources. Generally speaking, the income of
passed in that year for Bengal, which was prac- m unicipalities is small the four cities of Calcutta,
,
tically inoperative, was followed in 1850 by an Bombay, Madras and Rangoon together provid-
Act applying to the whole of India. Under ing over 40 per cent, of the total. The
this Act and subsequent Provincial Acts a heaviest items of this expenditure come under
large number of municipalities was formed in the heads of "Conservancyând "Public Works'*
all provinces. The Acts provided for the which amount to 14 per cent, and 13 per cent,
appointment of commissioners to manage muni- respectively, "Water-supply" comes to 13 per
cipal affairs, and authorised the levy of various cent., "Drainage" to 4 per cent, and
taxes, but in most Provinces the commissioners "Education" to over 11 per cent. In
were all nominated, and from the point of view some localities the expenditure on education
of self-government, these Acts did not proceed is considerably in excess of the average. In
far. It was not until after 1870 that much pro- the Bombay Presidency, excluding Bombay
gress was made. Lord Mayo's Government, City, for example, the expenditure on education
in their Resolution of that year introducing; amounts to more than 21 per cent, of the total
the system of provincial finance, referred to the funds, while in the Central Provinces and Berar
necessity of taking further steps to bring local it is over 17 per cent.
interest and supervision to be?,r on the manage-
ment of funds devoted to education, sanitation, District Boards. The duties and functions
medical, charity, and local public works. New assigned to the municipalities in urban areas are
in rural areas entrusted to district and local
Municipal Acts were passed for the various
Provinces between 1871 and 1874, wnich, among Boards. In almost every district of British India
other things, extended to the elective principle, save in the province of Assam, there is a board
but only in the Central Provinces was popular subordinate to which are two or more sub-dis-
representation generally and successfully in- trict boards ; while in Bengal, Madras and Bihar
troduced. In 1881-2 Lord Ripon's Government and Orissa, there are also Union Committees.
issued orders which had the effect of greatly Throughout India at large there are some 207
extending the principle of local self-government. district boards with 584 sub-district boards
Acts were passed in 1883-4 that greatly altered besides 455 Union Panchayats in Madras.
the constitution, powers, and functions of muni- This machinery has jurisdiction over a popula-
cipal bodies, a wide extension being given to tion which was over 221 millions in 1930-31.
the elective system, while independence aea Leaving aside the Union Committees and
responsibility were conferred on the committees Union Boards or Panchayats the members of
of many towns by permitting them to elect a the Boards numbered over 16,000 in
private citizen as chairman. Arrangements 1930-31, of whom 73 per cent, were elected.
were made also to increase municipal resources As in the case of municipalities the tendency
and financial responsibility, some items of pro- has been throughout India to increase the
vincial revenue suited to and capable of deve- elected members at the expense of the
lopment under local management being trans- nominated and the official members. The
ferred, with a proportionate amount of provincial Boards are practically manned by Indians, who
expenditure, for local objects. The general prin- constitute 96 per cent, of the whole member-
ciples thus laid down have continued to govern ship. Only 11 per cent, of the total members
the administration of municipalities down to of alk boards are officials of any kind. The
the present day. total income of the Boards in 1930-31 amount-
ed to Rs. 16* 57 crores, the average income of
The Present Position.-There are some 781 each board being Rs. 2,00,000. The most
municipalities in British India, with something important item of revenue is provincial
over 21 million people resident within their rates, which -represent a proportion of the total
350 Local Self-Government.
income varying from 25 per cent, in Bombay In the United Provinces the new District
and mthe N. W. F. Province to 63 percent. Boards, which consist of non-offlcial members
In Bihar and Orissa. The principal objects of only with elected non-official Chairman, were
expenditure are education which ha* come plunged straight-way into financial diffi-
remarkably to the front within the last three culties. In some cases the necessity for retrench-
years and civil works such as roads and bridges. ment was immediate, resulting in the curtail-
Medical relief is also sharing with education ment of medical relief and of allotments for the
though in a less degree the lion's share of the ordinary repairs of roads. Additional taxation
available revenue. has so far not been generally imposed and the

JnjProvement A
Trust. notable
in the recent sanitary history of India
feature
Boards are still suffering from inexperience in
husbanding public money and obtaining the
is the
activity played by the great cities in the direc- full value for their expenditure. In the case of
tion of social improvements. In Bombay and Municipal Finances, there has been some change
Calcutta the Improvement Trusts are continu- for the better. The new municipalities have
ing their activities which are described in
a
shown a great interest in all forms of civic activity
separate chapter (q.v.). In Bombay the work but they are still hampered in their work by poli-
of the Improvement Trust is being developed tical and communal obsessions. They are reluc-
by
the Bombay Development Directorate. Other tant to impose new taxation but a consider-
cities are beginning to follow the examples able programme of expenditure lies before
of
these great cities and Improvement Trusts have them.
been constituted in Cawnpore, Lucknow and
Allahabad in the United Provinces and in several In the Punjab municipal administration con-
of the larger cities of the Provinces of India. tinued to show improvement, the general attitude
Their activities have, however, been severely of the members in regard to their responsibilities
curtailed by the financial stress. being promising for progress in the future.
Generally speaking the finances are in a more

Provincial Progress. There was passed in satisfactory position than was the case in
Bengal in 1919 a Village Self- Government Act previous years. Expenditure on water-supply
embodying the policy of constituting Union schemes is steadily increasing.
Boards at the earliest possible date for groups
of villages throughout the province. The In the Central Provinces, the year 1920 wit-
number of these boards continues to increase nessed the passing of a Local Self-Government
rising from 1,500 to more than 2,000. In 1930-31 Act intended to guide into proper channels the
the number of Union Boards rose to 4,510. undoubtedly growing interest in public matters.
There are also 12 Union Committees. Though The continued reduction of official members and
they are in their infancy as yet, many of them chairman, and the wider powers of control given
show a remarkable aptitude for managing their to local bodies have been an incentive to the
own affairs. development of local self-government, leading
In Bombay the development of village self- to an increased sense of public duty and respon-
government is also proceeding, as the result sibility. Another very important measure
of an Act for constituting, or increasing the power regulating municipalities was passed into law in
of village committees which was passed in 1922. Its chief features are the extension of
1920 by the Legislative Council. In this presi- the Municipal franchise, the reduction of official
dency, some 145 out of 155 municipalities had a and nominated members, the extension of the
two-thirds elected majority of councillors in the powers of Municipal Committees and the
year 1930-31 ; and a distinct step forward has relaxation of official control.
been projected by the administration in the direc-
In the North- West Frontier Province, the
tion of liberalizing the constitution of all munici-
institution of local self-government is some-
pal bodies. The policy of appointing a non-
what of a foreign growth. Certain of the munici-
official president has been extended
both to pal committees are still lax in the discharge
district and sub-district boards, and a large num-
of their responsibilities, and meetings are report-
ber of non-officials have also been appointed ed
to be infrequent, but the attendance of non-
presidents of sub-districts (taluka) boards. In
Madras also the institutions of local self-gov- cerning members
official is gradually increasing. Con-
Municipal administration the Local
ernment continued to progress in an encourag- Government
reports that the members continue
ing manner. The number of district boards in
to take a very great interest in their duties and
the Presidency in 1931 was 25 with 1,005 that
their attitude towards the responsibility is
members. The number of sub-district boards imposed upon
was 130. The total number of Municipal tory. them is on the whole satisfac-
Councils during the year 1930-31 continued to localities
Communal feeling shows itself in certain
but is in many instances off-set by the
be 81 and the proportion of Indian to European public ;
spirit and initiative of individual mem-

and Anglo-Indian members further increased. bers and there
are considerable symptoms of
In 1930-31 there were 54 municipal councils,
advance in independence of action and in the
consisting entirely of Indian members, as smooth working of the Committees. An J
against 51 in the previous year. The average important
extension of the elective principle 1
imposition of taxation per head of population has
recently been made and it is hoped that
is still very low, being only about Ks. 2-8 ]
this is proving a success.
District and Local Boards. 35
CM CO CO
CO lO
00 CO rH
OJ H IN
CO CM rH rH
rH rH O
lO rH rH
CO <M lO
rH
10
t>

i-H
I> C<l rH rH
00 00 rH C5
<N
rH
CO
CM
O
rH
w m eo
C5 00
OS CO o
CM CO ^
IO CO rH CO CM CO
CO CO rH
5 p.
rH O O rH
00 00 t>
CO CM rH rH CO
IO CO
rH
^
?o
s fl
CO 00 CO
ala
O
W
ditu \a co i> rH CO CO
ding rH O CO Ci rH
O 5 00 in o CO IO
rH
m

a a PS CM 00 00
Incc
3|
a CM rH rH rH
00 rH iO CO
3 rH CO CO rH rH
00 00 CO
If
of lists
Members.
No.
lO CO CO rH 00
Elect- ed.
No. of Boards
ice.
1
:ovii
a ^
W O* -< ^ O P
352 Local Government Statistics.
m o
i> cm
men os o coco CMt-O
?2cot>
o i> CO co os
CM
co
OS CO
CM CM I>
i>co
T*CO
Hino
CO
CM CM
H^CO hT
CO iO CM
iti co
tO OS
~i>o
C<1 CO
CO CM i t r-t
10005 Tt* OS rH
rH rH
OifiO
rH
OS O CO
rH
T3
t*i iO
tH
CO CM
tH
t-rH rHl>CM CO VO
rH rH r-
# (MiO t> IQ lO lO CO lQ CO OS CO C0rHt>
Wg r-t rH
f-i
0"-< H
CO Tji rH
fH
CO CO CM tK iO CM rHl>C0 CO ^ CO CO
g(2 OS
tH
lO
t-I
co CO CO CO rji t CO rH-^lO
tH

rH
CO CO rHiO
fa o3 CO OS CO CM CO vO CM CO. CO CO CO CO CM CM ^^
tH CM tH
00 OS CO
t-I CO oo
CO OI>CO
I>t*CO

r-l
cOeo
t-H lOrH
hC0I>
H^ lO ITS CO t> CO iO CO COt* CO OS_H^ CO
rH HjT CO rH Hi"
ÔH tH CO CM r-l rH
rH CO
iO CM
CM rH r-l rH
3J8
tH rH "* ONN CO
H
H CO
co co

rH CM
iO 00 rH
<N r-l
r-i rH CO rH rH rH rH
CO GO
co co cm
rH
CO
H< O
HI
OS OS iO
lOrHt>
T*CO

rH rH
CO O
is!* CMCO Ol os^ OS CCS rH rH rH lO r-^C0I>
rôd r>T oo CO I> TfT co co""-? oThT^
tH CO rH "<*(NH !*** OCOiO
rH CO CM l> OS H^ (M CO rH
COMCM
la
o
Be:
&
g : :
esc i
a .a s 18 Mi
3
!
X o
X o
11 T3 v-"
'05
coM 8* as
so
Sal ill f*l

sii p ill
ttpq^ ggp fifcS

cd .
OPP
353
Calcutta Improvement Trust.

The Calcutta Improvement Trust was Insti- Mr. A. J. Thompson,
tuted by Government in January, 1912, with a a.r.lb.a., appointed by
the Local Government.
view to making provision for the improvement
and expansion of Calcutta by opening up con- During the 22 years that it has now been at
gested areas, laying out or altering streets, work, the Trust have decided, and partly
providing open spaces for purposes of venti or entirely carried through many
improvement
lation or recreation, demolishing or construct- schemes for opening up congested areas, laying
ing buildings and re-housing the poorer and 1 Widenmg streets and providing
open
working classes displaced by the execution spaces
of
improvement schemes.
In Central Calcutta many highly insanitary
The origin of the Calcutta Improvement oustees have been done away with and several
Irust must, as in the case of the corresponding roads of an raoroved type laid out, the most
i
Bombay body, upon which the Calcutta Trust important of which is the Chittaranjan Avenue
was to a large extent modelled, be looked for 100 ft. wide, which at present extends from
n a medical enquiry which was instituted Beadon Street to Chowringhee, Shambazar. It
the 8anltar y condition of the town in is intended ultimately to extend it up to the
fS?*
1896, owing to the outbreak of plague. It was Chitpur Bridge.
-
But at present there is
estimated that the direct connexion between Chitpur
Trust might in the ensuing 30
years have to provide for the housing of Bridge and the Barrackpore Trunk Road,
225,000 as
Tb e P 0 P ulation of Calcutta proper, Lockgate Road has been severed by the sidings
p l?uns .*
W C ln cm e 9 a11 the most crowded areas, was

* , of the Eastern Bengal Railway. In
i^ ^ 1
649 995 m 1891, and increased to 801,251, or
c o rt
.
these
circumstances the Board considered that traffic
by 25 per cent., by 1901. The corresponding would be better served by postponing the
figure according to the 1921 Census extension to Chitpur Bridge and constructing
was 993,508 * ro*" iP Shambazar which is the terminus
and this had increased by 1931 to 1,196,734.
of the Barrackpore Trunk Road and
of the
The problem of expansion Dum-Dum-Jessore Road. A scheme known as
was difficult, Scheme No. XXXVII has been sanctioned by
because of the peculiar situation of
Calcutta Government under Section 48 of the Calcutta
which is shut in on one side by the Hooghlv
and on the other by the Salt Lakes. improvement Act which provides inter alia for
the extension of Chittaranjan Avenue up
to
Raja Rajballab Street and for the construction
Preliminary investigations continued of a new 84 feet new road connecting
for it with
several years, so that was only in 1910
it Cornwalhs Street. The Section of Chittaranjan
that legislation was eventually introduced in Avenue near the Chowringhee end is well placed
^j^^^tegtelatw andthe Trust instituted for commerce and trade and is likely
before long
t>y it. The Bill provided for a large expendi- to gain increased importance by being linked
ture on improvement schemes and the up
provision with Dalhousie Square on the West by means
of open apacea and for special
local taxation of a new road 84 feet wide which
to this end. It also provided for the the Trust
appoint- propose to construct between Mission Row
ment of a wholetime chairman of the Board and Mangoe Lane. A further extension of this
of Trustees and the membership
of the Trust road from Chittaranjan Avenue to Wellington
was fixed at eleven. Street on the east was sanctioned by
Govern-
ment after the close of the year.
The following constituted the Board of In fche north of the Cifcv tw<> large and
Trustees at 31st March 1934 Mr. J A L *u, >
swan, o.8l o.i.E., i.cs., Chairman; thirteen small parks have been constructed
herjea
Mr.Muk- in different
Bar-at-Law, Chief Executive Officer, quarters. Of the two large
Calcutta.Corporation (ez-officio); Mr. parks one is named Deshabandhu Park and
S. C. Ghosh
ilected by the Corporation of the other Cossipore-Chitpore open
Calcutta under space
Section 7 (1) (a) of the Calcutta measuring 53 bighas and 156 bighas respectively
Improvement
kct, 1911 Mr. Prabhudayal Himatein-hka T1i? Cpsfipore-Chitpore Park has
; a small
ilected by the elected Councillors, artificial lake and the layout of
Corporation rounding the area sur-
)f Calcutta, uoder Section 7 (1) (b) of the the lake has been completed. Four
.aicu.ta Improvement Act, 1911, aY football grounds have been provided for
modified and schools
>y the Amendment Act of 1926; Mr. clubs of
Charu courts are also North Calcutta. Some tennis
.handra Biswas o.i.E., elected by being made. The Deshabandhu
Councillors
>ther than elected Councillors Park has also been provided with play-grounds
of the Corporation
Several wide roads have been driven
through
alcutta Improvement Act, 1911, as this highly congested area. The approaches
modified to the
>y the Amendment Act of
1926; Mr. W H
Uty nave also been adequately widened.
hompson, elected by the Bengal
I ^
m erce \ r Hari Sannar Paul, Kt.,Chamber Some progress has also been made with that
elected highly congested area to the
the Bengal National Chamber of west of the City
J Commerce by opening up new roads and widening the
ir. Unsud Dowla, Sir Badrtdas Goenka'
existing ones. This Scheme is known as
O.I.B., Rai Bahadur Dr. JBaridhan
Dutt' Maydapati, Scheme No. XXVII.
12
354 Calcutta Improvement Trust.
The new 84 ft. road connecting Chittaranjan Ltd., have now extended tram tracks from
Avenue with Strand Road slightly to the north i Russa Road along New Sewer Road to Bally-
of Jagannath Ghat has been completed so that i gunge Station.
there is now a continuous main traffic route with L
the same width of roadway as Chittaranjan The Boardof Trustees have framed a scheme
Avenue, extending right across Calcutta from i
for the
extension southwards of Lansdowne
Strand Road on the west to Upper Circular Road Road which has received Government sanction ;
on the east. The widening of Maniktala Road acquisition of land was completed and all the
between Upper Circular Road and Maniktala ,
new and widened roads have been completed
Bridge which has been completed forms a further > and opened to traffic ; surplus lands are now
extension of this main roadway which will ready for sale the Board
; in pursuance
eventually continue at a width of 100 ft. to the !
of its policy of carrying out schemes
extreme eastern limit of Maniktala. Another in the centre of the town and in the
important scheme which is now complete is the i
suburbs simultaneously, so as to liave an
new 60 ft. road between Darpanarayan Tagore i
adequate supply of suburban sites for
Street and Pathuriaghat Street which, with its residential buildings to
meet the needs of those
side roads, opens up a very congested area and displaced from overcrowded areas in the centre
forms a portion of a main projected north and of the town has also framed a scheme
south road through Bara Bazar from Harrison known as Scheme No. XXXIII for the improve-
Road to a new main east-and-west diagonal ment of another section of the undeveloped area
road through Ahiritollah. between Russa Road and the Lake District.
This too has received sanction of Government
The passing of the Calcutta Improvement and land acquisition has made good progress
(Amendment) Act, 1931, which empowers the and engineering works have been taken
Board of Trustees in certain cases to levy in hand.
betterment fees on properties which abut on to
a new or widened street instead of acquiring the To the east of the city, several new roads
properties has made it financially possible for
have been constructed in Scheme No. VIIIO
the Trust to proceed with some portion of its
(New Ballygunge Road Park Circus to Old
original programme for the improvement of Ballygunge Road). They are now open to
traffic, and the majority of them are surfaced
Bara Bazaar. The Kalakar Street scheme in
Bara Bazaar which forms the southern section with asphalt. Arrangements have been made
for lighting the roads with electricity. The
of the aforesaid road is one of the schemes to
which the new Act is to be applied. It has been development of Calcutta east of Lower Circular
published under Section 43 of the Calcutta Road, between Park Circus and Middle Road,
Entally, is a pressing need, but the work can only
Improvement Act, and sanctioned by Govern-
ment. Another scheme which has received the proceed slowly in small sections. The Trust
in the execution of this scheme cannot ignore
sanction of Government and to which the
new Act is to be applied is the widening the bustee dwellers, who are pushed further east,
as the development from bustee conditions to
of a short length of Darmahatta Street and it
blocks of masonry buildings proceeds. The
will be interesting to see how the methods utilisation of highly-improved lands for bustee
of assessment provided for in the Act will work
out in practice. purposes is not an economic proposition, but
at the same time, it is necessary to provide
the essentials of sanitation for the working
The Suburban Areas to the south and south-
classes.
east of Calcutta required greater attention
and extensive development schemes were under- The
linking up of Amherst Street with Loudon
taken. Several open spaces and squares have Streetby a broad thoroughfare has commenced
been made in various parts. Insanitary tanks intwo small sections. The Trust has construct-
requiring approximately 2 crores eft. of earth ed a large park near Park Circus Scheme
have been filled up. Russa Road which forms No. VIII, known as Eastern Park, measuring
the eouthcrn approach to the town has been 65 bighas, with a large playing field for
widened to 150 it. for a length of one mile and football and tennis. The Gorachand Road
100 ft. for a length of another mile. It now Scheme provides for the completion of the
gives a most pleasant drive from Chowringhce northern portion of this park and the com-
to Tollygunge. To improve the drainage of mencement of a wide avenue running parallel
this area a 100 ft. wide East to West road, to Lower Circular Road through the outer
from Ballygunge Railway Station to Chetla fringe of Entally. As the scheme involved the
Bridge, and for recreation an artificial lake of demolition of a large number of bustees, In-
167 bighas with adequate grounds has been vestigations were made to ascertain the
(ompletcd. best means of reducing the displaced bustee
population as a result of which a Rehousing
Another small lake has also been completed Scheme at Christopher Road which will cost the
and a road ia being constructed round it to link
Trust Rs. 2,70,000 for land acquisition and
up with the road surrounding the main lake. Rs. 1,97,000 for engineering works has been
The road round the main lake has been surfaced framed and has received the sanction of
.
with asphalt and lighted with electricity and is

Government. Acquisition of land was completed
much frequented in the evenings. Sites for
ami the raising of land is in hand.
club houses adjoining the main lake have been
allotted to several clubs. Excavation has been The public squares vested in the Calcutta
continued In a new section of the lake which is Corporation in 1911 had a total area of about
to be attractively laid out with an island to 96 acres. In 1912, Mr. Bompas, the first
which the public will have access by means oi Chairman of the Trust, pointed out that in the
1
a footbridge. The Calcutta Tramways Co., ratio, viz., about 9 per cent, of its public open
i
Calcutta Improvement Trust.
355
spaces which measured about 1,250 acres (in- has proved a striking success. There are 132
cluding the Maidan, the Horticultural and the suites for letting and the rent received
Zoological Gardens) to its total acreage, Calcutta from
these suites during the year 1933-34, amounted
was almost on a par at that time with London to Rs. 3^,666.
possessing 6,675 acres of public parks or gardens
while its percentage exceeded that of New York,
Paikpara Re-housing Scheme. This scheme
Berlin and Birmingham. But about 1,000 has an area of 36 bighas well laid out in 96 build-
acres of Calcutta's 1,250 was accounted for in
ing sites. A new re-housing scheme has been
the Maidan and new open spaces in other parts
undertaken by the Board, as already stated, at
of Calcutta were an urgent need. Up to date Christopher Road for the bustee population
the Trust had added (including the new lake to
displaced by the execution of scheme No.
at Dhakuria)another 250 acres.
XXXV (Eastern Park to Gorachand Road). A
Lastly for the housing of the displaced special feature of the new scheme is that the
population the Trust has undertaken on a large land is to be developed as a model bustee for
scale the following schemes: displaced bustee dwellers. Special facilities
are offered to dishoused persons for
In the early stages three blocks of three land in various improved securing
areas for reinstate-
storied tenement buildings containing 252 ment purposes.
lettable rooms were built in Wards Institution
Street for persons of the poorer classes. It Bridges^Some progress has been made in
was
found, however, that the persons displaced replacing the old bridges
of Calcutta, which
preferred to take their compensation and migrate is hemmed in by
canals and railway lines
to some place where they could erect bastis of inadequately bridged,
by modern and up-to-date
their own, the class of structures they were bridges to suit the growing traffic requirements.
accustomed to live in. These chawls were The opportunity is being taken of widening the
then filled with persons of limited means, Maniktala, Narikeldanga and Beliaghata
e.g., school masters, poor students,
Bridge
clerks and approaches on both sideson the west (in the case
persons of the artisan class. As many as 1,200 of Maniktala and
Narkeldanga Bridges) right
people are housed in these chawls, these build- up to Circular Road.
The new bridges of the
ings, including land, cost Rs. 2,44,368
and are city will in their traffic capacity compare
let at yery low rentsground floor rooms favourably with those of London.
at Rs. 5 per mensem and top floor rooms on Bridges at Maniktala, The new
Beliaghata and at
per mensem ea h room measuring 12' x 12' Shambazar have roadways
?V
with a 4 ft. verandah in front opening on to a footpaths each 10 feet
of 37 feet, with two
in width. The Chitpore
central passage 7 ft. wide. The total collection Bridge reconstruction
of which has been com-
of rent during the year 1983-34 including pleted has been
redesigned as a reinforced
previous year arrear was Rs. 14,243. concrete bridge capable of accommodating four
As these chawls failed to attract the people lines of fast traffic and two lines of slow traffic
for whom they were meant, the Board next The Ahpore Bridge, the reconstruction of which
tried an experiment in providing has been completed, has a roadway of 30 feet
sites for
bustees. Two sites with a lettable area (3 traffio widths) and 2 footpaths of 6 feet
of 16 each, and
bignas were acquired within the area of Ma- these are also to be the probable
niktola Municipality, but they failed to attract widths of the Tollygunge and Hastings Bridges
because they were out of the way and were which need re-building. The Chelsea, Hammer-
expensive. smith and Waterloo Bridges have all-over widths
of 45, 39 and 42 feet, respectively, the roadways
K baI Tan Lan ^-housing Scheme. being 29, 27 and 28 feet, that is 3 traffic widths.
Tr,
in ^ \
this scheme !f ^ l
4 detached and 35 semi-detached Even London Bridge with an all-over width of
houses wert built. The detached houses were 65 feet has only a 37-foot roadway (4 traffic
.5. x^
s this schem e never became popular widths) and Westminster Bridge which is 84
with the class of tenants for whom they were feet in width spares only 64 feet (i.e., 6 traffic
originally intended. Owing to this unpopularity widths, like the 60 feet of Kidderpore
Bridges
the Board further decided to throw open to for wheeled traffic.
tenants of all classes 18 out of the remaining
0 Financial. Capital charges
35 semi-detached houses. This change of policy ^ during the year
however, produced no effect on the letting. 1 93.3-34 amounted to Rs. 61.34
lakhs which
included Rs. 50.50 lakhs spent on land acquisi-
Owing to want of suitable tenants the entire tion and Rs. 8.97 lakhs on
engineering works.
dwellings in Kerbala Tank Re-housing
scheme The gross expenditure of the Trust on Capital
had been sold by private sale shortly after the Works up to the end of
the year 1933-34 was
31st March 1927. Rs. 14,20,69,000. To meet this large expendi-
ture, the Trust has borrowed Rs.
Bow Street Re-housing Scheme. Seven other 2,48,50,000
Capital receipts (mainly from the sale of

blocks of buildings containing one-roomed,

two- land and buildings) have yielded Rs.
:ocmed and three-roomed suites have been con- 7,05,20,000
and the revenue fund from its annual surplus
itructcd to re-house Anglo-Indians
displaced (after providing for the service of
t>y the operations of the loans) has
Trust. This scheme contributed Rs. 4.67 crores
to Capital Works
356
The Indian Ports.

The administration of the affairs the
of are subject in a greater degree than those of
larger ports (Calcutta. Bombay, Madra$, Karachi, municipal bodies to the control of Government.
Rangoon and Chittagona) is vested by law in At all the ports the European members con-
bodies specially constituted for the purpose. stitute the majority and the Board for Rangoon
They have wide powers, but their proceedings cansists mainly of European members.
Figures for 1932-33 relating to income, expenditure and capital debt of the six principal
ports managed by Trusts (Aden is excluded from the tables) as obtainable from the Department
of Commercial Intelligence and Statistics (India) are shown in the following table :
Income. Expenditure. Capital Debt,
Es. Es. Es.
2,46,36,681 2,53,65,301 24,81,38,001
2,49,70,859 2,65,52,541 21,72,50,504
29,86,394 32,12,510 1,59,18,950
62,43,147 62,77,454 4,28,59,000
68,82,555 70,76,097 5,66,10,925
6,50,425 6,94,822 26,98,827
Includes the first instalment of Es. 15 lakhs, the second instalment of Es. 5 ]akbs, the
third instalment of Es. 2 lakhs, and the fourth instalment of Es. 3 lakhs, of a loan of Es. 50 lakhs
from Government.
for the Port of Calcutta Elected by the Municipal Corporation

The Commissioners
are as follows : Mr. Eajendra Narayan Banerjee.of
Calcutta.
Mr. T. H. Elderton, Chairman. Nominated by Government. Captain L. W.

E. T. Turbett, O.B.E., R.I.N. Mr. A. V. ;
Mr. W. A. Burns, Deputy Chairman and Venables, M.c, v.b., m.i.c.b., m.i.e. (Ind.);
Traffic Manager. Eai Bahadur B. E. Singh Mr. V. E. D.
;
Elected by the BengalChamber of Commerce. Jarrad; Mr. W. J. Ward.

Mr. G. E. Campbell Mr. A. L. B. Tucker
; The principal officers of the Trust are :
Mr. M. A. Hughes; Mr. K. J. Nicolson Secretary.Mi. C. W. T. Hook.

Mr. S. D. Gladstone; Mr. J. Eeid Kay.
Traffic Mr. W. A. Burns.
Manager.
Elected by the Calcutta Trades' Association.
Mr. C. H. Pratt. Chief Accountant.Mr. Dand, O.A. J.
Chief Engineer. Mr. E. Eowley, A.K.C.,

J.
Elected by Bengal National Chamber of
the

Commerce. Eai Bahadur A. C. Banerjee,
M. C.E.
Inst.
Deputy Conservator. Commander C. V. L.

C.i.E. ; Mr. Nalinin Eanjan Sarkar.
Chamber of Commerce.
Elected by the Indian
Norcoek, O.B.E., r.n.
Medical Officer.Lt. -Col. F. J. Anderson,
Mr. D. P. Khaitan. M.C, F.R.C.S., I.M.S.
Elected by the Muslim Chamber of Commerce. Consulting Engineer and London Agent.
Mr. Kassim A. Mohammad. Mr. J. Angus, M. inst. CE.
The Indian Ports. 357
The traffic figures and the income of the Trust for the last fifteen years areas follows:
Docks. Jetties. Stream. Nett tonnag e

Year. of shipping
entering the Income.
Genera Coal
,
Exports Imports Imports Exports Imports.

. Port.
Exports
Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. Us.

1914-15 920,65 (
) 2,633,80. ) 700,133 917,97* 3,714,344 1,44,50,349
1915-16 l,054,98f > 1,610,64* ) 570,997 788,431 2,967,798 1,59,35,456
1916-17 1,185,15$ 1,994,52* 444,210 686,01C 2,804,380 1,57,23,432
1917-18 995,112 1,014,992 363,383 633,693 2,094,011 1,58,39,175
1918-19 1,097,562 1,333,285 482,403 574,833 2,292,462 1,90,58,513
1919-20 1,146,479 2,264,976 653,066 713,746 2,941,846 2,23,55,614
1920-21 1,133,719 3,046,400 413,357 685,080 4,017,514 2,66,08,032
192]- 22 974,783 1,687,222 697,361 622,411 3,446,021 2,19,17,042
1922-23 1,414,166 1,174,041 304,109 680,053 3,336,722 2,64,75,522
1923-24 1,722,305 1,325,801 221,035 761,920 3,621,243 2,60,89,027
1924-25 1,779,054 1,495,915 290,412 874,714 3,845,788 2,78,23,364
1925-26 1,494,442 1,796,409 352,714 951,442 2,231,637 1,601,941 3,887,592 3,21,27,748
1926-27 1,465,854 2,476.794 455,577 963,297 2,344,800 1,513,885 4,177,118 3,12,02,183
1927-28 1,837,371 2,817,443 480,367 1,007,917 2,689,186 1,606,728 4,638,569 3,38,82,124
1928-29 1,750,969 2,644,256 1,164,631 1,049,668 2,524,201 1,706,559 4,818,831 3,41,82,729
1929-30 1 985 049 o,U 1D,1CU 000,40^ 829,902 2,539,653 L,646,932
\
4,985,999 3.43,98,110
1930-31 1,440,371 2,389,393 646,844 553,317 J,145,837
1 1 L, 552,502 4,381,953 2,83,73,490
1931-32 1,251,060 2,595,912 586,902 380,324 ,748,950 L,365,076
] ]
4,189,742 2,67,01,863
1932-33 1,123,420 2,559,136 362,023 469,513 ] ,665,432 ]1,332,672 3,828,983 2,46,36,681
1933-34 1,412,336 2,191,523 463,357 446,783 1 ,758,567 1,307931 3,870,343 2,88,29,623
J
BOMBAY.
Board of Trustees op the Port of The following are the principal officers
Bombay.Mr. G. Wiles, c.s.i., c.i.e., i.c.s., of the Trust
(Chairman). Nominated by Government. Rear-
Admiral A. E. F. Bedford, C.B., r.n. Mr. Syed A.

Secretary, N. M. Morris, Deputy Secretary,
S. Bakre, M.A., Bar-at-Law.
;
Munawar Mr. C. W. E. Arbuthnot, o.l.E.
;
'
Major-General H. Needham, c.B., c.m.g., D.s.o.; Acoottnts Department.

Mr. I. H. Taunton, I.C.S. Sir Maurice Brayshay,
;
Chief Acctt., J. F. Pereira, b.a.; Deputy Acctt.,
Kt.; Mr. L.Wilson. Elected by theBombay Chamber C. F. Lynn, M.A., A.S.A.A.; Sr. Asstt. Acctt.,
of Commerce.
Mr. W. G. Lely Mr. G W. E. McDonnell; Asstt. Acctts., H. W. Scott.,
; H
Cooke Mr. J. J. Flockhart Mr. F. H. French : A. N. Moos Junior Asstt. Acctts., O. Hyde,
; ; ;
Mr. R. C. Lowndes. Elected by the Indian R. Cour-Palais, A. R. Javeri ; Cashier, V. D.

Merchants* Chamber. Sit Purshotamdas Jog; Ry. Audit Inspectors, M. J. Murzello,
lhakurdas, Kt., c.i.e., m.b.e. ; Mr. Lakhmidas J. P. D'Souza; Supdt. Establishment Branch,
Rowjee Tairsee Mr. Gordhandas Goculdas H. N. Baria.
;
Morarji;Mr. A. D. Shroff; Mr. M. C. Mattani.

Engineering Department.
Elected by the Municipal Corporation.
Meyer Nissim ; Mr. Hoosenally M. Rahimtoola.
Mr.
Chief Engineer, G. E. Bennett, M.sc, M. Inst,
O.E., M.I. Mech. E. Deputy Chief Engineer, A.
lected by the Millowners' Association.
eddis.

Mr A Hale- White, M.A.,M.inst.o.E. Executive Engineers,
;
Q. E. Terrey, A.M.i.o.E., J. A. Rolfe ; Senior

358 The Indian Ports.
Atstt. Engineers, P. E. Vazifdar, L.O.E.,

Medical Department.
F. M. Surveyor, B.sc. (Glas.), a.mj.o.e., E.
L. Everatt, A.M.I.O.E., H. N. Baria, L.O.E.; Administratiie Medical Officer, Dr. F. D.
Chief Draftsman, L. B. Andrew, M.I. struct. Bana, M,B M.R.O.8.; Medical Officers, (North
E. ; Personal Asst. to the Chief Engineer, T. B. Dktrictt), Dr. A. D. Karkhanawalla, m.b.b.8.
Hawkins ; Mechanical Superintendent, R. B. Mc Superintendent, Antop Village, Dr. M. Vijayakar,
Gregor, A.M.I.M.E.; Asstt. Mechanical Superin- L.M. & s.
tendents, B. C. Sharpe, a.m.i.m.e., S. J. Watt,
m.i.l.Ec, D. V. Kohli, b.sc, and A. C. Strelley,
M.i. Mar. E., a.m.i.m.e., a.m.i.l.f. Chief Fore- The revenue of the Trust in 1933-34 amounted
man, B. Shaw. to Rs. 2,45,36,698 and the expenditure to
Rs. 2,45,34,226. The result of the year's working
Docks Department. was a deficit of Rs. 89,879 under General
Account which has been met from the
Manager, C. N. Rich, B.A.; Deputy Mana- Revenue Reserve Fund, and a surplus of
gers, F. A. Borissow, W. G. H. Templeton Rs. 92,351 under Pilotage Account, which
and F. Seymour Williams, D.S.O. ; Deputy has been transferred to the Vessels Replacement
Manager {Office), P. A. Davies ; Atstt. Mana- Fund. The balance of the Revenue Reserve
gers, 1st and 2nd Grade, E. C. Jolley, A. Mattos,
Fund at the close of the year amounted
L. E. Walsh, F. J. Warder, E. J. Kail, D. L. to Rs. 55,30,386. The aggregate capital
Lynn, C. O. A. Martinez, P. B. Fenner, expenditure during the year was Rs. 85,800.
Nanabhoy Framji, Ardeshir Maneckji and The total debt of the Trust at the end of
A. R. Jay want; Cash Supervisor, T. D'Silva; the year amounted to Rs. 20,45,17,753, repay-
Cashier, Robert Fernandez. ment of which is provided for by annual sinking
fund contributions from revenue ; the accum-
Railway Department. ulation of the sinking fund as at 31st March
Manager, D. G. M. Mearns M. Inst., T., 1934 was Rs. 471*45 lakhs., in addition to this
Deputy Managers, A. F. Watts and H. A. apart from property appreciation, the Reserve
Gaydon; Asstt. Manager, S. G. N. Shaw, P. M. and other funds total Rs. 88*34 lakhs.
Boyce and M. E. A. Kizilbash Asstt. Traffic
;
Supdt., W. H. Brady Office Supdt., Subrahmanya

; The trade of the Port of Bombay during the
Raghunathan. last official year aggregated Rs. 178 crores
in value.
Port Department.
Deputy Conservator, Captain A G. Kinch, The number of steam and square-rigged
D.S.O., r.i.m. (Retd.) Dock Masters, Alexandra
;
vesselswhich during recent years have entered
Dock, J. L. Williams and C. B. M. Thomas the dock3 or been berthed at the harbour
Dock Masters, Prince's & Victoria Dock, C. T. walls and paid dues, excluding those which
Willson and G. England ; Port Department, have unloaded and loaded in the stream :
Inspector and Supdt. of Police, Harbour Patrol,

W. P. Bigg Office Supdt., Moses Samuel.
;
Year. Number. Tonnage

Phot Establishment. nett.
Harbour Master, E. G. Worthington ; Master
Pilots, J. S. Nicholson and R. C. Vint. 1911 to 1916 } 1,668 3,437,354
A. M. Thomson, H. W. L. T. Davies,
Pilots,
1916 to 1921 2,086 4,758,888
H. H. Church, W. E. Brown, W. L. Friend,
R. H. Friedlander, W. Sutherland, H. Lloyd
Jones, J. Cook, G. E. Firth, H. T. Elliott, 1921 to 1926 1,962 4,574,817
T. B. G. Wardland, J. S. Hawkes and C. J. R.
Williams. 1926 to 1931 . 1,954 4,749,570
Land and Bunders Department.

1931- 32 1,866 4,588,577
Manager, F. H. Taylor, P.S.I., m.r.s.i. ;
Deputy Manager, B. C. Durant Personal Asstt.,

;
R. G, Deshmukh, B.A., ll.b.; Office Supdt., 1932- 33 , 1,836 4,691,183

D. A, Pareira ; Asstt. Managers, W. H.
Cummings, C. P. Watson andW. (TBrien Chief ; 1933- 34 . 1,913 5,099,247
Inspector, G. C. Battenberg.
Stores Department.
The two dry docks were occupied during
Controller of Stores, H. E. Lees ; 1st Assistant, the year 1933-34 by 149 vessels, the total tonnage
W. J. Wilson ; 2nd Assistant, B. F. Davidson ; amounting to 564,468 an excess of 67,483 tons
Statistical Supdt., H. L. Barrett. over the previous year.
The Indian Ports.
359
KARACHI
Trustees. Principal Officers of the Port Trust:
Chairman.- Colonel D. S. Johnston, c.i.e Chief Engineer.W.

(Vice-Chairman. Lala Jagannath Ralaram m.c.m., Inst. c.E.
P. Shepherd-Barron,
Randon, b.sc, elected by the Board),
elected by the Karachi Indian Merchants'
Deputy Chief Engineer.
m. inst., c.e.
H. A. L. French,
Association. Chief Accountant. B. A. Inglet, b.a., c.A.
Appointed by Government. Traffic Manager.A. A. L. Flynn, V.D.,
Collector
of Customs. F. Buckney, b.a.
A K Soman
CM.Z.S.

Deputy Conservator. J. A. Scarr, m.b.e.
- - (^visional Superintendent,
North Western Railway). Chie} Storekeeper.
L.
Secretary.

R. A. Donde.
Major J. C. Gain, M.C. (d.a.a., & q.m.o., Mascarenhas.
J.
Sind Independent Brigade Area). Revenue Receipts and Expenditure of the
Mir Ayub Khan, Bar-at-Law. Port of Karachi for the year 1933-34.
Revenue Receipts Rs. 61,94,000. Special
Elected by the Karachi Chamber op Receipts. Rs. 63,000. Revenue Expenditure
Commerce. 65,71,000. Deficit Rs. 3,14,000. Reserve
W. D. Young, (Couper Young). <fc Fund Rs. 59,32,000.
J. W. Anderson, (Grahams Trading Co SHIPPING.
Forbes (India), Ltd.
G H. Itaschen, (Forbes, Forbes Campbell &
Number of vessels which entered the Port
Co., Ltd.); H.
during the year 1933-34 exclusive of vessels
S. Bigg- Wither, o.b.e., put back
(Burmah-Shell Oil Storage <fe Distributing and fishing boats was 3,119 with a
Co. of India, Ltd.)
tonnage of 2,378,403 as agiainst 3,234 with a
tonnage of 2,268,236 in 1932-33. 878 steamers
Elected by the Karachi Indian Merchants' of all kinds
entered the Port with a
Association.
.
tonnage of 2,257,280 against 841 and 2,134 689
Chellaram Shewram, (Shewram Rewachand) respectively in
the previous year. Of the 878
Elected by the Buyers & Shippers' Chamber steamers 683
were of British Nationality.
Isherdas N. Mallik, (R. B. Jesharam Thakur-
das) Mohamedali A. K. Alavi, The imports during the year totalled 724,000
;
(Yusafali tons against 745,000 tons
Alibhoy Karimji and Co). in the previous year.
The shipments were 893,000 tons in 1933-34
Elected by the Karachi Municipal against 914,000 in 1932-33.
Corporation. The total volume of imports and exports
Tikamdas Wadhumal, m.a. (Oxon), Bar-at-
was 1,617,000 tons against 1,659,000 tons
the previous year, I m
MADRAS.
T e Rowing gentlemen
+i.
the Port of Madras :
are the Trustees of Assistant Mechanical Engineer.
White, m.i. Mar. E., a.m.n.i.a.
S W
Officials. G. G. Armstrong, o.b.e., mc
V.D., m. mst. T., (Chairman and
1st Engineer and Dreadging Master Y. Q
Traffic Cooper.
Manager), G. N. Bower,
(Collector of Customs), Commander
b.a.,
C. R
Assistant Engineers.
Kamath Avergal,
M. R. Ry. V. Dayananda
-Bluett, r.i.n. (Presidency
Port Officer). b.a., B.E., M. R. Ry. S.
NogOfficials(l) Nominated by Government Nagabushanam Aiyer Avergal, b.a., m.E. '
H. N. Colam; Sir Percy Rothera, Kt., A.I.E.E.
O.B.E.,M.Inst.C.E.,I.M.I.E. '

Assistant Engineer (Electrical. ) M. R. Ry.
Subramania Aiyar Avergal, m.E., a.i.e.E.
K
Representing Chamber of Commerce, Madras
Harbour Master A Mackenzie.
rownin S> G. A. Bambridge,
.
tt xr ?
n H.
G. Hodgson, F. Birley, m.l.c.
Assistant Harbour Masters Mr. S. Prytherch
Mr. L. T. Lewis, Mr. L. J. Whitlock.
Representing Southern India Chamber
of
Commerce, Madras. M. R. Ry. M. Ct. M
Assistant Traffic Manager. M. R. Ry. M S
Chidambaram Chettlyar Avergal : M R Venkataraman Avergal, b.a., L 'a'
Ry. G. Janakiram Chetty Garu. Abraham, b.a., f.c.i.
Representing Madras Trades Association. Deputy Chief Accountant.M. R. Ry
S. W. Edwards, E. A. Heath. Rangaswami Aiyar Avergal, b.a.
R
Representing Southern India Skin <k
Bide
Merchants' Association.Yakub Hasan Sait
Deputy Chief Accountant (Engineering). M
K. liy. v. Mathuswami Aiyar Avergal,

b.a.
Representing Madras Piece-Goods
Merchants'
Association. Abdus Subhan Sahib, b a
Office Manager.
M. R. Ry. G. M. Ganapathi
Aiyar Avergal. *
Prmcvpal Officers are :-Po r Engineer
G. P. Alexander, a.m. i.c.e.
t
The
receipts of the Trust during 1933-34
Deputy Coservator of the Port of Madras
1 V Amount from all sources were
p , ?n
Rs. fiS^
30,65,0 ^4 as against Rs. 29,86,394 in 1932-33
61 A D Berrin ton
(RetdT^^ '
Deputy Traffic Manager.J. G Lord.

leave preparatory to retirement.)
K.N.R.,
'
Rr
>
n rn
qq'Mt
(On 19.^-33.
95, a
!
^
8 r S eXpendItu re out of revenue was
against Rs. 32,12,510 in
No contribution to Reserve funds
.
was made during 1933-34. 729 vessels

p/i aSSuIm n Ry G ' Venkatarft ya aggregate net registered
Mechanical and metrical Engineer.
' '
'
tons called at the port during the

with an
tonnage of 24.78 301
year aga inst
E. G . Bowers, m.c, m.i.e.e.,
Major yea figUre of 694 vessele wlth a net
a.i.r.o. ?
registered tonnage of.
iL .3i
23,33,140 tons.
; -
360 The Indian Ports.
The personnel of the Commissioners for the

Port of Rangoon is comprised of seventeen
Chief Accountant.
A.C.A.
S.A. Wetherfleld. B.A..
members
Chief Engineer.W.' D.

Appointed by Government. Sir John Cherry, M. Inst. c.E.
Betty, B.A., B.A.I.,
c.i.e., M.L.c., (Chairman); T. Cormack,

c.a.,; Captain H. W. B. Livesay, o.b.e., Deputy Conservator. H. N.
Gilbert.
R.i.n., and A.o. Deas. Traffic Manager. E. J. B. Jeffery.
Ex-Officio. Messrs.
H. 0. Reynolds, I.C.S., Port Surveyor. Commander C. M. L. Scott,
(Chairman, Rangoon Development Trust) R.N. (Retd).
P. W. Singleton (Collector of Customs)
The income and expenditure on revenue
and B. M. Crosthwaite, V.D., (Agent, account for the
Port of Rangoon in 1933-34
Burma Railways). were Rs.
Elected by the Burma Chamber of Commerce. Income .. .. 70,88,855
Messrs. M. L. Burnet ; C. G.Wodehouse, Expenditure .. .. 72,12,288
M.L.C., R. B. Howison ; and K. B. Harper.
The capital debt of the port at the end of
Elected by the Rangoon Trades Association. the year was Rs. 5,24,28,667. The balance
W. C. Penn. (including investments at cost) at the credit
Elected by the Chinese Chamber of Commerce. of the different sinking funds on 31st March
K. E. Khwet. 1934, was Rs. 2,21,82,458-7-3.
Elected by the Burma IndianChamber of The total sea-borne trade of Rangoon during
W. Adamjee. the year 1933-34 was 5,066,333 tons of which
Commerce.- S. N. Haji and A.
Burmese Chamber of Commerce
Elected by the
1,100,397 tons were imports, 3,943,952 tone
exports and 21,984 tons transhipment. The
U. Thein Maung, b.a., M.M.F., (Vice-
total number of vessels (excluding Government
Chairman).
vessels) entering the port was 1,652 with a
Elected by the Corporation of Rangoon. total net registered tonnage of 4,215,903 showing
U. Thin Maung, m.l.c. an increase in the number of vessels
Principal Officer are : and of 115,734 tons in the net tonnage as
Secretary. C. Witcher. compared with the previous year.
CHITTAGONG.
Chittagong in Eastern Bengal, lying on the
Provisions. Fresh provisions, good drinking
right bank of the river Karnafuli at a distance water and coal obtainable.
of 12 miles from the sea, was already an impor-
tant Port in the sixteenth century, when the There are three river bars affecting navigation
Portuguese gave it the name of Porto Grande. controlled by large suction dredger.
The construction of the Assam- Bengal Railway Night pilotage is in force except during the
has facilitated the transport of trade with Assam S.W. monsoon.
and Eastern Bengal for which the Port of Chitta-
gong is the natural outlet.
Charges. Port dues 4 annas 6 pies, per reg.
ton. Hospital dues 2 pies per reg ton. Harbour
Chittagong, Bengal, Lat. 22 21*N Long. 91 Master's fee Rs. 32. Mooring and unmooring
;
50'E, 1933 Pop. 53,156. in fixed berths Rs. 32, swinging berths Rs. 16.
Berth alongside jetties Rs. 40, per day, night
TRADE. work and holidays extra.
Imports Salt, mineral oil, machinery, tea Pilotage not exceeding- Rs. a. Rs. a.
estate stores, rice, coal and railway material.
10 to 20 from 67 8 to 304 4
Exports Wax,
ft. ft.
jute, tea, hides, cotton, capas,
21 ft 337 8
rice, paddy, eggs, poultry and livestock.
22 385 4
Accommodation Vessels of any size can
23
ft.
ft. 439 4
proceed 9 miles up the Karnafuli to Chittagong
at H.W.O.S. draught of 23 ft. to 26 ft. 24 ft. 486 0
There are 5 berths for ocean-going vessels at 25 ft. 553

the Assam-Bengal Railway jetties, also two 26 ft. 634 8
sets of fixed moorings.
Towage by Port Commissioners' Tug.
Jetties are 2,100 ft long, provided with Port Commissioners, Chitta-
Port Authority :
hydraulic cranes 17 to lift 35 cwts and 4 to lift

gong.
10 tons, ample shed accommodation, and jetties
are in direct rail communication with the Assam- Officials.Deputy Conservator, Lieut.
Bengal Railway system, cargo in bulk being Commander, F. W. Angell, R.I.N. ; Port Engineer,
dealt with direct into wagons. Depth at jetties F. J. Green, B.sc, m.i.c.e., &c. ; Lloyds Agents,
about 32 feet. James Finlay & Co.
Vizagapatam Harbour Project. 361
VIZAGAPATAM HARBOUR PROJECT.

The question of creating a harbour at Vizaga- nel dredged out to afford a passage
patam to supply an outlet for a large area of 300 ft. wide
bot om Ve ssels of 26 ft. draft and
fertile country adjacent to the east coast of ?L2? e length
i
5,30 ft.
A -
are admitted at present and deep-

India, hitherto undeveloped, with considerable ening is in progress to allow vessels
mineral resources and without suitable access of 28'-6"
maximum draft to enter in the near future.
to the outside world, was first formulated by the
Bengal-Nagpur Railway Company. That the A quay wall comprising three 500 ft. Berths
creation of such a port would have beneficial has been completed and equipped with
influence on this area was unquestioned, for it is 3-ton
electric cranes. Storage accommodation aggre-
pointed out that Vizagapatam, lying as it does gating 140,000 sq. ft. of covered area,
in front of the only practicable gap in the barrier in three
single storied sheds has been provided
of the Eastern Ghats, is formed by nature to in the
vicinity of the quay, equipped with
full railway
be the outlet of the Central Provinces, from and road facilities. Two additional Sheds
which a considerable amount of trade has taken with
lighter Berths are in course of
this route in the past, even with the imperfect construction
for export cargo. Special facilities have been
communications, hitherto available. A necessary provided for the storage and shipment of
complement of the scheme was the construction man-
ganese ore. In addition to the quays,
of the proposed railway from Parvatipuram to four'
Mooring Berths have been installed, abound
Raipur now completed which, with the existing the Basin and additional facilities provided
coastline of the Bengal-Nagpur Railway would for
dealing with lightered cargo.
make a large and rich area tributary to the pro-
posed port, and obviate the long and expensive A large area of land has been reclaimed in
circuit by Calcutta. A link has also been supplied the course of the dredging operations
in the most direct route to Rangoon from Europe and it
has been laid out in blocks served by
by way of Bombay, while, from an imperial broad
roadways. Plots are available for office
point of view, the provision of a fortified ^ sites
and for industrial concerns. Water
port on the long and almost unprotected stretch supnlv
and electric lighting have been arranged for.
of coast between Colombo and Calcutta is held
to be a consideration of great importance. The The floating equipment of the Harbour
lofty projecting headland of the Dolphin's Nose com-
would offer facilities for this purpose.
prises three tugs of 1,500, 600 and
respectively.
450 H P
The Government of India with the approval A graving dock with an entrance 60 ft. 6 in
of the Secretary of State and the Legislative broad has been provided but though adapted
;
Assembly, sanctioned the construction of tor future extension and for use by
vessels
the new railway line from Raipur to Parvati- larger than the dredging craft which now
use it
puram. The work is completed and the line length of ships is at present restricted to
300 feet'
opened to traffic. They also decided to
develop the port of Vizagapatam under their ,.^
The por is at P re sent capable of dealing with
, ?
direct control and the port has accordingly lifts of 15 tons.
been declared to be a major Port.
The sea entrance channel is protected on the
The work is being carried out by a staff of South side by the provision of a sand trap and
Engineers under direct charge of an Engineer- protecting Breakwater.
in-Chief who comes under the administrative
charge of an Administrative Officer for the At present ships enter and leave the Harbour
development scheme, a post which is held during day time only and pilotage is compulsory.
ex-oflicio by the Agent of the B. N. Railway.
An Advisory Committee consisting of the The future administration of the Port is still
above mentioned officers and representatives under consideration by the Government of India
of the Local Government, the Vizagapatam Port
At present, the Agent of the Bengal-Nagpur
Administration and the commercial interests
Railway holds Administrative charge of the
concerned, has also been constituted to advise Port. He is represented at Vizagapatam by a
in the development of the Harbour.
Deputy Conservator, which office is held ex-
officio by the Engineer-in-Chief. All matters
in connection with port traffic and land
The scheme for the construction and develop- under the charge are
the Traffic Manager. The
ment of the Harbour will be carried out in stages Port Railways areofbeing
according to the demand of trade. The first Railway Company.
worked by the B N
stage has been completed sufficiently to enable
the Harbour to be opened. Ships started using
the Harbour in October 1933 and the official The principal officers are :
opening by His Excellency the Viceroy took

place on 19th December 1933. Administrative Officer. V. E. D. Jarrad.
The present provision includes a 1,000 Engineer-in-Chief and Deputy Conservator

ft O. B. Rattenbury, b.sc, m.i.o.b., m.i.e.
diameter Turning Basin together with access
to the three quay Berths and an Entrance Chan-
j
Traffic Manager. E. G. Lilley, b.a.
362
Education.
Indian education is unintelligible except was distrusted both by Christian missionaries
through its history. Seen tnus, it affords the and by orthodox Hindus, but its influence
spectacle of a growth which, while to one it grow apace. Fifteen years later, the Commit-
will appear as a blunder based on an initial tee of Public Instruction in Bengal reported
error easily avoided, to another it stands out that a taste for English had been widely dis-
as a svmbol of sincerity and honest endeavour seminated and that independent schools, con-
on the" part of a far-sighted race of rulers whose ducted by young men reared in the Hindu Col-
lege, were springing up in every direction. In
aim has been to guide a people alien in senti-
ments and prejudices into the channels of Bombay, the Eiphinstone Institution was
thought and attitude best calculated to fit them founded in memory of the great ruler
for the needs of modern life and western ideals. who left India in 1827. A still more
There is to-day no subject in the whole area of remarkable innovation was made in 1835 by the
administrative activity in India which presents establishment of the Calcutta Medical College,
greater complexities and differences of opinion whose object was to teach the principles and
than education. Government, local bodies and practice of medical science in strict accordance
private person&of learning have in the past devot- with the mode adopted in Europe." Many
ed their limited funds to meeting the demands of pronounced the failure of the undertaking to
those who perceived the benefits of education, be inevitable ; for, under the Hindu custom the
rather than to cultivating a desire for education higher castes were forbidden to touch the dead.
where it did not exist. The result is that the This obstacle was surmounted by Madusudan
structure has become top-heavy. The lower Gupta who, with a few courageous pupils, began
classes are largely illiterate, while the middle the dissection of a human body. From that time
classes who constitute the bulk of the intelli- onward Indians of the highest castes have devo-
gentsia are in point of numbers at least educated ted themselves with enthusiasm and with success
to a pitch equal to that of countries whose eco- to the study of medicine in all its branches.
nomic conditions are more highly developed. Another impetus to the introduction of west-
As might be expected from this abnormal dis- ern learning was the devotion of Christian
tribution of education, the form which it has missionaries. The humanitarian spirit, which
eventually assumed contains corresponding had been kindled in England by Wesley, Burke
defects. In recent years, however, strenuous and Wilberforce, influenced action also in India.
efforts have been made to remedy these defects. Carey, Marshman and Ward opened the first
Primary Education Acts have been passed in the missionary College at Serampore in 1818; and
several provinces in favour of the expansion of twelve years later, Alexander Duff reversed the
primary education among the masses. On the whole trend of missionary policy in Indi/i by his
other hand, the numbers of students in colleges insistence on teacliing rather than on preaching,
and universities have grown apace and, espe-
; and by the foundation of his school and College in
cially during the period of financial depression, Calcutta. In Madras.the missionaries had been still
the volume of middle class unemployment has earlier in the field; for as early as in 1787 a small
reached alarming proportions. A movement group of missionary schools were being directed
has therefore set in with the object of stemming by Mr. Schwarz. The Madras Christian College
the drift of unsuitable students to universities was opened in 1837. In Bombay, the Wilson
by means of a radical reconstruction of the School (afterwards College) was founded in'
school system of education. 1834
The Introduction of Western Learning Lord William Bentinck's minute of 1835
In the early days of dominion in India,
its (based upon Macaulay's famous minute) marks
the East India Company had little inclination of some what tardy acceptance by Government
for the doubtful experiment of introducing of the new policy. Government then determined,
western learning into India. Warren Hastings, while observing a neutrality in religious matters
the dominating figure of the time, was a genuine to devote its available funds to the maintenance
admirer of the laws and literature of the East. of secondary schools and colleges of western
His policy was to enable the ancient learning to learning to be taught through the medium ol
revive and flourish under the protection of a sta- English. But this decision did not entail that
ble government, and to interfere as little as pos- Oriental learning should be neglected still;
less that the development of the

vernaculars
sible with the habits and customs of the people.
Even the Act of 1813 which set apart a lakh should be discouraged. Other changes power-
fully contributed to the success of the new
sys-
of rupees for the introduction and promotion of
a knowledge of the sciences was interpreted as tem. The freedom of the press was established
was substituted for Persian
a scheme for the encouragement of Sanskrit and in 1835; English
as the language of the Courts in 1837; and
in
Arabic. In the following year the Court of Direc-
tors instructed the Governor- General to leave 1844 Sir Henry Hardinge ordained that preference
in Government appointments should be
given
the Hindus "to the practice of usage, long estab-
lished among them, of giving Instruction in their to those who had received a western education.
own homes, and to encourage them in the exer- In the following decade the new learning took
cise and cultivation of their talents by the sti- firm root in India; and, though the Muhamma-
mulus of honorary marks of distinction and in dans still held aloof, the demand for English
some cases by grants of pecuniary assistance." schools outstripped the means of Government
for providing them . Fortunately there has
been
It was from sources ether than Government
of late a marked appreciation among
Muslim
that the desire for western knowledge
leaders of the need of improving the instructional
arose in India. In 1816, David Hare, an Eng-
level of their co-religionists and in many of
lish watchmaker in Calcutta, joined hands with
; t
the provinces of India a great impulse

the enlightened Brahmin, Mohan Roy, to insti-
tute the Hindu Collego for the promotion of towards educational advance among the Muham. |
western secular learning. The new institution madan community is now noticeaole.
Growth of English Education.
363
GROWTH AND ORGANISATION OF ENGLISH EDUCATION.

An epoch in Indian educational history is advocated to an even greater extent by the
marked by Sir Charles Wood's despatch in Jjducation Commission of 1882, which favoured
1854. Perhaps its most notable feature was the policy of withdrawing higher education
the emphasis which it laid on the importance from
the control of Government within certain
of primary education. The old idea that the limits
and of stimulating private effort. In theory
education imparted to the higher classes of the decision was correct, but in practice
society would filter down to the lower classes it was
irretrievably wrong. In its fatal desire to save
was discarded. The new policy was boldly money, Government deliberately accepted the
1
to combat the ignorance of the people which mistaken belief that schools and colleges could
may be considered the greatest curse of the be maintained on the low fees which
c u tr y." For this
the Indian
purpose Departments parent could be expected to pay. And,
of Public Instructions were created on in
lines the course of time, an unworkable
which do not differ very materially from the system of-
dual control grew up, whereby the Universities
Departments of the present day. The despatch 0
also broke away from the practice followed 2? il P nds afc their d>is Posal
with the duty of granting recognition to
were entrusted
since 1835 whereby most of the available schools
pub- and the Departments of Public Instruction
lic funds had been exDended upon a few Govern- were encouraged to cast a blind eye on the
ment schools and colleges, and instituted a vate institutions and to be content
pri-
'
policy of grants-in-aid to private institutions. with the
development of a few favoured Government
Such a system as this, placed in all its degrees institutions. There can be little wonder
under efficient inspection, beginning from the that,
under such a system of neglect and short-sight-
humblest elementary institution and ending edness, evils crept in which are
with the university test of a liberal education now being re-
moved gradually by the establishment of inde-
would impart life and energy to education in pendent Boards of Intermediate and Secondarv
India, and lead to a gradual but steady
ex- Education charged with the administration of
tension of its benefits to all classes of people " the high school and intermediate
Another feature of the despatch was an Outline stages of
education.
of a university system which' resulted

foundation of the Universities of Calcutta,
in the The Reforms of 1902-4.
In 1902, the Universities Commission was
JVMras and Bombay three years later. The
appointed by Lord Curzon's Government, and
affiliating type of university then
became the its investigation was followed by the Uni-
pivot of the Indian education system.
It has versities Act of 1904. The main object of the
undoubtedly been of value in several ways. Act was to tighten up control, on the part of
It enabled Government to select
recruits for its Government over the" universities, and on the
service on an impartial basis ; it did much part of the universities over the schools and
through the agency of its Colleges to
develop backward places
colleges. The Chancellors of the Universities
it accelerated
;
the were empowered to nominate 80 per cent, of
conversion of Indians to a zeal for western
the ordinary members of the Senates and to
education ; and it cost little at a time when
approve the election of the remainder the Go-
money was scarce. On the other hand, the vernment retained the power of cancelling any
;
new universities were not corporations of schol-

appointment, and university resolutions
all
ars, but corporations of administrators
; thev and proposals for the affiliation or disaffiliation
did not deal directly with the training of
but with the examination of candidates;
men of colleges were to be subject to Government
thev sanction. The universities were given the
were not concerned with learning, except
in responsibility of granting recognition to schools
so far as learning can be tested by examination.
and oi inspecting all schools and colleges, the
Ihe colleges were fettered by examination re- inspection of schools being ordinarily conducted
quirements and by uniform courses; their by the officers of the Department of Public
teachers were denied that freedom
which Instruction. Permission was also given to the
teachers should enjoy and their students were universities to undertake direct teaching func-
encouraged not to value training for its own tions and to make appointments, subject to
sake but as a means for obtaining marketable
Government sanction, for these objects: but
qualifications. In certain important respects
their scope was in practice limited to post-
the recommendations in the despatch were
not graduate work and research. The territorial
followed. The Directors did not intend that
limits of each university were defined, so that
university tests, as such, should become
the universities were precluded from any connex-
sole tests qualifying for public posts; they
also ion with institutions lying outside those boun-
recommended the institution of civil service daries. Neither the Commission nor the Govern-
examinations. They did not desire the uni- ment discussed the fundamental problems
versities to bo deprived of all teaching func-
of university organisation, but dealt only with
tions; they recommended the establishment
of the immediate difficulties of the Indian system.
university chairsforadvancedstady. They were They did not inquire whether the affiliating
aware cf the dangers of a too literary course of system could be replaced by any other mode of
Instruction ; they hoped that the system
of organisation, nor whether all schools might be
;ducation would rouse the people of India placed under some public authority which
to
ievelop the vast resources of their country would be representative of the universities and
..and gradually, but certainly, confer

mem all the advantages which accompanyupon of the departments. They assumed the per-
.
the manent validity of the existing system, in its

lealthy increase of wealth and commerce. The main features, and set themselves only to
incourageraent of the grant-in-aid system was improve and to strengthen it.
364 Educational Progress.
r-l
oo o
o>
oo os i>
I>
CO CM^
CSfcO tfT CO cs"eo
O CM
oo co CO HW5 f CO OS il
if. OS
CM GO
I
<M
CM
O l>OS
00 00 oo
rH lO CM
CM CO O CO
ON I
r}4 00 |> CM OS rH "#

CM (M OS (M iH CO 00 *
00 CO "*00 rH CO CO rH
r> o co ta cm
ON i
OH
CO <N co co CO OS CM 00 i 00
OO
CO CO CO
< co
t^
oo
CC>
CM CO
NN rH OH
CO CO
O
CO
I
<d* î4
cm coc> of NO?
cc co
COCO '
i
CO ^
CO
va cm oo
co
oo
I>
COHH
00
tH
OS
*
os
rH N-NO
co tj< cs cm
us *n '* >
co^ O CO "5 . CM CO CO
CM CO O t-T co o 52
COCO
coco
'
r>-^ Tft
OS OS CO
rH
\QN CO OS m
oooo
OS <
CO rH o o co *o io
rH CO" OCO* -i
l> CO CO o CO
O^
t> co CO
^ 5 p,
* 8
Stat *
. o
^3
a ^
5 ^ tn o "3
i_ CO
W> .3 .S
a
5) 9 a 5
Educational Progress. 365
OS O 00 <M
00 00 CO r-i
CO T*
10 00
I
1 CO O CO
1
. 10 co loo
. I> SO CO
co'o" o"
O0H O
tO 00 lO CO 1 CO CO <
CD CO rfl . ic 00 <
OS lO CO t I
'
CM OS Cvfco '
ooco
t> CO OOr
<**0> <M lO OSfi CM o OS

i>. r>. c<j -^t r-l CM
t^COCMO^ us
oT
t>~ in
1><N ,
t> to
CO CO iH
c o
lO 0 o
oT 0
00 OS co">o
OS O 0
eg oi ih
r-t
oT<m"
00^00
cm to in 10
g ih xa co
OS t~ o < l> rH
1
3
"-2
:I
~ S 3
in
total
a a
&
a
i bo 3 a>
b
3
*"
3 a -a
< r; a?
11
u B *!
S a si s B B
35 a 3 2 2 11o
-

366 Educational Expansion.
Recent Developments.
Government of Resolutions on
India The
present Educational Commissioner is
Indian Educational Policy. The Indian George Anderson, Kt., c.s.i., c.i.e., m.a., who
Sir
Universities Act of 1904 was followed by an eminent educationist of wide experience
is
two important resolutions of the Government and has served on several Commissions and
of India on Indian Educational Policy one in Committees on education in India.
1904 and the other in 1913. The resolution
of 1904 was comprehensive in character and
Calcutta University Commission.The
Report of the Calcutta University Commission
reviewed the state of education in ail was published in August 1919
and in the
its departments. The following passage from ing January the Government of India follow-
it summarises the intentions of Government: issued a
" The progressive Resolution summarising the main features of
devolution of primary, the Report and the recommendations
secondary of the
and collegiate education upon Commissioners.
private enterprise and the continuous with-
drawal of Government from competition The Government of India drew special atten-
therewith was recommended by the Educational tion to the following points in the Report :
Commission in 1883 and the advice has generally (i) High schools fail to give that breadth of
been acted upon. But while accepting this training which the developments of the
policy, the Government of India at the same time country and new avenues of employment
recognise the extreme importance of the princi- demand
ple that in each branch of education Govern- (ii) The intermediate section of University
ment should maintain a limited number of education should be recognized as part of
institutions, both as models for private enter- school education and should be separated
prise to follow and in order to uphold a high from the University organisation.
standard of education. In withdrawing (m) The defects of the present system of
from direct management it is further essential affiliated colleges may be mitigated by the
that Government should retain a general establishment of a strong central teaching
control, by means of efficient inspection, over body, the incorporation of unitary uni-
all public educational institutions." The versities (as occasion arises), a modifica-
comprehensive instructions contained in this tion of the administrative machinery
resolution were followed in the next few which will admit of fuller representation
years by the assignment to the provinces of of local interests, and supervision of
m
large Imperial grants, mainly for University, different classes of institutions by several
technical and elementary education. The appropriately constituted bodies.
resolution of 1913 advocated, inter alia, the
establishment of additional
The Commission gave detailed suggestions
but smaller Uni- fcr the reorganisation of the Calcuttta Univer-
versities of the teaching type it reaffirmed the
;
sity, for the control of secondary and interme-
policy of reliance on private effort in secondary
education ; it recommended an increase in the
diate education in Bengal and for the establish-
salaries of teachers and an improvement in the
ment of a unitary teaching University in Dacca.
amounts of grants-in-aid and it insisted on These measures concerned only Bengal : but it
;
proper attention being paid to the formation

was generally recognised that some of the
criticism made by the Commissioners admit
of character in the education given to scholars
of a wider application. Committees were
of all grades. It further discussed the desir-
ability of imparting
consequently
manual instructions and Madras, appointed by the Universities of
instruction in hygiene ;' the necessity for medical
Bombay, Patna and the Punjab to
consider the findings of the Commission. In the
inspection ; the provision of facilities for
research the need for the staffing of the girls'
United Provinces two committees were appoint-
;
schools by women teachers and the expansion ed,

one to prepare a scheme for a unitary
teaching University at Lucknow, the second to
of facilities for the training of teachers. The
consider measures for the reorganisation of the
policy outlined in 1913 materially accelerated
progress in the provinces, but the educational Allahabad University and the creation of a
developments foreshadowed were in many Board to control secondary and intermediate
education.
cases delayed owing to the effects of the Great
War. In Bengal the first outcome of the Commis-
sion's Report was the passing of the Dacca
Department of Education, Health University Act in the Imperial Legislative
and Lands of the Government of India Council in March 1920. It is remarkable that
In 1910 a Department of Education was the University which appears to have been least
established in the Government of India with affected by the recommendations of the Calcutta
an office of its own and a Member to represent University Commission has been the Calcutta
it in the Executive Council. The first Member University itself. In spite of many discussions
was SirHarcourt Butler. In 1923, the activities and draft proposals by both the University and
of the Department were widened, in the inter- the Government the organisation of the
ests of economy, by absorption in it of the Calcutta University has remained unaffected.
Department of Revenue and Agriculture. The The Reforms ActThe Reforms Act of
enlarged Department has been designated the 1919 has altered the conditions of educational
Department of Education, Health and Lands. administration in India. Education is now a
Kunwar Jagdish Prasad and Mr. G. S. Bajpai 'transferred 'subject in the Governors' provinces
are the present Member and Secretary, res- and is, in each such Province, under the
pectively. The Department possesses an educa- charge of a Minister. There are, however,
tional adviser styled Educational Commissioner. some exceptions to this new order of things.
Educational Expansion.
367
The education of Europeans is a ' Provincial provinces of their responsibilities in connection
reserved' subject, i.e., it is not within the charge with intermediate education and with entrance
of the Minister of Education ; and to the Govern- to a University course of studies. Institutions
ment of India are still reserved matters relating under private management are controlled
jto Universities like Aligarh, Benares and by
Government and by local bodies by "recogni-
[
Delhi and all such new universities as may be tion ' and by the payment of grants-in-aid,
declared by the Governor-General in Council to with
the assistance of the inspecting staffs employed
be central subjects. The Government of India by Government and in rarer cases by local
are also in charge of the Chiefs' Colleges and of nnnipfi *
all institutions maintained bv the Governor-
General in Council for the benefit of members of
His Majesty's Forces orof other public servants
Educational Services. Until recently, the
educational organisation in India consisted
or of the children of such members or servants. mainly of three services~(i) the Indian Educa-
notable event in recent

Hartog Committee on Education. The most tional Service, (ii) the Provincial
Educational
Service, and (in) the Subordinate Educational
years has been the
appointment of the Auxiliary Committee of the Service. The Indian Educational Service
Indian Statutory Commission, under the came into existence as a result of the recommen-
Chairmanship of Sir Philip Hartog, to report on dations made by the Public Services Commission
the growth of education in India. The report of of 1886, and in 1896 the Superior
Educational
the Committee, which was published in 1929, Service m India was constituted with two
constitutes a valuable document on the present divisionsthe Indian Educational Service
state of education in India. staffed by persons recruited in England
an&
the Provincial Educational Service staffed

Lindsay Commission. Another Commission,
which deserves mention, was appointed in 1929
persons recruited in India. These two divisions
by
were originally considered to be collateral and
by the International Missionary Council equal m status, though the pay of the European
to investigate the various problems connected
recruit was higher by approximately 50 per cent,
with the higher education provided by the than the pay of the Indian recruit. Gradually,
various Missionary bodies working in India. It
however, status came to be considered identical
was presided over by Dr. A. D. Lindsav, Master with pay and the Provincial Educational Service
of Balliol College, Oxford. The Commission came to be regarded of inferior status to the
visited India in 1930-31 and its report was
Indian Educational Service. Later as a result
published in 1931. of the recommendations of the Islington Com-
The Punjab University Enquiry Committee mission of 1912-16, the Indian Educational
was appointed in 1932 and submitted its report in oervice was- formed into a superior educational
the following year. The committee reported that service and all posts were thrown open to Indian
" the University is overburdened by the immense recruitment. The Provincial Educational Ser-
area of its jurisdiction and by the ever-increasing vice was simultaneously reorganised and a
number of its students many of whom are ill-fitted number of posts, generally with their Indian
for such education. " The main recommenda- incumbents, were transferred to the superior
tion was that the school system should be re-ad- service. This reorganisation resulted in a
justed so that many pupils would be diverted at considerable Indianisation of the superior
an earlier age to vocational and other forms of educational services in India. It was then laid
education. down that the proportion of Indians in this service
should on an average be 50 per cent, of the
Administration.The transfer of Indian total strength, excluding the posts in Burma.
education to the charge of a Minister responsible
to the Provincial Legislative Council, of which In 1924, all recruitment to the Indian Educa-
he himself is an elected member, has brought tional Service was stopped as a result of the
the subject directly under popular control in recommendations of the Royal Commission on
the ten major provinces. Generally speaking, the superior services in India. The Commis-
education, excluding European education, is sion recommended that " for the purposes of
not, however, under the charge of a local Governments no further recruitment should
single Minister in all the provinces of India. be made to the all-India services which operate
Certain forms of education have been in transferred fields. The personnel required
transferred to the technical departments con- for these branches of administration should
cerned and come within the purview of the in future be recruited by local Governments".
Minister in charge of those departments. In The Commission further recommended in regard
each province, the Director of Public Instruc- to the question of the future recruitment of
tion is the administrative head of the Depart- Europeans that " it will rest entirely with the
ment of Education and acts as adviser to the local Governments to determine the number
Education Minister. He controls the inspecting of Europeans who may in future be recruited.
staff and the teaching staff of Government In this matter the discretion of local Govern-
institutions and is generally responsible to the ment must be unfettered but we express the
local government for the administration of hope that Ministers on the one hand will still
education. The authority of Government, seek to obtain the co-operation of Europeans
in controlling the system of public instruction, in these technical departments and that quali-
is in part shared with and in part delegated fied Europeans on the other hand may be no
to Universities as regards higher education and less willing to take service under local Govern-
to local bodies as regards elementary and verna- ments than they were in the past to take service
cular education. In some provinces, boards under the Secretary of State". As a result
of secondary, or of secondary and intermediate, of the acceptance of these recommendations,
education have also been set up and have to the Indian Educational Service is dying out
some extent relieved the Universities in those and with the gradual retirement of its existing
368 Educational Expansion.
members, the history of the service which has and class IIwhich may be said to represent the
had a brief but fine record will be brought to an old Provincial Educational Service.
end. The present organisation of education The
,
existing Provincial and Subordinate
in the provinces is largely the work of members
Educational Services in the provinces have
of this service ; while in the sphere of higher been affected, more in some provinces that
education, it has trained many men of more others, by the changes which have taken place
than ordinary attainments. since 1919. Communal interests have Influenced
The new Provincial Educational Services, recruitment, and
which function under provincial control as the
in some places they have
influenced promotions also, in a direction which
superior educational services, have been consti- has not always tended towards service content*
tuted in most provinces. These schemes vary ment. But these results are the natural conse-
from province to province, but it may be gene- quences of the devolution of control of education
rally remarked that, while the rates of pay are not and power of recruitment to provincial and
uniform, they consist of two main classes class
I into which the existing Indian Educational
local authorities and will for some time continue
to affect the efficiency of the Education Depart*
Services have been merged for the time being, ments in the provinces.
Statistical Progress.
b elow a ord 86 1 COI?parisons with previous years and serve to
f J^2?h5
h growth and
the !?l5
,v
^? ? of* ?
expansion J ^
education in India.
illustrate
(a) STUDENTS.
In Recognised Institutions. In All Institutions

(Recognised and Unrecognised).
Year.
Males. Females. Total, Males. Females. Total.
1916-17 6,050,840 1,156,468 7,207,308 6,621,527 1,230,419 7,851,946

1921-22 6,401,434 1,340,842 7,742,275 6,962,979 1,418,422 8,381,401
1926-27 8,777,739 1,751,611 10,529,350 9,315,140 1,842,356 11,157,496
1927-28 9,260,266 1,899,890 11,160,156 9,778,737 1,996,445 11,775,222
1928-29 9 51 5,109 2,032,388 11,547,497 10,028,086 2,137,753 12,165,839
1929-30 9,748,749 2,149,853 11,898,602 10,256,914 2,258,212 12,515,128
1930-31 9,796,683 2,260,154 12,056,837 10,313,493 2,375,593 12,689,086
1931-32 9,752,937 2,369,529 12,122,466 10,273,888 2,492,649 12.766,537
1932-33 9,715,753 2,476,384 12,192,137 10,247,062 2,606,470 12,853,532
(b) Expenditure.
Total expenditure on
education in British India.
Year.
Public Funds. Total.
Rs. Rs.
1916-17
1921-22 6,14,80,471 11,28,83,068
11,49,61,178 18,37,52,969
1926- 27
1927-28 15,59,23,968 24,58,47,572
16,45,80,915 25,82,78,819
1928 29
1929-30 17,12,24.514 27,07,32.253
17,50,03,644 27,42,82,018
IP 8^-31
1^31 32 17.99.26.248 28.31.61.446
1932-33 16,84,19,016 27,18,56,622
15,39,56,219 25,78,75,868
Primary Education. 369
/ In 1932-33 the total expenditure on It may be noted that, out of a total of 9,377,748
Education in British India amounted to
pupils in primary and secondary schools for
Bs. 25,78,75,868 of which 44.0 per cent, came boys, 3,816,380 pupils were enrolled in Class I
from Government funds 15.8 per cent, from or the lowest class alone. In the case of primary
District Board and Municipal funds 24.4 per and secondary schools for girls, the corresponding
tent, from fees and 15.8 per cent, from all other
figures were 2,452,753 and 1,441,695. There is
pources. thus much wastage and stagnation in the lowest
I The average annual cost per scholar amounted classes. Efforts are being made in all
provinces
to Us. 21-2-5 as follows to Government funds to check this wastage,
:
but the evil cannot be
Bs. 9-5-0, to local funds Bs. 3-5-5, to fees eradicated so long as the number
of single-teacher
Bs. 5-2-8 and to other sources Bs. 3-5-4. schools is not appreciably reduced.
The different types of institutions with the scholars in attendance at them are shown
1 olio wing table: in the
Number of Institutions. Number of Scholars.

Types of Institutions.
1932. 1933. 1932. 1933.
Recognised Institutions.
Universities 16 16 9,091 10,041

Arts Colleges 243 252 72,354 75,329
Professional Colleges 74 72 18,048 18,391
High Schools 3,125 3,224 955,051 978,702
Middle Schools 10,616 10,537 1,342,468 1,318,365
Primary Schools 201,470 199,706 9,454,360 9,531,970
Special Schools 7,260 6,759 271,094 259,339
Total of Recognised Institutions 222,804 220,566 12,122,466 12,192,137
Unrecognised Institutions 34,988 34,781 644,071 661,395
Grand total of all Institutions 257,792 255,347 12,766,537 12,853,532

Primary Education. The primary schools
are mainly under the direction of the local
of bodily infirmity. Walking distance to a
school is generally defined as one mile from the
boards and municipalities. In recent years, child's home.
The employment of children,
eight provincial legislatures have passed who should be at school, is strictly forbidden
Primary Education Acts authorising the and a small imposed for non-compiiance
fine is
introduction of compulsory education by with an attendance order. The Acts generally
local option. All the Acts are drafted provide that, subject to the sanction of the local
on very similar lines. If a local body at Government, education where compulsory shall
a special meeting convened for the purpose be free. The Madras Elementary Education
decides by a two-thirds majority in favour of Act of 1920 contained such provision, but it
the introduction of compulsion in any part has recently been amended so as to allow fees
of the area under its control, it may then sub- to be charged in schools under private manage-
mit to Government, for approval, a scheme to ment situated in areas where education is
give effect to its decision. The scheme m'ust compulsory, reserving however a number of free
be within the means of the local body to carry places for poor pupils in such schools in areas
out with reasonable financial assistance from where there are no free schools. Such in brief
Government. Ordinarily the age limits of com- are the ordinary provisions of the various
pulsion are from six to ten years though provi- provincial Education Acts. Local bodies have
sion is made for prolonging the period. Pro- not however shewn as yet any great alacrity
vision is also made in all the Acts for the exemp- in availing themselves of the opportunity afford-
tion of particular classes and communities and ed them by these Acts.
for special exemption from attendance in cases
.
Compulsory Education.
Compulsory Primary Education.The following tables shows the urban and rural areas
m which compulsion had been introduced by the year 1932-33
Areas under " Compulsion.' 1
Province, Acts.
No. of
Urban Rural Villages
areas. areas. in Rural
areas.
Madras Elementary Education Act, 1920 25 104

Primary Education (District
Municipalities Act, 1918) 4
Bombay City of Bombay Primary Education
Act, 1920 (a)l
Primary Education Act, 1923 5 150
Bengal Primary Education Act, 1919 & 1930 1

Primary Education Act, 1919 36
United District Boards Primary Education
Provinces. Act, 1926 24 351
Punjab . Primary Education Act, 1919 60 3,013
Bihar and Orissa Primary Education Act, 1919
.
1 2 2
Central Provinces Primary Education Act, 1920 24 431 431
and Berar.
Assam Primary Education Act, 1926
Delhi (Punjab Act extended to Delhi, 1925). iP)l 10 16
Total . 158 3,392
(a) Two Wards. (b) Six Wards.

N.B.Thistable does not include areas for which schemes of compulsory primary
education
are under consideration or have been sanctioned but not yet introduced.
It includes, on the
other hand, areas in which such schemes have been partially introduced.
The poverty of local bodies is usually the cauoe the Punjab the school leaving examination is
assigned to their diffidence to introduce compul- conducted by a Board. But the main difficulty
sory education to any appreciable extent. has not yet been touched. The University
Secondary and High School Education. which recognises the schools has no money where-
Some attempts have been made to give a with to improve them : and the Department of
greater bias towards a more practical form Public Instruction, which allots the Government
of instruction in these schools. The Com- grants, has no responsibility for the recogni-
mission of 1882 suggested that there should tion of schools, and no connexion whatever
be two sidessecondary schools, " one
in
with the private unaided schools. This dual
leading to the entrance examination of the authority and this division of responsibility
universities, the other of a more practical have had unhappy effects. The standard of
character, intended to fit youths for commercial the schools also is very low so that the matri-
and culates are often unable to benefit by the col-
other non-literary pursuits.'' Some
years later,what were called B and C lege courses. In some provinces an endeavour
classes were started in some schools in Bengal has been made to raise the standard of the
but, as they did not lead to a university course, schools by withdrawing from the University
they have not been successful. In more recent the Intermediate classes and by placing them
years the Government of India have advocated in a number of the better schools in the State.
the institution of a school final examination As has already been stated, there is now a
in which the more practical subjects may be widespread desire to cure these evils by a
included. Efforts have also been made to radical reconstruction of the school system of
improve the conduct of the matriculation and education. The main defect of the present
to emphasise the importance of oral tests and system is that all pupils, even those in the
of school records. In Madras, this examination, primary stages, are educated on the assumption
which was placed under the direction of a Board that they will ultimately proceed to a university.
representative of the University and of In consequence, very many pupils drift on to "a
Government, proved somewhat cumbrous university and prolong unduly their purely
and certain modifications were made. In the literary studies. In order to counteract this
United Provinces and the Central Provinces tendency, the school system should be divided
the control of secondary education has been into separate stages, each with a clearly defined
made over to special Boards created for this pur- objective released from the trammels of a
pose. Similarly, the Administration of Delhi has university. On the successful completion of
established a Board of Secondary Education for each stage, pupils should be encouraged either
that province and the Government of India have to join the humbler occupation of life or to
established a Board of Intermediate and High proceed to separate vocational institutions,
School Education, with headquarters at Ajmer, which should be provided in more ample
for Raj pu tana, Central India and Gwalior. In measure than at present,
Boy Scout Movement. 37i
/Reconstruction along these general lines was
flifet proposed by the Punjab University

Girl Guide Movement. This movement is
making steady progress. There is, however, a
Committee, and was subsequently endorsed by lack of those competent and willing to give
tile Universities Conference which met in Delhi instruction.
in 1934. Its details have been worked out in
gieater detail in an important Resolution of
Medical Inspection. Arrangements have
been made for medical inspection of scholars
the Government of the United Provinces later
in the same year.
but progress has been hampered by the shortage
of funds and the continued indifference of
There are schools for Europeans and Anglo- parents. In the
United Provinces, schools are
Indians which are placed under the control of now inspected by officers
of the Public Health
special inspectors for European Schools. The Department. In Madras, the scheme of medical
education of the domiciled community has prov- inspection of schools
has been made compulsory
ed to be a perplexing problem, and in 1912 a in all Government
institutions, and it has been
conference was summoned at Simla to consider made a condition of
recognition that all secondary
the matter. The difficulty is that European schools should
introduce the scheme. As a
Schools are very remote from the general sys- measure of
economy,
tem of education in India. But efforts are of grants for medical however, the payment
inspection has been sus-
being made to bring these schools more into pended, but the
question of reorganising the
line with the ordinary schools, and Indian
system on an improved basis is under considera-
Universities generally are affording special tion. Owing to lack of funds, it has not been
facilities for Anglo-Indian boys who may proceed
possible for the Bombay Government to set
for higher education in Indian colleges. up an agency to direct and organise medical
Recently, as a result of the recommendations inspection work in schools on a satisfactory
made by the Irwin Sub-Committee of the Third basis. In Burma, the grants-in-aid for medical
Indian Round Table Conference, Provincial inspection have been temporarily suspended on
Boards for Anglo-Indian and European Edu account of retrenchment, but most medical
cation have been constituted in almost all officers have continued the inspection of pupils
Provinces ; and an Inter-Provincial Board has without remuneration. In Bihar & Orissa, certain
also been constituted, the first meeting of which posts of school medical officers were abolished
was held in January 1935 under the auspices in 1932, for the same reason, but it has since
of the Government of India. been found possible to revive them. There is,
Medium of instruction in public schools. however, still need for adequate facilities for
The position of English as a foreign language the treatment of children suffering from diseases.
and as a medium of instruction in public In a few towns in the Punjab, satisfactory
schools was discussed by a reDresentative con- arrangement exist not only for medical inspec-
ference which met at Simla in 1917 under the tion but also for effective treatment, and an
Chairmanship of Sir Sankaran Nair, the then extension of this useful scheme is under
Education Member. Although it was generally contemplation.
conceded that the teaching of school subjects The activities of Junior Red Cross and
through a medium which was imperfectly under- St. J ohn Ambulance Societies have been particu-
stood led to cramming and memorising of larly beneficial in improving the health of
text-books, the use of English medium was school children and in interesting them in
defended by some on the ground that it improved the health of others.
the knowledge of English. The result of the
conference was therefore inconclusive. Some
Intermediate Colleges. One important
local authorities have since then approved part of the Calcutta University Commission's
of schemes providing for the recognition of recommendations has been accepted by the
local vernaculars as media of instruction and Government of the United Provinces and the
c
examination in certain subjects. There seems Government of India and incorporated in the
to be no doubt that the use of the vernacular as Acts establishing the Lucknow and Dacca and
the medium of instruction and examination is reconstituting that of Allahabad, namely, the
gradually increasing all over India. separation of the intermediate classes from the
sphere
The main difficulty, however, is that school classes of university work and of the two top
of night schools from the rest of the
classes have often to be split up at considerable
school classes. The separated classes have been
expense into a number of language sections.
combined together and the control over them
The problem needs further investigation, espe- has
been transferred from the University to a
cially in the direction of evolving a common
Board of Secondary and Intermediate Education.
script for at least a single province, if not for
Such a Board was constituted for the Dacca
the whole of India. In this concession, Mr. A.
University area by a notification of the Govern-
Latifi, i.c.s., has done good pioneer work in
ment of Bengal in 1921.
respect to the Romanised Urdu Script.
The United Provinces Board was constituted
Boy Scout Movement.
ment in
A happy develop-
recent years has been the spread
by an Act passed in the same year. The Aligarh
of the Muslim University has, however, reverted to the
boy scout movement which has had an excellent
old system under which the Intermediate classes
effect in all provinces in creating amongst boys
form part of the University, and the separate
m active sense of good discipline. Intermediate College has been abolished. In
It is gratifying that intimate contact is being Ajmer-Merwara, the Intermediate classes are
istablishment between the Boy Scout Move- under a separate Board which operates in
nent and the Junior Red Cross and St. John's Rajputana, Central India and Gwalior. Inter-
Ambulance Associations, as well as with move- mediate Colleges of the new type have also been
aents for social uplift and improvement of established in the Punjab, but they are affiliated
illage conditions. to the Punjab University.
.
372 Technical Education.
Professional and Technical Education. the Departments of Industries. In addition to

A research institute in agriculture was a number of engineering schools, there are
started by Lord Curzon at Pusa in Bihar Engineering Colleges at Roorkee, Sibpur, Poona,
which has done valuable work. Conferences Madras, Rangoon, Patna and Benares each of
have been held at Pusa, Simla and Poona, which except that at Roorkee is affiliated
with the object of providing a suitable to a university. The engineering colleges
training in agriculture. A Royal Commission maintain a high standard and great pressure
on Agriculture has submitted its report and as for admission is reported from several provinces.
a result of its recommendations an Imperial There are schools of art in the larger towns
Council of Agricultural Research has been where not only architecture and the fine arts
established by the Government of India are studied, but also practical crafts like pottery
at their headquarters. Among commercial and iron work. There are two forest colleges
colleges, the most important is the Syden- at Dehra Dun and Coimbatore and a Technical
ham College of Commerce in Bombay. Indus- Institute is in existence at Cawnpore and
trial institutions are dotted about India, some a Mining School at Dhanbad. Mining and
maintained by Government, others by munici- metallurgy are also taught by the Mining and
palities or local boards, and others by private Metallurgical College at Benares which provides
bodies. The most important are the a 4-year course leading to a B.Sc. degree in
Victoria Jubilee Technical Institute in Bombay. each subject. Provision has been made by the
The Indian Institute of Science at Bangalore, Government of India for the training of cadets
the product of generous donations by the Tata for the Mercantile Marine Service and a ship
family. The tendency in recent years has been
'*
I.M.M.T.S. Dufferin " has been stationed for
to place these institutions under the control of this purpose in Bombay waters.
The following table shows in summary form the number of such institutions and of students
attending them :
1932. 1933.
Type of Institution.
Institutions. Students. Institutions. Students.
Training . 22 1,462 22 1,590

Law 12 7,151 12 7,232
Medical 11 4,075 11 4,440
Engineering 7 2,171 7 2,142
Agricultural 8 942 8 872
Commercial 7 1,860 6 2,082
Forest 2 87 2 66
Veterinary 4 4 438
Total 73 18,237 72 18,862
IT. Schools
Normal and Training 634 28,768 592 27,276
Law 2 127 2 113
Medical 31 6 719 32 6,655
Engineering 11 2,062 11 1,926
Technical and Industrial. 483 26,711 451 25,645
Commercial 135 6,246 132 5,411
Agricultural 13 464 12 483
Eorest 1 68
*
Schools of Art 16 2,454 15 2,128
Total . 1,325 73,551 1,248 69,705

r
Grand Total . 1,398 91,788 1,320 88,567
Universities.
The first in
University India, that of universities. The developme nt of this policy
Calcutta, was founded in 1857. Between 1857 was accelerated by the strength of communal
and 1887 four new Universities, at Bombay, feeling and the growth of local and provincial
Madras, Lahore and Allahabad were added. patriotism, leading to the establishment of aj
These five universities were all of the affiliat- number of teaching universities. The news
ing type. The Government of India had recog- type of universities has since been strongly]
nised in their resolution of 1913 the necessity of advocated by the Calcutta University Commis*
creating new local teaching and residential sion which has offered constructive proposals as
reform;
universities in addition to the existing affiliating to the lines to be followed in university
Universities in India. 373
There are now 18 Universities in India, of which two are situated in Indian States. The
following table gives the latest available figures and certain other particulars about these
Universities :
Statistics of Universities 1933.

No. of who and
0 Members No. of
O of Teach- Students. Arts
ft
ing Staff.
|
dents
>32.
o
in 1$
University. Type.f Faculties 4 Stu Remarks.
Date
in
Affiliated] Affiliated
University University
Departments. Departments.
of graduated
Colleges. Colleges.
Science
Original
tion.
In In In In No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1. Calcutta . Affiliating 1857 A., Sc., L., 231 1,364 1,391 24,021 2,309 Degrees in Commerce
and Tea- M., Eng. and Education
ching. are also awarded.
2. Bombay . Affiliating 1857 A., Sc., L., 4 621 102 15,225 1,373 Degrees in Com'
and Tea- M. merce, Education,
ching. Agriculture and
Engineering are
also awarded.
3. Madras . Affiliating 1857 A., Sc., Ed, 31 1,260 130 15,374 2,168 Degrees and Diplo-
and Tea- L., M., mas in Oriental
ching. Eng.,Ag., Learning and
Com, 0., Economics are also
F.A. awarded.,
4. Punjab . Affiliating 1882 0 A., Sc., 98 983 158 18,526 1,409 Faculty ot Arts in-
and Tea- M., L., cludes Education.
ching. Ag.,Com.
Eng.
5. Allahabad Unitary . 1887 A., Sc., L., 108 689 424 Reconstituted in
Com. 1921.
6. Benar e s Unitary . 1916 A., Sc., 0., 215 3,305 291

Hindu. Th., L.,
M.
7. Mysore* . Teaching . 1916 A., Sc., M., 0282 02,834 286 Degrees in Com-
Eng. & merce and Edu-
Teach. cation are also
awarded.
8. Patna Affiliating 1917 A., Sc., L., 0331 4,276 285

Edn., M.,
Eng.
* Situated in an Indian State outside British India. 0 In constituent colleges.
t An Affiliating " University is a University which recognises external colleges offering

''
instruction in its courses of studies ; a " Teaching " University is one in which some or all of the
teaching is controlled and conducted by teachers appointed by the University a " Unitary ". ;
University is one, usually localised in a single centre, in which the whole of the teaching is
conducted by teachers appointed by and under the control of the University.
% Faculties :
A. = Arts ; Ag. = A griculture ; Com. = Commerce
Eng. = Engineering ; F. = Forestry ; F.A. = Fine Arts ; L. Law ;
; Ed. = Education ( Teaching)
M. = Medicine ; O. = Oriental
Learning; Sc.= Science : Tech. - Technology ; Th. = Theology.
The term " Affiliated Colleges " here includes all colleges affiliated to, associated with
or recognised by a University of any type.
. .. .
3^4 Universities in India.

-
No. of who and
Founda-
Members No. of
of Teach-
Students. Arts
of
ing Staff. mts
University. Type.f Faculties. %

j
Date
00-5
Remarks.
University
Affiliated
University
?
DeDartments Departments.
Colleges.
Original
OO
tion.
In In In
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9. Osmania* Teaching 1918 A., Th.,Sc. *

171 i
J .. 6^
M., Eng.
Ed., L.
10. Aligarh Unitary . 192C A., Sc., L. ioe 1,184

Muslim. 126 There are Depart-
Ed. Th. ments of Studies
in various subjects
instead of Facul-
ties.
11. Rangoon . Teaching . 1920 A., Sc., M. 211 1,783 125 There are Boards of
Eng.', F.'
Studies in various
Ed. subjects instead
of Faculties.
1 2. Lucknow . Unitary . 1920 A., Sc., M. 114 13 1,952 60 252 Diplomas in Edu-
L., Com.
cation and Orien-
tal Languages are
also awarded.
13. Dacca Unitary 1921 A. Sc. L. in

.
1,010 201 Degrees in Com*
merce and Educa-
tion ar e also
W4l UtJU,
14. Delhi Teaching 1922 A., Sc., L. 10

.
106 160 2,053 233
15. Nagpur .. Affiliating1923 A., Sc., L., 139

and Tea- 2,648 249 ....
Ed., Ag.
ching.
16. Andhra .. 4 Affiliating ] L926, A., Sc., M., 19 272 79 3,292 460
Ed., 0.
17. Agra .. i Ifflliating. 1 927 l.,Sc.,Com. 382

J.
3,249 1,414 ....
L., Ag.
18. Annamalai. 1 Jnitary l 929 1 L, Sc., 0.. 77

. .
630 95
1
For foot-notes see page 366.

Education of Women and Girls. 375
Inter-University Board. The idea put for- The Third Quinquennial Conference of Indian
ward by the Indian Universities Conference in Universities was held in 1934 under the auspices
May 1924 for the constitution of a central agency of the Board. It was opened by H, E. the
in India took practical shape and an Inter-Uni- Viceroy and passed several important resolutions.
versity Board came into being during 1925.
Twelve out of fifteen universities joined the Education of Indian Women and Girls.
Board. Its functions are : There is still a leeway to be made good. All
the influences which operate against the spread
(a) to actas an inter-university organisation
of education amongst the boys are reinforced
and a bureau of information ;
in the case of women by the purdah system and
(b) to facilitate the exchange of professors ; the custom of early marriage.
(c) to serve as an authorised channel of com- Arts colleges, medical colleges, and the like
munication and facilitate the co-ordination of admit students of both sexes, and a few girls
university work attend them. The Lady Hardinge Medical
College for Women at Delhi gives a full medical
(d) to assist Indian universities in obtaining
course for medical students. The Shreemati
recognition for their degrees, diplomas and
Nathibai Damodher Thackersey Indian Women's
examinations in other countries ;
University was started some ten years ago
(e) to appoint or recommend, where neces- by Professor Karve. It is a private institution
sary, a common representative or representa- and is doing good pioneer work.
tives of India at Imperial or International con-
ferences on higher education;
The All -India Women's Conference on Educa-
tional Reform, which holds its meetings annually
(/) to act as an appointments bureau for and has constituent conferences established
Indian universities all over the country, is also doing much useful
(g) to fulfil such other duties as may be work. An All-India Women's Education
assigned to it from time to time by the Indian Fund Association has also been established
in connection with this Conference. This
Universities.
association appointed in 1930 a special oommittee
Each member University has to make a fixed to enquire into the feasibility of establishing
annual contribution towards the expenses of a central Teachers' Training College of a special-
the Board. ised Home Science character. This committee
reported at the end of the year recommending
The meetings of the Board are held yearly. " on
the establishment of such a college
The Board consists of one representative of absolutely new lines which would synthesise
each of the member Universities and one
the work of existing provincial colleges by
representative of the Government of India.
psychological research " and the Governing
The Board has not yet had much influence Body of the Association supported the proposal
on University policy in India but it has done at the Annual General Meeting.of the Association
a considerable amount of useful work in collect- which has adopted it. A college, called the
ing information and in stimulating thought Lady Irwin College, has since been established
regarding current University problems. in New Delhi.
The comparative statement below shows the state of women's education during 1932-33 :-
No. of Institutions. No. of Scholars.
1932. 1933. 1932. 1933.
Recognized Institutions
20 24 1,337 1,640
8 8 283 307
. 324 338 81,249 86,122
Middle Schools 844 845 122,616 129,783
Primary Schools 32,626 33,170 1,298,414 1,349,819
Special Schools 390 381 15,876 16,556
Unrecognized institutions 4,241 3,988 92,174 93,796
Total . 38,453 38,754 1,611,949 1,678,028

;
376 Education in the Army.

Education in the Army.
The Army in In point of buildings, staffs and organisation
India undertakes the responsibility of the educa- these institutions approach
tion of certain sections of the community. Its English Public
Schools. Students are prepared for a diploma
activities are directed into various channels with
examination conducted by the Government of
certain definite objects, which may be summaris- India. The diploma is regarded as equivalent
ed as follows : to the matriculation certificate of an Indian
(i) The education of the soldier, British and university. A further four-year course
of
Indian, in order to : University standard called the Higher Diploma
is conducted at the Mayo College.
(a) develop his training faculties; The Inter-
mediate and final examination for this Diploma
(b) improve him as a subject for military are also held by the Government of India.
training and as a citizen of the Empire; Its standard is roughly equivalent
(c) enhance the prospects of remunerative to that of
the B.A. diploma of an Indian University.
employment on his return to civil life.
The fulfilment of the obligations of the
(ii) Indigenous Education. Of the 12,853,532
State to the children of soldiers, serving and ex- scholars being educated in India 661,395 are
service (British and Indian). classed as attending 'private' or 'unrecog-
nised institutions. Some of these institutions
(in) The provision, as far as possible, of are of importance: The Gurukula near Har-
training for the children of soldiers, who have dwar and Sir Rabindra Nath Tagore's school at
died in the service of their country. Bolpur have attained some fame and the
;
(iv) The
creation of a body of Indian gentle- numerous monastery schools of Burma are well-
men educated according to English public school known. Connected with every big Mosque
traditions, which should provide suitable can- in northern India there is some educa-
didates for admission to the Royal Military tional organisation and the schools attached
College, Sandhurst. to the Fatehpuri and Golden Mosques at Delhi
and the Dar-ul-Ulm, Deoband, are noted.
The Prince of Wales' Royal Indian These institutions generally have a religious or
Military College, Dehra Dun. A Royal
Military College has been established at Dehra
'
national atmosphere.
Dun. The aim of this institution is to provide The Ayurvedic and Unani Tibbia College,
education on the lines of an English public Delhi, founded by the late Hakim Ajmal Khan,
school for the sons of Indian gentlemen, both is an important unrecognised institution.
It
civil and military, up to the standard required provides instruction in the indigenous system
for the passing of the entrance examination of of medicine up to the highest standard
and also
the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. gives some training in surgery.
A further development along these lines is
being made by bringing the scheme initiated Indian students in Foreign Countries-
by the late Mr. S. R. Das to fruition. A fine Indian students still proceed to foreign countries,
property has been acquired at Dehra Dun, and mainly, to Great Britain, America, Japan and
Mr. A. E. Foot, lately a master at Eton College, Germany, to complete or supplement their
has been appointed as the first headmaster. education.
The Indian Military Academy, Dehra The distribution

Dun. As a result of the recommendations of was as follows :
of these scholars in 1932-33
the Indian Military College Committee, which

was appointed by the Government of India
in 1931, the Indian Military Academy has been
1. In Great Britain and Ireland *
instituted at Dehra Dun. With the inauguration England 1,293
of this Academy, a new chapter in Indian Wales 30
history has opened. This Academy, which is to Scotland 235
be as good as any similar institution in England, Ireland 33
will train Indian young men for King's
Commissions in the Army. Total 1,591

Chiefs' Colleges. For the education of
the sons and relative^ of the Chiefs and Princes
of India, whose families rule over one-third of
In Europe
the Indian continent, five Chiefs' Colleges are Austria
maintained, viz : France 22
Germany 82
(i) Mayo College, Ajmer, for Rajputaua Switzerland 3
Chiefs;
(U) My College, Indore, for Central India
Italy 3
Chiefs
Total 115
(Hi) Aitchison College, Lahore, for Punjab
Chiefs ;
(iv) Rajkumar College, Raj kote, tor Kathia- 3. In United States of America .. 152
war Chiefs and ;
(t>) Rajkumar College, Raipur, for Central Total 1,858

Provinces and Bihar and Orissa Chiefs.
Educational Progress. 377
+ 7
I
CO tH CO CO
OS
CO CO
o to
tO I>
r-i t> CO
lO CM
,497
oo
18,4^
CM CM
r-T Ht S3
rH CO
) ))
37^ 4
Educational Progress.
to
-
6.2 3.17 4.96 2.97

1933. 5.7 5.5 3.02 4.73

4.4 3.7
Total
Percentage
Scholars
6.3 3.13
1932. 6.1 5.6 5.6 4.3 2.9 2.96 4.70
op 4.3 3.6
}
(-f
( 1,428
3,460 79,866 8,409 6,862
all 12,357
+17,220 37,799 +23,398 +2,286 86,995
or
+ + + +
in Increase
Decrease
+
Institutions.
Scholars
1933. 728,834 90,755

468,351 379,180
2,912,525
2,863,091 1,535,208 1,295,770 1,118,221
12,853,532
op op
No.
Kinds
1
Total
1932.
2,924,882 2,783,225 1,517,988 1,333,567
727,406 459,942 372,318
88,469 a
1,094,823
12,766,537

;
(+)
( 550
2,540 4,877
+ 1,004 2,017
1,577 7,742
+1,826 +2,612
755
+17,324
or
+ + + +
in Increase Decrease
Institutions.
Scholars
1933. 47,928 33,895 65,704 64,868 3,796

63,931 11,274 26,624
130,950 203,970
661,395
(3
op
C
Unrecognised
No.
47,378 34,899 63,164 59,991 9,448 4,551

1932. 56,189 24,012
132,967
j
202,393
644,071
)
+

( ( 2,456
+12,343
149
15,656
6,583
+4,250
3,041 69,671
12,907 +77,326 35,780
Recognised
or
+ + + +
Increase
Decrease
in
Institutions. 524,864 86,959

1933. 457,077 352,556
2,864,597 1,298,192 2,797,387
1,470,340 1,164,820
1,054,290
12,192,137
holars
o
00
o 1932.
2,877,504 1,300,648 2,720,061 1,457,997 1,200,600
525,013 450,494 348,306
83,918
1,038,634
6 12,122,466
ft
and
Frontier
India*
Orissa
Provinces Provinces
Total-British
Province.
and
Province
North-West
Berar
Madras
Bombay Bengal United Punjab Central
Burma
Bihat Assam
Educational Progress.
379
Ô0O1#00cMCOrHOSCO co hh m to
CO W 1> T> OS
>
I> lO
l> OS CO OS
CM ao CO co
H* CO CO t>
-Ô^cO " 0* tH <xTo
>
CM CO
NOOlO(N5OQ0HMI>
H^rH^COÔ Hj4 OS CO
CO rH rH
nhcIh th
osi>cocoi>coioco
OOiOCMoOI>OScO
a> o OS^CO rHûO HlMtDlONH
^ os
co oT oo of ^
WHH MHHH r-T co
"0 i-i I> t> iT5 00 00 i
lOoiof CM*
COCOlA^r-KMCOTHOSrH
r-t-^GOt^m-^cO^rHOO
oiNifl aoooc^ i> co'oTi-T
"<*cOCMCOI>u-JC<1t*<cO CMCMuO(MOSCOOSOS
(MÔJ t> r-^CO CM 00 CO CM
G<f rH rH tÎ> l> t> <M OS O Tt< CO lO
rH oj o co oo~co hJ of co'tC
CO^COCOOSCOCOCOCM
CO tH
COtÔJvOtÔSCOTftOOO
(MfMOCTSCOOJCOOi^cq
*osca!f4osaocNjeoH<H<
t^rHOOrHCOOOCMOOrHlO
COl^COrHr-COiOOSrHH*
S rC
^ÔHioncccoH
OS00CO00O5r>rH<NOSOS
cocoootcooo'^cococo I> lO CO t>(M 00 rH CM

c-î-h ooo osio
rH w
NQOOJlflM OOOOIHH "5H CM tH

OSu-SCO-*cO<N00CMt*
OS CO O^HlflOlOlfl
rHoTcTcOCo" CO* CM~ r-T
<M 00 lO
rH
lO
O CM
*G CM CO
Ph pq
illlf slip rt c 4) d a
pq pq Jd pn pq pq g> ^ ^ ) pqpqpp4?
:
38o Expenditure on Education.
p. 7 0 5 11 1 10 7 9 10 1 5
Total
cost.
a. 9 0 14 3 3 5 13 6 12 14 2
Us. 18 29 14 25 23 32 15 21 13 33 21
p. 0 5 0 3 7 2 1 7 1
17
Other a. 0 6 11 5 7 7 1 7 lO
Sources.
19
Us.
4 4 2 3 2 4 2 2 3 CO
p. 1 0 0 7 7 8 3 0 11 00
Fees. a.
5 0 8 11 15 7 13
13
8 9 <M
Us.
3 6 6 4 5 6 3 4 2 3
p. 11 0 2 3 6 8 7 10 2 iO
19
Local
Funds. (a) a.
9 0 4 15 10 0 12 7 m
13
Us.
2 6 3 2 9 4 6 1 3 CO
p. 0 0 10 1 9 10 6 10 5 11
9 0 9 4 3
Govern-
ment
Funds.
a. 12 14 14 14 5
Us.
8 13 4 13 11 12 4 9 7 23
O^C0^
<j CO <M CO
Other
Sources.
<N rH rH rH
0
rH
cOvOC5(Mo
rH rH rH rH
15.8
v)CO<NGOl>l>rHJ>
00 O
t^CMCOCOlOOHÔlGO
CO lO
.4
Fees.
rHC\|T^rH<M<NC<JrHrHrH 24
00 rH rH
rH rH <M d rH rH
rH CO
00 rH r-i
CO rH
rH 00
H
CO
r-T
rH
rH Oi"
WH *-S
Oi
oo~ r-T co" co"
^.2
rH I>
CO" <N rH rH
tJC o
fl s
O a
n
to AH
1- 53
- fl
PQ P ft
Boy Scouts. 38i
BOY SCOUTS.
The Boy Scouts movement, initiated in 8. That he smiles and whistles under all
England by Lord Baden Powell (the Chief difficulties
Scout), has spread widely in India, both
among Europeans and Indians. The Viceroy
9. That he is thrifty ;
is Chief Scout of India and the heads of
Provinces are Chief Scouts in their own areas.
The aim of the Association is to develop 10. That he is clean in thought, word, and
good citizenship among boys by forming their deed.

character training them in habits of observa-
tion, obedience and self-reliance inculcating Indian Headquarters.
loyalty and thoughtfulness for others and
teaching them services useful to the public and
handicrafts useful to themselves.
Patron. H. R. H. The Prince of Wales, K.G.
Chief Scout for India. His Excellency The

It is confidently anticipated that in the Boy Right Hon'ble The Earl of Willingdon, G.M.S.I.,
Scout Movement will be found a natural means G.M.I.E., G.C.M.G., G.B.E.
of bridging the gulf between the different races
existing in India. The movement is non-official,
Chief Commissioner (Acting).
non-military, non-political and non-sectarian.
Its attitude towards religion is to encourage
every boy to follow the faith he professes. E. C. Mieville, Esq., C.S.I., c.M.G.
Every boy admitted as a Scout makes a three-
fold promise to do his best: (1) to be loyal to
God, King and country ; (2) to help others at all
Deputy Chief Commissioner. Rai Sahib
G. Dutta.
times; and (3) to obey the Scout law. The
law referred to lays down
General Secretary for India. N. N. Bhose
Esq., B.A. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, D.C.C.
1. That a Scout's honour is to be trusted
Travelling Secretary for India. G. T. J.

2. That he is loyal to God, King and country, Thaddaeus, Esq., B.A., D.C.C. (S. & R.) ; Ak. L.
his parents, teachers, employers, his comrades, (for India).
his country and those under him
General Council for India.
3. That he is to be useful and to help others;
Ex-officio. The Chief Commissioner for India.

4. That he is a friend to all and a brother to
every other scout, no matter to what social class The Provincial Commissioners.
the other belongs
The Presidents of Provincial

5. That he is courteous Councils.
6. That he is a friend to animals ; Elected. (Not completed.)

7. That he obeys orders ; j Nominated. (Not completed).
. .
382 Boy Scouts.
The Boy Scouts Association (India and Burma
Ajmer-Merwara 35 35 31 C 9 3 59
Assam 92 93 79 47 2 4 84 36 2
Baluchistan .
14 14 13 1 4 10 11 8
Bangalore 22 24 16 16 1 2 21 18 1
403 449 297 151 34 17 376 171 30
Bihar & Orissa 253 257 234 132 12 117 255
Bombay 104 8
1,472 1,517 1,116 512 63 167 1,525 523 63
Central India 12 15 9 lc 2 10 13 19 2
Central Provinces 1,098 1,189 127 685 50 36 817 810 34
Delhi 54 55 40 26 3 6
Hyderabad Brit 56 28 4
Administered Areas 49 52 23 29 2 26 35 1
Madras 473 493 320 285 57
N. W. F. P 5 587 302 72
87 95 78 39 16 40 92 45 17
Punjab 1,497 1,510 1,356 410 69 618 1,489 425 33
United Provinces 554 588 371 151 65 56 398 163 66
Western India States 37 40 48 8 7
Baghat State 6 48 1 1
5 5 2 2 1 1 2 4 1
Barwani State 3 3 2 1 2 1
Bharatpur State 15 15 15 13 7
'
Bhopal State 1 24 20 .6
2 12 12 5 90
Bijawar State 1 1 1 1 1
Charkhari State 4
Chattarpur State
4 3 1
"4 "l
4 4 25 1 25
Cochin State 54 60 54 27 ii 11 64
Datia State 6 6 5 2 1 4
Dhar State 37 39 39
Dhenkanal State 39
/O 129 76 69 3 13 52
Jaipu State 75 76 73 28 8 28 88
Jammu & Kashmir State 74 75 66 76 3 7 87
Jath State 1 1 4 1 1 5
Jhabua State 1 1 1 1
Khilchipur State
Kolhapur State
1 1 1 "l
59 64 53 8 3 7 82
Kurwai State 1 1 1 2
Marwar State 105 105 60 40 5 18
Mysore State 27 348 375 258 231 60 116 295
Nagod State 3 3 3 1 2
NarsiDgarh State 1 1 1 2
Nawanagar State 23 27 25
"2 *25
Orchha State 7 7 7 7
'
i
"7 7
Patiala State 25 44 61 17 2 33
Pudukhottai State . 17 18 10 13 i 13
Rajgarh State 1 1 2 1
"2
Rampur State **2
1 1 2 1 1
R at lamState 1 1 1 1 i 1 2
Sailana State 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
Sanrii State 18 18 15 3 18
Ton* State 1 1 4 1 "l
Travancore State 70 77 70 13 13 23 137
7,205 7,603 5,611 3,090 513 1,331 7,040

Boy Scouts
383
Branch), General Headquarters Census 1934.
Number of. 2
No. of. "e"j
43
0
>uters
co*
of & H CO*
"0
0 eg p co
0 g

n . 3
P 0 CD O "-<
5 co 0
CO a
Sc<
0
u
c
i &l '3
m co
CD
'
Jg ffl
=3
O
CO CO
rO >
1
Is 10 H 0
1
Total
O
CO
c3
<u
CO
0 0 1
& CO S d
P3 j
P\ Hi .2
62 630 121 319 890 4

126
1
956
1,989 929 48 2,966 4 157 3,253
33 327 248 99 674 3 5 715
42 412 391 47 850 7 19 918
594 7,382 3,366 499 11,247 30 138 12,009
484 6,171 2,427 310 8,908 31 214
2,278 *38 9,637
28,111 10,896 1,214 48 40,307 7 324 42,916
44 245 314 31 590 5 22
1,697 661
16,937 14,370 1,240 32,547 46 428 34,718
94 875 461 27 1,363 1,457
64 532 560 54 1,146 4 20 1,234
966 7,867 4,710 1,032 13,609 63 55 14,693
194 2,485 1,050 318 13 3,866 8 42
2,565 4,110 1
39,474 8,009 954 48,437 65 83 51,150
683 8,198 2,811 1,164 12,173 53 208 13,117
56 1,302 151 122 1,575
8 *2 1,631
-
58 56 16 130
' ' *3
3 52 143
31 83 1 5 92
51 383 273 *49
705 5 66 827
95 893 893 3 3 994
1 24 '
32 56 1
*8 1 59
1 30 20 '
58 1 3 63
30 309 6 12 327 2 18
958 377
118 445 188 1,591 5 44
139 1,758 4
7 44 183 1
847
3 194
39 847 5 891
116 1,935 1,740 i 16 3,791 66
*5
3,978
145 1,865 434 231 2,530 7 22
*45 2,704
189 1,712 1,487 110 3,354 11 3,554
6 164 13 195 1 202
1 48 48 4 *12
'22 65
1 17 '
39 1 4 45
97 1,758 498 256 ! 2,512 252 2,861
2 40 30 ' *2
70 1 75
131 1,247 798 *76
2,121 4 16 2,272
689 6 054 4,060 991 11,105 47 11,841
3
'
60 60 1
"3 67
2 40
'24 **63 40 1 43
27 664 24 775 2
' *4
808
16 56 1 148 12 316 4 7 343
41 595 164 759 1 801
32 231 248 i4 493 3
'
7 535
2 80 15 95 1 5 103
4 48 32 80
;*
1 1 86
6 11 23 '22 5(5 1 63
4 48 *24
24 96 "7 109
23 429 58 *28
51 5 3 541
2 40 8 2 50 1 ii 64
223 1,339 " 525 119 1,983 12 5 2,223
12,097 145,211 131 62,129 9,456 17 7 217,104 532 2,223 331,956 6

3^4
The Co-operative Movement.

Prolegomena. The co-operative movement maintain it in ordinary comfort even with the
in India has now been with us for more than a low standard of living which is so characteristic
quarter of a century, having been introduced of the rural population of India. Moreover
in 1904 when the Co-operative Credit Societies' the Indian cultivator is in a large measure
Act was passed by the Government of India. exposed to the vicissitudes of seasons and the
During this period it has taken root in the vagaries of the monsoon. In every 5 years
soil and grown with wonderful rapidity, not only there is but one good year, one bad year and
in the British Indian provinces but also in the three indifferent years. These unfavourable
Indian States. Though essentially meant for conditions might be mitigated to some extent
the betterment of the agriculturists, it has by a well conceived policy of irrigation by the
spread to urban areas likewise for the benefit State but so far, of the total cultivated area
;
of the small man in towns, be he the toiling in the country, about 16 per cent, only has
factory operative or' the ill-paid clerk or the irrigation facilities from rivers, tanks or wells
small tradesman. It is being increasingly while the remaining 84 per cent, depends merely
realised that co-operation is not a branch of on rainfall. Thus the frequency of failure of
knowledge but a method which enables the crops, owing to drought and floods and pests,
small men to stand up against the powerful coupled with the low vitality and high mortality
forces of competition and exploitation, to gather of the live stock, render the economic position
strength and improve his economic condition of the cultivator worse still. The inadequacy
by the mighty forces of association and co- of the subsidiary occupations to supplement
ordinated action in a co-operative society, the slender income from agriculture contributes
permeated with the co-operative spirit of further to his extreme economic weakness.
thrift, self-reliance and mutual aid, so well He has sufficient spare time on his hands to
summarised in the motto of the Co-operative devote himself to subsidiary occupations but

Union of Manchester " Each for all and all he has been exposed to the full blast of competi-
for each." This method has, therefore, been tion of forces from the rest of the world and
adopted not only for the betterment of the many of the industries on which he relied in the
agriculturists and the economic regeneration of past have suffered largely from or been wiped
the rural masses but has also been applied for out by the competition of machine-made articles.
the cure of the many economic ills of the small The recent fall in the world prices of agricul-
man in towns. But though the movement has tural produce has affected him powerfully for
thus developed in very many directions, it is he is now being drawn steadily into the sphere
still predominantly an agricultural movement of influence of markets both national and inter-
and that too chiefly for the organisation of national and he has neither the organisation
agricultural finance on a co-operative basis. It nor the credit facilities to help him as in countries
would, therefore, be proper before we proceed like the United States of America and Canada
further, if we indicate broadly the main features and several European countries. In addition to
of the economic position of the agriculturist in these numerous difficulties, the Indian agricul-
this country. turist has another serious handicap in this that
he is largely illiterate. The percentage of literacy

Rural Poverty. The outstanding feature in India is still very low being only 8 per cent,
of Indian rural economy that is bound to arrest and any progress in agriculture is well nigh
the attention of any observer is the appalling impossible without the background of general
poverty of the rural population. The various education. All these factors lead to the most
estimates, official and non-official, that have outstanding feature of Indian rural economy
been made of the income per head of population the chronic and almost hopeless indebtedness of
in India at various times leave the matter the cultivator. The Central Banking Enquiry
absolutely in no doubt. The Central Banking Committee has estimated that the total rural
Enquiry Committee estimates that the average indebtedness in India is about Rs. 900 crores.
income of an agriculurist in British India does Though indebtedness of the agricultural popula-
not work out at a higher figure than Rs. 42 a tion has been there from old times, it is acknow-
year. The vast magnitude of this evil will be ledged that the indebtedness has risen con-
better realised when we take into account the siderably during the last century and more
predominance of the agricultural population in especially during the last 50 years. This
India. In 1891 61 per cent, of the total popula- colossal burden of debt is the root problem
tion of the country lived on agriculture ; this which has got to be faced in any attempt to-
percentage rose to 66 in 1901 and to 73 per cent, wards the economic regeneration of the masses.
in 1921 ; in 1931, the percentage has fallen Numerous causes have been advanced to
a little to 67. The poverty of the agriculturist account for rural indebtedness and we already |
may be due to a variety of causes, but we have pointed out some of the general causes 1
cannot ignore the fact that agriculture which give rise to it. A peculiarity, however,
j
has in a large measure ceased to be an that we notice is that the debt which remains j
industry worked for profit; the cultivator unpaid during the lifetime of the cultivator who
j
labours not for a net return but for sub- contracted it passes on as a burden to his heirs ?
sistence. The extent of an average holding so that many agriculturists start their career ]
which works out at about 6 acres for an agricul- with a heavy burden of ancestral debt which I
tural family of 5 persons is too inadequate to they in their turn pass on with some further
j
Genesis of the Movement.
385
thei successor s.
iWovfd.n^
improvidence, extravagance
f
Ignorance and
and conservatism
her ,een held forth as qVstioVTfht l
e( a
t
^êe to consider the
thT/nn^ i thrreasons
m
0ntl
fl J f^ ^
Q
g wth of tnis âvy load. A
in
?" fami1 ^ tem P ts him to
launch out
launch !n?i
011? into
extravagance while funeral
a
he
Mustrv PhTn-
u^nn
n - IeSS
T
nat U e
tl
* A11 these fa^tors-
0f the agricultural
niC d i
a , heindebtedness and aScultnri?;? iU-
and co:Peration amongst
\V
^ô&^îr^
lHtemov fn^
back means aiS tbp
t! a
f
and persons of limited
-
^
etl68 t Were to be started
we?eînt?ndS tnK sm al lsimple ,^
credit societies
for small nd
e MoVei e nt --- Itis no w <> n der ana P folks with simple needs
undlr tW^n^ f
Stanc ? .
s deta Ied ab ve to find
and Ten
requiring f
small sums only. Knowledge
that th? TnS ^ an CO C e in thdr fellow
mombSS wldS
ir
L e to ôôwmg andhn^ agriculturist has constant are
that too not
a e tne
tie kevnot
keynote. ofT success were ensured hv
f S 1
lmp Vement that he may onlv S Ciet Sh0uld
temnlXS ^ f r
f S
con- resming
urrent agricultural needs of villages
ESdMth,'
the m ? eonsisToTpersoS
same town or village or sronn
^
as alio fnr* n0dlcal? ^Productive purposes tribe,
-
and should be members of the
s am?
L w.^
such ng nd funeral feas ts. The
class or caste. In order to provide 6 facUi!
or
absence a nv
fl
^ y h bankint g organisation in
the socltL"
societies
are S for the smalfmln,
w^
f urban
a
country-side has driven him were also permitted. It was laid
into the arms of
^he sowcar or the mahajan Ur "? f S
a very accommodating
who, while proving casTof rta the member? n the
^
C etl S should be
a grip on him from
person, has exercised and in
which it has bee? found turists
twil
T
urban
agriculturists
l societies-non-agricul-
almost impossible to Th A%
mtr duced the principle of
>
usurious rates of interest

extricate Mm
The unhmited lihim* lht y for rural societies
charged, couXd with the TafffJ following
eS hich increase
Icâfrat7nf i ^terest) and tbestilfflneAhe ne?m?tf P d nS
78
^.f T^. ^Germany, though it
e es t0 cnoose ê Schulze-
v?ce^ whth ih?
vices wnicn
n êrous ser- Demzch f^SS i\ .
the sowcar performs as a rptaii

and the bu yer of WsTroduce to he carr^d
make reduction?nf
thZ* l
re s erve fund
n r ural societ ies were
,
or applied to the
him SI""?
ft the dominant force in the ,
or
noping
0n aft6r
?S a release
honiSa for
U
i
ft
m
village
g redurina
the Potion of a serf,1o\l n| reê^mtq
generation, without ever met
from his clutches setti
^ fh a i!5i+ S
SS wTp
iw??
he m
to,tne members only after
tms direction had been fully
L
V
ba,n soci eties 25 per cent
* be Carried t0 ^
tha^hee mi
*
SSht?.
n ?i?
t take
8
"
T
and
d ,0?
7M fund
therefore becoming to aiTininf governments
appoint special officers called
reserve
were empowered
Registrar* of
Co-operative Societies, whose
duty it wonW be
th e form of the Decern

to register societies formed
Aw
lulturistt of the societies was
Îr^^ff
memoer
of their staff and in
the societies worked well. general to spp that
1
The mata bnînSa

^^
under the Act to
auditedVa
A .
& ^
^
8 in the followTng yea?, from to raise fund? by deposits
tRi** Wedderburn
in 1882 Sir William members and loans from
suseested the noimembera
the indebtedness of the wie money thus
cultivators biit thf members
thuV^ft^monef and ?o
obtained as loans to fhpir
"ute
scheme was dropped as being Soon after the passing of the
Act
^^heSTm^
impracticable and
^T
a nS d In
menus San s Actt - was passed and this was
ments' ôans
nabS
LoLTlct" enabling Government ^
by th ^gricnltnrilt
to advance loans given freely
vto
ates
for curU?
TE ?f
r.
b
1^
instalments andTat low
im Provements and also ro-aay
en t agricultural needs. todav
n en
the
t
for the purpose to thenTbl
The Se d thnsfown
h; ,course of? 3D vpnre ir>f^ has
m g?ow
nJt *
u
T?rprff2 ?
SS Go ^ In 1892 Sir with twigs
sub mit ted a report to the directions. and branês.^^j?^
ducin? SSrt and
ducing land ?
Gnt ? +
^
Possibility of intro- the
agricultural banks anri th* is
In spite of several weaknesses
co-operative movement in
India
beyond dispute that the movementto-dav ft
^n
a powerful instrument has been

towards the awakening
of the country-side and
has led
improvement in various directionsto a stead?
of the Indian cultivator. of the life
of the vote, the elective
Moreover/ the use
Hindnt ihH6 ldeas
amona fh?
among
toe
0
the 'Sr
S,v iT a
of t h^'
tl<
??-
1 aptitude
t 116
The caste astern of the reliance,
of eommon brotherhood
Moslems were evidences of th
tor ShSSSu^S
Xl dia f um hed a
^ practical
are
compromises,
a?e TreaTTtems
d P n
great items in the training
system, self-helS sSf
gives aid takes work
^ FTP*
of
and the co-operative societies up of a citi7Pn
a^ have
'
Seen great
^2
proof }
fhL
launc "ing of
there have
h^toX
1 a
o? the
fh
1 Civic educa
tion!
movement in 1904
been amendments of
ilnoe
operative law and committees the co.

and commission
e e n de
? upon association, confidence of enquiry to remedy defects and to Xes
L?S hnn f
*nd honest dealing. The to68 f aCtion These we sha11
13
Government of IndS 6m!on ' ^le
J
386 Internal Management of Societies.
Growth of Co-operation. In the first few progress so far achieved by the movement.
years of the movement the number of societies From about Us. 68 lakhs, which was the average
grew up very slowly but the growth was consi- up to 1910, the working capital has advanced
derably accelerated from 1910 and the average very rapidly and stands to-day at about Rs. 96
number of societies from 1910 to 1915 was about
crores. It is pleasing to note from Table 5
that this large sum has been derived mostly
1,100. The pace of growth still further quickened
and now there are about 93,000 agricultural from non- Government sources. The share
capital, the reserve fund and the deposits from
societies and about 11,000 non-agricultural ones.
members together contribute about Us. 33 crores
Table 2 shows the distribution of these societies
by provinces. It will appear from the table and this is really owned capital or the members"
that progress in different parts of India has not own money. The provincial or central banks
been uniform. Bengal, the Punjab and Madras contribute almost an equal sum and so do the
have the largest number of Societies while non-members or the outside public. This latter
the other major provinces like Bombay, Bihar item shows to a remarkable extent the growth
and Orissa, the United Provinces and the Central of public confidence in co-operative institutions
Provinces, Burma and Assam show distinctly and speaks well in general of the management
smaller figures. The Punjab with over 21,000 of the societies and the very useful purpose
societies stands first in the number of societies they serve in the banking organisation of the
(89) per one lakh inhabitants, while Bengal country. The distribution of the working
which has a larger number of societies than the capital by provinces and States (Table 6) gives
.
Punjab stands second in that respect with 47. us a further insight into the progress made
The progress in smaller areas, like Coorg and in this direction by the co-operative movement
Ajmer-Merwara, must be regarded as very in different parts of India. The Punjab leads
satisfactory in view of their small population, in this respect also with 127 annas per head of
since the number of societies per one lakh inhabi- population while Bombay comes next with 115.
tants works out in their case at 126 and 115 Madras and Bengal fall behind with 59 and 54
respectively. It is satisfactory to note that respectively. Among the smaller areas, Ajmer-
the co-operative movement has spread not only Merwara comes out first with 135 annas per
among the British Indian Provinces but also in head of population while Coorg follows with
Indian States and compared to the total popula- 102. Of the Indian States, Indore takes
tion, Bhopal and Gwalior lead in this matter the first place with 78, while Mysore, Baroda
though the premier States of Kashmir, Mysore, and Bhopal follow with 54, 48 and 48 res-
'
Baroda and Hyderabad have also made consi- pectively. Bombay stands an easy first in the
derable progress. Even more instructive are matter of deposits from members which
the figures in Table 4. The total number of amount to over three crores out of a total
members of primary societies stands on the working capital of about 16 crores and this is
30th of June 1933 at 43 lakhs. Taking the one of the best tests of the success of a
normal family at a little under 5, it is clear, co-operative society. It is obvious from a
therefore, that more than two crores of the glance at the figures in the tables that there
people of India are being served by this move- has been very rapid progress in the number
ment. There is no single movement in the of societies, in their membership and in the
country fraught with such tremendous possi- working capital of these societies. The Pun-
bilities for the uplift of masses as the co-opera- jab, generally speaking, leads in many respects
tive movement and there is no single movement with Bombay coming close behind. The
with such a large percentage of the population smaller areas and the Indian States have
affected by it. Though the Punjab leads in also achieved considerable progress though the
the number of members of societies (29.1) per mevement there started comparatively later.
one thousand inhabitants, Bombay comes next The agricultural societies predominate in all
with 26.5, while Madras and Bengal rank the provinces and States while non-agricultural,
thereafter. This shows that the size of societies that is, urban societies show a much slower
varies in different provinces and that Bombay, development. While there is much room for
while having a smaller number of societies, has a satisfaction at the phenomenal growth of the
larger average of membership per society as movement in rural and urban areas, it must be
compared with the other provinces of British admitted, however, that merely the figures
India. Of the smaller areas, Coorg takes a of the number, membership and working capital
leading place with 75.1 members per one thou- are not enough to base conclusions upon. But
sand inhabitants, while Travancore has an before we proceed further, we must now explain
average of 44.6. Membership is a much better the chief component parts of the structure, as it
test in many respects of progress than the has now been built up, of the co-operative
Dumber of societies and from this point of view, movement in the country.
the progress in Bombay, the Punjab, Coorg,
Travancore and Bhopal must be regarded as Financial Structure of the Movement.
distinctly satisfactory. There is, however, a 'Apart from the comparatively few co-operative
third aspect also of the growth of the movement. societies at present working in India for non-
Merely the number of societies, or the member- credit purposes, it must be recognised that
ship in the societies is not an index of the work whether in urban or rural areas, a co-operative
that is being done and of the benefits whicli are society largely means a small bank or a credit i
being conferred by the movement on the popula- institution for providing financial accommoda-j
tion affected. The societies are predominantly tion to its members on a co-operative basis.
credit organisations or rather small banking Of these credit institutions, by far the greater]
institutions and the part that they play can be proportion is rural. The rural credit society]
better appreciated from their working capital has, for its main purpose, the financing of the]
than from merely the number of members. In agriculturist and as such it needs funds. Thefl
this direction also we must note the marvellous original idea of co-operative credit lies in making J
Agricultural Credit Societies.
387
available to the needy the surplus of
the well-to U Wdl kept n view
do brethren through the medium of the society; hPPn ? K ?
Indian villages, the well-to-do and the tinn Af the ea ? er desire t0 Promote the forma-
as
should have [t
nSii he f rm distmct groups, the former

^
tion of more and yet more societies.
SioÛ or ftrying .to play the sowcar.
playing -
instead of comprising more or less

Thus 8 11 01117 if fcurned
all sections accouni^ff^S
account if used up ! ^ t0 Productive
of the population of the village,
is rather made up of the
rate very ^rgely. Even
the society
needy section only, at but
S a
,
W-
J\ impoverish the consumer
wonH' only
out it would
m
for unproductive purposes
en rich the - P^ffi
oL '
slender savings of the well-to-do
otherwise/ the It is capable of
fruitful employment by
the
would not be Ulge hu lt leads
t0 ? et the wants of tfte need #
y and each an t0 ards P erdit ion. The K illiterate and the
village society s not, therefore,
<
able to be self- uSZ 7
makm g available the deposits of its such asne(hisS money for Productive purposes
Indian agricul-
en
tSm / i' I ember SS?
current agricultural
ll
ones
The ?
s as loans for the needy
heavy load of unproductive debt improvement,
of the average Indian farmer, ments, manures
his habit of tive purposes,
0
purchase of stock and im
needs land
and seeds as also for unpmduc
[
SW^'Sf
ments and his illiteracy and consequent la-
8 if any in lands and
he bankm habit soon made it

' '
g
Z^ \
an
lack credit not only ?
such as repayment of old
fune rals. He thus requires'
as a producer but also as a
debts
? apparent consumer-a producer

that fhthe rural credit societies could
not be from his industry and
who hardly makes profits
a consumer who has no
SKo?? raise tne required funds in deposits
1
past savings to enable him to
n ember 1
tide over a bad
of ^Lw
?niJSS? \lU t
T i e W0Tkm
r locally
f. of
Z
The Ration 'period, but who is a perpetual
a ral co-operative to live for borrower ?eady -
to-day and letting the to-morrow
D com es a vital question indeed,
Sjj, S
central banks i have
^ therefore been brought into
take care of itself He is besides ignorant and
.
existence at the district head-quarters

in orde? rout ln e of his industry, hardly
a e m0 ey rom towns and y awake to
avJi .hi 0 fto ,S
available ? make them 0pe im P^veme nts
the primary rural societies. Follow
e ldea furtner it has been
found neces-
?U
methods. Under such circumstances in his
methods
it is
Jtl??
sary have a provincial bank at the provincial imperative for the management of the rural
to *i?
>
head-quarters to serve as a balancing co-operative society very carefully

centre for the loan applications to scrutMe
the central banks and to make
available larger for which
and examine the purpose
loans have been asked andto
Sl L v P rim ary societies through the carefully that see
the loan when sanctioned is use!
Zt^rrSn?* institutions. The
of tn e co-operative movement
largely composed of three parts
agencies, and
financial
is thus Aspect "tha^thr
(i) the Agricul-
{%%%) the provincial banks.

Sotment
1 86
^^ Al
18 Considerab
yet lt
- is in
S
^ "cope for
tWs '
0116
Obvi- The funds of an agricultural credit
10 e par in the structure seems are raised societv
nncJTv,!
possible and J
? desirable,
f .
namely, an Apex All-

from entrance fees, share capital
India Co-operative Bank. So far,
&?
r l0ans from
non-membersr?oans
however from the central or provincial banks,
n A11 : Indi a Bank has not been smarted
.
loans from
llf^ Provincial
f^
Government and the reserve fund.
banks have been content with fees are EnlranS
collected chiefly to meet
d ia Pr0VmCial Co
"P erati ve Banks
prelSarv
P
ls S odIttn .
rganisat n and Pnrchase of
bootf*a n/ f rm8 T
?. ^
levy is generally very
'
Sunt
cess
g c
S
PP of thesef
UPal Cr lt Societies. The suc- 1
com
?^
societies is closely related to In
their very peculiar constitution.
Pany,
fn ?k?
S? SOme
the Punjab,
^
In an ordinary a very great extent

a member is liable only societies
ap
^ the ^
S?. 1
ocallt ies members contribute
al and in some they do
^
United Provinces and to
in Madras and
not!
Burma
+hl extent
+
of the value of his share holding
based on the share capital
^ystemTre
tr,^
and U Wh le in Ponces the Thare
his liability is therefore limited
case of agricultural credit societies,
but in the and th non - s l
; hn
har e societies flourish side by
side.
the liabilitv ThP
is unlimited, that to say, members are jointly h
is
no^lX
1 f these co-operative
societies
tarthlfSn
f
l
7 liab,e to the creditors of the socfety
r h f ul1 amount f th e debts
Such ta ,liability would , incurred by it. pution r to theS
t regarded as a dividend-earning
but is primarily looked upon as
never be acceptable to from entrance common capital. The income
any person, unless he was imbued fees and share capital is
I
invest-
contri-
with the small compared with the howeve?

broader vision of brotherhood between financial requirements
members meT h The Iar ^ e sources from which
a d UnleSS he imself ftad an

t hp management
the f of the active ôSe fn funds are ? ?L^\ ^;
derived are deposits and loans.
society and had a more volume
of deposits which a societv is
The
or less full knowledge of the able to
character and
antecedents of his fellow members.
SI!"
?S?*publlrcd ^
^ ^ an index of the
S
mIItSSXV
8
f^ 1S tbe
Co-opera-
ca P italisation of character
P
and and ?^
* reafc instrument to
e 0f
a fL
the soundness ^
C confld ence it has inspired
and, the stability of its financial
ESShSL admission into a society as members position. The ideal placed before theS
secure the SjfflS -
sociS
de e,0p mcnt f mcmb rs' deposits
?^y> ô
by their character extent
ivtnnf of7 making the 4u i
to the
society financially self-
d e8 erve t0 be taken int0 that
BmSSPSS
brotherhood which v.
-
imposes such an obligation serve

suf icient. These deposits by
the
members further
as unlimited liability on all, purpose of stimulating thrift and
so that they either'
together. To secure sVcces g ablt
^ninp nH
th
^
and m
therefore, *
the Proper selection of members S eminently desirable. Attempts
'
i
are everv-
of therh is where made to encourage
Utmost importance; and it has been them, but the response
unfortunate that in India this has bas been small, except in the province of Bombay
not been in where it forms
about J of the total working

388 Central Financing Agencies.

capital. Regarding the encouragement of : gage Bank. These considerations are not now
deposits from non-members however in the properly appreciated, but the necessity for their
agricultural credit societies, the Indian Central application is being more and more recognised.
Banking Enquiry Committee sounded a note of
caution. Loans from central banks therefore Central Financing Agencies.The forma-
furnish the bulk of the working capital of these tion of banks in urban areas on co-operative
agricultural credit societies at present. principles, with the sole object of raising funds
for advances to societies having been found
Low dividends and voluntary services result- necessary to place the financial structure of the
ing in low cost of management, has made it movement on a sound basis, the Co-operative
possible to divert a substantial proportion of Act of 1904 was amended in 1912 and the
the profits of these societies to reserve funds, Co-operative Societies Act II of that year
and thereby provide against unforeseen losses, provided for the registration of central banks
bad debts and losses on the realisation of certain with the sole object of financing societies. Soon
assets such as by investment depreciation. The I
|
thereafter the number of central financing
general practice in regard to the use of the agencies grew rapidly all over the country,
reserve fund in the business of the societies is especially in the United Provinces. The func-
that it is used as ordinary working capital. tion of these central societies was not only to
supply the required capital to the primary
The funds collected by the agricultural credit societies but also to make the surplus resources
societies in India at present are by no means of some societies available for other societies
negligible. They aggregate to more than thirty- suffering from a deficiency of funds and to
five crores of rupees. Their financial position provide proper guidance and inspection over
as on the 30th of June 1933 stood thus : them. On the 30th June 1933 the number of
central banks was 597.
In thousands
Central banks can be classified into three
of rupees. types as follows :

(1) banks of which the mem-
bership is confined to individuals, (2) banks of
Share capital . . . . 4,40,56
which the membership is confined to societies,
Reserve Fund . . . . 7,78,80
(3) banks which include both individuals and
Deposits 3,27,05 societies among their members. The first class
! includes any bank in which the shareholders
Loans 18 92,33 consist entirely of individuals or in which societies
Total Working Capital .. 34,38,74 are admitted as shareholders on exactly the same
footing as individuals without any special provi-
The figures show that these tiny agricultural ,
sion for securing their representation on the
societies in India work with over Rs. .15 crores board of management or for reserving a definite
of their own capital (including members' deposits portion of the share capital for them and where
in this head) as against their outside borrowed there is no restriction on the distribution of
capital of about Rs. 19 crores. The owned profits to shareholders; such banks have now
capital was thus about 44 per cent, of their practically disappeared. The second class
total working capital, and this proportion is consists of a purely co-operative type of bank
rising steadily as years pass by. where membership is confined only to societies
and the general policy and management are
So far as the period for which loans are wholly controlled by them. This type in theory
advanced is concerned, they are classified as is the most suitable agency to finance co-opera-
short, intermediate and long. Short-term and tive societies, and represents the ideal to which
intermediate credits are intended to meet the financial structure of co-operation must
current outgoings and to facilitate production. aspire. The management of such a Banking
The current outgoings and expenses of produc- Union is usually rural and local and its opera-
tion include the buying of cattle and agricultural tions are generally confined to a small area,
implements; purchase of manure and seeds; enabling the affiliated societies to take a direct
expenses of transplantation in the case of wet part in its administration and control, and
cultivation and weeding and hoeing of dry crops enabling the union in its turn to be in constant
and of reaping, gathering and threshing main- ;
touch with its societies. The successful working
tenance of the farmer, his family and livestock of a banking union requires competent men
and payment of revenue and rent and outlay
:
with local influence and knowledge as members
on various items of improvements effected in the of primary societies and a compact and co-
ordinary course of husbandry such as levelling, operatively well developed area. Such unions
deep ploughing irrigation, clearance, drainage, therefore are not attempted in most places in
fencing, and installation of pumping plant. the country. In a mixed type of co-operative
Long-term credit is meant for obtaining fixed bank, the member societies are assigned a
capital to be invested permanently or for long certain proportion of the shares and given suita-
periods, for the purchase of land, acquisition ble representation on the board, and the services
of costly equipments, consolidation and improve- of individual sympathisers are also secured
ment of holdings and repayment of past debts. for the movement by admitting them as
shareholders ; and this is the type of central bank
The Provincial Banking Enquiry Committees which predominates in the country as a whole.
are practically unanimous in stating that agricul- Roughly speaking, if a straight line is drawn
tural credit societies cannot safely advance across the map of the country from Calcutta to
loans to their members for more than three Karachi, unions of the pure federal type are
years (that is to say, short and intermediate numerous to the north of this line while central
loans) and that the proper agency to advance banks of the mixed type predominate in the
long-term loans is the Co-operative Land Mort- South.
Financing of Agricultural Societies.
389
stood in 1932-33 at Rs. 31' 4 crores

capital, (6)
(b) Reserve, (c) Deposits,
The total paid up share capital of

(a)
(d) ioans
Loans.?
:
Tiaîrr* t
Prnîi^
or .Promissory
la
A?
K CmSl
are generally confined to
'S ailJeu ir m
uu
g mst Gove
?
*2?L tbe Im
tne
^ffiSSi? imperial
P? r? a
rnment Securities
Notes executed by societies in
."
!
central
fts^^f ndia d
Indian States in favour of the central bank and endorsed by th
198
1932-33 was a little J under Rs. 3 crores.
No ilter a of the Imperial Bank. m / J0
This
e
sharebolde r is generally permitted accommodation however, limited and ad?
in i^Mi! Shar<
is,
^ 0f more than Rs 1,000 while an

^Th^S^
S S
*ffiH^ j int banks are now
a -
ted society is required to subscribe
-
w? - f a c ent al bank in Proportion to

to the
rare ne main source of "ft*
loans is, therefore thf>
T
n S s \ ln Bombay, Burma, Delhi, its
m^rt*!**
Tndiln ^f?
aid
T ,
01
X? Share are
the
^^
\
Coorg,
hlle in other Provinces and

exists, the central banks
01 central ban ks rom having any direct dealings with
T
1 Bank or any
are generally nroMhired
either the
other joint stock bank
J^"* -
blf oJr^f ^ not fu "y P aid ^P

LwT?
th 1ne an ther. This rule is however not
y a reser ve liabilit y- The liability "g^ly observed in the Punjab and
a"
aSPh?^
ac
^?^ fn v, .
central banks in the' count

Madras
lu j,viiviaj
of each share." In
additYonTo^the Ttatutorv
r \T tu
.
utJ maepenoent
financial assistance but they
of
all continue credit
anv outside
reserve, almost all central arrangements mainly with the
banks have special
sTchTs
such as IT^ r or
bad debts, building, and dividend ^1 Ptoses obS on which they rely for emergencies provincial bank*
!unal
1S he t0tal a
an^JV,T unt of Reserve In the initial stages, several
ed r m rd nar urban s
central banks
British in*?*
e
India and the ?
T e
l>
Indian
ot central bank s in
States in 1932-33
SpS y
granted advances ito individual
fl
ciees wWch
shareholders
was a little over Rs. 2 crores.
i
A few of such central banks have continued
practice and the amount the
aid up sbare ca P ifcal advanced by central
rJf i t and reserves ban ki t0 individual members
a banks constitute the
twf lbanks
i
owned
of
resources of i o
1932-33 U during
was Rs. 95 lakhs chiefly in the year Ve
these as distinguished Punjab
from borrowed Bombay and Madras. This practice,
gradually being abandoned as however is
vvnicn additional funds
are raised the chief function
by them in
pre-cribf a
prescribe
f
a suitable
T l0anS Ifc
proportion
' S to stve^^^VV
serve as their balancing
0 finaDCe BOcietiesaM
centre
. ?S
The tntal
owned and borrowed resources of between tho
m each province.
owned resources
central banks
The most usual proportion Rs! Swires.
observed in practice between
the tor?w?d and
116
^ ^
advances made by central banks
19 3
to societies at
counted toow
in all parts of the
8 De P? slts from members cSryTs ceSL^Tw, Secunt for a11 advan e of
^ a
m JV
members
*
constitute the bulk of the

and non- t0 an ^cultural society is the
borrowed property n?^
nronprt V of its members, but the
capital of central banks. The total amS basic securitv
d
193 2l?
Si
?e i
^^ y.~
1 011
.
el(
?
b
bankfin the year
indlv iduals
and other sources
Pe al and d
and fn? 1685011811
Sfffipi?**-in
difficulty
?P ends on mutual ta?SSgJ
accurately
^
of the members
? 1 gauging The
which a society as a whole has the degree to
'
S 1 9 2 crores nd from primarv
so~s toR?
societies to 3- V?
Rs. 3*1 crores. Deposits in
1
central sense of mutual developed the
banks are mainly of two kinds, obligation among ite membwS
XV ^^
viz., savhigs and in assessing
urrent de P sits a re not its credit, has
n^fi univmll but to place more reliance onforced 1 central bank
the tangib e assets
7 ce toal ban ksta selected of its
members. A statement
w ? P
?,
rl nciple usually
observed by these b r Und r the direct
of elch societv
^ central bank ^PervS
kS not
int
longer ll i grant loans to societies for periods oftKeld
than those "eld âff n f each
staff of
for which deposits aL available or Govern-
and where loans for long periods ment, showing the estimated value of the im-
are advanced" moveable and
Pe moveable property owned by ea
lon e
long.
S
5
de{> osits are also comparaUvely
The receipts and payments
Tni
are generally spread aS^nf
of denosi^ assets
nd Sh
?T ngis *taken
t\ society,
of the
he total value%
earfi
- S
over the year as the basis and
Bihar and Orissa where, due y excent in the extent to which a society is permitted
t 0 the one-date borrow which is to I
wheneve? received this In some usually limited to^Tthird of
^
deposit-system, deposits
provinces, a system of normal
addition to funds obtained
b/Sr"
^n&JTlSh
1,
,
Ir
\
Cre(
re
?
??J
cr e di
creaits Va^^
s isProduced ^
and
wh
Khi Te b oth cash
^
banks raise loans s cd loans
fixed
fix loans. Before the nnrm*i
maximum credit of a society is assessed
Sal
ciai bank
oank or from
h hm the Vin- ment of the normal credits of itf a sta^P
Government Thp +A*ai members rS
m toX^ 7 '? from

b
"ntra^banksin

Sew C tainin g infor mation^gTrding
t hT members the
rlt
Ssl.L
t
lakh? Excepting
lakhs.
f
l
*
om o^side banks,
and from Government
Burma
crores
in
other on
and i m the' provincial banks'
Rs. 49
assets of the
eSt off h
. and also their require-
0SC f thcir r cquirements
cbtimate of their earning,
After checking, on the basis
Q
an d the
and savin" canacitv
of this staKnt"
banks central in a centra bank sanctions a
w pr L
?
vincesIndia do not f British direct v
^
nntL
80C1 y f r the ea r,
.y
maximum cre^t to
withdrawable at short
fMeLJ^^' 8tate mcnts, like
statements of societies, are revised the assets
and the period of loans granted every year
covers' .says stûr t
statements does not
under theSJ
genfrally exêeS Zel
39 Provincial Co-operative Banks.
In some of the provinces, central banks grant tives of the primary societies do not find a place
both long and short term loans to societies, while while in Hyderabad and Mysore those of central
in others loans to societies are generally for banks are not included. In Bombay out of
short periods. The average period of loans to 14 directors, 7 represent individuals including
from one to five years in different
societies varies by convention the head of the Provincial
parts of the country. The period of a loan Co-operative Institute. In Madras the number
generally depends on the purpose for which the of directors representing individuals is 5 as
loan is required. Loans granted for current against 31 representatives of co-operative
agricultural purposes are repayable either in institutions; in Bihar and Orissa 6 including
one or two years, whereas loans required for the Registrar as against 14; in Hyderabad,
improvements in lands and debt redemption 13 including the Registrar as against 8; and in
are repayable in five to ten years. But it is Mysore, 5 as against 8. It is clear that on
not now considered advisable for central banks, the directorate of the apex banks co-operative
relying mainly on deposits for their resources, institutions are well represented indeed.
to make long term advances, and some of the
provinces have definitely adopted the policy the apex banks
of advancing short term loans to societies and
The aim and purpose of
as already stated, is to co-ordinate the working
that too for current agricultural purposes only.
of the banks on a provincial basis and to act
as the balancing centre of the various central
. After meeting management expenses the banks in the province. In order that the
profits of central banks are distributed as alloca- co-operative movement may function efficiently
and dividends to shareholders.
tions to reserves and profitably, it has been found necessary that
The combined net profits of the 597 central the connection that has to be established be-
banks of the country during the year 1932-33 tween it and the money market should be brought
amounted to Rs. 45 lakhs on the total working about through the apex institution and the ;
capital of Us. 31 crores the rate of dividend central banks have accordingly to deal with
;
paid varied from 2 to 10 per cent, in different outside agencies only through the apex bank.
parts of the country but the most usual rate paid Though this principle is accepted, there is a great
was 6 per cent, per annum. deal of divergence in practice. In Madras,
Bengal and the Punjab, central banks have
been permitted to deal directly with the Imperial
Provincial Co-operative Banks In India, Bank of India, while in Bombay central banks
at present, all the major provinces except the
have dealings only with the provincial bank.
United Provinces have apex banks functioning Interlending among central banks is prevented
in them. There are apex institutions in two
in order that there may not be intermingling
of the Indian States, Mysore and Hyderabad,
the liabilities of the central banks. It has
though in the others also there are institutions of also been thought necessary to restrict the
corresponding to the apex bank or functioning
dealings of apex banks with the primary societies
as such. The Bank in Burma being in liquida-
and permit them only through central banks.
tion, there are nine such institutions in all out of
In certain provinces, the apex banks do not
which, seven are in British India and two in the
these deal with the primary societies at all, while in
Indian States. The constitutions of
certain others they still continue to finance
institutions vary considerably but the functions
;
same, primary societies in areas where central banks

of all these institutions are more or less the
have not come into existence. This seems to
namely, the co-ordination of the work of the
be the case in Bihar and Orissa, Bombay, Burma
central banks and provincialization of finance
and Mysore. The provincial bank in Bombay
in them. It is found that in a large majority
has thirty branches covering the few districts
of the apex banks, the constitution is a mixed
that have no local banks or parts of districts not
one, that is, both in the general body of the
taken over by local banks for some reason or
banks as well as in the directorate, there are other. The bank has an inspecting staff of
individual shareholders as well as representatives
its own, in addition to the office staff at branches.
of co-operative societies and central banks. With the work of branches, however, are associat-
The apex banks in the Punjab and Bengal ed local advisory committees, composed of
however do not permit individuals to hold shares elected representatives of the affiliated societies,
in them, and have as their shareholders co-
and certain powers, including the authority
operative societies only, both primary and sanction loans, are delegated to the
to
central. By a special provision, however,
committees.
the directorate, the Punjab bank takes the
Registrar of Co-operative Societies, and Bengal
takes three individuals as men of position in the All apex banks both in British India and in
province, as against 15 representatives of co the Indian States depend for their working
operative institutions. In the Central Pro capital largely on deposits from the affiliated
vinces and Berar, the general body of the bank co-operative societies as also from the public.
consists of representatives of central banks as It is, therefore, thought necessary to insist
well as individual shareholders and the direc- upon the maintenance of fluid resources on a
torate is composed of 34 representatives of co- certain scale and in some provinces the Govern-
operative institutions and 5 individuals including ment of the province has prescribed definite
*
the Governor of the C. P. and Berar Co-operative rules with regard to the maintenance of fluid
Federation as an ex-officio director. In Bombay, resources. The period for which deposits are
Madras, Bihar and Orissa, Hyderabad and accepted determine the maximum period for
!
Mysore, individuals representatives of central which they can lend out these borrowed funds
\
banks and of the co-operative societies compose to their clients, and in every province the apex
the general body but the composition of the bank has fixed for itself a maximum terno
j
directorate varies. In Madras the representa-j beyond which no loans are, in general
Audit and Supervision.
391
sanctioned to the borrowing rlipnf Tho n \, ^
'
d^tyXwto^
-
olbwing figures will

and transactions of the apex banks
in 1932-33
Provincial Banks, 1932-33.

St
Z7^
nf
^,S?"P er
5
v^
f ^Y 6
88
P
and th ac eommodation
?Hp vanous a ex .
' ?
banks on the strength
?8 either been withdrawn
fully or is to be withdrawn bv stae?? A
thG eênlThereby
Working Capital In thousands
of rupees.
l^lXlrot\
is^mt T h 7 ? gainst eo-operative TI
Share Capital
Reserve and other funds 67,36
52,58
in
111
paper
anv
an y wa
1
^
and has
l
w !y. The?'security
accommodation allowed is the
not be en altered
upon whirh Hi
Go^ve7nment of
Deposits and loans *
ro 1SS ry *ote.
from individuals ment off accommodation Owing to the ?tail-
on the strength of
4,85,26
from Provincial and '
Central co-operative paper, the ease
with which the
banks provincial banks were raising
* 4,54,16 credit to meet
from societies .
'
the seasonal demands of
the affiliated centml
.
74,17 banks is no longer there.
from Government '
[[ 16,59 this will make on the
WhatrepCTcSSo?i
movement hS^S?tob|
Loans made during the year
Total
to
11,50,12
recently.
re'centfv* T^l^^f- taken
The apex banks, like all co-operativp
enj0y the facilitie s of free
eSonly
Individuals lnZ?' transfer of
Banks and
'
2,88,43 from one place to another
societies Sûf
remittance . by means of
1,87,25 transfer receipts. Thte cSicession
is granted for
transfer for genuine co-operative
Total
Loans due by 4,75,68 purposes, but it has recently
been ruled bv the
Individuals
Banks and
.
societies
rtpl=
represents a transaction
Vm LffiS?S
Total however cSfth^
16 Co
e c ntlnu ance of the
banks ' ^îye
oHhl
on tne giound
Ivo fi? that
f $^ concession
they are rendering a public
encourage such 'accounts

members, as it does not wish
competition with central banks
to
& ^ Apex hs*2 eSend thrfr n J? f^*^ they wiU be ab
is ôwn Vy
le to
mstrUments of eredit among the rural

L*
pensions
banks
of public
Public
Bombay, Madras and
of
"The servants.
PuniXhave
the
provincial Popu'atSn
floated long-term debentures.
bank has so far issued debenturesThe Bomb Iv and Supervision. The proper work-
of Bs. 9-8 lakhs and these
of the value ini^*
P
e ocie ties requires an
mSL Xâf^Sir
debentures are rlcog! system 5 supervision. efflcS
nised as a trustee securitv.
has floated debentures of the
as^ L^ a
The bank at
value of 2 1
of the
of audit and
a statutory function of
Khs
Sf
The audit U
the Registrar hS S
f
SSet
^ 5
f the bank while the
. >
issued debentures of the value
Punjab bank h a i SftSS
g w e ther the accounts of the ^
purposes of an audit such as ascer-
in every
fe frequently
banking
troubled
of 5 lakhs A ^1
with
?
baX
surpluses S
alto* KtST
^
societv
^ ^ tion oTa S
inSV^
institutions.
the audi of joint-stock
There is therefore int^viSn^X operat ive concerns. But the Co-operativp A nt
Ji and co
of surplus funds between
and during the period of
\he^ a P ext^ a co-o^?a^Mdrty
th overdue debts, if any,
deposits are accepted from
shortage of fundV valSf
surplusine hank-?
and some of them call for special 1
seaS
he as ?ts and liabilities of
implication, this statutory
VX
and to
the societv
direction
- ^
P
allowing favourable rates of
over the period of shortage.
interest to
The All TndiJ
ti^
hether the affairs of the society
^ are conducted

Provincial Co-operative Banks' acco dance
,
with co-operative principles
Ast>ria?inn ft
the f'
and
enables the member banks to
of them are surplusing
asa***
^
in th e
ascertain wmS
arrangefor inte
%^ audlt extends somewhat beyond the 'bare i
In all provinces the apex

themselves with the Imperial
banks have connected
SeCUred Cash credit
n B^k
6 A bye-'awsWên
0^1^
1118
SSS&ft
j/^
t0 aScertai " that loans
^ infnS
on fnrnUh ng secunfc ac>mmodation are made f^^lvT ;
^
i ..
Im^H-i Bank was pleased

imperial i
y- ^
the earlier stage the and on Jn,
to permit th* no /
f f Pr
n adequate security? er periods and objects,
to examine rem v -
h ;
392 Audit and Supervision.
the Committee, the office bearers and, the ordi- there were in all 1,078 unions of which 325 were
nary members understand their duties and in Burma. Most of the 71 in Bihar and Orissa
responsibilities. are guaranteeing unions. The number of unions
in Madras was 405 and in Bombay 119. The
The general position regarding audit, however, total number of societies affiliated to the unions
is unsatisfactory on the whole. The Indian
in these last two provinces was 10,363 and 3,418
Central Banking Enquiry Committee remark
respectively. The system of supervising unions,
that audit in most places is defective and does
however, does not seem to be working well in
not conform to the statutory requirements as
explained and amplified by the Maclagan
Madras or in Bombay though no final opinion
can yet be pronounced on their usefulness as
Committee.
agencies for supervision. In Madras district
Though, in every province, the audit agency federations are disappearing and supervision
ultimately derives its power from the Registrar, being taken up more and more by financing
is
it is being done in different provinces by different banks. The Bombay Reorganisation Commit-
agencies. In the Punjab, audit is carried on pronounced a hostile verdict
tee has recently
by a staff of inspectors of the Provincial Co- and has suggested the replacement of super-
operative Union, each inspector being given a vising unions by departmental auditors who, it
number of societies. In Bihar and Orissa, the is contemplated, would be able to attend to
Co-operative Federation's staff does the audit supervision as well when each one of them is
and the Registrar controls the staff and arranges placed in charge of a smaller number of societies.
for the test audit of a percentage of societies by This suggestion is, however, not likely to be
his officers. In other provinces, the agricul- accepted by the Government of Bombay who are
tural credit societies are audited by the Regis- considering the strengthening of the system of
trar's staff, which in many of them is said to be supervising Unions by insisting on better quali-
inadequate. In some localities the societies fications for the supervisors and by creating
have formed audit unions for their audit. In District Boards of supervision to ensure the
I
most provinces some contribution towards the proper and efficient working of the Unions.
cost of the audit is levied from the societies The central banks have a body of inspectors and
audited by the departmental or the provincial field workers who visit periodically the societies
federations staff, as in the Punjab and Bihar affiliated to them and these officers too in a sense
and Orissa. Recently an audit fee has been assist in the supervision of societies. Thus, at
levied in Bombay so that it is only in Madras present, there are 3 distinct agencies, the depart-
that the audit of agricultural societies is prac- mental auditor, the bank inspector and the
tically free.
supervisor which are performing very similar
Audit, supervision and inspection are closely and co-related functions. The Second All-India
allied and not wholly separable in a simple Co-operative Institutes' Conference held at
organisation like the primary agricultural credit Hyderabad (Deccan) in 1931 considered this
society. Broadly speaking, audit lays the question fully and formulated a scheme in this
emphasis on accounts, supervision on adminis- connection which has been substantially appro-
tration, and inspection on finance, though they ved by the Indian Central Banking Enquiry
overlap in some respects. In India, internal Committee. The scheme suggested that district
supervision of co-operative societies is organised audit unions should be established, composed
differently in different provinces.

In Madras of representatives of societies primary and
and Bombay, the primary credit societies have central and that these unions should be affilia-
been federated into small local supervising ted to or federated in the provincial institutes,
unions on the governing bodies of which the federations or unions which should be made
societies are represented. Attempts have also responsible for providing a satisfactory agency
been made to federate these local unions into for audit and supervision. Inspection of societies
district councils or boards of supervision. There was a responsibility and duty of the central

are two types of local unions the guaranteeing financing agencies and should remain so. The
union and the supervising union. Experience audit staff to be appointed by the provincial
has shown that the system of guaranteeing and district unions should be recruited from
unions did not yield any useful results and it well trained and competent men from amongst
has therefore been abandoned in all the pro- those who are licensed by the Registrar. The
vinces, except in Burma and Bihar and Orissa number of societies entrusted to such an auditor
though even there their abandonment is only a should not be more than 60 so as to permit
question of time. Unions for supervision were efficient audit and supervision. The different
first started on a large scale in Madras and now provinces will, however, continue, it appears,
form an integral part of the co-operative structure their own systems, though the scheme suggested
there. The unions have a membership of 20 to by the All-India Conference for a
1
uniform system
30 societies each and their main duties relate to of audit for all provinces should really work well.
supervision, promotion of the interest of members For the audit of larger societies, like the
seeing that the accounts are in order, assistance central financing agencies and urban banks,
in the preparation of credit statements, stimula- the Registrar engages a staff of special auditors.
tion of land recoveries, promotion of co-operative A great deal of complaint has, however, recently
education, and organisation of non-credit activi- been made in this connection on the ground that
ties. The brunt of the work falls on full time these societies in addition to the departmental
paid supervisors are working under the direction auditrhave to provide for their own audit indepen-
of the managing committees. The supervisors dently. These private auditors are persons with
are recruited from persons specially trained for recognised qualifications and charge less for the
the work. Bombay has in the last few years work done by them. Under these circumstances,
abandoned the system of guaranteeing unions departmental audit means unnecessary duplica-
and has adopted the Madras system of the tion of work and unnecessary waste of money.
supervising unions. On the 30th June 1933, There is no reason why the departmental audit
J
"
Overdue Loans.
_393
^,0 11
!* b e abolished and the bigger societies
%
Jf,
ahowed to appoint their own
a5dtto?s from
PerS nS qnaUfled and oans
Srar PProvid b/'SS
6 dUe
due by
n7 /h 'P?
118 were therefore ' 38 per cent
Overdues. Among the most important tests
of the success or total loans due by individuals.
otherwise of a co-oneraHvP The Doshion
StSifrt^
in repayment of loans .
thG P^TpTnel
Ve
tVhA gresmore
a1iseTth a
serious ^Xere-
dered
by members
S are considerably obscured

fl
e C
and it is in
a om3 has t0 re cognise
bv tanK'? 8 and uu extei
exrension
>sions
Tndi/ fho .- L
India, the societies have
that in
not attained anv vwv
renavmenT '/nH ln some cases,
renavment
l^* 1
s of the date of
by the farmers'
Overdue Loans in Agricultural

Societies, 1932-83.
(in lakhs of rupees.)
Percentage of overdue
Province. Working Loans due loans to
Capital.
Overdue
by indivi- loans by
duals. individuals.
Working Loans due.
capital.
Madras
Bombay 5,45 4,49 2,66 49
Bengal 4,24 3,68 59
1,81 43
Bihar and Orissa 5,92 4,31 49
3,48 59
United Provinces 2,23 1,78 81
1,04 47
Punjab 1,01 76 58
52 51
Burma 8,40 6,96 43 5
Central 1,37 98
Provinces and 37 27
Berar
1,62 1,32 98 60
Mysore 32 24 74
54 21 66
Baroda 50 20
'
34 37 40
Hyderabad 30 12
88 35 40
Gwalior 64 42
26 48
Kashmir 47 39
.
58 1,50
Travancore 45 7
36 12 16
Others 31 17
87 47 55
76 14 16 .
18
Total 34,39 27,95 13,01 38 47
S S Ce Un e 1933 grown
serTousTncr the f ,n / - stated in the loan
applications
of a careful watch on
and the absence
the way
the loan is s^*
sion have reduce? theTp\y?nV capacafo, by the members,
f^?ft
e
which must be the c^se
T
y member is a borrowe ofJ surety
X
to other borrowers and
where the societies
composed almost wholly of the
ofthe village, the well-to-do needy section
standing aloof the
remissness in exerting
pressure and in taking
JhiSS y
a ins
^ Mhe defaulter, even
ltiDg add considerably to the
when h? if
erow h n?1^ '
if th S me nace of excessive
, i . overdues
a encies are more c 0n :
cerned with ft'***
wfth the JL
assets that in the last resort
are the security for their
lendings and SSf
? ^
VZ fh
nd ha " th y could "e
strar himseli
"
more elser

mmm
eJ5SS SStSsS
0 0 h ea ^ n SSe
con s?sts ^n ^H ! n f, ^ 2? Operative finance
ln
eIastlclt y
^
dilatoriness and
inêonJv
1 ac7* Th .
Ihe introduction of the normal

n^. / system in
credit
.
the societies,-a practice

whTch
2cSoeK Cy in
reauces tne evil to some extent
cultivator is forced to resort
^bay^ndMad
a
but as it in th :
also
toYhe money-lender
for accommodation. The co-operative
394 Land Mortgage Banks.
societies have thus, it must be admitted, lost However, under the circumstances, the clarifica-
their co-operative character in a great measure tion of the situation of indebtedness is most
and have become business bodies without, desirable as a preliminary towards tackling the
however, the efficiency that should characterise important questions of the redemption of old
them. The recent Committee on Co-operation debts. The Indian Central Banking Enquiry
in Bihar and Orissa views " with a considerable Committee has wisely emphasised the need for a
degree of dismay the general failure to make the vigorous policy of debt conciliation on a volun-
ordinary agricultural credit society a self- tary basis and for exploring the possibility of
governing and truly co-operative institution". undertaking legislation to secure, if need be, the
The Bombay Reorganisation Committee states settlement of debts on a compulsory basis. A
that "in view of the figures quoted, it is evident simple Rural Insolvency Act as recommended
that the movement has ceased to a great extent by the Royal Commission on Agriculture and
to be co-operative". Whether such a verdict endorsed by the Central
Banking Committee
is quite justifiable or not, it is obvious that the would also be an
important step towards libera-
situation is disquieting enough and very great ting those, who have already given up all their
caution in registering new credit societies and assets, from the incubus of ancestral and old
the correlating of loans to the repaying capacity debts, so that at least they and their heirs could
of the borrowers as emphasised by the Bihar start with a clean slate.
In any case, the need
and Orissa Committee seem to be the urgent for long term loans to the agriculturists for
needs of the day. land improvement and for the redemption of
old debts seems obvious, and it has now been
Land Mortgage Banks The loans advanced recognised that the time has come for the provi-
by co-operative societies to their members and sion of this facility by the starting of land
by the central financing agencies to their consti- mortgage banks.
tuent societies are, from the very nature of the There are three main types of such banks.
source from which they derive the bulk of their The strictly co-operative type is an association
finance, for short or intermediate terms only. who raise credit by the issue of
of borrowers
By concentrating upon the growth and multi- mortgage bonds bearing interest and made
plication of rural credit societies and thus upon
payable to bearer and is well illustrated in the
facilities for short and intermediate term loans,
German Landschaften. The commercial type
the co-operative movement did not provide for is represented by the Credit Foncier of France,
the redemption of old debts or for increasing which works for profit and declares dividends.
the earnings of agriculturists which alone would
The third type the quasi co-operative has a
prevent any further increase in their debts and mixed membership of borrowers and non-
pave the way for the paying off of the old ones. borrowers, operating over fairly large areas and
It does not seem to have been adequately realised formed with share capital and on a limited
that the removal or the lightening of the heavy liability basis. The banks organised so far in
load of indebtedness does not depend so much India are in a sense of the co-operative type,
upon the easy terms on which co-operative though strictly speaking they belong to the
finance can be made available, as upon the quasi co-operative variety, admitting as they
ascertainment of the amount of individual do to the membership a few non-borrowing
indebtedness to the sowcar, upon so fully finan- individuals for attractive initial capital as well
cing the agriculturists that they could be preven- as business talent, organising capacity and
ted from resorting to the sowcar any more, and efficient management.
above all on making agriculture an industry
sufl&ciently paying to leave a little saving after
At present there are 12 co-operative land
all legitimate current expenditure on agriculture
mortgage banks in the Punjab. Two of these
and the household has been met, so that this operate over whole districts, the rest confine
their operations to a single tehsil. Bombay
saving could be applied to the liquidation of old
debts. The mistaken notion associated with
has three land mortgage societies, which have
the start of the movement that co-operative only recently started their operations. Bengal
credit could serve this purpose and which has
has two, Assam has five, while Madras has 38
clung more or less till now as evidenced by primary land mortgage banks and a central land
permitting this purpose to be regarded as a mortgage bank has been started recently. It is
legitimate purpose for loans is largely responsible too early to pronounce on the success or otherwise
for increasing the load yet further. Short or of these few banks. Among the objects for
intermediate term loans can, if judiciously which these banks advance loans are the redemp-
employed, prevent any further increase in the tion of old debts, improvement of land and
burden, though even that in the present state method of cultivation and the purchase of land
in special cases. The Central Banking Com-
of uneconomic agriculture seems scarcely possi-
ble ; but it cannot leave any adequate margin
mittee think however that for a long time to
of saving which could be employed to redeem
come the resources of these institutions will be
past follies or misfortune. The sowcar, it is
mainly required for enabling the cultivator to
often forgotten, is the village retailer as also the redeem his land and his house from mortgage
purchaser of the villagers' produce and what he and to pay off his old debts. One feels, however,
cannot recover from the borrower by way of extremely doubtful whether the emphasis should
interest or the part payment of the principal not be laid on the intensive and extensive
of the loans, he can more than make good on the
development of agriculture, since as pointed out
threshing floor or in his shop. The co-operative above, unless agriculture becomes a paying
movement by concentration on the credit side industry, the redemption is impracticable and
has attacked him on one front only, so that the illusory. The bulk of the funds of these banks
will have to be raised by debentures and for this
risks of non-payment are saddled on the society
purposes, there will have to be in the provinces
while the profits of the merchant and the retail
central land mortgage banks as in Madras. The
shop-keeper are still enjoyed by the sowcar;
provincial co-operative banks cannot function
the attack ought to have been on all fronts.
^
Propaganda, Education and Training.
as such except as a 395
*rt^
Sir the success
for
ou'hô
g
61
the Pu
?
temporary measure, as in statute,
b Government will have
er assistance to these
of the debenture issue, and its
^l
hG interest as in th '
u
mee a11 reasona We needs, though in
T
b
'
institutions financial
the provincial bank with
finandarside
ba
s ?de and
a
Dg
the epnt,
as such concerned more with
the financing of the movement
ft
and thein\tZ*
^ ^ "tCi
snp nini cases
special ,a there would not be much harm
in
?0Ve nment P^chasing debentures
^f a
certain i*
value.
of a
While mutual knowledge of and
years back, the All-India r ties. A few
iSnt^fT a no S?he amon S memb!rs * the
ell> S0Gmt
iabilftv
re ln
.
ase of the unlimited

"a
-
y?ew
^
tU
rn2
Asso 4 was esUblished; S'
case Jf Tî moTt7>

Habilitv ^ an business
the
A ca P acitv
it
bank
steuce in the
with limited S^l-f QESS torml'S
insi

thPdw? <* habits
o ?
Valuation nf
MtlS * f
titles, correct^rate
'-/ n order t0 ensu
f SeCUIlty
sound
careful investigation of
assessment of borrower's credit
and repaying capacity and
on the emcient
'
86
*
It was soon perceived
efficient handicaps to the
^
he gr0Wth
f merS^
co-op'ratTve
that one of the serimi*
management of affairs successful working of
co-onera
In
Propaganda, Education and Training
the initial stages of the
the Registrar to carry
movement, it
on propaganda arid
on Sf
fetelttS a^HbSei
organize co-operative societies.
the assistance of purpose ^TthS
:
non-official honorary workei-s
P r 1V an in the various Province
rbandnd of ?n
such t
h workers and co-operative principles
L was brought into exis- societies to the membSs
orTa%^^
9
a h
;r
rary of the disSt vari 0US ways
r
c -P era ted with the
and to train up the
Education has
office bea
thu! developed
m^
of
in clrrvfnS 011 officials into an important

function of Witnffo
socieHp/ô Pi 0 Paganda, organising new these
organised manner and (or that

purpose co-onera
Were Started in
4nees Tn some rov "ices, liket^yarion^pro-
S
,wS,,V- P Bombay these
institutions
are mixed institutions
rSh P 0f ind iVMUal with a
wortos a nd of , and I
co-operative societies. In S^ff*^

S&fe k
X?eytrXP ?S
eS
important
V h
fL '^
ert0 been ablc to do
HifV
hasZibtless
P sition of considerable training c asses.
movement tive training and The need for Lpefco
te ln the
^
ThS,, 2 '
,
co-operative P
P wcrful education has D e1n fe?Mn "
ntKto?i
bdngin^To
fT
g
ZvS e D
rho^
ia
e s,tSfy 'a
m
j^-Tun
of co-operative education
^ niStrati e side
P^normiVmore not only foi the offlr.
or less the fnn
functions assigned
-
bearers of societies or the
to them under the managers and ins^c"
tors of catral and
provincial banks but abo
;
39 6 Non-Credit Agricultural Co-operation.
for the inspectors, auditors and assistant regis- Non-Credit Agricultural Co-operation.
trars of the co-operative departments. For some years past increasing attention has
been directed on other forms of co-operation for
In some provinces, like the Punjab and Bihar the benefit of the rural population. Credit is
and Orissa, the provincial union or federation but one of the needs of the cultivator its organi- ;
has been actively associated in discharging the sation through co-operation touches but the
Registrar's statutory function of the audit of fringe of the problem and different provinces
;
societies and the Second All-India Co-operative have been experimenting upon the application
Institutes' Conference held at Hyderabad of co-operative organisation to meet his different
(Deccan) in 1931 also expressed an opinion that non-credit needs. The problems of irrigation,
the Registrar's statutory obligation in this consolidation of holdings, improved sanitation,
matter could be discharged by a system of fencing, cattle insurance, dairying and supply
licensing and that audit should be a function of agricultural requisites and above all the
entrusted to the provincial unions or federations. marketing of agricultural produce have been
If this idea of a uniform system of audit through therefore engaging the attention of co-operators
the provincial unions be accepted, it will natu- and societies for these purposes have been
rally follow that they will also have to assume established here and there and have been working
the responsibility for supervision of the co- with varying success. In a land of ignorant and
operative societies. The departmental audit illiterate agriculturists, it would appear wiser
or inspection by the central banks cannot to adopt the rule of one village, one society
dispense with the need of careful supervision, but the complexities of the non-credit forms of
which to be effective must be from within and co-operation have induced the authorities to
the provincial federation or union is obviously avoid the multiple -purpose or general society
the best agency for this friendly and efficient and to favour the single purpose society, and we
supervision. The combination of the functions have the curious spectacle of an agriculturist
of audit and of supervision as suggested by the being viewed as one person with a bundle of
All-India Conference and endorsed by the Central needs, each one of which it is proposed to meet
Banking Enquiry Committee would mean separately. The sowcar was to him the one
improved efficiency in the working of the move- person to whom he could always look forward
ment while de -officialising it considerably and whether for the supply of agricultural requisites
giving it the popular touch it lacks. It must, and domestic requirements or for the sale of his
however, be remembered that the institutes produce or for credit. Now he is made to
and unions are not quite unofficial in this that resort to society A for credit, to society B for
in some provinces, like the Punjab and Bihar marketing, to society C for the supply of manures
and Orissa, the Registrar is the ex-officio presi- and seeds, to society D for the supply of tools
dent or member and practically controls them. and implements, to society E for fencing, to
At present, the situation as rgards co-operative society F for irrigation, to society G for consoli-
societies is disquieting enough and there are dation of holdings to society H, for social
reform
two schools of thought on the wisest course to and better-living and bui why continue the
pursue to bring about a radical improvement. sorry tale. A single society trying to meet all
One school is in favour of tightening the official the needs of the agriculturist would attack the
control while the other seeks to strengthen the sowcar on all fronts and would become a live
institutes and make them more non-official force in the village which would tend to
promote
and efficient than ever before. Though all the ideal embodied in the famous phrase: Better
agree on the goal of ultimate de-officialisation living, better farming and better
business.
and though all agree that the present system However, co-operative opinion in India has not
of part official and part non-official control of the yet accepted the wisdom of this
and yet believes
movement is not conducive to progress, opinions in the theory of almost water-tight compart-
conflict whether the remedy lies in officialisation ments. The agricultural non-credit societies
or de-officialisation of the movement at the in India on the 30th June 1933 were 4,315
distri-
present time. buted as under :
Non-Credit Agricultural Societies, 1932-33.
Purchase and Other forms

Purchase Production. Production of co-opera- Total.
Province.
and sale. and sale. tion.
78 11 347 436
Madras 245
Bombay 41 17 74 113
Bengal 85 932 272 44 1,333
2 5 11
Bihar and Orissa
56 373 429
United Provinces
19 1,182 91 1,446
Punjab
11 14 30
Burma
36 10 57
Berar 118
45 18 54
Mysore 172
20 37 90
Baroda 38
16 19
Other areas
3,37 1,150 1,692 1,136 43,15
Total
Consolidation of Holdings.
397
^ se the m ost important are the marketing
societies,
.
particularly for the sale of cotton

wnichls
in winch
roperty
i. force in some S
is in
f nis ancestor
fSL?
European
^d
y> îrrigation and milk societies in does
SJi
Bengali and the consolidation of not obtain in India. Each heir countries
is siven a
holdings and proportionate share of
better living societies in the Punjab each item of
property and not a share of the inherit ed tL
Marketing Societies. Marketing of agricul- to his portion.
whole, equivalent
tural produce is the real crux The result is that successWe
of the whole
question of rural prosperity and
betterment and inherit
10n
f S:?
de ending from a common anclsto?
f
marke tln is alw ays more effective than his landnot only smaller and smaller shares of
tS&SP m
^^
1
,,fi a small
tutes
1
ketl lg especially in India where
T producer
ndmdual i '
illiterate and consti-

is
unit, co-operative marketing
but inherit that land b?oken up
ZuZnV ,!TT^
fnto
VlX>tS
amon g st neirs leads to
'
This nous
has fr^Sîtn
iragmentation, which is accentuated
Cepted n 0W as one of the most desirable bv the
i?J5- S
ideals to work for i , expansion of cultivation, irregularly
It is only the complexity over theh
thPHi
e
fB
W km# 0f e.-Perative sale societies,
?f of providing
the difficulty oTtt^Swff "5* 1 by
faUlt f direct neirs an f^
exTnctio n Se
for marketing finance division of ^h^ . <* the
the lack of expert knowledge on
co-operative officials and the lack
the part of
of |odown
SSS o?d SXet a
a
n
tht nT bf bS
and storage facilities that have
prevented the
rapid multiplication of sale
n
SSS? nf T-
iS.?!
kl g
?
thlS f0rnl
'
societies and thei?
really in the develop- odvious
of c -Perative effort that
SUC e8S mus be ^nght for in
obvious
di ad tag
A part of land^ , i is
.fomentation are .
fragmentation being so excessive as owing to
f
wasted
to prevent
fn?îf
"
f credl ?
alon ^
e could never bring
India,
comfort is fo,t
g CU tUra P erati ns 5 and anothS part
^ ^ i
t
Where it has been tried with success, the St boundaries. Fragmentation
ii?
results endless waste of time, money involves
ex emel satisfactory to the members and effort it rls-
tZ ?,
The tremendous ? J
headway made in European ment
8
*?l
e cultivator from
rnent it prevents him from
a^tempti^mip ove
or
n
A^l lik eI)enmark nd in the
-
^ United sS oM^
adopting scientific
^^hin?fto
of America in co-operative
tion and ^successful examples
111 Bo
marketing organisa- cTrrvnS
of the cotton
b y should arresfc attention toe
unCitJ ^
11* 611
nV 0 mg cultivation;
SLnV/
5
"
it enforces
and especially restricts
In^r
and invite concentration f.? g g
i!P r crops
f fodde
'
in the period during
U^f i0n 0i
^ f^ûral
jute and paddy sale societies of
on the co-onerativp lhi. h ,Ti?i
marketing The fields.
fieWs t^p economic loss
The
^
USUaUy Sent out t0Vaze on thf
,
due to this svstem
Bengal have not can be easily imagined,
met with success, it is true but
grower in Gujarat and the
;toe TOtton consolidation of holdings.
and the only soluUon
This moat difficult
S
has reaped considerable benefit
Bombay
Karnatak
from tms cotton in the Punjab in the year
sale societies. Absence of fraud in we ghment 1920. Thee procedure
ed
adequate and high prices, insurance
produce against risks of fire, prompt o? the tion
P
Kow^
o f Holdings Society ? is
C.-Pe^ve
to call together all
SIZml
paymen? persons directly interested in land
Ll Pis sold
e ceed ^financial accommodation in a ggivtn
produce Su the village persuade them to accept the
information of daily price
fluctuations in the Bombay market, whereby a majority in a general meetmgby Jws
supply of rni-ht
gunnies and genuine and certified

dl dend ar no sm all gains
H?!? who was otherwise
seed, bonus
to the agricul-
ITZl^^ f ^rtition, and then?
out actual adjustment of fields
and holdings in
turist, ?u
at the mercy of the
adatya or worse stiU of his village
sowcar The
have
tZ?
IvTf
I- f
work which
that n
rl evance. V
ingle ^dividual nSght
As the result of patient
has now extended over ten
Gujarat societies cover a smaller area yews
than those
of the Karnatak but the y Strlkmg e ults have been achieved
;
unity of purpose among their
cohesion, loyalty and and %r/
e movement / for
f
members makes Pnl-o^ ^ aS assi?nied consolidation in the
them more co-operative.
turists of three or four villages
hSS^L ? agricultural the
There the aeriVVil important dimensions of an
reform.
growing a similar It is steadily
strain of cotton combine
society, pool their cotton and
themsel vis into a TnT?lV^ ty and as more sta ff trained
1!
People become better educated to
'
the
K^T%\r ^ d 0t
Larnatak. The cotton sale societies
sell it jointly bv ninf
^
y
aUCtion as in th5 consolidated
of Surat
f tl,e SyStein the figures
?o^SSPpd i,are mounting up year
f or the a
-'
by year

have recently combined in a
has taken over the co-operative
federation which that have
ginning factorv
T
rk be n
P
*? ? 20 21 and
1 '
elapsed since then, 2,63,462

th e 10 Jears
acres

already started by the members.
A f ew socieSes
a Ve e
m
con ! idated b v the end of July
S!
for the sale of other
a d ra bay SU
articles have Ilso been mi linl
t nf fhh
/
h0,e cultivable area of about
millions, at an average
cost of Rs. 2-5 per
30
cnu fer paddy,
cnnnes, naddv onions
o '
S jagger
V
and arecanut. Benea
toba^ <^
Se V JU 6 Sale SOcieties with a J nie Improvement of agriculture
Sfii
sale at fn^ i and several paddy
Calcutta
Whole- holdings have been brought is general, where
with a sale depot in Calcutta/
sale societies ploughs and together
other implements are used,
New
The ^niab
crops or new varieties of an old new
has several commission shops crop are sown
which provide nd rem Ve d f rom li ^ ht soil a "d planting
r
f^ h?^
facili ieS 80 that the
^
for better prices, but
trf
port.
tS
grower could wait of trees
which sell to local
2*1 lathvf 1 than t0 the nierchants at th ;
Madras
Z t Jf. or ,
seeds
-
is carried out.
effect of consolidation is to
CaU eS of "ligation and
The general
increase rents? and
>
has a number of sale societieJT

ppntf hh, Ve r en ^re?s
ft
-
but their transactions are

lot yet made much progress.
small and they y Sn?i L Kl
and has been brought
elds have increased, new
'
r
under the plough and dry
Consolidation of Holdings. The law of land brought under irrigation. New wells have
'
primogeniture, by which thêW bob I Ine

been
01
^
01168 ^paired,
nhft^^,to the roadways, farming
be'en obtained
/ccess his
has
398 Milk Societies.
become more intensive, and fruit trees have been loans to be paid off from the instalments on
planted. The great disadvantage of consolida- shares as they fall due; (iv) a levy of water-rate
tion through co-operation is that the pace is or of the capital cost of maintenance provides
slow compared with the area to be consolidated. for the proper maintenance of completed schemes.
Therefore, compulsion will be necessary for a Madras also has a number of such irrigation
wide extension and its introduction is only a societies.
matter of time but it is better to await the
growth and development of a strong public

Milk Societies. One of the notable contribu-
tions of Bengal to the co-operative movement is
opinion in its favour rather than incur the risk the immense organization built up for the co-
of a premature resort to legislation which might operative sale and supply of milk, consisting of,
bring the scheme into odium. in the first place, the 108 rural societies which
In the Central Provinces some success in are the producing centres, and, in the second,
consolidation has been achieved in the Chattis- the Calcutta Milk Union which is the distributing
garh Division where scattered holdings are centfre. The rural society which is the unit of
particularly common and it is not rare to see 10 the organization, generally covers a village, and
acres broken into 40 plots. The Local Govern- its members are bona fi.de milk producers whose
ment found it desirable to resort to legislation, primary occupation is agriculture with milk
and passed the Central Provinces Consolidation production as their secondary occupation. The
of Holdings Act in 1928. Any two or more societies, which are all of the limited liability
permanent holders in a village holding together type, are affiliated to the Milk Union at Calcutta,
not less than a certain minimum prescribed area which is a central society. It supervises,
of land, may apply for the consolidation of their controls, and finances the individual societies,
holdings, but the outstanding feature of the Act and arranges for the distribution and sale of their
is that it gives power to a proportion, not less milk in Calcutta. Just as only milk producers
than one-half of the permanent right-holders, are enlisted as members of milk societies, so
holding not less than two-thirds of the occupied only milk societies can be members of the
area in a village, to agree to the preparation of a Calcutta Milk Union. It is thus a pure type of
scheme of consolidation, which scheme, when Central Society, which does not include any
confirmed, becomes binding on all the permanent individual shareholder.
right-holders in the village and" their successors The milk obtained from the societies in a
in interest. group is collected at a depot which is under the
In Bombay a Bill was introduced in the charge of a depot manager, whose duty it is to 1
Legislative Council in 1928 to deal with certain receive the milk in properly sterilized cans,
features of the problem. When this Bill was measure it, note the general conditions and the 'jj
introduced a good deal of opposition was created lactometer point, and give a receipt to the carrier.
and it had to be ultimately dropped. The working of the depots is looked after by the '
There are 11 societies for consolidation of depot supervisor. Above the supervisors there
holdings in the United Provinces, and 11 in the are the depot manager and the society managers.
Baroda State based on the Punjab model. There is also the Veterinary Inspector who
Irrigation Societies. Another very interest- examines and treats the cattle belonging to the
ing and useful type of non-credit society is the societies and looks after the milking arrange- I
Irrigation Society so predominant in Bengal. ments and the sanitary condition of the cowsheds.
From a humble beginning of 3 societies in 1919, Above them all is a Government officer, placed \
the irrigation movement to-day claims about on special duty in the Co-operative Department.
1,000 societies in the western districts of Bengal He the Superintendent of Milk Societies all
is \
with a membership of over 20,000, a paid up over Bengal and the Chairman of the Calcutta j
share capital of over Rs. 2 lakhs and a working Milk Union. The Union has devised very
capital of over Us. 4 lakhs. These societies fall careful measures to ensure the purity of milk 1
chiefly under two classes: those for new construc- supplied to its customers. These measures
j
tion and those for reconstruction and re-excava- include the installation of a paste uring plant
J
tion. Irrigation is a necessity in the western and a boiler. The Union has got a motor lorry J
districts of Bengal where the country is mostly and has introduced the cycle lorry system of 3
elevated, undulating and easily drained with no delivery. The milk is also carried by hand carts 1
possibility of water logging and the distribution and coolies for delivery to customers. The 1
of rainfall is extremely variable. In the Sundar- Union at present supplies milk to most of the I
bans, land is still below high water level and big Calcutta hospitals, to fashionable restaurants I
embankments are necessary to prevent the and to a large number of individual customers, J
ingress of salt water. Considerable success has through a number of depots and distributing J
been attained in the Sundarbans tracts. The centres, located at convenient places all about I
greatest progress so far has been made in the the city. Besides the Calcutta Milk Union. 1
construction of small irrigation works in the five other unions have also been formed and two I
districts of the Burdwan division. Embank- of these, at Darjeeling and Dacca, have already I
ments for flood protection and reservoirs to attained a fair measure of success.
control floods and ensure a constant supply of The milk co-operative societies are societies I
water for irrigation are beyond the scope of of producers, though the desire to make pure and 1
co-operative elfort while drainage schemes for cheap milk available to consumers may have m
the improvement of agricultural and sanitary been mainly responsible for their birth. When- 1
conditions have so far not been taken up. The ever they had a chance, they have justified their
main features of irrigation societies are (t) they
: existence by ensuring a better price for produ-
are on a multiple liability basis; (ii) the number cers, while they have proved their utility to
of shares to be subscribed by members is fixed consumers by providing pure milk at a reasonable
so as to meet full costs and is based also on the rate. Calcutta has set an example which
area of land which will be benefited (Hi) funds
: Bombav, Madras and other large cities may
are further raised if necessary by deposits and well follow. Madras has already several milk
Rural Reconstruction.
399
societies with a Union in the City for distribu- a special campaign of rural uplift in the
tion, and the Bombay Municipality is seriously Pipariya
Circle in the Hoshangabad District,
considering the co-operative
concentrat-
solution of the ing the efforts of all departments
milk problem of the city of Bombay. concerned
with rural uplift in that area. An agricultural
Rural Reconstruction. One of the main assistant, a veterinary assistant surgeon,
and an
reasons why the achievements of the co-operative assistant medical officer were placed on
special
movement fall so short of the expectations of the duty there while the Deputy Educational
promoters and workers lies in the extreme inspector, bonagpur taluka, and the circle auditor
backwardness of the rural population and it is of Pipariya undertook extra work and
special
not too much to state that the ultimate success propaganda and the Deputy Commissioner and
oj otherwise of the co-operative movement lies bub-Divisional Officer toured and supervised the
bound up with general, rural development and work The campaign has yielded concrete
progress. So long as agriculturists remain results. Interesting experiments in a few
stseped in illiteracy and ignorance, are heavily selected villages are in progress in the
aid almost hopelessly indebted, have a fatalistic Nimar
and Betul districts and Government wait only
aid listless outlook on life and have an extremely for improvement in financial and
political
low standard of living, carrying on agriculture conditions to launch more ambitious schemes
with simple tools and implements in more or In Bombay by the starting of Taluka Develop-
less a primitive fashion, no great
approach to ment Associations and the creation of the Divi-
tie ideals and the 4 goal of the co-operative and sional Boards of Agriculture and
Co-operation
all other rural movements is possible. The some co-ordination has been brought about
co-operative movement itself is indeed a great between the Departments of Agriculture and
experiment in rural reconstruction aiming to Co-operation. The Bombay Reorganisa-
protect the agriculturist from exploitation' of tion Committee proposed the creation
Ihe usurer, the middleman dalal and the mer- of a
Board of Rural Welfare with the Director of
chant ; but concentration on the credit side Agriculture as chairman and Deputy Directors
of the movement with but half-hearted attempts of Co-operation, Agriculture and
for the co-operative organisation of supply
Veterinary
and Science as members. The later part of 1933
marketing, a growing multiplicity of institu- saw
a considerable impetus imparted to the cause
tions for various purposes and above all the of
rural reconstruction in India. His Excellency
neglect of the educational, sanitary, medical Sir Frederick Sykes, Governor of Bombay,
and the social sides of village life explain very con-
centrated on village uplift and carried on an in-
clearly why the achievements of the movement tensive propaganda in that behalf which has
during the last 31 years have fallen far short led
to the formulation of a scheme whereby
of its objective. the
Rural reconstruction has, work will be carried on earnestly by District
however, of late years claimed an increasing Committees under the guidance of the District
amount of attention ; but so far attempts on a Collectors, the work being co-ordinated by Divi-
mass scale have not been made ; what has been sional officers. The Punjab has appointed Mr
done has been individual effortthe efforts of Brayne of Gurgaon fame as Commissioner for
individuals fired by the impulse of social service Rural Reconstruction and Bengal has made a
and moved by enthusiasm to utilise their oppor- similar appointment, and it appears that all
tunities to the best advantage by contributing provincial Governments are devoting consider-
to the welfare of the humble village folk. The able thought to this very important work.
best known of such centres is at Gurgaon in the
Punjab. The work done there covers education Better Living Societies The Punjab has
been responsible for introducing this very desir-
sanitation, medical relief, improvement of able
agriculture, female education and maternity type of co-operative society to promote
better living among its members. There are
welfare. At Lyalpur in the Punjab also
schemes of rural reconstruction have grown out of about 300 such societies in that province and
co-operative societies embarking upon the wider
they have been doing quite important work in
functions of cattle-breeding, improvement of their own way. The societies do not collect
cattle and agriculture, adult education,
any levy from their members, except the small
thrift, entrance fee and
they lay down a
better living and arbitration of disputes.
The work and make rules for carryingprogramme of
Vishva-Bharati of Dr. Rabindranath Tagore it out from
has a special department devoted to rural recon- year to year, violation of which is punishable
struction which has started 6 co-operative rural with fine under the by-laws. Though these
reconstruction societies in the villages of the societies in the first instance have for their
Birbhum District. Sir Daniel Hamilton has object the curtailment of ruinous expenditure
developed the deltaic lands of Sunderbans by on marriages and other social occasions, they
establishing colonies there on modern lines. have also helped in various other matters so
In ;
the Madras Presidency the Provincial Co-opera- that apart from saving to their members thou-
nion runs 8 rural reconstruction centres sands of rupees each year, they are contributing
and aS the work at Alamaru has been eminentlv to the general village uplift in some measure.
successful. Mr. V. N. Mehta was responsible Some of these societies have levelled and paved
rural reconstruction scheme in Benares and swept the village lands, some have promoted
?I all
At ,Vx l
the centres, co-operation has been enlisted sanitation, some have induced the villagers
in the service. of rural reconstruction and to improve ventilation in their houses, some have
societies
have been started which take up various items repaired and roofed the village drinking well
in that work. The anti-malarial societies of some have arranged that all manure should be
Bengal are also attempts in the same direction pitted, some have discouraged expenditure on
the effort being restricted to only one jewellery, and some have stopped waste on farm s.
aspect of Thus in a variety
the situation. of ways these societies generally
have been great factors in the improvement of
In the Central Provinces and Berar the
local conditions in the life of the village. It is
Government carried on from November 1929 earnestly hoped
that such better living societies

400 Urban Credit Societies.
will be started in large numbers

in the various the ravages of malaria.
provinces of India or better still that the co- anti-malarial society
The first co-operative
was the Panihaty Society
operative credit societies would take upon registered in
March 1918, and in July 1919,
themselves the function performed by these the Central Society was launched.
societies and that the term better living be
The whole
movement in this direction owes considerablv
given as wide a connotation as possible so that to Dr. Gopalchandra Chatterjee.
the co-operative movement would be doing The Central
Society aimed at organising a network of
good to itself and the nation by carrying on the anti-malarial and public health societies, at
general work of village uplift, as well as its own carrying on propaganda, at guiding the rural
economic objective of strengthening the position societies and acting as an expert advisory body.
of the agriculturist. There are now about 600 rural societies, often
Educational Societies. Though the pro- in inaccessible places and the Central Society
blem of illiteracy is a very large problem in- now acts as merely an organising body, leaving
deed and though education is one of the chief the function of supervision to local bodies,
responsibilities of Government it is interesting through whom Government give grants to them.
to find that because of the great reaction which The members of the rural societies pay a monthly
illiteracy has on the efficient working of co- subscription of from 4 annas to a rupee, an!
operative societies, educational societies have each of these maintain a medical man on the
been started in some of the provinces notably
the Punjab. In that province, there are two
subsidy system, who attends to the families
of members free of charge. They depend for
kinds of societies, one for adult education and funds on subscriptions, donations, and grants
the other for compulsory education of children. from members, benevolent individuals and
In the former the members pay a small entrance Government. They do not pay their way and
fee and a small monthly fee to make up the pay therein indeed lies their weakness. The actual
of the teacher, who is generally the school master anti-malarial work consists of filling up all
of the primary school receiving a small extra stagnant pools and ditches within the village
pay for the additional work. Such of these areas during the dry season and kerosining all
schools as are well conducted are later on taken stagnant accumulations of water, immediately
over by the District Boards. Various other after the rains. Many dispensaries and schools
agencies in that province have also started are being maintained, some on a share basis,
similar schools with the result that their number others on a charity basis, and these societies
has gone up to about 2,000. The compulsory have done the great service of bringing the
education schools for children are started by services of qualified medical men within easy
parents, fees are collected as in the case of the reach of inaccessible rural areas.
adult schools for engaging a teacher and there
are about 150 such schools imparting tuition
Urban Credit Societies. While the chief
objective
of the co-operative movement was
up to the IV Standard. Though such educa- from the first to do service to the rural popula-
tional societies may not have done all the good tion, it must be remembered that the Act of
they aimed at doing, there is no doubt whatever
that they bear testimony to the realization of
1904 permitted two classes of societies, rural
and urban, recognising thus the suitability of

the marked correlation of education and co- the co-operative method for solving the pro-
operation. The United Provinces is gradually
blems of urban population also. At present
following the lead given by the Punjab and they
there are in all 10,912 non-agricultural societies
also have started a number of schools. In with a membership of 12,34,095. Of these,
Bihar and Orissa, the co-operative credit societies
5,255 are credit societies, the rest being societies
give considerable impetus to primary education
for other purposes.
amongst the members making it possible to open
and run a number of path-shalas and schools The urban co-operative credit societies for
by adequate contributions. In Bengal many consumers resolve themselves into three types,
societiesspend on education and some of them (i) The salary-earners' society (u) the mill-
;
maintain night schools, as a result of which in hands' society and (Hi) the communal society.
;
one district alone there are 38 such schools, 2 The salary-earners' societies have been generally
upper primary schools and one English middle organised on the occupational basis, the members
school. The Ganja cultivators' societies spend being employees in the same firm or Government
large amounts out of their profits on education office. The strength of such a society lies in
and help 3 high schools and 87 primary schools. the absence of communal jealousies and factions,
Societies in Bombay also spend fairly large in the higher level of culture and intelligence of
amounts by making grants to schools and giving the members and the spirit of discipline that
prizes and scholarships. prevails in a modern well-conducted office. A
Ant mala rial Societies.
i
Among other
things, the need for improvement in village
great accession of strength accrues to the society
from the sympathy of the employer or head of
the office, through whom recoveries of instal-
sanitation, an important constituent of " better
living" arrested the attention of co-operators
ments of loan repayments could be arranged
particularly in Bengal, which pays a heavy toll,
from the pay sheet and the danger of overdues
practically eliminated. The basis of the society
year after year, from that terrible scourge

malaria and kaia-azar and where, unlike many
other provinces, the rural death rate is higher
is very good, and the working generally sound.
Monthly subscriptions inculcate the habit of
saving, so essential and useful to the salariat
than the urban death rate. There is some talk
at present of experimenting with plasmoquin
and the society can well act as a great and useful
to render mosquitoes immune from infection feeder for the co-operative investment trust,
and thus prevent the spread of infections. which is the logical development of the thrift-
Bengal has thus rendered a distinct service by cum-credit society such as this, in essence, is.
organising successfully a campaign in rural The Mill-hands' Society are more or less
areas for arresting or checking in some measure of a similar type, the differences lying, chiefly
Social Reforms and Co-operation.
401.
in the illiteracy of the members,
in their smaller and
transactions and in the possibility, harmonious work will greatly asskt~thp
though development of inland
experience hitherto has" not converted trading agencies
that Peoples' banks are
into actuality, of the wh^
organisation being V mg a nuc1
a repository "of peonies 1
wrecked to pieces when t!fe millhands
prolonged strike.
go on a
& i ^ A
,.
1 1
^? for co -operative activityand
ivin facilities 'or internal
?f Lmt
toncând
tance and ?/ it isa quite necessary therefore that
h Communal Society as consumers' their share
J
organisations are not indeed quite sound capital must be pretty la?g
e In
sentiment comes in from the door, efficiency
where the Bombay Presidency on the 31st March'l93?
safety fly away through the window
and there were 91 urban banks most of
the ability which are
to save is not properly assessed;
but the unbusmess like, desire to
;
the nobler 1 ^4Th

eSSfU
9 the wor ^ng capital was
1'3^ '
help takes and the reserve fund amounted
V
The t0tal memberlh
p wis
Rs. 3,57 60 347
possession overdues mount high to Us 19 44 62*
;
procrastina- aid Witl 0Ut
tion in the matter of recoveries and
;
devXment
references to ae\elopment of urban }
^rat^n^Yat'^he
the Registrar for arbitration create banking has been a
great trouble distinct contribution of
.Despite this inherent weakness,
however, severai operative movement in India
BombSv to the co-
societies of a communal type have and other P
provinces
V1
done remark- 611 f U0W B mbay '
ably well and have been serving their S exampL ?n this
ties m more ways than one. communi- Action
is
A* im P rt ant class of the urban population themse^Vl'ntn
that of the merchants and traders,
1
^
Liiemseives into a supervising
bank S
and though purpose of inspecting the accounts of its bank!
-
-
Gu
J arat form
f
union for th P
^
joint-stock banking system that has
Si
~ 111 * ndia 18
l^te well suited in many
so far
S"te
Cn^T^ J haav
em n
p
Provi ncial7 Banking
.
m
d e el P ent of business
Enquiry
3i C S f r th ln from the
J 5 -! ' P
small trader, it is co-operative banking
int of w of the Comm ttee have recommended the formation
that is of similar unions for the urban banksMother
obviously wanted. The importance of
Peonies
Co-operative Banks promoted for the benefit not'ontv
of urban people without any w 0 ly ?o^
?o / A
G Pres i(?ency which
.
0r u P ervisl n of the
be wm
existing banks
uS
distinction of caste gUidanCG f the newly formed
1S th Tei0
> very great, for the finance bank*
of tntn
'
small merchants,l artisans and craftsmen for 0
*^^ 10
* LtT? de and industries in and sociT^Fs
around district and taluka towns. The
principal
^^ tk
.
a Dt f th Urban ^-operative
c ^
business ol these banks is short-term
credit and
in this respect they resemble
the ordinary
commercial banks. In the absence
of any
industrial co-operative bank, it is his ônnlTt tie
also for the end 01 the term with interest.
t0 finance smaU industrialists In manv societies
JE?hS
and help the development of cottage
i
which still play a very considerable part industries cXinT^ !^

The^^h
1106 80 but not exêd'ng a
P^POrtion, usuaUy | of the deposits,
in the S about 1,000 such
industrial economy of India.
Another very tne
^function which falls to peoples' banks There are about
thefnVSPnf X
bulk of the members are societies and
school masters
Iffff
is the financing of the
marketing of the produce only having a
125 thrift societies for women
of the land from the field to the membership of about 2 000
port or to the Madras has also more than
i
principal market centres and thus 1 00 thrift societies
assist in the and Bombay has half a dozen.
development of the internal trade of the Recently however
country

ranc Societies have been start-
It is only however, in the Bombay
and Bengal ed ^
in Bombay, Bengal and
i n
Presidencies that we meet with Madras The Bombav
institutions functioning as peoples'
some good y W ted iD JlUy 1930 and forTfe^
banks In s work^
Madras there are 1,074 non-agricultural uSSS ^? r ked as a provident society only,
credit issuing policies of Rs. 150 to Rs.
S
vT
tleS mo.st of tnese are not real peoples' 500 and that
1 ledical e
âtion/theid"bd?g
banks
vSSSSL
!l?pî
}> f
VS
y E en Z
etie and
^
The Pun ab has 1,000 unlimited to
107 with llS ed
her We hardl flnd an develop-
1 copies' ? y y
banks. In Bengal the It
to\riîifp
bring life insurance
noth^r
St I??
f
within easy reach of the
Villa ^ e as in the town
and works 011 a mutual basis.
n wever widened its scope and
It has
^^
500 and
d 1 blh y rban Credit societies
fh
H though l these
*J? numbe? h* hlpS '
., >
tlD S Policies for larger
amounts
are salary earners' credit
societies seem to have won iT5L??f? r
public confidence the more important
societies. Some of
b
of them branch,
it
ib
has
? hl
besides
ry ranch while u n d er the rural
i
recently issued a scheme
'
the ordinary small policies
the divisions especially the Chittagong
term insurance, which will, it for decreas ng
have severa big concerns, however, divisions
on sound lines. The question
Peoples' Banks in Bihar and Orissa
worS
has not vet
borrowing 2*
of start ng borrow^
r ten
"if
members
is hoped
P^mary 'societies and
much better. It has bv
P meet
S
oeen serious y taken in hand. In
the Bombay B P n^, l ? 1-
D USinef 8 of over Rs
*
20 lacs -
a P rovid ent society issuing

The
of Rs. 50,000 and more are
banks. Since 1922 co-operators in
classed as urban
SZfflJSSnM*
wn,
P 0l
?> /
T a
I
S, hile the Madras society-th?
^"operative Insurance Society-
fl^ d
TAr
^J
y haVe
H
far it has been
for
le3
this Presi- has started
ba k in eye *y taIu ka town,

?
realised that with the prone; written a
ei y keen n having a f ul - insurance society
? vigorously as a full fledged life
with share capital and com-
vel3 iw rates of premia,
n a large
[ and has already
development of urban co-operative business of about Rs. 20 lacs.
banking
l
3
Qt
that the various units will The
Non-Credit Societies in
consumers' movement in this country
Urban Areas'.
J 0Ucl with
mutual settlement \ one an other and that
Ty S0r re cord ex eepting in the almost
has
of terms and co-ordinated ^nmtr
solitary example of, the7 Triplicane Co-operative

402 Social Reforms and Co-operation.

Stores of Madras. The reasons for this state in the purchase of raw materials. The business
of affairs have been discussed by the Registrars
branch of the bank the sales depot at Lahore
in their annual reports from time to time and sends to the societies weekly quotations and
it seems that there is no immediate possibility keeps them in touch^pth the trend of the market.
of any very great efforts being made at pushing The indents from societies are received by the
on this form of co-operative effort, which has Bank which arranges for the purchase of the
found such signal success in England. The
requirements from Amritsar itself the most
small capital of the societies when started, the important commercial centre in the Punjab or
want of experience and business ability of the from Ahmedabad and Bombay. The other
workers, the inability of the honorary workers six Unions also help in this work through the
to perform efficiently the complicated work of a Lahore sale depot. For the sale of the finished
store society, the absence of any common tie goods, however, the societies are left to hold
between the members, the narrow margin be- themselves the unions and bank help but little,
;
tween the whole sale rates and the retail rates. though the depot renders some service by secur-
In Indian cities leaving little economic advantage ing orders, keeping goods on deposit and by
in the store system, the pinning of their faith advising societies to prepare cloth of the pattern
on absence of adulteration and correct weights most in demand in the market.
and measures, the insistence on cash payments
all these have been responsible for the failure Bombay, Madras and other provinces have
of the co-operative store movement in this also anumber of weavers' societies, but nowhere
country. The Triplicane Society of Madras have they developed into producers' societies
forms a splendid exception and from humble or have met with any marked success.
beginnings in 1908 it has attained a position of
considerable importance serving its members Co-operative
Housing Societies. An im-
portant direction in which the co-operative
through numerous branches. The society
celebrated its silver jubilee in 1930.
movement has developed in urban areas on the
Producers'
Movement. Producers* co-
non-credit side is the provision of suitable
housing accommodation to the lower middle
operation in India is yet in a rudimentary stage.
classes at a fair rent. The housing movement
Half-hearted attempts made to apply co-opera-
represents a protest against exploitation of
tive methods in the case of the artisans and
tenants by landlords in large cities. It has
cottage workers have not been attended with
achieved a considerable measure of success in the
success. People engaged in these industries
Presidency of Bombay, where the Societies in
may be divided into three classes : (i) those 1931-32 numbered 83 with a total work-
working on their own account and selling their
(n) those working
ing capital of 89 lakhs. Of the 83 societies, 23
finished articles themselves
are in the city of Bombay and its suburbs, 21 in
;
in their own home on behalf of some merchant

or dealer, receiving wages on the piece-work Ahmedabad, 12 in Karachi and the rest in other
parts of the province. Of the remaining pro-
system for the work done by them, and being
vinces, Madras has 130 societies with a total
provided with the raw materials from the mer-
chants who give them the work and (m) those working capital of 40 lakhs, and the rest of the
provinces have only one or two. Among the
;
working in small karkhanas or factories under

an employer, generally known as the karkhandar Indian States only Mysore has 12 societies. The
societies outside the Bombay Presidency are
and receiving wages on the time-scale, somewhat
on the lines of the workers employed in large mere lending societies and do not undertake the
scale industries. A large number of artisans construction of buildings as those in Bombay
are still carrying on their trade on their own do.
account, and these are wholly in the hands of the The housing societies started so far are confined
money-lenders, who charge exorbitant rates to the middle class men such as clerks, pleaders,
of interest. The latter also supply raw materials traders and the like and are all on a communal
and purchase the finished articles at prices dic- basis. No housing societies have yet been
tated by themselves. These transactions leave started in this country for the working classes.
little margin to the worker, who having a running There are two main systems of co-operative
debt with the merchants is obliged to deal with housing, the individual ownership and the
them without being able to resort to the compe- co-ownership or tenant co-partnership systems.
titive markets.
An important drawback of the ownership
What the artisan requires is thus (i) credit system is that the members of the society have
the purchase of raw
facilities, (ii) facilities for an unrestricted right to transfer their property
materials and implements, and (til) facilities for to any person, with the result that many houses
the sale of his product. The only thing that built with the help of co-operative money, have
has been so far done is to organise credit societies passed into the hands of speculators. In order
for some of the artisans, hoping in a half-hearted to remove this defect, Bombay has introduced
way for societies for purchase and for sale to a new scheme known as the tenant ownership
follow later on. The most important cottage system. In this system the society takes a
industry being hand-loom weaving, attention large plot of land on lease or by purchase, and
was directed early to them and we have several after laying out roads, if they do not exist
societies of weavers. The societies for weavers already, divides the land into smaller plots and
in the Punjab affiliate themselves to the Co- distributes them among the members, reserving
operative Industrial Bank at Amritsar for some land for common purposes, for erecting
finance. Besides this bank, there are six unions a common hall and for a play-ground. The
at different centres to which the societies within cost of development is a charge on the members'
their areas are affiliated as shareholders. They plots, the price of which varies according to
raise their own funds too by shares and compul- their situation. The members hold the plots on
sory deposits. The Co-operative Industrial a lease from the society on condition that in case
Bank at Amritsar helps the weavers* societies of sale of their holding, before or after erecting a
Social Reforms and Co-operation.
403
building, they will give the first
choice to the The steady growth of the Cemral
society or to a member recommended Iâiicini
by it Agencies relieved the Registrars parti p
Government undertakes to advance loans v o thf
members of this type of society to the extent to need for attending to this very
of
important matter
t *? e deydopment thef
^ "
twice the capital paid by each member, of co-opemtion fbSi propa-
repayable 1
within 20 years, the maximum amount 111
of the RêSar
to a member being Rs. 10,000.
allowed Sd his
ana sffff
staff, paid or honorary, and
it was
When all the r V non -fficial institutions should
houses are built, the society would
the common property, settle disputes
look after E SS ablw- d t0 ta kG r his faction from
between omciai htd s
omcfai hands. A J? t
members and generally to the work of a munici- Accordingly Co-ooerativP
pality for the colony. Institutes were started in various
6
provfnees
In the tenant co-partnership system, the society 'to
cases up a large area of land and
Te
to the village through nr ita y societies
i their branches in the
constructs divisions and the district, in other cases as a
buildings thereon for the residence of its
members federation or union more or less complete of he
and makes provision for their common amenities. socie tles The part these non-official
-
Members reside in the buildings as the tenants of .
t0 pla y henceforth became
the society. They contribute capital ittv lS?;
to the ingly important, some adding to the primarv
, increas-
extent of 1/5.to i of total cost, in
th6 grossresidential area provided.
proportion to
The remaining tW.
Ct
T f P r Paganda, othersluch
su P ervisi
as côpera-
over societiesand ,
capital, in addition to that contributed
by the even audit
'
members, is raised by way of a loan. The

Government of Bombay advances loans to the e stead y Progress of the
housing societies of this type to the extent
of h J
times even too rapidfor
movement some-
uhree-fourths the paid up capital repayable nearly 20 years
in r f U nd ha dly t0 lessen
40 years by annual instalments with interest at bZd7n the Glossal
burden of nfTh , L J
the indebtedness of the ryot

5* per cent. Governments of other provinces operative for co-

nave recently commenced to advance long-term credit necessarily confined
itself to
short-term loans. It was in the
loans to housing societies at about
6 per cent,
Punjab that
in this system the position of the society as ratW e L d Mortgage Bank was
as of the membersis secured. The
ttL% at Jhang
well started ~T in ?l
.
1920. Soon after other

society holds provinces also followed
a substantial stake of the members, and suit
there is
no chance of default. Though no member
is the owner of any building While the movement was developing at
or its part in which a rapid
r S1 es, ye a11 the mem bers pace it was found that financially
n il
i
are joint-owners the situation
of* all the buildings. It is a socialistic ideal in was worsening. Defaults in repayment were
, .t
wnich the ownership rests in the community becoming increasingly common and Co-opera-
as a whole and not in individuals Committees of Enquiry were insti-
e 1 The Co-operative Societies Act of
^î *n
10U s P^^^^
.
The CentraiProvinces
i n?, ?
iy04 had^Y'~
limitations which were soon recognised in m
1 \
qIo
^cessary to have such a committee
1922, while Bihar and Orissa followed
with a
nl^ mm
and at a conference of the Registrars, a bill was
drawn up which became the
1 ll
? Oakden n
tee I 923 A few years after
Co-operative fh
-
the Committee made similar inquiries
Societies Act of 1912. This Act remedied the he U
defects of its predecessor, authorized the
tration of societies for purposes other
SV ^ &'
the Townsend Committee for
regis- Madras and the Calvert Committee for Burma.
than These Committees have carefully analysed the
credit, substituted a scientific classification
based position
on the nature of the liability for the arbitrary made recommendations
m their respective provinces and
have
for the consolidation
one into rural and urban and legalised
the and rectification of the co-operative credit
registration of Unions and Central Banks. organisation and the extension of the
non-credit
side of agricultural co-operation.
In 1 914 the Government of India reviewed the conferred The nower?
.,
-
. upon the Local Government by the

situation in a comprehensive resolution
and Act of 1919 to modify the Act of 1912 have been
recommended a change in the policy regarding exercised so far in but few provinces such as
tne grant of loans to members, so that
they Bombay, Burma, Madras and Bihar and Orissa
might lend money for domestic purposes as well Bombay
passed the Co-operative Societies''
as for agricultural onesin order that the
members Act
might confine their dealings with the Co-opera- fromof 1925 incorporating the suggestions made
time to time for the amendment of the
tive bo cieties and be weaned from the
m sowcars previous All-India Act. This new Act made
1914, the Maclagan Committee on Co- object of the
movement still wider than that
the
operation was appointed and its report in
1915 Predecessor and its preamble refers to
led to the reorganisation and overhauling
of the better living, better business and
whole administration of co-operation. Punctual methods better
of production" as the aim of the move-
repayment of loans was insisted upon, and all
those societies that failed to live up to the
The ohief Matures of the Bombay Act
ideal of 1925 are the adoption of a scientific
of co-operation were sought to be system
eliminated. of classification of societies, the
rom this time onwards the share of non-officials of the improvement
in the movement assumed increasing procedure for liquidation of cancelled
importance
and it came to be realized that for the success societies, the extension of summary powers of
recovery to the awards of arbitrators and the
ot the movement, deofficializing
of the same was provision of penalties against specified offences.
necessary. The Government of India Act of
iyiy made co-operation a provincial transferred A. ,
urma Act came into f rce in 1927 and
the Madras Act in July 1932. In Behar
subject and the local Governments and
were left Orissa, the draft of a new Act is under
considera-
tree to adapt the 1912 Act
to their own require- tion and the bill will be very likely introduced
ments.
in the council shortly. The progress
of the
404 Social Reforms and Co-operation.
movement in forms other than credit has not Conference at New Delhi on the 29th January
been very remarkable and credit societies still 1934. This Conference was unique in so far
predominate, especially the Agricultural Credit as it was not restricted only to the Registrars
Societies. of Co-operative Societies and their advisers
The non -credit movement has had naturally from the various provinces and States, but it
more obstacles to overcome than the credit but also included some ministers in charge of Agri-
the former is slowly gathering force in the shape culture and Co-operation from the provinces
of sale societies for cotton in Karnatak, Gujarat and a representative of each of the two All-India
and Khandesh, cattle insurance societies in Co-operative organisationsthe Institutes'
Burma and irrigation societies in Bengal and the Association and the Provincial Banks' Associa-
Southern Division of the Bombay Presidency. tion. This Conference recommended the en-
Perhaps the most remarkable instance of the actment of an All-India Co-operative Societies
co-operative movement in India is to be found Act so as to permit the registration of Co-opera-
in the Punjab where consolidation of holdings tive Societies working in the whole of India or
has been successfully attempted through coin more provinces than one. It also recommend-
operation. In the non-agricultural non-credit ed earnest efforts for the development of land
sphere, a still smaller headway has been made. mortgage banks by the Government guarantee-
There are a number of housing societies especially ing not only the interest on their debentures
in Bombay, Madras and Mysore, and artisans' but also the capital and suggested the creation
societies and unskilled labour societies in Madras. of a Central Co-operative Board under the
It may be noted that on the agricultural side, Imperial Government with a small establishment
co-operative farming has hardly been touched to bring about a closer co-ordination of work
and on the non-credit side the consumers' move- between the different provinces and States of
ment has made but meagre progress. India. This last suggestion has met with some
opposition, since after the provincialisation of
In 1926, the Royal Commission on Agriculture Co-operation under the Montford Reforms of
was appointed and co-operation formed only a 1914, the provinces do not much fancy the

part though an important one of its extensive imposition of control from the centre. And
enquiry. Recently, in consequence of the yet, there seems to be nothing wrong in the
appointment of the provincial committees under idea of a central organisation, which would be
the Indian Central Banking Enquiry Committee a clearing house for authentic information and
the co-operative movement in the different stimulate progress through a careful study of
provinces has been surveyed. But the provincial experiments and efforts in particular areas and
committees, for obvious reasons, confined their drawing attention of other areas to the success
inquiries to banking in relation to agriculture, achieved or the deficiencies revealed.
small industries and trade. Thus only those
aspects of the co-operative movement which It may also be mentioned that the Indian
have an intimate bearing on the credit needs of States were not slow in introducing the co-opera-
the population and the development of banking tive movement within their limits, and the
facilities have been examined, while the need movement in some of the more important of the
for separate enquiries into the whole movement States, such as Hyderabad (Deccan), Mysore,
in the different provinces of the lines of those Baroda, Gwalior and Indore has made considera-
undertaken in C. P., U. P. and Madras and ble progress, more or less on the same lines as
emphasised by the Royal Commission on Agricul- those followed in the neighbouring British
ture is still to be met. Bihar and Orissa Indian Provinces.
recently got its movement examined by a com- The landmarks in the history of the co-opera-
mittee which has published its report last year. tive movement in India are the Co-operative
The Government of Bombay convened in June Credit Societies Act of 1904 ; the Co-operative
;
1933 a Round Table Conference of official and Societies Act of 1912 the Maclagan Committee
;
non-official Co-operators to discuss the problems Report, 1915 the provincialisation of co-opera-
;
that confronted the Movement in Bombay. tion, 1919 the establishment of institutes,
;
As a result of this Conference, three Committees unions and federations for propaganda the ;
were appointed, one to examine the system of Committees of Enquiry into the co-operative
supervision over Co-operative societies by the movement in several provinces provincial
Supervising Unions in the Presidency, another legislation the Report of the Royal Commission
;
;
to report on the best way to help the agriculturists on Agriculture, 1928 and Reports of the Indian
;
in these times of falling prices and trade
Central and Provincial Banking Enquiry Com-
depression, and the third to examine the problem
mittees, 1931.
of extension of land mortgage banking on a
Co-operative basis. These Committees have The movement has thus developed rapidly
not yet submitted their reports, but there is and the stages of its evolution may be briefly
little doubt that their recommendations would summarised
as agricultural credit urban ;
lead to a tightening up of supervision, an extension credit; central credit organisations; apex co-opera-
of land mortgage banking and efforts to meet tive banks propaganda by non-officials; non-
;
the growth of overdue loans. credit agricultural co-operation urban co- ;
operative banking long-term loans and debt

;
The growing difficulties of the Co-operative redemption schemes; land mortgage banks;
Movement throughout India in these times of co-operative education rectification and consoli-
;
unprecedented depression led the Government dation of the credit movement and organisation ;
of India to hold an All-India Co-operative of supervision over primary societies.

Statistics of Co-operation.
405
<D fH t-I <M

TO f-l JL ^
lis-
tS r-l ^
1)<hNh
O
6toO '
d 5<o 1
E
 "
5 ^S 1 1
~
.3
53*
406 Statistics of Co-operation,
Bo if GOCOCO'*I>I>t>.
t-UOCOkOcbrHi^t- CO t~ CO t
CO Tj* CO r
P<rH
<3 a>
oo
NOOiTiiOOOO
o \a CO00iO<M(M00(NCO l>(M'+ OCOC000 l
COG0iOG0O100 QOTjlCOvOr-lI^-^COrt*
-*-> . "it
GO GO CO CO 00 t# CO (M CO <M rHrHkf5r-lCOIXN
co io co oTo^t-T
P o
2
^-iiOi>Tti HOiÔWCOHOO
O Oi <M <N o <N*0
COlOr-l^l>I>>
52 23 00^^
T^r^COcO<M "*O5CDC<l^mii0COr-i
i-H ,h rH CO MCOH
r-T J 00
CO <M (M CD GO <M -J CO r-l cocxjcooqr-it>

(MCOCO,|COrHr^CO
O100 W OlflN oo co (NiTi ^^COlO-^rH
r-T-^T r-T GO" lO l>"
co
> p> ^ rH t
.s
_0 m
P
"-53
.5.2
r-l t> CO i-HOCO-^fMCOrHCO COxt^ûOCOCO^C^
COiOGOfN COC^-ÔCOr-lCOuOr-l
9 H
g 2 & 114 2 * i
31 -W- 3 51 X .P. >8 illif

>>>.p
eS
Jlli
407
O S o
HO+3
S M I
g? 8 CO CIS
o S 0
* a
o 5
o
<~ 2ô
CD'^ CO <M
45 005
P. 0
.2 ^
CM ;2 o
?3 GO
M
1 1 'o
408 Statistics of Co-operation.
"^ÔUNlOOSOSOOO
r-tl>
<M r-l
S .2 ^ 13
3
B m g & la
HCOCO(MNOOhCOMN(MOhCi
CO
t*OC005?OCOCOI>CO
CC<JOOOOCOOOOO<MCO*00 vOCOOiOOCO^COvOiO
OJONOOOJOOr-NQOCMvOIN ôôq^côo oo t>^t> o
hho i>^rH*e"co' i>'io~
"^rh HI>Hi5(M(M
>
rH C<T
O^Cvlt^^COCOr-liO
W ^ ^^c^co r-^co co oooioiMiomo COCO(MtH(MwIOu-3
2 3 S g.2
.
*3
rH C5 O O
iO 00 OS <M CO <D tO rH i<(MHN(MiOO(X)
O^MCOOiOOHOHCOM CO COOOCOCOOOOi^tQOl
00^rt<^Cfl t~J>J> CO <M CO I> I -
(N
H.'. ,c. 00 r ,o, ON
gig 00 l>"cO r-Tl> CO rH\cTc<f r-T 03 '
icT r-T t-T CO tO
s (M ^ H N Oi
!>
rH*" l> of rH*"
I - CO rH
tJ*
81311 co ia of t-T kcT
o oo t>
co oo
OH00MO WOO
Oi
ii
NOO!
TH
(Mr-)
CO^C<H> O (M T_|
oco"
2 a
c3t3
CS 2 ^ fl MO
CJD-3
< coh tvnNôOffioOoO'*'*
g -3 3 "g S a "#O>rHTtCiwCOa0rHC0w
COrH^cqiXMCOCO
<D o n S3 fl
tÔirHt^-^wrHlOCO-H/ltMCOrHw
<M rH
www
iHONooMnifloocqbbbo
<M lO CO r-i
.2
:o';
(
grH
2
aj 53*
-i

3 e c
rn /-\ it ni ill till II
5 pq PQ p fi q <j i W ft
409
4io Statistics of Co-operation.
to ,
i g So
lOHO(N OJCOlOrHrHOCOOJl^
O ft o
ôs rHcooocoHHcs<Ocooicoosi>
rH^CO^CS > CO H 1
o cTcTrH
CO^ co"of eo'cxfof oof i> ccf CO cO~CO~ "hT CO r-Ti O
pH ^'t>TirTi>

GC^ O^^t^'* CO GO 1 rH lO <M I 3I>OlO>GScOG0
10 n oo c<fio
--CO l>rHOSOSI>(NOS00G0COC0l>
O ^. ^^. of^ ofcf
C tf
^ C
~ ^ 't
C ~ X> I> r 01 O CO^HH rH
o^HOi
ÔÔ^r-^CO
f co"
rH I>I>
iff co""
rH
co"
HjH tH
^tH r-T f Co"
05(MOOlONOC<|05NK5iftO
=J
t^COÔ^tÔOÛ^t^ OS 1> GO CO lO CO Ol
O p P,P o 7* co"co"of Go^^coô'o'Vfof
^WOOâ-sjf O^rH 00 CO
r-T
rHOOO0O0I>
rH tH
wlO TdTccTr-r Iff r-T
- CO OS rH CO HH Tt< <M rH tH
00^0 iO m rH Oi^CNI rH GO rH
r> 
co os os co co o os
00 GO uO
"
r-i
^rH rH CO (NT* O CO HH Hfof"

tji rfi
rH I
o v
'irfco'\rf of co f
;OI CO rH OS rH Ol Ol CO HH q 00 05I>OJt>t>OSOS05CO
g CO OS O rH OS OS (M GO O HH 00 O C

r ÔCOÔl 00^00 Ol CO Hh
OT OJCO" of rH*ofof
^->CO COCOcOCOCOlOOOlOrHvOOOrHrH
S ^rH q_t^CO 00 HOMHMHNH
OOôfiff rHOO" 00"CO
g-rH r-HHlOOHÔSrHOllOGOCOfNOS OirtcDOOoqococot^

g ^CO^H* l>^l> t> lO OS iO OS OS (M 00 H^GO^} 00 t> CO OS CO
o o co f t>" hTco^hTiC of of co of n
OS^rH CO osôo CO
co"af r-T in hTiCuo co
w frHf l5
fH
lO HH rH OJ CO
I>OSrHl>H<COrHtOCOH<qCOrHCO COHHTfH>lACOCOrH01
OHONOOMMi500iNOOOO
HH Ol CO HH COO^HÔCOrHCOOiH
d rH rH
&jsJffi|| H
.. . .
Table No. 7.
Operations of Co-operative Societies, 1932-33.
(In Thousands of Rupees)
Agricultural Non-Agri-
Societies. cultural
Societies.
Provincial Central
Banks. Banks.
Credit.
Non- Non-
Credit.
Credit Credit.
Number 10 597 81,989 10,514 5,255 5,657
Working Capital
Share Capital
67,36 2,90,27 4,40,56 4,92,39
Loans and deposits held from
Members .
L a 0 k no
1,80,56 5,72,42
> 4,oo,zb
Non-Members 19,19,53
| 1,46,49 4,34,67
Societies
74,17 3,08,29 21,00 11,82
Provincial or Central Banks
4,54,16 3,10,94 18,48,97 1,10,12
Government 16,59 49,23 22,36 68,36
Reserve and other Funds.
52,58 2,63,57 7,78,80 1,63,38
Total 11 50 14 31,41,83 34,38,74 18,53,16
Loans made during the year to
Individuals .
2,88,43 95,47 4,31,20 11,23,12
Banks and Societies
1,87,25 8,29,42 63,14
J
87,03 $
joans due by
Individuals.
10,43 57,46 27,94,72 12,55,33
Of which overdue
13,00,76 2,26,78
Banks and Societies
4,20,84 21,73,50 88,64 72,45
rofits
5,01 46,63 1,43,19 62,80
.
412
Societies : Literary, Scientific and Social.

Agricultural and Horticultural society of April 1918 the Government of Bombay
op India (Calcutta). Founded 1820. have transferred to the custody of the Institute
A Class Annual subscription lis. 32. En- the unique collection of nearly 20,000 manu-
trance fee Rs. 8. B Class Annual subscription scripts formerly in charge of the Deccan
Us. 12. Secretary : S. Percy- Lancaster, F.L.S., College, together with a maintenance grant of
F.R.H.S., m.r.a.s. Office Superintendent : R. C. Rs. 3,000 a year. Government have likewise
Christian, 1, Alipore Road, Alipore. entrusted to the Institute a grant of Rs. 10,000
a year for the publication of the B. S. S. and
Agri-Horticultural Society op Burma. the Government Oriental Series. The
Superintendent: T. P. Joyce, Agri-Horti- Institute has undertaken to edit Mahabharata
cultural Gardens, Kandawglay, Rangoon. critically (Editor-in-Chief : Dr. V. S. Sukthan-
kar), at the request of the Chief of Aundh
Agri-Horticultural Society op Madras. who has promised a total grant of Rs. one
Established 1835. Quarterly subscription lakh for that purpose. Grants are being
for members in Class A Rs. 7, in Class B Rs. 3. received from the Government of India
President : H. E. The Governor of Madras ; (Rs. 4,000 a year), the University of Bombay
Chairman : Mr. C. A. Henderson, i.c.s. (Rs. 3,000 a year) and the Government of
Eon Secretary: Mr. B. S. Nirody, b.a. Bombay (Rs. 6,000 a year), Burma, Baroda
Hon. Treasurer : Mr. H. A. Buller, Teynampet, and Mysore as well as several Southern
S. W. Madras. Mahratta States. The Institute has a Journal
called " Annals of the Bhandarkar Institute"
Anthropological Society op Bombay? published four times a year. It also held
Founded 1886, to promote the prosecution under its auspices the First Oriental Con-
of Anthropological research in India; to ference on the 5th, 6th and 7th of November
correspond with Anthropological Societies 1919 under the patronage of H. E. Sir
throughout the world; to hold monthly George Lloyd and the presidency of Sir R. G.
meetings for reading and discussing papers; Bhandarkar. Thanks to liberal donations from
and to publish a journal containing the the Tatas and the Jain community, supple-
transactions of the Society. Annual sub- mented by Grants-in-Aid from the Govern-
scription Rs. 10. President : G. V. Acharya, ment of Bombay, the Institute is housed in a
b.a. Hon. Secretary : Dr. JST. A. Thoothi, fine building near the hills behind the Home of
b.a., D.Phil. (Oxon.). Office Address: 172, the Servants of India Society. Since August
Hornby Road, Bombay. 1927 the Institute has been conducting regular
Benares mathematical Society.Founded M.A. classes in Sanskrit, Pali, Ardhamagadh
in 1918 for the encouragement and promotion
and Ancient Indian Culture. Membership
of research in the various branches of Pure
dues Rs. 10 a year or Rs. 100 compounded for
and Applied Mathematics, and in the History
life. Members can, subject to certain conditions,
borrow books from the library and get the
of Mathematics. It conducts a journal " The " Annals " free and other publications (a
Proceedings of the Benares Mathematical
list covering about 100 titles sent free upon
Society" in which original papers on Mathe-
request ) at concession rates. Secretary :
matics are published and maintains a library.
There are about 60 members from all parts of Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M.A., Ph.D.
India. Admission fee Rs. 10. Annual sub-
The Bharata Itihasa Sanshodhaka Mandala,
scription Rs. 12 (resident members) and Rs. 5
(non -resident members). Life President: Dr.
POONA. Founded in 1910 by the late Mr. V. j
Ga lesh Prasad, Th.a. (Cantab), D.Sc; Secretary: K. Raj wade and Sardar K. C. Mehendale and
Prof. Chandi Prasad, M.A., B.Sc.
registered under Act XXI of 1860 in 1916 I
Treasurer :
;
Prof. Pashupati Prasad, m.a., b.sc.

with the object of collecting and conserving ]
historical materials, erecting suitable buildings

Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, for preserving and exhibiting them, publishing i

Poona. The Institute was inaugurated on such materials and other works of historical I
the 6th of July 1917, the 80th birthday of late research and generally to encourage and j
Sir R. G. Bhandarkar, at the hands of H. E. foster critical study of and research in Indian 1
Lord Willingdon, who became its first Presi- history. Has a building of its own, possesses I
dent. Its objects are to publish critical edi- the best collection of Persian and MarathJ
tions of texts and original works bearing on historical papers owned by any private 1
Oriental Antiquities, to provide an up-to- society. Has a rare collection of about a I
date Oriental Library, to train students in thousand Indian paintings, maintains a |
the methods of research and to act as an coin cabinet and an armoury of old weapons. 1
information bureau on all points connected Has a section for Copper plates, sculpture!
with Oriental Studies. The valuable library of and archae*- logy and has a library of rare books. 1
the late Dr. Sir R G Bhandarkar, which he Holds fortnightly annual meetings where I
had bequeathed already to the Institute, was notes and papers based on original documents fl
after his demise handed over by his executors are presented discussed and afterwards
to the Institute, and is now located in the published. Has published 5 volumes of
Central Ball of the Institute. Since the 1st original historical letters; and other historical M
Societies Literary, Scientific
: and
2
Social.
and literary
413
books whose total number in
75 - inducts a quarterly o7n
fc
Jnor ? as
sport
^tieôTââTldstory and
?Q well as
devoted
in
f
to research. Work done mostly
Marathi. Depends entirely on
subscriptions.
public
Is supported by many chiefs!
y
w
m, v be
may
ef
l0 Ca
lists
>
descriptions of new
^
of different orders
hbrary S pen t0 members and
hrhborrowedi under special
species
P
The
books
an d ardars and ê public arrangement by
tS T
E Abbot of N < r?
TîeFS e ld ng in the mofnssil. The
no a \ J w,u ' - Jersey, A
Taxidermist? Department
- Society's
undertakes the cur-

l
to the i- ^
Mandala
a 3o oo i *
gift f ' d jia ^ d untm g of trophies for members.
for buildings. Annual
membership fees Annual
Ann,?., 1
subscription Rs. 25. Entrance
for various classeT are fee
^ 6,
?', 25
125 and 3 0 which can be
1
H : H
E he Vicer y of Ind ia!
P* R B tZv- '
of/ ?
'
aZSl^n?^
J
ife by
annual subscription of a
ten times the
'
particular class.
K n
H. H^lhe Mab1
??111106 H Wale s. Vice-Patrons
arao of Cutch, G.O.s.i., g.c.i.e.
e M ha
t j0db S
f
KCV O K PUr, K.C.S.I.
j
Fw-iVjufojito
Mr. N. C. Kelkar, B.i., ll b
;
K.c^.o H H.
TT fl
the Maharaja of Rewa, k.c.s.i.
.
hhrimant H. H. the Maharaja of Bhavnagar,

Balasaheb Pant Pratinidhi B.A.'! and Mr F
Jjulei of Aundh. V. Evans, Liverpool; Sir
Secretaries: Prof D V David Ezra, Kt., Mr'
Potdar, b.a. Sardar G. N.
Mujumdar,' m..a
Trefurer: Mr. A. V. Patwardhan, b.a.

m
TkrZ^Â i
0n on President: H. E The -
Mr. S. M. Joshi and Mr. G. H. khare

:
ênts The Hon Mr R. D. Bell, c.t.e.,
Address: 312-13, Sadashiv Peth, Mahara 0f Cut ch
Poona City.' GO SI PPT?- 5' Honomfy Secretary : Mr
-
P M D Sanderson, F.z.s. Curator: S. H

B ART Society -Founded
hlJ' Z S
J *' AsstL Curators:*'.
M^Cann V Ss' V'%
-
n* ^
nd DC 0Ur g Arfc b
1888; to
a Pers nne. Head Clerk
SrSSJS-
Ur a A f. ? y exhibitions
S J 3ces
Mr a w w* rnandeS *
:
b. fh?
Applied
K ?2 ment f Arts and assist ^ Bombay. '
: 6' A P olI Street,
6 es tabIlsh and
iprl maintenance of a
permanent gallery for pictures and
i
works of Art. Annual exhibition other

usually BOMBAY SANITARY ASSOCIATION. Founded
Jani ar y- Ann al
TVi inTS iem Rs 10 -
subscription
Secretary :
to create an educated
regard to sanitary matters
public opinion u^th
V V htv * F? -
in genera?-
1^%Eb^Z' secretarial to diffuse the knowledge
hygiene generally, and of the
of sanftation and
prevention
<b\
0f
the spread of disease
Bombay amongst all clashes of
Branch op the Royal Asiatic people by means of lectures,
SociETY.-Founded 1804, to Investigate practical, demonstrations
leaflets ani
encourage Oriental Arts/ Sciences
rature.
J. S. Tilley,
Bombay Medical Union.Founded

promote
and
and Lite-
Annual subscription Us. 60. Secretary:
Town Hall, Bombay,
1883
friendly intercourse and
to
S
7 dl g Cl
Dmm
to promote
01
otherw! e^ (d)
ocnerwise,
-f
f sanitary
and
6S and laminations?
edals t0 those who

diligent application add ^
by riginaI
tS to arrange
if possible
science by giving nrizes

g
may by
to our knowledge
for homelv talk

C)
^seaST
0
exchange
and experiences between its member*
of views
amtai " th ? interest and status of the
Pllr
girls ?n ?h
^rls
P aCtiCal Iectures for
m /
the various localities and
different
ôS Zd
î, Q , r iD Bom bay and the Presi-
chawis, provided the
people in such loca-
dencv
aency. ^h/'T?
The Entrance Fee 1
for Resident
members Rs. 5, monthly subscription ^tttate^d-
8
Ulld i8
fa mt?eS
S> ^m
Tb" Sanitary '
^
S
Princess Street, which
Absent members Re. 1, and
m
Rs 2
non-resident cost V wv
y C
r ?y
^"t ^
the Association at a
^-lÔOO
Dr
Dr.
iJi.
arly UbS ripti;)n Rs
^
Abraham S
Meherhomji and D.
b. J.
^ Present-
Son. Treasurer: Dr. R. D. P. H. JJudha

Erulkar.
'
V we- Presidents
stonPof
in March
a iarê
l W
^
laid by Lady
the foundation
^
and handsome structure with a
0S ingd
Mody Hon
Librarians : Dr. V. B. Desai and e
T
ereHa11 Library Museum,
Dr K S* nro vid
al'o Provides
also etc! and
'
accommodation for King George
'
V. Anti-Tuberculosis
f and Pr- B. Thakore. Blavatsky League Disnensarv
Bombay
Bombay Natural History Society.
mg '
FmiCh Bridge Cb wpatt/ '
b
transferred to the Municipality
Station
sc
m an
Omcer c a nd 1
;
f
^
^n 1924 and
Health
D Wards and the Vaccination
nntn Secret
Q
S V'Vr'
*'
'
^t"t
J.S. Kerurker,
(Regis-
tered under Act XXI
of 1860).-Foundec lis* I
to promote the study of
Natural History in all
its branches. The Society has a membership 1
of about 1,400 all over

the world and a museum
with a representative collection
British
Since 1811
and
the
Foreign Bible Society
ESS^S"
Indian Empire and Ceylon.
e ?trusted with the
of the
and inv ^tebrates found to
In
toe
1921 the
diffS
It
n
C
It ha1
has 6
Burma
A
y ha'
British and Foreign
6 Auxiliaries
ai WOrk in
India and an m
-
The first Auxiliary was eâb-

^ fou?^ Bible
Agencv
fhlVf
nf a ral Histor Section of
management isned m
Calcutta, in 1811, tLn
S
'
y thePrince followed
of w*,?
Wales Museum, and the Bombay Auxiliary in
1S13, the Madras
a great part of the
U
to
to
at
C1 y8
tt Museum.
that
varying
* llectio1
A
ba ve been Transferred
Journal is published li?f tJ
a
lfa rv in Y84? !f
the Bangalore
'
i>
N rth
the Plln Jab Auxiliary in
>
,
Auxiliary in 1875, while

^
Auxi!
1863
îa
times during the year which the
Burma Agency was founded in 1899. ThI
:
414 Societies : Literary, Scientific and Social.
Bible or some portion of it is now to be had Portions of Scriptures in the important ver-
in over 100 different Indian languages and naculars have been prepared in raised type
dialects and the circulation throughout India for the use of the Blind and large grants
and Burma reached 1,238,436 issues in of money are annually given to the dif-
1933. The Bibles, Testaments, and Por- ferent Missions, to enable them to carry-
tions in the various vernaculars are sold at on Colportage and Bible Women's work. Be-
rates which the very poorest can pay, and sides the British and Foreign Bible Society,
at considerable loss to the Society. Grants there is Bible work carried on in India,
of English Scriptures are made to Students and Burma in a much smaller way
who pass University
under :
examinations, as by the Bible Translation Society which is
connected with the Baptist Missionary

Societythe National Bible Society of Scot-
The New Testament and Psalms to Matri- land, the American Bible Society and the
culates and the Bible to Graduates. TKinquebar Tamil Bible Society.
The following table shows the grow thin the British & Foreign Bible Society's work during
the past few years in India and Burma :
Table of Circulation of the B.F.B.S. in India.
Auxiliaries. 1933. 1932. 1931. 1930. 1929. 1928. 1927.
Calcutta 230,657 250,744 211,040 174,833 204,336 230,496 174,924

Bombay 214,544 206,019 185,720 197,193 191,151 197,049 169,593
Madras 301,396 254,504 261,549 264,675 272,403 239,852 223,125
Bangalore 26,077 25,624 18,007 22,179 36,355 29,251 68,936
North India 236,800 203,756 153,403 212,457 193,539 198,898 154,272
Punjab 94,605 89,696 90,212 173,020 120,721 162,560 106,628
Burma 134,357 90,079 85,973 79,506 79,140 ,
74,898 78,613
Total .. 1,238,436 1,120,422 1,005,904 1,123,863 1,097,645 1,133,004 976,091
These returns do not include the copies which any Auxiliary has supplied to London or to
any otherAuxiliaries during the year.
General Secretary for India and Ceylon : The Rev., J.S. M. Hooper, m.a., Mayo Road, Nagpur, CP.
British Medical Association (Bombay format ory School for boys under 12, and

Branch). Founded 1886, to promote Medi- for the co-ordination of work done by
cal and the Allied Sciences and the mainte- voluntary supervision workers appointed
nance of the honour and interests of the by the Court. The Society is a private
Medical Profession. Secretary : Dr. B. B. charitable organisation with a grant-in-aid
Yodh, Rawal Building, Lamington Road, from Government. Its work lies amongst
Bombay. destitute children hailing from all parts of
India, juvenile offenders less than 16 years

Calcutta Chess Society. To encourage Chess
and Chess contests, open to all. Patrons : J.
of age and children offended against by adult
persons. President : H. E. The Rt. Hon.
R. Capablanca and Sir W. E. Greaves, Kt., Lord Brabourne, g.c.i.e., m.C, Vice-President:
ll.d. President: The Hon'ble Mr. Justice The Hon. Mr. It. D. Bell, c.i.e., i.c.s.
M. N. Mukerji, m.a., b.l., Vice-President : Dr. Chairman: Mr. C. P. Bramble, Actg. Hon.
H. W. B. Moreno, Hon. Secretary : G. Dhara, Treasurer : Mr. Meyer Nissim Secretary ;
Eon. Treasurer : B. B. Gosh, 93, Lower Cir- Miss M. K. Davis.
cular Road, Calcutta.
Children's Aid Society was established in

Employers' Federation of India. The
Employers' Federation of India was registered

1927 to help forward the operation of the early in 1933 with the following among its
Bombay Children Act by taking over res-
ponsibilitv for the maintenance of the Umar-

main objects: To promote and protect
the interests of employers engaged in the '
khadi Children's Remand Home, for the or- trade, commerce, industries and manufactures
ganisation of inquiry work regarding the of India ; to promote or oppose legislation
cases of boys and girls dealt with by the Juve- or other measures affecting their interests;
nile Court, for the upkeep of a Junior Re- to collect and circulate statist ies and other
Societies : Literary, Scientific and Social 415
information of interest to employers
nominate legatees and advisers to
to
Kankinarrah. Chairman, Mr. D. I Duff
the Hon. Secretary, Mr. C. D. Leitch.

international Labour Conferences and to
formulate opinions on the subjects coming Madras. Chairman, Mr. F. G. Luker
tor discussion before such bodies, Hon.

and to Secretary, Mr. F. E. James, o.b.e., m.l.a!
promote or oppose their recommendations;
to secure concerted action on all Manbhum. Chairman,
subjects Mr. A. E. Ingeldcw-
involving the interests of its Hon. Secretary, Mr. B. Wilson Haigh,
to consider and support
members
well-considered Chem. E.
M l'
schemes for the welfare and uplift of Labour
ana establish harmonious relations
between Punjab. Chairman, Mr. P. H. Guest, Hon.
capital and Labour; and to carry Secretary, Mr. I. E. Watson.
on pro-
paganda for the purpose of educating public
opinion with regard to the character, Sind. Chairman, Mr. L. C. Buss, m.l.a.-
scope, Hon. Secretary, Mr. M. U.
importance and needs of industrial enterprise Carter.
as represented by the Federation.
SYLKET.^-Chairman, Mr. H. A. Bull; Hon
Secretary, Mr. L. E. H. V. Houghton.
Most of the leading employers' organisations
in
India are members of the Federation. Trichinopoly. Chairman and Hon. Secre-
The tary, Mr. J. F. C. Reynolds.
for the current year are
office-bearers
President
: Mr. H
P. Mody; Vice-Presidents : United Provinces. Chairman, Mr. T. Gavin
'
Sit Edward Benthall, Mr.
A. R. Dalai, and Jones, m.l.c. Hon. Secretary, Mr. C E
Mr. R. Fowke. ;
Cooling.
The office of the Federation is at
present located Indian Association for the Cultivation of
at Patel House, Churchgate
Bombay.
Street,
Science (Calcutta). Honorary Secretary,
European Association. The European Asso- ?/?, i fcra D Sc -' 210 Bow Baza r >
-
>
ciation was established in 1883 Street, Calcutta.
under the
title

in
of the European and Anglo-Indian
i mo
Ass clatl on and was re-established
1912 under the title of the European
Defence Association, but the present
lN
S Chemical Society. Was founded in
1924 with Sir P. C. Ray as President, located
m the University College of Science buildings,
was adopted in 1913. The Association title 92, Upper Circular Road, Calcutta. Prof Dr
has D har
for its major object the
organisation of ' ' Resident ; Sir P. C. Ray!
European influence in the political life Dr. Gilbert. J. Fowler, Prof. Dr. B. K
of Singh-
India. The Head Offices (Central TO r ûkerji, Prof .Sir Martin Forster',
Administra- l
Prof.l' '
Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, and Prof. Dr

r?Ei-
re at 17 Stephen Court, Park
D Street, Sen, Vice-Presidents;
H K
W W
'.
Calcutta. President: Mr. K Paê Mr. P. Ray Hon
Vice-President : Mr. R. H. Ferguson,' feretory; Prof. Dr. P. Neogi, Hon. Treasurer,
(Bengal)
m.lV Prof. Dr J. C. Ghosh and Prof. Dr. A.
and Sir Leslie Hudson, m.l.a C. Sircar
(Bombay), General Secretary: Mr C Hony. Editors Dr. K. G. Naik, Prof. Dr H
Witherington, Hon. General Treasurer
H
;
B. Dunnicliff, Prof. Dr. B. B. Dey, Prof.

Mr' ' Dr.'
i. J. Carter, Publication: J. N. Ray, Prof. Dr. S. S. Joshi,
"The Review of dranath Brahmachari, Dr. R. L. Datta Rev.
Sir Upen-
India obtainable from the General Secretary.
Father J. Van Neste, Dr. B. L. Manjunath,
Branches of the European. Association. Dr J. K. Chowdhury, Mrs. Sheilsa Dhar,
Assam. Chairman, Mr. G. E. Cuffe. nrP?'
P. C. Guha,
Sudhamoy Ghosh, Prof. Dr
Prof. Dr. R. F. Hunter, Dr. A.
Bengal, Eastern. Chairman, Mr. J Kappanna,
N
E W Prof. Dr. V. ^Subrayanian, Prof*
Berry; Hon. Secretary: Mr. R. P. Bray.
Bengal, Western. Caiman, Mr D M

S
?
r
a
?'
-
Sarkar,
Pr0
i'
? Normand, Prof. Dr. B. Sanjiva
Dr C '
R
Dr. P. B.
Members of the Council; Mr. G Baner-
- - ^
Archibald; Hon. Secretary, Mr
Curtain.
W ' v' i?
e
Dr. i*'
A
Secretary
st
D. Chakravarti,
Dr. S. Choudhury and
Asst. Editors.
;
Bihar, North. Chairman, Mr. E. G. Munns Bombay Branch: Dr. Mata Prasad, President;
Hon. Secretary, Mr. W. H. Mevrick' l>r. li. C. Shah, Pice-President; Mr. G V
O.B.E., m.l.c. T/T' Jadhav and Mr. S. M. Mehta, Joint Secre-
Bombay. Chairman, taries.
Sir John Abercrom-
It.
bie, Kt. ; Hon. Secretary, Mr. E. G. Kennedy. Latere Branch : Prof. R. C. Shani, President;
Cachar. Chairman, Mr. Dr. K. venkataraman, Secretary.
G. G. Hills- Hon
Secretary, Mr. H. J. Caple.
Madras Branch : Rao Bahadur B. Viswanath
Calcutta. Chairman, Mr. George Morgan President Prof. Dr. B. Sanjiva
C.I.E.,
; Rao, Vice-
M.L.A. President and Dr. K. A. Rao, Hony. Secretary
and 'Treasurer.
*
Chittagong. Chairman, Mr. L. M. CrosPcld
Hon. Secretary, Mr. E. H. 8. Lewis. '
The Society publishes a monthly Journal dealing

Daejeeling. Chairman <& Hon. Secretary, with original researches in Chemistry in
Dr. D. A. Farquharson. India
Subscription to Fellows R 8 15, Non-Fellows : .
D0 RS '^ Ch airm< Rs. 16 Fellowship Is open to graduates of

r 'G P Macpherson
7?! Secretary,
Han. < %!> X
Mr. F. R. G. Shephard.
- Chemistry and to those who are interested
with the progress of Chemistry. Particulars
;;
: ;

and Election form can be had from the Hony. the former publishes original papers on Ma-
Secretary, Indian Chemical Society, P. O. thematical subjects and the latter is devoted
Box 10857, 92, Upper Circular Road, Calcutta. to the needs of students and teachers of
Indian Institute op Political and Social mathematics and maintains a library with
Science Founded on 30th March 1917 to current mathematical periodicals in all
promote a systematic study of political and languages and new books on the subject. The
social science in general and Indian political library is located in the Fergusson College,
and social problems in particular in all their Poona, whence the journals and books are cir-
aspects taking the terms * political and ' culated to members by post. The journals
4
social ' in their widest sense ; to organise of the Society are published in Madras. There
free and well-informed discussions on current are about 385 members from all parts of
political and social topics as well as on abs- India. President Rao Bahadur P. V. Seshu
:
tract political and social questions ; to for- Aiyar, i.e.s. (Retd.), Peruvemba Palghat.
mulate considered views on current political Secretaries : Dr. R. Vaidyanathaswamy, m.a.,
and social questions; to publish literature d.sc, University, Madras, and Prof. S. B.
and make representations from time to time Belekar, m.a., Professor of Mathematics,
on questions arising or necessary to be raised College of Science, Nagpur. Librarian:
in the interest of the public and to form and ;
Prof. V. B. Naik, m.a., Professor of Mathema-
maintain a library for the promotion of the tics, Fergusson College, Poona.
above objects. Office: Servants of India
Society, Sandhurst Road, Girgaum, Bombay. The Indian Roads and Transport Develop-
President : Mr. M. A. Jinnah, Bar-at-Law ment Association, Limited. Registered
Office 41, Mcol Road, Ballard Estate, Bom-
Vice-Presidents: Mr. Jamnadas M. Mehta,
Bar-at-Law, m.l.a., Mr. Bhulabhai J. Desai, bay.
The Association was formed in 1926
M.A., ll.b., Advocate
and registered in October 1927 having a
Hon. Secretaries
;
Council :
Mr. S. G. Warty, m.a., and Mr. Mavji Govindji; with Headquarters in Bombay and
Treasurer : Mr. V. R. Bhende. Branches at Calcutta, Bombay, Madras,
Karachi, Assam, Lahore and Rangoon, each
Indian League of Nations Union. (Central with a Local Committee.
Committee). The original Committee set up
in Delhi in 1924 is no longer in existence. The subscriptions for memership of the Asso-
The Committee has to be reconstituted. The ciation are :
only two members of the original Committee per annum.

now in Delhi are Sir Lancelot Graham, k.c.i E.,
and Mr. U. N. Sen. Associate Members Rs. 5 . .
Bombay. (League Ordinary Members io

op Nations Union). . .
ti
President : Sir Cowasji Jehangir, Bt. Chair- ;

Supporting Members . . ,, 300
man of the Executive Committee ; The Hon.
Khan Bahadur Cooper, Finance Member The aims and objects of the Association are to
to the Government of Bombay Hon. promote the cause of Road, Motor and Air
;
Secretary : M. V. Venkateswaran, m.a., j.p. Transport Development throughout India by

Address Improvement Trust Building,
:
making representations to the Government of
Esplanade Road, Bombay 1. India, Governments of Provinces, District
Central Provinces.Patron : H. E. Sir Boards and other Public Bodies concerned,
Hyde Gowan, k.c.s.i. President: Mr. S. B. regarding the construction, improvement and
;
Tambe Secretary : M. D. Shahane. Address

;
maintenance of roads, bridges and aerodromes
Servants of India Society, Nagpur and methods of transport, to make representa-
Mysore.President : Dr. E. P. Metcalfe, tions to all or any of the bodies regarding the
Vice- Chancellor of the Mysore University adjustment of taxation, customs duties and
Vice-President: A. R. Wadia, University excise affecting motor vehicles and other
Professor of Philosophy Secretary : K. V.;
modes of transport and employment of same
Sastri, Mysore University. Address Mysore in such a manner as to facilitate the develop-
:
University, Mysore. ment of motor and air transport throughout

MasulipatamHon. Secretary: Mr. Lanka India to educate the public by means of;
Satyam, m.a. propaganda and to create authoritative

Karachi.President public opinion with regard to the needs of, and
: Mr. Jamshed N. R.
Mehta; Secretary: Keval Ram advantages to be derived from, improved
Shahani,
Rambaug Road. Karachi. road and air communications, and the use of
Calcutta. President Mr. A. these forms of transport.
:K. Roy,
Bar-at-Law, Advocate-General, Bengal. All persons, associations, firms or companies
Joint Secretaries: Messrs. N. C. Roy &
interested in Road, Motor and Air Transport
P. C. Mallik. 99, Bakul Bagan Road,
Development and their problems are eligible
Bhowanipore, Calcutta. for election as members.
Punjab. How. Secretary: Mr. C. L. Anand,
Principal, Law College, Lahore. The present constitution of the Council of the
Lucknow. President : Raja Rampal Singh Association is ;
:
Hon. Secretary: Dr. V. S. Ram, Lucknow

University, Lucknow. President. The Hon'ble Mr. E. Miller, J.P.;
Vice-President H. E. Orraerod, J.P.;
Members
Indian Mathematical Society.Founded in
1907 for the advancement of Mathematical
of Council Major- General Sir Reginald Ford,
K.C.M.G.,C.B.,D.S.O. S. Guevrek; Sir Ness
;
studies in India. It conducts two quarterly ^Vtydia, K.B.E., C.I.E., J.P. R. J. Watson; ;
journals, The Journal of the Indian Mathema- F. W. Klatt; J. Humphrey, O.B.E., M.L.C.
tical Society and The Mathematic Student Nurmahomed M. Chinoy, J.P. T. R. S.
; ;
Societies: Literary,
Scientific and Social.
417
w)OKe, J p. T e n St
; j. Wilson and J. B. Greaves 1n î
TnlLT8 3 22
iS iCS
?
h
8
w that the > a re
a Smithf teacttSKUat 018 With 3 ' 428
and S
anrt Rangoon,
ras Kara <*i, Assam, Lahore
',
and others will be formed a?
and was inaugurated by H. E
it
tord earlv in1 Q9i t+ c ^k'I
obj cts I ^
Lord ChPh
-lahu oneims-
and when occasion advance thp to Promoted and
demands. The aprticl ?.
Pra ice and business of
&t
GenJS S
,embeis hip should be made
ry
to the
,J.!
he Association at 41,
i^n^
enrinee?lS ln n dla on ?
adopt Jd bv t{ p T f fesame lines as are
1
PC^Boxl27n
Pp:
B
ffihfaahorea
Rangoon P.
U
rr
a
^ PS
ox 2285
^ ^fe?
> Madras
65
0. Box No. 333.
'
Membe and Honorary

Therp f Members
& Sf of Oriental Art (CWontta)- IXts
are
'rsoci^"
0
^!, fe S '
xagore, .Sony.
^ B^s7
669, Calcutta.
AFlNE ARTS
Thp r r 0r f MadSonwy.-Patron-S P.
g '
P - - Box
Treasurer: ras President The

Rai F L "Dp Beatrix , 1.ad v
?p
H, : '
^"li^rî^-
Samava
P K. Chatter^:
y a Mansions,
*
Floor
deTsom Es^'Tc^ ; C A H
C/f '
;

Se
Calcutta! 1st retariat, J&t sFM^ffi*'***
India
Empire.
i
Sunday
composed
It has six
of
School Union The t^m*
tfmfworlers bo?b
representatives from thp

Sir
wL,,
^2Sce^#
5
M A ^BfrT/r-'
bS
Phannpi
aw
H
/;J
kairS^-'
,

'
-
/
B
M
- Jackson,
Pthnaswamy, Esq.;
-
and Parian : V.
C0Uege E ad Nu
M~
ma icq
>
W
The Society's
a nd f Library Possess * a
Site 1 UDi0nS wWc h are rx U iS
:he headquarters of
the Union are at rnn,.., ^ OF 0 toTJA0ES| nBRE S WNG 4ND SH0 * SOCIETY
S
1 32 by
Sne?aT|Befrd1a Cs, o B !c,. E
who was President from 1923 to 1925
Obiecte :
eTeS n
uuibe-orceding matters
hor
l0 a
P
to enconrnap
0,iy
nH :
" " b,ic
<,

promote horse-breeding in
and promote the interests IndTa to protect
of hoVse b?eedSs
and to give them every
improve and standardise the
encouragement to *
variofs typVs of
horses bred in India to prepare an Mian
;
etud book; and to promote
staff
C n
A o
y '
de ", Ver d
? ^ members Ti^s
T uniformity in a5
matters connected with horse
shows n India
Bn ^ dleT
&crl Pf-e examinations are

K e n? o l \
^Ssir^c'rnard
0
'^^^ Si r Terence Keyes,
orglnS'
Journal in English, Stallion
Jiecister and
The Supplement, Indian Stud
officers of the Union are as follows : Book Record of
gNMM.. The Hon. phlet. The Second Volume of
Sir David Devadass, Book was published at the endthe In, -Tn St ml
Society holds the Imperial
of 1930 ThP
De hi Horse Show
annually in February.
FT%L$
A
g- : Warr en, Madras, and
N NAL lN
Registered Office-VeZ
AsHstant N Associ ATlON.-Founaed

iev /rranklinrSras êtarv : l8^0 It, nh- f
in
u ^ndVotto? 2?d St
1
4i8 Societies : Literary, Scientific and Social.
the i>eople of that country, (b) To co-operate sionary work undertaking educational and
witn all efforts madetor advancing Education medical activities for their sisters and brethren,
and Social reform in India, (c) To promote especially the former in backward areas
friendly intercourse between English people and working on a non-sectarian basis. Nominal
'
and the people of India. In all the proceedings fees are now being charged for instruction
of the Association the principle of non-inter* in all classes. There are eight different
ference in religion and avoidance of political departments sub-divided into 60 classes.
controversy is strictly maintained. It ha-* Arrangements are made for training Nurses
branches in Bombay, Madras, Ahmedabad, and Midwives and women Sub -Assistant
Nagpur and Calcutta. Hon. Secretary, Miss Surgeons at the Sassoon Hospitals, Poona,
Beck, 21, Cromwell-road, London. Publication: and a hostel is maintained for the former and
The Indian Magazine and Review, (8 numbers another for those attending the Sub-Assistant
a year) which chronicles the doings of the Surgeon's Classes. There is a Public Health
Association in England and in India, and takes School affiliated to the Lady Chelmsford
note of movements for educational and social League for Maternity and Child Welfare, Delhi,
progress. It publishes articles about the with a hostel. The number in these three
East to interest Western readers, and articles hostels is now about 85. Besides, there is a
about the West to interest readers in the full-fledged Training College, named after Bai

East. LifeMemebers Ten Guineas. Annual Motlibai Wadia with about 65 students exclud-
ing those in the V. P. Class for being trained as
Subscriptions Members
: one Guinea;
County Members, Ten Shillings Associate ;
Mistresses for Vernacular schools. This
Students, Seven shillings and Six pence. College is probably the only college in India
maintained by a n on -official, n on -Christian
missionary body teaching the full course.
PASSENGERS AND TRAFFIC RELIEF ASSOCIA-
TION. (Established in 1915). Head Office The results of the Certificate Examinations
held in the year 1931-32 under the authority of
Albert Building, Hornby Road, Fort,
the local Government Training College for
Bombay. Objects (a) To inquire into aud
:
Women were as follows I year senior B and
:
ascertain grievances with respect to passen-

II year 7. The total number of certificates
gers in India generally. (&) To petition
granted so far is 350 now. The Practising
Government, Local bodies, Railway, Schools for little girls attached to the Training
Steamship and other companies cirrying College has now eleven classes with 290
passengers and traffic; to take all proper students reading up to the Marathi VI
and necessary steps to obtain redress with Standard, English being taught in the V and
regard to the said grievances, (c) To hold VI standard classes. Primary Classes for
. periodical meetings and discuss questions grown up women teaching up to the Marathi
relating to grievances, (d) To start a fund V Standard are attended by about 100 women.
to meet expenses for carrying out the It is here that poor women are recruited for
objects of the Association. President. their training as a teacher, nurse, midwife, or
L. R. Tairsee, Vice-Presidents. Behram N. doctor. Special classes for teaching English,
Karanjia, j.p., and Sheth Purshottamdas "First Aid, Home Nursing were attended by
Jivandas, Hon. Jt. Secretaries. Khan about 90 students the Music Classes by 30
;
Bahadur P. E. Ghamat and Gordhandas G. students, and the Work-room Classes

Morarji. Asst. Secretary.
N. M. Raiji. for teaching Sewing, Embroidery, Hosiery,
Composing, Weaving, etc., by 130 Women.
Philatelic Society of India. Formed March Thus, the total number of pupils is about 990
1897 Annual subscription Rs. 10. Secretaru,
; to-day. There are two branches of the
Dr. K. D. Cooper, Candy House, Apollo Society started at Satara and Baramati which
Bunder, Bombay 1. are named after Lady Vithaldas Thakersey,
the wife of the greatest helper of the Society
Photographic Society of India (Cylcutta). so far, the late Sir Vithaldas D. Thakersey.

Annual subscription Rs. 30 (Town mem- Besides there are branches started at Bombay
bers) and Rs. 15 (Mofussil members). En- (Dadar and Girgaum), Sholapur, Ahmednagar,
trance fee Rs. 20 and Rs. 10. The Society Alibag, Nasik, Nagpur, and Gwalior for either
is affiliated to the Royal Photographic Society educational or medical work or for both.
of Great Britain, London, and holds annual Thus the total number of women and girls
exhibitions, distributes a monthly journal to including about 150 duplications on the rolls
members, and undertakes developing, printing at these various Centres of the Society is over
and enlarging work from its members only. 1,500. There are in Poona five hostels, three
There are excellent work-rooms apparatus of which are located at the headquarters and
and reading room at the Society's Head- the other two in the Somwar Peth for Nurses,
quartersat 229, Lower Circular Road, Calcutta. etc., under training at the Sassoon Hospital.
Hon. Secretary: A. Hearn, 229, Lower Circular The number of resident students is above 200
Road, Calcutta. in these five hostels. One of the three hostels
at the headquarters is intended for women
Poona Seva Sadan Society. This Institution of depressed classes. The number of these
women at present is 8. In connection
was started in 1909 by the late Mrs. Ramabai
Ranade, Mr. G. K. Devadhar, and a few other with the medical branch a Committee has
ladies and gentlemen in Poona and registered been formed in England, which will enable the
in 1917. It is now working independently Society to send fully qualified Nurses there to,
though for a few years in the beginning undergo further training. Two fully qualified
it was conducted as a branch of the Bom- purses have so far been sent by the SocietjH
bay Seva Sadan. Its main object is to make for their post graduate course in Public Healtlw
women self-reliant and to train them for mis- Nursing at Bedford College for women,
Societies^ Literary,
Scientific and Social.
in Bombay by undertaking, with the he n

Tn,sts in Bombay to
work out "t^y* 1
monthly); fiw> . SJ^J, Gulamhusein
BeS, h
three Infant
e Mat e ity Hospitals
w eKare centre"'
wSSSmSSS, Y A1
esat J
Ahmednagar, Alibag
and I
i
and Sholapur Nasik
under the management o the
-tLyde Clarke,
wrote
wiote tn
to fh 0
the n who '
Council suggesting fhnf
S ,"bu?mu 'anf
7
r^ 6116 Upon ^
received great he! from

P the todlan^Si and
itLif L ,lm of great va,u to the Society
Jarge ext ent to the work

nf th P Tn^nr. S
Q I*
Office: Gaiwadi, Girgaum, ec tionan dofthe allied
Bombay 4. for the n ?m . . section
President :-Shet Pandurang
Javjee.JP
Secretary: Mr. Manila!
C. Modi.
Rangoon Literary Soomir.

Patron .
Hv
H B
Hon S*,^. Mrs.
S
tKk?c r
oc k; &?^S
vvith branches at AWdabad "Am B .

mbay
are to elevate and

fc he 0CIet y
iwmovl a .
?
; ;;
Madras, Bombay, Allahabad and Nagpur and of such institutions as the Poona Seva Sadan,
other centres of work at Dohad in Gujerat Bombay and Madras Social Service Leagues, the
Mayanur, Coimbatore, Mangalore and Calicut U. P. Seva Samiti, the Bhil Seva Mandal
in the Madras Presidency Lucknow in XJ. P.,
; catering for the needs and uplift of the abori*
Lahore in the Punjab and Cuttack in Bihar ginal tribes in Gujerat. The Seva Sadan has
and Orissa. been a model institution for the education of
women which gives training to over 1,500 girls
The Society's work is primarily political and women in all useful directions. It has many
but as it believes in all round progress of the branches in different parts of India carrying on
Indian people, it has always laid equal emphasis social and educational work. The Social Service
on social, economic, educational, labour and League has done good co-operative, educational
depressed class activities and has worked in these and welfare work for the mill workers in
fields. The political work is done through the Bombay* by starting Co-operative Societies,
legislatures, the non-official political organiza- adult night and technical schools and
tions, deputations to foreign countries and pro- conducting welfare centres. The Seva Samiti
paganda. The Bight Hon. V. S. Srinivasa is an unique organization in Upper India
Sastri was in the old Imperial Legislative doing service to the pilgrims going to religious
Council and in the new Council of State till places such as Hardwar and Benares, and
1924 and has to his credit many achievements. working in times of epidemics. Its Boy Scouts
Pandit Hirday Nath Kunzru was a mem- organization is a well-knit body recognised both
ber of the U. P Legislative Council and by the public and Government. Mr. Chitalia
of the Legislative Assembly. He takes special conducts the Bhagini Samaj for social, educational
interest in the questions of the Indianisation work among the Gujarati ladies. The Society
of Army, public services, education and has been conducting a model Depressed Class
Indians overseas. Mr. N. M. Joshi has been a Mission in Mangalore and the Devadhar Malabar
nominated member of the Assembly since 1921 Reconstruction Trust activities at Calicut. In
and has to his credit many a labour legislation. the Co-operative movement the Society has done
Mr. N. A. Dravid was for three years a member the pioneering work in the Bombay and Madras
of the C. P. Council. Mr. Joshi was a member of presidencies. During natural calamities such
Bombay Municipal Corporation and Mr. R. R. as floods, famines and epidemics, the Society
Bakhale a member of the Board of the Port of has done relief work in every part of India. By
Bombay for a short period. Mr. Kunzru has its work in the Moplah rebellion, the Society has
been the General Secretary of the National become a household name in Malabar. Mr.
Liberal Federation of India, and Messrs. Joshi, Sastri was for many years a member of the
S. P. Andrews, Dube and K. P. Kaul are Secre- Madras University Senate. Mr. Kunzru is a
taries of its Provincial branches and have all member of the Allahabad and Benares Univer-
done the work of organising political confer- sity Senates and Syndicates and Mr. Dube, a
ences. Messrs. Sastri and Kunzru were member of the Lucknow University Court and
members of the Liberal Party's deputation of the Lucknow District Local Board.
to England during the Reforms period of 1919-
20. Mr. Sastri again toured some of the Domi- The Society has taken equally prominent part
nions in 1921 on behalf of the Government of labour activities. Messrs. Joshi and
in various
India to secure legitimate rights for Indians General and Assistant
Bakhale have been
there attended as India's representative the
; Secretaries of the All-India Trade Union Congress
Assembly of the League of Nations and the since 1925 and are greatly responsible for the
Washington Naval Disarmament Conference shape given to the labour movement and for
went to England in 1923 as a Leader of the the organisational work particularly in Bombay.
Kenya Deputation of the Indian Legislature They have been President and General Secretary
went in 1927 to South Africa as Agent-General of the Bombay Textile Labour Union since 1926
of the Government of India under the now and have conducted many Textile strikes. Mr.
famous Cape Town Agreement for eighteen Joshi attended five times the International
months and lastly went to Kenya in 1929 on Labour Conference at Washington and Geneva
;
behalf of Government to place the Kenya as Indian Worker's Delegate and the British
Indian's case before Sir Samuel Wilson. His Commonwealth Labour Conference in 1925.
achievements in South Africa are a marvel Mr. Bakhale went to Europe in 1928 to attend
to the world and brought the White and Indian on behalf of Indian Labour, the Geneva Inter-
communities together. Mr. Kunzru went in national Labour Conference, the British
'
1929 to Kenya to preside over the East African Commonwealth Labour Conference, the Inter-
j
Congress and to England as the spokesman national Textile Worker's Congress, the Labour
of the Kenya Indians to put their case before and Socialist International Congress and the
the British Government. Mr. P. Kodand Rao British Trades Union Congress. He studied the
was in South Africa with Mr. Sastri and in Kenya Trade Union movement in Great Britain, Ger-
with Mr. Kunzru and has mastered the question many and Russia. Mr. Parulekar and a few
of Indians there. Mr. Joshi was a member other members of the Society are doing similar
of the Nehru Committee which is the author of labour work. Messrs. Sastri and Joshi were mem-
the now famous Nehru Report on Constitutional bers of the Royal Commission on Indian Labour.
Reforms. Messrs. Sastri and Joshi were members
of the Round Table Conference and Mr. Joshi The Society conducts three papers. The Ser-
of the Consultative Committee and a Delegate vant of India, an English weekly of which Mr.
to the Joint Select Committee. S. G. Vaze is Editor, the Dnyan Prakash,
the oldest Marathi daily of which Mr. I
In the field of social, economic and educational Limaye the Editor and the EUawad, a bi-week-
is j
work, the Society's activities are equally varied. ly. Mr. Parulekar conducts the All- India Trade
S ,me of its members are practically the founders Union Bulletin, and Mr. A. V. Patwardhan,
1
Societies : Literary, Scientific and Social. 421
WjBr *sjs**? zvz. pampmets gMS. -St R fig

6 uesti0 n of the subjects
QfJf^ S , of the Indian
it? "eT "S?-a?6 la

SS i/abon^V
^ oub
6
tL aibaffi
n Ua P en d
Junior Medical
So",? Th e inTo r a nd-
arein charge
^
Officers'
or the
*. sssTi T he
gjrijsf
the 5*^
&and ^
Prudent a^d
Vice-Presiden?
^H*'
Zi fir
A
tf
*
is *' le
Gamdevl,
Hon
Bombav.
Mr". S P Wadfa" k tf;
M S
M. Jhayen
Secretary Vnd
is the Hon.
Bahadur Www K
Treasurer.
the four branches seD ><* members of
SETZE/R ^ Cri0N OT CHILDREN

S0
WEST E l|
1 6 pnbllc and P'ivate

wrongfo^nrtr^r re
1.
and the corruption of their ,^
moraf, - to take action
morals , for the enforcement nf
the laws for their
neSrv
protection, and, if
e
isS twT tOawS amendmeu?s Tgfe
Pr0v,de and maintain (
'
oSani"!t 1 on fAr these

n f0 fh an
/ objects
n
n : an t0
incTd?nta i o
a
l /- " ^' hWn*
to promote;
Wi,lf the
opened ftPoon
upeiiea at .foona ;'
3 as early l flrst was
The
"ents^r^
h ad<luarters
sL J i
'
as 1909
GSevrBomba/
ThP
Sip Tsm bn n
R^fariman, Kt!
,
e Shi
' V 10 " "orL fe
Dr '
Sir
P
Vm'
Tem *
for the Homeless
Ashrams fri,i
(2) n meS
H
.
Umll ); (3 Marathi Honorary Secretaries

Masses "vnf, >
-
K ann?a"
H s.Katrar
te
'
&\ "
: Dr.
P Masani S" to. K[
Kha Bahadur
Mrs T> a
Western India Automobile

Association
women * Que en S Koad bombav). The obiects
in the different
MiSS
classesls'n "aTy'suO.
B A
i?'fT
e ^ A
SLvtmirZ*
e
y;
?0 include
od tio
the eneoâge!
f
* mt of m otoring ;t ho
'
m
:
- -
Engineer >
pioMsions
ovis
f road
lor its
,c
x
^mnnmications the
members of a centre nf
,.
a nd Mr
"ett
PrSi
Protection 1^
and *
P
^
defence
Sion for its members of
of
Act
Yn e
XXI
1 d 09
of 1860
Day
|-
Mr
G d a
'
M Arre 8 , ^ '
)
ed
under ^
ESSSftl
ttaUSl T^-
t0
?
abr<
,nng .Documents.
of their rights
Iegal advice "nd defence
and th e use of
Add ess
Aden ss
i (

\v T
Windautas " Phone No. Tel.
22482
Ranchhoddas Harkisonifa* ,
'
K Kaul 'T Tt s ',

W ;
" Karto, M
8^*3?*$ ;:,) 8.w.o:
:
Ootacamimd, Mlgiris The Automobile

; Boards, Legislative Councils and Assemblies.
Association of Northern India, 75, The Mall, To secure for women the right to vote and to
Lahore Automobile Association of Southern
;
be elected for the Council of State. To
India, Post Box No. 352, Madras, and The establish equality of rights and opportunities
United Provinces Automobile Association, between men and women. To help women to
32, Canning Road, Allahabad. realise that the future of India lies largely in
their hands for as wives and mothers they
;
Western India National Liberal associa- have the task of training, guiding and forming

tion '^Founded in 1919). The Association the character of the future rulers of India.
To band women to groups for the purpose of
was formed, in pursuance of clause (b) of Reso-
self-development and education and for the
lution XI of the First Session of the All-India
definite service of others.
Conference of the Moderate Party, with
a view to do sustained work for the poli- It has 48 branches and over 4,000 mem-
tical progress and the moral and material bers. Each branch is autonomous and works
welfare of the people; to give expression according to the needs of the locality.
from time to time to the considered opinion
of the Party on matters of publicinterest and ;
The Association grants scholarships to girls,
to inform and educate public opinion in this interests women in maternity and child -
presidency in support of its views, policy and welfare work in th e uplift of the depressed
methods. class and in other social and welfare activities
for the general betterment of Indian society ;
The objects of the Association are the has worked successfully for securing Franchise
attainment by constitutional means o full for women in India, (see pages 93 and 94 of the
Dominion Status for India at the earliest possi- Simon Report, Vol. II) and compulsory educa-
ble date. For the promotion of these objects, tion for girls and also actually helped in the
the Association shall adopt constitutional passage of Child-Marriage Restraint Act in
methods of agitation and work and shall foster the Assembly and the Acts for the Suppres-
a spirit of broadminded liberalism based on sion of Traffic in women and children and the
principles of liberty, equality -and fraternity abolition of the Devadasi system, in the
among the different classes and communities local legislature. Holds regular meetings
of the people. For the fulfilment of these of women to educate them as to their duties
objects the Association shall carry on educative, as wives, mothers and citizens, publishes a
and propagandist work by means of leaflets, monthly magazine titled Stri-Dharma, now
pamphlets and other publications, (a) re- edited by Mrs. Meheroo H. Dadabhoy for
presentations to Government, (c) meetings or carrying out of the above objects. The
conferences, lectures and all such methods as Association is an All-India body. Its largest
may be deemed practicable and expedients branch being in Bombay and its branches
educate public opinion, and (d) for advancing are spread throughout India and flourishing as
the interests of the Liberal Party by organising far as Kashmir and Lashkar. It is found that
and influencing elections to the legislatures, women everywhere welcome the opportunities
Central and Provincial, to Municipalities given for their self-development and self-
and District Local Boards. expression. The Association is affiliated to
all the important progressive women associa-
The affairs of the Association are conducted tions in India and throughout the world. It
by a Council consisting of 46 members who was the initiator of the All-India Women's
are elected every two years. Conference and the First All- Asian Women's
Conference at Lahore. The Madras Seva Sadan
President: Sir Chimanlal H. Setalvad, and the Madras Children's Aid Society, the
k.c.i.e., ll.d.; Vice-Presidents : The Hon. Sir Montessori School owe their origin to the
Phiroze C. Sethna, Kt., o.b.e. and Sir Cowasji efforts of this Association. The Association
Jehangir (Jr.), k.c.i.e.; Hon. Secretaries have now opened a Rescue Home to facilitate
Mr. Kazi Kabiruddin, Mr. J. II. B. Jeejeebhoy the working of the Rescue Section of the
Mr. A. D. Shroff and Mr. D. G. Dalvi Immoral Traffic Act, which have been en-
Assistant Secretary: Mr. V. R. Bhende. forced by Government. The Home was
opened on 21st March 1934 by Lidy Beatric
Office : 107, Esplanade Road, Fort, Bombay. Stanley.
Women's Indian Association (Pantheon
Men's Christian Association.
Gardens, Egmore, Madras). This Asso- VToung Association, which was founded by the

This
ciation was started in Madras, in July 1917,
Sir George Williams in 1844. is now a
late
with aims of service.
world-wide movement, well established in
Aims and Objects :
To present to women almost every country in both the hemispheres.
The aim of the Association is, through its
their responsibilities as daughters of India.
To secure for every girl and boy the right of social, educational, and
religious, physical
Education through schemes of Compulsory work answer the
to fourfold
spiritual,
Primary Education, including the teaching of mental and physical needs of young
social,
religion. To secure the abolition of child - men and boys.
marriage and to raise the Age of Consent for
married girls to sixteen. To secure for women The Young Men's Christian Association,
the vote for Municipal and Legislative Councils though relatively new to India, is spreading
on the same terms as it is or may be granted rapidly.The local Associations are auto-
*
'
to men. To secure adequate representation nomous and governed by local Boards of

of women on Municipalities, Taluk and Local Directors. These Associations in Convention
Societies Literary, Scientific
;
and Social.
elect a National
423
5
S e
Z -T
Council which is responsible
ion and Pnsion of
ah fom 5g^H<^S^, Employment
Ceyfon
A
the ASSOClat1011 work in , Burma and
iafowers in Mitts Welfare" Work.
Ver 60 ô^tions
toSeN .Hona??: ,
affiliated
KwraJ Communities
r
R uraa l Recon^mo
e
in/ nit ,i
b
?" racin ? Co-o perathrBak:
C at le Insurance and
ArWtmtfon r 't?'S e Industries,
l
w^,?- in Cotta
,
Education
' and Adult
four Selected Centres
A m0 m azin.e the Young Men

lN BnR^ fl
MA AND ' op
feSt=^
iA 1 ,
Its
Its.
2 s n per
Ceylon is issued at
2-8-0 annum, including
>
n
o??ettd?ngs
e Nati0n a Council and f >e
therS
Sffi!
sum 9 7on k * u
iyc5d t)i this
postage?
'
locaI Ts?ociaUoI; - 7 90 had i

t0 06 raised from the
Xita^fe
by 85 snecinliv
,8
J?
8
r !, on b
a S? ?S . y "herons
Committees, assisted i
public fo India .
A featu?e of the Y M ^Vf, of the National

international character Vta êtoW is t'fitSlTl!
treet Cal <mtta. The
Council
officers
are >
Sc t<*men, 1 Swiss, 1
4
Bumln
U1
IrnJl t^-
and ?fIndians
an ri 8 f
and I
Swedish,
Dane 2 Australians 1 '
Ceylonese.
*f*is2r
Viceroy and
e
Q s'
fcnjSSuS'SW'*
g HrE
cyti,e f wu^-
The classes 0f people reached by the

Indian ff
to do
ao for-thprn
tor them
e
T3 ot service ;t attempts
may be stated as follows-
Rev" Dr"' Kfjr
India.
5Sf --The Most
Westcott, Metropolitan
of
Oenem Secretary: B. L.
^ Rallia Ram,
'Builders of Modtflndia^ 1
of India;"
'
Education
-Heritage of Ceylon
Women of India."
ground movement, S P ayi

'
^:-Scouting,
Olfmpics
Boys' Clubs, Camps, etc
agency for labourers
started in W fs""^
^SSSSJ^- 4 Institute in st
S
a0 d H
t^rlol&
mcludingTe
n a
^firto-/n<ifon
Ployment Bureaux
,e
N?^ F
: Hostels,
on ^ 'iday
Cr
Homes
f ce
for
^
and

members in the following branches General 35,

: are manned by a staff of trained secretaries,
Schoolgirl 22, Student 29, Girl Guide Companies some of whom come from Great Britain, America,
35. The needs of girls are met by physical drill, Australia, New Zealand and Canada. The
recreation, clubs and classes, lectures, commercial others are found and trained in India. In
classes, Bible Study and devotional meetings, and many of the smaller branches where the work
meetings for Social intercourse, Hostels, some is of a simpler nature, it is carried on by volun-
of them holding as many as 70 girls, are tary workers who render faithful service year
established where there is a demand for them by year. The Student Department is affiliated
and the Association, at present, owns 21 to the World's Student Christian Federation
including 8 Holiday Homes in the hills. These and has 43 branches in the various Schools and
hostels accommodate working girls, teachers, Colleges.
nurses, students and apprentices. Rates vary
according to the residents' salaries and accommo- The Association, which is affiliated to the
dation, though all equally receive the benifits o E World's Young Women's Christian Association
a comfortable home, good food and wholesome is international and interdenominational.
surroundings. The holiday homes provide Active membership is open to all who declare
cheap holidays in healthy surroundings and also their faith in our Lord Jesus Christ and desire
accommodate girls who work in the hills during to serve others in His spirit of love, and Associate
the hot season. In addition to holiday homes membership is open to any girl or woman
Summer Conferences are held annually at regardless of what her religion may be, who
Anandagiri, the Conference estatew oned by the wishes to join the world-wide fellowship of the
Association, in Octacamund. Special Girls, Y. W. C. A. and declare her sympathy with its
Camps are arranged from time to time in many, purpose, and to share in its activities.
centres. The Patroness of the Association is H. E.
The Lady Willingdon.
Traveller's aid work is done in the large
ports, especially Colombo, and a large number Copies of the Annual Reports and other printed
of transient guests and visitors are accommodated matter can be obtained from the National
in the Homes in these centres. The Association Office which is at 134, Corporation Street,
also runs employment bureaux through the Calcutta. The official organ of the Association
is the leaflet " Everymember
" which is issued
agency of which many girls find positions.
The commercial schools train girls for office each month and sent to members and friends of
and business life. These large Associations the Association.
ASSOCIATION OF BRITISH UNIVERSITY WOMEN IN INDIA.
The Association of British University Women The Association of British University Women
in India was established in 1913. Its objects has two branches. The addresses of the Hono-
are : rary Secretaries are as follows :
Eony. Local Secretaries.

(1) To facilitate Intercommunication and
co-operation between women belonging to
Bombay ..Mrs. C. M. Scott, Divisional
the universities of the United Kingdom, resident Engineer's Quarters, Central
in India. Telegraph Office, Bombay.
(2) To provide a means of keeping in touch Skemp, Race Course
with the universities of the United Kingdom Punjab Mrs.
. .
by communication with the British Federa- Road, Lahore.

tion of University Women, and otherwise
The Delhi and Punjab Branches came into
as may seem expedient.
existence in 1918. The Calcutta and Bombay
are influential and have repeatedly inter-
(3) To act as an organisation which shall Branches
vened with good effect to educate public opinion
afford opportunity for the expression of united
with regard to subjects affecting women. All
opinion and for concerted action by university
Branches have, tor instance, made investigations
women.
on behalf of the Education Department, Govern-
Membership is open only to those women ment of India, the Calcutta University Com-
who hold degrees in any university in the mission, etc., and have supplied, through the
United Kingdom, or hold Oxford or Cambridge international Federation of University Women,
Honours Certificates ; but Associate Member- information on Secondary Education in India
ship is open to women who have studied at a to the League of Nations. They have been
British University for two years and each the means of introducing women on to University
Branch may admit as Honorary Membeis Senates and Municipalities. The Calcutta Branch
women who have advanced the higher educa- carried through an important exhibition of Food
tion and interests of women. Products.
S<l?utw: literary, Scie
ntific and Social.
425
over the world are onen t"

sub-committee, orânizM n t special ^ -
r
" a"
dential r a d,<>gree resi-

scholarships a ? ri :
Fellowships and Prizes nffer.,1 I-

or Science
? al1 '
vai able
-^^ÊSSfiSSMKSSSSr
CaI cutta Bureau has
ceased to exist '
by"SffiS5S
undergraduates from
SSSÔoSSb^ b 1929 '
a Unlvers 'ty to
Inirii
m
for affording oppOTtSn tie? a In st
t
ment any
,6
U ni
that University.
y thSlhTTS
P
Colonial p^h representing
at uates are
l
present attached lto ?hi - at

Bombay Presfdencv Women r'^ Unit The -
otters membershipto du tes Union

a^rartS.t ?
msed University in the
wS woridf
reCOg "
eration. ot tne Indian Fed-

ÊJ&H. ** a'
Federation of University
Women in India.
Thisan organization
is
conceived mh has EaCh Bran <="
serviceand fellowship all UniveJStvtnV* t
lte io * its'
loc^ômmfttee Bnt
whatever race or URiver^t v wh^ S y omen of ^ resident
in India. Units
repreleS
Indian Universitiesf
BrHjK^811
Varsities,
aSd /?m
Office Bearers,
Central Committee
Dr. Muthulakshmi
Eeddi, M.B., ok
Local Representatives.
embraces 31 countries of thft7 )T men wh i<* Bombay ..Mrs. C. M. Scott,
Miss I. Baptist.
Punjab ..Mrs. Skemp.
Madras . .Miss Joseph.
service, will elsily bI ini a iS Sh,p

'
and worW Kodaikanal. .Mrs. C.
McClalland
HteoÛa^^^,
by inspiration and ierVhan%
forward the same
whose Unit it may
by the
appertain
ZtTLwf>
p
e ^/ \'
ld ma *>
" 10 wil1
Secreta ry to
India.
laeratl n fit
of University
GuIba
Women
B.
in
Dastur C. Pavry, m.a., Ph . Di) C3j

^^
. . .. .
426
PRINCIPAL CLUBS IN INDIA.
Subscription.
Esta- Secretary.
Name ot Club Club-house. An- Mon-
blished Ent.
nual thly.
R3. Rs. Rs.
Abbottabad, N. W. F. 40 20 Capt. F. L. Roberts.

Abbott ab ad .
Provinces.
75 12 6 C. Cayley.
ADYAR 1890 Madras
Agra Cantonment 75 12 Capt. D. O. Cook.
AGRA 1863
1889 40 16 Major E. M. Ashton.

Ahmeunagar & 32 15 Capt, E. G. Sutten.
1893 Lushai Hills, E. B.
AUAL .. Assam.
1883 Kaiser Bagh 100 15 E. White.
Ajmere 100 15 L. S. Johnson.
AKOLA 1870 Berar ..
Allahabad 100 10 12 Major D. B. M.
ALLAHABAD Rawbone.
100 13 G. L. Watson, I.c.s.
AMRAOTI 30 12 Walter Dawson.
Amritsar 1894 Amritsar
UNITED 1868 38, Residency Road . 100 12 T. S. Kemmis.

Bangalore,
Service. 50 Major M. Hurford-
1883 Municipal Gardens .
Bareilly Jones, i. a.
1864 Backergunj Barisal , . 32 W. E:. Hodgen.

BARISAL J. Wilson.
Barrackpore 1850 Grand Trunk Road, S. 50
Riverside.
Fytche Street, Bassein 50 A. H. Watson.
BASSEIN GYMKHkNA.. 1881
Burma.
Close to Race Course 50 Maior R. H. Coad.
BELGAUM 1884 .
20 J.Bolam.
BENARES 500 25 F. S. Cubitt.
BENGAL 1827 33, Chowringhee Road,
Calcutta.
150 20 H. Greenfield.
BENGAL UNITED 1845 29, Chowringhee Road.
Service- 100 12 M. J. Dickins.
Bombay 1862 Esplanade Road
75 6 A. W. Puttick.
Bombay Gymkhana.. H. F. Hobbs, D.s.o.,
Byculla 1833 Bellasis Road, Bombay 200 2 4
M.C.
Lower Circular 200 120 Hon. Mr. J. Ghosal,
Calcutta 1907 241,
CLE., I.C.S.
C.S.I.,
Road.
(Rtd.) Mr. D. G.
Anderson.
G. Rose.
Cawnpore 1844 Cawnpore
Pioneer Hill, Chitta- it H. J. Garrett.
chittagong 1878
gona.
60 Lt. R. L. Lane.
Club op Central 1885 Mhow .
India. 200 J. H. Michell.

op Western 1865 Elphinstone Road
Club
India. Poona.
100 B. H. Whitehorn.
Cochin 1876
Coconada 70 J. M. Balmforth.
Coconada 1856 I
Coimbatore 75 E. F. H. Gerrard.
Coimbatore 1868 .
Weld Downing.
50 A. K.
COONOOB 1894 Coonoor, Nilgiris
50 C.W. Tandy Green.
Dacca 1864
Dalhousie, Punjab 15 W. L. Stevenson.
Dalhousie
Auckland Road 100 G. Wraugham Hardy.
Darjeeling 1868
Ludlow Castle, Delhi.. 100 G. C. L. Wadley.
Delhi 1898
100 15 15 Capt. E. France.
Imperial Delhi Delhi
Gymkhana.
Principal Clubs in India.
Name of Club. Esta- Subscription.

Club-house.
blished,
Secretary.
Ent.
Jhansi 1887 Next to Public Gar

dens, Jhansi. Captain T. Edinond.
Madras 1831
Madras Mount Road, Madras. 250
Cosmopolj 1873 Mount Road J. A.
TAN. . 150 Thomson.
K;i Bahadur Dr. A
,
Malabar Lakshmanaswami'
1864 Beach Road, Calicut. Mudaliar, m.d.
Maymyo 1901
Mooltan 1892 Major r.
Mooltan
Nainital
'
Ma30 r J C.Be]l,M.B.B.
M
MaCkenzi ^'
1864 RA Mc
OOTACAMUND . .
1840 Ootacamund, Nilgiri
Hills. Major Arthur Johnson.
Orient
Chowpaty, Bombay .
Mr I- N. Mehta
-
and
Captam A. c. Rich-
Pegu .. . 1871 Prome Road, Rangoon
Peshawar \\ 1883 12 R. 9. B. Perrott.
Punjab Peshawar
1879 Upper Mall, Lahore
12 Capt. U. G. Saulez.
Quetta 1879 Quetta 120
Rangoon Gymkhana 21* Major W. H. Preston.
Hang oo n Boat Club." . 1874 Haipin Rd., Rangoon
Royal Lpkes, Rangoon H. Hughesdon, m.c.
Rajputana Edward Thomson!
.
1880 Mount Abu
Royal Bombay Yachi 1880
.
R. E. Coupland.
Club. Apcilo Bunder
Et.-Col, C.Cobb.C.B.E.
Royal Calcutta Turf 1861
Club. 11, Hussell Street

p - V. Douetil.
Ro y al Western
India Golf Nasik ..
Ct-ttr. 12 H. G. Lang.
Saturday
7, Wood Street, Cal- 175
cutta. 12 E. p. j. Ryan.
Seounderabab 1883 Secunderabad(Deccan) 50
Shillong 14 [Major H.S. Morris,
m.c.
1878 Northbrook Road, J. C. Ritter.
SIALKOT Shillong.
Sialkot, Punjab
Capt. M. C. B.
SlND . Steele.
1871 Karachi
|H. L. Walker.
Triohinopoly 1869 I
Cantonment .
Tutioobin 3. Geoghegan.
.. 1885 Tuticoran
S. Kemp-Scriven.
United Service Club.) 1863 Simla ..
laior L. B. Grant,
United Service Club
1861 Chutter Manzil Palace.
LUGKNOW.
Upper Burma 1889 Fort Dufferin, Man- 50 12
Western Indu Turp. dalay.
[
Bombay and Pooaa .
C. C. GuUiland.
Willing don Sports
1917 Clerk Road, Bombay.
Wheler
j
W. Botterill.
Ltd. 1863 The Mall, Mecrut ..
15 Capt. W. J.
Auchinleck.
A H
42 Rotary in India.
ROTARY IN INDIA.
ROTARY CLUBS IN MIDDLE ASIA Singapore. President : L. L. Goodman.
REGION. Honorary Secretary : Jos Lee, St. Andrew's
School. Every Wednesday at 1 p. in. at
Honorary
F. E. James,. Esq., O.B.E., M.L.A., the Adelph Hotel.
General Commissioner, Middle Asia Region, FEDERATED MALAY STATES.
200, Mount Road, Madras. IPOH. President: Haji Mohamed Eusoff.
H. W. Bryant, Esq., M.B.E., J.P., Honorary Honorary Secretary John Pestell, Gopeng :
Commissioner, India, Burma, Ceylon and Road. Every Wednesday at 1 p.m. at the
Afghanistan, 12, Wodehouse Road, Fort, Grand Hotel.
Bombay. Klang and Coast. President: Goh Hock
INDIA. Haut, J. P. Honorary Secretary C. J. H. Lowe. :
Every Tuesday at 5 p.m. at the Chinese

Amritsar President: Capt. H. F. Maneckshaw.
: Merchants' Club.
Honorary Secretary A. C. Mullen, 2nd & Kualalampur. President: R. Boyd, M.C.S.
4th Tuesdays of each month at 8-30 p.m. Honorary Secretary: John Hands, M. C. H.,
from 15th October to 14th April at 8 p.m. ; Suleman Buildings. Every Wednesday at
from 15th April to 14th October at the Amrit- 1 p.m. at the Majestic Hotel.
sar Hotel. Seremban. President H. P. Bryson. Honorary
:
Bangalore :
Rowatt. Honorary
President: R. Secretary S. S. Chelvanayagam, Circular
Secretary J. Munro, 17-A, South Parade, Road. Corresponding Jt. Honorary Secretary
Bangalore. Every Wednesday at 6-30 p.m. C. G. Fry, 4, Jalan Dato Klana. Thursday,
at the West End Hotel. , -
,
1st at 7 p.m., 3rd at 8 p.m., at Rest House.
Bombay :President: W. H. Hammond, M.A.
Honorary Secretary R. G. Higham, M.I.E.E., NETHERLANDS EAST INDIES.
P.W.D. Secretariat, Fort. Every Tuesday at Bandoeng, Java. President Ir. C. Hillen. :
1-30 p.m. at the Green's Restaurant. Honorary Secretary J. A. C. DeKock van

Calcutta: President: D. J. Horn. Honorary Leeuwen, Groote Postweg. Every Thursday
Secretary C. Warren- Boulton, Stephen House, at 8 p.m., Societeit, Concordia.
Dalhousie Square. Every Tuesday at 1-30 Batavia, Java. President Prof. Dr. C. D. :
p.m. at the Great Eastern Hotel. Langen. Honorary Secretary J. Th. Dorren-
Karachi President: Ghulamali C. Chagla. Ho-
:
boom, Tanah Abang, 146, Batavia Centrum.
norary Secretary B. T. Thakur, c/o The Every Wednesday at 8-30 p.m., Hotel des
Central Bank of India, Ltd. First and third Indes.
Saturdays of each month at 1-15 p.m. at Buitenzorg, Java. President Dr. P. :
the Central Hotel. van Hulstign. Honorary Secretary Dr. J. :
Lahore President: Dr. Vishwa Nath. Honorary

:
G. J .A. Maas, van Imhoffweg 16. Every
Secretary Des Raj Sawhny, Bar-at-Law Tuesday at 7-30 at Buitenzorg.
:
Public Prosecutor, High Court. Ever\ van der

Chribon, Java. President: O.
Friday, 8-30 p.m. at the Nedou's Hotel. Dr. C. van
Gronden. Honorary Secretary :
Madras President: R. D. Richmon. "Honorary

:
Dillewign, Experiment Sta. Every Wed-
Secretary C. Rajagopalchari, Ardlm
nesday at 8-30 p.m., Club Phoenix.
,
45 Spur Tank Road, Egmore P.O. Every Djokjakarta, Java. President : O. Janssen van
Friday at 1-30 p.m. at the Gymkhana Club.
Honorary Secretary C. Rissik,
Raav. :
BURMA. Merfipilaan 3. Every Friday at 8 p.m.,

Honorary Societeit de Vereeniging.
Rangoon: President: Ba Lwin. Makassar, Celebes. President: Dr. J. Boes.
Secretary L. Ritchie Vincent. Every Tues- A. Th. van Elk, Miran-
Honorary Secretary :
day at 1 p.m. at the Strand Hotel. dolle Voute & Co. Every Monday at 8 p.m.,
THAYETMYO President: U. Than Tin, B.A.,
:
Societeit "de Harmonie"
B C S Honorary Secretary U. Yon, Secre- Malang, Java. President: Dr. J. P. de Jong.
District Council, Thayetmo. Every
tary, Honorary Secretary : L. S. A. M. von Romer,
Saturday at 5 p.m. at the Rotary Club Rampal 15. Every Wednesday at 8 p.m.,
House. Soc. Concordia. .
a ..
CEYLON. Medan, Sumatra. President: S. J. Schoorl.

Honorary Secretary W. J. Vermeer. Monday
Colombo President: The Bishop of Colombo.
:
(1st and 3rd), 8-30 p.m., Grand Hotel.
Honorary Secretary R. A. Haines, P.O. Box Padang, Sumatra. President : Wj P. Weetn
88, Colombo. Every Thursday at 1 p.m. at Honorary Secretary : H. Houwink, Belantoeng
the Grand Oriental Hotel. 15 Everv Thursday, 7-30 p.m. Oranjehotel.
Semarang, Java. President: Jhr. Ir. F. E C.
STRAITS SETTLEMENTS. Everts. Honorary Secretary H. L. h. Rin-
E. C. Martin. Honorary cker, N. V. Ned. Ind. Gas-Mij.. Every
MALACCA : President:
Monday at 1 p.m., Harmony Club.
Ong, B.A., F.R.G.S
Ho Seng
Secretary
Java. President : G A. Ph. Weyer.
Anglo-Chinese School. Tuesday (1st & 3rd) Soerabaja,
Honorary Secretary: Ir. K. K. J. L. Stemmetz,
1 p.m., Rest House. Thursday
(2nd).
Harbour Board's Office, Tandjong-perak.
8 p.m., Rest House. Friday (4th).
Every Thursday at 8 p.m. at Oranje Hotel.
5 p.m., members' homes. (Soerakarta), Java. President: Ir.
PENANG President. Dr. Kamil Mohamed Anff. Solo
L G Langguth Stcurrwald. Honorary Sec-
:
Jt. Honorary Secretaries Dr. Subbiah

retary' Dr. H. F. Fischer,
Villapark 168.
Rasanayagam, Govt. Health Department
and G. Maund, Borneo Motors. Every Tuesday Every Wednesday at 8-30 p.m., Societeit de
at in., at the Eastern and Oriental Hotels. Harmonic
1 p.
429
The Church.
h En and in lndia
Much Tl beoam <> n
l ,f'
I n design
iMt
u desires to do ^haSso
e
* he
m If** to* meet alone
order formulate its
Cla
lot> ?l . f s
hUrch
itsP inlons A Canon -
1
a Evolution passed with
addfi. r a Itl0n
-
of the Archdiocese of enSUrln
Canterbury. This le*ll tton bv alF rh ? du * oonsideiE l
bond was severed by the passing il
of the Indian
Measure
> touching
wjucning taith
fiith or Order
^27, and from the
In a " questions
the position of the. ^ n^^L
dateof seve rance appointed
Jwf rS*
the Church of India, Burma and
under the Art
Pa
Church
th e diVi e,y
h IS most o?X ^
? ca refully teache? - êa
Ceylon has and iL u safeguarded ,
aI ne Without the
as'? sSe^n^T * lt affairs aYthough
6 Prean ble to its
Constitution
of the othpi'T
about hn?h
r Se
f
concurrence
Can issue determinations H
^
'
has no Inf.*?-
it nas i
intention or desire " to renounce \U Sf?J2i?? h csub J e ts. But no Determination
'
obligations to the rest of n the sub j ect of discipWy

Church and its fundamental
the Holy SSolS action nSS? 1 ?
until it has become a
Canon.
f
the contrary acknowledges prmciples but on
^ Jte^**
^ro^^f^^
that if it should
1 Principles it
E y
nff
would in the Church
ieS be ore bein S licensed to
nf J of/ India, Burma
past and takes an oath of obedience
work
and Cevlon
the Canons Z
Like the other branches of the AncriiVan
all
communion the Church of India
Bii4a a^Sd ivb SPSS, of a?f
g f0r he
?lvx
han lh omspiri * ual nee <ls ofthe
14 brou
SoldieL and"
rJ' -l-7 . Kh* out to India These
he
d
taWistoenrif ^h ? ? r es b
* matotaining a n
nn tifo I?
last
,
was Nasik in 1930. Vacancies
M
Bishops rule the Church and
tothemt reserved
the recommendation of a
hi h ffi'SSJ'a V5fg Selection Committee
S n f^st possible amount of renresen
Council of wMA t^Pari h WesTS"^ 1
in the parochial arTa h ahUng

who contribZ, hf aKmltim^
and
fe
is called
Above the
n C
iic
a Qualified Elector
Parochial
e^' m^mbô^^f
re
Councils
he reSldes
come
S
the
to
lSiSF ^
a * he/?habitants
who do no? i "
a
^K n
of the statton
Parochial^ Council Tht * ecto of every Sceâ^^ 1115 C ? uncl,s of the^Soh.^

tehftoZ*
gh
abou" a ny
may inte/est
subS
them
Ttf T
dectTfc
Th^y
Ge al Co c"
""i*
aurWct^6 ^^ by ClaUSGSin tbe SSlS
rhe ofhe/two
S^^J^l** S <?
SeV0
?
fah P 8 whom Government
nil o as having *?
jurisdiction
ment Chaplains and their over the SJtabSh-
reS
congregations This >
B f Bomb^
Lahore
Lahore. ??T Calcutta Madras
Lucknow, Kanggon '
and Nagpur
;
430 The Church.

before 1930 they formed part of the Establish- Christian Missions.
ment. One of the difficulties which the Church
is facing is that the Government Block Grant The tradition that St. Thomas, the Apostle,
is not large enough to provide for all the needs was the first Christian missionary in India is
of these bishops. In consequence the Church by no means improbable. History, however,
is struggling to raise Diocesan Endowment carries us no further back than the sixth cen-
Funds to make up deficits. More serious tury, when a community of Christians is known
still, however, is the situation brought about to have existed in Malabar. Since then the
by the action of Government in 1924, when so-called Syrian Church in south-west India
in pursuance of a general policy of economy has had a continuous life. Except in its in-
necessitated by post-war conditions it cut down fancy this Church (or rather these Churches
the number of its chaplains by sixty. Thi or the Syrian Christians are now divided into
set the dioceses a very difficult task. It became four communions) has displayed little of the
necessary suddenly to provide the salaries missionary spirit until quite recent times.
of Diocesan Chaplains and to furnish funds for Western Christianity was first introduced into
the upkeep of the churches of many civil India by the Portuguese, who established
stations previously maintained by Government. their hierarchy throughout their sphere of
Iiealising the magnitude of this burden Govern- influence, Goa being the metropolitical see of
ment agreed to help for a period of seven years the Indies. St. Francis Xavier, a Spaniard by
by means of a very generous Block Grant. race, took full advantage of the Portuguese
The question of the reduction of this grant power in Western India to carry on his Chris-
is now under consideration. If the grant is tian propaganda. His almost super-human
considerably reduced the situation in most zeal was rewarded with much success, but
dioceses will be very serious. Either the many of the fruits of his labour were lost with
Church must raise and devote to its European the shrinkage of the Portuguese Empire. It
work a greatly increased sum of money or many is really to the work of the missionaries of the
of the churches in up-country stations will Propaganda in the 17th century that the
have to be closed. The chief sufferers will be Papacy owes its large and powerful following
the Anglo-Indian and Domiciled community in India to-day. The lloman Catholics in
which on account of " Indianisation " is less India number 1,823,000, of whom 332,000
able than ever to carry the burden which it were added during the decade 1911-1921.
seems must inevitably be laid upon it. The The total of " Syrian " Christians (exclusive
difficulty of raising funds for the education of those who while using the Syrian liturgy,
of the children of this community and of obtain- are of the Roman obedience) is 315,000, as
ing priests to work for it becomes greater year against 367,000 in 190U- Protestant Chris-
by year. Nevertheless the Domiciled Com- tians (the term throughout this article includes
munity is the .backbone of the Church in India Anglicans) number 2,930,000, an increase of
and it is through this community that the 547,000 since 1911. Thus, the total number
conversion of India must come. of Christians of all denominations in India is
The Churches in India have not been now close on five millions. In fact it pro-
wholly blind to these facts and have made bably exceeds that figure at the present
desperate attempts to cope with the needs of moment, as these statistics are taken from the
the community in spite of lack of real support Census Report of 1911, and the rate of increase
from home. The education of its children during the previous decade was nearly 100,000
is very largely in the hands of the Christian per annum.
denominations though there are a few The Protestant Churches made no serious
institutions such as k
the La Martiniere attempt to evangelise India till 1813. They
Schools, on a -non-denominational basis have thus been at work in the Indian mission
but they are exceptional. In all the field for over 110 years, and the statistical
large centres there exist various results of their efforts are given above. It is
schools of
grades as well as orphanages, for the education now, however, generally, recognized that Chris*
of Europeans and Anglo-Indians under the tian missions are producing indirect effects in
control of various Christian bodies. The India which lend themselves only incompletely
Roman Catholic Church is honourably dis- to any sort of tabulation. The main agency
tinguished by much activity abd financial of this more diffusive influence of Christianity
generosity in this respect. Her schools are to is the missionary school and college. The
be found throughout the length and breadth Protestant missions fill a considerable part in
of the Indian Empire; and they maintain a the elementary education of the country.
high standard of efficiency. The Anglican According to the 1923 'Report of the National
Church comes next, and the American Metho- Christian Council for India they are teaching
dists have established some excellent schools 420,255 children in 12,699 ebrnentary schools,
in the larger hill-stations. The Presbyterians mostly situated in villages. The majority
are also well represented in this field, particu- (243,895) of children in these schools are non-
larly by the admirable institution for destitute Christians. The same is true also of the secon-
children at Kaliinpong, near Darjeeling. Schools dary schools and in a still greater degree of the
of all denominations receive liberal grants-in- colleges. The former number 523 with 70,254
aid from Government, and are regularly in- male and 25,303 female pupils. There are 40
spected by the Education Departments of the colleges affiliated to Universities, containing
various provinces. Thanks to the free opera- 20,062 male and 1,309 female students. Of
tion of the denominational principle and its these as many as 14,148 are non-Christians.
frank recognition by Government, there is no From the standpoint of missionary policy much
"religious difficulty V in the schools of the importance is attached to these agencies for the
European and Anglo-Indian communities. indirect propagation of the Christian faith. The
I
\
The Church.
431
nd the P" blicisfc we chiefly Inter-
U?Jd?r
ested ip ?V the excellent moral effect
produced
a utely
S
than Europeans the scandal
d the higher educational

aom
d
%^ T-? D
f the division3
Som These divisions are due to a of
verv mnph
cSenl
ma ntainedf by
3SS>\ u
their staffs. The
ideal* greater extent than is
always recogifzed to
principal political causey and
are the Madras Christian
in the
ixte enth
conaiets Weal
a nd seventeenth centuries
College; the Dufl L u
College, Calcutta the Wilson
College, Bombay
fv?
PvL
b ame
^
ysta,,ised had So Mia
nalt
part. Even fh

; '
the Forman College,
Co hW.
T.nhm-n andThTee^woên
Lahore, *if.
'J
^ tians whiriT
Vnlf;n
those
h**
havp
0 aurerence
deferences3 amongst Chris-
.
a. nni<nl<. ~~ 1: _
SS-.^rX
I
w, c f rumen s
?ow
r
Sd% .w
W ^
a Tndn?,, ?
e beUa T
e
unnstian College
.
g
5 Ch tian Medical College

nT8
a
urn College at Luck- t.lndian'c^tsr
to
to
Indian convert. a tfA.+u
ing line is that between
/u_
Christ and
^rêSeT^S ftffSS3
ûuiu
Mahommed
numbPr J^Som*B Catholics have a large
r^ 1011 institutions, L
Sh va and Vishnu. Standing
i of before a^Sk.
irom L,
from small ;
village
schools
ranging
to great coUeeef
1
ground paganism they are
conscious of a rea
preparing students for
University degrees greaSs ot
greatness
a ty
T
o / the gulf which
Compared wit the
?ZV
l T0
'\R ortiouis of
their institutions
in those of the
^ Christian students k
very nmch larger thai
Protestant bodies. The pro
t^Zn^'
0
tian from Christian
^^ separates Christian
the differences of -< co
fession"and ' order " which seDarah* owr\t
c
P
portion of literates amongst
a
nat ve oS ficia and
seem to be whoL aSf
negligible.
tt In
'
p nS \
C 1S P robabl
eTU
y lower than amongst the
bufc compared^
reunion movement, which
is noCaWo all
conseoVence
SteSS^*^ a ??l omeda,
M? with
> oyer the world, is nowheie so
strong asfn lndii
ifc is conspicuous' In South India it has
higher Thp lhe
Roman Catholics have som
J? already relulted in the
? flftn ai
In G
uimddlt 'Tn
H i,?
! and
0
.
bo^s and' 41 nnn^
and
glrl
e
SCh Is in
0ys
which ^l) wl^
a e rec eivi ng,
i- ^
high
which
73 000 Si* 1 *
u
schools
.
at n f the South ^dia
!
is n
a
instruction. Protestant communions,
they have are
and in Uni-
m
United
group union of five of the
and as these
principal
communion individually with all
or
Ctoch
Xes
i n
Vk
'
inTndifr'h^T
ther
at ^testantês
e Tliese figures, however, include be
f
proportion
.
of( Europeans and Eurasians,

a large g r d
The' S iU c SJStoûSr
a PaQ
;
1
t f
who negotiating \tl' tie' Inghcan
are an almost negligible
quantitv in "<h"di
mission schools and colleges Protestant Pr m "chur^
ceyfni th,
SifSS S? i? *
sul
le ^tiations are suc^
am onnt to a union of ;
r"^ W
:r *r: w -"poiuiiuiies connned
almost exclusively to evangelistic themseive

and edn being. Although it wih^be to le ant "

cational activity. The famine threw crowd, every expression of Evangelical oPahX
Mtl opinion and
the
tneir ?d^
hands.
P e Dd rphan G
A t
Orphanages
hUdren" WW retain the freedom of
development charge
and industrni teStant
e ame by lts accSSe
an ur ^nt necessi^Bu of r'
tnenh iiaant
ant lnad
one
n nr
h
P lc
?S of, organisation or W . .
ri t is never satisfied
with
method. A erear
or tne
the Slthon,
Catholic creeds
Episcopate, it will be linked
tradition of the Anglican
and tb.3 ir^tnrio
up with metathollG
the CathohV
Church.
I n parts
norfaf Iff
alPnSIf
all ??
of* ?k
d "^pensaries
d > s Pensaries have
the miss on fi^ Q
nave w
lhe unurch ^ Missionary
1011 Ml
"wuui j Societies
S Rinn
sprung up lu
in
lfj!7.
a r,r
s !onary .
Anglican
m seven din erentSociety
Tndiî.
Undia
i
carries on work
SL^LS* a
A5? ^
b <* o' êdica. VI Ce
Rpn ^ fe
Bengal,
S0Utn India ^^^"th
missions the United
lndia Tiavancore andCoch^
Western India, Punjab and
and Cochin >
l men . d 217 women. S the Central Provinces and Sin d and

majority of the 2f iiajputana
former being also orris in *h names are in order
ministers of religion.
mst tutions in which 59
w ntm
There are 184 tadSteS
different art? aid
in
of seniority

P
^hf.are now called tlfe United Pre-
S 3 i n B nibay in 1820, in
} u the Punjab
The
VV 0 r k was
'
h A rmyZ\
JjSfl^
confidence
has been
^
In this department the
,
a P romin ent place; and
of Government in their
Salva-
the
methods
shown by their being officials
entrusted with the difficult
over certain criminal tribes
work of
to a life of induXv Zenana Missionary Society
wTnS
is an offshoot of
b -? on fcrolll ng the work of the
activity under missionary 162
most marked. It has awakened
auspices has been ladks
adies. lhep number of ordained missionary
the socS missionaries of the C. M. S. in Euroneai.
conscience of the non-Christian India and SylS?
such movements as " The public and 1110 1 30 a nd Eur
Servants of"lidfa * women 258. The Society ?
^ft^ThH
Pean lay-
claims a Christi/n
-
>
MmelTST*? th DepreaBed
* he outwa rdf and visible
SSea
community of 2,21,359 of whom
63 055 are
V 8 mg f the Ph^nthropie spirit sign of adult communicants.
"a.ooo
bevond fK 8Phere ? fa
y So
oSLf s?iffi off}^
f ChristiaQ mi ^naTy btatistics
e Propagation of the Gospel.-
the work of this Society are
R e " nion -~-For very many years Indian easily ascertained, as much of it is done through
not
nv .
Diocesan institutions, which, while financed

Christians have shown that and
they Lit much in many
cases manned by the S. P.
C, are
432 The Church.
entirely controlled by the Diocesan authorities. the Scottish Episcopal Church at Nagpur, the
The best known of the S. P. G. missions is that Dublin University Mission at Hazaribagh, and
at Delhi, commonly called the Cambridge the Mission of the Church of England in Canada
Mission to Delhi, carrying on educational work working at Kangra and Palampur (Punjab)
at St. Stephen's College and School. At the should also be mentioned under the head of
College there are about 200 fetudents under Anglican Missions.
instruction, and at the High School 800. The
College hostels accommodate 100 students.
The Bible Churchmen's Missionary Society
Missions to the depressed classes exist in carries on work in India in three missions the
Burma, in the Ahmednagar District and in Centrai Provinces, the United Provinces, and
several parts of South India, especially in Burma. Work was begun in all of these Pro-
the Diocese of Tinnevelly-Madura. The S. P. G. vinces in 1924. The work of the Society is
also maintains an important Criminal Tribes primarily Evangelistic and this work is carried on
Settlement at Hubli, in the Bombay Carnatic. by means of Hospitals, Dispensaries, Schools
There are 116,000 Indian Christians under the and Camps. The Society has 17 principal sta-
aegis of the S. P. G.; 90 ordained European tions of which 5 have Hospitals and 7 Schools,
missionaries and 98 European lady workers. the latter including the School for the Deaf in
Rangoon. The number of Ordained European
Other Anglican Societies. The Oxford missionaries of the B. CM. S. in India and
Mission to Calcutta was started in 1880 Burma is 11, Doctors 4, European laymen 11
It works in the poorest parts of Calcutta and European laywomen 61. There are 54
and also at Barisal. There are 11 mission Indigenous workers including 3 Doctors. Sta-
priests of this Society, and 16 Sisters. In tistics of the Christian community from all
addition to its work amongst the poor, the Stations are not available.
Oxford Mission addresses itself to the educated
classes in Bengal and issues a periodical called An interesting development has lately taken
Epiphany, which is known all over India. place in the Anglican communion. In 1922 the
foundations were laid of a new Religious com-
The Society of St. John the Evangelist (community called the Christa Seva Sangh or the
monly known as the Cowley Fathers) has houses Society of the Servants of Christ. The aim of
at Bombay and Poona, and small stations in the its members is to enable Indians and Europeans
Bombay Konkan. In Bombay its missionary to live together a common life based upon the
work centres upoif the Church of Holy Cross, three-fold vows of poverty, chastity and obedi-
Umarkhadi, where there is a school and a ence and by living together to develop the Reli-
dispensary. The Christians are chiefly drawn gious life along lines peculiarly suited to India.
from the very poorest classes of the Bombay Indians appreciate fully the value of " renuncia-
population. At Poona the Society co-operates tion". The Sangh hopes to commend Chris-
with the Wantage Sisters and in Bombay witi tianity to India by presenting it with a concrete
the All-Saints' Sisters. Other Anglican sister- illustration of Christian asceticism. The first
hoods represented in India are the Clewei Ashram of the Brotherhood was consecrated by
Sisters at Calcutta and the Sisters of the Churct Dr. Palmer, Bishop of Bombay, in 1928. It is
(Kilburn) at Madras. The St. Hilda's Deacon- situated in Poona and it contained at the time of
esses' Association of Lahore carries an important consecration 13 Brothers, of whom 6 were
educational work (chiefly amongst the domiciled Indians and 7 Europeans. It shows every sign
community) in the Punjab. The mission of of life and growth.
Bengal Ecclesiastical Department.

Westcott, Most Rev. Foss, d.d. Lord Bishop of Calcutta and Metropolitan of
India, Burma and Ceylon.
Senior Chaplains.
Birch, Ven'ble Ormonde Winstanley, m.c. Archdeacon of Calcutta and Chaplain of St.
John's Church, Calcutta.
Thomson, Rev. Thomas Albert (On leave).
Williams, Rev. Henry Frank Fulford, M.A. (On leave).
Wilkinson, Rev. Ernest Roland, M.A. (On leave).
Lee, Rev. Canon Percy Erskine, M.A. Chaplain, St. Stephen's, Kidderpore.
Young, Rev. Ernest Joseph, b.a. Chaplain, Fort William, Calcutta.
Higham, Rev. Phillip, b.a. Chaplain, Shillong, Assam.
Pearson, Rev. Canon Cyril Greenwood, M.A. (On leave).
Junior Chaplains.
Boulton, Rev. Walter, M.A. Chaplain, Darjeeling.with Lebong.
Tucker, Rev. G. E., B.SC Metropolitan's Chaplain.
Cowham, The Rev. Arthur Gerard, M.A. Chaplain, Barrackpore.
Tilney-Bassett, The Rev. Hugh Francis Emra, Chaplain, Dinapore.
M.A.
Trotman, The Rev. Lionel William, M.A. Chaplain. Kasauli. Punjab.
Halliday, The Rev. Sydney Lang On leave from 4th December 1934 for 3 months
and 11 days.
Garrod, The Rev. William Francis Chaplain, Dacca (Lent by the Diocese of
Lucknow).
The Church.
433
t, , t , ^ Probationary.
-Randolph, Rev. T.B.ma .
. Senior Chaplain, St. Paul's
. Cathedral, Calcutta
Church of Scotland.
D d The ** v George E(lward M
H ap ' A -> >
- B.D., J.P.,
^^ e^ n l0
Yn ^^
C i Church of Scot-
Lee, The Rev. Robert Ewing, m.c,
b.d., j.p. Officiating Presidency
Senior Chaplain,
Church
of Scotland, Bengal,
and Senior ^ na P lam
Chaplain
McLellan, The Rev. Duncan St. Andrew's Church, >
Tait Hutchison^ Calcutta.

MacEdward, The Rev. Lachlan, m.a.
Buchanan, The Rev. George, m.a.
i.
^^^^^^ ^
Senior Chaplain. (On leave) *
_ Church of Rome.
Pener, The ,Most Rev. Dr.
.
Bryan, Rev. Leo s J

Ferdinand, si " Archbish
Arcni51sn P ni *
Calcutta.
Chaplain, Alipore Central
Jail
Acland, The Right Rev.

S&^!^ M *****t.
^YBTomi,ThcV<m- h
Arthur Patrick Lillie
u>w^Z ?\ '
"
" Archde acon.
of Bombay.
Eastley, CM Registrar of the Diocese.

Registrar of the Diocese.

.. (Officiating)
Senior Chaplains.
D
Ashley-Brown, Rev. W " lth " ^ aplain

Ch a Pto
of B elgaum.
of St. .Mary's, Poona.
(On leave).
n Archdeacon
Fortescue, Rev. C. F i
Seaman, Rev. Alfred Jonathan
Johnston, Rev. G. F.
Bartels, Rev. R. c.
, 'i
M.i
IHm "
"
.
"
.
"

.
^ tha P ,ain of
Ve>'
h
Chaplain of Ahmedabad.
,
Chaplain of Karachi.
Chaplain, Hyderabad (Sind).
Deolali. (On leave).
Junior Chaplains.
Harding, Rev. J. A.
Cowburn, Rev. F., b.a. Chaplain, Kirkee.
Elliott, Rev. T. R. H.,

. Chaplain of Colaba.
m.a.
Barnes, Rev. J., b.a. .
.
Chaplain of Ahmednagar.
Ball, Rev. Henry, m.a.
.
Chaplain of Crater, Aden.
McPherson, Rev. K. C.
.
Chaplain of Belgaum.
Stansfleld,
Senior Presidency Chaplain,
Rev. H. R. .
Bombay.
Lewis, Rev. O. G. Chaplain, Steamer Point,

Aden.
Ruddell, Rev. J. F. W., b.a.
.
Chaplain of Deolali.
Lindsay, Rev. W. T., m.a. Chaplain of Ghorpuri.

.
Garrison Chaplain, Bombay.
Field Service Post.
mi.
Church of Scotland.
Mackenzie, Rev. D. Chaplains.
F., m.a.
Senior Chaplain, St. Andrew's
Church Bombav
Bombay
McCaul, Rev.
Ingram, Rev. J.'w., m.a
M
Presidency Senior Chaplain.
(On leave).
'
.
b.d.

The Presidency Senior

Chaplain, Church of
nd Seni()r âplain, St.
fc
Matheson, Rev. R. w. Chn r?hV

ch, K
0 ba WS
Andrew's
r-hoi?^
Chaplain o?
St
y- Officiating. ?
Chapt
CHAPLAIN
a OF THE CHURCH OF
'
'
Andrew's Church, Karachi.
' -
W. The Most
T- rm.
Rev. Dr. Joachim R Presidency
Romp
434 The Church.
Assam Ecclesiastical Department.
Chaplains.
Higham, The Rev. Phillip, m.a Shillong.
Mathew, The Rev. F. W. .. .. .. Lakhimpun
Waite, The Rev. A., b.a. .. Silchar .. j> Paid from All-India Grant.
Wyld, The Rev. F., b.a Sibsagar. . J
Bihar and Orissa Ecclesiastical Department.

Chaplains.
Halliday, Rev. S. L Chaplain of Bankipore.
Tilney Bassett, Rev. H. F. E Chaplain, Dinapore.
Additional Clergy.
Perfect, Rev. H Bhagalpur.
Morgen, Rev. D. J. Monghyr and Jamalpur.
J udah, Rev. Ethelred Miizaff arpur and Darbhanga.
Bewsher, Rev. Robert Ranchi.
Beasley, Rev. J. S. Cnttack.
Burma Ecclesiastical Department.

Vac *nt Bishop of Rangoon.
Senior Chaplains.
Anderson, The Ven'ble Nicol Keith . . . . (On leave).
Park, The Ven'ble William Robert, C.I.E., o.b.b. Archdeacon, Rangoon, and Bishop's Com-
missary. (Also in charge of the Rangoon
Diocesee and Chaplain, Rangoon Canton-
Thursfield, Rev. GeraldfArthur Richard Chaplain, Rangoon
. . Cathedral.
Delahay, Rev. William (On leave).
Lee, Rev. Arthur Oldfield Norris . . . . Chaplain, Maymyo.
Junior Chaplain.
Stevenson, Rev. George E. Chaplain, Mingaladon Cantonment.
Chaplain on Probation.
Higginbotham, Rev. William Harold Spencer Chaplain, Mandalay. . .
Central Provinces Ecclesiastical Department.

Wood, The Right Rev. Alex, m.a., p.h.d., d.d., Lord Bishop of Nagpur.
O.B.E.
Martin, Ven'ble Frederick William, m.a. . . Archdeacon of Nagpur.
Day, Rev. Edward Ridlay, m.a. . . . . . . Chakrata, U. P.
Warmington, Rev. Guy Wilson, m.a (On leave).
Rev. S. F., b.a
Streatfleld, Garrison Chaplain, Jubbulpore.
Sanders, Rev. Harold Martin, m.a. . . . . (On leave).
Eastwick, Rev. Rowland, b.a 2nd Garrison Chaplain.
Gash, Rev. I. J Kamptee.
Williams, Rev. W. P., b.a. Nasirabad.
Heber Clare, Rev Central India, Mhow.
Madras Ecclesiastical Department.
Church of England.
Waller, Right Rev. Edward Harry Mansfield, d.d. Lord Bishop of Madras.
Crichton, Rev. Walter Richard Archdeacon.
Senior Chaplains.
Edmonds, Rev. Canon Hebert James, m.a. Chaplain of Ootacamund. . .
Mortlock, Rev. A. G Chaplain, St. George's Cathedral, Madras.

Langdale-Smith, Rev. Richard Marmaduke, b.a. Chaplain, Wellington.
Trench, Rev. Albert Charles, m.c. Chaplain, Holy Trinity Church, Bangalore.
. . . .
Coldman, Rev. A. T Chaplain, St. Thomas', Mount.

The Church.
435
MADRAS ECCLESIASTICAL DEPARTMENT contd.
Junior Chaplains.
Hay ward, Rev. W,
Chaplain, St. George's Cathedral.
w ilson, ftev, Gh A.
Chaplain, St. Mary's Church, Fort
I llarke, M. li e v. St. George
Garrison Chaplain, Fort St. George.
Wliitr, Rev, Jack
Chaplain, Bolarum.
Fry, Rev. E. H.
Chaplain. (On leave).
James Phys, R.
Chaplain, TrimuJghery.
Church of Scotland.
McLean, Rev. L.
Presidency Senior Chaplain, Madras.
Short, Rev. G. M. D Chaplain, St. Andrew's Church,

Bangalore
North-West Frontier Ecclesiastical
Department.
Senior Chaplains.
Nil.
Junior Chaplains.
Devlin, Rev. T. S.
Chaplain of Kohat.
Bradbury; Rev. J. B
Chaplain of Nowshcra
Nicholl, Rev. E. M. .
Chaplain of Peshawar.
Lawrence, Rev. G. .
Chaplain of Razmak.
Salisbury, Rev. Dr.
Chaplain of Abbottabad.
Rose, Rev. T. P.
Assistant Chaplain, Peshawar.
Morgan, Rev. B. I.
Chaplain of Risalpur.
Punjab Ecclesiastical Department.
Barne, The Right Rev George
Dunsford, m.a., Lahore. Bishop of Lahore.
C.I.E., O.B.E., v.d.
Carden, The Ven'ble H. C., m.a.
(On leave).
McKelvie, Rev. Robert Fritz Stanley,
d.d. (On leave).
Lister, Rev. Canon J. G., m.a.
Ambala.
Marshall, Rev. Canon Norman Edwyn, m.a
Rawalpindi.
Johnston, Rev. Canon G. F., m.a.
Karachi.
Devenish, The Ven'ble R. C. S., m.a.
Lahore. Archdeacon of Lahore.
Tambling, Rev. F. G. H.
(On leave <?#-India).
Rennison, Rev. Eric David, m.a.
Jullunder.
Gorrie, Rev. L. M., th. l. .
(On leave ex-Indm.)
Jones, Rev. G. W., b.a.
Storrs-Fox, Dev. E. A., m.a.
West Ridge, Rawalpindi.
Murree.
Nicholl, Rev. E. M., m.a., m'.c.
Peshawar.
McKenzie, Rev. D. S., m.a.
Morgan, Rev. B. I., m.a.
New Delhi.
Risalpur.
Evers, Rev. M. S., m.a., m.c.
Quetta.
Devlin, Rev. T. S., m.a
Salisbury, Rev. Mark, ll.dV '.
Kohat.
Waterbury, Rev. F. G., b.d. Abbottabad.
V n,l h
Bartels,Rev.R, " " "

C., b.a.
'
.

h , T',
Hyderabad, ,. ,
(Sind.)
United Provinces Ecclesiastical
Department
M, The Right Rev. Charles John Godfrey,
Bishop of Lucknow, Headquarters,
Allahabad
1^11, The Ven'ble Sydney Alfred, m.a. .
. . . Archdeacon of Lucknow, Headquarters,
Kaini
Westniacott, R., v.d., Bar-at-Law
. .
KeiStrir the tm
of th,
registrar n* Diocese of. Lucknow,
r ,
iJ cad-
quarters, Calcutta.
r in ,r , U1 ,
Senior Chaplains.
SK* n ble s y dne y Alfred, m.a
. Naini Tal
Cohu,
;
The Rev. Canon Clifford John, M.A*

Talbot, The Rev. Alfred Dixon
On leave preparatory to retirement.
(On leave).
Maynard, The Rev. Bertram Martin,
arc (On leave).
Broughton, The Rev. Arthur Hardwicke,
m.a Dehra Dun.
. .. . :
436 The Church.

UNITED PROVINCES ECCLESIASTICAL DEPARTMENT contd.
Senior Chaplains contd.
Rigg, The Rev. Arthur Cecil Pietroni, m.a. . . Ranikhet (Almora).
Hare, The Rev. Canon Arthur Neville, m.a. . . Eyzabad.
Patrick, The Rev. Alexander, m.a. . . . . Jhansi.
Porter, The Rev. John, l.th Agra.
Douglas, The Rev. Percy Sholto, m.a Muttra.
Southern, The Rev. Gerald Holte Bracebridge, Allahabad Garrison.
m.a.
Luckman, The Rev. Sydney, b.a. Cawnpore.
Burn, The Rev. John Humphrey, b.a. . (On leave).
Methodist Church.
BENGAL.
Revnell, The Rev. Arthur Jesse . Senior Methodist Chaplain in India, New Delhi-
Frost, The Rev. George Levesley, Hon. cf Rawalpindi.
Kerr, The Rev. Robert Thomas, Hon. CP. Lahore.
Poad, The Rev. Frank Edger Meerut.
Kelly, The Rev. John Dwyer, Hon. CP. Quetta.
Thorpe, The Rev. Percival Edward Mhow.
Glanville, The Rev. J. E On leave.
Wright, The Rev. Raymond B., b.d. Jhansi.
Bryson, The Rev. G. M. Jubbulpore.
Gaunter, .Rev. J. Govett Peshawar.
Clifford, The Rev. F. Wesley Calcutta.
Rolfe, The Rev. Herbert E. Lucknow.
MADRAS.
Whittread, The Rev. Arthur Secunderabad.
Hopkins, The Rev. Leonard J. . Bangalore. 1
BOMBAY.
Cullwick,The Rev. William Edward, Hon. CP. Bombay.
Munro, The Rev. James Henry, Hon. cf. . . Kirkee.
THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

With regard to numbers, the Catholic Directory of India gives the following tables
1911 1921 1931
1. British India and Indian

States
(a) Latin Rite 1,614,620 1,851,408 2,164,918
(b) Syriac Rites.. 364,660 440,488 549,981
2. French India 25,918 25,480 25,492
3. Portuguese India 296,148 288,741 326,690
Total, India 2,301,346 2,606,117 3,067,081

4. Ceylon 322,163 363,986 394,993
Total, India and Ceylon 2,623,509

.
2,970,103 3,462,074
and ?n ÔO^îoteV^
6
^^ ^ CeyI n S 1 ' 170 ' 854
*
In 1880 lt had risen to 1,610,265
625 ( 2> : - In 186 êre were 1,504 priests. In 1921 there were 3,156. In 1931 there were
3
The Church.
_. -/ 437
'-Hie Catholic community as thus
existing is Th a rChbish0
composed of the following elements:-- h ia H ?
ri
^ 0f ^cutta, withûffraga^
bishoprics of Ranchi, Dacca, ChittSgong"
(0
^?
Coast, "*7a}"
^"ans
of the Malabar
traditionally eaid to have been and the Prefecture Apostolic of Sikkim.
Thl
l^l
ef
i
ftd
were
y A P ^
stle Sfc Thomas.
brought under allegiance to the
-
The archbishopric of Madras,
with suffragan
placed first under Jesuit bishops
under Carmelite Vicar- Apostolics.
and then ^T 1C
patam and *a 2/
Ncll0re Hyderabad Vizala"
Nagpur, the Prefecture-Apostolic
and the Missions oi Cuttack
'
Thev
*u P re ?.ent r "'ed by an Archbishop mdMhly'
811 BiSh PS * their ow
Syriae'rite The archbishopric of Pondicherry (French),
(2)
^
rrom
nV e0, the Portu g u ese missionaries
Jnn and
1500 i,
onwards, starting from Goa
and working in the south of the
peninsula
with
M^ccT
suffragan
r>
bishoprics
KUffibak0Dam >
of Mysore
Salemând
and up the west coast, Ceylon, Bengal,
etc.
(3 U
linH TV "S^SnHrts
cluding British troops.
at all times, in-
(4) Modern converts from Hinduism and

Animism m recent mission centres.
(5) Recent converts from the Jacobite
munity in Malabar, of which 2 Bishops com- The archbishopric of Colombo
(Ceylon), with
priests and Some 10,000 laity
50
" united have been
to the Catholic Church.
T e rtugu 8e missi on enterprise, starting

and one
JX
H1500 S
continued for about 200 years,
after
afteJ
which it began to decline. To
decline fresh missionaries were
meet this âU^n^n^P- *^ in
belong to religious orders,
ail
6118 India almost
congregation
the
Co
^ e
Hi middle of thede 19th ^}on
sent out
propaganda fide, till by
century the whole
country was divided out among
by or mission seminaries, and
rity are either
in the greatMajo-
French, Belgian
Swiss Spanish or Italian by
national
Dutch
such portions as were occupied
them except number about 1,300 besides which ty Thev
by the Goa body of secular clergy mostly there is !
clergy.
at the
of ^W
Hence arose a conflict of jmidiction
8be w n the Portuguese dergy
i " or royal
Padroado S?
patronage, and
numbering
ably about
Indian etc
about
2,000 nuns.
Wâl work of
2,200,
The
*
and
first
prob-'
y
P
res? by ?h
aS rest
at bf SY *
the Concordat T
conflict was set
'
of 1886 (amended
s ChrUtZll
Brfrth ?Lln
COr
19
ludm
ministration to existing
8 railway people and
COmes ed âtion, which
?u risd^
jurisdiction not oZ7nJ%
con flned to Yl
their own people
). At the same time the whole hL .
^^ted their
whS^SS PlaC d Under a

nfmn^ ei
^by large numbers
b
s"tand s af ^llows:^
K 11611
' ad **
bieraTchy!
no5 ?hP
U?
r^=f important
the most '
Ma ome d
ans, Parsis, etc. Among
^
institutions are St.Xavier'i
College Calcutta, St. Peter's
.
College, Agra St
Under the Sacred Congregation
Extraordi- of tSSSL
8 e&,Bomb& 7 St. Joseph's College,* ,
nary Ecclesiastical Affairs: in0 01 St A1 y si s College, Mangalore

}nî R
Loyola ,^
College, Madras,
'
The archbishopric of Goa and teaching university

Damaun courses; besides a large
(having some extension into British number of high
ten*. schools and elementary schools.
to > with suffragan bishoprics tion of girls is supplied
The educa-
at Cochin for by numerous
andMylapore(bothin British territor?) convent schools worked by religious
gations of nuns to say nothing congre-
Con " re gation of of orpha-
^^hurche^ Oriental a d
Thf?nf ? n l
her Suitable institutfons.
flr education
The archbishopric of Ernakulam, with Inn 19(2
1904 to ?ift s
l
?amounted
Suffragan r 143,051 boys and 73.164 girls
later figures being unavailable As to
missionary work proper, the
country is
Immediately subject to the Holy See :- d Wlth numer ous modern
.Ztlt mission
The archbishopric
centres among which those in the Punjab
of Trivandrum, with
gan bishopric of Tiruvella. suffra-
^l a "? ag ) D
i ^.? and g > Gu er at, the Ah:
mednagar district -
rishlia ar
the Telugu coasts may
J'
U SaCr6d Congre S ation of be mentioned. (Full particulars

on all po7n tg
FWe:- Propaganda
m,ni5 rS
The
1D
^
e patholic Directory already
1S * i0n work is limited
T
w aK
bishoprics
rCh bi8h
-
i ^
r c of A fa> with
g suffragan
of Allahabad and Ajmere.
hv hnio
by shortage of men and money,?
forthcoming would give the means*
solely
which if
to an
Th e a rCbb ishopricofBomba wi th suffragan i?or? after
m
if
e * tens,0 n T he resources of the
-
h io K -
. y' clergy .
the ordinary church collections

08 f
TripSF"
n
? ona bangalore, Calicut,
,
'
P y a W millta ry a nd railwa y chaplaincies and
and
r^ ?iy andTuf icorin, and the Missions
n Ahmedabad vfn
a rp dPriIVed
n amly from . ,
of
Karachi. rin
from the coll ?
Europe,
3 tions of the Society for the

that is,
Pro-
The Church.
pagation ojthe Faith and of the Holy Childhood, and probation. This, while keeping down the
helped out by private or other donations record, has the advantage of guaranteeing
secured from home by the different local mis- solid results.
sionaries. In mission work the fathers count
as enrolled only those who are baptised and
The Holy See is represented by a
Delegate Apostolic of the East Indies who
persevering as Christians, and no baptism
resides at Bangalore. At present this post is
except for infants or at point of death, is
occupied by the Most Rev. Archbishop Kierkels,
administered except after careful instruction
D.D >} appointed in 1931.
THE CHURCH OF SCOTLAND.

The Church of Scotland and the United tian community now numbers over
14,000.
Free Church have become one. The nion, Work commenced "in Darjeeling
in 1870 is
effected in October 1929, has already exerted now carried on throughout the whole
a profound influence upon the life of the Eastern Himalayan district,
and there is
Church of Scotland in India. The Chaplaincy a Christian community there of over
work of the Church of Scotland dates from 8,000. In the five mission districts of
1814, when the Rev. Dr. Bryce landed Calcutta, the Eastern Himalayas, Madras,
in Calcutta, and organised a congregation Poona, and the Punjab there were at the end
of his Scottish fellow countrymen. The of 1919 over 24,787 baptised Indian Chris-
centenary of the churches in the three tians. In connection with these missions
Presidency towns was celebrated Calcutta,: the Women's Association of Foreign Missions
1914 Bombay, 1919 Madras, 1921. Since
:
; does invaluable service in school, medical
1903 there have been eighteen chaplains on the and zenana work, having in India 41 European
staff, of whom nine belong to the Bengal missionaries, 163 teachers, over 50 schools,
Presidency, five to Bombay, and four to Madras. three hospitals and six dispensaries.
These minister both to the Scottish troops
and to the civil population of the towns where The Church of Scotland has also done
they are stationed, but when there is a Scot- much to provide education for European
tish regiment the chaplain is attached to the children in India. Its two Churche in
regiment, instead of being posted to the station Bombay have six representatives on the
where the regiment happens to be placed governing body of the Anglo-Scottish Edu-
and as a rule moves with the regiment. There cation Society, and the two churches exercise
are three Presidency senior Chaplain* in charge pastoral supervision over the Bombay Scottish
of Bengal, Bombay, and Madras respectively. Orphanage. In Bangalore there is the St.
There ase churches in the chief towns of the Andrew's High School, and both in Bangalore
Presidencies, and churches have also been and in Madras the local congregation supports
luilt, in all considerable military the school for poor children. The Ayrcliefl
stations,
e.g., Chakrata, Lucknow, Peshawar, Ranikhet, Girls' Boarding and High School is under
Rawalpindi, Sialkot, Umballa and the care of the Kirk-Session of St. Andrew's
Jub-
bulpore. In addition to the regular establish- Simla. The now well-known St.
Church,
ment there are a number of acting Chaplains Andrew's Colonial Homes at Kalimpong,
sent out by the Colonial Committee of the Bengal, though not directly part of* the
work of the Church of Scotland, were initiated
Church of Scotland, and these are serving in such
stations as Rawalpindi, Lahore, Cawnpore, by and are being locally managed by mission-
Meerut, Mhow and Quetta. The Additional aries of that Church. The homes exist for
the benefit of the domiciled European Com-
Clergy Societies in India contribute towards the
cost of this additional establishment. In othermunity, and are doing magnificent work.
places such as Sialkot, There are now twenty cottages, and about 600
Murree, Dalhousie,
and Darjeeling, regular services are provided children in residence. Further information
by Scottish Missionaries. Simla has a minister may be found in " Reports of the Schemes of the
of its own sent out from Scotland. Church of Scotland," Blackwood <fe Sons " The :
Church of Scotland Year Book" and "The

The Mission work of the Church of Scotland Handbook of the Church of Scotland in India
dates from 1829, when Alexander Duff, one and Ceylon."
of the greatest of modern missionaries, was
sent to Calcutta. He was the first to open
Though the former Churches of the United
Free Church now belong to the Church of
schools where English was made the medium
Scotland they remain independent of the esta-
for instruction, and where religious teaching
was given daily. Similar educational missions blishment recognised by Government. They
have only three purely European congregations
were soon afterwards started in Bombay and
in India, two in Calcutta, and one in Bombay.
Madras. Educational work is still an import-
ant branch of the mission work of the Church, The Church carries on Mission work in seven
but the Bombay College was closed in 1819 different areas. They are Bengal (Calcutta,
and in 1907 the College in Calcutta was united Kalna and Chinsura) the Santal Parganas,
;
with the College of the United Free Church with five stations Western India (Bombay,
;
of Scotland, to form the Scottish Churches Poona and Alibag); Hyderabad State
(Jalna,
College. In the Punjab Evangelistic work Bethel and Parbhani); Madras (Madras
is being carried on from eight centres under City, Chingleput, Sriperumbudur and Con-
Bev 1
teen missionaries. The baptised Chris- jee veram) the Central Provinces
; (Nagpur,
Missions.
439
Bhandara, Wardha, an d
"^
Hospitals Amraoti)
in Madras, ; Rai-
^StffÂ * K ?[
Wh e the extensive work
Jaipur. From the days of
in-
NagpurTTAirn^T^ I
y the United Presbyterian Church Duff in CalcnrK

fn in
Centres
" D W &TTied
ilso
n
n Bon bay the
,r0m eleveD
a prominent place to education.
2
It has many
rL v ,
Sfw
The work falls into three main divisions schools in all parts of its field and it hasalso
evangelistic,
made a large contribution to the work of
medical, and educational. The education hiher
^hristian community has been though four Christian CoUeges
organised in The Scottish Churches
t0 con gregations which well College, Calcutta, is
fn
iorm L!* i?
part of- the Indian known.
Presbyterian Church, which owes so
The Madras Christian College,
and this Church is seeking to take an much to the work of Dr. William
increasing Miller, is now under
tT n
S
e wor the direction of a Board
nineteenn Mission T
of evangelism.
.
There are representing several Missionary
Hospitals, among which are
four excellently equipped and
staffed. Women's n
* re Wilson College, Bombay,
His lop College, Nagpur.
f
Societies. Other
and
BAPTIST SOCIETIES.
u JES?.
Sorts
nliti
n8
M
BAP ^ IST Missionary Society of Great
l har
u
wm '
r
Wm ncêy, operates mainlythe in -
^ largely through
There are 9 or 10 purelv English ttantjcf
Churches connected wVW^det^S
English services are carried on in
many of the
t t
Sfo
P ;?l
PunJub
andOnssa, the United Provinces,
^ the
d e lon
Y

The Baptist Zenana '
stations. Medical work connected with
Society is carried on in 7 Hospitals, the
Mission and and 12 Dis-
Bible Translation Society have
been united with this Society.
the united Mission in India and
The staff of
Ceylon numbers
f^nl
e9
'
A W larg Printin ^ Presses for both
English and Vernacular f
work are conducted at
Calcutta and Cuttack. The Secretary
and about 978 India and of the
^naST^T*
g ?rkerS Mission is the R.v. D. Scott Wells;
44, Lowe?
S? ^7flFiZ I dlan a nd ^ Connected with the Society
Singhalese Churches, 299
Circular Road, Calcutta. '
Pr1m?y Day S G H Th ad(l uarters of the Mission

5wf n
S(
S? ols 20
a *d 1 Theological Training
iddle and High
'
College.
^ ia
Jn^
UmiVa?
k
are
Street ' Hol born, London. The
at
The Church membership at the total expenditure of the Society for 1934
close of 1933
ft^QSiV '^
3 5 and ê
Christian community
amounted, to 172,034 of which 90690
expended mIndia & Ceylon.]
was
T he mem
Url' lt mcrea " edi>ehip
M - during the past ten
The Canadian Baptist Mission. Was
a bout 53 pe? cent,

SS the
and
0g e
fh* community J>y
h S
by 50 per cent? in the
same period. Amongst the non-caste
mad n
ma n v of th Churches formed from
people great
V ffif n
y ,
^tyell^lnd
G0
SSV
87 aDd is located
thG n rth
,?-
. of
Madras in the
an Vl^gapatam and Ganjam
com-
the TeTugn
- >
tht*Ir> amongst nitriPf

Districts. ^r
There are 22 stations and 608 out-
'
these peoples are self-supporting.

i
n W1 h StdflE 0f 102 ""s^naries
?o I
n ?n iifl ? physicians, including
10 qualified and 1,3 71 Indian workers,
Special work amongst students
is carried on spe Poaching in 1,536 villages.
1CU a acca Cuttack ^tna and ^S? i
Orga-
whPrt hostels
where ? ; ?
have been
> Delhi nisedChurches number 123, communicants 26,885
erected for the and adherents 19,000 for the past year.
prosecution of this form of work. six Churches are entirely
Forty-
self-supporting. In the
Educational
Educational WoRK.Ranges from Primarv schools with department are 564 village day
School to Colleges. Serampore 19,284 children, 15 boarding schools,
College w*th i-tf lgb sch ools, 2 formal Training schools a
Royal Charter granted by His
Majesty in 1827, confirmed by Dan sh Bible Training School for Women aSheological
I
thee British Seminary providing in all for

r n the Treaty - f P ^has e of the an Industrial school. 1,000 pupHsTand
m
SeTtL rn
settlement U%
t of Serampore
in 1845, and Dlaced leper asylums and an
There are 6 Hospitals, two
Orphanage. The Mission
1856 by the College Council at
disposal of the Baptist Missionary the Publishes a Telugu newspaper. Village ,
EvanS
Society eation is the central feature of the Mission,
to become a part of its Missionary Edu- stress is laid upon and
cational operations, the work amongst women and
in Arts and Theoloev children. During the last decade membership
ffl Uated in 1857
S
formed *f ^Calcutta University;
.
t0 the newly: has increased by 65 per cent., the Christian
reorganised community by 20 percent., and
in 1910 on the lines of its original scholars by
tion with the appointment of a
Smda 105 per cent. Indian Secretarf is the Ilev A
qualified Theo- Arthur Scott, Tuni, East Godawari
logical Staff on an Interdenominational
for the granting of Theological
qualified students of all Churches.
In
fnr td
rtS
^
Degrees
basis
" egrees t0
to
Science thc Colle ge prepares celebrated

AMERICAN
ifith; ?
r
? fQ
h
A J
BAPTIST
E
FOREIGN MISSION So-
nized in 1S}*> ha s Missions in Burma
ndia 184 * Ifc owesits rise to thc

Adoniram Judson. Until 1910 the
tVr/S'f 3 Examinations. Principal: Society was
Rev. G. H. C. Angus, m.a., B.d. known as the American Baptist
Missionary Union. There are 32 main
stations
in Burma, 13 in Assam, 10 in
is v raac lar institute Bengal-Ortega
te*^
also at
pJfîS
ana
0 f
Bihl/schools
and Bible a ^^ ?u
fcâinin^? of Indian
in several centres.
?
,
Poachers
toe 'scope of
COme withiD
440 Missions.
The great work of the Mission continues to for carpentering,
iron work and motor mechanics.
be evangelistic and the training of the native L he
Vernacular Press of this mission printed the
preachers and Bible-Women, and extends to first literature in the Santali language.
many races and anguages, the most important
I
of which, in Burma, has been the SecretaryMr. W. S. Dunn, Bhudrak, Orissa.

practical
transformation of the Karens, whose language The American Baptist Telugu Mission
has been reduced to writing by the Mission. Was commenced in the year
1836, and covers
The work in Assam embraces 9 different languages large parts of Nellore, Guntur, Kistna, and
and large efforts are made amongst the employees Kurnool Districts, parts of the
Deccan and an
of the tea plantations. The Mission Press at important work in Madras and the surrounding
Rangoon is the largest and finest in Burma. vicinity. Its main work is evangelism, but there
are also Educational and Medical Institutions
In the year 1932 the field staff numbered of importance.
Industrial departments are
387 missionaries, 6,876 indigenous workers. maintained also in
connection with the Mission
There were 2,732 organised Churches of Munich High Schools at
Nellore, Ongole and Kurnool.
1,979 were self-supporting. Church members Organized Telugu Churches number 337, with
numbered 2,80,964. In the 2 '414 Sunday 110,690 baptized communicants.
Schools were enrolled 95.949 pupils. The There are 78
missionaries, and 2,720 Indian workers. The
Mission conducted 2,739 schools of all grades,
mission maintains a Theological Seminary at
one of which being Judson College, Rangoon, Ramapatnam
for the training of Indian preach-
with 97,422 students enrolled. 13 hospitals and
33 dispensaries treated 8,389 inpatients and
ers. A Bible Training School for the training
of Telugu women is located in Nellore. A total
1,22,254 outpatients. Christians of all com-
of 37,077 receive instruction in 1,270 primary
munities among whom the Mission works
schools, 16 secondary schools and 4 high schools.
contributed over Rs. 6,75,055 or this religious
In Medical work 7 Hospitals and 11 Dispensaries
and benevolent work during the year.
report 5,391 in-patients, 95,108 out-patients,
and 115,073 treatments during the year.
The American Baptist Assam Mission,
was opened in 1836, and has 12 main stations
staffed by about 50 missionaries. There are District.

Secretary Rev. T. Wathne, Ongole, Guntur
1,038 native workers, 891 organized churches, The Australian Baptist Foreign Mis-
53,186 baptised members, 342 schools of all sion. (Incorporated) Embracing the societies
grades including 2 High, 2 Normal, 3 Bible and representing the Baptist Churches of the States
14 station schools. 4 Hospitals and 5 Dispen- of the Australian Commonwealth. The field
saries treated 1,561 in-patients and 24,147 out- of operations is in East Bengal. The staff
patients during the year. Mission work is numbers 35 Australian workers. There are
carried out in 10 different languages. 3,081 communicants and a Christian community
of 5,697.
Treasurer and Corresponding Secretary : Miss
Marion G. Burnham, Gauhati, Assam. Secretary, Field Council : The Rev. W. G.
Crofts, b.a., Biri Siri Mission House, P. O.
American Baptist, Bengal-Orissa Mission Hatshibganj, Dist. Mymensingh.
commenced in 1836. Area of operation Midna-
:
pore district of Lower Bengal, Balasore district The Strict Baptist Mission. Has 21
of Orissa and Jamshedpur Mission staff 36, European Missionaries, and 222 Indian workers
Indian workers 310. Two English Churches in Madras, Chingleput, Salem, Ramnad and
and 32 Vernacular Churches, Christian Com- Tinnevelly Districts. Communicants number
munity 2,686. Educational Two Boys' High 1,487
:
organised churches 54
; elementary ;
Schools and two Girls' High Schools and* 115 Ele- schools 85, with 2,905 pupils.
mentary Schools, pupils 4,220. One Indus- Treasurer and Secretary: Rev. D. Morling,
trial School, known as Balasore Technical School, Kovilpatti, Tinnevelly District.
LN SOCIETIES.
The Irish Presbyterian Church Mission. a Divinity College at Ahmedabad, and a Mission
Operates in Gujarat and Kathiawar with a staff Press at Surat. The Mission has made a
of 36 Missionaries, of whom 13 are clerical, 14 speciality of Farm Colonies, of which there are
Educationalists, 6 are Doctors and 2 Nurses. about a score in connection with it, most of them
The Indian staff numbers 524, of whom 15 are thriving.
Pasters, 87 Evangelists, 4 Colporteurs, 41 Bible-
women, and 348 are Teachers. There are 19 The Jungle Tribes Mission with 7 Missionaries
Organised Churches, a communicant roll of is a branch of the activities of the above, working
2,358, and a Christian Community of 7,739. In in the Panch Mahals and Rewa Kantha districts,
Medical work there are 4 Hospitals and several with Farm Colonies attached.
Dispensaries, with 1,714 in-patients, 17,377 new
Secretary : Rev. George ^Wilson, B.A.,
cases, and a total attendance of 67,819. The Ahmedabad.
Mission conducts 3 High Schools, 1 Anglo-
Vernacular School, 1 Preparatory School at The United Presbyterian Church of
Parantij and 131 Vernacular schools affording
tuition for 6,724 pupils; also 1 creche,
I
North America. The Sialkot Mission of this
4j Church was established at Sialkot in the Punjab,
Orphanages, an Industrial School at Borsad, a in 1855. It is now carrying on work-in ten
Teachers' Training College for Women at Borsad, civil districts in the Punjab and two in the
I
Missions.
441
3
lncludin 8 married ladies
THE United Church of Canaua~Mission
and its
it. Indian
workers
i
316. Its
work composes one Theological educational
'
Sna?y
^ r
Wore
Cn Cd n 1 77 ha 14
n wahor
<
i^ ? *
Jiutlam,
m în stations
Dhar, Jaora, Sitema u,
in
one College, four High Schools, H ,P<U and
one In h s ial Banswara States: The Mission
s ail numbers
schools
Se
TZ
l
Midd
ll Qntl 184
e SC 10 0ls 80, Indian workers 200
Mission works in conjunction -
and This
with the Malwa
wSS
was lS 20Q M?u C al?W rk! nis parried
a11 s ôols in 1930
0n 1Cl1 0f e United Chur
nve
Ave Hosnif.if n ^
Hospitals and
, h w !h rep r for this
on through
.
<* of Northern I ^
four
communicant membership of Tho / 1
Dispensaries ni!? 1S d, ^ P art of its terri- >
'
-
ChUr ches 22
has been established was tffioSJSiw^ chSche*
44,753 in 1931 A
'lurches 8; n
Unorganised
Communicants 2,241- Baotised T? - i
the total Christian

community 05,216 rents 8^1 Total Christian
General Secretary : Rev. H , Community 8,898.
C Chamhprs -n ^
D i 0na 1
Gordon College, Lwalpindi ' '' C com P ri ses Elementary and
'
and irls a High School Middlp Sn h 1 7^

1
J
*
rate?fn^;
M0A N P
-
for i iris
\e sb yterian
Mission ope- sexes ThP Ind
eC
.
(
f?
a rt8
pre n?
? nS Tkll0wn as tllG Pun iab.
Zlrf
11 for indents of both
Christian College), a Normal
^ !
North Indif n nV w School

e ern India
J
for girls, and the Malwa
Mi îons. The TheoloeSal
i
5 13 Seminary. Women's industrial

Americin start,
American J?a ff including
and the Indian start' 1,135
main stations and 229
women, numbers 2^fi
There are tbi t v w
oitW^^l^
d l
iWor boTsf a f?eature of the R asalpura Boys'
i
work is caSfed
am and Vocational TrTin^
wT \
f '
sSS^SoXt^t
seii supporting.
1 00 f Which
There are 13,826 commmii
cants and a total baptized
,
School,
W-C
Sohoof where training is
are tailoring, carpentry
'
provided in printing
and motor mechanics g
-
-
'
community oHMfiS' The Medical work is large.

There are threo
_
Educational work as follows
colleges and an interest
: Two men's a
G
in the Isabella Thoton afsoa
S ta S Wh6
/ fi
b0th
flVe Women s Hospitals,
^/women
d ispensaries in central and out-
and
r?S t
mh^^-
'
^ '
about
tWp?ir
^^Jr,
V rJ
f0 r Women, students stations
820 one heolo S lcal College,
students
-
a S cretar
^^"itSZt 11
vvorKers, students about
180 ^^
Sch00ls f or Village Scott,
twelve Hih
*cnt7Z [
m.a., i
b.d.,
y of Mission .-Rev. A. A.
b. Paed., Indore, C.
: I.
Avt^n^^ ^ ^
1 1 1 Demonstration
ouJJlZ 6
ciat cretar y f Mission : Miss
L (Via MeWdpui
P^' E \%
Farms
he rS Jr a nln " Rd: Son) ' '
The
xne iviiraj M^?
MirnT Medical L i g Departments;
i
School and an intent in
the Ludhiana Medical ^crgary 0/ Malwa Church-Council
College for Women st l
H. Russell, m.a., d.d., Rutlam, :-Rev
70 230 Elem entary Schools'; *
C. I.
Sofs^ll
bcnools of all grades,
,
1
-
pupils about 12,023

241
T a an Fr
^slensS;- 86^
Evangelistic Work :-331
atte dan e of
Sunday Schools
503 Pupils. Contri-' n
H0Spitals
^
^nty-
m tLZ
ho J ^ ôyterian
sections,
tta^lndia
BW1 Field
the Northern Section
n e ra nd a the fi e c entral
t
Sectlon ^
Mission operates
'
known
in the ^-P and the
as the Southern
with
^ aml eva
JStL^f locl ted ?n fw m
i
stati ons are
7
^
'
located
the^nft^^ the States
. .
ngelistic work on of Alirajpur and" Jobat
tue part of the Indian church,
^r ^^^
T
B,s. 71,254.
hs^TS ^
1
n comprise w
J habua and Kathiwara,
P a at Milaj ounded ^7 the late also part of
aiso nf Chhota TUdaipurin the Bombay Pre-
.
w
SirWilSm
of P pvJ?i
at S* T w
J
T
18 Wel1 " known
Wan ess andJ now under
i
throughout the whole

Indla nd he Forman Christ
i
the care
te S r
ian College The s taffi n
'
&^ WpartS of Dhar Ind0 and Gwalior

Jo at- Bar wani Road"
1 Ind a consist s
' ^
Lôr under
at Lahore,
Fun a'b
runjab
'/
8
tW-W
the principalship of Dr. S
The Ewing n
aries and ?o
42
elementary schools in the area and
naC ar S h001 f
Christian
ni
and A f-
Alirajpur
also there is a Children's
a
b s a d girlfal
States. At Amkhut
Valued in
College
^K A 4C
(Dr
Amkhut
t
Indian
of 20 mission-
i
workers. There are several
% ^
SS
Nursery Home and
Secretary of Council dispensary and a General
of A. P. Mission* in area is Hospital for the
located at Jobat. In the district
are fi rg Sed and 3
hurch e s ôrgtnised
;ith ??i -
Secretary. Thomas Draper, mk

I
c s ^Lnnrt ^
M.R.C.P. (ED). Jobat, Via
Dohkd, CentraljgSSfc
Jhansi Section formerly known The
^tory
District
P
^
Western India Mission
M A " D D " Nipani Be
'
:-Kev
WUk iehfioor
wiikie in 1905.
f
1 nded '^ th0
as the
There is now a staff of twelve

'
missionaries and twenty-five

Indian workers
>
ûm T
h5 E
^ Zealand Presbyterian Mission Who are engaged in Jhansi city! ljSagarn BsS
Gd aS r6Cently as 1910 afc Ja Baragaon and the surrounding villages
,
Pun^Tb
îSSU!0mB J Hardie
>
Ja '
Sc^^torhifîS
Christian pupils
orphanage
-
6 An lo v^nacula; middle
b oys and? frls and hostels for

each. There is also an for children
m
-
-.
under school age, 2

;
442 Missions.
dispensary and an industrial school for boys. The Arcot Mission of the Reformed
There is an agricultural settlement at Esagarh
where the Mission has a farm of 1,200 acres.

Church. In America organised in 1853 occu-
piesmost of the North and South Arcot and
There are two organised churches having a Chittoor districts in S. India with a staff of 55
communicant membership of 150. Missionaries and 801 Indian workers. Churches
Secretary. The Rev. A. A. Lowther, M.A., b.d. number 16, Communicants 7,452 Total Chris-
tian Community 26,442; Boarding Schools 17,
;
The Welsh Calvinistio Methodist ( Presby- Scholars 1,129 Theological School 1, students
;
terian) Mission established in 1840 with a staff 31 Voorhees College, Vellore, students 137,
;
of 40 Missionaries, 950 Indian workers, occupies High Schools 4, Scholars

1,887 Training Schools
;
stations in Assam in the Khassia and Jaintia 2, students 120 Industrial Schools 2, Agricul-
;
Hills, the Lushai Hills and at Sylhet and Cachar tural Farm and School 1, total pupils 280 ;
The Khassia language has been reduced to Elementary schools 225, Scholars 9,716. Two
writing, the Bible translated, and many books Hospitals and 4 Dispensaries with a staff of 68
published in that language by the Mission. A provided for 2,617 in-patients and 29,571 out-
large amount of literature has also been pro- patients excluding the Union Medical College
duced in the Lushai language. Communicants Hospitals and Dispensaries, Vellore.
number 35,396 the total Christian community
;
92,923 organised Churches 721; Elementary

;
The Union Mission Medical College for South
schools number 678, Scholars 20,243: in addition India and a Union Mission Training School are
to Industrial Schools and Training Institutions located at Vellore, the headquarters of the
3,Theologicai Seminaries, Sunday Schools 822and Mission. The Union Mission Tuberculosis
Scholars 54,047. Four Hospitals and several Sanitarium for S. India is near Madanapalle.
Dispensaries provide annually for more than Arogiavaram, P.O., Chittoor District.
10,000 patients. Secretary .Rev. W. H. Farrar, Ami, S.
Secretary ; Rev. F. J. Sandy, Durtlang, Aijal. India.
CONGREGATIONAL SOCIETIES.
The American Board
of Commissioners of the Madura Mission. The Madura Church
for Foreign Missions. Has two large Mis- Council is in charge of 33 pastorates, about
250
sions, the American Marathi Mission, and the village schools and five large Elementary
Madura Mission. The Marthi Mission covers Higher Grade Co- educational Boarding Schools.
a considerable part of the Bombay Presidency The Secretary of this organization is Rev. Paul;
with centres at Bombay, Ahmednagar, Satara' Raj Thomas, Pasumalai.
and Sholapur. It was commenced in 1813,
the first Amerrge Mission in India. Its
Maduka Mission SangamThe Madura
activities are large and varied. The staff Mission Sangam was formed in January, 1934,
for 1933 consisted of 52 missionaries in to take over work in the Madura and Ramnad
all, and 50o Indian workers operating in 9 Districts which had hitherto been under the
stations and 90 outstations. control of the Madura Mission. This work
Organized
ehurches nunber 69 with 6.739 communicants, consists of a Hospital for men and a Hospital
and 1,8311 unbaptized adherents. There is a for women and a large High School and Training
work for lepers at Sholapur. The educational School for Girls in Madura a school for girls at ;
work includes 10 secondary and training schools, Rachanyapuram three miles from Madura
with 1,151 pupils and 68 primary a High School, Training School, Trade School
; schools,with
4,145 pupils three-fifths of whom are non- and Theological Seminary at Pasumalai, together
Christians. Zenona work and industrial work with some responsibility for the village work
are vigorously carried on, the latter embracing under the immediate control of the Madura
carpentary and lace work. A school for the blind Church Council.
is conducted in Bombay on both educational The Madura Mission Sangam consists of a
and industrial lines. In the hospitals and littleover forty members more than half of
dispensaries of the Mission last year, 57,797 whom must by constitution be Indians. The
patients were treated. This Mission was the Secretary of the Madura Mission Sangam is
first to translate the Christian scriptures into Rev. R. A. Dudley, Tirumangalam.
fheMarattii tongue. At Sholapur a settlement
or Criminal Tribes is carried on by the Mission The American College, Madura The
under the supervision of Government. Secretary: American College, then located at Pasumalai,
Rev. W. Q. Swart, Ahmednagar. was affiliated with the University of Madras
as a second Grade College in 1881. In 1904
Madura Mission.The Madura Mission the College Department was removed to Madura
celebrated its centenary in January, 1934, and where for five years it was accommodated in
at that time turned over administration of what is now the Union Christian High School
work under its control to the Madura Mission building. In 1909 the College was removed
Sangam. The Mission still exists to deal with to its present site in Tallakulam on the north
certain matters relating to the maintenance of side of the Vaigai river. It was affiliated as a
missionaries. The Secretary is Jtev. W; W. First Grade College in 1913.
Wallace, Madura.
In 1934 at the time of the centenary of the
Madura
Church Council
Church
Council. The Madura
a branch of the South India
Mission, the American College became organically
is independent under its own Governing Council.
United Church, and is in charge of the Christian In the same year it was granted affiliation as an
community that has developed through the work Honours College.
Missions.
443
C U ge site com Pri s es about forty
Se
J P!r?
acres. the 2
On ]#
College grounds
The European staff numbers 87,
Indian
Mam College Hall, the Ellen S.areJames located the workers
2,450,
Hall Communicant,
Organised Churches 520
n S ham ton 25,311 and Christian Com-
n.JT^'
Daniel Poor ?J
Hall, the Chapel, munity
Memorial Library, Main Hostel' 177,795. There are 1 Christian College,
Zumbro Memorial
Principals residence,
Hostel,
Warden's
Dining
GI tS
\ ^
l59; 2
Lodge,
Theological
Halls! students 70
four U4;
;
^
Institutions
4 Training
\z high schools,
Institutions, pupils
additional bungalows, and athletic pupils 4,849; 25
fields.
Boarding schools, scholars, 1,167 and 862
SCANDINAVIAN
ALLIANCE MISSION OP Elementary schools with 46,371 scholars.
NT/vrrniTj In
is? AMERioA.-The
5 represented mission staff in Khandesh
by sixteen missionaries,
medical work Hospitals number
6, Hures 7 Euro-
and 39 peans and 33 Assistants, 14 qualified doctors, 9
Indian workers. There are 292 church
in good standing with 741 in
members Europeans and 62 Assistants and 10,413 in-
Sunday Schools. 14 patients and 206,276 out-patients for the 3 ear.
Elementary Schoo's provide for 368 pupils.
âr2/:-Miss Olga E. Noreen, Amalner .
m
ain centres of the Mission in N. India are
East Khandesh. at Calcutta and Murshidabad District,
Bengal;
1j. M.S. work in the
The Swedish Alliance Mission. Working United Provinces has been
S2?
g
Tr? J
all Hindus and Muhammedans in
closed but a Union Mission of the
C M. S and L M. S. has been opened in Benares
S W M ,
West Khandesh, has ,

22 missionaries and 49 City with the Rev. J. C.Jackson of the
Indian workers. There are 8 congregations with L. M, s'
as Superintendent. This Mission concentrates
a total membership of 1,021
of whom 466 are especially on work amongst pilgrims and
m^S^
communicants There are 12 Elementary Schools,
001 Homes -
The
Telugu, Tamil and Malayalam fields
and 959 outstations. At Nageroil
special efforts are made
Nama Sudras. The S. India district and
Travancore are divided into the IQmarese,
with 19
stations
students,
amongst the
r va n( ore) is the Scott

Free Church of Finland Mission ff ^ a L Christian College and
Mission staff is represented by
Total High School with 985 students, a Church and
6 Eonaries congregation said to be the largest in India
1 native pastor, 2 Catechists, 3 teachers
There and a Printing Press, the centre of the S
^m
cants and total commS Travancore Tract S ciety.
1 8 co
iTvôn tI T hree d sch00l s. 1 evening school
'I lJt
'
j* -
3 dispensaries and weaving industry.

~
.Bengal Secretary Rev. H. A. Wilson b \
16, Ashutosh Mukerji Road, Calcutta.
: '
ry : Uev A 0Ilila Ghum D
H
niiwiy ' '
' ' -
-
The London Missionary Society. South India Secretary and Treasurer

Com- .Rev .
menced work in India in George Parker, m.a., b.d., 18, Lavelle

1798 and occupies 3 Bangalore. Road! '
centres in N. India, 12 in S.
India and 7 in
Travancore. The Mission engages
from of Missionary activity in every
y Benares Superintendent. Rev. J. C.
.Jackson
Ramkatora, Benares Cantonmont. U. P. '
ALL-INDIA MISSIONS.
The Christiae and Missionary
Alliance Schools having 200 teachers
-Dates from the year 1893 under the and a total enrol-
name ment of 4.947. There were 44,459
nv^^^t^ *W
tS? Province
Berar I,
B
lts
Alliance, but in sion dispensaries
much
mi ssionaries were
at
calls at mis-
in 1932.
work staft consists of 2 doctors, 3
The foreign medical
nurses. Industrial
Work is carried work is carried
earlier.
WknW
ZilV \l ^
?
h T0V[ CeS
?
? a
80 Indian workers. The
8
Be ^r, Khandesh and Schools.
of 50 mi îonaries and
on in eight of the Boardin^
vocational
chers training,
school, including tea* A
' number of mission for boys and a village trades and agriculture
wIth additi nal outstations school of practical arts for <rirls
TSS?ii
I here is a V?*.
n Christian
community of 2,088 adults
are conducted at Anklesvar. Evangelistic
there are 4 Boarding Schools, temperance and Publication work receive
2 for boys ana 2 emphasis. due
S h 01
fc^jfcAffi^
and 5 atfe
1 English congregation
^^"n'woTkers
Bhusawal. ; ~L '
A Blickenstaff Msar, Surat
Dift?[c?^ " '
K D
'
GarriS n '
The Poona and Indian Village Mission
lounded m 1893. Mission Stations
*
Shivapur,
:-Khed
a URCI F THE Brethren (American Poona District, Nasrapur (Bhor
I
n n % i ?
W*?^ ^ rk
Surat and Thana Districts, also in
Rajpipla States. Its staff number
^
895 and opiates In Broach
'
Baroda and
State),
'.V
Poona District; Lonand, M.S M Rv
" ;( .Saltan, s,tun District and'
l),s<
40 fore* District. The Staff consists of 40 European and

workers including missionaries'
wives, and 200 47 Indian workers, with a community of
Indian workers. The Baptized about
(immersed) member- 67 Indian Christians and their families
ship stands at 5,213. Education The
is carried on in 7 main work is evangelising in the villages,
B S women's
Bovs and
Boys, and^^ ^r
ls> 7 ,Boarding SchoolVfor
123 Village Day Schools. Females
under instruction number
!
Zenana work, and primary education. Medical
work is conducted at each station, with a
796, males 2 902 total hospital at Pandharpur.
under instruction 3,758. There Headquarters- 44
arc\l&Sunday I Sassoon Hoad, Poona.
444 Missions.
Secretary:J. w. Stothard. upwards of 6,500 inmates and is aiding or
The American Churches op God Mission some has
connection with work for lepers at 22 other
iT^StS S
missi naries at Bogra, one at Khan- places
r India. Altogether in India over 8,005m
B gra Dlstrict Bengal, and two at lepers are being helped.
Ulubana, ^
J?i
Howrah District. T e Mission also provides for the segregation
; ~ ReV H W Ver M A "
^
of the healthy children of
lepers from their
BogfaÊ B R * * * '
'
diseased parents. More than 800

children are
Recording Secretary :-Rev. A. E. tnus being saved from becoming
Myers, b.a lepers.
Ulubana, Howrah Dist. '
An important feature of the work of the
IA CHR IAN Mission is the measure of successful
ed^n Ml SSiON.-Found- treatment medical
?8?7 h
ha If Organised
41 whereby early cases both adults
17 Missionaries,
17 Miaa'n '
A Churches, and children
are now benefiting.
BIlU^W
53
1,759 Communicants, 51 Primary
8 ,h001 Dd Bible
near Bangalore, S. India,
f
Ellore District, also Station
schools and
* tne
at Dodballapur
also Colony for

stations and out-stations
by
Most of the Mission's income is received from
voluntary contributions. Some funds
are raised
^la, but the bulk of the money expended
LI the Mission
in India
Britain, although the
is received from
Parentage, ChampLat provincial Government
P. stations also in Nuwara give regular maintenance grants.
'iF* Eliya
0Vlnce an <* Polgahawella,
Ce^nn ri.Vjn
*,?Lî'w
rls ^P^nageatNuwara ^
Eliya In-
There is
Lepers, of which
an Indian Auxiliary of the Mission to
H. E. Lady Brabourne, who
dustrial Homes for children of ;
mixed parentage 8 Bombay Presidency,

ra EIlya T tal Chrisdan is a Vice-
fo^ M - unity President
H T ea rer: V B
K ?e* Z ^ - - Morris, Esq., P. O.
Box 164, 6, Church Lane.
-^ynter,
Eon Treasurer, Bombay
Esq., C/o Messrs. Killick, Nixon
:
R. C. Lowndes,
Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon. & Co., Bombay:
TrJ^f
Has
01
^
11 0F THE Na zarene
its headquarters. Mission. \J
for India at Buldana t%>*
?> l
London W C.
of the Mission
P An erson 7 Bloomsbury Square.
A l
w ^n
is
The Secretary for India is Mr. A.w

ra Secretary
' '
t
Ar?^%
c^nt*
V
has
4 m l
i l*
Bo
%from^'B uldana
Boardin schoot Donald Miller, Purulia, Bihar.
there is a
1 *1
** B o ardmg School. At The Regions beyond
S SS10n ne m India and a force
. present there are
An mter-denominational Missionary Union
Society commenced
P?p^
Preachers, f l
teachers and Bible women
of 31 Indian
work at Mothihari, Bihar, in 1900, and
occupies 6 stations and 9 out-stations
now
in the
*- i Beals, Champaran and Saran Districts, with a staff
BuMTnt^far.^ Êuropean and 2 Indian Missionaries and
n
1 H
HZI BALE FAITH Missionary
Associ-
40 other Indian workers. The Mission main-
a Jn ?. ?? .
tains 1 Hospital, 1 Girls' Orphanage,
1 Boys'
are Rev. S. V. Ghristensen, Rev. Orphanage and Boarding School with Carpentry
and Mrs.
Brown, and Rev. R. A. Dodd at Adra, J W
industrial department, 1 M. E. School
B. N. with 200
y
M
>u?
d 1 S E
.'
M
Landis at Raghunath- K
pupils.
'
Communicants number 80. Secretary:
pur, Manbhum 1 f. .
District. (Va ant)
The Tibetan
t> ^ Laukaria Hospital, Bagaba
P. O., ^
Champaram District.
Mission Has 3 Mission-
aries with
headquarters at Darjeeling, and The Raxaul Medical Mission, affiliated with
Tibet as its objective. Secretary the Regions beyond Missionary Union
Miss J Fer- has
guson, Darjeeling. 1 Hospital at Raxaul, Champaran District, with
1 married European Doctor,
The Indian Missionary Society op Tinne- Sister, and 7 Indian workers.2 European Nursins
VELLY (Dornakal Mission) Opened
in 1903 Secretary Dr. H. C. Duncan.
iS^Mnn
thG Wa n g al Dis * r ^t ot the Nizam's
Theof National Missionary Society
called Paliars the British
,
m and Travancore India Established 1905, started, financed and
the Tamil managed by Indian Christians, has a staff of 27
Mills. It is the missionary effort of
8 0f T * nnev elly. Ther e are now nearly Missionaries and 100 helpers and Voluntary
no??,
8 020 Telugu Christians in 135 villages and 416 workers operates in Montgomery District
(the
laliyar Christians in the hills. The
.Society Punjab), Sirathu and Khaga, (U.P.), Haluaghat
publishes monthly The Missionary
Intelligence Mymensingh District (Bengal), Jharsugudah
containing information about the Societ y's O.), Murwahi (CP.), North Kanara, &
work ({.
in both the
David, Palamcottah.
fields. Secretary Rev D s Mirajgaon and Karmala, Talukas (Bombay),
'
iarkal Taluk (Nizam's Dominions) and

Tiru-
THE Mission to LepersFounded in 1874, pattur Taluk (N. Arcot) Thirty-four Elemen-
an interdenominational and international tary Schools and 1 High School with hostel
.
is
bociety for the establishment and one printing press, three Dispensaries and two
I
maintenance of Hospitals. Annual expenditure

Homes and Institutions for Lepers and of their Rs. 70,000.
untainted children working in 20 countries / tie
1
N
attonal Missionary Intelligencer (a monthly
but journal in English sold at Re. 1
largely in India, China, Korea and per year post
Japan. Its free), Qasul (a monthly journal in
I la is carried on through Persian- Urdu)
In ??. co-operation at Rs. 2-8-0, Deepekai (a
with 30
.
Missionary Societies. In India alone monthly journal in

the Mission now has 36 Asylums of its
lamil and Kanarese) at 8 annas per year, post
own with
Missions.
445^
Address:
Madras.
N. M S. Buildnig, Royapettah, me moan Mennonite
Ji55- u ^ Mission.
President The Rt. Rev. Abraham Mar rwT staflf numbers
Thoma, M.A., d.d.
General Secretary
kerji, b.a. Associate Secretary
: Rai Bahadur A.
Mar- School, Normal
C.
at u
tSS^
1 40
?'
37, Indian workers 55
^herents 717, Industrial
10 ns 2 Aca demy including
^ Stlt
School and Bible School Anglo-
High
'
'
Thos. David, b.a. Vernacular

:
Schools 2, Elementary Schools
Orphanages 2, Widows' Home 11,
1, Hosn tal 1
The Seventh-Day Adventist Mission. 7 Leper Home
Tr
The Seventh-day Ad ventists commenced mission tainted children W1 SfSS^S
of lfS
1. Hor7e '
yn z2, Leper Clinic 5.

lepers
work m India in 1893, and now employ a staff
I
of five hundred and seventy-seven workers

Secret nr,,
tary Aa Cn Brunk
t ~, -
Dbamtar, C. P.
t
I
' - - >
European and Indian, including one hundred n 1 Conference Mennonite

and seventy ordained and licensed ministers. Mi^tL ?? ?^
Started In 3901 in the C. Provin-
.
Evangelistic and educational work is conducted ces w~:

Workers number 23 Leper Medical ;
in sixteen vernaculars, beside work for English- Eva ^Hstic wTSduJSloSa
speaking peoples in the large cities. For wk^rSS****
n
*
Secretary Rev p ^nner, : W
administrative purposes, there are five branch Ja^glJ^c? P * - - -
organizations located as follows

KU U
A D CENTRAL INDIA HlLI
Seventh-day Adventist MissionWestern Mrwnv S5. Kr ? .
N- Established 1890 in the C. P. and -
James, Superintendent.) iKSi
India. (J. S.
Office Address: 6, Dhondy Road, Devlali 20f Churches o
SS
k^Xtmstaff f 15 Iîan workers
? T >
Nasik District.
Seventh-Day Adventist Mission Burma.
(J. L. Christian, Superintendent).
ooarders and fcWi
8, Communicants 327
2
?
2 elementary schools.
Christian
arding Sch00lS w * th 5
:
^
OMc< Secretary. -Uev. Carl Wyder,
Address : 30, Voyle Road, Rangoon Canton. ^ Eliichpur, Berar,
ment, Burma.
H
Seyenth-day Adventist Mission Northeast E<Ja Wi^H
5 ia
ia
. i?'
'
G Lowr y> Superintendent.) Established 1892,
*
Office Address: 17, Abbott Road, Lucknow.
C LowiT> Superintendent.)
I0N
districts and also

Seventh-day Adventist Mission Northwest Mission staff
itS?
11
DflSs^n^
6
INDIA Gene
occupies
at
Mission.-
stations
and Anantapur
,^ stations in Horana Cevlon
36 Indian workers 130 Churches ;
in
"V *^
?J ;
. (?
- -
Office Address : 17, Abbott Road, Lucknow,

Seventh-day Adventist Mission South India PupHh 300
i n
CantS
rr
gGS *Z
Christian community
Elementar y ^hools 35;
;
(E M. Meleen, Superintendent). Office

-
Address : 10. Cunningham Road, Bangalore. Secretary.

Bangalore.

N. F. Silsbee, 7, Pottery Road,
The general headquarters for India and Burma
m
The boys' Christian Home Mission
is located at Salisbury Park,
Poona A W
Cormack, President; C. L. Torrey, Secretary it owes its existence to a period of famine
and Treasurer. (Office Address
Poona).
Post Box 15 l Sr
nCed n 1 99
l ?
m Mission staff abSSTo*
On the same estate is an up-to-date Indian workers about 125. There are elementary
:
publishing house devoted entirely to the printing schools with three orphanages, one for boys an^
'
of health, temperance, evangelical and

literature. (Address: Oriental
associated aSthree
Watchman
81 mduStrial trainin bei
' ^ giVen ta ^
Publishing House, Post Box 35, Poona). There are three mam stations
At Dhond in
A large number of day and boarding vernacula nnifS np D Strict and at 0rai and Benares -
United Provinces. At Benares
? nd -Anglo- vernacular schools are conducted Industrial there is an
lf er ent parts of tne country Training Institution for learning
S.? lSchool, and at Vincent Motor
;
Hill 1 1 ,
Mussoorie. European education is Electrical and Carpentry trades
It is
provided, a regular high school course, for Indian young men but a few English or
with
special students, being available.
denominational boarding schools increasing
emphasis is being laid on vocational work,
In all the
Rcy
n
Rev. W. K. Norton,
ar
Tp^t
w #-^
,
^
more advanced work for commercial and other European, young men have received training
V
ome out-stations. Director
0lt n D1 ond
}
who
Poona District
opened the North
' '
the India work and

students being required to share in the domestic who was Secretary of the
work of the institution, and in many cases to Mission, died while on a visit to America His
work goes on under his widow, Mrs
engage in some trades or other work.
Norton. Kv# W '
/n?] 8 ^Physicians, one maternity worker

(C.M.B.) and a number of qualified nurses
are
employed, regular medical work being conducted Ladies' Societies.
at thirty- two stations.
The baptized membership (adult) is 4 400 lhis is an inter-denominational
Zenana Bible and Medical Mission
society, with
organized into 105 churches; and in
addition headquarters, 33, Surrey Street, London, working
a substantial community of enquirers is
receiving among women and girls in 5 stations in th?
systematic instruction. 278 Sabbath Schools Bombay Presidency, 7 in United
are conducted with an enrolled membership
of
and 4 in the Punjab. There arc 75 Provinces,
about 8,870. European
Missionary ladies on the staff and
32 Assistant
The Bombay address is " Sorab House," Missionaries 235 Indian teachers and nurses
Garden Road, Colaba, Bombay. and 52 Bible women. During 1933 there
were
5,119 in-patients in the three hospitals supported
446 Missions.
by the Society (Nasik, Lucknow and Patna).
There were 23,515 out-patients, 88,609 attend- Disciple Societies.
ances at the Dispensaries. In their 30 The India Mission Disciples
schools were 3,129 pupils and there
I
of Christ, under
is a the United Christian Missionary
University Society,
Department at Lahore. The Indianapolis, Indiana, U.S.A., began work in
evangelistic side of the work is largely done India in 1882. It works in the Central Pro-
by house to house visitations and teaching the vinces and South United Provinces. There
women in Zenanas, 1,256 women were regularly are
60 missionaries, including missionaries' wives
taught. Total expenditure in India 41,535. and 266 Indian workers. There are 17 organ-
|
Hon. Treasurer: The Lord Meston of Dunottar. ised churches with the membership of
2,524.
President.The Lady Kinnairel. There is a Christian community of 5,000. There
are 6 hospitals and 9 dispensaries, in
Secretaries Rev. E. S. Carr, m.'a. (Hon.) 2,298 which
in-patients, and 31,289 out-patients were
Rev L. B. Butcher, Miss E. Marriner and treated |
last year, with a total of 1,34,414 treat-

Miss Liesching. ments. There is an orphanage for children under
i
Women's Christian Medical College, 8 years of age, with the older orphans provided
I
WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE PUNJAB for in the boarding schools and hostels. Three
Medical School for Women. in 1894 the boarding schools for girls and one for boys, with
|
North India School of Medicine for Christian 1 hostel for boys show 644 inmates. There
Women was opened in Ludhiana in order to is one Leper Asylum with 120 inmates. A
give a Medical Education under Christian Tuberculosis Sanatorium admitted 120 patients
influences to Indian Women. (during the year. An Industrial School is
Doctor Edith
Brown, d.b.e., m.a., m.d.. was its Founder and conducted at Damoh in connection with
Principal. The School was Inter-denominational, which a 400 acre farm is used for practical
.
and trained students for various Missionary work. The Mission Press at Jubbulpore printed
i
Societies. last year about 3,000,000 pages of

I
Christian
(Literature. 1 Normal, 2 Industrial Schools, 2
lin cal work was at first given at the
i A9 X
lotte Hospital which belonged to the Ludhiana
Char- -High Schools, 5 Middle Schools and 15
Zenana and Medical Mission. The Memorial Primary Schools, with about 2,330 under in-
struction.
Hospital was opened in 1900, and has now 20 I
beds. In 1913 non- Christian Students were The Australian Branch has 3 Mission Stations
|
also admitted for training, and the name

was in the Poona District. The Great Britain and
I
modified to its present title given above. Ireland Branch in Mirzapur District of U.P.
In 40 years 276 medical students qualified as and Palamau District in Orissa. These two
I
doctors, besides 138 as compounders, 187 as have no organised connection with the India
nurses and 549 as dais and mid wives. Mission Disciples of Christ.
At present 275 are in training 137 medical
students, 26 compounders, 51 as nurses and
Secretary and Treasurer: D. A. McGavran
as nurse dais.
61 Ph. d., Jubbulpore, CP
New laboratories have been built for Clinical
Pathology, for Physiology, and for Chemistry Inter-denominational Missions.
and Physics. New quarters for Sisters, Nurses,
Assistant staff and also a new Babies' Ward " The Central Asian Mission.
Pounded
The new Dispensary for out-patients has now 1895. Head Office 53 Victoria Street, London,
become very popular. S.W.I base on the N. W. Frontier at Mardan ;
;
The Missionary Settlement for Univer- advance stations at Malakand Pass, Chakdara
sity Women was founded in Bombay in Baramula, Bandapur, Gurez, Kargil, Shigra
1896
k ls reli gious, social and educational, and Khapalu. Protestant, Evangelical, un-
mu ^L
lhe Settlement denominational. Ten European Missionaries.
supplies a hostel for University
students of all nationalities and a few Indian Acting Chairman of Committee, Colonel G.
professional women. Wingate, CLE."
Classes for educated girls
are provided and teaching is also g'ven in The Friends' Service Council The
pupils' homes. The Settlement staff take
part Friends' Service Council works in seven stations
m many of the organised activities for women's of the Hoshangabad District, and in Nagpur
work m the city. The Social Training Centre where there is a Hostel for College and High
is located at the Settlement.
The course School boys.
lasting a year, includes both theoretical
and The Church, which is composed of 6 Monthly
practical work.
Meetings united in the Mid India Yearly Meeting,
Warden:Miss R. Navalkar, B.A., Reynold's is largely organised on the lines of the Society
Road, Byculla, Bombay. of Friends in England.
The Ramabai Mukti Mission (affiliated with There are 19 missionaries, 12 on the field
the Christian and Missionary Alliance Mission
in and 7 on furlough also 3 retired missionaries
192o) the well-known work of the late Pandita living in the district.
Ramabai, shelters about 600 deserted wives,
widows and orphans, educating and fitting The principal activities are a hospital with
them to earn their living. The Mission is dispensary and a Primary School and an Anglo-
worked on Indian lines and carried on by Vernacular Middie school at Itarsi. A Board-
Indian and European workers. Evangelistic ing school or Girls with Primarv and Anîo-
work is carried on in the surrounding villages Vernacular Middle Departments at Sohagpur.
of Kedgaon, Poona District. A Home for women in Sohagpur where toys are
Miss Eunice Wells, Secretary- Treasurer.
made for sale. A Boys' Hostel at Hoshgabad
for boys attending Primary, Middle and ^High
Missions.
447
schools there. Two villages in the Seoni Tahsil Vernacular Midd e Schools with 1,173
le * loshai, ^bad district in one of wind) Children.
V theFe iS a dispensary and a ^"nary
12 Sunday School with 675 Christians and
1,145
non-Christ lan Children,9 Dispensaries
School with 36 035
patients during 1929. 3 Workshops, one of
In 1935 an Ashram is to be them with an aided Carpentry School.
opened near One
tarsi by Miss Hilda Cashmore
late Warden
I
?X aa " d,lstr,al School. One Widows' Home

1
of the University Settlement,
Ancoats, Man- 0n?6 n
chester. The work there will be of
an educa- 6
0r Phanages with 158 boys i
'
tional and social nature n-

g Tl8
.?
ne Boar ding School
Christian Girls on the Middle School
l
for
Standard,
rHJ '
There is also a Weavers Colony at Khera, three Farms where the S. C. Modern
Village
Itarsi, where hand loom uplift is attempted.
cloth is made
There are 169 members and 1,332 adherents. Secretary--Jlev. G. A. Bjork, B.D.,'
Mission Secretary: T. 11. Addison, Itarsi, C. I\ Chhindwara, CP.
Church Secretary: Dhan Singh, Friends' Mission, The Basel Evangelic Mission with its
Sohagpur, C. P. headquarters in Mangalore, South Kanara,
was founded m 1834 and is at present carrving
The American Friends' Mission. With on the work in the whole field
Missionaries working occupied before
^
is in Bundelkhand, with the war with the exception
Hospital for Women and Children at Chhatarpur, of North Kanara
with Dispensary and Boys' school at Harnalpur,
Orphanage, evangelistic and industrial work at
^ iq?^ '
11 has at the biginning
hlef stations and 84 uot stations -
i i i ?
with a total missionary staff of 45 European
Nowgong. and about 900 Indian workers. The mem-
Secretary Miss E. E. Baird, bership 0 f the churches is
: Nowgong, C.I. 24,468. Educa-
The Old Church Hebrew Mission was tional work embraces 109 schools,
estab- among
lished in 1858, in Calcutta, and is said to be which a Theological Seminary, a second grade
the only Hebrew Christian Agency in India. college and 7 high school. The
total number
Hon. Secretary : E. C. Jackson, Esq., 11, Mission of scholars is 18172. Medical
work is done
Row, Calcutta. at Betgeri-Gadag, Southern
Maharatta, where
a Hospital for men and women and
The Open Brethren Occupy at Udipi,
46 stations boiith Kanara, where a hospital
in the for women
(J. Provinces, Bengal, S.
Mahratta, Goda- and children is maintained. The Mission
ven Delta, Kanarcse, Tinneveily, Malabar maintains a Home Industrial Department
I oast, Coimbatore and JSilgiri Districts. They tor women s work and a large Publishing
hold an annual Conference at Bangalore Department with a Book Shop and a Printing
rress with about 150 workers at
Lutheran Mangalore,
Societies. fc* Kanara, and is
doing work in English and
The India Mission op the United in a number of Indian languages
Lutheran Church in America. Commonly President and Secretary : Rev. Dr J C
known as the United Lutheran Church Mission. Meyer, residing at Mangalore, South Kanara.
IN ow working in
close co-ordination with the
Church or Sweden Mission was founded,
Andhra Evangelical Lutheran Church, which K
was organized in 1927. The mission and Church !? ?'r P erate s in the Trichinopoly,
Coimbatore, Madura and Ramnad Districts
together carry on work in East Godavari,
~ West with diaspora congregations in Ceylon.

Godavan, Guntur, Nellore and Kurnool Districts In
conjunction with the Leipzing Evangelical
r lg aff on tne field in 193 Lutheran Mission (L.E.L.M.) it co-operates with
?fo J ? ^
ali g^des, 2,784
, 76 Indian
Baptised membership,
:
the lamil Evangelical Lutheran Church

163,955; schools, 1,064 pupils, 40,655.
;
which
There ;
was constituted an autonomous Church on 14th
are a First Grade College, three January 1919. The C. S. M. maintains an eye-
High Schools
006 High School for girls, one Normal bospital at Tirupatur, high schools for
t^v^'q ,
Trainin g School f orMasters and one for Madura and Pudukotah, conducts in conjunc-
boys at
Mistresses,
a theological Seminary, an tion with the L.- E. L. M. a high school
Agricultural School, for girls,
six Hospitals, a School for at Tanjore.
the Blind, a Tuber-
culosis Sanatorium, and a
Printing Press The European staff is 37 Schools 125 ;
President of the U. L. C. Mission:
L. A. Gotwald, Chirala, Guntur
Rev. Teaching staff 246 Pupils, boys 4,491 and girls ;
l,bo5. District.
de President/The Rev. H. Fry Kholm, D.
i n *i
f *<gelical Lutheran Lie,
cfjfrh .
%L T
nk
* Rentichint ala, Guntur Palladam, Coimbatore Disrtict.
'
^strict.
The Evangelical National Missionary
Leipzig Evangelical Lutheran Mission
European staff 14; Schools 10 Teaching

staff ;
Society of Stockholm, 88 Pupils, boys 1,205 and girls 800.

Sweden.-! Church ;
ttfe^ en
DistXt n?T
ety fm n e
'
in 1856 occu P ie the
i ? ? and *
Chhindwara in
'
President. Rev. R. Frcelich, D.
Madras.
Institutions common to both Missions
d., Kilpauk,
r '

n^w-w
Rtlli^^
.
about
indigenous Church called the
Evangelical Lutheran Church of
the Central
2 450
' Church members
and^3l6?
aChing
Tamil Evangelical
^
18 1 PUpilS b yS 15
Lutheran Church
'
'

nCe The Eur P^n and Indian
S
rm^h
gical
r î and
S piin
Seminary
,
6
V W^vely.
Staff
One Theolo
for training of Pastors
Organised
Ministers
Churches 47
39; other
Ordained
; Indian
Indian workers 92;
Women V
and
S: S U ne Training Sch001 for tr ^ning
t
Workers. 25 Primary and Anglo*
Baptised
2 037 c5ri 3
membership 30,613; Schools 230
8tafl 23 PUpilS 85645 boys an(i
'
:
448 Missions.
President :Kt. Kev. Sandegren, M. a J.
Mission of the United Provinces ,
D.D. l.n.o., Bishop ofTranquebar, Trichi- and Onssa, ihe and Behar
nopoly. German Evangelical Lutheran
Mission of Ranchi, Behar and Orissa The
Missouri Evangelical Lutheran India Governor-General in Council
notifies that the
Mission, (Melim). Is located in North Arcot 0nf rre
(Ambur, Vaniyambadi), Salem (Krishnigiri), aTch a n eXtf nd 0 S?
U er Secfcion 7 f the said
thC P?Perfc A m
lanjore (Tanjore, Negapatam), Madura immovfl hl.
y> vable and
% ^
(Madura, Aralsuranpatti,Pathupatti, Vellakulam.
Pekulam), Tinnevelly (Vallioor Vadakangulam)
-Districts, in Mysore (Kolar Gold In June 1919 the Government of India
Fields), in
Iravancore (Nagercoil, Trivandrum, Alleppey). stated : Effect is already being given to the
suggestion that enemy missions in India should
There are 43 missionaries (6 of these on be taken over by British societies.
furlough in America), 1 nurse, 2 zenana ties and undertakings of The proper-
hostile
workers (1 of these on furlough), 2 lady educa- been vested in the Provisional missions have
Custodian of
1 American hmemy Property with a view to their transfer
tionists (1 of these on furlough),
teacher in charge of a school-home for
the to boards of trustees composed partly of non-
children of missionaries, l male doctor
(Indian), official members nominated by the National
two training institutes for teacher-catechists! Missionary Council of India
with the approval
1 seminary for training pastors, 3 high schools, of the Government of India and partly of
1 hospital with 20 beds. Government officials, and those Boards of Trust-
tees will in due course transfer the
Statistics, November 1934 undertakings
Souls, 16,081 and properties to a missionary society
:
baptized 10,407; catechumens, to be

2,021; adherents', selected by them with the approval
natlve Pastors of the
J- t 19 evangelists 82 Govern or- General in Council."
; ;
catechists 166 teachers belonging to the
;
Mission 28 other teachers 10 boarding

;
schools. ;
General Secretary
Methodist Church.
The Rev. George C. :
'
Virudhna ^ er Ramnad ' District, South The Methodist Missionary Society com-
India menced work in India, in 1817. The Mission
E n n ia a P art from Ceylon is organised
Ho?S î? IS
? Miss ionary Society, T^ r
estab- i .Districts
7 with
their separate District Synods
into
86 Soufch 11 Arcot
working there working
innfn v01 il J >
under 2 Provincial Synods. In con-
S?^^
in Madras, ?
Arcofc on the Shervaroi Hills, and
>
has a total staff of 341 Indian and 37

nection with these Synods there is a large
English
European workers, communicants 2,718, Chris- rSi^lth 22 minist ers giving their whole time
to Military and English work.
one Secondary School, one Bible
Women three Boarding School, three School, for The Districts occupied include 149 Circuits
piij .
Ch 00ls
schXst838
? '
C h 1S and twoH
.
' ls
President. Rev. C. Bindslev, Nellikuppam.

Indust-
ne Orphanage, one hostel, 97 5 North
*
-^ngal, Madras, Mysore, Bombay, Punjab,
West Frontier Provinces, Baluchistan,
total Central Provinces, United Provinces and Nizam's
?
*>
m n ; T The Em"0Pean staff numbers

on ^
130 with 74 Indian ministers and 903 Catechists
There are 349 Churches with a Christian com-
Treasurer. Rev. K. Heiberg, Madras.
munity of 151,296 and 26,133 Communicants
The Santal Mission of the Northern There are a number of Circuits with their
Churches (formerly known as the Indian Churches thoroughly organised and self-sup-
Home Mission to the Santals) Founded in porting. Educational work comprises 3 Chris-
6 n h Santal Par ganas, Birbhum, tian Colleges with 89 teachers and 1,763 students-
l? \^ ?V
01
Murshidabad ,J ?
Malda, Rajshahi, Dinajpur and 5 Theological Institutes with 42 teachers and
Goalpara Work is principally among the and 373 students 9 High Schools with 206 teachers;
feantals. Mission staff numbers 46 of whom 3 4,539 students, 6 Industrial Institutes with
medical missionaries. Indian pastors 31, 29 teachers and 263 students, 7 Boarding Schools
other with 103 teachers and
Indian workers 500 Christian community 1,856 scholars, 1 141
in
organized congregations 18,500. 6 boarding Elementary Schools with 1,982 teachers and
SC h S th 900 P u Pils 130 elementary schools 38,282 Scholars.
-
with 2L o^ >
2,300 pupils, 1 industrial school with 60 Medical work is represented by 12 Medical

pupils, 1 printing press, 1 orphanage
with 30 Institutions with 6 European and 10 Indian
orphans, 2 hospitals, 4 dispensaries,
1 leper doctors, 3,090 In patients and 139,567 Out
colony with 300 lepers, 1 tea garden.
Acting paitents.
Secretary: Rev. J. Gausdal, Dumka,
Santal
Parganas. The Women's Department of the Society also
Missions and enemy trading act. carry on an extensive Work in the places occupied
In by the Methodist Missionary Society.
May 1918, the following notice regarding Mis- There
sions was published in the " Gazette are 104 Women Workers, including 16 doctors
of India":
The f ollowing missions or religious associations and 181 Bible Women 115 Girl Day Schools ;
with 473 teachers and 12,095 scholars, while

are declared companies under Act 2
(the Enemy there are 45 Boarding Schools
Trading Act) of 1916 :-The Leipzig Evangelical and Training
Lutheran Mission, Madras, the Hermansberg Institutions with 190 teachersand 2,505 boarders.
The Women's Department is responsible for
Evangelical Lutheran Mission, Madras,
the a very extensive Medical Work and have 15
Schleswig-HolsteinEvangelical Lutheran Mission, Hospitals
Madras, the and 16 Dispensaries with 12,695
Gosner Evangelical Lutheran! In-patients and
393,702 Out-patients.
The Salvation Army,
44<)
Ihe Methodist Episcopal Church is the Ihe governing
zation in the United States of
organi- is the body of the Church
America which General Conferences held quadrennially
grew out of the Wesleyan revival in in Ame-
England rica inwhich the eleven conferences now existing
and her American colonies during the in India are represented by twenty-four
latter dele*
part of the eighteenth century. gates. The polity of the Church
This Church in India looks
began its work in India in i$56, at first forward to complete independence
confining under the
its activities to what
is now the United Provin- general governing body, there at
ces irom that centre it spreads until the present being
but about two hundred
outposts oi us work were found in American men
Baluchistan, W re(| t0 dH
'
000 ordained and

gwrna, Malaysia, Netherlands, Indies and
the PAn
4,000 52SS 2?%
unoidained Indian and
Ihilippine Islands. In 1920 a Burmese workers.
rearrangement At present the area is divided into
ot the mission field of the seventy-two
Church separated districts each in charge of a
India Burma and Baluchistan superintendent
into what is and among whom are many Indians. The work
as the Southern Asia division is supervised by three Bishops, elected
Vv-M " by the
i
ESui^f
1
st? 1 fieId fcbe 0hurjh
now haa C : e
John W. >t
residents as follows
l
total baptized Christian community of 525 668
:
8355
Bishop lvobinson, Delhi- Bishon
0t th0 Church has' been Brenton T Badley, Bombay and Bishop Jwh-
thp^fniff^rtn
P f t he de P fesse d classes, and want Rao Chitambar, Jubbulpore.
. St h 0 5?
has been largely,
its work
among that class. As a matter
of fact, however, it has
numbers who t E American Wesleyan Methodist Mis-
large '
2,J ron the Mohammedans and

Hindus, andl among such its influence
the caste
is extend-
sion, Sanjan, Thana District
Stations with Missionaries, Dandi
Headquarters
Maro via
D triC^ Thana Pardi district i
The educational work of the Church te'?f* ?

Eight Missionaries on field.
Two on
Surat -
>
furlough
lt
Is ex- Four
ving in this area a totaj of 1,100 mam .stations. Two Boarding schools:
issSS' Hi
schools of< all n d tmlsch001 One Bible School. One
grades, including three colleges,
f
^^Wf*?*
training and
nd numer ous normal
theological? institutions.
at tendants in these schools
in
v p farm project.
village ;
Eight village
Chairman of Field Committee, Rev. P. Dschools
The Sanjan, District
Thana.
Dotyy>
To%o number
The Methodist Protestant Mission
Special effort
is made for the instruction work in i ndla
began
development of tne young people of the and in 1919, has a staff of six mission"
Church VV Vk 1 conflned to Dhulia Taluka,
there now being 336 chapters of the Epw with n.l tr
Mam station, Dhulia. There are two
I ith one
-
. ?.
League with 13,394 enrolled members! 0 tl-
and 4 021 boarding schools, district evangelistic
work
MS? SUDday Sch 0,S With an eiSSlSent and medica
The publishing interests of the

Cassen,
work.
Dhulia, West Khandesh
Secretary Mrs Paul :
Church are
represented by the .Lucknow Publishing The free
at Lucknow doing work in House Methodist Mission of North
English! Urdu America-EstablishedatYeotmal,l893 operates
Hindi and other Vernaculars. The
periodical St ff f
SdfaTwoXs U "narLTaff 40
ffiff
listic ZT^
and
e i tei
J T.
ts 0f both thf evange- inaian woikers o
Organised
-
churches 5, 1 Theo-
1&
Education
the educational
Kaukab-i-Hind, and
in
field, the Indian
the Junior Methodist and
being English,
othe?
ChrTst iaS
while the I
logical school, 1 Girls' Boarding
cular Middle school, 8
health
School 1 Verna*
Elementary Schools 1
and 5 CGntreS f r Cli -ea! and
wol vifege
periodicals ar
ssued in several of the vernaculars
Secretary ; Persis M. Phelps, Yeotmal, Berar.
THE SALVATION ARMY.

Ihe work of the Salvation Army
in India
and Ceylon was commenced in
1882 by the late Rangoon^
Command with Headquarters
>
at
Commissioner Booth-Tucker
years under his control,
m India. For some time now,
pied have been divided for
with
; and was
for manv
th > area ôccu

administrative pur-
SquaZ? theite
C
=^ to
poses into 6 Territories, each

under a TerritoiSl
Commander and one smaller Command
;
Territor
Lahore^ ^ with Headquarters at
Evangelistic work, especially "
Territor among the <\o
Bombay" ^ Headquarters at
i^.tSi^
Southern Territory,
Tenitdry
with Headquarters
rnvandrum, in Travancore State UqUarters at
>
with Head -
ofi
n
S^?TrS & ents f0
!;
reformation
]oSt
m
Tottery, with Headquarters
at
ass* '2?s rr^vryi
âfcutta
Territ m With Headquarters at
15
;
45o The Salvation Army.

A land colony 2,000 acres in extent is in exis- Definite efforts are being made from more
tence in the Multan District, where a popula- than 1,300 centres for the salvation and social
tion of 1,800 has been settled. The land will uplift of the people.
ultimately become the property of the holders.
Medical work is carried on in two Hospitals, The erection of two Central Halls six village;
one of which is in the Punjab and the other in Halls and a number of improved Officers'
the United Provinces ; and also in one dis- Quarters during recent months have provided
pensary. increased facilities for service and make for
consolidation. Operations in 20 new villages
Other institutions include, Bay and Boarding have recently been commenced.
Schools, Weaving Schools, Agricultural Golonies,
a Hospital for British Military Soldiers, and A highly successful work is conducted in 3
Civilians at Delhi. Boarding Schools, where under the guidance of
experienced Officers some 150 Boys and Girls
Village centres at which the S. A.
are cared for. Many trained in these schools
Works 1,776 have
become successful Officers and Local
Officers and Employees . . . . . . 580 Officers.
Social Institutions 22
In nearly 300 Day Schools primary education
Territorial Headquarters : Ferozepur Road, and religious instruction are given to a large
Lahcre, Punjab. number of children while activities at the English
and Vernacular Middle Schools at Nagarcoil,
Territorial Commander : Commissioner N. and
the English Middle School in Trivandrum
Muthiah.
are highly appreciated.
Chief Secretary : Lt.- Colonel W. D. Pennick.
Western Territory. The Western Territory Medical work at the Catherine Booth Hospital
comprises Bombay, Gujarat, Panch Mahals and 7 Branch Hospitals is attended with
and the Maharastra. increasing success and is of vital importance to
the State. At the Catherine Booth Hospital
Territorial Headquarters The Salvation Army.
:
a splendid new administrative Block has just
Morland Road, Byculla, Bombay. been opened by the Hon. Sir C. P. Ramaswamy
Territorial Commander : Colonel Gnana Iyer, Constitutional and Legal Advisor to
Dasen (Alfred H. Barnett). His Highness the Maharaja of Travancore.
Corp, 283; Outposts 259; Societies 478; The Sankaran Thampi Memorial Tuberculosis
Social Institutions 16. Block has just been completed, also other
Besides the distinctly evangelistic operations, extensions which make for more effective service.
there are established a large General Hospital Last year more than 12,000 patients were

Emery Memorial, Anand -and several Dispen- treated at the Catherine Booth Hospital, repre-
saries; 222 Day Schools 4 Boarding Schools senting all sections of the Hindu, Mohammedan
;
a Home for Juvenile Criminals Industrial and and Christian communities.

;
Rescue Home for Women conditionally ;
Released Prisoners' Home the management of

; Some 300 patients in the Leper Hospital at
the Bombay Helpless Beggars' Camp Weaving ;
Adoor, Cochin State, are happy and show
Schools, Factory for the making of Weaving, marked improvement resulting from export
Warping and Reeling Machines, and a Land treatment. State and other visitors have expres-
Colony having a population of about 390 sed their unqualified appreciations of the
Salvationists. management and general care exercised at
Madras and Telugu Territory.This the Hospital.
Territory comprises the city of Madras and A new Leper Colony is now in course of
work situated in the Nellore, Guntur, Kistna erection in North Travancore which will meet
and West Godavari Districts of the Northern a very real need in this region.
Circars of the Madras Presidency.
There are the following agencies at work, viz.t An Industrial Department at Nagarcoil,
places in which work is systematically done, producing lace, fancy and other needlework,
both evangelical and education and social continues to function satisfactorily and girls
:
290 Corps and Outposts; 116 village primary received as boarders and others are benefited.
schools ;1 Criminal Tribes Settlement 2
Boarding School boys are taught book-binding
;
institutions for the training of Officers 1 Leper at Trivandrum Industrial Department.

;
Colony at Bapatla taken over by us in 1928; Copies of Vernacular War Cry are distri- '
a Women's Industrial Home in Madras a buted in the Central Prison, Trivandrum,

;
Boarding Schools for girls, and another for boys and meetings held weekly are attended with
of the SalvationArmy. encouraging results.
Territorial Headquarters : The Salvation The Home League has recently been launched
Army, Broadway, Madias. G. P.O. Box 206. and is making a splendid contribution towards
Territorial Commander : Colonel Herbert B. the spiritual and social advancement of women
Colledge. and the general home-life of the people.
General Secretary : Brigadier H. H. Ravvson.
Territorial Headquarters The Salvation Army :
The South India Territory The South Kuravanconam, Trivandrum.

(India) Territory embraces the whole of
Territorial Commander: Lieut. Commissioner
Travancore which has a population of more
Priya (Mrs. Trounce).
than 5,000,000, the work penetrating Cochin
State in the North and the Tinnevelly District Chief Secretary : Lieut. -Colonel Anand Singh
of British India in the South. (Bowyer).
51
Laws and the Administration
of Justice.
Indigenous law of Tnriin i<> .
a h
Both systems clahn
sxtricably interwoven
SE? ^
with re igk,n! and eacE
to 1898.
time are
TLse Cod e$
nowTn force
Statute
0 ie 0
Law
la LêDde<1 aifr0mPr0ced
i
!?
Revision.
i,
J

time to
unSr^hetresSe? *!?
stt^ÊÂ^titn^
~ef l'a
UltieS Removal A+ ~* losn'
after tn thT^ B ""Prance

-
will attach here-
inaia hope that the

Committee will take \u
European British Subjects.

Whilst the substantive criminal
same for all classes, certain law i th
dfattarthSJ of nro-
d aV e a Ways been maintained
?n ^fm- ,i in regard
Codification. {Ef^
the High
d nly
>
Courts. It was then
tried
European British subjects should enacted that

pShcdby'one
1
,, '
o(
0re the transfer of India be lfable to
fh^1' to the Crown
the any ffenCeS by ^g^t'ates o e
-
!aw was in a state of great
Henry Cunningham described confusion S^? highest cts, the
it as " honi nignest class, who
,hn were also ,
justices of th P
8 y n ieldy e ten gle<l and confusing
a by jUdgeS - f the Session?
it wl
T e nr^ 7 buHt Courts"
out
^
'
was necessary in both cases that ihl
taken in
taKen m 1833
?f when
Ward eneral ^^cation
wL
i 'h a -?
Commission
h '^ h L rd Maca '*y was wasapnoint! pean
13 r j
r/n Britishi subject.
the fiorfno of India announced
^
ge shouId himself be a
In 1883 the Government
Euro
Sari? to
spirit, f n prepare a pena that they had decided '' to
code. Twenty-
years elapsed. before it 6 qUeSt fiction ovS?SSpea^
which period it underwent ShWt? in suchj na ofway
became law during subjects -
as to remove from the

revision from hls
hi! code at
successors in the Law
Membershin Vn^l once and completely every
judical
gaily by Sir Barnes Acock, disqualification which is based
merely on race
Jhe last cZ't
Su P reme Court of Ca-cSt decision embodied iPn the
vtt'v r^? Uh^Sm"
a Ilbert Bill aroused '
5. XweSIn- ^"by^cTde1 ^ Si a storm of indignation

which is still remembered.
ended in a compromise which is
The
nsed by Sir John Strashey ("India'')
thus
"The
o2S
amS
controversy ended with the
virtual though
not avowed, abandonment
of the ireaS
proposed by the Government. Act
by which the law previously in force III of 1884
was amend-
ed, cannot be said to have diminished
the
privileges of European British
subjecte charSd
with offences, and it left their
ispad^?i ceptional as before. The general

tion of native judges and
but if a native
of district
position as ex-
d squaiifica
magistrates remins-
o India be appointed to
magistrate or sessions
the post
judge his
powers in regard to jurisdiction
over European
U"Je ' Civl1 Procedure was
British subjects are the same
remodelled Englishman holding as those of a
the same office. This
;
452 Laws and the Administration of Justice.
provision however is subject to the condition Committee of the Privy Council in England.
that every European British subject brought The High Courts exercise supervision over all
for trial before the district magistrate or sessions the subordinate courts. Returns are regular-
judge has the right, however trivial be the ly sent to them at short intervals and the High
charge, to claim to be tried by a jury of which Courts are able, by examining the returns, by
not less than half the number shall be Euro- sending for proceedings, and by calling for
peans or Americans Whilst this change explanations, as well as from the cases that
was made in the powers of district magistrates, come before them in appeal, to keep themselves
the law in regard to other magistrates remained to some extent acquainted with the manner
unaltered." Since 1836 no distinctions of race in which the courts generally are discharging
have bsen recognised in the civil courts through- their duties.
out India. Lower Courts.
After a discussion on thissubject in the The Code of Criminal Procedure provides for
Legislative Assembly in September
the following motion was adopted : 1921,
* That in
the constitution of inferior criminal courts
styled courts of session and courts of magis-
order to remove all racial distinctions between trates. Every province, outside the Presi-
Indians and Europeans in the matter of their dency towns, is divided into sessions divisions
trial and punishment for offences, a committee consisting of one or more districts, and every
be appointed to consider what amendments sessions division has a court of session and a
should be made in the provisions of the Code sessions judge, with assistants if need be.
of Criminal Procedure, 1898, which differentiate These stationary sessions courts take the place
between Indians and European British subjects of the English Assizes, and are competent to
and American and Europeans who are not try all accused persons duly committed, and
British subjects in criminal trials and proceed- to inflict any punishment authorised by law,
ings and to report on the best methods of giving but sentences of death are subject to confirma-
effect to their proposals." As a result of the tion by the highest court of criminal appeal in
recommendations of the Racial Distinctions the province. Magistrates' courts are of three
Committee the law on the subject was further classes with descending powers. Provision
modified, and by the Criminal Law Amendment is made and largely utilised in the towns,
Act XII of 1923 in place of the old Chapter for the appointment of honorary magistrates
XXXIII (sections 443-463) the new Chapter in the Presidency towns Presidency magistrates
XXXI11 (sections 443-449) with certain supple- deal with magisterial cases and benches of
mentary provisions were substituted. This Justices of the Peace or honorary magistrates
has in some measure reduced the differences iispose of the less important cases.
between the trials of Europeans and of Indians Trials before courts of session are
under the Code. either
with assessors or juries. Assessors assist, but
High Courts. do not bind the judge by their opinions ; on
The highest legal tribunals in India are the juries the opinion of the majority prevails if
High Courts of Judicature. These were consti- accepted by the presiding Judge. The Indian
tuted by the Indian High Courts Act of 1861 for law allows considerable latitude of appeal.
Bengal, Bombay and Madras, and later for the But there is no Court of Criminal Appeal, and
United Provinces and the Punjab superseding as the J udicial Committee of the Privy Council
the old supreme and Sudder Courts. More has repeatedly disclaimed all Jurisdiction as a
recently High Courts have been constituted for Court of Criminal Appeal, there is no adequate
Patna and Rangoon as well. The Judges machinery for appeal or revision available to
are appointed by the Crown they hold office
;
persons convicted of serious and even capital
during the pleasure of the Sovereign ; at least offences and sentenced by the High Courts in
one-third of their number are barristers, one- those original or appellate Criminal Jurisdictions.
third are recruited from the judicial branch of The prerogative of mercy is exercised by the
the Indian Civil Service, the remaining places Governor-General-in-Council and the Local
being available for persons who have held cer- Government concerned without prejudice to
tain Judicial Offices in India or lawyers qualified the superior power of the Crown.
in India. Trial by jury is the rule in original The constitution and jurisdiction of the
criminal cases before the High Courts, but inferior civil courts varies. Broadly speaking
juries are never employed in civil suits in one district and sessions judge is appointed for
India. each district: as District Judge he presides in
For other parts of India High Courts have its principal civil court of original jurisdiction,
been formed under other names. The chief his functions as Sessions Judge have been de-
difference being that they derive their authority scribed. For these posts members of the Indian
from the Government of India, not from Parlia- Civil Service are mainly selected though some
ment. In Sindh, N. W. F. Province and the appointments are made from the Provincial
Central Provinces and Berar the principal legal Service. Next come the Subordinate Judges
tribunal is known as the Court of the Judicial and Munsiffs, the extent of whose
original
Commissioner. Quite recently the Secretary jurisdiction varies in different parts of India.
of State for India has approved the proposal Toe rivil courts, below the grade of
District
for the establishment of a High Court in the Judge, are almost invariably
presided over by
Central Provinces and Berar. Indians. There are in addition a number of
The High Courts are the Courts of appeal Courts of Small Causes, with jurisdiction to try
from the superior courts in the districts, crimi- money suits up to Rs. 500. In the Presidency
nal and civil, and their decisions are final, Towns, where the Chartered High Courts have
except in cases in which an appeal lies to His original jurisdiction, Small Cause Courts dis-
Majp-sty in Council and is heard by the Judicial pose of money suits up to As In-
Rs. 2,000.
of Justice.
453
tl lbay High C Urt in 1871 there
tprPS !fm-?0 t wh0m
and\l '
28 English, and? 24 o tÎ 10 were Indian
advocates, of whom
courts by the Insolvency 7 were Indian and 17 English. In
Act of 1906 1911, attach?
r0 ers are a 8am High C Urt there Were 150 SOli-
,w ^ PPointed only for the Presi-
7
itnr u
off wbom
^
>
^^
CalcUt ta nd Bombay. ore than 130 were Indian
wlS tSrS r ar , ârged Zi^r m? mde,l En Zn * h and 250 advo-
i
nwv iSff
tieS
^
? .
by the ordi-
!l, 0f Wh
T ^
m \ 6 onl y were English and the >
Sefby 1
juroT P
P*
8
officei Joinder Indian."
Needless to say that this
S iH f urther accentuated
Legal Practitioners. t h P 20 FS
5?*? i
at
during
aVe elapsed since 1914 h oth v^
Barri&^T^rT^ 11 lndia are
in thp SSI f- n
satlnn of the legal?
divided into isation
^f ex an
P sion and of Indian-
S? >
^FWA^
fiarristers-at-Law, Advocates
jriedaers,
Barristers
g 0U
of the High Court
Mukhtiars and revenuo appnfa

and Advocates are admUted
a Se in
1
by
?' ofHigfcoum,'
eaeh
profession.
Officers.
The Government of India has its
^league in tho Legal Member of own law
Law
" au<i lts ^bo7di na te Council

e*u rts" a nd ?h?v
tise nn'fh
High Courta
ey V
^- al ne are Emitted to
? prac- department.
0t Some ot the bartered
f
er e t measu res are drafted
^
Outside the Council the prirT-
in this T
Vifi! 18
are P rsons dul P aV ffiCe the Government of Ind a
who are admitt^H .? y ua "fied is ?L L : ??
the Advocate-General of
Bengal who it
g
bY the ^wn, is%heTe ader ofrhe
Courts subordinate to
tie ffign Courts At
local Bar, and ZlTn^
* is always
nominated a member
to p^fflS^ qU8li ' y blforeadmissfon
CalpSfo .
andf t
Pr? vmciaI legislative Council. In
h6 a " SSlsted by the Standing
n Counsel
Goven menfc Solicitor. There are
TdvnrZlL n 11
G 0 Ve m ntôS licit0 s
an d ; p ^
!
nZ
1 appointed
/U
by the Crown
Bombay and Madras,
and ? .
wLl ? omba 7 the re is attached to the

*^
Organisation of the Bar Jnffi*
at a
\lTJZ\ -ucgai
.ûtovmuu T a -remembrancer,
iu ? ?. ^
al Remembrancer and an
dIaw ? from the
bran er dra R m^ '
^vo^cateTneraf "t^ 0
^^:^? '^ the 0 j _ ' "^""j oiauumg Counsel
the Standing vû aid
emm
"i
at Solicitor, and has besides a

rp M Remembrancer
l
Si, i ft
AUahab?d
r
hor
* r^gulate its etiquette
At
Nagpore ' and Rangoon a
S7 L egal
barrister)
a
.
^^
the
Le ^ al Remembrancer and pro-
01
(a Civil Servant) and a
Remembrancer (a
United Provinces are equipped
practising
similar RV ^f ?A t
ressional lawyers as Government,
1 11
Advocate and
Assistant Government Advocate;
the Punjab
Mas a Legal Remembrancer,
Government Advo-
cate and a Junior Government
t hG
Advocate and ;
Iarger Distr icts and Se g - Burma a Government Advocate, besides a
sions Courf? a .
Secretary to the Local Legislative

Council,
uuder the Government of India Bill it is
pro-
posed to appoint an Advocate- General
for each
ot the more important provinces.
p ty
d?,'^ r
e l
led Sheriffs are attached to the High
ffi descriptions
?to
lueae general i
must suffix Th* Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. They are
Courts of
n o Indian ^ Commits
SmT SfS g; to he eonstitution of Bar
,
*?
Council, for th
' f
^
appointed
non-officials
by
of
Government,
standing, the
selected from
detailed work
d ne by deputy sheriffs, who are officers
of the Court.
2
Law Reports.
The Indian Law Reports are now published
e en 3e ries Calcutta,
ah l l ,
Allahabad
Madras, Bombay,
Patna, Lahore and Rangoon
Composition of the Bar under the authority of the Governor-
General-in-Council. They contain cases de-
termined by the High Court and by the
Judicial
Committee on appeal from the particular
court. Ihese appeals raise questions
High
of very
great importance, and the
Council of Law
Lie porting for England
and Wales show their
appreciation by printing the Indian
Appeals
r a t0 olm e ' ar d have also compiled
V\nSn f T
f J A? PPals
dian !
covering the period
'
i*iA i2o?
1874-1893. The other Provinces and States
S^tî^^^'-*?opnB
One typical musrationâTbe^rted extent. have Sseries of reports issued
<^1 under the authority
4""&ea. Attach- either of the
1 Judiciary or the State
. .
Legislative Power. principal provinces. Their constitution and

The supreme power of Parliament to legislate functions are fully described in detailing the
for the whole of India cannot
powers of the Imperial and Provincial Councils
m practice, however, this power beis little
questioned fq.v.). To
used:
meet emergencies the Governor-
there being a majority of officials on the Im- General is vested with the power of issuing
perial
Legislative Council a majority deli- ordinances, having the same force as Acts of
berately reserved in the India Councils Act of the Legislature, but they can remain in force
1909 the Secretary of State is able to impose for only six months. The power is very little
his will on the Government of India and to used. The Governor-General-in-Council is
secure the passage of any measure he may frame, also empowered to make regulations, having
regardless of the opinion of the Indian author- all the cogency of Acts, for the more backward
ities. Legislative Councils have been estab- parts of the country, the object being to
bar the operation of the general law and
shed both for the whole of India and for the
permit the application of certain enactments only.
Bengal Judicial Department

Derbyshire, The Hon'ble Sir Harold, Kt k c uv Chief Justice.
,
Bar-at-Law.
Mukharji, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Manmatha Nath, Kt Puisne Judge
M.A., BL.
CosteUo, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Leonard Wilfred James

Do.
M.A., il.b., Bar-at-Law.
Lort-Williams, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice John, k.c. Do.
Jack, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Robert Ernest, i.c.s.
Do.
Mitter,The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Dwarkanath, m.a., d.l. Do.
Ghose, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Sarat Kumar ma Do.
i.O.s.
Panckridge, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Hugh Rahere
Do.
Bar-at-Law.
Patterson, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice David Clarke, i.o.s.
Do.
Ameer Ali, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Torick, Bar-at-Law. Do.
Ghosh, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Mahim Chandra I c
s Do.
Bar-at-Law.
Guha, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Surendra Nath, J\
Do.
Bahadur.
Bartley, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Charles,
i.c S Bar Do.
at-Law.
McNair, The Honb'le Mr. Justice George Douglas Bar
Do.
at Law.
Cunliffe, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice T. R. E.
Cunliffe Kt Do.
Bar-at-Law.
Ali, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Syed Nasim
Do. Additional.
Henderson, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Allen Gerald
Do.
Mitter, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Roopendra
Coomar Do.
Asoke Kumar Roy, Bar-at-Law
Advocate General.
Bose, S. M., Bar-at-Law
Standing Counsel.
Basu, A. K., Bar-at-Law .
'Government Counsel,
Hodson, S. S.
overnment Solicitor,
Edgley, N. G. A., i.c.s.
uperintendent and Remembrancer of
Legal Affairs and Judicial Secretary
to Government. On leave from 2nd
to 26th January 1935.
Roxburgh, T. J. Y., c.i.e., i.c.s.
(Officiating).
Khundkar, N. A., Bar-at-Law Deputy Superintendent and Remem-
brancer of Legal Affairs.
Basak, Dr. Sarat Chandra . . . Senior Government Pleader.
Sadhu, Rai Tarak Nath, Bahadur, c.l.E Public Prosecutor in the Courts of the
Presidency Magistrates in Calcutta.
Sen, Binod Chandra Junior Public Prosecutor, Calcutta.
Mitra, Sarat Kumar Editor of Law Reports.
Collet,Mr. A. L Registrar (Original Side).
Ghatak, N., m.b.e., Bar-at-Law Master and Official Referee.
Banarji, Sachindra Nath
Assistant Master and Referee.
Laws and the Administration of Justice.
455
Ghosh, M., Bar-at-Law
J.
Registrar in Insolvency.
Mitra, Kanai Lai
Deputy Registrar.
Palsett, F Assistant Registrar.
Das-Gupta, Manmatha Bhusan, m.a., .L.
:
Do.
Ahmad, O. U., m.a. (Cal.), ll.b. (BcJ.) Bar-at-Law
Do.
De, Jatindranath
Do.
Ghatak, Niroj Nath, Bar-at-Law
Do.
Sen-Gupta, Subodh Chandra
Do.
Badr-ud-Din Ahmad, Khan Bahadur., b. Secretary to the Hon'ble Chief Justice
and Head Clerk, Decree Department
Moses, O., Bar-at-Law (Officiating).
Clerk of the Crown for Criminal Sessions.
Hindley, N. L., m.a., i.c.s.
Registrar and Taxing Officer, Appellate
D'Abrew, P. A. Jurisdiction.
Deputy Registrar.
Badr-ud-Din Ahmad, 'Khan Bahadur, b. Assistant Registrar, Appellate Side,
English Office. (Officiating Secretary
Young, to the Hon'ble Chief Justice).
J. J.
(Officiating).
Young, J. j.
Assistant Registrar (Paper Book and
Basu, Anukul Chandra Accounts Departments).
(Officiating).
Chakrabatti, Bijay Krishna
Senior Bench Clerk and ex-officio Assis-
tant Registrar, Appellate Side. (On
Morgan, probation).
C. Carey .
Administrator-General and Official

Surita, O. R. Trustee.
Deputy Administrator-General and Offi-
Falkner, George McDonald, cial Trustee.
Bar-at-Law Official Assignee.
Mukharji, Kanti Chandra (Advocate)
Official Receiver.
Bombay Judicial Department.

B
Tc~)
Bla^well,
^H "' ble 8
* J *.'
Kt K.c, m.a .,, Chief Justice.
The Honb'le Mr. Justice Cecil Patrick, Bar-at- 1 Puisne Judge.
he H n ble Ml
'
Sajbl - "ar, b.a., ll.b.

%T-atfik w -
Do. (On leave).
B The H n '
blC Ml JuSeice J{ Bar-at

Lawffcs
'-
' > Do.
~n mm
ZT*' 1^ ^
n '
ble Mr 3 USf i, e Jamshedji
y^s^^v^
l>
Do.
-
-
.
Kenneth > Do.

Ka ThG H n ble Mr
'
S,
D
-
Jusfcice Harilal Jaykisandas Do. (On leave).
a he H n ble Mr>
'
JU8tice Har ^hbhai Vajubhar

M i?LL B Do.
Wd k0n '
Mr JU8tiCe Na0r j i ^hangir, Bar-at-

ble
I aw| ^s
Macklin, The Hon. Mr. Justice
'
Do.
A. S. R i c s ,
Do.
H
b jl he n ble Mr JuSti0e
'
F B*' M.A., Bar-aV-Law \
r
Chitre, 'I
The Hon. Mr. Justice A. A.
' ' '.
Do. (Offg. Addl. Judge).
Kemp, Kenneth Mc t, Bar-at-Law Do. (Acting).
Sen, K. C, t.c.s. Advocate General.
,
Louis Walker, G. Remembrancer of Legal Affairs.

Government Solicitor and Public Pro-
Vakil, J. H.,
Bar-at-Law secutor.
O'Gorman, G. C, Bar-at-Law Clerk of the Crown.
i
Editor, Indian Law Reports.
Mallabari, Khan Bahadur P. B Bar-at-Law
'
Abuvala, N. B.
,
" Official Assignee.
Vesuvala, N. A. Deputy Official Assignee. (On leave).

Vaidya, G. A. 1st Assistant to Official Assignee.
2n
Shingne, Dewan Bahadur Padmanabh Bhaskar,
A^ 85lstailt to Official
Officiating 1st Assistant.
Assignee,
ll.b. Government Pleader, Bombay.
. .
Lobo, C. M. } ll.b. Government Pleader and Public Prose-

cutor, Karachi.
Mitchell, H. C. B. Administrator-General and Official
Trustee, in addition to his duties as
Registrar of Companies.
Ranchhodbhai Bhaibabhai Patel, R. B., m.a., ll.b. Bar- Prothonotary and Senior Master.
at-Law.
G. R. Khairaz Master and Registrar in Equity and
Commissioner for taking Accounts and
Local Investigator.
Vakil, H. A., Bar-at-Law Master and Assistant Prothonotary.
Sequeira, A. F., b.a. ll.b., Attorney-at-Law
, Taxing Master.
S. J. Bahimtoola, b.a., ll.b., Bar-at-Law Insolvency Registrar.
Tahir Ali Fatehi, ll.b First Assistant Master.
Majumdar, J. H., Bar-at-Law 2nd Assistant Master.
Nakra, N. B., K. S 3rd Assistant Master.
Gadre, J. G Associate.
Mahadevia, m.a., ll.m. Do. (Officiating).
Ayyar, A. R. N Officiating Associate.
Kirtikar, A. H., Bar-at-Law
Do.
Shapurji Bahamanji Billimoria, Sir, Kt., m.b.b. Sheriff.
Nemazie, M. K. Deputy Sheriff.
Bavdekar, 11. S., b.a. (Bombay, Cantab.), i.c.s. Registrar, High Court, Appellate Side.
Dhirajlal Lalbhai Mehta, b.a., ll.b. Deputy Registrar and Sealer, Appellate
Side, and Secretary to Rule Committee
Athalye, K. A., b.a., ll.b. .
Assistant Registrar.
COURT OF THE JUDICIAL COMMISSIONER OF SIND.

G. F. S. Collins, i.c.s.
Judicial Commissioner of Sind.
Rupchand Bilaram, b.a., ll.b. Additional Judicial Commissioner of
Sind.
Mehta, Dadiba, C, m.a., ll.b. Additional Judicial Commissioner of
Sind. (Officiating).
flaveliwala, m.a., Bar-at-Law Additional Judicial Commissioner of
Sind. (Officiating).
COURT RECEIVER AND LIQUIDATOR AND ASSISTANTS.

Wadia, H. H., m.a., Bar-at-Law Court Receiver and Liquidator.
Chinoy, A. F. J., ll.b. First Assistant to do.
Appabhai G. Desai, Bar-at-Law Second Assistant to do.
Engineer, S. E., b.a., ll.b. .
Third Assistant to do.
Madras Judicial Department.

Beasley, The Hon'ble Justice Sir H. O. C, Kt., Chief Justice.
Bar-at-Law.
Ramesatfi; The Hon'ble Sir V., Kt. Judge.
Venkatasubba Rao,
b.a., b.l.
The Hon'ble Mr. Justice M , Do.
Madhavan Nair, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice C, Bar-at-Law Do.

Jackson, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice G. H. B., i.c.s. Do. (On leave).
Panduranga Row, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, i.c.s., Do.
Curgenven, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice A. J., I.c.s. Do.
Cornish, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice H. D. . Do.
Sundaram Chetti, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice K., Diwan Do. (On leave),
Bahadur.
Stone,The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Gilbert Do.
Walsh, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice E. P Do.
of Justice.
457
Varadachari, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice
S. Rao Bahadur
'Judge. ,
Lakshmana Rao, K. P. The Hon'ble Mr. Justice

5
Vere Mockett, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Do.

Burn, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice S., i.c.s. .
Do.
King, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice A. J., I
Do.
i.c.s.
Krishnaswami Ayyar, Sir Alladi, Kt'., b.a., b.l. '.
Do.
Rangaswami Ayyangar, S., b.a., b.l.
'.
Advocate-General.
Small, H. M. Administrator-General.
Nayudu, Venkataramana Rao P., Rao Government Solicitor.
Bahadur, b.a Government Pleader.
Rama Rao, K. W.
Bewes, L. H., Advocate .
'
Law Reporter.
.
Aingar, R. N., Bar-at-Law Public Prosecutor.

.
E Tndian LaW Rep0rts

Series.
Maclras
Rajagopalan, G., b.a., m.l.
Viswanatha Ayyar, A. S., b.a., Law Reporter.
b.l.
Sesha Ayengar, K. V.
Do. t
Secretary, Rule Committee.

Balasundaram Nayudu, M.
Sheriff of Madras.
Anantaraman, T. S.
White, G. S. Crown Prosecutor.
. . ] [ " Registrar, High Court.
Srinivasa Ayyar
Appa Rao, D., Bar-at-Law 2nd Assistant Registrar,
Original Side
Master, High Court.
Satyamurti Aiyar, R,, m.a., m.l.
'
Deputy Registrar, Appellate Side
Sankaranarayana, B. C, m.a., l'l.bV,
Bar-at-Law Official Referee.
Ganapathi, K. 3ST., Bar-at-Law
1st Assistant Registrar,
Jayaram Ayyar, R,, m.a., b.l. Original Side
Assistant Registrar, Appellate
Side
Assam Judicial Department.

Lethbridge, M. H. B., T.c.s..
.
Officiating Secretary to Government
Legis ative Department,
!
Secretary to the Assam

and OfficS
Legislative
Council, Superintendent
and Remem-
brancer of Legal Affairs,
AdiSnStm-
Ass"am
neral fficial
"** Tru ^"
Lodge, Ronald Francis, i.c.s.
District and Sessions Judge,
to Assam
Masih, Syed Mahomed, Bar-at-Law Valley Districts. '
Ghosh, Praphullah Krishna.

D t
Cach ar
and SeSSi nS Jlldge
'
S ^ Jhet ^
Mukhar-ji, Satya Charan
1 AddiUonal Jud
Cachar ^> Sylhet and
Barua, Srijut Jogendra Nath .
Temporary Additional District and

Barua, Iswar Prasad SesHons Judge, ABsamVallÎWtetriS?
. Second Additional Judge,
. Assam Valley'.
Bihar and Orissa Judicial

Department.
Terrell, The Hon'ble Sir Courtney Kt
W '
n ble JustIce Alfr ^ William Ewart, Puisne Judg
Chief Justic
M
Baât-Law
^^:,^^^
Pazlali, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice
W
J ^
Saiyid,
Th
Bar-at-Law
Stewart, Do.
* KhK ESSE* ThG Hon '

ble Me Do.
Do.
7cV*?^ m
J
'
JllStiCe J0hn William, Do.
Dhavle, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice
Sankara Balaji, i.c.s.. . Do.
Agarwala The Hon'ble Mr. Justice

, Clifford Manmohan, Puisne Judge.
Bar-at-Law.
Sukhdev Prashad Varma, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, Bar- Do.
at-Law.
Francis, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice George Rowland Do. Acting Additional.
Meredith, J. R., i.c.s. Begistrar.
Ramesh Chandra, Mitra Deputy Begistrar.
Naresh Chandra Bay, M.A., b.l Assistant Begistrar.
Budra Prasanna Misra, b.l. Assistant Begistrar, Orissa Circuit Court,
Temporary Additional Munsif of
Cuttack, in addition to his own duties.
Saiyid Sultan Ahmad, Sir, Kt., Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Saiyid Jaffar Imam, Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Assistant
Bai, Guru Sharan Prashad Government Pleader.
Burma Judicial Department.
Page, The Hon'ble Sir Arthur, K.c. Chief Justice, Bangoon.

Bu, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Mya, Bar-at-Law Judge, do.
Baguley, The Hon"ble Mr. Justice John Minty, Bar-at Do. do.
Law, i.c.s.
Sen, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Surendra Nath, Bar-at-Law Do. do.
Mosely, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice A. G.,. i.c.s. Do. do.
U., The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Ba, Bar-at-Law Do. do.
Leach, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Alfred Henry Lionel, Do. do.
Bar-at-Law.
Dunkley, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice H. F., Bar-at-Law, Do. do.
i.c.s.
Mackney, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Herbert Hoddy, i.c.s Do. do. (On leave).
Braund, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Henry Benedict Linth- Do. do.
waite, Bar-at-Law.
Eggar, A., M.A., Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Dun, XT Ba, Bar-at-Law Deputy Government Advocate and
Secretary to Burma Legislative Council.
Lambert, E. W., Bar-at-Law Assistant Government Advocate.
Byu, U Tun, Bar-at-Law Do. do.
Pe, U On., Bar-at-Law Administrator-General and Official
Trustee, Burma, and Official Assignee
and Beceiver, High Court, Bangoon,
(Officiating).
Thein, U Myint, m.a., ll.b., Bar-at-Law Public Prosecutor, Bangoon.
Tun, U Ba, Bar-at-Law Assistant Public Prosecutor, Bangoon.
Eusoof, Khan Sahib M., Bar-at-Law Public Prosecutor, Moulmein.
Lutter, Henry Millard, v.d Public Prosecutor, Mandalay. (On
leave).
Mitter, K. L., b.l Officiating Public Prosecutor, Mandalay,
and Kyaukse Districts.
Murphy, J. J. C., Bar-at-Law, r.c.s. Begistrar, High Court, Bangoon.
Goldsmith, W. S Begistrar, Original Side, High Court,
Bangoon.
Maung, U San, i.c.s Deputy Begistrar, General Department.
On, U Po (B.) Begistrar, Small Cause Court, Bangoon.
Hoke, B.A., b.l
Sein, L. First Deputy Begistrar.
Kirkham, G. P., b.sc, b.l Second Deputy Begistrar.
Kyan, L. Hone, b.l. 3rd Deputy Begistrar.
Thein, U Ba (5) Assistant Begistrar, Original Side.
Khin, Daw Me Me, b.l Assistant Begistrar, Original Side.
Kha, U Assistant Begistrar, Appellate Side.
Monteiro, R. P. W., b.l Assistant Registrar, Original Side
(Officiating).
of Justice.
459
Central Provinces Judicial
Macnair, Sir Kobect Hill, Bar-at*Law,
Department
Kt., i.o.s. Judicial Commissioner. (On leavp
Grilte, preparatory to retirement).
Frederick Louis, m.a. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, Officiating Judicial
Commissioner.
Subhedar, Ganpat Laxmah, Bar-at-Law
Niyogi, M. Additional Judicial Commissioner
Bhawani Shankar, m.a., ll b
Additional Judicial Commissioner
Staples, F. H
m.a. (Oxon.) Bar-at-Law,
r.C.S.,
j'p
a
Pollock, B. E.
;
Additional Judicial Commissioner
Additionai judidai
Gokhale, G. H., Bai Bahadur, b.a., ll.b Legal Remembrancer.
L)eo, V. N., b.sc, ll.b. (Officiating)
Lobo, P. Assistant Legal Bemembrancer
Burgress, G.,
Mehta, V. S.
i.c.s.
.
G
=f
Eegistrar.
Deputy
A
C0u ntir
te
^ ~**
I
Registrar.
Middleton,L t
""^ ^tment.
'
Mir Ahmad Khan, Qî, ' Comml^Joner.

K . S B t
'
|
Additional Judicial Commissioner.
Narain Dass L
I Registrar.
Ad
& K
(Aberd.)
T n '
ble
The Hon Wc Mr Justice '
JW*.
Mr -
Justice
'
Pun jab Judicial Department.
Cantab.),, Chief Justiee.
M.A., B.sc, Judge, High Court.

Tekchand, The Hon'ble Mr.
Justice Bakhshi, m.a., ll.b.,
Do.
Coldstream, The Hon'ble Mr.
Justice John, b.a. (Oxon.),
Do.
J L The H n '
ble Mr; Justice Rai Bahadur, b.a., ll.b.
1p b.). '
Do.
tSi,* H n '
ble JU3tlCe K ' "-A- (Pb.), Do.
Do.
Do.
Stamp, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice
V. W., m.a. (Manchester)
I.C.S. Do.
*"M),? ble Mr '

JUStiCC M V- - (Bombay and Additional Judge, High
Court.
Currie, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice M. M. L., b.a. (Oxon.), Do.
Hilton, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice (J. C, B.A. (Oxon) i c S President, Sikh Gardwara
A H0' WeMr Tribunal
bS -
Justi > "-A- (Cantab:), Additional Judge. High Court.
B n a The H U ble '
JusUce Kai Bahadur,

M ia b.). f
r '
Do.
Din Mohammad, The Hon'ble Mr
Bahadur, Shaikh, M.A., ll B (Pb ) ^
Tiih 0
Khan Do.
Blacker, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice H. A.C., b.a. (Cantab.),
Do.
Creagh Coen, Mr. T. B., m.a.
(Oxon.), j.c s
Webb, Mr. Kenneth Cameron Registrar.
Eanjit Eai, Lala, b.a., ll.b.

" Deputy Eegistrar.
(Pb.) Assist ant Eegistrar.
Evennettc, Mr. George Bertram
Charles
Elwin, Mr. E. J}., b.a. (Cantab.), Assistant Deputy Eegistrar.
i.c.s.
Shaukat Hussain, Sayad, b.a., ll.b. )'
\
Judge, Small Cause. Court, Simla.
(Pb Judge, Small Court, Lahore.
Mukerjee, Mr. E. A. N., m.a., ll.b.
(Vh'). Judge, Small Cause Court,"
Amritsar.
.
4 6o Laws and the Administration of Justice.
United Provinces Judicial Department.

HIGH COUE/T OF JUDICATURE AT ALLAHABAD.
Sulaiman, The Hon'ble Sir Shah Muhammad, Kt., m.a.. Chief Justice.
LL.D., Bar-at-Law.
Kendall, The Hon'ble Sir Charles Henry Bayley, Kt., J.P., Puisne Judge,
i.c.s.
Thorn, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice John Gibb, m.a., ll.b., Do.
D.S.O., M.C.
Niamat-Ullah, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, b.a., ll.b. Do.

Bennet, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Edward, b.a., ll.d., Do.
Bar-at-Law, j.p., r.c.S.
IqbalAhmad, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, b.a., ll.b. Do.
Kisch The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Barthold Schlesinger, b.a. Do.
CLE., J.P., I.C.S.
Harries, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Arthur Trevor, Bar-at- Do.

Law.
Rachhpal Singh, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, Rai Bahadur Do.
(Bar-at-Law).
Bajpal, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Uma Shankar, m.a., Do.
ll.b.
Collister, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Harold James, J.P. Additional Puisne Judge. (On leave.)
I.C.S.
Allsop, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice James Joseph Whittlesea Additional Puisne Judge.
J.P., i.c.s.
Ganga Nath, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, b.a., ll.b. Acting Additional Puisne Judge.
Joshi, Dr. Lachhmi Dat, Rai Bahadur, B.sc, ll.b.. Registrar (Offg.).
Bar-at-Law.
Edward Jervis
Mills, Stanley Deputy Registrar.
Bower, Denzil Mowbray Assistant Registrar.
Muhammad Ismail, Khan Bahadur, Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Wali-Ullah, Dr. M., m.a., b.c.l., ll.d., Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Assistant
Shankar Saran, m.a. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law Government Pleader.
Mukharji, Benoy Kumar, m.a., ll.b. Law Reporter.
Mukhtar Ahmad, b.a., ll.b. . . .... Assistant Law Reporter.
Carleton, Capt. K. 0., m.a. (Edin.), Bar-at-Law, m.l.c. Administrator-General and
.
Olhcial
Trustee.
CHIEF COURT OF OUDH AT LUCKNOW.

King, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Carleton Moss, CLE., j.p., Chief Judge.
I.C.S.
Srivastava, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Bisheshwar Nath, Judge.

b.a., ll.b., o.b.e.
Nanavutty, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Erach Manekshah, Do.

B.A., i.c.s.
Thomas, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice George Hector, Bar-at- Do.

Law.
Zia-ul-Hasan, The Hon'ble Mr. Justice, Khan Bahadur, Do.
B.A.
Upadhya, Rai Bahadur Pandit Manmatha Nath, B.A., Registrar.
LL.B.
Phillips, Samuel Deputy Registrar.
Gupta, H. S., Bar-at-Law Government Advocate.
Ghosh, Hemanta Kumar, Bar-at-Law Assistant Government Advocate.
Srivastava, Bishambhar Nath, Babu, B.A., llb.. Law Reporter.
461
00 rH
O h (M (M
J.CO Ol
N rj(
O 00 iO OS
CO -XO1C1
- 0 rH rH 1 J>
CO 00 1
I
CO^ OS iO iO rH 00 I>
OS m
00 rH ofco""co"co" o"
oo^cd rH rn co GO
co"i-"co"
NO-* rH rH OS CO
00 r|T
H CO
mOO
00 00 rH CO CO co" 00" co" co" m" i>" co" 1 ""
lOM^ 00 1> CO rH rH CO CO
co
m CO m
1
o"co"os"
rH CO
co"oo"
ION
^""roo" co t> os"o"os"
CO CO 1>
00 00O^Nl^(M
O CO 00 5D O O
-tÔ N CO 00 O COHN m CO m
"" "00"
oj o m o (M izTco O^gOOl^rHOS^CO
co "of'
CO 01 rH GO rH
iO 10
G
of of*
o co d a
1
co -h
o h co co m OS CO IN in OC1H rH rH
asp 01 10 co OS N rH rH O rH 00 CO IO
rH CO I> rH
a s
I - CO CO 00 Ol i-O I - CO m
lOCOCO I>1>1> 1> CO
CO I> oi co J> m co
1> rH 00 mt> rH 00
CO OJ co i> OJ 1>
OJ OJ CO Ol Ol Ol ofr-T
o- OJ 00 O iC N CS HN
CO CO
1> rH COH
CO 00 *<cH
CO rH CO
00 t CO X> CO
GO rH" os"oo" co"
CO rH OJ 00 CO lO'HN
CO O Ol Ol 00 CO OCMNOHCOCO
O CO CO rH CO Ol OS GO CO lO iO rH 00 m
OJ rH
Hoooôom OlOH CO rH rH t-i rH in
r>
t-
rH lO OS CO 00 rH Ol OS 00 in COO OCO i> m

O
rH CO 1> rH 00 OS rH CO OJ 00 CO rH 1-
CO^r-^rH in OS rH lO OS^t-H CO t- 00 00 co
rH m m
t>
l> rH
CO" CO" rjT Of C0"l>" rH" ""
k" to to rn"rH"co"
^cH rH CO 00 co" rn"
CO rH
CO
00 rH 00
I> 00

rH Ol rH
OS 1^
I
00 Ol CO CO 00
3T o ^ CO Ol rH CO CM iO OI
Ol rH CO l> rH CO CO
h co mo m rH
O0 00 CO
fH m
t> 1>" OO" CO" of rH" ^ "i-Tof
^
co co"
00 rH
iC-TrH
00 O
00 rH co"m"
OJ rH
rH rH
00 lO CO
00 co mm
00
m00 00
i>

CO

CO rH OJ
co 00 m
iH rH in I> X> rH 00
00 co
rH CO OS SB
rH" rn" " 1 n" Of rH" th"
co co HHQ

rH rH
(3 P3 001>00
m
CO rH CO l> rH
2 x c CO rH IO I> I>
OS OS rH Ol rH Of
rH CO CO rH OS
03 00
m
co P
m
OS CO CO OJ Ol rH 50^0 rH OS rH CO rH in rH
cd H 8
k o o 00"co"r-T Co"" oj m
m
00""" CO Ol
i> i> in rH m rH CO
CD
01 oi 01 OJ OJ OJ oi oi p
H P CD "- r*
IrH^
i> co >n
o\ o\ 01
-h co J^
01 Ol
OS OS m co u> A
! 3 OQ CD S3
r
_,
S co
(TO! O H
ec5
^ co Q0 CO O
r, m 1
* p
J W rH
d).TJ I fa li
s u O S a co a o i as
CD to !-> O 1
S o C
rH OJ CO rH in * I.-' 00* " rH Ol* CO* tH

462 The Police.
THE INDIAN POLICE.

Origins.
administrator
Corn wallis was thefirst Indian The C I. D. The Curzon Police Com-
to take the burden of policing the
country mission of 1902-3 modernised
offthe zemindars and to place it on police working
Government. He ordered the District Judges by providing for the direct enlistment
training of Educated Indians as
and
of Bengal in 1793 to open a Thana Police Station
(Police unicers, and by creating specialised
fetation) for every 400 square miles of their police
agencies under each Local Government
jurisdiction, and to appoint stipendiary Thana- for the
investigation of specialist and professional
dars (Police Station Officers) and subordinates.
crime. _ These agencies are known as
In Madras in 1816, Sir Thomas Munro took
Criminal
Investigation Departments and work under
superintendence of police out of the hands of the a Deputy Inspector- General. They collate
sedentary judges and placed it in the hands of the information about crime, edit the Crime
Gazette,
peripatetic Collector, who had the indigenous take over from the District Police
crimes
village police system already under his control. with ramifications into several jurisdictions,
In this way the Revenue Department controlled and they control the working of such scientific
the police of the districts and still to police developments as the Finger Print
some extent does so, especially in Bombay Identification Bureaux.
Presidency.
Headquarters and Armed Police.
In Khandesh from 1826-36 Outram of At the chief town of each District the
Mutiny fame showed how a whole time military has his office and also his Headquarter Police
DSP
commandant could turn incorrigible marau- .Lines and parade ground. This is the main
ders into excellent police ; and Sir George centre for accumulation and distribution to the
Clerk, Governor of Bombay in 1848, applied the Police Stations and Outposts of the District of
lesson by appointing full-time European Superin - clothing, arms, ammunition, and accoutrements.
tendents of Police in many Districts. Here are the Stores and the Armoury. Here
Madras had a torture scandal in 1853 which also constabulary recruits enlisted by the D S P
are taught drill, deportment, and
showed that 3 Collectors had no time for real duties and
are turned out to fill vacancies.
police superintendence in 1859 the principle of The Head-
;
full-time European superintendence was intro-

quarter Lines also contain the two hundred
duced in a Madras Act of that year and the control or so armed police who mount guard on
Treasuries in the District, and also provide
of the Collector was removed.
prisoner and treasure escort. Actually
The Mutiny led to general police overhaul form a small and mobile they
local army equipped
and retrenchment and the Madras Act was with muskets (single
loading) and bayonets.
mainly followed in India Act V of 1861, " An The most highly trained
section of them go
Act for the Regulation of Police", which still through a musketry course
governs police working everywhere in India 303 service rifles.
and are armed with
At most head-quarters,
except Madras and Bombay, which has its own but by no means all,
there is also a reserve
Police Act (IV of 1890). of mounted and armed police.
Working. Strictly speaking there is no Thanas and Thanadars.Almost through-
Indian Police. With the doubtful exceptions out India the popular terms for Police Station
of the Delhi Imperial Area Police, and the and Police Station Officer are "Thana" and
advisory staff of the Intelligence Bureau attached Thanadar." It is at the Police Station that
to the Home Department, the Government of the public are most in touch with the police and
India has not a single police officer directly under the police with the public. Whether it be in a
its control. The police provided for by the 1861 large city or in a mofussil hamlet the Thana is
Act is a provincialised police, administered by the place where people come with their troubles
the Local Government concerned, subject only and their grievances against their neighbours
"to the general control" of the Governor- or against a person or persons unknown. In
General. dealing with such callers, the Thanadar, who
Within the like police of all ranks, is supposed to be
Local Government area the always
police are enrolled and organised in on duty, is chiefly guided by the Fourteenth
District Chapter of the Code of Criminal Procedure,
forces, at the head of each of which is a
District and the Second Schedule at the end of that
Superintendent of Police with powers of enlist-
ment and dismissal of constabulary and Police Code. This schedule shows nearly all penal
;
Station Officers may also be dismissed by the offences and states whether or not they are
" cognisable by the police." The
fourteenth
Chapter lays down that a cognisable complaint
The D. S. P. is subject to dual control. must then and there be recorded, visited
Ihe force he commands is placed at the disposal and investigated. A non-cognisable complaint
of the District Magistrate for the merely noted in a separate book and the
enforcement is
of law and the maintenance of order in the complainant is told to go to court.
District
But the departmental working and efficiency
of the force is governed by a Police Prosecutors The complainant in a
departmental cognisable case not only has his complaint
hierarchy of Deputy Inspector- General of Police,
recorded but investigated without payment of
Inspector- General of Police, and Home Depart-
fee. If the Thanadar succeeds in establishing
ment. Generally speaking, the D. S. P. has to a
prima facie case against the accused, the pro-
correspond with his District Magistrate on secution in court is conducted free of charge
judicial and magisterial topics, and with
his by a police prosecutor, who is generally a junior
departmental chiefs on internal working of his
pleader, engaged by Government to' conduct
force.
police cases in the lower courts. Cases committed
The Police.
46 3
to the Sessions are conducted by the Public
The Commissioner of Police of a Presidency
Prosecutor or one of his Assistants, and the
Town is not the subordinate of the Provincial
reports of these officers and the comments
of Inspector-General of Police and
the judge are a means for the D. S. P. to know he deals direct
with Government, just as the Presidency
whether his Thanadars are doing their work
Magistrates deal directly with the High
properly. Court
Ihe Criminal Procedure Code of India is supersede
*
O u * Pos ts. When the Police Commission ed in the Presidency Towns by special police
of 1860 devised the plan of police that
still holds Acts which prescribe police procedure. Justice
the field, they laid down two criteria of
the in criminal cases in Presidency Towns is some-
numbers required. One was one policeman what rough and ready, not only from
this cause
per square mile the other was one per thousand but also because Presidency
;
Magistrates can
of population. In towns it is well enough to give upto six months or Us. 200 fine summarily
have the available police concentrated at the i.e without formal record of proceedings
police station. But in the mofussil the Thana f n whi PPing or fine up to Us. 200 is
is very often fifty miles i ? , y
distant from portions inflicted there need be not even any statement
of its jurisdiction. It is in such cases profitable of reasons for the conviction.
to detach a portion of the police station
strength Round Figures The process of reorgani-
under a head constable to man an outpost where
sation and retrenchment goes on
complaints can be received and investigation ceaselessly
begun without the injured party having to annual administration reports for the ten major
undertake a long journey to the distant Thana. provinces and four minor administrations ap-
ihe secret of good mofussil police working in peared tardily, and there are no unified statistics
normal times is dispersion. A single policeman for the police of India and Burma. The following
however junior, represents the rule of law and figures are therefore merely to be regarded as
is an agent of Government. approximations, giving a general idea of the
numbers of police and the volume of work put
The Chain of Promotion Ordinarily through yearly : There are about 25,000 Military
the constable may aspire to become a jamadar Police, chiefly in Burma,
Assam, and Bengal
or with ability and luck, a Police Station
Officer and these cost about one crore. The mainten-
or even Inspector. The directlv recruited ance of them is a departure from the principles
matriculate who comes in through the
Police laid down by the 1860 Commission and the
Training School as a Thanadar may
ordinarilv 1861 Act.
become an Inspector or a Deputy Superin- I
tendent, or exceptionally a Superintendent. Provincial Police including Burma total

TheI
direct Deputy, an office reserved for

Indians about 200,000 and cost eleven and a half crores
has a good chance of becoming Superintendent', or an average of over one crore
per maior
and perhaps Deputy Inspector- General. J
The Province.
direct Assistant Superintendent,
whether from There are about 10,000 Thanas
England, or from India, is sure of a Superinten- or Police
dentship, and has chances of D. I. Stations which annually investigate from
five
years' service. The period of service for
G after 25 to six thousand murders, four thousand
all ranks dacoities, twenty-five
for full pension is thirty years, and thousand cattle thefts, one
if an officer hundred and seventy thousand
dies in the process of earning full ordinary thefts
pension his and as many burglaries. They
pension dies with him and all his place on trial every
.
dependents year about three-quarters of a million

get his provident fund. persons,
Presidency Police. In the Presidency The jail
whom about half a million or more are convictedof
Towns there is unified police control for population of India, which is over a
the hundred thousand, consists of many
I once Commissioner is responsible habituals
for both who on release proceed
law and order and for departmental to prey on the public
training s until such time as the police again secure their
and efficiency.
conviction and incarceration
Statement (1) " Military Police " for 1932.
Assam Rifles.
Commandants. Assist. Sub. and Ha v. and 0 Cost.

Comm. Jam. Naiks.
(
Sepoys. Total.
Es.
4 14 67
. 340 3,060 3,485 16,20,755
East ern Front ier Rifles (Bengal Battn).
1 3 16 70 753 843 4,00,159
Bihar and Oris sa.
13 51 415 479 2,79,700
11
Burma Military Police.
41 288 1,040 10,947 12,327 75,88,660
Baluchist an Mtlita ry Police.
5 6 234 528 4,087 4,860 24,68,556
464 The Police.
0( OS
2,091.
1,265.
860
2,622 1,064 1,370 1,659 1,439 1,450
1,035
to to to to to to to to
390,62
to to
to
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
t- qS .
I> CO S r-K r-K 0>.
. C9- '
4
jh.c<i
00000 00000 io to r- 05 10 c4 rj" co
0
-4-2
CO*
CO
00
24,13,227 81,47,468 56,61,879
34,02,713
1,67,49,182
1,32,01,162 1,25,96,282
Rs. 1,58,88,442
1,17,90,996 1,42,00,135
to
0
0
4,389
24,511 14,455 24,086
7,619
13,352 11,312 28,169 22,770 33,637
184,300
j
3,494
19,650 9,548 8,602 6,574
11,458 18,004 28,664
23,283 18,166
saiq^suoo 147,443
529
773
2,612 1,548 5,022 1,579 1,730 2,871 3,483
2,533
22,680
^ tH CO tH CO O
CM
rH^J 00
CO
279 821 733 748 204 841

1,158 1,839
sioqo9dsni-qng 1 1,411
2,022
11,056
SJO)09dSUI
^^ôooi^^cocoal j
"5 "* - 55 jr4 CO IS CO \Q V* -
k
1,685
aoiioj jo sûap
U9?uu9dns itynd9Q[
SS^S^^^ÔOtO
tH <M <M CO to tH ,_, ^ ^ 0
co
CO
89 ncT jo s^ngpag^
uii9dng û^sissy
tH^cMtHCOtHCO 00
CO
CO
S4U9pu9ÛTI9dllg ^^^^^(MCO coS CO

<N
CO
S[13J9U9O-JO)09dS
ai ^ndgQ; puu Hj' > *o , ,'6 ; ^1 N .1 H ^ ^
sp?i9U9ic) -jopgdsui
(exclud-
(excluding
(excluding
Bombay.)
Calcutta.) Rangoon.)
Assam
Bengal
Bihar
Bombay
ing Burma Madras
Punjab P
CP
U.
The Police.
4^5
STATISTICS OF POLICE WORK.

The undesirability of attaching undue im- into account the differences in the condition
portance to statistical results as a test of the under which the police work : and, it may be
merits of police work was a point upon added, they can at the be.^t indicate only very
which considerable stress was laid by the imperfectly the degree of success witn which
Indian Police Commission, who referred to the the police carry out that important branch
evils likely to result from of
the prevalence their duties, which consists in the
among subordinate officers of an impression prevention
of crime. These considerations have been
that the advancement of an officer would emphasised m recent orders of the Govern-
depend upoD his being able to show a high ment of India. Subject to these observations
ratio of convictions, both to cases and by me figures below may be given as some
persons arrested, and a low ratio of crime. indication of the volume of work falling
The objection applies more particularly upon
to the the police, and of the wide differences between
use of small areas
statistics for but they ; the conditions and the statistical results
cannot properly be used as a basis of com- in
different provinces. They are statistics
parison even for larger areas without taking of cog-
nizable crime
|
Number
in custo-
Number Number Numbe r dy pend-
pending Number of Number acquitte 1 ing trial
Administrations. from reported ii persons convicted. or dis- or investi-
previous the year. tried. charged gationor
year.
on bail at
end of
) year.
Bengal 8,487 222,331
f
201,822 1 187,364 14,458 9,625

1
.biiiar and Orissa 2,897 46,478 35,424 '27,267

j
8,157 4,682
United Provinces 12.081 134,977 107,105 93,191 13,914 15,333
Punjab 10,489 66,060 71,196 45,425 25,736 5,494
.
18,764 12,652 6,112 1,916
6,932 73,434 74 946 48,842 26,104 5,232
Central Provinces and Berar 3,259
.
45,035 26,820 16,663 5,849 4,308
Assam 393 14 141
1 10,735 7,019 3,717 1,900
Ajmer-Merwara 372 5,444 4,032 3,82* 208 420
Coorg 138 530 625 311 154 158
Madras 15,732 195,129 185,444 167,907 17,537 6,179
Bombay .
8,833 129,926 137,344 114,846 22,498 12,376
Baluchistan 139 3,512 3,141 2,788 340 302
Delhi
392 7,278 6,298 5,072 1,226 171
Total, 1932 73,455 955,993

.
883,696 733,171 146,010 68,096
ri93i .. 03,396 938,041 819,382 670,885 144,723 83,969

1930 , 70,759 898,977 795,456 657,044 134,176 78.309
1929 07,540 1,018,522 867,949 730,459 134,529 71^45
1928 .
63,079 941,955 797,866
TOTALS 661,755 133,268 68,233
1927 .
57,630 886,675 738,856 602,956 132,313 63,5 50
1.926 . 57,412 858,777 711,493 582,34(i 126,215 61,607
1925 . 56,554 877,780 712,697 578,908 176,423 56,336
1924 . 54,997 887,747 703,553 570,729 130,112 51,490
1923 56,314 846,664 649,101
1
521,861 124,821 50,604
1
466 The Police.
IO 00 00 o o
panre^qo <N 01
woo
(MH
iO
CO rH ^ U0
n Oi co
CO GO CO
lO>
tOI>
lOO COrHCONOCOOOt-0
COiOO-*cMOOCMOO
rH H^ CO
th OHîOcO^t^cOOOTr
2 1*7 .2 d rH~TH~O^Co"ofrH~rH~rH""c'
CM 01 CM 01 Ol CM Ol Ol Ol
1/0 t>-
iO co
o rHCMOOOrHCOOOCM
co 8 S3 So 3 3 S^ZSS CM 00
000000OHrH01Nr
"cHiOOOONCOrHOOr
paup^qo o^ oo co co oi
OHM
i CO
0 uo io lO ^ _i o 00 N G ^ O N Tf
uoi? 00 O
HH
!>
O l> rH
I - CM Ol OC CM
^
9, rH
<
iO Ol
rH CM
rHCOO!Ol"<cHOH>CO0~
O^COÛO tÔ CO
-01AUO0 ^ rH CM~CO~of

cm Tf i>Tco'
< , >
r-H
,
I>
oo' i> oo' o"i>
COCOOOCOCOCOCOCOCO
pajioda-jj i
MXNHH 111 3i?2f *
croom^h
CO
"
r~l
WMO
*
^ NO~CoT
Hri r-i CM
i
rpanrajqo
H* CO CO
00 t#
No
U0
rH (MCOOOOIOOCOCO
<M 00 JO 00
00 NN O.H* CO CO CM CO
iO -H* CO iO ifi CO
n n go~ ao nn n co" cp
CM CMHNOO
00 CM O
1CO 1
CO
0 rH
1
1 CM
CO-*
I>-
CO 01
-rj<
1
CO
00
2 S ^2 < <o
'pacjJoda'g ^rHr-^COH^COOltOOC
S iff fif 0 *"* ***
r-
OlOlOlOlOlOlOlCMro
:
I'panre^qo 00 CO o 00 CO CO O ^ i>
noi; CO INN I> 1> t> 00 0C
lOCO MNCCM^ -h7o S 0~CoT cooocooocooonoc
OlONCO
o co O
pavoda'jj CM CO CM CO
o ooq cm co rt<
o t^Tco" co"co~coTofTjTTf
pam^qo rH22 < 15 oo~cT5oloro~ ococooooLOooiocr
r ? c*
l R. '"I
O CM CM O GO CO CO
t>
>5
HÔ CO OO rH CO Ol
tO CM 00 H* 5r
rHCMCO rH r-T ^T^f
-oiaooo
U a3 co
OO
O CO CO (> 00 Ol Ol rH GO <^ CO 00 O rH CO rH iCo:
00 01 O iO O CO
pagoda's
r-l ICO
CO CO uo O CM CO iO o MOOJOSHQOOffir
NW-*NOON>Or-
H CO CM NH
panre^qo 2 9"?NC0i000OC0CC
2? ^ 04 00 10 <M CM CO
9 5S
CM
ONQO OO^N N CO CO
rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH r
-oiAiioo
^ CO CM
CON
rH LO
CO O] N O CO 00
rH CO CO
co o o rH
o cm co a c o
O CO 1>
r-l
10 oi co co
p9QI0d9'}J
rH rH ^ QONH^HHOqoÔOOX
N N co co^co co'coîo'ioîr:
I
paup^qo jH 00 00 00 CO
W^CTf 00NNCO
lo w co ^r^s OOOCONiOHH
CO ^00 CO O CM CM O
C'J
IC5
-a 1 a 003
CO N lO uo io"io"io" >
ir5
>
^'
O CO CO-T rH O
oo HHOQ0-* Ô(MONC0(MHi
paîoda'g
O 01 00 00 co oi ffiHiONQiCJHNN
. "5,N OC3JNH CM N
rH C\TrH N- N CO -r" uO H^ lO IO
Oo N
rH 00 co* 10" CO
cm
CO
ô^
ooOOOOo
OS ?
o-i cm 01 oi 01
C5 rH rH rH rH rH rH r-l rH r-
as s fg sr 1
g Xi o h
s
III
I
Jail Administration.
467
JAILS.
I .Tailadministration in India is regulated to all India legislation.
[generally by the Prisons Act of 1894, and by The obvious advisa-
bility of proceeding along certain general lines
> rules issued under it by the Government of of uniform application led lately to the appoint-
rindia and the local governments. The punishment of a Jails' Committee, which conducted
Jments authorised by the Indian Penal Code for the first comprehensive survey of Indian prison
.convicted offenders include transportation, administration which had been made for thirty
rpenai servitude, rigorous imprisonment (which years. Stress was laid by the Committee
may include short periods of solitary confine- upon the necessity of improving and increasing
Iment), and simple imprisonment. Accom- existing jail accommodation of recruiting a
;
fmodation has also to be provided in the jails better class of warders ; of providing educa-
tfor civil and under-trial prisoners. tion for prisoners and of developing prison
;
The origin of all jail improvements in India industries so as to meet the needs of the con-
I
în recent years was the Jail Commission of suming Departments of Government. Other
^1889. The report of the Commission, which important recommendations included the sepa-
^consisted of only two members, both officials ration of civil from criminal offenders ; the
serving under the Government of India, is adoption of the English system of release on
;
'
extremely long, and reviews the whole question license in the case of adolescents; and the
of jail organization and administration in the creation of children's courts. The Committee
lminutest detail. In most matters the Com- found that the reformative side of the Indian
mission's recommendations have been accept- system needed particular attention. They
ed and adopted by Local Governments, but recommended the segregation of habituals
in various matters, mainly of a minor charac- from ordinary prisoners the provision of sepa-
;
ter, their proposals have either been rejected

rate accommodation for prisoners under trial;
ab initio as unsuited to local conditions, aban- the institution of the star-class system and ;
doned as unworkable after careful experiment the abolition of certain practices which are
liable to harden or degrade the prison popula-
or accepted in principle but postponed for the
present as impossible. tion.
Employment of Prisoners. The work
The most important of all the recommenda- on which convicts are employed is mostly
tions of the Commission, the one that might in carried on within the jail walls,
but extra-
fact be described as the corner stone of their mural employment on a large
scale is some-
report, is that there should be in each Presi- times allowed, as, for example, when
a large
dency three classes of jails in: the first number of convicts were employed in excavating
place, large central jails for convicts sentenced the Jhelum Canal in the Punjab. Within the
to more than one year's imprisonment se- walls prisoners are employed on jail service acd
;
condly, district jails, at the headquarters of repairs, and in workshops. The main
principle
districts; and, thirdly, subsidiary jails and laid down with regard to jail manufactures is
lock-ups for under-trial prisoners and that the work must be penal and industrial.
convicts sentenced to short terms of imprison- The industries are on a large scale, multifarious
ment. The jail department in each province employment being condemned, while care
Is under the control of an Inspector-General is taken that the jail shall not compete
; with
he is generally an officer of the Indian Medical local traders. As far as possible industries
are
Service with jail experience, and the Superin- adapted to the requirements of the
consuming
rendents of certain jails are usually recruited public departments, and printing,
tent-making,
from the same service. The district jail is under and the manufacture of clothing are among
the
the charge of the civil surgeon, and is frequently commonest employments. Schooling
is con*
inspected by the district magistrate. The statf fined to juveniles; the experiment of
teaching
under the
Superintendent includes, in large adults has been tried, but literary instruction
central jails, a Deputy Superintendent to supei is unsuitable for the class of persons who fill
vise the jail manufactures, and in all central an Indian jail.
and district jails one or more subordinate
medical officers. The executive staff consists The conduct of convicts iu jail is generally
of jailors and warders, and convict petty officers good, and the number of desperate characters
are employed in all central and district among them is small. Failure to perform the
jails
the prospect of promotion to one cf these posts allotted task is by far the most common offence
being a strong inducement to good behaviour In a large majority of cases ihe punishment
A Press Note issued by the Bombay Govern- inflicted is one of those classed as ** minor."
ment in October, 1915, says :* The cadre and Among the "major" punishments fetters take
emoluments of all ranks from Warder to Super- the flist place. Corporal punishment is indict-
intendent have been repeatedly revised and ed in relatively few cases, and the number is
altered in recent years. But the Department steadily falling. Pimishmeuts were revised as
is not ab all attractive in its lower grades. the result of the Commission of 1889. Two
The
two weak spots in the jail administration at notable punishments then abolished were sliav-
the moment are the insufficiency of ing the heads of female prisoners and the stocks.
Central The
Prisons and the difficulty of obtaining good latter, which was apparently much prac-
and tised in Bombay,
sufficient warders." was described by the Commis-
sion as inflicting exquisite torture. Punish-
The Jails Committee. Since the intro- ments are now scheduled and graded into major
duction of tiie reformed constitution the mainte- and minor. The most difficult of all jail pro-
nance of the Indian Prisons falls within the blems is the internal maintenance of order
sphere of provincial Governments and is subject I
among the prisoners, for which purpose paid
V w
468 Transportation and the Andamans.
e and convict warders are employed
Xr*!:!? i?
With this is bound up the question of a B k 1922 (pa ^ es 670-671). A
special m,mh!r
number of reforms
, '
were
class of well-behaved prisoners
which was tried to financial stringency, advocated but, owing
from 1905 onwards in the Thana Jail. j it has not vet been
possible to introduce some of
Juvenile Prisoners. As regards " youth- portant of them.
:
the more im-m

ful offenders" i.*., those below
the age of 15
the law provides alternatives to imprisonment, nd S ort Sentences.Those sec
and it is strictly enjoined that boys shall tinn^nf
tions ?K
of the T 5
not be Indian Penal Code, under which
sent to jail when they can be dealt
with other- imprisonment must be awarded when fcon vie
wise, ihe alternatives are detention in a
reformatory school for a period of from rtr l i
T
UTS Sh uld be a^nded so
as to give
three to discretion to the court. Sentences of irapri-
m,^\ for Iess than twenty-eiaht days
seven years, but not beyond the
discharge after admonition; delivery
age of 18:
to the
parent or guardian on the latter executing
^
should be prohibited.
y
a
bond to be responsible for the good behaviour e
of trie culprit ? and whipping by tP^ ndeterininat
i e Sentences. The sen-
ery lo n .g- .term Prisoner should
way of school brought ,^J
brnnah? be
S^
.
discipline under revision, as soon as the prisoner

The question of the treatment of "young S d U t e seDtence in the caseP of
adult prisoners has in recent years received
n Ual l
?
d * w^- thirds
the
of the sentence
much attention. Under the Prisons Act, lTt"h^? '* S.
the habituaI remission earned
soners below the age of 18 must be kept
pri- Z ?
being counted
f
m each case. The revision should
-
separate
from older prisoners, but the recognition by a Revisin S Boa rd, composed
principle that an ordinary jail is
of the of fEPS^K
e I Spector n "
General of Prisons, the Ses-
place for adolescents (other
not a fitting ?L^
T 5
sions Judge and a non-official. In all cases,
than youthful the release of a prisoner on parole
habituals) who are over 15, and should be made
therefore in- subject to conditions, breach of
eligible for admission to the which would
reformatorv school render him liable to be remanded
has led Local Governments to consider to undergo
for going beyond this by treating
schemes the full original
young adults sentence. The duty of
on the lines followed at Borstal, and seeing that a prisoner fulfils
considerable the conditions on
progress has been made in this direction. which he was released should not
Li be imposed
1905, a special ciass for selected juveniles th e ce or upon the village headman,
young aaults was established at the Dharwar aD d hEFL
but PJi .
special officers, to be termed parole

officers
Bombay ; in 1908 a special juvenile ap Pinted for the purpose. These
jai lo

parolef offi
officers should possess a good
R ,. penjail
the Meiktiia
ed at Ali Pore in Bengal; in 1909
. .
m
Burma and the Tanjore iail ot education, though not
standard
necessarily a univer-
m Madras were set aside for adolescents, and sity degree and should both protect and advise
the released prisoner and
a new jail for juvenile and report breaches of
"juvenile adult" the conditions of release.
convicts was opened at Bareilly in
the United
Provinces; and in 1910 it was decided
centrate adolescents in the Punjab
Lahore District jail, which is now
to con-
at the fn
future
n P tation nd e Andamans.The
of ^
of the penal? settlement of Port
was continually under the consideration Blair
3
worked on of the
hreS ther measur es had Government of India from the time of the
hZ^L
been taken n some cases a special previously
'
reformatory
; publication of the Jails Commission
V nile adults " had <or example^ report,
f r but it was not till 1926 that a definite
lltnZ
been in ? ^
force in ttwo central jails in
>
was reached decision
It was then decided that hence-
the Punjab
since the early years of the
decade, and " Bors- forth only those convicts should
normally be
tal enclosures had been established in some
'
sent to the Andamans who volunteered
jaiis to come,
in BengaJ. But the public is slow that the old restrictions on life in the
to
r
anS but
and
at
hn t>H
at 11 haS a duty
little progress has been
fc be encouraged to settle on the land, that
settlement
ards Prisoners^ should be sensibly relaxed, that convicts should
made in thp in
ormation of Prisoners' Aid Societies certain conditions they should be
excep entitled to
a Ud Ga,c tt though even in those release to obtain occupancy rights over the
c?ti?^n
cities I ^
much lremains ?to be done. land which they had cultivated, and
that the
Reformatory Schools. These schools have importation of wives and families should be
been administered since 1899 encouraged. The object of these changes
by the du- to promote was
the development of a free colonv of
it^ d epartmeDfc
^
aild the authorities are
improve the industrial education of persons, who would, after the terms of their
re te
?; p n l
1
f
t0
+ 8
t0 heI P th h
mpnt on leaving school,
'
u ? ^
to obtain employ-
sentences had expired, make the Andamans
their permanent home. The effect
ment and as far as possible has been up to date
to keep a watch on their careers. to introduce a completely new
outlook
Transportation. Transportation is an old on life into the settlement, but it is still too
punishment of the British Indian criminal soon to appreciate its potentialities.
law recently been found necessary It has
and a number of places were formerly to send to the
appointed Andamans certain convicts
reCeptl( n * Indiai transported either sentenced to
Th, î >
nalJ s ^tle rae^t at the present
convicts. transportation for life or to long terms of rigorous
I VnS%? -
is Port Blair in the
Andaman Islands.
time imprisonment for permanent
incarceration in
the Cellular Jail. Such prisoners will
Commission of Enquiry, 1919. A com- released and allowed to go into not be
mittee was appointed to investigate the settlement,
the whole and its development will in no way be affected
system of prison administration in I
India with by their presence.

special reference to recent
legislation and ex- Criminal Tribes.The first essential of suc-
perience in Western countries.
Its
pushed in 1921, was summarised inreport cess in dealing with the criminal
the pro vision of a reasonable degree of
tribes is the
economic
Jail Population. 469
comfort for the people. It is therefore of para- certaining whether there
mount importance to locate settlements where
is work for them.
Commitment to settlements should, as far as
sufficient work at remunerative rates is avail- possible, be by gangs not by individuals. It
able. Large numbers of fresh settlers should is desirable to utilise both Government and
never be sent to a settlement without first as- private agency for the control of settlements.
^SJ^î^^^^^ lnBri " Sh lDd,a dUriDg theflVe âr 8 ending 1932
1932 1931 1930 If 29 1928
Jail population of all (lasses on 1st

January 154,871 163,298 137,129 140,142 136,424
Admissions during the year 896,876 739,840 771,187 598,568 585,206
Aggregate 1,051,747 903,138 908,316 738,710 721,630
Discharged during the year from all
causes 885,950 748,266 744,946 601,581 581,512
Jail population on 31st December 165,797 154,872 163,370 137,129 140,118
Convict population on 1st January 126,580 136,552 116,184 118,970 116,161
Admissions during the year 267,239 207,568 223,538 167,697 167,013
Aggregate 393,819 344,120 339,722 286,667 283,174
Released during the year 247,648 216,807 196,996 163,796 160,375
Tran s norte d beyond se as 1,492 1,685 1,599 1,821 566
Casualties, <fec 2,395 2,503 2,541 2,514 2,497
Convict population on 31st December, 139,708 126,580 136,552 116,187 118,796
More than one-half of the total number of con- The percentage of previously convicted
victs received in jails during 1932 came from prisoners fell from 14 to 12, while the number
the classes engaged in agriculture and cattle
' of youthful offenders rose from 480 to 1,024.
tending, about 190,000 out of 267,000 were The following table shows the nature and
returned as illiterate. length of sentences of convicts admitted to
jails in 1930 to 1932
Nature and Length of Sentence. 1932 1931 1930
Not exceeding one month 43,196 39,284

Above one month and not exceeding six months' 35,773
120,656 89,647 109,714
six months one year . 54,253 39,373 40,878
one year five years . 38,673 30,584 29,950
five years ten .. 5,598 4,740 3,935
Exceeding ten years 705 575 533
Transportation beyond seas
(a) for life 2,348 1,933 1,592
(b) for a term 94 100 37
Sentenced to death 1,648 1,3:U 1,126
The total daily average population for 1932 Total expenditure

was 144,004, the total offences dealt with by
increased from
Us. 1,75,48,041 toBs. 1,77,91,758, while total
criminal courts was 310, and by Superintendents
cash earnings decreased from Us. 25,72,343
97,736. The corresponding figures for 1931 to Us. 24,01,285; there M as consequently an
were 121,900; 195 and 114,545, respectively. increase of Us. 4,14,735 in the net cost to
The total number of corporal punishments Government.
showed a slight increase, viz., from 174 to 190. The death rate decreased from 12*42
The total number of cases in which penal diet per mille in 1931 to 10'19 in 1932.
(with and without cellular confinement) was
The
[
admissions to hospital were higher, and the
prescribed was 4,669 as compared with
3,684 daily average number of sick fell from
in the preceding year.
23*73 to 2312.
470
The Laws of 1934

BY
RATANLAL RANCHHODDAS, Advocate, High Court,
AND
MANHAR R. VAKIL, Barrister-at-Law.
Th Indian Tariff (Amendment) Act-

um mg the past year certain industries which th harehol ers on the ious
under normal conditions could not fulfil
conditions prescribed by the Indian
the
Fiscal
SS,
register^
Th^rnt

nd ^f
and 4
< >
S
one Government Official
by th Govern r General in Council.
S
Commission for the grant of substantive
Z e U r and a De ut
P y Governor may hold
tion were subjected to competition
tional nature which proved a
continued existence. The present Act
assistance to each of the following
the imposition of minimum
protec-
of an excep-
menace to their
affords
industries by
specific
offirJ
office
ment
fif.'

for a
w
for ^
office
?
l term
not exceeding
Governor General in Council maj
mt e m, an<I is eligible for
ommated or elected
five years.
years as the
five
fix when
re-appoint"
Director holds
S. 9 provides for th P
duties constitution of Local Boards for
applicable against all countries. The elch of the five
concerned are: Fish oil, sugar-candy,
chemicals, cotton hosiery, glass
chimneys, paints, soap, enamelled
electrical earthenware and porcelain,
industries
heavy the
a
rLZv
globes and Register, the
ironware
domestic Mhl ?
w?S
e
^n
er
^
Cified in the Mrst Schedule
Served b ^ the
Eastern area served by the Cal-
N
namely!
Bombay
0rthern area served by the
i-1 er '. t he Southern
'
o
earthenware, lead pencils, parasols and eglS area served by
sun- ?ii^r3 i> .
shades, tiles, cast iron pipes and woollen
and fabrics.
hosiervJ bv th? %fJ ^ Qgl T ar d the Burma area ^ved
n Re lstl er. A Local Board will
?fT
corSS f y e members elected from amongst
Re erve B n 6 i 5
b tl Q ^holders who are
m2L JiHf
federal f
Structure a ? $
of India Act.-The
Sub-Committee
Kound Table Conference recommended the
establishment of a Reserve Bank for India
of the first on nfp iS5 teT f0r
for
?hr^^Sl
7 i
? members nominated by
f amongst the
from
^ registered
area and not more than
the Central Board
shareholders registered on the
the management of Indian Currency
and Ex- regLs er for that area. The elected members of a
change In the report of the Financial Safe-
guards Committee of the third Hound
Conference it was placed on record that "
Table
Snr?f
SiT?Lg ?S
mUSt elect from amongst thein-
or * wo P? rso ns tobe Directors
repre-
^
.
the th S h re 0ld s on the agister

Secretary of State undertook that
representative
llt f n. W lch -
?: il ^
fche Board is
for the
constituted. A
Indian opinion would be consulted f.noi t? 5
d mUSt ad vise tne Cent ral Board on
in the
preparation of proposals for the establishment such m?iw as may be
Sir? matters ,
referred to it and must
of the Reserve Bank including
those relating perform such duties as the Board may by
to the reserves. '
A representative committee regulations delegate to it. S. 13 proS ioi
was set up in order to give effect to that under-
taking The present Act follows the recom- mrfvî convened K
f
by the S^
G entral Board which mirt be
Governor at least six times in
mendations of that Committee. ear d at Ieasfc once in each quarter.
a J
Any three ?? Drectors may require the Governor
S. 3 provides for the establishment and c ene a meeting of the Central Board
incorporation of the Reserve Bank of
lor the purpose of taking over the
India m S' e Governor or in his absence the
at
management rEi,ZS h ]
of the currency from the ft^*^? m 01 ^thorised by the Governor

m Governor General
Council and of carrying on the business
banking in accordance with the provisions
te
rpn? i Board,
of Central
T h
i T' and inprthe ^ ?
side at meetings of the
event of an equality
of of votes has a second or casting vote S 17
this Act. S. 4 deals with share capital,
share enumerates the various kinds of business which
registers, shareholders and the manner of the Bank may
transact. Under S. 20 the Bank
allotment of shares. The share capital of has the sole right to issue bank
Bank will be five crores of rupees divided the in India, and may, for a period fixed by the Gover-
notes in British
shares of one hundred rupees each.
Separate nor General in Council on the recommendation
registers of shareholders will be maintained oi the
at Central Board, issue currency notes of
Bombay Calcutta, Delhi, Madras the
A shareholder will be qualified to and Rangoon Government of India supplied to it by the
be registered Governor General in Council. S. 30
as such in any area in which he is empowers the
ordinarilv Ge e 1 Council to supersede the
resident or has his principal place of ^Jh3
business Central Board? if -f- ftm his opinion the Bank fails to
but no person will be registered as a
shareholder carry out any of the obligations imposed on
in more than one register. Under ss. 7 and 8 the by or under this Act and thereafter the it
general superintendence and direction general
of the superintendence and direction of the affairs
affairs and business will be entrusted
to a Central of the Bank will be entrusted to such
Board of Directors consisting of (1) a Governor the Governor agency as
and two Deputy Governors, to be General in Council may determine.
appointed When action is taken under this section the
by the Governor General in Council;
(2) four Governor General in Council must cause a
Directors, to be nominated by the full
Governor report of the circumstances leading to such
General in Council (3) eight Directors elected action and
; of the action taken to be laid
I
before
The Laws of IQ34. 471
the Central Legislature at the earliest possible amended, the Wire and Wire Nail Industry
opportunity and in any case within three months (Protection) Act, 1932, and the Indian Tariff
from the issue of the notification superseding the (Ottawa Trade Agreement) Amendment
Hoard. Act, 1932, for a further period up to 31st
October, 1934.
3. The Imperial Bank of India (Amendment)

Act. It was recognised, since the plan of 8. The Khaddar (Name Protection) Act.
setting up a Reserve Bank for India was first This Act regulates the use of the words
considered, that, with the transfer to a Reserve " Khaddar " and " Khadi " when applied as a
Bank of the purely central banking functions trade description of woven materials. Under
which are at present performed by the Imperial s. 2 these words when applied to any woven
Bank of India, the latter should be freed from material are deemed to be a trade description
some of the restrictions which are at present within the meaning of the Indian Merchandise
imposed upon it. The present Act secures this Marks Act, 1889, indicating that such material
by amending the Imperial Bank of India Act, is cloth woven on hand-looms in India from
1920. It modifies the control of the Governor cotton yarn handspun in India.
General in Council over the management of the
Bank, removes certain restrictions on the 9. The Indian Finance Act.This Act
transaction of business by the Bank and provides continues for a further period of one year
for an agreement between the Bank and the certain duties and taxes imposed under the
Reserve Bank of India. S. 3 of the present Indian Finance Act, 1933. Ss 2, 5 and 6
Act by repealing s. 9 of the original Act removes provide for the continuance for a further period
the limitation on the business which the Bank of one year of the existing provisions regarding
may transact at its London office and s. 5 salt duty, rates of income-tax and super-tax and
empowers the Bank to open branches outside the credit to revenue of interest on securities
India, in London and elsewhere. S. 4 authorises forming part of the Paper Currency Reserve.
the Bank to enter into an agreement with the S. 3 provides for a uniform duty of 25 per cent.
Reserve Bank of India to conduct Government ad valorem and in addition either eight rupees
business as agent of the Reserve Bank. S. 12 and two annas per thousand or three rupees
substitutes a new section for s. 28 of the original and four annas per pound whichever is higher.
Act regarding constitution of the Central Board. The import duty on manufactured tobacco is
The number of Directors to be nominated by the raised by rupee one and annas four per pound ;
Governor General in Council is reduced from the standard rate of duty will thus be Rs. 3-4-0
four to two. The right of the Governor General per pound and the preferential rate for British
in Council to appoint the Controller of the Colonies Rs. 2-12-0 per pound. Under s. 3 the
Currency to be a member of the Central Board import duty on silver is reduced to five annas
is removed. The Governor General in Council per ounce without any surcharge. Section 3 (1)
must nominate an officer of Government to abolishes the export duty on hides. S. 4
attend the meetings of the Central Board and reduces the postage on letters not exceeding
to take part in its deliberations but without any half a tola in weight from one anna and three
right to vote on any question arising at any pies to one anna and increases the minimum
meeting. charge on book, pattern and sample packets
from half an anna to nine pies. S. 7 provides
4. The Wheat Import Duty (Extending) Act. for the reduction of the excise duty on silver
The present Act extends the life-time of the corresponding to the reduction in import duty.
Wheat (Import Duty) Act, 1931, so as to
continue the existing duties on wheat and 10. The Salt Additional Import Duty
wheat flour for a further period of one year, viz.,
(Extending) Act. This Act gives effect to the
up to the 31st March 1935. recommendation made by the Salt Industry
Committee of the Legislative Assembly by
5. The Indian Medical Council (Amendment) extending the life of the Salt (Additional Import
Act
S. 2 of the present Act makes the Rangoon Duty) Act, 1931, for a further period of thirteen
University a British Indian University within months.
the meaning of s. 2 (a) of the Indian Medical
Council Act, 1933, and enables persons enrolled 11. The Indian States (Protection) Act.
in the Provincial Medical Register of Burma The forthcoming constitutional changes make it
and possessing medical qualifications granted desirable that the authorities in British India
by the University, to exercise the privilege of should have power to protect units of the
participating in an election to the Council Federation from agitation directed against
under s. 3 (1) (c) of the Original Act. S. 3 them from British India. Such agitation may
enables the Council of the University to elect involve (1) attacks in the press, (2) the organiza-
one member from amongst the members of the tion of the actitivities directed against State
Board of Studies in medicine to the Indian authority, and (3) the organization of move-
Medical Council, under s. (1) (6) of the Act. ments for the entry into a State of bodies of
persons from British India. The present Act
6. The Cotton Textile Industry Protection affords protection against such activities to the

(Amendment) Act. This Act continued the Administration of States in India which are
protection granted to the industry by the under the suzerainty of His Majesty.
Cotton Textile Industry (Protection) Act, 1930,
as subsequently amended, for a further period S. 2 prescribes punishment which may extend
up to the 30th April, 1934. to imprisonment for seven years for a conspiracy
to overawe by means of criminal force the
7. The Steel and Wire Industries Protection Administration of a State in India. S. 3
(Extending) Act. This Act continues the provides for protection against attacks in the
protection granted to the industry by the Steel press which bring into hatred or contempt or
Industry (Protection) Act 1927, as subsequently excite disaffection towards the administration
472 The Laws of IQ34.
established m any State in India. Statements information,
is imprisonment which may
ot tacts made without any malicious intention to six months, or fine which
extend
and without attempting to excite hatred, may extend to two
thousand rupees. S. 9 empowers the
contempt or disaffection are exempt from the Courts to
order forfeiture of sugar in respect of
operation of this section. S 4 empowers a District which an
offence under this A(* has been
Magistrate or in a Presidency-town the Chief committed.
S. 11 empowers the Governor
Presidency Magistrate to prohibit within General in Council
a to make rules to carry into effect
specified area the assembly of five or more the purposes
when he is of opinion that attempts are being and objects of this Act. The Governor General
persons
made within his jurisdiction to promote assem- in Council may delegate all or any of his powers
under this section to a Local Government.
blies of persons for the purpose
of proceeding
from British India into the territory of a State 15. The Sugar-cane Act. This Act enables
m India and that the entry of such persons
into Provincial Governments to apply schemes for
the said territory is likely to cause enforcing, a minimum price for cane to be paid
obstruction to
the administration of the said State. by the factory to the grower. This is
conse-
quential upon the imposition of an excise
12. Indian duty
Tariff (Textile Protection) on factory sugar. As initiative in the
Amendment Act By the Cotton Textile matter
ot fixing prices for cane must
Industry (Protection) Act, 1930, the Indian be left to Provin-
cial Governments so as to suit
industry was given a temporary measure local conditions,
of s. 13 of the Act provides
that it comes into force
protection. In accordance with the undertaking
given when the Act was passed, the claims
m any province on such date as the Local
of Government may direct. Under s. 3 (1) the
the industry to substantive protection Local Government may by notification
were declare
examined by a Tariff Board. The Tariff Board any area specified in the notification to
found that the Indian cotton textile industry be a
controlled area for the purposes of this
had established a claim to substantive protection Act
Under clause (2) of the same section, the Local
but the Government of India, while accepting Government may by notification, subject to the
this conclusion, have found it control of the Governor General in Council,
necessary to
a
review the measures of protection recommended minimum price for the purchase in any fix con-
by the Tariff Board in the light of events subse- trolled area of sugar-cane intended
for use in
quent to the submission of its report
denunciation of the Indo- Japanese
the any factory. Under s. 4 not less than thirty
days before the issue of any notification

Trade under
Convention and the subsequent conclusion of a s. 3 the Local Government must publish in
new trade agreement with. Japan together with the
local official Gazette a draft of
the unofficial agreement between representatives the proposed
notification specifying a date on or after
of the Indian and the United Kingdom which
textile the draft will be taken into consideration,
industries. The present Act gives statutory and
must consider any objection or suggestion which
effect to these agreements. The Act also may be received from any person with respect
incorporates the decisions of the Government to the draft. Under s. 5 the penalty for purchase
of India on the recommendations of of sugar-cane in contravention of a
the Tariff notification
Board appointed to investigate the claims of the under s. 3, is fine upto two thousand rupees.
sericultural industry to protection S 7 authorises the Local Government to
make
rules for the purpose of carrying into
Lh J
T d
e Tra e Dls P utes (Extending) Act.
i
t
sputes Act,
Dl
objects of this Act.
effect the
on the Jl
1929, expired
7th May, 1934. The present Act converts 16. The Matches (Excise Duty) Act. The
it into a permanent measure.
present Act imposes an excise duty on
matches manufactured in British India. Under
The Sugar Act This Act s. 2 " match " includes a firework in the form of a
(Excise Duty)
provides for the imposition
and collection match and, where a matchstick
of an excise duty on sugar produced in ; contains more
factories heads than one capable
m British India. S. 2 is concerned with defini-
of being ignited by
striking, each such head is deemed to
tions. Khandsari sugar " is denned as sugar be a match
in the manufacture of which neither a
Splints" are defined as undipped splints such
vacuum
pan nor a vacuum evaporator is employed and as- are ordinarily used for making matches and
veneers " means veneers such as are ordinarily
palmyra sugar" is sugar manufactured from
used for making matches. Under s 4 the
jaggery obtained by boiling the juice of
the rates of duty payable are levied at
palmyra palm. S. 3 provides for the imposition the following
of an excise duty on sugar at the following
rates namely : (a) on matches in boxes or
rates, booklets containing on an
namely : (1) on Khandsari sugar at the rate than average not more
of ten annas per cwt.
eighty (1) if the average number is fortv
(2) on all other sugar or less, at the rate of one
;
except palmyra sugar at the rate of one rupee and rupee per gross of boxe
or booklets, (2) if the average number
five annas per cwt. is more
(3) on palmyra sugar at than forty, but not
;
such rate as may be fixed by the Governor more than sixty, at the rate
ot one rupee and eight annas per
General in Council. S. 4 deals with the recovery gross of boxes
or booklets, and (3) if the average
of duty with penalty for non-payment
of duty
number is
S. 6 empowers the Governor General
more than sixty, at the rate of two rupees per
in Council gross of boxes or booklets,
to impose a customs duty on sugar brought and (b) on all other
into matches, at such rates as the
British India from the territory of any Native Governor General
in Council may prescribe. S. 8 empowers the
State in India, equivalent to the excise
duty Governor General in Council to direct
imposed by this Act on sugar produced in use of J
banderols or stamps of such nature and affixed

British India. Under s. 8 the penalty for
evasion of duty or failure to supply information
m
such manner as may be prescribed by rules
made under this Act. S. 9 prohibits manufac-
I
winch a person is required by any rule under ture

of matches and manufacture and import
this Act to supply or knowindy supplies 1 of
false splints and veneers without a
license to manufac-
The Laws of igj4.
.
473
ture or import issued under this Act. Under Convention was not signed on behali of [ndia
s. 13 the penalty for contravening the
provisions but its provisions were examined by the Govern-
of s. 9 is imprisonment which may extend to ment of India and were found suitable to Indian
six months or line up to one thousand rupees.
conditions. The present Act gives effect to the
S. 20 brings hito accord the customs duty on
Convention in British India (s. 2). The Conven-
matches with the excise duty imposed by tion applies only in respect of international
this Act.
carriage by air, i.e., carriage between two
e Ne ot iabIe States signatory to the Convention, but as there
Instruments (Amend
l*
ment) Act.
The r
present Act by amending is no law on the subject in India,
beyond the
general law of contract and the law relating to
s.85 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881,
provides that cheques originally drawn to carriers on land, the Act empowers the Governor
bearer do not lose their bearer character not- General in Council to make rules extending <"he
withstanding any endorsement thereon whether provisions of the Convention also to internal
in full or in blank and whether such endorsement carriage by air (s. 4). The rules contained in the
purports to restrict or exclude further negotia- lirst Schedule to the Act are the provisions of
tion or not. the Convention relating to the rights and
liabilities of carriers, passengers, consignors,
*?* Tl Indian Trusts (Amendment) Act. consignees and other persons. Under rule 17
r.
pertain

Provincial Governments were desirous the carrier is liable for damage sustained in
that the status of trustee securities should be the event of the death or wounding of a passenger
extended to debentures issued by Land Mortgage or any other bodily injury suffered by a passen-
Banks and similar corporations, provided that ger. if the accident which caused the damage
so
both the principal and interest of such securities sustained took place on board the aircraft or in
were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the the course of any of the operations of embarking
Local Government concerned. The present or disembarking. The carrier is liable under
Act gives effect to this by adding a proviso to rule 18 (1) for damage sustained in the event
clause (a) of s. 20 of the Indian Trusts Act, 1882. of the destruction or loss of, or damage to, any
registered luggage or any goods, if the occur-
rru
19,
T
T^ e Indian Dock Labourers
ine International Labour Conference at its
Act rence which caused the damage so sustained took
place during the carriage by air. The carrier
twelfth session held in 1929 adopted a Draft is liable for damage occasioned by delay in the
Convention concerning the protection against carriage by air of passengers, luggage or goods.
accidents of workers employed in loading or
The carrier is not liable if he proves that he and
unloading ships. At its sixteenth session held his agents have taken all necessary measures
in 1932 the Conference adopted a to avoid the damage or that it was" impossible
Revised Draft
Convention which is of exactly the same scope for him or them to take such measuses. In the
and character as the original draft convention carriage of goods and luggage the carrier is not
adopted in 1929 and differs from it only in certain liable if he proves that the damage was occasion-
matters of technical detail. The present Act ed by negligent pilotage or negligence in
ratines the Revised Draft Convention on the handling of the aircraft or in navigation and
behalf
of India. that, in all other respects, he and his agents
have taken all necessary measures to avoid the
S. 2 defines "the processes " as
including all damage (r. 20). Under r. 21 if the carrier proves
work which is required for or is incidental to the that the damage was caused by or contributed
loading or unloading of cargo or fuel into or from to by the negligence of the injured person the
a ship and is done on board the ship or alongside Court may exonerate the carrier wholly or'
it. Under s. 3 the Local Government may partly from his liability. In the carriage of
appoint Inspectors who are empowered by s. 4 passengers the liability of the carrier for each
to enter any premises or ship where the
processes passenger is limited to the sum of 1,25,000
are carried on and make such examination of
the
francs. By special contract, the carrier and the
premises and ship and the machinery and gear passenger may agree to a higher limit of liability.
used for the processes, and of any prescribed In the carnage of registered luggage and of goods
registers and notices, and may take on the the liability of the carrier is limited to a sum
spot of
or otherwise evidence of any person for carrying 250 francs per kilogram. As regards objects of
out the purposes of this Act. S. 5 empowers which the passenger takes charge himself the
the
Governor General in Council to make certain liability of the carrier is limited to 5,000 francs
regulations, e.g., regulations (1) providing for per passenger (r. 22). The sum in francs to be
the safety of working places on shore and of
any converted into rupees at the rate of exchange
regular approaches over a dock, wharf, quay
or prevailing on the date on which the amount of
similar premises which workers have to
use and damages to be paid by the carrier is ascertained
tor the lighting and fencing of such
places and
by the Court [3. 2 (5)|. Under r. 23 anv
approaches; (2) providing for the fencing of provision tending to relieve the carrier of liability
machinery, live electric conductors and steam or to fix a lower limit than that which is laid
pipes; (3) regulating the provision of safety down in these rules is null and void. The rules
appliances on derricks, cranes and winches. contained in the Second Schedule determine
thc^ persons by whom and for whose
benefit
20. The Indian Carriage by Air Act. An and the manner in which the liability of a carrier
International Convention for the unification in respect of the death of a passenger may be
of certain rules relating to international enforced.
carriage
by air was signed at Warsaw in October,
1929 21. The Sea Customs (Amendment) Act.
by certain Governments. The Convention Under s. 42 of the Sea Customs Act, 1878, a
defines the liability of air carriers for
injury or drawback of seven-eighths of the customs
damage caused to passengers or goods. The duty
paid on goods on importation is repayable at the
?
474 The Laws of IQ34.

time of re-export of the goods subject to
certain 24. The Repealing and Amending Act.The
conditions. This provision was originally present Act makes some
intended to apply to merchandise imported necessary amend-
for ments of a formal nature in
sale in order that goods remaining unsold in this specified in certain enactments
country might be sent for disposal in the First Schedule to the Act and
other repeals certain enactments to
markets without the handicap of a tax the extent men-
In tioned in the Second Schedule.
practice, however, the concession was
allowed
even m
respect of goods which have passed into 25. The Factories Act. The Royal Com-
use after import in violation of the
ordinary mission on Labour in India made a number of
accepted principle that customs duty is recommendations for the amendment of the
a tax
on consumption. In many cases e.g., Indian Factories Act, 1911. These were publi-
and cinematograph films the goods spend cars shed with their Report in July
or most of their useful life in this
much 1931. After
country within examining these in detail, the Government of
the period allowed before
re-exportation under India drafted a bill to replace the Indian Fac-
claim for drawback. The Government tories Act, 1911, which embodied the great
of India
ieit that the grant of
drawback on used goods majority of the proposals and included some
was wrong m
principle and they decided that the other alterations that experience had shown to
payment of such drawback should be discon- be desirable. The present Act is based on tho
tinued except in special cases to be
prescribed -Labour Commission's recommendations and the
by rules made in this behalf. The
present Act suggestions offered by associations of emplovers
gives effect to this decision by
amending the and employed and like organizations. The
original Act. The Governor General in Council, following are some of the recommendations of
lU e 2 nay make rules in respect of goods the Labour Commission which have received
}? t '
have ?been taken into use between importa- legislative sanction. S.

>
which 16 is designed to
tion and re-exportation, protect workers against the effects of excessive
(a) modifying
amount of duty to be paid as drawback or the neat. The Chief Inspector may serve or give the
(b)
prohibiting the repayment of duty as
drawback Manager of a factory an order in writing specify-
or (c) varying the conditions for
the grant of ing the measures which should be adopted if it
drawback by restricting the period after importa- appears to him that the cooling properties of the
tlon Wltnm which the goods must
. be re-exported air in the factory are at times insufficient to
secure workers against injury to health or againt
he In d ? ai
i^J
navigation m \
> T Aircraft Act.Aerial serious discomfort. S. 34 reduces the working
British India, before the passing hours of adult workers to 54 hours
in a week in
01 the present Act, was governed by
the Indian non-seasonal factories and to 60 hours in sea-
a Act 191
ronv. Si
Convention
'
was signed
h J n 1919 an International sonal factories. In the proviso a special excep-
by the plenipotentiaries tion is made in favour of factories where the
rL^ 0Untne W1 h tfte ob j ect of establishing processes must go on throughout
regulations of universal ^ ? the day, such
application and of as factories providing electric power and light,
encouraging peaceful intercourse with
nations waterworks, etc. S. 36 reduces the hours for
oy means of aerial communications.
V
To this adult work in non-seasonal factories from 11 to
n ia as a sanatory. The Conven- 10 hours in a day. S. 54 imposes restrictions
h h
tion deals i î
with all lT
questions relating to inter- on the working hours of a child. A child
national aerial navigation, and
also provides cannot be allowed to work in a factory for more
for the institution of a
permanent International than five hours in a day. The hours of work
Commission for Air Navigation, with very
wide of a child must be so arranged that they do
powers as regards the formulation
of rules, not spread over more than seven and a half
inL^tr ?
milt, I
Mr a
6 lr ai d f V
he rant of certificates hours in any day.
forth " This Commission
S ^m n
tlm lt0 ??
?-
.-
tlme t0 amend th e annexes
obs r ed b th * aircraft of all signa-

26. The Bengal Criminal Law Amendment Sup-
plementary (Extending) Act. The Bengal Cri-
minal Law Amendment (Supplementary) Act,
torv r ,y 1932, empowers the Local Government, with the
a S by a U aircraft when with in
bnrdPr ^
borders of those States. The
f o the previous sanction of the
present Act Council, to make an
Governor General in
S
toESt
*e
r al ln Council
n
developments,

le " maki ng Powers of
m
the Governor in a jail outside
order to meet modern an
enables Government to give full
order committing to custody
Bengal any person against whom
order under sb-s. (1) of s. 2 of the Bengal
hG P r visi ns of the International Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1930, might be
Pn^Lf?
Convention and its
?A
annexes and provides tor April
made. The Supplementary Act expires in
certain other matters on 1935. The present Act removes the time
which legislation has limit in
become necessary. the original Act and makes it permanent
The
Indian Aircraft Act
1911, is repealed. 27. The Assam Criminal Law Amendment
3 Mechanical (Supplementary) Act. S. 15 of the Assam
Lighters (Excise Duty) Criminal
Art Si, the imPOsition
'
of a considera- purports to
Law Amendment Act, 1934,
hln , u give jurisdiction to the High Court
n mat hes ai abnormal development
l
of thl ô ff mechanical ? -
"ghters is anticipated.
of Judicature at Fort William in Bengal
to j
ThL tn 11U?H
d ean a oss of dut and interference entertain appeals from persons convicted by J
w?th J? L 18 688 i ^ y
the Indian match manufac-
Commissioners under that Act, and to provide -
^,rL
turing Inn
industry. ? L for
The present Act therefore and the disposal of such appeals in that Court J
11 CXCise
for the confirmation by that Court of sen-
at the rat * of one'rupee i
and^tl?
and eight annas per lighter on tences of death passed by Commissioners.
every mechanical S. 29 of the Act
lighter manufactured in purports inter alia to bar the \
British India. The exercise
xerci inn respect of persons arrested or detained
customs duty leviable on these is
pondingly enhanced. tunes-X,
i-nri. ? j
custody m f
under the Act of the powers exercisa-
ble by the High Court under s. 491 of the Code
The Laws of 1934. 475
of Criminal Procedure, 1898. As a local Legisla-| difference between the
rate at which relief
ture cannot affect the jurisdiction of a High obtained and the rate at which
the tax was
Court established under the Government of paid in that one of the two countries in
which
India Act, the present Act re-enacts these the rate of taxation was lower.
provisions.
30. The Petroleum Act The Indian
28. The Indian Rubber Control Act.In Petroleum Act, 1899, was passed at a time
view of the catastrophic fall in the price of when the use of petroleum, particularly of
rubber in recent years and the consequent dangerous petroleum or petrol was limited and
difficulties with which rubber producers have with the great developments in the use of
been faced, representatives of the industry in petroleum that have taken place in the last
the main rubber-producing countries, namely, thirty years it became unsuitable in several
India, Ceylon, Malaya, British North Borneo, ways. As early as 1903 the attention of the
the Dutch East Indies, French Indo-China, Government of India was drawn to the incon-
Sarawak and Siam formulated an international venience arising from the existence in different
scheme for the restriction of the export, produc- provinces of separate sets of rules to regulate the
tion and stocks of rubber. The Governments importation, possession and transport of
of the territories concerned also entered into an petroleum. The original Act did not permit the
agreement to take effective steps to put the issue by the Government of India of a set of
scheme into operation. The main features of rules applicable throughout British India and
the scheme were : (1) that the restriction the only way in which it was possible to secure
scheme should remain in force in the first uniformity was by the issue by Local Govern-
instance up to the 31st December 1938, and its ments from time to time of similar rules with
continuation thereafter should be subject to a the sanction of the Central Government. The
review of the position by the Governments present Act transfers the rule-making powers
concerned, (2) that, during the currency of the to the Central Government.
scheme, the exports of rubber should be restricted
to certain
The Act applies to the whole of British India
percentages of predetermined basic [S.
1 (2)]. S. 2 defines " petroleum " as any
quotas (3) that the import of rubber should be
;
liquid hydro-carbon or mixture of hydro-carbon,
prohibited except under license (4) that the and any inflammable
;
stocks of rubber held by owners should be mixture (liquid, viscous
or solid) containing any liquid hydro-carbon.
restricted (5) that existing areas under rubber " To
;
should not be extended except for exclusively transport " petroleum means to move
petroleum from one place to another in British
experimental purposes, and in such cases only
India, and includes moving from one place to
up to a maximum of one quarter of one per cent,
of the areas under rubber at the date of com-
another in British India by sea or across territory
mencement of the restriction scheme and (6) that in India which is not part of British India.
Ss. 3 and 4 provide for control over the import,
the replanting of areas under rubber should be
transport and storage of petroleum by empower-
restricted to a maximum of ten per cent, of the
ing the Governor General in Council to make
area under rubber at the date of commencement
rules in this behalf. Under s. 8 no license is
of the scheme during each control year, and
to 20 per cent, during the whole currency of the
needed for the import, transport or storage of
scheme. The present Act gives legislative
dangerous petroleum not intended for sale if the
total quantity does not exceed six gallons. S. 9
sanction to this scheme
contains exemptions intended for owners of
29. The Indian Income-tax motor conveyances and stationary engines.
(Amendment)
Act. In accordance with s. 27 of the English Clause (a) exempts petroleum kept in a tank
Finance Act, 1920, the United Kingdom grants in a motor conveyance or an internal combustion
a refund to a doubly taxed assessee (a) at a rate engine from the requirement of a license.
equal to one half of the United Kingdom rate Clause (b) allows the owner of a motor convey-
of tax, or (b) at a rate equal to the Indian rate ance or engine to keep a stock of spare petroleum
of tax, whichever is less. The relief given by not exceeding 20 gallons. Ss. 14 to 22 deal
British India is regulated by s. 49 of the Indian with the testing of petroleum. Ss. 23 to 28
Income-tax Act, 1922, which provides that contain the necessary penal provisions. Under
where the relief obtained in the United Kingdom s. 23 the punishment for contravening the
is at a rate less than the Indian rate of tax, provisions of this Act is a fine of five hundred
the assessee obtains a refund to cover the rupees for the first offence and a line up to two
difference subject to a minimum of one half the thousand rupees for every subsequent offence.
Indian rate of tax. Owing to recent increases 31. The Iron and Steel Duties Act. The
in the Indian rate of taxation coupled with the protection offered to the steel industry in
recent reduction in the British rate of Income- India by the Steel Industry (Protection) Act,
tax from five shillings to four shillings six pence
1927, as subsequently amended, expired on the
in the pound, in certain cases the effective rate
31st October 1934. In accordance with the
of Indian income-tax is greater than the effective
provisions of that Act an enquiry as to the
rate of United Kingdom income-tax. In these
extent, if any, to which it was necessary to
cases s. 49 of the Indian Act has the effect of continue protection to the industry and as to
leaving the assessee after he has obtained refunds
the manner in which any protection found
both in the United Kingdom and in India, necessary should be conferred, was made by the
liable to an amount of tax which is less than if Tariff .Board. The present Act gives effect
he had been taxed singly at the higher rate. to the protective measures recommended by
The present Act therefore provides that when the Board. The recommendations
of the Board
the income doubly taxed has obtained relief in involved
a very considerable reduction in the
the United Kindgom the balance of relief level
of import duties in certain important cases
obtainable in British India does not exceed the. with a resultant
reduction in the revenue derived
476 The Laws of igj4.
from duties of customs. S. 4 of the Act, there- Indian
fore, imposes an excise duty of four
personnel of the Indian Army, including
rupees this new class of officers, is contained
per ton on all steel ingots produced in British in the
Indian Army Act, in the same way that
India and s. 6 provides for a countervailing provision
tor the Indian Air Force is contained
customs duty equivalent to the excise duty on in the
Indian Air Force Act, 1932. In order
steel ingots. This countervailing to
^ duty is distinguish this new class of
additional to the protective duties recommended officer from the
officers designated " Indian
by the Board and alternative to the ad valorem Officers " in the
original Act, under s. 3 of the present
revenue duties on articles in respect of which Act they
are known as " Viceroy's Commission
protection was not proposed. The new duties Officers."
came into operation on November 1, 1934. 3 ndian Navy (Discipline) Act.
q |a Ihl
bb of the i
Government of India Act empowers
?il T ,.
32. The Indian Tariff Act. The present the Indian Legislature to apply the British
Act consolidates the existing provisions of law Naval Discipline Act (29 & 30 Vic. c. 109) to the
into one measure thereby enabling the
whole naval forces raised by the Governor General in
or parts of some fifty Acts to be repealed.
The Council. It further empowers the Indian
schedule of import tariffs exhibits as far as Legislature, in applying the British Naval
possible the actual rate of duty payable on each Discipline Act to the forces and ships raised
article under the tariff law for the time
being and provided by the Governor General in

the only duties not included being those

imposed Council, to make such modifications and
by the Salt (Additional Import Duty) Act, 1931 adaptations in the Act as it may think fit in
The items subject to duty have been re-arranged order to adapt the Act to the circumstances of
upon a scientific plan enabling any particular India. The present Act contains the changes
item to be found without the use of an index in the British Naval Discipline Act that appear
and affording a suitable basis for future modifica- necessary to carry out this object and render
tion or supplementary legislation. its provisions suitable to Indian
conditions.
Ihe Act also provides for the discipline of the
3* e Indian Army (Amendment) Act. members of the Volunteer Reserve, hitherto
rri? J^ 1
I his Act, by amending the Indian Army
Act provided for by the Indian Marine (Amendment)
h P r 0Vldes for tne changes in the constitution Act, 1933, which is now repealed.
ot? the T Indian army rendered necessary by the
progressive Indianization of the Defence 35.
Forces outcome

The Amending Act. This Act is the
of India. new class of Indian Officer com- provides forofthethe previous enactment which
A
missioned from the Indian Military Academy application of the British Naval
about to appear. These officers, designated Discipline Act to the Indian Army. It is essen-
is
tial that members of the Indian Army should
Indian Commissioned Officers," will
possess have the same civil rights and liabilities
with respect to the Indian Army all the as the
powers
and privileges of the British Officers whom they personnel of His Majesty's Military and Air
Forces. The present Act, therefore, makes
will gradually replace. The original Act is so formal amendments
mended that complete provision for the whole attain to certain existing laws to
this object.
COPYRIGHT.
There is no provision of law in British India modifications of
tor the registration of Copyright. Protection
I
them In their applications,
translations and musical compositions.
for Copyright accrues under the Indian Copy- [case In the
right Act under which there is now of works first published in British India
no regis- the sole right to produce, reproduce,
tration of rights, but the printer has to
supply publish a translation is, subject
perform or
copies of these works as stated in that Act to an impor-
and tant proviso, to subsist only for ten years
Prmting Presses a d Books Act from
# 1 ?, XXV
the first publication of the work. The
\. The Indj an Copyright Act made such visions of the Act as to mechanical instru-
67 pro-
i?
modifications in the Imperial Copyright ^ct
oi 1911 as appearei to be desirable
ments for producing musical sounds were
for adapting found unsuitable to Indian
Provisions to the circumstances of India! conditions. "The
ml
Ihe Imperial Act of 1911 was brought into majority of Indian melodies," it was explained
in Council, "have not been
rorce in India by proclamation in the published, i.e.
Gazette written in staff notation, except
of India on October 30, 1912. Under s. 27 through the
ot that Act there is limited
medium of the phonograph. It is impossible
power for the in many cases to identify the original
legislature of British possessions to
modify or or author, and the melodies are composer
add to the provisions of the Act in its application subject to great
to the possession, and it is under variety of notation and tune. To meet
this power conditions s. 5 of the
these
that the Indian Act of 1914 was Indian Act follows the
passed. The Lnslish Musical Copyright
portions of the Imperial Act Act of 1902 by
applicable to defining musical work as meaning any
British are scheduled to the Indian
Act. The combination1
of melody and harmony,

Act to which these provisions are scheduled or
either of them, printed, reduced to writing
makes som*? formal adaptations of them
to or
!
Indian law and procedure, otherwise graphically produced or

and some material! reproduced."
477
India and the League of Nations.

India is a Founder-Member of the League of She
was treated as if she had attained to the
Nations and enjoys in it equal rights with other same
kind of separate nationhood as that
Member-States, a position which she mainly enjoyed
by the Dominions.
owes to the goodwill shown towards her
advancement and aspirations by Great Britain L India's Attitude,
and the Self-Governing Dominions of the On questions coming before the League,
British Empire. Jndia has exactly the same rights as any other
The League of Nations was
established under the terms of the Peace Treaty Member-State. The Secretary of State for
which was signed in Paris in 1919 after the India m His Majesty's Government is ultimately
conclusion of the Great War. Great Britain and responsible for the appointment of Indian
the Self-Governing Dominions in 1917 passed a delegates and for their instruction, but in
resolution which set India upon the road that practice, he and the Government of India act
led to the high international platform on jointly m consultation and agreement with
which one another. Partly
she stepped. as a result of her member-
India was represented at the Imperial War ship of the League and partly owing to resolu-
Conference of 1918, at the Imperial Conferences tion No. IX adopted by the Imperial War
held in London in 1921, 1923, and 1926, and Conference m 1917, recommending inter alia
at the Imperial Economic Conference held recognition of the right of the Dominions and
in London in 1930. of India to an adequate voice in British
The report of the Inter- foreign
Impenal Relations Committee of the Imperial policy and foreign relations, India has been
Conference, which was adopted by the Conference given the same representation as the Dominions
of 1926, stated the position of Great at all international conferences at which
Britain the
and the Dominions to be "autonomous com- British Empire is represented by a combined
munities, equal in status, in no way subordinate Empire Delegation. On many occasions in fact
to one another m any respect of their domestic she has taken the lead in forming world opinion
or external affairs, though united by a common towards the achievement of the League's aims.
allegiance to the Crown, and freely associated In particular in the international Labour organi-
as members of the British Commonwealth sation she has been successful in bringing
of
Nations. India is not yet a Self-Governin<* Empire policy into line with her own on more
Dominion to the extent indicated in this formula than one occasion. In many of those confer-
ences, particularly those of the League, Indian
The first stage m the direction of establishing
Responsible Government in India was prescribed delegations have taken an independent line of
by the Government of India Act, 1919, but action, sometimes directly opposed to the
the Governor- General of India does attitude of other parts of the British Common-'
not yet wealth. One interesting
(to quote again from the case occurred in 1920
Inter-Imperial at the Genoa
Relations Committee) hold "in all essential Maritime Conference when Indian
respects the same position in relation delegates in the face of opposition from the
to the Empire managed to
administration of public affairs" secure a mandate for special
in India treatment for
as is held by His Majesty the King Indian sailors in British shipping
Emperor
in Great Britain. And there are certain other although there was a concerted move from the
Empire delegation to get Indian lascars driven
respects m which India's Constitutional position
1T
l +
he
c m P ire is not the same as that off British ships.
or the belf-Governing Dominions.
India for India's New Status.
example, is not entitled to accredit a
Minister It will be observed that the situation created
Plenipotentiary to the Heads of Foreign States by India's stepping from the Imperial Conference
The position enjoyed by India in the Empire into
the Paris Peace Conference and League
governed the position which she entered
as one of the States of the Empire,
when of Nations in the manner in which she did
in the Paris Peace Negotiations
she joined was m certain respects highly anomalous and
in 1918-19 one impossible to harmonize with her constitu-
India's membership of the League
of Nations tional position as defined in
places her m a unique position among all non- of India Act. the Government
self-governing States, Dominions, or Nevertheless, as the Secretarv
, Colonies of State, in a Memorandum presented to the
throughout the world. She is an original Indian
member of the League by virtue of para 1 Office inStatutory Commission by the India
of article I of the Covenant by which 1929, showed, "It has been the
the League deliberate object of the Secretary of State to
was established and which states that any
fullv make India's new status a reality for practical
self-governing State, Dominion or Colony
named in the Annexe may become a membernot purposes within widest possible limits." It
of was not legally possible for the Secretary of
the League She is the only original member State to relinquish
which is not self-governing, and in virtue his constitutional power of
of the control, nor, consistently with responsibility
restriction under para 11 of article
I, on the to Parliament, could he delegate It
admission of members other than : "But,
original it has been his Constant endeavour to restrict
members, she will, so long as the
present its exercise to a minimum, to keep even its
constitution of the League endures, remain
only member which is not self-governing.
the existence as far as possible in the background,
member of the League, India was for the As a and to allow to the [ndian Government the
first greatest possible freedom of action
time brought into direct and formal under the
contact Influence of their Legislature and of public
wjtn the outside world as a separate
entity opinion."
478 India and the League of Nations.
There are available many illustrations of
these principles
being followed in practice. SS^?K f Ind an 8 snould
-
be S iven th e opportu-
i .
India given scope to pursue in the League of

is
.Nations an independent line of action
Au^L^Ktthe ^
An example
in the international
of
111
increasing part being played

field.
within
very wide limits, even though, as has occurred Indians m League work occurred in 1930
m some instances, it brings her into conflict the^n^n? 8 th
Ce / *
ly f that year and at
with His Majesty's Government. In 1925, for
example, at the conference on Opium and
of the
oi T
thl iIndian *i
Sl Jenan g ir Coyaji, a member
L
delegation, an important resolution
Drugs India so acted that the British delegation
was passed in reference to the
need for an
bad to oo tarn fresh instructions from 0Tl d de P ression The Indian
Government which resulted in India settling the
H M 's ffiSfinn^ r % -
\ Hl * ne A ? a Khan (Leader),
question of Indian hemp to her own liking.
In hwJ
bhashankar Pattani (President of . Sir Pra-
the event of such conflict within those limits
State Council)
Bhavnagar
the Secretary of State Denys Bray (Member of
Sir
acts, if he acts the Council of
at all as head of the Government of
India), Members and Sir
Jehangir Coyajee (Head of the
India rather than as a member of His
Majesty's Department
r con omics and Politics, Andhra
Government. He does not use his power to ?Tn!? -+
University) ^ ^ In 1933, the Indian
impose on the Indian Delegation an artificial Delegation
consisted o Sir B. L. Mitter (Leader), Sir
Biay Sir Abdussamad Khan of EampurDenys
solidarity with British Delegates, but,
rather,
with the consent of his colleagues of His Majesty's
Sir Hormusji Mehta of Bombay.
and
Government, he stands aside and allows The 1934
Delegation included H. H. the Aga
representatives of India the same freedom Khan
as Slf D en s Bray Sir V T
Dominion Delegates would enjoy in controversy
with the Delegates of Great Britain. India
lww#
/ s.
c. /o u /?
^
(D Wa n f, Baroda >
Krishnama-
'
Sir Homi Mehta,

- -
has M. c
(Substitute Delegate).
participated in all the Assemblies of the League
in the annual session of the International Tl Se ret ar
Labour Conference where because of her indi- ^
to tl ? )
of State in his Memorandum
1
the Parliamentary
r
3
Statutory Commission
vidual importance she plays a very predominant
part, and in numerous Conferences
W : Ind a '
s niembership of the League
on special J?u
has J~^
had i
the effect of stimulating her national
subjects held under the auspices of
the self-consciousness and has laid the foundations
League as well as in some important non-
league, .International Conferences, including I
%
an ^formed public interest in international
lrS India's representatives have
the Washington Conference on Naval
Armaments ? 'T.V
not confined
*
m 1921, in Genoa Economic Conference in 1922 spectators, themselves merely to the role of
but have played a prominent part
and the International Naval Conference held in
in many of the meetings
London in 1930. India is also represented on which thev have
attended. She has fully justified her
several permanent League bodies, e. a position
, the as a separate Member of the
governing body of the International labour League by her
co-operation in the economic and social
orhce the Advisory Committee on Opium spheres
and Drugs, the Economic Committee, the which form so large a part of its activities.
Hea th Committee and the Committee of But in certain questions where special Indian
interests are involved, the Indian
Intellectual Co-operation. It is interesting to Delegation
note that since 1921 Sir Atul Chatterjee can and does take an independent line, and
has may even find itself in
been acting as Deputy Commissioner of opposition to other
the
Governing Body of the International Labour parts of the Empire But sometimes
Orhce and this position was preliminary to on non-political questions the British and
his Indian Delegations have remained in opposite
being elected Chairman in 1932
camps On such questions, when special Indian
1 lie Personnel of the Indian Delegation has interests are at stake, India's right of independent
Jrom the outset largely been Indian in race action extends to speaking and voting against
though owing to the constitutional organization the views advanced on behalf of His
Majesty's
of the Indian administration it has
frequently Government." Lord Reading, in a note 'at
been necessary for her to be represented
bv the end of his Viceroyalty, stated his conclusion
Englishmen. This has especially been the that the system of consultation b?t\veen the
case when specialized experts were Secretary of State and the Government of
required
1 he Indian character of the personnel has as India had worked satisfactorily and that the
rapidly as possible been increased and in 19*9 Government of India, without anv
definition
the Indian Delegation to the annual
Assembly of its problematical rights, already in practice
of the League was for the first time
led by an obtained all the advantages which it might
Indian (The Hon'ble Sir Mohammed Habibullah claim.
Member for Education, Health and Lands in
the Executive Council of His Excellency The year 1932 saw the opening of a League
the
Viceroy and Governor-General). In the follow- of Nations Bureau in Bombay in response
ing year the delegation was led by the to the demands of successive delegations
Maharaja to Geneva. Its purpose is to keep
of Bikaner in 1931 by Sir B. L. Mitter in
in 1932
Aga Khan and in J 933 by Sir B. L touch with representative Indian opinion so
;
5m? ' ;
Mitter again. A convention has been established that Geneva and India may be brought closer
together. The Bureau is maintained by the
wl-, J ea( ersni P bein
!
JAhile the delegations to
& hoId by an Indian. League of Nations
the International without anv contribution by
Labour Conference are the Government of India.
becoming almost
entirely Indian in personnel,
the workers- In the Report of the Indian Delegation
delegations always have been Indian.
Thi* 10:;:5. a recommendation was made for
Wol
is merely an expression of
the general policy appointment of a permanent the
of the Secretary of State that an increasing Indian Delegate at I
Geneva.
479
Labour in India.
do. The
factory worker was expected to
G
^V< humanitarian employer was
and all
wnwf^ft^
that mdus
is
country and pest who would ruin industry
agricultural greatest return
and predominantly [-in lists thought of was the
dependent on
over 70 per cent, of her P^ple
are
.Except n a com
wh^^Wtainedfram the capital invested.
the soil for their livelihood. and after-the out
cases there is no settled
J
uaratively few The second period emerged soon contingents of
permanent labour force m most mdustnai
of indus
break of the great war. Large
and had to be
I.pntres in India. The vast majority Indian troops were sent overseas,
and toe mum
riefdrLwthe* labour they
villa ftp labour
^wJ^Înd
with
its associations it
which seldom breaks
periodically
require from the
to
This.fact cannot be ^
its contacr.
supplied with adequate clothing
tions of war. Imports of m anu
into India were restricted owing
available British tonnage n
.
ac
to :
^
/ the buttfoofthfc
/ mP\^|
matemte
1
b
the
:
S
commandeered for transport of men and
sign* ui J te r
If it is lost
too strongly emphasised.
would be most, to understand how
difficult to the various seats of war
low paid men
t for raw
countries
large bodies of comparatively strikes were made by the belligerent opportunity for
and women can afford to Participate in products. India secured the
involving complete stoppage of
* which she had been looking for
generations. Her
thrived ana
year Such strikes credit expanded, her industries
in wages for periods of half a
industrial labour ^ invested in every branch
would be impossible if Indian the eturns on capital
dW not have agriculture to fall back upon as
a
of trade and industry
became phenome^l.
of pro-
subsidiary occupation during
per rod Pripps soared Owing to the influx of large
longed industrial disputes
1931 Census show that the
The figures for
.
jiumber of persons
the
bX ofpersons into the towns
became hopelessly Adequate and
housing
rents rose to
gainfully occupied in the whole of India such an extent as to call for
legislative restric
xent. of the who were
Imountl to 154 millions or 43.8êr per cent, tions. But nobody thought of those
of the added
total population. Of this number 8 mainly responsible for the creation
women. The propor Labour was stil ^ considered
are men and 32 per cent, wealth of India.
ton the working Pop^tion,>.^mând to be that inarticulate part
of the plant of the
agriculture is been The end ot
working dependants, engaged in factory which it bad always .big
over 102 millions or 66.4 per
cent. the Warbrought visions of an Utopia,
were
labour commercial and industrial enterprises high
The emergence of Indian industrial Agriculturists were securing
as such may
be associated
y be considered to and develop-
floated.
prices for their produce. Labour was great m
1880. Its growth also in
with the yea r
for pur demand not only in agriculture but
ment since that date may be .divided periods commerce and industry The Recesses
which
poses of broad generalisation into
four
1916 to.1921, labour met with during the war
m
demands for
(1) from 1880 to 1915
(2) from impelled them to
increases in rates of wages
;
(3) from 1922 to 1927

and (4) from 1928 to each increase
demand further increases with
;
period marks the

the Present day. The first living. Where demands were not
development with a slow but
|row?h of factory
fnThe cost of lhe mnuenza
The total strikes were threatened,
(rrflTited
steady decline in cottage industries. 1918 which swept away large masses
from 58 Iptdemic of
number of cotton mills in India rose from
i
of the population of the

country created a big
employed
to 275 and the number of persons gap in the available supply of labour,
and almost
40,000 to 260,000. The total number of jute
^creases in wages
number of persons 111the strikes of the period f oi
mills rose from 22 to 65 and the the necessity
There was were successful owing partly to
employed from 27,000 to 216,000 for soeedin* up production and
partly to the
a vast expansion in railways and
many new
Labour was immo- Soi^ta^SviOabte supply of labour.
industries were established.
were
earnings in agricultural pursuit >
the Armies
bile,
low, commodities were
compara- The gradual demobilisation of the various
extremely War and the closing up of
tively cheap, and industrialists
nil the labour they wanted
were able to get
adjacent villages at any rates of

liked to offer so long as they were
by tapping the
wages they
higher than S
of the
Munitions Works disbanded Lteni
men and women who rapidly spent the savings
during the War. The pre-war
mdlis
^
not he
earned by work the m tries in the belligerent countries could
those which could be reoiânised at once. The spectre
of unemploy-
fields. Both the men and the women employed Credit fell. With the
the plant ,ot the ment loomed large.
were considered to be a part of
factory, child labour was exploited,
and little fXVStt the demand for manufactured
began
the human element behind articles declined and prices
thought was given to year 1922
excessive NO marked downward tendency The
the machine. Hours of work were beginning of this
amenities were provided because the only
thing may be considered as thedepression and the
was to work, period of reaction and
that the worker was expected to do in the history
The provision of housing was beginning of the third period
eat and sleep.
of Indian industrial
labour. Labour all over
provided where
a necessary evil which had to be improvement in the
situated away from towns, lhe the world demanded an of
factories were
Editions of life and work. The citation
Factories Act was modelled more on the
lines
Organisation to deal with all
against loss of life due to accident an International from an
of providing
which a questions connected" with labour
rather than from the grinding work
. 11, "
480 Labour.
Inter national point of view and the commitment worker to do more work during the existing
of India, as one of the signatories to the Treaty hours of employment so as to enable the employer
of Versailles, to the ratification and acceptance, to dispense with a number of workers and thus
as far as possible, of the Conventions and to reduce his Wages Bill.
Recommendations adopted by the International The fourth period beginning with the year
Labour Conference have made it obligatory for
1928, therefore, saw the advent of Rationalisa-
her to fall into line with the other industrial tion or more efficient methods of working. Em-
countries of the world in ameliorating ployers, particularly those in Cotton Mills in
labour conditions. The beginning of this Bombay city, proposed to ask workers to mind
period, therefore, saw a radical revision of the
more machines in return for a compensatory
existing Factory Law by an Amending Act increase in wages. Some advanced firms con-
passed early in 1922. The existing Indian
trolling cotton mill agencies actually introduced
Mines Act was replaced by another Act of 1923 various efficiency measures in their mills. The
during which year a Workmen's Compensation introduction of these measures, necessitated
Act was also passed for the first time. A Trade reductions in the numbers employed. The begin-
Union Act was passed in 1926 ning of this period coincided with the entry of
Communists into the Trade Union move-
The depression in trade and industry which the ment, in India.
set in in 1922 continued, interspersed with a
few short spells of transitory revivals, almost When the so-called Labour Group of the
accept-
right down to the middle of the year 1934 Indian National Congress failed to obtain
since when there are apparent the beginnings ance of their ideas by the Congress,
they
of a difinite return to prosperity. Various formed in January 1927 a Workers and Peasants
attempts were made by all classes of Party, one of whose objects was "to promote
industrialists to reduce th-3 wages of labour the organisation of trade unions and to
wrest
in order to reduce costs of production. Con- them from their alien control.
3
Communist
'
certed action taken by the Ahmedabad Mill- emissaries were sent out to India by
the Third
owners' Association to reduce the wages of International to further war against Imperialism,
operatives in the Ahmedabad cotton mills by to secure destruction of capital and to sow
the
20 per cent, with effect from the 1st April 1923 peed of revolution. The Workers and"
Peasants
was successful to the extent of an eventual Party started a paper called the Kranti
cut of 15.625 per cent, being agreed to after a (Revolution) in May 1927 which, however,
had
general strike lasting more than two months. to cease publication at the end of the year
owing
A similar attempt made by the Bombay Mill- to financial difficulties. The members of the
the
owners' Association in 1925 to reduce wages Party took an active part in the strike of
by operatives in the cotton mills in the Sassoon
by 11* per cent, was, however, frustrated
a strike lasting for nearly three months which group early in 1928, but their attempts to bring
was eventually settled in favour of the workers about a general strike in the cotton mills in
by a maintenance of the existing rates on the Bombay failed owing to the opposition of the
removal of the Excise Duty of 3 per cent, on Bombay Textile Labour Union which had
cotton manufactures in India by a Special been formed by Mr. N. M. Joshi in January,
ordinance issued by the Governor-General in 1926. When another great group of mills in
Council. Similar attempts made in individual Bombay under the agency of Messrs. Currim-
concerns in the Districts succeeded mainly for bhoy Ebrahim and Sons sought to introduce
want of effective combination among the efficient methods of work, the Communists saw
workers. No other organised attempts were their opportunity. All the operatives of -the
made to effect reductions in wages. There were Currimbhoy group were brought out on the
several reasons for this. The most important lGth April 1928 and the Communists, with
;
mdus-
j
of these was that after the period of the decline the help of the turbulent elements in the
|
in prices had set in after 1920, real wages, in try brought about a complete stoppage of
1
work
comparison with the standard of life of the year by picketing, intimidation and stone throwing
1914, began to improve and labour was deter- in all other mills in Bombay
(except two mills
mined not to let go the advantage gained in the at Colaba) by the 26th April. Owing to internal
mill
struggles immediately following the end of the dissensions in another Union of cotton
|
War. This period was one in which a consi- workers called the Girni Kamgar MahamandaJ,
j
dcrable number of Acts in connection with they secured the support of Mr. A. A. Alwe,
1 its
the
labour were placed on the Statute Book. In President, and formed a new Union called
addition to these, the Government of India Bombay Girni Kamgar Union on the executive
had asked Provincial Governments to consider of which several prominent Communists were
|
proposals lor legislating with regard to prompter appointed. The Communists revived the publi-
" Kranti " and they
payment/ of wages. The enquiries held in cation of their paper the
j
L926-27 into the question of Deductions from were successful, by holding

almost daily meet-
Payments of indicated ings at which revolutionary speeches were
Wag68 or in respect lines
on the lines of the Truck Acts. It was
legislation and by the publication of hand-bills,
delivered
becoming obvious to the Industrial Employer capturing the imagination of the workers
|
in
that Government were most anxious to do all and keeping the striRe going for a period of
nearly six months. They also took an active
j
they could to Improve labour conditions in

India. The employers, as a whole, therefore, part in the prolonged strikes of the
same year
did not, desire to precipitate matters by insisting in the Tata Iron and Steel Works at
1
Jamshed-
the workshops of the Bemial-Nagpur
on reduction in wages. It was imperative, pur and in
however, that something should be done, and Railway at Kharagpur. They actively
asso-
South
done quickly to reduce eosts of production. ciated themselves with the strike on the
The only way to do this without reducing' wages Indian Kailwav and they secured an entry
Mumcipa-
was, in the view of the employers, to ask the into several Unions connected with
I
Labour.
lities, Port Trusts and other Public Utility hatred and class war to the ignorant masses in
Services. After the calling off of the General the villages of India. Fortunately for Indusf cy
Strike in the Bombay Mills on the Cth October, thirty of the more prominent and avowed
1928, they endeavoured to paralyse the cotton Cummunists all over India were arrested in
mill industry in Bombay by calling several I March 1929 under Section 121-A of the
lightning strikes in individual mills on the Indian Penal Code for organised conspiracy,
flimsiest of pretexts, even though the terms of under the direction of the Communist Inter-
the settlement of that strike required that all national and other Associated bodies, to deprive
disputes between the employers and employed the King of the Sovereignty of British India.
/On the interpretation of the terms of agreement The trial of these 30 persons in what is now
should be referred to the Bombay Strike Enquiry
1 historically known as the famous MeexntJCons-
Committee which had been appointed by the piracy case lasted from 1929 to 1932 when some
Government of Bombay to express opinions of the prisoners were released on bail pending
on the matters in contention. final judgment. Judgment in the case was
delivered at Meerut by Mr. Yorke, the Sessions
Bombay has seen few riots and disturbances Judge, on the 16th January 1933. One of
of the type which broke out in the City on the the thirty accused died in prison, three were
3rd February 1929 and which resulted in the acquitted and the remaining 26 were sentenced
death of 149 persons and the destruction of to terms of imprisonment varying from transpor-
property. The Riots Enquiry Committee ap- tation for life to three years. All the convicted
pointed -by the Government of Bombay found persons appealed and substantial reductions
that the origin of the riots was the series of were made by the Allahabad High Court in the
inflammatory speeches delivered- by certain sentences passed by the Sessions Judge of Meerut
leaders of the Girni Kamgar Union during the reduced to three years' imprisonment. The con-
General Mill Strike of 192% and again during the victions of three persons were maintained to the
Bomba v Oil Strike^ which lasted from the extent that their sentences were reduced to the
7th December 1928 till after the date of terms of imprisonment already undergone by
the riots. them and they were ordered 'to be released from
jail, The convictions of nine persons were set
In 1929 the Girni Kamgar Union aside and they were ordered to be released
succeeded in calling another General Strike forthwith. Some of the prisoners who
in the Bombay Mills on questions connected were released have made' frantic efforts to
with dismissals which they interpreted as regain their hold On Labour Unions. The good
a direct attack by the Millovvners t6 under- sense of the workers has prevailed in most cases,
mine -the Union. The strike, although not so but the Communists have again succeeded in
complete in character as the strike of 1928, getting into some of the jnore important
nevertheless lasted from 26th April to 18th
Unions notably the Railway Unions, and they
September, \929, and was called off only when are again endeavouring to capture the workers
the Court of Enquiry appointed by the Govern- in the Textile Industry in Bombay. In the
ment of -Bombay under the Trade Disputes absence of strong leadership there are, however,
Act had reported in unequivocal terms that the several factions in their camps and different
whole blame for this strike lay with the Bombay groups are working in the same industry.
Girni Kamgar Union. But the Communist
group was able, to capture the Indian Trade
Union Congress at the 11th Sessio n held in The depression in trade which set in
Nagpur and to f6rce- tb^^motreTafe element, about ten years ago reached its zenith during
consisting of Messrs. Diwan Chaman Lall, N.
- the year 1933. The industry most affected
M. Joshi, B. Shiva Rao, V. V. Giri, R. R. was the Textile. Several cotton mills in
Bakhale, etc., to secede from .the Congress on Bombay were
closed down some of them
(
that body passing resolutions boycotting the permanently and their machinery was
Royal Commission xra Labour in India and the scrapped. The failure of Messrs. Currimbhoy
International Labour Conference, by appointing Ebrahim & Sons who controlled ten Mills, aggra-
the Workmen's Welfare League, a Communist vated the position and tens of thousands
organisation in England, as their Agents for of workers were thrown out of employment
Great Britain, for the declaration of Indepen- as a consequence of the closure of the Mills under
dence and the establishment of a Socialist this agency. In many other cases, the alter-
Republican Government of the Working Classes native to closure was reduction in the wages in
in India. the operatives and over fifty cotton mills of
Bombay City reduced their dear food allowances
It is of importance to lay stress on the proof 80 per cent, for male piece workers and 70
blems connected with the Communist- menace in per cent, for men, time workers and all women
India. The object of the Communists is not by an averageof about 25 per cent. One or two
so much the welfare of labour as the spread of mills attempted working more machines to
revolution. Their ultimate aim is the destruc- an individual with shorter hours of work and,
;
tion of capital and the replacement of the where workers refused, gave them the alternative
established Government by a dictatorship of of pre-war rates of wages for pre-war standards
the proletariat. The manner in which they of work or more machines with higher pay.
can achieve this is by penetrating trade unions, Strikes of comparatively short duration occurred
by calling strikes in industries, by unduly in a few individual mills as a protest against
prolonging them, by putting up strings of pre- these cuts in wages, but the absence of trade
posterous and absurd demands, by refusing union organisation in the industry coupled
conciliation or arbitration and by sending
; with a fear of unemployment sent the workers
masses of workers seething with discontent back to work within a few days of their going
into the districts to preach their gospels of class out on strike.
.
482 Royal Commission on Indian Labour.

The Report
however, House, on the 26th February 1934.
The beginning of the year 1934. presagnig of the Departmental enquiry was published
was darkened by threatening cloudsLabour m on the 21st June of the same year and the strike
between Capital and practically
stiff fights
wage in the Bombay Mills was called off dealt with
connexion with actual and threatened simultaneously. This Report will be
A Labour Committee was formed on a sections oi
cuts several subsequent
all-India basis to call a
general strike m all in some detail in
CottonMills in India. This Committee
toî. this note.
except 11 ômbay
did not meet with much success The outstanding events of the year 1934 the
in
textile Mills
and in Sholapur. In Sholapur all wore (D the passing by
of this strike for over the field of Labour
were closed on account Government of India of the New Factories Act
City more than
three months. In Bombay
.
over two months. (2) the first Asiatic

Labour Conference held at
half the Mills were affected for 10 th, 1934 .ftended
ot the Colombo, Ceylon on May
The Government of Bombay, as a result on by by Labour representatives from. India, Japan
considerable amount of agitation carried and Ceylon: (3) the publication of the Report
impartial
labour leaders for a full enquiry by an enquiry into wage
tribunal decided that the
Commissioner ot of the Bombay Departmental the Government
Lncmiry cuts and (4) tl/ passing by
Labour should hold a Departmental
cuts m textile of Bombay' of
;
the Trade ?fê\ConMwn

into the whole question of wage Act providing for the appointment of a Labour
Mills in the Bombay Presidency
and the insti-
;
of textile Mill
Officer to look after the interests
Bombay Legislative Council by the Hon

^
tution of this enquiry was armounced_m bit workers and for conciliation m disputes by tne
Leader of the Commissioners of Labour.
Sir Ghulam Husein Hidayatallah,
ROYAL COMMISSION ON INDIAN LABOUR.

with egislators and officials, all of.
whom were re-
The British Government, in consultation 24tn presented on the Commission. Every aspect of
1
appointed on
the Government of India, India has been conadered
to enquire the labour problem in
May, 1929, a Royal Commission the recommendations
number
conditions of labour and discussed and
into and report on existing a very wide held.
plantations in many hundreds and cover
in industrial undertakings and
British India, on health, efficiency
of living of workers and on
and standard A summary containing the
relations between mendations of the Royal Commission
principal
they
recom-
>
cd
recom- according to the subjects with which
employers and employed and to make
; Je^
193. edition
SSEdations." The Royal Commission
consisted
was given at pages 474 to 484 of the
of the late Right Honourable
Mr. J. H. Whitley of this publication. The Government of India
as Chairman with the Rt. Hon.
Mr Srmivasa in the Department of Industries ^nd Labour^
Sastri, P.C., Sir Alexander
Murray, Rt o.b.b., classified these recommendations under six
,
Kt., K.C.S.I., C.i.e.,

diff erent groups according as
they .^volved o
Sir Ibrahim Rahimtoolah, .
Sir Victor Sassoon, Bart

Dewan Chaman Lai required (1) Central legislation; (2) Adiuinis
:
Power Power, Deputy the Government of India

M L A Miss Beryl M. Le trative action by ,
and Axlministr.tive
CliietCpector^ Trade Boards, England C.I.E., P^vlncial legislation; (4)
and A^lmimstra
M.L.A., A. G. Clow, by Local Governments
Messrs N. M. Joshi, Ahmed, action bodies e.^ ûn ici
G D. Birla, M.L.A., Kabeer-ud-din tions (5) Action by public
I C S
m l A and John Cliff, AssistantWorkers
;
General Secre- palities, Universities, etc.
Union
and
; W
Aîon b>
^Workers,
aJy!"Transport and Railway employees and their organisations oi gronpea
and with Messrs .8. LaU, recommendations so
England, as members, Unions; and the
India
I.C.S., and A. Dibdin
from the India Office, were forwarded by the Covernmenf of ,
Secretaries. Mr J. H. Green, Governments and Admmibtrations

London, as Joint .
to all Local the 30th
Lt.-Ck>L A. J dated
m.b.e., was Assistant Secretary. under cover of a circular letter
i
subseqnently
H. Russell, C.b.e.,. I.M.S., was and Mr. b. K. September 1931, with a
request
consideration
annointed
P as a Medical Assessor Governments should give careful m
Assistant Commis- and examination to those recommendations
D eshpande, b. Litt. (Oxon.),
Government of Honibay, icoiexLTwk which they were requite
sioner of Labour,
to the Com- initiate provincial legislation or to take admims
was anoointed as a Statistician in .India
P recola,
mission The Commission arrived Satfve a ction and to bring such^
last tw groups to
I
and after visiting

on the 'llth October 1929 tions as fell within the orgamsa
examining severa bodies and
several places in India and the attention of public
?en?etentatives of the Central and
Provincial
tions of the employers
and the employed
,o India-puWiô
GoTemmentl the Railways and for England concerned. The Government !
19 12, a firs *epoij

of Emnlovers and Employed left
about the end of. the year
P Commission the Provinua
on the 22nd March 1930.
The showing the action taken by a
1930 and a ter Governments up to the 15th July
?eturned on the llth October Delhim up to the duin
,
went to Government
touring Ceylon and Burma
November.
The Reportof the Commission was
JJubHshed
by the Central
September 1932 on the W^g^S^
hist late lm
In June 1931 and is a document of of social
text-book
portanc^ which will be the
legislation and labour welfare
in Idia for many Gove^
the value of.its ie-
years to come. Moreover, fact tnat
commendations is enhanced by the represent
practically unanimous and recommenaauon.
toeTare workers menting the Commission's
thfeonsidered opinion of employers,
Labour.
but the Government oi have not only

1 1 1 1 1 i : i
nlso been Included in the various chapters into
passed nine Act s 1 ) Act
II
( L9Sy2 repealing i which this note is divided. The changes effected
the Kmployersand Disputes Act, 1X00 (li) the ;
in connexion with the Workmen's Compensation
Tea Dish ids Kmigranl Labour Act, which I Act, 1928. 'Hi.- Indian tactories Act, 1M1, as
replaces the Assam Labour and Immigration amended l>y the Amending Acts of 1922, 1928,
Aet, 1901, as amend v tl a Amending Acta L926 and 1931 and the changes proposed in con-
of i)08, ...ami
r 10*27, and whieh eame into nexk)n with other existing labour legislation and
foiveoiithe 1st April 1933 (3) Hie Trade ;
Kc.iuit incut lor Assam will be dealt with Under
Disputes Amendment Act 1932 0 lie children
, : (
t the various headings into which this chapter is
(IMedgin" of Labour) Art 1933; (5) the Land divided. Summaries ot the proposals for new oi
Acquisition (Amendment) Aet, 1033; (6) other Legislation already enacted arc given
the Workmen's Compensation (Amendment ) below :

Act, 1933; (7) The factories Act 934. consoli- , I
dating ano*amending the la^ regulating labour New and Proposed Labour Legislation,
in factories; (8) the Trade Disputes Amendment .
\,i LQ34; and (9) the Indian Dock-Labourers Proposal to make Besetting an Industrial
kot, 1934 giving effecl In British India to the Establishment for the purpose of collecting
Convention adopted
eerning protection agaihsl
the
workers employed in loading or unloading of
at
accidents of
Slops; but they liavc also drawn up two other

Geneva in 1932 con- debts a criminal and cognisable offence.
\
One ofIthe several .tec
Eoyal Commission
of an industrial
e
Is that the
establishment for
io
the
^ ^ ^^
t\^
bemrttag
purpose
Bills for (1) securing prompter payments of wages
of collecting debts should be made a criminal
and for controlling deductions from wa and Cognisable offence. In this connexion
respect of tines; and (2) amending the Indian the Government of India invited the views
of all Local Governments and Administrations
Mines Act, 192:5, for certain purposes, especially
in the Department of Industries and Labour
for reducing the statutory limits of hours of
work in Mines. The Government of India have Circular letter, dated the 27th August, 1932.
also submitted proposals to Local GoVerments The Government of India pointed out that the
and Administrations for initiating new legislation proposal aims at preventing
two practices
in connexion with the following maters associated with the recovery of debts from ;
industrial workers. One of these is the system
(1) Employees' liability money-lenders are permitted by some

(Re ;
" Common whereby
Employment" and "
Assumed Risk") employers to enter the factory and to collect ;
their dues before the workman receives his pay.

(2) Extension of Workmen's Compensation
The other practice is for the money-lender to
to Agriculture and forestry wait outside the factory gate and to secure
;
(3) Making illegal the Besetting of an payment before the workman can part with
Industrial Establishment for the recovery of any portion of his wages. The objection to
debts both these practices that they tend to make
is
the payment and the repayment of
of interest
Fixation of Hours of Work for Dock
(4) debts the first charge on wages. When the
Labourers.
dues are collected within the factory the work-
(5) Allotment of Sea mens' Wages ; man has, as a rule, no means of resisting the
deduction, and when the dues are collected at
Exemption of Salaries and Wages from
(6) the gate an element of intimidation not infre-
Attachment. quently enters into the transaction. The
(7) Shortening wage periods and ; Government of India recognise that the Com-
mission's proposal does not go far enough
(8) Arrest and Imprisonment for Debt.
as it relates only to action in or near an industrial
The Royal Commission made several recom- establishment but it appears to them to offer
;
mendations for the control of those factories the possibility of stamping out the practice of
which do not use power and which are at present recovering private debts at the pay desk and of
not regulated. The Government of India are checking at least the power of the money-lender
at present engaged in formulating proposals to make his demands a first charge on industrial
for a new and a separate Act for the regulation wages. As such the Government of India were
of such factories. Other matters are to be disposed provisionally to support the proposal.
shortly taken up. For a more detailed know- Replies from the Local Governments were
ledge of the action taken administratively by asked to be submitted by the 1st January 1933.
the Provincial Governments, Public Bodies and After a careful consideration of the views of the
Employers' and Workers' Organisations, the local Governments and the interested public
reader is referred to the two reports referred to the Government of India have come to the
above_ published
r by the Government of India as conclusion that central legislation on the subject
j
n mi,..
of Turin
fl>T n n.v>,,n^ ,\ India,
. . . . . n
it is obviously impossible to give a recital of such
. . , , -, . i
is not called for.

ji
The Government
matters in a compact hook of reference such as however suggested to the Government of Bengal,
the Indian Year Book. But, as it might be of where both official and non-official opinion is
considerable interest to the users of the Year strongly in favour of the. proposed measure, to
Book to have a summary of the legislative undertake provincial legislation on the lines
proposals already put through or at present recommended by the Commission restricted to a
under consideration readily available, we propose typical industrial area in the first instance.
to substitute in place of the summary referred The Government of Bengal, accordingly, intro-
to above, summaries of the more important duced a Bill in the Bengal Legislative Council
changes already effected or proposed to be made in December 1934 with a few to giving to this
in the near future. Other important recom- recommendation. The Principal Section of the
" whoever loiters at or near
mendations made by the Royal Commission ha ve Bill provides that
'
Labour Legislation.
484
^^^^
station or yard: or
premises
manufacturing process is
n
<
vow m
on, n
apparently because they
.
n
a
not satisfied

<
J^^latnre deleted the clauses in que*

o fiom
such rir<um>tanee> as
1
manner or in lie js so ,.n it tt

\ do( 1rinos w hich were derived .
>
grounds for suspieion Hmt n Law would be

accepted
c >
tb the bame ;
with a view to V'V oVrr ^"i?;** otc Xlibeibv ImHaiic.mils. They observed at
workman emi^yed in >u.h Mwhich may ex n ti >
punished with imprisonment
to six months or with fine
or both.
Imdertake similar leMatjon , ^1 other
1
.J ^
.^"".^
local
thm

Jj
'1
1ln1 it ln

^ doctrines in question weie so
1
QTC ro , a ided as inequitable

/ul i, 0 removed for
:
all workmen and
class,, to which the
Workmen
,
they
not
,
m
^^
^
,,
...S thc
(Jovernments
consUioration of some
CU*-- ^ Ro> m
Labour of 1 ai
^ s i s a
^ ,
mlssIO
wiutcii ui "
n<rrorments x 4.\. a ,,,,,, mu ii hi >e enneicw * '"
, . .
'
considered that the State

would be to > all workmen.
Co nn. 'i.>n
loptlng strong ol India in the
department
just m,d i
ff "*2*S xhe Government
Kpoee penalties on parties to

^v^reenients pl- U L >
r
of Delni and Ajmer-
terminable at not i^-^^^^K The litter objection, in their

opinion, is met
(Pledging of Labour) Act.

h A
the Act were to be brought into with
0 nce andthe whole of
from 1st July 1933.
the Act

ca ,e which
opei ation ax case thev have been able to trace (9
^V"\aT |.' ^ ootririe 0 f common employment
e
of India incline to the

opinion that the defences
A
and th >y a re there fore

U.^^
in question are inequitable
S^f^k"
to the iac*
Employers' LiabUity,
not dinosed to attach much weight
and Aume be invoked or to
ployment
15
Comm i ss ion that thev are seldom likely to there may be as to
page 3 doubt that
n that a measuie should be enacted, anv remaining The
recommend
workmen ^defences
f 01 f the Courts to apply
would itself be^ in SeSess
*^ 4*
abrogating for all
of the law in
and e clarification jerc
-common employment'' arising out of empio\ their view, an advantage
and they
in civil suits fordamages
exclude all workmen

the scone of the law so as to Compensation Act
covered by the Workmen's these
or alternatively, to
include only such of
should justly be called upon to
meet One is the
" common employment by^ which
defence of
an employer can plead that an accident was due
fellow-workman and the rêxamin^ the Government of * ^mhgM
to the default of a
other is the defence of
which an employer is not
" assumed risk
Io
JT
by
l^subject for the present. E
thep oidinarj
&
T
caused to workmen through

risks of employment, and a workman is pre-
a nd n
sumed? to have assumed risks
occupation
o ttfe\ amtrte
apparent when he entered upon his Act
When the Indian Workmen's Compensationaddition to m
was first introduced, it had, was decided during \th%tmto tm'tt
compensation,
the provisions for workmen's
|
Labour Legislation, 485

the debate thai the Bill should ho circulated fur under the age of 12 years " upon the handling of
purpose ol eliciting opinion thereon, lie good* at piers, Jetties, landing places, wharves,
Government ol India, accordingly, circulated quays, docks, warehouses and sheds." This
I Bill for opinion to all Loral Government* enactment did not prevent children below the
and Administration* under cover of Lcglslatvic prescribed age being employed on the waterside
Assembly Department Utter, dated tno 20th of the shin as It was not clear whether the Act
,
jfeptember 1032. It waa baaed on the prohibited such employment or not. The matter
nroposal ol thr I > C t 'onmi i>sj.

; Ion lndi.01
> 1 1 was put beyond doubt by a subsequent amending
KuUSbiir, that the Land Acquisition Act he ho Act which covered all employment In handling
amended as to enable land to l>r acquired when of goods " in any j>ort subject to this Act."
It Is intended fur the housing of labour either by The Hoval Commission considered that work
oompanlea or by other employers. The Royal of this kind Is not suitable for children and
Commission stated that in a number of instance*, a system of half time working is not
brought to their notice land suitable for the Tin y therefore recommended that
practicable.
development of housing schemes had been held the minimum age
should be raised to 14 years.
at ransom by the owners, and that fantastic The Government
of India are provisionally In
values were placed upon It as the result of the agreement with this recommendation ami also
(oust ruction of factories and other industrial with another which suggests that the. enforce-
concerns In the neighbourhood. .The provision ment of these provisions should be entrusted
of adequate housing for workmen is one of the to the factory Inspection stalf. Loral Govern-,
urgent needs of Industry and this Bill sought nients with major or minor i'orts were asked
to give eifeet to that, recommendation. The to submit opinions after consulting the interests
HP waa paaaed by the Indian Legislature in
September \%\'.\ under the title of the " Land
concerned. The majority of bodies consulted
were not in favour of legislation regarding
Acquisition (Amendment) Art !>:>:{." I hours of work for dock labourers but favoured
the raising of the minimum age of children
Hours of Work of Dock Labourers. employed within the limits of Ports. The whole
There is at present no legal restriction on the matter is still under consideration of the
hours of work of dock labour in India, and the Government of India in the Department of
Royal Commission who examined this question Commerce.
j
HoommenrJed that the normal daily hours

proscribed by law should he lixed ;it nine and Exemption of Salaries and Wages from
that overtime should be allowed up to a maxi- Attachment. The Royal Commission have
mum of three additional hours on any one day, made several recommendations in connexion
overtime being paid for at 33$ percent, over with the indebtedness of industrial workers
ordinary rates. The Government of India and have suggested various methods not only
have, not been able to arrive at any definite for reducing such indebtedness but also to
eonelusions regarding the practicability of protect the workers from unnecessary harass-
controlling the hours of work in the present ment in the matter of the repayment of their
condition- of dock labour in India and feel a debts. Their first recommendation in this
ditliculty as to the form which the necessary connexion refers I
to the recovery of debts
legislation should take if the recommendations through employers.I
The Commission state
are finally accepted. They therefore address d a that under the Civil Procedure Code it is
circular letter in November 1932 to Local possible for a money-lender to secure the attach-
Governments who control Ports, major or minor, ment of the wages of any one who is not a
asking them to examine the question and to labourer or a domestic servant and they under-
furnish the Government of India with tneir stand that the majority of workers in industry
views. The Government of India have pointed would not be regarded as labourers within the
out in their circular letter that if the necessary meaning of the Act. But in respect of certain
legislation takes the form of an amendment or an classes of employers, particularly railway
amplification of the Indian Ports Act, 1908, it servants and the servants of local authorities,
would be straining the scope of the Act thereby, the law allows the money-lender to use the
and that if it be framed as a separate Act there employer as his debt collector to a much larger
would be difficulties in the use of the term extent. In such cases it is possible to attach
"employer" and in framing penal sections. half of the employee's salary or the amount by
They are disposed to the view that the most which that salary exceeds twenty rupees a
suitable method of giving statutory effect to the month whichever is less. In some cases private
recommendations would be to amend the employers are required to make similar recoveries
Indian Factories Act on the analogy of the although the legality of this is doubtful. Thus
Factory and Workshop Act, 1901, of the United in the case of an employee in receipt of a regular
Kingdom, expanding the scope of the term salary, the money-lender can secure an order
" factory " so as to include docks, wharfs, directing the railway administration to hand
quays, etc. over, month by month, a large part of the
employee's salary until the whole decree has

The circular letter of the Government of been covered a period which extends in some
India also raises the question of minimum age cases to years rather than months. The com-
for the employment of children in ports. As a parative security of railway service further
result of the consideration given to the Wash- increases the attraction of the railway servant
ington Convention fixing the minimum age for for the money-lender, and all the evidence
admission of children to industrial employment, received by the Commission goes to show that
the Indian Legislature passed an Act in 1922 the level of indebtedness in terms of wages is
making it obligatory on Local Governments higher among railway servants than among
to frame rules under the Indian Ports Act of industrial employees as a whole. The Com-
1908 prohibiting the employment of children mission, therefore, recommended that the
t
Labour Legislation.
486
were granted
receiving the case of other debtors the courts
salarv and wages of every workmen entire* a discretion which they did not
pre viously enjoy
exempted
e s tlan Ks. 300 a month'be to refuse to issue a warrant
of arrest at the
from the possibility of attachment. êctions to pleasure of a decree-holder and
also to order
examination, there are found to be the release of debtors who
were genuinely
applying this exemption to every
one employed advance has
unable to pay. No appreciable
Rs 300 mont h. thf Com- elimination of
on a salary less than j
1
woik been made since 1888 for the
mission consider that the definition o debt.
in the Workmen's
Compensation Act imprisonment of
man"
might be suitable. Following the recommendations of the Royal
in the Department Commission the
Government of India have t
The Government of India the various

and Labour issued a circular
letter given careful consideration to
of Industries
all Local questions involved and they issued
La^compre-
dated the 25th November 1932 to.inviting an hensive circular letter on the subject
to various
Governments and Administrations opinions. Replies
lhe local governments for their
expression of their views on the subject toe asked for by the 30th November 1933 and
that were
Government of India are of opinion arrest and "nprisonment
the grant the question whether
CoSssion were disposed to favour less for debt where no contumacy is
proved should
of such exemption to all
persons receiving ;
Particular
month, and they, therefore, be abolished either generally or for
than Rs 300 a
ques- of persons is being considered
by the
review the classes
consider ihat it is desirable to
generally, and not solely with.regard to Government of India.
tions
their lettei the
industrial employees. Replies to The Government of India is examining
1st Apiil
were asked to be submitted by the ex ami nea possibility of undertaking legislation on an ,
1933 The opinions received have been province of

scale restricted to the
legislation is experimental the labour
and the question of undertaking Delhi in the first instance regarding
under consideration. Commissions' recommendation that
J^ton proce
should be enacted providing a summary
Arrest and Imprisonment for Debt. liquidation of workers nnsecured
232 their Report the Royal dure for the that (a) the court
On page of
least so debts. The proposals are
probaWe
Commission recommend that, at be required to estimate the
m receipt oi.wages should of the
far as industrial workers per income and reasonable expenditure
than Rs. 100 ensuing two years (0) tne
or salary amounting to less
imprisonment worker during the
,
month are concerned, arrest and

except where the Imount Sree should be based on the >*&&
be possible
for debt should be abolished two sums; (c) it ôuld not
debtor has been proved to be
both able and bet ween the alive for more than three
yea||
unwUlingtopay. The form of the
recommenda- to keep the decree should rank preferentially
(d) debts
m
tTon'suggest^tlat the Coming in all
for arrest order of
;
their age ; and (e) the possibility ot

favoured a more general abolition courts for summary liquida-
terms of appoin?in^ spiral
and imprisonment for debt had their tion proceedings should be
considered.
reference been wider
contained Bombay Money-Lenders Bill-The ^Bombay
The present law on the subject is Procghge TeH^tive Council at its meeting on
lbto
in Sections 51 and 55 to 59 of
the Civil
graZd to Mr. Syed Munawai
Code read with rules 37 to 40 m Order ^XXl. March 1934 8 leave
to regulate the inone
the Code to totrodnce his Bill
Under the substantive provisions of Statement of Object*
a woman may lending business. In the
a iudgment-debtor other than execution and Reasons Mr. Munawar stated
that despit
be arreted and detained in prison m growth of the Co-operative
move
of a decree. But under rule 37, Order XXI, toe steady Presidency P'ofeBgo^
of issuing a warrant of ment in the" Bombay
a court may, in lieu
judgment money-lenders known as So wears
flourish 1 l
LSmbES a notice calling ^pon the for a ma

cause why he should not be every town and village. Except to
debtor to show of them who are honest
a very
detahied Under rule 40 the Court may disallow proportion reputation for di.
There is thus no number has acquired a

nL arrest and detention any and other malpractices

casil
obligation on the Court
either the arrest or the
at stage
imprisonment of
to pay
to order
a
but lasses
2d
honesty usury
onVe poor and
It is common knowledge
ilUterate abounn
that mtert.
debtor who is genuinely unable rates ranging from 2
to com at unconscionably high
when a judgment debtor is brought unable to pay
the burden of proving that he is
rests on him.
consideration is
The important question for there
whetherTprisonment for debt (where
is
no contumacy) should be
This question has been considewg
occasions in the past notably in
n ^rtoS
the
ânoûs
^mded
Opinion on the subject was deeplythe con-
of usury as are referred to
consequently many money-lenders
aecoimts of loans in such an m
courts of law ai
manipula
.
^
is
o the existin
83. as to evade the provisions
!
cached
but the Government of India debt whe no the s to
on the subject, The purpose 0 Act^ by miposi
clusion that imprisonment foi :
fromtbe an adjunct to the usurious Loans

fraud was proved should disappear conditions unscrupulous mone
the both a leal check upon
Indian Statute-book as soon as reckless borrowing. 3
tending as also upon
oFthe country permitted it. This ^fifftion
ebto re Act, 1888 by
led to the passing of the
virtue
polished
of which imprisonment for debt
in the case of female
was
debtors and m I
statements to the debtors. The m <>
Labour Legislation. 487
consideration of Ins employment or of any
covers loans apto Hs. 1,000. A motion for the
was work done, in his employment, but does not
reference of the BiD to Select Committee
he value of any housing provided
put during the Budget Session of the Bombay
include (a) t
and was lost.^ by the employer (b) employer's contributions

Legislative Council in L935 ;
Workmen's Compensation to Provident funds; (e) travelling allowances

to
Extension of payable on discharge and (d)
industry. In their recom- and gratuities
;
Agriculture and
paid to an employee for defraying
mendation No. 234, the Royal Commission any terms on him by the
Special expenses entailed
suggested that the question of the inclusion of This definition
nature of ins employment.
persons employed by the larger agricultural employers from endeavouring to
employers and of those employed in reserved will prevent by aside certain
Government get round the Act Setting
forests deserves examination. The
portions of wages as bonuses for good attendance
of India addressed a circular letter dated the
Governments or for good work.
21st December 1931 to all Local
(4) Section 5 of the Payment of wages
Bill re-
and Administrations inviting their views on the
subject after consulting the interests concerned. quires that wages in all factories controlled
by
the
Replies were requested by the 1st June 1932. the Indian Factories Act shall be paid before
In the light of the replies received, the Govern- expiry of the seventh day from the last day
ment of India arrived at the conclusion that no of the wage period in which the wages have
action is desirable at present on the question of been earned, unless the seventh day is a
non-
paid
the inclusion in the Workmen's Compensation working day in which case wages should he
Act of persons employed by the larger agricul- on the first working day subsequent to such
tural employers. The proposal for the inclusion non-working day. Where the employment of
of fresh employees is still under consideration. any person is terminated by or on behalf of the
Payment of Wages and Deductions. The employer, the wagessecond due are to be paid before
recommendations of the Royal Commission on the expiry of the day from the day
which employment terminated.
Indian Labour in connexion with the disburse- on his
cotton and
catagories As several factories, particularly
ment of wages fall under three distinct considerable time to calculate
(1) Prompter payments (2) a legal limitation jute mills, require
;
de- earnings from piece rates of wages. The Bill

of the wage period ;and (3) the control of
if they are satis-
ductions from wages in respect of fines. The unpowers Local Governments,
implemented the fied that owing to special difficulties relating to
Government of India have of wages any
Commissions' recommendations under the first the calculation or distribution cannot with
and the third heads and they introduced the employer or class of employers payment within the
Payment of Wages Bill in the Legislative resonable diligence make by general or
Assembly on the 1st February 1933. A motion time specified, to exempt,
such extent and subject to
for the circulation of the Bill was moved on the special order, to
was The such conditions as it may think fit such employer
14th February and adopted. Bill
operation of this
was then forwarded to all Local Governments or class of employers from the
notwithstand-
and Administrations for opinion after consulting Section, provided, however, that, portion of any
the interests concerned. A motion for the ing any such exemption, such
reference of the Bill to a Select Committee was wages due as can be
paid without undue risk of
be paid within the period fixed
Tabled during the. Delhi Session of 1933-34, overpayment shall
but was not reached and the Bill lapsed. The. for payment. No provision is
made in the Bill
those workers
Government of India took this apportunity for the prompt payment of wages to themselves with
of revising the original Bill throughout in the who terminate their employment
without giving notice, nor have the Govern-
ligftt of the criticisms received when the original or
Bill was circulated and a new Bill was introduced ment of India accepted the recommendation made
Commission that a week's notice
in the Legislative Assembly on the 13th Feb- by the Labour
binding
ruary 1935. A motion for the reference, of the on either side should be made legally
Bill to a Select Committee was adopted on the both for the employers and the employed.
18th February 1935. The new Bill, if passed Omission to provide for these matters
raises
by the Legislature will be one of the most impor- a moot point as to whether the Common
Law of
tant pieces of Social legislation put through in Master and Servant with regard to
contracts
ndia.
I Wc reproduce below the more important of employment is to stand or whether the new
provisions of the Bill. Bill is intended to set such law aside.
(1) The whole Act is proposed to be applied (5) The deductions which an
employer can make
to all factory workers and the whole Act except
from the wages due to his workmen are defined
t he clauses relating to prompt payment of wages which states that not-
in Section 6 of the Bill
to all railway employees. Local Governments
withstanding the provisions of sub-section (2)
are, however, to be empowered to extend the 47 the Indian Railways Act, 1890,
of Section of
Act, subject to such relaxations as they may or of any other law for the time being in iorce,
consider necessary to any class of persons the wages due to an employed person shall be
in ployed in any industrial est ablishment or in
paid to him without, deductions of any kind
t
I any class or group of industrial establishment. except, those authorised by the Act. Deduc-
(2) The operation of the Act is limited to tions which are authorised by the Act may be
persons whose earnings in any one month of he following kinds t !
amount to less than Es. 100.

The definition of "wages" has been (a) deductions by way of line, permitted
(3)
not ices to he posted in all
amplified to cover all remuneration which is only under special
six pies in every rupee of
'
capable of being expressed in terms of money factories, limited to

and which is, in accordance with the terms of earnings during the month in which the fine
recoverable more
employment or by any contract express or or fines were imposed and not
implied, to be paid to any person employed in than 00 days from the time a fine has imposed
t
; , ,
Industrial Workers.
488
of which deals with prompter
payment of wages,
deductions for damage to or loss power to
(b)
employed Local Governments, however, have
goods expressly entrusted to the extend the Act to any class of industrial under-
Serson for custody, or for loss of
money lor
of the Act is
such takings. The administration
which he is required to account where Factory Department
to his to be in the hands of the
damage or loss is directly attributable and the Supervisors of Railway
neglect or default. Deductions under this head for factories Regarding pro-
or Labour for railway employees.
must not exceed the amount of the damage 01 cedure and penalties, Local Governments are
employees by the neglect
loss caused to the ,
It is also authorised to
appoint Magistrates or otner
default of the employed person. for the hearing ol
under this persons as primary courts
not intended to permit deductions These pnmary
head in respect of damage or loss occurring
m tne complaints regarding claims.
up to ten times
course of a manufacturing process,
e.g., mcourts can award compensation
in respect of fine or
the amount of the claim
deduction and up to Rs. 10 m the case of
respect of Spoilt cloth ;
undue
respect of housing accom- wages. Penal proceeding
(c) deductions in delay in payment of due
modation provided by the employees ; employer can only be launched with
against an
authority and
(d) deductions in respect of such other ser- the sanction of the prescribed
Governor- has been
vices supplied by the employees as the only if the claim in the past instance under
offences
General in Council or the Local Government
0 successful. The penalties for
for offences
the prescribed authority may by general
or the Act are fines upto Rs. 500 and Act
be framed under the
special order authorise under the Rules to
;
the Act
deductions in respect of recoveries of upto Rs. 100. No contracting out of
permitted and appeals are permitted.
(e)
advances given before or during employment, to be is
the former being permitted only from the nrst

wage
With regard to the fixation of shorter Government
wage payment periods of a week or a fortnight, the
Tax that they were on the same
(/) deductions on account of Income of India did not feel
regard to prompter
prohibitory orders from Courts of law, subscnp- ground as they were with
(
deductions and
tions to and repayments of advances taken from payments and the control of
provision in the
Provident Fund accounts ; and they have therefore made no
Wages Bill to coyer this matter
deductions on account of payments to Payment of to
(g)
they addressed a circular letter,
Co-operative Credit Societies approved by the Instead
Governments asking for opinions
Local Government, subject to such limits as the all Local legislating
Local Government may impose. on the subject of the advisability of
In accordance with rule-making powers, for shorter
wage periods. e P^ m
(6)
Local Government may prescribe the
omissions on the part of an employed person
acts of circular letter were required
lor by the 30th October 1933.
to be an liu,tted
It is understood
exists
^
where the monthly wage, period intro-
which fines may be imposed, and all deductions that themselves are against the
are the workers
by way of fine and all realisations thereof
i
as they are aiffiH

the duction of a shorter period
to be recorded in a register be kept by
(
m
.
account-
there is a universal change
employes in such form as may be prescribed. that unless monthly to I
fortnightly or weekly
of lines are to be expended only ing from
All realisations
persons the shorter wage priod will not be of any material
on such purposes beneficial to the and that on the other hand
weekly
employed in the factory or establishment as are benefit ;
rents might be higher

total m
approved by the prescribed authority. No or fortnightly monthly rente and that large m
deductions can be made for housing accommoda- ?nc
deneethan will
tion provided by the employer unless
such towns like Bombay the thriftier workers
and squander awav their earnings
more rapidly
accommodation has been accepted by him payments. The replies submitted
it must not exceed an amount equivalent ol with quicker Governments to the
the service rendered. No .deductions by
way by the various Local
children under Government of India
are under consideration
of fine are permitted in ease of
No deductions arc also- by that Government.
fifteen years of age.
suggested
permitted for tools and materials unless a Local The modifications and amendments ^.Lanom
Government specially authorises them under rules. bv the Royal Commission on Indian
labour legislation and
The Act the first instance is intended with regard to existing
in implemented
to cover factory workers
all and railway The extent to which they have been
with in the respective sections
employees but the latter are to be exempted wih be dealt
separate subjects.
from the operation of that, part of the Bill dealing with the
In
INDUSTRIAL WORKERS IN INDIA.
1922 India obtained recognition by the!
League of Nations as one of the eight chief
Industrial States in the world. The grounds
* P^ Ba
every country
that in
States.
^ except tne unne
Census 10
on which this claim was based are stated in the The flfyurcs f 0 r the 1931 Population
of Agricultura

Indian Pakistan Yearbook 1948

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Indian Pakistan Yearbook 1948

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ADVERTISEMENTS

Price Re. 1-8

BENNETT, COLEMAN & CO., LTD.

PIONEERS of SHORTHAND & TYPEWRITING

The Institute has been visited by

as possessing the greatest merit in the three essentials of simplicity,

The late Mr. G. H. JOSHFS

NOW ON SALE THROUGHOUT INDIA

TWENTY-SECOND YEAR OF ISSUE-

NOW ON SALE THROUGHOUT INDIA

A and Historical Annual of The Indian

Empire, with an Explanation of the Principal

TWENTY-SECOND YEAR OF ISSUE.

m PRINTED MATTER is at all times and in

j all circumstances your Silent Traveller and

Whether it be a Magazine, Catalogue, Brochure,

Printing, Binding, or Blockmaking

THE TIMES OF INDIA PRESS

Suggestions & Estimates submitted ivilhout obligation.

Indian Standard Time.

Noon. rise. set.

Phases of the Moon FEBRUARY 28 Days.

Indian Standard Time. Sun's

Day of the Week the the

Phases of the Moon MARCH 31 Days.

Phases of the Moon APRIL 30 Days.

Indian Standard Time. Sun's

ruesday 9 99 6 27 0 54. 0 41 11 2 5'8 7 15

Friday 12 102 6 24 6 55 0 40 1 42 2 11 8*8 8 22

Saturday 13 103 6 23 6 55 0 40 2 31 2 49 9'8 8 44

Sunday 14 104 6 22 6 56 0 39 3 20 3 23 10-8 9 6

Monday 15 105 6 21 6 56 0 39 4 8 3 56 11-8 9 27

Duesday 16 106 6 20 6 56 0 39 4 56 4 29 12-8 9 49

Wednesday 17 107 6 19 6 57 0 38 5 45 5 2 13*8 10 10

diursday 18 108 6 19 6 57 0 38 6 37 5 37 14-8 10 31

Friday 19 109 6 18 6 57 0 38 7 30 6 14 15-8 10 52

Saturday . 20 110 6 17 6 57 0 38 8 27 6 56 16'8 11 13

Sunday 21 111 6 16 6 57 0 38 9 25 7 43 17-8 11 34

Monday 22 112 6 15 6 58 0 37 10 23 8 34 18*8 11 54

ruesday 23 113 6 14 6 58 0 37 11 21 9 31 19*8 12 14

Wednesday 24 114 6 14 6 58 0 37 10 31 20-8 12 34

..25th, 3h. 14m. P.M.

}> First Quarter

}) First Quarter .. ..9th, Hh. 19m. A.m. |

Indian Standard Time. Sun's

Day of the Week. the the True Age al tion

Saturday.. 1 152 6 1 7 12 0 36 5 40 7 26 29-4 21 56

Sunday 2 153 6 1 7 12 0 36 6 36 8 22 l'O 22 4

Monday 3 154 6 1 7 13 0 37 7 33 9 13 2-0 22 12

Tuesday 4 155 6 1 7 13 0 37 8 29 9 59 3-0 22 20

Wednesday 5 156 6 1 7 14 0 37 9 23 io 42 4-0 22 27

Wednesday 12 163 6 1 7 16 0 38 3 10 2 7 11-0 23 6

Thursday 13 164 6 1 7 16 0 38 4 4 2 45 12-0 23 10

23rd, lh 12m. A.M.

Phases of the MoonAUGUST 31 Days.

Indian Standard Time. Sun's

Friday 2 214 6 15 7 14 0 45 8 30 8 58 2*9 18 0

Saturday 3 215 6 16 7 14 0 45 9 17 9 31 3'9 17 44

Tuesday 6 218 6 17 7 12 0 45 11 44 11 16 6*9 16 57

Thursday 8 220 6 17 7 11 0 44 1 32 8'9 16 24

Saturday 10 222 6 18 7 10 0 44 3 28 1 38 10-9 15 50

Sunday .. 11 223 6 18 7 9 0 44 4 26 2 37 11-9 15 32

Monday 12 224 6 19 7 9 0 44 5 20 3 40 12-9 15 14

Tuesday 13 225 6 19 7 8 0 44 6 12 4 46 139 14 57